From 4d7871e89014aed65707686982b13a525f7610f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: github-actions Date: Fri, 10 May 2024 01:14:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Update dependencies --- go.mod | 66 +- go.sum | 132 +- hack/go.mod | 14 +- hack/go.sum | 28 +- tests/e2e/go.mod | 42 +- tests/e2e/go.sum | 87 +- tools/otel/traceserver/go.mod | 22 +- tools/otel/traceserver/go.sum | 48 +- vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/CHANGES.md | 19 + .../go/auth/httptransport/transport.go | 16 +- .../go/auth/internal/transport/cba.go | 22 +- .../go/auth/internal/transport/s2a.go | 17 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../config/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../credentials/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../service/autoscaling/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../autoscaling/api_op_AttachInstances.go | 25 +- .../api_op_AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go | 41 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancers.go | 33 +- .../api_op_AttachTrafficSources.go | 19 +- .../api_op_CancelInstanceRefresh.go | 15 +- .../api_op_CompleteLifecycleAction.go | 21 +- .../api_op_CreateAutoScalingGroup.go | 244 +- .../api_op_CreateLaunchConfiguration.go | 185 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_CreateOrUpdateTags.go | 13 +- .../api_op_DeleteAutoScalingGroup.go | 35 +- .../api_op_DeleteLaunchConfiguration.go | 7 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLifecycleHook.go | 7 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DeletePolicy.go | 14 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DeleteWarmPool.go | 8 +- .../api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go | 8 +- .../api_op_DescribeAdjustmentTypes.go | 7 +- .../api_op_DescribeAutoScalingGroups.go | 63 +- .../api_op_DescribeAutoScalingInstances.go | 4 +- .../api_op_DescribeInstanceRefreshes.go | 26 +- .../api_op_DescribeLaunchConfigurations.go | 4 +- .../api_op_DescribeLifecycleHookTypes.go | 7 +- ...api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go | 58 +- .../api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go | 60 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DescribePolicies.go | 5 +- .../api_op_DescribeScalingActivities.go | 29 +- .../api_op_DescribeScalingProcessTypes.go | 3 +- .../api_op_DescribeScheduledActions.go | 10 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTags.go | 22 +- .../api_op_DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes.go | 8 +- .../api_op_DescribeTrafficSources.go | 18 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DescribeWarmPool.go | 8 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DetachInstances.go | 26 +- .../api_op_DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go | 28 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancers.go | 29 +- .../api_op_DetachTrafficSources.go | 5 +- .../api_op_DisableMetricsCollection.go | 34 +- .../api_op_EnableMetricsCollection.go | 47 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_EnterStandby.go | 23 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_ExecutePolicy.go | 22 +- .../service/autoscaling/api_op_ExitStandby.go | 12 +- .../api_op_GetPredictiveScalingForecast.go | 32 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_PutLifecycleHook.go | 65 +- .../api_op_PutNotificationConfiguration.go | 18 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_PutScalingPolicy.go | 136 +- .../api_op_PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction.go | 57 +- .../service/autoscaling/api_op_PutWarmPool.go | 44 +- .../api_op_RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat.go | 21 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_ResumeProcesses.go | 18 +- .../api_op_RollbackInstanceRefresh.go | 19 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_SetDesiredCapacity.go | 14 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceHealth.go | 17 +- .../api_op_SetInstanceProtection.go | 15 +- .../api_op_StartInstanceRefresh.go | 71 +- .../autoscaling/api_op_SuspendProcesses.go | 24 +- ..._op_TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup.go | 29 +- .../api_op_UpdateAutoScalingGroup.go | 205 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/doc.go | 16 +- .../service/autoscaling/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../service/autoscaling/options.go | 31 +- .../service/autoscaling/types/enums.go | 110 +- .../service/autoscaling/types/errors.go | 5 +- .../service/autoscaling/types/types.go | 1514 +++-- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/CHANGELOG.md | 5 + .../ec2/api_op_AcceptAddressTransfer.go | 7 +- ...op_AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go | 3 +- ...pi_op_AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.go | 7 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AdvertiseByoipCidr.go | 43 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AllocateAddress.go | 41 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AllocateHosts.go | 51 +- .../ec2/api_op_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.go | 27 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AssignIpv6Addresses.go | 19 +- .../ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateIpAddresses.go | 51 +- .../api_op_AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AssociateAddress.go | 37 +- .../api_op_AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go | 16 +- .../ec2/api_op_AssociateDhcpOptions.go | 19 +- ...i_op_AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole.go | 29 +- .../api_op_AssociateInstanceEventWindow.go | 7 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AssociateIpamByoasn.go | 15 +- .../ec2/api_op_AssociateNatGatewayAddress.go | 31 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AssociateRouteTable.go | 7 +- ..._AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_AssociateTrunkInterface.go | 22 +- .../ec2/api_op_AssociateVpcCidrBlock.go | 55 +- .../ec2/api_op_AttachClassicLinkVpc.go | 23 +- .../ec2/api_op_AttachInternetGateway.go | 7 +- ...pi_op_AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AttachVolume.go | 41 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_AttachVpnGateway.go | 9 +- .../ec2/api_op_AuthorizeClientVpnIngress.go | 5 +- .../api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.go | 34 +- .../api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.go | 85 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_BundleInstance.go | 15 +- .../ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservation.go | 13 +- .../api_op_CancelCapacityReservationFleets.go | 3 + .../ec2/api_op_CancelConversionTask.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_CancelImageLaunchPermission.go | 6 +- .../api_op_CancelReservedInstancesListing.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_CancelSpotFleetRequests.go | 31 +- .../ec2/api_op_CancelSpotInstanceRequests.go | 6 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CopyFpgaImage.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CopyImage.go | 79 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CopySnapshot.go | 80 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservation.go | 88 +- .../api_op_CreateCapacityReservationFleet.go | 47 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateCarrierGateway.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnEndpoint.go | 48 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnRoute.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipCidr.go | 6 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipPool.go | 4 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateCustomerGateway.go | 37 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultSubnet.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultVpc.go | 11 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateDhcpOptions.go | 64 +- .../api_op_CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateFleet.go | 52 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateFlowLogs.go | 99 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateFpgaImage.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateImage.go | 49 +- .../api_op_CreateInstanceConnectEndpoint.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceEventWindow.go | 47 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceExportTask.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateInternetGateway.go | 8 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpam.go | 26 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamPool.go | 35 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamScope.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateKeyPair.go | 30 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplate.go | 40 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.go | 62 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRoute.go | 4 +- .../api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTable.go | 6 +- ...teTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateManagedPrefixList.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateNatGateway.go | 65 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAcl.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAclEntry.go | 25 +- ...api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope.go | 17 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsPath.go | 16 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterface.go | 96 +- ...api_op_CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreatePlacementGroup.go | 18 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreatePublicIpv4Pool.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask.go | 29 +- .../api_op_CreateReservedInstancesListing.go | 42 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateRestoreImageTask.go | 18 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateRoute.go | 30 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateRouteTable.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateSecurityGroup.go | 52 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshot.go | 85 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshots.go | 31 +- .../api_op_CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateStoreImageTask.go | 18 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnet.go | 55 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateSubnetCidrReservation.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateTags.go | 20 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.go | 26 +- .../api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go | 27 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.go | 56 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorTarget.go | 31 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGateway.go | 31 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnect.go | 7 +- .../api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer.go | 12 +- ..._op_CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go | 10 +- ...p_CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment.go | 7 +- ...pi_op_CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go | 13 +- .../api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessGroup.go | 5 +- .../api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessInstance.go | 5 +- ...pi_op_CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateVolume.go | 134 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpc.go | 71 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpoint.go | 23 +- ...CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification.go | 15 +- ...p_CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go | 28 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateVpcPeeringConnection.go | 30 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnection.go | 31 +- .../ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnectionRoute.go | 8 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnGateway.go | 14 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteCarrierGateway.go | 11 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCoipCidr.go | 6 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFleets.go | 51 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFlowLogs.go | 4 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteInstanceEventWindow.go | 8 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpam.go | 21 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamPool.go | 26 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamScope.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplate.go | 12 +- .../api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions.go | 35 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRoute.go | 2 +- .../api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTable.go | 2 +- ...teTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go | 2 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeletePlacementGroup.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSecurityGroup.go | 8 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSnapshot.go | 26 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTags.go | 21 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget.go | 6 +- .../api_op_DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable.go | 6 +- .../api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessGroup.go | 5 +- .../api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessInstance.go | 5 +- ...pi_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVolume.go | 10 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpcEndpoints.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpnConnection.go | 19 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeprovisionByoipCidr.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamByoasn.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DeregisterImage.go | 26 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeAccountAttributes.go | 11 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressTransfers.go | 23 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddresses.go | 18 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressesAttribute.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeAggregateIdFormat.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeAvailabilityZones.go | 32 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeBundleTasks.go | 42 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeByoipCidrs.go | 8 +- .../api_op_DescribeCapacityBlockOfferings.go | 10 +- ...pi_op_DescribeCapacityReservationFleets.go | 14 +- .../api_op_DescribeCapacityReservations.go | 36 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeCarrierGateways.go | 6 + .../api_op_DescribeClassicLinkInstances.go | 29 +- ..._op_DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules.go | 3 + .../api_op_DescribeClientVpnConnections.go | 2 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnEndpoints.go | 2 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnRoutes.go | 3 + .../api_op_DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks.go | 3 + .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCoipPools.go | 2 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeConversionTasks.go | 49 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeCustomerGateways.go | 33 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeDhcpOptions.go | 29 +- ...i_op_DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeElasticGpus.go | 15 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeExportTasks.go | 26 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeFastLaunchImages.go | 13 +- .../api_op_DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.go | 14 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetHistory.go | 25 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetInstances.go | 19 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleets.go | 34 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFlowLogs.go | 30 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFpgaImages.go | 11 + ...api_op_DescribeHostReservationOfferings.go | 14 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservations.go | 5 + .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHosts.go | 31 +- ..._DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdFormat.go | 32 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeIdentityIdFormat.go | 27 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeImageAttribute.go | 41 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImages.go | 126 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceAttribute.go | 5 +- ...api_op_DescribeInstanceConnectEndpoints.go | 16 +- ...op_DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications.go | 60 +- .../api_op_DescribeInstanceEventWindows.go | 33 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceStatus.go | 91 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTopology.go | 50 +- .../api_op_DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings.go | 27 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypes.go | 60 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstances.go | 249 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeInternetGateways.go | 33 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamByoasn.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamPools.go | 6 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamScopes.go | 6 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpams.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpv6Pools.go | 2 + .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeKeyPairs.go | 35 +- .../api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.go | 67 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplates.go | 4 + ...eTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations.go | 7 + ...beLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations.go | 7 + .../api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables.go | 6 + ...cribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups.go | 4 + ...p_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces.go | 8 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGateways.go | 4 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeLockedSnapshots.go | 6 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMacHosts.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeManagedPrefixLists.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeMovingAddresses.go | 11 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNatGateways.go | 42 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkAcls.go | 41 +- .../api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses.go | 2 + .../api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths.go | 11 + ..._op_DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.go | 15 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfaces.go | 79 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribePlacementGroups.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrefixLists.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribePrincipalIdFormat.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.go | 2 + .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRegions.go | 24 +- .../api_op_DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks.go | 18 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstances.go | 34 +- ...pi_op_DescribeReservedInstancesListings.go | 37 +- ..._DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.go | 26 +- ...i_op_DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.go | 52 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRouteTables.go | 51 +- ...p_DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.go | 19 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstances.go | 3 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroupRules.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroups.go | 57 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotAttribute.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotTierStatus.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshots.go | 104 +- ...api_op_DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetInstances.go | 5 +- .../api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.go | 24 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequests.go | 16 +- .../api_op_DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.go | 96 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotPriceHistory.go | 29 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeStoreImageTasks.go | 55 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSubnets.go | 66 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTags.go | 41 +- .../api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters.go | 2 + .../api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions.go | 9 + .../api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets.go | 5 + ...pi_op_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.go | 9 + ...i_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers.go | 3 + .../api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnects.go | 5 + ..._DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains.go | 3 + ...escribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments.go | 7 + ...pi_op_DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables.go | 5 + ...op_DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments.go | 4 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGateways.go | 12 + ...i_op_DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations.go | 2 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeAttribute.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeStatus.go | 77 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumes.go | 91 +- .../api_op_DescribeVolumesModifications.go | 40 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLink.go | 8 +- ...api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go | 22 +- ...cribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications.go | 6 + .../api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnections.go | 5 + ...escribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations.go | 6 + ...p_DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go | 2 + .../ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServices.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpoints.go | 10 + .../api_op_DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.go | 53 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcs.go | 55 +- .../ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnConnections.go | 50 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnGateways.go | 23 +- .../ec2/api_op_DetachClassicLinkVpc.go | 9 +- .../ec2/api_op_DetachNetworkInterface.go | 13 +- ...pi_op_DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DetachVolume.go | 36 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DetachVpnGateway.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisableAddressTransfer.go | 7 +- .../api_op_DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DisableFastLaunch.go | 7 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DisableImage.go | 26 +- .../api_op_DisableImageBlockPublicAccess.go | 17 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeprecation.go | 8 +- ...op_DisableImageDeregistrationProtection.go | 14 +- ..._op_DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisableSerialConsoleAccess.go | 5 +- ...api_op_DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go | 15 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLink.go | 6 +- .../api_op_DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go | 11 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateAddress.go | 6 +- ...i_op_DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go | 4 + .../api_op_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.go | 5 +- .../api_op_DisassociateInstanceEventWindow.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisassociateIpamByoasn.go | 7 +- .../api_op_DisassociateNatGatewayAddress.go | 24 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisassociateRouteTable.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisassociateTrunkInterface.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_DisassociateVpcCidrBlock.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_EnableAddressTransfer.go | 7 +- .../api_op_EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go | 28 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastLaunch.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_EnableFastSnapshotRestores.go | 15 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_EnableImage.go | 10 +- .../api_op_EnableImageBlockPublicAccess.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeprecation.go | 16 +- ..._op_EnableImageDeregistrationProtection.go | 13 +- ...i_op_EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go | 5 +- ...ReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_EnableSerialConsoleAccess.go | 5 +- .../api_op_EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go | 31 +- .../ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLink.go | 14 +- .../api_op_EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go | 15 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ExportImage.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_ExportTransitGatewayRoutes.go | 18 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetCapacityReservationUsage.go | 10 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_GetCoipPoolUsage.go | 4 + .../service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleOutput.go | 28 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetConsoleScreenshot.go | 10 +- .../api_op_GetDefaultCreditSpecification.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetEbsEncryptionByDefault.go | 7 +- .../api_op_GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate.go | 4 + .../api_op_GetGroupsForCapacityReservation.go | 10 +- ...pi_op_GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.go | 6 +- .../api_op_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.go | 14 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetInstanceMetadataDefaults.go | 8 +- ...etInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.go | 35 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceUefiData.go | 22 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetIpamAddressHistory.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolAllocations.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolCidrs.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetIpamResourceCidrs.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetLaunchTemplateData.go | 10 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_GetPasswordData.go | 32 +- ...pi_op_GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go | 4 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetSecurityGroupsForVpc.go | 15 +- .../api_op_GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus.go | 6 +- ...pi_op_GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetSpotPlacementScores.go | 60 +- .../ec2/api_op_GetSubnetCidrReservations.go | 4 + ...GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations.go | 1 + ...ansitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations.go | 5 + ...p_GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences.go | 7 + ...GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations.go | 3 + ...GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations.go | 3 + .../ec2/api_op_GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes.go | 7 +- ...lientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ImportImage.go | 88 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ImportInstance.go | 29 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ImportKeyPair.go | 23 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ImportSnapshot.go | 33 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ImportVolume.go | 20 +- .../ec2/api_op_ListImagesInRecycleBin.go | 15 +- .../ec2/api_op_ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin.go | 10 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_LockSnapshot.go | 68 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyAddressAttribute.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup.go | 14 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservation.go | 15 +- .../api_op_ModifyCapacityReservationFleet.go | 35 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyClientVpnEndpoint.go | 30 +- ...api_op_ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification.go | 17 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go | 39 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyFleet.go | 42 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyHosts.go | 34 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdFormat.go | 47 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyIdentityIdFormat.go | 42 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyImageAttribute.go | 32 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceAttribute.go | 84 +- ...pi_op_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.go | 13 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceEventWindow.go | 34 +- ...api_op_ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions.go | 5 +- .../api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaults.go | 26 +- .../api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions.go | 31 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyInstancePlacement.go | 46 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpam.go | 13 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamPool.go | 17 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.go | 9 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyLaunchTemplate.go | 19 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyLocalGatewayRoute.go | 4 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyManagedPrefixList.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyReservedInstances.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotAttribute.go | 15 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotTier.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifySpotFleetRequest.go | 44 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifySubnetAttribute.go | 50 +- ...odifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.go | 15 +- .../api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorSession.go | 20 +- .../api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go | 5 +- ...i_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointPolicy.go | 5 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroup.go | 5 +- .../api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupPolicy.go | 5 +- .../api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstance.go | 5 +- ...ifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfiguration.go | 5 +- ...pi_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolume.go | 88 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyVolumeAttribute.go | 18 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcAttribute.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpoint.go | 5 +- ...p_ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go | 6 +- ..._op_ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go | 10 +- ...pi_op_ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions.go | 25 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcTenancy.go | 15 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnection.go | 45 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnectionOptions.go | 23 +- .../ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnTunnelOptions.go | 10 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_MonitorInstances.go | 10 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_MoveAddressToVpc.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_MoveByoipCidrToIpam.go | 14 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionByoipCidr.go | 49 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamByoasn.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamPoolCidr.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_PurchaseHostReservation.go | 10 +- ...pi_op_PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.go | 25 +- .../ec2/api_op_PurchaseScheduledInstances.go | 24 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_RebootInstances.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_RegisterImage.go | 195 +- ...sterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.go | 8 +- ...sterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers.go | 13 +- ...sterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources.go | 17 +- ...pi_op_RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go | 8 +- .../ec2/api_op_RejectVpcPeeringConnection.go | 7 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseAddress.go | 36 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseHosts.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.go | 13 +- ...op_ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation.go | 1 + .../api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.go | 7 +- .../ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclEntry.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRoute.go | 14 +- .../api_op_ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.go | 11 +- .../ec2/api_op_ReportInstanceStatus.go | 17 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotFleet.go | 49 +- .../ec2/api_op_RequestSpotInstances.go | 93 +- .../ec2/api_op_ResetAddressAttribute.go | 6 +- .../ec2/api_op_ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go | 12 +- .../ec2/api_op_ResetInstanceAttribute.go | 18 +- .../ec2/api_op_ResetSnapshotAttribute.go | 9 +- .../ec2/api_op_RestoreAddressToClassic.go | 10 +- .../ec2/api_op_RestoreImageFromRecycleBin.go | 6 +- .../api_op_RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotTier.go | 17 +- .../ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.go | 38 +- .../ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.go | 47 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_RunInstances.go | 296 +- .../ec2/api_op_RunScheduledInstances.go | 29 +- .../ec2/api_op_SearchLocalGatewayRoutes.go | 7 + ..._op_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.go | 9 + .../ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayRoutes.go | 10 + .../ec2/api_op_SendDiagnosticInterrupt.go | 24 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_StartInstances.go | 41 +- ...StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis.go | 5 +- .../api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis.go | 5 +- ...pcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification.go | 11 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_StopInstances.go | 87 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_TerminateInstances.go | 47 +- ...api_op_UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go | 24 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_UnmonitorInstances.go | 5 +- .../service/ec2/api_op_WithdrawByoipCidr.go | 12 +- .../service/ec2/deserializers.go | 13 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/doc.go | 9 +- .../service/ec2/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/enums.go | 1529 +++-- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/types.go | 4332 ++++++++----- .../service/elasticloadbalancing/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AddTags.go | 12 +- ...pi_op_ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer.go | 8 +- .../api_op_AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets.go | 10 +- .../api_op_ConfigureHealthCheck.go | 8 +- .../api_op_CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy.go | 20 +- .../api_op_CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy.go | 27 +- .../api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go | 73 +- .../api_op_CreateLoadBalancerListeners.go | 7 +- .../api_op_CreateLoadBalancerPolicy.go | 4 +- .../api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go | 17 +- ..._op_DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer.go | 10 +- .../api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go | 7 +- .../api_op_DescribeInstanceHealth.go | 39 +- .../api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies.go | 15 +- .../api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes.go | 16 +- .../api_op_DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets.go | 8 +- ...DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go | 21 +- ..._EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go | 14 +- .../api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go | 31 +- ...pi_op_RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer.go | 40 +- ...p_SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate.go | 9 +- ...SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer.go | 23 +- ...pi_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener.go | 16 +- .../service/elasticloadbalancing/doc.go | 44 +- .../go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../service/elasticloadbalancing/options.go | 31 +- .../elasticloadbalancing/types/types.go | 156 +- .../elasticloadbalancingv2/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../api_op_AddListenerCertificates.go | 15 +- .../elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddTags.go | 7 +- .../api_op_CreateListener.go | 37 +- .../api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go | 81 +- .../api_op_CreateRule.go | 16 +- .../api_op_CreateTargetGroup.go | 38 +- .../api_op_CreateTrustStore.go | 5 +- .../api_op_DeleteListener.go | 6 +- .../api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go | 15 +- .../api_op_DeleteRule.go | 4 +- .../api_op_DeleteTargetGroup.go | 10 +- .../api_op_DeregisterTargets.go | 22 +- .../api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go | 17 +- .../api_op_DescribeListenerCertificates.go | 16 +- .../api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.go | 22 +- .../api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go | 39 +- .../api_op_DescribeSSLPolicies.go | 12 +- .../api_op_DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.go | 22 +- .../api_op_DescribeTargetHealth.go | 26 +- ...pi_op_GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundle.go | 5 +- .../api_op_GetTrustStoreRevocationContent.go | 5 +- .../api_op_ModifyListener.go | 37 +- .../api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go | 8 +- .../api_op_ModifyRule.go | 9 +- .../api_op_ModifyTargetGroup.go | 9 +- .../api_op_RegisterTargets.go | 20 +- .../api_op_SetRulePriorities.go | 7 +- .../api_op_SetSecurityGroups.go | 10 +- .../api_op_SetSubnets.go | 59 +- .../service/elasticloadbalancingv2/doc.go | 38 +- .../go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../service/elasticloadbalancingv2/options.go | 31 +- .../elasticloadbalancingv2/types/enums.go | 95 +- .../elasticloadbalancingv2/types/types.go | 383 +- .../service/eventbridge/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../api_op_CreateApiDestination.go | 11 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_CreateConnection.go | 5 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_CreateEndpoint.go | 5 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_CreateEventBus.go | 15 +- .../api_op_CreatePartnerEventSource.go | 51 +- .../api_op_DeactivateEventSource.go | 13 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_DeleteEndpoint.go | 6 +- .../api_op_DeletePartnerEventSource.go | 7 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteRule.go | 25 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEndpoint.go | 6 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEventBus.go | 14 +- .../api_op_DescribePartnerEventSource.go | 6 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_DescribeRule.go | 15 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_DisableRule.go | 7 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_EnableRule.go | 1 + .../eventbridge/api_op_ListEndpoints.go | 6 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_ListEventSources.go | 5 +- .../api_op_ListRuleNamesByTarget.go | 5 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRules.go | 12 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_ListTargetsByRule.go | 5 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_PutEvents.go | 30 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_PutPartnerEvents.go | 16 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_PutPermission.go | 67 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_PutRule.go | 87 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_PutTargets.go | 104 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_RemovePermission.go | 6 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_RemoveTargets.go | 24 +- .../service/eventbridge/api_op_TagResource.go | 19 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_TestEventPattern.go | 25 +- .../eventbridge/api_op_UpdateEndpoint.go | 6 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/doc.go | 9 +- .../service/eventbridge/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../service/eventbridge/options.go | 31 +- .../service/eventbridge/types/enums.go | 68 +- .../service/eventbridge/types/types.go | 411 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + ...i_op_AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 7 +- .../iam/api_op_AddRoleToInstanceProfile.go | 45 +- .../service/iam/api_op_AddUserToGroup.go | 22 +- .../service/iam/api_op_AttachGroupPolicy.go | 41 +- .../service/iam/api_op_AttachRolePolicy.go | 46 +- .../service/iam/api_op_AttachUserPolicy.go | 41 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ChangePassword.go | 22 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateAccessKey.go | 41 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateAccountAlias.go | 17 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateGroup.go | 38 +- .../iam/api_op_CreateInstanceProfile.go | 59 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateLoginProfile.go | 37 +- .../iam/api_op_CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 126 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicy.go | 110 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicyVersion.go | 66 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateRole.go | 122 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateSAMLProvider.go | 73 +- .../iam/api_op_CreateServiceLinkedRole.go | 32 +- .../api_op_CreateServiceSpecificCredential.go | 40 +- .../service/iam/api_op_CreateUser.go | 64 +- .../iam/api_op_CreateVirtualMFADevice.go | 67 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeactivateMFADevice.go | 30 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccessKey.go | 34 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccountAlias.go | 21 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroup.go | 11 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroupPolicy.go | 34 +- .../iam/api_op_DeleteInstanceProfile.go | 27 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteLoginProfile.go | 34 +- .../iam/api_op_DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 10 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicy.go | 40 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicyVersion.go | 40 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteRole.go | 30 +- .../api_op_DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary.go | 11 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePolicy.go | 32 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteSAMLProvider.go | 16 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteSSHPublicKey.go | 33 +- .../iam/api_op_DeleteServerCertificate.go | 29 +- .../iam/api_op_DeleteServiceLinkedRole.go | 27 +- .../api_op_DeleteServiceSpecificCredential.go | 20 +- .../iam/api_op_DeleteSigningCertificate.go | 34 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteUser.go | 44 +- .../api_op_DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary.go | 8 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPolicy.go | 32 +- .../iam/api_op_DeleteVirtualMFADevice.go | 18 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DetachGroupPolicy.go | 30 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DetachRolePolicy.go | 30 +- .../service/iam/api_op_DetachUserPolicy.go | 30 +- .../service/iam/api_op_EnableMFADevice.go | 60 +- .../iam/api_op_GenerateCredentialReport.go | 8 +- ...pi_op_GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.go | 105 +- ...i_op_GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.go | 81 +- .../iam/api_op_GetAccessKeyLastUsed.go | 14 +- .../api_op_GetAccountAuthorizationDetails.go | 50 +- .../iam/api_op_GetAccountPasswordPolicy.go | 5 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetAccountSummary.go | 7 +- .../api_op_GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.go | 32 +- ...api_op_GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.go | 49 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetCredentialReport.go | 13 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetGroup.go | 38 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetGroupPolicy.go | 58 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetInstanceProfile.go | 32 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetLoginProfile.go | 28 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetMFADevice.go | 15 +- .../iam/api_op_GetOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 22 +- .../api_op_GetOrganizationsAccessReport.go | 68 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetPolicy.go | 40 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetPolicyVersion.go | 50 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetRole.go | 41 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetRolePolicy.go | 62 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetSAMLProvider.go | 22 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetSSHPublicKey.go | 34 +- .../iam/api_op_GetServerCertificate.go | 23 +- .../api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetails.go | 93 +- ...tServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities.go | 56 +- ...i_op_GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus.go | 14 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetUser.go | 69 +- .../service/iam/api_op_GetUserPolicy.go | 58 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListAccessKeys.go | 62 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListAccountAliases.go | 30 +- .../iam/api_op_ListAttachedGroupPolicies.go | 71 +- .../iam/api_op_ListAttachedRolePolicies.go | 71 +- .../iam/api_op_ListAttachedUserPolicies.go | 71 +- .../iam/api_op_ListEntitiesForPolicy.go | 82 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListGroupPolicies.go | 63 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListGroups.go | 48 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListGroupsForUser.go | 40 +- .../iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfileTags.go | 40 +- .../iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfiles.go | 59 +- .../iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfilesForRole.go | 43 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListMFADeviceTags.go | 40 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListMFADevices.go | 40 +- .../api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags.go | 44 +- .../iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviders.go | 11 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListPolicies.go | 98 +- ...pi_op_ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess.go | 51 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyTags.go | 40 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyVersions.go | 48 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListRolePolicies.go | 52 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListRoleTags.go | 43 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListRoles.go | 63 +- .../iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviderTags.go | 44 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviders.go | 7 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListSSHPublicKeys.go | 53 +- .../iam/api_op_ListServerCertificateTags.go | 50 +- .../iam/api_op_ListServerCertificates.go | 66 +- .../api_op_ListServiceSpecificCredentials.go | 16 +- .../iam/api_op_ListSigningCertificates.go | 45 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListUserPolicies.go | 53 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListUserTags.go | 42 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ListUsers.go | 59 +- .../iam/api_op_ListVirtualMFADevices.go | 41 +- .../service/iam/api_op_PutGroupPolicy.go | 70 +- .../iam/api_op_PutRolePermissionsBoundary.go | 31 +- .../service/iam/api_op_PutRolePolicy.go | 84 +- .../iam/api_op_PutUserPermissionsBoundary.go | 28 +- .../service/iam/api_op_PutUserPolicy.go | 70 +- ...RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 19 +- .../api_op_RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile.go | 35 +- .../service/iam/api_op_RemoveUserFromGroup.go | 22 +- .../api_op_ResetServiceSpecificCredential.go | 26 +- .../service/iam/api_op_ResyncMFADevice.go | 39 +- .../iam/api_op_SetDefaultPolicyVersion.go | 29 +- ...i_op_SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences.go | 47 +- .../iam/api_op_SimulateCustomPolicy.go | 214 +- .../iam/api_op_SimulatePrincipalPolicy.go | 219 +- .../service/iam/api_op_TagInstanceProfile.go | 27 +- .../service/iam/api_op_TagMFADevice.go | 26 +- .../iam/api_op_TagOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 29 +- .../service/iam/api_op_TagPolicy.go | 25 +- .../service/iam/api_op_TagRole.go | 30 +- .../service/iam/api_op_TagSAMLProvider.go | 30 +- .../iam/api_op_TagServerCertificate.go | 37 +- .../service/iam/api_op_TagUser.go | 31 +- .../iam/api_op_UntagInstanceProfile.go | 16 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UntagMFADevice.go | 15 +- .../iam/api_op_UntagOpenIDConnectProvider.go | 20 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UntagPolicy.go | 15 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UntagRole.go | 16 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UntagSAMLProvider.go | 19 +- .../iam/api_op_UntagServerCertificate.go | 26 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UntagUser.go | 16 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccessKey.go | 44 +- .../iam/api_op_UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.go | 106 +- .../iam/api_op_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.go | 34 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateGroup.go | 57 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateLoginProfile.go | 36 +- ...p_UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint.go | 44 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateRole.go | 27 +- .../iam/api_op_UpdateRoleDescription.go | 7 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateSAMLProvider.go | 15 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateSSHPublicKey.go | 33 +- .../iam/api_op_UpdateServerCertificate.go | 68 +- .../api_op_UpdateServiceSpecificCredential.go | 20 +- .../iam/api_op_UpdateSigningCertificate.go | 36 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UpdateUser.go | 56 +- .../service/iam/api_op_UploadSSHPublicKey.go | 37 +- .../iam/api_op_UploadServerCertificate.go | 131 +- .../iam/api_op_UploadSigningCertificate.go | 59 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/doc.go | 18 +- .../service/iam/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/enums.go | 96 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/errors.go | 9 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/types.go | 1154 ++-- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../service/kms/api_op_CancelKeyDeletion.go | 52 +- .../kms/api_op_ConnectCustomKeyStore.go | 145 +- .../service/kms/api_op_CreateAlias.go | 131 +- .../kms/api_op_CreateCustomKeyStore.go | 291 +- .../service/kms/api_op_CreateGrant.go | 271 +- .../service/kms/api_op_CreateKey.go | 590 +- .../service/kms/api_op_Decrypt.go | 242 +- .../service/kms/api_op_DeleteAlias.go | 61 +- .../kms/api_op_DeleteCustomKeyStore.go | 96 +- .../kms/api_op_DeleteImportedKeyMaterial.go | 51 +- .../kms/api_op_DescribeCustomKeyStores.go | 97 +- .../service/kms/api_op_DescribeKey.go | 132 +- .../service/kms/api_op_DisableKey.go | 47 +- .../service/kms/api_op_DisableKeyRotation.go | 92 +- .../kms/api_op_DisconnectCustomKeyStore.go | 76 +- .../service/kms/api_op_EnableKey.go | 39 +- .../service/kms/api_op_EnableKeyRotation.go | 153 +- .../service/kms/api_op_Encrypt.go | 183 +- .../service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKey.go | 269 +- .../service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPair.go | 273 +- ..._op_GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext.go | 172 +- .../api_op_GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.go | 185 +- .../service/kms/api_op_GenerateMac.go | 111 +- .../service/kms/api_op_GenerateRandom.go | 119 +- .../service/kms/api_op_GetKeyPolicy.go | 34 +- .../kms/api_op_GetKeyRotationStatus.go | 111 +- .../kms/api_op_GetParametersForImport.go | 167 +- .../service/kms/api_op_GetPublicKey.go | 161 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ImportKeyMaterial.go | 218 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListAliases.go | 86 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListGrants.go | 80 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListKeyPolicies.go | 57 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListKeyRotations.go | 67 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListKeys.go | 43 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListResourceTags.go | 87 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ListRetirableGrants.go | 83 +- .../service/kms/api_op_PutKeyPolicy.go | 100 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ReEncrypt.go | 270 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ReplicateKey.go | 301 +- .../service/kms/api_op_RetireGrant.go | 88 +- .../service/kms/api_op_RevokeGrant.go | 78 +- .../service/kms/api_op_RotateKeyOnDemand.go | 121 +- .../service/kms/api_op_ScheduleKeyDeletion.go | 156 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Sign.go | 190 +- .../service/kms/api_op_TagResource.go | 103 +- .../service/kms/api_op_UntagResource.go | 76 +- .../service/kms/api_op_UpdateAlias.go | 112 +- .../kms/api_op_UpdateCustomKeyStore.go | 238 +- .../kms/api_op_UpdateKeyDescription.go | 51 +- .../service/kms/api_op_UpdatePrimaryRegion.go | 134 +- .../service/kms/api_op_Verify.go | 164 +- .../service/kms/api_op_VerifyMac.go | 94 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/doc.go | 137 +- .../service/kms/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/enums.go | 111 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/errors.go | 222 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/types.go | 400 +- .../service/route53/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../api_op_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.go | 45 +- .../route53/api_op_ChangeCidrCollection.go | 32 +- .../api_op_ChangeResourceRecordSets.go | 124 +- .../route53/api_op_ChangeTagsForResource.go | 15 +- .../route53/api_op_CreateHealthCheck.go | 40 +- .../route53/api_op_CreateHostedZone.go | 106 +- .../route53/api_op_CreateKeySigningKey.go | 27 +- .../api_op_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.go | 160 +- .../api_op_CreateReusableDelegationSet.go | 25 +- .../route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicy.go | 5 +- .../api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyInstance.go | 13 +- .../api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyVersion.go | 5 +- ...pi_op_CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization.go | 9 +- .../route53/api_op_DeleteHealthCheck.go | 29 +- .../route53/api_op_DeleteHostedZone.go | 73 +- .../route53/api_op_DeleteKeySigningKey.go | 12 +- .../api_op_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.go | 8 +- .../api_op_DeleteReusableDelegationSet.go | 16 +- .../route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicy.go | 20 +- .../api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.go | 13 +- ...pi_op_DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization.go | 14 +- .../api_op_DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone.go | 26 +- .../service/route53/api_op_GetAccountLimit.go | 22 +- .../service/route53/api_op_GetChange.go | 15 +- .../route53/api_op_GetCheckerIpRanges.go | 12 +- .../service/route53/api_op_GetGeoLocation.go | 51 +- .../api_op_GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason.go | 9 +- .../route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckStatus.go | 17 +- .../route53/api_op_GetHostedZoneLimit.go | 13 +- .../route53/api_op_GetQueryLoggingConfig.go | 15 +- .../api_op_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.go | 10 +- .../route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicy.go | 10 +- .../api_op_GetTrafficPolicyInstance.go | 11 +- .../service/route53/api_op_ListCidrBlocks.go | 5 +- .../route53/api_op_ListCidrCollections.go | 10 +- .../route53/api_op_ListCidrLocations.go | 10 +- .../route53/api_op_ListGeoLocations.go | 33 +- .../route53/api_op_ListHealthChecks.go | 7 +- .../service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZones.go | 18 +- .../route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByName.go | 85 +- .../route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByVPC.go | 24 +- .../route53/api_op_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.go | 68 +- .../route53/api_op_ListResourceRecordSets.go | 124 +- .../api_op_ListReusableDelegationSets.go | 9 +- .../route53/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go | 11 +- .../route53/api_op_ListTagsForResources.go | 11 +- .../route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicies.go | 22 +- .../api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstances.go | 34 +- ..._ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone.go | 29 +- ...i_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy.go | 60 +- .../api_op_ListTrafficPolicyVersions.go | 14 +- ...api_op_ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations.go | 11 +- .../service/route53/api_op_TestDNSAnswer.go | 26 +- .../route53/api_op_UpdateHealthCheck.go | 232 +- .../api_op_UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance.go | 15 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/doc.go | 30 +- .../service/route53/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/options.go | 31 +- .../service/route53/types/enums.go | 87 +- .../service/route53/types/errors.go | 127 +- .../service/route53/types/types.go | 1351 ++-- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../service/s3/api_op_AbortMultipartUpload.go | 123 +- .../s3/api_op_CompleteMultipartUpload.go | 292 +- .../service/s3/api_op_CopyObject.go | 610 +- .../service/s3/api_op_CreateBucket.go | 217 +- .../s3/api_op_CreateMultipartUpload.go | 596 +- .../service/s3/api_op_CreateSession.go | 86 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucket.go | 55 +- ...i_op_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go | 36 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketCors.go | 27 +- .../s3/api_op_DeleteBucketEncryption.go | 37 +- ...teBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go | 45 +- ...i_op_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.go | 38 +- .../s3/api_op_DeleteBucketLifecycle.go | 36 +- ...api_op_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.go | 45 +- .../api_op_DeleteBucketOwnershipControls.go | 24 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketPolicy.go | 94 +- .../s3/api_op_DeleteBucketReplication.go | 40 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketTagging.go | 21 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketWebsite.go | 39 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteObject.go | 153 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjectTagging.go | 53 +- .../service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjects.go | 212 +- .../s3/api_op_DeletePublicAccessBlock.go | 33 +- ...api_op_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go | 64 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAcl.go | 63 +- .../api_op_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go | 42 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketCors.go | 63 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketEncryption.go | 37 +- ...etBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go | 45 +- .../api_op_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.go | 34 +- .../api_op_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go | 58 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLocation.go | 71 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLogging.go | 24 +- .../api_op_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.go | 43 +- ...i_op_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.go | 71 +- .../s3/api_op_GetBucketOwnershipControls.go | 24 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicy.go | 123 +- .../s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicyStatus.go | 37 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketReplication.go | 44 +- .../s3/api_op_GetBucketRequestPayment.go | 16 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketTagging.go | 25 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketVersioning.go | 30 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetBucketWebsite.go | 27 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObject.go | 541 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAcl.go | 76 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAttributes.go | 235 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLegalHold.go | 42 +- .../s3/api_op_GetObjectLockConfiguration.go | 34 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObjectRetention.go | 42 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTagging.go | 61 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTorrent.go | 40 +- .../service/s3/api_op_GetPublicAccessBlock.go | 44 +- .../service/s3/api_op_HeadBucket.go | 165 +- .../service/s3/api_op_HeadObject.go | 483 +- ...pi_op_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.go | 49 +- ...tBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.go | 45 +- ...pi_op_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.go | 48 +- .../api_op_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.go | 58 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListBuckets.go | 13 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListDirectoryBuckets.go | 38 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListMultipartUploads.go | 245 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListObjectVersions.go | 60 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListObjects.go | 131 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListObjectsV2.go | 204 +- .../service/s3/api_op_ListParts.go | 217 +- ...api_op_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go | 62 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAcl.go | 221 +- .../api_op_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go | 66 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketCors.go | 74 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketEncryption.go | 78 +- ...utBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go | 69 +- .../api_op_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.go | 98 +- .../api_op_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go | 83 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLogging.go | 109 +- .../api_op_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.go | 49 +- ...i_op_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.go | 84 +- .../s3/api_op_PutBucketOwnershipControls.go | 31 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketPolicy.go | 158 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketReplication.go | 116 +- .../s3/api_op_PutBucketRequestPayment.go | 44 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketTagging.go | 83 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketVersioning.go | 83 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutBucketWebsite.go | 72 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutObject.go | 495 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutObjectAcl.go | 279 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLegalHold.go | 49 +- .../s3/api_op_PutObjectLockConfiguration.go | 51 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutObjectRetention.go | 65 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutObjectTagging.go | 105 +- .../service/s3/api_op_PutPublicAccessBlock.go | 69 +- .../service/s3/api_op_RestoreObject.go | 186 +- .../service/s3/api_op_SelectObjectContent.go | 138 +- .../service/s3/api_op_UploadPart.go | 329 +- .../service/s3/api_op_UploadPartCopy.go | 389 +- .../s3/api_op_WriteGetObjectResponse.go | 152 +- .../service/s3/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/enums.go | 292 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/errors.go | 19 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/types.go | 1352 ++-- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/CHANGELOG.md | 5 + .../service/sqs/api_op_AddPermission.go | 64 +- .../sqs/api_op_CancelMessageMoveTask.go | 14 +- .../sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibility.go | 80 +- .../api_op_ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch.go | 25 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_CreateQueue.go | 205 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessage.go | 31 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessageBatch.go | 22 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_DeleteQueue.go | 35 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueAttributes.go | 143 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueUrl.go | 25 +- .../sqs/api_op_ListDeadLetterSourceQueues.go | 28 +- .../sqs/api_op_ListMessageMoveTasks.go | 14 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_ListQueueTags.go | 10 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_ListQueues.go | 25 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_PurgeQueue.go | 24 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_ReceiveMessage.go | 224 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_RemovePermission.go | 15 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_SendMessage.go | 155 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_SendMessageBatch.go | 49 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_SetQueueAttributes.go | 140 +- .../sqs/api_op_StartMessageMoveTask.go | 13 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_TagQueue.go | 21 +- .../service/sqs/api_op_UntagQueue.go | 10 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/doc.go | 53 +- .../service/sqs/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/serializers.go | 18 + .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/enums.go | 13 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/errors.go | 5 + .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/types.go | 224 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../service/ssm/api_op_AddTagsToResource.go | 71 +- .../ssm/api_op_AssociateOpsItemRelatedItem.go | 7 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_CreateActivation.go | 52 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociation.go | 125 +- .../ssm/api_op_CreateAssociationBatch.go | 14 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_CreateDocument.go | 56 +- .../ssm/api_op_CreateMaintenanceWindow.go | 55 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsItem.go | 101 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsMetadata.go | 2 + .../service/ssm/api_op_CreatePatchBaseline.go | 31 +- .../ssm/api_op_CreateResourceDataSync.go | 46 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DeleteAssociation.go | 26 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DeleteDocument.go | 7 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DeleteInventory.go | 12 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DeleteOpsItem.go | 20 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameter.go | 6 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameters.go | 6 +- .../ssm/api_op_DeleteResourcePolicy.go | 8 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociation.go | 4 +- ..._op_DescribeAssociationExecutionTargets.go | 7 +- .../api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutions.go | 7 +- .../ssm/api_op_DescribeAvailablePatches.go | 124 +- .../ssm/api_op_DescribeInstanceInformation.go | 23 +- ...escribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup.go | 3 + .../ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatches.go | 39 +- ..._op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions.go | 2 + .../api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks.go | 11 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DescribeOpsItems.go | 97 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DescribeParameters.go | 49 +- .../ssm/api_op_DescribePatchBaselines.go | 20 +- .../ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroupState.go | 5 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroups.go | 17 +- .../ssm/api_op_DescribePatchProperties.go | 36 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetCalendarState.go | 39 +- .../ssm/api_op_GetCommandInvocation.go | 60 +- .../ssm/api_op_GetDefaultPatchBaseline.go | 6 +- ...p_GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance.go | 16 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetDocument.go | 13 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetInventory.go | 3 +- .../ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindow.go | 6 +- ...pi_op_GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTask.go | 14 +- .../ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowTask.go | 60 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetOpsItem.go | 16 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetParameter.go | 16 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetParameterHistory.go | 10 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetParameters.go | 22 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetParametersByPath.go | 25 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetPatchBaseline.go | 9 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_GetServiceSetting.go | 26 +- .../ssm/api_op_LabelParameterVersion.go | 24 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_ListAssociations.go | 1 + .../service/ssm/api_op_ListCommands.go | 7 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_ListDocuments.go | 8 +- .../ssm/api_op_ListResourceDataSync.go | 15 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go | 5 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_PutComplianceItems.go | 30 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_PutParameter.go | 233 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_PutResourcePolicy.go | 54 +- .../api_op_RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline.go | 9 +- ..._op_RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow.go | 52 +- ...pi_op_RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.go | 106 +- .../ssm/api_op_RemoveTagsFromResource.go | 34 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_ResetServiceSetting.go | 26 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_ResumeSession.go | 20 +- .../ssm/api_op_SendAutomationSignal.go | 23 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_SendCommand.go | 79 +- .../ssm/api_op_StartAutomationExecution.go | 27 +- .../ssm/api_op_StartChangeRequestExecution.go | 31 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_StartSession.go | 41 +- .../ssm/api_op_UnlabelParameterVersion.go | 7 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociation.go | 148 +- .../ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociationStatus.go | 9 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocument.go | 7 +- .../api_op_UpdateDocumentDefaultVersion.go | 8 +- .../ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindow.go | 38 +- .../api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget.go | 13 +- .../ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask.go | 180 +- .../ssm/api_op_UpdateManagedInstanceRole.go | 13 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_UpdateOpsItem.go | 65 +- .../service/ssm/api_op_UpdatePatchBaseline.go | 33 +- .../ssm/api_op_UpdateResourceDataSync.go | 5 +- .../ssm/api_op_UpdateServiceSetting.go | 34 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/doc.go | 38 +- .../service/ssm/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/enums.go | 383 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/errors.go | 92 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/types.go | 1260 ++-- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../service/sso/api_op_GetRoleCredentials.go | 7 +- .../service/sso/api_op_ListAccountRoles.go | 7 +- .../service/sso/api_op_ListAccounts.go | 14 +- .../service/sso/api_op_Logout.go | 31 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/doc.go | 22 +- .../service/sso/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/types/types.go | 20 +- .../service/ssooidc/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateToken.go | 48 +- .../ssooidc/api_op_CreateTokenWithIAM.go | 51 +- .../api_op_StartDeviceAuthorization.go | 11 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/doc.go | 40 +- .../service/ssooidc/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/options.go | 31 +- .../service/ssooidc/types/errors.go | 2 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/CHANGELOG.md | 4 + .../service/sts/api_op_AssumeRole.go | 451 +- .../service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithSAML.go | 367 +- .../sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.go | 381 +- .../sts/api_op_DecodeAuthorizationMessage.go | 45 +- .../service/sts/api_op_GetAccessKeyInfo.go | 49 +- .../service/sts/api_op_GetCallerIdentity.go | 26 +- .../service/sts/api_op_GetFederationToken.go | 309 +- .../service/sts/api_op_GetSessionToken.go | 104 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/doc.go | 12 +- .../service/sts/go_module_metadata.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/options.go | 31 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/errors.go | 26 +- .../aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/types.go | 50 +- .../github.com/digitalocean/godo/CHANGELOG.md | 10 + .../github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps.gen.go | 63 +- .../digitalocean/godo/apps_accessors.go | 56 + vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/godo.go | 2 +- .../digitalocean/godo/load_balancers.go | 10 +- .../gax-go/v2/.release-please-manifest.json | 2 +- .../googleapis/gax-go/v2/CHANGES.md | 7 + .../googleapis/gax-go/v2/internal/version.go | 2 +- .../googleapis/gax-go/v2/proto_json_stream.go | 3 +- .../hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action.go | 167 - .../hcloud-go/hcloud/action_waiter.go | 116 + .../hcloud-go/hcloud/action_watch.go | 131 + .../hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/client.go | 10 + .../hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/error.go | 7 + .../hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/hcloud.go | 2 +- .../hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/schema.go | 1 + vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/client_auth.go | 14 +- vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doc.go | 2 +- .../golang.org/x/net/http/httpguts/httplex.go | 13 +- vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/frame.go | 13 +- vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go | 11 +- vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/transport.go | 15 +- vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go | 2 +- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu.go | 1 + vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.go | 10 + vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.s | 8 + vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_gc_arm64.go | 1 + .../golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_linux_arm64.go | 5 + vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/asm_zos_s390x.s | 665 +- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.go | 657 ++ vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.s | 192 + vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/epoll_zos.go | 220 - vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/fstatfs_zos.go | 163 - vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/pagesize_unix.go | 2 +- .../x/sys/unix/readdirent_getdirentries.go | 2 +- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sockcmsg_zos.go | 58 + .../golang.org/x/sys/unix/symaddr_zos_s390x.s | 75 + .../x/sys/unix/syscall_zos_s390x.go | 1507 ++++- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix.go | 2 +- .../x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix_other.go | 2 +- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_linux.go | 9 + .../x/sys/unix/zerrors_zos_s390x.go | 233 +- .../x/sys/unix/zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s | 364 ++ .../x/sys/unix/zsyscall_zos_s390x.go | 3113 ++++++++-- .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_386.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_amd64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_loong64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64le.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mipsle.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64le.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_riscv64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_s390x.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_sparc64.go | 5 + .../x/sys/unix/zsysnum_zos_s390x.go | 5507 +++++++++-------- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux.go | 26 +- .../golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_386.go | 8 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_amd64.go | 9 - .../golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm64.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_loong64.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mipsle.go | 9 - .../golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64le.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_riscv64.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_s390x.go | 9 - .../x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_sparc64.go | 9 - .../golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_zos_s390x.go | 146 +- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/aliases.go | 2 +- vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/empty.s | 8 - .../x/tools/go/packages/packages.go | 39 +- .../x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases.go | 12 +- .../x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go121.go | 15 +- .../x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go122.go | 69 +- .../x/tools/internal/event/tag/tag.go | 59 - .../x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iexport.go | 19 +- .../x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iimport.go | 4 +- .../tools/internal/gcimporter/ureader_yes.go | 4 +- .../x/tools/internal/gocommand/invoke.go | 10 +- .../x/tools/internal/gocommand/vendor.go | 54 + .../x/tools/internal/imports/fix.go | 38 +- .../x/tools/internal/imports/mod.go | 48 +- .../x/tools/internal/pkgbits/decoder.go | 4 + .../tools/internal/typesinternal/errorcode.go | 4 +- .../v1/cloudresourcemanager-gen.go | 3 +- .../api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-api.json | 63 +- .../api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-gen.go | 65 +- .../api/compute/v0.beta/compute-api.json | 45 +- .../api/compute/v0.beta/compute-gen.go | 51 +- .../api/compute/v1/compute-api.json | 20 +- .../api/compute/v1/compute-gen.go | 24 +- .../api/container/v1/container-gen.go | 3 +- .../google.golang.org/api/dns/v1/dns-gen.go | 3 +- .../google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-api.json | 8 +- .../google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-gen.go | 15 +- .../api/internal/gensupport/params.go | 9 +- .../google.golang.org/api/internal/version.go | 2 +- .../networkservices/v1/networkservices-gen.go | 3 +- .../v1beta1/networkservices-gen.go | 3 +- .../api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-gen.go | 3 +- .../api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go | 2 - .../google.golang.org/api/tpu/v1/tpu-gen.go | 3 +- .../editiondefaults/editions_defaults.binpb | Bin 78 -> 93 bytes .../internal/filedesc/desc_list_gen.go | 11 + .../protobuf/internal/filedesc/editions.go | 4 +- .../protobuf/internal/genid/descriptor_gen.go | 46 +- .../protobuf/internal/version/version.go | 2 +- .../protobuf/reflect/protodesc/editions.go | 6 +- .../reflect/protoreflect/source_gen.go | 19 + .../types/descriptorpb/descriptor.pb.go | 636 +- .../types/gofeaturespb/go_features.pb.go | 18 +- vendor/modules.txt | 69 +- .../pkg/manager/internal.go | 18 + .../controller-runtime/pkg/manager/manager.go | 9 + .../pkg/metrics/server/server.go | 20 + 1312 files changed, 51382 insertions(+), 28440 deletions(-) create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_waiter.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_watch.go create mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.go create mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.s delete mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/epoll_zos.go delete mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/fstatfs_zos.go create mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sockcmsg_zos.go create mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/symaddr_zos_s390x.s create mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s delete mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/empty.s delete mode 100644 vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/tag/tag.go diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod index 4ce71b0e829c9..3130d38c71725 100644 --- a/go.mod +++ b/go.mod @@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ require ( github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr v1.1.0 github.com/aws/amazon-ec2-instance-selector/v2 v2.4.2-0.20231216170552-14d4dfcbaadf github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2 v1.26.1 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.16.1 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.5 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.4 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.5 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.4 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.0 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.0 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.4 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.31.4 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.0 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.6 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.5 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.6 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.5 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.1 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.1 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.5 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.32.0 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.1 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7 github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.20.2 github.com/blang/semver/v4 v4.0.0 github.com/cert-manager/cert-manager v1.14.5 - github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.113.0 + github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.115.0 github.com/go-ini/ini v1.67.0 github.com/go-logr/logr v1.4.1 github.com/go-viper/mapstructure/v2 v2.0.0-alpha.1 @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ require ( github.com/google/go-tpm-tools v0.4.4 github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0 github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0 - github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.54.1 + github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.55.0 github.com/jacksontj/memberlistmesh v0.0.0-20190905163944-93462b9d2bb7 github.com/pelletier/go-toml v1.9.5 github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.6 - github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 + github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 github.com/scaleway/scaleway-sdk-go v1.0.0-beta.26 github.com/sergi/go-diff v1.3.1 github.com/spf13/cobra v1.8.0 @@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ require ( go.opentelemetry.io/otel/trace v1.26.0 go.opentelemetry.io/proto/otlp v1.2.0 go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0 - golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 - golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f - golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 - golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 + golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 + golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 + golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 golang.org/x/sync v0.7.0 - golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 - google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 + golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 + google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 google.golang.org/grpc v1.63.2 - google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 + google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 gopkg.in/gcfg.v1 v1.2.3 gopkg.in/inf.v0 v0.9.1 gopkg.in/square/go-jose.v2 v2.6.0 @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ require ( k8s.io/kubelet v0.30.0 k8s.io/mount-utils v0.30.0 k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20240502163921-fe8a2dddb1d0 - sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.1 + sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.2 sigs.k8s.io/structured-merge-diff/v4 v4.4.1 sigs.k8s.io/yaml v1.4.0 ) require ( - cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 // indirect + cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 // indirect cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2 // indirect github.com/AdaLogics/go-fuzz-headers v0.0.0-20230811130428-ced1acdcaa24 // indirect github.com/Azure/azure-sdk-for-go/sdk/internal v1.5.2 // indirect @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ require ( github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url v1.11.7 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared v1.17.5 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/pricing v1.21.6 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5 // indirect github.com/aymanbagabas/go-osc52/v2 v2.0.1 // indirect github.com/beorn7/perks v1.0.1 // indirect github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.2.0 // indirect @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ require ( github.com/google/s2a-go v0.1.7 // indirect github.com/google/shlex v0.0.0-20191202100458-e7afc7fbc510 // indirect github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2 // indirect - github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 // indirect + github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 // indirect github.com/gorilla/mux v1.8.0 // indirect github.com/gorilla/websocket v1.5.0 // indirect github.com/gregjones/httpcache v0.0.0-20190611155906-901d90724c79 // indirect @@ -252,12 +252,12 @@ require ( go.opentelemetry.io/otel/metric v1.26.0 // indirect go.starlark.net v0.0.0-20230525235612-a134d8f9ddca // indirect golang.org/x/mod v0.17.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/term v0.19.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/term v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 // indirect golang.org/x/time v0.5.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 // indirect gomodules.xyz/jsonpatch/v2 v2.4.0 // indirect - google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c // indirect + google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be // indirect google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 // indirect gopkg.in/ini.v1 v1.67.0 // indirect gopkg.in/warnings.v0 v0.1.2 // indirect diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum index bb61377f27ca2..980aa5b45b966 100644 --- a/go.sum +++ b/go.sum @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ cloud.google.com/go v0.26.0/go.mod h1:aQUYkXzVsufM+DwF1aE+0xfcU+56JwCaLick0ClmMTw= -cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 h1:PRyzEpGfx/Z9e8+lHsbkoUVXD0gnu4MNmm7Gp8TQNIs= -cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0/go.mod h1:lBv6NKTWp8E3LPzmO1TbiiRKc4drLOfHsgmlH9ogv5w= +cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 h1:Z7YNIhlWRtrnKlZke7z3GMqzvuYzdc2z98F9D1NV5Hg= +cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1/go.mod h1:QVBuVEKpCn4Zp58hzRGvL0tjRGU0YqdRTdCHM1IHnro= cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2 h1:+TTV8aXpjeChS9M+aTtN/TjdQnzJvmzKFt//oWu7HX4= cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2/go.mod h1:wcYjgpZI9+Yu7LyYBg4pqSiaRkfEK3GQcpb7C/uyF1Q= cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata v0.3.0 h1:Tz+eQXMEqDIKRsmY3cHTL6FVaynIjX2QxYC4trgAKZc= @@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2 v1.26.1 h1:5554eUqIYVWpU0YmeeYZ0wU64H2VLBs8TlhRB2L+ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2 v1.26.1/go.mod h1:ffIFB97e2yNsv4aTSGkqtHnppsIJzw7G7BReUZ3jCXM= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream v1.6.2 h1:x6xsQXGSmW6frevwDA+vi/wqhp1ct18mVXYN08/93to= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream v1.6.2/go.mod h1:lPprDr1e6cJdyYeGXnRaJoP4Md+cDBvi2eOj00BlGmg= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11 h1:f47rANd2LQEYHda2ddSCKYId18/8BhSRM4BULGmfgNA= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11/go.mod h1:SMsV78RIOYdve1vf36z8LmnszlRWkwMQtomCAI0/mIE= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11 h1:YuIB1dJNf1Re822rriUOTxopaHHvIq0l/pX3fwO+Tzs= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11/go.mod h1:AQtFPsDH9bI2O+71anW6EKL+NcD7LG3dpKGMV4SShgo= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12 h1:vq88mBaZI4NGLXk8ierArwSILmYHDJZGJOeAc/pzEVQ= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12/go.mod h1:IOrsf4IiN68+CgzyuyGUYTpCrtUQTbbMEAtR/MR/4ZU= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12 h1:PVbKQ0KjDosI5+nEdRMU8ygEQDmkJTSHBqPjEX30lqc= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12/go.mod h1:jlWtGFRtKsqc5zqerHZYmKmRkUXo3KPM14YJ13ZEjwE= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.16.1 h1:FVJ0r5XTHSmIHJV6KuDmdYhEpvlHpiSd38RQWhut5J4= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.16.1/go.mod h1:zusuAeqezXzAB24LGuzuekqMAEgWkVYukBec3kr3jUg= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/configsources v1.1.41/go.mod h1:CrObHAuPneJBlfEJ5T3szXOUkLEThaGfvnhTf33buas= @@ -96,18 +96,18 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/ini v1.8.0 h1:hT8rVHwugYE2lEfdFE0QWVo81lF7 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/ini v1.8.0/go.mod h1:8tu/lYfQfFe6IGnaOdrpVgEL2IrrDOf6/m9RQum4NkY= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a v1.3.5 h1:81KE7vaZzrl7yHBYHVEzYB8sypz11NMOZ40YlWvPxsU= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a v1.3.5/go.mod h1:LIt2rg7Mcgn09Ygbdh/RdIm0rQ+3BNkbP1gyVMFtRK0= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.5 h1:vhdJymxlWS2qftzLiuCjSswjXBRLGfzo/BEE9LDveBA= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.5/go.mod h1:ZErgk/bPaaZIpj+lUWGlwI1A0UFhSIscgnCPzTLnb2s= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0 h1:ooy0OFbrdSwgk32OFGPnvBwry5ySYCKkgTEbQ2hejs8= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0/go.mod h1:xejKuuRDjz6z5OqyeLsz01MlOqqW7CqpAB4PabNvpu8= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.4 h1:V5YvSMQwZklktzYeOOhYdptx7rP650XP3RnxwNu1UEQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.4/go.mod h1:aYygRYqRxmLGrxRxAisgNarwo4x8bcJG14rh4r57VqE= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.5 h1:/x2u/TOx+n17U+gz98TOw1HKJom0EOqrhL4SjrHr0cQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.5/go.mod h1:e1McVqsud0JOERidvppLEHnuCdh/X6MRyL5L0LseAUk= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.4 h1:Vz4ilZcVXCR9yatX5yfMrkBldYggtkih3h7woHvzu5Q= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.4/go.mod h1:aIINXlt2xXhMeRsyCsLDUDohI8AdDm92gY9nIB6pv0M= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.0 h1:ZNlfPdw849gBo/lvLFbEEvpTJMij0LXqiNWZ+lIamlU= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.0/go.mod h1:aXWImQV0uTW35LM0A/T4wEg6R1/ReXUu4SM6/lUHYK0= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.6 h1:IDoEdCkKRy7iPlRVSuDATGE57xUjrk5i1M9eWPYwr/Y= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.6/go.mod h1:ZErgk/bPaaZIpj+lUWGlwI1A0UFhSIscgnCPzTLnb2s= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0 h1:wpQ7oQsHMgE/l0lAzdKIZO83NmdlXpxkGoRbho5BNtg= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0/go.mod h1:xejKuuRDjz6z5OqyeLsz01MlOqqW7CqpAB4PabNvpu8= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.5 h1:OejC+MwvkwDdTVmOA+D9l1F6FxphADexR29Ou0dGT4Y= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.5/go.mod h1:aYygRYqRxmLGrxRxAisgNarwo4x8bcJG14rh4r57VqE= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.6 h1:P5kMcIzrz4Y7GIkvmkosgv/0cs1Crk/VLo5pBhrTWGI= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.6/go.mod h1:e1McVqsud0JOERidvppLEHnuCdh/X6MRyL5L0LseAUk= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.5 h1:8cIsFC9HskfTIrkJUk24+1HBRUetZ0wOW3rcTqN//vg= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.5/go.mod h1:aIINXlt2xXhMeRsyCsLDUDohI8AdDm92gY9nIB6pv0M= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.1 h1:4rE8nIQ7HabhytHpGacgyLF4NjsswF4rBe7smA2kxa0= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.1/go.mod h1:aXWImQV0uTW35LM0A/T4wEg6R1/ReXUu4SM6/lUHYK0= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/accept-encoding v1.11.2 h1:Ji0DY1xUsUr3I8cHps0G+XM3WWU16lP6yG8qu1GAZAs= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/accept-encoding v1.11.2/go.mod h1:5CsjAbs3NlGQyZNFACh+zztPDI7fU6eW9QsxjfnuBKg= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/checksum v1.3.7 h1:ZMeFZ5yk+Ek+jNr1+uwCd2tG89t6oTS5yVWpa6yy2es= @@ -116,24 +116,24 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url v1.11.7 h1:ogRAwT1/g github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url v1.11.7/go.mod h1:YCsIZhXfRPLFFCl5xxY+1T9RKzOKjCut+28JSX2DnAk= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared v1.17.5 h1:f9RyWNtS8oH7cZlbn+/JNPpjUk5+5fLd5lM9M0i49Ys= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared v1.17.5/go.mod h1:h5CoMZV2VF297/VLhRhO1WF+XYWOzXo+4HsObA4HjBQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.0 h1:yl7wcqbisxPzknJVfWTLnK83McUvXba+pz2+tPbIUmQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.0/go.mod h1:2snWQJQUKsbN66vAawJuOGX7dr37pfOq9hb0tZDGIqQ= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.1 h1:5wtyAwuUiJiM3DHYeGZmP5iMonM7DFBWAEaaVPHYZA0= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.1/go.mod h1:2snWQJQUKsbN66vAawJuOGX7dr37pfOq9hb0tZDGIqQ= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/pricing v1.21.6 h1:k/f3T13s7wx/By6aKovlVsjdNkRVT0QRR2RlZEvaTGg= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/pricing v1.21.6/go.mod h1:9n3tkRCngy3+Iw/8vK3C69iXh22SCGsy3yn16nTxH+s= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.4 h1:ZZKiHm4cN8IDDZ2kh8DTk+YnYBjVsiFdwf5FwVs//IQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.4/go.mod h1:RTfjFUctf+Zyq8e4rgLXmz43+0kIoIXbENvrFtilumI= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1 h1:6cnno47Me9bRykw9AEv9zkXE+5or7jz8TsskTTccbgc= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1/go.mod h1:qmdkIIAC+GCLASF7R2whgNrJADz0QZPX+Seiw/i4S3o= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.31.4 h1:mE2ysZMEeQ3ulHWs4mmc4fZEhOfeY1o6QXAfDqjbSgw= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.31.4/go.mod h1:lCN2yKnj+Sp9F6UzpoPPTir+tSaC9Jwf6LcmTqnXFZw= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.0 h1:NGWDuvT6PAoWQuAYeqPU8UvKZjJ4CvxfgaCnT7E6sOI= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.0/go.mod h1:Ebk/HZmGhxWKDVxM4+pwbxGjm3RQOQLMjAEosI3ss9Q= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5 h1:vN8hEbpRnL7+Hopy9dzmRle1xmDc7o8tmY0klsr175w= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5/go.mod h1:qGzynb/msuZIE8I75DVRCUXw3o3ZyBmUvMwQ2t/BrGM= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4 h1:Jux+gDDyi1Lruk+KHF91tK2KCuY61kzoCpvtvJJBtOE= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4/go.mod h1:mUYPBhaF2lGiukDEjJX2BLRRKTmoUSitGDUgM4tRxak= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6 h1:cwIxeBttqPN3qkaAjcEcsh8NYr8n2HZPkcKgPAi1phU= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6/go.mod h1:FZf1/nKNEkHdGGJP/cI2MoIMquumuRK6ol3QQJNDxmw= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.5 h1:UMORr7k+LrfXHiDc/OWCOhHZJgUXs6dk9aPJ7jmKbps= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.5/go.mod h1:RTfjFUctf+Zyq8e4rgLXmz43+0kIoIXbENvrFtilumI= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2 h1:rq2hglTQM3yHZvOPVMtNvLS5x6hijx7JvRDgKiTNDGQ= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2/go.mod h1:qmdkIIAC+GCLASF7R2whgNrJADz0QZPX+Seiw/i4S3o= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.32.0 h1:6SqfD+Oyi6GuoBeSXl0khuW5MFpPJTYcdGHzi86eWiA= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.32.0/go.mod h1:lCN2yKnj+Sp9F6UzpoPPTir+tSaC9Jwf6LcmTqnXFZw= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.1 h1:vgpeoBRWw22qcb1xo3eJFkuulwPI4E/xQgIGi0gtVUs= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.1/go.mod h1:Ebk/HZmGhxWKDVxM4+pwbxGjm3RQOQLMjAEosI3ss9Q= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6 h1:o5cTaeunSpfXiLTIBx5xo2enQmiChtu1IBbzXnfU9Hs= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6/go.mod h1:qGzynb/msuZIE8I75DVRCUXw3o3ZyBmUvMwQ2t/BrGM= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5 h1:Ciiz/plN+Z+pPO1G0W2zJoYIIl0KtKzY0LJ78NXYTws= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5/go.mod h1:mUYPBhaF2lGiukDEjJX2BLRRKTmoUSitGDUgM4tRxak= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7 h1:et3Ta53gotFR4ERLXXHIHl/Uuk1qYpP5uU7cvNql8ns= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7/go.mod h1:FZf1/nKNEkHdGGJP/cI2MoIMquumuRK6ol3QQJNDxmw= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.14.2/go.mod h1:Tg+OJXh4MB2R/uN61Ko2f6hTZwB/ZYGOtib8J3gBHzA= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.20.2 h1:tbp628ireGtzcHDDmLT/6ADHidqnwgF57XOXZe6tp4Q= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.20.2/go.mod h1:krry+ya/rV9RDcV/Q16kpu6ypI4K2czasz0NC3qS14E= @@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.0/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSs github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.1/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSsI+c5H38= github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.2-0.20180830191138-d8f796af33cc h1:U9qPSI2PIWSS1VwoXQT9A3Wy9MM3WgvqSxFWenqJduM= github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.2-0.20180830191138-d8f796af33cc/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSsI+c5H38= -github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.113.0 h1:CLtCxlP4wDAjKIQ+Hshht/UNbgAp8/J/XBH1ZtDCF9Y= -github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.113.0/go.mod h1:Z2mTP848Vi3IXXl5YbPekUgr4j4tOePomA+OE1Ag98w= +github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.115.0 h1:Xv0gwN0t7ldD61QKeYeHHwCEKfTXzAOmnUDgGAzoZw4= +github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.115.0/go.mod h1:Vk0vpCot2HOAJwc5WE8wljZGtJ3ZtWIc8MQ8rF38sdo= github.com/distribution/distribution/v3 v3.0.0-20221208165359-362910506bc2 h1:aBfCb7iqHmDEIp6fBvC/hQUddQfg+3qdYjwzaiP9Hnc= github.com/distribution/distribution/v3 v3.0.0-20221208165359-362910506bc2/go.mod h1:WHNsWjnIn2V1LYOrME7e8KxSeKunYHsxEm4am0BUtcI= github.com/dnaeon/go-vcr v1.2.0 h1:zHCHvJYTMh1N7xnV7zf1m1GPBF9Ad0Jk/whtQ1663qI= @@ -354,8 +354,8 @@ github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0 h1:NIvaJDMOsjHA8n1jAhLSgzrAzy1Hgr+hNrb57e+94F0= github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2 h1:Vie5ybvEvT75RniqhfFxPRy3Bf7vr3h0cechB90XaQs= github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2/go.mod h1:VLSiSSBs/ksPL8kq3OBOQ6WRI2QnaFynd1DCjZ62+V0= -github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 h1:5/zPPDvw8Q1SuXjrqrZslrqT7dL/uJT2CQii/cLCKqA= -github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3/go.mod h1:AKloxT6GtNbaLm8QTNSidHUVsHYcBHwWRvkNFJUQcS4= +github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 h1:9gWcmF85Wvq4ryPFvGFaOgPIs1AQX0d0bcbGw4Z96qg= +github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4/go.mod h1:KYEYLorsnIGDi/rPC8b5TdlB9kbKoFubselGIoBMCwI= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0 h1:ls0O747DIq1D8SUHc7r2vI8BFbMLeLFuENaAIfEx7OM= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0/go.mod h1:aAVqcocTSXh2vYFZ1JTvx4EQmfgzxRcNupUfxZbBNDM= github.com/gorilla/handlers v1.5.1 h1:9lRY6j8DEeeBT10CvO9hGW0gmky0BprnvDI5vfhUHH4= @@ -403,8 +403,8 @@ github.com/hashicorp/hcl v1.0.1-vault-5/go.mod h1:XYhtn6ijBSAj6n4YqAaf7RBPS4I06A github.com/hashicorp/memberlist v0.1.4/go.mod h1:ajVTdAv/9Im8oMAAj5G31PhhMCZJV2pPBoIllUwCN7I= github.com/hashicorp/memberlist v0.3.1 h1:MXgUXLqva1QvpVEDQW1IQLG0wivQAtmFlHRQ+1vWZfM= github.com/hashicorp/memberlist v0.3.1/go.mod h1:MS2lj3INKhZjWNqd3N0m3J+Jxf3DAOnAH9VT3Sh9MUE= -github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.54.1 h1:Y5k++GWasA3IdwbD3pTUVAG825xHPpQ2WDjtBecBYWQ= -github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.54.1/go.mod h1:VzDWThl47lOnZXY0q5/LPFD+M62pfe/52TV+mOrpp9Q= +github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.55.0 h1:tyVVwNoGxk4SL5ndQNW7o9SfC1riCHTKTYKBIu7DpuQ= +github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.55.0/go.mod h1:oTebZCjd+osj75jlI76Z+zjN1sTxmMiQ1MWoO8aRl1c= github.com/huandu/xstrings v1.3.3/go.mod h1:y5/lhBue+AyNmUVz9RLU9xbLR0o4KIIExikq4ovT0aE= github.com/huandu/xstrings v1.4.0 h1:D17IlohoQq4UcpqD7fDk80P7l+lwAmlFaBHgOipl2FU= github.com/huandu/xstrings v1.4.0/go.mod h1:y5/lhBue+AyNmUVz9RLU9xbLR0o4KIIExikq4ovT0aE= @@ -560,8 +560,8 @@ github.com/prometheus/client_golang v0.9.2/go.mod h1:OsXs2jCmiKlQ1lTBmv21f2mNfw4 github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.0.0/go.mod h1:db9x61etRT2tGnBNRi70OPL5FsnadC4Ky3P0J6CfImo= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.1.0/go.mod h1:I1FGZT9+L76gKKOs5djB6ezCbFQP1xR9D75/vuwEF3g= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.4.0/go.mod h1:e9GMxYsXl05ICDXkRhurwBS4Q3OK1iX/F2sw+iXX5zU= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 h1:ygXvpU1AoN1MhdzckN+PyD9QJOSD4x7kmXYlnfbA6JU= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0/go.mod h1:ZRM9uEAypZakd+q/x7+gmsvXdURP+DABIEIjnmDdp+k= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 h1:wZWJDwK+NameRJuPGDhlnFgx8e8HN3XHQeLaYJFJBOE= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1/go.mod h1:mP78NwGzrVks5S2H6ab8+ZZGJLZUq1hoULYBAYBw1Ho= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20180712105110-5c3871d89910/go.mod h1:MbSGuTsp3dbXC40dX6PRTWyKYBIrTGTE9sqQNg2J8bo= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190129233127-fd36f4220a90/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190812154241-14fe0d1b01d4/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= @@ -695,11 +695,11 @@ golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210921155107-089bfa567519/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5y golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20220829220503-c86fa9a7ed90/go.mod h1:IxCIyHEi3zRg3s0A5j5BB6A9Jmi73HwBIUl50j+osU4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.1.0/go.mod h1:RecgLatLF4+eUMCP1PoPZQb+cVrJcOPbHkTkbkB9sbw= golang.org/x/crypto v0.3.0/go.mod h1:hebNnKkNXi2UzZN1eVRvBB7co0a+JxK6XbPiWVs/3J4= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 h1:g1v0xeRhjcugydODzvb3mEM9SQ0HGp9s/nh3COQ/C30= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0/go.mod h1:vr6Su+7cTlO45qkww3VDJlzDn0ctJvRgYbC2NvXHt+M= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 h1:dIJU/v2J8Mdglj/8rJ6UUOM3Zc9zLZxVZwwxMooUSAI= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0/go.mod h1:CKFgDieR+mRhux2Lsu27y0fO304Db0wZe70UKqHu0v8= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f h1:99ci1mjWVBWwJiEKYY6jWa4d2nTQVIEhZIptnrVb1XY= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f/go.mod h1:/lliqkxwWAhPjf5oSOIJup2XcqJaw8RGS6k3TGEc7GI= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 h1:vr/HnozRka3pE4EsMEg1lgkXJkTFJCVUX+S/ZT6wYzM= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842/go.mod h1:XtvwrStGgqGPLc4cjQfWqZHG1YFdYs6swckp8vpsjnc= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20181026193005-c67002cb31c3/go.mod h1:UVdnD1Gm6xHRNCYTkRU2/jEulfH38KcIWyp/GAMgvoE= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190227174305-5b3e6a55c961/go.mod h1:wehouNa3lNwaWXcvxsM5YxQ5yQlVC4a0KAMCusXpPoU= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190313153728-d0100b6bd8b3/go.mod h1:6SW0HCj/g11FgYtHlgUYUwCkIfeOF89ocIRzGO/8vkc= @@ -727,11 +727,11 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qx golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220722155237-a158d28d115b/go.mod h1:XRhObCWvk6IyKnWLug+ECip1KBveYUHfp+8e9klMJ9c= golang.org/x/net v0.1.0/go.mod h1:Cx3nUiGt4eDBEyega/BKRp+/AlGL8hYe7U9odMt2Cco= golang.org/x/net v0.2.0/go.mod h1:KqCZLdyyvdV855qA2rE3GC2aiw5xGR5TEjj8smXukLY= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 h1:1PcaxkF854Fu3+lvBIx5SYn9wRlBzzcnHZSiaFFAb0w= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0/go.mod h1:2Q7sJY5mzlzWjKtYUEXSlBWCdyaioyXzRB2RtU8KVE8= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 h1:d/OCCoBEUq33pjydKrGQhw7IlUPI2Oylr+8qLx49kac= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0/go.mod h1:JkAGAh7GEvH74S6FOH42FLoXpXbE/aqXSrIQjXgsiwM= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 h1:9+E/EZBCbTLNrbN35fHv/a/d/mOBatymz1zbtQrXpIg= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0/go.mod h1:vYi7skDa1x015PmRRYZ7+s1cWyPgrPiSYRe4rnsexc8= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 h1:4mQdhULixXKP1rwYBW0vAijoXnkTG0BLCDRzfe1idMo= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0/go.mod h1:XYTD2NtWslqkgxebSiOHnXEap4TF09sJSc7H1sXbhtI= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20180314180146-1d60e4601c6f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181108010431-42b317875d0f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181221193216-37e7f081c4d4/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= @@ -766,23 +766,23 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220906165534-d0df966e6959/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBc golang.org/x/sys v0.1.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.2.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.6.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 h1:q5f1RH2jigJ1MoAWp2KTp3gm5zAGFUTarQZ5U386+4o= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 h1:Od9JTbYCk261bKm4M/mw7AklTlFYIa0bIp9BgSm1S8Y= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20210927222741-03fcf44c2211/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20220526004731-065cf7ba2467/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.1.0/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.2.0/go.mod h1:TVmDHMZPmdnySmBfhjOoOdhjzdE1h4u1VwSiw2l1Nuc= -golang.org/x/term v0.19.0 h1:+ThwsDv+tYfnJFhF4L8jITxu1tdTWRTZpdsWgEgjL6Q= -golang.org/x/term v0.19.0/go.mod h1:2CuTdWZ7KHSQwUzKva0cbMg6q2DMI3Mmxp+gKJbskEk= +golang.org/x/term v0.20.0 h1:VnkxpohqXaOBYJtBmEppKUG6mXpi+4O6purfc2+sMhw= +golang.org/x/term v0.20.0/go.mod h1:8UkIAJTvZgivsXaD6/pH6U9ecQzZ45awqEOzuCvwpFY= golang.org/x/text v0.3.0/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.2/go.mod h1:bEr9sfX3Q8Zfm5fL9x+3itogRgK3+ptLWKqgva+5dAk= golang.org/x/text v0.3.3/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.6/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.7/go.mod h1:u+2+/6zg+i71rQMx5EYifcz6MCKuco9NR6JIITiCfzQ= golang.org/x/text v0.4.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 h1:ScX5w1eTa3QqT8oi6+ziP7dTV1S2+ALU0bI+0zXKWiQ= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 h1:h1V/4gjBv8v9cjcR6+AR5+/cIYK5N/WAgiv4xlsEtAk= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= golang.org/x/time v0.5.0 h1:o7cqy6amK/52YcAKIPlM3a+Fpj35zvRj2TP+e1xFSfk= golang.org/x/time v0.5.0/go.mod h1:3BpzKBy/shNhVucY/MWOyx10tF3SFh9QdLuxbVysPQM= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20180917221912-90fa682c2a6e/go.mod h1:n7NCudcB/nEzxVGmLbDWY5pfWTLqBcC2KZ6jyYvM4mQ= @@ -796,23 +796,23 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200505023115-26f46d2f7ef8/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roY golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20200619180055-7c47624df98f/go.mod h1:EkVYQZoAsY45+roYkvgYkIh4xh/qjgUK9TdY2XT94GE= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20210106214847-113979e3529a/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= golang.org/x/tools v0.1.12/go.mod h1:hNGJHUnrk76NpqgfD5Aqm5Crs+Hm0VOH/i9J2+nxYbc= -golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 h1:hz/CVckiOxybQvFw6h7b/q80NTr9IUQb4s1IIzW7KNY= -golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0/go.mod h1:WvitBU7JJf6A4jOdg4S1tviW9bhUxkgeCui/0JHctQg= +golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 h1:qc0xYgIbsSDt9EyWz05J5wfa7LOVW0YTLOXrqdLAWIw= +golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0/go.mod h1:aiJjzUbINMkxbQROHiO6hDPo2LHcIPhhQsa9DLh0yGk= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191011141410-1b5146add898/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191204190536-9bdfabe68543/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20200804184101-5ec99f83aff1/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= gomodules.xyz/jsonpatch/v2 v2.4.0 h1:Ci3iUJyx9UeRx7CeFN8ARgGbkESwJK+KB9lLcWxY/Zw= gomodules.xyz/jsonpatch/v2 v2.4.0/go.mod h1:AH3dM2RI6uoBZxn3LVrfvJ3E0/9dG4cSrbuBJT4moAY= -google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 h1:8a0p/BbPa65GlqGWtUKxot4p0TV8OGOfyTjtmkXNXmk= -google.golang.org/api v0.177.0/go.mod h1:srbhue4MLjkjbkux5p3dw/ocYOSZTaIEvf7bCOnFQDw= +google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 h1:QyHDLm/HqM7ysaHgGO0wu7P4NbwbimnOoKxu5Cfdx8s= +google.golang.org/api v0.179.0/go.mod h1:51AiyoEg1MJPSZ9zvklA8VnRILPXxn1iVen9v25XHAE= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20180817151627-c66870c02cf8/go.mod h1:JiN7NxoALGmiZfu7CAH4rXhgtRTLTxftemlI0sWmxmc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190819201941-24fa4b261c55/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98Agz4BDEuKkezgsaosCRResVns1a3J2ZsMNc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200526211855-cb27e3aa2013/go.mod h1:NbSheEEYHJ7i3ixzK3sjbqSGDJWnxyFXZblF3eUsNvo= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c h1:kaI7oewGK5YnVwj+Y+EJBO/YN1ht8iTL9XkFHtVZLsc= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c/go.mod h1:VQW3tUculP/D4B+xVCo+VgSq8As6wA9ZjHl//pmk+6s= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be h1:Zz7rLWqp0ApfsR/l7+zSHhY3PMiH2xqgxlfYfAfNpoU= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be/go.mod h1:dvdCTIoAGbkWbcIKBniID56/7XHTt6WfxXNMxuziJ+w= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 h1:DujSIu+2tC9Ht0aPNA7jgj23Iq8Ewi5sgkQ++wdvonE= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6/go.mod h1:WtryC6hu0hhx87FDGxWCDptyssuo68sk10vYjF+T9fY= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= @@ -831,8 +831,8 @@ google.golang.org/protobuf v1.22.0/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2 google.golang.org/protobuf v1.23.0/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2l/sGQquU= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.23.1-0.20200526195155-81db48ad09cc/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2l/sGQquU= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.25.0/go.mod h1:9JNX74DMeImyA3h4bdi1ymwjUzf21/xIlbajtzgsN7c= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 h1:Qo/qEd2RZPCf2nKuorzksSknv0d3ERwp1vFG38gSmH4= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 h1:9ddQBjfCyZPOHPUiPxpYESBLc+T8P3E+Vo4IbKZgFWg= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= gopkg.in/alecthomas/kingpin.v2 v2.2.6/go.mod h1:FMv+mEhP44yOT+4EoQTLFTRgOQ1FBLkstjWtayDeSgw= gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20190902080502-41f04d3bba15/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= @@ -907,8 +907,8 @@ k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20240502163921-fe8a2dddb1d0 h1:jgGTlFYnhF1PM1Ax/lAlxUPE+KfCI k8s.io/utils v0.0.0-20240502163921-fe8a2dddb1d0/go.mod h1:OLgZIPagt7ERELqWJFomSt595RzquPNLL48iOWgYOg0= oras.land/oras-go v1.2.4 h1:djpBY2/2Cs1PV87GSJlxv4voajVOMZxqqtq9AB8YNvY= oras.land/oras-go v1.2.4/go.mod h1:DYcGfb3YF1nKjcezfX2SNlDAeQFKSXmf+qrFmrh4324= -sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.1 h1:RpWbigmuiylbxOCLy0tGnq1cU1qWPwNIQzoJk+QeJx4= -sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.1/go.mod h1:tuAt1+wbVsXIT8lPtk5RURxqAnq7xkpv2Mhttslg7Hw= +sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.2 h1:RqVW6Kpeaji67CY5nPEfRz6ZfFMk0lWQlNrLqlNpx+Q= +sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.2/go.mod h1:tuAt1+wbVsXIT8lPtk5RURxqAnq7xkpv2Mhttslg7Hw= sigs.k8s.io/gateway-api v1.0.0 h1:iPTStSv41+d9p0xFydll6d7f7MOBGuqXM6p2/zVYMAs= sigs.k8s.io/gateway-api v1.0.0/go.mod h1:4cUgr0Lnp5FZ0Cdq8FdRwCvpiWws7LVhLHGIudLlf4c= sigs.k8s.io/json v0.0.0-20221116044647-bc3834ca7abd h1:EDPBXCAspyGV4jQlpZSudPeMmr1bNJefnuqLsRAsHZo= diff --git a/hack/go.mod b/hack/go.mod index e1134adc24c5e..c8600f5d29dd4 100644 --- a/hack/go.mod +++ b/hack/go.mod @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ go 1.22.3 require ( github.com/client9/misspell v0.3.4 github.com/golangci/golangci-lint v1.57.1 - golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 + golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 honnef.co/go/tools v0.4.7 sigs.k8s.io/controller-tools v0.14.0 ) @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ require ( github.com/pelletier/go-toml/v2 v2.2.0 // indirect github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.1-0.20181226105442-5d4384ee4fb2 // indirect github.com/polyfloyd/go-errorlint v1.4.8 // indirect - github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 // indirect + github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 // indirect github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.5.0 // indirect github.com/prometheus/common v0.48.0 // indirect github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.12.0 // indirect @@ -182,14 +182,14 @@ require ( go.uber.org/goleak v1.3.0 // indirect go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0 // indirect go.uber.org/zap v1.26.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f // indirect + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 // indirect golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20240314144324-c7f7c6466f7f // indirect golang.org/x/mod v0.17.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 // indirect golang.org/x/sync v0.7.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect - google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 // indirect gopkg.in/inf.v0 v0.9.1 // indirect gopkg.in/ini.v1 v1.67.0 // indirect gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.4.0 // indirect diff --git a/hack/go.sum b/hack/go.sum index e7d3d9bb6ae71..55041ad70ea9b 100644 --- a/hack/go.sum +++ b/hack/go.sum @@ -429,8 +429,8 @@ github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.0.0/go.mod h1:db9x61etRT2tGnBNRi70OPL5Fsn github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.7.1/go.mod h1:PY5Wy2awLA44sXw4AOSfFBetzPP4j5+D6mVACh+pe2M= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.11.0/go.mod h1:Z6t4BnS23TR94PD6BsDNk8yVqroYurpAkEiz0P2BEV0= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.12.1/go.mod h1:3Z9XVyYiZYEO+YQWt3RD2R3jrbd179Rt297l4aS6nDY= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 h1:ygXvpU1AoN1MhdzckN+PyD9QJOSD4x7kmXYlnfbA6JU= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0/go.mod h1:ZRM9uEAypZakd+q/x7+gmsvXdURP+DABIEIjnmDdp+k= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 h1:wZWJDwK+NameRJuPGDhlnFgx8e8HN3XHQeLaYJFJBOE= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1/go.mod h1:mP78NwGzrVks5S2H6ab8+ZZGJLZUq1hoULYBAYBw1Ho= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20180712105110-5c3871d89910/go.mod h1:MbSGuTsp3dbXC40dX6PRTWyKYBIrTGTE9sqQNg2J8bo= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190129233127-fd36f4220a90/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190812154241-14fe0d1b01d4/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= @@ -612,8 +612,8 @@ golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191227195350-da58074b4299/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u0 golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200119233911-0405dc783f0a/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u096TMicItID8zy7Y6sNkU49FU4= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200207192155-f17229e696bd/go.mod h1:J/WKrq2StrnmMY6+EHIKF9dgMWnmCNThgcyBT1FY9mM= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200224162631-6cc2880d07d6/go.mod h1:3jZMyOhIsHpP37uCMkUooju7aAi5cS1Q23tOzKc+0MU= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f h1:99ci1mjWVBWwJiEKYY6jWa4d2nTQVIEhZIptnrVb1XY= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f/go.mod h1:/lliqkxwWAhPjf5oSOIJup2XcqJaw8RGS6k3TGEc7GI= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 h1:vr/HnozRka3pE4EsMEg1lgkXJkTFJCVUX+S/ZT6wYzM= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842/go.mod h1:XtvwrStGgqGPLc4cjQfWqZHG1YFdYs6swckp8vpsjnc= golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20220428152302-39d4317da171/go.mod h1:AbB0pIl9nAr9wVwH+Z2ZpaocVmF5I4GyWCDIsVjR0bk= golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20230203172020-98cc5a0785f9/go.mod h1:AbB0pIl9nAr9wVwH+Z2ZpaocVmF5I4GyWCDIsVjR0bk= golang.org/x/exp/typeparams v0.0.0-20240314144324-c7f7c6466f7f h1:phY1HzDcf18Aq9A8KkmRtY9WvOFIxN8wgfvy6Zm1DV8= @@ -686,8 +686,8 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.1.0/go.mod h1:Cx3nUiGt4eDBEyega/BKRp+/AlGL8hYe7U9odMt2Cco= golang.org/x/net v0.2.0/go.mod h1:KqCZLdyyvdV855qA2rE3GC2aiw5xGR5TEjj8smXukLY= golang.org/x/net v0.5.0/go.mod h1:DivGGAXEgPSlEBzxGzZI+ZLohi+xUj054jfeKui00ws= golang.org/x/net v0.6.0/go.mod h1:2Tu9+aMcznHK/AK1HMvgo6xiTLG5rD5rZLDS+rp2Bjs= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 h1:1PcaxkF854Fu3+lvBIx5SYn9wRlBzzcnHZSiaFFAb0w= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0/go.mod h1:2Q7sJY5mzlzWjKtYUEXSlBWCdyaioyXzRB2RtU8KVE8= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 h1:d/OCCoBEUq33pjydKrGQhw7IlUPI2Oylr+8qLx49kac= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0/go.mod h1:JkAGAh7GEvH74S6FOH42FLoXpXbE/aqXSrIQjXgsiwM= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190226205417-e64efc72b421/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= @@ -762,8 +762,8 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.2.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.4.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.5.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.6.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 h1:q5f1RH2jigJ1MoAWp2KTp3gm5zAGFUTarQZ5U386+4o= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 h1:Od9JTbYCk261bKm4M/mw7AklTlFYIa0bIp9BgSm1S8Y= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20210927222741-03fcf44c2211/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.1.0/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= @@ -780,8 +780,8 @@ golang.org/x/text v0.3.7/go.mod h1:u+2+/6zg+i71rQMx5EYifcz6MCKuco9NR6JIITiCfzQ= golang.org/x/text v0.4.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= golang.org/x/text v0.6.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= golang.org/x/text v0.7.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 h1:ScX5w1eTa3QqT8oi6+ziP7dTV1S2+ALU0bI+0zXKWiQ= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 h1:h1V/4gjBv8v9cjcR6+AR5+/cIYK5N/WAgiv4xlsEtAk= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20181108054448-85acf8d2951c/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20190308202827-9d24e82272b4/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20191024005414-555d28b269f0/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= @@ -848,8 +848,8 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.2.0/go.mod h1:y4OqIKeOV/fWJetJ8bXPU1sEVniLMIyDAZWeHdV+NTA= golang.org/x/tools v0.3.0/go.mod h1:/rWhSS2+zyEVwoJf8YAX6L2f0ntZ7Kn/mGgAWcipA5k= golang.org/x/tools v0.5.0/go.mod h1:N+Kgy78s5I24c24dU8OfWNEotWjutIs8SnJvn5IDq+k= golang.org/x/tools v0.6.0/go.mod h1:Xwgl3UAJ/d3gWutnCtw505GrjyAbvKui8lOU390QaIU= -golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 h1:hz/CVckiOxybQvFw6h7b/q80NTr9IUQb4s1IIzW7KNY= -golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0/go.mod h1:WvitBU7JJf6A4jOdg4S1tviW9bhUxkgeCui/0JHctQg= +golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 h1:qc0xYgIbsSDt9EyWz05J5wfa7LOVW0YTLOXrqdLAWIw= +golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0/go.mod h1:aiJjzUbINMkxbQROHiO6hDPo2LHcIPhhQsa9DLh0yGk= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191011141410-1b5146add898/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191204190536-9bdfabe68543/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= @@ -929,8 +929,8 @@ google.golang.org/protobuf v1.24.0/go.mod h1:r/3tXBNzIEhYS9I1OUVjXDlt8tc493IdKGj google.golang.org/protobuf v1.25.0/go.mod h1:9JNX74DMeImyA3h4bdi1ymwjUzf21/xIlbajtzgsN7c= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.26.0-rc.1/go.mod h1:jlhhOSvTdKEhbULTjvd4ARK9grFBp09yW+WbY/TyQbw= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.26.0/go.mod h1:9q0QmTI4eRPtz6boOQmLYwt+qCgq0jsYwAQnmE0givc= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 h1:Qo/qEd2RZPCf2nKuorzksSknv0d3ERwp1vFG38gSmH4= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 h1:9ddQBjfCyZPOHPUiPxpYESBLc+T8P3E+Vo4IbKZgFWg= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= gopkg.in/alecthomas/kingpin.v2 v2.2.6/go.mod h1:FMv+mEhP44yOT+4EoQTLFTRgOQ1FBLkstjWtayDeSgw= gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20180628173108-788fd7840127/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= diff --git a/tests/e2e/go.mod b/tests/e2e/go.mod index a6bff05ec1872..fb379f6aa5e55 100644 --- a/tests/e2e/go.mod +++ b/tests/e2e/go.mod @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ require ( github.com/google/shlex v0.0.0-20191202100458-e7afc7fbc510 github.com/octago/sflags v0.2.0 github.com/spf13/pflag v1.0.5 - golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 k8s.io/api v0.30.0 k8s.io/apimachinery v0.30.0 k8s.io/client-go v1.5.2 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ require ( require ( cloud.google.com/go v0.112.2 // indirect - cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 // indirect + cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 // indirect cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2 // indirect cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata v0.3.0 // indirect cloud.google.com/go/iam v1.1.6 // indirect @@ -71,24 +71,24 @@ require ( github.com/asaskevich/govalidator v0.0.0-20230301143203-a9d515a09cc2 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2 v1.26.1 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream v1.6.2 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.16.1 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/configsources v1.3.5 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/endpoints/v2 v2.6.5 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/ini v1.8.0 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a v1.3.5 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ecr v1.15.0 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ecrpublic v1.12.0 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/accept-encoding v1.11.2 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/checksum v1.3.7 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url v1.11.7 // indirect github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared v1.17.5 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4 // indirect - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5 // indirect + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7 // indirect github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.20.2 // indirect github.com/awslabs/amazon-ecr-credential-helper/ecr-login v0.0.0-20220228164355-396b2034c795 // indirect github.com/beorn7/perks v1.0.1 // indirect @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ require ( github.com/google/s2a-go v0.1.7 // indirect github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0 // indirect github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2 // indirect - github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 // indirect + github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 // indirect github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0 // indirect github.com/hashicorp/errwrap v1.1.0 // indirect github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp v0.5.2 // indirect @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ require ( github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1 // indirect github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.6 // indirect github.com/power-devops/perfstat v0.0.0-20210106213030-5aafc221ea8c // indirect - github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 // indirect + github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 // indirect github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.5.0 // indirect github.com/prometheus/common v0.48.0 // indirect github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.12.0 // indirect @@ -276,23 +276,23 @@ require ( go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0 // indirect go.uber.org/zap v1.26.0 // indirect go4.org v0.0.0-20201209231011-d4a079459e60 // indirect - golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 // indirect golang.org/x/mod v0.17.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 // indirect golang.org/x/sync v0.7.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/term v0.19.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/term v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 // indirect golang.org/x/time v0.5.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 // indirect golang.org/x/tools/go/vcs v0.1.0-deprecated // indirect - google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 // indirect google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20240227224415-6ceb2ff114de // indirect - google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c // indirect + google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be // indirect google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 // indirect google.golang.org/grpc v1.63.2 // indirect - google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 // indirect gopkg.in/gcfg.v1 v1.2.3 // indirect gopkg.in/inf.v0 v0.9.1 // indirect gopkg.in/ini.v1 v1.67.0 // indirect diff --git a/tests/e2e/go.sum b/tests/e2e/go.sum index 6fc853edc4deb..eeec164720a4c 100644 --- a/tests/e2e/go.sum +++ b/tests/e2e/go.sum @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ cloud.google.com/go v0.50.0/go.mod h1:r9sluTvynVuxRIOHXQEHMFffphuXHOMZMycpNR5e6T cloud.google.com/go v0.53.0/go.mod h1:fp/UouUEsRkN6ryDKNW/Upv/JBKnv6WDthjR6+vze6M= cloud.google.com/go v0.112.2 h1:ZaGT6LiG7dBzi6zNOvVZwacaXlmf3lRqnC4DQzqyRQw= cloud.google.com/go v0.112.2/go.mod h1:iEqjp//KquGIJV/m+Pk3xecgKNhV+ry+vVTsy4TbDms= -cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 h1:PRyzEpGfx/Z9e8+lHsbkoUVXD0gnu4MNmm7Gp8TQNIs= -cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0/go.mod h1:lBv6NKTWp8E3LPzmO1TbiiRKc4drLOfHsgmlH9ogv5w= +cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 h1:Z7YNIhlWRtrnKlZke7z3GMqzvuYzdc2z98F9D1NV5Hg= +cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1/go.mod h1:QVBuVEKpCn4Zp58hzRGvL0tjRGU0YqdRTdCHM1IHnro= cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2 h1:+TTV8aXpjeChS9M+aTtN/TjdQnzJvmzKFt//oWu7HX4= cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2/go.mod h1:wcYjgpZI9+Yu7LyYBg4pqSiaRkfEK3GQcpb7C/uyF1Q= cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.0.1/go.mod h1:i/xbL2UlR5RvWAURpBYZTtm/cXjCha9lbfbpx4poX+o= @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2 v1.26.1/go.mod h1:ffIFB97e2yNsv4aTSGkqtHnppsIJzw7G7 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream v1.6.2 h1:x6xsQXGSmW6frevwDA+vi/wqhp1ct18mVXYN08/93to= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream v1.6.2/go.mod h1:lPprDr1e6cJdyYeGXnRaJoP4Md+cDBvi2eOj00BlGmg= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.5.0/go.mod h1:RWlPOAW3E3tbtNAqTwvSW54Of/yP3oiZXMI0xfUdjyA= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11 h1:f47rANd2LQEYHda2ddSCKYId18/8BhSRM4BULGmfgNA= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11/go.mod h1:SMsV78RIOYdve1vf36z8LmnszlRWkwMQtomCAI0/mIE= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12 h1:vq88mBaZI4NGLXk8ierArwSILmYHDJZGJOeAc/pzEVQ= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12/go.mod h1:IOrsf4IiN68+CgzyuyGUYTpCrtUQTbbMEAtR/MR/4ZU= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.3.1/go.mod h1:r0n73xwsIVagq8RsxmZbGSRQFj9As3je72C2WzUIToc= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11 h1:YuIB1dJNf1Re822rriUOTxopaHHvIq0l/pX3fwO+Tzs= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11/go.mod h1:AQtFPsDH9bI2O+71anW6EKL+NcD7LG3dpKGMV4SShgo= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12 h1:PVbKQ0KjDosI5+nEdRMU8ygEQDmkJTSHBqPjEX30lqc= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12/go.mod h1:jlWtGFRtKsqc5zqerHZYmKmRkUXo3KPM14YJ13ZEjwE= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.3.0/go.mod h1:2LAuqPx1I6jNfaGDucWfA2zqQCYCOMCDHiCOciALyNw= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.16.1 h1:FVJ0r5XTHSmIHJV6KuDmdYhEpvlHpiSd38RQWhut5J4= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/feature/ec2/imds v1.16.1/go.mod h1:zusuAeqezXzAB24LGuzuekqMAEgWkVYukBec3kr3jUg= @@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/ini v1.8.0 h1:hT8rVHwugYE2lEfdFE0QWVo81lF7 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/ini v1.8.0/go.mod h1:8tu/lYfQfFe6IGnaOdrpVgEL2IrrDOf6/m9RQum4NkY= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a v1.3.5 h1:81KE7vaZzrl7yHBYHVEzYB8sypz11NMOZ40YlWvPxsU= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a v1.3.5/go.mod h1:LIt2rg7Mcgn09Ygbdh/RdIm0rQ+3BNkbP1gyVMFtRK0= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0 h1:ooy0OFbrdSwgk32OFGPnvBwry5ySYCKkgTEbQ2hejs8= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0/go.mod h1:xejKuuRDjz6z5OqyeLsz01MlOqqW7CqpAB4PabNvpu8= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0 h1:wpQ7oQsHMgE/l0lAzdKIZO83NmdlXpxkGoRbho5BNtg= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0/go.mod h1:xejKuuRDjz6z5OqyeLsz01MlOqqW7CqpAB4PabNvpu8= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ecr v1.4.1/go.mod h1:FglZcyeiBqcbvyinl+n14aT/EWC7S1MIH+Gan2iizt0= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ecr v1.15.0 h1:lY2Z2sBP+zSbJ6CvvmnFgPcgknoQ0OJV88AwVetRRFk= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ecr v1.15.0/go.mod h1:4zYI85WiYDhFaU1jPFVfkD7HlBcdnITDE3QxDwy4Kus= @@ -213,18 +213,18 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url v1.11.7 h1:ogRAwT1/g github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url v1.11.7/go.mod h1:YCsIZhXfRPLFFCl5xxY+1T9RKzOKjCut+28JSX2DnAk= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared v1.17.5 h1:f9RyWNtS8oH7cZlbn+/JNPpjUk5+5fLd5lM9M0i49Ys= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared v1.17.5/go.mod h1:h5CoMZV2VF297/VLhRhO1WF+XYWOzXo+4HsObA4HjBQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.0 h1:yl7wcqbisxPzknJVfWTLnK83McUvXba+pz2+tPbIUmQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.0/go.mod h1:2snWQJQUKsbN66vAawJuOGX7dr37pfOq9hb0tZDGIqQ= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1 h1:6cnno47Me9bRykw9AEv9zkXE+5or7jz8TsskTTccbgc= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1/go.mod h1:qmdkIIAC+GCLASF7R2whgNrJADz0QZPX+Seiw/i4S3o= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.1 h1:5wtyAwuUiJiM3DHYeGZmP5iMonM7DFBWAEaaVPHYZA0= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.1/go.mod h1:2snWQJQUKsbN66vAawJuOGX7dr37pfOq9hb0tZDGIqQ= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2 h1:rq2hglTQM3yHZvOPVMtNvLS5x6hijx7JvRDgKiTNDGQ= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2/go.mod h1:qmdkIIAC+GCLASF7R2whgNrJADz0QZPX+Seiw/i4S3o= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.3.1/go.mod h1:J3A3RGUvuCZjvSuZEcOpHDnzZP/sKbhDWV2T1EOzFIM= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5 h1:vN8hEbpRnL7+Hopy9dzmRle1xmDc7o8tmY0klsr175w= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5/go.mod h1:qGzynb/msuZIE8I75DVRCUXw3o3ZyBmUvMwQ2t/BrGM= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4 h1:Jux+gDDyi1Lruk+KHF91tK2KCuY61kzoCpvtvJJBtOE= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4/go.mod h1:mUYPBhaF2lGiukDEjJX2BLRRKTmoUSitGDUgM4tRxak= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6 h1:o5cTaeunSpfXiLTIBx5xo2enQmiChtu1IBbzXnfU9Hs= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6/go.mod h1:qGzynb/msuZIE8I75DVRCUXw3o3ZyBmUvMwQ2t/BrGM= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5 h1:Ciiz/plN+Z+pPO1G0W2zJoYIIl0KtKzY0LJ78NXYTws= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5/go.mod h1:mUYPBhaF2lGiukDEjJX2BLRRKTmoUSitGDUgM4tRxak= github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.6.0/go.mod h1:q7o0j7d7HrJk/vr9uUt3BVRASvcU7gYZB9PUgPiByXg= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6 h1:cwIxeBttqPN3qkaAjcEcsh8NYr8n2HZPkcKgPAi1phU= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6/go.mod h1:FZf1/nKNEkHdGGJP/cI2MoIMquumuRK6ol3QQJNDxmw= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7 h1:et3Ta53gotFR4ERLXXHIHl/Uuk1qYpP5uU7cvNql8ns= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7/go.mod h1:FZf1/nKNEkHdGGJP/cI2MoIMquumuRK6ol3QQJNDxmw= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.6.0/go.mod h1:SObp3lf9smib00L/v3U2eAKG8FyQ7iLrJnQiAmR5n+E= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.11.0/go.mod h1:3xHYmszWVx2c0kIwQeEVf9uSm4fYZt67FBJnwub1bgM= github.com/aws/smithy-go v1.20.2 h1:tbp628ireGtzcHDDmLT/6ADHidqnwgF57XOXZe6tp4Q= @@ -582,8 +582,8 @@ github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2 h1:Vie5ybvEvT75RniqhfF github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2/go.mod h1:VLSiSSBs/ksPL8kq3OBOQ6WRI2QnaFynd1DCjZ62+V0= github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.0.4/go.mod h1:0Wqv26UfaUD9n4G6kQubkQ+KchISgw+vpHVxEJEs9eg= github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.0.5/go.mod h1:DWXyrwAJ9X0FpwwEdw+IPEYBICEFu5mhpdKc/us6bOk= -github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 h1:5/zPPDvw8Q1SuXjrqrZslrqT7dL/uJT2CQii/cLCKqA= -github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3/go.mod h1:AKloxT6GtNbaLm8QTNSidHUVsHYcBHwWRvkNFJUQcS4= +github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 h1:9gWcmF85Wvq4ryPFvGFaOgPIs1AQX0d0bcbGw4Z96qg= +github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4/go.mod h1:KYEYLorsnIGDi/rPC8b5TdlB9kbKoFubselGIoBMCwI= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0 h1:ls0O747DIq1D8SUHc7r2vI8BFbMLeLFuENaAIfEx7OM= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0/go.mod h1:aAVqcocTSXh2vYFZ1JTvx4EQmfgzxRcNupUfxZbBNDM= github.com/gopherjs/gopherjs v0.0.0-20181017120253-0766667cb4d1/go.mod h1:wJfORRmW1u3UXTncJ5qlYoELFm8eSnnEO6hX4iZ3EWY= @@ -830,8 +830,8 @@ github.com/power-devops/perfstat v0.0.0-20210106213030-5aafc221ea8c h1:ncq/mPwQF github.com/power-devops/perfstat v0.0.0-20210106213030-5aafc221ea8c/go.mod h1:OmDBASR4679mdNQnz2pUhc2G8CO2JrUAVFDRBDP/hJE= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v0.9.1/go.mod h1:7SWBe2y4D6OKWSNQJUaRYU/AaXPKyh/dDVn+NZz0KFw= github.com/prometheus/client_golang v0.9.3/go.mod h1:/TN21ttK/J9q6uSwhBd54HahCDft0ttaMvbicHlPoso= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 h1:ygXvpU1AoN1MhdzckN+PyD9QJOSD4x7kmXYlnfbA6JU= -github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0/go.mod h1:ZRM9uEAypZakd+q/x7+gmsvXdURP+DABIEIjnmDdp+k= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 h1:wZWJDwK+NameRJuPGDhlnFgx8e8HN3XHQeLaYJFJBOE= +github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1/go.mod h1:mP78NwGzrVks5S2H6ab8+ZZGJLZUq1hoULYBAYBw1Ho= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20180712105110-5c3871d89910/go.mod h1:MbSGuTsp3dbXC40dX6PRTWyKYBIrTGTE9sqQNg2J8bo= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190129233127-fd36f4220a90/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= github.com/prometheus/client_model v0.0.0-20190812154241-14fe0d1b01d4/go.mod h1:xMI15A0UPsDsEKsMN9yxemIoYk6Tm2C1GtYGdfGttqA= @@ -1100,8 +1100,8 @@ golang.org/x/crypto v0.6.0/go.mod h1:OFC/31mSvZgRz0V1QTNCzfAI1aIRzbiufJtkMIlEp58 golang.org/x/crypto v0.7.0/go.mod h1:pYwdfH91IfpZVANVyUOhSIPZaFoJGxTFbZhFTx+dXZU= golang.org/x/crypto v0.14.0/go.mod h1:MVFd36DqK4CsrnJYDkBA3VC4m2GkXAM0PvzMCn4JQf4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.19.0/go.mod h1:Iy9bg/ha4yyC70EfRS8jz+B6ybOBKMaSxLj6P6oBDfU= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 h1:g1v0xeRhjcugydODzvb3mEM9SQ0HGp9s/nh3COQ/C30= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0/go.mod h1:vr6Su+7cTlO45qkww3VDJlzDn0ctJvRgYbC2NvXHt+M= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 h1:dIJU/v2J8Mdglj/8rJ6UUOM3Zc9zLZxVZwwxMooUSAI= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0/go.mod h1:CKFgDieR+mRhux2Lsu27y0fO304Db0wZe70UKqHu0v8= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190306152737-a1d7652674e8/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190510132918-efd6b22b2522/go.mod h1:ZjyILWgesfNpC6sMxTJOJm9Kp84zZh5NQWvqDGG3Qr8= @@ -1110,8 +1110,8 @@ golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136/go.mod h1:JXzH8nQsPlswgeRAPE golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191129062945-2f5052295587/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u096TMicItID8zy7Y6sNkU49FU4= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191227195350-da58074b4299/go.mod h1:2RIsYlXP63K8oxa1u096TMicItID8zy7Y6sNkU49FU4= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20200207192155-f17229e696bd/go.mod h1:J/WKrq2StrnmMY6+EHIKF9dgMWnmCNThgcyBT1FY9mM= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f h1:99ci1mjWVBWwJiEKYY6jWa4d2nTQVIEhZIptnrVb1XY= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f/go.mod h1:/lliqkxwWAhPjf5oSOIJup2XcqJaw8RGS6k3TGEc7GI= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 h1:vr/HnozRka3pE4EsMEg1lgkXJkTFJCVUX+S/ZT6wYzM= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842/go.mod h1:XtvwrStGgqGPLc4cjQfWqZHG1YFdYs6swckp8vpsjnc= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190227222117-0694c2d4d067/go.mod h1:kZ7UVZpmo3dzQBMxlp+ypCbDeSB+sBbTgSJuh5dn5js= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190802002840-cff245a6509b/go.mod h1:FeLwcggjj3mMvU+oOTbSwawSJRM1uh48EjtB4UJZlP0= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20181026193005-c67002cb31c3/go.mod h1:UVdnD1Gm6xHRNCYTkRU2/jEulfH38KcIWyp/GAMgvoE= @@ -1172,15 +1172,15 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.6.0/go.mod h1:2Tu9+aMcznHK/AK1HMvgo6xiTLG5rD5rZLDS+rp2Bjs= golang.org/x/net v0.8.0/go.mod h1:QVkue5JL9kW//ek3r6jTKnTFis1tRmNAW2P1shuFdJc= golang.org/x/net v0.10.0/go.mod h1:0qNGK6F8kojg2nk9dLZ2mShWaEBan6FAoqfSigmmuDg= golang.org/x/net v0.17.0/go.mod h1:NxSsAGuq816PNPmqtQdLE42eU2Fs7NoRIZrHJAlaCOE= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 h1:1PcaxkF854Fu3+lvBIx5SYn9wRlBzzcnHZSiaFFAb0w= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0/go.mod h1:2Q7sJY5mzlzWjKtYUEXSlBWCdyaioyXzRB2RtU8KVE8= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 h1:d/OCCoBEUq33pjydKrGQhw7IlUPI2Oylr+8qLx49kac= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0/go.mod h1:JkAGAh7GEvH74S6FOH42FLoXpXbE/aqXSrIQjXgsiwM= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190226205417-e64efc72b421/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20191202225959-858c2ad4c8b6/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20200107190931-bf48bf16ab8d/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 h1:9+E/EZBCbTLNrbN35fHv/a/d/mOBatymz1zbtQrXpIg= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0/go.mod h1:vYi7skDa1x015PmRRYZ7+s1cWyPgrPiSYRe4rnsexc8= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 h1:4mQdhULixXKP1rwYBW0vAijoXnkTG0BLCDRzfe1idMo= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0/go.mod h1:XYTD2NtWslqkgxebSiOHnXEap4TF09sJSc7H1sXbhtI= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20180314180146-1d60e4601c6f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181108010431-42b317875d0f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181221193216-37e7f081c4d4/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= @@ -1249,8 +1249,8 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.8.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.11.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.13.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.17.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 h1:q5f1RH2jigJ1MoAWp2KTp3gm5zAGFUTarQZ5U386+4o= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 h1:Od9JTbYCk261bKm4M/mw7AklTlFYIa0bIp9BgSm1S8Y= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20210927222741-03fcf44c2211/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.1.0/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= @@ -1260,8 +1260,8 @@ golang.org/x/term v0.6.0/go.mod h1:m6U89DPEgQRMq3DNkDClhWw02AUbt2daBVO4cn4Hv9U= golang.org/x/term v0.8.0/go.mod h1:xPskH00ivmX89bAKVGSKKtLOWNx2+17Eiy94tnKShWo= golang.org/x/term v0.13.0/go.mod h1:LTmsnFJwVN6bCy1rVCoS+qHT1HhALEFxKncY3WNNh4U= golang.org/x/term v0.17.0/go.mod h1:lLRBjIVuehSbZlaOtGMbcMncT+aqLLLmKrsjNrUguwk= -golang.org/x/term v0.19.0 h1:+ThwsDv+tYfnJFhF4L8jITxu1tdTWRTZpdsWgEgjL6Q= -golang.org/x/term v0.19.0/go.mod h1:2CuTdWZ7KHSQwUzKva0cbMg6q2DMI3Mmxp+gKJbskEk= +golang.org/x/term v0.20.0 h1:VnkxpohqXaOBYJtBmEppKUG6mXpi+4O6purfc2+sMhw= +golang.org/x/term v0.20.0/go.mod h1:8UkIAJTvZgivsXaD6/pH6U9ecQzZ45awqEOzuCvwpFY= golang.org/x/text v0.0.0-20170915032832-14c0d48ead0c/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.0/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.1-0.20180807135948-17ff2d5776d2/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= @@ -1275,8 +1275,9 @@ golang.org/x/text v0.7.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= golang.org/x/text v0.8.0/go.mod h1:e1OnstbJyHTd6l/uOt8jFFHp6TRDWZR/bV3emEE/zU8= golang.org/x/text v0.9.0/go.mod h1:e1OnstbJyHTd6l/uOt8jFFHp6TRDWZR/bV3emEE/zU8= golang.org/x/text v0.13.0/go.mod h1:TvPlkZtksWOMsz7fbANvkp4WM8x/WCo/om8BMLbz+aE= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 h1:ScX5w1eTa3QqT8oi6+ziP7dTV1S2+ALU0bI+0zXKWiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.14.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 h1:h1V/4gjBv8v9cjcR6+AR5+/cIYK5N/WAgiv4xlsEtAk= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20181108054448-85acf8d2951c/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= golang.org/x/time v0.0.0-20190308202827-9d24e82272b4/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= golang.org/x/time v0.3.0/go.mod h1:tRJNPiyCQ0inRvYxbN9jk5I+vvW/OXSQhTDSoE431IQ= @@ -1320,8 +1321,8 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20201224043029-2b0845dc783e/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4f golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20210106214847-113979e3529a/go.mod h1:emZCQorbCU4vsT4fOWvOPXz4eW1wZW4PmDk9uLelYpA= golang.org/x/tools v0.1.12/go.mod h1:hNGJHUnrk76NpqgfD5Aqm5Crs+Hm0VOH/i9J2+nxYbc= golang.org/x/tools v0.6.0/go.mod h1:Xwgl3UAJ/d3gWutnCtw505GrjyAbvKui8lOU390QaIU= -golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 h1:hz/CVckiOxybQvFw6h7b/q80NTr9IUQb4s1IIzW7KNY= -golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0/go.mod h1:WvitBU7JJf6A4jOdg4S1tviW9bhUxkgeCui/0JHctQg= +golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 h1:qc0xYgIbsSDt9EyWz05J5wfa7LOVW0YTLOXrqdLAWIw= +golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0/go.mod h1:aiJjzUbINMkxbQROHiO6hDPo2LHcIPhhQsa9DLh0yGk= golang.org/x/tools/go/vcs v0.1.0-deprecated h1:cOIJqWBl99H1dH5LWizPa+0ImeeJq3t3cJjaeOWUAL4= golang.org/x/tools/go/vcs v0.1.0-deprecated/go.mod h1:zUrvATBAvEI9535oC0yWYsLsHIV4Z7g63sNPVMtuBy8= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= @@ -1339,8 +1340,8 @@ google.golang.org/api v0.13.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsb google.golang.org/api v0.14.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= google.golang.org/api v0.15.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= google.golang.org/api v0.17.0/go.mod h1:BwFmGc8tA3vsd7r/7kR8DY7iEEGSU04BFxCo5jP/sfE= -google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 h1:8a0p/BbPa65GlqGWtUKxot4p0TV8OGOfyTjtmkXNXmk= -google.golang.org/api v0.177.0/go.mod h1:srbhue4MLjkjbkux5p3dw/ocYOSZTaIEvf7bCOnFQDw= +google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 h1:QyHDLm/HqM7ysaHgGO0wu7P4NbwbimnOoKxu5Cfdx8s= +google.golang.org/api v0.179.0/go.mod h1:51AiyoEg1MJPSZ9zvklA8VnRILPXxn1iVen9v25XHAE= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/appengine v1.5.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= @@ -1362,8 +1363,8 @@ google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200212174721-66ed5ce911ce/go.mod h1:55QSHmfG google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200526211855-cb27e3aa2013/go.mod h1:NbSheEEYHJ7i3ixzK3sjbqSGDJWnxyFXZblF3eUsNvo= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20240227224415-6ceb2ff114de h1:F6qOa9AZTYJXOUEr4jDysRDLrm4PHePlge4v4TGAlxY= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20240227224415-6ceb2ff114de/go.mod h1:VUhTRKeHn9wwcdrk73nvdC9gF178Tzhmt/qyaFcPLSo= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c h1:kaI7oewGK5YnVwj+Y+EJBO/YN1ht8iTL9XkFHtVZLsc= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c/go.mod h1:VQW3tUculP/D4B+xVCo+VgSq8As6wA9ZjHl//pmk+6s= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be h1:Zz7rLWqp0ApfsR/l7+zSHhY3PMiH2xqgxlfYfAfNpoU= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be/go.mod h1:dvdCTIoAGbkWbcIKBniID56/7XHTt6WfxXNMxuziJ+w= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 h1:DujSIu+2tC9Ht0aPNA7jgj23Iq8Ewi5sgkQ++wdvonE= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6/go.mod h1:WtryC6hu0hhx87FDGxWCDptyssuo68sk10vYjF+T9fY= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= @@ -1389,8 +1390,8 @@ google.golang.org/protobuf v1.23.1-0.20200526195155-81db48ad09cc/go.mod h1:EGpAD google.golang.org/protobuf v1.25.0/go.mod h1:9JNX74DMeImyA3h4bdi1ymwjUzf21/xIlbajtzgsN7c= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.26.0-rc.1/go.mod h1:jlhhOSvTdKEhbULTjvd4ARK9grFBp09yW+WbY/TyQbw= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.26.0/go.mod h1:9q0QmTI4eRPtz6boOQmLYwt+qCgq0jsYwAQnmE0givc= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 h1:Qo/qEd2RZPCf2nKuorzksSknv0d3ERwp1vFG38gSmH4= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 h1:9ddQBjfCyZPOHPUiPxpYESBLc+T8P3E+Vo4IbKZgFWg= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= gopkg.in/alecthomas/kingpin.v2 v2.2.6/go.mod h1:FMv+mEhP44yOT+4EoQTLFTRgOQ1FBLkstjWtayDeSgw= gopkg.in/alexcesaro/statsd.v2 v2.0.0 h1:FXkZSCZIH17vLCO5sO2UucTHsH9pc+17F6pl3JVCwMc= gopkg.in/alexcesaro/statsd.v2 v2.0.0/go.mod h1:i0ubccKGzBVNBpdGV5MocxyA/XlLUJzA7SLonnE4drU= diff --git a/tools/otel/traceserver/go.mod b/tools/otel/traceserver/go.mod index 55dc730966289..5eada39f688a1 100644 --- a/tools/otel/traceserver/go.mod +++ b/tools/otel/traceserver/go.mod @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ go 1.22.3 require ( go.opentelemetry.io/proto/otlp v1.2.0 google.golang.org/grpc v1.63.2 - google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 + google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 k8s.io/klog/v2 v2.120.1 k8s.io/kops v1.28.0 ) require ( - cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 // indirect + cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 // indirect cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2 // indirect cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata v0.3.0 // indirect github.com/Azure/azure-pipeline-go v0.2.3 // indirect @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ require ( github.com/google/s2a-go v0.1.7 // indirect github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0 // indirect github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2 // indirect - github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 // indirect + github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 // indirect github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0 // indirect github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway/v2 v2.19.1 // indirect github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath v0.4.1-0.20220621161143-b0104c826a24 // indirect @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ require ( go.opentelemetry.io/otel v1.26.0 // indirect go.opentelemetry.io/otel/metric v1.26.0 // indirect go.opentelemetry.io/otel/trace v1.26.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f // indirect - golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 // indirect - golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 // indirect - google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 // indirect - google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c // indirect + golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 // indirect + golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 // indirect + golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be // indirect google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 // indirect k8s.io/apimachinery v0.30.0 // indirect k8s.io/client-go v0.30.0 // indirect diff --git a/tools/otel/traceserver/go.sum b/tools/otel/traceserver/go.sum index a23d2b818c7a6..5784c4e4aee73 100644 --- a/tools/otel/traceserver/go.sum +++ b/tools/otel/traceserver/go.sum @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ cloud.google.com/go v0.26.0/go.mod h1:aQUYkXzVsufM+DwF1aE+0xfcU+56JwCaLick0ClmMTw= -cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 h1:PRyzEpGfx/Z9e8+lHsbkoUVXD0gnu4MNmm7Gp8TQNIs= -cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0/go.mod h1:lBv6NKTWp8E3LPzmO1TbiiRKc4drLOfHsgmlH9ogv5w= +cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 h1:Z7YNIhlWRtrnKlZke7z3GMqzvuYzdc2z98F9D1NV5Hg= +cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1/go.mod h1:QVBuVEKpCn4Zp58hzRGvL0tjRGU0YqdRTdCHM1IHnro= cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2 h1:+TTV8aXpjeChS9M+aTtN/TjdQnzJvmzKFt//oWu7HX4= cloud.google.com/go/auth/oauth2adapt v0.2.2/go.mod h1:wcYjgpZI9+Yu7LyYBg4pqSiaRkfEK3GQcpb7C/uyF1Q= cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata v0.3.0 h1:Tz+eQXMEqDIKRsmY3cHTL6FVaynIjX2QxYC4trgAKZc= @@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0 h1:NIvaJDMOsjHA8n1jAhLSgzrAzy1Hgr+hNrb57e+94F0= github.com/google/uuid v1.6.0/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo= github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2 h1:Vie5ybvEvT75RniqhfFxPRy3Bf7vr3h0cechB90XaQs= github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy v0.3.2/go.mod h1:VLSiSSBs/ksPL8kq3OBOQ6WRI2QnaFynd1DCjZ62+V0= -github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 h1:5/zPPDvw8Q1SuXjrqrZslrqT7dL/uJT2CQii/cLCKqA= -github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3/go.mod h1:AKloxT6GtNbaLm8QTNSidHUVsHYcBHwWRvkNFJUQcS4= +github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 h1:9gWcmF85Wvq4ryPFvGFaOgPIs1AQX0d0bcbGw4Z96qg= +github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4/go.mod h1:KYEYLorsnIGDi/rPC8b5TdlB9kbKoFubselGIoBMCwI= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0 h1:ls0O747DIq1D8SUHc7r2vI8BFbMLeLFuENaAIfEx7OM= github.com/gophercloud/gophercloud v1.11.0/go.mod h1:aAVqcocTSXh2vYFZ1JTvx4EQmfgzxRcNupUfxZbBNDM= github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway/v2 v2.19.1 h1:/c3QmbOGMGTOumP2iT/rCwB7b0QDGLKzqOmktBjT+Is= @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@ golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20201016220609-9e8e0b390897/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPh golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210921155107-089bfa567519/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20220829220503-c86fa9a7ed90/go.mod h1:IxCIyHEi3zRg3s0A5j5BB6A9Jmi73HwBIUl50j+osU4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.1.0/go.mod h1:RecgLatLF4+eUMCP1PoPZQb+cVrJcOPbHkTkbkB9sbw= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 h1:g1v0xeRhjcugydODzvb3mEM9SQ0HGp9s/nh3COQ/C30= -golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0/go.mod h1:vr6Su+7cTlO45qkww3VDJlzDn0ctJvRgYbC2NvXHt+M= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 h1:dIJU/v2J8Mdglj/8rJ6UUOM3Zc9zLZxVZwwxMooUSAI= +golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0/go.mod h1:CKFgDieR+mRhux2Lsu27y0fO304Db0wZe70UKqHu0v8= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f h1:99ci1mjWVBWwJiEKYY6jWa4d2nTQVIEhZIptnrVb1XY= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f/go.mod h1:/lliqkxwWAhPjf5oSOIJup2XcqJaw8RGS6k3TGEc7GI= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 h1:vr/HnozRka3pE4EsMEg1lgkXJkTFJCVUX+S/ZT6wYzM= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842/go.mod h1:XtvwrStGgqGPLc4cjQfWqZHG1YFdYs6swckp8vpsjnc= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20181026193005-c67002cb31c3/go.mod h1:UVdnD1Gm6xHRNCYTkRU2/jEulfH38KcIWyp/GAMgvoE= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190227174305-5b3e6a55c961/go.mod h1:wehouNa3lNwaWXcvxsM5YxQ5yQlVC4a0KAMCusXpPoU= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190313153728-d0100b6bd8b3/go.mod h1:6SW0HCj/g11FgYtHlgUYUwCkIfeOF89ocIRzGO/8vkc= @@ -162,11 +162,11 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210610132358-84b48f89b13b/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qx golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20220722155237-a158d28d115b/go.mod h1:XRhObCWvk6IyKnWLug+ECip1KBveYUHfp+8e9klMJ9c= golang.org/x/net v0.1.0/go.mod h1:Cx3nUiGt4eDBEyega/BKRp+/AlGL8hYe7U9odMt2Cco= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 h1:1PcaxkF854Fu3+lvBIx5SYn9wRlBzzcnHZSiaFFAb0w= -golang.org/x/net v0.24.0/go.mod h1:2Q7sJY5mzlzWjKtYUEXSlBWCdyaioyXzRB2RtU8KVE8= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 h1:d/OCCoBEUq33pjydKrGQhw7IlUPI2Oylr+8qLx49kac= +golang.org/x/net v0.25.0/go.mod h1:JkAGAh7GEvH74S6FOH42FLoXpXbE/aqXSrIQjXgsiwM= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 h1:9+E/EZBCbTLNrbN35fHv/a/d/mOBatymz1zbtQrXpIg= -golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0/go.mod h1:vYi7skDa1x015PmRRYZ7+s1cWyPgrPiSYRe4rnsexc8= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 h1:4mQdhULixXKP1rwYBW0vAijoXnkTG0BLCDRzfe1idMo= +golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0/go.mod h1:XYTD2NtWslqkgxebSiOHnXEap4TF09sJSc7H1sXbhtI= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20180314180146-1d60e4601c6f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20181108010431-42b317875d0f/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= golang.org/x/sync v0.0.0-20190423024810-112230192c58/go.mod h1:RxMgew5VJxzue5/jJTE5uejpjVlOe/izrB70Jof72aM= @@ -184,21 +184,21 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210615035016-665e8c7367d1/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBc golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220520151302-bc2c85ada10a/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20220722155257-8c9f86f7a55f/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.1.0/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 h1:q5f1RH2jigJ1MoAWp2KTp3gm5zAGFUTarQZ5U386+4o= -golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 h1:Od9JTbYCk261bKm4M/mw7AklTlFYIa0bIp9BgSm1S8Y= +golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0/go.mod h1:/VUhepiaJMQUp4+oa/7Zr1D23ma6VTLIYjOOTFZPUcA= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20210927222741-03fcf44c2211/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= golang.org/x/term v0.1.0/go.mod h1:jbD1KX2456YbFQfuXm/mYQcufACuNUgVhRMnK/tPxf8= -golang.org/x/term v0.19.0 h1:+ThwsDv+tYfnJFhF4L8jITxu1tdTWRTZpdsWgEgjL6Q= -golang.org/x/term v0.19.0/go.mod h1:2CuTdWZ7KHSQwUzKva0cbMg6q2DMI3Mmxp+gKJbskEk= +golang.org/x/term v0.20.0 h1:VnkxpohqXaOBYJtBmEppKUG6mXpi+4O6purfc2+sMhw= +golang.org/x/term v0.20.0/go.mod h1:8UkIAJTvZgivsXaD6/pH6U9ecQzZ45awqEOzuCvwpFY= golang.org/x/text v0.3.0/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.2/go.mod h1:bEr9sfX3Q8Zfm5fL9x+3itogRgK3+ptLWKqgva+5dAk= golang.org/x/text v0.3.3/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.6/go.mod h1:5Zoc/QRtKVWzQhOtBMvqHzDpF6irO9z98xDceosuGiQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.7/go.mod h1:u+2+/6zg+i71rQMx5EYifcz6MCKuco9NR6JIITiCfzQ= golang.org/x/text v0.4.0/go.mod h1:mrYo+phRRbMaCq/xk9113O4dZlRixOauAjOtrjsXDZ8= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 h1:ScX5w1eTa3QqT8oi6+ziP7dTV1S2+ALU0bI+0zXKWiQ= -golang.org/x/text v0.14.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 h1:h1V/4gjBv8v9cjcR6+AR5+/cIYK5N/WAgiv4xlsEtAk= +golang.org/x/text v0.15.0/go.mod h1:18ZOQIKpY8NJVqYksKHtTdi31H5itFRjB5/qKTNYzSU= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20180917221912-90fa682c2a6e/go.mod h1:n7NCudcB/nEzxVGmLbDWY5pfWTLqBcC2KZ6jyYvM4mQ= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190114222345-bf090417da8b/go.mod h1:n7NCudcB/nEzxVGmLbDWY5pfWTLqBcC2KZ6jyYvM4mQ= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190226205152-f727befe758c/go.mod h1:9Yl7xja0Znq3iFh3HoIrodX9oNMXvdceNzlUR8zjMvY= @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191119224855-298f0cb1881e/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtn golang.org/x/tools v0.1.12/go.mod h1:hNGJHUnrk76NpqgfD5Aqm5Crs+Hm0VOH/i9J2+nxYbc= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20191204190536-9bdfabe68543/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= -google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 h1:8a0p/BbPa65GlqGWtUKxot4p0TV8OGOfyTjtmkXNXmk= -google.golang.org/api v0.177.0/go.mod h1:srbhue4MLjkjbkux5p3dw/ocYOSZTaIEvf7bCOnFQDw= +google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 h1:QyHDLm/HqM7ysaHgGO0wu7P4NbwbimnOoKxu5Cfdx8s= +google.golang.org/api v0.179.0/go.mod h1:51AiyoEg1MJPSZ9zvklA8VnRILPXxn1iVen9v25XHAE= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20180817151627-c66870c02cf8/go.mod h1:JiN7NxoALGmiZfu7CAH4rXhgtRTLTxftemlI0sWmxmc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190819201941-24fa4b261c55/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98Agz4BDEuKkezgsaosCRResVns1a3J2ZsMNc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20200526211855-cb27e3aa2013/go.mod h1:NbSheEEYHJ7i3ixzK3sjbqSGDJWnxyFXZblF3eUsNvo= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c h1:kaI7oewGK5YnVwj+Y+EJBO/YN1ht8iTL9XkFHtVZLsc= -google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c/go.mod h1:VQW3tUculP/D4B+xVCo+VgSq8As6wA9ZjHl//pmk+6s= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be h1:Zz7rLWqp0ApfsR/l7+zSHhY3PMiH2xqgxlfYfAfNpoU= +google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be/go.mod h1:dvdCTIoAGbkWbcIKBniID56/7XHTt6WfxXNMxuziJ+w= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 h1:DujSIu+2tC9Ht0aPNA7jgj23Iq8Ewi5sgkQ++wdvonE= google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6/go.mod h1:WtryC6hu0hhx87FDGxWCDptyssuo68sk10vYjF+T9fY= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= @@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ google.golang.org/protobuf v1.22.0/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2 google.golang.org/protobuf v1.23.0/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2l/sGQquU= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.23.1-0.20200526195155-81db48ad09cc/go.mod h1:EGpADcykh3NcUnDUJcl1+ZksZNG86OlYog2l/sGQquU= google.golang.org/protobuf v1.25.0/go.mod h1:9JNX74DMeImyA3h4bdi1ymwjUzf21/xIlbajtzgsN7c= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 h1:Qo/qEd2RZPCf2nKuorzksSknv0d3ERwp1vFG38gSmH4= -google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 h1:9ddQBjfCyZPOHPUiPxpYESBLc+T8P3E+Vo4IbKZgFWg= +google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1/go.mod h1:c6P6GXX6sHbq/GpV6MGZEdwhWPcYBgnhAHhKbcUYpos= gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20201130134442-10cb98267c6c h1:Hei/4ADfdWqJk1ZMxUNpqntNwaWcugrBjAiHlqqRiVk= gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20201130134442-10cb98267c6c/go.mod h1:JHkPIbrfpd72SG/EVd6muEfDQjcINNoR0C8j2r3qZ4Q= diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/CHANGES.md b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/CHANGES.md index ef00e902c6704..f1b1a033e88e6 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/CHANGES.md +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/CHANGES.md @@ -1,5 +1,24 @@ # Changelog +## [0.4.1](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/compare/auth/v0.4.0...auth/v0.4.1) (2024-05-09) + + +### Bug Fixes + +* **auth:** Don't try to detect default creds it opt configured ([#10143](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/issues/10143)) ([804632e](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/commit/804632e7c5b0b85ff522f7951114485e256eb5bc)) + +## [0.4.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/compare/auth/v0.3.0...auth/v0.4.0) (2024-05-07) + + +### Features + +* **auth:** Enable client certificates by default ([#10102](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/issues/10102)) ([9013e52](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/commit/9013e5200a6ec0f178ed91acb255481ffb073a2c)) + + +### Bug Fixes + +* **auth:** Get s2a logic up to date ([#10093](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/issues/10093)) ([4fe9ae4](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/commit/4fe9ae4b7101af2a5221d6d6b2e77b479305bb06)) + ## [0.3.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-cloud-go/compare/auth/v0.2.2...auth/v0.3.0) (2024-04-23) diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/httptransport/transport.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/httptransport/transport.go index aef4663e6ce8d..94caeb00f0abc 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/httptransport/transport.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/httptransport/transport.go @@ -58,9 +58,15 @@ func newTransport(base http.RoundTripper, opts *Options) (http.RoundTripper, err Key: opts.APIKey, } default: - creds, err := credentials.DetectDefault(opts.resolveDetectOptions()) - if err != nil { - return nil, err + var creds *auth.Credentials + if opts.Credentials != nil { + creds = opts.Credentials + } else { + var err error + creds, err = credentials.DetectDefault(opts.resolveDetectOptions()) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } } qp, err := creds.QuotaProjectID(context.Background()) if err != nil { @@ -72,10 +78,6 @@ func newTransport(base http.RoundTripper, opts *Options) (http.RoundTripper, err } headers.Set(quotaProjectHeaderKey, qp) } - - if opts.Credentials != nil { - creds = opts.Credentials - } creds.TokenProvider = auth.NewCachedTokenProvider(creds.TokenProvider, nil) trans = &authTransport{ base: trans, diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/cba.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/cba.go index 7ee02c6f61e44..75734906259c4 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/cba.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/cba.go @@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ type Options struct { ClientCertProvider cert.Provider Client *http.Client UniverseDomain string + EnableDirectPath bool + EnableDirectPathXds bool } // getUniverseDomain returns the default service domain for a given Cloud @@ -195,10 +197,7 @@ func getTransportConfig(opts *Options) (*transportConfig, error) { } s2aMTLSEndpoint := opts.DefaultMTLSEndpoint - // If there is endpoint override, honor it. - if opts.Endpoint != "" { - s2aMTLSEndpoint = endpoint - } + s2aAddress := GetS2AAddress() if s2aAddress == "" { return &defaultTransportConfig, nil @@ -217,10 +216,6 @@ func getTransportConfig(opts *Options) (*transportConfig, error) { // A nil default source can be returned if the source does not exist. Any exceptions // encountered while initializing the default source will be reported as client // error (ex. corrupt metadata file). -// -// Important Note: For now, the environment variable GOOGLE_API_USE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE -// must be set to "true" to allow certificate to be used (including user provided -// certificates). For details, see AIP-4114. func getClientCertificateSource(opts *Options) (cert.Provider, error) { if !isClientCertificateEnabled() { return nil, nil @@ -231,11 +226,14 @@ func getClientCertificateSource(opts *Options) (cert.Provider, error) { } +// isClientCertificateEnabled returns true by default, unless explicitly set to false via env var. func isClientCertificateEnabled() bool { - // TODO(andyrzhao): Update default to return "true" after DCA feature is fully released. - // error as false is a good default - b, _ := strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv(googleAPIUseCertSource)) - return b + if value, ok := os.LookupEnv(googleAPIUseCertSource); ok { + // error as false is OK + b, _ := strconv.ParseBool(value) + return b + } + return true } type transportConfig struct { diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/s2a.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/s2a.go index e9e4793523b13..2ed532deb7a0e 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/s2a.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/auth/internal/transport/s2a.go @@ -34,12 +34,6 @@ var ( // The period an MTLS config can be reused before needing refresh. configExpiry = time.Hour - // mtlsEndpointEnabledForS2A checks if the endpoint is indeed MTLS-enabled, so that we can use S2A for MTLS connection. - mtlsEndpointEnabledForS2A = func() bool { - // TODO(xmenxk): determine this via discovery config. - return true - } - // mdsMTLSAutoConfigSource is an instance of reuseMTLSConfigSource, with metadataMTLSAutoConfig as its config source. mtlsOnce sync.Once ) @@ -165,19 +159,16 @@ func shouldUseS2A(clientCertSource cert.Provider, opts *Options) bool { if !isGoogleS2AEnabled() { return false } - // If DefaultMTLSEndpoint is not set and no endpoint override, skip S2A. - if opts.DefaultMTLSEndpoint == "" && opts.Endpoint == "" { - return false - } - // If MTLS is not enabled for this endpoint, skip S2A. - if !mtlsEndpointEnabledForS2A() { + // If DefaultMTLSEndpoint is not set or has endpoint override, skip S2A. + if opts.DefaultMTLSEndpoint == "" || opts.Endpoint != "" { return false } // If custom HTTP client is provided, skip S2A. if opts.Client != nil { return false } - return true + // If directPath is enabled, skip S2A. + return !opts.EnableDirectPath && !opts.EnableDirectPathXds } func isGoogleS2AEnabled() bool { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/CHANGELOG.md index 87ea591aef443..808e13ab4be79 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.27.12 (2024-05-08) + +* **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions + # v1.27.11 (2024-04-05) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/go_module_metadata.go index 46566e90b621a..2ec19a2db9324 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package config // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.27.11" +const goModuleVersion = "1.27.12" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/CHANGELOG.md index 3b0bad426ca4a..bbef71786921a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.17.12 (2024-05-08) + +* **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions + # v1.17.11 (2024-04-05) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/go_module_metadata.go index 4cb3e3039ff5e..863674dd78ace 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package credentials // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.17.11" +const goModuleVersion = "1.17.12" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/CHANGELOG.md index 2e75594c43b04..f9a6acc7ef395 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.40.6 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.40.5 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachInstances.go index c99059a7c3534..a37942c0ad715 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachInstances.go @@ -10,16 +10,21 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Attaches one or more EC2 instances to the specified Auto Scaling group. When -// you attach instances, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling increases the desired capacity of -// the group by the number of instances being attached. If the number of instances -// being attached plus the desired capacity of the group exceeds the maximum size -// of the group, the operation fails. If there is a Classic Load Balancer attached -// to your Auto Scaling group, the instances are also registered with the load -// balancer. If there are target groups attached to your Auto Scaling group, the -// instances are also registered with the target groups. For more information, see -// Attach EC2 instances to your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/attach-instance-asg.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Attaches one or more EC2 instances to the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// When you attach instances, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling increases the desired +// capacity of the group by the number of instances being attached. If the number +// of instances being attached plus the desired capacity of the group exceeds the +// maximum size of the group, the operation fails. +// +// If there is a Classic Load Balancer attached to your Auto Scaling group, the +// instances are also registered with the load balancer. If there are target groups +// attached to your Auto Scaling group, the instances are also registered with the +// target groups. +// +// For more information, see [Attach EC2 instances to your Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Attach EC2 instances to your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/attach-instance-asg.html func (c *Client) AttachInstances(ctx context.Context, params *AttachInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachInstancesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go index ad51e5abeabba..d855d63dc3ebb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go @@ -10,27 +10,33 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This API operation is superseded by AttachTrafficSources , which can attach -// multiple traffic sources types. We recommend using AttachTrafficSources to -// simplify how you manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support -// AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups . You can use both the original -// AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation and AttachTrafficSources on the -// same Auto Scaling group. Attaches one or more target groups to the specified -// Auto Scaling group. This operation is used with the following load balancer -// types: +// This API operation is superseded by AttachTrafficSources, which can attach multiple traffic sources +// types. We recommend using AttachTrafficSources to simplify how you manage +// traffic sources. However, we continue to support AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups +// . You can use both the original AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation +// and AttachTrafficSources on the same Auto Scaling group. +// +// Attaches one or more target groups to the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// This operation is used with the following load balancer types: +// // - Application Load Balancer - Operates at the application layer (layer 7) and // supports HTTP and HTTPS. +// // - Network Load Balancer - Operates at the transport layer (layer 4) and // supports TCP, TLS, and UDP. +// // - Gateway Load Balancer - Operates at the network layer (layer 3). // -// To describe the target groups for an Auto Scaling group, call the -// DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups API. To detach the target group from the Auto -// Scaling group, call the DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API. This operation is -// additive and does not detach existing target groups or Classic Load Balancers -// from the Auto Scaling group. For more information, see Use Elastic Load -// Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// To describe the target groups for an Auto Scaling group, call the DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups API. To +// detach the target group from the Auto Scaling group, call the DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsAPI. +// +// This operation is additive and does not detach existing target groups or +// Classic Load Balancers from the Auto Scaling group. +// +// For more information, see [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html func (c *Client) AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups(ctx context.Context, params *AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput{} @@ -54,10 +60,11 @@ type AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the target groups. You can specify up to 10 - // target groups. To get the ARN of a target group, use the Elastic Load Balancing - // DescribeTargetGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html) + // target groups. To get the ARN of a target group, use the Elastic Load Balancing [DescribeTargetGroups] // API operation. // + // [DescribeTargetGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html + // // This member is required. TargetGroupARNs []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancers.go index 1b98fa7c4730f..b2a5221d4975a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachLoadBalancers.go @@ -10,20 +10,25 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This API operation is superseded by AttachTrafficSources , which can attach -// multiple traffic sources types. We recommend using AttachTrafficSources to -// simplify how you manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support -// AttachLoadBalancers . You can use both the original AttachLoadBalancers API -// operation and AttachTrafficSources on the same Auto Scaling group. Attaches one -// or more Classic Load Balancers to the specified Auto Scaling group. Amazon EC2 -// Auto Scaling registers the running instances with these Classic Load Balancers. -// To describe the load balancers for an Auto Scaling group, call the -// DescribeLoadBalancers API. To detach a load balancer from the Auto Scaling -// group, call the DetachLoadBalancers API. This operation is additive and does -// not detach existing Classic Load Balancers or target groups from the Auto -// Scaling group. For more information, see Use Elastic Load Balancing to -// distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// This API operation is superseded by AttachTrafficSources, which can attach multiple traffic sources +// types. We recommend using AttachTrafficSources to simplify how you manage +// traffic sources. However, we continue to support AttachLoadBalancers . You can +// use both the original AttachLoadBalancers API operation and AttachTrafficSources +// on the same Auto Scaling group. +// +// Attaches one or more Classic Load Balancers to the specified Auto Scaling +// group. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling registers the running instances with these +// Classic Load Balancers. +// +// To describe the load balancers for an Auto Scaling group, call the DescribeLoadBalancers API. To +// detach a load balancer from the Auto Scaling group, call the DetachLoadBalancersAPI. +// +// This operation is additive and does not detach existing Classic Load Balancers +// or target groups from the Auto Scaling group. +// +// For more information, see [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html func (c *Client) AttachLoadBalancers(ctx context.Context, params *AttachLoadBalancersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachLoadBalancersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachLoadBalancersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachTrafficSources.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachTrafficSources.go index 37e583fad046c..0f60bc0d3991e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachTrafficSources.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_AttachTrafficSources.go @@ -11,19 +11,26 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Attaches one or more traffic sources to the specified Auto Scaling group. You -// can use any of the following as traffic sources for an Auto Scaling group: +// Attaches one or more traffic sources to the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// You can use any of the following as traffic sources for an Auto Scaling group: +// // - Application Load Balancer +// // - Classic Load Balancer +// // - Gateway Load Balancer +// // - Network Load Balancer +// // - VPC Lattice // // This operation is additive and does not detach existing traffic sources from -// the Auto Scaling group. After the operation completes, use the -// DescribeTrafficSources API to return details about the state of the attachments -// between traffic sources and your Auto Scaling group. To detach a traffic source -// from the Auto Scaling group, call the DetachTrafficSources API. +// the Auto Scaling group. +// +// After the operation completes, use the DescribeTrafficSources API to return details about the state +// of the attachments between traffic sources and your Auto Scaling group. To +// detach a traffic source from the Auto Scaling group, call the DetachTrafficSourcesAPI. func (c *Client) AttachTrafficSources(ctx context.Context, params *AttachTrafficSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachTrafficSourcesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachTrafficSourcesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CancelInstanceRefresh.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CancelInstanceRefresh.go index 1a84ca189de7b..ebca0281984aa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CancelInstanceRefresh.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CancelInstanceRefresh.go @@ -12,11 +12,16 @@ import ( // Cancels an instance refresh or rollback that is in progress. If an instance // refresh or rollback is not in progress, an ActiveInstanceRefreshNotFound error -// occurs. This operation is part of the instance refresh feature (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html) -// in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you update instances in your Auto -// Scaling group after you make configuration changes. When you cancel an instance -// refresh, this does not roll back any changes that it made. Use the -// RollbackInstanceRefresh API to roll back instead. +// occurs. +// +// This operation is part of the [instance refresh feature] in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you +// update instances in your Auto Scaling group after you make configuration +// changes. +// +// When you cancel an instance refresh, this does not roll back any changes that +// it made. Use the RollbackInstanceRefreshAPI to roll back instead. +// +// [instance refresh feature]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html func (c *Client) CancelInstanceRefresh(ctx context.Context, params *CancelInstanceRefreshInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelInstanceRefreshOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelInstanceRefreshInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CompleteLifecycleAction.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CompleteLifecycleAction.go index c794fbd747fab..e663946ce1bd0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CompleteLifecycleAction.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CompleteLifecycleAction.go @@ -11,26 +11,35 @@ import ( ) // Completes the lifecycle action for the specified token or instance with the -// specified result. This step is a part of the procedure for adding a lifecycle -// hook to an Auto Scaling group: +// specified result. +// +// This step is a part of the procedure for adding a lifecycle hook to an Auto +// Scaling group: +// // - (Optional) Create a launch template or launch configuration with a user // data script that runs while an instance is in a wait state due to a lifecycle // hook. +// // - (Optional) Create a Lambda function and a rule that allows Amazon // EventBridge to invoke your Lambda function when an instance is put into a wait // state due to a lifecycle hook. +// // - (Optional) Create a notification target and an IAM role. The target can be // either an Amazon SQS queue or an Amazon SNS topic. The role allows Amazon EC2 // Auto Scaling to publish lifecycle notifications to the target. +// // - Create the lifecycle hook. Specify whether the hook is used when the // instances launch or terminate. +// // - If you need more time, record the lifecycle action heartbeat to keep the // instance in a wait state. -// - If you finish before the timeout period ends, send a callback by using the -// CompleteLifecycleAction API call. // -// For more information, see Complete a lifecycle action (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/completing-lifecycle-hooks.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// - If you finish before the timeout period ends, send a callback by using the CompleteLifecycleAction +// API call. +// +// For more information, see [Complete a lifecycle action] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Complete a lifecycle action]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/completing-lifecycle-hooks.html func (c *Client) CompleteLifecycleAction(ctx context.Context, params *CompleteLifecycleActionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CompleteLifecycleActionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CompleteLifecycleActionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateAutoScalingGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateAutoScalingGroup.go index b7645939d01b7..69365e056878c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateAutoScalingGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateAutoScalingGroup.go @@ -11,20 +11,27 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// We strongly recommend using a launch template when calling this operation to -// ensure full functionality for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and Amazon EC2. Creates an -// Auto Scaling group with the specified name and attributes. If you exceed your -// maximum limit of Auto Scaling groups, the call fails. To query this limit, call -// the DescribeAccountLimits API. For information about updating this limit, see -// Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-quotas.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If you're new to Amazon EC2 Auto -// Scaling, see the introductory tutorials in Get started with Amazon EC2 Auto -// Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/get-started-with-ec2-auto-scaling.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Every Auto Scaling group has three -// size properties ( DesiredCapacity , MaxSize , and MinSize ). Usually, you set -// these sizes based on a specific number of instances. However, if you configure a -// mixed instances policy that defines weights for the instance types, you must -// specify these sizes with the same units that you use for weighting instances. +// We strongly recommend using a launch template when calling this operation to +// +// ensure full functionality for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and Amazon EC2. +// +// Creates an Auto Scaling group with the specified name and attributes. +// +// If you exceed your maximum limit of Auto Scaling groups, the call fails. To +// query this limit, call the DescribeAccountLimitsAPI. For information about updating this limit, see [Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] +// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// If you're new to Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, see the introductory tutorials in [Get started with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in +// the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Every Auto Scaling group has three size properties ( DesiredCapacity , MaxSize , +// and MinSize ). Usually, you set these sizes based on a specific number of +// instances. However, if you configure a mixed instances policy that defines +// weights for the instance types, you must specify these sizes with the same units +// that you use for weighting instances. +// +// [Get started with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/get-started-with-ec2-auto-scaling.html +// [Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-quotas.html func (c *Client) CreateAutoScalingGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAutoScalingGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateAutoScalingGroupInput{} @@ -43,18 +50,23 @@ func (c *Client) CreateAutoScalingGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAutoS type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // The name of the Auto Scaling group. This name must be unique per Region per - // account. The name can contain any ASCII character 33 to 126 including most - // punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. You cannot use - // a colon (:) in the name. + // account. + // + // The name can contain any ASCII character 33 to 126 including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // You cannot use a colon (:) in the name. // // This member is required. AutoScalingGroupName *string - // The maximum size of the group. With a mixed instances policy that uses instance - // weighting, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling may need to go above MaxSize to meet your - // capacity requirements. In this event, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will never go - // above MaxSize by more than your largest instance weight (weights that define - // how many units each instance contributes to the desired capacity of the group). + // The maximum size of the group. + // + // With a mixed instances policy that uses instance weighting, Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling may need to go above MaxSize to meet your capacity requirements. In + // this event, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will never go above MaxSize by more than + // your largest instance weight (weights that define how many units each instance + // contributes to the desired capacity of the group). // // This member is required. MaxSize *int32 @@ -75,36 +87,46 @@ type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // Rebalancing is disabled. When you turn on Capacity Rebalancing, Amazon EC2 Auto // Scaling attempts to launch a Spot Instance whenever Amazon EC2 notifies that a // Spot Instance is at an elevated risk of interruption. After launching a new - // instance, it then terminates an old instance. For more information, see Use - // Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-capacity-rebalancing.html) - // in the in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // instance, it then terminates an old instance. For more information, see [Use Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions]in the + // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Use Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-capacity-rebalancing.html CapacityRebalance *bool // Reserved. Context *string - // Only needed if you use simple scaling policies. The amount of time, in seconds, - // between one scaling activity ending and another one starting due to simple - // scaling policies. For more information, see Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 - // Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Default: 300 seconds + // Only needed if you use simple scaling policies. + // + // The amount of time, in seconds, between one scaling activity ending and another + // one starting due to simple scaling policies. For more information, see [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // Default: 300 seconds + // + // [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html DefaultCooldown *int32 // The amount of time, in seconds, until a new instance is considered to have // finished initializing and resource consumption to become stable after it enters - // the InService state. During an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits - // for the warm-up period after it replaces an instance before it moves on to - // replacing the next instance. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also waits for the warm-up - // period before aggregating the metrics for new instances with existing instances - // in the Amazon CloudWatch metrics that are used for scaling, resulting in more - // reliable usage data. For more information, see Set the default instance warmup - // for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-default-instance-warmup.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. To manage various warm-up settings at - // the group level, we recommend that you set the default instance warmup, even if - // it is set to 0 seconds. To remove a value that you previously set, include the - // property but specify -1 for the value. However, we strongly recommend keeping - // the default instance warmup enabled by specifying a value of 0 or other nominal - // value. Default: None + // the InService state. + // + // During an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits for the warm-up + // period after it replaces an instance before it moves on to replacing the next + // instance. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also waits for the warm-up period before + // aggregating the metrics for new instances with existing instances in the Amazon + // CloudWatch metrics that are used for scaling, resulting in more reliable usage + // data. For more information, see [Set the default instance warmup for an Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // To manage various warm-up settings at the group level, we recommend that you + // set the default instance warmup, even if it is set to 0 seconds. To remove a + // value that you previously set, include the property but specify -1 for the + // value. However, we strongly recommend keeping the default instance warmup + // enabled by specifying a value of 0 or other nominal value. + // + // Default: None + // + // [Set the default instance warmup for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-default-instance-warmup.html DefaultInstanceWarmup *int32 // The desired capacity is the initial capacity of the Auto Scaling group at the @@ -117,57 +139,75 @@ type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // The unit of measurement for the value specified for desired capacity. Amazon // EC2 Auto Scaling supports DesiredCapacityType for attribute-based instance type - // selection only. For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group using - // attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. By default, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling - // specifies units , which translates into number of instances. Valid values: units - // | vcpu | memory-mib + // selection only. For more information, see [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // By default, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling specifies units , which translates into + // number of instances. + // + // Valid values: units | vcpu | memory-mib + // + // [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html DesiredCapacityType *string // The amount of time, in seconds, that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits before // checking the health status of an EC2 instance that has come into service and // marking it unhealthy due to a failed health check. This is useful if your // instances do not immediately pass their health checks after they enter the - // InService state. For more information, see Set the health check grace period - // for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/health-check-grace-period.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Default: 0 seconds + // InService state. For more information, see [Set the health check grace period for an Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // Default: 0 seconds + // + // [Set the health check grace period for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/health-check-grace-period.html HealthCheckGracePeriod *int32 - // A comma-separated value string of one or more health check types. The valid - // values are EC2 , ELB , and VPC_LATTICE . EC2 is the default health check and - // cannot be disabled. For more information, see Health checks for Auto Scaling - // instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Only specify EC2 if you must clear a - // value that was previously set. + // A comma-separated value string of one or more health check types. + // + // The valid values are EC2 , ELB , and VPC_LATTICE . EC2 is the default health + // check and cannot be disabled. For more information, see [Health checks for Auto Scaling instances]in the Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling User Guide. + // + // Only specify EC2 if you must clear a value that was previously set. + // + // [Health checks for Auto Scaling instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html HealthCheckType *string // The ID of the instance used to base the launch configuration on. If specified, // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses the configuration values from the specified // instance to create a new launch configuration. To get the instance ID, use the - // Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html) - // API operation. For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group using - // an EC2 instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-from-instance.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // Amazon EC2 [DescribeInstances]API operation. For more information, see [Creating an Auto Scaling group using an EC2 instance] in the Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Creating an Auto Scaling group using an EC2 instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-from-instance.html + // [DescribeInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html InstanceId *string - // An instance maintenance policy. For more information, see Set instance - // maintenance policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-maintenance-policy.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // An instance maintenance policy. For more information, see [Set instance maintenance policy] in the Amazon EC2 + // Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Set instance maintenance policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-maintenance-policy.html InstanceMaintenancePolicy *types.InstanceMaintenancePolicy - // The name of the launch configuration to use to launch instances. Conditional: - // You must specify either a launch template ( LaunchTemplate or + // The name of the launch configuration to use to launch instances. + // + // Conditional: You must specify either a launch template ( LaunchTemplate or // MixedInstancesPolicy ) or a launch configuration ( LaunchConfigurationName or // InstanceId ). LaunchConfigurationName *string // Information used to specify the launch template and version to use to launch - // instances. Conditional: You must specify either a launch template ( - // LaunchTemplate or MixedInstancesPolicy ) or a launch configuration ( - // LaunchConfigurationName or InstanceId ). The launch template that is specified - // must be configured for use with an Auto Scaling group. For more information, see - // Creating a launch template for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-template.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // instances. + // + // Conditional: You must specify either a launch template ( LaunchTemplate or + // MixedInstancesPolicy ) or a launch configuration ( LaunchConfigurationName or + // InstanceId ). + // + // The launch template that is specified must be configured for use with an Auto + // Scaling group. For more information, see [Creating a launch template for an Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Creating a launch template for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-template.html LaunchTemplate *types.LaunchTemplateSpecification // One or more lifecycle hooks to add to the Auto Scaling group before instances @@ -181,35 +221,43 @@ type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an instance can be in service. The // default is null. If specified, the value must be either 0 or a number equal to - // or greater than 86,400 seconds (1 day). For more information, see Replacing - // Auto Scaling instances based on maximum instance lifetime (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-max-instance-lifetime.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // or greater than 86,400 seconds (1 day). For more information, see [Replacing Auto Scaling instances based on maximum instance lifetime]in the Amazon + // EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Replacing Auto Scaling instances based on maximum instance lifetime]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-max-instance-lifetime.html MaxInstanceLifetime *int32 - // The mixed instances policy. For more information, see Auto Scaling groups with - // multiple instance types and purchase options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // The mixed instances policy. For more information, see [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options] in the Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html MixedInstancesPolicy *types.MixedInstancesPolicy // Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected from termination by // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling when scaling in. For more information about preventing - // instances from terminating on scale in, see Using instance scale-in protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // instances from terminating on scale in, see [Using instance scale-in protection]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Using instance scale-in protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html NewInstancesProtectedFromScaleIn *bool // The name of the placement group into which to launch your instances. For more - // information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. A cluster placement group is a - // logical grouping of instances within a single Availability Zone. You cannot - // specify multiple Availability Zones and a cluster placement group. + // information, see [Placement groups]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single + // Availability Zone. You cannot specify multiple Availability Zones and a cluster + // placement group. + // + // [Placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html PlacementGroup *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked role that the Auto Scaling // group uses to call other Amazon Web Services service on your behalf. By default, // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses a service-linked role named // AWSServiceRoleForAutoScaling , which it creates if it does not exist. For more - // information, see Service-linked roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-service-linked-role.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // information, see [Service-linked roles]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Service-linked roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-service-linked-role.html ServiceLinkedRoleARN *string // One or more tags. You can tag your Auto Scaling group and propagate the tags to @@ -218,25 +266,31 @@ type CreateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // template but use caution. If the launch template specifies an instance tag with // a key that is also specified for the Auto Scaling group, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling // overrides the value of that instance tag with the value specified by the Auto - // Scaling group. For more information, see Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // Scaling group. For more information, see [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html Tags []types.Tag // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the Elastic Load Balancing target groups to // associate with the Auto Scaling group. Instances are registered as targets with // the target groups. The target groups receive incoming traffic and route requests - // to one or more registered targets. For more information, see Use Elastic Load - // Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // to one or more registered targets. For more information, see [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 + // Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html TargetGroupARNs []string // A policy or a list of policies that are used to select the instance to // terminate. These policies are executed in the order that you list them. For more - // information, see Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Valid values: Default | - // AllocationStrategy | ClosestToNextInstanceHour | NewestInstance | OldestInstance - // | OldestLaunchConfiguration | OldestLaunchTemplate | + // information, see [Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // Valid values: Default | AllocationStrategy | ClosestToNextInstanceHour | + // NewestInstance | OldestInstance | OldestLaunchConfiguration | + // OldestLaunchTemplate | // arn:aws:lambda:region:account-id:function:my-function:my-alias + // + // [Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html TerminationPolicies []string // The list of traffic sources to attach to this Auto Scaling group. You can use diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateLaunchConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateLaunchConfiguration.go index acbfbac8c0c6d..4f3492e480213 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateLaunchConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateLaunchConfiguration.go @@ -11,19 +11,24 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a launch configuration. If you exceed your maximum limit of launch -// configurations, the call fails. To query this limit, call the -// DescribeAccountLimits API. For information about updating this limit, see -// Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-quotas.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For more information, see Launch -// configurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchConfiguration.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling configures -// instances launched as part of an Auto Scaling group using either a launch -// template or a launch configuration. We strongly recommend that you do not use -// launch configurations. They do not provide full functionality for Amazon EC2 -// Auto Scaling or Amazon EC2. For information about using launch templates, see -// Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/launch-templates.html) +// Creates a launch configuration. +// +// If you exceed your maximum limit of launch configurations, the call fails. To +// query this limit, call the DescribeAccountLimitsAPI. For information about updating this limit, see [Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// For more information, see [Launch configurations] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling configures instances launched as part of an Auto +// Scaling group using either a launch template or a launch configuration. We +// strongly recommend that you do not use launch configurations. They do not +// provide full functionality for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling or Amazon EC2. For +// information about using launch templates, see [Launch templates]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling +// User Guide. +// +// [Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-quotas.html +// [Launch configurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchConfiguration.html +// [Launch templates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/launch-templates.html func (c *Client) CreateLaunchConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLaunchConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLaunchConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLaunchConfigurationInput{} @@ -52,18 +57,24 @@ type CreateLaunchConfigurationInput struct { // public IPv4 address, unless you disabled the option to assign a public IPv4 // address on the subnet. If the instance is launched into a nondefault subnet, the // default is not to assign a public IPv4 address, unless you enabled the option to - // assign a public IPv4 address on the subnet. If you specify true , each instance - // in the Auto Scaling group receives a unique public IPv4 address. For more - // information, see Launching Auto Scaling instances in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-in-vpc.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If you specify this property, you - // must specify at least one subnet for VPCZoneIdentifier when you create your - // group. + // assign a public IPv4 address on the subnet. + // + // If you specify true , each instance in the Auto Scaling group receives a unique + // public IPv4 address. For more information, see [Launching Auto Scaling instances in a VPC]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling + // User Guide. + // + // If you specify this property, you must specify at least one subnet for + // VPCZoneIdentifier when you create your group. + // + // [Launching Auto Scaling instances in a VPC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-in-vpc.html AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool // The block device mapping entries that define the block devices to attach to the // instances at launch. By default, the block devices specified in the block device - // mapping for the AMI are used. For more information, see Block device mappings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // mapping for the AMI are used. For more information, see [Block device mappings]in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Block device mappings]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping // Available for backward compatibility. @@ -77,102 +88,132 @@ type CreateLaunchConfigurationInput struct { // an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This // optimization is not available with all instance types. Additional fees are // incurred when you enable EBS optimization for an instance type that is not - // EBS-optimized by default. For more information, see Amazon EBS-optimized - // instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. The default value is false . + // EBS-optimized by default. For more information, see [Amazon EBS-optimized instances]in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // The default value is false . + // + // [Amazon EBS-optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html EbsOptimized *bool // The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile associated // with the IAM role for the instance. The instance profile contains the IAM role. - // For more information, see IAM role for applications that run on Amazon EC2 - // instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/us-iam-role.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // For more information, see [IAM role for applications that run on Amazon EC2 instances]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [IAM role for applications that run on Amazon EC2 instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/us-iam-role.html IamInstanceProfile *string // The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that was assigned during registration. - // For more information, see Finding a Linux AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/finding-an-ami.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. If you specify InstanceId , an - // ImageId is not required. + // For more information, see [Finding a Linux AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // If you specify InstanceId , an ImageId is not required. + // + // [Finding a Linux AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/finding-an-ami.html ImageId *string // The ID of the instance to use to create the launch configuration. The new // launch configuration derives attributes from the instance, except for the block - // device mapping. To create a launch configuration with a block device mapping or - // override any other instance attributes, specify them as part of the same - // request. For more information, see Creating a launch configuration using an EC2 - // instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-lc-with-instanceID.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // device mapping. + // + // To create a launch configuration with a block device mapping or override any + // other instance attributes, specify them as part of the same request. + // + // For more information, see [Creating a launch configuration using an EC2 instance] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Creating a launch configuration using an EC2 instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-lc-with-instanceID.html InstanceId *string // Controls whether instances in this group are launched with detailed ( true ) or - // basic ( false ) monitoring. The default value is true (enabled). When detailed - // monitoring is enabled, Amazon CloudWatch generates metrics every minute and your - // account is charged a fee. When you disable detailed monitoring, CloudWatch - // generates metrics every 5 minutes. For more information, see Configure - // Monitoring for Auto Scaling Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/latest/userguide/enable-as-instance-metrics.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // basic ( false ) monitoring. + // + // The default value is true (enabled). + // + // When detailed monitoring is enabled, Amazon CloudWatch generates metrics every + // minute and your account is charged a fee. When you disable detailed monitoring, + // CloudWatch generates metrics every 5 minutes. For more information, see [Configure Monitoring for Auto Scaling Instances]in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Configure Monitoring for Auto Scaling Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/latest/userguide/enable-as-instance-metrics.html InstanceMonitoring *types.InstanceMonitoring // Specifies the instance type of the EC2 instance. For information about - // available instance types, see Available instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#AvailableInstanceTypes) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. If you specify InstanceId , an - // InstanceType is not required. + // available instance types, see [Available instance types]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // If you specify InstanceId , an InstanceType is not required. + // + // [Available instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#AvailableInstanceTypes InstanceType *string - // The ID of the kernel associated with the AMI. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB - // instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see User provided - // kernels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // The ID of the kernel associated with the AMI. + // + // We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + // information, see [User provided kernels]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [User provided kernels]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html KernelId *string - // The name of the key pair. For more information, see Amazon EC2 key pairs and - // Linux instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // The name of the key pair. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 key pairs and Linux instances] in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Amazon EC2 key pairs and Linux instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html KeyName *string - // The metadata options for the instances. For more information, see Configuring - // the Instance Metadata Options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-config.html#launch-configurations-imds) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // The metadata options for the instances. For more information, see [Configuring the Instance Metadata Options] in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Configuring the Instance Metadata Options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-config.html#launch-configurations-imds MetadataOptions *types.InstanceMetadataOptions // The tenancy of the instance, either default or dedicated . An instance with // dedicated tenancy runs on isolated, single-tenant hardware and can only be // launched into a VPC. To launch dedicated instances into a shared tenancy VPC (a // VPC with the instance placement tenancy attribute set to default ), you must set - // the value of this property to dedicated . For more information, see Configuring - // instance tenancy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/auto-scaling-dedicated-instances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If you specify PlacementTenancy , you - // must specify at least one subnet for VPCZoneIdentifier when you create your - // group. Valid values: default | dedicated + // the value of this property to dedicated . For more information, see [Configuring instance tenancy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // If you specify PlacementTenancy , you must specify at least one subnet for + // VPCZoneIdentifier when you create your group. + // + // Valid values: default | dedicated + // + // [Configuring instance tenancy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/auto-scaling-dedicated-instances.html PlacementTenancy *string - // The ID of the RAM disk to select. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of - // kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see User provided kernels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // The ID of the RAM disk to select. + // + // We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + // information, see [User provided kernels]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [User provided kernels]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html RamdiskId *string // A list that contains the security group IDs to assign to the instances in the - // Auto Scaling group. For more information, see Control traffic to resources - // using security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) - // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. + // Auto Scaling group. For more information, see [Control traffic to resources using security groups]in the Amazon Virtual Private + // Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Control traffic to resources using security groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html SecurityGroups []string // The maximum hourly price to be paid for any Spot Instance launched to fulfill // the request. Spot Instances are launched when the price you specify exceeds the - // current Spot price. For more information, see Request Spot Instances for - // fault-tolerant and flexible applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/launch-template-spot-instances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Valid Range: Minimum value of 0.001 + // current Spot price. For more information, see [Request Spot Instances for fault-tolerant and flexible applications]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling + // User Guide. + // + // Valid Range: Minimum value of 0.001 + // // When you change your maximum price by creating a new launch configuration, // running instances will continue to run as long as the maximum price for those // running instances is higher than the current Spot price. + // + // [Request Spot Instances for fault-tolerant and flexible applications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/launch-template-spot-instances.html SpotPrice *string // The user data to make available to the launched EC2 instances. For more - // information, see Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // (Linux) and Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed - // for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide - // base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. + // information, see [Instance metadata and user data](Linux) and [Instance metadata and user data] (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, + // base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. + // Otherwise, you must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. + // + // [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html UserData *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateOrUpdateTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateOrUpdateTags.go index 08c27481003bc..223bdace6e181 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateOrUpdateTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_CreateOrUpdateTags.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates or updates tags for the specified Auto Scaling group. When you specify -// a tag with a key that already exists, the operation overwrites the previous tag -// definition, and you do not get an error message. For more information, see Tag -// Auto Scaling groups and instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Creates or updates tags for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// When you specify a tag with a key that already exists, the operation overwrites +// the previous tag definition, and you do not get an error message. +// +// For more information, see [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html func (c *Client) CreateOrUpdateTags(ctx context.Context, params *CreateOrUpdateTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateOrUpdateTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateOrUpdateTagsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteAutoScalingGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteAutoScalingGroup.go index d914d61f317ad..8b4aca098da32 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteAutoScalingGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteAutoScalingGroup.go @@ -10,20 +10,27 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified Auto Scaling group. If the group has instances or scaling -// activities in progress, you must specify the option to force the deletion in -// order for it to succeed. The force delete operation will also terminate the EC2 -// instances. If the group has a warm pool, the force delete option also deletes -// the warm pool. To remove instances from the Auto Scaling group before deleting -// it, call the DetachInstances API with the list of instances and the option to -// decrement the desired capacity. This ensures that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling does -// not launch replacement instances. To terminate all instances before deleting the -// Auto Scaling group, call the UpdateAutoScalingGroup API and set the minimum -// size and desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group to zero. If the group has -// scaling policies, deleting the group deletes the policies, the underlying alarm -// actions, and any alarm that no longer has an associated action. For more -// information, see Delete your Auto Scaling infrastructure (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-process-shutdown.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Deletes the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// If the group has instances or scaling activities in progress, you must specify +// the option to force the deletion in order for it to succeed. The force delete +// operation will also terminate the EC2 instances. If the group has a warm pool, +// the force delete option also deletes the warm pool. +// +// To remove instances from the Auto Scaling group before deleting it, call the DetachInstances +// API with the list of instances and the option to decrement the desired capacity. +// This ensures that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling does not launch replacement instances. +// +// To terminate all instances before deleting the Auto Scaling group, call the UpdateAutoScalingGroup +// API and set the minimum size and desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group to +// zero. +// +// If the group has scaling policies, deleting the group deletes the policies, the +// underlying alarm actions, and any alarm that no longer has an associated action. +// +// For more information, see [Delete your Auto Scaling infrastructure] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Delete your Auto Scaling infrastructure]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-process-shutdown.html func (c *Client) DeleteAutoScalingGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAutoScalingGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteAutoScalingGroupInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLaunchConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLaunchConfiguration.go index b3536381f44c0..6c3e18823581f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLaunchConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLaunchConfiguration.go @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified launch configuration. The launch configuration must not -// be attached to an Auto Scaling group. When this call completes, the launch -// configuration is no longer available for use. +// Deletes the specified launch configuration. +// +// The launch configuration must not be attached to an Auto Scaling group. When +// this call completes, the launch configuration is no longer available for use. func (c *Client) DeleteLaunchConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLaunchConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLaunchConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteLaunchConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLifecycleHook.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLifecycleHook.go index 7a940f93cca66..a2ce097701fa9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLifecycleHook.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteLifecycleHook.go @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified lifecycle hook. If there are any outstanding lifecycle -// actions, they are completed first ( ABANDON for launching instances, CONTINUE -// for terminating instances). +// Deletes the specified lifecycle hook. +// +// If there are any outstanding lifecycle actions, they are completed first ( +// ABANDON for launching instances, CONTINUE for terminating instances). func (c *Client) DeleteLifecycleHook(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLifecycleHookInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLifecycleHookOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteLifecycleHookInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeletePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeletePolicy.go index c77d0d29dfdd4..fe0f6b1c750b4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeletePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeletePolicy.go @@ -10,11 +10,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified scaling policy. Deleting either a step scaling policy or -// a simple scaling policy deletes the underlying alarm action, but does not delete -// the alarm, even if it no longer has an associated action. For more information, -// see Deleting a scaling policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/deleting-scaling-policy.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Deletes the specified scaling policy. +// +// Deleting either a step scaling policy or a simple scaling policy deletes the +// underlying alarm action, but does not delete the alarm, even if it no longer has +// an associated action. +// +// For more information, see [Deleting a scaling policy] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Deleting a scaling policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/deleting-scaling-policy.html func (c *Client) DeletePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeletePolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteWarmPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteWarmPool.go index 4df2edf96b9ac..065f2d632c634 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteWarmPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DeleteWarmPool.go @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the warm pool for the specified Auto Scaling group. For more -// information, see Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Deletes the warm pool for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// For more information, see [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html func (c *Client) DeleteWarmPool(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteWarmPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteWarmPoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteWarmPoolInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go index aec15bd35aff8..7aeacbc74308d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Describes the current Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling resource quotas for your account. +// // When you establish an Amazon Web Services account, the account has initial // quotas on the maximum number of Auto Scaling groups and launch configurations -// that you can create in a given Region. For more information, see Quotas for -// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-quotas.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// that you can create in a given Region. For more information, see [Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]in the Amazon +// EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Quotas for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-quotas.html func (c *Client) DescribeAccountLimits(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountLimitsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAccountLimitsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAdjustmentTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAdjustmentTypes.go index f492e127e30aa..7718dab6f9384 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAdjustmentTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAdjustmentTypes.go @@ -12,9 +12,14 @@ import ( ) // Describes the available adjustment types for step scaling and simple scaling -// policies. The following adjustment types are supported: +// policies. +// +// The following adjustment types are supported: +// // - ChangeInCapacity +// // - ExactCapacity +// // - PercentChangeInCapacity func (c *Client) DescribeAdjustmentTypes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAdjustmentTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAdjustmentTypesOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingGroups.go index bbe69937e0ce8..8012c1467b2de 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingGroups.go @@ -16,14 +16,17 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Gets information about the Auto Scaling groups in the account and Region. If -// you specify Auto Scaling group names, the output includes information for only -// the specified Auto Scaling groups. If you specify filters, the output includes -// information for only those Auto Scaling groups that meet the filter criteria. If -// you do not specify group names or filters, the output includes information for -// all Auto Scaling groups. This operation also returns information about instances -// in Auto Scaling groups. To retrieve information about the instances in a warm -// pool, you must call the DescribeWarmPool API. +// Gets information about the Auto Scaling groups in the account and Region. +// +// If you specify Auto Scaling group names, the output includes information for +// only the specified Auto Scaling groups. If you specify filters, the output +// includes information for only those Auto Scaling groups that meet the filter +// criteria. If you do not specify group names or filters, the output includes +// information for all Auto Scaling groups. +// +// This operation also returns information about instances in Auto Scaling groups. +// To retrieve information about the instances in a warm pool, you must call the DescribeWarmPool +// API. func (c *Client) DescribeAutoScalingGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAutoScalingGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput{} @@ -42,8 +45,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeAutoScalingGroups(ctx context.Context, params *Describe type DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput struct { // The names of the Auto Scaling groups. By default, you can only specify up to 50 - // names. You can optionally increase this limit using the MaxRecords property. If - // you omit this property, all Auto Scaling groups are described. + // names. You can optionally increase this limit using the MaxRecords property. + // + // If you omit this property, all Auto Scaling groups are described. AutoScalingGroupNames []string // One or more filters to limit the results based on specific tags. @@ -280,12 +284,13 @@ type GroupExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput, *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -476,12 +481,13 @@ type GroupInServiceWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput, *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -673,12 +679,13 @@ type GroupNotExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsInput, *DescribeAutoScalingGroupsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingInstances.go index 3a0c1febbe6a2..9bc3ac6989a0c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeAutoScalingInstances.go @@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ type DescribeAutoScalingInstancesInput struct { // The IDs of the instances. If you omit this property, all Auto Scaling instances // are described. If you specify an ID that does not exist, it is ignored with no - // error. Array Members: Maximum number of 50 items. + // error. + // + // Array Members: Maximum number of 50 items. InstanceIds []string // The maximum number of items to return with this call. The default value is 50 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeInstanceRefreshes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeInstanceRefreshes.go index 1f05b142deaad..218522d59c7b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeInstanceRefreshes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeInstanceRefreshes.go @@ -12,17 +12,21 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about the instance refreshes for the specified Auto Scaling -// group from the previous six weeks. This operation is part of the instance -// refresh feature (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html) -// in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you update instances in your Auto -// Scaling group after you make configuration changes. To help you determine the -// status of an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling returns information about -// the instance refreshes you previously initiated, including their status, start -// time, end time, the percentage of the instance refresh that is complete, and the -// number of instances remaining to update before the instance refresh is complete. -// If a rollback is initiated while an instance refresh is in progress, Amazon EC2 -// Auto Scaling also returns information about the rollback of the instance -// refresh. +// group from the previous six weeks. +// +// This operation is part of the [instance refresh feature] in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you +// update instances in your Auto Scaling group after you make configuration +// changes. +// +// To help you determine the status of an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto +// Scaling returns information about the instance refreshes you previously +// initiated, including their status, start time, end time, the percentage of the +// instance refresh that is complete, and the number of instances remaining to +// update before the instance refresh is complete. If a rollback is initiated while +// an instance refresh is in progress, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also returns +// information about the rollback of the instance refresh. +// +// [instance refresh feature]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceRefreshes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceRefreshesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceRefreshesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstanceRefreshesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLaunchConfigurations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLaunchConfigurations.go index 44e35943a2de8..60261abbc7da2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLaunchConfigurations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLaunchConfigurations.go @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeLaunchConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *Descr type DescribeLaunchConfigurationsInput struct { // The launch configuration names. If you omit this property, all launch - // configurations are described. Array Members: Maximum number of 50 items. + // configurations are described. + // + // Array Members: Maximum number of 50 items. LaunchConfigurationNames []string // The maximum number of items to return with this call. The default value is 50 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLifecycleHookTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLifecycleHookTypes.go index f0647682f2515..1f0610588250a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLifecycleHookTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLifecycleHookTypes.go @@ -10,9 +10,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the available types of lifecycle hooks. The following hook types are -// supported: +// Describes the available types of lifecycle hooks. +// +// The following hook types are supported: +// // - autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCHING +// // - autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_TERMINATING func (c *Client) DescribeLifecycleHookTypes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLifecycleHookTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLifecycleHookTypesOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go index e7214fcd0b501..c58cbc938c78e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go @@ -11,35 +11,39 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This API operation is superseded by DescribeTrafficSources , which can describe -// multiple traffic sources types. We recommend using DetachTrafficSources to -// simplify how you manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support +// This API operation is superseded by DescribeTrafficSources, which can describe multiple traffic +// sources types. We recommend using DetachTrafficSources to simplify how you +// manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support // DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups . You can use both the original // DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation and DescribeTrafficSources on -// the same Auto Scaling group. Gets information about the Elastic Load Balancing -// target groups for the specified Auto Scaling group. To determine the attachment -// status of the target group, use the State element in the response. When you -// attach a target group to an Auto Scaling group, the initial State value is -// Adding . The state transitions to Added after all Auto Scaling instances are -// registered with the target group. If Elastic Load Balancing health checks are -// enabled for the Auto Scaling group, the state transitions to InService after at -// least one Auto Scaling instance passes the health check. When the target group -// is in the InService state, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can terminate and replace -// any instances that are reported as unhealthy. If no registered instances pass -// the health checks, the target group doesn't enter the InService state. Target -// groups also have an InService state if you attach them in the -// CreateAutoScalingGroup API call. If your target group state is InService , but -// it is not working properly, check the scaling activities by calling -// DescribeScalingActivities and take any corrective actions necessary. For help -// with failed health checks, see Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling: Health -// checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ts-as-healthchecks.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For more information, see Use -// Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto -// Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. You can use this operation to -// describe target groups that were attached by using -// AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups , but not for target groups that were attached by -// using AttachTrafficSources . +// the same Auto Scaling group. +// +// Gets information about the Elastic Load Balancing target groups for the +// specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// To determine the attachment status of the target group, use the State element +// in the response. When you attach a target group to an Auto Scaling group, the +// initial State value is Adding . The state transitions to Added after all Auto +// Scaling instances are registered with the target group. If Elastic Load +// Balancing health checks are enabled for the Auto Scaling group, the state +// transitions to InService after at least one Auto Scaling instance passes the +// health check. When the target group is in the InService state, Amazon EC2 Auto +// Scaling can terminate and replace any instances that are reported as unhealthy. +// If no registered instances pass the health checks, the target group doesn't +// enter the InService state. +// +// Target groups also have an InService state if you attach them in the CreateAutoScalingGroup API call. +// If your target group state is InService , but it is not working properly, check +// the scaling activities by calling DescribeScalingActivitiesand take any corrective actions necessary. +// +// For help with failed health checks, see [Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling: Health checks] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User +// Guide. For more information, see [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// You can use this operation to describe target groups that were attached by +// using AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups, but not for target groups that were attached by using AttachTrafficSources. +// +// [Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling: Health checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ts-as-healthchecks.html +// [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html func (c *Client) DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go index d588d86b8cf28..4992ff62a2d00 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go @@ -11,33 +11,39 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This API operation is superseded by DescribeTrafficSources , which can describe -// multiple traffic sources types. We recommend using DescribeTrafficSources to -// simplify how you manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support -// DescribeLoadBalancers . You can use both the original DescribeLoadBalancers API -// operation and DescribeTrafficSources on the same Auto Scaling group. Gets -// information about the load balancers for the specified Auto Scaling group. This -// operation describes only Classic Load Balancers. If you have Application Load -// Balancers, Network Load Balancers, or Gateway Load Balancers, use the -// DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups API instead. To determine the attachment status -// of the load balancer, use the State element in the response. When you attach a -// load balancer to an Auto Scaling group, the initial State value is Adding . The -// state transitions to Added after all Auto Scaling instances are registered with -// the load balancer. If Elastic Load Balancing health checks are enabled for the -// Auto Scaling group, the state transitions to InService after at least one Auto -// Scaling instance passes the health check. When the load balancer is in the -// InService state, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can terminate and replace any instances -// that are reported as unhealthy. If no registered instances pass the health -// checks, the load balancer doesn't enter the InService state. Load balancers -// also have an InService state if you attach them in the CreateAutoScalingGroup -// API call. If your load balancer state is InService , but it is not working -// properly, check the scaling activities by calling DescribeScalingActivities and -// take any corrective actions necessary. For help with failed health checks, see -// Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling: Health checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ts-as-healthchecks.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For more information, see Use -// Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto -// Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// This API operation is superseded by DescribeTrafficSources, which can describe multiple traffic +// sources types. We recommend using DescribeTrafficSources to simplify how you +// manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support DescribeLoadBalancers . +// You can use both the original DescribeLoadBalancers API operation and +// DescribeTrafficSources on the same Auto Scaling group. +// +// Gets information about the load balancers for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// This operation describes only Classic Load Balancers. If you have Application +// Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, or Gateway Load Balancers, use the DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsAPI +// instead. +// +// To determine the attachment status of the load balancer, use the State element +// in the response. When you attach a load balancer to an Auto Scaling group, the +// initial State value is Adding . The state transitions to Added after all Auto +// Scaling instances are registered with the load balancer. If Elastic Load +// Balancing health checks are enabled for the Auto Scaling group, the state +// transitions to InService after at least one Auto Scaling instance passes the +// health check. When the load balancer is in the InService state, Amazon EC2 Auto +// Scaling can terminate and replace any instances that are reported as unhealthy. +// If no registered instances pass the health checks, the load balancer doesn't +// enter the InService state. +// +// Load balancers also have an InService state if you attach them in the CreateAutoScalingGroup API +// call. If your load balancer state is InService , but it is not working properly, +// check the scaling activities by calling DescribeScalingActivitiesand take any corrective actions +// necessary. +// +// For help with failed health checks, see [Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling: Health checks] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User +// Guide. For more information, see [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling: Health checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ts-as-healthchecks.html +// [Use Elastic Load Balancing to distribute traffic across the instances in your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-load-balancer.html func (c *Client) DescribeLoadBalancers(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeLoadBalancersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribePolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribePolicies.go index 2cbf4d47c3587..9b796a2a61b73 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribePolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribePolicies.go @@ -42,8 +42,9 @@ type DescribePoliciesInput struct { // The names of one or more policies. If you omit this property, all policies are // described. If a group name is provided, the results are limited to that group. - // If you specify an unknown policy name, it is ignored with no error. Array - // Members: Maximum number of 50 items. + // If you specify an unknown policy name, it is ignored with no error. + // + // Array Members: Maximum number of 50 items. PolicyNames []string // One or more policy types. The valid values are SimpleScaling , StepScaling , diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingActivities.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingActivities.go index 576f701685391..0a1009e739cdd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingActivities.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingActivities.go @@ -11,17 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about the scaling activities in the account and Region. When -// scaling events occur, you see a record of the scaling activity in the scaling -// activities. For more information, see Verifying a scaling activity for an Auto -// Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-verify-scaling-activity.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If the scaling event succeeds, the -// value of the StatusCode element in the response is Successful . If an attempt to -// launch instances failed, the StatusCode value is Failed or Cancelled and the -// StatusMessage element in the response indicates the cause of the failure. For -// help interpreting the StatusMessage , see Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto -// Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/CHAP_Troubleshooting.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Gets information about the scaling activities in the account and Region. +// +// When scaling events occur, you see a record of the scaling activity in the +// scaling activities. For more information, see [Verifying a scaling activity for an Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling +// User Guide. +// +// If the scaling event succeeds, the value of the StatusCode element in the +// response is Successful . If an attempt to launch instances failed, the +// StatusCode value is Failed or Cancelled and the StatusMessage element in the +// response indicates the cause of the failure. For help interpreting the +// StatusMessage , see [Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Verifying a scaling activity for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-verify-scaling-activity.html +// [Troubleshooting Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/CHAP_Troubleshooting.html func (c *Client) DescribeScalingActivities(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScalingActivitiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScalingActivitiesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeScalingActivitiesInput{} @@ -42,7 +45,9 @@ type DescribeScalingActivitiesInput struct { // The activity IDs of the desired scaling activities. If you omit this property, // all activities for the past six weeks are described. If unknown activities are // requested, they are ignored with no error. If you specify an Auto Scaling group, - // the results are limited to that group. Array Members: Maximum number of 50 IDs. + // the results are limited to that group. + // + // Array Members: Maximum number of 50 IDs. ActivityIds []string // The name of the Auto Scaling group. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingProcessTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingProcessTypes.go index 59c8507b924c8..af40705c1953f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingProcessTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScalingProcessTypes.go @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the scaling process types for use with the ResumeProcesses and -// SuspendProcesses APIs. +// Describes the scaling process types for use with the ResumeProcesses and SuspendProcesses APIs. func (c *Client) DescribeScalingProcessTypes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScalingProcessTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScalingProcessTypesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeScalingProcessTypesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScheduledActions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScheduledActions.go index ee229db29e63a..2ccce2e6c975b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScheduledActions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeScheduledActions.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about the scheduled actions that haven't run or that have not -// reached their end time. To describe the scaling activities for scheduled actions -// that have already run, call the DescribeScalingActivities API. +// reached their end time. +// +// To describe the scaling activities for scheduled actions that have already run, +// call the DescribeScalingActivitiesAPI. func (c *Client) DescribeScheduledActions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeScheduledActionsInput{} @@ -49,7 +51,9 @@ type DescribeScheduledActionsInput struct { // The names of one or more scheduled actions. If you omit this property, all // scheduled actions are described. If you specify an unknown scheduled action, it - // is ignored with no error. Array Members: Maximum number of 50 actions. + // is ignored with no error. + // + // Array Members: Maximum number of 50 actions. ScheduledActionNames []string // The earliest scheduled start time to return. If scheduled action names are diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTags.go index edbb093c650ab..7b86c349efd41 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTags.go @@ -11,14 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified tags. You can use filters to limit the results. For -// example, you can query for the tags for a specific Auto Scaling group. You can -// specify multiple values for a filter. A tag must match at least one of the -// specified values for it to be included in the results. You can also specify -// multiple filters. The result includes information for a particular tag only if -// it matches all the filters. If there's no match, no special message is returned. -// For more information, see Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Describes the specified tags. +// +// You can use filters to limit the results. For example, you can query for the +// tags for a specific Auto Scaling group. You can specify multiple values for a +// filter. A tag must match at least one of the specified values for it to be +// included in the results. +// +// You can also specify multiple filters. The result includes information for a +// particular tag only if it matches all the filters. If there's no match, no +// special message is returned. +// +// For more information, see [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html func (c *Client) DescribeTags(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeTagsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes.go index e7324f349c71a..999ef6c90127c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes.go @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the termination policies supported by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. For -// more information, see Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Describes the termination policies supported by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. +// +// For more information, see [Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html func (c *Client) DescribeTerminationPolicyTypes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeTerminationPolicyTypesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTrafficSources.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTrafficSources.go index 920b9ccfbc53c..1b1e44e55480f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTrafficSources.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeTrafficSources.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about the traffic sources for the specified Auto Scaling -// group. You can optionally provide a traffic source type. If you provide a -// traffic source type, then the results only include that traffic source type. If -// you do not provide a traffic source type, then the results include all the +// Gets information about the traffic sources for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// You can optionally provide a traffic source type. If you provide a traffic +// source type, then the results only include that traffic source type. +// +// If you do not provide a traffic source type, then the results include all the // traffic sources for the specified Auto Scaling group. func (c *Client) DescribeTrafficSources(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTrafficSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTrafficSourcesOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -45,11 +47,15 @@ type DescribeTrafficSourcesInput struct { // previous call.) NextToken *string - // The traffic source type that you want to describe. The following lists the - // valid values: + // The traffic source type that you want to describe. + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // // - elb if the traffic source is a Classic Load Balancer. + // // - elbv2 if the traffic source is a Application Load Balancer, Gateway Load // Balancer, or Network Load Balancer. + // // - vpc-lattice if the traffic source is VPC Lattice. TrafficSourceType *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeWarmPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeWarmPool.go index 1322568436feb..4112602612eb3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeWarmPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DescribeWarmPool.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about a warm pool and its instances. For more information, see -// Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Gets information about a warm pool and its instances. +// +// For more information, see [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html func (c *Client) DescribeWarmPool(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeWarmPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeWarmPoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeWarmPoolInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachInstances.go index e82e416741527..7155c6c7927aa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachInstances.go @@ -11,16 +11,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Removes one or more instances from the specified Auto Scaling group. After the -// instances are detached, you can manage them independent of the Auto Scaling -// group. If you do not specify the option to decrement the desired capacity, -// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches instances to replace the ones that are -// detached. If there is a Classic Load Balancer attached to the Auto Scaling -// group, the instances are deregistered from the load balancer. If there are -// target groups attached to the Auto Scaling group, the instances are deregistered -// from the target groups. For more information, see Detach EC2 instances from -// your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/detach-instance-asg.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Removes one or more instances from the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// After the instances are detached, you can manage them independent of the Auto +// Scaling group. +// +// If you do not specify the option to decrement the desired capacity, Amazon EC2 +// Auto Scaling launches instances to replace the ones that are detached. +// +// If there is a Classic Load Balancer attached to the Auto Scaling group, the +// instances are deregistered from the load balancer. If there are target groups +// attached to the Auto Scaling group, the instances are deregistered from the +// target groups. +// +// For more information, see [Detach EC2 instances from your Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Detach EC2 instances from your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/detach-instance-asg.html func (c *Client) DetachInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DetachInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachInstancesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go index a8262e3fa665c..d6b132c5f5cc0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups.go @@ -10,19 +10,21 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This API operation is superseded by DetachTrafficSources , which can detach -// multiple traffic sources types. We recommend using DetachTrafficSources to -// simplify how you manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support -// DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups . You can use both the original -// DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation and DetachTrafficSources on the -// same Auto Scaling group. Detaches one or more target groups from the specified -// Auto Scaling group. When you detach a target group, it enters the Removing -// state while deregistering the instances in the group. When all instances are -// deregistered, then you can no longer describe the target group using the -// DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroups API call. The instances remain running. You can -// use this operation to detach target groups that were attached by using -// AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups , but not for target groups that were attached by -// using AttachTrafficSources . +// This API operation is superseded by DetachTrafficSources, which can detach multiple traffic sources +// types. We recommend using DetachTrafficSources to simplify how you manage +// traffic sources. However, we continue to support DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups +// . You can use both the original DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API operation +// and DetachTrafficSources on the same Auto Scaling group. +// +// Detaches one or more target groups from the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// When you detach a target group, it enters the Removing state while +// deregistering the instances in the group. When all instances are deregistered, +// then you can no longer describe the target group using the DescribeLoadBalancerTargetGroupsAPI call. The +// instances remain running. +// +// You can use this operation to detach target groups that were attached by using AttachLoadBalancerTargetGroups +// , but not for target groups that were attached by using AttachTrafficSources. func (c *Client) DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancers.go index ec7e4a6abe3da..667295e9bdda5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachLoadBalancers.go @@ -10,18 +10,23 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This API operation is superseded by DetachTrafficSources , which can detach -// multiple traffic sources types. We recommend using DetachTrafficSources to -// simplify how you manage traffic sources. However, we continue to support -// DetachLoadBalancers . You can use both the original DetachLoadBalancers API -// operation and DetachTrafficSources on the same Auto Scaling group. Detaches one -// or more Classic Load Balancers from the specified Auto Scaling group. This -// operation detaches only Classic Load Balancers. If you have Application Load -// Balancers, Network Load Balancers, or Gateway Load Balancers, use the -// DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroups API instead. When you detach a load balancer, it -// enters the Removing state while deregistering the instances in the group. When -// all instances are deregistered, then you can no longer describe the load -// balancer using the DescribeLoadBalancers API call. The instances remain running. +// This API operation is superseded by DetachTrafficSources, which can detach multiple traffic sources +// types. We recommend using DetachTrafficSources to simplify how you manage +// traffic sources. However, we continue to support DetachLoadBalancers . You can +// use both the original DetachLoadBalancers API operation and DetachTrafficSources +// on the same Auto Scaling group. +// +// Detaches one or more Classic Load Balancers from the specified Auto Scaling +// group. +// +// This operation detaches only Classic Load Balancers. If you have Application +// Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, or Gateway Load Balancers, use the DetachLoadBalancerTargetGroupsAPI +// instead. +// +// When you detach a load balancer, it enters the Removing state while +// deregistering the instances in the group. When all instances are deregistered, +// then you can no longer describe the load balancer using the DescribeLoadBalancersAPI call. The +// instances remain running. func (c *Client) DetachLoadBalancers(ctx context.Context, params *DetachLoadBalancersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachLoadBalancersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachLoadBalancersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachTrafficSources.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachTrafficSources.go index 7835a2f27a79d..cf31d0f805ada 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachTrafficSources.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DetachTrafficSources.go @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Detaches one or more traffic sources from the specified Auto Scaling group. +// // When you detach a traffic source, it enters the Removing state while // deregistering the instances in the group. When all instances are deregistered, -// then you can no longer describe the traffic source using the -// DescribeTrafficSources API call. The instances continue to run. +// then you can no longer describe the traffic source using the DescribeTrafficSourcesAPI call. The +// instances continue to run. func (c *Client) DetachTrafficSources(ctx context.Context, params *DetachTrafficSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachTrafficSourcesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachTrafficSourcesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DisableMetricsCollection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DisableMetricsCollection.go index 22c04fd41b265..78b607a3340fa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DisableMetricsCollection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_DisableMetricsCollection.go @@ -33,31 +33,55 @@ type DisableMetricsCollectionInput struct { // This member is required. AutoScalingGroupName *string - // Identifies the metrics to disable. You can specify one or more of the following - // metrics: + // Identifies the metrics to disable. + // + // You can specify one or more of the following metrics: + // // - GroupMinSize + // // - GroupMaxSize + // // - GroupDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupInServiceInstances + // // - GroupPendingInstances + // // - GroupStandbyInstances + // // - GroupTerminatingInstances + // // - GroupTotalInstances + // // - GroupInServiceCapacity + // // - GroupPendingCapacity + // // - GroupStandbyCapacity + // // - GroupTerminatingCapacity + // // - GroupTotalCapacity + // // - WarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - WarmPoolWarmedCapacity + // // - WarmPoolPendingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTerminatingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTotalCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolTotalCapacity - // If you omit this property, all metrics are disabled. For more information, see - // Auto Scaling group metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html#as-group-metrics) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // If you omit this property, all metrics are disabled. + // + // For more information, see [Auto Scaling group metrics] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Auto Scaling group metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html#as-group-metrics Metrics []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnableMetricsCollection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnableMetricsCollection.go index 60dfd1f8a4952..a2757d3af0a6c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnableMetricsCollection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnableMetricsCollection.go @@ -10,12 +10,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Enables group metrics collection for the specified Auto Scaling group. You can -// use these metrics to track changes in an Auto Scaling group and to set alarms on -// threshold values. You can view group metrics using the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling -// console or the CloudWatch console. For more information, see Monitor CloudWatch -// metrics for your Auto Scaling groups and instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Enables group metrics collection for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// You can use these metrics to track changes in an Auto Scaling group and to set +// alarms on threshold values. You can view group metrics using the Amazon EC2 Auto +// Scaling console or the CloudWatch console. For more information, see [Monitor CloudWatch metrics for your Auto Scaling groups and instances]in the +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Monitor CloudWatch metrics for your Auto Scaling groups and instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html func (c *Client) EnableMetricsCollection(ctx context.Context, params *EnableMetricsCollectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableMetricsCollectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableMetricsCollectionInput{} @@ -44,31 +46,56 @@ type EnableMetricsCollectionInput struct { // This member is required. Granularity *string - // Identifies the metrics to enable. You can specify one or more of the following - // metrics: + // Identifies the metrics to enable. + // + // You can specify one or more of the following metrics: + // // - GroupMinSize + // // - GroupMaxSize + // // - GroupDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupInServiceInstances + // // - GroupPendingInstances + // // - GroupStandbyInstances + // // - GroupTerminatingInstances + // // - GroupTotalInstances + // // - GroupInServiceCapacity + // // - GroupPendingCapacity + // // - GroupStandbyCapacity + // // - GroupTerminatingCapacity + // // - GroupTotalCapacity + // // - WarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - WarmPoolWarmedCapacity + // // - WarmPoolPendingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTerminatingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTotalCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolTotalCapacity + // // If you specify Granularity and don't specify any metrics, all metrics are - // enabled. For more information, see Auto Scaling group metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html#as-group-metrics) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // enabled. + // + // For more information, see [Auto Scaling group metrics] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Auto Scaling group metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html#as-group-metrics Metrics []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnterStandby.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnterStandby.go index 97a8dd11422a4..4c4016edc7cf9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnterStandby.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_EnterStandby.go @@ -11,15 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Moves the specified instances into the standby state. If you choose to -// decrement the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group, the instances can -// enter standby as long as the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group after -// the instances are placed into standby is equal to or greater than the minimum -// capacity of the group. If you choose not to decrement the desired capacity of -// the Auto Scaling group, the Auto Scaling group launches new instances to replace -// the instances on standby. For more information, see Temporarily removing -// instances from your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-enter-exit-standby.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Moves the specified instances into the standby state. +// +// If you choose to decrement the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group, the +// instances can enter standby as long as the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling +// group after the instances are placed into standby is equal to or greater than +// the minimum capacity of the group. +// +// If you choose not to decrement the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group, +// the Auto Scaling group launches new instances to replace the instances on +// standby. +// +// For more information, see [Temporarily removing instances from your Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Temporarily removing instances from your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-enter-exit-standby.html func (c *Client) EnterStandby(ctx context.Context, params *EnterStandbyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnterStandbyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnterStandbyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExecutePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExecutePolicy.go index a2281d21de49e..30880bb210758 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExecutePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExecutePolicy.go @@ -37,24 +37,30 @@ type ExecutePolicyInput struct { // The name of the Auto Scaling group. AutoScalingGroupName *string - // The breach threshold for the alarm. Required if the policy type is StepScaling - // and not supported otherwise. + // The breach threshold for the alarm. + // + // Required if the policy type is StepScaling and not supported otherwise. BreachThreshold *float64 // Indicates whether Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits for the cooldown period to - // complete before executing the policy. Valid only if the policy type is - // SimpleScaling . For more information, see Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto - // Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html) in + // complete before executing the policy. + // + // Valid only if the policy type is SimpleScaling . For more information, see [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in // the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html HonorCooldown *bool // The metric value to compare to BreachThreshold . This enables you to execute a // policy of type StepScaling and determine which step adjustment to use. For // example, if the breach threshold is 50 and you want to use a step adjustment // with a lower bound of 0 and an upper bound of 10, you can set the metric value - // to 59. If you specify a metric value that doesn't correspond to a step - // adjustment for the policy, the call returns an error. Required if the policy - // type is StepScaling and not supported otherwise. + // to 59. + // + // If you specify a metric value that doesn't correspond to a step adjustment for + // the policy, the call returns an error. + // + // Required if the policy type is StepScaling and not supported otherwise. MetricValue *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExitStandby.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExitStandby.go index b441b4de8596a..5f8b6616d5fff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExitStandby.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ExitStandby.go @@ -11,10 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Moves the specified instances out of the standby state. After you put the -// instances back in service, the desired capacity is incremented. For more -// information, see Temporarily removing instances from your Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-enter-exit-standby.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Moves the specified instances out of the standby state. +// +// After you put the instances back in service, the desired capacity is +// incremented. +// +// For more information, see [Temporarily removing instances from your Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Temporarily removing instances from your Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-enter-exit-standby.html func (c *Client) ExitStandby(ctx context.Context, params *ExitStandbyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExitStandbyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ExitStandbyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_GetPredictiveScalingForecast.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_GetPredictiveScalingForecast.go index 6e9b77e25ea35..32a7f4c24b135 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_GetPredictiveScalingForecast.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_GetPredictiveScalingForecast.go @@ -12,15 +12,20 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Retrieves the forecast data for a predictive scaling policy. Load forecasts are -// predictions of the hourly load values using historical load data from CloudWatch -// and an analysis of historical trends. Capacity forecasts are represented as -// predicted values for the minimum capacity that is needed on an hourly basis, -// based on the hourly load forecast. A minimum of 24 hours of data is required to -// create the initial forecasts. However, having a full 14 days of historical data -// results in more accurate forecasts. For more information, see Predictive -// scaling for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-predictive-scaling.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Retrieves the forecast data for a predictive scaling policy. +// +// Load forecasts are predictions of the hourly load values using historical load +// data from CloudWatch and an analysis of historical trends. Capacity forecasts +// are represented as predicted values for the minimum capacity that is needed on +// an hourly basis, based on the hourly load forecast. +// +// A minimum of 24 hours of data is required to create the initial forecasts. +// However, having a full 14 days of historical data results in more accurate +// forecasts. +// +// For more information, see [Predictive scaling for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Predictive scaling for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-predictive-scaling.html func (c *Client) GetPredictiveScalingForecast(ctx context.Context, params *GetPredictiveScalingForecastInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPredictiveScalingForecastOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetPredictiveScalingForecastInput{} @@ -44,10 +49,11 @@ type GetPredictiveScalingForecastInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // The exclusive end time of the time range for the forecast data to get. The - // maximum time duration between the start and end time is 30 days. Although this - // parameter can accept a date and time that is more than two days in the future, - // the availability of forecast data has limits. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling only - // issues forecasts for periods of two days in advance. + // maximum time duration between the start and end time is 30 days. + // + // Although this parameter can accept a date and time that is more than two days + // in the future, the availability of forecast data has limits. Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling only issues forecasts for periods of two days in advance. // // This member is required. EndTime *time.Time diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutLifecycleHook.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutLifecycleHook.go index d54b9c44d2b5e..b6a8abddef18b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutLifecycleHook.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutLifecycleHook.go @@ -11,32 +11,45 @@ import ( ) // Creates or updates a lifecycle hook for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// // Lifecycle hooks let you create solutions that are aware of events in the Auto // Scaling instance lifecycle, and then perform a custom action on instances when -// the corresponding lifecycle event occurs. This step is a part of the procedure -// for adding a lifecycle hook to an Auto Scaling group: +// the corresponding lifecycle event occurs. +// +// This step is a part of the procedure for adding a lifecycle hook to an Auto +// Scaling group: +// // - (Optional) Create a launch template or launch configuration with a user // data script that runs while an instance is in a wait state due to a lifecycle // hook. +// // - (Optional) Create a Lambda function and a rule that allows Amazon // EventBridge to invoke your Lambda function when an instance is put into a wait // state due to a lifecycle hook. +// // - (Optional) Create a notification target and an IAM role. The target can be // either an Amazon SQS queue or an Amazon SNS topic. The role allows Amazon EC2 // Auto Scaling to publish lifecycle notifications to the target. +// // - Create the lifecycle hook. Specify whether the hook is used when the // instances launch or terminate. +// // - If you need more time, record the lifecycle action heartbeat to keep the -// instance in a wait state using the RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat API call. -// - If you finish before the timeout period ends, send a callback by using the -// CompleteLifecycleAction API call. +// instance in a wait state using the RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatAPI call. +// +// - If you finish before the timeout period ends, send a callback by using the CompleteLifecycleAction +// API call. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// If you exceed your maximum limit of lifecycle hooks, which by default is 50 per +// Auto Scaling group, the call fails. // -// For more information, see Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/lifecycle-hooks.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If you exceed your maximum limit of -// lifecycle hooks, which by default is 50 per Auto Scaling group, the call fails. -// You can view the lifecycle hooks for an Auto Scaling group using the -// DescribeLifecycleHooks API call. If you are no longer using a lifecycle hook, -// you can delete it by calling the DeleteLifecycleHook API. +// You can view the lifecycle hooks for an Auto Scaling group using the DescribeLifecycleHooks API call. +// If you are no longer using a lifecycle hook, you can delete it by calling the DeleteLifecycleHook +// API. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/lifecycle-hooks.html func (c *Client) PutLifecycleHook(ctx context.Context, params *PutLifecycleHookInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutLifecycleHookOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutLifecycleHookInput{} @@ -65,8 +78,9 @@ type PutLifecycleHookInput struct { LifecycleHookName *string // The action the Auto Scaling group takes when the lifecycle hook timeout elapses - // or if an unexpected failure occurs. The default value is ABANDON . Valid values: - // CONTINUE | ABANDON + // or if an unexpected failure occurs. The default value is ABANDON . + // + // Valid values: CONTINUE | ABANDON DefaultResult *string // The maximum time, in seconds, that can elapse before the lifecycle hook times @@ -76,10 +90,13 @@ type PutLifecycleHookInput struct { // The lifecycle transition. For Auto Scaling groups, there are two major // lifecycle transitions. + // // - To create a lifecycle hook for scale-out events, specify // autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCHING . + // // - To create a lifecycle hook for scale-in events, specify // autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_TERMINATING . + // // Required for new lifecycle hooks, but optional when updating existing hooks. LifecycleTransition *string @@ -89,19 +106,25 @@ type PutLifecycleHookInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the notification target that Amazon EC2 Auto // Scaling uses to notify you when an instance is in a wait state for the lifecycle - // hook. You can specify either an Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS queue. If you - // specify an empty string, this overrides the current ARN. This operation uses the - // JSON format when sending notifications to an Amazon SQS queue, and an email - // key-value pair format when sending notifications to an Amazon SNS topic. When - // you specify a notification target, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling sends it a test + // hook. You can specify either an Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS queue. + // + // If you specify an empty string, this overrides the current ARN. + // + // This operation uses the JSON format when sending notifications to an Amazon SQS + // queue, and an email key-value pair format when sending notifications to an + // Amazon SNS topic. + // + // When you specify a notification target, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling sends it a test // message. Test messages contain the following additional key-value pair: // "Event": "autoscaling:TEST_NOTIFICATION" . NotificationTargetARN *string // The ARN of the IAM role that allows the Auto Scaling group to publish to the - // specified notification target. Valid only if the notification target is an - // Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS queue. Required for new lifecycle hooks, but - // optional when updating existing hooks. + // specified notification target. + // + // Valid only if the notification target is an Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS + // queue. Required for new lifecycle hooks, but optional when updating existing + // hooks. RoleARN *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutNotificationConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutNotificationConfiguration.go index 14d2c8183ad3b..64a7eeaf5484d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutNotificationConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutNotificationConfiguration.go @@ -12,11 +12,16 @@ import ( // Configures an Auto Scaling group to send notifications when specified events // take place. Subscribers to the specified topic can have messages delivered to an -// endpoint such as a web server or an email address. This configuration overwrites -// any existing configuration. For more information, see Getting Amazon SNS -// notifications when your Auto Scaling group scales (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ASGettingNotifications.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If you exceed your maximum limit of -// SNS topics, which is 10 per Auto Scaling group, the call fails. +// endpoint such as a web server or an email address. +// +// This configuration overwrites any existing configuration. +// +// For more information, see [Getting Amazon SNS notifications when your Auto Scaling group scales] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// If you exceed your maximum limit of SNS topics, which is 10 per Auto Scaling +// group, the call fails. +// +// [Getting Amazon SNS notifications when your Auto Scaling group scales]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ASGettingNotifications.html func (c *Client) PutNotificationConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutNotificationConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutNotificationConfigurationInput{} @@ -40,8 +45,7 @@ type PutNotificationConfigurationInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // The type of event that causes the notification to be sent. To query the - // notification types supported by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, call the - // DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypes API. + // notification types supported by Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, call the DescribeAutoScalingNotificationTypesAPI. // // This member is required. NotificationTypes []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScalingPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScalingPolicy.go index 5e78299c19c8e..a2d682db49f7e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScalingPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScalingPolicy.go @@ -14,14 +14,21 @@ import ( // Creates or updates a scaling policy for an Auto Scaling group. Scaling policies // are used to scale an Auto Scaling group based on configurable metrics. If no // policies are defined, the dynamic scaling and predictive scaling features are -// not used. For more information about using dynamic scaling, see Target tracking -// scaling policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-target-tracking.html) -// and Step and simple scaling policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For more information about using -// predictive scaling, see Predictive scaling for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-predictive-scaling.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. You can view the scaling policies for -// an Auto Scaling group using the DescribePolicies API call. If you are no longer -// using a scaling policy, you can delete it by calling the DeletePolicy API. +// not used. +// +// For more information about using dynamic scaling, see [Target tracking scaling policies] and [Step and simple scaling policies] in the Amazon EC2 +// Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// For more information about using predictive scaling, see [Predictive scaling for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 +// Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// You can view the scaling policies for an Auto Scaling group using the DescribePolicies API +// call. If you are no longer using a scaling policy, you can delete it by calling +// the DeletePolicyAPI. +// +// [Step and simple scaling policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html +// [Target tracking scaling policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-target-tracking.html +// [Predictive scaling for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-predictive-scaling.html func (c *Client) PutScalingPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutScalingPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutScalingPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutScalingPolicyInput{} @@ -51,38 +58,51 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { // Specifies how the scaling adjustment is interpreted (for example, an absolute // number or a percentage). The valid values are ChangeInCapacity , ExactCapacity , - // and PercentChangeInCapacity . Required if the policy type is StepScaling or - // SimpleScaling . For more information, see Scaling adjustment types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as-scaling-adjustment) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // and PercentChangeInCapacity . + // + // Required if the policy type is StepScaling or SimpleScaling . For more + // information, see [Scaling adjustment types]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Scaling adjustment types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as-scaling-adjustment AdjustmentType *string // A cooldown period, in seconds, that applies to a specific simple scaling // policy. When a cooldown period is specified here, it overrides the default - // cooldown. Valid only if the policy type is SimpleScaling . For more information, - // see Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Default: None + // cooldown. + // + // Valid only if the policy type is SimpleScaling . For more information, see [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in + // the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // Default: None + // + // [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html Cooldown *int32 // Indicates whether the scaling policy is enabled or disabled. The default is - // enabled. For more information, see Disabling a scaling policy for an Auto - // Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-enable-disable-scaling-policy.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // enabled. For more information, see [Disabling a scaling policy for an Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Disabling a scaling policy for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-enable-disable-scaling-policy.html Enabled *bool - // Not needed if the default instance warmup is defined for the group. The - // estimated time, in seconds, until a newly launched instance can contribute to - // the CloudWatch metrics. This warm-up period applies to instances launched due to - // a specific target tracking or step scaling policy. When a warm-up period is - // specified here, it overrides the default instance warmup. Valid only if the - // policy type is TargetTrackingScaling or StepScaling . The default is to use the - // value for the default instance warmup defined for the group. If default instance - // warmup is null, then EstimatedInstanceWarmup falls back to the value of default - // cooldown. + // Not needed if the default instance warmup is defined for the group. + // + // The estimated time, in seconds, until a newly launched instance can contribute + // to the CloudWatch metrics. This warm-up period applies to instances launched due + // to a specific target tracking or step scaling policy. When a warm-up period is + // specified here, it overrides the default instance warmup. + // + // Valid only if the policy type is TargetTrackingScaling or StepScaling . + // + // The default is to use the value for the default instance warmup defined for the + // group. If default instance warmup is null, then EstimatedInstanceWarmup falls + // back to the value of default cooldown. EstimatedInstanceWarmup *int32 // The aggregation type for the CloudWatch metrics. The valid values are Minimum , // Maximum , and Average . If the aggregation type is null, the value is treated as - // Average . Valid only if the policy type is StepScaling . + // Average . + // + // Valid only if the policy type is StepScaling . MetricAggregationType *string // The minimum value to scale by when the adjustment type is @@ -91,11 +111,16 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { // MinAdjustmentMagnitude of 2. If the group has 4 instances and the scaling policy // is performed, 25 percent of 4 is 1. However, because you specified a // MinAdjustmentMagnitude of 2, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling scales out the group by 2 - // instances. Valid only if the policy type is StepScaling or SimpleScaling . For - // more information, see Scaling adjustment types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as-scaling-adjustment) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Some Auto Scaling groups use instance - // weights. In this case, set the MinAdjustmentMagnitude to a value that is at - // least as large as your largest instance weight. + // instances. + // + // Valid only if the policy type is StepScaling or SimpleScaling . For more + // information, see [Scaling adjustment types]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // Some Auto Scaling groups use instance weights. In this case, set the + // MinAdjustmentMagnitude to a value that is at least as large as your largest + // instance weight. + // + // [Scaling adjustment types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as-scaling-adjustment MinAdjustmentMagnitude *int32 // Available for backward compatibility. Use MinAdjustmentMagnitude instead. @@ -104,43 +129,64 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct { MinAdjustmentStep *int32 // One of the following policy types: + // // - TargetTrackingScaling + // // - StepScaling + // // - SimpleScaling (default) + // // - PredictiveScaling PolicyType *string - // A predictive scaling policy. Provides support for predefined and custom - // metrics. Predefined metrics include CPU utilization, network in/out, and the - // Application Load Balancer request count. For more information, see - // PredictiveScalingConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_PredictiveScalingConfiguration.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. Required if the policy type is - // PredictiveScaling . + // A predictive scaling policy. Provides support for predefined and custom metrics. + // + // Predefined metrics include CPU utilization, network in/out, and the Application + // Load Balancer request count. + // + // For more information, see [PredictiveScalingConfiguration] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. + // + // Required if the policy type is PredictiveScaling . + // + // [PredictiveScalingConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_PredictiveScalingConfiguration.html PredictiveScalingConfiguration *types.PredictiveScalingConfiguration // The amount by which to scale, based on the specified adjustment type. A // positive value adds to the current capacity while a negative number removes from // the current capacity. For exact capacity, you must specify a non-negative value. + // // Required if the policy type is SimpleScaling . (Not used with any other policy // type.) ScalingAdjustment *int32 // A set of adjustments that enable you to scale based on the size of the alarm - // breach. Required if the policy type is StepScaling . (Not used with any other - // policy type.) + // breach. + // + // Required if the policy type is StepScaling . (Not used with any other policy + // type.) StepAdjustments []types.StepAdjustment // A target tracking scaling policy. Provides support for predefined or custom - // metrics. The following predefined metrics are available: + // metrics. + // + // The following predefined metrics are available: + // // - ASGAverageCPUUtilization + // // - ASGAverageNetworkIn + // // - ASGAverageNetworkOut + // // - ALBRequestCountPerTarget + // // If you specify ALBRequestCountPerTarget for the metric, you must specify the - // ResourceLabel property with the PredefinedMetricSpecification . For more - // information, see TargetTrackingConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_TargetTrackingConfiguration.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. Required if the policy type is - // TargetTrackingScaling . + // ResourceLabel property with the PredefinedMetricSpecification . + // + // For more information, see [TargetTrackingConfiguration] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. + // + // Required if the policy type is TargetTrackingScaling . + // + // [TargetTrackingConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_TargetTrackingConfiguration.html TargetTrackingConfiguration *types.TargetTrackingConfiguration noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction.go index 80ddba415a8be..76bb5f58b4782 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction.go @@ -11,13 +11,18 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Creates or updates a scheduled scaling action for an Auto Scaling group. For -// more information, see Scheduled scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/schedule_time.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. You can view the scheduled actions -// for an Auto Scaling group using the DescribeScheduledActions API call. If you -// are no longer using a scheduled action, you can delete it by calling the -// DeleteScheduledAction API. If you try to schedule your action in the past, -// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling returns an error message. +// Creates or updates a scheduled scaling action for an Auto Scaling group. +// +// For more information, see [Scheduled scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// You can view the scheduled actions for an Auto Scaling group using the DescribeScheduledActions API +// call. If you are no longer using a scheduled action, you can delete it by +// calling the DeleteScheduledActionAPI. +// +// If you try to schedule your action in the past, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling returns +// an error message. +// +// [Scheduled scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/schedule_time.html func (c *Client) PutScheduledUpdateGroupAction(ctx context.Context, params *PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput{} @@ -47,8 +52,10 @@ type PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput struct { // The desired capacity is the initial capacity of the Auto Scaling group after // the scheduled action runs and the capacity it attempts to maintain. It can scale - // beyond this capacity if you add more scaling conditions. You must specify at - // least one of the following properties: MaxSize , MinSize , or DesiredCapacity . + // beyond this capacity if you add more scaling conditions. + // + // You must specify at least one of the following properties: MaxSize , MinSize , + // or DesiredCapacity . DesiredCapacity *int32 // The date and time for the recurring schedule to end, in UTC. For example, @@ -64,27 +71,35 @@ type PutScheduledUpdateGroupActionInput struct { // The recurring schedule for this action. This format consists of five fields // separated by white spaces: [Minute] [Hour] [Day_of_Month] [Month_of_Year] // [Day_of_Week]. The value must be in quotes (for example, "30 0 1 1,6,12 *" ). - // For more information about this format, see Crontab (http://crontab.org) . When - // StartTime and EndTime are specified with Recurrence , they form the boundaries - // of when the recurring action starts and stops. Cron expressions use Universal - // Coordinated Time (UTC) by default. + // For more information about this format, see [Crontab]. + // + // When StartTime and EndTime are specified with Recurrence , they form the + // boundaries of when the recurring action starts and stops. + // + // Cron expressions use Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) by default. + // + // [Crontab]: http://crontab.org Recurrence *string // The date and time for this action to start, in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ format in - // UTC/GMT only and in quotes (for example, "2021-06-01T00:00:00Z" ). If you - // specify Recurrence and StartTime , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling performs the action - // at this time, and then performs the action based on the specified recurrence. + // UTC/GMT only and in quotes (for example, "2021-06-01T00:00:00Z" ). + // + // If you specify Recurrence and StartTime , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling performs the + // action at this time, and then performs the action based on the specified + // recurrence. StartTime *time.Time // This property is no longer used. Time *time.Time // Specifies the time zone for a cron expression. If a time zone is not provided, - // UTC is used by default. Valid values are the canonical names of the IANA time - // zones, derived from the IANA Time Zone Database (such as Etc/GMT+9 or - // Pacific/Tahiti ). For more information, see - // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones) - // . + // UTC is used by default. + // + // Valid values are the canonical names of the IANA time zones, derived from the + // IANA Time Zone Database (such as Etc/GMT+9 or Pacific/Tahiti ). For more + // information, see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones]. + // + // [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones TimeZone *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutWarmPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutWarmPool.go index 19a8301b15c28..077722addc123 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutWarmPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_PutWarmPool.go @@ -15,14 +15,18 @@ import ( // pool is a pool of pre-initialized EC2 instances that sits alongside the Auto // Scaling group. Whenever your application needs to scale out, the Auto Scaling // group can draw on the warm pool to meet its new desired capacity. For more -// information and example configurations, see Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto -// Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. This operation must be called from -// the Region in which the Auto Scaling group was created. This operation cannot be -// called on an Auto Scaling group that has a mixed instances policy or a launch -// template or launch configuration that requests Spot Instances. You can view the -// instances in the warm pool using the DescribeWarmPool API call. If you are no -// longer using a warm pool, you can delete it by calling the DeleteWarmPool API. +// information and example configurations, see [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User +// Guide. +// +// This operation must be called from the Region in which the Auto Scaling group +// was created. This operation cannot be called on an Auto Scaling group that has a +// mixed instances policy or a launch template or launch configuration that +// requests Spot Instances. +// +// You can view the instances in the warm pool using the DescribeWarmPool API call. If you are no +// longer using a warm pool, you can delete it by calling the DeleteWarmPoolAPI. +// +// [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html func (c *Client) PutWarmPool(ctx context.Context, params *PutWarmPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutWarmPoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutWarmPoolInput{} @@ -54,17 +58,21 @@ type PutWarmPoolInput struct { // pool or in any state except Terminated for the Auto Scaling group. This is an // optional property. Specify it only if you do not want the warm pool size to be // determined by the difference between the group's maximum capacity and its - // desired capacity. If a value for MaxGroupPreparedCapacity is not specified, - // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches and maintains the difference between the - // group's maximum capacity and its desired capacity. If you specify a value for + // desired capacity. + // + // If a value for MaxGroupPreparedCapacity is not specified, Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling launches and maintains the difference between the group's maximum + // capacity and its desired capacity. If you specify a value for // MaxGroupPreparedCapacity , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses the difference between - // the MaxGroupPreparedCapacity and the desired capacity instead. The size of the - // warm pool is dynamic. Only when MaxGroupPreparedCapacity and MinSize are set to - // the same value does the warm pool have an absolute size. If the desired capacity - // of the Auto Scaling group is higher than the MaxGroupPreparedCapacity , the - // capacity of the warm pool is 0, unless you specify a value for MinSize . To - // remove a value that you previously set, include the property but specify -1 for - // the value. + // the MaxGroupPreparedCapacity and the desired capacity instead. + // + // The size of the warm pool is dynamic. Only when MaxGroupPreparedCapacity and + // MinSize are set to the same value does the warm pool have an absolute size. + // + // If the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling group is higher than the + // MaxGroupPreparedCapacity , the capacity of the warm pool is 0, unless you + // specify a value for MinSize . To remove a value that you previously set, include + // the property but specify -1 for the value. MaxGroupPreparedCapacity *int32 // Specifies the minimum number of instances to maintain in the warm pool. This diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat.go index e5ef6838f9517..ba7b560f86279 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat.go @@ -12,26 +12,35 @@ import ( // Records a heartbeat for the lifecycle action associated with the specified // token or instance. This extends the timeout by the length of time defined using -// the PutLifecycleHook API call. This step is a part of the procedure for adding -// a lifecycle hook to an Auto Scaling group: +// the PutLifecycleHookAPI call. +// +// This step is a part of the procedure for adding a lifecycle hook to an Auto +// Scaling group: +// // - (Optional) Create a launch template or launch configuration with a user // data script that runs while an instance is in a wait state due to a lifecycle // hook. +// // - (Optional) Create a Lambda function and a rule that allows Amazon // EventBridge to invoke your Lambda function when an instance is put into a wait // state due to a lifecycle hook. +// // - (Optional) Create a notification target and an IAM role. The target can be // either an Amazon SQS queue or an Amazon SNS topic. The role allows Amazon EC2 // Auto Scaling to publish lifecycle notifications to the target. +// // - Create the lifecycle hook. Specify whether the hook is used when the // instances launch or terminate. +// // - If you need more time, record the lifecycle action heartbeat to keep the // instance in a wait state. -// - If you finish before the timeout period ends, send a callback by using the -// CompleteLifecycleAction API call. // -// For more information, see Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/lifecycle-hooks.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// - If you finish before the timeout period ends, send a callback by using the CompleteLifecycleAction +// API call. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/lifecycle-hooks.html func (c *Client) RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeat(ctx context.Context, params *RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RecordLifecycleActionHeartbeatInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ResumeProcesses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ResumeProcesses.go index c75b39a064cb4..3e6c78abb869e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ResumeProcesses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_ResumeProcesses.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( ) // Resumes the specified suspended auto scaling processes, or all suspended -// process, for the specified Auto Scaling group. For more information, see -// Suspending and resuming scaling processes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// process, for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// For more information, see [Suspending and resuming scaling processes] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Suspending and resuming scaling processes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html func (c *Client) ResumeProcesses(ctx context.Context, params *ResumeProcessesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResumeProcessesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResumeProcessesInput{} @@ -37,15 +39,25 @@ type ResumeProcessesInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // One or more of the following processes: + // // - Launch + // // - Terminate + // // - AddToLoadBalancer + // // - AlarmNotification + // // - AZRebalance + // // - HealthCheck + // // - InstanceRefresh + // // - ReplaceUnhealthy + // // - ScheduledActions + // // If you omit this property, all processes are specified. ScalingProcesses []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RollbackInstanceRefresh.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RollbackInstanceRefresh.go index fc98f038e3c42..75ba1bcaf1cc3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RollbackInstanceRefresh.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_RollbackInstanceRefresh.go @@ -13,21 +13,28 @@ import ( // Cancels an instance refresh that is in progress and rolls back any changes that // it made. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling replaces any instances that were replaced // during the instance refresh. This restores your Auto Scaling group to the -// configuration that it was using before the start of the instance refresh. This -// operation is part of the instance refresh feature (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html) -// in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you update instances in your Auto -// Scaling group after you make configuration changes. A rollback is not supported -// in the following situations: +// configuration that it was using before the start of the instance refresh. +// +// This operation is part of the [instance refresh feature] in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you +// update instances in your Auto Scaling group after you make configuration +// changes. +// +// A rollback is not supported in the following situations: +// // - There is no desired configuration specified for the instance refresh. +// // - The Auto Scaling group has a launch template that uses an Amazon Web // Services Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID for the ImageId // property. +// // - The Auto Scaling group uses the launch template's $Latest or $Default // version. // // When you receive a successful response from this operation, Amazon EC2 Auto // Scaling immediately begins replacing instances. You can check the status of this -// operation through the DescribeInstanceRefreshes API operation. +// operation through the DescribeInstanceRefreshesAPI operation. +// +// [instance refresh feature]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html func (c *Client) RollbackInstanceRefresh(ctx context.Context, params *RollbackInstanceRefreshInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RollbackInstanceRefreshOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RollbackInstanceRefreshInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetDesiredCapacity.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetDesiredCapacity.go index 531f94a1f2dcf..9c6d610b7cdfb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetDesiredCapacity.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetDesiredCapacity.go @@ -10,11 +10,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Sets the size of the specified Auto Scaling group. If a scale-in activity -// occurs as a result of a new DesiredCapacity value that is lower than the -// current size of the group, the Auto Scaling group uses its termination policy to -// determine which instances to terminate. For more information, see Manual scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-manual-scaling.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Sets the size of the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// If a scale-in activity occurs as a result of a new DesiredCapacity value that +// is lower than the current size of the group, the Auto Scaling group uses its +// termination policy to determine which instances to terminate. +// +// For more information, see [Manual scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Manual scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-manual-scaling.html func (c *Client) SetDesiredCapacity(ctx context.Context, params *SetDesiredCapacityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetDesiredCapacityOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetDesiredCapacityInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceHealth.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceHealth.go index 04b2e68380ebe..769e3358a48cf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceHealth.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceHealth.go @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Sets the health status of the specified instance. For more information, see -// Health checks for Auto Scaling instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Sets the health status of the specified instance. +// +// For more information, see [Health checks for Auto Scaling instances] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Health checks for Auto Scaling instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html func (c *Client) SetInstanceHealth(ctx context.Context, params *SetInstanceHealthInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetInstanceHealthOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetInstanceHealthInput{} @@ -45,9 +47,12 @@ type SetInstanceHealthInput struct { // If the Auto Scaling group of the specified instance has a HealthCheckGracePeriod // specified for the group, by default, this call respects the grace period. Set // this to False , to have the call not respect the grace period associated with - // the group. For more information about the health check grace period, see - // CreateAutoScalingGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_CreateAutoScalingGroup.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. + // the group. + // + // For more information about the health check grace period, see [CreateAutoScalingGroup] in the Amazon + // EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. + // + // [CreateAutoScalingGroup]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_CreateAutoScalingGroup.html ShouldRespectGracePeriod *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceProtection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceProtection.go index 93e2eb3204eb3..5f5dd3e16c50b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceProtection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SetInstanceProtection.go @@ -11,11 +11,16 @@ import ( ) // Updates the instance protection settings of the specified instances. This -// operation cannot be called on instances in a warm pool. For more information -// about preventing instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group from -// terminating on scale in, see Using instance scale-in protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. If you exceed your maximum limit of -// instance IDs, which is 50 per Auto Scaling group, the call fails. +// operation cannot be called on instances in a warm pool. +// +// For more information about preventing instances that are part of an Auto +// Scaling group from terminating on scale in, see [Using instance scale-in protection]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling +// User Guide. +// +// If you exceed your maximum limit of instance IDs, which is 50 per Auto Scaling +// group, the call fails. +// +// [Using instance scale-in protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html func (c *Client) SetInstanceProtection(ctx context.Context, params *SetInstanceProtectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetInstanceProtectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetInstanceProtectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_StartInstanceRefresh.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_StartInstanceRefresh.go index 0389cd5d66a78..7cceee51ae9d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_StartInstanceRefresh.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_StartInstanceRefresh.go @@ -11,28 +11,33 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Starts an instance refresh. This operation is part of the instance refresh -// feature (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html) -// in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you update instances in your Auto -// Scaling group. This feature is helpful, for example, when you have a new AMI or -// a new user data script. You just need to create a new launch template that -// specifies the new AMI or user data script. Then start an instance refresh to -// immediately begin the process of updating instances in the group. If successful, -// the request's response contains a unique ID that you can use to track the -// progress of the instance refresh. To query its status, call the -// DescribeInstanceRefreshes API. To describe the instance refreshes that have -// already run, call the DescribeInstanceRefreshes API. To cancel an instance -// refresh that is in progress, use the CancelInstanceRefresh API. An instance -// refresh might fail for several reasons, such as EC2 launch failures, -// misconfigured health checks, or not ignoring or allowing the termination of -// instances that are in Standby state or protected from scale in. You can monitor -// for failed EC2 launches using the scaling activities. To find the scaling -// activities, call the DescribeScalingActivities API. If you enable auto -// rollback, your Auto Scaling group will be rolled back automatically when the -// instance refresh fails. You can enable this feature before starting an instance -// refresh by specifying the AutoRollback property in the instance refresh -// preferences. Otherwise, to roll back an instance refresh before it finishes, use -// the RollbackInstanceRefresh API. +// Starts an instance refresh. +// +// This operation is part of the [instance refresh feature] in Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling, which helps you +// update instances in your Auto Scaling group. This feature is helpful, for +// example, when you have a new AMI or a new user data script. You just need to +// create a new launch template that specifies the new AMI or user data script. +// Then start an instance refresh to immediately begin the process of updating +// instances in the group. +// +// If successful, the request's response contains a unique ID that you can use to +// track the progress of the instance refresh. To query its status, call the DescribeInstanceRefreshesAPI. +// To describe the instance refreshes that have already run, call the DescribeInstanceRefreshesAPI. To +// cancel an instance refresh that is in progress, use the CancelInstanceRefreshAPI. +// +// An instance refresh might fail for several reasons, such as EC2 launch +// failures, misconfigured health checks, or not ignoring or allowing the +// termination of instances that are in Standby state or protected from scale in. +// You can monitor for failed EC2 launches using the scaling activities. To find +// the scaling activities, call the DescribeScalingActivitiesAPI. +// +// If you enable auto rollback, your Auto Scaling group will be rolled back +// automatically when the instance refresh fails. You can enable this feature +// before starting an instance refresh by specifying the AutoRollback property in +// the instance refresh preferences. Otherwise, to roll back an instance refresh +// before it finishes, use the RollbackInstanceRefreshAPI. +// +// [instance refresh feature]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh.html func (c *Client) StartInstanceRefresh(ctx context.Context, params *StartInstanceRefreshInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartInstanceRefreshOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &StartInstanceRefreshInput{} @@ -56,14 +61,17 @@ type StartInstanceRefreshInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // The desired configuration. For example, the desired configuration can specify a - // new launch template or a new version of the current launch template. Once the - // instance refresh succeeds, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling updates the settings of the - // Auto Scaling group to reflect the new desired configuration. When you specify a - // new launch template or a new version of the current launch template for your - // desired configuration, consider enabling the SkipMatching property in - // preferences. If it's enabled, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling skips replacing instances - // that already use the specified launch template and instance types. This can help - // you reduce the number of replacements that are required to apply updates. + // new launch template or a new version of the current launch template. + // + // Once the instance refresh succeeds, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling updates the + // settings of the Auto Scaling group to reflect the new desired configuration. + // + // When you specify a new launch template or a new version of the current launch + // template for your desired configuration, consider enabling the SkipMatching + // property in preferences. If it's enabled, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling skips + // replacing instances that already use the specified launch template and instance + // types. This can help you reduce the number of replacements that are required to + // apply updates. DesiredConfiguration *types.DesiredConfiguration // Sets your preferences for the instance refresh so that it performs as expected @@ -73,8 +81,11 @@ type StartInstanceRefreshInput struct { // found. You can also choose to enable additional features, such as the following: // // - Auto rollback + // // - Checkpoints + // // - CloudWatch alarms + // // - Skip matching Preferences *types.RefreshPreferences diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SuspendProcesses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SuspendProcesses.go index 59def83409747..c2c05e606784c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SuspendProcesses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_SuspendProcesses.go @@ -11,11 +11,15 @@ import ( ) // Suspends the specified auto scaling processes, or all processes, for the -// specified Auto Scaling group. If you suspend either the Launch or Terminate -// process types, it can prevent other process types from functioning properly. For -// more information, see Suspending and resuming scaling processes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. To resume processes that have been -// suspended, call the ResumeProcesses API. +// specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// If you suspend either the Launch or Terminate process types, it can prevent +// other process types from functioning properly. For more information, see [Suspending and resuming scaling processes]in the +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// To resume processes that have been suspended, call the ResumeProcesses API. +// +// [Suspending and resuming scaling processes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html func (c *Client) SuspendProcesses(ctx context.Context, params *SuspendProcessesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SuspendProcessesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SuspendProcessesInput{} @@ -39,15 +43,25 @@ type SuspendProcessesInput struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // One or more of the following processes: + // // - Launch + // // - Terminate + // // - AddToLoadBalancer + // // - AlarmNotification + // // - AZRebalance + // // - HealthCheck + // // - InstanceRefresh + // // - ReplaceUnhealthy + // // - ScheduledActions + // // If you omit this property, all processes are specified. ScalingProcesses []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup.go index 991edbad6b0e0..779a01001f928 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup.go @@ -12,18 +12,23 @@ import ( ) // Terminates the specified instance and optionally adjusts the desired group -// size. This operation cannot be called on instances in a warm pool. This call -// simply makes a termination request. The instance is not terminated immediately. -// When an instance is terminated, the instance status changes to terminated . You -// can't connect to or start an instance after you've terminated it. If you do not -// specify the option to decrement the desired capacity, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling -// launches instances to replace the ones that are terminated. By default, Amazon -// EC2 Auto Scaling balances instances across all Availability Zones. If you -// decrement the desired capacity, your Auto Scaling group can become unbalanced -// between Availability Zones. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling tries to rebalance the -// group, and rebalancing might terminate instances in other zones. For more -// information, see Rebalancing activities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/auto-scaling-benefits.html#AutoScalingBehavior.InstanceUsage) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// size. This operation cannot be called on instances in a warm pool. +// +// This call simply makes a termination request. The instance is not terminated +// immediately. When an instance is terminated, the instance status changes to +// terminated . You can't connect to or start an instance after you've terminated +// it. +// +// If you do not specify the option to decrement the desired capacity, Amazon EC2 +// Auto Scaling launches instances to replace the ones that are terminated. +// +// By default, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling balances instances across all Availability +// Zones. If you decrement the desired capacity, your Auto Scaling group can become +// unbalanced between Availability Zones. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling tries to +// rebalance the group, and rebalancing might terminate instances in other zones. +// For more information, see [Rebalancing activities]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Rebalancing activities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/auto-scaling-benefits.html#AutoScalingBehavior.InstanceUsage func (c *Client) TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroup(ctx context.Context, params *TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TerminateInstanceInAutoScalingGroupInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_UpdateAutoScalingGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_UpdateAutoScalingGroup.go index 6f4244ad957d8..2b61dc6e14ef8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_UpdateAutoScalingGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/api_op_UpdateAutoScalingGroup.go @@ -11,39 +11,47 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// We strongly recommend that all Auto Scaling groups use launch templates to -// ensure full functionality for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and Amazon EC2. Updates -// the configuration for the specified Auto Scaling group. To update an Auto -// Scaling group, specify the name of the group and the property that you want to -// change. Any properties that you don't specify are not changed by this update -// request. The new settings take effect on any scaling activities after this call -// returns. If you associate a new launch configuration or template with an Auto -// Scaling group, all new instances will get the updated configuration. Existing -// instances continue to run with the configuration that they were originally -// launched with. When you update a group to specify a mixed instances policy -// instead of a launch configuration or template, existing instances may be -// replaced to match the new purchasing options that you specified in the policy. -// For example, if the group currently has 100% On-Demand capacity and the policy -// specifies 50% Spot capacity, this means that half of your instances will be -// gradually terminated and relaunched as Spot Instances. When replacing instances, -// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches new instances before terminating the old ones, -// so that updating your group does not compromise the performance or availability -// of your application. Note the following about changing DesiredCapacity , MaxSize -// , or MinSize : +// We strongly recommend that all Auto Scaling groups use launch templates to +// +// ensure full functionality for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling and Amazon EC2. +// +// Updates the configuration for the specified Auto Scaling group. +// +// To update an Auto Scaling group, specify the name of the group and the property +// that you want to change. Any properties that you don't specify are not changed +// by this update request. The new settings take effect on any scaling activities +// after this call returns. +// +// If you associate a new launch configuration or template with an Auto Scaling +// group, all new instances will get the updated configuration. Existing instances +// continue to run with the configuration that they were originally launched with. +// When you update a group to specify a mixed instances policy instead of a launch +// configuration or template, existing instances may be replaced to match the new +// purchasing options that you specified in the policy. For example, if the group +// currently has 100% On-Demand capacity and the policy specifies 50% Spot +// capacity, this means that half of your instances will be gradually terminated +// and relaunched as Spot Instances. When replacing instances, Amazon EC2 Auto +// Scaling launches new instances before terminating the old ones, so that updating +// your group does not compromise the performance or availability of your +// application. +// +// Note the following about changing DesiredCapacity , MaxSize , or MinSize : +// // - If a scale-in activity occurs as a result of a new DesiredCapacity value // that is lower than the current size of the group, the Auto Scaling group uses // its termination policy to determine which instances to terminate. +// // - If you specify a new value for MinSize without specifying a value for // DesiredCapacity , and the new MinSize is larger than the current size of the // group, this sets the group's DesiredCapacity to the new MinSize value. +// // - If you specify a new value for MaxSize without specifying a value for // DesiredCapacity , and the new MaxSize is smaller than the current size of the // group, this sets the group's DesiredCapacity to the new MaxSize value. // -// To see which properties have been set, call the DescribeAutoScalingGroups API. -// To view the scaling policies for an Auto Scaling group, call the -// DescribePolicies API. If the group has scaling policies, you can update them by -// calling the PutScalingPolicy API. +// To see which properties have been set, call the DescribeAutoScalingGroups API. To view the scaling +// policies for an Auto Scaling group, call the DescribePoliciesAPI. If the group has scaling +// policies, you can update them by calling the PutScalingPolicyAPI. func (c *Client) UpdateAutoScalingGroup(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAutoScalingGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput{} @@ -69,36 +77,42 @@ type UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // One or more Availability Zones for the group. AvailabilityZones []string - // Enables or disables Capacity Rebalancing. For more information, see Use - // Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-capacity-rebalancing.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // Enables or disables Capacity Rebalancing. For more information, see [Use Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions] in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Use Capacity Rebalancing to handle Amazon EC2 Spot Interruptions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-capacity-rebalancing.html CapacityRebalance *bool // Reserved. Context *string - // Only needed if you use simple scaling policies. The amount of time, in seconds, - // between one scaling activity ending and another one starting due to simple - // scaling policies. For more information, see Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 - // Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // Only needed if you use simple scaling policies. + // + // The amount of time, in seconds, between one scaling activity ending and another + // one starting due to simple scaling policies. For more information, see [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Scaling cooldowns for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/Cooldown.html DefaultCooldown *int32 // The amount of time, in seconds, until a new instance is considered to have // finished initializing and resource consumption to become stable after it enters - // the InService state. During an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits - // for the warm-up period after it replaces an instance before it moves on to - // replacing the next instance. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also waits for the warm-up - // period before aggregating the metrics for new instances with existing instances - // in the Amazon CloudWatch metrics that are used for scaling, resulting in more - // reliable usage data. For more information, see Set the default instance warmup - // for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-default-instance-warmup.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. To manage various warm-up settings at - // the group level, we recommend that you set the default instance warmup, even if - // it is set to 0 seconds. To remove a value that you previously set, include the - // property but specify -1 for the value. However, we strongly recommend keeping - // the default instance warmup enabled by specifying a value of 0 or other nominal - // value. + // the InService state. + // + // During an instance refresh, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits for the warm-up + // period after it replaces an instance before it moves on to replacing the next + // instance. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling also waits for the warm-up period before + // aggregating the metrics for new instances with existing instances in the Amazon + // CloudWatch metrics that are used for scaling, resulting in more reliable usage + // data. For more information, see [Set the default instance warmup for an Auto Scaling group]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // To manage various warm-up settings at the group level, we recommend that you + // set the default instance warmup, even if it is set to 0 seconds. To remove a + // value that you previously set, include the property but specify -1 for the + // value. However, we strongly recommend keeping the default instance warmup + // enabled by specifying a value of 0 or other nominal value. + // + // [Set the default instance warmup for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-default-instance-warmup.html DefaultInstanceWarmup *int32 // The desired capacity is the initial capacity of the Auto Scaling group after @@ -109,33 +123,42 @@ type UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // The unit of measurement for the value specified for desired capacity. Amazon // EC2 Auto Scaling supports DesiredCapacityType for attribute-based instance type - // selection only. For more information, see Creating an Auto Scaling group using - // attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. By default, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling - // specifies units , which translates into number of instances. Valid values: units - // | vcpu | memory-mib + // selection only. For more information, see [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // By default, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling specifies units , which translates into + // number of instances. + // + // Valid values: units | vcpu | memory-mib + // + // [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html DesiredCapacityType *string // The amount of time, in seconds, that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits before // checking the health status of an EC2 instance that has come into service and // marking it unhealthy due to a failed health check. This is useful if your // instances do not immediately pass their health checks after they enter the - // InService state. For more information, see Set the health check grace period - // for an Auto Scaling group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/health-check-grace-period.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // InService state. For more information, see [Set the health check grace period for an Auto Scaling group] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Set the health check grace period for an Auto Scaling group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/health-check-grace-period.html HealthCheckGracePeriod *int32 - // A comma-separated value string of one or more health check types. The valid - // values are EC2 , ELB , and VPC_LATTICE . EC2 is the default health check and - // cannot be disabled. For more information, see Health checks for Auto Scaling - // instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Only specify EC2 if you must clear a - // value that was previously set. + // A comma-separated value string of one or more health check types. + // + // The valid values are EC2 , ELB , and VPC_LATTICE . EC2 is the default health + // check and cannot be disabled. For more information, see [Health checks for Auto Scaling instances]in the Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling User Guide. + // + // Only specify EC2 if you must clear a value that was previously set. + // + // [Health checks for Auto Scaling instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/healthcheck.html HealthCheckType *string - // An instance maintenance policy. For more information, see Set instance - // maintenance policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-maintenance-policy.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // An instance maintenance policy. For more information, see [Set instance maintenance policy] in the Amazon EC2 + // Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Set instance maintenance policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-maintenance-policy.html InstanceMaintenancePolicy *types.InstanceMaintenancePolicy // The name of the launch configuration. If you specify LaunchConfigurationName in @@ -150,53 +173,65 @@ type UpdateAutoScalingGroupInput struct { // The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an instance can be in service. The // default is null. If specified, the value must be either 0 or a number equal to // or greater than 86,400 seconds (1 day). To clear a previously set value, specify - // a new value of 0. For more information, see Replacing Auto Scaling instances - // based on maximum instance lifetime (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-max-instance-lifetime.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // a new value of 0. For more information, see [Replacing Auto Scaling instances based on maximum instance lifetime]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Replacing Auto Scaling instances based on maximum instance lifetime]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-max-instance-lifetime.html MaxInstanceLifetime *int32 - // The maximum size of the Auto Scaling group. With a mixed instances policy that - // uses instance weighting, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling may need to go above MaxSize - // to meet your capacity requirements. In this event, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will - // never go above MaxSize by more than your largest instance weight (weights that - // define how many units each instance contributes to the desired capacity of the - // group). + // The maximum size of the Auto Scaling group. + // + // With a mixed instances policy that uses instance weighting, Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling may need to go above MaxSize to meet your capacity requirements. In + // this event, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will never go above MaxSize by more than + // your largest instance weight (weights that define how many units each instance + // contributes to the desired capacity of the group). MaxSize *int32 // The minimum size of the Auto Scaling group. MinSize *int32 - // The mixed instances policy. For more information, see Auto Scaling groups with - // multiple instance types and purchase options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // The mixed instances policy. For more information, see [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options] in the Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html MixedInstancesPolicy *types.MixedInstancesPolicy // Indicates whether newly launched instances are protected from termination by // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling when scaling in. For more information about preventing - // instances from terminating on scale in, see Using instance scale-in protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // instances from terminating on scale in, see [Using instance scale-in protection]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Using instance scale-in protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-protection.html NewInstancesProtectedFromScaleIn *bool // The name of an existing placement group into which to launch your instances. - // For more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. A cluster placement group is a - // logical grouping of instances within a single Availability Zone. You cannot - // specify multiple Availability Zones and a cluster placement group. + // For more information, see [Placement groups]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single + // Availability Zone. You cannot specify multiple Availability Zones and a cluster + // placement group. + // + // [Placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html PlacementGroup *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service-linked role that the Auto Scaling // group uses to call other Amazon Web Services on your behalf. For more - // information, see Service-linked roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-service-linked-role.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // information, see [Service-linked roles]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Service-linked roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/autoscaling-service-linked-role.html ServiceLinkedRoleARN *string // A policy or a list of policies that are used to select the instances to // terminate. The policies are executed in the order that you list them. For more - // information, see Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Valid values: Default | - // AllocationStrategy | ClosestToNextInstanceHour | NewestInstance | OldestInstance - // | OldestLaunchConfiguration | OldestLaunchTemplate | + // information, see [Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // Valid values: Default | AllocationStrategy | ClosestToNextInstanceHour | + // NewestInstance | OldestInstance | OldestLaunchConfiguration | + // OldestLaunchTemplate | // arn:aws:lambda:region:account-id:function:my-function:my-alias + // + // [Work with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling termination policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-termination-policies.html TerminationPolicies []string // A comma-separated list of subnet IDs for a virtual private cloud (VPC). If you diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/doc.go index 27a42792e2311..4876c847e148d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/doc.go @@ -3,10 +3,14 @@ // Package autoscaling provides the API client, operations, and parameter types // for Auto Scaling. // -// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling is designed to automatically -// launch and terminate EC2 instances based on user-defined scaling policies, -// scheduled actions, and health checks. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 -// Auto Scaling User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/) -// and the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/Welcome.html) -// . +// # Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling +// +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling is designed to automatically launch and terminate EC2 +// instances based on user-defined scaling policies, scheduled actions, and health +// checks. +// +// For more information, see the [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide] and the [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference]. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ +// [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/Welcome.html package autoscaling diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/go_module_metadata.go index dff51135183bd..96374aa95d384 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package autoscaling // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.40.5" +const goModuleVersion = "1.40.6" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/options.go index 9a183095a3146..0521c697473d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/enums.go index c93c221f21a1e..32c4502e50b8b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/enums.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AcceleratorManufacturer. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AcceleratorManufacturer) Values() []AcceleratorManufacturer { return []AcceleratorManufacturer{ "nvidia", @@ -38,8 +39,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AcceleratorName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AcceleratorName) Values() []AcceleratorName { return []AcceleratorName{ "a100", @@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AcceleratorType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AcceleratorType) Values() []AcceleratorType { return []AcceleratorType{ "gpu", @@ -82,8 +85,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BareMetal. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BareMetal) Values() []BareMetal { return []BareMetal{ "included", @@ -102,8 +106,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BurstablePerformance. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BurstablePerformance) Values() []BurstablePerformance { return []BurstablePerformance{ "included", @@ -122,8 +127,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CpuManufacturer. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CpuManufacturer) Values() []CpuManufacturer { return []CpuManufacturer{ "intel", @@ -141,8 +147,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceGeneration. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceGeneration) Values() []InstanceGeneration { return []InstanceGeneration{ "current", @@ -160,8 +167,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceMetadataEndpointState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMetadataEndpointState) Values() []InstanceMetadataEndpointState { return []InstanceMetadataEndpointState{ "disabled", @@ -179,8 +187,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceMetadataHttpTokensState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMetadataHttpTokensState) Values() []InstanceMetadataHttpTokensState { return []InstanceMetadataHttpTokensState{ "optional", @@ -204,8 +213,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceRefreshStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceRefreshStatus) Values() []InstanceRefreshStatus { return []InstanceRefreshStatus{ "Pending", @@ -250,8 +260,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LifecycleState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LifecycleState) Values() []LifecycleState { return []LifecycleState{ "Pending", @@ -290,8 +301,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocalStorage. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalStorage) Values() []LocalStorage { return []LocalStorage{ "included", @@ -309,8 +321,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocalStorageType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalStorageType) Values() []LocalStorageType { return []LocalStorageType{ "hdd", @@ -330,8 +343,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MetricStatistic. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MetricStatistic) Values() []MetricStatistic { return []MetricStatistic{ "Average", @@ -353,8 +367,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MetricType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MetricType) Values() []MetricType { return []MetricType{ "ASGAverageCPUUtilization", @@ -376,6 +391,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PredefinedLoadMetricType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PredefinedLoadMetricType) Values() []PredefinedLoadMetricType { return []PredefinedLoadMetricType{ @@ -398,6 +414,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PredefinedMetricPairType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PredefinedMetricPairType) Values() []PredefinedMetricPairType { return []PredefinedMetricPairType{ @@ -420,6 +437,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PredefinedScalingMetricType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PredefinedScalingMetricType) Values() []PredefinedScalingMetricType { return []PredefinedScalingMetricType{ @@ -440,8 +458,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PredictiveScalingMaxCapacityBreachBehavior. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PredictiveScalingMaxCapacityBreachBehavior) Values() []PredictiveScalingMaxCapacityBreachBehavior { return []PredictiveScalingMaxCapacityBreachBehavior{ "HonorMaxCapacity", @@ -458,8 +477,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PredictiveScalingMode. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PredictiveScalingMode) Values() []PredictiveScalingMode { return []PredictiveScalingMode{ "ForecastAndScale", @@ -475,8 +495,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RefreshStrategy. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RefreshStrategy) Values() []RefreshStrategy { return []RefreshStrategy{ "Rolling", @@ -494,6 +515,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ScaleInProtectedInstances. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ScaleInProtectedInstances) Values() []ScaleInProtectedInstances { return []ScaleInProtectedInstances{ @@ -524,6 +546,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ScalingActivityStatusCode. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ScalingActivityStatusCode) Values() []ScalingActivityStatusCode { return []ScalingActivityStatusCode{ @@ -553,8 +576,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StandbyInstances. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StandbyInstances) Values() []StandbyInstances { return []StandbyInstances{ "Terminate", @@ -573,8 +597,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for WarmPoolState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (WarmPoolState) Values() []WarmPoolState { return []WarmPoolState{ "Stopped", @@ -591,8 +616,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for WarmPoolStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (WarmPoolStatus) Values() []WarmPoolStatus { return []WarmPoolStatus{ "PendingDelete", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/errors.go index 948d6242c6ad2..8ce65cce8ff2e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/errors.go @@ -146,8 +146,9 @@ func (e *IrreversibleInstanceRefreshFault) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { retu // You have already reached a limit for your Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling resources // (for example, Auto Scaling groups, launch configurations, or lifecycle hooks). -// For more information, see DescribeAccountLimits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_DescribeAccountLimits.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. +// For more information, see [DescribeAccountLimits]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling API Reference. +// +// [DescribeAccountLimits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/APIReference/API_DescribeAccountLimits.html type LimitExceededFault struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/types.go index cc705438581bc..003a0f847c7f0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types/types.go @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ import ( ) // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the AcceleratorCount object when you -// specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. type AcceleratorCountRequest struct { // The maximum value. @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ type AcceleratorCountRequest struct { } // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB object when -// you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// you specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. type AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiBRequest struct { // The memory maximum in MiB. @@ -201,6 +201,7 @@ type AutoScalingGroup struct { LoadBalancerNames []string // The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that an instance can be in service. + // // Valid Range: Minimum value of 0. MaxInstanceLifetime *int32 @@ -221,8 +222,7 @@ type AutoScalingGroup struct { // group uses to call other Amazon Web Services on your behalf. ServiceLinkedRoleARN *string - // The current state of the group when the DeleteAutoScalingGroup operation is in - // progress. + // The current state of the group when the DeleteAutoScalingGroup operation is in progress. Status *string // The suspended processes associated with the group. @@ -279,13 +279,16 @@ type AutoScalingInstanceDetails struct { InstanceId *string // The lifecycle state for the instance. The Quarantined state is not used. For - // information about lifecycle states, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Valid values: Pending | Pending:Wait - // | Pending:Proceed | Quarantined | InService | Terminating | Terminating:Wait | - // Terminating:Proceed | Terminated | Detaching | Detached | EnteringStandby | - // Standby | Warmed:Pending | Warmed:Pending:Wait | Warmed:Pending:Proceed | - // Warmed:Terminating | Warmed:Terminating:Wait | Warmed:Terminating:Proceed | - // Warmed:Terminated | Warmed:Stopped | Warmed:Running + // information about lifecycle states, see [Instance lifecycle]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // Valid values: Pending | Pending:Wait | Pending:Proceed | Quarantined | InService + // | Terminating | Terminating:Wait | Terminating:Proceed | Terminated | Detaching + // | Detached | EnteringStandby | Standby | Warmed:Pending | Warmed:Pending:Wait | + // Warmed:Pending:Proceed | Warmed:Terminating | Warmed:Terminating:Wait | + // Warmed:Terminating:Proceed | Warmed:Terminated | Warmed:Stopped | Warmed:Running + // + // [Instance lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html // // This member is required. LifecycleState *string @@ -307,14 +310,16 @@ type AutoScalingInstanceDetails struct { LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplateSpecification // The number of capacity units contributed by the instance based on its instance - // type. Valid Range: Minimum value of 1. Maximum value of 999. + // type. + // + // Valid Range: Minimum value of 1. Maximum value of 999. WeightedCapacity *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps object when -// you specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// you specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. type BaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest struct { // The maximum value in Mbps. @@ -330,10 +335,12 @@ type BaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest struct { type BlockDeviceMapping struct { // The device name assigned to the volume (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh ). For - // more information, see Device naming on Linux instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/device_naming.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. To define a block device - // mapping, set the device name and exactly one of the following properties: Ebs , - // NoDevice , or VirtualName . + // more information, see [Device naming on Linux instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // To define a block device mapping, set the device name and exactly one of the + // following properties: Ebs , NoDevice , or VirtualName . + // + // [Device naming on Linux instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/device_naming.html // // This member is required. DeviceName *string @@ -343,9 +350,10 @@ type BlockDeviceMapping struct { // Setting this value to true prevents a volume that is included in the block // device mapping of the AMI from being mapped to the specified device name at - // launch. If NoDevice is true for the root device, instances might fail the EC2 - // health check. In that case, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches replacement - // instances. + // launch. + // + // If NoDevice is true for the root device, instances might fail the EC2 health + // check. In that case, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches replacement instances. NoDevice *bool // The name of the instance store volume (virtual device) to attach to an instance @@ -375,34 +383,42 @@ type CapacityForecast struct { } // Represents a CloudWatch metric of your choosing for a target tracking scaling -// policy to use with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. To create your customized metric -// specification: +// policy to use with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling. +// +// To create your customized metric specification: +// // - Add values for each required property from CloudWatch. You can use an // existing metric, or a new metric that you create. To use your own metric, you -// must first publish the metric to CloudWatch. For more information, see -// Publish custom metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/publishingMetrics.html) -// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. +// must first publish the metric to CloudWatch. For more information, see [Publish custom metrics]in the +// Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. +// // - Choose a metric that changes proportionally with capacity. The value of the // metric should increase or decrease in inverse proportion to the number of // capacity units. That is, the value of the metric should decrease when capacity // increases. // -// For more information about the CloudWatch terminology below, see Amazon -// CloudWatch concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html) -// . Each individual service provides information about the metrics, namespace, and -// dimensions they use. For more information, see Amazon Web Services services -// that publish CloudWatch metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/aws-services-cloudwatch-metrics.html) -// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. +// For more information about the CloudWatch terminology below, see [Amazon CloudWatch concepts]. +// +// Each individual service provides information about the metrics, namespace, and +// dimensions they use. For more information, see [Amazon Web Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics]in the Amazon CloudWatch User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/aws-services-cloudwatch-metrics.html +// [Amazon CloudWatch concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html +// [Publish custom metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/publishingMetrics.html type CustomizedMetricSpecification struct { - // The dimensions of the metric. Conditional: If you published your metric with - // dimensions, you must specify the same dimensions in your scaling policy. + // The dimensions of the metric. + // + // Conditional: If you published your metric with dimensions, you must specify the + // same dimensions in your scaling policy. Dimensions []MetricDimension // The name of the metric. To get the exact metric name, namespace, and - // dimensions, inspect the Metric (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_Metric.html) - // object that is returned by a call to ListMetrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_ListMetrics.html) - // . + // dimensions, inspect the [Metric]object that is returned by a call to [ListMetrics]. + // + // [ListMetrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_ListMetrics.html + // [Metric]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_Metric.html MetricName *string // The metrics to include in the target tracking scaling policy, as a metric data @@ -416,30 +432,36 @@ type CustomizedMetricSpecification struct { Statistic MetricStatistic // The unit of the metric. For a complete list of the units that CloudWatch - // supports, see the MetricDatum (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_MetricDatum.html) - // data type in the Amazon CloudWatch API Reference. + // supports, see the [MetricDatum]data type in the Amazon CloudWatch API Reference. + // + // [MetricDatum]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_MetricDatum.html Unit *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes the desired configuration for an instance refresh. If you specify a -// desired configuration, you must specify either a LaunchTemplate or a -// MixedInstancesPolicy . +// Describes the desired configuration for an instance refresh. +// +// If you specify a desired configuration, you must specify either a LaunchTemplate +// or a MixedInstancesPolicy . type DesiredConfiguration struct { // Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more - // information about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // information about launch templates, see [Launch templates]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User + // Guide. + // + // [Launch templates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplateSpecification // Use this structure to launch multiple instance types and On-Demand Instances - // and Spot Instances within a single Auto Scaling group. A mixed instances policy - // contains information that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can use to launch instances - // and help optimize your costs. For more information, see Auto Scaling groups - // with multiple instance types and purchase options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html) + // and Spot Instances within a single Auto Scaling group. + // + // A mixed instances policy contains information that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can + // use to launch instances and help optimize your costs. For more information, see [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options] // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html MixedInstancesPolicy *MixedInstancesPolicy noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -455,35 +477,47 @@ type Ebs struct { // Specifies whether the volume should be encrypted. Encrypted EBS volumes can // only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more - // information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances) - // . If your AMI uses encrypted volumes, you can also only launch it on supported - // instance types. If you are creating a volume from a snapshot, you cannot create - // an unencrypted volume from an encrypted snapshot. Also, you cannot specify a KMS - // key ID when using a launch configuration. If you enable encryption by default, - // the EBS volumes that you create are always encrypted, either using the Amazon - // Web Services managed KMS key or a customer-managed KMS key, regardless of - // whether the snapshot was encrypted. For more information, see Use Amazon Web - // Services KMS keys to encrypt Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-data-protection.html#encryption) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // information, see [Supported instance types]. If your AMI uses encrypted volumes, you can also only launch + // it on supported instance types. + // + // If you are creating a volume from a snapshot, you cannot create an unencrypted + // volume from an encrypted snapshot. Also, you cannot specify a KMS key ID when + // using a launch configuration. + // + // If you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are always + // encrypted, either using the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key or a + // customer-managed KMS key, regardless of whether the snapshot was encrypted. + // + // For more information, see [Use Amazon Web Services KMS keys to encrypt Amazon EBS volumes] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Use Amazon Web Services KMS keys to encrypt Amazon EBS volumes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-data-protection.html#encryption + // [Supported instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances Encrypted *bool // The number of input/output (I/O) operations per second (IOPS) to provision for // the volume. For gp3 and io1 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that // are provisioned for the volume. For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline // performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O - // credits for bursting. The following are the supported values for each volume - // type: + // credits for bursting. + // + // The following are the supported values for each volume type: + // // - gp3 : 3,000-16,000 IOPS + // // - io1 : 100-64,000 IOPS - // For io1 volumes, we guarantee 64,000 IOPS only for Instances built on the Nitro - // System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // . Other instance families guarantee performance up to 32,000 IOPS. Iops is - // supported when the volume type is gp3 or io1 and required only when the volume - // type is io1 . (Not used with standard , gp2 , st1 , or sc1 volumes.) + // + // For io1 volumes, we guarantee 64,000 IOPS only for [Instances built on the Nitro System]. Other instance families + // guarantee performance up to 32,000 IOPS. + // + // Iops is supported when the volume type is gp3 or io1 and required only when the + // volume type is io1 . (Not used with standard , gp2 , st1 , or sc1 volumes.) + // + // [Instances built on the Nitro System]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances Iops *int32 - // The snapshot ID of the volume to use. You must specify either a VolumeSize or a - // SnapshotId . + // The snapshot ID of the volume to use. + // + // You must specify either a VolumeSize or a SnapshotId . SnapshotId *string // The throughput (MiBps) to provision for a gp3 volume. @@ -491,18 +525,26 @@ type Ebs struct { // The volume size, in GiBs. The following are the supported volumes sizes for // each volume type: + // // - gp2 and gp3 : 1-16,384 + // // - io1 : 4-16,384 + // // - st1 and sc1 : 125-16,384 + // // - standard : 1-1,024 + // // You must specify either a SnapshotId or a VolumeSize . If you specify both // SnapshotId and VolumeSize , the volume size must be equal or greater than the // size of the snapshot. VolumeSize *int32 - // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. Valid values: standard | io1 - // | gp2 | st1 | sc1 | gp3 + // The volume type. For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for + // Linux Instances. + // + // Valid values: standard | io1 | gp2 | st1 | sc1 | gp3 + // + // [Amazon EBS volume types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html VolumeType *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -515,28 +557,50 @@ type EnabledMetric struct { Granularity *string // One of the following metrics: + // // - GroupMinSize + // // - GroupMaxSize + // // - GroupDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupInServiceInstances + // // - GroupPendingInstances + // // - GroupStandbyInstances + // // - GroupTerminatingInstances + // // - GroupTotalInstances + // // - GroupInServiceCapacity + // // - GroupPendingCapacity + // // - GroupStandbyCapacity + // // - GroupTerminatingCapacity + // // - GroupTotalCapacity + // // - WarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - WarmPoolWarmedCapacity + // // - WarmPoolPendingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTerminatingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTotalCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolTotalCapacity - // For more information, see Auto Scaling group metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html#as-group-metrics) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Auto Scaling group metrics] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Auto Scaling group metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-cloudwatch-monitoring.html#as-group-metrics Metric *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -560,43 +624,63 @@ type FailedScheduledUpdateGroupActionRequest struct { } // Describes a filter that is used to return a more specific list of results from -// a describe operation. If you specify multiple filters, the filters are -// automatically logically joined with an AND , and the request returns only the -// results that match all of the specified filters. For more information, see Tag -// Auto Scaling groups and instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// a describe operation. +// +// If you specify multiple filters, the filters are automatically logically joined +// with an AND , and the request returns only the results that match all of the +// specified filters. +// +// For more information, see [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Tag Auto Scaling groups and instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-tagging.html type Filter struct { - // The name of the filter. The valid values for Name depend on which API operation - // you're using with the filter ( DescribeAutoScalingGroups or DescribeTags ). - // DescribeAutoScalingGroups Valid values for Name include the following: + // The name of the filter. + // + // The valid values for Name depend on which API operation you're using with the + // filter (DescribeAutoScalingGroups or DescribeTags). + // + // DescribeAutoScalingGroups + // + // Valid values for Name include the following: + // // - tag-key - Accepts tag keys. The results only include information about the // Auto Scaling groups associated with these tag keys. + // // - tag-value - Accepts tag values. The results only include information about // the Auto Scaling groups associated with these tag values. + // // - tag: - Accepts the key/value combination of the tag. Use the tag key in the // filter name and the tag value as the filter value. The results only include // information about the Auto Scaling groups associated with the specified // key/value combination. - // DescribeTags Valid values for Name include the following: + // + // DescribeTags + // + // Valid values for Name include the following: + // // - auto-scaling-group - Accepts the names of Auto Scaling groups. The results // only include information about the tags associated with these Auto Scaling // groups. + // // - key - Accepts tag keys. The results only include information about the tags // associated with these tag keys. + // // - value - Accepts tag values. The results only include information about the // tags associated with these tag values. + // // - propagate-at-launch - Accepts a Boolean value, which specifies whether tags // propagate to instances at launch. The results only include information about the // tags associated with the specified Boolean value. Name *string - // One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. If you specify - // multiple values for a filter, the values are automatically logically joined with - // an OR , and the request returns all results that match any of the specified - // values. For example, specify "tag:environment" for the filter name and - // "production,development" for the filter values to find Auto Scaling groups with - // the tag "environment=production" or "environment=development". + // One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. + // + // If you specify multiple values for a filter, the values are automatically + // logically joined with an OR , and the request returns all results that match any + // of the specified values. For example, specify "tag:environment" for the filter + // name and "production,development" for the filter values to find Auto Scaling + // groups with the tag "environment=production" or "environment=development". Values []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -624,8 +708,10 @@ type Instance struct { InstanceId *string // A description of the current lifecycle state. The Quarantined state is not - // used. For information about lifecycle states, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // used. For information about lifecycle states, see [Instance lifecycle]in the Amazon EC2 Auto + // Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Instance lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/AutoScalingGroupLifecycle.html // // This member is required. LifecycleState LifecycleState @@ -646,24 +732,30 @@ type Instance struct { LaunchTemplate *LaunchTemplateSpecification // The number of capacity units contributed by the instance based on its instance - // type. Valid Range: Minimum value of 1. Maximum value of 999. + // type. + // + // Valid Range: Minimum value of 1. Maximum value of 999. WeightedCapacity *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes an instance maintenance policy. For more information, see Set -// instance maintenance policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-maintenance-policy.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Describes an instance maintenance policy. +// +// For more information, see [Set instance maintenance policy] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Set instance maintenance policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-instance-maintenance-policy.html type InstanceMaintenancePolicy struct { // Specifies the upper threshold as a percentage of the desired capacity of the // Auto Scaling group. It represents the maximum percentage of the group that can // be in service and healthy, or pending, to support your workload when replacing // instances. Value range is 100 to 200. To clear a previously set value, specify a - // value of -1 . Both MinHealthyPercentage and MaxHealthyPercentage must be - // specified, and the difference between them cannot be greater than 100. A large - // range increases the number of instances that can be replaced at the same time. + // value of -1 . + // + // Both MinHealthyPercentage and MaxHealthyPercentage must be specified, and the + // difference between them cannot be greater than 100. A large range increases the + // number of instances that can be replaced at the same time. MaxHealthyPercentage *int32 // Specifies the lower threshold as a percentage of the desired capacity of the @@ -676,31 +768,38 @@ type InstanceMaintenancePolicy struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The metadata options for the instances. For more information, see Configuring -// the Instance Metadata Options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-config.html#launch-configurations-imds) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// The metadata options for the instances. For more information, see [Configuring the Instance Metadata Options] in the +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Configuring the Instance Metadata Options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-config.html#launch-configurations-imds type InstanceMetadataOptions struct { // This parameter enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your - // instances. If the parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled . If - // you specify a value of disabled , you will not be able to access your instance - // metadata. + // instances. If the parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled . + // + // If you specify a value of disabled , you will not be able to access your + // instance metadata. HttpEndpoint InstanceMetadataEndpointState // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The - // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. Default: 1 + // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + // + // Default: 1 HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter - // is not specified in the request, the default state is optional . If the state is - // optional , you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with or without a signed - // token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials without a - // token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. If you retrieve the IAM - // role credentials using a valid signed token, the version 2.0 role credentials - // are returned. If the state is required , you must send a signed token header - // with any instance metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM - // role credentials always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 - // credentials are not available. + // is not specified in the request, the default state is optional . + // + // If the state is optional , you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with or + // without a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM role + // credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. If + // you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid signed token, the version + // 2.0 role credentials are returned. + // + // If the state is required , you must send a signed token header with any instance + // metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials + // always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are not + // available. HttpTokens InstanceMetadataHttpTokensState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -731,18 +830,21 @@ type InstanceRefresh struct { InstanceRefreshId *string // The number of instances remaining to update before the instance refresh is - // complete. If you roll back the instance refresh, InstancesToUpdate shows you - // the number of instances that were not yet updated by the instance refresh. - // Therefore, these instances don't need to be replaced as part of the rollback. + // complete. + // + // If you roll back the instance refresh, InstancesToUpdate shows you the number + // of instances that were not yet updated by the instance refresh. Therefore, these + // instances don't need to be replaced as part of the rollback. InstancesToUpdate *int32 // The percentage of the instance refresh that is complete. For each instance // replacement, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling tracks the instance's health status and // warm-up time. When the instance's health status changes to healthy and the // specified warm-up time passes, the instance is considered updated and is added - // to the percentage complete. PercentageComplete does not include instances that - // are replaced during a rollback. This value gradually goes back down to zero - // during a rollback. + // to the percentage complete. + // + // PercentageComplete does not include instances that are replaced during a + // rollback. This value gradually goes back down to zero during a rollback. PercentageComplete *int32 // The preferences for an instance refresh. @@ -758,16 +860,25 @@ type InstanceRefresh struct { StartTime *time.Time // The current status for the instance refresh operation: + // // - Pending - The request was created, but the instance refresh has not started. + // // - InProgress - An instance refresh is in progress. + // // - Successful - An instance refresh completed successfully. + // // - Failed - An instance refresh failed to complete. You can troubleshoot using // the status reason and the scaling activities. + // // - Cancelling - An ongoing instance refresh is being cancelled. + // // - Cancelled - The instance refresh is cancelled. + // // - RollbackInProgress - An instance refresh is being rolled back. + // // - RollbackFailed - The rollback failed to complete. You can troubleshoot using // the status reason and the scaling activities. + // // - RollbackSuccessful - The rollback completed successfully. Status InstanceRefreshStatus @@ -826,24 +937,31 @@ type InstanceRefreshWarmPoolProgress struct { // The attributes for the instance types for a mixed instances policy. Amazon EC2 // Auto Scaling uses your specified requirements to identify instance types. Then, // it uses your On-Demand and Spot allocation strategies to launch instances from -// these instance types. When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance -// types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple -// values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy any of the -// specified values. To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 Auto -// Scaling can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following -// parameters, but not both in the same request: +// these instance types. +// +// When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all +// of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, +// you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. +// +// To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can +// identify matching instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, +// but not both in the same request: +// // - AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All other // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. +// // - ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if // they match your specified attributes. // // You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. -// Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. For more information, -// see Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For help determining which instance -// types match your attributes before you apply them to your Auto Scaling group, -// see Preview instance types with specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. +// +// For more information, see [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. For help +// determining which instance types match your attributes before you apply them to +// your Auto Scaling group, see [Preview instance types with specified attributes]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// [Preview instance types with specified attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#ec2fleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements +// [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html type InstanceRequirements struct { // The minimum and maximum instance memory size for an instance type, in MiB. @@ -857,108 +975,163 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { VCpuCount *VCpuCountRequest // The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web - // Services Inferentia chips) for an instance type. To exclude accelerator-enabled - // instance types, set Max to 0 . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // Services Inferentia chips) for an instance type. + // + // To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set Max to 0 . + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits AcceleratorCount *AcceleratorCountRequest // Indicates whether instance types must have accelerators by specific // manufacturers. + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA devices, specify nvidia . + // // - For instance types with AMD devices, specify amd . + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services devices, specify // amazon-web-services . + // // - For instance types with Xilinx devices, specify xilinx . + // // Default: Any manufacturer AcceleratorManufacturers []AcceleratorManufacturer // Lists the accelerators that must be on an instance type. + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA A100 GPUs, specify a100 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA V100 GPUs, specify v100 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA K80 GPUs, specify k80 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA T4 GPUs, specify t4 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA M60 GPUs, specify m60 . + // // - For instance types with AMD Radeon Pro V520 GPUs, specify radeon-pro-v520 . + // // - For instance types with Xilinx VU9P FPGAs, specify vu9p . + // // Default: Any accelerator AcceleratorNames []AcceleratorName // The minimum and maximum total memory size for the accelerators on an instance - // type, in MiB. Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // type, in MiB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB *AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiBRequest // Lists the accelerator types that must be on an instance type. + // // - For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify gpu . + // // - For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify fpga . + // // - For instance types with inference accelerators, specify inference . + // // Default: Any accelerator type AcceleratorTypes []AcceleratorType // The instance types to apply your specified attributes against. All other - // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. You - // can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * ), - // to allow an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: - // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . For example, if you specify c5* , Amazon - // EC2 Auto Scaling will allow the entire C5 instance family, which includes all - // C5a and C5n instance types. If you specify m5a.* , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will - // allow all the M5a instance types, but not the M5n instance types. If you specify - // AllowedInstanceTypes , you can't specify ExcludedInstanceTypes . Default: All - // instance types + // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + // + // You can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * + // ), to allow an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: + // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // + // For example, if you specify c5* , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will allow the entire + // C5 instance family, which includes all C5a and C5n instance types. If you + // specify m5a.* , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will allow all the M5a instance types, + // but not the M5n instance types. + // + // If you specify AllowedInstanceTypes , you can't specify ExcludedInstanceTypes . + // + // Default: All instance types AllowedInstanceTypes []string - // Indicates whether bare metal instance types are included, excluded, or - // required. Default: excluded + // Indicates whether bare metal instance types are included, excluded, or required. + // + // Default: excluded BareMetal BareMetal // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth performance for an instance type, in - // Mbps. For more information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. Default: No minimum or maximum - // limits + // Mbps. For more information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux + // Instances. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // + // [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *BaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest // Indicates whether burstable performance instance types are included, excluded, - // or required. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. Default: excluded + // or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux + // Instances. + // + // Default: excluded + // + // [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html BurstablePerformance BurstablePerformance // Lists which specific CPU manufacturers to include. + // // - For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify intel . + // // - For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify amd . + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services CPUs, specify // amazon-web-services . + // // Don't confuse the CPU hardware manufacturer with the CPU hardware architecture. // Instances will be launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the - // Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: - // Any manufacturer + // Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. + // + // Default: Any manufacturer CpuManufacturers []CpuManufacturer // The instance types to exclude. You can use strings with one or more wild cards, // represented by an asterisk ( * ), to exclude an instance family, type, size, or // generation. The following are examples: m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // // For example, if you specify c5* , you are excluding the entire C5 instance // family, which includes all C5a and C5n instance types. If you specify m5a.* , // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will exclude all the M5a instance types, but not the M5n - // instance types. If you specify ExcludedInstanceTypes , you can't specify - // AllowedInstanceTypes . Default: No excluded instance types + // instance types. + // + // If you specify ExcludedInstanceTypes , you can't specify AllowedInstanceTypes . + // + // Default: No excluded instance types ExcludedInstanceTypes []string // Indicates whether current or previous generation instance types are included. + // // - For current generation instance types, specify current . The current // generation includes EC2 instance types currently recommended for use. This // typically includes the latest two to three generations in each instance family. - // For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // For more information, see [Instance types]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // // - For previous generation instance types, specify previous . + // // Default: Any current or previous generation + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceGenerations []InstanceGeneration // Indicates whether instance types with instance store volumes are included, - // excluded, or required. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. Default: included + // excluded, or required. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance store]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide + // for Linux Instances. + // + // Default: included + // + // [Amazon EC2 instance store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html LocalStorage LocalStorage // Indicates the type of local storage that is required. + // // - For instance types with hard disk drive (HDD) storage, specify hdd . + // // - For instance types with solid state drive (SSD) storage, specify ssd . + // // Default: Any local storage type LocalStorageTypes []LocalStorageType @@ -970,11 +1143,16 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // priced current generation instance types or, failing that, the lowest priced // previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When Amazon EC2 // Auto Scaling selects instance types with your attributes, we will exclude - // instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold. The parameter - // accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling interprets as a percentage. If - // you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling interprets as a + // percentage. + // + // If you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection // threshold is based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the per - // instance price. Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or + // instance price. + // + // Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or // MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't // specify either, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will automatically apply optimal price // protection to consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To @@ -984,14 +1162,18 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice *int32 // The minimum and maximum amount of memory per vCPU for an instance type, in GiB. + // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits MemoryGiBPerVCpu *MemoryGiBPerVCpuRequest // The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second - // (Gbps). Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // (Gbps). + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits NetworkBandwidthGbps *NetworkBandwidthGbpsRequest // The minimum and maximum number of network interfaces for an instance type. + // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits NetworkInterfaceCount *NetworkInterfaceCountRequest @@ -1003,16 +1185,24 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // the lowest priced current generation instance types or, failing that, the lowest // priced previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling selects instance types with your attributes, we will - // exclude instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold. The - // parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling interprets as a - // percentage. To turn off price protection, specify a high value, such as 999999 . + // exclude instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling interprets as a + // percentage. + // + // To turn off price protection, specify a high value, such as 999999 . + // // If you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection // threshold is applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the - // per instance price. Default: 20 + // per instance price. + // + // Default: 20 OnDemandMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice *int32 // Indicates whether instance types must provide On-Demand Instance hibernation - // support. Default: false + // support. + // + // Default: false RequireHibernateSupport *bool // [Price protection] The price protection threshold for Spot Instances, as a @@ -1023,11 +1213,16 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // priced current generation instance types or, failing that, the lowest priced // previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When Amazon EC2 // Auto Scaling selects instance types with your attributes, we will exclude - // instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold. The parameter - // accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling interprets as a percentage. If - // you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling interprets as a + // percentage. + // + // If you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection // threshold is based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the per - // instance price. Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or + // instance price. + // + // Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or // MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't // specify either, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling will automatically apply optimal price // protection to consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To @@ -1037,15 +1232,18 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice *int32 // The minimum and maximum total local storage size for an instance type, in GB. + // // Default: No minimum or maximum limits TotalLocalStorageGB *TotalLocalStorageGBRequest noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes an instance reuse policy for a warm pool. For more information, see -// Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Describes an instance reuse policy for a warm pool. +// +// For more information, see [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Warm pools for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-warm-pools.html type InstanceReusePolicy struct { // Specifies whether instances in the Auto Scaling group can be returned to the @@ -1062,63 +1260,83 @@ type InstancesDistribution struct { // The allocation strategy to apply to your On-Demand Instances when they are // launched. Possible instance types are determined by the launch template - // overrides that you specify. The following lists the valid values: lowest-price - // Uses price to determine which instance types are the highest priority, launching - // the lowest priced instance types within an Availability Zone first. This is the - // default value for Auto Scaling groups that specify InstanceRequirements . + // overrides that you specify. + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // + // lowest-price Uses price to determine which instance types are the highest + // priority, launching the lowest priced instance types within an Availability Zone + // first. This is the default value for Auto Scaling groups that specify InstanceRequirements. + // // prioritized You set the order of instance types for the launch template // overrides from highest to lowest priority (from first to last in the list). // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches your highest priority instance types first. If // all your On-Demand capacity cannot be fulfilled using your highest priority // instance type, then Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling launches the remaining capacity // using the second priority instance type, and so on. This is the default value - // for Auto Scaling groups that don't specify InstanceRequirements and cannot be - // used for groups that do. + // for Auto Scaling groups that don't specify InstanceRequirementsand cannot be used for groups that + // do. OnDemandAllocationStrategy *string // The minimum amount of the Auto Scaling group's capacity that must be fulfilled // by On-Demand Instances. This base portion is launched first as your group - // scales. This number has the same unit of measurement as the group's desired - // capacity. If you change the default unit of measurement (number of instances) by + // scales. + // + // This number has the same unit of measurement as the group's desired capacity. + // If you change the default unit of measurement (number of instances) by // specifying weighted capacity values in your launch template overrides list, or // by changing the default desired capacity type setting of the group, you must - // specify this number using the same unit of measurement. Default: 0 + // specify this number using the same unit of measurement. + // + // Default: 0 OnDemandBaseCapacity *int32 // Controls the percentages of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances for your // additional capacity beyond OnDemandBaseCapacity . Expressed as a number (for // example, 20 specifies 20% On-Demand Instances, 80% Spot Instances). If set to - // 100, only On-Demand Instances are used. Default: 100 + // 100, only On-Demand Instances are used. + // + // Default: 100 OnDemandPercentageAboveBaseCapacity *int32 // The allocation strategy to apply to your Spot Instances when they are launched. // Possible instance types are determined by the launch template overrides that you - // specify. The following lists the valid values: capacity-optimized Requests Spot - // Instances using pools that are optimally chosen based on the available Spot - // capacity. This strategy has the lowest risk of interruption. To give certain - // instance types a higher chance of launching first, use - // capacity-optimized-prioritized . capacity-optimized-prioritized You set the - // order of instance types for the launch template overrides from highest to lowest - // priority (from first to last in the list). Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling honors the - // instance type priorities on a best effort basis but optimizes for capacity - // first. Note that if the On-Demand allocation strategy is set to prioritized , - // the same priority is applied when fulfilling On-Demand capacity. This is not a - // valid value for Auto Scaling groups that specify InstanceRequirements . + // specify. + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // + // capacity-optimized Requests Spot Instances using pools that are optimally + // chosen based on the available Spot capacity. This strategy has the lowest risk + // of interruption. To give certain instance types a higher chance of launching + // first, use capacity-optimized-prioritized . + // + // capacity-optimized-prioritized You set the order of instance types for the + // launch template overrides from highest to lowest priority (from first to last in + // the list). Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling honors the instance type priorities on a best + // effort basis but optimizes for capacity first. Note that if the On-Demand + // allocation strategy is set to prioritized , the same priority is applied when + // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. This is not a valid value for Auto Scaling groups + // that specify InstanceRequirements. + // // lowest-price Requests Spot Instances using the lowest priced pools within an // Availability Zone, across the number of Spot pools that you specify for the // SpotInstancePools property. To ensure that your desired capacity is met, you // might receive Spot Instances from several pools. This is the default value, but // it might lead to high interruption rates because this strategy only considers - // instance price and not available capacity. price-capacity-optimized - // (recommended) The price and capacity optimized allocation strategy looks at both - // price and capacity to select the Spot Instance pools that are the least likely - // to be interrupted and have the lowest possible price. + // instance price and not available capacity. + // + // price-capacity-optimized (recommended) The price and capacity optimized + // allocation strategy looks at both price and capacity to select the Spot Instance + // pools that are the least likely to be interrupted and have the lowest possible + // price. SpotAllocationStrategy *string // The number of Spot Instance pools across which to allocate your Spot Instances. // The Spot pools are determined from the different instance types in the // overrides. Valid only when the SpotAllocationStrategy is lowest-price . Value - // must be in the range of 1–20. Default: 2 + // must be in the range of 1–20. + // + // Default: 2 SpotInstancePools *int32 // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot @@ -1127,8 +1345,11 @@ type InstancesDistribution struct { // recommend specifying a maximum price because it can lead to increased // interruptions. When Spot Instances launch, you pay the current Spot price. To // remove a maximum price that you previously set, include the property but specify - // an empty string ("") for the value. If you specify a maximum price, your - // instances will be interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify one. + // an empty string ("") for the value. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify one. + // // Valid Range: Minimum value of 0.001 SpotMaxPrice *string @@ -1144,15 +1365,17 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { CreatedTime *time.Time // The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to use to launch your EC2 instances. - // For more information, see Find a Linux AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/finding-an-ami.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // For more information, see [Find a Linux AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Find a Linux AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/finding-an-ami.html // // This member is required. ImageId *string // The instance type for the instances. For information about available instance - // types, see Available instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#AvailableInstanceTypes) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // types, see [Available instance types]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Available instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#AvailableInstanceTypes // // This member is required. InstanceType *string @@ -1167,15 +1390,18 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { // public IPv4 address, unless you disabled the option to assign a public IPv4 // address on the subnet. If the instance is launched into a nondefault subnet, the // default is not to assign a public IPv4 address, unless you enabled the option to - // assign a public IPv4 address on the subnet. For more information, see Launching - // Auto Scaling instances in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-in-vpc.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // assign a public IPv4 address on the subnet. For more information, see [Launching Auto Scaling instances in a VPC]in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Launching Auto Scaling instances in a VPC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-in-vpc.html AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool // The block device mapping entries that define the block devices to attach to the // instances at launch. By default, the block devices specified in the block device - // mapping for the AMI are used. For more information, see Block Device Mapping (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // mapping for the AMI are used. For more information, see [Block Device Mapping]in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Block Device Mapping]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html BlockDeviceMappings []BlockDeviceMapping // Available for backward compatibility. @@ -1185,65 +1411,79 @@ type LaunchConfiguration struct { ClassicLinkVPCSecurityGroups []string // Specifies whether the launch configuration is optimized for EBS I/O ( true ) or - // not ( false ). For more information, see Amazon EBS-Optimized Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // not ( false ). For more information, see [Amazon EBS-Optimized Instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for + // Linux Instances. + // + // [Amazon EBS-Optimized Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html EbsOptimized *bool // The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile associated // with the IAM role for the instance. The instance profile contains the IAM role. - // For more information, see IAM role for applications that run on Amazon EC2 - // instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/us-iam-role.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // For more information, see [IAM role for applications that run on Amazon EC2 instances]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [IAM role for applications that run on Amazon EC2 instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/us-iam-role.html IamInstanceProfile *string // Controls whether instances in this group are launched with detailed ( true ) or - // basic ( false ) monitoring. For more information, see Configure Monitoring for - // Auto Scaling Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/latest/userguide/enable-as-instance-metrics.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // basic ( false ) monitoring. + // + // For more information, see [Configure Monitoring for Auto Scaling Instances] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Configure Monitoring for Auto Scaling Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/latest/userguide/enable-as-instance-metrics.html InstanceMonitoring *InstanceMonitoring // The ID of the kernel associated with the AMI. KernelId *string - // The name of the key pair. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Key Pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // The name of the key pair. + // + // For more information, see [Amazon EC2 Key Pairs] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Amazon EC2 Key Pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html KeyName *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the launch configuration. LaunchConfigurationARN *string - // The metadata options for the instances. For more information, see Configuring - // the Instance Metadata Options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-config.html#launch-configurations-imds) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // The metadata options for the instances. For more information, see [Configuring the Instance Metadata Options] in the + // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Configuring the Instance Metadata Options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-launch-config.html#launch-configurations-imds MetadataOptions *InstanceMetadataOptions // The tenancy of the instance, either default or dedicated . An instance with // dedicated tenancy runs on isolated, single-tenant hardware and can only be - // launched into a VPC. For more information, see Configuring instance tenancy - // with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/auto-scaling-dedicated-instances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // launched into a VPC. + // + // For more information, see [Configuring instance tenancy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Configuring instance tenancy with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/auto-scaling-dedicated-instances.html PlacementTenancy *string // The ID of the RAM disk associated with the AMI. RamdiskId *string // A list that contains the security groups to assign to the instances in the Auto - // Scaling group. For more information, see Security Groups for Your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) - // in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. + // Scaling group. For more information, see [Security Groups for Your VPC]in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud + // User Guide. + // + // [Security Groups for Your VPC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html SecurityGroups []string // The maximum hourly price to be paid for any Spot Instance launched to fulfill // the request. Spot Instances are launched when the price you specify exceeds the - // current Spot price. For more information, see Requesting Spot Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-launch-spot-instances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // current Spot price. For more information, see [Requesting Spot Instances]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling + // User Guide. + // + // [Requesting Spot Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-launch-spot-instances.html SpotPrice *string // The user data to make available to the launched EC2 instances. For more - // information, see Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // (Linux) and Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed - // for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide - // base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. + // information, see [Instance metadata and user data](Linux) and [Instance metadata and user data] (Windows). If you are using a command line tool, + // base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. + // Otherwise, you must provide base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. + // + // [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html UserData *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1265,7 +1505,9 @@ type LaunchTemplate struct { // Use this structure to let Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling do the following when the // Auto Scaling group has a mixed instances policy: +// // - Override the instance type that is specified in the launch template. +// // - Use multiple instance types. // // Specify the instance types that you want, or define your instance requirements @@ -1273,39 +1515,47 @@ type LaunchTemplate struct { // that meet your requirements. This can provide Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling with a // larger selection of instance types to choose from when fulfilling Spot and // On-Demand capacities. You can view which instance types are matched before you -// apply the instance requirements to your Auto Scaling group. After you define -// your instance requirements, you don't have to keep updating these settings to -// get new EC2 instance types automatically. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses the -// instance requirements of the Auto Scaling group to determine whether a new EC2 -// instance type can be used. +// apply the instance requirements to your Auto Scaling group. +// +// After you define your instance requirements, you don't have to keep updating +// these settings to get new EC2 instance types automatically. Amazon EC2 Auto +// Scaling uses the instance requirements of the Auto Scaling group to determine +// whether a new EC2 instance type can be used. type LaunchTemplateOverrides struct { // The instance requirements. Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses your specified // requirements to identify instance types. Then, it uses your On-Demand and Spot - // allocation strategies to launch instances from these instance types. You can - // specify up to four separate sets of instance requirements per Auto Scaling - // group. This is useful for provisioning instances from different Amazon Machine - // Images (AMIs) in the same Auto Scaling group. To do this, create the AMIs and - // create a new launch template for each AMI. Then, create a compatible set of - // instance requirements for each launch template. If you specify - // InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . + // allocation strategies to launch instances from these instance types. + // + // You can specify up to four separate sets of instance requirements per Auto + // Scaling group. This is useful for provisioning instances from different Amazon + // Machine Images (AMIs) in the same Auto Scaling group. To do this, create the + // AMIs and create a new launch template for each AMI. Then, create a compatible + // set of instance requirements for each launch template. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirements // The instance type, such as m3.xlarge . You must specify an instance type that is // supported in your requested Region and Availability Zones. For more information, - // see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You can specify up to 40 - // instance types per Auto Scaling group. + // see [Instance types]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // You can specify up to 40 instance types per Auto Scaling group. + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType *string // Provides a launch template for the specified instance type or set of instance // requirements. For example, some instance types might require a launch template // with a different AMI. If not provided, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses the launch // template that's specified in the LaunchTemplate definition. For more - // information, see Specifying a different launch template for an instance type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups-launch-template-overrides.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. You can specify up to 20 launch - // templates per Auto Scaling group. The launch templates specified in the - // overrides and in the LaunchTemplate definition count towards this limit. + // information, see [Specifying a different launch template for an instance type]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // You can specify up to 20 launch templates per Auto Scaling group. The launch + // templates specified in the overrides and in the LaunchTemplate definition count + // towards this limit. + // + // [Specifying a different launch template for an instance type]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups-launch-template-overrides.html LaunchTemplateSpecification *LaunchTemplateSpecification // If you provide a list of instance types to use, you can specify the number of @@ -1317,15 +1567,19 @@ type LaunchTemplateOverrides struct { // are two units remaining to fulfill capacity, and Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can // only launch an instance with a WeightedCapacity of five units, the instance is // launched, and the desired capacity is exceeded by three units. For more - // information, see Configuring instance weighting for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups-instance-weighting.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Value must be in the range of 1–999. + // information, see [Configuring instance weighting for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Value must be in + // the range of 1–999. + // // If you specify a value for WeightedCapacity for one instance type, you must - // specify a value for WeightedCapacity for all of them. Every Auto Scaling group - // has three size parameters ( DesiredCapacity , MaxSize , and MinSize ). Usually, - // you set these sizes based on a specific number of instances. However, if you - // configure a mixed instances policy that defines weights for the instance types, - // you must specify these sizes with the same units that you use for weighting - // instances. + // specify a value for WeightedCapacity for all of them. + // + // Every Auto Scaling group has three size parameters ( DesiredCapacity , MaxSize , + // and MinSize ). Usually, you set these sizes based on a specific number of + // instances. However, if you configure a mixed instances policy that defines + // weights for the instance types, you must specify these sizes with the same units + // that you use for weighting instances. + // + // [Configuring instance weighting for Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups-instance-weighting.html WeightedCapacity *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1333,34 +1587,39 @@ type LaunchTemplateOverrides struct { // Describes the launch template and the version of the launch template that // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling uses to launch Amazon EC2 instances. For more -// information about launch templates, see Launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// information about launch templates, see [Launch templates]in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User +// Guide. +// +// [Launch templates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/LaunchTemplates.html type LaunchTemplateSpecification struct { - // The ID of the launch template. To get the template ID, use the Amazon EC2 - // DescribeLaunchTemplates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLaunchTemplates.html) - // API operation. New launch templates can be created using the Amazon EC2 - // CreateLaunchTemplate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateLaunchTemplate.html) - // API. Conditional: You must specify either a LaunchTemplateId or a - // LaunchTemplateName . + // The ID of the launch template. To get the template ID, use the Amazon EC2 [DescribeLaunchTemplates] API + // operation. New launch templates can be created using the Amazon EC2 [CreateLaunchTemplate]API. + // + // Conditional: You must specify either a LaunchTemplateId or a LaunchTemplateName . + // + // [CreateLaunchTemplate]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateLaunchTemplate.html + // [DescribeLaunchTemplates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLaunchTemplates.html LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. To get the template name, use the Amazon EC2 - // DescribeLaunchTemplates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLaunchTemplates.html) - // API operation. New launch templates can be created using the Amazon EC2 - // CreateLaunchTemplate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateLaunchTemplate.html) - // API. Conditional: You must specify either a LaunchTemplateId or a - // LaunchTemplateName . + // The name of the launch template. To get the template name, use the Amazon EC2 [DescribeLaunchTemplates] + // API operation. New launch templates can be created using the Amazon EC2 [CreateLaunchTemplate]API. + // + // Conditional: You must specify either a LaunchTemplateId or a LaunchTemplateName . + // + // [CreateLaunchTemplate]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateLaunchTemplate.html + // [DescribeLaunchTemplates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLaunchTemplates.html LaunchTemplateName *string // The version number, $Latest , or $Default . To get the version number, use the - // Amazon EC2 DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.html) - // API operation. New launch template versions can be created using the Amazon EC2 - // CreateLaunchTemplateVersion (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.html) - // API. If the value is $Latest , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling selects the latest - // version of the launch template when launching instances. If the value is + // Amazon EC2 [DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions]API operation. New launch template versions can be created using the + // Amazon EC2 [CreateLaunchTemplateVersion]API. If the value is $Latest , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling selects the + // latest version of the launch template when launching instances. If the value is // $Default , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling selects the default version of the launch // template when launching instances. The default value is $Default . + // + // [CreateLaunchTemplateVersion]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.html + // [DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.html Version *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1375,7 +1634,9 @@ type LifecycleHook struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // The action the Auto Scaling group takes when the lifecycle hook timeout elapses - // or if an unexpected failure occurs. Valid values: CONTINUE | ABANDON + // or if an unexpected failure occurs. + // + // Valid values: CONTINUE | ABANDON DefaultResult *string // The maximum time, in seconds, that an instance can remain in a wait state. The @@ -1391,7 +1652,9 @@ type LifecycleHook struct { // The name of the lifecycle hook. LifecycleHookName *string - // The lifecycle transition. Valid values: autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCHING | + // The lifecycle transition. + // + // Valid values: autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCHING | // autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_TERMINATING LifecycleTransition *string @@ -1411,8 +1674,11 @@ type LifecycleHook struct { } // Describes information used to specify a lifecycle hook for an Auto Scaling -// group. For more information, see Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/lifecycle-hooks.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// group. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/lifecycle-hooks.html type LifecycleHookSpecification struct { // The name of the lifecycle hook. @@ -1422,8 +1688,10 @@ type LifecycleHookSpecification struct { // The lifecycle transition. For Auto Scaling groups, there are two major // lifecycle transitions. + // // - To create a lifecycle hook for scale-out events, specify // autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCHING . + // // - To create a lifecycle hook for scale-in events, specify // autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_TERMINATING . // @@ -1431,8 +1699,9 @@ type LifecycleHookSpecification struct { LifecycleTransition *string // The action the Auto Scaling group takes when the lifecycle hook timeout elapses - // or if an unexpected failure occurs. The default value is ABANDON . Valid values: - // CONTINUE | ABANDON + // or if an unexpected failure occurs. The default value is ABANDON . + // + // Valid values: CONTINUE | ABANDON DefaultResult *string // The maximum time, in seconds, that can elapse before the lifecycle hook times @@ -1450,10 +1719,13 @@ type LifecycleHookSpecification struct { NotificationTargetARN *string // The ARN of the IAM role that allows the Auto Scaling group to publish to the - // specified notification target. For information about creating this role, see - // Configure a notification target for a lifecycle hook (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/prepare-for-lifecycle-notifications.html#lifecycle-hook-notification-target) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. Valid only if the notification target - // is an Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS queue. + // specified notification target. For information about creating this role, see [Configure a notification target for a lifecycle hook]in + // the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // Valid only if the notification target is an Amazon SNS topic or an Amazon SQS + // queue. + // + // [Configure a notification target for a lifecycle hook]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/prepare-for-lifecycle-notifications.html#lifecycle-hook-notification-target RoleARN *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1466,15 +1738,19 @@ type LoadBalancerState struct { LoadBalancerName *string // One of the following load balancer states: + // // - Adding - The Auto Scaling instances are being registered with the load // balancer. + // // - Added - All Auto Scaling instances are registered with the load balancer. + // // - InService - At least one Auto Scaling instance passed an ELB health check. + // // - Removing - The Auto Scaling instances are being deregistered from the load // balancer. If connection draining is enabled, Elastic Load Balancing waits for // in-flight requests to complete before deregistering the instances. - // - Removed - All Auto Scaling instances are deregistered from the load - // balancer. + // + // - Removed - All Auto Scaling instances are deregistered from the load balancer. State *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1487,13 +1763,18 @@ type LoadBalancerTargetGroupState struct { LoadBalancerTargetGroupARN *string // The state of the target group. + // // - Adding - The Auto Scaling instances are being registered with the target // group. + // // - Added - All Auto Scaling instances are registered with the target group. + // // - InService - At least one Auto Scaling instance passed an ELB health check. + // // - Removing - The Auto Scaling instances are being deregistered from the target // group. If connection draining is enabled, Elastic Load Balancing waits for // in-flight requests to complete before deregistering the instances. + // // - Removed - All Auto Scaling instances are deregistered from the target group. State *string @@ -1524,7 +1805,7 @@ type LoadForecast struct { } // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryGiBPerVCpu object when you -// specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. type MemoryGiBPerVCpuRequest struct { // The memory maximum in GiB. @@ -1536,8 +1817,8 @@ type MemoryGiBPerVCpuRequest struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryMiB object when you specify -// InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// Specifies the minimum and maximum for the MemoryMiB object when you specify InstanceRequirements +// for an Auto Scaling group. type MemoryMiBRequest struct { // The memory minimum in MiB. @@ -1559,18 +1840,22 @@ type Metric struct { // This member is required. MetricName *string - // The namespace of the metric. For more information, see the table in Amazon Web - // Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/aws-services-cloudwatch-metrics.html) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // The namespace of the metric. For more information, see the table in [Amazon Web Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics] in the + // Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // + // [Amazon Web Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/aws-services-cloudwatch-metrics.html // // This member is required. Namespace *string // The dimensions for the metric. For the list of available dimensions, see the - // Amazon Web Services documentation available from the table in Amazon Web - // Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/aws-services-cloudwatch-metrics.html) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. Conditional: If you published your metric - // with dimensions, you must specify the same dimensions in your scaling policy. + // Amazon Web Services documentation available from the table in [Amazon Web Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics]in the Amazon + // CloudWatch User Guide. + // + // Conditional: If you published your metric with dimensions, you must specify the + // same dimensions in your scaling policy. + // + // [Amazon Web Services services that publish CloudWatch metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/aws-services-cloudwatch-metrics.html Dimensions []MetricDimension noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1580,25 +1865,45 @@ type Metric struct { type MetricCollectionType struct { // One of the following metrics: + // // - GroupMinSize + // // - GroupMaxSize + // // - GroupDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupInServiceInstances + // // - GroupPendingInstances + // // - GroupStandbyInstances + // // - GroupTerminatingInstances + // // - GroupTotalInstances + // // - GroupInServiceCapacity + // // - GroupPendingCapacity + // // - GroupStandbyCapacity + // // - GroupTerminatingCapacity + // // - GroupTotalCapacity + // // - WarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - WarmPoolWarmedCapacity + // // - WarmPoolPendingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTerminatingCapacity + // // - WarmPoolTotalCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolDesiredCapacity + // // - GroupAndWarmPoolTotalCapacity Metric *string @@ -1608,10 +1913,12 @@ type MetricCollectionType struct { // The metric data to return. Also defines whether this call is returning data for // one metric only, or whether it is performing a math expression on the values of // returned metric statistics to create a new time series. A time series is a -// series of data points, each of which is associated with a timestamp. For more -// information and examples, see Advanced predictive scaling policy configurations -// using custom metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/predictive-scaling-customized-metric-specification.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// series of data points, each of which is associated with a timestamp. +// +// For more information and examples, see [Advanced predictive scaling policy configurations using custom metrics] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User +// Guide. +// +// [Advanced predictive scaling policy configurations using custom metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/predictive-scaling-customized-metric-specification.html type MetricDataQuery struct { // A short name that identifies the object's results in the response. This name @@ -1627,26 +1934,31 @@ type MetricDataQuery struct { // The math expression to perform on the returned data, if this object is // performing a math expression. This expression can use the Id of the other // metrics to refer to those metrics, and can also use the Id of other expressions - // to use the result of those expressions. Conditional: Within each MetricDataQuery - // object, you must specify either Expression or MetricStat , but not both. + // to use the result of those expressions. + // + // Conditional: Within each MetricDataQuery object, you must specify either + // Expression or MetricStat , but not both. Expression *string // A human-readable label for this metric or expression. This is especially useful // if this is a math expression, so that you know what the value represents. Label *string - // Information about the metric data to return. Conditional: Within each - // MetricDataQuery object, you must specify either Expression or MetricStat , but - // not both. + // Information about the metric data to return. + // + // Conditional: Within each MetricDataQuery object, you must specify either + // Expression or MetricStat , but not both. MetricStat *MetricStat // Indicates whether to return the timestamps and raw data values of this metric. + // // If you use any math expressions, specify true for this value for only the final // math expression that the metric specification is based on. You must specify // false for ReturnData for all the other metrics and expressions used in the - // metric specification. If you are only retrieving metrics and not performing any - // math expressions, do not specify anything for ReturnData . This sets it to its - // default ( true ). + // metric specification. + // + // If you are only retrieving metrics and not performing any math expressions, do + // not specify anything for ReturnData . This sets it to its default ( true ). ReturnData *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1678,42 +1990,53 @@ type MetricGranularityType struct { } // This structure defines the CloudWatch metric to return, along with the -// statistic and unit. For more information about the CloudWatch terminology below, -// see Amazon CloudWatch concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html) -// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. +// statistic and unit. +// +// For more information about the CloudWatch terminology below, see [Amazon CloudWatch concepts] in the Amazon +// CloudWatch User Guide. +// +// [Amazon CloudWatch concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html type MetricStat struct { // The CloudWatch metric to return, including the metric name, namespace, and // dimensions. To get the exact metric name, namespace, and dimensions, inspect the - // Metric (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_Metric.html) - // object that is returned by a call to ListMetrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_ListMetrics.html) - // . + // [Metric]object that is returned by a call to [ListMetrics]. + // + // [ListMetrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_ListMetrics.html + // [Metric]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_Metric.html // // This member is required. Metric *Metric // The statistic to return. It can include any CloudWatch statistic or extended - // statistic. For a list of valid values, see the table in Statistics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html#Statistic) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. The most commonly used metrics for - // predictive scaling are Average and Sum . + // statistic. For a list of valid values, see the table in [Statistics]in the Amazon + // CloudWatch User Guide. + // + // The most commonly used metrics for predictive scaling are Average and Sum . + // + // [Statistics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html#Statistic // // This member is required. Stat *string // The unit to use for the returned data points. For a complete list of the units - // that CloudWatch supports, see the MetricDatum (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_MetricDatum.html) - // data type in the Amazon CloudWatch API Reference. + // that CloudWatch supports, see the [MetricDatum]data type in the Amazon CloudWatch API + // Reference. + // + // [MetricDatum]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_MetricDatum.html Unit *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Use this structure to launch multiple instance types and On-Demand Instances -// and Spot Instances within a single Auto Scaling group. A mixed instances policy -// contains information that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can use to launch instances -// and help optimize your costs. For more information, see Auto Scaling groups -// with multiple instance types and purchase options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html) +// and Spot Instances within a single Auto Scaling group. +// +// A mixed instances policy contains information that Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can +// use to launch instances and help optimize your costs. For more information, see [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options] // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Auto Scaling groups with multiple instance types and purchase options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/ec2-auto-scaling-mixed-instances-groups.html type MixedInstancesPolicy struct { // The instances distribution. @@ -1727,13 +2050,15 @@ type MixedInstancesPolicy struct { } // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the NetworkBandwidthGbps object when you -// specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. Setting the minimum -// bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will achieve the minimum -// bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that support the specified -// minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your instance might go below the -// specified minimum at times. For more information, see Available instance -// bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. +// +// Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will +// achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that +// support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your +// instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, +// see [Available instance bandwidth]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// [Available instance bandwidth]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth type NetworkBandwidthGbpsRequest struct { // The maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second (Gbps). @@ -1746,7 +2071,7 @@ type NetworkBandwidthGbpsRequest struct { } // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the NetworkInterfaceCount object when you -// specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. type NetworkInterfaceCountRequest struct { // The maximum number of network interfaces. @@ -1765,10 +2090,15 @@ type NotificationConfiguration struct { AutoScalingGroupName *string // One of the following event notification types: + // // - autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCH + // // - autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_LAUNCH_ERROR + // // - autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_TERMINATE + // // - autoscaling:EC2_INSTANCE_TERMINATE_ERROR + // // - autoscaling:TEST_NOTIFICATION NotificationType *string @@ -1783,12 +2113,15 @@ type NotificationConfiguration struct { type PredefinedMetricSpecification struct { // The metric type. The following predefined metrics are available: - // - ASGAverageCPUUtilization - Average CPU utilization of the Auto Scaling - // group. + // + // - ASGAverageCPUUtilization - Average CPU utilization of the Auto Scaling group. + // // - ASGAverageNetworkIn - Average number of bytes received on all network // interfaces by the Auto Scaling group. + // // - ASGAverageNetworkOut - Average number of bytes sent out on all network // interfaces by the Auto Scaling group. + // // - ALBRequestCountPerTarget - Average Application Load Balancer request count // per target for your Auto Scaling group. // @@ -1798,18 +2131,25 @@ type PredefinedMetricSpecification struct { // A label that uniquely identifies a specific Application Load Balancer target // group from which to determine the average request count served by your Auto // Scaling group. You can't specify a resource label unless the target group is - // attached to the Auto Scaling group. You create the resource label by appending - // the final portion of the load balancer ARN and the final portion of the target - // group ARN into a single value, separated by a forward slash (/). The format of - // the resource label is: + // attached to the Auto Scaling group. + // + // You create the resource label by appending the final portion of the load + // balancer ARN and the final portion of the target group ARN into a single value, + // separated by a forward slash (/). The format of the resource label is: + // // app/my-alb/778d41231b141a0f/targetgroup/my-alb-target-group/943f017f100becff . + // // Where: + // // - app// is the final portion of the load balancer ARN + // // - targetgroup// is the final portion of the target group ARN. - // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // API operation. To find the ARN for the target group, use the - // DescribeTargetGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html) - // API operation. + // + // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the [DescribeLoadBalancers] API operation. To + // find the ARN for the target group, use the [DescribeTargetGroups]API operation. + // + // [DescribeTargetGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html ResourceLabel *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1820,18 +2160,24 @@ type PredefinedMetricSpecification struct { type PredictiveScalingConfiguration struct { // This structure includes the metrics and target utilization to use for - // predictive scaling. This is an array, but we currently only support a single - // metric specification. That is, you can specify a target value and a single - // metric pair, or a target value and one scaling metric and one load metric. + // predictive scaling. + // + // This is an array, but we currently only support a single metric specification. + // That is, you can specify a target value and a single metric pair, or a target + // value and one scaling metric and one load metric. // // This member is required. MetricSpecifications []PredictiveScalingMetricSpecification // Defines the behavior that should be applied if the forecast capacity approaches // or exceeds the maximum capacity of the Auto Scaling group. Defaults to - // HonorMaxCapacity if not specified. The following are possible values: + // HonorMaxCapacity if not specified. + // + // The following are possible values: + // // - HonorMaxCapacity - Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling cannot scale out capacity higher // than the maximum capacity. The maximum capacity is enforced as a hard limit. + // // - IncreaseMaxCapacity - Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling can scale out capacity higher // than the maximum capacity when the forecast capacity is close to or exceeds the // maximum capacity. The upper limit is determined by the forecasted capacity and @@ -1842,10 +2188,13 @@ type PredictiveScalingConfiguration struct { // or exceeds the maximum capacity. The value is specified as a percentage relative // to the forecast capacity. For example, if the buffer is 10, this means a 10 // percent buffer, such that if the forecast capacity is 50, and the maximum - // capacity is 40, then the effective maximum capacity is 55. If set to 0, Amazon - // EC2 Auto Scaling may scale capacity higher than the maximum capacity to equal - // but not exceed forecast capacity. Required if the MaxCapacityBreachBehavior - // property is set to IncreaseMaxCapacity , and cannot be used otherwise. + // capacity is 40, then the effective maximum capacity is 55. + // + // If set to 0, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling may scale capacity higher than the maximum + // capacity to equal but not exceed forecast capacity. + // + // Required if the MaxCapacityBreachBehavior property is set to IncreaseMaxCapacity + // , and cannot be used otherwise. MaxCapacityBuffer *int32 // The predictive scaling mode. Defaults to ForecastOnly if not specified. @@ -1857,9 +2206,10 @@ type PredictiveScalingConfiguration struct { // launched at 9:55 AM. The intention is to give resources time to be provisioned. // It can take a few minutes to launch an EC2 instance. The actual amount of time // required depends on several factors, such as the size of the instance and - // whether there are startup scripts to complete. The value must be less than the - // forecast interval duration of 3600 seconds (60 minutes). Defaults to 300 seconds - // if not specified. + // whether there are startup scripts to complete. + // + // The value must be less than the forecast interval duration of 3600 seconds (60 + // minutes). Defaults to 300 seconds if not specified. SchedulingBufferTime *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1905,43 +2255,54 @@ type PredictiveScalingCustomizedScalingMetric struct { } // This structure specifies the metrics and target utilization settings for a -// predictive scaling policy. You must specify either a metric pair, or a load -// metric and a scaling metric individually. Specifying a metric pair instead of -// individual metrics provides a simpler way to configure metrics for a scaling -// policy. You choose the metric pair, and the policy automatically knows the -// correct sum and average statistics to use for the load metric and the scaling -// metric. Example +// predictive scaling policy. +// +// You must specify either a metric pair, or a load metric and a scaling metric +// individually. Specifying a metric pair instead of individual metrics provides a +// simpler way to configure metrics for a scaling policy. You choose the metric +// pair, and the policy automatically knows the correct sum and average statistics +// to use for the load metric and the scaling metric. +// +// Example +// // - You create a predictive scaling policy and specify ALBRequestCount as the // value for the metric pair and 1000.0 as the target value. For this type of // metric, you must provide the metric dimension for the corresponding target // group, so you also provide a resource label for the Application Load Balancer // target group that is attached to your Auto Scaling group. +// // - The number of requests the target group receives per minute provides the // load metric, and the request count averaged between the members of the target // group provides the scaling metric. In CloudWatch, this refers to the // RequestCount and RequestCountPerTarget metrics, respectively. +// // - For optimal use of predictive scaling, you adhere to the best practice of // using a dynamic scaling policy to automatically scale between the minimum // capacity and maximum capacity in response to real-time changes in resource // utilization. +// // - Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling consumes data points for the load metric over the // last 14 days and creates an hourly load forecast for predictive scaling. (A // minimum of 24 hours of data is required.) +// // - After creating the load forecast, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling determines when // to reduce or increase the capacity of your Auto Scaling group in each hour of // the forecast period so that the average number of requests received by each // instance is as close to 1000 requests per minute as possible at all times. // -// For information about using custom metrics with predictive scaling, see -// Advanced predictive scaling policy configurations using custom metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/predictive-scaling-customized-metric-specification.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// For information about using custom metrics with predictive scaling, see [Advanced predictive scaling policy configurations using custom metrics] in the +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Advanced predictive scaling policy configurations using custom metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/predictive-scaling-customized-metric-specification.html type PredictiveScalingMetricSpecification struct { - // Specifies the target utilization. Some metrics are based on a count instead of - // a percentage, such as the request count for an Application Load Balancer or the - // number of messages in an SQS queue. If the scaling policy specifies one of these - // metrics, specify the target utilization as the optimal average request or - // message count per instance during any one-minute interval. + // Specifies the target utilization. + // + // Some metrics are based on a count instead of a percentage, such as the request + // count for an Application Load Balancer or the number of messages in an SQS + // queue. If the scaling policy specifies one of these metrics, specify the target + // utilization as the optimal average request or message count per instance during + // any one-minute interval. // // This member is required. TargetValue *float64 @@ -1968,9 +2329,11 @@ type PredictiveScalingMetricSpecification struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes a load metric for a predictive scaling policy. When returned in the -// output of DescribePolicies , it indicates that a predictive scaling policy uses -// individually specified load and scaling metrics instead of a metric pair. +// Describes a load metric for a predictive scaling policy. +// +// When returned in the output of DescribePolicies , it indicates that a predictive +// scaling policy uses individually specified load and scaling metrics instead of a +// metric pair. type PredictiveScalingPredefinedLoadMetric struct { // The metric type. @@ -1981,18 +2344,25 @@ type PredictiveScalingPredefinedLoadMetric struct { // A label that uniquely identifies a specific Application Load Balancer target // group from which to determine the request count served by your Auto Scaling // group. You can't specify a resource label unless the target group is attached to - // the Auto Scaling group. You create the resource label by appending the final - // portion of the load balancer ARN and the final portion of the target group ARN - // into a single value, separated by a forward slash (/). The format of the - // resource label is: + // the Auto Scaling group. + // + // You create the resource label by appending the final portion of the load + // balancer ARN and the final portion of the target group ARN into a single value, + // separated by a forward slash (/). The format of the resource label is: + // // app/my-alb/778d41231b141a0f/targetgroup/my-alb-target-group/943f017f100becff . + // // Where: + // // - app// is the final portion of the load balancer ARN + // // - targetgroup// is the final portion of the target group ARN. - // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // API operation. To find the ARN for the target group, use the - // DescribeTargetGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html) - // API operation. + // + // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the [DescribeLoadBalancers] API operation. To + // find the ARN for the target group, use the [DescribeTargetGroups]API operation. + // + // [DescribeTargetGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html ResourceLabel *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2013,26 +2383,35 @@ type PredictiveScalingPredefinedMetricPair struct { // A label that uniquely identifies a specific Application Load Balancer target // group from which to determine the total and average request count served by your // Auto Scaling group. You can't specify a resource label unless the target group - // is attached to the Auto Scaling group. You create the resource label by - // appending the final portion of the load balancer ARN and the final portion of - // the target group ARN into a single value, separated by a forward slash (/). The - // format of the resource label is: + // is attached to the Auto Scaling group. + // + // You create the resource label by appending the final portion of the load + // balancer ARN and the final portion of the target group ARN into a single value, + // separated by a forward slash (/). The format of the resource label is: + // // app/my-alb/778d41231b141a0f/targetgroup/my-alb-target-group/943f017f100becff . + // // Where: + // // - app// is the final portion of the load balancer ARN + // // - targetgroup// is the final portion of the target group ARN. - // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // API operation. To find the ARN for the target group, use the - // DescribeTargetGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html) - // API operation. + // + // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the [DescribeLoadBalancers] API operation. To + // find the ARN for the target group, use the [DescribeTargetGroups]API operation. + // + // [DescribeTargetGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html ResourceLabel *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes a scaling metric for a predictive scaling policy. When returned in -// the output of DescribePolicies , it indicates that a predictive scaling policy -// uses individually specified load and scaling metrics instead of a metric pair. +// Describes a scaling metric for a predictive scaling policy. +// +// When returned in the output of DescribePolicies , it indicates that a predictive +// scaling policy uses individually specified load and scaling metrics instead of a +// metric pair. type PredictiveScalingPredefinedScalingMetric struct { // The metric type. @@ -2043,36 +2422,55 @@ type PredictiveScalingPredefinedScalingMetric struct { // A label that uniquely identifies a specific Application Load Balancer target // group from which to determine the average request count served by your Auto // Scaling group. You can't specify a resource label unless the target group is - // attached to the Auto Scaling group. You create the resource label by appending - // the final portion of the load balancer ARN and the final portion of the target - // group ARN into a single value, separated by a forward slash (/). The format of - // the resource label is: + // attached to the Auto Scaling group. + // + // You create the resource label by appending the final portion of the load + // balancer ARN and the final portion of the target group ARN into a single value, + // separated by a forward slash (/). The format of the resource label is: + // // app/my-alb/778d41231b141a0f/targetgroup/my-alb-target-group/943f017f100becff . + // // Where: + // // - app// is the final portion of the load balancer ARN + // // - targetgroup// is the final portion of the target group ARN. - // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // API operation. To find the ARN for the target group, use the - // DescribeTargetGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html) - // API operation. + // + // To find the ARN for an Application Load Balancer, use the [DescribeLoadBalancers] API operation. To + // find the ARN for the target group, use the [DescribeTargetGroups]API operation. + // + // [DescribeTargetGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html ResourceLabel *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes a process type. For more information, see Scaling processes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html#process-types) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Describes a process type. +// +// For more information, see [Scaling processes] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Scaling processes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html#process-types type ProcessType struct { // One of the following processes: + // // - Launch + // // - Terminate + // // - AddToLoadBalancer + // // - AlarmNotification + // // - AZRebalance + // // - HealthCheck + // // - InstanceRefresh + // // - ReplaceUnhealthy + // // - ScheduledActions // // This member is required. @@ -2090,16 +2488,22 @@ type RefreshPreferences struct { // (Optional) Indicates whether to roll back the Auto Scaling group to its // previous configuration if the instance refresh fails or a CloudWatch alarm - // threshold is met. The default is false . A rollback is not supported in the - // following situations: + // threshold is met. The default is false . + // + // A rollback is not supported in the following situations: + // // - There is no desired configuration specified for the instance refresh. + // // - The Auto Scaling group has a launch template that uses an Amazon Web // Services Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID for the ImageId // property. + // // - The Auto Scaling group uses the launch template's $Latest or $Default // version. - // For more information, see Undo changes with a rollback (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/instance-refresh-rollback.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Undo changes with a rollback] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Undo changes with a rollback]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/instance-refresh-rollback.html AutoRollback *bool // (Optional) The amount of time, in seconds, to wait after a checkpoint before @@ -2111,48 +2515,64 @@ type RefreshPreferences struct { // (Optional) Threshold values for each checkpoint in ascending order. Each number // must be unique. To replace all instances in the Auto Scaling group, the last - // number in the array must be 100 . For usage examples, see Adding checkpoints to - // an instance refresh (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-adding-checkpoints-instance-refresh.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // number in the array must be 100 . + // + // For usage examples, see [Adding checkpoints to an instance refresh] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Adding checkpoints to an instance refresh]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-adding-checkpoints-instance-refresh.html CheckpointPercentages []int32 // A time period, in seconds, during which an instance refresh waits before moving // on to replacing the next instance after a new instance enters the InService - // state. This property is not required for normal usage. Instead, use the + // state. + // + // This property is not required for normal usage. Instead, use the // DefaultInstanceWarmup property of the Auto Scaling group. The InstanceWarmup // and DefaultInstanceWarmup properties work the same way. Only specify this - // property if you must override the DefaultInstanceWarmup property. If you do not - // specify this property, the instance warmup by default is the value of the - // DefaultInstanceWarmup property, if defined (which is recommended in all cases), - // or the HealthCheckGracePeriod property otherwise. + // property if you must override the DefaultInstanceWarmup property. + // + // If you do not specify this property, the instance warmup by default is the + // value of the DefaultInstanceWarmup property, if defined (which is recommended + // in all cases), or the HealthCheckGracePeriod property otherwise. InstanceWarmup *int32 // Specifies the maximum percentage of the group that can be in service and // healthy, or pending, to support your workload when replacing instances. The // value is expressed as a percentage of the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling - // group. Value range is 100 to 200. If you specify MaxHealthyPercentage , you must - // also specify MinHealthyPercentage , and the difference between them cannot be - // greater than 100. A larger range increases the number of instances that can be - // replaced at the same time. If you do not specify this property, the default is - // 100 percent, or the percentage set in the instance maintenance policy for the - // Auto Scaling group, if defined. + // group. Value range is 100 to 200. + // + // If you specify MaxHealthyPercentage , you must also specify MinHealthyPercentage + // , and the difference between them cannot be greater than 100. A larger range + // increases the number of instances that can be replaced at the same time. + // + // If you do not specify this property, the default is 100 percent, or the + // percentage set in the instance maintenance policy for the Auto Scaling group, if + // defined. MaxHealthyPercentage *int32 // Specifies the minimum percentage of the group to keep in service, healthy, and // ready to use to support your workload to allow the operation to continue. The // value is expressed as a percentage of the desired capacity of the Auto Scaling - // group. Value range is 0 to 100. If you do not specify this property, the default - // is 90 percent, or the percentage set in the instance maintenance policy for the - // Auto Scaling group, if defined. + // group. Value range is 0 to 100. + // + // If you do not specify this property, the default is 90 percent, or the + // percentage set in the instance maintenance policy for the Auto Scaling group, if + // defined. MinHealthyPercentage *int32 // Choose the behavior that you want Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to use if instances - // protected from scale in are found. The following lists the valid values: Refresh - // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling replaces instances that are protected from scale in. + // protected from scale in are found. + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // + // Refresh Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling replaces instances that are protected from + // scale in. + // // Ignore Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling ignores instances that are protected from scale - // in and continues to replace instances that are not protected. Wait (default) - // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits one hour for you to remove scale-in protection. - // Otherwise, the instance refresh will fail. + // in and continues to replace instances that are not protected. + // + // Wait (default) Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits one hour for you to remove + // scale-in protection. Otherwise, the instance refresh will fail. ScaleInProtectedInstances ScaleInProtectedInstances // (Optional) Indicates whether skip matching is enabled. If enabled ( true ), then @@ -2160,17 +2580,25 @@ type RefreshPreferences struct { // configuration. If no desired configuration is specified, then it skips replacing // instances that have the same launch template and instance types that the Auto // Scaling group was using before the start of the instance refresh. The default is - // false . For more information, see Use an instance refresh with skip matching (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh-skip-matching.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // false . + // + // For more information, see [Use an instance refresh with skip matching] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Use an instance refresh with skip matching]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/asg-instance-refresh-skip-matching.html SkipMatching *bool // Choose the behavior that you want Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to use if instances - // in Standby state are found. The following lists the valid values: Terminate - // Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling terminates instances that are in Standby . Ignore Amazon - // EC2 Auto Scaling ignores instances that are in Standby and continues to replace - // instances that are in the InService state. Wait (default) Amazon EC2 Auto - // Scaling waits one hour for you to return the instances to service. Otherwise, - // the instance refresh will fail. + // in Standby state are found. + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // + // Terminate Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling terminates instances that are in Standby . + // + // Ignore Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling ignores instances that are in Standby and + // continues to replace instances that are in the InService state. + // + // Wait (default) Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling waits one hour for you to return the + // instances to service. Otherwise, the instance refresh will fail. StandbyInstances StandbyInstances noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2244,13 +2672,19 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct { PolicyName *string // One of the following policy types: + // // - TargetTrackingScaling + // // - StepScaling + // // - SimpleScaling (default) + // // - PredictiveScaling - // For more information, see Target tracking scaling policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-target-tracking.html) - // and Step and simple scaling policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Target tracking scaling policies] and [Step and simple scaling policies] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. + // + // [Step and simple scaling policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html + // [Target tracking scaling policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-target-tracking.html PolicyType *string // A predictive scaling policy. @@ -2291,9 +2725,10 @@ type ScheduledUpdateGroupAction struct { // The minimum size of the Auto Scaling group. MinSize *int32 - // The recurring schedule for the action, in Unix cron syntax format. When - // StartTime and EndTime are specified with Recurrence , they form the boundaries - // of when the recurring action starts and stops. + // The recurring schedule for the action, in Unix cron syntax format. + // + // When StartTime and EndTime are specified with Recurrence , they form the + // boundaries of when the recurring action starts and stops. Recurrence *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the scheduled action. @@ -2316,7 +2751,7 @@ type ScheduledUpdateGroupAction struct { } // Describes information used for one or more scheduled scaling action updates in -// a BatchPutScheduledUpdateGroupAction operation. +// a BatchPutScheduledUpdateGroupActionoperation. type ScheduledUpdateGroupActionRequest struct { // The name of the scaling action. @@ -2340,51 +2775,69 @@ type ScheduledUpdateGroupActionRequest struct { // The recurring schedule for the action, in Unix cron syntax format. This format // consists of five fields separated by white spaces: [Minute] [Hour] // [Day_of_Month] [Month_of_Year] [Day_of_Week]. The value must be in quotes (for - // example, "30 0 1 1,6,12 *" ). For more information about this format, see - // Crontab (http://crontab.org) . When StartTime and EndTime are specified with - // Recurrence , they form the boundaries of when the recurring action starts and - // stops. Cron expressions use Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) by default. + // example, "30 0 1 1,6,12 *" ). For more information about this format, see [Crontab]. + // + // When StartTime and EndTime are specified with Recurrence , they form the + // boundaries of when the recurring action starts and stops. + // + // Cron expressions use Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) by default. + // + // [Crontab]: http://crontab.org Recurrence *string // The date and time for the action to start, in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ format in - // UTC/GMT only and in quotes (for example, "2019-06-01T00:00:00Z" ). If you - // specify Recurrence and StartTime , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling performs the action - // at this time, and then performs the action based on the specified recurrence. If - // you try to schedule the action in the past, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling returns an - // error message. + // UTC/GMT only and in quotes (for example, "2019-06-01T00:00:00Z" ). + // + // If you specify Recurrence and StartTime , Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling performs the + // action at this time, and then performs the action based on the specified + // recurrence. + // + // If you try to schedule the action in the past, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling returns + // an error message. StartTime *time.Time // Specifies the time zone for a cron expression. If a time zone is not provided, - // UTC is used by default. Valid values are the canonical names of the IANA time - // zones, derived from the IANA Time Zone Database (such as Etc/GMT+9 or - // Pacific/Tahiti ). For more information, see - // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones) - // . + // UTC is used by default. + // + // Valid values are the canonical names of the IANA time zones, derived from the + // IANA Time Zone Database (such as Etc/GMT+9 or Pacific/Tahiti ). For more + // information, see [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones]. + // + // [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones TimeZone *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Describes information used to create a step adjustment for a step scaling -// policy. For the following examples, suppose that you have an alarm with a breach +// policy. +// +// For the following examples, suppose that you have an alarm with a breach // threshold of 50: +// // - To trigger the adjustment when the metric is greater than or equal to 50 // and less than 60, specify a lower bound of 0 and an upper bound of 10. +// // - To trigger the adjustment when the metric is greater than 40 and less than // or equal to 50, specify a lower bound of -10 and an upper bound of 0. // // There are a few rules for the step adjustments for your step policy: +// // - The ranges of your step adjustments can't overlap or have a gap. +// // - At most, one step adjustment can have a null lower bound. If one step // adjustment has a negative lower bound, then there must be a step adjustment with // a null lower bound. +// // - At most, one step adjustment can have a null upper bound. If one step // adjustment has a positive upper bound, then there must be a step adjustment with // a null upper bound. +// // - The upper and lower bound can't be null in the same step adjustment. // -// For more information, see Step adjustments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as-scaling-steps) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// For more information, see [Step adjustments] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Step adjustments]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-scaling-simple-step.html#as-scaling-steps type StepAdjustment struct { // The amount by which to scale, based on the specified adjustment type. A @@ -2406,16 +2859,19 @@ type StepAdjustment struct { // CloudWatch metric. If the metric value is above the breach threshold, the upper // bound is exclusive (the metric must be less than the threshold plus the upper // bound). Otherwise, it is inclusive (the metric must be less than or equal to the - // threshold plus the upper bound). A null value indicates positive infinity. The - // upper bound must be greater than the lower bound. + // threshold plus the upper bound). A null value indicates positive infinity. + // + // The upper bound must be greater than the lower bound. MetricIntervalUpperBound *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes an auto scaling process that has been suspended. For more -// information, see Scaling processes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html#process-types) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Describes an auto scaling process that has been suspended. +// +// For more information, see [Scaling processes] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Scaling processes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/as-suspend-resume-processes.html#process-types type SuspendedProcess struct { // The name of the suspended process. @@ -2477,11 +2933,13 @@ type TagDescription struct { // EC2 Auto Scaling. type TargetTrackingConfiguration struct { - // The target value for the metric. Some metrics are based on a count instead of a - // percentage, such as the request count for an Application Load Balancer or the - // number of messages in an SQS queue. If the scaling policy specifies one of these - // metrics, specify the target utilization as the optimal average request or - // message count per instance during any one-minute interval. + // The target value for the metric. + // + // Some metrics are based on a count instead of a percentage, such as the request + // count for an Application Load Balancer or the number of messages in an SQS + // queue. If the scaling policy specifies one of these metrics, specify the target + // utilization as the optimal average request or message count per instance during + // any one-minute interval. // // This member is required. TargetValue *float64 @@ -2522,36 +2980,43 @@ type TargetTrackingMetricDataQuery struct { // The math expression to perform on the returned data, if this object is // performing a math expression. This expression can use the Id of the other // metrics to refer to those metrics, and can also use the Id of other expressions - // to use the result of those expressions. Conditional: Within each - // TargetTrackingMetricDataQuery object, you must specify either Expression or - // MetricStat , but not both. + // to use the result of those expressions. + // + // Conditional: Within each TargetTrackingMetricDataQuery object, you must specify + // either Expression or MetricStat , but not both. Expression *string // A human-readable label for this metric or expression. This is especially useful // if this is a math expression, so that you know what the value represents. Label *string - // Information about the metric data to return. Conditional: Within each - // TargetTrackingMetricDataQuery object, you must specify either Expression or - // MetricStat , but not both. + // Information about the metric data to return. + // + // Conditional: Within each TargetTrackingMetricDataQuery object, you must specify + // either Expression or MetricStat , but not both. MetricStat *TargetTrackingMetricStat // Indicates whether to return the timestamps and raw data values of this metric. + // // If you use any math expressions, specify true for this value for only the final // math expression that the metric specification is based on. You must specify // false for ReturnData for all the other metrics and expressions used in the - // metric specification. If you are only retrieving metrics and not performing any - // math expressions, do not specify anything for ReturnData . This sets it to its - // default ( true ). + // metric specification. + // + // If you are only retrieving metrics and not performing any math expressions, do + // not specify anything for ReturnData . This sets it to its default ( true ). ReturnData *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde } // This structure defines the CloudWatch metric to return, along with the -// statistic and unit. For more information about the CloudWatch terminology below, -// see Amazon CloudWatch concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html) -// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. +// statistic and unit. +// +// For more information about the CloudWatch terminology below, see [Amazon CloudWatch concepts] in the Amazon +// CloudWatch User Guide. +// +// [Amazon CloudWatch concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html type TargetTrackingMetricStat struct { // The metric to use. @@ -2560,23 +3025,28 @@ type TargetTrackingMetricStat struct { Metric *Metric // The statistic to return. It can include any CloudWatch statistic or extended - // statistic. For a list of valid values, see the table in Statistics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html#Statistic) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. The most commonly used metric for scaling - // is Average . + // statistic. For a list of valid values, see the table in [Statistics]in the Amazon + // CloudWatch User Guide. + // + // The most commonly used metric for scaling is Average . + // + // [Statistics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/cloudwatch_concepts.html#Statistic // // This member is required. Stat *string // The unit to use for the returned data points. For a complete list of the units - // that CloudWatch supports, see the MetricDatum (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_MetricDatum.html) - // data type in the Amazon CloudWatch API Reference. + // that CloudWatch supports, see the [MetricDatum]data type in the Amazon CloudWatch API + // Reference. + // + // [MetricDatum]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/APIReference/API_MetricDatum.html Unit *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Specifies the minimum and maximum for the TotalLocalStorageGB object when you -// specify InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// specify InstanceRequirementsfor an Auto Scaling group. type TotalLocalStorageGBRequest struct { // The storage maximum in GB. @@ -2591,33 +3061,48 @@ type TotalLocalStorageGBRequest struct { // Identifying information for a traffic source. type TrafficSourceIdentifier struct { - // Identifies the traffic source. For Application Load Balancers, Gateway Load - // Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and VPC Lattice, this will be the Amazon - // Resource Name (ARN) for a target group in this account and Region. For Classic - // Load Balancers, this will be the name of the Classic Load Balancer in this - // account and Region. For example: + // Identifies the traffic source. + // + // For Application Load Balancers, Gateway Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, + // and VPC Lattice, this will be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a target group + // in this account and Region. For Classic Load Balancers, this will be the name of + // the Classic Load Balancer in this account and Region. + // + // For example: + // // - Application Load Balancer ARN: // arn:aws:elasticloadbalancing:us-west-2:123456789012:targetgroup/my-targets/1234567890123456 + // // - Classic Load Balancer name: my-classic-load-balancer + // // - VPC Lattice ARN: // arn:aws:vpc-lattice:us-west-2:123456789012:targetgroup/tg-1234567890123456 + // // To get the ARN of a target group for a Application Load Balancer, Gateway Load // Balancer, or Network Load Balancer, or the name of a Classic Load Balancer, use - // the Elastic Load Balancing DescribeTargetGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html) - // and DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // API operations. To get the ARN of a target group for VPC Lattice, use the VPC - // Lattice GetTargetGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc-lattice/latest/APIReference/API_GetTargetGroup.html) - // API operation. + // the Elastic Load Balancing [DescribeTargetGroups]and [DescribeLoadBalancers] API operations. + // + // To get the ARN of a target group for VPC Lattice, use the VPC Lattice [GetTargetGroup] API + // operation. + // + // [GetTargetGroup]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc-lattice/latest/APIReference/API_GetTargetGroup.html + // [DescribeTargetGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTargetGroups.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html // // This member is required. Identifier *string - // Provides additional context for the value of Identifier . The following lists - // the valid values: + // Provides additional context for the value of Identifier . + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // // - elb if Identifier is the name of a Classic Load Balancer. + // // - elbv2 if Identifier is the ARN of an Application Load Balancer, Gateway Load // Balancer, or Network Load Balancer target group. + // // - vpc-lattice if Identifier is the ARN of a VPC Lattice target group. + // // Required if the identifier is the name of a Classic Load Balancer. Type *string @@ -2630,19 +3115,25 @@ type TrafficSourceState struct { // The unique identifier of the traffic source. Identifier *string - // Describes the current state of a traffic source. The state values are as - // follows: + // Describes the current state of a traffic source. + // + // The state values are as follows: + // // - Adding - The Auto Scaling instances are being registered with the load // balancer or target group. + // // - Added - All Auto Scaling instances are registered with the load balancer or // target group. + // // - InService - For an Elastic Load Balancing load balancer or target group, at // least one Auto Scaling instance passed an ELB health check. For VPC Lattice, // at least one Auto Scaling instance passed an VPC_LATTICE health check. + // // - Removing - The Auto Scaling instances are being deregistered from the load // balancer or target group. If connection draining (deregistration delay) is // enabled, Elastic Load Balancing or VPC Lattice waits for in-flight requests to // complete before deregistering the instances. + // // - Removed - All Auto Scaling instances are deregistered from the load balancer // or target group. State *string @@ -2652,20 +3143,25 @@ type TrafficSourceState struct { // Deprecated: TrafficSource has been replaced by Identifier TrafficSource *string - // Provides additional context for the value of Identifier . The following lists - // the valid values: + // Provides additional context for the value of Identifier . + // + // The following lists the valid values: + // // - elb if Identifier is the name of a Classic Load Balancer. + // // - elbv2 if Identifier is the ARN of an Application Load Balancer, Gateway Load // Balancer, or Network Load Balancer target group. + // // - vpc-lattice if Identifier is the ARN of a VPC Lattice target group. + // // Required if the identifier is the name of a Classic Load Balancer. Type *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Specifies the minimum and maximum for the VCpuCount object when you specify -// InstanceRequirements for an Auto Scaling group. +// Specifies the minimum and maximum for the VCpuCount object when you specify InstanceRequirements +// for an Auto Scaling group. type VCpuCountRequest struct { // The minimum number of vCPUs. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/CHANGELOG.md index 2d87739023e2d..76f74b0c34f04 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +# v1.161.0 (2024-05-08) + +* **Feature**: Adding Precision Hardware Clock (PHC) to public API DescribeInstanceTypes +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.160.0 (2024-05-02) * **Feature**: This release includes a new API for retrieving the public endorsement key of the EC2 instance's Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM). diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptAddressTransfer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptAddressTransfer.go index 89554466f59ab..af8f4872c4a21 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptAddressTransfer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptAddressTransfer.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Accept a -// transferred Elastic IP address (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#using-instance-addressing-eips-transfer-accept) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see [Accept a transferred Elastic IP address] in the +// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Accept a transferred Elastic IP address]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#using-instance-addressing-eips-transfer-accept func (c *Client) AcceptAddressTransfer(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptAddressTransferInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptAddressTransferOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AcceptAddressTransferInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go index e39977c005645..76a9c0ce5ab2a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the -// GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call. +// Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call. func (c *Client) AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go index dbb03c91efed9..1c3095f46309c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway. The VPC attachment must -// be in the pendingAcceptance state. Use DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments to -// view your pending VPC attachment requests. Use RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment -// to reject a VPC attachment request. +// Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway. +// +// The VPC attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance state. Use DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments to view your +// pending VPC attachment requests. Use RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentto reject a VPC attachment request. func (c *Client) AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.go index 6f9cb58d9c169..6dd021a521107 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AcceptVpcPeeringConnection.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering // connection must be in the pending-acceptance state, and you must be the owner -// of the peer VPC. Use DescribeVpcPeeringConnections to view your outstanding VPC -// peering connection requests. For an inter-Region VPC peering connection request, -// you must accept the VPC peering connection in the Region of the accepter VPC. +// of the peer VPC. Use DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsto view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. +// +// For an inter-Region VPC peering connection request, you must accept the VPC +// peering connection in the Region of the accepter VPC. func (c *Client) AcceptVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AcceptVpcPeeringConnectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AdvertiseByoipCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AdvertiseByoipCidr.go index a292612a11f92..8a12ff5fd8702 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AdvertiseByoipCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AdvertiseByoipCidr.go @@ -12,17 +12,21 @@ import ( ) // Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your -// Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). You -// can perform this operation at most once every 10 seconds, even if you specify -// different address ranges each time. We recommend that you stop advertising the -// BYOIP CIDR from other locations when you advertise it from Amazon Web Services. -// To minimize down time, you can configure your Amazon Web Services resources to -// use an address from a BYOIP CIDR before it is advertised, and then -// simultaneously stop advertising it from the current location and start -// advertising it through Amazon Web Services. It can take a few minutes before -// traffic to the specified addresses starts routing to Amazon Web Services because -// of BGP propagation delays. To stop advertising the BYOIP CIDR, use -// WithdrawByoipCidr . +// Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). +// +// You can perform this operation at most once every 10 seconds, even if you +// specify different address ranges each time. +// +// We recommend that you stop advertising the BYOIP CIDR from other locations when +// you advertise it from Amazon Web Services. To minimize down time, you can +// configure your Amazon Web Services resources to use an address from a BYOIP CIDR +// before it is advertised, and then simultaneously stop advertising it from the +// current location and start advertising it through Amazon Web Services. +// +// It can take a few minutes before traffic to the specified addresses starts +// routing to Amazon Web Services because of BGP propagation delays. +// +// To stop advertising the BYOIP CIDR, use WithdrawByoipCidr. func (c *Client) AdvertiseByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *AdvertiseByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AdvertiseByoipCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AdvertiseByoipCidrInput{} @@ -55,17 +59,24 @@ type AdvertiseByoipCidrInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // If you have Local Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/local-zones/latest/ug/how-local-zones-work.html) - // enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you - // provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group + // If you have [Local Zones] enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones + // when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group // carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with - // must reside in the same network border group. You can provision BYOIP address - // ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups: + // must reside in the same network border group. + // + // You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following + // Local Zone network border groups: + // // - us-east-1-dfw-2 + // // - us-west-2-lax-1 + // // - us-west-2-phx-2 + // // You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this // time. + // + // [Local Zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/local-zones/latest/ug/how-local-zones-work.html NetworkBorderGroup *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateAddress.go index 08ef056cdd19a..45be9496afcd1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateAddress.go @@ -15,20 +15,26 @@ import ( // allocate the Elastic IP address you can associate it with an instance or network // interface. After you release an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP // address pool and can be allocated to a different Amazon Web Services account. +// // You can allocate an Elastic IP address from an address pool owned by Amazon Web // Services or from an address pool created from a public IPv4 address range that // you have brought to Amazon Web Services for use with your Amazon Web Services -// resources using bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). For more information, see -// Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. If you release an Elastic IP -// address, you might be able to recover it. You cannot recover an Elastic IP -// address that you released after it is allocated to another Amazon Web Services -// account. To attempt to recover an Elastic IP address that you released, specify -// it in this operation. For more information, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You can allocate a carrier IP -// address which is a public IP address from a telecommunication carrier, to a -// network interface which resides in a subnet in a Wavelength Zone (for example an -// EC2 instance). +// resources using bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). For more information, see [Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP)] +// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// If you release an Elastic IP address, you might be able to recover it. You +// cannot recover an Elastic IP address that you released after it is allocated to +// another Amazon Web Services account. To attempt to recover an Elastic IP address +// that you released, specify it in this operation. +// +// For more information, see [Elastic IP Addresses] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// You can allocate a carrier IP address which is a public IP address from a +// telecommunication carrier, to a network interface which resides in a subnet in a +// Wavelength Zone (for example an EC2 instance). +// +// [Bring Your Own IP Addresses (BYOIP)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html +// [Elastic IP Addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html func (c *Client) AllocateAddress(ctx context.Context, params *AllocateAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AllocateAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AllocateAddressInput{} @@ -63,11 +69,14 @@ type AllocateAddressInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which - // Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. Use this parameter to limit the IP - // address to this location. IP addresses cannot move between network border - // groups. Use DescribeAvailabilityZones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html) - // to view the network border groups. + // A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from + // which Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. Use this parameter to limit + // the IP address to this location. IP addresses cannot move between network border + // groups. + // + // Use [DescribeAvailabilityZones] to view the network border groups. + // + // [DescribeAvailabilityZones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html NetworkBorderGroup *string // The ID of an address pool that you own. Use this parameter to let Amazon EC2 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateHosts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateHosts.go index d4976b031a0cd..4084b4e96a8f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateHosts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateHosts.go @@ -41,53 +41,68 @@ type AllocateHostsInput struct { // latency between your workloads. This parameter is supported only if you specify // OutpostArn. If you are allocating the Dedicated Hosts in a Region, omit this // parameter. + // // - If you specify this parameter, you can omit Quantity. In this case, Amazon // EC2 allocates a Dedicated Host on each specified hardware asset. + // // - If you specify both AssetIds and Quantity, then the value for Quantity must // be equal to the number of asset IDs specified. AssetIds []string // Indicates whether the host accepts any untargeted instance launches that match // its instance type configuration, or if it only accepts Host tenancy instance - // launches that specify its unique host ID. For more information, see - // Understanding auto-placement and affinity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/how-dedicated-hosts-work.html#dedicated-hosts-understanding) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: on + // launches that specify its unique host ID. For more information, see [Understanding auto-placement and affinity]in the + // Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: on + // + // [Understanding auto-placement and affinity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/how-dedicated-hosts-work.html#dedicated-hosts-understanding AutoPlacement types.AutoPlacement // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Indicates whether to enable or disable host maintenance for the Dedicated Host. - // For more information, see Host maintenance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-maintenance.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // For more information, see [Host maintenance]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Host maintenance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-maintenance.html HostMaintenance types.HostMaintenance // Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. - // Host recovery is disabled by default. For more information, see Host recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: off + // Host recovery is disabled by default. For more information, see [Host recovery]in the Amazon + // EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: off + // + // [Host recovery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html HostRecovery types.HostRecovery // Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you // specify an instance family, the Dedicated Hosts support multiple instance types - // within that instance family. If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support a - // specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType - // instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request. + // within that instance family. + // + // If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support a specific instance type only, omit + // this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify + // InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request. InstanceFamily *string // Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you // specify an instance type, the Dedicated Hosts support instances of the specified - // instance type only. If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support multiple instance - // types in a specific instance family, omit this parameter and specify - // InstanceFamily instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in - // the same request. + // instance type only. + // + // If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support multiple instance types in a + // specific instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily + // instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request. InstanceType *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Outpost on which to // allocate the Dedicated Host. If you specify OutpostArn, you can optionally - // specify AssetIds. If you are allocating the Dedicated Host in a Region, omit - // this parameter. + // specify AssetIds. + // + // If you are allocating the Dedicated Host in a Region, omit this parameter. OutpostArn *string // The number of Dedicated Hosts to allocate to your account with these diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.go index c3d7694c91feb..2c9cd3aba2945 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.go @@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ import ( // Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool // locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is -// available for allocations. In IPAM, an allocation is a CIDR assignment from an -// IPAM pool to another IPAM pool or to a resource. For more information, see -// Allocate CIDRs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/allocate-cidrs-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. This action creates an allocation with strong -// consistency. The returned CIDR will not overlap with any other allocations from -// the same pool. +// available for allocations. +// +// In IPAM, an allocation is a CIDR assignment from an IPAM pool to another IPAM +// pool or to a resource. For more information, see [Allocate CIDRs]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User +// Guide. +// +// This action creates an allocation with strong consistency. The returned CIDR +// will not overlap with any other allocations from the same pool. +// +// [Allocate CIDRs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/allocate-cidrs-ipam.html func (c *Client) AllocateIpamPoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AllocateIpamPoolCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput{} @@ -46,17 +50,21 @@ type AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput struct { AllowedCidrs []string // The CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. Note the following: + // // - If there is no DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule set on the pool, you // must specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR. + // // - If the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule is set on the pool, you can // specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR and the DefaultNetmaskLength // allocation rule will be ignored. + // // Possible values: Any available IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR. Cidr *string // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency - // of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // of the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the allocation. @@ -74,11 +82,14 @@ type AllocateIpamPoolCidrInput struct { // The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. // Note the following: + // // - If there is no DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule set on the pool, you // must specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR. + // // - If the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule is set on the pool, you can // specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR and the DefaultNetmaskLength // allocation rule will be ignored. + // // Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask // lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. NetmaskLength *int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignIpv6Addresses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignIpv6Addresses.go index 1f4dd2982053f..23e887255647f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignIpv6Addresses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignIpv6Addresses.go @@ -15,13 +15,18 @@ import ( // IPv6 addresses to be automatically assigned from within the subnet's IPv6 CIDR // block range. You can assign as many IPv6 addresses to a network interface as you // can assign private IPv4 addresses, and the limit varies per instance type. For -// information, see IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. You must specify either the IPv6 -// addresses or the IPv6 address count in the request. You can optionally use -// Prefix Delegation on the network interface. You must specify either the IPV6 -// Prefix Delegation prefixes, or the IPv6 Prefix Delegation count. For -// information, see Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// information, see [IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// You must specify either the IPv6 addresses or the IPv6 address count in the +// request. +// +// You can optionally use Prefix Delegation on the network interface. You must +// specify either the IPV6 Prefix Delegation prefixes, or the IPv6 Prefix +// Delegation count. For information, see [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html +// [IP Addresses Per Network Interface Per Instance Type]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI func (c *Client) AssignIpv6Addresses(ctx context.Context, params *AssignIpv6AddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssignIpv6AddressesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssignIpv6AddressesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateIpAddresses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateIpAddresses.go index 4ca7798ca5a99..e5fa9b9e140f6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateIpAddresses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateIpAddresses.go @@ -12,24 +12,33 @@ import ( ) // Assigns one or more secondary private IP addresses to the specified network -// interface. You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or you -// can specify the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically assigned -// within the subnet's CIDR block range. The number of secondary IP addresses that -// you can assign to an instance varies by instance type. For information about -// instance types, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about -// Elastic IP addresses, see Elastic IP Addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. When you move a secondary -// private IP address to another network interface, any Elastic IP address that is -// associated with the IP address is also moved. Remapping an IP address is an -// asynchronous operation. When you move an IP address from one network interface -// to another, check network/interfaces/macs/mac/local-ipv4s in the instance -// metadata to confirm that the remapping is complete. You must specify either the -// IP addresses or the IP address count in the request. You can optionally use -// Prefix Delegation on the network interface. You must specify either the IPv4 -// Prefix Delegation prefixes, or the IPv4 Prefix Delegation count. For -// information, see Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// interface. +// +// You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or you can specify +// the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically assigned within the +// subnet's CIDR block range. The number of secondary IP addresses that you can +// assign to an instance varies by instance type. For information about instance +// types, see [Instance Types]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information +// about Elastic IP addresses, see [Elastic IP Addresses]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// When you move a secondary private IP address to another network interface, any +// Elastic IP address that is associated with the IP address is also moved. +// +// Remapping an IP address is an asynchronous operation. When you move an IP +// address from one network interface to another, check +// network/interfaces/macs/mac/local-ipv4s in the instance metadata to confirm that +// the remapping is complete. +// +// You must specify either the IP addresses or the IP address count in the request. +// +// You can optionally use Prefix Delegation on the network interface. You must +// specify either the IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes, or the IPv4 Prefix +// Delegation count. For information, see [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html +// [Elastic IP Addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html +// [Instance Types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html func (c *Client) AssignPrivateIpAddresses(ctx context.Context, params *AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssignPrivateIpAddressesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput{} @@ -69,8 +78,10 @@ type AssignPrivateIpAddressesInput struct { // The IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the // network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying a - // number of secondary IP addresses. If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 - // automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range. + // number of secondary IP addresses. + // + // If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP + // address within the subnet range. PrivateIpAddresses []string // The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go index 711237e033d80..326cfba166d05 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Assigns one or more private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway. For more -// information, see Work with NAT gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-working-with) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// information, see [Work with NAT gateways]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Work with NAT gateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-working-with func (c *Client) AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddress(ctx context.Context, params *AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssignPrivateNatGatewayAddressInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateAddress.go index b298b04be4439..750457665e815 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateAddress.go @@ -12,19 +12,26 @@ import ( // Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are // in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface. Before -// you can use an Elastic IP address, you must allocate it to your account. If the -// Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance, it is -// disassociated from that instance and associated with the specified instance. If -// you associate an Elastic IP address with an instance that has an existing +// you can use an Elastic IP address, you must allocate it to your account. +// +// If the Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance, it +// is disassociated from that instance and associated with the specified instance. +// If you associate an Elastic IP address with an instance that has an existing // Elastic IP address, the existing address is disassociated from the instance, but -// remains allocated to your account. [Subnets in Wavelength Zones] You can -// associate an IP address from the telecommunication carrier to the instance or -// network interface. You cannot associate an Elastic IP address with an interface -// in a different network border group. This is an idempotent operation. If you -// perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error, and -// you may be charged for each time the Elastic IP address is remapped to the same -// instance. For more information, see the Elastic IP Addresses section of Amazon -// EC2 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/pricing/) . +// remains allocated to your account. +// +// [Subnets in Wavelength Zones] You can associate an IP address from the +// telecommunication carrier to the instance or network interface. +// +// You cannot associate an Elastic IP address with an interface in a different +// network border group. +// +// This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, +// Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error, and you may be charged for each time the +// Elastic IP address is remapped to the same instance. For more information, see +// the Elastic IP Addresses section of [Amazon EC2 Pricing]. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/pricing/ func (c *Client) AssociateAddress(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateAddressInput{} @@ -61,8 +68,10 @@ type AssociateAddressInput struct { InstanceId *string // The ID of the network interface. If the instance has more than one network - // interface, you must specify a network interface ID. You can specify either the - // instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both. + // interface, you must specify a network interface ID. + // + // You can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not + // both. NetworkInterfaceId *string // The primary or secondary private IP address to associate with the Elastic IP diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go index 1df789763fd7d..566a9e77d2f9c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go @@ -15,11 +15,12 @@ import ( // subnet in a VPC. You can associate multiple subnets from the same VPC with a // Client VPN endpoint. You can associate only one subnet in each Availability // Zone. We recommend that you associate at least two subnets to provide -// Availability Zone redundancy. If you specified a VPC when you created the Client -// VPN endpoint or if you have previous subnet associations, the specified subnet -// must be in the same VPC. To specify a subnet that's in a different VPC, you must -// first modify the Client VPN endpoint ( ModifyClientVpnEndpoint ) and change the -// VPC that's associated with it. +// Availability Zone redundancy. +// +// If you specified a VPC when you created the Client VPN endpoint or if you have +// previous subnet associations, the specified subnet must be in the same VPC. To +// specify a subnet that's in a different VPC, you must first modify the Client VPN +// endpoint (ModifyClientVpnEndpoint ) and change the VPC that's associated with it. func (c *Client) AssociateClientVpnTargetNetwork(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput{} @@ -48,8 +49,9 @@ type AssociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput struct { SubnetId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateDhcpOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateDhcpOptions.go index 844e2ee9f785f..6e6a53ccb92e5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateDhcpOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateDhcpOptions.go @@ -11,14 +11,17 @@ import ( ) // Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the -// specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC. After you associate -// the options with the VPC, any existing instances and all new instances that you -// launch in that VPC use the options. You don't need to restart or relaunch the -// instances. They automatically pick up the changes within a few hours, depending -// on how frequently the instance renews its DHCP lease. You can explicitly renew -// the lease using the operating system on the instance. For more information, see -// DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC. +// +// After you associate the options with the VPC, any existing instances and all +// new instances that you launch in that VPC use the options. You don't need to +// restart or relaunch the instances. They automatically pick up the changes within +// a few hours, depending on how frequently the instance renews its DHCP lease. You +// can explicitly renew the lease using the operating system on the instance. +// +// For more information, see [DHCP options sets] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [DHCP options sets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html func (c *Client) AssociateDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateDhcpOptionsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole.go index 75b56325318ac..8a2f328aec8fe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole.go @@ -12,20 +12,23 @@ import ( // Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate // Manager (ACM) certificate. This enables the certificate to be used by the ACM -// for Nitro Enclaves application inside an enclave. For more information, see -// Certificate Manager for Nitro Enclaves (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-refapp.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. When the IAM role is -// associated with the ACM certificate, the certificate, certificate chain, and -// encrypted private key are placed in an Amazon S3 location that only the -// associated IAM role can access. The private key of the certificate is encrypted -// with an Amazon Web Services managed key that has an attached attestation-based -// key policy. To enable the IAM role to access the Amazon S3 object, you must -// grant it permission to call s3:GetObject on the Amazon S3 bucket returned by -// the command. To enable the IAM role to access the KMS key, you must grant it +// for Nitro Enclaves application inside an enclave. For more information, see [Certificate Manager for Nitro Enclaves]in +// the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. +// +// When the IAM role is associated with the ACM certificate, the certificate, +// certificate chain, and encrypted private key are placed in an Amazon S3 location +// that only the associated IAM role can access. The private key of the certificate +// is encrypted with an Amazon Web Services managed key that has an attached +// attestation-based key policy. +// +// To enable the IAM role to access the Amazon S3 object, you must grant it +// permission to call s3:GetObject on the Amazon S3 bucket returned by the +// command. To enable the IAM role to access the KMS key, you must grant it // permission to call kms:Decrypt on the KMS key returned by the command. For more -// information, see Grant the role permission to access the certificate and -// encryption key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-refapp.html#add-policy) -// in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. +// information, see [Grant the role permission to access the certificate and encryption key]in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. +// +// [Certificate Manager for Nitro Enclaves]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-refapp.html +// [Grant the role permission to access the certificate and encryption key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-refapp.html#add-policy func (c *Client) AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRole(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateEnclaveCertificateIamRoleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateInstanceEventWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateInstanceEventWindow.go index 86662193280d4..a02583141d842 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateInstanceEventWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateInstanceEventWindow.go @@ -13,8 +13,11 @@ import ( // Associates one or more targets with an event window. Only one type of target // (instance IDs, Dedicated Host IDs, or tags) can be specified with an event -// window. For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// window. +// +// For more information, see [Define event windows for scheduled events] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Define event windows for scheduled events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html func (c *Client) AssociateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateInstanceEventWindowOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateInstanceEventWindowInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateIpamByoasn.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateIpamByoasn.go index 00a97939304ad..24186688ce415 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateIpamByoasn.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateIpamByoasn.go @@ -12,12 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own -// in the same Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Tutorial: -// Bring your ASN to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide. After the association succeeds, the ASN is -// eligible for advertisement. You can view the association with DescribeByoipCidrs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeByoipCidrs.html) -// . You can advertise the CIDR with AdvertiseByoipCidr (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AdvertiseByoipCidr.html) -// . +// in the same Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]in the Amazon +// VPC IPAM guide. +// +// After the association succeeds, the ASN is eligible for advertisement. You can +// view the association with [DescribeByoipCidrs]. You can advertise the CIDR with [AdvertiseByoipCidr]. +// +// [DescribeByoipCidrs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeByoipCidrs.html +// [AdvertiseByoipCidr]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AdvertiseByoipCidr.html +// [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html func (c *Client) AssociateIpamByoasn(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateIpamByoasnInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateIpamByoasnOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateIpamByoasnInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateNatGatewayAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateNatGatewayAddress.go index c77df6472ad9d..907d0523cb368 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateNatGatewayAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateNatGatewayAddress.go @@ -12,19 +12,24 @@ import ( ) // Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public -// NAT gateway. For more information, see Work with NAT gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-working-with) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. By default, you can associate up to 2 Elastic IP -// addresses per public NAT gateway. You can increase the limit by requesting a -// quota adjustment. For more information, see Elastic IP address quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html#vpc-limits-eips) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. When you associate an EIP or secondary EIPs with a -// public NAT gateway, the network border group of the EIPs must match the network -// border group of the Availability Zone (AZ) that the public NAT gateway is in. If -// it's not the same, the EIP will fail to associate. You can see the network -// border group for the subnet's AZ by viewing the details of the subnet. -// Similarly, you can view the network border group of an EIP by viewing the -// details of the EIP address. For more information about network border groups and -// EIPs, see Allocate an Elastic IP address (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#allocate-eip) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// NAT gateway. For more information, see [Work with NAT gateways]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// By default, you can associate up to 2 Elastic IP addresses per public NAT +// gateway. You can increase the limit by requesting a quota adjustment. For more +// information, see [Elastic IP address quotas]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// When you associate an EIP or secondary EIPs with a public NAT gateway, the +// network border group of the EIPs must match the network border group of the +// Availability Zone (AZ) that the public NAT gateway is in. If it's not the same, +// the EIP will fail to associate. You can see the network border group for the +// subnet's AZ by viewing the details of the subnet. Similarly, you can view the +// network border group of an EIP by viewing the details of the EIP address. For +// more information about network border groups and EIPs, see [Allocate an Elastic IP address]in the Amazon VPC +// User Guide. +// +// [Elastic IP address quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html#vpc-limits-eips +// [Work with NAT gateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-working-with +// [Allocate an Elastic IP address]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#allocate-eip func (c *Client) AssociateNatGatewayAddress(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateNatGatewayAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateNatGatewayAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateNatGatewayAddressInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateRouteTable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateRouteTable.go index 2700a5a2690db..b72be6a04dbe3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateRouteTable.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateRouteTable.go @@ -16,8 +16,11 @@ import ( // causes traffic from the subnet or gateway to be routed according to the routes // in the route table. The action returns an association ID, which you need in // order to disassociate the route table later. A route table can be associated -// with multiple subnets. For more information, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// with multiple subnets. +// +// For more information, see [Route tables] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) AssociateRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateRouteTableOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateRouteTableInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go index 2ded73bf502d0..55f719bf30901 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go @@ -12,10 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the -// specified transit gateway multicast domain. The transit gateway attachment must -// be in the available state before you can add a resource. Use -// DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.html) -// to see the state of the attachment. +// specified transit gateway multicast domain. +// +// The transit gateway attachment must be in the available state before you can +// add a resource. Use [DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments]to see the state of the attachment. +// +// [DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.html func (c *Client) AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTrunkInterface.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTrunkInterface.go index 29b32e5cbdddc..3652d655d9cbc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTrunkInterface.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateTrunkInterface.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface. Before -// you create the association, run the create-network-interface (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateNetworkInterface.html) -// command and set --interface-type to trunk . You must also create a network -// interface for each branch network interface that you want to associate with the -// trunk network interface. +// Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface. +// +// Before you create the association, run the [create-network-interface] command and set --interface-type to +// trunk . You must also create a network interface for each branch network +// interface that you want to associate with the trunk network interface. +// +// [create-network-interface]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateNetworkInterface.html func (c *Client) AssociateTrunkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateTrunkInterfaceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput{} @@ -44,8 +46,9 @@ type AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput struct { TrunkInterfaceId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [How to Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -66,8 +69,9 @@ type AssociateTrunkInterfaceInput struct { type AssociateTrunkInterfaceOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [How to Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Information about the association between the trunk network interface and diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateVpcCidrBlock.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateVpcCidrBlock.go index a5b3d506e8865..9381589003351 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateVpcCidrBlock.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AssociateVpcCidrBlock.go @@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ import ( // Associates a CIDR block with your VPC. You can associate a secondary IPv4 CIDR // block, an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block, or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 -// address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses ( BYOIP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html) -// ). You must specify one of the following in the request: an IPv4 CIDR block, an -// IPv6 pool, or an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block. For more information about -// associating CIDR blocks with your VPC and applicable restrictions, see IP -// addressing for your VPCs and subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-ip-addressing.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses ([BYOIP] ). +// +// You must specify one of the following in the request: an IPv4 CIDR block, an +// IPv6 pool, or an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block. +// +// For more information about associating CIDR blocks with your VPC and applicable +// restrictions, see [IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [BYOIP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html +// [IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-ip-addressing.html func (c *Client) AssociateVpcCidrBlock(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput{} @@ -50,36 +54,45 @@ type AssociateVpcCidrBlockInput struct { CidrBlock *string // Associate a CIDR allocated from an IPv4 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more - // information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see [What is IPAM?]in the Amazon VPC + // IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv4IpamPoolId *string // The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon - // VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What - // is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) in - // the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see [What is IPAM?]in the + // Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv4NetmaskLength *int32 // An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool - // in the request. To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this - // parameter. + // in the request. + // + // To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. Ipv6CidrBlock *string // The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this - // parameter to limit the CIDR block to this location. You must set - // AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter. You can have one - // IPv6 CIDR block association per network border group. + // parameter to limit the CIDR block to this location. + // + // You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter. + // + // You can have one IPv6 CIDR block association per network border group. Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup *string // Associates a CIDR allocated from an IPv6 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more - // information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see [What is IPAM?]in the Amazon VPC + // IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv6IpamPoolId *string // The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon - // VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What - // is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) in - // the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see [What is IPAM?]in the + // Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv6NetmaskLength *int32 // The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachClassicLinkVpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachClassicLinkVpc.go index 9565104b2de51..10a82d2d67604 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachClassicLinkVpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachClassicLinkVpc.go @@ -10,15 +10,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Links an EC2-Classic instance to a -// ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or more of the VPC security groups. You -// cannot link an EC2-Classic instance to more than one VPC at a time. You can only -// link an instance that's in the running state. An instance is automatically -// unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped - you can link it to the VPC again when -// you restart it. After you've linked an instance, you cannot change the VPC -// security groups that are associated with it. To change the security groups, you -// must first unlink the instance, and then link it again. Linking your instance to -// a VPC is sometimes referred to as attaching your instance. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Links an EC2-Classic instance to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or more +// of the VPC security groups. You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance to more than +// one VPC at a time. You can only link an instance that's in the running state. +// An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped - you can +// link it to the VPC again when you restart it. +// +// After you've linked an instance, you cannot change the VPC security groups that +// are associated with it. To change the security groups, you must first unlink the +// instance, and then link it again. +// +// Linking your instance to a VPC is sometimes referred to as attaching your +// instance. func (c *Client) AttachClassicLinkVpc(ctx context.Context, params *AttachClassicLinkVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachClassicLinkVpcInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachInternetGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachInternetGateway.go index e442d326c140d..93aff4bbafcaf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachInternetGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachInternetGateway.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling -// connectivity between the internet and the VPC. For more information, see -// Internet gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Internet_Gateway.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// connectivity between the internet and the VPC. For more information, see [Internet gateways]in the +// Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Internet gateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Internet_Gateway.html func (c *Client) AttachInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *AttachInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachInternetGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachInternetGatewayInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go index d48cb5b17cb80..e5c85a41d9a98 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go @@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ type AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProviderInput struct { VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVolume.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVolume.go index 5c7b5f35336e1..cf52fa7868734 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVolume.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVolume.go @@ -13,22 +13,32 @@ import ( ) // Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the -// instance with the specified device name. Encrypted EBS volumes must be attached -// to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see -// Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. After you attach an EBS volume, you must make it -// available. For more information, see Make an EBS volume available for use (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-using-volumes.html) -// . If a volume has an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code: +// instance with the specified device name. +// +// Encrypted EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS +// encryption. For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// After you attach an EBS volume, you must make it available. For more +// information, see [Make an EBS volume available for use]. +// +// If a volume has an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code: +// // - The volume can be attached only to a stopped instance. +// // - Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes are copied from the volume to // the instance. +// // - You must be subscribed to the product. +// // - The instance type and operating system of the instance must support the // product. For example, you can't detach a volume from a Windows instance and // attach it to a Linux instance. // -// For more information, see Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-attaching-volume.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// For more information, see [Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html +// [Make an EBS volume available for use]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-using-volumes.html +// [Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-attaching-volume.html func (c *Client) AttachVolume(ctx context.Context, params *AttachVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachVolumeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachVolumeInput{} @@ -83,17 +93,20 @@ type AttachVolumeOutput struct { // Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. DeleteOnTermination *bool - // The device name. If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter - // returns null . + // The device name. + // + // If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter returns null . Device *string - // The ID of the instance. If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this - // parameter returns null . + // The ID of the instance. + // + // If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter returns null . InstanceId *string // The service principal of Amazon Web Services service that owns the underlying - // instance to which the volume is attached. This parameter is returned only for - // volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. + // instance to which the volume is attached. + // + // This parameter is returned only for volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. InstanceOwningService *string // The attachment state of the volume. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVpnGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVpnGateway.go index ed7f0cc465ad1..3cd57bf6ee1a2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVpnGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AttachVpnGateway.go @@ -12,9 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. You can attach one virtual private -// gateway to one VPC at a time. For more information, see Amazon Web Services -// Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in -// the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// gateway to one VPC at a time. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) AttachVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *AttachVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachVpnGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachVpnGatewayInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeClientVpnIngress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeClientVpnIngress.go index cb8c9033f5695..0335c29d893a6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeClientVpnIngress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeClientVpnIngress.go @@ -54,8 +54,9 @@ type AuthorizeClientVpnIngressInput struct { AuthorizeAllGroups *bool // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A brief description of the authorization rule. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.go index edde26a4f9cf9..1fbea89aad445 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.go @@ -11,22 +11,30 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group. An outbound -// rule permits instances to send traffic to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address -// ranges, the IP address ranges specified by a prefix list, or the instances that -// are associated with a source security group. For more information, see Security -// group rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/security-group-rules.html) -// . You must specify exactly one of the following destinations: an IPv4 or IPv6 +// Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group. +// +// An outbound rule permits instances to send traffic to the specified IPv4 or +// IPv6 address ranges, the IP address ranges specified by a prefix list, or the +// instances that are associated with a source security group. For more +// information, see [Security group rules]. +// +// You must specify exactly one of the following destinations: an IPv4 or IPv6 // address range, a prefix list, or a security group. You must specify a protocol // for each rule (for example, TCP). If the protocol is TCP or UDP, you must also // specify a port or port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, you must also -// specify the ICMP type and code. Rule changes are propagated to instances -// associated with the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small -// delay might occur. For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for -// specific access scenarios, see Security group rules for different use cases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-rules-reference.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For information about security group quotas, see -// Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// specify the ICMP type and code. +// +// Rule changes are propagated to instances associated with the security group as +// quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +// +// For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific access +// scenarios, see [Security group rules for different use cases]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For information about security group quotas, see [Amazon VPC quotas] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Amazon VPC quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html +// [Security group rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/security-group-rules.html +// [Security group rules for different use cases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-rules-reference.html func (c *Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.go index d4dc15609d334..2adb4a28fadba 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.go @@ -11,22 +11,31 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group. An inbound rule -// permits instances to receive traffic from the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address -// range, the IP address ranges that are specified by a prefix list, or the -// instances that are associated with a destination security group. For more -// information, see Security group rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/security-group-rules.html) -// . You must specify exactly one of the following sources: an IPv4 or IPv6 address +// Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group. +// +// An inbound rule permits instances to receive traffic from the specified IPv4 or +// IPv6 address range, the IP address ranges that are specified by a prefix list, +// or the instances that are associated with a destination security group. For more +// information, see [Security group rules]. +// +// You must specify exactly one of the following sources: an IPv4 or IPv6 address // range, a prefix list, or a security group. You must specify a protocol for each // rule (for example, TCP). If the protocol is TCP or UDP, you must also specify a // port or port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, you must also specify the -// ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code. Rule changes are propagated to instances associated -// with the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might -// occur. For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific -// access scenarios, see Security group rules for different use cases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-rules-reference.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For more information about security group quotas, -// see Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code. +// +// Rule changes are propagated to instances associated with the security group as +// quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +// +// For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific access +// scenarios, see [Security group rules for different use cases]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For more information about security group quotas, see [Amazon VPC quotas] in the Amazon VPC User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon VPC quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html +// [Security group rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/security-group-rules.html +// [Security group rules for different use cases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-rules-reference.html func (c *Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput{} @@ -44,9 +53,12 @@ func (c *Client) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *Auth type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { - // The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. To specify an IPv6 address range, use - // IP permissions instead. To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the - // rules, use IP permissions instead. + // The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. + // + // To specify an IPv6 address range, use IP permissions instead. + // + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // instead. CidrIp *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -56,8 +68,10 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { DryRun *bool // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). To specify - // multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead. + // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). + // + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // instead. FromPort *int32 // The ID of the security group. @@ -72,23 +86,31 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { // The permissions for the security group rules. IpPermissions []types.IpPermission - // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp ) or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // ). To specify all protocols, use -1 . To specify icmpv6 , use IP permissions - // instead. If you specify a protocol other than one of the supported values, - // traffic is allowed on all ports, regardless of any ports that you specify. To - // specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp ) or number (see [Protocol Numbers]). To specify all + // protocols, use -1 . + // + // To specify icmpv6 , use IP permissions instead. + // + // If you specify a protocol other than one of the supported values, traffic is + // allowed on all ports, regardless of any ports that you specify. + // + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions // instead. + // + // [Protocol Numbers]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml IpProtocol *string - // [Default VPC] The name of the source security group. The rule grants full ICMP, - // UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, - // specify a set of IP permissions instead. + // [Default VPC] The name of the source security group. + // + // The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a + // specific protocol and port range, specify a set of IP permissions instead. SourceSecurityGroupName *string // The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security group, if the source - // security group is in a different account. The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and - // TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, use IP - // permissions instead. + // security group is in a different account. + // + // The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a + // specific protocol and port range, use IP permissions instead. SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string // The tags applied to the security group rule. @@ -96,8 +118,9 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start - // port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes). To - // specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes). + // + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions // instead. ToPort *int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_BundleInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_BundleInstance.go index 59606f0ff2b9b..58e6e7901cc8f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_BundleInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_BundleInstance.go @@ -11,10 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance. During bundling, only -// the root device volume (C:\) is bundled. Data on other instance store volumes is -// not preserved. This action is not applicable for Linux/Unix instances or Windows -// instances that are backed by Amazon EBS. +// Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance. +// +// During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\) is bundled. Data on other +// instance store volumes is not preserved. +// +// This action is not applicable for Linux/Unix instances or Windows instances +// that are backed by Amazon EBS. func (c *Client) BundleInstance(ctx context.Context, params *BundleInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BundleInstanceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &BundleInstanceInput{} @@ -33,7 +36,9 @@ func (c *Client) BundleInstance(ctx context.Context, params *BundleInstanceInput // Contains the parameters for BundleInstance. type BundleInstanceInput struct { - // The ID of the instance to bundle. Default: None + // The ID of the instance to bundle. + // + // Default: None // // This member is required. InstanceId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservation.go index c85607f195953..493c847978b96 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservation.go @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and -// changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled . Instances running in the -// reserved capacity continue running until you stop them. Stopped instances that -// target the Capacity Reservation can no longer launch. Modify these instances to -// either target a different Capacity Reservation, launch On-Demand Instance -// capacity, or run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes -// and sufficient capacity. +// changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled . +// +// Instances running in the reserved capacity continue running until you stop +// them. Stopped instances that target the Capacity Reservation can no longer +// launch. Modify these instances to either target a different Capacity +// Reservation, launch On-Demand Instance capacity, or run in any open Capacity +// Reservation that has matching attributes and sufficient capacity. func (c *Client) CancelCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CancelCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelCapacityReservationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelCapacityReservationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservationFleets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservationFleets.go index 1963037715f01..0c6f74b0bf31a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservationFleets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelCapacityReservationFleets.go @@ -13,10 +13,13 @@ import ( // Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets. When you cancel a Capacity // Reservation Fleet, the following happens: +// // - The Capacity Reservation Fleet's status changes to cancelled . +// // - The individual Capacity Reservations in the Fleet are cancelled. Instances // running in the Capacity Reservations at the time of cancelling the Fleet // continue to run in shared capacity. +// // - The Fleet stops creating new Capacity Reservations. func (c *Client) CancelCapacityReservationFleets(ctx context.Context, params *CancelCapacityReservationFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelCapacityReservationFleetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelConversionTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelConversionTask.go index 7136451771937..8c166bc3a99ff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelConversionTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelConversionTask.go @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@ import ( // volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including a // partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or is in // the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns -// an exception. For more information, see Importing a Virtual Machine Using the -// Amazon EC2 CLI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/ec2-cli-vmimport-export.html) -// . +// an exception. +// +// For more information, see [Importing a Virtual Machine Using the Amazon EC2 CLI]. +// +// [Importing a Virtual Machine Using the Amazon EC2 CLI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/CommandLineReference/ec2-cli-vmimport-export.html func (c *Client) CancelConversionTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelConversionTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelConversionTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelConversionTaskInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelImageLaunchPermission.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelImageLaunchPermission.go index 488de3d4cd5e8..ce237ed222781 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelImageLaunchPermission.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelImageLaunchPermission.go @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the -// specified AMI. For more information, see Cancel having an AMI shared with your -// Amazon Web Services account (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cancel-sharing-an-AMI.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// specified AMI. For more information, see [Cancel having an AMI shared with your Amazon Web Services account]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Cancel having an AMI shared with your Amazon Web Services account]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cancel-sharing-an-AMI.html func (c *Client) CancelImageLaunchPermission(ctx context.Context, params *CancelImageLaunchPermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelImageLaunchPermissionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelImageLaunchPermissionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelReservedInstancesListing.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelReservedInstancesListing.go index 5e58bdeb73619..d3e2dd5f4b19d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelReservedInstancesListing.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelReservedInstancesListing.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance -// Marketplace. For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Marketplace. +// +// For more information, see [Reserved Instance Marketplace] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Reserved Instance Marketplace]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html func (c *Client) CancelReservedInstancesListing(ctx context.Context, params *CancelReservedInstancesListingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelReservedInstancesListingInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotFleetRequests.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotFleetRequests.go index a1a97a9665168..8468465b540f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotFleetRequests.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotFleetRequests.go @@ -11,13 +11,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests. After you cancel a Spot Fleet -// request, the Spot Fleet launches no new instances. You must also specify whether -// a canceled Spot Fleet request should terminate its instances. If you choose to -// terminate the instances, the Spot Fleet request enters the cancelled_terminating -// state. Otherwise, the Spot Fleet request enters the cancelled_running state and -// the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you terminate them -// manually. Restrictions +// Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests. +// +// After you cancel a Spot Fleet request, the Spot Fleet launches no new instances. +// +// You must also specify whether a canceled Spot Fleet request should terminate +// its instances. If you choose to terminate the instances, the Spot Fleet request +// enters the cancelled_terminating state. Otherwise, the Spot Fleet request +// enters the cancelled_running state and the instances continue to run until they +// are interrupted or you terminate them manually. +// +// Restrictions +// // - You can delete up to 100 fleets in a single request. If you exceed the // specified number, no fleets are deleted. func (c *Client) CancelSpotFleetRequests(ctx context.Context, params *CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) { @@ -38,16 +43,18 @@ func (c *Client) CancelSpotFleetRequests(ctx context.Context, params *CancelSpot // Contains the parameters for CancelSpotFleetRequests. type CancelSpotFleetRequestsInput struct { - // The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests. Constraint: You can specify up to 100 IDs - // in a single request. + // The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests. + // + // Constraint: You can specify up to 100 IDs in a single request. // // This member is required. SpotFleetRequestIds []string // Indicates whether to terminate the associated instances when the Spot Fleet - // request is canceled. The default is to terminate the instances. To let the - // instances continue to run after the Spot Fleet request is canceled, specify - // no-terminate-instances . + // request is canceled. The default is to terminate the instances. + // + // To let the instances continue to run after the Spot Fleet request is canceled, + // specify no-terminate-instances . // // This member is required. TerminateInstances *bool diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotInstanceRequests.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotInstanceRequests.go index 2b438e9893e9d..d55015eee1ad7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotInstanceRequests.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CancelSpotInstanceRequests.go @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests. Canceling a Spot Instance request -// does not terminate running Spot Instances associated with the request. +// Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests. +// +// Canceling a Spot Instance request does not terminate running Spot Instances +// associated with the request. func (c *Client) CancelSpotInstanceRequests(ctx context.Context, params *CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelSpotInstanceRequestsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyFpgaImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyFpgaImage.go index b73cf522095ef..5c46a24c66aa2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyFpgaImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyFpgaImage.go @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ type CopyFpgaImageInput struct { SourceRegion *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The description for the new AFI. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyImage.go index aaa34ee108409..4316cf437942d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopyImage.go @@ -14,22 +14,28 @@ import ( // Initiates the copy of an AMI. You can copy an AMI from one Region to another, // or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy an AMI from an Outpost to a // Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. To copy an AMI -// to another partition, see CreateStoreImageTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateStoreImageTask.html) -// . To copy an AMI from one Region to another, specify the source Region using the +// to another partition, see [CreateStoreImageTask]. +// +// To copy an AMI from one Region to another, specify the source Region using the // SourceRegion parameter, and specify the destination Region using its endpoint. // Copies of encrypted backing snapshots for the AMI are encrypted. Copies of // unencrypted backing snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you set Encrypted // during the copy operation. You cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted -// backing snapshot. To copy an AMI from a Region to an Outpost, specify the source -// Region using the SourceRegion parameter, and specify the ARN of the destination -// Outpost using DestinationOutpostArn. Backing snapshots copied to an Outpost are -// encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a -// different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not -// support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots -// on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. For more information about the prerequisites and -// limits when copying an AMI, see Copy an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/CopyingAMIs.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// backing snapshot. +// +// To copy an AMI from a Region to an Outpost, specify the source Region using the +// SourceRegion parameter, and specify the ARN of the destination Outpost using +// DestinationOutpostArn. Backing snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by +// default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that +// you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted +// snapshots. For more information, [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// For more information about the prerequisites and limits when copying an AMI, +// see [Copy an AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [CreateStoreImageTask]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateStoreImageTask.html +// [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami +// [Copy an AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/CopyingAMIs.html func (c *Client) CopyImage(ctx context.Context, params *CopyImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CopyImageInput{} @@ -64,15 +70,20 @@ type CopyImageInput struct { SourceRegion *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the - // request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. + // request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Indicates whether to include your user-defined AMI tags when copying the AMI. + // // The following tags will not be copied: + // // - System tags (prefixed with aws: ) + // // - For public and shared AMIs, user-defined tags that are attached by other // Amazon Web Services accounts + // // Default: Your user-defined AMI tags are not copied. CopyImageTags *bool @@ -83,9 +94,11 @@ type CopyImageInput struct { // specify this parameter when copying an AMI from an Amazon Web Services Region to // an Outpost. The AMI must be in the Region of the destination Outpost. You cannot // copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within - // the same Outpost. For more information, see Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web - // Services Region to an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-amis) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // the same Outpost. + // + // For more information, see [Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-amis DestinationOutpostArn *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -98,35 +111,51 @@ type CopyImageInput struct { // encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot, but you cannot // create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default KMS key for // Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key Management Service (KMS) - // KMS key using KmsKeyId . For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // KMS key using KmsKeyId . For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption] in the Amazon EBS User + // Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html Encrypted *bool // The identifier of the symmetric Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use // when creating encrypted volumes. If this parameter is not specified, your Amazon // Web Services managed KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If you specify a KMS key, - // you must also set the encrypted state to true . You can specify a KMS key using - // any of the following: + // you must also set the encrypted state to true . + // + // You can specify a KMS key using any of the following: + // // - Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias. + // // - Key ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Alias ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + // // Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you // specify an identifier that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but - // eventually fails. The specified KMS key must exist in the destination Region. + // eventually fails. + // + // The specified KMS key must exist in the destination Region. + // // Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. KmsKeyId *string // The tags to apply to the new AMI and new snapshots. You can tag the AMI, the // snapshots, or both. + // // - To tag the new AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image . + // // - To tag the new snapshots, the value for ResourceType must be snapshot . The // same tag is applied to all the new snapshots. - // If you specify other values for ResourceType , the request fails. To tag an AMI - // or snapshot after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html) - // . + // + // If you specify other values for ResourceType , the request fails. + // + // To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see [CreateTags]. + // + // [CreateTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopySnapshot.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopySnapshot.go index 174626c76f503..c3517229e9d54 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopySnapshot.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CopySnapshot.go @@ -16,22 +16,30 @@ import ( // Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. // You can copy a snapshot within the same Region, from one Region to another, or // from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a -// Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. You can use the -// snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). When copying -// snapshots to a Region, copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. -// Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you enable encryption -// for the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the -// default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key; however, you can specify a -// different KMS key. To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared from -// another account, you must have permissions for the KMS key used to encrypt the -// snapshot. Snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the -// default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in -// the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For -// more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Snapshots created by copying another snapshot have -// an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. For more -// information, see Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. +// +// You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). +// +// When copying snapshots to a Region, copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain +// encrypted. Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you enable +// encryption for the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot +// copies use the default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key; however, you can +// specify a different KMS key. To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared +// from another account, you must have permissions for the KMS key used to encrypt +// the snapshot. +// +// Snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default +// encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the +// request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more +// information, [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// Snapshots created by copying another snapshot have an arbitrary volume ID that +// should not be used for any purpose. +// +// For more information, see [Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html +// [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami func (c *Client) CopySnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CopySnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopySnapshotOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CopySnapshotInput{} @@ -66,9 +74,11 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // Only specify this parameter when copying a snapshot from an Amazon Web Services // Region to an Outpost. The snapshot must be in the Region for the destination // Outpost. You cannot copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one - // Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. For more information, see Copy - // snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-snapshots) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. + // + // For more information, see [Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-snapshots DestinationOutpostArn *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -81,20 +91,27 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this parameter. // Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter and // encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to false. - // For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html Encrypted *bool // The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon // EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS - // is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true . You can - // specify the KMS key using any of the following: + // is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true . + // + // You can specify the KMS key using any of the following: + // // - Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias. + // // - Key ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Alias ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + // // Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you // specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to // complete, but eventually fails. @@ -102,16 +119,19 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // When you copy an encrypted source snapshot using the Amazon EC2 Query API, you // must supply a pre-signed URL. This parameter is optional for unencrypted - // snapshots. For more information, see Query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html) - // . The PresignedUrl should use the snapshot source endpoint, the CopySnapshot + // snapshots. For more information, see [Query requests]. + // + // The PresignedUrl should use the snapshot source endpoint, the CopySnapshot // action, and include the SourceRegion , SourceSnapshotId , and DestinationRegion // parameters. The PresignedUrl must be signed using Amazon Web Services Signature // Version 4. Because EBS snapshots are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm - // for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in Authenticating - // Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) - // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. An invalid or improperly - // signed PresignedUrl will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and - // the snapshot will move to an error state. + // for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in [Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]in the Amazon + // Simple Storage Service API Reference. An invalid or improperly signed + // PresignedUrl will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and the + // snapshot will move to an error state. + // + // [Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html + // [Query requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html PresignedUrl *string // The tags to apply to the new snapshot. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservation.go index c3bef2a380e31..228c35c72639c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservation.go @@ -12,25 +12,30 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes. Capacity -// Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 instances in a -// specific Availability Zone for any duration. This gives you the flexibility to -// selectively add capacity reservations and still get the Regional RI discounts -// for that usage. By creating Capacity Reservations, you ensure that you always -// have access to Amazon EC2 capacity when you need it, for as long as you need it. -// For more information, see Capacity Reservations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Your request to create a Capacity Reservation -// could fail if Amazon EC2 does not have sufficient capacity to fulfill the -// request. If your request fails due to Amazon EC2 capacity constraints, either -// try again at a later time, try in a different Availability Zone, or request a -// smaller capacity reservation. If your application is flexible across instance -// types and sizes, try to create a Capacity Reservation with different instance -// attributes. Your request could also fail if the requested quantity exceeds your -// On-Demand Instance limit for the selected instance type. If your request fails -// due to limit constraints, increase your On-Demand Instance limit for the -// required instance type and try again. For more information about increasing your -// instance limits, see Amazon EC2 Service Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-resource-limits.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes. +// +// Capacity Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 +// instances in a specific Availability Zone for any duration. This gives you the +// flexibility to selectively add capacity reservations and still get the Regional +// RI discounts for that usage. By creating Capacity Reservations, you ensure that +// you always have access to Amazon EC2 capacity when you need it, for as long as +// you need it. For more information, see [Capacity Reservations]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// Your request to create a Capacity Reservation could fail if Amazon EC2 does not +// have sufficient capacity to fulfill the request. If your request fails due to +// Amazon EC2 capacity constraints, either try again at a later time, try in a +// different Availability Zone, or request a smaller capacity reservation. If your +// application is flexible across instance types and sizes, try to create a +// Capacity Reservation with different instance attributes. +// +// Your request could also fail if the requested quantity exceeds your On-Demand +// Instance limit for the selected instance type. If your request fails due to +// limit constraints, increase your On-Demand Instance limit for the required +// instance type and try again. For more information about increasing your instance +// limits, see [Amazon EC2 Service Quotas]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Service Quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-resource-limits.html +// [Capacity Reservations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html func (c *Client) CreateCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCapacityReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCapacityReservationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateCapacityReservationInput{} @@ -48,7 +53,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateCapacityReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCa type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct { - // The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. Valid range: 1 - 1000 + // The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. + // + // Valid range: 1 - 1000 // // This member is required. InstanceCount *int32 @@ -58,9 +65,10 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct { // This member is required. InstancePlatform types.CapacityReservationInstancePlatform - // The instance type for which to reserve capacity. For more information, see - // Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The instance type for which to reserve capacity. For more information, see [Instance types] in + // the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html // // This member is required. InstanceType *string @@ -72,8 +80,9 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct { AvailabilityZoneId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -92,36 +101,44 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct { // The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity // Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer // launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired - // when it reaches its end date and time. You must provide an EndDate value if - // EndDateType is limited . Omit EndDate if EndDateType is unlimited . If the - // EndDateType is limited , the Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an hour - // from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the - // Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on + // when it reaches its end date and time. + // + // You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is limited . Omit EndDate if + // EndDateType is unlimited . + // + // If the EndDateType is limited , the Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an + // hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, + // the Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on // 5/31/2019. EndDate *time.Time // Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity // Reservation can have one of the following end types: + // // - unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly // cancel it. Do not provide an EndDate if the EndDateType is unlimited . + // // - limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date // and time. You must provide an EndDate value if the EndDateType value is // limited . EndDateType types.EndDateType - // Deprecated. + // Deprecated. EphemeralStorage *bool // Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation accepts. // The options include: + // // - open - The Capacity Reservation automatically matches all instances that // have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). // Instances that have matching attributes run in the Capacity Reservation // automatically without specifying any additional parameters. + // // - targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have // matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and // explicitly target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted // instances can use the reserved capacity. + // // Default: open InstanceMatchCriteria types.InstanceMatchCriteria @@ -130,9 +147,10 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct { OutpostArn *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster placement group in which to - // create the Capacity Reservation. For more information, see Capacity - // Reservations for cluster placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cr-cpg.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // create the Capacity Reservation. For more information, see [Capacity Reservations for cluster placement groups]in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Capacity Reservations for cluster placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cr-cpg.html PlacementGroupArn *string // The tags to apply to the Capacity Reservation during launch. @@ -140,8 +158,10 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationInput struct { // Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can // have one of the following tenancy settings: + // // - default - The Capacity Reservation is created on hardware that is shared // with other Amazon Web Services accounts. + // // - dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created on single-tenant hardware // that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account. Tenancy types.CapacityReservationTenancy diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservationFleet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservationFleet.go index 05da75a4e2996..612bc5db7459e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservationFleet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCapacityReservationFleet.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more information, see Create a -// Capacity Reservation Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/work-with-cr-fleets.html#create-crfleet) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more information, see [Create a Capacity Reservation Fleet] in the Amazon +// EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Create a Capacity Reservation Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/work-with-cr-fleets.html#create-crfleet func (c *Client) CreateCapacityReservationFleet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCapacityReservationFleetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput{} @@ -41,21 +42,26 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput struct { // Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to // each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which // the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for - // your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // your workload. For more information, see [Total target capacity]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Total target capacity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity // // This member is required. TotalTargetCapacity *int32 // The strategy used by the Capacity Reservation Fleet to determine which of the // specified instance types to use. Currently, only the prioritized allocation - // strategy is supported. For more information, see Allocation strategy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#allocation-strategy) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Valid values: prioritized + // strategy is supported. For more information, see [Allocation strategy]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Valid values: prioritized + // + // [Allocation strategy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#allocation-strategy AllocationStrategy *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -66,19 +72,22 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput struct { // The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When the // Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to expired and all of the - // Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire. The Capacity Reservation Fleet - // expires within an hour after the specified time. For example, if you specify - // 5/31/2019 , 13:30:55 , the Capacity Reservation Fleet is guaranteed to expire - // between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019 . + // Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire. + // + // The Capacity Reservation Fleet expires within an hour after the specified time. + // For example, if you specify 5/31/2019 , 13:30:55 , the Capacity Reservation + // Fleet is guaranteed to expire between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019 . EndDate *time.Time // Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation Fleet // accepts. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this instance matching - // criteria. Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support open instance matching - // criteria only. This means that instances that have matching attributes (instance - // type, platform, and Availability Zone) run in the Capacity Reservations - // automatically. Instances do not need to explicitly target a Capacity Reservation - // Fleet to use its reserved capacity. + // criteria. + // + // Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support open instance matching criteria + // only. This means that instances that have matching attributes (instance type, + // platform, and Availability Zone) run in the Capacity Reservations automatically. + // Instances do not need to explicitly target a Capacity Reservation Fleet to use + // its reserved capacity. InstanceMatchCriteria types.FleetInstanceMatchCriteria // The tags to assign to the Capacity Reservation Fleet. The tags are @@ -88,8 +97,10 @@ type CreateCapacityReservationFleetInput struct { // Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. All Capacity // Reservations in the Fleet inherit this tenancy. The Capacity Reservation Fleet // can have one of the following tenancy settings: + // // - default - The Capacity Reservation Fleet is created on hardware that is // shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts. + // // - dedicated - The Capacity Reservations are created on single-tenant hardware // that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account. Tenancy types.FleetCapacityReservationTenancy diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCarrierGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCarrierGateway.go index 9cbfde83c2b07..9697186a500e9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCarrierGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCarrierGateway.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a carrier gateway. For more information about carrier gateways, see -// Carrier gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#wavelength-carrier-gateway) -// in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide. +// Creates a carrier gateway. For more information about carrier gateways, see [Carrier gateways] in +// the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide. +// +// [Carrier gateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#wavelength-carrier-gateway func (c *Client) CreateCarrierGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCarrierGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCarrierGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateCarrierGatewayInput{} @@ -37,8 +38,9 @@ type CreateCarrierGatewayInput struct { VpcId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnEndpoint.go index 87ff490be25af..bcf12174eb6b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnEndpoint.go @@ -46,19 +46,25 @@ type CreateClientVpnEndpointInput struct { // This member is required. ClientCidrBlock *string - // Information about the client connection logging options. If you enable client - // connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs - // log stream. The following information is logged: + // Information about the client connection logging options. + // + // If you enable client connection logging, data about client connections is sent + // to a Cloudwatch Logs log stream. The following information is logged: + // // - Client connection requests + // // - Client connection results (successful and unsuccessful) + // // - Reasons for unsuccessful client connection requests + // // - Client connection termination time // // This member is required. ConnectionLogOptions *types.ConnectionLogOptions - // The ARN of the server certificate. For more information, see the Certificate - // Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/) . + // The ARN of the server certificate. For more information, see the [Certificate Manager User Guide]. + // + // [Certificate Manager User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/ // // This member is required. ServerCertificateArn *string @@ -71,8 +77,9 @@ type CreateClientVpnEndpointInput struct { ClientLoginBannerOptions *types.ClientLoginBannerOptions // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint. @@ -94,23 +101,33 @@ type CreateClientVpnEndpointInput struct { SecurityGroupIds []string // Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint. + // // Default Value: enabled SelfServicePortal types.SelfServicePortal - // The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24 + // The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. + // + // Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24 + // // Default value: 24 SessionTimeoutHours *int32 - // Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled on the Client VPN endpoint. By - // default, split-tunnel on a VPN endpoint is disabled. For information about - // split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html) - // in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. + // Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled on the Client VPN endpoint. + // + // By default, split-tunnel on a VPN endpoint is disabled. + // + // For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see [Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint] in the Client VPN + // Administrator Guide. + // + // [Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html SplitTunnel *bool // The tags to apply to the Client VPN endpoint during creation. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification - // The transport protocol to be used by the VPN session. Default value: udp + // The transport protocol to be used by the VPN session. + // + // Default value: udp TransportProtocol types.TransportProtocol // The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. If no security @@ -119,7 +136,10 @@ type CreateClientVpnEndpointInput struct { VpcId *string // The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic. - // Valid Values: 443 | 1194 Default Value: 443 + // + // Valid Values: 443 | 1194 + // + // Default Value: 443 VpnPort *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnRoute.go index d93112f8d9822..35846707cb93c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateClientVpnRoute.go @@ -37,12 +37,15 @@ type CreateClientVpnRouteInput struct { // This member is required. ClientVpnEndpointId *string - // The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route destination. For - // example: + // The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route destination. For example: + // // - To add a route for Internet access, enter 0.0.0.0/0 + // // - To add a route for a peered VPC, enter the peered VPC's IPv4 CIDR range + // // - To add a route for an on-premises network, enter the Amazon Web Services // Site-to-Site VPN connection's IPv4 CIDR range + // // - To add a route for the local network, enter the client CIDR range // // This member is required. @@ -50,14 +53,16 @@ type CreateClientVpnRouteInput struct { // The ID of the subnet through which you want to route traffic. The specified // subnet must be an existing target network of the Client VPN endpoint. + // // Alternatively, if you're adding a route for the local network, specify local . // // This member is required. TargetVpcSubnetId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A brief description of the route. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipCidr.go index 24d38e46e5a8a..6739188372ad6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipCidr.go @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ func (c *Client) CreateCoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCoipCidrInput type CreateCoipCidrInput struct { - // A customer-owned IP address range to create. + // A customer-owned IP address range to create. // // This member is required. Cidr *string - // The ID of the address pool. + // The ID of the address pool. // // This member is required. CoipPoolId *string @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ type CreateCoipCidrInput struct { type CreateCoipCidrOutput struct { - // Information about a range of customer-owned IP addresses. + // Information about a range of customer-owned IP addresses. CoipCidr *types.CoipCidr // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipPool.go index 7e3bc08c92124..caa0b4841cf93 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCoipPool.go @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (c *Client) CreateCoipPool(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCoipPoolInput type CreateCoipPoolInput struct { - // The ID of the local gateway route table. + // The ID of the local gateway route table. // // This member is required. LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ type CreateCoipPoolInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The tags to assign to the CoIP address pool. + // The tags to assign to the CoIP address pool. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCustomerGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCustomerGateway.go index 6b76ad11580ec..395e41ad53091 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCustomerGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateCustomerGateway.go @@ -15,16 +15,20 @@ import ( // The customer gateway device is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. // You must provide the IP address of the customer gateway device’s external // interface. The IP address must be static and can be behind a device performing -// network address translation (NAT). For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol -// (BGP), you can also provide the device's BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You -// can use an existing ASN assigned to your network. If you don't have an ASN -// already, you can use a private ASN. For more information, see Customer gateway -// options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/cgw-options.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. To create more than one -// customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, and BGP ASN, specify a -// unique device name for each customer gateway. An identical request returns -// information about the existing customer gateway; it doesn't create a new -// customer gateway. +// network address translation (NAT). +// +// For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), you can also provide the +// device's BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You can use an existing ASN +// assigned to your network. If you don't have an ASN already, you can use a +// private ASN. For more information, see [Customer gateway options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection]in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site +// VPN User Guide. +// +// To create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, +// and BGP ASN, specify a unique device name for each customer gateway. An +// identical request returns information about the existing customer gateway; it +// doesn't create a new customer gateway. +// +// [Customer gateway options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/cgw-options.html func (c *Client) CreateCustomerGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCustomerGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCustomerGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateCustomerGatewayInput{} @@ -48,14 +52,17 @@ type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct { // This member is required. Type types.GatewayType - // For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN. Default: 65000 + // For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN. + // + // Default: 65000 BgpAsn *int32 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the customer gateway certificate. CertificateArn *string - // A name for the customer gateway device. Length Constraints: Up to 255 - // characters. + // A name for the customer gateway device. + // + // Length Constraints: Up to 255 characters. DeviceName *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -64,11 +71,11 @@ type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // IPv4 address for the customer gateway device's outside interface. The address + // IPv4 address for the customer gateway device's outside interface. The address // must be static. IpAddress *string - // This member has been deprecated. The Internet-routable IP address for the + // This member has been deprecated. The Internet-routable IP address for the // customer gateway's outside interface. The address must be static. PublicIp *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultSubnet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultSubnet.go index 4294b69de3746..3cb3d021e4e18 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultSubnet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultSubnet.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified // Availability Zone in your default VPC. You can have only one default subnet per -// Availability Zone. For more information, see Create a default subnet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/default-vpc.html#create-default-subnet) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Availability Zone. For more information, see [Create a default subnet]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Create a default subnet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/default-vpc.html#create-default-subnet func (c *Client) CreateDefaultSubnet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDefaultSubnetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDefaultSubnetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateDefaultSubnetInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultVpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultVpc.go index ec5bca3eced3b..a96d689dfaf70 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultVpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDefaultVpc.go @@ -13,10 +13,13 @@ import ( // Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in // each Availability Zone. For more information about the components of a default -// VPC, see Default VPCs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/default-vpc.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You cannot specify the components of the default -// VPC yourself. If you deleted your previous default VPC, you can create a default -// VPC. You cannot have more than one default VPC per Region. +// VPC, see [Default VPCs]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You cannot specify the components of the +// default VPC yourself. +// +// If you deleted your previous default VPC, you can create a default VPC. You +// cannot have more than one default VPC per Region. +// +// [Default VPCs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/default-vpc.html func (c *Client) CreateDefaultVpc(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDefaultVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDefaultVpcOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateDefaultVpcInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDhcpOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDhcpOptions.go index c97195f3d3aba..c7538847c4b16 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDhcpOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateDhcpOptions.go @@ -14,36 +14,48 @@ import ( // Creates a custom set of DHCP options. After you create a DHCP option set, you // associate it with a VPC. After you associate a DHCP option set with a VPC, all // existing and newly launched instances in the VPC use this set of DHCP options. +// // The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more -// information, see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// information, see [DHCP options sets]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// // - domain-name - If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in us-east-1 , specify // ec2.internal . If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in any other Region, specify // region.compute.internal . Otherwise, specify a custom domain name. This value -// is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. Some Linux operating systems -// accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, Windows and other -// Linux operating systems treat the value as a single domain, which results in -// unexpected behavior. If your DHCP option set is associated with a VPC that has -// instances running operating systems that treat the value as a single domain, -// specify only one domain name. -// - domain-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four DNS servers, or -// AmazonProvidedDNS. To specify multiple domain name servers in a single -// parameter, separate the IP addresses using commas. To have your instances -// receive custom DNS hostnames as specified in domain-name , you must specify a -// custom DNS server. -// - ntp-servers - The IP addresses of up to eight Network Time Protocol (NTP) -// servers (four IPv4 addresses and four IPv6 addresses). -// - netbios-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers. -// - netbios-node-type - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend that -// you specify 2. Broadcast and multicast are not supported. For more information -// about NetBIOS node types, see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt) . -// - ipv6-address-preferred-lease-time - A value (in seconds, minutes, hours, or -// years) for how frequently a running instance with an IPv6 assigned to it goes -// through DHCPv6 lease renewal. Acceptable values are between 140 and 2147483647 -// seconds (approximately 68 years). If no value is entered, the default lease time -// is 140 seconds. If you use long-term addressing for EC2 instances, you can -// increase the lease time and avoid frequent lease renewal requests. Lease renewal -// typically occurs when half of the lease time has elapsed. +// is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. +// +// Some Linux operating systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. +// +// However, Windows and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single +// domain, which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP option set is +// associated with a VPC that has instances running operating systems that treat +// the value as a single domain, specify only one domain name. +// +// - domain-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four DNS servers, or +// AmazonProvidedDNS. To specify multiple domain name servers in a single +// parameter, separate the IP addresses using commas. To have your instances +// receive custom DNS hostnames as specified in domain-name , you must specify a +// custom DNS server. +// +// - ntp-servers - The IP addresses of up to eight Network Time Protocol (NTP) +// servers (four IPv4 addresses and four IPv6 addresses). +// +// - netbios-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers. +// +// - netbios-node-type - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend that +// you specify 2. Broadcast and multicast are not supported. For more information +// about NetBIOS node types, see [RFC 2132]. +// +// - ipv6-address-preferred-lease-time - A value (in seconds, minutes, hours, or +// years) for how frequently a running instance with an IPv6 assigned to it goes +// through DHCPv6 lease renewal. Acceptable values are between 140 and 2147483647 +// seconds (approximately 68 years). If no value is entered, the default lease time +// is 140 seconds. If you use long-term addressing for EC2 instances, you can +// increase the lease time and avoid frequent lease renewal requests. Lease renewal +// typically occurs when half of the lease time has elapsed. +// +// [DHCP options sets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html +// +// [RFC 2132]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt func (c *Client) CreateDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateDhcpOptionsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.go index d8c1795f40589..47d49df62a651 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.go @@ -38,8 +38,9 @@ type CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayInput struct { VpcId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFleet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFleet.go index f54ee8fc1f764..014b6c889d49a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFleet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFleet.go @@ -14,10 +14,14 @@ import ( // Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand // Instances and Spot Instances. Instances are launched immediately if there is -// available capacity. A single EC2 Fleet can include multiple launch -// specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. -// For more information, see EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// available capacity. +// +// A single EC2 Fleet can include multiple launch specifications that vary by +// instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. +// +// For more information, see [EC2 Fleet] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet.html func (c *Client) CreateFleet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateFleetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateFleetInput{} @@ -46,8 +50,9 @@ type CreateFleetInput struct { TargetCapacitySpecification *types.TargetCapacitySpecificationRequest // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Reserved. @@ -61,6 +66,7 @@ type CreateFleetInput struct { // Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target // capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. + // // Supported only for fleets of type maintain . ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy types.FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy @@ -68,22 +74,27 @@ type CreateFleetInput struct { OnDemandOptions *types.OnDemandOptionsRequest // Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace unhealthy Spot Instances. Supported - // only for fleets of type maintain . For more information, see EC2 Fleet health - // checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#ec2-fleet-health-checks) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // only for fleets of type maintain . For more information, see [EC2 Fleet health checks] in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [EC2 Fleet health checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#ec2-fleet-health-checks ReplaceUnhealthyInstances *bool // Describes the configuration of Spot Instances in an EC2 Fleet. SpotOptions *types.SpotOptionsRequest // The key-value pair for tagging the EC2 Fleet request on creation. For more - // information, see Tag your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#tag-resources) - // . If the fleet type is instant , specify a resource type of fleet to tag the - // fleet or instance to tag the instances at launch. If the fleet type is maintain - // or request , specify a resource type of fleet to tag the fleet. You cannot - // specify a resource type of instance . To tag instances at launch, specify the - // tags in a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template) - // . + // information, see [Tag your resources]. + // + // If the fleet type is instant , specify a resource type of fleet to tag the + // fleet or instance to tag the instances at launch. + // + // If the fleet type is maintain or request , specify a resource type of fleet to + // tag the fleet. You cannot specify a resource type of instance . To tag instances + // at launch, specify the tags in a [launch template]. + // + // [launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template + // [Tag your resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#tag-resources TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification // Indicates whether running instances should be terminated when the EC2 Fleet @@ -91,18 +102,23 @@ type CreateFleetInput struct { TerminateInstancesWithExpiration *bool // The fleet type. The default value is maintain . + // // - maintain - The EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous request for your desired // capacity, and continues to maintain your desired Spot capacity by replenishing // interrupted Spot Instances. + // // - request - The EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous one-time request for your // desired capacity, but does submit Spot requests in alternative capacity pools if // Spot capacity is unavailable, and does not maintain Spot capacity if Spot // Instances are interrupted. + // // - instant - The EC2 Fleet places a synchronous one-time request for your // desired capacity, and returns errors for any instances that could not be // launched. - // For more information, see EC2 Fleet request types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-request-type.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [EC2 Fleet request types] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [EC2 Fleet request types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-request-type.html Type types.FleetType // The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFlowLogs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFlowLogs.go index 43afd54bc457f..a6bbc83600aea 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFlowLogs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFlowLogs.go @@ -12,17 +12,22 @@ import ( ) // Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a -// specific network interface, subnet, or VPC. Flow log data for a monitored -// network interface is recorded as flow log records, which are log events -// consisting of fields that describe the traffic flow. For more information, see -// Flow log records (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. When publishing to CloudWatch -// Logs, flow log records are published to a log group, and each network interface -// has a unique log stream in the log group. When publishing to Amazon S3, flow log -// records for all of the monitored network interfaces are published to a single -// log file object that is stored in the specified bucket. For more information, -// see VPC Flow Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// specific network interface, subnet, or VPC. +// +// Flow log data for a monitored network interface is recorded as flow log +// records, which are log events consisting of fields that describe the traffic +// flow. For more information, see [Flow log records]in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// When publishing to CloudWatch Logs, flow log records are published to a log +// group, and each network interface has a unique log stream in the log group. When +// publishing to Amazon S3, flow log records for all of the monitored network +// interfaces are published to a single log file object that is stored in the +// specified bucket. +// +// For more information, see [VPC Flow Logs] in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Flow log records]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records +// [VPC Flow Logs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html func (c *Client) CreateFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFlowLogsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateFlowLogsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateFlowLogsInput{} @@ -41,8 +46,10 @@ func (c *Client) CreateFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFlowLogsInput type CreateFlowLogsInput struct { // The IDs of the resources to monitor. For example, if the resource type is VPC , - // specify the IDs of the VPCs. Constraints: Maximum of 25 for transit gateway - // resource types. Maximum of 1000 for the other resource types. + // specify the IDs of the VPCs. + // + // Constraints: Maximum of 25 for transit gateway resource types. Maximum of 1000 + // for the other resource types. // // This member is required. ResourceIds []string @@ -53,8 +60,9 @@ type CreateFlowLogsInput struct { ResourceType types.FlowLogsResourceType // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs across @@ -62,9 +70,11 @@ type CreateFlowLogsInput struct { DeliverCrossAccountRole *string // The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to the log - // destination. This parameter is required if the destination type is - // cloud-watch-logs , or if the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose and the - // delivery stream and the resources to monitor are in different accounts. + // destination. + // + // This parameter is required if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs , or if + // the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose and the delivery stream and the + // resources to monitor are in different accounts. DeliverLogsPermissionArn *string // The destination options. @@ -78,43 +88,60 @@ type CreateFlowLogsInput struct { // The destination for the flow log data. The meaning of this parameter depends on // the destination type. + // // - If the destination type is cloud-watch-logs , specify the ARN of a // CloudWatch Logs log group. For example: - // arn:aws:logs:region:account_id:log-group:my_group Alternatively, use the - // LogGroupName parameter. - // - If the destination type is s3 , specify the ARN of an S3 bucket. For - // example: arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/my_subfolder/ The subfolder is optional. Note - // that you can't use AWSLogs as a subfolder name. + // + // arn:aws:logs:region:account_id:log-group:my_group + // + // Alternatively, use the LogGroupName parameter. + // + // - If the destination type is s3 , specify the ARN of an S3 bucket. For example: + // + // arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/my_subfolder/ + // + // The subfolder is optional. Note that you can't use AWSLogs as a subfolder name. + // // - If the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose , specify the ARN of a // Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. For example: - // arn:aws:firehose:region:account_id:deliverystream:my_stream + // + // arn:aws:firehose:region:account_id:deliverystream:my_stream LogDestination *string - // The type of destination for the flow log data. Default: cloud-watch-logs + // The type of destination for the flow log data. + // + // Default: cloud-watch-logs LogDestinationType types.LogDestinationType // The fields to include in the flow log record. List the fields in the order in // which they should appear. If you omit this parameter, the flow log is created // using the default format. If you specify this parameter, you must include at - // least one field. For more information about the available fields, see Flow log - // records (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) - // in the Amazon VPC User Guide or Transit Gateway Flow Log records (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-flow-logs.html#flow-log-records) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. Specify the fields using the - // ${field-id} format, separated by spaces. + // least one field. For more information about the available fields, see [Flow log records]in the + // Amazon VPC User Guide or [Transit Gateway Flow Log records]in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // + // Specify the fields using the ${field-id} format, separated by spaces. + // + // [Flow log records]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/flow-logs.html#flow-log-records + // [Transit Gateway Flow Log records]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-flow-logs.html#flow-log-records LogFormat *string // The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log group where Amazon EC2 - // publishes your flow logs. This parameter is valid only if the destination type - // is cloud-watch-logs . + // publishes your flow logs. + // + // This parameter is valid only if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs . LogGroupName *string // The maximum interval of time during which a flow of packets is captured and // aggregated into a flow log record. The possible values are 60 seconds (1 minute) // or 600 seconds (10 minutes). This parameter must be 60 seconds for transit - // gateway resource types. When a network interface is attached to a Nitro-based - // instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // , the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds or less, regardless of the value - // that you specify. Default: 600 + // gateway resource types. + // + // When a network interface is attached to a [Nitro-based instance], the aggregation interval is always + // 60 seconds or less, regardless of the value that you specify. + // + // Default: 600 + // + // [Nitro-based instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances MaxAggregationInterval *int32 // The tags to apply to the flow logs. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFpgaImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFpgaImage.go index 6294a961932f8..b5b5ce5b7202b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFpgaImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateFpgaImage.go @@ -12,11 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP). +// // The create operation is asynchronous. To verify that the AFI is ready for use, -// check the output logs. An AFI contains the FPGA bitstream that is ready to -// download to an FPGA. You can securely deploy an AFI on multiple FPGA-accelerated -// instances. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services FPGA Hardware -// Development Kit (https://github.com/aws/aws-fpga/) . +// check the output logs. +// +// An AFI contains the FPGA bitstream that is ready to download to an FPGA. You +// can securely deploy an AFI on multiple FPGA-accelerated instances. For more +// information, see the [Amazon Web Services FPGA Hardware Development Kit]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services FPGA Hardware Development Kit]: https://github.com/aws/aws-fpga/ func (c *Client) CreateFpgaImage(ctx context.Context, params *CreateFpgaImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateFpgaImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateFpgaImageInput{} @@ -41,8 +45,9 @@ type CreateFpgaImageInput struct { InputStorageLocation *types.StorageLocation // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the AFI. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateImage.go index 2d57f48809ec5..838801fccfa3b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateImage.go @@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is -// either running or stopped. If you customized your instance with instance store -// volumes or Amazon EBS volumes in addition to the root device volume, the new AMI -// contains block device mapping information for those volumes. When you launch an -// instance from this new AMI, the instance automatically launches with those -// additional volumes. For more information, see Create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux -// AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// either running or stopped. +// +// If you customized your instance with instance store volumes or Amazon EBS +// volumes in addition to the root device volume, the new AMI contains block device +// mapping information for those volumes. When you launch an instance from this new +// AMI, the instance automatically launches with those additional volumes. +// +// For more information, see [Create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html func (c *Client) CreateImage(ctx context.Context, params *CreateImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateImageInput{} @@ -41,22 +44,28 @@ type CreateImageInput struct { // This member is required. InstanceId *string - // A name for the new image. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, - // parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), - // dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) + // A name for the new image. + // + // Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets + // ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), + // at-signs (@), or underscores(_) // // This member is required. Name *string - // The block device mappings. When using the CreateImage action: + // The block device mappings. + // + // When using the CreateImage action: + // // - You can't change the volume size using the VolumeSize parameter. If you // want a different volume size, you must first change the volume size of the // source instance. + // // - You can't modify the encryption status of existing volumes or snapshots. To // create an AMI with volumes or snapshots that have a different encryption status // (for example, where the source volume and snapshots are unencrypted, and you - // want to create an AMI with encrypted volumes or snapshots), use the CopyImage - // action. + // want to create an AMI with encrypted volumes or snapshots), use the CopyImageaction. + // // - The only option that can be changed for existing mappings or snapshots is // DeleteOnTermination . BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping @@ -72,27 +81,35 @@ type CreateImageInput struct { // Indicates whether or not the instance should be automatically rebooted before // creating the image. Specify one of the following values: + // // - true - The instance is not rebooted before creating the image. This creates // crash-consistent snapshots that include only the data that has been written to // the volumes at the time the snapshots are created. Buffered data and data in // memory that has not yet been written to the volumes is not included in the // snapshots. + // // - false - The instance is rebooted before creating the image. This ensures // that all buffered data and data in memory is written to the volumes before the // snapshots are created. + // // Default: false NoReboot *bool // The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on creation. You can tag the AMI, // the snapshots, or both. + // // - To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image . + // // - To tag the snapshots that are created of the root volume and of other // Amazon EBS volumes that are attached to the instance, the value for // ResourceType must be snapshot . The same tag is applied to all of the // snapshots that are created. - // If you specify other values for ResourceType , the request fails. To tag an AMI - // or snapshot after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html) - // . + // + // If you specify other values for ResourceType , the request fails. + // + // To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see [CreateTags]. + // + // [CreateTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceConnectEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceConnectEndpoint.go index 091b7e56f14bd..3d003def864af 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceConnectEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceConnectEndpoint.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint. An EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint -// allows you to connect to an instance, without requiring the instance to have a -// public IPv4 address. For more information, see Connect to your instances -// without requiring a public IPv4 address using EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Connect-using-EC2-Instance-Connect-Endpoint.html) +// Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint. +// +// An EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint allows you to connect to an instance, without +// requiring the instance to have a public IPv4 address. For more information, see [Connect to your instances without requiring a public IPv4 address using EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint] // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Connect to your instances without requiring a public IPv4 address using EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Connect-using-EC2-Instance-Connect-Endpoint.html func (c *Client) CreateInstanceConnectEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceConnectEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceConnectEndpointOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateInstanceConnectEndpointInput{} @@ -50,9 +52,12 @@ type CreateInstanceConnectEndpointInput struct { // Indicates whether your client's IP address is preserved as the source. The // value is true or false . + // // - If true , your client's IP address is used when you connect to a resource. + // // - If false , the elastic network interface IP address is used when you connect // to a resource. + // // Default: true PreserveClientIp *bool diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceEventWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceEventWindow.go index 32c3693b70057..55a13138afc86 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceEventWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceEventWindow.go @@ -12,20 +12,29 @@ import ( ) // Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 -// instances can run. You can define either a set of time ranges or a cron -// expression when creating the event window, but not both. All event window times -// are in UTC. You can create up to 200 event windows per Amazon Web Services -// Region. When you create the event window, targets (instance IDs, Dedicated Host -// IDs, or tags) are not yet associated with it. To ensure that the event window -// can be used, you must associate one or more targets with it by using the -// AssociateInstanceEventWindow API. Event windows are applicable only for -// scheduled events that stop, reboot, or terminate instances. Event windows are -// not applicable for: +// instances can run. +// +// You can define either a set of time ranges or a cron expression when creating +// the event window, but not both. All event window times are in UTC. +// +// You can create up to 200 event windows per Amazon Web Services Region. +// +// When you create the event window, targets (instance IDs, Dedicated Host IDs, or +// tags) are not yet associated with it. To ensure that the event window can be +// used, you must associate one or more targets with it by using the AssociateInstanceEventWindowAPI. +// +// Event windows are applicable only for scheduled events that stop, reboot, or +// terminate instances. +// +// Event windows are not applicable for: +// // - Expedited scheduled events and network maintenance events. +// // - Unscheduled maintenance such as AutoRecovery and unplanned reboots. // -// For more information, see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// For more information, see [Define event windows for scheduled events] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Define event windows for scheduled events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html func (c *Client) CreateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceEventWindowOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateInstanceEventWindowInput{} @@ -44,18 +53,28 @@ func (c *Client) CreateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIn type CreateInstanceEventWindowInput struct { // The cron expression for the event window, for example, * 0-4,20-23 * * 1,5 . If - // you specify a cron expression, you can't specify a time range. Constraints: + // you specify a cron expression, you can't specify a time range. + // + // Constraints: + // // - Only hour and day of the week values are supported. + // // - For day of the week values, you can specify either integers 0 through 6 , or // alternative single values SUN through SAT . + // // - The minute, month, and year must be specified by * . + // // - The hour value must be one or a multiple range, for example, 0-4 or // 0-4,20-23 . + // // - Each hour range must be >= 2 hours, for example, 0-2 or 20-23 . + // // - The event window must be >= 4 hours. The combined total time ranges in the // event window must be >= 4 hours. - // For more information about cron expressions, see cron (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) - // on the Wikipedia website. + // + // For more information about cron expressions, see [cron] on the Wikipedia website. + // + // [cron]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron CronExpression *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceExportTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceExportTask.go index 936c31fa7a808..bd2e8f4b59b3b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceExportTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInstanceExportTask.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket. For information -// about the prerequisites for your Amazon S3 bucket, supported operating systems, -// image formats, and known limitations for the types of instances you can export, -// see Exporting an instance as a VM Using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html) -// in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket. +// +// For information about the prerequisites for your Amazon S3 bucket, supported +// operating systems, image formats, and known limitations for the types of +// instances you can export, see [Exporting an instance as a VM Using VM Import/Export]in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// [Exporting an instance as a VM Using VM Import/Export]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html func (c *Client) CreateInstanceExportTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceExportTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceExportTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateInstanceExportTaskInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInternetGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInternetGateway.go index 4d93c43b8f864..6dfcd97c4999e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInternetGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateInternetGateway.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the internet -// gateway, you attach it to a VPC using AttachInternetGateway . For more -// information, see Internet gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Internet_Gateway.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// gateway, you attach it to a VPC using AttachInternetGateway. +// +// For more information, see [Internet gateways] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Internet gateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Internet_Gateway.html func (c *Client) CreateInternetGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInternetGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInternetGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateInternetGatewayInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpam.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpam.go index 4cdf8449dbbc9..3267397e50db7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpam.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpam.go @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@ import ( // Create an IPAM. Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) is a VPC feature that you // can use to automate your IP address management workflows including assigning, // tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services -// Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more -// information, see Create an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization. +// +// For more information, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html func (c *Client) CreateIpam(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateIpamOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateIpamInput{} @@ -35,8 +37,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateIpam(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamInput, optFns type CreateIpamInput struct { // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency - // of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // of the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the IPAM. @@ -51,9 +54,12 @@ type CreateIpamInput struct { // The operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services // Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only // discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select - // as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create - // an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) in the - // Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // as operating Regions. + // + // For more information about operating Regions, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User + // Guide. + // + // [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html OperatingRegions []types.AddIpamOperatingRegion // The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in @@ -64,7 +70,9 @@ type CreateIpamInput struct { // IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about // the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see - // Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) . + // [Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ Tier types.IpamTier noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamPool.go index cdb8144d5cf68..556508e4e56a4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamPool.go @@ -15,9 +15,11 @@ import ( // pool is a collection of contiguous IP addresses CIDRs. Pools enable you to // organize your IP addresses according to your routing and security needs. For // example, if you have separate routing and security needs for development and -// production applications, you can create a pool for each. For more information, -// see Create a top-level pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-top-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// production applications, you can create a pool for each. +// +// For more information, see [Create a top-level pool] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Create a top-level pool]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-top-ipam.html func (c *Client) CreateIpamPool(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateIpamPoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateIpamPoolInput{} @@ -78,7 +80,9 @@ type CreateIpamPoolInput struct { // might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers // multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM // discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of - // them only. A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. + // them only. + // + // A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. AutoImport *bool // Limits which service in Amazon Web Services that the pool can be used in. @@ -86,8 +90,9 @@ type CreateIpamPoolInput struct { AwsService types.IpamPoolAwsService // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency - // of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // of the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the IPAM pool. @@ -105,18 +110,20 @@ type CreateIpamPoolInput struct { // allocate a CIDR for a VPC, for example, from an IPAM pool that shares a locale // with the VPC’s Region. Note that once you choose a Locale for a pool, you cannot // modify it. If you do not choose a locale, resources in Regions others than the - // IPAM's home region cannot use CIDRs from this pool. Possible values: Any Amazon - // Web Services Region, such as us-east-1. + // IPAM's home region cannot use CIDRs from this pool. + // + // Possible values: Any Amazon Web Services Region, such as us-east-1. Locale *string // The IP address source for pools in the public scope. Only used for provisioning // IP address CIDRs to pools in the public scope. Default is byoip . For more - // information, see Create IPv6 pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/intro-create-ipv6-pools.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. By default, you can add only one - // Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block to a top-level IPv6 pool if PublicIpSource is - // amazon . For information on increasing the default limit, see Quotas for your - // IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html) in the - // Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information, see [Create IPv6 pools]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. By default, you can add + // only one Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block to a top-level IPv6 pool if + // PublicIpSource is amazon . For information on increasing the default limit, see [Quotas for your IPAM] + // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Create IPv6 pools]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/intro-create-ipv6-pools.html + // [Quotas for your IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html PublicIpSource types.IpamPoolPublicIpSource // Determines if the pool is publicly advertisable. This option is not available diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamScope.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamScope.go index b50c229b7d51e..5154c27cf70f0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamScope.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateIpamScope.go @@ -16,8 +16,11 @@ import ( // for a single network. The private scope is intended for all private IP address // space. The public scope is intended for all public IP address space. Scopes // enable you to reuse IP addresses across multiple unconnected networks without -// causing IP address overlap or conflict. For more information, see Add a scope (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/add-scope-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// causing IP address overlap or conflict. +// +// For more information, see [Add a scope] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Add a scope]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/add-scope-ipam.html func (c *Client) CreateIpamScope(ctx context.Context, params *CreateIpamScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateIpamScopeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateIpamScopeInput{} @@ -41,8 +44,9 @@ type CreateIpamScopeInput struct { IpamId *string // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency - // of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // of the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the scope you're creating. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateKeyPair.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateKeyPair.go index 701563031179d..40bd81ce0775c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateKeyPair.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateKeyPair.go @@ -16,12 +16,17 @@ import ( // private key for you to save to a file. The private key is returned as an // unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#1 private key or an unencrypted PPK formatted // private key for use with PuTTY. If a key with the specified name already exists, -// Amazon EC2 returns an error. The key pair returned to you is available only in -// the Amazon Web Services Region in which you create it. If you prefer, you can -// create your own key pair using a third-party tool and upload it to any Region -// using ImportKeyPair . You can have up to 5,000 key pairs per Amazon Web Services -// Region. For more information, see Amazon EC2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Amazon EC2 returns an error. +// +// The key pair returned to you is available only in the Amazon Web Services +// Region in which you create it. If you prefer, you can create your own key pair +// using a third-party tool and upload it to any Region using ImportKeyPair. +// +// You can have up to 5,000 key pairs per Amazon Web Services Region. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EC2 key pairs] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html func (c *Client) CreateKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *CreateKeyPairInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateKeyPairOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateKeyPairInput{} @@ -39,7 +44,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *CreateKeyPairInput, type CreateKeyPairInput struct { - // A unique name for the key pair. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters + // A unique name for the key pair. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters // // This member is required. KeyName *string @@ -50,11 +57,15 @@ type CreateKeyPairInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The format of the key pair. Default: pem + // The format of the key pair. + // + // Default: pem KeyFormat types.KeyFormat // The type of key pair. Note that ED25519 keys are not supported for Windows - // instances. Default: rsa + // instances. + // + // Default: rsa KeyType types.KeyType // The tags to apply to the new key pair. @@ -68,6 +79,7 @@ type CreateKeyPairOutput struct { // - For RSA key pairs, the key fingerprint is the SHA-1 digest of the DER // encoded private key. + // // - For ED25519 key pairs, the key fingerprint is the base64-encoded SHA-256 // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with OpenSSH 6.8. KeyFingerprint *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplate.go index 5f4dd44a29f57..8cfe7bebc5b68 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplate.go @@ -11,15 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a launch template. A launch template contains the parameters to launch -// an instance. When you launch an instance using RunInstances , you can specify a -// launch template instead of providing the launch parameters in the request. For -// more information, see Launch an instance from a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. To clone an existing launch -// template as the basis for a new launch template, use the Amazon EC2 console. The -// API, SDKs, and CLI do not support cloning a template. For more information, see -// Create a launch template from an existing launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template-from-existing-launch-template) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Creates a launch template. +// +// A launch template contains the parameters to launch an instance. When you +// launch an instance using RunInstances, you can specify a launch template instead of +// providing the launch parameters in the request. For more information, see [Launch an instance from a launch template]in +// the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// To clone an existing launch template as the basis for a new launch template, +// use the Amazon EC2 console. The API, SDKs, and CLI do not support cloning a +// template. For more information, see [Create a launch template from an existing launch template]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// [Create a launch template from an existing launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template-from-existing-launch-template +// [Launch an instance from a launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html func (c *Client) CreateLaunchTemplate(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLaunchTemplateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLaunchTemplateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLaunchTemplateInput{} @@ -48,8 +53,11 @@ type CreateLaunchTemplateInput struct { LaunchTemplateName *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the - // request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. + // request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -59,10 +67,12 @@ type CreateLaunchTemplateInput struct { DryRun *bool // The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch - // template, the resource type must be launch-template . To specify the tags for - // the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use the - // TagSpecifications parameter in the launch template data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestLaunchTemplateData.html) - // structure. + // template, the resource type must be launch-template . + // + // To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is + // launched, you must use the TagSpecifications parameter in the [launch template data] structure. + // + // [launch template data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestLaunchTemplateData.html TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification // A description for the first version of the launch template. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.go index b8ad592735fab..0c0ece96de8f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLaunchTemplateVersion.go @@ -14,13 +14,18 @@ import ( // Creates a new version of a launch template. You must specify an existing launch // template, either by name or ID. You can determine whether the new version // inherits parameters from a source version, and add or overwrite parameters as -// needed. Launch template versions are numbered in the order in which they are -// created. You can't specify, change, or replace the numbering of launch template -// versions. Launch templates are immutable; after you create a launch template, -// you can't modify it. Instead, you can create a new version of the launch -// template that includes the changes that you require. For more information, see -// Modify a launch template (manage launch template versions) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#manage-launch-template-versions) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// needed. +// +// Launch template versions are numbered in the order in which they are created. +// You can't specify, change, or replace the numbering of launch template versions. +// +// Launch templates are immutable; after you create a launch template, you can't +// modify it. Instead, you can create a new version of the launch template that +// includes the changes that you require. +// +// For more information, see [Modify a launch template (manage launch template versions)] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Modify a launch template (manage launch template versions)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#manage-launch-template-versions func (c *Client) CreateLaunchTemplateVersion(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLaunchTemplateVersionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput{} @@ -44,8 +49,11 @@ type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput struct { LaunchTemplateData *types.RequestLaunchTemplateData // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the - // request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. + // request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -54,28 +62,38 @@ type CreateLaunchTemplateVersionInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateName *string // If true , and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId , the AMI - // ID is displayed in the response for imageID . For more information, see Use a - // Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Default: false + // ID is displayed in the response for imageID . For more information, see [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID] in the + // Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // Default: false + // + // [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id ResolveAlias *bool // The version of the launch template on which to base the new version. Snapshots // applied to the block device mapping are ignored when creating a new version - // unless they are explicitly included. If you specify this parameter, the new - // version inherits the launch parameters from the source version. If you specify - // additional launch parameters for the new version, they overwrite any - // corresponding launch parameters inherited from the source version. If you omit - // this parameter, the new version contains only the launch parameters that you - // specify for the new version. + // unless they are explicitly included. + // + // If you specify this parameter, the new version inherits the launch parameters + // from the source version. If you specify additional launch parameters for the new + // version, they overwrite any corresponding launch parameters inherited from the + // source version. + // + // If you omit this parameter, the new version contains only the launch parameters + // that you specify for the new version. SourceVersion *string // A description for the version of the launch template. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRoute.go index 926e5e241c953..0265a7d70a49f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRoute.go @@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ import ( // Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table. You must // specify one of the following targets: +// // - LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId +// // - NetworkInterfaceId func (c *Client) CreateLocalGatewayRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLocalGatewayRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLocalGatewayRouteOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ type CreateLocalGatewayRouteInput struct { // most specific match. DestinationCidrBlock *string - // The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock . + // The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock . // You cannot use DestinationPrefixListId and DestinationCidrBlock in the same // request. DestinationPrefixListId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTable.go index 7e78809717b24..366151c79aeae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTable.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTable.go @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (c *Client) CreateLocalGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *Creat type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableInput struct { - // The ID of the local gateway. + // The ID of the local gateway. // // This member is required. LocalGatewayId *string @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The mode of the local gateway route table. + // The mode of the local gateway route table. Mode types.LocalGatewayRouteTableMode - // The tags assigned to the local gateway route table. + // The tags assigned to the local gateway route table. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go index c529d69cd9ad1..757d38a8b4cae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ func (c *Client) CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation(ct type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationInput struct { - // The ID of the local gateway route table. + // The ID of the local gateway route table. // // This member is required. LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string - // The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. + // The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. // // This member is required. LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId *string @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ type CreateLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The tags assigned to the local gateway route table virtual interface group + // The tags assigned to the local gateway route table virtual interface group // association. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateManagedPrefixList.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateManagedPrefixList.go index 9ddae065aecc9..edc00c7ba33e1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateManagedPrefixList.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateManagedPrefixList.go @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateManagedPrefixList(ctx context.Context, params *CreateMana type CreateManagedPrefixListInput struct { - // The IP address type. Valid Values: IPv4 | IPv6 + // The IP address type. + // + // Valid Values: IPv4 | IPv6 // // This member is required. AddressFamily *string @@ -40,15 +42,20 @@ type CreateManagedPrefixListInput struct { // This member is required. MaxEntries *int32 - // A name for the prefix list. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. The - // name cannot start with com.amazonaws . + // A name for the prefix list. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. The name cannot start with + // com.amazonaws . // // This member is required. PrefixListName *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the - // request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraints: Up to 255 UTF-8 characters in length. + // request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 UTF-8 characters in length. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNatGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNatGateway.go index 0fcb55cb3b802..279249a48e8b3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNatGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNatGateway.go @@ -14,23 +14,31 @@ import ( // Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. This action creates a network // interface in the specified subnet with a private IP address from the IP address // range of the subnet. You can create either a public NAT gateway or a private NAT -// gateway. With a public NAT gateway, internet-bound traffic from a private subnet -// can be routed to the NAT gateway, so that instances in a private subnet can -// connect to the internet. With a private NAT gateway, private communication is -// routed across VPCs and on-premises networks through a transit gateway or virtual -// private gateway. Common use cases include running large workloads behind a small -// pool of allowlisted IPv4 addresses, preserving private IPv4 addresses, and -// communicating between overlapping networks. For more information, see NAT -// gateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. When you create a public NAT gateway and assign it -// an EIP or secondary EIPs, the network border group of the EIPs must match the -// network border group of the Availability Zone (AZ) that the public NAT gateway -// is in. If it's not the same, the NAT gateway will fail to launch. You can see -// the network border group for the subnet's AZ by viewing the details of the -// subnet. Similarly, you can view the network border group of an EIP by viewing -// the details of the EIP address. For more information about network border groups -// and EIPs, see Allocate an Elastic IP address (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#allocate-eip) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// gateway. +// +// With a public NAT gateway, internet-bound traffic from a private subnet can be +// routed to the NAT gateway, so that instances in a private subnet can connect to +// the internet. +// +// With a private NAT gateway, private communication is routed across VPCs and +// on-premises networks through a transit gateway or virtual private gateway. +// Common use cases include running large workloads behind a small pool of +// allowlisted IPv4 addresses, preserving private IPv4 addresses, and communicating +// between overlapping networks. +// +// For more information, see [NAT gateways] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// When you create a public NAT gateway and assign it an EIP or secondary EIPs, +// the network border group of the EIPs must match the network border group of the +// Availability Zone (AZ) that the public NAT gateway is in. If it's not the same, +// the NAT gateway will fail to launch. You can see the network border group for +// the subnet's AZ by viewing the details of the subnet. Similarly, you can view +// the network border group of an EIP by viewing the details of the EIP address. +// For more information about network border groups and EIPs, see [Allocate an Elastic IP address]in the Amazon +// VPC User Guide. +// +// [NAT gateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html +// [Allocate an Elastic IP address]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#allocate-eip func (c *Client) CreateNatGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNatGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNatGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNatGatewayInput{} @@ -60,8 +68,11 @@ type CreateNatGatewayInput struct { AllocationId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters. + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Indicates whether the NAT gateway supports public or private connectivity. The @@ -78,19 +89,23 @@ type CreateNatGatewayInput struct { // address, a private IPv4 address will be automatically assigned. PrivateIpAddress *string - // Secondary EIP allocation IDs. For more information, see Create a NAT gateway (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-creating) - // in the Amazon VPC User Guide. + // Secondary EIP allocation IDs. For more information, see [Create a NAT gateway] in the Amazon VPC User + // Guide. + // + // [Create a NAT gateway]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-creating SecondaryAllocationIds []string // [Private NAT gateway only] The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses you // want to assign to the NAT gateway. For more information about secondary - // addresses, see Create a NAT gateway (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-creating) - // in the Amazon VPC User Guide. + // addresses, see [Create a NAT gateway]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. + // + // [Create a NAT gateway]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-creating SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int32 // Secondary private IPv4 addresses. For more information about secondary - // addresses, see Create a NAT gateway (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-creating) - // in the Amazon VPC User Guide. + // addresses, see [Create a NAT gateway]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. + // + // [Create a NAT gateway]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-creating SecondaryPrivateIpAddresses []string // The tags to assign to the NAT gateway. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAcl.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAcl.go index 5cad2b52aa744..290d06a66354e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAcl.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAcl.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of -// security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC. For -// more information, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC. +// +// For more information, see [Network ACLs] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Network ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html func (c *Client) CreateNetworkAcl(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkAclOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNetworkAclInput{} @@ -38,8 +40,9 @@ type CreateNetworkAclInput struct { VpcId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAclEntry.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAclEntry.go index 920d41f62de66..4480c68699fe6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAclEntry.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkAclEntry.go @@ -16,14 +16,19 @@ import ( // egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed in or out of a // subnet associated with the ACL, we process the entries in the ACL according to // the rule numbers, in ascending order. Each network ACL has a set of ingress -// rules and a separate set of egress rules. We recommend that you leave room -// between the rule numbers (for example, 100, 110, 120, ...), and not number them -// one right after the other (for example, 101, 102, 103, ...). This makes it -// easier to add a rule between existing ones without having to renumber the rules. +// rules and a separate set of egress rules. +// +// We recommend that you leave room between the rule numbers (for example, 100, +// 110, 120, ...), and not number them one right after the other (for example, 101, +// 102, 103, ...). This makes it easier to add a rule between existing ones without +// having to renumber the rules. +// // After you add an entry, you can't modify it; you must either replace it, or -// create an entry and delete the old one. For more information about network ACLs, -// see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// create an entry and delete the old one. +// +// For more information about network ACLs, see [Network ACLs] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Network ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html func (c *Client) CreateNetworkAclEntry(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkAclEntryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNetworkAclEntryInput{} @@ -69,8 +74,10 @@ type CreateNetworkAclEntryInput struct { RuleAction types.RuleAction // The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in - // ascending order by rule number. Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. - // The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use. + // ascending order by rule number. + // + // Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is + // reserved for internal use. // // This member is required. RuleNumber *int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope.go index 41289ca62836c..0744bfa39c6a6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope.go @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a Network Access Scope. Amazon Web Services Network Access Analyzer -// enables cloud networking and cloud operations teams to verify that their -// networks on Amazon Web Services conform to their network security and governance -// objectives. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services Network Access -// Analyzer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/network-access-analyzer/) +// Creates a Network Access Scope. +// +// Amazon Web Services Network Access Analyzer enables cloud networking and cloud +// operations teams to verify that their networks on Amazon Web Services conform to +// their network security and governance objectives. For more information, see the [Amazon Web Services Network Access Analyzer Guide] // . +// +// [Amazon Web Services Network Access Analyzer Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/network-access-analyzer/ func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput{} @@ -35,8 +37,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScope(ctx context.Context, params *C type CreateNetworkInsightsAccessScopeInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html // // This member is required. ClientToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsPath.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsPath.go index 5d3ebe74500fe..8242a12df677f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsPath.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInsightsPath.go @@ -11,10 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a path to analyze for reachability. Reachability Analyzer enables you -// to analyze and debug network reachability between two resources in your virtual -// private cloud (VPC). For more information, see the Reachability Analyzer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/) -// . +// Creates a path to analyze for reachability. +// +// Reachability Analyzer enables you to analyze and debug network reachability +// between two resources in your virtual private cloud (VPC). For more information, +// see the [Reachability Analyzer Guide]. +// +// [Reachability Analyzer Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/ func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInsightsPath(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInsightsPathInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInsightsPathOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNetworkInsightsPathInput{} @@ -33,8 +36,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInsightsPath(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNe type CreateNetworkInsightsPathInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html // // This member is required. ClientToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterface.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterface.go index ecbdf37a2b6b8..c9777408675dc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterface.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterface.go @@ -11,12 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a network interface in the specified subnet. The number of IP addresses -// you can assign to a network interface varies by instance type. For more -// information, see IP Addresses Per ENI Per Instance Type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. For more information about -// network interfaces, see Elastic network interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Creates a network interface in the specified subnet. +// +// The number of IP addresses you can assign to a network interface varies by +// instance type. For more information, see [IP Addresses Per ENI Per Instance Type]in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud +// User Guide. +// +// For more information about network interfaces, see [Elastic network interfaces] in the Amazon Elastic +// Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Elastic network interfaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html +// [IP Addresses Per ENI Per Instance Type]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-eni.html#AvailableIpPerENI func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInterface(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInterfaceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInterfaceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNetworkInterfaceInput{} @@ -40,8 +45,9 @@ type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput struct { SubnetId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A connection tracking specification for the network interface. @@ -74,44 +80,56 @@ type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput struct { // The IDs of one or more security groups. Groups []string - // The type of network interface. The default is interface . The only supported - // values are interface , efa , and trunk . + // The type of network interface. The default is interface . + // + // The only supported values are interface , efa , and trunk . InterfaceType types.NetworkInterfaceCreationType // The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to - // the network interface. You can't specify a count of IPv4 prefixes if you've - // specified one of the following: specific IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 - // addresses, or a count of private IPv4 addresses. + // the network interface. + // + // You can't specify a count of IPv4 prefixes if you've specified one of the + // following: specific IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count + // of private IPv4 addresses. Ipv4PrefixCount *int32 - // The IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't specify IPv4 - // prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv4 prefixes, - // specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count of private IPv4 addresses. + // The IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. + // + // You can't specify IPv4 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a + // count of IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count of private + // IPv4 addresses. Ipv4Prefixes []types.Ipv4PrefixSpecificationRequest // The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 - // automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't - // specify a count of IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one - // of the following: specific IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count of - // IPv6 prefixes. If your subnet has the AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation attribute - // set, you can override that setting by specifying 0 as the IPv6 address count. + // automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. + // + // You can't specify a count of IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've + // specified one of the following: specific IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, + // or a count of IPv6 prefixes. + // + // If your subnet has the AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation attribute set, you can + // override that setting by specifying 0 as the IPv6 address count. Ipv6AddressCount *int32 - // The IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your subnet. You can't - // specify IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one of the - // following: a count of IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count of IPv6 - // prefixes. + // The IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your subnet. + // + // You can't specify IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one + // of the following: a count of IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count + // of IPv6 prefixes. Ipv6Addresses []types.InstanceIpv6Address // The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to - // the network interface. You can't specify a count of IPv6 prefixes if you've - // specified one of the following: specific IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, - // or a count of IPv6 addresses. + // the network interface. + // + // You can't specify a count of IPv6 prefixes if you've specified one of the + // following: specific IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 + // addresses. Ipv6PrefixCount *int32 - // The IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't specify IPv6 - // prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv6 prefixes, - // specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 addresses. + // The IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. + // + // You can't specify IPv6 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a + // count of IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 addresses. Ipv6Prefixes []types.Ipv6PrefixSpecificationRequest // The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't specify @@ -121,18 +139,22 @@ type CreateNetworkInterfaceInput struct { // designated as primary). PrivateIpAddress *string - // The private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify private IPv4 addresses if you've - // specified one of the following: a count of private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 - // prefixes, or a count of IPv4 prefixes. + // The private IPv4 addresses. + // + // You can't specify private IPv4 addresses if you've specified one of the + // following: a count of private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 prefixes, or a count + // of IPv4 prefixes. PrivateIpAddresses []types.PrivateIpAddressSpecification // The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network // interface. When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon EC2 // selects these IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You can't // specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using - // privateIpAddresses . You can't specify a count of private IPv4 addresses if - // you've specified one of the following: specific private IPv4 addresses, specific - // IPv4 prefixes, or a count of IPv4 prefixes. + // privateIpAddresses . + // + // You can't specify a count of private IPv4 addresses if you've specified one of + // the following: specific private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 prefixes, or a + // count of IPv4 prefixes. SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int32 // The tags to apply to the new network interface. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.go index e7e8e1cbb60bd..4c992e04da3b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateNetworkInterfacePermission.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the -// specified network interface to an instance in their account. You can grant -// permission to a single Amazon Web Services account only, and only one account at -// a time. +// specified network interface to an instance in their account. +// +// You can grant permission to a single Amazon Web Services account only, and only +// one account at a time. func (c *Client) CreateNetworkInterfacePermission(ctx context.Context, params *CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateNetworkInterfacePermissionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePlacementGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePlacementGroup.go index 09bd1f695c3f9..4c6249e51cccc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePlacementGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePlacementGroup.go @@ -12,14 +12,18 @@ import ( ) // Creates a placement group in which to launch instances. The strategy of the -// placement group determines how the instances are organized within the group. A -// cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single +// placement group determines how the instances are organized within the group. +// +// A cluster placement group is a logical grouping of instances within a single // Availability Zone that benefit from low network latency, high network // throughput. A spread placement group places instances on distinct hardware. A // partition placement group places groups of instances in different partitions, // where instances in one partition do not share the same hardware with instances -// in another partition. For more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// in another partition. +// +// For more information, see [Placement groups] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html func (c *Client) CreatePlacementGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePlacementGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePlacementGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreatePlacementGroupInput{} @@ -44,14 +48,18 @@ type CreatePlacementGroupInput struct { DryRun *bool // A name for the placement group. Must be unique within the scope of your account - // for the Region. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters + // for the Region. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters GroupName *string // The number of partitions. Valid only when Strategy is set to partition . PartitionCount *int32 // Determines how placement groups spread instances. + // // - Host – You can use host only with Outpost placement groups. + // // - Rack – No usage restrictions. SpreadLevel types.SpreadLevel diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePublicIpv4Pool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePublicIpv4Pool.go index 5ba26ed1ccd02..7cbc9cc6905eb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePublicIpv4Pool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreatePublicIpv4Pool.go @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ import ( // Creates a public IPv4 address pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address // pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web // Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, -// however, use IPAM pools only. To monitor the status of pool creation, use -// DescribePublicIpv4Pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.html) -// . +// however, use IPAM pools only. To monitor the status of pool creation, use [DescribePublicIpv4Pools]. +// +// [DescribePublicIpv4Pools]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.html func (c *Client) CreatePublicIpv4Pool(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePublicIpv4PoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePublicIpv4PoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreatePublicIpv4PoolInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask.go index 9811a4e305b3a..aa7239e03efb6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask.go @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@ import ( // Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running instance with a new volume // that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to // a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored -// from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance. For -// more information, see Replace a root volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/replace-root.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance. +// +// For more information, see [Replace a root volume] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Replace a root volume]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/replace-root.html func (c *Client) CreateReplaceRootVolumeTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput{} @@ -41,9 +43,9 @@ type CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the // request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is - // used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring - // idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Indicates whether to automatically delete the original root volume after the @@ -61,16 +63,19 @@ type CreateReplaceRootVolumeTaskInput struct { // The ID of the AMI to use to restore the root volume. The specified AMI must // have the same product code, billing information, architecture type, and - // virtualization type as that of the instance. If you want to restore the - // replacement volume from a specific snapshot, or if you want to restore it to its - // launch state, omit this parameter. + // virtualization type as that of the instance. + // + // If you want to restore the replacement volume from a specific snapshot, or if + // you want to restore it to its launch state, omit this parameter. ImageId *string // The ID of the snapshot from which to restore the replacement root volume. The // specified snapshot must be a snapshot that you previously created from the - // original root volume. If you want to restore the replacement root volume to the - // initial launch state, or if you want to restore the replacement root volume from - // an AMI, omit this parameter. + // original root volume. + // + // If you want to restore the replacement root volume to the initial launch state, + // or if you want to restore the replacement root volume from an AMI, omit this + // parameter. SnapshotId *string // The tags to apply to the root volume replacement task. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReservedInstancesListing.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReservedInstancesListing.go index 7b0747ce69574..e09426494361b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReservedInstancesListing.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateReservedInstancesListing.go @@ -14,21 +14,27 @@ import ( // Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the // Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance // listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you can -// use the DescribeReservedInstances operation. Only Standard Reserved Instances -// can be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. Convertible Reserved Instances -// cannot be sold. The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to -// resell Standard Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers -// who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold -// through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved -// Instances. To sell your Standard Reserved Instances, you must first register as -// a seller in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. After completing the registration -// process, you can create a Reserved Instance Marketplace listing of some or all -// of your Standard Reserved Instances, and specify the upfront price to receive -// for them. Your Standard Reserved Instance listings then become available for -// purchase. To view the details of your Standard Reserved Instance listing, you -// can use the DescribeReservedInstancesListings operation. For more information, -// see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// use the DescribeReservedInstancesoperation. +// +// Only Standard Reserved Instances can be sold in the Reserved Instance +// Marketplace. Convertible Reserved Instances cannot be sold. +// +// The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Standard +// Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to +// purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the +// Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. +// +// To sell your Standard Reserved Instances, you must first register as a seller +// in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. After completing the registration process, +// you can create a Reserved Instance Marketplace listing of some or all of your +// Standard Reserved Instances, and specify the upfront price to receive for them. +// Your Standard Reserved Instance listings then become available for purchase. To +// view the details of your Standard Reserved Instance listing, you can use the DescribeReservedInstancesListings +// operation. +// +// For more information, see [Reserved Instance Marketplace] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Reserved Instance Marketplace]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html func (c *Client) CreateReservedInstancesListing(ctx context.Context, params *CreateReservedInstancesListingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateReservedInstancesListingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateReservedInstancesListingInput{} @@ -48,9 +54,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateReservedInstancesListing(ctx context.Context, params *Cre type CreateReservedInstancesListingInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see - // Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html // // This member is required. ClientToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRestoreImageTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRestoreImageTask.go index 4bea73f6de754..31c59fa64dd52 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRestoreImageTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRestoreImageTask.go @@ -12,12 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously -// created by using CreateStoreImageTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateStoreImageTask.html) -// . To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, -// see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For more information, see Store and restore an -// AMI using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// created by using [CreateStoreImageTask]. +// +// To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, +// see [Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For more information, see [Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [CreateStoreImageTask]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateStoreImageTask.html +// [Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html +// [Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions func (c *Client) CreateRestoreImageTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRestoreImageTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRestoreImageTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateRestoreImageTaskInput{} @@ -58,7 +62,9 @@ type CreateRestoreImageTaskInput struct { // The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on restoration. You can tag the AMI, // the snapshots, or both. + // // - To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image . + // // - To tag the snapshots, the value for ResourceType must be snapshot . The same // tag is applied to all of the snapshots that are created. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRoute.go index fbfce5b3c9a05..86d4b16a68571 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRoute.go @@ -10,20 +10,26 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a route in a route table within a VPC. You must specify either a -// destination CIDR block or a prefix list ID. You must also specify exactly one of -// the resources from the parameter list. When determining how to route traffic, we -// use the route with the most specific match. For example, traffic is destined for -// the IPv4 address 192.0.2.3 , and the route table includes the following two IPv4 -// routes: +// Creates a route in a route table within a VPC. +// +// You must specify either a destination CIDR block or a prefix list ID. You must +// also specify exactly one of the resources from the parameter list. +// +// When determining how to route traffic, we use the route with the most specific +// match. For example, traffic is destined for the IPv4 address 192.0.2.3 , and the +// route table includes the following two IPv4 routes: +// // - 192.0.2.0/24 (goes to some target A) +// // - 192.0.2.0/28 (goes to some target B) // // Both routes apply to the traffic destined for 192.0.2.3 . However, the second // route in the list covers a smaller number of IP addresses and is therefore more -// specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic. For -// more information about route tables, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic. +// +// For more information about route tables, see [Route tables] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) CreateRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRouteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateRouteInput{} @@ -46,8 +52,10 @@ type CreateRouteInput struct { // This member is required. RouteTableId *string - // The ID of the carrier gateway. You can only use this option when the VPC - // contains a subnet which is associated with a Wavelength Zone. + // The ID of the carrier gateway. + // + // You can only use this option when the VPC contains a subnet which is associated + // with a Wavelength Zone. CarrierGatewayId *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRouteTable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRouteTable.go index 112caf86d88e7..5c52d0361b8bc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRouteTable.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateRouteTable.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, -// you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet. For more information, -// see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet. +// +// For more information, see [Route tables] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) CreateRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRouteTableOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateRouteTableInput{} @@ -38,8 +40,9 @@ type CreateRouteTableInput struct { VpcId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSecurityGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSecurityGroup.go index 3ae9ad0153442..351849e768b73 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSecurityGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSecurityGroup.go @@ -11,22 +11,27 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a security group. A security group acts as a virtual firewall for your -// instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. For more information, see -// Amazon EC2 security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security groups for your VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. When you create a security -// group, you specify a friendly name of your choice. You can't have two security -// groups for the same VPC with the same name. You have a default security group -// for use in your VPC. If you don't specify a security group when you launch an -// instance, the instance is launched into the appropriate default security group. -// A default security group includes a default rule that grants instances -// unrestricted network access to each other. You can add or remove rules from your -// security groups using AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress , -// AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress , RevokeSecurityGroupIngress , and -// RevokeSecurityGroupEgress . For more information about VPC security group -// limits, see Amazon VPC Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html) -// . +// Creates a security group. +// +// A security group acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control +// inbound and outbound traffic. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 security groups]in the Amazon Elastic +// Compute Cloud User Guide and [Security groups for your VPC]in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// When you create a security group, you specify a friendly name of your choice. +// You can't have two security groups for the same VPC with the same name. +// +// You have a default security group for use in your VPC. If you don't specify a +// security group when you launch an instance, the instance is launched into the +// appropriate default security group. A default security group includes a default +// rule that grants instances unrestricted network access to each other. +// +// You can add or remove rules from your security groups using AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress, AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress, RevokeSecurityGroupIngress, and RevokeSecurityGroupEgress. +// +// For more information about VPC security group limits, see [Amazon VPC Limits]. +// +// [Amazon VPC Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html +// [Amazon EC2 security groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html +// [Security groups for your VPC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_SecurityGroups.html func (c *Client) CreateSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSecurityGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSecurityGroupInput{} @@ -44,15 +49,20 @@ func (c *Client) CreateSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSecurity type CreateSecurityGroupInput struct { - // A description for the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in - // length Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* + // A description for the security group. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length + // + // Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* // // This member is required. Description *string - // The name of the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. - // Cannot start with sg- . Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and - // ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* + // The name of the security group. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Cannot start with sg- . + // + // Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* // // This member is required. GroupName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshot.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshot.go index 1f0c1f4e4148c..f5d77d476a839 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshot.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshot.go @@ -14,32 +14,43 @@ import ( // Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use // snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before -// shutting down an instance. You can create snapshots of volumes in a Region and -// volumes on an Outpost. If you create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, the -// snapshot must be stored in the same Region as the volume. If you create a -// snapshot of a volume on an Outpost, the snapshot can be stored on the same -// Outpost as the volume, or in the Region for that Outpost. When a snapshot is -// created, any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes that are associated -// with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot. You can take a snapshot -// of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data that -// has been written to your Amazon EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is -// issued; this might exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or -// the operating system. If you can pause any file systems on the volume long -// enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete. However, if you -// cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from -// within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to -// ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may remount and use your volume -// while the snapshot status is pending . When you create a snapshot for an EBS -// volume that serves as a root device, we recommend that you stop the instance -// before taking the snapshot. Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are -// automatically encrypted. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are -// also automatically encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated -// snapshots always remain protected. You can tag your snapshots during creation. -// For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see -// Amazon Elastic Block Store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/what-is-ebs.html) -// and Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// shutting down an instance. +// +// You can create snapshots of volumes in a Region and volumes on an Outpost. If +// you create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, the snapshot must be stored in +// the same Region as the volume. If you create a snapshot of a volume on an +// Outpost, the snapshot can be stored on the same Outpost as the volume, or in the +// Region for that Outpost. +// +// When a snapshot is created, any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes +// that are associated with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot. +// +// You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, +// snapshots only capture data that has been written to your Amazon EBS volume at +// the time the snapshot command is issued; this might exclude any data that has +// been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any +// file systems on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should +// be complete. However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you +// should unmount the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, +// and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You +// may remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is pending . +// +// When you create a snapshot for an EBS volume that serves as a root device, we +// recommend that you stop the instance before taking the snapshot. +// +// Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted. +// Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically +// encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated snapshots always remain +// protected. +// +// You can tag your snapshots during creation. For more information, see [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources] in the +// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Elastic Block Store] and [Amazon EBS encryption] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html +// [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html +// [Amazon Elastic Block Store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/what-is-ebs.html func (c *Client) CreateSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSnapshotInput{} @@ -73,16 +84,21 @@ type CreateSnapshotInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create a local // snapshot. + // // - To create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, omit this parameter. The // snapshot is created in the same Region as the volume. + // // - To create a snapshot of a volume on an Outpost and store the snapshot in // the Region, omit this parameter. The snapshot is created in the Region for the // Outpost. + // // - To create a snapshot of a volume on an Outpost and store the snapshot on an // Outpost, specify the ARN of the destination Outpost. The snapshot must be // created on the same Outpost as the volume. - // For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-snapshot) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-snapshot OutpostArn *string // The tags to apply to the snapshot during creation. @@ -99,7 +115,7 @@ type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { // the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited // by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the same // data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume/snapshot - // lineage. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots . + // lineage. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots. DataEncryptionKeyId *string // The description for the snapshot. @@ -113,8 +129,9 @@ type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { KmsKeyId *string // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // see [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html OutpostArn *string // The Amazon Web Services owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list ( amazon ). @@ -148,8 +165,7 @@ type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { // Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy // operation fails (for example, if the proper Key Management Service (KMS) // permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help - // you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by - // DescribeSnapshots . + // you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots. StateMessage *string // The storage tier in which the snapshot is stored. standard indicates that the @@ -162,8 +178,7 @@ type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { Tags []types.Tag // The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by - // the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for - // any purpose. + // the CopySnapshotaction have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. VolumeId *string // The size of the volume, in GiB. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshots.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshots.go index 2423effc513ec..bb0596e41f522 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshots.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSnapshots.go @@ -13,14 +13,17 @@ import ( // Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes and stores the data // in S3. Volumes are chosen by specifying an instance. Any attached volumes will -// produce one snapshot each that is crash-consistent across the instance. You can -// include all of the volumes currently attached to the instance, or you can -// exclude the root volume or specific data (non-root) volumes from the -// multi-volume snapshot set. You can create multi-volume snapshots of instances in -// a Region and instances on an Outpost. If you create snapshots from an instance -// in a Region, the snapshots must be stored in the same Region as the instance. If -// you create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost, the snapshots can be stored -// on the same Outpost as the instance, or in the Region for that Outpost. +// produce one snapshot each that is crash-consistent across the instance. +// +// You can include all of the volumes currently attached to the instance, or you +// can exclude the root volume or specific data (non-root) volumes from the +// multi-volume snapshot set. +// +// You can create multi-volume snapshots of instances in a Region and instances on +// an Outpost. If you create snapshots from an instance in a Region, the snapshots +// must be stored in the same Region as the instance. If you create snapshots from +// an instance on an Outpost, the snapshots can be stored on the same Outpost as +// the instance, or in the Region for that Outpost. func (c *Client) CreateSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSnapshotsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSnapshotsInput{} @@ -46,7 +49,7 @@ type CreateSnapshotsInput struct { // Copies the tags from the specified volume to corresponding snapshot. CopyTagsFromSource types.CopyTagsFromSource - // A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance. + // A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance. Description *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -57,17 +60,21 @@ type CreateSnapshotsInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the local // snapshots. + // // - To create snapshots from an instance in a Region, omit this parameter. The // snapshots are created in the same Region as the instance. + // // - To create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost and store the snapshots // in the Region, omit this parameter. The snapshots are created in the Region for // the Outpost. + // // - To create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost and store the snapshots // on an Outpost, specify the ARN of the destination Outpost. The snapshots must be // created on the same Outpost as the instance. - // For more information, see Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances - // on an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-multivol-snapshot) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances on an Outpost] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances on an Outpost]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-multivol-snapshot OutpostArn *string // Tags to apply to every snapshot specified by the instance. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.go index d0e993f0f8478..fd5993b88e318 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance // usage logs. You can create one data feed per Amazon Web Services account. For -// more information, see Spot Instance data feed (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// more information, see [Spot Instance data feed]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// [Spot Instance data feed]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html func (c *Client) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput{} @@ -34,8 +35,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *Cre type CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput struct { // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot Instance data feed. - // For more information about bucket names, see Rules for bucket naming (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html#bucketnamingrules) - // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. + // For more information about bucket names, see [Rules for bucket naming]in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. + // + // [Rules for bucket naming]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html#bucketnamingrules // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateStoreImageTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateStoreImageTask.go index 3694a6382bcc1..3b9f484353f65 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateStoreImageTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateStoreImageTask.go @@ -11,12 +11,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this API, you -// must have the required permissions. For more information, see Permissions for -// storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For more information, see Store and restore an -// AMI using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket. +// +// To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, +// see [Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For more information, see [Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html +// [Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions func (c *Client) CreateStoreImageTask(ctx context.Context, params *CreateStoreImageTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateStoreImageTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateStoreImageTaskInput{} @@ -52,7 +55,8 @@ type CreateStoreImageTaskInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The tags to apply to the AMI object that will be stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. + // The tags to apply to the AMI object that will be stored in the Amazon S3 + // bucket. S3ObjectTags []types.S3ObjectTag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnet.go index 0b02049ee9ba3..5e52cfe3a4f9e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnet.go @@ -15,19 +15,29 @@ import ( // CIDR block. If the VPC has an IPv6 CIDR block, you can create an IPv6 only // subnet or a dual stack subnet instead. For an IPv6 only subnet, specify an IPv6 // CIDR block. For a dual stack subnet, specify both an IPv4 CIDR block and an IPv6 -// CIDR block. A subnet CIDR block must not overlap the CIDR block of an existing -// subnet in the VPC. After you create a subnet, you can't change its CIDR block. +// CIDR block. +// +// A subnet CIDR block must not overlap the CIDR block of an existing subnet in +// the VPC. After you create a subnet, you can't change its CIDR block. +// // The allowed size for an IPv4 subnet is between a /28 netmask (16 IP addresses) // and a /16 netmask (65,536 IP addresses). Amazon Web Services reserves both the // first four and the last IPv4 address in each subnet's CIDR block. They're not -// available for your use. If you've associated an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC, -// you can associate an IPv6 CIDR block with a subnet when you create it. If you -// add more than one subnet to a VPC, they're set up in a star topology with a -// logical router in the middle. When you stop an instance in a subnet, it retains -// its private IPv4 address. It's therefore possible to have a subnet with no -// running instances (they're all stopped), but no remaining IP addresses -// available. For more information, see Subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/configure-subnets.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// available for your use. +// +// If you've associated an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC, you can associate an +// IPv6 CIDR block with a subnet when you create it. +// +// If you add more than one subnet to a VPC, they're set up in a star topology +// with a logical router in the middle. +// +// When you stop an instance in a subnet, it retains its private IPv4 address. +// It's therefore possible to have a subnet with no running instances (they're all +// stopped), but no remaining IP addresses available. +// +// For more information, see [Subnets] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Subnets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/configure-subnets.html func (c *Client) CreateSubnet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSubnetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSubnetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSubnetInput{} @@ -50,14 +60,20 @@ type CreateSubnetInput struct { // This member is required. VpcId *string - // The Availability Zone or Local Zone for the subnet. Default: Amazon Web - // Services selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we - // do not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. To create a subnet - // in a Local Zone, set this value to the Local Zone ID, for example - // us-west-2-lax-1a . For information about the Regions that support Local Zones, - // see Local Zones locations (http://aws.amazon.com/about-aws/global-infrastructure/localzones/locations/) - // . To create a subnet in an Outpost, set this value to the Availability Zone for + // The Availability Zone or Local Zone for the subnet. + // + // Default: Amazon Web Services selects one for you. If you create more than one + // subnet in your VPC, we do not necessarily select a different zone for each + // subnet. + // + // To create a subnet in a Local Zone, set this value to the Local Zone ID, for + // example us-west-2-lax-1a . For information about the Regions that support Local + // Zones, see [Local Zones locations]. + // + // To create a subnet in an Outpost, set this value to the Availability Zone for // the Outpost and specify the Outpost ARN. + // + // [Local Zones locations]: http://aws.amazon.com/about-aws/global-infrastructure/localzones/locations/ AvailabilityZone *string // The AZ ID or the Local Zone ID of the subnet. @@ -65,8 +81,9 @@ type CreateSubnetInput struct { // The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, // 10.0.0.0/24 . We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for - // example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18 , we modify it to 100.68.0.0/18 . This - // parameter is not supported for an IPv6 only subnet. + // example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18 , we modify it to 100.68.0.0/18 . + // + // This parameter is not supported for an IPv6 only subnet. CidrBlock *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnetCidrReservation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnetCidrReservation.go index 7696812e59126..62b7477ba4d92 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnetCidrReservation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateSubnetCidrReservation.go @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a subnet CIDR reservation. For more information, see Subnet CIDR -// reservations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/subnet-cidr-reservation.html) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide and Assign prefixes to network -// interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Creates a subnet CIDR reservation. For more information, see [Subnet CIDR reservations] in the Amazon +// Virtual Private Cloud User Guide and [Assign prefixes to network interfaces]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// [Subnet CIDR reservations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/subnet-cidr-reservation.html +// [Assign prefixes to network interfaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html func (c *Client) CreateSubnetCidrReservation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSubnetCidrReservationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSubnetCidrReservationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSubnetCidrReservationInput{} @@ -40,8 +41,10 @@ type CreateSubnetCidrReservationInput struct { // The type of reservation. The reservation type determines how the reserved IP // addresses are assigned to resources. + // // - prefix - Amazon Web Services assigns the reserved IP addresses to network // interfaces. + // // - explicit - You assign the reserved IP addresses to network interfaces. // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTags.go index 2d6541e629182..c1228b2653efd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTags.go @@ -15,11 +15,15 @@ import ( // resource or resources. When you specify an existing tag key, the value is // overwritten with the new value. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. // Each tag consists of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per -// resource. For more information about tags, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information about -// creating IAM policies that control users' access to resources based on tags, see -// Supported resource-level permissions for Amazon EC2 API actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-iam-actions-resources.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// resource. +// +// For more information about tags, see [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. For more information about creating IAM policies that control users' +// access to resources based on tags, see [Supported resource-level permissions for Amazon EC2 API actions]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// [Supported resource-level permissions for Amazon EC2 API actions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-iam-actions-resources.html +// [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html func (c *Client) CreateTags(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTagsInput{} @@ -37,8 +41,10 @@ func (c *Client) CreateTags(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTagsInput, optFns type CreateTagsInput struct { - // The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. Constraints: Up to 1000 resource - // IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. + // The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. + // + // Constraints: Up to 1000 resource IDs. We recommend breaking up this request + // into smaller batches. // // This member is required. Resources []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.go index a48e078d92332..46317c25a1283 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.go @@ -11,12 +11,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a Traffic Mirror filter. A Traffic Mirror filter is a set of rules that -// defines the traffic to mirror. By default, no traffic is mirrored. To mirror -// traffic, use CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.htm) -// to add Traffic Mirror rules to the filter. The rules you add define what traffic -// gets mirrored. You can also use ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.html) -// to mirror supported network services. +// Creates a Traffic Mirror filter. +// +// A Traffic Mirror filter is a set of rules that defines the traffic to mirror. +// +// By default, no traffic is mirrored. To mirror traffic, use [CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule] to add Traffic +// Mirror rules to the filter. The rules you add define what traffic gets mirrored. +// You can also use [ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices]to mirror supported network services. +// +// [CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.htm +// [ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.html func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilter(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorFilterOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput{} @@ -35,8 +39,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilter(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTr type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The description of the Traffic Mirror filter. @@ -57,8 +62,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterInput struct { type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Information about the Traffic Mirror filter. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go index 2e338061c2eed..a07fa8b37587d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule. A Traffic Mirror rule defines the Traffic -// Mirror source traffic to mirror. You need the Traffic Mirror filter ID when you -// create the rule. +// Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule. +// +// A Traffic Mirror rule defines the Traffic Mirror source traffic to mirror. +// +// You need the Traffic Mirror filter ID when you create the rule. func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput{} @@ -64,8 +66,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct { TrafficMirrorFilterId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The description of the Traffic Mirror rule. @@ -80,9 +83,12 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The protocol, for example UDP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. For - // information about the protocol value, see Protocol Numbers (https://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // on the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) website. + // The protocol, for example UDP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. + // + // For information about the protocol value, see [Protocol Numbers] on the Internet Assigned Numbers + // Authority (IANA) website. + // + // [Protocol Numbers]: https://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml Protocol *int32 // The source port range. @@ -94,8 +100,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct { type CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The Traffic Mirror rule. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.go index 63803ec2257b3..952471569ae6e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.go @@ -11,14 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a Traffic Mirror session. A Traffic Mirror session actively copies -// packets from a Traffic Mirror source to a Traffic Mirror target. Create a -// filter, and then assign it to the session to define a subset of the traffic to -// mirror, for example all TCP traffic. The Traffic Mirror source and the Traffic -// Mirror target (monitoring appliances) can be in the same VPC, or in a different -// VPC connected via VPC peering or a transit gateway. By default, no traffic is -// mirrored. Use CreateTrafficMirrorFilter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.htm) -// to create filter rules that specify the traffic to mirror. +// Creates a Traffic Mirror session. +// +// A Traffic Mirror session actively copies packets from a Traffic Mirror source +// to a Traffic Mirror target. Create a filter, and then assign it to the session +// to define a subset of the traffic to mirror, for example all TCP traffic. +// +// The Traffic Mirror source and the Traffic Mirror target (monitoring appliances) +// can be in the same VPC, or in a different VPC connected via VPC peering or a +// transit gateway. +// +// By default, no traffic is mirrored. Use [CreateTrafficMirrorFilter] to create filter rules that specify +// the traffic to mirror. +// +// [CreateTrafficMirrorFilter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.htm func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorSession(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorSessionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput{} @@ -43,7 +49,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct { // The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an // interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter - // is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766. + // is the one that mirrors the packets. + // + // Valid values are 1-32766. // // This member is required. SessionNumber *int32 @@ -59,8 +67,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct { TrafficMirrorTargetId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The description of the Traffic Mirror session. @@ -76,20 +85,24 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct { // header. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire packet. // To mirror a subset of the packet, set this to the length (in bytes) that you // want to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 - // bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. If you do not want - // to mirror the entire packet, use the PacketLength parameter to specify the - // number of bytes in each packet to mirror. For sessions with Network Load - // Balancer (NLB) Traffic Mirror targets the default PacketLength will be set to - // 8500. Valid values are 1-8500. Setting a PacketLength greater than 8500 will - // result in an error response. + // bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. + // + // If you do not want to mirror the entire packet, use the PacketLength parameter + // to specify the number of bytes in each packet to mirror. + // + // For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) Traffic Mirror targets the + // default PacketLength will be set to 8500. Valid values are 1-8500. Setting a + // PacketLength greater than 8500 will result in an error response. PacketLength *int32 // The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror session. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification // The VXLAN ID for the Traffic Mirror session. For more information about the - // VXLAN protocol, see RFC 7348 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7348) . If you do - // not specify a VirtualNetworkId , an account-wide unique id is chosen at random. + // VXLAN protocol, see [RFC 7348]. If you do not specify a VirtualNetworkId , an account-wide + // unique id is chosen at random. + // + // [RFC 7348]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7348 VirtualNetworkId *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -98,8 +111,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct { type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Information about the Traffic Mirror session. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorTarget.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorTarget.go index 2df3740af39f5..c1b5166e1c1e9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorTarget.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTrafficMirrorTarget.go @@ -11,14 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session. A Traffic Mirror target is -// the destination for mirrored traffic. The Traffic Mirror source and the Traffic -// Mirror target (monitoring appliances) can be in the same VPC, or in different -// VPCs connected via VPC peering or a transit gateway. A Traffic Mirror target can -// be a network interface, a Network Load Balancer, or a Gateway Load Balancer -// endpoint. To use the target in a Traffic Mirror session, use -// CreateTrafficMirrorSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.htm) -// . +// Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session. +// +// A Traffic Mirror target is the destination for mirrored traffic. The Traffic +// Mirror source and the Traffic Mirror target (monitoring appliances) can be in +// the same VPC, or in different VPCs connected via VPC peering or a transit +// gateway. +// +// A Traffic Mirror target can be a network interface, a Network Load Balancer, or +// a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. +// +// To use the target in a Traffic Mirror session, use [CreateTrafficMirrorSession]. +// +// [CreateTrafficMirrorSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.htm func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorTarget(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficMirrorTargetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput{} @@ -37,8 +42,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateTrafficMirrorTarget(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTr type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The description of the Traffic Mirror target. @@ -69,8 +75,9 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetInput struct { type CreateTrafficMirrorTargetOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Information about the Traffic Mirror target. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGateway.go index ee5add3cbaa77..247416e920853 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGateway.go @@ -11,22 +11,25 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a transit gateway. You can use a transit gateway to interconnect your -// virtual private clouds (VPC) and on-premises networks. After the transit gateway -// enters the available state, you can attach your VPCs and VPN connections to the -// transit gateway. To attach your VPCs, use CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment . To -// attach a VPN connection, use CreateCustomerGateway to create a customer gateway -// and specify the ID of the customer gateway and the ID of the transit gateway in -// a call to CreateVpnConnection . When you create a transit gateway, we create a -// default transit gateway route table and use it as the default association route -// table and the default propagation route table. You can use -// CreateTransitGatewayRouteTable to create additional transit gateway route +// Creates a transit gateway. +// +// You can use a transit gateway to interconnect your virtual private clouds (VPC) +// and on-premises networks. After the transit gateway enters the available state, +// you can attach your VPCs and VPN connections to the transit gateway. +// +// To attach your VPCs, use CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment. +// +// To attach a VPN connection, use CreateCustomerGateway to create a customer gateway and specify the +// ID of the customer gateway and the ID of the transit gateway in a call to CreateVpnConnection. +// +// When you create a transit gateway, we create a default transit gateway route +// table and use it as the default association route table and the default +// propagation route table. You can use CreateTransitGatewayRouteTableto create additional transit gateway route // tables. If you disable automatic route propagation, we do not create a default -// transit gateway route table. You can use -// EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation to propagate routes from a resource +// transit gateway route table. You can use EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationto propagate routes from a resource // attachment to a transit gateway route table. If you disable automatic -// associations, you can use AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTable to associate a -// resource attachment with a transit gateway route table. +// associations, you can use AssociateTransitGatewayRouteTableto associate a resource attachment with a transit +// gateway route table. func (c *Client) CreateTransitGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTransitGatewayInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnect.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnect.go index b5f03bb2fa118..f077da7909255 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnect.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnect.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment. A // Connect attachment is a GRE-based tunnel attachment that you can use to -// establish a connection between a transit gateway and an appliance. A Connect -// attachment uses an existing VPC or Amazon Web Services Direct Connect attachment -// as the underlying transport mechanism. +// establish a connection between a transit gateway and an appliance. +// +// A Connect attachment uses an existing VPC or Amazon Web Services Direct Connect +// attachment as the underlying transport mechanism. func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayConnect(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayConnectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayConnectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTransitGatewayConnectInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer.go index ecdcc570c4cf6..687aafa804d50 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer.go @@ -12,10 +12,14 @@ import ( ) // Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment -// between a transit gateway and an appliance. The peer address and transit gateway -// address must be the same IP address family (IPv4 or IPv6). For more information, -// see Connect peers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-connect.html#tgw-connect-peer) -// in the Transit Gateways Guide. +// between a transit gateway and an appliance. +// +// The peer address and transit gateway address must be the same IP address family +// (IPv4 or IPv6). +// +// For more information, see [Connect peers] in the Transit Gateways Guide. +// +// [Connect peers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-connect.html#tgw-connect-peer func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTransitGatewayConnectPeerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go index 03e285c587cb5..d53e9e10d5aa2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway. The transit -// gateway must be in the available state before you create a domain. Use -// DescribeTransitGateways (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTransitGateways.html) -// to see the state of transit gateway. +// Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway. +// +// The transit gateway must be in the available state before you create a domain. +// Use [DescribeTransitGateways]to see the state of transit gateway. +// +// [DescribeTransitGateways]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeTransitGateways.html func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomain(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTransitGatewayMulticastDomainInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment.go index c8565a9b4dbff..35099ef0ff0f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit // gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter). The peer transit -// gateway can be in your account or a different Amazon Web Services account. After -// you create the peering attachment, the owner of the accepter transit gateway -// must accept the attachment request. +// gateway can be in your account or a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// After you create the peering attachment, the owner of the accepter transit +// gateway must accept the attachment request. func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go index a5bc045d0ce75..45f670e189c05 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway. If you attach a -// VPC with a CIDR range that overlaps the CIDR range of a VPC that is already -// attached, the new VPC CIDR range is not propagated to the default propagation -// route table. To send VPC traffic to an attached transit gateway, add a route to -// the VPC route table using CreateRoute . +// Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway. +// +// If you attach a VPC with a CIDR range that overlaps the CIDR range of a VPC +// that is already attached, the new VPC CIDR range is not propagated to the +// default propagation route table. +// +// To send VPC traffic to an attached transit gateway, add a route to the VPC +// route table using CreateRoute. func (c *Client) CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go index 9f20f5751b187..3e927a76627f6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go @@ -64,8 +64,9 @@ type CreateVerifiedAccessEndpointInput struct { VerifiedAccessGroupId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access endpoint. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessGroup.go index b9ed06238f9a5..5fc32132d8c55 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessGroup.go @@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ type CreateVerifiedAccessGroupInput struct { VerifiedAccessInstanceId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access group. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessInstance.go index 679af5b0eaac9..4abefe4cf3267 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessInstance.go @@ -32,8 +32,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateVerifiedAccessInstance(ctx context.Context, params *Creat type CreateVerifiedAccessInstanceInput struct { // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access instance. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go index 5424e51a9704b..f36dae540accd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go @@ -43,8 +43,9 @@ type CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProviderInput struct { TrustProviderType types.TrustProviderType // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access trust provider. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVolume.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVolume.go index ca8bb2a63ad11..06f5dbe4b55f3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVolume.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVolume.go @@ -13,17 +13,25 @@ import ( ) // Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same -// Availability Zone. You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an -// EBS snapshot. Any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes from the -// snapshot are propagated to the volume. You can create encrypted volumes. -// Encrypted volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS -// encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also -// automatically encrypted. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. You can tag your volumes during creation. For more -// information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For more information, see -// Create an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-creating-volume.html) +// Availability Zone. +// +// You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an EBS snapshot. Any +// Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes from the snapshot are propagated +// to the volume. +// +// You can create encrypted volumes. Encrypted volumes must be attached to +// instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from +// encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption] // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// You can tag your volumes during creation. For more information, see [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources] in the +// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// For more information, see [Create an Amazon EBS volume] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html +// [Create an Amazon EBS volume]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-creating-volume.html +// [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html func (c *Client) CreateVolume(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVolumeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVolumeInput{} @@ -48,8 +56,9 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { AvailabilityZone *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -61,50 +70,66 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the // encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), // starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is - // enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/work-with-ebs-encr.html#encryption-by-default) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to - // instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see - // Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances) - // . + // enabled. For more information, see [Encryption by default]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon + // EBS encryption. For more information, see [Supported instance types]. + // + // [Supported instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances + // [Encryption by default]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/work-with-ebs-encr.html#encryption-by-default Encrypted *bool // The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3 , io1 , and io2 // volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. // For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the - // rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. The following are - // the supported values for each volume type: + // rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. + // + // The following are the supported values for each volume type: + // // - gp3 : 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS + // // - io1 : 100 - 64,000 IOPS + // // - io2 : 100 - 256,000 IOPS - // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on instances built on the - // Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // . On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. This - // parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes is - // 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported for gp2 , st1 , sc1 , or standard + // + // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System]. On other instances, + // you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. + // + // This parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes + // is 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported for gp2 , st1 , sc1 , or standard // volumes. + // + // [instances built on the Nitro System]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances Iops *int32 // The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon // EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS - // is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true . You can - // specify the KMS key using any of the following: + // is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true . + // + // You can specify the KMS key using any of the following: + // // - Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias. + // // - Key ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Alias ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + // // Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you // specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to // complete, but eventually fails. KmsKeyId *string // Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable - // Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the - // Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 - // volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 [Instances built on the Nitro System]in the same Availability + // Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more + // information, see [Amazon EBS Multi-Attach]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Instances built on the Nitro System]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances + // [Amazon EBS Multi-Attach]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes-multi.html MultiAttachEnabled *bool // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. @@ -112,12 +137,18 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a // volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You - // can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. The - // following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type: + // can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. + // + // The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type: + // // - gp2 and gp3 : 1 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io1 : 4 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io2 : 4 - 65,536 GiB + // // - st1 and sc1 : 125 - 16,384 GiB + // // - standard : 1 - 1024 GiB Size *int32 @@ -128,20 +159,33 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // The tags to apply to the volume during creation. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification - // The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. This - // parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. - // Maximum value of 1000. + // The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. + // + // This parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes. + // + // Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. Throughput *int32 // The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values: + // // - General Purpose SSD: gp2 | gp3 + // // - Provisioned IOPS SSD: io1 | io2 + // // - Throughput Optimized HDD: st1 + // // - Cold HDD: sc1 + // // - Magnetic: standard + // // Throughput Optimized HDD ( st1 ) and Cold HDD ( sc1 ) volumes can't be used as - // boot volumes. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Default: gp2 + // boot volumes. + // + // For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // Default: gp2 + // + // [Amazon EBS volume types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html VolumeType types.VolumeType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -150,8 +194,9 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // Describes a volume. type CreateVolumeOutput struct { - // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. Information about the volume - // attachments. + // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. + // + // Information about the volume attachments. Attachments []types.VolumeAttachment // The Availability Zone for the volume. @@ -163,8 +208,9 @@ type CreateVolumeOutput struct { // Indicates whether the volume is encrypted. Encrypted *bool - // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. Indicates whether the volume - // was created using fast snapshot restore. + // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. + // + // Indicates whether the volume was created using fast snapshot restore. FastRestored *bool // The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3 , io1 , and io2 @@ -189,7 +235,9 @@ type CreateVolumeOutput struct { // The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable. SnapshotId *string - // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. Reserved for future use. + // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. + // + // Reserved for future use. SseType types.SSEType // The volume state. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpc.go index dd27cd3c581cf..149858d762d5a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpc.go @@ -11,19 +11,26 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks. For more information, see IP -// addressing for your VPCs and subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-ip-addressing.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You can optionally request an IPv6 CIDR block for -// the VPC. You can request an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block from Amazon's pool -// of IPv6 addresses or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you -// provisioned through bring your own IP addresses ( BYOIP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html) -// ). By default, each instance that you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP +// Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks. For more information, see [IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets] in the +// Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// You can optionally request an IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC. You can request an +// Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block from Amazon's pool of IPv6 addresses or an IPv6 +// CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you provisioned through bring your own +// IP addresses ([BYOIP] ). +// +// By default, each instance that you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP // options, which include only a default DNS server that we provide -// (AmazonProvidedDNS). For more information, see DHCP option sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You can specify the instance tenancy value for the -// VPC when you create it. You can't change this value for the VPC after you create -// it. For more information, see Dedicated Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// (AmazonProvidedDNS). For more information, see [DHCP option sets]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// You can specify the instance tenancy value for the VPC when you create it. You +// can't change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information, +// see [Dedicated Instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [BYOIP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html +// [Dedicated Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html +// [DHCP option sets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html +// [IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-ip-addressing.html func (c *Client) CreateVpc(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpcInput{} @@ -61,44 +68,54 @@ type CreateVpcInput struct { // are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with any // tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For dedicated , instances are launched as // dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances with a - // tenancy of dedicated or host into a dedicated tenancy VPC. Important: The host - // value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default or dedicated values - // only. Default: default + // tenancy of dedicated or host into a dedicated tenancy VPC. + // + // Important: The host value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default + // or dedicated values only. + // + // Default: default InstanceTenancy types.Tenancy // The ID of an IPv4 IPAM pool you want to use for allocating this VPC's CIDR. For - // more information, see What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // more information, see [What is IPAM?]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv4IpamPoolId *string // The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an - // Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see - // What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) + // Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see [What is IPAM?] // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv4NetmaskLength *int32 // The IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool - // in the request. To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this - // parameter. + // in the request. + // + // To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. Ipv6CidrBlock *string // The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this - // parameter to limit the address to this location. You must set - // AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter. + // parameter to limit the address to this location. + // + // You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter. Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup *string // The ID of an IPv6 IPAM pool which will be used to allocate this VPC an IPv6 // CIDR. IPAM is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address // management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and // auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout - // your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more information, see What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more information, see [What is IPAM?]in the Amazon + // VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv6IpamPoolId *string // The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an - // Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see - // What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) + // Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see [What is IPAM?] // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html Ipv6NetmaskLength *int32 // The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpoint.go index cd7e669306188..08b7449300949 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpoint.go @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ import ( // Creates a VPC endpoint. A VPC endpoint provides a private connection between // the specified VPC and the specified endpoint service. You can use an endpoint // service provided by Amazon Web Services, an Amazon Web Services Marketplace -// Partner, or another Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see the -// Amazon Web Services PrivateLink User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/) -// . +// Partner, or another Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see the [Amazon Web Services PrivateLink User Guide]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services PrivateLink User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/ func (c *Client) CreateVpcEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcEndpointOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpcEndpointInput{} @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ type CreateVpcEndpointInput struct { VpcId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The DNS options for the endpoint. @@ -73,9 +74,11 @@ type CreateVpcEndpointInput struct { // kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com ), which resolves to the private IP addresses of // the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to // the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that - // are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service. To use a private hosted - // zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to true : enableDnsHostnames - // and enableDnsSupport . Use ModifyVpcAttribute to set the VPC attributes. + // are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service. + // + // To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to true + // : enableDnsHostnames and enableDnsSupport . Use ModifyVpcAttribute to set the VPC attributes. + // // Default: true PrivateDnsEnabled *bool @@ -98,7 +101,9 @@ type CreateVpcEndpointInput struct { // The tags to associate with the endpoint. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification - // The type of endpoint. Default: Gateway + // The type of endpoint. + // + // Default: Gateway VpcEndpointType types.VpcEndpointType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification.go index b51a736cbf3a9..2b982712785e6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint // service. A connection notification notifies you of specific endpoint events. You -// must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information, see -// Create a Topic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/CreateTopic.html) in -// the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide. You can create a -// connection notification for interface endpoints only. +// must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information, see [Create a Topic]in +// the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide. +// +// You can create a connection notification for interface endpoints only. +// +// [Create a Topic]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/CreateTopic.html func (c *Client) CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput{} @@ -46,8 +48,9 @@ type CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationInput struct { ConnectionNotificationArn *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go index 0db5837b7c4a6..c08679411b9df 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go @@ -12,17 +12,24 @@ import ( ) // Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services -// accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect. Before you create an endpoint -// service, you must create one of the following for your service: -// - A Network Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/) -// . Service consumers connect to your service using an interface endpoint. -// - A Gateway Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/) -// . Service consumers connect to your service using a Gateway Load Balancer +// accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect. +// +// Before you create an endpoint service, you must create one of the following for +// your service: +// +// - A [Network Load Balancer]. Service consumers connect to your service using an interface endpoint. +// +// - A [Gateway Load Balancer]. Service consumers connect to your service using a Gateway Load Balancer // endpoint. // // If you set the private DNS name, you must prove that you own the private DNS -// domain name. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/) -// . +// domain name. +// +// For more information, see the [Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide]. +// +// [Gateway Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/ +// [Network Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/ +// [Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/ func (c *Client) CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput{} @@ -45,8 +52,9 @@ type CreateVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput struct { AcceptanceRequired *bool // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcPeeringConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcPeeringConnection.go index bc14ea00060a8..6277cbf3ab444 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcPeeringConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpcPeeringConnection.go @@ -15,13 +15,19 @@ import ( // own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection. The accepter VPC // can belong to another Amazon Web Services account and can be in a different // Region to the requester VPC. The requester VPC and accepter VPC cannot have -// overlapping CIDR blocks. Limitations and rules apply to a VPC peering -// connection. For more information, see the limitations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/peering/vpc-peering-basics.html#vpc-peering-limitations) -// section in the VPC Peering Guide. The owner of the accepter VPC must accept the -// peering request to activate the peering connection. The VPC peering connection -// request expires after 7 days, after which it cannot be accepted or rejected. If -// you create a VPC peering connection request between VPCs with overlapping CIDR -// blocks, the VPC peering connection has a status of failed . +// overlapping CIDR blocks. +// +// Limitations and rules apply to a VPC peering connection. For more information, +// see the [limitations]section in the VPC Peering Guide. +// +// The owner of the accepter VPC must accept the peering request to activate the +// peering connection. The VPC peering connection request expires after 7 days, +// after which it cannot be accepted or rejected. +// +// If you create a VPC peering connection request between VPCs with overlapping +// CIDR blocks, the VPC peering connection has a status of failed . +// +// [limitations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/peering/vpc-peering-basics.html#vpc-peering-limitations func (c *Client) CreateVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput{} @@ -50,13 +56,15 @@ type CreateVpcPeeringConnectionInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC. Default: - // Your Amazon Web Services account ID + // The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC. + // + // Default: Your Amazon Web Services account ID PeerOwnerId *string // The Region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter VPC is located in a - // Region other than the Region in which you make the request. Default: The Region - // in which you make the request. + // Region other than the Region in which you make the request. + // + // Default: The Region in which you make the request. PeerRegion *string // The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection. You diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnection.go index 5286399c5a33a..6438a89963ff5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnection.go @@ -12,17 +12,26 @@ import ( ) // Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit -// gateway and a customer gateway. The supported connection type is ipsec.1 . The -// response includes information that you need to give to your network -// administrator to configure your customer gateway. We strongly recommend that you -// use HTTPS when calling this operation because the response contains sensitive -// cryptographic information for configuring your customer gateway device. If you -// decide to shut down your VPN connection for any reason and later create a new -// VPN connection, you must reconfigure your customer gateway with the new -// information returned from this call. This is an idempotent operation. If you -// perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. For -// more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// gateway and a customer gateway. The supported connection type is ipsec.1 . +// +// The response includes information that you need to give to your network +// administrator to configure your customer gateway. +// +// We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS when calling this operation because +// the response contains sensitive cryptographic information for configuring your +// customer gateway device. +// +// If you decide to shut down your VPN connection for any reason and later create +// a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure your customer gateway with the new +// information returned from this call. +// +// This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, +// Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) CreateVpnConnection(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpnConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpnConnectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpnConnectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnectionRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnectionRoute.go index 9f93fc700a590..7e33080c2c5cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnectionRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnConnectionRoute.go @@ -13,8 +13,12 @@ import ( // Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing // virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows // traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer -// gateway. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// gateway. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) CreateVpnConnectionRoute(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpnConnectionRouteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpnConnectionRouteInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnGateway.go index 54ee239282f87..5d81583611c07 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_CreateVpnGateway.go @@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ import ( // Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint on // the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private gateway -// before creating the VPC itself. For more information, see Amazon Web Services -// Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) in -// the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// before creating the VPC itself. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) CreateVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVpnGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVpnGatewayInput{} @@ -41,8 +44,9 @@ type CreateVpnGatewayInput struct { // A private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session. // If you're using a 16-bit ASN, it must be in the 64512 to 65534 range. If you're - // using a 32-bit ASN, it must be in the 4200000000 to 4294967294 range. Default: - // 64512 + // using a 32-bit ASN, it must be in the 4200000000 to 4294967294 range. + // + // Default: 64512 AmazonSideAsn *int64 // The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCarrierGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCarrierGateway.go index bc0cb92b9f46d..2384f37e3f176 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCarrierGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCarrierGateway.go @@ -11,10 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a carrier gateway. If you do not delete the route that contains the -// carrier gateway as the Target, the route is a blackhole route. For information -// about how to delete a route, see DeleteRoute (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteRoute.html) -// . +// Deletes a carrier gateway. +// +// If you do not delete the route that contains the carrier gateway as the Target, +// the route is a blackhole route. For information about how to delete a route, see +// [DeleteRoute]. +// +// [DeleteRoute]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteRoute.html func (c *Client) DeleteCarrierGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCarrierGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCarrierGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteCarrierGatewayInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCoipCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCoipCidr.go index cb4378c04d7a6..84b1b53752e1a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCoipCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteCoipCidr.go @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteCoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCoipCidrInput type DeleteCoipCidrInput struct { - // A customer-owned IP address range that you want to delete. + // A customer-owned IP address range that you want to delete. // // This member is required. Cidr *string - // The ID of the customer-owned address pool. + // The ID of the customer-owned address pool. // // This member is required. CoipPoolId *string @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ type DeleteCoipCidrInput struct { type DeleteCoipCidrOutput struct { - // Information about a range of customer-owned IP addresses. + // Information about a range of customer-owned IP addresses. CoipCidr *types.CoipCidr // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFleets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFleets.go index b42b5f6ee5630..cf49c2cf4f067 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFleets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFleets.go @@ -11,25 +11,36 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets. After you delete an EC2 Fleet, it launches no -// new instances. You must also specify whether a deleted EC2 Fleet should -// terminate its instances. If you choose to terminate the instances, the EC2 Fleet -// enters the deleted_terminating state. Otherwise, the EC2 Fleet enters the -// deleted_running state, and the instances continue to run until they are -// interrupted or you terminate them manually. For instant fleets, EC2 Fleet must -// terminate the instances when the fleet is deleted. Up to 1000 instances can be -// terminated in a single request to delete instant fleets. A deleted instant -// fleet with running instances is not supported. Restrictions +// Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets. +// +// After you delete an EC2 Fleet, it launches no new instances. +// +// You must also specify whether a deleted EC2 Fleet should terminate its +// instances. If you choose to terminate the instances, the EC2 Fleet enters the +// deleted_terminating state. Otherwise, the EC2 Fleet enters the deleted_running +// state, and the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you +// terminate them manually. +// +// For instant fleets, EC2 Fleet must terminate the instances when the fleet is +// deleted. Up to 1000 instances can be terminated in a single request to delete +// instant fleets. A deleted instant fleet with running instances is not supported. +// +// Restrictions +// // - You can delete up to 25 fleets of type instant in a single request. +// // - You can delete up to 100 fleets of type maintain or request in a single // request. +// // - You can delete up to 125 fleets in a single request, provided you do not // exceed the quota for each fleet type, as specified above. +// // - If you exceed the specified number of fleets to delete, no fleets are // deleted. // -// For more information, see Delete an EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#delete-fleet) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// For more information, see [Delete an EC2 Fleet] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Delete an EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#delete-fleet func (c *Client) DeleteFleets(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteFleetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteFleetsInput{} @@ -47,18 +58,22 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteFleets(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteFleetsInput, op type DeleteFleetsInput struct { - // The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. Constraints: In a single request, you can specify up - // to 25 instant fleet IDs and up to 100 maintain or request fleet IDs. + // The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. + // + // Constraints: In a single request, you can specify up to 25 instant fleet IDs + // and up to 100 maintain or request fleet IDs. // // This member is required. FleetIds []string // Indicates whether to terminate the associated instances when the EC2 Fleet is - // deleted. The default is to terminate the instances. To let the instances - // continue to run after the EC2 Fleet is deleted, specify no-terminate-instances . - // Supported only for fleets of type maintain and request . For instant fleets, - // you cannot specify NoTerminateInstances . A deleted instant fleet with running - // instances is not supported. + // deleted. The default is to terminate the instances. + // + // To let the instances continue to run after the EC2 Fleet is deleted, specify + // no-terminate-instances . Supported only for fleets of type maintain and request . + // + // For instant fleets, you cannot specify NoTerminateInstances . A deleted instant + // fleet with running instances is not supported. // // This member is required. TerminateInstances *bool diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFlowLogs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFlowLogs.go index c18f837d69e2c..a4be80d625a22 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFlowLogs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteFlowLogs.go @@ -29,7 +29,9 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteFlowLogsInput type DeleteFlowLogsInput struct { - // One or more flow log IDs. Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs. + // One or more flow log IDs. + // + // Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs. // // This member is required. FlowLogIds []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteInstanceEventWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteInstanceEventWindow.go index 3a3ac1109a7a9..177d4dfa12521 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteInstanceEventWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteInstanceEventWindow.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified event window. For more information, see Define event -// windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Deletes the specified event window. +// +// For more information, see [Define event windows for scheduled events] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Define event windows for scheduled events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html func (c *Client) DeleteInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteInstanceEventWindowOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteInstanceEventWindowInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpam.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpam.go index de4e000f2f33f..b8aef8363ee3f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpam.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpam.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Delete an IPAM. Deleting an IPAM removes all monitored data associated with the -// IPAM including the historical data for CIDRs. For more information, see Delete -// an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/delete-ipam.html) in the -// Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// IPAM including the historical data for CIDRs. +// +// For more information, see [Delete an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Delete an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/delete-ipam.html func (c *Client) DeleteIpam(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteIpamOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteIpamInput{} @@ -41,13 +43,20 @@ type DeleteIpamInput struct { // and any allocations in the pools in private scopes. You cannot delete the IPAM // with this option if there is a pool in your public scope. If you use this // option, IPAM does the following: + // // - Deallocates any CIDRs allocated to VPC resources (such as VPCs) in pools in - // private scopes. No VPC resources are deleted as a result of enabling this - // option. The CIDR associated with the resource will no longer be allocated from - // an IPAM pool, but the CIDR itself will remain unchanged. + // private scopes. + // + // No VPC resources are deleted as a result of enabling this option. The CIDR + // associated with the resource will no longer be allocated from an IPAM pool, but + // the CIDR itself will remain unchanged. + // // - Deprovisions all IPv4 CIDRs provisioned to IPAM pools in private scopes. + // // - Deletes all IPAM pools in private scopes. + // // - Deletes all non-default private scopes in the IPAM. + // // - Deletes the default public and private scopes and the IPAM. Cascade *bool diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamPool.go index e645e9f604b1c..ed514ed6bc96c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamPool.go @@ -11,12 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Delete an IPAM pool. You cannot delete an IPAM pool if there are allocations in -// it or CIDRs provisioned to it. To release allocations, see -// ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.html) -// . To deprovision pool CIDRs, see DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.html) -// . For more information, see Delete a pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/delete-pool-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Delete an IPAM pool. +// +// You cannot delete an IPAM pool if there are allocations in it or CIDRs +// provisioned to it. To release allocations, see [ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation]. To deprovision pool CIDRs, see [DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr] +// . +// +// For more information, see [Delete a pool] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.html +// [Delete a pool]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/delete-pool-ipam.html +// [DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.html func (c *Client) DeleteIpamPool(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIpamPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteIpamPoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteIpamPoolInput{} @@ -40,10 +45,11 @@ type DeleteIpamPoolInput struct { IpamPoolId *string // Enables you to quickly delete an IPAM pool and all resources within that pool, - // including provisioned CIDRs, allocations, and other pools. You can only use this - // option to delete pools in the private scope or pools in the public scope with a - // source resource. A source resource is a resource used to provision CIDRs to a - // resource planning pool. + // including provisioned CIDRs, allocations, and other pools. + // + // You can only use this option to delete pools in the private scope or pools in + // the public scope with a source resource. A source resource is a resource used to + // provision CIDRs to a resource planning pool. Cascade *bool // A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamScope.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamScope.go index f05e4bcff8708..b8b31903902cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamScope.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteIpamScope.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Delete the scope for an IPAM. You cannot delete the default scopes. For more -// information, see Delete a scope (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/delete-scope-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Delete the scope for an IPAM. You cannot delete the default scopes. +// +// For more information, see [Delete a scope] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Delete a scope]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/delete-scope-ipam.html func (c *Client) DeleteIpamScope(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIpamScopeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteIpamScopeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteIpamScopeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplate.go index 4895821faaa2e..aceedf034a51b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplate.go @@ -36,12 +36,16 @@ type DeleteLaunchTemplateInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions.go index b6d42b27a33b0..62e3efeb0bd79 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions.go @@ -11,15 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes one or more versions of a launch template. You can't delete the default -// version of a launch template; you must first assign a different version as the -// default. If the default version is the only version for the launch template, you -// must delete the entire launch template using DeleteLaunchTemplate . You can -// delete up to 200 launch template versions in a single request. To delete more -// than 200 versions in a single request, use DeleteLaunchTemplate , which deletes -// the launch template and all of its versions. For more information, see Delete a -// launch template version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-launch-template-versions.html#delete-launch-template-version) -// in the EC2 User Guide. +// Deletes one or more versions of a launch template. +// +// You can't delete the default version of a launch template; you must first +// assign a different version as the default. If the default version is the only +// version for the launch template, you must delete the entire launch template +// using DeleteLaunchTemplate. +// +// You can delete up to 200 launch template versions in a single request. To +// delete more than 200 versions in a single request, use DeleteLaunchTemplate, which deletes the +// launch template and all of its versions. +// +// For more information, see [Delete a launch template version] in the EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Delete a launch template version]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-launch-template-versions.html#delete-launch-template-version func (c *Client) DeleteLaunchTemplateVersions(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput{} @@ -49,12 +54,16 @@ type DeleteLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRoute.go index 0593dcea8d5ca..a67847fc19be7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRoute.go @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteInput struct { // The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly. DestinationCidrBlock *string - // Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock . You cannot use + // Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock . You cannot use // DestinationPrefixListId and DestinationCidrBlock in the same request. DestinationPrefixListId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTable.go index d17e253b033f5..ece2bcdd1ad40 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTable.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTable.go @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *Delet type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableInput struct { - // The ID of the local gateway route table. + // The ID of the local gateway route table. // // This member is required. LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go index 1b1833bb493f5..bcd2700bec51f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation.go @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociation(ct type DeleteLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationInput struct { - // The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. + // The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. // // This member is required. LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeletePlacementGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeletePlacementGroup.go index 145a431d0f556..ba34b11df38fa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeletePlacementGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeletePlacementGroup.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( // Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in the // placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information, -// see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// see [Placement groups]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html func (c *Client) DeletePlacementGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePlacementGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePlacementGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeletePlacementGroupInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSecurityGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSecurityGroup.go index 68c894ce611c8..b016646d13618 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSecurityGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSecurityGroup.go @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a security group. If you attempt to delete a security group that is -// associated with an instance or network interface or is referenced by another -// security group, the operation fails with DependencyViolation . +// Deletes a security group. +// +// If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance +// or network interface or is referenced by another security group, the operation +// fails with DependencyViolation . func (c *Client) DeleteSecurityGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSecurityGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSecurityGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteSecurityGroupInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSnapshot.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSnapshot.go index 762ca73c752bb..eb4eb02e7bcdd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSnapshot.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteSnapshot.go @@ -10,16 +10,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified snapshot. When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, -// the snapshots are incremental, and only the blocks on the device that have -// changed since your last snapshot are saved in the new snapshot. When you delete -// a snapshot, only the data not needed for any other snapshot is removed. So -// regardless of which prior snapshots have been deleted, all active snapshots will -// have access to all the information needed to restore the volume. You cannot -// delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a registered AMI. -// You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete the snapshot. For more -// information, see Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// Deletes the specified snapshot. +// +// When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental, +// and only the blocks on the device that have changed since your last snapshot are +// saved in the new snapshot. When you delete a snapshot, only the data not needed +// for any other snapshot is removed. So regardless of which prior snapshots have +// been deleted, all active snapshots will have access to all the information +// needed to restore the volume. +// +// You cannot delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a +// registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete the +// snapshot. +// +// For more information, see [Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html func (c *Client) DeleteSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteSnapshotInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTags.go index d795d5ae5b3d6..1bacdda772bb0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTags.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources. To list -// the current tags, use DescribeTags . For more information about tags, see Tag -// your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources. +// +// To list the current tags, use DescribeTags. For more information about tags, see [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources] in the +// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html func (c *Client) DeleteTags(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTagsInput{} @@ -32,8 +34,10 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteTags(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTagsInput, optFns type DeleteTagsInput struct { - // The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. Constraints: Up to 1000 resource - // IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. + // The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. + // + // Constraints: Up to 1000 resource IDs. We recommend breaking up this request + // into smaller batches. // // This member is required. Resources []string @@ -48,9 +52,12 @@ type DeleteTagsInput struct { // specific tags. If you specify a tag key without a tag value, we delete any tag // with this key regardless of its value. If you specify a tag key with an empty // string as the tag value, we delete the tag only if its value is an empty string. + // // If you omit this parameter, we delete all user-defined tags for the specified // resources. We do not delete Amazon Web Services-generated tags (tags that have - // the aws: prefix). Constraints: Up to 1000 tags. + // the aws: prefix). + // + // Constraints: Up to 1000 tags. Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter.go index 83ab16a6dc112..b7b9d83cbc475 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter.go @@ -10,8 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter. You cannot delete a Traffic Mirror -// filter that is in use by a Traffic Mirror session. +// Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter. +// +// You cannot delete a Traffic Mirror filter that is in use by a Traffic Mirror +// session. func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorFilter(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTrafficMirrorFilterInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget.go index dce118e2f7ba1..421a9762f66dc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget.go @@ -10,8 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target. You cannot delete a Traffic Mirror -// target that is in use by a Traffic Mirror session. +// Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target. +// +// You cannot delete a Traffic Mirror target that is in use by a Traffic Mirror +// session. func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficMirrorTarget(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTrafficMirrorTargetInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable.go index 7e78a0ea86884..a515a3e2484cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable.go @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified transit gateway route table. If there are any route -// tables associated with the transit gateway route table, you must first run -// DisassociateRouteTable before you can delete the transit gateway route table. -// This removes any route tables associated with the transit gateway route table. +// tables associated with the transit gateway route table, you must first run DisassociateRouteTable +// before you can delete the transit gateway route table. This removes any route +// tables associated with the transit gateway route table. func (c *Client) DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTransitGatewayRouteTableInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go index d6eb507e8bd68..23acdfe137b86 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type DeleteVerifiedAccessEndpointInput struct { VerifiedAccessEndpointId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessGroup.go index c3b00f166f580..c8eb15b9b83aa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessGroup.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type DeleteVerifiedAccessGroupInput struct { VerifiedAccessGroupId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessInstance.go index 7c47f264b78ec..3b16702eb7d24 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessInstance.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type DeleteVerifiedAccessInstanceInput struct { VerifiedAccessInstanceId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go index 108f6cb0ead68..78b4914e7a9ac 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProviderInput struct { VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVolume.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVolume.go index 5b70189e35613..0b42091465088 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVolume.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVolume.go @@ -11,9 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state -// (not attached to an instance). The volume can remain in the deleting state for -// several minutes. For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-deleting-volume.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// (not attached to an instance). +// +// The volume can remain in the deleting state for several minutes. +// +// For more information, see [Delete an Amazon EBS volume] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Delete an Amazon EBS volume]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-deleting-volume.html func (c *Client) DeleteVolume(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVolumeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteVolumeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpcEndpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpcEndpoints.go index e7e0aaad48695..86dc977c7ee04 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpcEndpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpcEndpoints.go @@ -11,12 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified VPC endpoints. When you delete a gateway endpoint, we -// delete the endpoint routes in the route tables for the endpoint. When you delete -// a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, we delete its endpoint network interfaces. You -// can only delete Gateway Load Balancer endpoints when the routes that are -// associated with the endpoint are deleted. When you delete an interface endpoint, -// we delete its endpoint network interfaces. +// Deletes the specified VPC endpoints. +// +// When you delete a gateway endpoint, we delete the endpoint routes in the route +// tables for the endpoint. +// +// When you delete a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, we delete its endpoint +// network interfaces. You can only delete Gateway Load Balancer endpoints when the +// routes that are associated with the endpoint are deleted. +// +// When you delete an interface endpoint, we delete its endpoint network +// interfaces. func (c *Client) DeleteVpcEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVpcEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVpcEndpointsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteVpcEndpointsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpnConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpnConnection.go index 99be5e80bf0ef..6fd3d2c2ce625 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpnConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeleteVpnConnection.go @@ -10,14 +10,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified VPN connection. If you're deleting the VPC and its -// associated components, we recommend that you detach the virtual private gateway -// from the VPC and delete the VPC before deleting the VPN connection. If you -// believe that the tunnel credentials for your VPN connection have been -// compromised, you can delete the VPN connection and create a new one that has new -// keys, without needing to delete the VPC or virtual private gateway. If you -// create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure the customer gateway device -// using the new configuration information returned with the new VPN connection ID. +// Deletes the specified VPN connection. +// +// If you're deleting the VPC and its associated components, we recommend that you +// detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC and delete the VPC before +// deleting the VPN connection. If you believe that the tunnel credentials for your +// VPN connection have been compromised, you can delete the VPN connection and +// create a new one that has new keys, without needing to delete the VPC or virtual +// private gateway. If you create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure the +// customer gateway device using the new configuration information returned with +// the new VPN connection ID. +// // For certificate-based authentication, delete all Certificate Manager (ACM) // private certificates used for the Amazon Web Services-side tunnel endpoints for // the VPN connection before deleting the VPN connection. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionByoipCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionByoipCidr.go index 8ce263c93a6d4..f1f615938ee13 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionByoipCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionByoipCidr.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your // Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and -// deletes the corresponding address pool. Before you can release an address range, -// you must stop advertising it using WithdrawByoipCidr and you must not have any -// IP addresses allocated from its address range. +// deletes the corresponding address pool. +// +// Before you can release an address range, you must stop advertising it using WithdrawByoipCidr +// and you must not have any IP addresses allocated from its address range. func (c *Client) DeprovisionByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *DeprovisionByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeprovisionByoipCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeprovisionByoipCidrInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamByoasn.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamByoasn.go index 3a0bd81a1ab44..4ed4e8764c67c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamByoasn.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamByoasn.go @@ -13,9 +13,11 @@ import ( // Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services // account. This action can only be called after any BYOIP CIDR associations are -// removed from your Amazon Web Services account with DisassociateIpamByoasn (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DisassociateIpamByoasn.html) -// . For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html) +// removed from your Amazon Web Services account with [DisassociateIpamByoasn]. For more information, see [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM] // in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide. +// +// [DisassociateIpamByoasn]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DisassociateIpamByoasn.html +// [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html func (c *Client) DeprovisionIpamByoasn(ctx context.Context, params *DeprovisionIpamByoasnInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeprovisionIpamByoasnOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeprovisionIpamByoasnInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.go index ea2fb79780384..1289862f4c995 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool. If you deprovision a CIDR // from a pool that has a source pool, the CIDR is recycled back into the source -// pool. For more information, see Deprovision pool CIDRs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/depro-pool-cidr-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// pool. For more information, see [Deprovision pool CIDRs]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Deprovision pool CIDRs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/depro-pool-cidr-ipam.html func (c *Client) DeprovisionIpamPoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeprovisionIpamPoolCidrInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeregisterImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeregisterImage.go index fceb77ca740a4..be53865fc1e87 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeregisterImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DeregisterImage.go @@ -11,16 +11,22 @@ import ( ) // Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used to -// launch new instances. If you deregister an AMI that matches a Recycle Bin -// retention rule, the AMI is retained in the Recycle Bin for the specified -// retention period. For more information, see Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. When you deregister an AMI, it doesn't affect any -// instances that you've already launched from the AMI. You'll continue to incur -// usage costs for those instances until you terminate them. When you deregister an -// Amazon EBS-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the snapshot that was created for the -// root volume of the instance during the AMI creation process. When you deregister -// an instance store-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the files that you uploaded to -// Amazon S3 when you created the AMI. +// launch new instances. +// +// If you deregister an AMI that matches a Recycle Bin retention rule, the AMI is +// retained in the Recycle Bin for the specified retention period. For more +// information, see [Recycle Bin]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// When you deregister an AMI, it doesn't affect any instances that you've already +// launched from the AMI. You'll continue to incur usage costs for those instances +// until you terminate them. +// +// When you deregister an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the snapshot +// that was created for the root volume of the instance during the AMI creation +// process. When you deregister an instance store-backed AMI, it doesn't affect the +// files that you uploaded to Amazon S3 when you created the AMI. +// +// [Recycle Bin]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html func (c *Client) DeregisterImage(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeregisterImageInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAccountAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAccountAttributes.go index 9d84499e8b885..9814794a9066e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAccountAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAccountAttributes.go @@ -13,22 +13,29 @@ import ( // Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account. The following are the // supported account attributes: +// // - default-vpc : The ID of the default VPC for your account, or none . +// // - max-instances : This attribute is no longer supported. The returned value // does not reflect your actual vCPU limit for running On-Demand Instances. For -// more information, see On-Demand Instance Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-on-demand-instances.html#ec2-on-demand-instances-limits) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// more information, see [On-Demand Instance Limits]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// // - max-elastic-ips : The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can // allocate. +// // - supported-platforms : This attribute is deprecated. +// // - vpc-max-elastic-ips : The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you // can allocate. +// // - vpc-max-security-groups-per-interface : The maximum number of security // groups that you can assign to a network interface. // // The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested // structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a // particular order. +// +// [On-Demand Instance Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-on-demand-instances.html#ec2-on-demand-instances-limits func (c *Client) DescribeAccountAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressTransfers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressTransfers.go index 0e3c60a383e49..bd8819fcbb2ed 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressTransfers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressTransfers.go @@ -11,16 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer -// Elastic IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. When you transfer an Elastic IP -// address, there is a two-step handshake between the source and transfer Amazon -// Web Services accounts. When the source account starts the transfer, the transfer -// account has seven days to accept the Elastic IP address transfer. During those -// seven days, the source account can view the pending transfer by using this -// action. After seven days, the transfer expires and ownership of the Elastic IP -// address returns to the source account. Accepted transfers are visible to the -// source account for three days after the transfers have been accepted. +// Describes an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see [Transfer Elastic IP addresses] in the +// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// When you transfer an Elastic IP address, there is a two-step handshake between +// the source and transfer Amazon Web Services accounts. When the source account +// starts the transfer, the transfer account has seven days to accept the Elastic +// IP address transfer. During those seven days, the source account can view the +// pending transfer by using this action. After seven days, the transfer expires +// and ownership of the Elastic IP address returns to the source account. Accepted +// transfers are visible to the source account for three days after the transfers +// have been accepted. +// +// [Transfer Elastic IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro func (c *Client) DescribeAddressTransfers(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAddressTransfersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAddressTransfersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAddressTransfersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddresses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddresses.go index bc97a237e444c..ea538a1af2d43 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddresses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddresses.go @@ -40,28 +40,38 @@ type DescribeAddressesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - allocation-id - The allocation ID for the address. + // // - association-id - The association ID for the address. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance the address is associated with, if any. + // // - network-border-group - A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or // Wavelength Zones from where Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. + // // - network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface that the address is // associated with, if any. - // - network-interface-owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the - // owner. + // + // - network-interface-owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. + // // - private-ip-address - The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP // address. + // // - public-ip - The Elastic IP address, or the carrier IP address. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter - // One or more Elastic IP addresses. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP - // addresses. + // One or more Elastic IP addresses. + // + // Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. PublicIps []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressesAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressesAttribute.go index 408217b07fe09..33d8490834f0a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressesAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAddressesAttribute.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses. For -// requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS) -// . +// requirements, see [Using reverse DNS for email applications]. +// +// [Using reverse DNS for email applications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS func (c *Client) DescribeAddressesAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAddressesAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAddressesAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAddressesAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAggregateIdFormat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAggregateIdFormat.go index 69459b2a4a1ab..632a51a0a452b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAggregateIdFormat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAggregateIdFormat.go @@ -13,8 +13,11 @@ import ( // Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific // Region. This request is useful for performing a quick audit to determine whether -// a specific Region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character IDs). This -// request only returns information about resource types that support longer IDs. +// a specific Region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character IDs). +// +// This request only returns information about resource types that support longer +// IDs. +// // The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | // customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association // | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAvailabilityZones.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAvailabilityZones.go index a6296cab37260..17094969e5a67 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAvailabilityZones.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeAvailabilityZones.go @@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ import ( // Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are // available to you. If there is an event impacting a zone, you can use this -// request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone. For more -// information about Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones, see -// Regions and zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. The order of the elements in the -// response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications -// should not assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone. +// +// For more information about Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength +// Zones, see [Regions and zones]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Regions and zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html func (c *Client) DescribeAvailabilityZones(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAvailabilityZonesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput{} @@ -37,8 +41,10 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeAvailabilityZones(ctx context.Context, params *Describe type DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput struct { // Include all Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones regardless of - // your opt-in status. If you do not use this parameter, the results include only - // the zones for the Regions where you have chosen the option to opt in. + // your opt-in status. + // + // If you do not use this parameter, the results include only the zones for the + // Regions where you have chosen the option to opt in. AllAvailabilityZones *bool // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -48,26 +54,36 @@ type DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - group-name - For Availability Zones, use the Region name. For Local Zones, // use the name of the group associated with the Local Zone (for example, // us-west-2-lax-1 ) For Wavelength Zones, use the name of the group associated // with the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1 ). + // // - message - The Zone message. + // // - opt-in-status - The opt-in status ( opted-in | not-opted-in | // opt-in-not-required ). + // // - parent-zone-id - The ID of the zone that handles some of the Local Zone and // Wavelength Zone control plane operations, such as API calls. + // // - parent-zone-name - The ID of the zone that handles some of the Local Zone // and Wavelength Zone control plane operations, such as API calls. + // // - region-name - The name of the Region for the Zone (for example, us-east-1 ). + // // - state - The state of the Availability Zone, the Local Zone, or the // Wavelength Zone ( available ). + // // - zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone (for example, use1-az1 ), the // Local Zone (for example, usw2-lax1-az1 ), or the Wavelength Zone (for example, // us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1 ). + // // - zone-name - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, us-east-1a ), // the Local Zone (for example, us-west-2-lax-1a ), or the Wavelength Zone (for // example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1 ). + // // - zone-type - The type of zone ( availability-zone | local-zone | // wavelength-zone ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeBundleTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeBundleTasks.go index 32b3f2f8679e5..ca619443a3f8a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeBundleTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeBundleTasks.go @@ -15,13 +15,16 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks. Completed -// bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle task is no -// longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just use +// Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks. +// +// Completed bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle task +// is no longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just use // RegisterImage with the Amazon S3 bucket name and image manifest name you -// provided to the bundle task. The order of the elements in the response, -// including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not -// assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// provided to the bundle task. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. func (c *Client) DescribeBundleTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeBundleTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeBundleTasksInput{} @@ -39,7 +42,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeBundleTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeBundle type DescribeBundleTasksInput struct { - // The bundle task IDs. Default: Describes all your bundle tasks. + // The bundle task IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your bundle tasks. BundleIds []string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -49,17 +54,27 @@ type DescribeBundleTasksInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - bundle-id - The ID of the bundle task. + // // - error-code - If the task failed, the error code returned. + // // - error-message - If the task failed, the error message returned. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance. + // // - progress - The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example, 20%). + // // - s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI. + // // - s3-prefix - The beginning of the AMI name. + // // - start-time - The time the task started (for example, // 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z). + // // - state - The state of the task ( pending | waiting-for-shutdown | bundling | // storing | cancelling | complete | failed ). + // // - update-time - The time of the most recent update for the task. Filters []types.Filter @@ -193,12 +208,13 @@ type BundleTaskCompleteWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeBundleTasksInput, *DescribeBundleTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeByoipCidrs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeByoipCidrs.go index cae95fb390b6a..4afc4741b243b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeByoipCidrs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeByoipCidrs.go @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to -// ProvisionByoipCidr . To describe the address pools that were created when you -// provisioned the address ranges, use DescribePublicIpv4Pools or DescribeIpv6Pools -// . +// Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr. +// +// To describe the address pools that were created when you provisioned the +// address ranges, use DescribePublicIpv4Poolsor DescribeIpv6Pools. func (c *Client) DescribeByoipCidrs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeByoipCidrsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeByoipCidrsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeByoipCidrsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityBlockOfferings.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityBlockOfferings.go index 6589f0814dde2..d7c5244f5d184 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityBlockOfferings.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityBlockOfferings.go @@ -58,8 +58,9 @@ type DescribeCapacityBlockOfferingsInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. @@ -178,8 +179,9 @@ var _ DescribeCapacityBlockOfferingsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeCapacityBlockOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservationFleets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservationFleets.go index 7f2bd48aeb1d5..6d9d854c5dd62 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservationFleets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservationFleets.go @@ -39,19 +39,24 @@ type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - state - The state of the Fleet ( submitted | modifying | active | // partially_fulfilled | expiring | expired | cancelling | cancelled | failed ). + // // - instance-match-criteria - The instance matching criteria for the Fleet. Only // open is supported. + // // - tenancy - The tenancy of the Fleet ( default | dedicated ). + // // - allocation-strategy - The allocation strategy used by the Fleet. Only // prioritized is supported. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. @@ -164,8 +169,9 @@ var _ DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservations.go index 89fe57a9fa69f..e4fdb9e07aed4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCapacityReservations.go @@ -41,65 +41,88 @@ type DescribeCapacityReservationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - instance-type - The type of instance for which the Capacity Reservation // reserves capacity. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the Capacity // Reservation. + // // - instance-platform - The type of operating system for which the Capacity // Reservation reserves capacity. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the Capacity Reservation. + // // - tenancy - Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity // Reservation can have one of the following tenancy settings: + // // - default - The Capacity Reservation is created on hardware that is shared // with other Amazon Web Services accounts. + // // - dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created on single-tenant hardware // that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account. + // // - outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which the // Capacity Reservation was created. + // // - state - The current state of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity // Reservation can be in one of the following states: + // // - active - The Capacity Reservation is active and the capacity is available // for your use. + // // - expired - The Capacity Reservation expired automatically at the date and // time specified in your request. The reserved capacity is no longer available for // your use. + // // - cancelled - The Capacity Reservation was cancelled. The reserved capacity is // no longer available for your use. + // // - pending - The Capacity Reservation request was successful but the capacity // provisioning is still pending. + // // - failed - The Capacity Reservation request has failed. A request might fail // due to invalid request parameters, capacity constraints, or instance limit // constraints. Failed requests are retained for 60 minutes. - // - start-date - The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation was - // started. + // + // - start-date - The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation was started. + // // - end-date - The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When // a Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no // longer launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to // expired when it reaches its end date and time. + // // - end-date-type - Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A // Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types: + // // - unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly // cancel it. + // // - limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date // and time. + // // - instance-match-criteria - Indicates the type of instance launches that the // Capacity Reservation accepts. The options include: + // // - open - The Capacity Reservation accepts all instances that have matching // attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). Instances that have // matching attributes launch into the Capacity Reservation automatically without // specifying any additional parameters. + // // - targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have // matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and // explicitly target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted // instances can use the reserved capacity. + // // - placement-group-arn - The ARN of the cluster placement group in which the // Capacity Reservation was created. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. @@ -212,8 +235,9 @@ var _ DescribeCapacityReservationsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeCapacityReservationsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCarrierGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCarrierGateways.go index 9de246d7bec93..c7428ba25bf21 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCarrierGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCarrierGateways.go @@ -39,17 +39,23 @@ type DescribeCarrierGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - carrier-gateway-id - The ID of the carrier gateway. + // // - state - The state of the carrier gateway ( pending | failed | available | // deleting | deleted ). + // // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the carrier // gateway. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC associated with the carrier gateway. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClassicLinkInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClassicLinkInstances.go index b809d2aafa090..73c0036ad341c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClassicLinkInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClassicLinkInstances.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Describes one or more of your linked EC2-Classic -// instances. This request only returns information about EC2-Classic instances -// linked to a VPC through ClassicLink. You cannot use this request to return -// information about other instances. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Describes one or more of your linked EC2-Classic instances. This request only +// returns information about EC2-Classic instances linked to a VPC through +// ClassicLink. You cannot use this request to return information about other +// instances. func (c *Client) DescribeClassicLinkInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput{} @@ -39,15 +41,20 @@ type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - group-id - The ID of a VPC security group that's associated with the // instance. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked. Filters []types.Filter @@ -56,8 +63,11 @@ type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -171,8 +181,11 @@ var _ DescribeClassicLinkInstancesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules.go index 4c564309f529f..33264b0a56f21 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRules.go @@ -41,9 +41,12 @@ type DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - description - The description of the authorization rule. + // // - destination-cidr - The CIDR of the network to which the authorization rule // applies. + // // - group-id - The ID of the Active Directory group to which the authorization // rule grants access. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnConnections.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnConnections.go index 0a154ea82ca35..3bc2abdef26be 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnConnections.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnConnections.go @@ -42,7 +42,9 @@ type DescribeClientVpnConnectionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - connection-id - The ID of the connection. + // // - username - For Active Directory client authentication, the user name of the // client who established the client connection. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnEndpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnEndpoints.go index 0b1f866b488a9..94949f221b44f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnEndpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnEndpoints.go @@ -39,7 +39,9 @@ type DescribeClientVpnEndpointsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - endpoint-id - The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. + // // - transport-protocol - The transport protocol ( tcp | udp ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnRoutes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnRoutes.go index e59c634813e17..7c72c88e335eb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnRoutes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnRoutes.go @@ -41,9 +41,12 @@ type DescribeClientVpnRoutesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - destination-cidr - The CIDR of the route destination. + // // - origin - How the route was associated with the Client VPN endpoint ( // associate | add-route ). + // // - target-subnet - The ID of the subnet through which traffic is routed. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks.go index 384bf7d1a52b3..e5110b0924fff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworks.go @@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ type DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - association-id - The ID of the association. + // // - target-network-id - The ID of the subnet specified as the target network. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the target network is located. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCoipPools.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCoipPools.go index 04fcdd5280ea4..4357859893e41 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCoipPools.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCoipPools.go @@ -37,8 +37,10 @@ type DescribeCoipPoolsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - coip-pool.local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route // table. + // // - coip-pool.pool-id - The ID of the address pool. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeConversionTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeConversionTasks.go index 171d091cbf089..6c754eec3362b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeConversionTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeConversionTasks.go @@ -16,10 +16,12 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks. For more -// information, see the VM Import/Export User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/) -// . For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see -// VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html) -// . +// information, see the [VM Import/Export User Guide]. +// +// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see [VM Import Manifest]. +// +// [VM Import Manifest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html +// [VM Import/Export User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/ func (c *Client) DescribeConversionTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeConversionTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeConversionTasksInput{} @@ -178,12 +180,13 @@ type ConversionTaskCancelledWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, *DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -367,12 +370,13 @@ type ConversionTaskCompletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, *DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -604,12 +608,13 @@ type ConversionTaskDeletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeConversionTasksInput, *DescribeConversionTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCustomerGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCustomerGateways.go index d42d1a8c20a28..47cacf9d1944f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCustomerGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeCustomerGateways.go @@ -15,9 +15,12 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways. For more information, see -// Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) DescribeCustomerGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput{} @@ -36,7 +39,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeCustomerGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeC // Contains the parameters for DescribeCustomerGateways. type DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput struct { - // One or more customer gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your customer gateways. + // One or more customer gateway IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your customer gateways. CustomerGatewayIds []string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -46,19 +51,26 @@ type DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - bgp-asn - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous // System Number (ASN). + // // - customer-gateway-id - The ID of the customer gateway. + // // - ip-address - The IP address of the customer gateway device's external // interface. + // // - state - The state of the customer gateway ( pending | available | deleting | // deleted ). + // // - type - The type of customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type is // ipsec.1 . + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter @@ -196,12 +208,13 @@ type CustomerGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeCustomerGatewaysInput, *DescribeCustomerGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeDhcpOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeDhcpOptions.go index a655843ab8fc8..23dcd868579fe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeDhcpOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeDhcpOptions.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes one or more of your DHCP options sets. For more information, see DHCP -// options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your DHCP options sets. +// +// For more information, see [DHCP options sets] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [DHCP options sets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html func (c *Client) DescribeDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDhcpOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeDhcpOptionsInput{} @@ -31,8 +33,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeDhcpOptions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeDhcpOp type DescribeDhcpOptionsInput struct { - // The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets. Default: Describes all your DHCP - // options sets. + // The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets. + // + // Default: Describes all your DHCP options sets. DhcpOptionsIds []string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -42,23 +45,30 @@ type DescribeDhcpOptionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - dhcp-options-id - The ID of a DHCP options set. + // // - key - The key for one of the options (for example, domain-name ). + // // - value - The value for one of the options. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the DHCP // options set. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -172,8 +182,9 @@ var _ DescribeDhcpOptionsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeDhcpOptionsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.go index 2219a13bcf5ea..a471dd8dc0267 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.go @@ -39,18 +39,21 @@ type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysInput struct { EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds []string // The filters. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -164,8 +167,9 @@ var _ DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeElasticGpus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeElasticGpus.go index 758495fceee64..fee3c87ee2b62 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeElasticGpus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeElasticGpus.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, -// G4dn, or G5 instances. Describes the Elastic Graphics accelerator associated -// with your instances. For more information about Elastic Graphics, see Amazon -// Elastic Graphics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html) -// . +// G4dn, or G5 instances. +// +// Describes the Elastic Graphics accelerator associated with your instances. For +// more information about Elastic Graphics, see [Amazon Elastic Graphics]. +// +// [Amazon Elastic Graphics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html func (c *Client) DescribeElasticGpus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeElasticGpusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeElasticGpusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeElasticGpusInput{} @@ -44,14 +46,19 @@ type DescribeElasticGpusInput struct { ElasticGpuIds []string // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the Elastic Graphics // accelerator resides. + // // - elastic-gpu-health - The status of the Elastic Graphics accelerator ( OK | // IMPAIRED ). + // // - elastic-gpu-state - The state of the Elastic Graphics accelerator ( ATTACHED // ). + // // - elastic-gpu-type - The type of Elastic Graphics accelerator; for example, // eg1.medium . + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the Elastic Graphics // accelerator is associated. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeExportTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeExportTasks.go index d33938bd75774..2db101a567980 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeExportTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeExportTasks.go @@ -172,12 +172,13 @@ type ExportTaskCancelledWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeExportTasksInput, *DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -361,12 +362,13 @@ type ExportTaskCompletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeExportTasksInput, *DescribeExportTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastLaunchImages.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastLaunchImages.go index 1a8bb0cab1c4c..c02661d3cb26f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastLaunchImages.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastLaunchImages.go @@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ type DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput struct { DryRun *bool // Use the following filters to streamline results. + // // - resource-type - The resource type for pre-provisioning. + // // - owner-id - The owner ID for the pre-provisioning resource. + // // - state - The current state of fast launching for the Windows AMI. Filters []types.Filter @@ -46,8 +49,9 @@ type DescribeFastLaunchImagesInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -162,8 +166,9 @@ var _ DescribeFastLaunchImagesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeFastLaunchImagesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.go index d06fe37c171e5..afb33492f04d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.go @@ -36,18 +36,23 @@ type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. The possible values are: + // // - availability-zone : The Availability Zone of the snapshot. + // // - owner-id : The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that enabled fast // snapshot restore on the snapshot. + // // - snapshot-id : The ID of the snapshot. + // // - state : The state of fast snapshot restores for the snapshot ( enabling | // optimizing | enabled | disabling | disabled ). Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -161,8 +166,9 @@ var _ DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetHistory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetHistory.go index a07b3ae2641fc..8843682089b1a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetHistory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetHistory.go @@ -12,12 +12,15 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time. EC2 -// Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. This -// ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a recorded -// event. EC2 Fleet events are available for 48 hours. For more information, see -// Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/fleet-monitor.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time. +// +// EC2 Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. +// This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a +// recorded event. EC2 Fleet events are available for 48 hours. +// +// For more information, see [Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/fleet-monitor.html func (c *Client) DescribeFleetHistory(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFleetHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetHistoryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeFleetHistoryInput{} @@ -57,8 +60,9 @@ type DescribeFleetHistoryInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -77,8 +81,9 @@ type DescribeFleetHistoryOutput struct { HistoryRecords []types.HistoryRecordEntry // The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, - // YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). All records up to this time were retrieved. If nextToken - // indicates that there are more items, this value is not present. + // YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). All records up to this time were retrieved. + // + // If nextToken indicates that there are more items, this value is not present. LastEvaluatedTime *time.Time // The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetInstances.go index 4ccfebdaed5b4..39873d6d6c38b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleetInstances.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet. Currently, -// DescribeFleetInstances does not support fleets of type instant . Instead, use -// DescribeFleets , specifying the instant fleet ID in the request. For more -// information, see Describe your EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#monitor-ec2-fleet) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet. +// +// Currently, DescribeFleetInstances does not support fleets of type instant . +// Instead, use DescribeFleets , specifying the instant fleet ID in the request. +// +// For more information, see [Describe your EC2 Fleet] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Describe your EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#monitor-ec2-fleet func (c *Client) DescribeFleetInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFleetInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeFleetInstancesInput{} @@ -45,13 +48,15 @@ type DescribeFleetInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - instance-type - The instance type. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleets.go index 288f24022e9b1..aabd20d839cf8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFleets.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets. If a fleet is of -// type instant , you must specify the fleet ID in the request, otherwise the fleet -// does not appear in the response. For more information, see Describe your EC2 -// Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#monitor-ec2-fleet) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets. +// +// If a fleet is of type instant , you must specify the fleet ID in the request, +// otherwise the fleet does not appear in the response. +// +// For more information, see [Describe your EC2 Fleet] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Describe your EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#monitor-ec2-fleet func (c *Client) DescribeFleets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFleetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFleetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeFleetsInput{} @@ -40,26 +43,34 @@ type DescribeFleetsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - activity-status - The progress of the EC2 Fleet ( error | // pending-fulfillment | pending-termination | fulfilled ). + // // - excess-capacity-termination-policy - Indicates whether to terminate running // instances if the target capacity is decreased below the current EC2 Fleet size ( // true | false ). + // // - fleet-state - The state of the EC2 Fleet ( submitted | active | deleted | // failed | deleted-running | deleted-terminating | modifying ). + // // - replace-unhealthy-instances - Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace // unhealthy instances ( true | false ). + // // - type - The type of request ( instant | request | maintain ). Filters []types.Filter - // The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. If a fleet is of type instant , you must specify the - // fleet ID, otherwise it does not appear in the response. + // The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. + // + // If a fleet is of type instant , you must specify the fleet ID, otherwise it does + // not appear in the response. FleetIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -172,8 +183,9 @@ var _ DescribeFleetsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeFleetsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFlowLogs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFlowLogs.go index ce4df6266446c..e085d0e747ccc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFlowLogs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFlowLogs.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes one or more flow logs. To view the published flow log records, you -// must view the log destination. For example, the CloudWatch Logs log group, the -// Amazon S3 bucket, or the Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. +// Describes one or more flow logs. +// +// To view the published flow log records, you must view the log destination. For +// example, the CloudWatch Logs log group, the Amazon S3 bucket, or the Kinesis +// Data Firehose delivery stream. func (c *Client) DescribeFlowLogs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeFlowLogsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeFlowLogsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeFlowLogsInput{} @@ -38,28 +40,39 @@ type DescribeFlowLogsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - deliver-log-status - The status of the logs delivery ( SUCCESS | FAILED ). + // // - log-destination-type - The type of destination for the flow log data ( // cloud-watch-logs | s3 | kinesis-data-firehose ). + // // - flow-log-id - The ID of the flow log. + // // - log-group-name - The name of the log group. + // // - resource-id - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network interface. + // // - traffic-type - The type of traffic ( ACCEPT | REJECT | ALL ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filter []types.Filter - // One or more flow log IDs. Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs. + // One or more flow log IDs. + // + // Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs. FlowLogIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to request the next page of items. Pagination continues from the end @@ -172,8 +185,9 @@ var _ DescribeFlowLogsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeFlowLogsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFpgaImages.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFpgaImages.go index a3b2af1fadfab..c2cc31b21bcca 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFpgaImages.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeFpgaImages.go @@ -38,21 +38,32 @@ type DescribeFpgaImagesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - create-time - The creation time of the AFI. + // // - fpga-image-id - The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID). + // // - fpga-image-global-id - The global FPGA image identifier (AGFI ID). + // // - name - The name of the AFI. + // // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the AFI owner. + // // - product-code - The product code. + // // - shell-version - The version of the Amazon Web Services Shell that was used // to create the bitstream. + // // - state - The state of the AFI ( pending | failed | available | unavailable ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - update-time - The time of the most recent update. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservationOfferings.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservationOfferings.go index 32bd98cc725e4..705f120a04791 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservationOfferings.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservationOfferings.go @@ -11,14 +11,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase. The -// results describe all of the Dedicated Host reservation offerings, including +// Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase. +// +// The results describe all of the Dedicated Host reservation offerings, including // offerings that might not match the instance family and Region of your Dedicated // Hosts. When purchasing an offering, ensure that the instance family and Region // of the offering matches that of the Dedicated Hosts with which it is to be -// associated. For more information about supported instance types, see Dedicated -// Hosts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// associated. For more information about supported instance types, see [Dedicated Hosts]in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Dedicated Hosts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html func (c *Client) DescribeHostReservationOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput{} @@ -37,7 +39,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeHostReservationOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *D type DescribeHostReservationOfferingsInput struct { // The filters. + // // - instance-family - The instance family of the offering (for example, m4 ). + // // - payment-option - The payment option ( NoUpfront | PartialUpfront | // AllUpfront ). Filter []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservations.go index f690dce75ec59..59fa61010bfe9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHostReservations.go @@ -30,15 +30,20 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeHostReservations(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeH type DescribeHostReservationsInput struct { // The filters. + // // - instance-family - The instance family (for example, m4 ). + // // - payment-option - The payment option ( NoUpfront | PartialUpfront | // AllUpfront ). + // // - state - The state of the reservation ( payment-pending | payment-failed | // active | retired ). + // // - tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filter []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHosts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHosts.go index 680ea44f893c3..29c5400cddf10 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHosts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeHosts.go @@ -11,10 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts. The -// results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the Region you're currently using. -// All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated Hosts -// that have recently been released are listed with the state released . +// Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts. +// +// The results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the Region you're currently +// using. All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated +// Hosts that have recently been released are listed with the state released . func (c *Client) DescribeHosts(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeHostsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeHostsInput{} @@ -33,16 +34,22 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeHosts(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeHostsInput, type DescribeHostsInput struct { // The filters. + // // - auto-placement - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled ( on | off ). + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the host. + // // - client-token - The idempotency token that you provided when you allocated // the host. + // // - host-reservation-id - The ID of the reservation assigned to this host. + // // - instance-type - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is configured // to support. + // // - state - The allocation state of the Dedicated Host ( available | - // under-assessment | permanent-failure | released | released-permanent-failure - // ). + // under-assessment | permanent-failure | released | released-permanent-failure ). + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filter []types.Filter @@ -53,8 +60,10 @@ type DescribeHostsInput struct { // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The // remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned // nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a - // larger value than 500, you receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter - // and the host IDs parameter in the same request. + // larger value than 500, you receive an error. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same + // request. MaxResults *int32 // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. @@ -166,8 +175,10 @@ type DescribeHostsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The // remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned // nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a - // larger value than 500, you receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter - // and the host IDs parameter in the same request. + // larger value than 500, you receive an error. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same + // request. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations.go index d3ebd62c30c2d..37931b358228d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations.go @@ -33,15 +33,18 @@ type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsInput struct { AssociationIds []string // The filters. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance. + // // - state - The state of the association ( associating | associated | // disassociating ). Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -155,8 +158,9 @@ var _ DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdFormat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdFormat.go index c0a50539268a8..719c066650116 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdFormat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdFormat.go @@ -14,21 +14,23 @@ import ( // Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for // example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This request // only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; -// it does not return information about other resource types. The following -// resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway -// | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | -// flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | -// network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | -// prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | -// security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | -// vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | -// vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . These settings apply to the IAM user who makes -// the request; they do not apply to the entire Amazon Web Services account. By -// default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user, unless they -// explicitly override the settings by running the ModifyIdFormat command. -// Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM users, regardless of -// these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant -// Describe command for the resource type. +// it does not return information about other resource types. +// +// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | +// customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association +// | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | +// network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | +// network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | +// route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | +// subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | +// vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . +// +// These settings apply to the IAM user who makes the request; they do not apply +// to the entire Amazon Web Services account. By default, an IAM user defaults to +// the same settings as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings +// by running the ModifyIdFormatcommand. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all +// IAM users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission +// to use the relevant Describe command for the resource type. func (c *Client) DescribeIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIdFormatOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeIdFormatInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdentityIdFormat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdentityIdFormat.go index 054f3f8c2a440..61e75451f2855 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdentityIdFormat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIdentityIdFormat.go @@ -15,17 +15,22 @@ import ( // role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that are // enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource // types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about -// other resource types. For more information, see Resource IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. The following resource types -// support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options -// | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | -// image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | -// network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | -// prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | -// security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | -// vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | -// vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . These settings apply to the principal specified -// in the request. They do not apply to the principal that makes the request. +// other resource types. For more information, see [Resource IDs]in the Amazon Elastic Compute +// Cloud User Guide. +// +// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | +// customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association +// | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | +// network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | +// network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | +// route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | +// subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | +// vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . +// +// These settings apply to the principal specified in the request. They do not +// apply to the principal that makes the request. +// +// [Resource IDs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html func (c *Client) DescribeIdentityIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeIdentityIdFormatInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImageAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImageAttribute.go index cb563e3c94e71..b4e0598281e8b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImageAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImageAttribute.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only -// one attribute at a time. The order of the elements in the response, including -// those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the -// elements appear in a particular order. +// one attribute at a time. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. func (c *Client) DescribeImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImageAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeImageAttributeInput{} @@ -33,9 +35,11 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIma // Contains the parameters for DescribeImageAttribute. type DescribeImageAttributeInput struct { - // The AMI attribute. Note: The blockDeviceMapping attribute is deprecated. Using - // this attribute returns the Client.AuthFailure error. To get information about - // the block device mappings for an AMI, use the DescribeImages action. + // The AMI attribute. + // + // Note: The blockDeviceMapping attribute is deprecated. Using this attribute + // returns the Client.AuthFailure error. To get information about the block device + // mappings for an AMI, use the DescribeImagesaction. // // This member is required. Attribute types.ImageAttributeName @@ -76,17 +80,21 @@ type DescribeImageAttributeOutput struct { // from this AMI will have HttpTokens automatically set to required so that, by // default, the instance requires that IMDSv2 is used when requesting instance // metadata. In addition, HttpPutResponseHopLimit is set to 2 . For more - // information, see Configure the AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Configure the AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Configure the AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration ImdsSupport *types.AttributeValue // The kernel ID. KernelId *types.AttributeValue - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the AMI was last used to launch an EC2 instance. When the AMI is used to - // launch an instance, there is a 24-hour delay before that usage is reported. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the AMI was last used to launch an EC2 instance. + // When the AMI is used to launch an instance, there is a 24-hour delay before that + // usage is reported. + // // lastLaunchedTime data is available starting April 2017. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 LastLaunchedTime *types.AttributeValue // The launch permissions. @@ -106,11 +114,12 @@ type DescribeImageAttributeOutput struct { TpmSupport *types.AttributeValue // Base64 representation of the non-volatile UEFI variable store. To retrieve the - // UEFI data, use the GetInstanceUefiData (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceUefiData) - // command. You can inspect and modify the UEFI data by using the python-uefivars - // tool (https://github.com/awslabs/python-uefivars) on GitHub. For more - // information, see UEFI Secure Boot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/uefi-secure-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // UEFI data, use the [GetInstanceUefiData]command. You can inspect and modify the UEFI data by using + // the [python-uefivars tool]on GitHub. For more information, see [UEFI Secure Boot] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [UEFI Secure Boot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/uefi-secure-boot.html + // [GetInstanceUefiData]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceUefiData + // [python-uefivars tool]: https://github.com/awslabs/python-uefivars UefiData *types.AttributeValue // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImages.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImages.go index db76960b1352e..e80d466d8f7ac 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImages.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImages.go @@ -19,17 +19,23 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all -// of the images available to you. The images available to you include public -// images, private images that you own, and private images owned by other Amazon -// Web Services accounts for which you have explicit launch permissions. Recently -// deregistered images appear in the returned results for a short interval and then -// return empty results. After all instances that reference a deregistered AMI are -// terminated, specifying the ID of the image will eventually return an error -// indicating that the AMI ID cannot be found. We strongly recommend using only -// paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are susceptible to throttling and -// timeouts. The order of the elements in the response, including those within -// nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements -// appear in a particular order. +// of the images available to you. +// +// The images available to you include public images, private images that you own, +// and private images owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you +// have explicit launch permissions. +// +// Recently deregistered images appear in the returned results for a short +// interval and then return empty results. After all instances that reference a +// deregistered AMI are terminated, specifying the ID of the image will eventually +// return an error indicating that the AMI ID cannot be found. +// +// We strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are +// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. func (c *Client) DescribeImages(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeImagesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeImagesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeImagesInput{} @@ -54,95 +60,138 @@ type DescribeImagesInput struct { DryRun *bool // Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an Amazon - // Web Services account ID, self (the sender of the request), or all (public - // AMIs). + // Web Services account ID, self (the sender of the request), or all (public AMIs). + // // - If you specify an Amazon Web Services account ID that is not your own, only // AMIs shared with that specific Amazon Web Services account ID are returned. // However, AMIs that are shared with the account’s organization or organizational // unit (OU) are not returned. + // // - If you specify self or your own Amazon Web Services account ID, AMIs shared // with your account are returned. In addition, AMIs that are shared with the // organization or OU of which you are member are also returned. + // // - If you specify all , all public AMIs are returned. ExecutableUsers []string // The filters. + // // - architecture - The image architecture ( i386 | x86_64 | arm64 | x86_64_mac | // arm64_mac ). + // // - block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean value that indicates // whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. + // // - block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the block // device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh ). + // // - block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot used for the // Amazon EBS volume. + // // - block-device-mapping.volume-size - The volume size of the Amazon EBS volume, // in GiB. + // // - block-device-mapping.volume-type - The volume type of the Amazon EBS volume ( // io1 | io2 | gp2 | gp3 | sc1 | st1 | standard ). + // // - block-device-mapping.encrypted - A Boolean that indicates whether the Amazon // EBS volume is encrypted. + // // - creation-date - The time when the image was created, in the ISO 8601 format // in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for example, // 2021-09-29T11:04:43.305Z . You can use a wildcard ( * ), for example, // 2021-09-29T* , which matches an entire day. + // // - description - The description of the image (provided during image creation). + // // - ena-support - A Boolean that indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA // is enabled. + // // - hypervisor - The hypervisor type ( ovm | xen ). + // // - image-id - The ID of the image. + // // - image-type - The image type ( machine | kernel | ramdisk ). + // // - is-public - A Boolean that indicates whether the image is public. + // // - kernel-id - The kernel ID. + // // - manifest-location - The location of the image manifest. + // // - name - The name of the AMI (provided during image creation). + // // - owner-alias - The owner alias ( amazon | aws-marketplace ). The valid // aliases are defined in an Amazon-maintained list. This is not the Amazon Web // Services account alias that can be set using the IAM console. We recommend that // you use the Owner request parameter instead of this filter. + // // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. We recommend // that you use the Owner request parameter instead of this filter. + // // - platform - The platform. The only supported value is windows . + // // - product-code - The product code. + // // - product-code.type - The type of the product code ( marketplace ). + // // - ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID. + // // - root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example, // /dev/sda1 ). + // // - root-device-type - The type of the root device volume ( ebs | instance-store // ). + // // - source-instance-id - The ID of the instance that the AMI was created from if // the AMI was created using CreateImage. This filter is applicable only if the AMI - // was created using CreateImage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateImage.html) - // . + // was created using [CreateImage]. + // // - state - The state of the image ( available | pending | failed ). + // // - state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change. + // // - state-reason-message - The message for the state change. + // // - sriov-net-support - A value of simple indicates that enhanced networking // with the Intel 82599 VF interface is enabled. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - virtualization-type - The virtualization type ( paravirtual | hvm ). + // + // [CreateImage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateImage.html Filters []types.Filter - // The image IDs. Default: Describes all images available to you. + // The image IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all images available to you. ImageIds []string - // Specifies whether to include deprecated AMIs. Default: No deprecated AMIs are - // included in the response. If you are the AMI owner, all deprecated AMIs appear - // in the response regardless of what you specify for this parameter. + // Specifies whether to include deprecated AMIs. + // + // Default: No deprecated AMIs are included in the response. + // + // If you are the AMI owner, all deprecated AMIs appear in the response regardless + // of what you specify for this parameter. IncludeDeprecated *bool - // Specifies whether to include disabled AMIs. Default: No disabled AMIs are - // included in the response. + // Specifies whether to include disabled AMIs. + // + // Default: No disabled AMIs are included in the response. IncludeDisabled *bool // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -261,8 +310,9 @@ var _ DescribeImagesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeImagesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -374,12 +424,13 @@ type ImageAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeImagesInput, *DescribeImagesOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -585,12 +636,13 @@ type ImageExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeImagesInput, *DescribeImagesOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.go index d974ad061ba5b..207ecc1f42bbb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.go @@ -273,12 +273,13 @@ type SnapshotImportedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksInput, *DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceAttribute.go index cfae82ecbeca9..bc466387f485e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceAttribute.go @@ -33,8 +33,9 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *Describe type DescribeInstanceAttributeInput struct { - // The instance attribute. Note: The enaSupport attribute is not supported at this - // time. + // The instance attribute. + // + // Note: The enaSupport attribute is not supported at this time. // // This member is required. Attribute types.InstanceAttributeName diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceConnectEndpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceConnectEndpoints.go index 619a0a8cba838..6c3a6a5395007 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceConnectEndpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceConnectEndpoints.go @@ -37,18 +37,24 @@ type DescribeInstanceConnectEndpointsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - instance-connect-endpoint-id - The ID of the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint. + // // - state - The state of the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint ( create-in-progress // | create-complete | create-failed | delete-in-progress | delete-complete | // delete-failed ). + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet in which the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint // was created. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to // find all resources that have a tag with a specific value, regardless of tag key. // @@ -61,8 +67,9 @@ type DescribeInstanceConnectEndpointsInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -176,8 +183,9 @@ var _ DescribeInstanceConnectEndpointsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstanceConnectEndpointsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications.go index 6cd3bf0d19428..fcf8c5dfbe7e9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications.go @@ -12,22 +12,30 @@ import ( ) // Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable -// performance instances. The credit options are standard and unlimited . If you do -// not specify an instance ID, Amazon EC2 returns burstable performance instances -// with the unlimited credit option, as well as instances that were previously -// configured as T2, T3, and T3a with the unlimited credit option. For example, if -// you resize a T2 instance, while it is configured as unlimited , to an M4 -// instance, Amazon EC2 returns the M4 instance. If you specify one or more -// instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns the credit option ( standard or unlimited ) of -// those instances. If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, such as an -// instance that is not a burstable performance instance, an error is returned. +// performance instances. The credit options are standard and unlimited . +// +// If you do not specify an instance ID, Amazon EC2 returns burstable performance +// instances with the unlimited credit option, as well as instances that were +// previously configured as T2, T3, and T3a with the unlimited credit option. For +// example, if you resize a T2 instance, while it is configured as unlimited , to +// an M4 instance, Amazon EC2 returns the M4 instance. +// +// If you specify one or more instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns the credit option ( +// standard or unlimited ) of those instances. If you specify an instance ID that +// is not valid, such as an instance that is not a burstable performance instance, +// an error is returned. +// // Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This -// interval is usually less than one hour. If an Availability Zone is experiencing -// a service disruption and you specify instance IDs in the affected zone, or do -// not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails. If you specify only -// instance IDs in an unaffected zone, the call works normally. For more -// information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// interval is usually less than one hour. +// +// If an Availability Zone is experiencing a service disruption and you specify +// instance IDs in the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, +// the call fails. If you specify only instance IDs in an unaffected zone, the call +// works normally. +// +// For more information, see [Burstable performance instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput{} @@ -52,18 +60,25 @@ type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance. Filters []types.Filter - // The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum - // 1000 explicitly specified instance IDs. + // The instance IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your instances. + // + // Constraints: Maximum 1000 explicitly specified instance IDs. InstanceIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same // call. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -177,9 +192,12 @@ var _ DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same // call. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceEventWindows.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceEventWindows.go index 933d9b1e7da40..4ec60d014a368 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceEventWindows.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceEventWindows.go @@ -11,15 +11,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified event windows or all event windows. If you specify -// event window IDs, the output includes information for only the specified event -// windows. If you specify filters, the output includes information for only those -// event windows that meet the filter criteria. If you do not specify event windows -// IDs or filters, the output includes information for all event windows, which can -// affect performance. We recommend that you use pagination to ensure that the -// operation returns quickly and successfully. For more information, see Define -// event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Describes the specified event windows or all event windows. +// +// If you specify event window IDs, the output includes information for only the +// specified event windows. If you specify filters, the output includes information +// for only those event windows that meet the filter criteria. If you do not +// specify event windows IDs or filters, the output includes information for all +// event windows, which can affect performance. We recommend that you use +// pagination to ensure that the operation returns quickly and successfully. +// +// For more information, see [Define event windows for scheduled events] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Define event windows for scheduled events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceEventWindows(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceEventWindowsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput{} @@ -45,24 +48,32 @@ type DescribeInstanceEventWindowsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - dedicated-host-id - The event windows associated with the specified // Dedicated Host ID. + // // - event-window-name - The event windows associated with the specified names. + // // - instance-id - The event windows associated with the specified instance ID. - // - instance-tag - The event windows associated with the specified tag and - // value. + // + // - instance-tag - The event windows associated with the specified tag and value. + // // - instance-tag-key - The event windows associated with the specified tag key, // regardless of the value. + // // - instance-tag-value - The event windows associated with the specified tag // value, regardless of the key. + // // - tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the event window. Use // the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For // example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the // value CMX , specify tag:Owner for the filter name and CMX for the filter // value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the event window. Use this filter to // find all event windows that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the // tag value. + // // - tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the event window. Use this filter // to find all event windows that have a tag with a specific value, regardless of // the tag key. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceStatus.go index db50b3127a28a..8e029bc7b84e8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceStatus.go @@ -19,25 +19,30 @@ import ( // Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances. By // default, only running instances are described, unless you specifically indicate -// to return the status of all instances. Instance status includes the following -// components: +// to return the status of all instances. +// +// Instance status includes the following components: +// // - Status checks - Amazon EC2 performs status checks on running EC2 instances -// to identify hardware and software issues. For more information, see Status -// checks for your instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-system-instance-status-check.html) -// and Troubleshoot instances with failed status checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// to identify hardware and software issues. For more information, see [Status checks for your instances]and [Troubleshoot instances with failed status checks]in +// the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// // - Scheduled events - Amazon EC2 can schedule events (such as reboot, stop, or // terminate) for your instances related to hardware issues, software updates, or -// system maintenance. For more information, see Scheduled events for your -// instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-instances-status-check_sched.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// system maintenance. For more information, see [Scheduled events for your instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// // - Instance state - You can manage your instances from the moment you launch -// them through their termination. For more information, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// them through their termination. For more information, see [Instance lifecycle]in the Amazon EC2 +// User Guide. // // The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested // structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a // particular order. +// +// [Troubleshoot instances with failed status checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstances.html +// [Instance lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html +// [Status checks for your instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-system-instance-status-check.html +// [Scheduled events for your instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-instances-status-check_sched.html func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstanceStatusInput{} @@ -62,48 +67,69 @@ type DescribeInstanceStatusInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance. + // // - event.code - The code for the scheduled event ( instance-reboot | // system-reboot | system-maintenance | instance-retirement | instance-stop ). + // // - event.description - A description of the event. + // // - event.instance-event-id - The ID of the event whose date and time you are // modifying. + // // - event.not-after - The latest end time for the scheduled event (for example, // 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z ). + // // - event.not-before - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for // example, 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z ). + // // - event.not-before-deadline - The deadline for starting the event (for // example, 2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z ). + // // - instance-state-code - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned // integer. The high byte is used for internal purposes and should be ignored. The // low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are 0 // (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and // 80 (stopped). + // // - instance-state-name - The state of the instance ( pending | running | // shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped ). + // // - instance-status.reachability - Filters on instance status where the name is // reachability ( passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data ). + // // - instance-status.status - The status of the instance ( ok | impaired | // initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable ). + // // - system-status.reachability - Filters on system status where the name is // reachability ( passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data ). + // // - system-status.status - The system status of the instance ( ok | impaired | // initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable ). Filters []types.Filter // When true , includes the health status for all instances. When false , includes - // the health status for running instances only. Default: false + // the health status for running instances only. + // + // Default: false IncludeAllInstances *bool - // The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum - // 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. + // The instance IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your instances. + // + // Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. InstanceIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same // request. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -217,9 +243,12 @@ var _ DescribeInstanceStatusAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstanceStatusPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same // request. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -331,12 +360,13 @@ type InstanceStatusOkWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -530,12 +560,13 @@ type SystemStatusOkWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceStatusInput, *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTopology.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTopology.go index ae0c91bce5579..aeaf0404cc22e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTopology.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTopology.go @@ -15,19 +15,28 @@ import ( // your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone. You can use this // information to determine the relative proximity of your EC2 instances within the // Amazon Web Services network to support your tightly coupled workloads. +// // Limitations +// // - Supported zones +// // - Availability Zone +// // - Local Zone +// // - Supported instance types +// // - hpc6a.48xlarge | hpc6id.32xlarge | hpc7a.12xlarge | hpc7a.24xlarge | // hpc7a.48xlarge | hpc7a.96xlarge | hpc7g.4xlarge | hpc7g.8xlarge | // hpc7g.16xlarge +// // - p3dn.24xlarge | p4d.24xlarge | p4de.24xlarge | p5.48xlarge +// // - trn1.2xlarge | trn1.32xlarge | trn1n.32xlarge // -// For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance topology (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-topology.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance topology] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 instance topology]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-topology.html func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceTopology(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceTopologyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceTopologyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstanceTopologyInput{} @@ -52,29 +61,41 @@ type DescribeInstanceTopologyInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, // us-west-2a ) or Local Zone (for example, us-west-2-lax-1b ) that the instance // is in. + // // - instance-type - The instance type (for example, p4d.24xlarge ) or instance // family (for example, p4d* ). You can use the * wildcard to match zero or more // characters, or the ? wildcard to match zero or one character. + // // - zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone (for example, usw2-az2 ) or Local // Zone (for example, usw2-lax1-az1 ) that the instance is in. Filters []types.Filter - // The name of the placement group that each instance is in. Constraints: Maximum - // 100 explicitly specified placement group names. + // The name of the placement group that each instance is in. + // + // Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified placement group names. GroupNames []string - // The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum - // 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. + // The instance IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your instances. + // + // Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. InstanceIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You can't specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same - // request. Default: 20 + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You can't specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // request. + // + // Default: 20 + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -188,9 +209,14 @@ var _ DescribeInstanceTopologyAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstanceTopologyPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You can't specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same - // request. Default: 20 + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You can't specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // request. + // + // Default: 20 + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings.go index 1ffccf3993d14..5853940e75b5a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings.go @@ -38,29 +38,35 @@ type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. - // - instance-type - The instance type. For a list of possible values, see - // Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_Instance.html) - // . - // - location - The location. For a list of possible identifiers, see Regions - // and Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html) - // . + // + // - instance-type - The instance type. For a list of possible values, see [Instance]. + // + // - location - The location. For a list of possible identifiers, see [Regions and Zones]. + // + // [Instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_Instance.html + // [Regions and Zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html Filters []types.Filter // The location type. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone. When you specify a location // filter, it must be an Availability Zone for the current Region. + // // - availability-zone-id - The AZ ID. When you specify a location filter, it // must be an AZ ID for the current Region. + // // - outpost - The Outpost ARN. When you specify a location filter, it must be an // Outpost ARN for the current Region. + // // - region - The current Region. If you specify a location filter, it must match // the current Region. LocationType types.LocationType // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -174,8 +180,9 @@ var _ DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypes.go index 2256c03d160a0..934ba32ad0ad0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstanceTypes.go @@ -37,95 +37,145 @@ type DescribeInstanceTypesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. + // // - auto-recovery-supported - Indicates whether Amazon CloudWatch action based // recovery is supported ( true | false ). + // // - bare-metal - Indicates whether it is a bare metal instance type ( true | // false ). + // // - burstable-performance-supported - Indicates whether the instance type is a // burstable performance T instance type ( true | false ). + // // - current-generation - Indicates whether this instance type is the latest // generation instance type of an instance family ( true | false ). + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-bandwidth-in-mbps - The baseline // bandwidth performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in Mbps. + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-iops - The baseline input/output // storage operations per second for an EBS-optimized instance type. + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-throughput-in-mbps - The baseline // throughput performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in MB/s. + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-bandwidth-in-mbps - The maximum // bandwidth performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in Mbps. + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-iops - The maximum input/output storage // operations per second for an EBS-optimized instance type. + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-throughput-in-mbps - The maximum // throughput performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in MB/s. + // // - ebs-info.ebs-optimized-support - Indicates whether the instance type is // EBS-optimized ( supported | unsupported | default ). + // // - ebs-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether EBS encryption is supported ( // supported | unsupported ). + // // - ebs-info.nvme-support - Indicates whether non-volatile memory express (NVMe) // is supported for EBS volumes ( required | supported | unsupported ). + // // - free-tier-eligible - Indicates whether the instance type is eligible to use // in the free tier ( true | false ). + // // - hibernation-supported - Indicates whether On-Demand hibernation is supported // ( true | false ). + // // - hypervisor - The hypervisor ( nitro | xen ). + // // - instance-storage-info.disk.count - The number of local disks. + // // - instance-storage-info.disk.size-in-gb - The storage size of each instance // storage disk, in GB. + // // - instance-storage-info.disk.type - The storage technology for the local // instance storage disks ( hdd | ssd ). + // // - instance-storage-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether data is // encrypted at rest ( required | supported | unsupported ). + // // - instance-storage-info.nvme-support - Indicates whether non-volatile memory // express (NVMe) is supported for instance store ( required | supported | // unsupported ). + // // - instance-storage-info.total-size-in-gb - The total amount of storage // available from all local instance storage, in GB. + // // - instance-storage-supported - Indicates whether the instance type has local // instance storage ( true | false ). + // // - instance-type - The instance type (for example c5.2xlarge or c5*). + // // - memory-info.size-in-mib - The memory size. + // // - network-info.efa-info.maximum-efa-interfaces - The maximum number of Elastic // Fabric Adapters (EFAs) per instance. + // // - network-info.efa-supported - Indicates whether the instance type supports // Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA) ( true | false ). + // // - network-info.ena-support - Indicates whether Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) // is supported or required ( required | supported | unsupported ). + // // - network-info.encryption-in-transit-supported - Indicates whether the // instance type automatically encrypts in-transit traffic between instances ( // true | false ). + // // - network-info.ipv4-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private // IPv4 addresses per network interface. + // // - network-info.ipv6-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private // IPv6 addresses per network interface. + // // - network-info.ipv6-supported - Indicates whether the instance type supports // IPv6 ( true | false ). + // // - network-info.maximum-network-cards - The maximum number of network cards per // instance. + // // - network-info.maximum-network-interfaces - The maximum number of network // interfaces per instance. + // // - network-info.network-performance - The network performance (for example, "25 // Gigabit"). + // // - nitro-enclaves-support - Indicates whether Nitro Enclaves is supported ( // supported | unsupported ). + // // - nitro-tpm-support - Indicates whether NitroTPM is supported ( supported | // unsupported ). + // // - nitro-tpm-info.supported-versions - The supported NitroTPM version ( 2.0 ). + // // - processor-info.supported-architecture - The CPU architecture ( arm64 | i386 // | x86_64 ). + // // - processor-info.sustained-clock-speed-in-ghz - The CPU clock speed, in GHz. + // // - processor-info.supported-features - The supported CPU features ( amd-sev-snp // ). + // // - supported-boot-mode - The boot mode ( legacy-bios | uefi ). + // // - supported-root-device-type - The root device type ( ebs | instance-store ). + // // - supported-usage-class - The usage class ( on-demand | spot ). + // // - supported-virtualization-type - The virtualization type ( hvm | paravirtual // ). + // // - vcpu-info.default-cores - The default number of cores for the instance type. + // // - vcpu-info.default-threads-per-core - The default number of threads per core // for the instance type. + // // - vcpu-info.default-vcpus - The default number of vCPUs for the instance type. + // // - vcpu-info.valid-cores - The number of cores that can be configured for the // instance type. + // // - vcpu-info.valid-threads-per-core - The number of threads per core that can // be configured for the instance type. For example, "1" or "1,2". Filters []types.Filter @@ -135,8 +185,9 @@ type DescribeInstanceTypesInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -250,8 +301,9 @@ var _ DescribeInstanceTypesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstanceTypesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstances.go index 60634b9c7fe7d..136a210859eaa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInstances.go @@ -18,24 +18,33 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the specified instances or all instances. If you specify instance -// IDs, the output includes information for only the specified instances. If you -// specify filters, the output includes information for only those instances that -// meet the filter criteria. If you do not specify instance IDs or filters, the -// output includes information for all instances, which can affect performance. We -// recommend that you use pagination to ensure that the operation returns quickly -// and successfully. If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, an error is -// returned. If you specify an instance that you do not own, it is not included in -// the output. Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. -// This interval is usually less than one hour. If you describe instances in the -// rare case where an Availability Zone is experiencing a service disruption and -// you specify instance IDs that are in the affected zone, or do not specify any -// instance IDs at all, the call fails. If you describe instances and specify only -// instance IDs that are in an unaffected zone, the call works normally. We -// strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are -// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. The order of the elements in the -// response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications -// should not assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// Describes the specified instances or all instances. +// +// If you specify instance IDs, the output includes information for only the +// specified instances. If you specify filters, the output includes information for +// only those instances that meet the filter criteria. If you do not specify +// instance IDs or filters, the output includes information for all instances, +// which can affect performance. We recommend that you use pagination to ensure +// that the operation returns quickly and successfully. +// +// If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, an error is returned. If you +// specify an instance that you do not own, it is not included in the output. +// +// Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This +// interval is usually less than one hour. +// +// If you describe instances in the rare case where an Availability Zone is +// experiencing a service disruption and you specify instance IDs that are in the +// affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails. If you +// describe instances and specify only instance IDs that are in an unaffected zone, +// the call works normally. +// +// We strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are +// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. func (c *Client) DescribeInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstancesInput{} @@ -60,191 +69,295 @@ type DescribeInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - affinity - The affinity setting for an instance running on a Dedicated Host ( // default | host ). + // // - architecture - The instance architecture ( i386 | x86_64 | arm64 ). + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance. + // // - block-device-mapping.attach-time - The attach time for an EBS volume mapped // to the instance, for example, 2022-09-15T17:15:20.000Z . + // // - block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean that indicates // whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. + // // - block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the block // device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh ). + // // - block-device-mapping.status - The status for the EBS volume ( attaching | // attached | detaching | detached ). + // // - block-device-mapping.volume-id - The volume ID of the EBS volume. + // // - boot-mode - The boot mode that was specified by the AMI ( legacy-bios | uefi // | uefi-preferred ). + // // - capacity-reservation-id - The ID of the Capacity Reservation into which the // instance was launched. + // // - capacity-reservation-specification.capacity-reservation-preference - The // instance's Capacity Reservation preference ( open | none ). + // // - // capacity-reservation-specification.capacity-reservation-target.capacity-reservation-id // - The ID of the targeted Capacity Reservation. + // // - // capacity-reservation-specification.capacity-reservation-target.capacity-reservation-resource-group-arn // - The ARN of the targeted Capacity Reservation group. + // // - client-token - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the // instance. + // // - current-instance-boot-mode - The boot mode that is used to launch the // instance at launch or start ( legacy-bios | uefi ). + // // - dns-name - The public DNS name of the instance. + // // - ebs-optimized - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is optimized // for Amazon EBS I/O. + // // - ena-support - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is enabled for // enhanced networking with ENA. + // // - enclave-options.enabled - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is // enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. + // // - hibernation-options.configured - A Boolean that indicates whether the // instance is enabled for hibernation. A value of true means that the instance // is enabled for hibernation. + // // - host-id - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance is running, if // applicable. + // // - hypervisor - The hypervisor type of the instance ( ovm | xen ). The value // xen is used for both Xen and Nitro hypervisors. + // // - iam-instance-profile.arn - The instance profile associated with the // instance. Specified as an ARN. + // // - iam-instance-profile.id - The instance profile associated with the instance. // Specified as an ID. + // // - iam-instance-profile.name - The instance profile associated with the // instance. Specified as an name. + // // - image-id - The ID of the image used to launch the instance. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance. + // // - instance-lifecycle - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance, a Scheduled // Instance, or a Capacity Block ( spot | scheduled | capacity-block ). + // // - instance-state-code - The state of the instance, as a 16-bit unsigned // integer. The high byte is used for internal purposes and should be ignored. The // low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are: 0 // (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and // 80 (stopped). + // // - instance-state-name - The state of the instance ( pending | running | // shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped ). + // // - instance-type - The type of instance (for example, t2.micro ). + // // - instance.group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance. + // // - instance.group-name - The name of the security group for the instance. + // // - ip-address - The public IPv4 address of the instance. + // // - ipv6-address - The IPv6 address of the instance. + // // - kernel-id - The kernel ID. + // // - key-name - The name of the key pair used when the instance was launched. + // // - launch-index - When launching multiple instances, this is the index for the // instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on). + // // - launch-time - The time when the instance was launched, in the ISO 8601 // format in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for example, // 2021-09-29T11:04:43.305Z . You can use a wildcard ( * ), for example, // 2021-09-29T* , which matches an entire day. + // // - maintenance-options.auto-recovery - The current automatic recovery behavior // of the instance ( disabled | default ). + // // - metadata-options.http-endpoint - The status of access to the HTTP metadata // endpoint on your instance ( enabled | disabled ) + // // - metadata-options.http-protocol-ipv4 - Indicates whether the IPv4 endpoint is // enabled ( disabled | enabled ). + // // - metadata-options.http-protocol-ipv6 - Indicates whether the IPv6 endpoint is // enabled ( disabled | enabled ). + // // - metadata-options.http-put-response-hop-limit - The HTTP metadata request put // response hop limit (integer, possible values 1 to 64 ) + // // - metadata-options.http-tokens - The metadata request authorization state ( // optional | required ) + // // - metadata-options.instance-metadata-tags - The status of access to instance // tags from the instance metadata ( enabled | disabled ) + // // - metadata-options.state - The state of the metadata option changes ( pending // | applied ). + // // - monitoring-state - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled ( // disabled | enabled ). + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.allocation-id - The allocation ID. + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.association-id - The association ID. + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.carrier-ip - The carrier IP address. + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.customer-owned-ip - The // customer-owned IP address. + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id - The owner ID of the // private IPv4 address associated with the network interface. + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.public-dns-name - The public DNS // name. + // // - network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip - The ID of the // association of an Elastic IP address (IPv4) with a network interface. + // // - network-interface.addresses.primary - Specifies whether the IPv4 address of // the network interface is the primary private IPv4 address. + // // - network-interface.addresses.private-dns-name - The private DNS name. + // // - network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address // associated with the network interface. + // // - network-interface.association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned // when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface. + // // - network-interface.association.association-id - The association ID returned // when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address. + // // - network-interface.association.carrier-ip - The customer-owned IP address. + // // - network-interface.association.customer-owned-ip - The customer-owned IP // address. + // // - network-interface.association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic IP // address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. + // // - network-interface.association.public-dns-name - The public DNS name. + // // - network-interface.association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP // address (IPv4) bound to the network interface. + // // - network-interface.attachment.attach-time - The time that the network // interface was attached to an instance. + // // - network-interface.attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface // attachment. + // // - network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination - Specifies whether the // attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. + // // - network-interface.attachment.device-index - The device index to which the // network interface is attached. + // // - network-interface.attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance to which // the network interface is attached. + // // - network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the // instance to which the network interface is attached. + // // - network-interface.attachment.network-card-index - The index of the network // card. + // // - network-interface.attachment.status - The status of the attachment ( // attaching | attached | detaching | detached ). + // // - network-interface.availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the network // interface. + // // - network-interface.deny-all-igw-traffic - A Boolean that indicates whether a // network interface with an IPv6 address is unreachable from the public internet. + // // - network-interface.description - The description of the network interface. + // // - network-interface.group-id - The ID of a security group associated with the // network interface. + // // - network-interface.group-name - The name of a security group associated with // the network interface. + // // - network-interface.ipv4-prefixes.ipv4-prefix - The IPv4 prefixes that are // assigned to the network interface. + // // - network-interface.ipv6-address - The IPv6 address associated with the // network interface. + // // - network-interface.ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - The IPv6 address associated // with the network interface. + // // - network-interface.ipv6-addresses.is-primary-ipv6 - A Boolean that indicates // whether this is the primary IPv6 address. + // // - network-interface.ipv6-native - A Boolean that indicates whether this is an // IPv6 only network interface. + // // - network-interface.ipv6-prefixes.ipv6-prefix - The IPv6 prefix assigned to // the network interface. + // // - network-interface.mac-address - The MAC address of the network interface. + // // - network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface. + // // - network-interface.outpost-arn - The ARN of the Outpost. + // // - network-interface.owner-id - The ID of the owner of the network interface. + // // - network-interface.private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network // interface. + // // - network-interface.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address. + // // - network-interface.public-dns-name - The public DNS name. + // // - network-interface.requester-id - The requester ID for the network interface. + // // - network-interface.requester-managed - Indicates whether the network // interface is being managed by Amazon Web Services. + // // - network-interface.status - The status of the network interface ( available ) // | in-use ). + // // - network-interface.source-dest-check - Whether the network interface performs // source/destination checking. A value of true means that checking is enabled, // and false means that checking is disabled. The value must be false for the // network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. - // - network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network - // interface. + // + // - network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. + // // - network-interface.tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the network // interface. + // // - network-interface.tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the network // interface. + // // - network-interface.vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. + // // - outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. + // // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the instance owner. + // // - placement-group-name - The name of the placement group for the instance. + // // - placement-partition-number - The partition in which the instance is located. + // // - platform - The platform. To list only Windows instances, use windows . + // // - platform-details - The platform ( Linux/UNIX | Red Hat BYOL Linux | Red Hat // Enterprise Linux | Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA | Red Hat Enterprise // Linux with SQL Server Standard and HA | Red Hat Enterprise Linux with SQL @@ -254,26 +367,37 @@ type DescribeInstancesInput struct { // Server Web | SUSE Linux | Ubuntu Pro | Windows | Windows BYOL | Windows with // SQL Server Enterprise | Windows with SQL Server Standard | Windows with SQL // Server Web ). + // // - private-dns-name - The private IPv4 DNS name of the instance. + // // - private-dns-name-options.enable-resource-name-dns-a-record - A Boolean that // indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A // records. + // // - private-dns-name-options.enable-resource-name-dns-aaaa-record - A Boolean // that indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS // AAAA records. + // // - private-dns-name-options.hostname-type - The type of hostname ( ip-name | // resource-name ). + // // - private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address of the instance. + // // - product-code - The product code associated with the AMI used to launch the // instance. + // // - product-code.type - The type of product code ( devpay | marketplace ). + // // - ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID. + // // - reason - The reason for the current state of the instance (for example, // shows "User Initiated [date]" when you stop or terminate the instance). Similar // to the state-reason-code filter. + // // - requester-id - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your // behalf (for example, Amazon Web Services Management Console, Auto Scaling, and // so on). + // // - reservation-id - The ID of the instance's reservation. A reservation ID is // created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a one-to-one // relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated with more @@ -281,27 +405,39 @@ type DescribeInstancesInput struct { // request. For example, if you launch one instance, you get one reservation ID. If // you launch ten instances using the same launch request, you also get one // reservation ID. + // // - root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example, // /dev/sda1 ). + // // - root-device-type - The type of the root device volume ( ebs | instance-store // ). + // // - source-dest-check - Indicates whether the instance performs // source/destination checking. A value of true means that checking is enabled, // and false means that checking is disabled. The value must be false for the // instance to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. + // // - spot-instance-request-id - The ID of the Spot Instance request. + // // - state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change. + // // - state-reason-message - A message that describes the state change. + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the instance. + // // - tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - tenancy - The tenancy of an instance ( dedicated | default | host ). + // // - tpm-support - Indicates if the instance is configured for NitroTPM support ( // v2.0 ). + // // - usage-operation - The usage operation value for the instance ( RunInstances // | RunInstances:00g0 | RunInstances:0010 | RunInstances:1010 | // RunInstances:1014 | RunInstances:1110 | RunInstances:0014 | RunInstances:0210 @@ -309,21 +445,29 @@ type DescribeInstancesInput struct { // RunInstances:0200 | RunInstances:000g | RunInstances:0g00 | RunInstances:0002 // | RunInstances:0800 | RunInstances:0102 | RunInstances:0006 | // RunInstances:0202 ). + // // - usage-operation-update-time - The time that the usage operation was last // updated, for example, 2022-09-15T17:15:20.000Z . + // // - virtualization-type - The virtualization type of the instance ( paravirtual // | hvm ). + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC that the instance is running in. Filters []types.Filter - // The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. + // The instance IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your instances. InstanceIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same // request. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -436,9 +580,12 @@ var _ DescribeInstancesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInstancesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same // request. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -550,12 +697,13 @@ type InstanceExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -738,12 +886,13 @@ type InstanceRunningWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -1009,12 +1158,13 @@ type InstanceStoppedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -1244,12 +1394,13 @@ type InstanceTerminatedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstancesInput, *DescribeInstancesOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInternetGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInternetGateways.go index 7812f4d44bdbd..1531c29bb1346 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInternetGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeInternetGateways.go @@ -43,27 +43,36 @@ type DescribeInternetGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - attachment.state - The current state of the attachment between the gateway // and the VPC ( available ). Present only if a VPC is attached. + // // - attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC. + // // - internet-gateway-id - The ID of the Internet gateway. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the internet // gateway. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter - // The IDs of the internet gateways. Default: Describes all your internet gateways. + // The IDs of the internet gateways. + // + // Default: Describes all your internet gateways. InternetGatewayIds []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -177,8 +186,9 @@ var _ DescribeInternetGatewaysAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeInternetGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -293,12 +303,13 @@ type InternetGatewayExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInternetGatewaysInput, *DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamByoasn.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamByoasn.go index 9833a3dce2b82..018ff8a953f8c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamByoasn.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamByoasn.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, -// and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated. For more information, see -// Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html) +// and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated. For more information, see [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM] // in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide. +// +// [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html func (c *Client) DescribeIpamByoasn(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIpamByoasnInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamByoasnOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeIpamByoasnInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamPools.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamPools.go index c40a86050806e..95541d0d8c93c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamPools.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamPools.go @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ type DescribeIpamPoolsInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see - // Filtering CLI output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html) - // . + // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see [Filtering CLI output]. + // + // [Filtering CLI output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html Filters []types.Filter // The IDs of the IPAM pools you would like information on. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamScopes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamScopes.go index b7c5219bfe61a..253d5a74a6900 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamScopes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpamScopes.go @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ type DescribeIpamScopesInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see - // Filtering CLI output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html) - // . + // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see [Filtering CLI output]. + // + // [Filtering CLI output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html Filters []types.Filter // The IDs of the scopes you want information on. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpams.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpams.go index cf864c25c15db..be2aa5fd797d3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpams.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpams.go @@ -11,8 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Get information about your IPAM pools. For more information, see What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Get information about your IPAM pools. +// +// For more information, see [What is IPAM?] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html func (c *Client) DescribeIpams(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeIpamsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeIpamsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeIpamsInput{} @@ -36,9 +39,9 @@ type DescribeIpamsInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see - // Filtering CLI output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html) - // . + // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see [Filtering CLI output]. + // + // [Filtering CLI output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html Filters []types.Filter // The IDs of the IPAMs you want information on. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpv6Pools.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpv6Pools.go index 3945bfa13e903..b1e01330fed53 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpv6Pools.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeIpv6Pools.go @@ -36,10 +36,12 @@ type DescribeIpv6PoolsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeKeyPairs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeKeyPairs.go index 89f668b9f18ad..683443dec1074 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeKeyPairs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeKeyPairs.go @@ -18,9 +18,12 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs. For more -// information about key pairs, see Amazon EC2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs. +// +// For more information about key pairs, see [Amazon EC2 key pairs] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud +// User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html func (c *Client) DescribeKeyPairs(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeKeyPairsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeKeyPairsInput{} @@ -45,21 +48,30 @@ type DescribeKeyPairsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - key-pair-id - The ID of the key pair. + // // - fingerprint - The fingerprint of the key pair. + // // - key-name - The name of the key pair. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. Filters []types.Filter - // If true , the public key material is included in the response. Default: false + // If true , the public key material is included in the response. + // + // Default: false IncludePublicKey *bool - // The key pair names. Default: Describes all of your key pairs. + // The key pair names. + // + // Default: Describes all of your key pairs. KeyNames []string // The IDs of the key pairs. @@ -195,12 +207,13 @@ type KeyPairExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeKeyPairsInput, *DescribeKeyPairsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.go index 5595bd7457d1e..c31d60bdb38f6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplateVersions.go @@ -39,38 +39,58 @@ type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - create-time - The time the launch template version was created. + // // - ebs-optimized - A boolean that indicates whether the instance is optimized // for Amazon EBS I/O. + // // - http-endpoint - Indicates whether the HTTP metadata endpoint on your // instances is enabled ( enabled | disabled ). + // // - http-protocol-ipv4 - Indicates whether the IPv4 endpoint for the instance // metadata service is enabled ( enabled | disabled ). + // // - host-resource-group-arn - The ARN of the host resource group in which to // launch the instances. + // // - http-tokens - The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests ( // optional | required ). + // // - iam-instance-profile - The ARN of the IAM instance profile. + // // - image-id - The ID of the AMI. + // // - instance-type - The instance type. + // // - is-default-version - A boolean that indicates whether the launch template // version is the default version. + // // - kernel-id - The kernel ID. + // // - license-configuration-arn - The ARN of the license configuration. + // // - network-card-index - The index of the network card. + // // - ram-disk-id - The RAM disk ID. Filters []types.Filter - // The ID of the launch template. To describe one or more versions of a specified - // launch template, you must specify either the launch template ID or the launch - // template name, but not both. To describe all the latest or default launch - // template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, you must + // specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. + // + // To describe all the latest or default launch template versions in your account, + // you must omit this parameter. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. To describe one or more versions of a - // specified launch template, you must specify either the launch template name or - // the launch template ID, but not both. To describe all the latest or default - // launch template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, you must + // specify either the launch template name or the launch template ID, but not both. + // + // To describe all the latest or default launch template versions in your account, + // you must omit this parameter. LaunchTemplateName *string // The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the @@ -88,21 +108,30 @@ type DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsInput struct { NextToken *string // If true , and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId , the AMI - // ID is displayed in the response for imageId . If false , and if a Systems - // Manager parameter is specified for ImageId , the parameter is displayed in the - // response for imageId . For more information, see Use a Systems Manager - // parameter instead of an AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Default: false + // ID is displayed in the response for imageId . + // + // If false , and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId , the + // parameter is displayed in the response for imageId . + // + // For more information, see [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // Default: false + // + // [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id ResolveAlias *bool // One or more versions of the launch template. Valid values depend on whether you // are describing a specified launch template (by ID or name) or all launch - // templates in your account. To describe one or more versions of a specified - // launch template, valid values are $Latest , $Default , and numbers. To describe - // all launch templates in your account that are defined as the latest version, the - // valid value is $Latest . To describe all launch templates in your account that - // are defined as the default version, the valid value is $Default . You can - // specify $Latest and $Default in the same request. You cannot specify numbers. + // templates in your account. + // + // To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, valid values + // are $Latest , $Default , and numbers. + // + // To describe all launch templates in your account that are defined as the latest + // version, the valid value is $Latest . To describe all launch templates in your + // account that are defined as the default version, the valid value is $Default . + // You can specify $Latest and $Default in the same request. You cannot specify + // numbers. Versions []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplates.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplates.go index fa78c90b060c0..721731ef7b975 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplates.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLaunchTemplates.go @@ -36,12 +36,16 @@ type DescribeLaunchTemplatesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - create-time - The time the launch template was created. + // // - launch-template-name - The name of the launch template. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations.go index 084a974858c28..788090ec3b463 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociations.go @@ -37,16 +37,23 @@ type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationsInput struct DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local // gateway route table for the virtual interface group. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route table. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-virtual-interface-group-association-id - The ID of // the association. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-virtual-interface-group-id - The ID of the virtual // interface group. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local // gateway virtual interface group association. + // // - state - The state of the association. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations.go index c7c183f290ad4..4dc98ddc98e8a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociations.go @@ -37,14 +37,21 @@ type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local // gateway route table for the association. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route table. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-vpc-association-id - The ID of the association. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local // gateway route table for the association. + // // - state - The state of the association. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables.go index e61573149634c..82caacb905f5f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTables.go @@ -37,13 +37,19 @@ type DescribeLocalGatewayRouteTablesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local // gateway route table. + // // - local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of a local gateway route table. + // // - outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local // gateway route table. + // // - state - The state of the local gateway route table. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups.go index daadcb497c90a..6b1ff979298b6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroups.go @@ -36,10 +36,14 @@ type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway. + // // - local-gateway-virtual-interface-group-id - The ID of the virtual interface // group. + // // - local-gateway-virtual-interface-id - The ID of the virtual interface. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local // gateway virtual interface group. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces.go index 0db453a844bd6..eb4d9d8dba6ee 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfaces.go @@ -36,15 +36,23 @@ type DescribeLocalGatewayVirtualInterfacesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - local-address - The local address. + // // - local-bgp-asn - The Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number // (ASN) of the local gateway. + // // - local-gateway-id - The ID of the local gateway. + // // - local-gateway-virtual-interface-id - The ID of the virtual interface. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local // gateway virtual interface. + // // - peer-address - The peer address. + // // - peer-bgp-asn - The peer BGP ASN. + // // - vlan - The ID of the VLAN. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGateways.go index ada2cf0593495..baaefb64f71e3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLocalGateways.go @@ -37,10 +37,14 @@ type DescribeLocalGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway. + // // - outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local // gateway. + // // - state - The state of the association. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLockedSnapshots.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLockedSnapshots.go index 0afb78cea8e5e..caafb3aa5cc4f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLockedSnapshots.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeLockedSnapshots.go @@ -36,14 +36,16 @@ type DescribeLockedSnapshotsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - lock-state - The state of the snapshot lock ( compliance-cooloff | // governance | compliance | expired ). Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMacHosts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMacHosts.go index 5c7166b6c92eb..2805220ff17de 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMacHosts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMacHosts.go @@ -31,12 +31,14 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeMacHosts(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeMacHostsI type DescribeMacHostsInput struct { // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host. + // // - instance-type - The instance type size that the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host is // configured to support. Filters []types.Filter - // The IDs of the EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts. + // The IDs of the EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts. HostIds []string // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The @@ -53,7 +55,7 @@ type DescribeMacHostsInput struct { type DescribeMacHostsOutput struct { - // Information about the EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts. + // Information about the EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts. MacHosts []types.MacHost // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeManagedPrefixLists.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeManagedPrefixLists.go index cf127131b2bb6..1ec89a1192440 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeManagedPrefixLists.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeManagedPrefixLists.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix -// lists. To view the entries for your prefix list, use GetManagedPrefixListEntries -// . +// lists. +// +// To view the entries for your prefix list, use GetManagedPrefixListEntries. func (c *Client) DescribeManagedPrefixLists(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeManagedPrefixListsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput{} @@ -38,8 +39,11 @@ type DescribeManagedPrefixListsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the prefix list owner. + // // - prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list. + // // - prefix-list-name - The name of the prefix list. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMovingAddresses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMovingAddresses.go index fa37b607a3fab..510c2555ca7fe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMovingAddresses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeMovingAddresses.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Describes your Elastic IP addresses that are being -// moved from or being restored to the EC2-Classic platform. This request does not -// return information about any other Elastic IP addresses in your account. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Describes your Elastic IP addresses that are being moved from or being restored +// to the EC2-Classic platform. This request does not return information about any +// other Elastic IP addresses in your account. func (c *Client) DescribeMovingAddresses(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeMovingAddressesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeMovingAddressesInput{} @@ -38,6 +40,7 @@ type DescribeMovingAddressesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - moving-status - The status of the Elastic IP address ( MovingToVpc | // RestoringToClassic ). Filters []types.Filter @@ -46,6 +49,7 @@ type DescribeMovingAddressesInput struct { // remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request // with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if // MaxResults is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned. + // // Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000. MaxResults *int32 @@ -164,6 +168,7 @@ type DescribeMovingAddressesPaginatorOptions struct { // remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request // with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if // MaxResults is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned. + // // Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000. Limit int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNatGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNatGateways.go index 43db24ed61884..04fcb5bf326b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNatGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNatGateways.go @@ -42,23 +42,30 @@ type DescribeNatGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - nat-gateway-id - The ID of the NAT gateway. + // // - state - The state of the NAT gateway ( pending | failed | available | // deleting | deleted ). + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway resides. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides. Filter []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The IDs of the NAT gateways. @@ -175,8 +182,9 @@ var _ DescribeNatGatewaysAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeNatGatewaysPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -290,12 +298,13 @@ type NatGatewayAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -561,12 +570,13 @@ type NatGatewayDeletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeNatGatewaysInput, *DescribeNatGatewaysOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkAcls.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkAcls.go index af8b7ccb180e3..e8dd2f2d5b131 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkAcls.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkAcls.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes one or more of your network ACLs. For more information, see Network -// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html) in -// the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your network ACLs. +// +// For more information, see [Network ACLs] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Network ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkAcls(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkAclsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeNetworkAclsInput{} @@ -38,43 +40,65 @@ type DescribeNetworkAclsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - association.association-id - The ID of an association ID for the ACL. + // // - association.network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL involved in the // association. + // // - association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. + // // - default - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network ACL for the VPC. + // // - entry.cidr - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in the entry. + // // - entry.icmp.code - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any. + // // - entry.icmp.type - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any. + // // - entry.ipv6-cidr - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in the entry. + // // - entry.port-range.from - The start of the port range specified in the entry. + // // - entry.port-range.to - The end of the port range specified in the entry. + // // - entry.protocol - The protocol specified in the entry ( tcp | udp | icmp or a // protocol number). + // // - entry.rule-action - Allows or denies the matching traffic ( allow | deny ). + // // - entry.egress - A Boolean that indicates the type of rule. Specify true for // egress rules, or false for ingress rules. + // // - entry.rule-number - The number of an entry (in other words, rule) in the set // of ACL entries. + // // - network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the network // ACL. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 - // The IDs of the network ACLs. Default: Describes all your network ACLs. + // The IDs of the network ACLs. + // + // Default: Describes all your network ACLs. NetworkAclIds []string // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -188,8 +212,9 @@ var _ DescribeNetworkAclsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeNetworkAclsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses.go index ccb3ad5b56602..01821f739006a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalyses.go @@ -43,8 +43,10 @@ type DescribeNetworkInsightsAnalysesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. The following are the possible values: + // // - path-found - A Boolean value that indicates whether a feasible path is // found. + // // - status - The status of the analysis (running | succeeded | failed). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths.go index ed66b81a98a11..ff2d63f8b0d2d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInsightsPaths.go @@ -36,22 +36,33 @@ type DescribeNetworkInsightsPathsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. The following are the possible values: + // // - destination - The ID of the resource. + // // - filter-at-source.source-address - The source IPv4 address at the source. + // // - filter-at-source.source-port-range - The source port range at the source. + // // - filter-at-source.destination-address - The destination IPv4 address at the // source. + // // - filter-at-source.destination-port-range - The destination port range at the // source. + // // - filter-at-destination.source-address - The source IPv4 address at the // destination. + // // - filter-at-destination.source-port-range - The source port range at the // destination. + // // - filter-at-destination.destination-address - The destination IPv4 address at // the destination. + // // - filter-at-destination.destination-port-range - The destination port range // at the destination. + // // - protocol - The protocol. + // // - source - The ID of the resource. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.go index 71b04f0e92751..3f6864868585c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions.go @@ -31,13 +31,18 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissions(ctx context.Context, params type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput struct { // One or more filters. + // // - network-interface-permission.network-interface-permission-id - The ID of the // permission. + // // - network-interface-permission.network-interface-id - The ID of the network // interface. + // // - network-interface-permission.aws-account-id - The Amazon Web Services // account ID. + // // - network-interface-permission.aws-service - The Amazon Web Service. + // // - network-interface-permission.permission - The type of permission ( // INSTANCE-ATTACH | EIP-ASSOCIATE ). Filters []types.Filter @@ -45,8 +50,9 @@ type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. If this // parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The network interface permission IDs. @@ -165,8 +171,9 @@ type DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. If this // parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfaces.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfaces.go index 3d580a49a4414..df254cef4092f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfaces.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeNetworkInterfaces.go @@ -17,12 +17,15 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes one or more of your network interfaces. If you have a large number of -// network interfaces, the operation fails unless you use pagination or one of the -// following filters: group-id , mac-address , private-dns-name , -// private-ip-address , private-dns-name , subnet-id , or vpc-id . We strongly -// recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are susceptible to -// throttling and timeouts. +// Describes one or more of your network interfaces. +// +// If you have a large number of network interfaces, the operation fails unless +// you use pagination or one of the following filters: group-id , mac-address , +// private-dns-name , private-ip-address , private-dns-name , subnet-id , or vpc-id +// . +// +// We strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are +// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. func (c *Client) DescribeNetworkInterfaces(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput{} @@ -48,85 +51,121 @@ type DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned when you allocated // the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface. + // // - association.association-id - The association ID returned when the network // interface was associated with an IPv4 address. + // // - addresses.association.owner-id - The owner ID of the addresses associated // with the network interface. + // // - addresses.association.public-ip - The association ID returned when the // network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address (IPv4). + // // - addresses.primary - Whether the private IPv4 address is the primary IP // address associated with the network interface. + // // - addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 addresses associated with // the network interface. + // // - association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) // associated with the network interface. + // // - association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound // to the network interface. + // // - association.public-dns-name - The public DNS name for the network interface // (IPv4). + // // - attachment.attach-time - The time that the network interface was attached to // an instance. + // // - attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface attachment. + // // - attachment.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the attachment is // deleted when an instance is terminated. + // // - attachment.device-index - The device index to which the network interface is // attached. + // // - attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the network // interface is attached. + // // - attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the instance to which the // network interface is attached. + // // - attachment.status - The status of the attachment ( attaching | attached | // detaching | detached ). + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the network interface. + // // - description - The description of the network interface. + // // - group-id - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. + // // - ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - An IPv6 address associated with the network // interface. + // // - interface-type - The type of network interface ( api_gateway_managed | // aws_codestar_connections_managed | branch | ec2_instance_connect_endpoint | // efa | efs | gateway_load_balancer | gateway_load_balancer_endpoint | // global_accelerator_managed | interface | iot_rules_managed | lambda | // load_balancer | nat_gateway | network_load_balancer | quicksight | // transit_gateway | trunk | vpc_endpoint ). + // // - mac-address - The MAC address of the network interface. + // // - network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface. - // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the network interface - // owner. + // + // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the network interface owner. + // // - private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network interface (IPv4). + // // - private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address or addresses of the network // interface. + // // - requester-id - The alias or Amazon Web Services account ID of the principal // or service that created the network interface. + // // - requester-managed - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed // by an Amazon Web Service (for example, Amazon Web Services Management Console, // Auto Scaling, and so on). + // // - source-dest-check - Indicates whether the network interface performs // source/destination checking. A value of true means checking is enabled, and // false means checking is disabled. The value must be false for the network // interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. + // // - status - The status of the network interface. If the network interface is // not attached to an instance, the status is available ; if a network interface // is attached to an instance the status is in-use . + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. You cannot // specify this parameter and the network interface IDs parameter in the same - // request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 - // The network interface IDs. Default: Describes all your network interfaces. + // The network interface IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your network interfaces. NetworkInterfaceIds []string // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -241,8 +280,9 @@ type DescribeNetworkInterfacesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. You cannot // specify this parameter and the network interface IDs parameter in the same - // request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -357,12 +397,13 @@ type NetworkInterfaceAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeNetworkInterfacesInput, *DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePlacementGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePlacementGroups.go index 3dd29c31270f5..42de38605b3b4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePlacementGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePlacementGroups.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups. For -// more information, see Placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// more information, see [Placement groups]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html func (c *Client) DescribePlacementGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePlacementGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePlacementGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribePlacementGroupsInput{} @@ -38,17 +39,24 @@ type DescribePlacementGroupsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - group-name - The name of the placement group. + // // - group-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the placement group. + // // - spread-level - The spread level for the placement group ( host | rack ). + // // - state - The state of the placement group ( pending | available | deleting | // deleted ). + // // - strategy - The strategy of the placement group ( cluster | spread | // partition ). + // // - tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter @@ -56,8 +64,9 @@ type DescribePlacementGroupsInput struct { // The IDs of the placement groups. GroupIds []string - // The names of the placement groups. Default: Describes all your placement - // groups, or only those otherwise specified. + // The names of the placement groups. + // + // Default: Describes all your placement groups, or only those otherwise specified. GroupNames []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrefixLists.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrefixLists.go index c919d3eaf72ed..6dfe8480c75c1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrefixLists.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrefixLists.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which // includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP -// address range for the service. We recommend that you use -// DescribeManagedPrefixLists instead. +// address range for the service. +// +// We recommend that you use DescribeManagedPrefixLists instead. func (c *Client) DescribePrefixLists(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePrefixListsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePrefixListsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribePrefixListsInput{} @@ -39,7 +40,9 @@ type DescribePrefixListsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - prefix-list-id : The ID of a prefix list. + // // - prefix-list-name : The name of a prefix list. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrincipalIdFormat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrincipalIdFormat.go index 57d37f4d581b4..2c7a0bc14eea1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrincipalIdFormat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePrincipalIdFormat.go @@ -13,14 +13,17 @@ import ( // Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM // users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference. +// // By default, all IAM roles and IAM users default to the same ID settings as the // root user, unless they explicitly override the settings. This request is useful // for identifying those IAM users and IAM roles that have overridden the default -// ID settings. The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | -// conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | -// elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance -// | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface -// | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | +// ID settings. +// +// The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | +// customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association +// | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | +// network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | +// network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | // route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | // subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | // vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.go index aaebc9e850378..8dd35f2d9d0b2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribePublicIpv4Pools.go @@ -30,10 +30,12 @@ func (c *Client) DescribePublicIpv4Pools(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePu type DescribePublicIpv4PoolsInput struct { // One or more filters. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRegions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRegions.go index 6b31afb864d43..b1475cf62c5c7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRegions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRegions.go @@ -11,14 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions. For a -// list of the Regions supported by Amazon EC2, see Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud -// endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ec2-service.html) -// . For information about enabling and disabling Regions for your account, see -// Managing Amazon Web Services Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. The order of the elements in the -// response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications -// should not assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions. +// +// For a list of the Regions supported by Amazon EC2, see [Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud endpoints and quotas]. +// +// For information about enabling and disabling Regions for your account, see [Managing Amazon Web Services Regions] in +// the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Managing Amazon Web Services Regions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html +// [Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud endpoints and quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ec2-service.html func (c *Client) DescribeRegions(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeRegionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRegionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeRegionsInput{} @@ -47,10 +52,13 @@ type DescribeRegionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - endpoint - The endpoint of the Region (for example, // ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com ). + // // - opt-in-status - The opt-in status of the Region ( opt-in-not-required | // opted-in | not-opted-in ). + // // - region-name - The name of the Region (for example, us-east-1 ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks.go index a3d31fee5aeba..267b4a0d0b797 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes a root volume replacement task. For more information, see Replace a -// root volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/replace-root.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// Describes a root volume replacement task. For more information, see [Replace a root volume] in the +// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Replace a root volume]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/replace-root.html func (c *Client) DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput{} @@ -38,14 +39,16 @@ type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksInput struct { DryRun *bool // Filter to use: + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance for which the root volume replacement // task was created. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -162,8 +165,9 @@ var _ DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasksPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstances.go index 25f6c001f1d23..6be9e39f07d18 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstances.go @@ -11,11 +11,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased. For more -// information about Reserved Instances, see Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. The order of the elements in the response, -// including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not -// assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased. +// +// For more information about Reserved Instances, see [Reserved Instances] in the Amazon EC2 User +// Guide. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Reserved Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstances(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeReservedInstancesInput{} @@ -41,32 +46,45 @@ type DescribeReservedInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be // used. + // // - duration - The duration of the Reserved Instance (one year or three years), // in seconds ( 31536000 | 94608000 ). + // // - end - The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example, // 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). + // // - fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, // 9800.0). + // // - instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. + // // - scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance ( Region or Availability Zone ). + // // - product-description - The Reserved Instance product platform description ( // Linux/UNIX | Linux with SQL Server Standard | Linux with SQL Server Web | // Linux with SQL Server Enterprise | SUSE Linux | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | // Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA | Windows | Windows with SQL Server Standard // | Windows with SQL Server Web | Windows with SQL Server Enterprise ). + // // - reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instance. + // // - start - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request was placed // (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). + // // - state - The state of the Reserved Instance ( payment-pending | active | // payment-failed | retired ). + // // - tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for // example, 0.84). Filters []types.Filter @@ -79,8 +97,10 @@ type DescribeReservedInstancesInput struct { // Instance offering type. OfferingType types.OfferingTypeValues - // One or more Reserved Instance IDs. Default: Describes all your Reserved - // Instances, or only those otherwise specified. + // One or more Reserved Instance IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise + // specified. ReservedInstancesIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesListings.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesListings.go index f796c675d0d73..99e2e6691302a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesListings.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesListings.go @@ -12,22 +12,31 @@ import ( ) // Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance -// Marketplace. The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to -// resell Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want -// to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the -// Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. As a -// seller, you choose to list some or all of your Reserved Instances, and you +// Marketplace. +// +// The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Reserved +// Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase +// additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved +// Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. +// +// As a seller, you choose to list some or all of your Reserved Instances, and you // specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Reserved Instances are then -// listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace and are available for purchase. As a -// buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase, and -// the Marketplace matches what you're searching for with what's available. The +// listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace and are available for purchase. +// +// As a buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase, +// and the Marketplace matches what you're searching for with what's available. The // Marketplace first sells the lowest priced Reserved Instances to you, and // continues to sell available Reserved Instance listings to you until your demand // is met. You are charged based on the total price of all of the listings that you -// purchase. For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. The order of the elements in the response, -// including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not -// assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// purchase. +// +// For more information, see [Reserved Instance Marketplace] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Reserved Instance Marketplace]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesListings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesListingsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput{} @@ -47,10 +56,14 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesListings(ctx context.Context, params * type DescribeReservedInstancesListingsInput struct { // One or more filters. + // // - reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances. + // // - reserved-instances-listing-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances listing. + // // - status - The status of the Reserved Instance listing ( pending | active | // cancelled | closed ). + // // - status-message - The reason for the status. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.go index e42d91bdfa3b2..a0e69151e52ab 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.go @@ -14,11 +14,15 @@ import ( // Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter is // specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification requests // is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information about the -// specific modification is returned. For more information, see Modifying Reserved -// Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. The order of the elements in the response, -// including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not -// assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// specific modification is returned. +// +// For more information, see [Modifying Reserved Instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Modifying Reserved Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesModifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput{} @@ -38,23 +42,35 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesModifications(ctx context.Context, par type DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsInput struct { // One or more filters. + // // - client-token - The idempotency token for the modification request. + // // - create-date - The time when the modification request was created. + // // - effective-date - The time when the modification becomes effective. + // // - modification-result.reserved-instances-id - The ID for the Reserved // Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only available // when the status of the modification is fulfilled . + // // - modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone - The // Availability Zone for the new Reserved Instances. + // // - modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count - The number of new // Reserved Instances. + // // - modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type - The instance type // of the new Reserved Instances. + // // - reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances modified. + // // - reserved-instances-modification-id - The ID of the modification request. + // // - status - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request ( // processing | fulfilled | failed ). + // // - status-message - The reason for the status. + // // - update-date - The time when the modification request was last updated. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.go index db6bbf246505c..4a7a751bf9c13 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.go @@ -15,13 +15,19 @@ import ( // Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period of // time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity errors, // and you pay a lower usage rate than the rate charged for On-Demand instances for -// the actual time used. If you have listed your own Reserved Instances for sale in -// the Reserved Instance Marketplace, they will be excluded from these results. -// This is to ensure that you do not purchase your own Reserved Instances. For more -// information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. The order of the elements in the response, -// including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not -// assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// the actual time used. +// +// If you have listed your own Reserved Instances for sale in the Reserved +// Instance Marketplace, they will be excluded from these results. This is to +// ensure that you do not purchase your own Reserved Instances. +// +// For more information, see [Reserved Instance Marketplace] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Reserved Instance Marketplace]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html func (c *Client) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput{} @@ -50,24 +56,33 @@ type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be // used. + // // - duration - The duration of the Reserved Instance (for example, one year or // three years), in seconds ( 31536000 | 94608000 ). + // // - fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, // 9800.0). + // // - instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. + // // - marketplace - Set to true to show only Reserved Instance Marketplace // offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default behavior, all // offerings from both Amazon Web Services and the Reserved Instance Marketplace // are listed. + // // - product-description - The Reserved Instance product platform description ( // Linux/UNIX | Linux with SQL Server Standard | Linux with SQL Server Web | // Linux with SQL Server Enterprise | SUSE Linux | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | // Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA | Windows | Windows with SQL Server Standard // | Windows with SQL Server Web | Windows with SQL Server Enterprise ). + // // - reserved-instances-offering-id - The Reserved Instances offering ID. + // // - scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance ( Availability Zone or Region ). + // // - usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for // example, 0.84). Filters []types.Filter @@ -77,30 +92,39 @@ type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsInput struct { // The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance // with a tenancy of dedicated is applied to instances that run in a VPC on - // single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances). Important: The host value - // cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default or dedicated values only. + // single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances). + // + // Important: The host value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default + // or dedicated values only. + // // Default: default InstanceTenancy types.Tenancy // The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, m1.small ). For - // more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // more information, see [Instance types]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType types.InstanceType // The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. + // // Default: 94608000 (3 years) MaxDuration *int64 // The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings. + // // Default: 20 MaxInstanceCount *int32 // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The // remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request - // with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100. Default: 100 + // with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100. + // + // Default: 100 MaxResults *int32 // The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. + // // Default: 2592000 (1 month) MinDuration *int64 @@ -230,7 +254,9 @@ var _ DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The // remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request - // with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100. Default: 100 + // with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100. + // + // Default: 100 Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRouteTables.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRouteTables.go index 2978405282bcf..13770ae746fef 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRouteTables.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeRouteTables.go @@ -11,12 +11,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes one or more of your route tables. Each subnet in your VPC must be -// associated with a route table. If a subnet is not explicitly associated with any -// route table, it is implicitly associated with the main route table. This command -// does not return the subnet ID for implicit associations. For more information, -// see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your route tables. +// +// Each subnet in your VPC must be associated with a route table. If a subnet is +// not explicitly associated with any route table, it is implicitly associated with +// the main route table. This command does not return the subnet ID for implicit +// associations. +// +// For more information, see [Route tables] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) DescribeRouteTables(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeRouteTablesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRouteTablesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeRouteTablesInput{} @@ -41,61 +45,85 @@ type DescribeRouteTablesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - association.gateway-id - The ID of the gateway involved in the association. + // // - association.route-table-association-id - The ID of an association ID for the // route table. + // // - association.route-table-id - The ID of the route table involved in the // association. + // // - association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. + // // - association.main - Indicates whether the route table is the main route table // for the VPC ( true | false ). Route tables that do not have an association ID // are not returned in the response. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the route // table. + // // - route-table-id - The ID of the route table. + // // - route.destination-cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in a route in // the table. + // // - route.destination-ipv6-cidr-block - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in a route // in the route table. + // // - route.destination-prefix-list-id - The ID (prefix) of the Amazon Web Service // specified in a route in the table. + // // - route.egress-only-internet-gateway-id - The ID of an egress-only Internet // gateway specified in a route in the route table. + // // - route.gateway-id - The ID of a gateway specified in a route in the table. + // // - route.instance-id - The ID of an instance specified in a route in the table. + // // - route.nat-gateway-id - The ID of a NAT gateway. + // // - route.transit-gateway-id - The ID of a transit gateway. + // // - route.origin - Describes how the route was created. CreateRouteTable // indicates that the route was automatically created when the route table was // created; CreateRoute indicates that the route was manually added to the route // table; EnableVgwRoutePropagation indicates that the route was propagated by // route propagation. + // // - route.state - The state of a route in the route table ( active | blackhole // ). The blackhole state indicates that the route's target isn't available (for // example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, the specified NAT // instance has been terminated, and so on). + // // - route.vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of a VPC peering connection // specified in a route in the table. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the route table. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from // the end of the items returned by the previous request. NextToken *string - // The IDs of the route tables. Default: Describes all your route tables. + // The IDs of the route tables. + // + // Default: Describes all your route tables. RouteTableIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -206,8 +234,9 @@ var _ DescribeRouteTablesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeRouteTablesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.go index bed8d95be4ab2..71f3ba7c4a422 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.go @@ -11,13 +11,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria. You can search for -// an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance. You must meet the -// minimum required duration of 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum -// daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the -// minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours. After you find a schedule that meets your -// needs, call PurchaseScheduledInstances to purchase Scheduled Instances with -// that schedule. +// Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria. +// +// You can search for an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance. You +// must meet the minimum required duration of 1,200 hours per year. For example, +// the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, +// and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours. +// +// After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call PurchaseScheduledInstances to purchase Scheduled +// Instances with that schedule. func (c *Client) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput{} @@ -53,8 +55,11 @@ type DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example, us-west-2a ). + // // - instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large ). + // // - platform - The platform ( Linux/UNIX or Windows ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstances.go index 5f6a9bc4b8ea5..f56940d48adba 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeScheduledInstances.go @@ -37,8 +37,11 @@ type DescribeScheduledInstancesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example, us-west-2a ). + // // - instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large ). + // // - platform - The platform ( Linux/UNIX or Windows ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroupRules.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroupRules.go index 7183ab4227c41..c75cb654cf119 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroupRules.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroupRules.go @@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - group-id - The ID of the security group. + // // - security-group-rule-id - The ID of the security group rule. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , @@ -47,8 +50,9 @@ type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value // can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items - // are returned. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // are returned. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -166,8 +170,9 @@ type DescribeSecurityGroupRulesPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value // can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items - // are returned. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // are returned. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroups.go index 7e32a368f2b1a..b87a77ed34066 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSecurityGroups.go @@ -45,69 +45,98 @@ type DescribeSecurityGroupsInput struct { // The filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security // groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule - // match all filters. + // // - description - The description of the security group. + // // - egress.ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an outbound security // group rule. + // // - egress.ip-permission.from-port - For an outbound rule, the start of port // range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. + // // - egress.ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has been // referenced in an outbound security group rule. + // // - egress.ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that is // referenced in an outbound security group rule. + // // - egress.ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An IPv6 CIDR block for an outbound security // group rule. + // // - egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID of a prefix list to which a // security group rule allows outbound access. + // // - egress.ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol for an outbound security // group rule ( tcp | udp | icmp , a protocol number, or -1 for all protocols). + // // - egress.ip-permission.to-port - For an outbound rule, the end of port range // for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code. + // // - egress.ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an Amazon Web Services account that // has been referenced in an outbound security group rule. + // // - group-id - The ID of the security group. + // // - group-name - The name of the security group. + // // - ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an inbound security group rule. + // // - ip-permission.from-port - For an inbound rule, the start of port range for // the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. + // // - ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has been referenced // in an inbound security group rule. + // // - ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that is referenced // in an inbound security group rule. + // // - ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An IPv6 CIDR block for an inbound security group // rule. + // // - ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID of a prefix list from which a security // group rule allows inbound access. + // // - ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol for an inbound security group rule ( // tcp | udp | icmp , a protocol number, or -1 for all protocols). + // // - ip-permission.to-port - For an inbound rule, the end of port range for the // TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code. + // // - ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an Amazon Web Services account that has // been referenced in an inbound security group rule. + // // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the security // group. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC specified when the security group was created. Filters []types.Filter // The IDs of the security groups. Required for security groups in a nondefault - // VPC. Default: Describes all of your security groups. + // VPC. + // + // Default: Describes all of your security groups. GroupIds []string // [Default VPC] The names of the security groups. You can specify either the - // security group name or the security group ID. Default: Describes all of your - // security groups. + // security group name or the security group ID. + // + // Default: Describes all of your security groups. GroupNames []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value // can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items - // are returned. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // are returned. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -222,8 +251,9 @@ type DescribeSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value // can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items - // are returned. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // are returned. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -337,12 +367,13 @@ type SecurityGroupExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotAttribute.go index dbea93ccbb9ba..07c91227b9266 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotAttribute.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify -// only one attribute at a time. For more information about EBS snapshots, see -// Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// only one attribute at a time. +// +// For more information about EBS snapshots, see [Amazon EBS snapshots] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS snapshots]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-snapshots.html func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotTierStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotTierStatus.go index a9380f94bb48d..4bf101f3a3668 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotTierStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshotTierStatus.go @@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - snapshot-id - The snapshot ID. + // // - volume-id - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for. + // // - last-tiering-operation - The state of the last archive or restore action. ( // archival-in-progress | archival-completed | archival-failed | // permanent-restore-in-progress | permanent-restore-completed | @@ -47,8 +50,9 @@ type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -162,8 +166,9 @@ var _ DescribeSnapshotTierStatusAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeSnapshotTierStatusPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshots.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshots.go index 9f5570de7d28a..e9ff5de8a79bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshots.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSnapshots.go @@ -16,40 +16,57 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS -// snapshots available to you. The snapshots available to you include public -// snapshots, private snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by other -// Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have explicit create volume -// permissions. The create volume permissions fall into the following categories: +// snapshots available to you. +// +// The snapshots available to you include public snapshots, private snapshots that +// you own, and private snapshots owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for +// which you have explicit create volume permissions. +// +// The create volume permissions fall into the following categories: +// // - public: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions for the // snapshot to the all group. All Amazon Web Services accounts have create volume // permissions for these snapshots. +// // - explicit: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions to a // specific Amazon Web Services account. +// // - implicit: An Amazon Web Services account has implicit create volume // permissions for all snapshots it owns. // // The list of snapshots returned can be filtered by specifying snapshot IDs, // snapshot owners, or Amazon Web Services accounts with create volume permissions. // If no options are specified, Amazon EC2 returns all snapshots for which you have -// create volume permissions. If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only -// snapshots that have the specified IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid -// snapshot ID, an error is returned. If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do -// not have access, it is not included in the returned results. If you specify one -// or more snapshot owners using the OwnerIds option, only snapshots from the -// specified owners and for which you have access are returned. The results can -// include the Amazon Web Services account IDs of the specified owners, amazon for -// snapshots owned by Amazon, or self for snapshots that you own. If you specify a -// list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot permissions for -// those users are returned. You can specify Amazon Web Services account IDs (if -// you own the snapshots), self for snapshots for which you own or have explicit -// permissions, or all for public snapshots. If you are describing a long list of -// snapshots, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more -// manageable. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) -// . To get the state of fast snapshot restores for a snapshot, use -// DescribeFastSnapshotRestores . For more information about EBS snapshots, see -// Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. We strongly recommend using only paginated -// requests. Unpaginated requests are susceptible to throttling and timeouts. +// create volume permissions. +// +// If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only snapshots that have the specified +// IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid snapshot ID, an error is returned. +// If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do not have access, it is not +// included in the returned results. +// +// If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the OwnerIds option, only +// snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned. +// The results can include the Amazon Web Services account IDs of the specified +// owners, amazon for snapshots owned by Amazon, or self for snapshots that you +// own. +// +// If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot +// permissions for those users are returned. You can specify Amazon Web Services +// account IDs (if you own the snapshots), self for snapshots for which you own or +// have explicit permissions, or all for public snapshots. +// +// If you are describing a long list of snapshots, we recommend that you paginate +// the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see [Pagination]. +// +// To get the state of fast snapshot restores for a snapshot, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. +// +// For more information about EBS snapshots, see [Amazon EBS snapshots] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// We strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are +// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. +// +// [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination +// [Amazon EBS snapshots]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-snapshots.html func (c *Client) DescribeSnapshots(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSnapshotsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSnapshotsInput{} @@ -74,26 +91,39 @@ type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - description - A description of the snapshot. + // // - encrypted - Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted ( true | false ) + // // - owner-alias - The owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list ( amazon ). // This is not the user-configured Amazon Web Services account alias set using the // IAM console. We recommend that you use the related parameter instead of this // filter. + // // - owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. We recommend // that you use the related parameter instead of this filter. + // // - progress - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage (for example, 80%). + // // - snapshot-id - The snapshot ID. + // // - start-time - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. + // // - status - The status of the snapshot ( pending | completed | error ). + // // - storage-tier - The storage tier of the snapshot ( archive | standard ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - volume-id - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for. + // // - volume-size - The size of the volume, in GiB. Filters []types.Filter @@ -101,8 +131,9 @@ type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { // between 5 and 1,000; if this value is larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are // returned. If this parameter is not used, then the request returns all snapshots. // You cannot specify this parameter and the snapshot IDs parameter in the same - // request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -117,8 +148,9 @@ type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { // snapshot. RestorableByUserIds []string - // The snapshot IDs. Default: Describes the snapshots for which you have create - // volume permissions. + // The snapshot IDs. + // + // Default: Describes the snapshots for which you have create volume permissions. SnapshotIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -229,8 +261,9 @@ type DescribeSnapshotsPaginatorOptions struct { // between 5 and 1,000; if this value is larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are // returned. If this parameter is not used, then the request returns all snapshots. // You cannot specify this parameter and the snapshot IDs parameter in the same - // request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -342,12 +375,13 @@ type SnapshotCompletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSnapshotsInput, *DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.go index a4599c99ce7b1..6ffc7d4110d6e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot -// Instance data feed (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see [Spot Instance data feed] in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// [Spot Instance data feed]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-data-feeds.html func (c *Client) DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetInstances.go index ba3a231594490..414821a77d681 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetInstances.go @@ -43,8 +43,9 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetInstancesInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.go index e58c39168b7cf..cf371cc6f7594 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.go @@ -13,11 +13,15 @@ import ( ) // Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified -// time. Spot Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be -// described. This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not -// miss a recorded event. Spot Fleet events are available for 48 hours. For more -// information, see Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/fleet-monitor.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// time. +// +// Spot Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. +// This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a +// recorded event. Spot Fleet events are available for 48 hours. +// +// For more information, see [Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/fleet-monitor.html func (c *Client) DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput{} @@ -58,8 +62,9 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This @@ -76,8 +81,9 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryOutput struct { HistoryRecords []types.HistoryRecord // The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, - // YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). All records up to this time were retrieved. If nextToken - // indicates that there are more items, this value is not present. + // YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). All records up to this time were retrieved. + // + // If nextToken indicates that there are more items, this value is not present. LastEvaluatedTime *time.Time // The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequests.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequests.go index 5e4ca9d8bad51..27e51b8e53739 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequests.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotFleetRequests.go @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes your Spot Fleet requests. Spot Fleet requests are deleted 48 hours -// after they are canceled and their instances are terminated. +// Describes your Spot Fleet requests. +// +// Spot Fleet requests are deleted 48 hours after they are canceled and their +// instances are terminated. func (c *Client) DescribeSpotFleetRequests(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput{} @@ -39,8 +41,9 @@ type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This @@ -158,8 +161,9 @@ var _ DescribeSpotFleetRequestsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.go index 618f451b9e05b..06daa8bfebf27 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.go @@ -17,19 +17,25 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the specified Spot Instance requests. You can use -// DescribeSpotInstanceRequests to find a running Spot Instance by examining the -// response. If the status of the Spot Instance is fulfilled , the instance ID -// appears in the response and contains the identifier of the instance. -// Alternatively, you can use DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances) -// with a filter to look for instances where the instance lifecycle is spot . We -// recommend that you set MaxResults to a value between 5 and 1000 to limit the +// Describes the specified Spot Instance requests. +// +// You can use DescribeSpotInstanceRequests to find a running Spot Instance by +// examining the response. If the status of the Spot Instance is fulfilled , the +// instance ID appears in the response and contains the identifier of the instance. +// Alternatively, you can use [DescribeInstances]with a filter to look for instances where the +// instance lifecycle is spot . +// +// We recommend that you set MaxResults to a value between 5 and 1000 to limit the // number of items returned. This paginates the output, which makes the list more // manageable and returns the items faster. If the list of items exceeds your // MaxResults value, then that number of items is returned along with a NextToken // value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeSpotInstanceRequests request -// to retrieve the remaining items. Spot Instance requests are deleted four hours -// after they are canceled and their instances are terminated. +// to retrieve the remaining items. +// +// Spot Instance requests are deleted four hours after they are canceled and their +// instances are terminated. +// +// [DescribeInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances func (c *Client) DescribeSpotInstanceRequests(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput{} @@ -55,76 +61,116 @@ type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - availability-zone-group - The Availability Zone group. + // // - create-time - The time stamp when the Spot Instance request was created. + // // - fault-code - The fault code related to the request. + // // - fault-message - The fault message related to the request. + // // - instance-id - The ID of the instance that fulfilled the request. + // // - launch-group - The Spot Instance launch group. + // // - launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the // EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. + // // - launch.block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name for the volume in // the block device mapping (for example, /dev/sdh or xvdh ). + // // - launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot for the EBS // volume. - // - launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size - The size of the EBS volume, in - // GiB. + // + // - launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size - The size of the EBS volume, in GiB. + // // - launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type - The type of EBS volume: gp2 or gp3 // for General Purpose SSD, io1 or io2 for Provisioned IOPS SSD, st1 for // Throughput Optimized HDD, sc1 for Cold HDD, or standard for Magnetic. + // // - launch.group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance. + // // - launch.group-name - The name of the security group for the instance. + // // - launch.image-id - The ID of the AMI. + // // - launch.instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium ). + // // - launch.kernel-id - The kernel ID. + // // - launch.key-name - The name of the key pair the instance launched with. + // // - launch.monitoring-enabled - Whether detailed monitoring is enabled for the // Spot Instance. + // // - launch.ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID. + // // - launched-availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the request is // launched. + // // - network-interface.addresses.primary - Indicates whether the IP address is // the primary private IP address. + // // - network-interface.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the network // interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. + // // - network-interface.description - A description of the network interface. + // // - network-interface.device-index - The index of the device for the network // interface attachment on the instance. + // // - network-interface.group-id - The ID of the security group associated with // the network interface. + // // - network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface. + // // - network-interface.private-ip-address - The primary private IP address of the // network interface. + // // - network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the instance. + // // - product-description - The product description associated with the instance ( // Linux/UNIX | Windows ). + // // - spot-instance-request-id - The Spot Instance request ID. + // // - spot-price - The maximum hourly price for any Spot Instance launched to // fulfill the request. + // // - state - The state of the Spot Instance request ( open | active | closed | // cancelled | failed ). Spot request status information can help you track your - // Amazon EC2 Spot Instance requests. For more information, see Spot request - // status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // Amazon EC2 Spot Instance requests. For more information, see [Spot request status]in the Amazon + // EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // // - status-code - The short code describing the most recent evaluation of your // Spot Instance request. + // // - status-message - The message explaining the status of the Spot Instance // request. + // // - tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - type - The type of Spot Instance request ( one-time | persistent ). + // // - valid-from - The start date of the request. + // // - valid-until - The end date of the request. + // + // [Spot request status]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -242,8 +288,9 @@ var _ DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -359,12 +406,13 @@ type SpotInstanceRequestFulfilledWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsInput, *DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotPriceHistory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotPriceHistory.go index 2b5e7ba806009..b79b3d0f05b54 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotPriceHistory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSpotPriceHistory.go @@ -12,12 +12,14 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see Spot Instance -// pricing history (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-spot-instances-history.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. When you specify a start and -// end time, the operation returns the prices of the instance types within that -// time range. It also returns the last price change before the start time, which -// is the effective price as of the start time. +// Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see [Spot Instance pricing history] in the Amazon EC2 +// User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// When you specify a start and end time, the operation returns the prices of the +// instance types within that time range. It also returns the last price change +// before the start time, which is the effective price as of the start time. +// +// [Spot Instance pricing history]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-spot-instances-history.html func (c *Client) DescribeSpotPriceHistory(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput{} @@ -50,15 +52,20 @@ type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput struct { EndTime *time.Time // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone for which prices should be // returned. + // // - instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium ). + // // - product-description - The product description for the Spot price ( Linux/UNIX // | Red Hat Enterprise Linux | SUSE Linux | Windows | Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC) | // Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC) | SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC) | Windows // (Amazon VPC) ). + // // - spot-price - The Spot price. The value must match exactly (or use wildcards; // greater than or less than comparison is not supported). + // // - timestamp - The time stamp of the Spot price history, in UTC format (for // example, ddd MMM dd HH:mm:ss UTC YYYY). You can use wildcards ( * and ? ). // Greater than or less than comparison is not supported. @@ -69,8 +76,9 @@ type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -192,8 +200,9 @@ var _ DescribeSpotPriceHistoryAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.go index c70d8ad455dd8..11e60ccbd9f05 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.go @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -163,8 +164,9 @@ var _ DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStoreImageTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStoreImageTasks.go index d4f1d283e7559..5944f144d2056 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStoreImageTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeStoreImageTasks.go @@ -17,15 +17,22 @@ import ( // Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks. You can describe the store tasks // for specified AMIs. If you don't specify the AMIs, you get a paginated list of -// store tasks from the last 31 days. For each AMI task, the response indicates if -// the task is InProgress , Completed , or Failed . For tasks InProgress , the -// response shows the estimated progress as a percentage. Tasks are listed in -// reverse chronological order. Currently, only tasks from the past 31 days can be -// viewed. To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more -// information, see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For more information, see Store and restore an -// AMI using Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// store tasks from the last 31 days. +// +// For each AMI task, the response indicates if the task is InProgress , Completed +// , or Failed . For tasks InProgress , the response shows the estimated progress +// as a percentage. +// +// Tasks are listed in reverse chronological order. Currently, only tasks from the +// past 31 days can be viewed. +// +// To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, +// see [Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For more information, see [Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html +// [Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-store-restore.html#ami-s3-permissions func (c *Client) DescribeStoreImageTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeStoreImageTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeStoreImageTasksInput{} @@ -50,10 +57,13 @@ type DescribeStoreImageTasksInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - task-state - Returns tasks in a certain state ( InProgress | Completed | // Failed ) + // // - bucket - Returns task information for tasks that targeted a specific bucket. // For the filter value, specify the bucket name. + // // When you specify the ImageIds parameter, any filters that you specify are // ignored. To use the filters, you must remove the ImageIds parameter. Filters []types.Filter @@ -64,8 +74,11 @@ type DescribeStoreImageTasksInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the ImageIds parameter in the same call. + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the ImageIds parameter in the same call. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -179,8 +192,11 @@ var _ DescribeStoreImageTasksAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeStoreImageTasksPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . You cannot specify this parameter and the ImageIds parameter in the same call. + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // You cannot specify this parameter and the ImageIds parameter in the same call. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -295,12 +311,13 @@ type StoreImageTaskCompleteWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeStoreImageTasksInput, *DescribeStoreImageTasksOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSubnets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSubnets.go index 7dd8c2649d499..7be47ecfae24b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSubnets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeSubnets.go @@ -15,8 +15,11 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes one or more of your subnets. For more information, see Subnets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/configure-subnets.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your subnets. +// +// For more information, see [Subnets] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Subnets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/configure-subnets.html func (c *Client) DescribeSubnets(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSubnetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSubnetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSubnetsInput{} @@ -41,75 +44,102 @@ type DescribeSubnetsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also use // availabilityZone as the filter name. + // // - availability-zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone for the subnet. You // can also use availabilityZoneId as the filter name. + // // - available-ip-address-count - The number of IPv4 addresses in the subnet that // are available. + // // - cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify // must exactly match the subnet's CIDR block for information to be returned for // the subnet. You can also use cidr or cidrBlock as the filter names. + // // - customer-owned-ipv4-pool - The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated // with the subnet. + // // - default-for-az - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the // Availability Zone ( true | false ). You can also use defaultForAz as the // filter name. + // // - enable-dns64 - Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS // Resolver in this subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only // destinations. + // // - enable-lni-at-device-index - Indicates the device position for local network // interfaces in this subnet. For example, 1 indicates local network interfaces // in this subnet are the secondary network interface (eth1). + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated // with the subnet. + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - An association ID for an IPv6 // CIDR block associated with the subnet. + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block // associated with the subnet. - // - ipv6-native - Indicates whether this is an IPv6 only subnet ( true | false - // ). + // + // - ipv6-native - Indicates whether this is an IPv6 only subnet ( true | false ). + // // - map-customer-owned-ip-on-launch - Indicates whether a network interface - // created in this subnet (including a network interface created by RunInstances - // ) receives a customer-owned IPv4 address. + // created in this subnet (including a network interface created by RunInstances) receives a + // customer-owned IPv4 address. + // // - map-public-ip-on-launch - Indicates whether instances launched in this // subnet receive a public IPv4 address. + // // - outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the subnet. + // // - private-dns-name-options-on-launch.hostname-type - The type of hostname to // assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For IPv4-only and dual-stack (IPv4 // and IPv6) subnets, an instance DNS name can be based on the instance IPv4 // address (ip-name) or the instance ID (resource-name). For IPv6 only subnets, an // instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID (resource-name). + // // - private-dns-name-options-on-launch.enable-resource-name-dns-a-record - // Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A // records. + // // - private-dns-name-options-on-launch.enable-resource-name-dns-aaaa-record - // Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA // records. + // // - state - The state of the subnet ( pending | available ). + // // - subnet-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the subnet. + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the subnet. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from // the end of the items returned by the previous request. NextToken *string - // The IDs of the subnets. Default: Describes all your subnets. + // The IDs of the subnets. + // + // Default: Describes all your subnets. SubnetIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -218,8 +248,9 @@ var _ DescribeSubnetsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeSubnetsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -331,12 +362,13 @@ type SubnetAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeSubnetsInput, *DescribeSubnetsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTags.go index 9a4c61ea81ff9..680efb45719a0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTags.go @@ -11,13 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources. For more information about -// tags, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. We strongly recommend using only -// paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are susceptible to throttling and -// timeouts. The order of the elements in the response, including those within -// nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements -// appear in a particular order. +// Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources. +// +// For more information about tags, see [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// We strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are +// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html func (c *Client) DescribeTags(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeTagsInput{} @@ -42,21 +48,27 @@ type DescribeTagsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - key - The tag key. + // // - resource-id - The ID of the resource. - // - resource-type - The resource type. For a list of possible values, see - // TagSpecification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_TagSpecification.html) - // . + // + // - resource-type - The resource type. For a list of possible values, see [TagSpecification]. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of the tag. For example, specify // "tag:Owner" for the filter name and "TeamA" for the filter value to find // resources with the tag "Owner=TeamA". + // // - value - The tag value. + // + // [TagSpecification]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_TagSpecification.html Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. This value can be // between 5 and 1000. To get the next page of items, make another request with the - // token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // token returned in the output. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -168,8 +180,9 @@ var _ DescribeTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. This value can be // between 5 and 1000. To get the next page of items, make another request with the - // token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // token returned in the output. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters.go index b01f361eca000..7dd2a5bc71255 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters.go @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ type DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - description : The Traffic Mirror filter description. + // // - traffic-mirror-filter-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions.go index 9b9b6bb6412e5..7e1605515d02f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions.go @@ -37,15 +37,24 @@ type DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - description : The Traffic Mirror session description. + // // - network-interface-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror session network // interface. + // // - owner-id : The ID of the account that owns the Traffic Mirror session. + // // - packet-length : The assigned number of packets to mirror. + // // - session-number : The assigned session number. + // // - traffic-mirror-filter-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. + // // - traffic-mirror-session-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror session. + // // - traffic-mirror-target-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror target. + // // - virtual-network-id : The virtual network ID of the Traffic Mirror session. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets.go index 85a105d2721f5..df42fc3e2ff2d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets.go @@ -36,12 +36,17 @@ type DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - description : The Traffic Mirror target description. + // // - network-interface-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror session network // interface. + // // - network-load-balancer-arn : The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Network // Load Balancer that is associated with the session. + // // - owner-id : The ID of the account that owns the Traffic Mirror session. + // // - traffic-mirror-target-id : The ID of the Traffic Mirror target. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.go index 7e390d8890a64..a66bae9bceb20 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayAttachments.go @@ -38,20 +38,29 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - association.state - The state of the association ( associating | associated // | disassociating ). + // // - association.transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the route table for // the transit gateway. + // // - resource-id - The ID of the resource. + // // - resource-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the // resource. + // // - resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | // direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect . + // // - state - The state of the attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | // deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | // pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting . + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment. + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. + // // - transit-gateway-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that // owns the transit gateway. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers.go index 8db87e7f169b6..dc46fcac3d1bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeers.go @@ -36,9 +36,12 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectPeersInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - state - The state of the Connect peer ( pending | available | deleting | // deleted ). + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment. + // // - transit-gateway-connect-peer-id - The ID of the Connect peer. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnects.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnects.go index 70f4884a54784..546ecfafdff86 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnects.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayConnects.go @@ -36,12 +36,17 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayConnectsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - options.protocol - The tunnel protocol ( gre ). + // // - state - The state of the attachment ( initiating | initiatingRequest | // pendingAcceptance | rollingBack | pending | available | modifying | deleting | // deleted | failed | rejected | rejecting | failing ). + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the Connect attachment. + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. + // // - transport-transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the transit gateway // attachment from which the Connect attachment was created. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains.go index 2b36f14e72217..f7a6a12792309 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomains.go @@ -36,9 +36,12 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayMulticastDomainsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - state - The state of the transit gateway multicast domain. Valid values are // pending | available | deleting | deleted . + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. + // // - transit-gateway-multicast-domain-id - The ID of the transit gateway // multicast domain. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments.go index 2aae4b3e7e715..e93b908259bc3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachments.go @@ -36,19 +36,26 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayPeeringAttachmentsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the transit gateway attachment. + // // - local-owner-id - The ID of your Amazon Web Services account. + // // - remote-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account in the remote // Region that owns the transit gateway. + // // - state - The state of the peering attachment. Valid values are available | // deleted | deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | // pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables.go index dda2d849206fb..92a0ec19fc12e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTables.go @@ -37,13 +37,18 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - default-association-route-table - Indicates whether this is the default // association route table for the transit gateway ( true | false ). + // // - default-propagation-route-table - Indicates whether this is the default // propagation route table for the transit gateway ( true | false ). + // // - state - The state of the route table ( available | deleting | deleted | // pending ). + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. + // // - transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the transit gateway route table. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments.go index f2b05ebde5fd1..0d270fadab276 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments.go @@ -37,11 +37,15 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - state - The state of the attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | // deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | // pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting . + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment. + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGateways.go index eb811b7000b39..903751ac9bd03 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTransitGateways.go @@ -37,29 +37,41 @@ type DescribeTransitGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - options.propagation-default-route-table-id - The ID of the default // propagation route table. + // // - options.amazon-side-asn - The private ASN for the Amazon side of a BGP // session. + // // - options.association-default-route-table-id - The ID of the default // association route table. + // // - options.auto-accept-shared-attachments - Indicates whether there is // automatic acceptance of attachment requests ( enable | disable ). + // // - options.default-route-table-association - Indicates whether resource // attachments are automatically associated with the default association route // table ( enable | disable ). + // // - options.default-route-table-propagation - Indicates whether resource // attachments automatically propagate routes to the default propagation route // table ( enable | disable ). + // // - options.dns-support - Indicates whether DNS support is enabled ( enable | // disable ). + // // - options.vpn-ecmp-support - Indicates whether Equal Cost Multipath Protocol // support is enabled ( enable | disable ). + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit // gateway. + // // - state - The state of the transit gateway ( available | deleted | deleting | // modifying | pending ). + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway. + // // - tag-key - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use // the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For // example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations.go index c9591eadf183e..d993de6274c32 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociations.go @@ -39,7 +39,9 @@ type DescribeTrunkInterfaceAssociationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - gre-key - The ID of a trunk interface association. + // // - interface-protocol - The interface protocol. Valid values are VLAN and GRE . Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeAttribute.go index 34667cca9448f..34ee2292fc581 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeAttribute.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only -// one attribute at a time. For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS -// volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes.html) in -// the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// one attribute at a time. +// +// For more information about EBS volumes, see [Amazon EBS volumes] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS volumes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes.html func (c *Client) DescribeVolumeAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVolumeAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeStatus.go index baf131329049f..5f3cb3d2bca31 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumeStatus.go @@ -18,29 +18,39 @@ import ( // underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is // restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events // notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be -// taken in response to the event. The DescribeVolumeStatus operation provides the -// following information about the specified volumes: Status: Reflects the current -// status of the volume. The possible values are ok , impaired , warning , or -// insufficient-data . If all checks pass, the overall status of the volume is ok . -// If the check fails, the overall status is impaired . If the status is -// insufficient-data , then the checks might still be taking place on your volume -// at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For more information about -// volume status, see Monitor the status of your volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-status.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and -// might require you to take action. For example, if your volume returns an -// impaired status, then the volume event might be potential-data-inconsistency . -// This means that your volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying -// host, has all I/O operations disabled, and might have inconsistent data. -// Actions: Reflect the actions you might have to take in response to an event. For -// example, if the status of the volume is impaired and the volume event shows +// taken in response to the event. +// +// The DescribeVolumeStatus operation provides the following information about the +// specified volumes: +// +// Status: Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are ok , +// impaired , warning , or insufficient-data . If all checks pass, the overall +// status of the volume is ok . If the check fails, the overall status is impaired +// . If the status is insufficient-data , then the checks might still be taking +// place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For +// more information about volume status, see [Monitor the status of your volumes]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and might require you to take +// action. For example, if your volume returns an impaired status, then the volume +// event might be potential-data-inconsistency . This means that your volume has +// been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I/O operations +// disabled, and might have inconsistent data. +// +// Actions: Reflect the actions you might have to take in response to an event. +// For example, if the status of the volume is impaired and the volume event shows // potential-data-inconsistency , then the action shows enable-volume-io . This // means that you may want to enable the I/O operations for the volume by calling -// the EnableVolumeIO action and then check the volume for data consistency. +// the EnableVolumeIOaction and then check the volume for data consistency. +// // Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect the // volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the error -// state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.) The order of -// the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might -// vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order. +// state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.) +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Monitor the status of your volumes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-status.html func (c *Client) DescribeVolumeStatus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumeStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVolumeStatusInput{} @@ -65,23 +75,34 @@ type DescribeVolumeStatusInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. - // - action.code - The action code for the event (for example, enable-volume-io - // ). + // + // - action.code - The action code for the event (for example, enable-volume-io ). + // // - action.description - A description of the action. + // // - action.event-id - The event ID associated with the action. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance. + // // - event.description - A description of the event. + // // - event.event-id - The event ID. + // // - event.event-type - The event type (for io-enabled : passed | failed ; for // io-performance : io-performance:degraded | io-performance:severely-degraded | // io-performance:stalled ). + // // - event.not-after - The latest end time for the event. + // // - event.not-before - The earliest start time for the event. + // // - volume-status.details-name - The cause for volume-status.status ( io-enabled // | io-performance ). + // // - volume-status.details-status - The status of volume-status.details-name (for // io-enabled : passed | failed ; for io-performance : normal | degraded | // severely-degraded | stalled ). + // // - volume-status.status - The status of the volume ( ok | impaired | warning | // insufficient-data ). Filters []types.Filter @@ -91,15 +112,18 @@ type DescribeVolumeStatusInput struct { // can be between 5 and 1,000; if the value is larger than 1,000, only 1,000 // results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then all items are // returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the - // same request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // same request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from // the end of the items returned by the previous request. NextToken *string - // The IDs of the volumes. Default: Describes all your volumes. + // The IDs of the volumes. + // + // Default: Describes all your volumes. VolumeIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -212,8 +236,9 @@ type DescribeVolumeStatusPaginatorOptions struct { // can be between 5 and 1,000; if the value is larger than 1,000, only 1,000 // results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then all items are // returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the - // same request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // same request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumes.go index a6537375d25df..e2a8b2e8facc2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumes.go @@ -17,15 +17,22 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes. If you are -// describing a long list of volumes, we recommend that you paginate the output to -// make the list more manageable. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) -// . For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. We strongly recommend using only paginated -// requests. Unpaginated requests are susceptible to throttling and timeouts. The -// order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, -// might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular -// order. +// Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes. +// +// If you are describing a long list of volumes, we recommend that you paginate +// the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see [Pagination]. +// +// For more information about EBS volumes, see [Amazon EBS volumes] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// We strongly recommend using only paginated requests. Unpaginated requests are +// susceptible to throttling and timeouts. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a +// particular order. +// +// [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination +// [Amazon EBS volumes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes.html func (c *Client) DescribeVolumes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVolumesInput{} @@ -50,32 +57,49 @@ type DescribeVolumesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - attachment.attach-time - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. + // // - attachment.delete-on-termination - Whether the volume is deleted on instance // termination. + // // - attachment.device - The device name specified in the block device mapping // (for example, /dev/sda1 ). + // // - attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance the volume is attached to. + // // - attachment.status - The attachment state ( attaching | attached | detaching // ). + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the volume was created. + // // - create-time - The time stamp when the volume was created. + // // - encrypted - Indicates whether the volume is encrypted ( true | false ) + // // - multi-attach-enabled - Indicates whether the volume is enabled for // Multi-Attach ( true | false ) + // // - fast-restored - Indicates whether the volume was created from a snapshot // that is enabled for fast snapshot restore ( true | false ). + // // - size - The size of the volume, in GiB. + // // - snapshot-id - The snapshot from which the volume was created. + // // - status - The state of the volume ( creating | available | in-use | deleting // | deleted | error ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - volume-id - The volume ID. + // // - volume-type - The Amazon EBS volume type ( gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | st1 | sc1 // | standard ) Filters []types.Filter @@ -84,8 +108,9 @@ type DescribeVolumesInput struct { // between 5 and 500; if you specify a value larger than 500, only 500 items are // returned. If this parameter is not used, then all items are returned. You cannot // specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. For - // more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -203,8 +228,9 @@ type DescribeVolumesPaginatorOptions struct { // between 5 and 500; if you specify a value larger than 500, only 500 items are // returned. If this parameter is not used, then all items are returned. You cannot // specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. For - // more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -316,12 +342,13 @@ type VolumeAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, *DescribeVolumesOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -527,12 +554,13 @@ type VolumeDeletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, *DescribeVolumesOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -726,12 +754,13 @@ type VolumeInUseWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVolumesInput, *DescribeVolumesOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumesModifications.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumesModifications.go index 496b5d7373c7b..3bd1a013e5986 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumesModifications.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVolumesModifications.go @@ -12,13 +12,18 @@ import ( ) // Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS -// volumes. If a volume has never been modified, some information in the output -// will be null. If a volume has been modified more than once, the output includes -// only the most recent modification request. You can also use CloudWatch Events to -// check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about -// CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/) -// . For more information, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// volumes. +// +// If a volume has never been modified, some information in the output will be +// null. If a volume has been modified more than once, the output includes only the +// most recent modification request. +// +// You can also use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an +// EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the [Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide]. For more +// information, see [Monitor the progress of volume modifications]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Monitor the progress of volume modifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html +// [Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ func (c *Client) DescribeVolumesModifications(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVolumesModificationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVolumesModificationsInput{} @@ -43,27 +48,39 @@ type DescribeVolumesModificationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - modification-state - The current modification state (modifying | optimizing // | completed | failed). + // // - original-iops - The original IOPS rate of the volume. + // // - original-size - The original size of the volume, in GiB. + // // - original-volume-type - The original volume type of the volume (standard | // io1 | io2 | gp2 | sc1 | st1). + // // - originalMultiAttachEnabled - Indicates whether Multi-Attach support was // enabled (true | false). + // // - start-time - The modification start time. + // // - target-iops - The target IOPS rate of the volume. + // // - target-size - The target size of the volume, in GiB. + // // - target-volume-type - The target volume type of the volume (standard | io1 | // io2 | gp2 | sc1 | st1). + // // - targetMultiAttachEnabled - Indicates whether Multi-Attach support is to be // enabled (true | false). + // // - volume-id - The ID of the volume. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a - // paginated request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // paginated request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned by a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -179,8 +196,9 @@ var _ DescribeVolumesModificationsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) // DescribeVolumesModifications type DescribeVolumesModificationsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a - // paginated request. For more information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // paginated request. For more information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLink.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLink.go index 2c35f6a1382d1..e427e62a46877 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLink.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLink.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Describes the ClassicLink status of the specified -// VPCs. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Describes the ClassicLink status of the specified VPCs. func (c *Client) DescribeVpcClassicLink(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput{} @@ -37,12 +38,15 @@ type DescribeVpcClassicLinkInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - is-classic-link-enabled - Whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink ( true // | false ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go index 8456b32c649ae..cab170cefb116 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one -// or more VPCs. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance -// resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to -// which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves -// to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled, +// the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP +// address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. +// Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP +// address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. func (c *Client) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput{} @@ -35,8 +37,9 @@ type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -153,8 +156,9 @@ var _ DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications.go index f84fd2288fcca..bc42cbbe7411b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications.go @@ -40,12 +40,18 @@ type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - connection-notification-arn - The ARN of the SNS topic for the notification. + // // - connection-notification-id - The ID of the notification. + // // - connection-notification-state - The state of the notification ( Enabled | // Disabled ). + // // - connection-notification-type - The type of notification ( Topic ). + // // - service-id - The ID of the endpoint service. + // // - vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the VPC endpoint. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnections.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnections.go index 8c6ca777405d7..7dd0d79e060b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnections.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointConnections.go @@ -37,12 +37,17 @@ type DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - ip-address-type - The IP address type ( ipv4 | ipv6 ). + // // - service-id - The ID of the service. + // // - vpc-endpoint-owner - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account ID that owns // the endpoint. + // // - vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint ( pendingAcceptance | pending // | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed ). + // // - vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the endpoint. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations.go index de00f1544b335..9895384410463 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations.go @@ -37,15 +37,21 @@ type DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - service-name - The name of the service. + // // - service-id - The ID of the service. + // // - service-state - The state of the service ( Pending | Available | Deleting | // Deleted | Failed ). + // // - supported-ip-address-types - The IP address type ( ipv4 | ipv6 ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go index 25f4413e2585f..582a14d436292 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go @@ -42,7 +42,9 @@ type DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - principal - The ARN of the principal. + // // - principal-type - The principal type ( All | Service | OrganizationUnit | // Account | User | Role ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServices.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServices.go index dec4d3f9ae613..06f2b548316b2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServices.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpointServices.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint. When the -// service provider and the consumer have different accounts in multiple +// Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint. +// +// When the service provider and the consumer have different accounts in multiple // Availability Zones, and the consumer views the VPC endpoint service information, // the response only includes the common Availability Zones. For example, when the // service provider account uses us-east-1a and us-east-1c and the consumer uses @@ -42,22 +43,29 @@ type DescribeVpcEndpointServicesInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - owner - The ID or alias of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the // service. + // // - service-name - The name of the service. + // // - service-type - The type of service ( Interface | Gateway | // GatewayLoadBalancer ). + // // - supported-ip-address-types - The IP address type ( ipv4 | ipv6 ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a // token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. + // // Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items. MaxResults *int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpoints.go index 882cf92957115..348e251f23044 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcEndpoints.go @@ -36,24 +36,33 @@ type DescribeVpcEndpointsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - ip-address-type - The IP address type ( ipv4 | ipv6 ). + // // - service-name - The name of the service. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides. + // // - vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the endpoint. + // // - vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint ( pendingAcceptance | pending // | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed ). + // // - vpc-endpoint-type - The type of VPC endpoint ( Interface | Gateway | // GatewayLoadBalancer ). Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a // token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. + // // Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items. MaxResults *int32 @@ -171,6 +180,7 @@ var _ DescribeVpcEndpointsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeVpcEndpointsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a // token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. + // // Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items. Limit int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.go index 2429346b2ba44..dc45eeb49ba10 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcPeeringConnections.go @@ -42,41 +42,55 @@ type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the accepter VPC. + // // - accepter-vpc-info.owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that // owns the accepter VPC. + // // - accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the accepter VPC. + // // - expiration-time - The expiration date and time for the VPC peering // connection. + // // - requester-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the requester's VPC. + // // - requester-vpc-info.owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that // owns the requester VPC. + // // - requester-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the requester VPC. + // // - status-code - The status of the VPC peering connection ( pending-acceptance // | failed | expired | provisioning | active | deleting | deleted | rejected ). + // // - status-message - A message that provides more information about the status // of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of the VPC peering connection. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from // the end of the items returned by the previous request. NextToken *string - // The IDs of the VPC peering connections. Default: Describes all your VPC peering - // connections. + // The IDs of the VPC peering connections. + // + // Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections. VpcPeeringConnectionIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -186,8 +200,9 @@ var _ DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -303,12 +318,13 @@ type VpcPeeringConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -506,12 +522,13 @@ type VpcPeeringConnectionExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcs.go index ab2dc5ce4417a..7e5a925488a8e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpcs.go @@ -42,47 +42,65 @@ type DescribeVpcsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The filters. + // // - cidr - The primary IPv4 CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR block you specify // must exactly match the VPC's CIDR block for information to be returned for the // VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for example, /28 ). + // // - cidr-block-association.cidr-block - An IPv4 CIDR block associated with the // VPC. + // // - cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for an IPv4 CIDR // block associated with the VPC. + // // - cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv4 CIDR block associated // with the VPC. + // // - dhcp-options-id - The ID of a set of DHCP options. + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated // with the VPC. + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-pool - The ID of the IPv6 address pool from // which the IPv6 CIDR block is allocated. + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for an IPv6 // CIDR block associated with the VPC. + // // - ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block // associated with the VPC. + // // - is-default - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. + // // - owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the VPC. + // // - state - The state of the VPC ( pending | available ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - vpc-id - The ID of the VPC. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from // the end of the items returned by the previous request. NextToken *string - // The IDs of the VPCs. Default: Describes all your VPCs. + // The IDs of the VPCs. + // + // Default: Describes all your VPCs. VpcIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -190,8 +208,9 @@ var _ DescribeVpcsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type DescribeVpcsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token @@ -303,12 +322,13 @@ type VpcAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcsInput, *DescribeVpcsOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -489,12 +509,13 @@ type VpcExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpcsInput, *DescribeVpcsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnConnections.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnConnections.go index 0104ae6d54b5d..b62d3aab944a1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnConnections.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnConnections.go @@ -15,9 +15,12 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Describes one or more of your VPN connections. For more information, see Amazon -// Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your VPN connections. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) DescribeVpnConnections(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVpnConnectionsInput{} @@ -43,35 +46,48 @@ type DescribeVpnConnectionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - customer-gateway-configuration - The configuration information for the // customer gateway. + // // - customer-gateway-id - The ID of a customer gateway associated with the VPN // connection. + // // - state - The state of the VPN connection ( pending | available | deleting | // deleted ). + // // - option.static-routes-only - Indicates whether the connection has static // routes only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). // // - route.destination-cidr-block - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds // to the subnet used in a customer data center. + // // - bgp-asn - The BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP // device. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - type - The type of VPN connection. Currently the only supported type is // ipsec.1 . + // // - vpn-connection-id - The ID of the VPN connection. + // // - vpn-gateway-id - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with the VPN // connection. + // // - transit-gateway-id - The ID of a transit gateway associated with the VPN // connection. Filters []types.Filter - // One or more VPN connection IDs. Default: Describes your VPN connections. + // One or more VPN connection IDs. + // + // Default: Describes your VPN connections. VpnConnectionIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -207,12 +223,13 @@ type VpnConnectionAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -444,12 +461,13 @@ type VpnConnectionDeletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeVpnConnectionsInput, *DescribeVpnConnectionsOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnGateways.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnGateways.go index 43c38469d7601..a107abd9065d5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnGateways.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DescribeVpnGateways.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways. For more information, -// see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN] in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User +// Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html func (c *Client) DescribeVpnGateways(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeVpnGatewaysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeVpnGatewaysOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeVpnGatewaysInput{} @@ -39,28 +42,38 @@ type DescribeVpnGatewaysInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - amazon-side-asn - The Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of // the gateway. + // // - attachment.state - The current state of the attachment between the gateway // and the VPC ( attaching | attached | detaching | detached ). + // // - attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC. + // // - availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway // (if applicable). + // // - state - The state of the virtual private gateway ( pending | available | // deleting | deleted ). + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. + // // - type - The type of virtual private gateway. Currently the only supported // type is ipsec.1 . + // // - vpn-gateway-id - The ID of the virtual private gateway. Filters []types.Filter - // One or more virtual private gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your virtual - // private gateways. + // One or more virtual private gateway IDs. + // + // Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways. VpnGatewayIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachClassicLinkVpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachClassicLinkVpc.go index 716d3a56b9dbb..3322219dfb552 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachClassicLinkVpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachClassicLinkVpc.go @@ -10,10 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance -// from a VPC. After the instance has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no -// longer associated with it. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when -// it's stopped. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC. After the instance +// has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no longer associated with it. An +// instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped. func (c *Client) DetachClassicLinkVpc(ctx context.Context, params *DetachClassicLinkVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachClassicLinkVpcOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachClassicLinkVpcInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachNetworkInterface.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachNetworkInterface.go index 57b4077667c14..9e561808bedfa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachNetworkInterface.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachNetworkInterface.go @@ -41,15 +41,20 @@ type DetachNetworkInterfaceInput struct { DryRun *bool // Specifies whether to force a detachment. + // // - Use the Force parameter only as a last resort to detach a network interface // from a failed instance. + // // - If you use the Force parameter to detach a network interface, you might not // be able to attach a different network interface to the same index on the // instance without first stopping and starting the instance. - // - If you force the detachment of a network interface, the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // might not get updated. This means that the attributes associated with the - // detached network interface might still be visible. The instance metadata will - // get updated when you stop and start the instance. + // + // - If you force the detachment of a network interface, the [instance metadata]might not get + // updated. This means that the attributes associated with the detached network + // interface might still be visible. The instance metadata will get updated when + // you stop and start the instance. + // + // [instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html Force *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go index 6d478ffb0411f..145658f1d5f37 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go @@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ type DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProviderInput struct { VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVolume.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVolume.go index ea1641885da13..c4c6abe896915 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVolume.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVolume.go @@ -18,14 +18,19 @@ import ( // detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you // unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an // EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the -// instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first. When a -// volume with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code is detached from an -// instance, the product code is no longer associated with the instance. You can't -// detach or force detach volumes that are attached to Amazon ECS or Fargate tasks. -// Attempting to do this results in the UnsupportedOperationException exception -// with the Unable to detach volume attached to ECS tasks error message. For more -// information, see Detach an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-detaching-volume.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first. +// +// When a volume with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code is detached +// from an instance, the product code is no longer associated with the instance. +// +// You can't detach or force detach volumes that are attached to Amazon ECS or +// Fargate tasks. Attempting to do this results in the +// UnsupportedOperationException exception with the Unable to detach volume +// attached to ECS tasks error message. +// +// For more information, see [Detach an Amazon EBS volume] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Detach an Amazon EBS volume]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-detaching-volume.html func (c *Client) DetachVolume(ctx context.Context, params *DetachVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachVolumeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachVolumeInput{} @@ -85,17 +90,20 @@ type DetachVolumeOutput struct { // Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. DeleteOnTermination *bool - // The device name. If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter - // returns null . + // The device name. + // + // If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter returns null . Device *string - // The ID of the instance. If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this - // parameter returns null . + // The ID of the instance. + // + // If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter returns null . InstanceId *string // The service principal of Amazon Web Services service that owns the underlying - // instance to which the volume is attached. This parameter is returned only for - // volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. + // instance to which the volume is attached. + // + // This parameter is returned only for volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. InstanceOwningService *string // The attachment state of the volume. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVpnGateway.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVpnGateway.go index 89bf4d532b255..a12de2882b9b4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVpnGateway.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DetachVpnGateway.go @@ -14,9 +14,10 @@ import ( // to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private // gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual // private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also -// described). You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to detached -// before you can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private -// gateway. +// described). +// +// You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to detached before you can +// delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway. func (c *Client) DetachVpnGateway(ctx context.Context, params *DetachVpnGatewayInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachVpnGatewayOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachVpnGatewayInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableAddressTransfer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableAddressTransfer.go index d2cff2ab78f15..eefa0ac515a9f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableAddressTransfer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableAddressTransfer.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer -// Elastic IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// Disables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see [Transfer Elastic IP addresses] in the Amazon +// Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Transfer Elastic IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro func (c *Client) DisableAddressTransfer(ctx context.Context, params *DisableAddressTransferInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableAddressTransferOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableAddressTransferInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go index 6cae8c6c2fe2f..eb5a2058c3985 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go @@ -11,11 +11,16 @@ import ( ) // Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region. +// // After you disable encryption by default, you can still create encrypted volumes -// by enabling encryption when you create each volume. Disabling encryption by -// default does not change the encryption status of your existing volumes. For more -// information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// by enabling encryption when you create each volume. +// +// Disabling encryption by default does not change the encryption status of your +// existing volumes. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html func (c *Client) DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault(ctx context.Context, params *DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableFastLaunch.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableFastLaunch.go index c609e0022f342..4e83e7dfaf9f0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableFastLaunch.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableFastLaunch.go @@ -15,9 +15,10 @@ import ( // Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing // pre-provisioned snapshots. After you disable Windows fast launch, the AMI uses // the standard launch process for each new instance. Amazon EC2 must remove all -// pre-provisioned snapshots before you can enable Windows fast launch again. You -// can only change these settings for Windows AMIs that you own or that have been -// shared with you. +// pre-provisioned snapshots before you can enable Windows fast launch again. +// +// You can only change these settings for Windows AMIs that you own or that have +// been shared with you. func (c *Client) DisableFastLaunch(ctx context.Context, params *DisableFastLaunchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableFastLaunchOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableFastLaunchInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImage.go index a5d65c5f97b79..c0a0bea9fd070 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImage.go @@ -11,15 +11,23 @@ import ( ) // Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI. -// A disabled AMI can't be used for instance launches. A disabled AMI can't be -// shared. If an AMI was public or previously shared, it is made private. If an AMI -// was shared with an Amazon Web Services account, organization, or Organizational -// Unit, they lose access to the disabled AMI. A disabled AMI does not appear in -// DescribeImages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeImages.html) -// API calls by default. Only the AMI owner can disable an AMI. You can re-enable a -// disabled AMI using EnableImage (http://amazonaws.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_EnableImage.html) -// . For more information, see Disable an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/disable-an-ami.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// A disabled AMI can't be used for instance launches. +// +// A disabled AMI can't be shared. If an AMI was public or previously shared, it +// is made private. If an AMI was shared with an Amazon Web Services account, +// organization, or Organizational Unit, they lose access to the disabled AMI. +// +// A disabled AMI does not appear in [DescribeImages] API calls by default. +// +// Only the AMI owner can disable an AMI. +// +// You can re-enable a disabled AMI using [EnableImage]. +// +// For more information, see [Disable an AMI] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [DescribeImages]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeImages.html +// [Disable an AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/disable-an-ami.html +// [EnableImage]: http://amazonaws.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_EnableImage.html func (c *Client) DisableImage(ctx context.Context, params *DisableImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableImageInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageBlockPublicAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageBlockPublicAccess.go index 1cb265ddd9207..cf0ad9f5f9d40 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageBlockPublicAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageBlockPublicAccess.go @@ -14,13 +14,16 @@ import ( // Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified // Amazon Web Services Region. This removes the block public access restriction // from your account. With the restriction removed, you can publicly share your -// AMIs in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. The API can take up to 10 -// minutes to configure this setting. During this time, if you run -// GetImageBlockPublicAccessState (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.html) -// , the response will be block-new-sharing . When the API has completed the -// configuration, the response will be unblocked . For more information, see Block -// public access to your AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sharingamis-intro.html#block-public-access-to-amis) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// AMIs in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. +// +// The API can take up to 10 minutes to configure this setting. During this time, +// if you run [GetImageBlockPublicAccessState], the response will be block-new-sharing . When the API has completed +// the configuration, the response will be unblocked . +// +// For more information, see [Block public access to your AMIs] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Block public access to your AMIs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sharingamis-intro.html#block-public-access-to-amis +// [GetImageBlockPublicAccessState]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.html func (c *Client) DisableImageBlockPublicAccess(ctx context.Context, params *DisableImageBlockPublicAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableImageBlockPublicAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableImageBlockPublicAccessInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeprecation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeprecation.go index dddd47e87629b..566c536c61c91 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeprecation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeprecation.go @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI. For more information, see -// Deprecate an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-deprecate.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI. +// +// For more information, see [Deprecate an AMI] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Deprecate an AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-deprecate.html func (c *Client) DisableImageDeprecation(ctx context.Context, params *DisableImageDeprecationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableImageDeprecationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableImageDeprecationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeregistrationProtection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeregistrationProtection.go index d1e04a585344f..db1b21c960cf6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeregistrationProtection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableImageDeregistrationProtection.go @@ -11,11 +11,15 @@ import ( ) // Disables deregistration protection for an AMI. When deregistration protection -// is disabled, the AMI can be deregistered. If you chose to include a 24-hour -// cooldown period when you enabled deregistration protection for the AMI, then, -// when you disable deregistration protection, you won’t immediately be able to -// deregister the AMI. For more information, see Protect an AMI from deregistration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/deregister-ami.html#ami-deregistration-protection) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// is disabled, the AMI can be deregistered. +// +// If you chose to include a 24-hour cooldown period when you enabled +// deregistration protection for the AMI, then, when you disable deregistration +// protection, you won’t immediately be able to deregister the AMI. +// +// For more information, see [Protect an AMI from deregistration] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Protect an AMI from deregistration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/deregister-ami.html#ami-deregistration-protection func (c *Client) DisableImageDeregistrationProtection(ctx context.Context, params *DisableImageDeregistrationProtectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableImageDeregistrationProtectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableImageDeregistrationProtectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go index 942220d1d3d2f..11468266121eb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disable the IPAM account. For more information, see Enable integration with -// Organizations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/enable-integ-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Disable the IPAM account. For more information, see [Enable integration with Organizations] in the Amazon VPC IPAM +// User Guide. +// +// [Enable integration with Organizations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/enable-integ-ipam.html func (c *Client) DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount(ctx context.Context, params *DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSerialConsoleAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSerialConsoleAccess.go index 2d43c7587d7bf..ad196b4103bb2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSerialConsoleAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSerialConsoleAccess.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( // Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By // default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more -// information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// information, see [Manage account access to the EC2 serial console]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Manage account access to the EC2 serial console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access func (c *Client) DisableSerialConsoleAccess(ctx context.Context, params *DisableSerialConsoleAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableSerialConsoleAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableSerialConsoleAccessInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go index e1bf50fe0148c..b115fbd1d169b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go @@ -13,12 +13,15 @@ import ( // Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for // the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you disable block public access -// for snapshots in a Region, users can publicly share snapshots in that Region. If -// block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you disable block -// public access, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no longer -// treated as private and they become publicly accessible again. For more -// information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide . +// for snapshots in a Region, users can publicly share snapshots in that Region. +// +// If block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you disable +// block public access, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no +// longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again. +// +// For more information, see [Block public access for snapshots] in the Amazon EBS User Guide . +// +// [Block public access for snapshots]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html func (c *Client) DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess(ctx context.Context, params *DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLink.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLink.go index fd4c35da28dee..07cb47508775c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLink.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLink.go @@ -10,8 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable -// ClassicLink for a VPC that has EC2-Classic instances linked to it. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable ClassicLink for a VPC that +// has EC2-Classic instances linked to it. func (c *Client) DisableVpcClassicLink(ctx context.Context, params *DisableVpcClassicLinkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableVpcClassicLinkInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go index ef3552024c9a2..1501860352224 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go @@ -10,10 +10,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If -// disabled, DNS hostnames resolve to public IP addresses when addressed between a -// linked EC2-Classic instance and instances in the VPC to which it's linked. You -// must specify a VPC ID in the request. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If disabled, DNS hostnames resolve +// to public IP addresses when addressed between a linked EC2-Classic instance and +// instances in the VPC to which it's linked. +// +// You must specify a VPC ID in the request. func (c *Client) DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(ctx context.Context, params *DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateAddress.go index 9adebab20e9ae..60e49c7c7fff0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateAddress.go @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's -// associated with. This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation -// more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. +// associated with. +// +// This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, +// Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. func (c *Client) DisassociateAddress(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateAddressInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go index c13ab711dd1cf..b9f1dbc0f555d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork.go @@ -13,9 +13,13 @@ import ( // Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint. When you // disassociate the last target network from a Client VPN, the following happens: +// // - The route that was automatically added for the VPC is deleted +// // - All active client connections are terminated +// // - New client connections are disallowed +// // - The Client VPN endpoint's status changes to pending-associate func (c *Client) DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetwork(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateClientVpnTargetNetworkOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.go index 280747824404f..f767d65b6ac3e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance. Use -// DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID. +// Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance. +// +// Use DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID. func (c *Client) DisassociateIamInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateIamInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateIamInstanceProfileInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateInstanceEventWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateInstanceEventWindow.go index 822479a4a8f73..a4a89fdff20ad 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateInstanceEventWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateInstanceEventWindow.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disassociates one or more targets from an event window. For more information, -// see Define event windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Disassociates one or more targets from an event window. +// +// For more information, see [Define event windows for scheduled events] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Define event windows for scheduled events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html func (c *Client) DisassociateInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateInstanceEventWindowOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateInstanceEventWindowInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIpamByoasn.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIpamByoasn.go index bc474fef9b896..d0b763468558c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIpamByoasn.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateIpamByoasn.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your // BYOIP CIDR. You may want to use this action to disassociate an ASN from a CIDR -// or if you want to swap ASNs. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN -// to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html) in -// the Amazon VPC IPAM guide. +// or if you want to swap ASNs. For more information, see [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]in the Amazon VPC IPAM +// guide. +// +// [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html func (c *Client) DisassociateIpamByoasn(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateIpamByoasnInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateIpamByoasnOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateIpamByoasnInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateNatGatewayAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateNatGatewayAddress.go index 841b9c4a7713a..5fe97b50186da 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateNatGatewayAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateNatGatewayAddress.go @@ -12,16 +12,20 @@ import ( ) // Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway. -// You cannot disassociate your primary EIP. For more information, see Edit -// secondary IP address associations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-edit-secondary) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. While disassociating is in progress, you cannot -// associate/disassociate additional EIPs while the connections are being drained. -// You are, however, allowed to delete the NAT gateway. An EIP is released only at -// the end of MaxDrainDurationSeconds. It stays associated and supports the -// existing connections but does not support any new connections (new connections -// are distributed across the remaining associated EIPs). As the existing -// connections drain out, the EIPs (and the corresponding private IP addresses -// mapped to them) are released. +// You cannot disassociate your primary EIP. For more information, see [Edit secondary IP address associations]in the +// Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// While disassociating is in progress, you cannot associate/disassociate +// additional EIPs while the connections are being drained. You are, however, +// allowed to delete the NAT gateway. +// +// An EIP is released only at the end of MaxDrainDurationSeconds. It stays +// associated and supports the existing connections but does not support any new +// connections (new connections are distributed across the remaining associated +// EIPs). As the existing connections drain out, the EIPs (and the corresponding +// private IP addresses mapped to them) are released. +// +// [Edit secondary IP address associations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-edit-secondary func (c *Client) DisassociateNatGatewayAddress(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateNatGatewayAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateNatGatewayAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateNatGatewayAddressInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateRouteTable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateRouteTable.go index 70bca6c3806a2..29e5d0966b3ff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateRouteTable.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateRouteTable.go @@ -10,11 +10,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table. After you perform this -// action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the route table. Instead, it -// uses the routes in the VPC's main route table. For more information about route -// tables, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table. +// +// After you perform this action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the +// route table. Instead, it uses the routes in the VPC's main route table. For more +// information about route tables, see [Route tables]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) DisassociateRouteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateRouteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateRouteTableOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateRouteTableInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateTrunkInterface.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateTrunkInterface.go index 0d00eaea18ca4..439496c9c993a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateTrunkInterface.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateTrunkInterface.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceInput struct { AssociationId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [How to Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -51,8 +52,9 @@ type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceInput struct { type DisassociateTrunkInterfaceOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to Ensure Idempotency]. + // + // [How to Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateVpcCidrBlock.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateVpcCidrBlock.go index cf5eff0023241..8c2e4b4ef8b22 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateVpcCidrBlock.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_DisassociateVpcCidrBlock.go @@ -12,10 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. To disassociate the CIDR block, you must -// specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using DescribeVpcs -// . You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with -// the CIDR block before you can disassociate it. You cannot disassociate the CIDR -// block with which you originally created the VPC (the primary CIDR block). +// specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using DescribeVpcs. You must +// detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR +// block before you can disassociate it. +// +// You cannot disassociate the CIDR block with which you originally created the +// VPC (the primary CIDR block). func (c *Client) DisassociateVpcCidrBlock(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateVpcCidrBlockOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateVpcCidrBlockInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableAddressTransfer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableAddressTransfer.go index 0a7ea99bd2c08..79288f057df23 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableAddressTransfer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableAddressTransfer.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Enables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic -// IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// Enables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see [Transfer Elastic IP addresses] in the Amazon +// Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Transfer Elastic IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro func (c *Client) EnableAddressTransfer(ctx context.Context, params *EnableAddressTransferInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableAddressTransferOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableAddressTransferInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go index 6b530347d44bb..44c3101025630 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault.go @@ -10,17 +10,23 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region. After -// you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are always -// encrypted, either using the default KMS key or the KMS key that you specified -// when you created each volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. You can specify the default KMS key for encryption -// by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId . Enabling -// encryption by default has no effect on the encryption status of your existing -// volumes. After you enable encryption by default, you can no longer launch -// instances using instance types that do not support encryption. For more -// information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances) -// . +// Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region. +// +// After you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are +// always encrypted, either using the default KMS key or the KMS key that you +// specified when you created each volume. For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption]in the Amazon +// EBS User Guide. +// +// You can specify the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. +// +// Enabling encryption by default has no effect on the encryption status of your +// existing volumes. +// +// After you enable encryption by default, you can no longer launch instances +// using instance types that do not support encryption. For more information, see [Supported instance types]. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html +// [Supported instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances func (c *Client) EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault(ctx context.Context, params *EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastLaunch.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastLaunch.go index 42e7472b15b71..61b659d6aff2e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastLaunch.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastLaunch.go @@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ import ( // Sysprep steps, rebooting as required. Then it creates a set of reserved // snapshots that are used for subsequent launches. The reserved snapshots are // automatically replenished as they are used, depending on your settings for -// launch frequency. You can only change these settings for Windows AMIs that you -// own or that have been shared with you. +// launch frequency. +// +// You can only change these settings for Windows AMIs that you own or that have +// been shared with you. func (c *Client) EnableFastLaunch(ctx context.Context, params *EnableFastLaunchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableFastLaunchOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableFastLaunchInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastSnapshotRestores.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastSnapshotRestores.go index 30ea25e172b0e..6424eb13081e7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastSnapshotRestores.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableFastSnapshotRestores.go @@ -12,12 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified -// Availability Zones. You get the full benefit of fast snapshot restores after -// they enter the enabled state. To get the current state of fast snapshot -// restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores . To disable fast snapshot restores, -// use DisableFastSnapshotRestores . For more information, see Amazon EBS fast -// snapshot restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-fast-snapshot-restore.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// Availability Zones. +// +// You get the full benefit of fast snapshot restores after they enter the enabled +// state. To get the current state of fast snapshot restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. To disable +// fast snapshot restores, use DisableFastSnapshotRestores. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-fast-snapshot-restore.html func (c *Client) EnableFastSnapshotRestores(ctx context.Context, params *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImage.go index 6c04d73e5503d..8c15cd3799b25 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImage.go @@ -14,9 +14,13 @@ import ( // used for instance launches, appears in describe operations, and can be shared. // Amazon Web Services accounts, organizations, and Organizational Units that lost // access to the AMI when it was disabled do not regain access automatically. Once -// the AMI is available, it can be shared with them again. Only the AMI owner can -// re-enable a disabled AMI. For more information, see Disable an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/disable-an-ami.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// the AMI is available, it can be shared with them again. +// +// Only the AMI owner can re-enable a disabled AMI. +// +// For more information, see [Disable an AMI] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Disable an AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/disable-an-ami.html func (c *Client) EnableImage(ctx context.Context, params *EnableImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableImageInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageBlockPublicAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageBlockPublicAccess.go index 459d5c2dbd18c..c02611f21d532 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageBlockPublicAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageBlockPublicAccess.go @@ -14,12 +14,15 @@ import ( // Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified // Amazon Web Services Region. This prevents the public sharing of your AMIs. // However, if you already have public AMIs, they will remain publicly available. +// // The API can take up to 10 minutes to configure this setting. During this time, -// if you run GetImageBlockPublicAccessState (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.html) -// , the response will be unblocked . When the API has completed the configuration, -// the response will be block-new-sharing . For more information, see Block public -// access to your AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sharingamis-intro.html#block-public-access-to-amis) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// if you run [GetImageBlockPublicAccessState], the response will be unblocked . When the API has completed the +// configuration, the response will be block-new-sharing . +// +// For more information, see [Block public access to your AMIs] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Block public access to your AMIs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sharingamis-intro.html#block-public-access-to-amis +// [GetImageBlockPublicAccessState]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.html func (c *Client) EnableImageBlockPublicAccess(ctx context.Context, params *EnableImageBlockPublicAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableImageBlockPublicAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableImageBlockPublicAccessInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeprecation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeprecation.go index c4153530421cf..7386c6cb4778a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeprecation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeprecation.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time. For -// more information, see Deprecate an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-deprecate.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time. +// +// For more information, see [Deprecate an AMI] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Deprecate an AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-deprecate.html func (c *Client) EnableImageDeprecation(ctx context.Context, params *EnableImageDeprecationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableImageDeprecationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableImageDeprecationInput{} @@ -33,9 +35,11 @@ type EnableImageDeprecationInput struct { // The date and time to deprecate the AMI, in UTC, in the following format: // YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. If you specify a value for seconds, Amazon EC2 rounds the - // seconds to the nearest minute. You can’t specify a date in the past. The upper - // limit for DeprecateAt is 10 years from now, except for public AMIs, where the - // upper limit is 2 years from the creation date. + // seconds to the nearest minute. + // + // You can’t specify a date in the past. The upper limit for DeprecateAt is 10 + // years from now, except for public AMIs, where the upper limit is 2 years from + // the creation date. // // This member is required. DeprecateAt *time.Time diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeregistrationProtection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeregistrationProtection.go index 45db0c94f327b..e1d25157c9858 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeregistrationProtection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableImageDeregistrationProtection.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( ) // Enables deregistration protection for an AMI. When deregistration protection is -// enabled, the AMI can't be deregistered. To allow the AMI to be deregistered, you -// must first disable deregistration protection using -// DisableImageDeregistrationProtection . For more information, see Protect an AMI -// from deregistration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/deregister-ami.html#ami-deregistration-protection) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// enabled, the AMI can't be deregistered. +// +// To allow the AMI to be deregistered, you must first disable deregistration +// protection using DisableImageDeregistrationProtection. +// +// For more information, see [Protect an AMI from deregistration] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Protect an AMI from deregistration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/deregister-ami.html#ami-deregistration-protection func (c *Client) EnableImageDeregistrationProtection(ctx context.Context, params *EnableImageDeregistrationProtectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableImageDeregistrationProtectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableImageDeregistrationProtectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go index 34933eaaef3e1..d59fe1e92e154 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( // Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account. You cannot // select the Organizations management account as the IPAM admin account. For more -// information, see Enable integration with Organizations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/enable-integ-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// information, see [Enable integration with Organizations]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Enable integration with Organizations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/enable-integ-ipam.html func (c *Client) EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount(ctx context.Context, params *EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccountInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing.go index def513a3fa1e4..0d10d9db96b51 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( // Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and // Organizations. This operation must be performed by the management account for -// the organization. After you establish a trust relationship, a user in the -// management account or a delegated administrator account can run a cross-account -// analysis using resources from the member accounts. +// the organization. +// +// After you establish a trust relationship, a user in the management account or a +// delegated administrator account can run a cross-account analysis using resources +// from the member accounts. func (c *Client) EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing(ctx context.Context, params *EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharingInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSerialConsoleAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSerialConsoleAccess.go index 008fe6ee835cb..5195149835ed2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSerialConsoleAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSerialConsoleAccess.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( // Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By // default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more -// information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// information, see [Manage account access to the EC2 serial console]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Manage account access to the EC2 serial console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access func (c *Client) EnableSerialConsoleAccess(ctx context.Context, params *EnableSerialConsoleAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableSerialConsoleAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableSerialConsoleAccessInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go index a36d2b0b5866b..6b0e37556ebbc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.go @@ -16,12 +16,15 @@ import ( // block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can no longer request // public sharing for snapshots in that Region. Snapshots that are already publicly // shared are either treated as private or they remain publicly shared, depending -// on the State that you specify. If block public access is enabled in -// block-all-sharing mode, and you change the mode to block-new-sharing , all -// snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no longer treated as private -// and they become publicly accessible again. For more information, see Block -// public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// on the State that you specify. +// +// If block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you change the +// mode to block-new-sharing , all snapshots that were previously publicly shared +// are no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again. +// +// For more information, see [Block public access for snapshots] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Block public access for snapshots]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html func (c *Client) EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess(ctx context.Context, params *EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessInput{} @@ -41,19 +44,23 @@ type EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessInput struct { // The mode in which to enable block public access for snapshots for the Region. // Specify one of the following values: + // // - block-all-sharing - Prevents all public sharing of snapshots in the Region. // Users in the account will no longer be able to request new public sharing. // Additionally, snapshots that are already publicly shared are treated as private - // and they are no longer publicly available. If you enable block public access for - // snapshots in block-all-sharing mode, it does not change the permissions for - // snapshots that are already publicly shared. Instead, it prevents these snapshots - // from be publicly visible and publicly accessible. Therefore, the attributes for - // these snapshots still indicate that they are publicly shared, even though they - // are not publicly available. + // and they are no longer publicly available. + // + // If you enable block public access for snapshots in block-all-sharing mode, it + // does not change the permissions for snapshots that are already publicly shared. + // Instead, it prevents these snapshots from be publicly visible and publicly + // accessible. Therefore, the attributes for these snapshots still indicate that + // they are publicly shared, even though they are not publicly available. + // // - block-new-sharing - Prevents only new public sharing of snapshots in the // Region. Users in the account will no longer be able to request new public // sharing. However, snapshots that are already publicly shared, remain publicly // available. + // // unblocked is not a valid value for EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess. // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLink.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLink.go index 1695c6151d80b..f6ea21f600ca3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLink.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLink.go @@ -10,12 +10,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link -// EC2-Classic instances to your ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication -// over private IP addresses. You cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of -// your VPC route tables have existing routes for address ranges within the -// 10.0.0.0/8 IP address range, excluding local routes for VPCs in the 10.0.0.0/16 -// and 10.1.0.0/16 IP address ranges. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link EC2-Classic instances to your +// ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication over private IP addresses. You +// cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of your VPC route tables have +// existing routes for address ranges within the 10.0.0.0/8 IP address range, +// excluding local routes for VPCs in the 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.1.0.0/16 IP address +// ranges. func (c *Client) EnableVpcClassicLink(ctx context.Context, params *EnableVpcClassicLinkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableVpcClassicLinkInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go index 73b33346b4bf8..db2af20417510 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport.go @@ -10,12 +10,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for -// ClassicLink. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance -// resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to -// which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves -// to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. You -// must specify a VPC ID in the request. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for ClassicLink. If enabled, +// the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP +// address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. +// Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP +// address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. +// +// You must specify a VPC ID in the request. func (c *Client) EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport(ctx context.Context, params *EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportImage.go index 4c34e99014f12..73d581a6962f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportImage.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file. For more information, see -// Exporting a VM directly from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport_image.html) +// Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file. For more information, see [Exporting a VM directly from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)] // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// [Exporting a VM directly from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport_image.html func (c *Client) ExportImage(ctx context.Context, params *ExportImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExportImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ExportImageInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportTransitGatewayRoutes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportTransitGatewayRoutes.go index e2ef1a3929557..7378ed554599a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportTransitGatewayRoutes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ExportTransitGatewayRoutes.go @@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ import ( // Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified // S3 bucket. By default, all routes are exported. Alternatively, you can filter by -// CIDR range. The routes are saved to the specified bucket in a JSON file. For -// more information, see Export Route Tables to Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-route-tables.html#tgw-export-route-tables) -// in Transit Gateways. +// CIDR range. +// +// The routes are saved to the specified bucket in a JSON file. For more +// information, see [Export Route Tables to Amazon S3]in Transit Gateways. +// +// [Export Route Tables to Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-route-tables.html#tgw-export-route-tables func (c *Client) ExportTransitGatewayRoutes(ctx context.Context, params *ExportTransitGatewayRoutesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ExportTransitGatewayRoutesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ExportTransitGatewayRoutesInput{} @@ -50,20 +53,29 @@ type ExportTransitGatewayRoutesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway // attachment. + // // - attachment.resource-id - The resource id of the transit gateway attachment. + // // - route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified filter. + // // - route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches the // route. + // // - route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match the // specified CIDR filter. + // // - route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the // CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your // route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result // returns 10.0.1.0/29. + // // - state - The state of the route ( active | blackhole ). + // // - transit-gateway-route-destination-cidr-block - The CIDR range. + // // - type - The type of route ( propagated | static ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCapacityReservationUsage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCapacityReservationUsage.go index 654d6fd3116d1..524d1951de452 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCapacityReservationUsage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCapacityReservationUsage.go @@ -46,8 +46,9 @@ type GetCapacityReservationUsageInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. @@ -77,15 +78,20 @@ type GetCapacityReservationUsageOutput struct { // The current state of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can be in // one of the following states: + // // - active - The Capacity Reservation is active and the capacity is available // for your use. + // // - expired - The Capacity Reservation expired automatically at the date and // time specified in your request. The reserved capacity is no longer available for // your use. + // // - cancelled - The Capacity Reservation was cancelled. The reserved capacity is // no longer available for your use. + // // - pending - The Capacity Reservation request was successful but the capacity // provisioning is still pending. + // // - failed - The Capacity Reservation request has failed. A request might fail // due to invalid request parameters, capacity constraints, or instance limit // constraints. Failed requests are retained for 60 minutes. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCoipPoolUsage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCoipPoolUsage.go index 51b53bd27184b..e6807a710d30c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCoipPoolUsage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetCoipPoolUsage.go @@ -41,11 +41,15 @@ type GetCoipPoolUsageInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - coip-address-usage.allocation-id - The allocation ID of the address. + // // - coip-address-usage.aws-account-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services // account that is using the customer-owned IP address. + // // - coip-address-usage.aws-service - The Amazon Web Services service that is // using the customer-owned IP address. + // // - coip-address-usage.co-ip - The customer-owned IP address. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleOutput.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleOutput.go index de6425907f0ae..3e317c662801e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleOutput.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleOutput.go @@ -14,15 +14,20 @@ import ( // Gets the console output for the specified instance. For Linux instances, the // instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be // displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. For Windows instances, -// the instance console output includes the last three system event log errors. By -// default, the console output returns buffered information that was posted shortly -// after an instance transition state (start, stop, reboot, or terminate). This -// information is available for at least one hour after the most recent post. Only -// the most recent 64 KB of console output is available. You can optionally -// retrieve the latest serial console output at any time during the instance -// lifecycle. This option is supported on instance types that use the Nitro -// hypervisor. For more information, see Instance console output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html#instance-console-console-output) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// the instance console output includes the last three system event log errors. +// +// By default, the console output returns buffered information that was posted +// shortly after an instance transition state (start, stop, reboot, or terminate). +// This information is available for at least one hour after the most recent post. +// Only the most recent 64 KB of console output is available. +// +// You can optionally retrieve the latest serial console output at any time during +// the instance lifecycle. This option is supported on instance types that use the +// Nitro hypervisor. +// +// For more information, see [Instance console output] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Instance console output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html#instance-console-console-output func (c *Client) GetConsoleOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetConsoleOutputInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConsoleOutputOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetConsoleOutputInput{} @@ -51,8 +56,9 @@ type GetConsoleOutputInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // When enabled, retrieves the latest console output for the instance. Default: - // disabled ( false ) + // When enabled, retrieves the latest console output for the instance. + // + // Default: disabled ( false ) Latest *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleScreenshot.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleScreenshot.go index 93f1d763162e5..30c23e6eab4ce 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleScreenshot.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetConsoleScreenshot.go @@ -11,9 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with -// troubleshooting. The returned content is Base64-encoded. For more information, -// see Instance console output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot-unreachable-instance.html#instance-console-console-output) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// troubleshooting. +// +// The returned content is Base64-encoded. +// +// For more information, see [Instance console output] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Instance console output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot-unreachable-instance.html#instance-console-console-output func (c *Client) GetConsoleScreenshot(ctx context.Context, params *GetConsoleScreenshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConsoleScreenshotOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetConsoleScreenshotInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetDefaultCreditSpecification.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetDefaultCreditSpecification.go index 382a5f9624917..165f95410d66e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetDefaultCreditSpecification.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetDefaultCreditSpecification.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance -// instance family. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// instance family. +// +// For more information, see [Burstable performance instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html func (c *Client) GetDefaultCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go index 2b3b4a99118e0..17c4a338b9535 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( ) // Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in -// this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using -// ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId . For more information, see -// Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId +// or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html func (c *Client) GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId(ctx context.Context, params *GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsEncryptionByDefault.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsEncryptionByDefault.go index 8b1b7ace7dab7..82f33b4c2ae0e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsEncryptionByDefault.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetEbsEncryptionByDefault.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the -// current Region. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// current Region. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html func (c *Client) GetEbsEncryptionByDefault(ctx context.Context, params *GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate.go index 529d508fa630b..565e64056e055 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate.go @@ -15,10 +15,14 @@ import ( // integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena. This make it easier for you to // query and gain insights from VPC flow logs data. Based on the information that // you provide, we configure resources in the template to do the following: +// // - Create a table in Athena that maps fields to a custom log format +// // - Create a Lambda function that updates the table with new partitions on a // daily, weekly, or monthly basis +// // - Create a table partitioned between two timestamps in the past +// // - Create a set of named queries in Athena that you can use to get started // quickly // diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetGroupsForCapacityReservation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetGroupsForCapacityReservation.go index 7edddb183638b..66754cdd20c9a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetGroupsForCapacityReservation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetGroupsForCapacityReservation.go @@ -44,8 +44,9 @@ type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. @@ -162,8 +163,9 @@ var _ GetGroupsForCapacityReservationAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type GetGroupsForCapacityReservationPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.go index db3db154cf2e0..38eb7c32e8d4e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( // Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your // Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you -// purchase a reservation. This is a preview of the PurchaseHostReservation action -// and does not result in the offering being purchased. +// purchase a reservation. +// +// This is a preview of the PurchaseHostReservation action and does not result in the offering being +// purchased. func (c *Client) GetHostReservationPurchasePreview(ctx context.Context, params *GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.go index 2bfe6f6c3ad73..35a5e4a7c16a4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetImageBlockPublicAccessState.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( ) // Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in -// the specified Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Block -// public access to your AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sharingamis-intro.html#block-public-access-to-amis) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// the specified Amazon Web Services Region. +// +// For more information, see [Block public access to your AMIs] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Block public access to your AMIs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sharingamis-intro.html#block-public-access-to-amis func (c *Client) GetImageBlockPublicAccessState(ctx context.Context, params *GetImageBlockPublicAccessStateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetImageBlockPublicAccessStateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetImageBlockPublicAccessStateInput{} @@ -43,9 +45,13 @@ type GetImageBlockPublicAccessStateInput struct { type GetImageBlockPublicAccessStateOutput struct { // The current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the - // specified Amazon Web Services Region. Possible values: + // specified Amazon Web Services Region. + // + // Possible values: + // // - block-new-sharing - Any attempt to publicly share your AMIs in the specified // Region is blocked. + // // - unblocked - Your AMIs in the specified Region can be publicly shared. ImageBlockPublicAccessState *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceMetadataDefaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceMetadataDefaults.go index 39709a1a082f4..db0fecb4991bb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceMetadataDefaults.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceMetadataDefaults.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the -// account level in the specified Amazon Web Services
 Region. For more -// information, see Order of precedence for instance metadata options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// account level in the specified Amazon Web Services
 Region. +// +// For more information, see [Order of precedence for instance metadata options] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence func (c *Client) GetInstanceMetadataDefaults(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceMetadataDefaultsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceMetadataDefaultsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetInstanceMetadataDefaultsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.go index 45c0620c6dcfb..33b4e5e49945e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.go @@ -13,17 +13,20 @@ import ( // Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes. You // can use the response to preview the instance types without launching instances. -// Note that the response does not consider capacity. When you specify multiple -// parameters, you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified parameters. -// If you specify multiple values for a parameter, you get instance types that -// satisfy any of the specified values. For more information, see Preview instance -// types with specified attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#spotfleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements) -// , Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// , Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// , and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, and Creating an Auto Scaling group using -// attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// Note that the response does not consider capacity. +// +// When you specify multiple parameters, you get instance types that satisfy all +// of the specified parameters. If you specify multiple values for a parameter, you +// get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. +// +// For more information, see [Preview instance types with specified attributes], [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet], [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet], and [Spot placement score] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, and [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection] in the +// Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide. +// +// [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [Preview instance types with specified attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html#spotfleet-get-instance-types-from-instance-requirements +// [Spot placement score]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html +// [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [Creating an Auto Scaling group using attribute-based instance type selection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-asg-instance-type-requirements.html func (c *Client) GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput{} @@ -64,8 +67,9 @@ type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -182,8 +186,9 @@ var _ GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirementsPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceUefiData.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceUefiData.go index cd173e278a4d3..05ec767c8c17a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceUefiData.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetInstanceUefiData.go @@ -12,15 +12,19 @@ import ( // A binary representation of the UEFI variable store. Only non-volatile variables // are stored. This is a base64 encoded and zlib compressed binary value that must -// be properly encoded. When you use register-image (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/register-image.html) -// to create an AMI, you can create an exact copy of your variable store by passing -// the UEFI data in the UefiData parameter. You can modify the UEFI data by using -// the python-uefivars tool (https://github.com/awslabs/python-uefivars) on -// GitHub. You can use the tool to convert the UEFI data into a human-readable -// format (JSON), which you can inspect and modify, and then convert back into the -// binary format to use with register-image. For more information, see UEFI Secure -// Boot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/uefi-secure-boot.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// be properly encoded. +// +// When you use [register-image] to create an AMI, you can create an exact copy of your variable +// store by passing the UEFI data in the UefiData parameter. You can modify the +// UEFI data by using the [python-uefivars tool]on GitHub. You can use the tool to convert the UEFI data +// into a human-readable format (JSON), which you can inspect and modify, and then +// convert back into the binary format to use with register-image. +// +// For more information, see [UEFI Secure Boot] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [UEFI Secure Boot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/uefi-secure-boot.html +// [python-uefivars tool]: https://github.com/awslabs/python-uefivars +// [register-image]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/register-image.html func (c *Client) GetInstanceUefiData(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceUefiDataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceUefiDataOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetInstanceUefiDataInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamAddressHistory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamAddressHistory.go index 344b96bc683a3..bfba2f2cf47fa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamAddressHistory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamAddressHistory.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( ) // Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope. For more -// information, see View the history of IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/view-history-cidr-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// information, see [View the history of IP addresses]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [View the history of IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/view-history-cidr-ipam.html func (c *Client) GetIpamAddressHistory(ctx context.Context, params *GetIpamAddressHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamAddressHistoryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetIpamAddressHistoryInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolAllocations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolAllocations.go index 28ad65dbebbb8..60b31ca9154f0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolAllocations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolAllocations.go @@ -13,11 +13,14 @@ import ( // Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool. The Region you use // should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region -// where this IPAM pool is available for allocations. If you use this action after -// AllocateIpamPoolCidr (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.html) -// or ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.html) -// , note that all EC2 API actions follow an eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/query-api-troubleshooting.html#eventual-consistency) +// where this IPAM pool is available for allocations. +// +// If you use this action after [AllocateIpamPoolCidr] or [ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation], note that all EC2 API actions follow an [eventual consistency] // model. +// +// [ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.html +// [AllocateIpamPoolCidr]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AllocateIpamPoolCidr.html +// [eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/query-api-troubleshooting.html#eventual-consistency func (c *Client) GetIpamPoolAllocations(ctx context.Context, params *GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetIpamPoolAllocationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput{} @@ -46,9 +49,9 @@ type GetIpamPoolAllocationsInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see - // Filtering CLI output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html) - // . + // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see [Filtering CLI output]. + // + // [Filtering CLI output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html Filters []types.Filter // The ID of the allocation. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolCidrs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolCidrs.go index f5bbfc13c658b..04cb380f8235c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolCidrs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamPoolCidrs.go @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ type GetIpamPoolCidrsInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see - // Filtering CLI output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html) - // . + // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see [Filtering CLI output]. + // + // [Filtering CLI output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of results to return in the request. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamResourceCidrs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamResourceCidrs.go index 7cc8618789186..f4f1f43e74217 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamResourceCidrs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetIpamResourceCidrs.go @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ type GetIpamResourceCidrsInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see - // Filtering CLI output (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html) - // . + // One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see [Filtering CLI output]. + // + // [Filtering CLI output]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-usage-filter.html Filters []types.Filter // The ID of the IPAM pool that the resource is in. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetLaunchTemplateData.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetLaunchTemplateData.go index 2525bfa664132..adfac541a1ecc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetLaunchTemplateData.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetLaunchTemplateData.go @@ -12,10 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance. You can use this -// data to create a launch template. This action calls on other describe actions to -// get instance information. Depending on your instance configuration, you may need -// to allow the following actions in your IAM policy: DescribeSpotInstanceRequests -// , DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications , DescribeVolumes , and +// data to create a launch template. +// +// This action calls on other describe actions to get instance information. +// Depending on your instance configuration, you may need to allow the following +// actions in your IAM policy: DescribeSpotInstanceRequests , +// DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications , DescribeVolumes , and // DescribeInstanceAttribute . Or, you can allow describe* depending on your // instance requirements. func (c *Client) GetLaunchTemplateData(ctx context.Context, params *GetLaunchTemplateDataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetLaunchTemplateDataOutput, error) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetPasswordData.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetPasswordData.go index f00f104a5e259..0e28f589ec16c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetPasswordData.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetPasswordData.go @@ -16,18 +16,25 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance. +// // The Windows password is generated at boot by the EC2Config service or EC2Launch // scripts (Windows Server 2016 and later). This usually only happens the first -// time an instance is launched. For more information, see EC2Config (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/UsingConfig_WinAMI.html) -// and EC2Launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2launch.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For the EC2Config service, the password is not -// generated for rebundled AMIs unless Ec2SetPassword is enabled before bundling. +// time an instance is launched. For more information, see [EC2Config]and [EC2Launch] in the Amazon EC2 +// User Guide. +// +// For the EC2Config service, the password is not generated for rebundled AMIs +// unless Ec2SetPassword is enabled before bundling. +// // The password is encrypted using the key pair that you specified when you -// launched the instance. You must provide the corresponding key pair file. When -// you launch an instance, password generation and encryption may take a few +// launched the instance. You must provide the corresponding key pair file. +// +// When you launch an instance, password generation and encryption may take a few // minutes. If you try to retrieve the password before it's available, the output // returns an empty string. We recommend that you wait up to 15 minutes after // launching an instance before trying to retrieve the generated password. +// +// [EC2Launch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2launch.html +// [EC2Config]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/UsingConfig_WinAMI.html func (c *Client) GetPasswordData(ctx context.Context, params *GetPasswordDataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPasswordDataOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetPasswordDataInput{} @@ -198,12 +205,13 @@ type PasswordDataAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetPasswordDataInput, *GetPasswordDataOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go index 7815c7e1367b5..ee7d3ba58e475 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.go @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ import ( // Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified // Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance. If the -// exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response. Use -// AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to perform the exchange. +// exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response. Use AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteto +// perform the exchange. func (c *Client) GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote(ctx context.Context, params *GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSecurityGroupsForVpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSecurityGroupsForVpc.go index cdb1912b55849..ef54dd908dd93 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSecurityGroupsForVpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSecurityGroupsForVpc.go @@ -43,17 +43,23 @@ type GetSecurityGroupsForVpcInput struct { // The filters. If using multiple filters, the results include security groups // which match all filters. + // // - group-id : The security group ID. + // // - description : The security group's description. + // // - group-name : The security group name. + // // - owner-id : The security group owner ID. + // // - primary-vpc-id : The VPC ID in which the security group was created. Filters []types.Filter // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -170,8 +176,9 @@ var _ GetSecurityGroupsForVpcAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type GetSecurityGroupsForVpcPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus.go index 0ee6bb2d6d332..d5e11fef260bf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus.go @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ import ( // Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all // instances. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your -// account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial -// console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// account. For more information, see [Manage account access to the EC2 serial console]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Manage account access to the EC2 serial console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configure-access-to-serial-console.html#serial-console-account-access func (c *Client) GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetSerialConsoleAccessStatusInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState.go index 6645d1b97c620..5ae947eb01e68 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the -// account and Region. For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// account and Region. +// +// For more information, see [Block public access for snapshots] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Block public access for snapshots]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html func (c *Client) GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState(ctx context.Context, params *GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessStateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessStateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessStateInput{} @@ -42,14 +45,16 @@ type GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessStateInput struct { type GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessStateOutput struct { - // The current state of block public access for snapshots. Possible values - // include: + // The current state of block public access for snapshots. Possible values include: + // // - block-all-sharing - All public sharing of snapshots is blocked. Users in the // account can't request new public sharing. Additionally, snapshots that were // already publicly shared are treated as private and are not publicly available. + // // - block-new-sharing - Only new public sharing of snapshots is blocked. Users // in the account can't request new public sharing. However, snapshots that were // already publicly shared, remain publicly available. + // // - unblocked - Public sharing is not blocked. Users can publicly share // snapshots. State types.SnapshotBlockPublicAccessState diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSpotPlacementScores.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSpotPlacementScores.go index 593e8ffccf55e..2000cdeb09cae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSpotPlacementScores.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSpotPlacementScores.go @@ -12,12 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on -// the specified target capacity and compute requirements. You can specify your -// compute requirements either by using InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata and -// letting Amazon EC2 choose the optimal instance types to fulfill your Spot -// request, or you can specify the instance types by using InstanceTypes . For more -// information, see Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// the specified target capacity and compute requirements. +// +// You can specify your compute requirements either by using +// InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata and letting Amazon EC2 choose the optimal +// instance types to fulfill your Spot request, or you can specify the instance +// types by using InstanceTypes . +// +// For more information, see [Spot placement score] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Spot placement score]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html func (c *Client) GetSpotPlacementScores(ctx context.Context, params *GetSpotPlacementScoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetSpotPlacementScoresInput{} @@ -47,21 +51,26 @@ type GetSpotPlacementScoresInput struct { DryRun *bool // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, - // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. If you specify - // InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata , you can't specify InstanceTypes . + // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata , you can't specify + // InstanceTypes . InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata *types.InstanceRequirementsWithMetadataRequest // The instance types. We recommend that you specify at least three instance // types. If you specify one or two instance types, or specify variations of a // single instance type (for example, an m3.xlarge with and without instance - // storage), the returned placement score will always be low. If you specify - // InstanceTypes , you can't specify InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata . + // storage), the returned placement score will always be low. + // + // If you specify InstanceTypes , you can't specify + // InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata . InstanceTypes []string // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -73,9 +82,10 @@ type GetSpotPlacementScoresInput struct { RegionNames []string // Specify true so that the response returns a list of scored Availability Zones. - // Otherwise, the response returns a list of scored Regions. A list of scored - // Availability Zones is useful if you want to launch all of your Spot capacity - // into a single Availability Zone. + // Otherwise, the response returns a list of scored Regions. + // + // A list of scored Availability Zones is useful if you want to launch all of your + // Spot capacity into a single Availability Zone. SingleAvailabilityZone *bool // The unit for the target capacity. @@ -95,14 +105,19 @@ type GetSpotPlacementScoresOutput struct { // or Availability Zone will succeed at fulfilling the specified target capacity // at the time of the Spot placement score request. A score of 10 means that your // Spot capacity request is highly likely to succeed in that Region or Availability - // Zone. If you request a Spot placement score for Regions, a high score assumes - // that your fleet request will be configured to use all Availability Zones and the + // Zone. + // + // If you request a Spot placement score for Regions, a high score assumes that + // your fleet request will be configured to use all Availability Zones and the // capacity-optimized allocation strategy. If you request a Spot placement score // for Availability Zones, a high score assumes that your fleet request will be // configured to use a single Availability Zone and the capacity-optimized - // allocation strategy. Different
 Regions or Availability Zones might return the - // same score. The Spot placement score serves as a recommendation only. No score - // guarantees that your Spot request will be fully or partially fulfilled. + // allocation strategy. + // + // Different
 Regions or Availability Zones might return the same score. + // + // The Spot placement score serves as a recommendation only. No score guarantees + // that your Spot request will be fully or partially fulfilled. SpotPlacementScores []types.SpotPlacementScore // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. @@ -203,8 +218,9 @@ var _ GetSpotPlacementScoresAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type GetSpotPlacementScoresPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSubnetCidrReservations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSubnetCidrReservations.go index 0da21852cb3e5..a4d7663425d7d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSubnetCidrReservations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetSubnetCidrReservations.go @@ -41,12 +41,16 @@ type GetSubnetCidrReservationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - reservationType - The type of reservation ( prefix | explicit ). + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet. + // // - tag : - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the // tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, // to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA , // specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value. + // // - tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find // all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations.go index 14a9ce4198167..21e8c460b6615 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations.go @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ type GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the transit gateway route table. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations.go index 51fe65582cf1d..a790a53beb207 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations.go @@ -42,11 +42,16 @@ type GetTransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - resource-id - The ID of the resource. + // // - resource-type - The type of resource. The valid value is: vpc . + // // - state - The state of the subnet association. Valid values are associated | // associating | disassociated | disassociating . + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet. + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway attachment. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences.go index 2c47b03e7beec..3891de62d434f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferences.go @@ -42,14 +42,21 @@ type GetTransitGatewayPrefixListReferencesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - attachment.resource-id - The ID of the resource for the attachment. + // // - attachment.resource-type - The type of resource for the attachment. Valid // values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering . + // // - attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment. + // // - is-blackhole - Whether traffic matching the route is blocked ( true | false // ). + // // - prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list. + // // - prefix-list-owner-id - The ID of the owner of the prefix list. + // // - state - The state of the prefix list reference ( pending | available | // modifying | deleting ). Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations.go index 6c0b515876fc9..9d497f08bb2f5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociations.go @@ -42,9 +42,12 @@ type GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - resource-id - The ID of the resource. + // // - resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | // direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect . + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations.go index aa32f9a597c8f..09fe4e86ef70e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagations.go @@ -42,9 +42,12 @@ type GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - resource-id - The ID of the resource. + // // - resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | // direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect . + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes.go index 03af5dc3b8876..c31a75a35922c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files // can be provided. The request has no additional parameters. You can also see the -// list of device types with sample configuration files available under Your -// customer gateway device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/your-cgw.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// list of device types with sample configuration files available under [Your customer gateway device]in the +// Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// +// [Your customer gateway device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/your-cgw.html func (c *Client) GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypes(ctx context.Context, params *GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetVpnConnectionDeviceTypesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList.go index 7b73b687f5697..b30e9d83815c6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList.go @@ -12,8 +12,10 @@ import ( // Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN // endpoint. Uploading a client certificate revocation list overwrites the existing -// client certificate revocation list. Uploading a client certificate revocation -// list resets existing client connections. +// client certificate revocation list. +// +// Uploading a client certificate revocation list resets existing client +// connections. func (c *Client) ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList(ctx context.Context, params *ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput{} @@ -31,9 +33,10 @@ func (c *Client) ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationList(ctx context.Cont type ImportClientVpnClientCertificateRevocationListInput struct { - // The client certificate revocation list file. For more information, see Generate - // a Client Certificate Revocation List (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/cvpn-working-certificates.html#cvpn-working-certificates-generate) - // in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. + // The client certificate revocation list file. For more information, see [Generate a Client Certificate Revocation List] in the + // Client VPN Administrator Guide. + // + // [Generate a Client Certificate Revocation List]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/cvpn-working-certificates.html#cvpn-working-certificates-generate // // This member is required. CertificateRevocationList *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportImage.go index 8719b1da2894c..3317ff7e1de71 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportImage.go @@ -12,16 +12,22 @@ import ( ) // To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can -// use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the -// Migration Hub Orchestrator console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/migrationhub/orchestrator) -// . For more information, see the Migration Hub Orchestrator User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/migrationhub-orchestrator/latest/userguide/import-vm-images.html) -// . Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon -// Machine Image (AMI). Amazon Web Services VM Import/Export strongly recommends -// specifying a value for either the --license-type or --usage-operation parameter -// when you create a new VM Import task. This ensures your operating system is -// licensed appropriately and your billing is optimized. For more information, see -// Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html) -// in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the [Migration Hub Orchestrator console]. +// For more information, see the [Migration Hub Orchestrator User Guide]. +// +// Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon +// Machine Image (AMI). +// +// Amazon Web Services VM Import/Export strongly recommends specifying a value for +// either the --license-type or --usage-operation parameter when you create a new +// VM Import task. This ensures your operating system is licensed appropriately and +// your billing is optimized. +// +// For more information, see [Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export] in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// [Migration Hub Orchestrator console]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/migrationhub/orchestrator +// [Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html +// [Migration Hub Orchestrator User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/migrationhub-orchestrator/latest/userguide/import-vm-images.html func (c *Client) ImportImage(ctx context.Context, params *ImportImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportImageInput{} @@ -39,12 +45,17 @@ func (c *Client) ImportImage(ctx context.Context, params *ImportImageInput, optF type ImportImageInput struct { - // The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: i386 | x86_64 + // The architecture of the virtual machine. + // + // Valid values: i386 | x86_64 Architecture *string - // The boot mode of the virtual machine. The uefi-preferred boot mode isn't - // supported for importing images. For more information, see Boot modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/prerequisites.html#vmimport-boot-modes) - // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // The boot mode of the virtual machine. + // + // The uefi-preferred boot mode isn't supported for importing images. For more + // information, see [Boot modes]in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // + // [Boot modes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/prerequisites.html#vmimport-boot-modes BootMode types.BootModeValues // The client-specific data. @@ -67,53 +78,70 @@ type ImportImageInput struct { // Specifies whether the destination AMI of the imported image should be // encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a non-default - // KMS key using KmsKeyId . For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // KMS key using KmsKeyId . For more information, see [Amazon EBS Encryption] in the Amazon Elastic + // Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html Encrypted *bool - // The target hypervisor platform. Valid values: xen + // The target hypervisor platform. + // + // Valid values: xen Hypervisor *string // An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the encrypted AMI. // This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default KMS key; if // this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for EBS is used. If a - // KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set. The KMS key - // identifier may be provided in any of the following formats: + // KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set. + // + // The KMS key identifier may be provided in any of the following formats: + // // - Key ID + // // - Key alias + // // - ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by // the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the // key namespace, and then the key ID. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef. + // // - ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, // followed by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key // owner, the alias namespace, and then the key alias. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + // // Amazon Web Services parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you // call may appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This - // action will eventually report failure. The specified KMS key must exist in the - // Region that the AMI is being copied to. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric - // KMS keys. + // action will eventually report failure. + // + // The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that the AMI is being copied to. + // + // Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. KmsKeyId *string // The ARNs of the license configurations. LicenseSpecifications []types.ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest // The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing. + // // Specify AWS to replace the source-system license with an Amazon Web Services // license or BYOL to retain the source-system license. Leaving this parameter // undefined is the same as choosing AWS when importing a Windows Server operating // system, and the same as choosing BYOL when importing a Windows client operating - // system (such as Windows 10) or a Linux operating system. To use BYOL , you must - // have existing licenses with rights to use these licenses in a third party cloud, - // such as Amazon Web Services. For more information, see Prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html#prerequisites-image) + // system (such as Windows 10) or a Linux operating system. + // + // To use BYOL , you must have existing licenses with rights to use these licenses + // in a third party cloud, such as Amazon Web Services. For more information, see [Prerequisites] // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // + // [Prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html#prerequisites-image LicenseType *string // The operating system of the virtual machine. If you import a VM that is // compatible with Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) using an EBS - // snapshot, you must specify a value for the platform. Valid values: Windows | - // Linux + // snapshot, you must specify a value for the platform. + // + // Valid values: Windows | Linux Platform *string // The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. @@ -122,8 +150,10 @@ type ImportImageInput struct { // The tags to apply to the import image task during creation. TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification - // The usage operation value. For more information, see Licensing options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmie_prereqs.html#prerequisites) - // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // The usage operation value. For more information, see [Licensing options] in the VM Import/Export + // User Guide. + // + // [Licensing options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmie_prereqs.html#prerequisites UsageOperation *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportInstance.go index 42c269f09644f..5521a8af51258 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportInstance.go @@ -11,17 +11,24 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// We recommend that you use the ImportImage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportImage.html) -// API. For more information, see Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html) -// in the VM Import/Export User Guide. Creates an import instance task using -// metadata from the specified disk image. This API action is not supported by the -// Command Line Interface (CLI). For information about using the Amazon EC2 CLI, -// which is deprecated, see Importing a VM to Amazon EC2 (https://awsdocs.s3.amazonaws.com/EC2/ec2-clt.pdf#UsingVirtualMachinesinAmazonEC2) -// in the Amazon EC2 CLI Reference PDF file. This API action supports only -// single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use ImportImage instead. For -// information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see VM -// Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html) -// . +// We recommend that you use the [ImportImage]ImportImage API. For more information, see [Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export] in +// the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// Creates an import instance task using metadata from the specified disk image. +// +// This API action is not supported by the Command Line Interface (CLI). For +// information about using the Amazon EC2 CLI, which is deprecated, see [Importing a VM to Amazon EC2]in the +// Amazon EC2 CLI Reference PDF file. +// +// This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, +// use ImportImageinstead. +// +// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see [VM Import Manifest]. +// +// [Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-image-import.html +// [Importing a VM to Amazon EC2]: https://awsdocs.s3.amazonaws.com/EC2/ec2-clt.pdf#UsingVirtualMachinesinAmazonEC2 +// [ImportImage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportImage.html +// [VM Import Manifest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html func (c *Client) ImportInstance(ctx context.Context, params *ImportInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportInstanceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportInstanceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportKeyPair.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportKeyPair.go index eed26737c343a..a8c2af0bef200 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportKeyPair.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportKeyPair.go @@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created with a -// third-party tool. Compare this with CreateKeyPair , in which Amazon Web Services -// creates the key pair and gives the keys to you (Amazon Web Services keeps a copy -// of the public key). With ImportKeyPair, you create the key pair and give Amazon -// Web Services just the public key. The private key is never transferred between -// you and Amazon Web Services. For more information about key pairs, see Amazon -// EC2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// third-party tool. Compare this with CreateKeyPair, in which Amazon Web Services creates the +// key pair and gives the keys to you (Amazon Web Services keeps a copy of the +// public key). With ImportKeyPair, you create the key pair and give Amazon Web +// Services just the public key. The private key is never transferred between you +// and Amazon Web Services. +// +// For more information about key pairs, see [Amazon EC2 key pairs] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud +// User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EC2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html func (c *Client) ImportKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *ImportKeyPairInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportKeyPairOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportKeyPairInput{} @@ -63,9 +66,11 @@ type ImportKeyPairOutput struct { // - For RSA key pairs, the key fingerprint is the MD5 public key fingerprint as // specified in section 4 of RFC 4716. + // // - For ED25519 key pairs, the key fingerprint is the base64-encoded SHA-256 - // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with OpenSSH 6.8 (http://www.openssh.com/txt/release-6.8) - // . + // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with [OpenSSH 6.8]. + // + // [OpenSSH 6.8]: http://www.openssh.com/txt/release-6.8 KeyFingerprint *string // The key pair name that you provided. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportSnapshot.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportSnapshot.go index 6a1d9d1e04968..9fea34e831215 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportSnapshot.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportSnapshot.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot. For more information, see Importing a disk -// as a snapshot using VM Import/Export (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-import-snapshot.html) -// in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot. +// +// For more information, see [Importing a disk as a snapshot using VM Import/Export] in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +// +// [Importing a disk as a snapshot using VM Import/Export]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmimport-import-snapshot.html func (c *Client) ImportSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *ImportSnapshotInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportSnapshotOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportSnapshotInput{} @@ -51,30 +53,41 @@ type ImportSnapshotInput struct { // Specifies whether the destination snapshot of the imported image should be // encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a non-default - // KMS key using KmsKeyId . For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // KMS key using KmsKeyId . For more information, see [Amazon EBS Encryption] in the Amazon Elastic + // Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html Encrypted *bool // An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the encrypted // snapshot. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default KMS // key; if this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for EBS is used. If - // a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set. The KMS key - // identifier may be provided in any of the following formats: + // a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set. + // + // The KMS key identifier may be provided in any of the following formats: + // // - Key ID + // // - Key alias + // // - ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by // the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the // key namespace, and then the key ID. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef. + // // - ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, // followed by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key // owner, the alias namespace, and then the key alias. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + // // Amazon Web Services parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you // call may appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This - // action will eventually report failure. The specified KMS key must exist in the - // Region that the snapshot is being copied to. Amazon EBS does not support - // asymmetric KMS keys. + // action will eventually report failure. + // + // The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that the snapshot is being + // copied to. + // + // Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. KmsKeyId *string // The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportVolume.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportVolume.go index 6c65a6961fb92..8b3e8d27b03e5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportVolume.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ImportVolume.go @@ -12,14 +12,18 @@ import ( ) // Creates an import volume task using metadata from the specified disk image. -// This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use -// ImportImage instead. To import a disk to a snapshot, use ImportSnapshot -// instead. This API action is not supported by the Command Line Interface (CLI). -// For information about using the Amazon EC2 CLI, which is deprecated, see -// Importing Disks to Amazon EBS (https://awsdocs.s3.amazonaws.com/EC2/ec2-clt.pdf#importing-your-volumes-into-amazon-ebs) -// in the Amazon EC2 CLI Reference PDF file. For information about the import -// manifest referenced by this API action, see VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html) -// . +// +// This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, +// use ImportImageinstead. To import a disk to a snapshot, use ImportSnapshot instead. +// +// This API action is not supported by the Command Line Interface (CLI). For +// information about using the Amazon EC2 CLI, which is deprecated, see [Importing Disks to Amazon EBS]in the +// Amazon EC2 CLI Reference PDF file. +// +// For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see [VM Import Manifest]. +// +// [Importing Disks to Amazon EBS]: https://awsdocs.s3.amazonaws.com/EC2/ec2-clt.pdf#importing-your-volumes-into-amazon-ebs +// [VM Import Manifest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html func (c *Client) ImportVolume(ctx context.Context, params *ImportVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportVolumeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportVolumeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListImagesInRecycleBin.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListImagesInRecycleBin.go index 57023a18b6093..3907a1378bee1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListImagesInRecycleBin.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListImagesInRecycleBin.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin. For more -// information, see Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// information, see [Recycle Bin]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Recycle Bin]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html func (c *Client) ListImagesInRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *ListImagesInRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListImagesInRecycleBinOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListImagesInRecycleBinInput{} @@ -43,8 +44,9 @@ type ListImagesInRecycleBinInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -158,8 +160,9 @@ var _ ListImagesInRecycleBinAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListImagesInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin.go index 9bea0bc782692..5203209434eba 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ListSnapshotsInRecycleBin.go @@ -37,8 +37,9 @@ type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinInput struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination MaxResults *int32 // The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from @@ -156,8 +157,9 @@ var _ ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListSnapshotsInRecycleBinPaginatorOptions struct { // The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of // items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more - // information, see Pagination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination) - // . + // information, see [Pagination]. + // + // [Pagination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_LockSnapshot.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_LockSnapshot.go index 10e0ec6dd84a2..fb9baabac4d90 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_LockSnapshot.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_LockSnapshot.go @@ -14,14 +14,19 @@ import ( // Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect // it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration. A locked -// snapshot can't be deleted. You can also use this action to modify the lock -// settings for a snapshot that is already locked. The allowed modifications depend -// on the lock mode and lock state: +// snapshot can't be deleted. +// +// You can also use this action to modify the lock settings for a snapshot that is +// already locked. The allowed modifications depend on the lock mode and lock +// state: +// // - If the snapshot is locked in governance mode, you can modify the lock mode // and the lock duration or lock expiration date. +// // - If the snapshot is locked in compliance mode and it is in the cooling-off // period, you can modify the lock mode and the lock duration or lock expiration // date. +// // - If the snapshot is locked in compliance mode and the cooling-off period has // lapsed, you can only increase the lock duration or extend the lock expiration // date. @@ -43,19 +48,27 @@ func (c *Client) LockSnapshot(ctx context.Context, params *LockSnapshotInput, op type LockSnapshotInput struct { // The mode in which to lock the snapshot. Specify one of the following: + // // - governance - Locks the snapshot in governance mode. Snapshots locked in // governance mode can't be deleted until one of the following conditions are met: + // // - The lock duration expires. - // - The snapshot is unlocked by a user with the appropriate permissions. Users - // with the appropriate IAM permissions can unlock the snapshot, increase or - // decrease the lock duration, and change the lock mode to compliance at any - // time. If you lock a snapshot in governance mode, omit CoolOffPeriod. + // + // - The snapshot is unlocked by a user with the appropriate permissions. + // + // Users with the appropriate IAM permissions can unlock the snapshot, increase or + // decrease the lock duration, and change the lock mode to compliance at any time. + // + // If you lock a snapshot in governance mode, omit CoolOffPeriod. + // // - compliance - Locks the snapshot in compliance mode. Snapshots locked in // compliance mode can't be unlocked by any user. They can be deleted only after // the lock duration expires. Users can't decrease the lock duration or change the // lock mode to governance . However, users with appropriate IAM permissions can - // increase the lock duration at any time. If you lock a snapshot in compliance - // mode, you can optionally specify CoolOffPeriod. + // increase the lock duration at any time. + // + // If you lock a snapshot in compliance mode, you can optionally specify + // CoolOffPeriod. // // This member is required. LockMode types.LockMode @@ -69,14 +82,19 @@ type LockSnapshotInput struct { // lock settings after locking the snapshot in compliance mode, in hours. After the // cooling-off period expires, you can't unlock or delete the snapshot, decrease // the lock duration, or change the lock mode. You can increase the lock duration - // after the cooling-off period expires. The cooling-off period is optional when - // locking a snapshot in compliance mode. If you are locking the snapshot in - // governance mode, omit this parameter. To lock the snapshot in compliance mode - // immediately without a cooling-off period, omit this parameter. If you are - // extending the lock duration for a snapshot that is locked in compliance mode - // after the cooling-off period has expired, omit this parameter. If you specify a - // cooling-period in a such a request, the request fails. Allowed values: Min 1, - // max 72. + // after the cooling-off period expires. + // + // The cooling-off period is optional when locking a snapshot in compliance mode. + // If you are locking the snapshot in governance mode, omit this parameter. + // + // To lock the snapshot in compliance mode immediately without a cooling-off + // period, omit this parameter. + // + // If you are extending the lock duration for a snapshot that is locked in + // compliance mode after the cooling-off period has expired, omit this parameter. + // If you specify a cooling-period in a such a request, the request fails. + // + // Allowed values: Min 1, max 72. CoolOffPeriod *int32 // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -86,13 +104,17 @@ type LockSnapshotInput struct { DryRun *bool // The date and time at which the snapshot lock is to automatically expire, in the - // UTC time zone ( YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ). You must specify either this - // parameter or LockDuration, but not both. + // UTC time zone ( YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ). + // + // You must specify either this parameter or LockDuration, but not both. ExpirationDate *time.Time // The period of time for which to lock the snapshot, in days. The snapshot lock - // will automatically expire after this period lapses. You must specify either this - // parameter or ExpirationDate, but not both. Allowed values: Min: 1, max 36500 + // will automatically expire after this period lapses. + // + // You must specify either this parameter or ExpirationDate, but not both. + // + // Allowed values: Min: 1, max 36500 LockDuration *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -123,16 +145,20 @@ type LockSnapshotOutput struct { LockExpiresOn *time.Time // The state of the snapshot lock. Valid states include: + // // - compliance-cooloff - The snapshot has been locked in compliance mode but it // is still within the cooling-off period. The snapshot can't be deleted, but it // can be unlocked and the lock settings can be modified by users with appropriate // permissions. + // // - governance - The snapshot is locked in governance mode. The snapshot can't // be deleted, but it can be unlocked and the lock settings can be modified by // users with appropriate permissions. + // // - compliance - The snapshot is locked in compliance mode and the cooling-off // period has expired. The snapshot can't be unlocked or deleted. The lock duration // can only be increased by users with appropriate permissions. + // // - expired - The snapshot was locked in compliance or governance mode but the // lock duration has expired. The snapshot is not locked and can be deleted. LockState types.LockState diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAddressAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAddressAttribute.go index 61a501a6580e4..e4b80d46bbbd2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAddressAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAddressAttribute.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address. For requirements, -// see Using reverse DNS for email applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS) -// . +// see [Using reverse DNS for email applications]. +// +// [Using reverse DNS for email applications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS func (c *Client) ModifyAddressAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyAddressAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyAddressAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyAddressAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup.go index 229ac46f4edf4..5fcb6b080fcb1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Changes the opt-in status of the Local Zone and Wavelength Zone group for your -// account. Use DescribeAvailabilityZones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html) -// to view the value for GroupName . +// account. +// +// Use [DescribeAvailabilityZones] to view the value for GroupName . +// +// [DescribeAvailabilityZones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeAvailabilityZones.html func (c *Client) ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroup(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupInput{} @@ -38,9 +41,10 @@ type ModifyAvailabilityZoneGroupInput struct { GroupName *string // Indicates whether you are opted in to the Local Zone group or Wavelength Zone - // group. The only valid value is opted-in . You must contact Amazon Web Services - // Support (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create%3FissueType=customer-service%26serviceCode=general-info%26getting-started%26categoryCode=using-aws%26services) - // to opt out of a Local Zone or Wavelength Zone group. + // group. The only valid value is opted-in . You must contact [Amazon Web Services Support] to opt out of a + // Local Zone or Wavelength Zone group. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Support]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create%3FissueType=customer-service%26serviceCode=general-info%26getting-started%26categoryCode=using-aws%26services // // This member is required. OptInStatus types.ModifyAvailabilityZoneOptInStatus diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservation.go index 5043a903e154d..c6093be25df37 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservation.go @@ -55,17 +55,22 @@ type ModifyCapacityReservationInput struct { // The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity // Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer // launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired - // when it reaches its end date and time. The Capacity Reservation is cancelled - // within an hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, - // 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and - // 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019. You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is - // limited . Omit EndDate if EndDateType is unlimited . + // when it reaches its end date and time. + // + // The Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an hour from the specified time. + // For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation is + // guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019. + // + // You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is limited . Omit EndDate if + // EndDateType is unlimited . EndDate *time.Time // Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity // Reservation can have one of the following end types: + // // - unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly // cancel it. Do not provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is unlimited . + // // - limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date // and time. You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is limited . EndDateType types.EndDateType diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservationFleet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservationFleet.go index 3daa6057a7191..1bd3e6d069332 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservationFleet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyCapacityReservationFleet.go @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet. When you modify the total target -// capacity of a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the Fleet automatically creates new -// Capacity Reservations, or modifies or cancels existing Capacity Reservations in -// the Fleet to meet the new total target capacity. When you modify the end date -// for the Fleet, the end dates for all of the individual Capacity Reservations in -// the Fleet are updated accordingly. +// Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet. +// +// When you modify the total target capacity of a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the +// Fleet automatically creates new Capacity Reservations, or modifies or cancels +// existing Capacity Reservations in the Fleet to meet the new total target +// capacity. When you modify the end date for the Fleet, the end dates for all of +// the individual Capacity Reservations in the Fleet are updated accordingly. func (c *Client) ModifyCapacityReservationFleet(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyCapacityReservationFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyCapacityReservationFleetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyCapacityReservationFleetInput{} @@ -47,26 +48,30 @@ type ModifyCapacityReservationFleetInput struct { // The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When the // Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to expired and all of the - // Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire. The Capacity Reservation Fleet - // expires within an hour after the specified time. For example, if you specify - // 5/31/2019 , 13:30:55 , the Capacity Reservation Fleet is guaranteed to expire - // between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019 . You can't specify EndDate and - // RemoveEndDate in the same request. + // Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire. + // + // The Capacity Reservation Fleet expires within an hour after the specified time. + // For example, if you specify 5/31/2019 , 13:30:55 , the Capacity Reservation + // Fleet is guaranteed to expire between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019 . + // + // You can't specify EndDate and RemoveEndDate in the same request. EndDate *time.Time // Indicates whether to remove the end date from the Capacity Reservation Fleet. // If you remove the end date, the Capacity Reservation Fleet does not expire and // it remains active until you explicitly cancel it using the - // CancelCapacityReservationFleet action. You can't specify RemoveEndDate and - // EndDate in the same request. + // CancelCapacityReservationFleet action. + // + // You can't specify RemoveEndDate and EndDate in the same request. RemoveEndDate *bool // The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation // Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to // each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which // the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for - // your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // your workload. For more information, see [Total target capacity]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Total target capacity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity TotalTargetCapacity *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyClientVpnEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyClientVpnEndpoint.go index edf30729891c1..960ff34755280 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyClientVpnEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyClientVpnEndpoint.go @@ -42,12 +42,17 @@ type ModifyClientVpnEndpointInput struct { // Amazon Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established. ClientLoginBannerOptions *types.ClientLoginBannerOptions - // Information about the client connection logging options. If you enable client - // connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs - // log stream. The following information is logged: + // Information about the client connection logging options. + // + // If you enable client connection logging, data about client connections is sent + // to a Cloudwatch Logs log stream. The following information is logged: + // // - Client connection requests + // // - Client connection results (successful and unsuccessful) + // // - Reasons for unsuccessful client connection requests + // // - Client connection termination time ConnectionLogOptions *types.ConnectionLogOptions @@ -74,20 +79,29 @@ type ModifyClientVpnEndpointInput struct { // provisioned in Certificate Manager (ACM). ServerCertificateArn *string - // The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24 + // The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. + // + // Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24 + // // Default value: 24 SessionTimeoutHours *int32 - // Indicates whether the VPN is split-tunnel. For information about split-tunnel - // VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html) - // in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. + // Indicates whether the VPN is split-tunnel. + // + // For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see [Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint] in the Client VPN + // Administrator Guide. + // + // [Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html SplitTunnel *bool // The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. VpcId *string // The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic. - // Valid Values: 443 | 1194 Default Value: 443 + // + // Valid Values: 443 | 1194 + // + // Default Value: 443 VpnPort *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification.go index e3cb2148b090c..04cc24536a348 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification.go @@ -15,14 +15,18 @@ import ( // instances. The default credit option is set at the account level per Amazon Web // Services Region, and is specified per instance family. All new burstable // performance instances in the account launch using the default credit option. -// ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification is an asynchronous operation, which works at an -// Amazon Web Services Region level and modifies the credit option for each +// +// ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification is an asynchronous operation, which works at +// an Amazon Web Services Region level and modifies the credit option for each // Availability Zone. All zones in a Region are updated within five minutes. But if // instances are launched during this operation, they might not get the new credit // option until the zone is updated. To verify whether the update has occurred, you // can call GetDefaultCreditSpecification and check DefaultCreditSpecification for -// updates. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// updates. +// +// For more information, see [Burstable performance instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html func (c *Client) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput{} @@ -40,8 +44,9 @@ func (c *Client) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *M type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput struct { - // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance family. Valid Values: standard - // | unlimited + // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance family. + // + // Valid Values: standard | unlimited // // This member is required. CpuCredits *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go index ffed8a21f4d36..c9ab7e3795c68 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go @@ -11,16 +11,21 @@ import ( ) // Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in -// this Region. Amazon Web Services creates a unique Amazon Web Services managed -// KMS key in each Region for use with encryption by default. If you change the -// default KMS key to a symmetric customer managed KMS key, it is used instead of -// the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key. To reset the default KMS key to the -// Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS, use ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId . -// Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. If you delete or disable the -// customer managed KMS key that you specified for use with encryption by default, -// your instances will fail to launch. For more information, see Amazon EBS -// encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// this Region. +// +// Amazon Web Services creates a unique Amazon Web Services managed KMS key in +// each Region for use with encryption by default. If you change the default KMS +// key to a symmetric customer managed KMS key, it is used instead of the Amazon +// Web Services managed KMS key. To reset the default KMS key to the Amazon Web +// Services managed KMS key for EBS, use ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric +// KMS keys. +// +// If you delete or disable the customer managed KMS key that you specified for +// use with encryption by default, your instances will fail to launch. +// +// For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html func (c *Client) ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput{} @@ -40,17 +45,25 @@ type ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput struct { // The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon // EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS - // is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true . You can - // specify the KMS key using any of the following: + // is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true . + // + // You can specify the KMS key using any of the following: + // // - Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias. + // // - Key ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab. + // // - Alias ARN. For example, // arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias. + // // Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you // specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to - // complete, but eventually fails. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. + // complete, but eventually fails. + // + // Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. // // This member is required. KmsKeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyFleet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyFleet.go index bf31dbf9aafbb..d8d3d5868223f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyFleet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyFleet.go @@ -11,29 +11,36 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet. You can only modify an EC2 Fleet request of -// type maintain . While the EC2 Fleet is being modified, it is in the modifying -// state. To scale up your EC2 Fleet, increase its target capacity. The EC2 Fleet +// Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet. +// +// You can only modify an EC2 Fleet request of type maintain . +// +// While the EC2 Fleet is being modified, it is in the modifying state. +// +// To scale up your EC2 Fleet, increase its target capacity. The EC2 Fleet // launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for // the EC2 Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price , the EC2 // Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If // the allocation strategy is diversified , the EC2 Fleet distributes the instances // across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized // , EC2 Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity -// for the number of instances that are launching. To scale down your EC2 Fleet, -// decrease its target capacity. First, the EC2 Fleet cancels any open requests -// that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the EC2 Fleet -// terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new -// target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price , the EC2 Fleet -// terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation -// strategy is capacity-optimized , the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances in the -// Spot Instance pools that have the least available Spot Instance capacity. If the -// allocation strategy is diversified , the EC2 Fleet terminates instances across -// the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, you can request that the EC2 Fleet keep -// the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are -// interrupted or that you terminate manually. If you are finished with your EC2 -// Fleet for now, but will use it again later, you can set the target capacity to -// 0. +// for the number of instances that are launching. +// +// To scale down your EC2 Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the EC2 +// Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You can +// request that the EC2 Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet +// no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is +// lowest-price , the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per +// unit. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized , the EC2 Fleet +// terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least +// available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified , +// the EC2 Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. +// Alternatively, you can request that the EC2 Fleet keep the fleet at its current +// size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you +// terminate manually. +// +// If you are finished with your EC2 Fleet for now, but will use it again later, +// you can set the target capacity to 0. func (c *Client) ModifyFleet(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyFleetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyFleetInput{} @@ -67,6 +74,7 @@ type ModifyFleetInput struct { // Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target // capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. + // // Supported only for fleets of type maintain . ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy types.FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyHosts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyHosts.go index 7a4d73a16cb8f..d04bff7699abd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyHosts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyHosts.go @@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ import ( // that has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to // provide a host ID to have the instance launch onto a specific host. If no host // ID is provided, the instance is launched onto a suitable host with -// auto-placement enabled. You can also use this API action to modify a Dedicated -// Host to support either multiple instance types in an instance family, or to -// support a specific instance type only. +// auto-placement enabled. +// +// You can also use this API action to modify a Dedicated Host to support either +// multiple instance types in an instance family, or to support a specific instance +// type only. func (c *Client) ModifyHosts(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyHostsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyHostsInput{} @@ -46,28 +48,32 @@ type ModifyHostsInput struct { AutoPlacement types.AutoPlacement // Indicates whether to enable or disable host maintenance for the Dedicated Host. - // For more information, see Host maintenance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-maintenance.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // For more information, see [Host maintenance]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Host maintenance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-maintenance.html HostMaintenance types.HostMaintenance // Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. - // For more information, see Host recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // For more information, see [Host recovery]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Host recovery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html HostRecovery types.HostRecovery // Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify // this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types - // within its current instance family. If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to - // support a specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify - // InstanceType instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the - // same request. + // within its current instance family. + // + // If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support a specific instance type + // only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify + // InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request. InstanceFamily *string // Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify this // parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support only a specific instance type. - // If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types in its - // current instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead. - // You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request. + // + // If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types in + // its current instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily + // instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request. InstanceType *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdFormat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdFormat.go index 2b36ac4a52e61..6ddd51bd9d770 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdFormat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdFormat.go @@ -12,24 +12,30 @@ import ( // Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis. You // can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when -// they are created. This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for -// resource types that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their -// opt-in period include: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | -// dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | -// flow-log | image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | -// network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | -// prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | +// they are created. +// +// This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for resource types +// that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their opt-in period +// include: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | +// elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image +// | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | +// network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | +// route-table-association | security-group | subnet | // subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint -// | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . This setting applies -// to the IAM user who makes the request; it does not apply to the entire Amazon -// Web Services account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as -// the root user. If you're using this action as the root user, then these settings -// apply to the entire account, unless an IAM user explicitly overrides these -// settings for themselves. For more information, see Resource IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Resources created with longer -// IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and -// provided that they have permission to use the relevant Describe command for the -// resource type. +// | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . +// +// This setting applies to the IAM user who makes the request; it does not apply +// to the entire Amazon Web Services account. By default, an IAM user defaults to +// the same settings as the root user. If you're using this action as the root +// user, then these settings apply to the entire account, unless an IAM user +// explicitly overrides these settings for themselves. For more information, see [Resource IDs] +// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, +// regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the +// relevant Describe command for the resource type. +// +// [Resource IDs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html func (c *Client) ModifyIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIdFormatOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyIdFormatInput{} @@ -53,9 +59,10 @@ type ModifyIdFormatInput struct { // | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table // | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | // subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint - // | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . Alternatively, use the - // all-current option to include all resource types that are currently within their - // opt-in period for longer IDs. + // | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . + // + // Alternatively, use the all-current option to include all resource types that + // are currently within their opt-in period for longer IDs. // // This member is required. Resource *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdentityIdFormat.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdentityIdFormat.go index 2d8620ba11341..748e529b757ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdentityIdFormat.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIdentityIdFormat.go @@ -13,21 +13,28 @@ import ( // Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the // root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an // account. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character -// IDs) when they are created. This request can only be used to modify longer ID -// settings for resource types that are within the opt-in period. Resources -// currently in their opt-in period include: bundle | conversion-task | -// customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association -// | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl -// | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | -// prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | +// IDs) when they are created. +// +// This request can only be used to modify longer ID settings for resource types +// that are within the opt-in period. Resources currently in their opt-in period +// include: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | +// elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image +// | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | +// network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | +// route-table-association | security-group | subnet | // subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint -// | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . For more information, -// see Resource IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. This setting applies to the -// principal specified in the request; it does not apply to the principal that -// makes the request. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM -// roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have -// permission to use the relevant Describe command for the resource type. +// | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . +// +// For more information, see [Resource IDs] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// This setting applies to the principal specified in the request; it does not +// apply to the principal that makes the request. +// +// Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, +// regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the +// relevant Describe command for the resource type. +// +// [Resource IDs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/resource-ids.html func (c *Client) ModifyIdentityIdFormat(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIdentityIdFormatOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput{} @@ -58,9 +65,10 @@ type ModifyIdentityIdFormatInput struct { // | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table // | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | // subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint - // | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . Alternatively, use the - // all-current option to include all resource types that are currently within their - // opt-in period for longer IDs. + // | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway . + // + // Alternatively, use the all-current option to include all resource types that + // are currently within their opt-in period for longer IDs. // // This member is required. Resource *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyImageAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyImageAttribute.go index 1552bd03f1bc4..00c832f2057e6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyImageAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyImageAttribute.go @@ -12,12 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one -// attribute at a time. To specify the attribute, you can use the Attribute -// parameter, or one of the following parameters: Description , ImdsSupport , or -// LaunchPermission . Images with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code -// cannot be made public. To enable the SriovNetSupport enhanced networking -// attribute of an image, enable SriovNetSupport on an instance and create an AMI -// from the instance. +// attribute at a time. +// +// To specify the attribute, you can use the Attribute parameter, or one of the +// following parameters: Description , ImdsSupport , or LaunchPermission . +// +// Images with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code cannot be made +// public. +// +// To enable the SriovNetSupport enhanced networking attribute of an image, enable +// SriovNetSupport on an instance and create an AMI from the instance. func (c *Client) ModifyImageAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyImageAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyImageAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyImageAttributeInput{} @@ -41,8 +45,9 @@ type ModifyImageAttributeInput struct { // This member is required. ImageId *string - // The name of the attribute to modify. Valid values: description | imdsSupport | - // launchPermission + // The name of the attribute to modify. + // + // Valid values: description | imdsSupport | launchPermission Attribute *string // A new description for the AMI. @@ -58,10 +63,13 @@ type ModifyImageAttributeInput struct { // from this AMI will have HttpTokens automatically set to required so that, by // default, the instance requires that IMDSv2 is used when requesting instance // metadata. In addition, HttpPutResponseHopLimit is set to 2 . For more - // information, see Configure the AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Do not use this parameter unless your AMI software - // supports IMDSv2. After you set the value to v2.0 , you can't undo it. The only - // way to “reset” your AMI is to create a new AMI from the underlying snapshot. + // information, see [Configure the AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Do not use this parameter unless your AMI software supports IMDSv2. After you + // set the value to v2.0 , you can't undo it. The only way to “reset” your AMI is + // to create a new AMI from the underlying snapshot. + // + // [Configure the AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration ImdsSupport *types.AttributeValue // A new launch permission for the AMI. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceAttribute.go index e780a2ef494ef..f20d8042bd425 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceAttribute.go @@ -12,14 +12,18 @@ import ( ) // Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify -// only one attribute at a time. Note: Using this action to change the security -// groups associated with an elastic network interface (ENI) attached to an -// instance can result in an error if the instance has more than one ENI. To change -// the security groups associated with an ENI attached to an instance that has -// multiple ENIs, we recommend that you use the ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute -// action. To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more -// information, see Modify a stopped instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_ChangingAttributesWhileInstanceStopped.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// only one attribute at a time. +// +// Note: Using this action to change the security groups associated with an +// elastic network interface (ENI) attached to an instance can result in an error +// if the instance has more than one ENI. To change the security groups associated +// with an ENI attached to an instance that has multiple ENIs, we recommend that +// you use the ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeaction. +// +// To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more information, +// see [Modify a stopped instance]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Modify a stopped instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_ChangingAttributesWhileInstanceStopped.html func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstanceAttributeInput{} @@ -42,26 +46,31 @@ type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct { // This member is required. InstanceId *string - // The name of the attribute to modify. You can modify the following attributes - // only: disableApiTermination | instanceType | kernel | ramdisk | - // instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior | blockDeviceMapping | userData | - // sourceDestCheck | groupSet | ebsOptimized | sriovNetSupport | enaSupport | - // nvmeSupport | disableApiStop | enclaveOptions + // The name of the attribute to modify. + // + // You can modify the following attributes only: disableApiTermination | + // instanceType | kernel | ramdisk | instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior | + // blockDeviceMapping | userData | sourceDestCheck | groupSet | ebsOptimized | + // sriovNetSupport | enaSupport | nvmeSupport | disableApiStop | enclaveOptions Attribute types.InstanceAttributeName // Modifies the DeleteOnTermination attribute for volumes that are currently // attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified for // DeleteOnTermination , the default is true and the volume is deleted when the // instance is terminated. You can't modify the DeleteOnTermination attribute for - // volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. To add instance store volumes to an - // Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For - // more information, see Update the block device mapping when launching an instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html#Using_OverridingAMIBDM) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. + // + // To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add + // them when you launch the instance. For more information, see [Update the block device mapping when launching an instance]in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Update the block device mapping when launching an instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html#Using_OverridingAMIBDM BlockDeviceMappings []types.InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification // Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more - // information, see Stop Protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection) - // . + // information, see [Stop Protection]. + // + // [Stop Protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection DisableApiStop *types.AttributeBooleanValue // If the value is true , you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 @@ -82,9 +91,10 @@ type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct { // using an EBS Optimized instance. EbsOptimized *types.AttributeBooleanValue - // Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance. This - // option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV - // instance can make it unreachable. + // Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance. + // + // This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a + // PV instance can make it unreachable. EnaSupport *types.AttributeBooleanValue // Replaces the security groups of the instance with the specified security @@ -96,20 +106,23 @@ type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct { // from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior *types.AttributeValue - // Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see - // Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. If the instance type is not valid, the error - // returned is InvalidInstanceAttributeValue . + // Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see [Instance types] in + // the Amazon EC2 User Guide. If the instance type is not valid, the error returned + // is InvalidInstanceAttributeValue . + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType *types.AttributeValue // Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use - // PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html) - // . + // PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see [PV-GRUB]. + // + // [PV-GRUB]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html Kernel *types.AttributeValue // Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you - // use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html) - // . + // use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see [PV-GRUB]. + // + // [PV-GRUB]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedKernels.html Ramdisk *types.AttributeValue // Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is @@ -121,10 +134,13 @@ type ModifyInstanceAttributeInput struct { SourceDestCheck *types.AttributeBooleanValue // Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual - // Function interface for the instance. There is no way to disable enhanced - // networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time. This - // option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV - // instance can make it unreachable. + // Function interface for the instance. + // + // There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual + // Function interface at this time. + // + // This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a + // PV instance can make it unreachable. SriovNetSupport *types.AttributeValue // Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. If you are using an diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.go index 2d27d673ef628..977a823c083c2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable -// performance instance. The credit options are standard and unlimited . For more -// information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// performance instance. The credit options are standard and unlimited . +// +// For more information, see [Burstable performance instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput{} @@ -38,8 +40,9 @@ type ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationInput struct { InstanceCreditSpecifications []types.InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceEventWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceEventWindow.go index 67f1017227efe..eee982d7c9b78 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceEventWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceEventWindow.go @@ -11,14 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the specified event window. You can define either a set of time ranges -// or a cron expression when modifying the event window, but not both. To modify -// the targets associated with the event window, use the -// AssociateInstanceEventWindow and DisassociateInstanceEventWindow API. If Amazon -// Web Services has already scheduled an event, modifying an event window won't -// change the time of the scheduled event. For more information, see Define event -// windows for scheduled events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Modifies the specified event window. +// +// You can define either a set of time ranges or a cron expression when modifying +// the event window, but not both. +// +// To modify the targets associated with the event window, use the AssociateInstanceEventWindow and DisassociateInstanceEventWindow API. +// +// If Amazon Web Services has already scheduled an event, modifying an event +// window won't change the time of the scheduled event. +// +// For more information, see [Define event windows for scheduled events] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Define event windows for scheduled events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/event-windows.html func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceEventWindow(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceEventWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceEventWindowOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstanceEventWindowInput{} @@ -42,18 +47,27 @@ type ModifyInstanceEventWindowInput struct { InstanceEventWindowId *string // The cron expression of the event window, for example, * 0-4,20-23 * * 1,5 . + // // Constraints: + // // - Only hour and day of the week values are supported. + // // - For day of the week values, you can specify either integers 0 through 6 , or // alternative single values SUN through SAT . + // // - The minute, month, and year must be specified by * . + // // - The hour value must be one or a multiple range, for example, 0-4 or // 0-4,20-23 . + // // - Each hour range must be >= 2 hours, for example, 0-2 or 20-23 . + // // - The event window must be >= 4 hours. The combined total time ranges in the // event window must be >= 4 hours. - // For more information about cron expressions, see cron (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron) - // on the Wikipedia website. + // + // For more information about cron expressions, see [cron] on the Wikipedia website. + // + // [cron]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron CronExpression *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions.go index d17dd5a4c1963..851e5ad88beac 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ import ( // Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic // recovery or set the recovery behavior to default. The default configuration will // not enable simplified automatic recovery for an unsupported instance type. For -// more information, see Simplified automatic recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery) -// . +// more information, see [Simplified automatic recovery]. +// +// [Simplified automatic recovery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstanceMaintenanceOptionsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaults.go index c8915f8cf458a..5ec0f8c0cc5ab 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaults.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaults.go @@ -12,12 +12,14 @@ import ( ) // Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account -// level in the specified Amazon Web Services
 Region. To remove a parameter's -// account-level default setting, specify no-preference . If an account-level -// setting is cleared with no-preference , then the instance launch considers the -// other instance metadata settings. For more information, see Order of precedence -// for instance metadata options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// level in the specified Amazon Web Services
 Region. +// +// To remove a parameter's account-level default setting, specify no-preference . +// If an account-level setting is cleared with no-preference , then the instance +// launch considers the other instance metadata settings. For more information, see +// [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaults(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaultsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaultsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaultsInput{} @@ -46,20 +48,24 @@ type ModifyInstanceMetadataDefaultsInput struct { HttpEndpoint types.DefaultInstanceMetadataEndpointState // The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. To indicate no - // preference, specify -1 . Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 , and -1 to - // indicate no preference + // preference, specify -1 . + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 , and -1 to indicate no preference HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional – IMDSv2 is optional, which means that you can use either IMDSv2 or // IMDSv1. + // // - required – IMDSv2 is required, which means that IMDSv1 is disabled, and you // must use IMDSv2. HttpTokens types.MetadataDefaultHttpTokensState // Enables or disables access to an instance's tags from the instance metadata. - // For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // For more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags types.DefaultInstanceMetadataTagsState noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions.go index aed20dec863c4..967af0891f7d4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions.go @@ -17,8 +17,9 @@ import ( // API responds with a state of “pending”. After the parameter modifications are // successfully applied to the instance, the state of the modifications changes // from “pending” to “applied” in subsequent describe-instances API calls. For more -// information, see Instance metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// information, see [Instance metadata and user data]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html func (c *Client) ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput{} @@ -48,8 +49,9 @@ type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If this - // parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained. If you specify a - // value of disabled , you cannot access your instance metadata. + // parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained. + // + // If you specify a value of disabled , you cannot access your instance metadata. HttpEndpoint types.InstanceMetadataEndpointState // Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. @@ -58,36 +60,45 @@ type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput struct { // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. If no - // parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained. Possible values: - // Integers from 1 to 64 + // parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained. + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional - IMDSv2 is optional. You can choose whether to send a session // token in your instance metadata retrieval requests. If you retrieve IAM role // credentials without a session token, you receive the IMDSv1 role credentials. If // you retrieve IAM role credentials using a valid session token, you receive the // IMDSv2 role credentials. + // // - required - IMDSv2 is required. You must send a session token in your // instance metadata retrieval requests. With this option, retrieving the IAM role // credentials always returns IMDSv2 credentials; IMDSv1 credentials are not // available. + // // Default: + // // - If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for your // instance is v2.0 and the account level default is set to no-preference , the // default is required . + // // - If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for your // instance is v2.0 , but the account level default is set to V1 or V2 , the // default is optional . + // // The default value can also be affected by other combinations of parameters. For - // more information, see Order of precedence for instance metadata options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // more information, see [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence HttpTokens types.HttpTokensState // Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set // to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For - // more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // . + // more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]. + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags types.InstanceMetadataTagsState noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstancePlacement.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstancePlacement.go index 57c76e2298d38..28175ea0c438b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstancePlacement.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyInstancePlacement.go @@ -13,20 +13,27 @@ import ( // Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance. You can do the // following: -// - Modify the affinity between an instance and a Dedicated Host (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html) -// . When affinity is set to host and the instance is not associated with a -// specific Dedicated Host, the next time the instance is started, it is -// automatically associated with the host on which it lands. If the instance is -// restarted or rebooted, this relationship persists. +// +// - Modify the affinity between an instance and a [Dedicated Host]. When affinity is set to host +// and the instance is not associated with a specific Dedicated Host, the next time +// the instance is started, it is automatically associated with the host on which +// it lands. If the instance is restarted or rebooted, this relationship persists. +// // - Change the Dedicated Host with which an instance is associated. +// // - Change the instance tenancy of an instance. -// - Move an instance to or from a placement group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html) -// . +// +// - Move an instance to or from a [placement group]. // // At least one attribute for affinity, host ID, tenancy, or placement group name // must be specified in the request. Affinity and tenancy can be modified in the -// same request. To modify the host ID, tenancy, placement group, or partition for -// an instance, the instance must be in the stopped state. +// same request. +// +// To modify the host ID, tenancy, placement group, or partition for an instance, +// the instance must be in the stopped state. +// +// [Dedicated Host]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-overview.html +// [placement group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/placement-groups.html func (c *Client) ModifyInstancePlacement(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyInstancePlacementInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyInstancePlacementInput{} @@ -49,8 +56,10 @@ type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct { // This member is required. InstanceId *string - // The affinity setting for the instance. For more information, see Host affinity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/how-dedicated-hosts-work.html#dedicated-hosts-affinity) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The affinity setting for the instance. For more information, see [Host affinity] in the Amazon + // EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Host affinity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/how-dedicated-hosts-work.html#dedicated-hosts-affinity Affinity types.Affinity // The Group Id of a placement group. You must specify the Placement Group Group @@ -60,8 +69,9 @@ type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct { // The name of the placement group in which to place the instance. For spread // placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of default . For cluster and // partition placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of default or - // dedicated . To remove an instance from a placement group, specify an empty - // string (""). + // dedicated . + // + // To remove an instance from a placement group, specify an empty string (""). GroupName *string // The ID of the Dedicated Host with which to associate the instance. @@ -75,10 +85,12 @@ type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct { // placement group strategy is set to partition . PartitionNumber *int32 - // The tenancy for the instance. For T3 instances, you must launch the instance on - // a Dedicated Host to use a tenancy of host . You can't change the tenancy from - // host to dedicated or default . Attempting to make one of these unsupported - // tenancy changes results in an InvalidRequest error code. + // The tenancy for the instance. + // + // For T3 instances, you must launch the instance on a Dedicated Host to use a + // tenancy of host . You can't change the tenancy from host to dedicated or default + // . Attempting to make one of these unsupported tenancy changes results in an + // InvalidRequest error code. Tenancy types.HostTenancy noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpam.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpam.go index 3be528c4722de..264de49facfb1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpam.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpam.go @@ -37,9 +37,12 @@ type ModifyIpamInput struct { // Choose the operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web // Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only // discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select - // as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create - // an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) in the - // Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // as operating Regions. + // + // For more information about operating Regions, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User + // Guide. + // + // [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html AddOperatingRegions []types.AddIpamOperatingRegion // The description of the IPAM you want to modify. @@ -56,7 +59,9 @@ type ModifyIpamInput struct { // IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about // the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see - // Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) . + // [Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ Tier types.IpamTier noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamPool.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamPool.go index 5894e9848e009..c76a06570e7be 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamPool.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamPool.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool. For more information, see Modify a -// pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/mod-pool-ipam.html) in the -// Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool. +// +// For more information, see [Modify a pool] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Modify a pool]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/mod-pool-ipam.html func (c *Client) ModifyIpamPool(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIpamPoolInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIpamPoolOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyIpamPoolInput{} @@ -37,8 +39,9 @@ type ModifyIpamPoolInput struct { IpamPoolId *string // Add tag allocation rules to a pool. For more information about allocation - // rules, see Create a top-level pool (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-top-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // rules, see [Create a top-level pool]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Create a top-level pool]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-top-ipam.html AddAllocationResourceTags []types.RequestIpamResourceTag // The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example, @@ -66,7 +69,9 @@ type ModifyIpamPoolInput struct { // might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers // multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM // discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of - // them only. A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. + // them only. + // + // A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. AutoImport *bool // Clear the default netmask length allocation rule for this pool. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.go index 33ba04752c3ce..63198e90c78bc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.go @@ -15,9 +15,12 @@ import ( // between scopes and ignore resource CIDRs that you do not want to manage. If set // to false, the resource will not be tracked for overlap, it cannot be // auto-imported into a pool, and it will be removed from any pool it has an -// allocation in. For more information, see Move resource CIDRs between scopes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/move-resource-ipam.html) -// and Change the monitoring state of resource CIDRs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/change-monitoring-state-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// allocation in. +// +// For more information, see [Move resource CIDRs between scopes] and [Change the monitoring state of resource CIDRs] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Change the monitoring state of resource CIDRs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/change-monitoring-state-ipam.html +// [Move resource CIDRs between scopes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/move-resource-ipam.html func (c *Client) ModifyIpamResourceCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyIpamResourceCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyIpamResourceCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyIpamResourceCidrInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLaunchTemplate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLaunchTemplate.go index 67b0d9cf6177d..338383bce13ee 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLaunchTemplate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLaunchTemplate.go @@ -32,8 +32,11 @@ func (c *Client) ModifyLaunchTemplate(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyLaunchT type ModifyLaunchTemplateInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the - // request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. + // request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The version number of the launch template to set as the default version. @@ -45,12 +48,16 @@ type ModifyLaunchTemplateInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLocalGatewayRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLocalGatewayRoute.go index 0f1b5e1f8c318..567d832b11d0b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLocalGatewayRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyLocalGatewayRoute.go @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type ModifyLocalGatewayRouteInput struct { // match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. DestinationCidrBlock *string - // The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock . + // The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock . // You cannot use DestinationPrefixListId and DestinationCidrBlock in the same // request. DestinationPrefixListId *string @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ type ModifyLocalGatewayRouteInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The ID of the virtual interface group. + // The ID of the virtual interface group. LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId *string // The ID of the network interface. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyManagedPrefixList.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyManagedPrefixList.go index 42ed22ed470dc..9a185b84dab55 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyManagedPrefixList.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyManagedPrefixList.go @@ -11,10 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the specified managed prefix list. Adding or removing entries in a -// prefix list creates a new version of the prefix list. Changing the name of the -// prefix list does not affect the version. If you specify a current version number -// that does not match the true current version number, the request fails. +// Modifies the specified managed prefix list. +// +// Adding or removing entries in a prefix list creates a new version of the prefix +// list. Changing the name of the prefix list does not affect the version. +// +// If you specify a current version number that does not match the true current +// version number, the request fails. func (c *Client) ModifyManagedPrefixList(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyManagedPrefixListInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyManagedPrefixListOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyManagedPrefixListInput{} @@ -51,6 +54,7 @@ type ModifyManagedPrefixListInput struct { // The maximum number of entries for the prefix list. You cannot modify the // entries of a prefix list and modify the size of a prefix list at the same time. + // // If any of the resources that reference the prefix list cannot support the new // maximum size, the modify operation fails. Check the state message for the IDs of // the first ten resources that do not support the new maximum size. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyReservedInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyReservedInstances.go index 807e162125e94..35e7f9928aebc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyReservedInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyReservedInstances.go @@ -14,8 +14,11 @@ import ( // Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability // Zone, instance count, or instance type. The Reserved Instances to be modified // must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance -// type. For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// type. +// +// For more information, see [Modifying Reserved Instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Modifying Reserved Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-modifying.html func (c *Client) ModifyReservedInstances(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyReservedInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyReservedInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyReservedInstancesInput{} @@ -45,8 +48,9 @@ type ModifyReservedInstancesInput struct { TargetConfigurations []types.ReservedInstancesConfiguration // A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotAttribute.go index 935410c000cc1..32cb1d50b6790 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotAttribute.go @@ -16,11 +16,16 @@ import ( // create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single operation. If you // need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple // operations. You can make up to 500 modifications to a snapshot in a single -// operation. Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with Amazon Web Services -// Marketplace product codes cannot be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your -// default KMS key cannot be shared with other accounts. For more information about -// modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// operation. +// +// Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with Amazon Web Services Marketplace product +// codes cannot be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your default KMS key +// cannot be shared with other accounts. +// +// For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see [Share a snapshot] in the Amazon +// EBS User Guide. +// +// [Share a snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifySnapshotAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotTier.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotTier.go index eb554e247156e..ec835f58beb75 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotTier.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySnapshotTier.go @@ -15,8 +15,10 @@ import ( // Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot. When you archive a snapshot, it is converted // to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written to // the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard -// tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshot-archive.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// tier to the archive tier. For more information, see [Archive Amazon EBS snapshots]in the Amazon EBS User +// Guide. +// +// [Archive Amazon EBS snapshots]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshot-archive.html func (c *Client) ModifySnapshotTier(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySnapshotTierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySnapshotTierOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifySnapshotTierInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySpotFleetRequest.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySpotFleetRequest.go index c9a12e27c004e..b890a1a04d46a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySpotFleetRequest.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySpotFleetRequest.go @@ -11,29 +11,36 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request. You can only modify a Spot Fleet -// request of type maintain . While the Spot Fleet request is being modified, it is -// in the modifying state. To scale up your Spot Fleet, increase its target -// capacity. The Spot Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances according to the -// allocation strategy for the Spot Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is -// lowestPrice , the Spot Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool -// with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is diversified , the Spot -// Fleet distributes the instances across the Spot Instance pools. If the -// allocation strategy is capacityOptimized , Spot Fleet launches instances from -// Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are -// launching. To scale down your Spot Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, -// the Spot Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. -// You can request that the Spot Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of -// the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy -// is lowestPrice , the Spot Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price -// per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized , the Spot Fleet +// Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request. +// +// You can only modify a Spot Fleet request of type maintain . +// +// While the Spot Fleet request is being modified, it is in the modifying state. +// +// To scale up your Spot Fleet, increase its target capacity. The Spot Fleet +// launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for +// the Spot Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice , the Spot +// Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If +// the allocation strategy is diversified , the Spot Fleet distributes the +// instances across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is +// capacityOptimized , Spot Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with +// optimal capacity for the number of instances that are launching. +// +// To scale down your Spot Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the Spot +// Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You can +// request that the Spot Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet +// no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is +// lowestPrice , the Spot Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per +// unit. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized , the Spot Fleet // terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least // available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified , // the Spot Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. // Alternatively, you can request that the Spot Fleet keep the fleet at its current // size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you -// terminate manually. If you are finished with your Spot Fleet for now, but will -// use it again later, you can set the target capacity to 0. +// terminate manually. +// +// If you are finished with your Spot Fleet for now, but will use it again later, +// you can set the target capacity to 0. func (c *Client) ModifySpotFleetRequest(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySpotFleetRequestInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySpotFleetRequestOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifySpotFleetRequestInput{} @@ -62,6 +69,7 @@ type ModifySpotFleetRequestInput struct { // Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the target capacity // of the Spot Fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot Fleet. + // // Supported only for fleets of type maintain . ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy types.ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySubnetAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySubnetAttribute.go index e1ea5e8285b43..b35c098efbd20 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySubnetAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifySubnetAttribute.go @@ -11,16 +11,24 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time. Use -// this action to modify subnets on Amazon Web Services Outposts. +// Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time. +// +// Use this action to modify subnets on Amazon Web Services Outposts. +// // - To modify a subnet on an Outpost rack, set both MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch // and CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool . These two parameters act as a single attribute. +// // - To modify a subnet on an Outpost server, set either EnableLniAtDeviceIndex // or DisableLniAtDeviceIndex . // // For more information about Amazon Web Services Outposts, see the following: -// - Outpost servers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/how-servers-work.html) -// - Outpost racks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/how-racks-work.html) +// +// [Outpost servers] +// +// [Outpost racks] +// +// [Outpost servers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/how-servers-work.html +// [Outpost racks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/outposts/latest/userguide/how-racks-work.html func (c *Client) ModifySubnetAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifySubnetAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifySubnetAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifySubnetAttributeInput{} @@ -46,16 +54,19 @@ type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct { // Specify true to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified // subnet should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface // that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance - // therefore receives an IPv6 address). If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature - // for your subnet, your network interface or instance only receives an IPv6 - // address if it's created using version 2016-11-15 or later of the Amazon EC2 API. + // therefore receives an IPv6 address). + // + // If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature for your subnet, your network + // interface or instance only receives an IPv6 address if it's created using + // version 2016-11-15 or later of the Amazon EC2 API. AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation *types.AttributeBooleanValue - // The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated with the subnet. You must set - // this value when you specify true for MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch . + // The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated with the subnet. + // + // You must set this value when you specify true for MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch . CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool *string - // Specify true to indicate that local network interfaces at the current position + // Specify true to indicate that local network interfaces at the current position // should be disabled. DisableLniAtDeviceIndex *types.AttributeBooleanValue @@ -63,7 +74,7 @@ type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct { // subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations. EnableDns64 *types.AttributeBooleanValue - // Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For + // Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For // example, 1 indicates local network interfaces in this subnet are the secondary // network interface (eth1). A local network interface cannot be the primary // network interface (eth0). @@ -78,17 +89,20 @@ type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct { EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue // Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created - // in the specified subnet should be assigned a customer-owned IPv4 address. When - // this value is true , you must specify the customer-owned IP pool using + // in the specified subnet should be assigned a customer-owned IPv4 address. + // + // When this value is true , you must specify the customer-owned IP pool using // CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool . MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue // Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created - // in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address. Amazon Web - // Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses - // associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more - // information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) - // . + // in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address. + // + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For + // more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the [Amazon VPC pricing page]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing page]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ MapPublicIpOnLaunch *types.AttributeBooleanValue // The type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.go index bac869743d253..c4eb26994e77b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.go @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Allows or restricts mirroring network services. By default, Amazon DNS network -// services are not eligible for Traffic Mirror. Use AddNetworkServices to add -// network services to a Traffic Mirror filter. When a network service is added to -// the Traffic Mirror filter, all traffic related to that network service will be -// mirrored. When you no longer want to mirror network services, use -// RemoveNetworkServices to remove the network services from the Traffic Mirror -// filter. +// Allows or restricts mirroring network services. +// +// By default, Amazon DNS network services are not eligible for Traffic Mirror. +// Use AddNetworkServices to add network services to a Traffic Mirror filter. When +// a network service is added to the Traffic Mirror filter, all traffic related to +// that network service will be mirrored. When you no longer want to mirror network +// services, use RemoveNetworkServices to remove the network services from the +// Traffic Mirror filter. func (c *Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go index 729dcd52efbe8..6eca07731d0d0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule.go @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule. DestinationCidrBlock and -// SourceCidrBlock must both be an IPv4 range or an IPv6 range. +// Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule. +// +// DestinationCidrBlock and SourceCidrBlock must both be an IPv4 range or an IPv6 +// range. func (c *Client) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRule(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput{} @@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ type ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterRuleInput struct { Protocol *int32 // The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror filter rule. + // // When you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror filter rule, the property is // set to the default. RemoveFields []types.TrafficMirrorFilterRuleField diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorSession.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorSession.go index 83d76b1654870..99437ad33c60e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorSession.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyTrafficMirrorSession.go @@ -47,20 +47,24 @@ type ModifyTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct { // header. To mirror a subset, set this to the length (in bytes) to mirror. For // example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 bytes that meet the // filter criteria are copied to the target. Do not specify this parameter when you - // want to mirror the entire packet. For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) - // traffic mirror targets, the default PacketLength will be set to 8500. Valid - // values are 1-8500. Setting a PacketLength greater than 8500 will result in an - // error response. + // want to mirror the entire packet. + // + // For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) traffic mirror targets, the + // default PacketLength will be set to 8500. Valid values are 1-8500. Setting a + // PacketLength greater than 8500 will result in an error response. PacketLength *int32 - // The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror session. When - // you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror session, the property is set to the - // default. + // The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror session. + // + // When you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror session, the property is set + // to the default. RemoveFields []types.TrafficMirrorSessionField // The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an // interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter - // is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766. + // is the one that mirrors the packets. + // + // Valid values are 1-32766. SessionNumber *int32 // The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go index 61d9c145faf95..c78dc63aa62cd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpoint.go @@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointInput struct { VerifiedAccessEndpointId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access endpoint. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointPolicy.go index 6b19f15e101bf..dafb8d42dd37b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointPolicy.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointPolicyInput struct { VerifiedAccessEndpointId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroup.go index 082ca25e9de5d..6b5720da668d8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroup.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupInput struct { VerifiedAccessGroupId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access group. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupPolicy.go index 967e70ed47632..9b91d0ad67a17 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupPolicy.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessGroupPolicyInput struct { VerifiedAccessGroupId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstance.go index 887ab4c351698..b03f6d8fcee97 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstance.go @@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceInput struct { VerifiedAccessInstanceId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access instance. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfiguration.go index 19cfb750faac5..54c65bca35ee5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfiguration.go @@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfigurationInput struct { VerifiedAccessInstanceId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go index 1a219de89eb56..89062c191939a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProvider.go @@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProviderInput struct { VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId *string // A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your - // modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // modification request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A description for the Verified Access trust provider. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolume.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolume.go index 20c5d4972b933..16dad4a4dc6d2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolume.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolume.go @@ -15,21 +15,28 @@ import ( // size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a // current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes // without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more -// information about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modify-volume.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. When you complete a resize operation on your -// volume, you need to extend the volume's file-system size to take advantage of -// the new storage capacity. For more information, see Extend the file system (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/recognize-expanded-volume-linux.html) -// . You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS -// volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch -// Events User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/) -// . You can also track the status of a modification using -// DescribeVolumesModifications . For information about tracking status changes -// using either method, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html) -// . With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume might require +// information about modifying EBS volumes, see [Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// When you complete a resize operation on your volume, you need to extend the +// volume's file-system size to take advantage of the new storage capacity. For +// more information, see [Extend the file system]. +// +// You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS +// volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the [Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide]. You can also track +// the status of a modification using DescribeVolumesModifications. For information about tracking status +// changes using either method, see [Monitor the progress of volume modifications]. +// +// With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume might require // detaching and reattaching the volume or stopping and restarting the instance. +// // After modifying a volume, you must wait at least six hours and ensure that the // volume is in the in-use or available state before you can modify the same // volume. This is sometimes referred to as a cooldown period. +// +// [Monitor the progress of volume modifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html +// [Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modify-volume.html +// [Extend the file system]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/recognize-expanded-volume-linux.html +// [Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ func (c *Client) ModifyVolume(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVolumeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVolumeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVolumeInput{} @@ -59,44 +66,67 @@ type ModifyVolumeInput struct { DryRun *bool // The target IOPS rate of the volume. This parameter is valid only for gp3 , io1 , - // and io2 volumes. The following are the supported values for each volume type: + // and io2 volumes. + // + // The following are the supported values for each volume type: + // // - gp3 : 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS + // // - io1 : 100 - 64,000 IOPS + // // - io2 : 100 - 256,000 IOPS - // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on instances built on the - // Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // . On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. Default: - // The existing value is retained if you keep the same volume type. If you change - // the volume type to io1 , io2 , or gp3 , the default is 3,000. + // + // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System]. On other instances, + // you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. + // + // Default: The existing value is retained if you keep the same volume type. If + // you change the volume type to io1 , io2 , or gp3 , the default is 3,000. + // + // [instances built on the Nitro System]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances Iops *int32 // Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable - // Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Nitro-based instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 - // volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 [Nitro-based instances]in the same Availability + // Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more + // information, see [Amazon EBS Multi-Attach]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS Multi-Attach]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes-multi.html + // [Nitro-based instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances MultiAttachEnabled *bool // The target size of the volume, in GiB. The target volume size must be greater - // than or equal to the existing size of the volume. The following are the - // supported volumes sizes for each volume type: + // than or equal to the existing size of the volume. + // + // The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type: + // // - gp2 and gp3 : 1 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io1 : 4 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io2 : 4 - 65,536 GiB + // // - st1 and sc1 : 125 - 16,384 GiB + // // - standard : 1 - 1024 GiB + // // Default: The existing size is retained. Size *int32 // The target throughput of the volume, in MiB/s. This parameter is valid only for - // gp3 volumes. The maximum value is 1,000. Default: The existing value is retained - // if the source and target volume type is gp3 . Otherwise, the default value is - // 125. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. + // gp3 volumes. The maximum value is 1,000. + // + // Default: The existing value is retained if the source and target volume type is + // gp3 . Otherwise, the default value is 125. + // + // Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. Throughput *int32 - // The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS - // volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Default: The existing type is retained. + // The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types] in the + // Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // Default: The existing type is retained. + // + // [Amazon EBS volume types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html VolumeType types.VolumeType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolumeAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolumeAttribute.go index a9a398c1cf924..3986b57544184 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolumeAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVolumeAttribute.go @@ -11,13 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies a volume attribute. By default, all I/O operations for the volume are -// suspended when the data on the volume is determined to be potentially -// inconsistent, to prevent undetectable, latent data corruption. The I/O access to -// the volume can be resumed by first enabling I/O access and then checking the -// data consistency on your volume. You can change the default behavior to resume -// I/O operations. We recommend that you change this only for boot volumes or for -// volumes that are stateless or disposable. +// Modifies a volume attribute. +// +// By default, all I/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data on +// the volume is determined to be potentially inconsistent, to prevent +// undetectable, latent data corruption. The I/O access to the volume can be +// resumed by first enabling I/O access and then checking the data consistency on +// your volume. +// +// You can change the default behavior to resume I/O operations. We recommend that +// you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless or +// disposable. func (c *Client) ModifyVolumeAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVolumeAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVolumeAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVolumeAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcAttribute.go index 37d2fb30ddadb..122cdf5ace387 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcAttribute.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ type ModifyVpcAttributeInput struct { VpcId *string // Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If - // enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. You - // cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same + // enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. + // + // You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same // request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS // hostnames if you've enabled DNS support. EnableDnsHostnames *types.AttributeBooleanValue @@ -45,9 +46,10 @@ type ModifyVpcAttributeInput struct { // queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or // the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two" succeed. // If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS - // hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. You cannot modify the DNS resolution - // and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each - // attribute. + // hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. + // + // You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same + // request. Use separate requests for each attribute. EnableDnsSupport *types.AttributeBooleanValue // Indicates whether Network Address Usage metrics are enabled for your VPC. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpoint.go index 4007f5ae9a62f..bd834b1261932 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpoint.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. The attributes that you can // modify depend on the type of VPC endpoint (interface, gateway, or Gateway Load -// Balancer). For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/) -// . +// Balancer). For more information, see the [Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/ func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpcEndpointInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go index 8872fa0bc1def..bfdb8eac6e5cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( // Modifies the attributes of your VPC endpoint service configuration. You can // change the Network Load Balancers or Gateway Load Balancers for your service, // and you can specify whether acceptance is required for requests to connect to -// your endpoint service through an interface VPC endpoint. If you set or modify -// the private DNS name, you must prove that you own the private DNS domain name. +// your endpoint service through an interface VPC endpoint. +// +// If you set or modify the private DNS name, you must prove that you own the +// private DNS domain name. func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go index 964a06747cb24..b70e8d6a4fefc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service. You can add or remove // permissions for service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM -// roles) to connect to your endpoint service. If you grant permissions to all -// principals, the service is public. Any users who know the name of a public -// service can send a request to attach an endpoint. If the service does not -// require manual approval, attachments are automatically approved. +// roles) to connect to your endpoint service. +// +// If you grant permissions to all principals, the service is public. Any users +// who know the name of a public service can send a request to attach an endpoint. +// If the service does not require manual approval, attachments are automatically +// approved. func (c *Client) ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpcEndpointServicePermissionsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions.go index 360f33fcad45d..345762066ddb4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions.go @@ -12,18 +12,19 @@ import ( ) // Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering -// connection. If the peered VPCs are in the same Amazon Web Services account, you -// can enable DNS resolution for queries from the local VPC. This ensures that -// queries from the local VPC resolve to private IP addresses in the peer VPC. This -// option is not available if the peered VPCs are in different Amazon Web Services -// accounts or different Regions. For peered VPCs in different Amazon Web Services -// accounts, each Amazon Web Services account owner must initiate a separate -// request to modify the peering connection options. For inter-region peering -// connections, you must use the Region for the requester VPC to modify the -// requester VPC peering options and the Region for the accepter VPC to modify the -// accepter VPC peering options. To verify which VPCs are the accepter and the -// requester for a VPC peering connection, use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections -// command. +// connection. +// +// If the peered VPCs are in the same Amazon Web Services account, you can enable +// DNS resolution for queries from the local VPC. This ensures that queries from +// the local VPC resolve to private IP addresses in the peer VPC. This option is +// not available if the peered VPCs are in different Amazon Web Services accounts +// or different Regions. For peered VPCs in different Amazon Web Services accounts, +// each Amazon Web Services account owner must initiate a separate request to +// modify the peering connection options. For inter-region peering connections, you +// must use the Region for the requester VPC to modify the requester VPC peering +// options and the Region for the accepter VPC to modify the accepter VPC peering +// options. To verify which VPCs are the accepter and the requester for a VPC +// peering connection, use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionscommand. func (c *Client) ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptionsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcTenancy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcTenancy.go index 73b23040064e4..01a029e753ab2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcTenancy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpcTenancy.go @@ -13,12 +13,15 @@ import ( // Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC. You can change // the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC to default only. You cannot change the -// instance tenancy attribute to dedicated . After you modify the tenancy of the -// VPC, any new instances that you launch into the VPC have a tenancy of default , -// unless you specify otherwise during launch. The tenancy of any existing -// instances in the VPC is not affected. For more information, see Dedicated -// Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// instance tenancy attribute to dedicated . +// +// After you modify the tenancy of the VPC, any new instances that you launch into +// the VPC have a tenancy of default , unless you specify otherwise during launch. +// The tenancy of any existing instances in the VPC is not affected. +// +// For more information, see [Dedicated Instances] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Dedicated Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-instance.html func (c *Client) ModifyVpcTenancy(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpcTenancyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpcTenancyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpcTenancyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnection.go index c61e6dc555ab5..da28d8f428269 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnection.go @@ -14,30 +14,45 @@ import ( // Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services // Site-to-Site VPN connection. To modify the target gateway, the following // migration options are available: +// // - An existing virtual private gateway to a new virtual private gateway +// // - An existing virtual private gateway to a transit gateway +// // - An existing transit gateway to a new transit gateway +// // - An existing transit gateway to a virtual private gateway // // Before you perform the migration to the new gateway, you must configure the new -// gateway. Use CreateVpnGateway to create a virtual private gateway, or -// CreateTransitGateway to create a transit gateway. This step is required when you -// migrate from a virtual private gateway with static routes to a transit gateway. -// You must delete the static routes before you migrate to the new gateway. Keep a -// copy of the static route before you delete it. You will need to add back these -// routes to the transit gateway after the VPN connection migration is complete. +// gateway. Use CreateVpnGatewayto create a virtual private gateway, or CreateTransitGateway to create a transit +// gateway. +// +// This step is required when you migrate from a virtual private gateway with +// static routes to a transit gateway. +// +// You must delete the static routes before you migrate to the new gateway. +// +// Keep a copy of the static route before you delete it. You will need to add back +// these routes to the transit gateway after the VPN connection migration is +// complete. +// // After you migrate to the new gateway, you might need to modify your VPC route -// table. Use CreateRoute and DeleteRoute to make the changes described in Update -// VPC route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/modify-vpn-target.html#step-update-routing) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. When the new gateway is -// a transit gateway, modify the transit gateway route table to allow traffic -// between the VPC and the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. Use -// CreateTransitGatewayRoute to add the routes. If you deleted VPN static routes, -// you must add the static routes to the transit gateway route table. After you -// perform this operation, the VPN endpoint's IP addresses on the Amazon Web -// Services side and the tunnel options remain intact. Your Amazon Web Services +// table. Use CreateRouteand DeleteRoute to make the changes described in [Update VPC route tables] in the Amazon Web Services +// Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// +// When the new gateway is a transit gateway, modify the transit gateway route +// table to allow traffic between the VPC and the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site +// VPN connection. Use CreateTransitGatewayRouteto add the routes. +// +// If you deleted VPN static routes, you must add the static routes to the transit +// gateway route table. +// +// After you perform this operation, the VPN endpoint's IP addresses on the Amazon +// Web Services side and the tunnel options remain intact. Your Amazon Web Services // Site-to-Site VPN connection will be temporarily unavailable for a brief period // while we provision the new endpoints. +// +// [Update VPC route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/modify-vpn-target.html#step-update-routing func (c *Client) ModifyVpnConnection(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnConnectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpnConnectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnectionOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnectionOptions.go index d9fe9445c544a..e44706065f484 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnectionOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnConnectionOptions.go @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection. When you -// modify the VPN connection options, the VPN endpoint IP addresses on the Amazon -// Web Services side do not change, and the tunnel options do not change. Your VPN -// connection will be temporarily unavailable for a brief period while the VPN -// connection is updated. +// Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection. +// +// When you modify the VPN connection options, the VPN endpoint IP addresses on +// the Amazon Web Services side do not change, and the tunnel options do not +// change. Your VPN connection will be temporarily unavailable for a brief period +// while the VPN connection is updated. func (c *Client) ModifyVpnConnectionOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsInput{} @@ -45,19 +46,23 @@ type ModifyVpnConnectionOptionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // The IPv4 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection. + // // Default: 0.0.0.0/0 LocalIpv4NetworkCidr *string // The IPv6 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection. + // // Default: ::/0 LocalIpv6NetworkCidr *string - // The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default: - // 0.0.0.0/0 + // The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. + // + // Default: 0.0.0.0/0 RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr *string - // The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default: - // ::/0 + // The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. + // + // Default: ::/0 RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnTunnelOptions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnTunnelOptions.go index 16b65d3baf3a6..084b6e6ffa4d4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnTunnelOptions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ModifyVpnTunnelOptions.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ import ( // Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site // VPN connection. You can modify multiple options for a tunnel in a single // request, but you can only modify one tunnel at a time. For more information, see -// Site-to-Site VPN tunnel options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPNTunnels.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// [Site-to-Site VPN tunnel options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection]in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// +// [Site-to-Site VPN tunnel options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPNTunnels.html func (c *Client) ModifyVpnTunnelOptions(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsInput{} @@ -55,8 +56,9 @@ type ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsInput struct { DryRun *bool // Choose whether or not to trigger immediate tunnel replacement. This is only - // applicable when turning on or off EnableTunnelLifecycleControl . Valid values: - // True | False + // applicable when turning on or off EnableTunnelLifecycleControl . + // + // Valid values: True | False SkipTunnelReplacement *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MonitorInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MonitorInstances.go index 3f439ca0716c7..71a8da5da08d3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MonitorInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MonitorInstances.go @@ -12,10 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance. Otherwise, basic monitoring -// is enabled. For more information, see Monitor your instances using CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. To disable detailed monitoring, see -// UnmonitorInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_UnmonitorInstances.html) -// . +// is enabled. For more information, see [Monitor your instances using CloudWatch]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// To disable detailed monitoring, see [UnmonitorInstances]. +// +// [Monitor your instances using CloudWatch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html +// [UnmonitorInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_UnmonitorInstances.html func (c *Client) MonitorInstances(ctx context.Context, params *MonitorInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*MonitorInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &MonitorInstancesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveAddressToVpc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveAddressToVpc.go index 5318547f171b4..c2b2a4260f0b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveAddressToVpc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveAddressToVpc.go @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic -// platform to the EC2-VPC platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to -// your account for more than 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an -// instance. After the Elastic IP address is moved, it is no longer available for -// use in the EC2-Classic platform, unless you move it back using the -// RestoreAddressToClassic request. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was -// originally allocated for use in the EC2-VPC platform to the EC2-Classic -// platform. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic platform to the EC2-VPC +// platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to your account for more than +// 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an instance. After the Elastic IP +// address is moved, it is no longer available for use in the EC2-Classic platform, +// unless you move it back using the RestoreAddressToClassicrequest. You cannot move an Elastic IP +// address that was originally allocated for use in the EC2-VPC platform to the +// EC2-Classic platform. func (c *Client) MoveAddressToVpc(ctx context.Context, params *MoveAddressToVpcInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*MoveAddressToVpcOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &MoveAddressToVpcInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveByoipCidrToIpam.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveByoipCidrToIpam.go index dd89eb6b726d8..baab5fce86605 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveByoipCidrToIpam.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_MoveByoipCidrToIpam.go @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool. If you already have a -// BYOIPv4 CIDR with Amazon Web Services, you can move the CIDR to IPAM from a -// public IPv4 pool. You cannot move an IPv6 CIDR to IPAM. If you are bringing a -// new IP address to Amazon Web Services for the first time, complete the steps in -// Tutorial: BYOIP address CIDRs to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoip-ipam.html) -// . +// Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool. +// +// If you already have a BYOIPv4 CIDR with Amazon Web Services, you can move the +// CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool. You cannot move an IPv6 CIDR to IPAM. If +// you are bringing a new IP address to Amazon Web Services for the first time, +// complete the steps in [Tutorial: BYOIP address CIDRs to IPAM]. +// +// [Tutorial: BYOIP address CIDRs to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoip-ipam.html func (c *Client) MoveByoipCidrToIpam(ctx context.Context, params *MoveByoipCidrToIpamInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*MoveByoipCidrToIpamOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &MoveByoipCidrToIpamInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionByoipCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionByoipCidr.go index 4ece7c9b118bf..231844a415a54 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionByoipCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionByoipCidr.go @@ -14,18 +14,22 @@ import ( // Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services // resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a // corresponding address pool. After the address range is provisioned, it is ready -// to be advertised using AdvertiseByoipCidr . Amazon Web Services verifies that -// you own the address range and are authorized to advertise it. You must ensure -// that the address range is registered to you and that you created an RPKI ROA to -// authorize Amazon ASNs 16509 and 14618 to advertise the address range. For more -// information, see Bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Provisioning an address range is -// an asynchronous operation, so the call returns immediately, but the address -// range is not ready to use until its status changes from pending-provision to -// provisioned . To monitor the status of an address range, use DescribeByoipCidrs -// . To allocate an Elastic IP address from your IPv4 address pool, use -// AllocateAddress with either the specific address from the address pool or the ID -// of the address pool. +// to be advertised using AdvertiseByoipCidr. +// +// Amazon Web Services verifies that you own the address range and are authorized +// to advertise it. You must ensure that the address range is registered to you and +// that you created an RPKI ROA to authorize Amazon ASNs 16509 and 14618 to +// advertise the address range. For more information, see [Bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP)]in the Amazon Elastic +// Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// Provisioning an address range is an asynchronous operation, so the call returns +// immediately, but the address range is not ready to use until its status changes +// from pending-provision to provisioned . To monitor the status of an address +// range, use DescribeByoipCidrs. To allocate an Elastic IP address from your IPv4 address pool, use AllocateAddress +// with either the specific address from the address pool or the ID of the address +// pool. +// +// [Bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html func (c *Client) ProvisionByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionByoipCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ProvisionByoipCidrInput{} @@ -68,24 +72,33 @@ type ProvisionByoipCidrInput struct { // Reserved. MultiRegion *bool - // If you have Local Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/local-zones/latest/ug/how-local-zones-work.html) - // enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you - // provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group + // If you have [Local Zones] enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones + // when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group // carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with - // must reside in the same network border group. You can provision BYOIP address - // ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups: + // must reside in the same network border group. + // + // You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following + // Local Zone network border groups: + // // - us-east-1-dfw-2 + // // - us-west-2-lax-1 + // // - us-west-2-phx-2 + // // You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this // time. + // + // [Local Zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/local-zones/latest/ug/how-local-zones-work.html NetworkBorderGroup *string // The tags to apply to the address pool. PoolTagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification // (IPv6 only) Indicate whether the address range will be publicly advertised to - // the internet. Default: true + // the internet. + // + // Default: true PubliclyAdvertisable *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamByoasn.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamByoasn.go index 5b8fab58976d8..1fb9d6f635cca 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamByoasn.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamByoasn.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web // Services account. This action requires authorization context for Amazon to bring -// the ASN to an Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Tutorial: -// Bring your ASN to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide. +// the ASN to an Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]in the +// Amazon VPC IPAM guide. +// +// [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html func (c *Client) ProvisionIpamByoasn(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionIpamByoasnInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionIpamByoasnOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ProvisionIpamByoasnInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamPoolCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamPoolCidr.go index 6cf9195916066..be03e7f824d20 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamPoolCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionIpamPoolCidr.go @@ -13,8 +13,11 @@ import ( // Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool. You can use this action to provision new // CIDRs to a top-level pool or to transfer a CIDR from a top-level pool to a pool -// within it. For more information, see Provision CIDRs to pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/prov-cidr-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// within it. +// +// For more information, see [Provision CIDRs to pools] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [Provision CIDRs to pools]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/prov-cidr-ipam.html func (c *Client) ProvisionIpamPoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionIpamPoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionIpamPoolCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ProvisionIpamPoolCidrInput{} @@ -47,8 +50,9 @@ type ProvisionIpamPoolCidrInput struct { CidrAuthorizationContext *types.IpamCidrAuthorizationContext // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency - // of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // of the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr.go index cff8c57fe65f3..b42016e8598e7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool. For more information about IPAM, see -// What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool. +// +// For more information about IPAM, see [What is IPAM?] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html func (c *Client) ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidr(ctx context.Context, params *ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ProvisionPublicIpv4PoolCidrInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseHostReservation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseHostReservation.go index 16627a9c8997f..f10a9247d75d7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseHostReservation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseHostReservation.go @@ -43,8 +43,9 @@ type PurchaseHostReservationInput struct { OfferingId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice , LimitPrice , and totalHourlyPrice @@ -68,8 +69,9 @@ type PurchaseHostReservationInput struct { type PurchaseHostReservationOutput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice and totalHourlyPrice amounts are diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.go index c24f7a58a5e4c..a29a06c91244c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.go @@ -14,14 +14,18 @@ import ( // Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved // Instances, you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing. -// Use DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings to get a list of Reserved Instance -// offerings that match your specifications. After you've purchased a Reserved -// Instance, you can check for your new Reserved Instance with -// DescribeReservedInstances . To queue a purchase for a future date and time, -// specify a purchase time. If you do not specify a purchase time, the default is -// the current time. For more information, see Reserved Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html) -// and Reserved Instance Marketplace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// Use DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings to get a list of Reserved Instance offerings that match your +// specifications. After you've purchased a Reserved Instance, you can check for +// your new Reserved Instance with DescribeReservedInstances. +// +// To queue a purchase for a future date and time, specify a purchase time. If you +// do not specify a purchase time, the default is the current time. +// +// For more information, see [Reserved Instances] and [Reserved Instance Marketplace] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Reserved Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-on-demand-reserved-instances.html +// [Reserved Instance Marketplace]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ri-market-general.html func (c *Client) PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput{} @@ -72,8 +76,9 @@ type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingOutput struct { // The IDs of the purchased Reserved Instances. If your purchase crosses into a // discounted pricing tier, the final Reserved Instances IDs might change. For more - // information, see Crossing pricing tiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-reserved-instances-application.html#crossing-pricing-tiers) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Crossing pricing tiers]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Crossing pricing tiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/concepts-reserved-instances-application.html#crossing-pricing-tiers ReservedInstancesId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseScheduledInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseScheduledInstances.go index b42388add6c3a..e3684525d2f1f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseScheduledInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_PurchaseScheduledInstances.go @@ -11,14 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances. Purchases the Scheduled -// Instances with the specified schedule. Scheduled Instances enable you to -// purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by the hour for a one-year term. Before you -// can purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call -// DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability to check for available schedules and -// obtain a purchase token. After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call -// RunScheduledInstances during each scheduled time period. After you purchase a -// Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell your purchase. +// You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances. +// +// Purchases the Scheduled Instances with the specified schedule. +// +// Scheduled Instances enable you to purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by the +// hour for a one-year term. Before you can purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must +// call DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityto check for available schedules and obtain a purchase token. After you +// purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call RunScheduledInstancesduring each scheduled time period. +// +// After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell +// your purchase. func (c *Client) PurchaseScheduledInstances(ctx context.Context, params *PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurchaseScheduledInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput{} @@ -43,8 +46,9 @@ type PurchaseScheduledInstancesInput struct { PurchaseRequests []types.PurchaseRequest // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. - // For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RebootInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RebootInstances.go index 8adc5e6911ede..77826c5c115fb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RebootInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RebootInstances.go @@ -13,10 +13,14 @@ import ( // Requests a reboot of the specified instances. This operation is asynchronous; // it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation // succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot -// terminated instances are ignored. If an instance does not cleanly shut down -// within a few minutes, Amazon EC2 performs a hard reboot. For more information -// about troubleshooting, see Troubleshoot an unreachable instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// terminated instances are ignored. +// +// If an instance does not cleanly shut down within a few minutes, Amazon EC2 +// performs a hard reboot. +// +// For more information about troubleshooting, see [Troubleshoot an unreachable instance] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Troubleshoot an unreachable instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-console.html func (c *Client) RebootInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RebootInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RebootInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RebootInstancesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterImage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterImage.go index b4231b5b8b282..162d34dd7ff1e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterImage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterImage.go @@ -13,42 +13,58 @@ import ( // Registers an AMI. When you're creating an instance-store backed AMI, // registering the AMI is the final step in the creation process. For more -// information about creating AMIs, see Create your own AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. For Amazon EBS-backed instances, -// CreateImage creates and registers the AMI in a single request, so you don't -// have to register the AMI yourself. We recommend that you always use CreateImage -// unless you have a specific reason to use RegisterImage. If needed, you can -// deregister an AMI at any time. Any modifications you make to an AMI backed by an -// instance store volume invalidates its registration. If you make changes to an -// image, deregister the previous image and register the new image. Register a -// snapshot of a root device volume You can use RegisterImage to create an Amazon -// EBS-backed Linux AMI from a snapshot of a root device volume. You specify the -// snapshot using a block device mapping. You can't set the encryption state of the -// volume using the block device mapping. If the snapshot is encrypted, or -// encryption by default is enabled, the root volume of an instance launched from -// the AMI is encrypted. For more information, see Create a Linux AMI from a -// snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html#creating-launching-ami-from-snapshot) -// and Use encryption with Amazon EBS-backed AMIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AMIEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Amazon Web Services Marketplace -// product codes If any snapshots have Amazon Web Services Marketplace product -// codes, they are copied to the new AMI. Windows and some Linux distributions, -// such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), -// use the Amazon EC2 billing product code associated with an AMI to verify the -// subscription status for package updates. To create a new AMI for operating -// systems that require a billing product code, instead of registering the AMI, do -// the following to preserve the billing product code association: +// information about creating AMIs, see [Create your own AMI]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User +// Guide. +// +// For Amazon EBS-backed instances, CreateImage creates and registers the AMI in a single +// request, so you don't have to register the AMI yourself. We recommend that you +// always use CreateImageunless you have a specific reason to use RegisterImage. +// +// If needed, you can deregister an AMI at any time. Any modifications you make to +// an AMI backed by an instance store volume invalidates its registration. If you +// make changes to an image, deregister the previous image and register the new +// image. +// +// # Register a snapshot of a root device volume +// +// You can use RegisterImage to create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI from a +// snapshot of a root device volume. You specify the snapshot using a block device +// mapping. You can't set the encryption state of the volume using the block device +// mapping. If the snapshot is encrypted, or encryption by default is enabled, the +// root volume of an instance launched from the AMI is encrypted. +// +// For more information, see [Create a Linux AMI from a snapshot] and [Use encryption with Amazon EBS-backed AMIs] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// # Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes +// +// If any snapshots have Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes, they are +// copied to the new AMI. +// +// Windows and some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) +// and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the Amazon EC2 billing product code +// associated with an AMI to verify the subscription status for package updates. To +// create a new AMI for operating systems that require a billing product code, +// instead of registering the AMI, do the following to preserve the billing product +// code association: +// // - Launch an instance from an existing AMI with that billing product code. +// // - Customize the instance. -// - Create an AMI from the instance using CreateImage . +// +// - Create an AMI from the instance using CreateImage. // // If you purchase a Reserved Instance to apply to an On-Demand Instance that was // launched from an AMI with a billing product code, make sure that the Reserved // Instance has the matching billing product code. If you purchase a Reserved // Instance without the matching billing product code, the Reserved Instance will // not be applied to the On-Demand Instance. For information about how to obtain -// the platform details and billing information of an AMI, see Understand AMI -// billing information (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-billing-info.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// the platform details and billing information of an AMI, see [Understand AMI billing information]in the Amazon EC2 +// User Guide. +// +// [Understand AMI billing information]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-billing-info.html +// [Create a Linux AMI from a snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami-ebs.html#creating-launching-ami-from-snapshot +// [Use encryption with Amazon EBS-backed AMIs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AMIEncryption.html +// [Create your own AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/creating-an-ami.html func (c *Client) RegisterImage(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterImageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterImageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RegisterImageInput{} @@ -67,41 +83,56 @@ func (c *Client) RegisterImage(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterImageInput, // Contains the parameters for RegisterImage. type RegisterImageInput struct { - // A name for your AMI. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses - // (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), - // single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) + // A name for your AMI. + // + // Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets + // ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), + // at-signs (@), or underscores(_) // // This member is required. Name *string - // The architecture of the AMI. Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, i386 . For - // instance store-backed AMIs, the architecture specified in the manifest file. + // The architecture of the AMI. + // + // Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, i386 . For instance store-backed AMIs, the + // architecture specified in the manifest file. Architecture types.ArchitectureValues // The billing product codes. Your account must be authorized to specify billing - // product codes. If your account is not authorized to specify billing product - // codes, you can publish AMIs that include billable software and list them on the - // Amazon Web Services Marketplace. You must first register as a seller on the - // Amazon Web Services Marketplace. For more information, see Getting started as a - // seller (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/marketplace/latest/userguide/user-guide-for-sellers.html) - // and AMI-based products (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/marketplace/latest/userguide/ami-products.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Marketplace Seller Guide. + // product codes. + // + // If your account is not authorized to specify billing product codes, you can + // publish AMIs that include billable software and list them on the Amazon Web + // Services Marketplace. You must first register as a seller on the Amazon Web + // Services Marketplace. For more information, see [Getting started as a seller]and [AMI-based products] in the Amazon Web Services + // Marketplace Seller Guide. + // + // [Getting started as a seller]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/marketplace/latest/userguide/user-guide-for-sellers.html + // [AMI-based products]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/marketplace/latest/userguide/ami-products.html BillingProducts []string - // The block device mapping entries. If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the - // ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you can't specify the encryption state of the - // volume. If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be - // on the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that - // include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost - // only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // The block device mapping entries. + // + // If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you + // can't specify the encryption state of the volume. + // + // If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be on the + // same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that include + // local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost only. For + // more information, [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping // The boot mode of the AMI. A value of uefi-preferred indicates that the AMI - // supports both UEFI and Legacy BIOS. The operating system contained in the AMI - // must be configured to support the specified boot mode. For more information, see - // Boot modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // supports both UEFI and Legacy BIOS. + // + // The operating system contained in the AMI must be configured to support the + // specified boot mode. + // + // For more information, see [Boot modes] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Boot modes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html BootMode types.BootModeValues // A description for your AMI. @@ -114,24 +145,30 @@ type RegisterImageInput struct { DryRun *bool // Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any - // instances that you launch from the AMI. This option is supported only for HVM - // AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the - // AMI unreachable. + // instances that you launch from the AMI. + // + // This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV + // AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. EnaSupport *bool // The full path to your AMI manifest in Amazon S3 storage. The specified bucket // must have the aws-exec-read canned access control list (ACL) to ensure that it - // can be accessed by Amazon EC2. For more information, see Canned ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl) - // in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide. + // can be accessed by Amazon EC2. For more information, see [Canned ACLs]in the Amazon S3 + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Canned ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl ImageLocation *string // Set to v2.0 to indicate that IMDSv2 is specified in the AMI. Instances launched // from this AMI will have HttpTokens automatically set to required so that, by // default, the instance requires that IMDSv2 is used when requesting instance // metadata. In addition, HttpPutResponseHopLimit is set to 2 . For more - // information, see Configure the AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. If you set the value to v2.0 , make sure that your - // AMI software can support IMDSv2. + // information, see [Configure the AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // If you set the value to v2.0 , make sure that your AMI software can support + // IMDSv2. + // + // [Configure the AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration ImdsSupport types.ImdsSupportValues // The ID of the kernel. @@ -145,31 +182,41 @@ type RegisterImageInput struct { // Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual // Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. - // There is no way to disable sriovNetSupport at this time. This option is - // supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make - // instances launched from the AMI unreachable. + // + // There is no way to disable sriovNetSupport at this time. + // + // This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV + // AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. SriovNetSupport *string - // The tags to apply to the AMI. To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must - // be image . If you specify another value for ResourceType , the request fails. To - // tag an AMI after it has been registered, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html) - // . + // The tags to apply to the AMI. + // + // To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image . If you specify + // another value for ResourceType , the request fails. + // + // To tag an AMI after it has been registered, see [CreateTags]. + // + // [CreateTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification // Set to v2.0 to enable Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support. For more - // information, see NitroTPM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitrotpm.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [NitroTPM]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [NitroTPM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitrotpm.html TpmSupport types.TpmSupportValues // Base64 representation of the non-volatile UEFI variable store. To retrieve the - // UEFI data, use the GetInstanceUefiData (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceUefiData) - // command. You can inspect and modify the UEFI data by using the python-uefivars - // tool (https://github.com/awslabs/python-uefivars) on GitHub. For more - // information, see UEFI Secure Boot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/uefi-secure-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // UEFI data, use the [GetInstanceUefiData]command. You can inspect and modify the UEFI data by using + // the [python-uefivars tool]on GitHub. For more information, see [UEFI Secure Boot] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [UEFI Secure Boot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/uefi-secure-boot.html + // [GetInstanceUefiData]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceUefiData + // [python-uefivars tool]: https://github.com/awslabs/python-uefivars UefiData *string - // The type of virtualization ( hvm | paravirtual ). Default: paravirtual + // The type of virtualization ( hvm | paravirtual ). + // + // Default: paravirtual VirtualizationType *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.go index 0e81dfde103aa..4ab15871fcef7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for -// your resources. To remove tags, use -// DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.html) -// . +// your resources. +// +// To remove tags, use [DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes]. +// +// [DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes.html func (c *Client) RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RegisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers.go index d3ecf84ef8eb9..f06b417ab8de5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers.go @@ -13,11 +13,14 @@ import ( // Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast // group. A member is a network interface associated with a supported EC2 instance -// that receives multicast traffic. For information about supported instances, see -// Multicast Consideration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/transit-gateway-limits.html#multicast-limits) -// in Amazon VPC Transit Gateways. After you add the members, use -// SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.html) -// to verify that the members were added to the transit gateway multicast group. +// that receives multicast traffic. For information about supported instances, see [Multicast Consideration] +// in Amazon VPC Transit Gateways. +// +// After you add the members, use [SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups] to verify that the members were added to the +// transit gateway multicast group. +// +// [SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.html +// [Multicast Consideration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/transit-gateway-limits.html#multicast-limits func (c *Client) RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources.go index 6c50fedd6248a..7de34bae3c3f3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources.go @@ -12,12 +12,17 @@ import ( ) // Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway -// multicast group. A multicast source is a network interface attached to a -// supported instance that sends multicast traffic. For information about supported -// instances, see Multicast Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/transit-gateway-limits.html#multicast-limits) -// in Amazon VPC Transit Gateways. After you add the source, use -// SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.html) -// to verify that the source was added to the multicast group. +// multicast group. +// +// A multicast source is a network interface attached to a supported instance that +// sends multicast traffic. For information about supported instances, see [Multicast Considerations]in +// Amazon VPC Transit Gateways. +// +// After you add the source, use [SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups] to verify that the source was added to the +// multicast group. +// +// [SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.html +// [Multicast Considerations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/transit-gateway-limits.html#multicast-limits func (c *Client) RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RegisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSourcesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go index 27ef2117b2c71..aef003a2ba2f1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment.go @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway. The VPC attachment must -// be in the pendingAcceptance state. Use DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments to -// view your pending VPC attachment requests. Use AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachment -// to accept a VPC attachment request. +// Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway. +// +// The VPC attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance state. Use DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachments to view your +// pending VPC attachment requests. Use AcceptTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentto accept a VPC attachment request. func (c *Client) RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachment(ctx context.Context, params *RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RejectTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectVpcPeeringConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectVpcPeeringConnection.go index 719561af74209..06108fa087807 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectVpcPeeringConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RejectVpcPeeringConnection.go @@ -11,10 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must be in -// the pending-acceptance state. Use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections request to -// view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC -// peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request that you -// initiated, use DeleteVpcPeeringConnection . +// the pending-acceptance state. Use the DescribeVpcPeeringConnections request to view your outstanding VPC +// peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC peering connection, or to +// delete a VPC peering connection request that you initiated, use DeleteVpcPeeringConnection. func (c *Client) RejectVpcPeeringConnection(ctx context.Context, params *RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RejectVpcPeeringConnectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RejectVpcPeeringConnectionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseAddress.go index 9e488dd121182..8c77cf3b81766 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseAddress.go @@ -10,18 +10,24 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Releases the specified Elastic IP address. [Default VPC] Releasing an Elastic -// IP address automatically disassociates it from any instance that it's associated -// with. To disassociate an Elastic IP address without releasing it, use -// DisassociateAddress . [Nondefault VPC] You must use DisassociateAddress to -// disassociate the Elastic IP address before you can release it. Otherwise, Amazon -// EC2 returns an error ( InvalidIPAddress.InUse ). After releasing an Elastic IP -// address, it is released to the IP address pool. Be sure to update your DNS -// records and any servers or devices that communicate with the address. If you -// attempt to release an Elastic IP address that you already released, you'll get -// an AuthFailure error if the address is already allocated to another Amazon Web -// Services account. After you release an Elastic IP address, you might be able to -// recover it. For more information, see AllocateAddress . +// Releases the specified Elastic IP address. +// +// [Default VPC] Releasing an Elastic IP address automatically disassociates it +// from any instance that it's associated with. To disassociate an Elastic IP +// address without releasing it, use DisassociateAddress. +// +// [Nondefault VPC] You must use DisassociateAddress to disassociate the Elastic IP address before +// you can release it. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 returns an error ( +// InvalidIPAddress.InUse ). +// +// After releasing an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool. +// Be sure to update your DNS records and any servers or devices that communicate +// with the address. If you attempt to release an Elastic IP address that you +// already released, you'll get an AuthFailure error if the address is already +// allocated to another Amazon Web Services account. +// +// After you release an Elastic IP address, you might be able to recover it. For +// more information, see AllocateAddress. func (c *Client) ReleaseAddress(ctx context.Context, params *ReleaseAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReleaseAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReleaseAddressInput{} @@ -49,8 +55,10 @@ type ReleaseAddressInput struct { DryRun *bool // The set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which - // Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. If you provide an incorrect network - // border group, you receive an InvalidAddress.NotFound error. + // Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. + // + // If you provide an incorrect network border group, you receive an + // InvalidAddress.NotFound error. NetworkBorderGroup *string // Deprecated. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseHosts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseHosts.go index c819af5a24e56..26a36f02492d3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseHosts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseHosts.go @@ -15,11 +15,13 @@ import ( // On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into released state. The host ID // of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified in another // request, for example, to modify the host. You must stop or terminate all -// instances on a host before it can be released. When Dedicated Hosts are -// released, it may take some time for them to stop counting toward your limit and -// you may receive capacity errors when trying to allocate new Dedicated Hosts. -// Wait a few minutes and then try again. Released hosts still appear in a -// DescribeHosts response. +// instances on a host before it can be released. +// +// When Dedicated Hosts are released, it may take some time for them to stop +// counting toward your limit and you may receive capacity errors when trying to +// allocate new Dedicated Hosts. Wait a few minutes and then try again. +// +// Released hosts still appear in a DescribeHosts response. func (c *Client) ReleaseHosts(ctx context.Context, params *ReleaseHostsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReleaseHostsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReleaseHostsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.go index 640960a4152d3..9f21609c30900 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation.go @@ -14,11 +14,14 @@ import ( // IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM // pool is available for allocations. You can only use this action to release // manual allocations. To remove an allocation for a resource without deleting the -// resource, set its monitored state to false using ModifyIpamResourceCidr (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.html) -// . For more information, see Release an allocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/release-alloc-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. All EC2 API actions follow an eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/query-api-troubleshooting.html#eventual-consistency) -// model. +// resource, set its monitored state to false using [ModifyIpamResourceCidr]. For more information, see [Release an allocation] +// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// All EC2 API actions follow an [eventual consistency] model. +// +// [Release an allocation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/release-alloc-ipam.html +// [eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/query-api-troubleshooting.html#eventual-consistency +// [ModifyIpamResourceCidr]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyIpamResourceCidr.html func (c *Client) ReleaseIpamPoolAllocation(ctx context.Context, params *ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReleaseIpamPoolAllocationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation.go index 4e1427079d16f..fff1a223944b2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation.go @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ import ( // Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance. You can // use this action to change the IAM instance profile that's associated with an // instance without having to disassociate the existing IAM instance profile first. +// // Use DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociations to get the association ID. func (c *Client) ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceIamInstanceProfileAssociationOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.go index 600051fccda54..0b2016a9658ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( // Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you // create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL. For -// more information, see Network ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. This is an idempotent operation. +// more information, see [Network ACLs]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// This is an idempotent operation. +// +// [Network ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html func (c *Client) ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReplaceNetworkAclAssociationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclEntry.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclEntry.go index 08b25ee85afa5..627d6e89d41cd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclEntry.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceNetworkAclEntry.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information, see Network -// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html) in -// the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information, see [Network ACLs] in the +// Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Network ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-network-acls.html func (c *Client) ReplaceNetworkAclEntry(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceNetworkAclEntryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput{} @@ -31,8 +32,9 @@ func (c *Client) ReplaceNetworkAclEntry(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceNetw type ReplaceNetworkAclEntryInput struct { - // Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. Default: If no value is - // specified, we replace the ingress rule. + // Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. + // + // Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule. // // This member is required. Egress *bool diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRoute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRoute.go index ba8e2294fae87..4243add22336a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRoute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRoute.go @@ -10,11 +10,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. You must specify -// either a destination CIDR block or a prefix list ID. You must also specify -// exactly one of the resources from the parameter list, or reset the local route -// to its default target. For more information, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. +// +// You must specify either a destination CIDR block or a prefix list ID. You must +// also specify exactly one of the resources from the parameter list, or reset the +// local route to its default target. +// +// For more information, see [Route tables] in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) ReplaceRoute(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceRouteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceRouteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReplaceRouteInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.go index 6f3b406a829a3..7a0f29caf41e8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.go @@ -14,10 +14,13 @@ import ( // Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or // virtual private gateway in a VPC. After the operation completes, the subnet or // gateway uses the routes in the new route table. For more information about route -// tables, see Route tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You can also use this operation to change which -// table is the main route table in the VPC. Specify the main route table's -// association ID and the route table ID of the new main route table. +// tables, see [Route tables]in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// You can also use this operation to change which table is the main route table +// in the VPC. Specify the main route table's association ID and the route table ID +// of the new main route table. +// +// [Route tables]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_Route_Tables.html func (c *Client) ReplaceRouteTableAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplaceRouteTableAssociationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReplaceRouteTableAssociationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReportInstanceStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReportInstanceStatus.go index eae11642ce278..4427470edd3de 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReportInstanceStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ReportInstanceStatus.go @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ import ( // Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in the // running state. If your experience with the instance differs from the instance -// status returned by DescribeInstanceStatus , use ReportInstanceStatus to report -// your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information to -// improve the accuracy of status checks. Use of this action does not change the -// value returned by DescribeInstanceStatus . +// status returned by DescribeInstanceStatus, use ReportInstanceStatus to report your experience with the instance. Amazon +// EC2 collects this information to improve the accuracy of status checks. +// +// Use of this action does not change the value returned by DescribeInstanceStatus. func (c *Client) ReportInstanceStatus(ctx context.Context, params *ReportInstanceStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReportInstanceStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReportInstanceStatusInput{} @@ -41,17 +41,26 @@ type ReportInstanceStatusInput struct { Instances []string // The reason codes that describe the health state of your instance. + // // - instance-stuck-in-state : My instance is stuck in a state. + // // - unresponsive : My instance is unresponsive. + // // - not-accepting-credentials : My instance is not accepting my credentials. + // // - password-not-available : A password is not available for my instance. + // // - performance-network : My instance is experiencing performance problems that // I believe are network related. + // // - performance-instance-store : My instance is experiencing performance // problems that I believe are related to the instance stores. + // // - performance-ebs-volume : My instance is experiencing performance problems // that I believe are related to an EBS volume. + // // - performance-other : My instance is experiencing performance problems. + // // - other : [explain using the description parameter] // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotFleet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotFleet.go index c73617e1bb2b5..65c06a7fabdaa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotFleet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotFleet.go @@ -11,26 +11,37 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a Spot Fleet request. The Spot Fleet request specifies the total target -// capacity and the On-Demand target capacity. Amazon EC2 calculates the difference -// between the total capacity and On-Demand capacity, and launches the difference -// as Spot capacity. You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch -// specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. By -// default, the Spot Fleet requests Spot Instances in the Spot Instance pool where -// the price per unit is the lowest. Each launch specification can include its own -// instance weighting that reflects the value of the instance type to your -// application workload. Alternatively, you can specify that the Spot Fleet -// distribute the target capacity across the Spot pools included in its launch -// specifications. By ensuring that the Spot Instances in your Spot Fleet are in -// different Spot pools, you can improve the availability of your fleet. You can -// specify tags for the Spot Fleet request and instances launched by the fleet. You -// cannot tag other resource types in a Spot Fleet request because only the -// spot-fleet-request and instance resource types are supported. For more -// information, see Spot Fleet requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotFleet -// API because it is a legacy API with no planned investment. For options for -// requesting Spot Instances, see Which is the best Spot request method to use? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-best-practices.html#which-spot-request-method-to-use) +// Creates a Spot Fleet request. +// +// The Spot Fleet request specifies the total target capacity and the On-Demand +// target capacity. Amazon EC2 calculates the difference between the total capacity +// and On-Demand capacity, and launches the difference as Spot capacity. +// +// You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch specifications +// that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. +// +// By default, the Spot Fleet requests Spot Instances in the Spot Instance pool +// where the price per unit is the lowest. Each launch specification can include +// its own instance weighting that reflects the value of the instance type to your +// application workload. +// +// Alternatively, you can specify that the Spot Fleet distribute the target +// capacity across the Spot pools included in its launch specifications. By +// ensuring that the Spot Instances in your Spot Fleet are in different Spot pools, +// you can improve the availability of your fleet. +// +// You can specify tags for the Spot Fleet request and instances launched by the +// fleet. You cannot tag other resource types in a Spot Fleet request because only +// the spot-fleet-request and instance resource types are supported. +// +// For more information, see [Spot Fleet requests] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotFleet API because it is a legacy +// API with no planned investment. For options for requesting Spot Instances, see [Which is the best Spot request method to use?] // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Spot Fleet requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html +// [Which is the best Spot request method to use?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-best-practices.html#which-spot-request-method-to-use func (c *Client) RequestSpotFleet(ctx context.Context, params *RequestSpotFleetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RequestSpotFleetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RequestSpotFleetInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotInstances.go index 12eddc42bf190..3b4e1606c3234 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RequestSpotInstances.go @@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Creates a Spot Instance request. For more information, see Spot Instance -// requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. We strongly discourage using -// the RequestSpotInstances API because it is a legacy API with no planned -// investment. For options for requesting Spot Instances, see Which is the best -// Spot request method to use? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-best-practices.html#which-spot-request-method-to-use) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// Creates a Spot Instance request. +// +// For more information, see [Spot Instance requests] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotInstances API because it is a +// legacy API with no planned investment. For options for requesting Spot +// Instances, see [Which is the best Spot request method to use?]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// [Spot Instance requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-requests.html +// [Which is the best Spot request method to use?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-best-practices.html#which-spot-request-method-to-use func (c *Client) RequestSpotInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RequestSpotInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RequestSpotInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RequestSpotInstancesInput{} @@ -37,30 +40,36 @@ func (c *Client) RequestSpotInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RequestSpotIn // Contains the parameters for RequestSpotInstances. type RequestSpotInstancesInput struct { - // The user-specified name for a logical grouping of requests. When you specify an - // Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot Instances in the - // request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is - // maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The - // group applies only to requests for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any - // additional Spot Instance requests that are specified with the same Availability - // Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least - // one instance from the group is still active. If there is no active instance - // running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot Instance - // request (all instances are terminated, the request is expired, or the maximum - // price you specified falls below current Spot price), then Amazon EC2 launches - // the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met. - // Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot Instances could be placed in a - // different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same - // Availability Zone group. Default: Instances are launched in any available - // Availability Zone. + // The user-specified name for a logical grouping of requests. + // + // When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all + // Spot Instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone. + // Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of + // Availability Zone is not. The group applies only to requests for Spot Instances + // of the same instance type. Any additional Spot Instance requests that are + // specified with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same + // Availability Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still + // active. + // + // If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that you + // specify for a new Spot Instance request (all instances are terminated, the + // request is expired, or the maximum price you specified falls below current Spot + // price), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone where the + // constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot Instances could + // be placed in a different zone from the original request, even if you specified + // the same Availability Zone group. + // + // Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone. AvailabilityZoneGroup *string // Deprecated. BlockDurationMinutes *int32 // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to Ensure Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // the request. For more information, see [How to Ensure Idempotency]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux + // Instances. + // + // [How to Ensure Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -69,15 +78,18 @@ type RequestSpotInstancesInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The maximum number of Spot Instances to launch. Default: 1 + // The maximum number of Spot Instances to launch. + // + // Default: 1 InstanceCount *int32 // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate . InstanceInterruptionBehavior types.InstanceInterruptionBehavior // The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot Instances that launch - // together and terminate together. Default: Instances are launched and terminated - // individually + // together and terminate together. + // + // Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually LaunchGroup *string // The launch specification. @@ -86,33 +98,42 @@ type RequestSpotInstancesInput struct { // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. SpotPrice *string // The key-value pair for tagging the Spot Instance request on creation. The value // for ResourceType must be spot-instances-request , otherwise the Spot Instance - // request fails. To tag the Spot Instance request after it has been created, see - // CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html) + // request fails. To tag the Spot Instance request after it has been created, see [CreateTags] // . + // + // [CreateTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification - // The Spot Instance request type. Default: one-time + // The Spot Instance request type. + // + // Default: one-time Type types.SpotInstanceType // The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request // becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances // launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is // persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active - // until it expires or is canceled. The specified start date and time cannot be - // equal to the current date and time. You must specify a start date and time that - // occurs after the current date and time. + // until it expires or is canceled. + // + // The specified start date and time cannot be equal to the current date and time. + // You must specify a start date and time that occurs after the current date and + // time. ValidFrom *time.Time // The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). + // // - For a persistent request, the request remains active until the ValidUntil // date and time is reached. Otherwise, the request remains active until you cancel // it. + // // - For a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances // launch, the request is canceled, or the ValidUntil date and time is reached. // By default, the request is valid for 7 days from the date the request was diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetAddressAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetAddressAttribute.go index 76bca3df56b7f..34ff0f5e03588 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetAddressAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetAddressAttribute.go @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Resets the attribute of the specified IP address. For requirements, see Using -// reverse DNS for email applications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS) -// . +// Resets the attribute of the specified IP address. For requirements, see [Using reverse DNS for email applications]. +// +// [Using reverse DNS for email applications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html#Using_Elastic_Addressing_Reverse_DNS func (c *Client) ResetAddressAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetAddressAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetAddressAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResetAddressAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go index 536a499f3e4e5..9aba967230ba7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region -// to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS. After resetting the default -// KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key, you can continue to encrypt -// by a customer managed KMS key by specifying it when you create the volume. For -// more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS. +// +// After resetting the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key, +// you can continue to encrypt by a customer managed KMS key by specifying it when +// you create the volume. For more information, see [Amazon EBS encryption]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html func (c *Client) ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId(ctx context.Context, params *ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetInstanceAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetInstanceAttribute.go index 6447cd3ae9813..dda3e2c4dcbc5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetInstanceAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetInstanceAttribute.go @@ -13,11 +13,14 @@ import ( // Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel or // ramdisk , the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck -// , the instance can be either running or stopped. The sourceDestCheck attribute -// controls whether source/destination checking is enabled. The default value is -// true , which means checking is enabled. This value must be false for a NAT -// instance to perform NAT. For more information, see NAT Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// , the instance can be either running or stopped. +// +// The sourceDestCheck attribute controls whether source/destination checking is +// enabled. The default value is true , which means checking is enabled. This value +// must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see [NAT Instances] in +// the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// [NAT Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonVPC/latest/UserGuide/VPC_NAT_Instance.html func (c *Client) ResetInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetInstanceAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetInstanceAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResetInstanceAttributeInput{} @@ -35,8 +38,9 @@ func (c *Client) ResetInstanceAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetInstan type ResetInstanceAttributeInput struct { - // The attribute to reset. You can only reset the following attributes: kernel | - // ramdisk | sourceDestCheck . + // The attribute to reset. + // + // You can only reset the following attributes: kernel | ramdisk | sourceDestCheck . // // This member is required. Attribute types.InstanceAttributeName diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetSnapshotAttribute.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetSnapshotAttribute.go index b7db200ece494..e61dcd0b01d03 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetSnapshotAttribute.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_ResetSnapshotAttribute.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot. For more information -// about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot. +// +// For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see [Share a snapshot] in the Amazon +// EBS User Guide. +// +// [Share a snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html func (c *Client) ResetSnapshotAttribute(ctx context.Context, params *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResetSnapshotAttributeInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreAddressToClassic.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreAddressToClassic.go index e3b249fb96571..ca7d1133e0504 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreAddressToClassic.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreAddressToClassic.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This action is deprecated. Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously -// moved to the EC2-VPC platform back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move -// an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The -// Elastic IP address must not be associated with an instance or network interface. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously moved to the EC2-VPC +// platform back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move an Elastic IP address +// that was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The Elastic IP address must +// not be associated with an instance or network interface. func (c *Client) RestoreAddressToClassic(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreAddressToClassicInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreAddressToClassicOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RestoreAddressToClassicInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreImageFromRecycleBin.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreImageFromRecycleBin.go index 1599feb88394c..2c4444b15d58f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreImageFromRecycleBin.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreImageFromRecycleBin.go @@ -10,8 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see [Recycle Bin] in the Amazon +// EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Recycle Bin]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin.html func (c *Client) RestoreImageFromRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreImageFromRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreImageFromRecycleBinOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RestoreImageFromRecycleBinInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin.go index 48fb337dbdd39..d2ccc53a3b499 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore -// snapshots from the Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/recycle-bin-working-with-snaps.html#recycle-bin-restore-snaps) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see [Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin] in the +// Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/recycle-bin-working-with-snaps.html#recycle-bin-restore-snaps func (c *Client) RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinInput{} @@ -55,8 +56,9 @@ type RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinOutput struct { Encrypted *bool // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // see [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html OutpostArn *string // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the EBS snapshot. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotTier.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotTier.go index 4a0f7830ac48d..51574baab86a6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotTier.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RestoreSnapshotTier.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or // modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously -// temporarily restored. For more information see Restore an archived snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#restore-archived-snapshot) -// and modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored -// snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#modify-temp-restore-period) -// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// temporarily restored. +// +// For more information see [Restore an archived snapshot] and [modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored snapshot] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// [Restore an archived snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#restore-archived-snapshot +// [modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored snapshot]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#modify-temp-restore-period func (c *Client) RestoreSnapshotTier(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreSnapshotTierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreSnapshotTierOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RestoreSnapshotTierInput{} @@ -52,9 +54,10 @@ type RestoreSnapshotTierInput struct { // Specifies the number of days for which to temporarily restore an archived // snapshot. Required for temporary restores only. The snapshot will be - // automatically re-archived after this period. To temporarily restore an archived - // snapshot, specify the number of days and omit the PermanentRestore parameter or - // set it to false . + // automatically re-archived after this period. + // + // To temporarily restore an archived snapshot, specify the number of days and + // omit the PermanentRestore parameter or set it to false . TemporaryRestoreDays *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.go index 90ef8696adf0f..cdc3d1e90b0e5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.go @@ -11,21 +11,26 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security -// group. You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule -// properties. If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for -// example, ports) must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a -// protocol, from and to ports, and destination (CIDR range, security group, or -// prefix list). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the -// destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify -// the ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description, you do not -// need to specify the description to revoke the rule. For a default VPC, if the -// values you specify do not match the existing rule's values, no error is -// returned, and the output describes the security group rules that were not -// revoked. Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to -// verify that the rules were removed. Rule changes are propagated to instances -// within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might -// occur. +// Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group. +// +// You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. +// If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) +// must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from +// and to ports, and destination (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For +// the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range +// of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. +// If the security group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the +// description to revoke the rule. +// +// For a default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the existing rule's +// values, no error is returned, and the output describes the security group rules +// that were not revoked. +// +// Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to verify +// that the rules were removed. +// +// Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly +// as possible. However, a small delay might occur. func (c *Client) RevokeSecurityGroupEgress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RevokeSecurityGroupEgressInput{} @@ -91,7 +96,8 @@ type RevokeSecurityGroupEgressOutput struct { Return *bool // The outbound rules that were unknown to the service. In some cases, - // unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request parameter. + // unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request + // parameter. UnknownIpPermissions []types.IpPermission // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.go index e4df441d1d2e0..a32339dcf0aed 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.go @@ -11,22 +11,30 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group. You can -// specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. If you -// use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match -// the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from and to ports, -// and source (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For the TCP and UDP -// protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the -// ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. If the security -// group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the description to -// revoke the rule. For a default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the -// existing rule's values, no error is returned, and the output describes the -// security group rules that were not revoked. For a non-default VPC, if the values -// you specify do not match the existing rule's values, an -// InvalidPermission.NotFound client error is returned, and no rules are revoked. +// Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group. +// +// You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. +// If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) +// must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from +// and to ports, and source (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For the +// TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of +// ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. If +// the security group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the +// description to revoke the rule. +// +// For a default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the existing rule's +// values, no error is returned, and the output describes the security group rules +// that were not revoked. +// +// For a non-default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the existing +// rule's values, an InvalidPermission.NotFound client error is returned, and no +// rules are revoked. +// // Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to verify -// that the rules were removed. Rule changes are propagated to instances within the -// security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +// that the rules were removed. +// +// Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly +// as possible. However, a small delay might occur. func (c *Client) RevokeSecurityGroupIngress(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput{} @@ -70,8 +78,10 @@ type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { // CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions. IpPermissions []types.IpPermission - // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp ) or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // ). Use -1 to specify all. + // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp ) or number (see [Protocol Numbers]). Use -1 to specify + // all. + // + // [Protocol Numbers]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml IpProtocol *string // The IDs of the security group rules. @@ -100,7 +110,8 @@ type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { Return *bool // The inbound rules that were unknown to the service. In some cases, - // unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request parameter. + // unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request + // parameter. UnknownIpPermissions []types.IpPermission // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunInstances.go index 626891ef97654..b8c38c3793b78 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunInstances.go @@ -12,40 +12,53 @@ import ( ) // Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have -// permissions. You can specify a number of options, or leave the default options. -// The following rules apply: +// permissions. +// +// You can specify a number of options, or leave the default options. The +// following rules apply: +// // - If you don't specify a subnet ID, we choose a default subnet from your // default VPC for you. If you don't have a default VPC, you must specify a subnet // ID in the request. +// // - All instances have a network interface with a primary private IPv4 address. // If you don't specify this address, we choose one from the IPv4 range of your // subnet. -// - Not all instance types support IPv6 addresses. For more information, see -// Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) -// . +// +// - Not all instance types support IPv6 addresses. For more information, see [Instance types]. +// // - If you don't specify a security group ID, we use the default security -// group. For more information, see Security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html) -// . +// group. For more information, see [Security groups]. +// // - If any of the AMIs have a product code attached for which the user has not // subscribed, the request fails. // -// You can create a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html) -// , which is a resource that contains the parameters to launch an instance. When -// you launch an instance using RunInstances , you can specify the launch template -// instead of specifying the launch parameters. To ensure faster instance launches, -// break up large requests into smaller batches. For example, create five separate -// launch requests for 100 instances each instead of one launch request for 500 -// instances. An instance is ready for you to use when it's in the running state. -// You can check the state of your instance using DescribeInstances . You can tag -// instances and EBS volumes during launch, after launch, or both. For more -// information, see CreateTags and Tagging your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// . Linux instances have access to the public key of the key pair at boot. You can +// You can create a [launch template], which is a resource that contains the parameters to launch +// an instance. When you launch an instance using RunInstances, you can specify the launch +// template instead of specifying the launch parameters. +// +// To ensure faster instance launches, break up large requests into smaller +// batches. For example, create five separate launch requests for 100 instances +// each instead of one launch request for 500 instances. +// +// An instance is ready for you to use when it's in the running state. You can +// check the state of your instance using DescribeInstances. You can tag instances and EBS volumes +// during launch, after launch, or both. For more information, see CreateTagsand [Tagging your Amazon EC2 resources]. +// +// Linux instances have access to the public key of the key pair at boot. You can // use this key to provide secure access to the instance. Amazon EC2 public images // use this feature to provide secure access without passwords. For more -// information, see Key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html) -// . For troubleshooting, see What to do if an instance immediately terminates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_InstanceStraightToTerminated.html) -// , and Troubleshooting connecting to your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesConnecting.html) -// . +// information, see [Key pairs]. +// +// For troubleshooting, see [What to do if an instance immediately terminates], and [Troubleshooting connecting to your instance]. +// +// [Key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-key-pairs.html +// [What to do if an instance immediately terminates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_InstanceStraightToTerminated.html +// [Tagging your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html +// [launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html +// [Security groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-network-security.html +// [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html +// [Troubleshooting connecting to your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesConnecting.html func (c *Client) RunInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RunInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RunInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RunInstancesInput{} @@ -65,22 +78,26 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances than // Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the - // largest possible number of instances above MinCount . Constraints: Between 1 and - // the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more - // information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see How - // many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2) - // in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. + // largest possible number of instances above MinCount . + // + // Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified + // instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request + // an increase, see [How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2]in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. + // + // [How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2]: http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2 // // This member is required. MaxCount *int32 // The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that is // more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, - // Amazon EC2 launches no instances. Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number - // you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the - // default limits, and how to request an increase, see How many instances can I - // run in Amazon EC2 (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2) - // in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ. + // Amazon EC2 launches no instances. + // + // Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified + // instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request + // an increase, see [How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2]in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ. + // + // [How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2]: http://aws.amazon.com/ec2/faqs/#How_many_instances_can_I_run_in_Amazon_EC2 // // This member is required. MinCount *int32 @@ -89,9 +106,10 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { AdditionalInfo *string // The block device mapping, which defines the EBS volumes and instance store - // volumes to attach to the instance at launch. For more information, see Block - // device mappings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // volumes to attach to the instance at launch. For more information, see [Block device mappings]in the + // Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Block device mappings]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-device-mapping-concepts.html BlockDeviceMappings []types.BlockDeviceMapping // Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. If you do not @@ -102,35 +120,48 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the // request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is - // used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring - // Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters + // used for the request to ensure idempotency. + // + // For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string - // The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimize CPU options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see [Optimize CPU options] in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Optimize CPU options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html CpuOptions *types.CpuOptionsRequest // The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable performance instance. Valid - // values are standard and unlimited . To change this attribute after launch, use - // ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html) - // . For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited - // (T3/T3a/T4g instances) For T3 instances with host tenancy, only standard is - // supported. + // values are standard and unlimited . To change this attribute after launch, use [ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification] + // . For more information, see [Burstable performance instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited (T3/T3a/T4g instances) + // + // For T3 instances with host tenancy, only standard is supported. + // + // [ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html + // [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html CreditSpecification *types.CreditSpecificationRequest // Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more - // information, see Stop protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection) - // . + // information, see [Stop protection]. + // + // [Stop protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection DisableApiStop *bool // If you set this parameter to true , you can't terminate the instance using the // Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute - // after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html) - // . Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior to terminate , you - // can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance. + // after launch, use [ModifyInstanceAttribute]. Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior + // to terminate , you can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command + // from the instance. + // // Default: false + // + // [ModifyInstanceAttribute]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html DisableApiTermination *bool // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -143,17 +174,22 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized // configuration stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This // optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges - // apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: false + // apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. + // + // Default: false EbsOptimized *bool - // An elastic GPU to associate with the instance. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached - // end of life on January 8, 2024. + // An elastic GPU to associate with the instance. + // + // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. ElasticGpuSpecification []types.ElasticGpuSpecification - // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Amazon Elastic - // Inference (EI) is no longer available to new customers. For more information, - // see Amazon Elastic Inference FAQs (http://aws.amazon.com/machine-learning/elastic-inference/faqs/) - // . + // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. + // + // Amazon Elastic Inference (EI) is no longer available to new customers. For more + // information, see [Amazon Elastic Inference FAQs]. + // + // [Amazon Elastic Inference FAQs]: http://aws.amazon.com/machine-learning/elastic-inference/faqs/ ElasticInferenceAccelerators []types.ElasticInferenceAccelerator // If you’re launching an instance into a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you can @@ -172,16 +208,24 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { EnablePrimaryIpv6 *bool // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro - // Enclaves. For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. You can't enable Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same instance. + // Enclaves. For more information, see [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves + // User Guide. + // + // You can't enable Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same + // instance. + // + // [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html EnclaveOptions *types.EnclaveOptionsRequest // Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. This parameter is - // valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html) - // . For more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. You can't enable hibernation and Amazon Web - // Services Nitro Enclaves on the same instance. + // valid only if the instance meets the [hibernation prerequisites]. For more information, see [Hibernate your instance] in the Amazon + // EC2 User Guide. + // + // You can't enable hibernation and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves on the same + // instance. + // + // [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html + // [hibernation prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html HibernationOptions *types.HibernationOptionsRequest // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM instance profile. @@ -193,42 +237,55 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown // from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). + // // Default: stop InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior types.ShutdownBehavior - // The market (purchasing) option for the instances. For RunInstances , persistent - // Spot Instance requests are only supported when InstanceInterruptionBehavior is - // set to either hibernate or stop . + // The market (purchasing) option for the instances. + // + // For RunInstances, persistent Spot Instance requests are only supported when + // InstanceInterruptionBehavior is set to either hibernate or stop . InstanceMarketOptions *types.InstanceMarketOptionsRequest - // The instance type. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The instance type. For more information, see [Instance types] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType types.InstanceType // The number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network interface. // Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot // specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same // request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of - // instances to launch. You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces - // option in the same request. + // instances to launch. + // + // You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same + // request. Ipv6AddressCount *int32 // The IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with the primary // network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a // number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if - // you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. You cannot specify - // this option and the network interfaces option in the same request. + // you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. + // + // You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same + // request. Ipv6Addresses []types.InstanceIpv6Address - // The ID of the kernel. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and - // RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The ID of the kernel. + // + // We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + // information, see [PV-GRUB]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [PV-GRUB]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html KernelId *string - // The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using CreateKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html) - // or ImportKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportKeyPair.html) - // . If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you + // The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using [CreateKeyPair] or [ImportKeyPair]. + // + // If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you // choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. + // + // [ImportKeyPair]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportKeyPair.html + // [CreateKeyPair]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html KeyName *string // The launch template. Any additional parameters that you specify for the new @@ -241,9 +298,9 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // The maintenance and recovery options for the instance. MaintenanceOptions *types.InstanceMaintenanceOptionsRequest - // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance - // metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // . + // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see [Instance metadata and user data]. + // + // [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html MetadataOptions *types.InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest // Specifies whether detailed monitoring is enabled for the instance. @@ -261,55 +318,74 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { PrivateDnsNameOptions *types.PrivateDnsNameOptionsRequest // The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4 address range - // of the subnet. Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You - // can't specify this option if you've specified the option to designate a private - // IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You - // cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the - // request. You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the - // same request. + // of the subnet. + // + // Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify + // this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address as + // the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot specify + // this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request. + // + // You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same + // request. PrivateIpAddress *string // The ID of the RAM disk to select. Some kernels require additional drivers at // launch. Check the kernel requirements for information about whether you need to // specify a RAM disk. To find kernel requirements, go to the Amazon Web Services - // Resource Center and search for the kernel ID. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB - // instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // Resource Center and search for the kernel ID. + // + // We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + // information, see [PV-GRUB]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [PV-GRUB]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html RamdiskId *string - // The IDs of the security groups. You can create a security group using - // CreateSecurityGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateSecurityGroup.html) - // . If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as + // The IDs of the security groups. You can create a security group using [CreateSecurityGroup]. + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as // part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. + // + // [CreateSecurityGroup]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateSecurityGroup.html SecurityGroupIds []string - // [Default VPC] The names of the security groups. If you specify a network - // interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface - // instead of using this parameter. Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security - // group. + // [Default VPC] The names of the security groups. + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as + // part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. + // + // Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. SecurityGroups []string - // The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into. If you specify a network - // interface, you must specify any subnets as part of the network interface instead - // of using this parameter. + // The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into. + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any subnets as part of the + // network interface instead of using this parameter. SubnetId *string - // The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. You - // can specify tags for the following resources only: + // The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. + // + // You can specify tags for the following resources only: + // // - Instances + // // - Volumes + // // - Spot Instance requests + // // - Network interfaces - // To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html) - // . + // + // To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags]. + // + // [CreateTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html TagSpecifications []types.TagSpecification // The user data script to make available to the instance. For more information, - // see Run commands on your Linux instance at launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) - // and Run commands on your Windows instance at launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-windows-user-data.html) - // . If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed for you, - // and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide + // see [Run commands on your Linux instance at launch]and [Run commands on your Windows instance at launch]. If you are using a command line tool, base64-encoding is performed + // for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide // base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. + // + // [Run commands on your Linux instance at launch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html + // [Run commands on your Windows instance at launch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ec2-windows-user-data.html UserData *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunScheduledInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunScheduledInstances.go index e443205fed4c9..6f97d985648f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunScheduledInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_RunScheduledInstances.go @@ -11,14 +11,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Launches the specified Scheduled Instances. Before you can launch a Scheduled -// Instance, you must purchase it and obtain an identifier using -// PurchaseScheduledInstances . You must launch a Scheduled Instance during its -// scheduled time period. You can't stop or reboot a Scheduled Instance, but you -// can terminate it as needed. If you terminate a Scheduled Instance before the -// current scheduled time period ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. -// For more information, see Scheduled Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-scheduled-instances.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Launches the specified Scheduled Instances. +// +// Before you can launch a Scheduled Instance, you must purchase it and obtain an +// identifier using PurchaseScheduledInstances. +// +// You must launch a Scheduled Instance during its scheduled time period. You +// can't stop or reboot a Scheduled Instance, but you can terminate it as needed. +// If you terminate a Scheduled Instance before the current scheduled time period +// ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. For more information, see [Scheduled Instances]in +// the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Scheduled Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-scheduled-instances.html func (c *Client) RunScheduledInstances(ctx context.Context, params *RunScheduledInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RunScheduledInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RunScheduledInstancesInput{} @@ -49,8 +53,9 @@ type RunScheduledInstancesInput struct { ScheduledInstanceId *string // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. - // For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -59,7 +64,9 @@ type RunScheduledInstancesInput struct { // UnauthorizedOperation . DryRun *bool - // The number of instances. Default: 1 + // The number of instances. + // + // Default: 1 InstanceCount *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchLocalGatewayRoutes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchLocalGatewayRoutes.go index 5602f886c8081..481f33ebe4858 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchLocalGatewayRoutes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchLocalGatewayRoutes.go @@ -41,17 +41,24 @@ type SearchLocalGatewayRoutesInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. + // // - prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list. + // // - route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified filter. + // // - route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches the // route. + // // - route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match the // specified CIDR filter. + // // - route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the // CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your // route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result // returns 10.0.1.0/29. + // // - state - The state of the route. + // // - type - The route type. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.go index 1fbad212b7ee6..4cec550108777 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroups.go @@ -42,17 +42,26 @@ type SearchTransitGatewayMulticastGroupsInput struct { DryRun *bool // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - group-ip-address - The IP address of the transit gateway multicast group. + // // - is-group-member - The resource is a group member. Valid values are true | // false . + // // - is-group-source - The resource is a group source. Valid values are true | // false . + // // - member-type - The member type. Valid values are igmp | static . + // // - resource-id - The ID of the resource. + // // - resource-type - The type of resource. Valid values are vpc | vpn | // direct-connect-gateway | tgw-peering . + // // - source-type - The source type. Valid values are igmp | static . + // // - subnet-id - The ID of the subnet. + // // - transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway attachment. Filters []types.Filter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayRoutes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayRoutes.go index 89037e62bcd42..b342d513adf23 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayRoutes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SearchTransitGatewayRoutes.go @@ -30,22 +30,32 @@ func (c *Client) SearchTransitGatewayRoutes(ctx context.Context, params *SearchT type SearchTransitGatewayRoutesInput struct { // One or more filters. The possible values are: + // // - attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway // attachment. + // // - attachment.resource-id - The resource id of the transit gateway attachment. + // // - attachment.resource-type - The attachment resource type. Valid values are // vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect . + // // - prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list. + // // - route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified filter. + // // - route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches the // route. + // // - route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match the // specified CIDR filter. + // // - route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the // CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your // route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result // returns 10.0.1.0/29. + // // - state - The state of the route ( active | blackhole ). + // // - type - The type of route ( propagated | static ). // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SendDiagnosticInterrupt.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SendDiagnosticInterrupt.go index 9f168623d4058..3d528fffc6955 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SendDiagnosticInterrupt.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_SendDiagnosticInterrupt.go @@ -13,17 +13,21 @@ import ( // Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a // kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows // instances). For instances based on Intel and AMD processors, the interrupt is -// received as a non-maskable interrupt (NMI). In general, the operating system -// crashes and reboots when a kernel panic or stop error is triggered. The -// operating system can also be configured to perform diagnostic tasks, such as -// generating a memory dump file, loading a secondary kernel, or obtaining a call -// trace. Before sending a diagnostic interrupt to your instance, ensure that its -// operating system is configured to perform the required diagnostic tasks. For -// more information about configuring your operating system to generate a crash -// dump when a kernel panic or stop error occurs, see Send a diagnostic interrupt -// (for advanced users) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/diagnostic-interrupt.html) -// (Linux instances) or Send a diagnostic interrupt (for advanced users) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/diagnostic-interrupt.html) +// received as a non-maskable interrupt (NMI). +// +// In general, the operating system crashes and reboots when a kernel panic or +// stop error is triggered. The operating system can also be configured to perform +// diagnostic tasks, such as generating a memory dump file, loading a secondary +// kernel, or obtaining a call trace. +// +// Before sending a diagnostic interrupt to your instance, ensure that its +// operating system is configured to perform the required diagnostic tasks. +// +// For more information about configuring your operating system to generate a +// crash dump when a kernel panic or stop error occurs, see [Send a diagnostic interrupt (for advanced users)](Linux instances) or [Send a diagnostic interrupt (for advanced users)] // (Windows instances). +// +// [Send a diagnostic interrupt (for advanced users)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/diagnostic-interrupt.html func (c *Client) SendDiagnosticInterrupt(ctx context.Context, params *SendDiagnosticInterruptInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SendDiagnosticInterruptOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SendDiagnosticInterruptInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartInstances.go index 5facb6173bc48..e47c7e3ab704d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartInstances.go @@ -11,23 +11,30 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped. Instances -// that use Amazon EBS volumes as their root devices can be quickly stopped and -// started. When an instance is stopped, the compute resources are released and you -// are not billed for instance usage. However, your root partition Amazon EBS -// volume remains and continues to persist your data, and you are charged for -// Amazon EBS volume usage. You can restart your instance at any time. Every time -// you start your instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for instance -// usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance usage. Before stopping an -// instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping an -// instance does not preserve data stored in RAM. Performing this operation on an -// instance that uses an instance store as its root device returns an error. If you -// attempt to start a T3 instance with host tenancy and the unlimited CPU credit -// option, the request fails. The unlimited CPU credit option is not supported on -// Dedicated Hosts. Before you start the instance, either change its CPU credit -// option to standard , or change its tenancy to default or dedicated . For more -// information, see Stop and start your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped. +// +// Instances that use Amazon EBS volumes as their root devices can be quickly +// stopped and started. When an instance is stopped, the compute resources are +// released and you are not billed for instance usage. However, your root partition +// Amazon EBS volume remains and continues to persist your data, and you are +// charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. You can restart your instance at any time. +// Every time you start your instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for +// instance usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance usage. +// +// Before stopping an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be +// restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM. +// +// Performing this operation on an instance that uses an instance store as its +// root device returns an error. +// +// If you attempt to start a T3 instance with host tenancy and the unlimited CPU +// credit option, the request fails. The unlimited CPU credit option is not +// supported on Dedicated Hosts. Before you start the instance, either change its +// CPU credit option to standard , or change its tenancy to default or dedicated . +// +// For more information, see [Stop and start your instance] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Stop and start your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html func (c *Client) StartInstances(ctx context.Context, params *StartInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &StartInstancesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis.go index 98b7654f0297a..60c1d4a5333c2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis.go @@ -30,8 +30,9 @@ func (c *Client) StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysis(ctx context.Context, pa type StartNetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html // // This member is required. ClientToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis.go index cd41596d61618..1118fba02de9a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis.go @@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ func (c *Client) StartNetworkInsightsAnalysis(ctx context.Context, params *Start type StartNetworkInsightsAnalysisInput struct { // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [How to ensure idempotency]. + // + // [How to ensure idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html // // This member is required. ClientToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification.go index 6c1a575e60ffe..a386763ae7fd3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification.go @@ -11,10 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the -// private DNS name domain for the endpoint service. The service provider must -// successfully perform the verification before the consumer can use the name to -// access the service. Before the service provider runs this command, they must add -// a record to the DNS server. +// private DNS name domain for the endpoint service. +// +// The service provider must successfully perform the verification before the +// consumer can use the name to access the service. +// +// Before the service provider runs this command, they must add a record to the +// DNS server. func (c *Client) StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerification(ctx context.Context, params *StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &StartVpcEndpointServicePrivateDnsVerificationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StopInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StopInstances.go index 7ba1e89511c3e..727479268882e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StopInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_StopInstances.go @@ -11,38 +11,50 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. For more information, see Stop and start -// your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. You can use the Stop action to hibernate an -// instance if the instance is enabled for hibernation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/enabling-hibernation.html) -// and it meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html) -// . For more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. We don't charge usage for a stopped instance, or -// data transfer fees; however, your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains and -// continues to persist your data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. -// Every time you start your instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for -// instance usage, and thereafter charges per second for instance usage. You can't -// stop or hibernate instance store-backed instances. You can't use the Stop action -// to hibernate Spot Instances, but you can specify that Amazon EC2 should -// hibernate Spot Instances when they are interrupted. For more information, see -// Hibernating interrupted Spot Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-interruptions.html#hibernate-spot-instances) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. When you stop or hibernate an instance, we shut it -// down. You can restart your instance at any time. Before stopping or hibernating -// an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping -// an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM, but hibernating an instance -// does preserve data stored in RAM. If an instance cannot hibernate successfully, -// a normal shutdown occurs. Stopping and hibernating an instance is different to -// rebooting or terminating it. For example, when you stop or hibernate an -// instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance -// persist. When you terminate an instance, the root device and any other devices -// attached during the instance launch are automatically deleted. For more -// information about the differences between rebooting, stopping, hibernating, and -// terminating instances, see Instance lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. When you stop an instance, we attempt to shut it -// down forcibly after a short while. If your instance appears stuck in the -// stopping state after a period of time, there may be an issue with the underlying -// host computer. For more information, see Troubleshoot stopping your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesStopping.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. For more information, see [Stop and start your instance] in the Amazon +// EC2 User Guide. +// +// You can use the Stop action to hibernate an instance if the instance is [enabled for hibernation] and it +// meets the [hibernation prerequisites]. For more information, see [Hibernate your instance] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// We don't charge usage for a stopped instance, or data transfer fees; however, +// your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains and continues to persist your +// data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. Every time you start your +// instance, Amazon EC2 charges a one-minute minimum for instance usage, and +// thereafter charges per second for instance usage. +// +// You can't stop or hibernate instance store-backed instances. You can't use the +// Stop action to hibernate Spot Instances, but you can specify that Amazon EC2 +// should hibernate Spot Instances when they are interrupted. For more information, +// see [Hibernating interrupted Spot Instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// When you stop or hibernate an instance, we shut it down. You can restart your +// instance at any time. Before stopping or hibernating an instance, make sure it +// is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping an instance does not +// preserve data stored in RAM, but hibernating an instance does preserve data +// stored in RAM. If an instance cannot hibernate successfully, a normal shutdown +// occurs. +// +// Stopping and hibernating an instance is different to rebooting or terminating +// it. For example, when you stop or hibernate an instance, the root device and any +// other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, +// the root device and any other devices attached during the instance launch are +// automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between +// rebooting, stopping, hibernating, and terminating instances, see [Instance lifecycle]in the Amazon +// EC2 User Guide. +// +// When you stop an instance, we attempt to shut it down forcibly after a short +// while. If your instance appears stuck in the stopping state after a period of +// time, there may be an issue with the underlying host computer. For more +// information, see [Troubleshoot stopping your instance]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html +// [Troubleshoot stopping your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesStopping.html +// [Stop and start your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html +// [Instance lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html +// [enabled for hibernation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/enabling-hibernation.html +// [Hibernating interrupted Spot Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-interruptions.html#hibernate-spot-instances +// [hibernation prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html func (c *Client) StopInstances(ctx context.Context, params *StopInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &StopInstancesInput{} @@ -74,13 +86,18 @@ type StopInstancesInput struct { // Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush // file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must // perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended - // for Windows instances. Default: false + // for Windows instances. + // + // Default: false Force *bool // Hibernates the instance if the instance was enabled for hibernation at launch. // If the instance cannot hibernate successfully, a normal shutdown occurs. For - // more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: false + // more information, see [Hibernate your instance]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: false + // + // [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html Hibernate *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_TerminateInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_TerminateInstances.go index 10bc40314fc4f..a33d5055bed96 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_TerminateInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_TerminateInstances.go @@ -12,45 +12,60 @@ import ( ) // Shuts down the specified instances. This operation is idempotent; if you -// terminate an instance more than once, each call succeeds. If you specify -// multiple instances and the request fails (for example, because of a single -// incorrect instance ID), none of the instances are terminated. If you terminate -// multiple instances across multiple Availability Zones, and one or more of the -// specified instances are enabled for termination protection, the request fails -// with the following results: +// terminate an instance more than once, each call succeeds. +// +// If you specify multiple instances and the request fails (for example, because +// of a single incorrect instance ID), none of the instances are terminated. +// +// If you terminate multiple instances across multiple Availability Zones, and one +// or more of the specified instances are enabled for termination protection, the +// request fails with the following results: +// // - The specified instances that are in the same Availability Zone as the // protected instance are not terminated. +// // - The specified instances that are in different Availability Zones, where no // other specified instances are protected, are successfully terminated. // // For example, say you have the following instances: +// // - Instance A: us-east-1a ; Not protected +// // - Instance B: us-east-1a ; Not protected +// // - Instance C: us-east-1b ; Protected +// // - Instance D: us-east-1b ; not protected // // If you attempt to terminate all of these instances in the same request, the // request reports failure with the following results: +// // - Instance A and Instance B are successfully terminated because none of the // specified instances in us-east-1a are enabled for termination protection. +// // - Instance C and Instance D fail to terminate because at least one of the // specified instances in us-east-1b (Instance C) is enabled for termination // protection. // // Terminated instances remain visible after termination (for approximately one -// hour). By default, Amazon EC2 deletes all EBS volumes that were attached when -// the instance launched. Volumes attached after instance launch continue running. +// hour). +// +// By default, Amazon EC2 deletes all EBS volumes that were attached when the +// instance launched. Volumes attached after instance launch continue running. +// // You can stop, start, and terminate EBS-backed instances. You can only terminate // instance store-backed instances. What happens to an instance differs if you stop // it or terminate it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root device and // any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an // instance, any attached EBS volumes with the DeleteOnTermination block device // mapping parameter set to true are automatically deleted. For more information -// about the differences between stopping and terminating instances, see Instance -// lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For more information about troubleshooting, see -// Troubleshooting terminating your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesShuttingDown.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// about the differences between stopping and terminating instances, see [Instance lifecycle]in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For more information about troubleshooting, see [Troubleshooting terminating your instance] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Instance lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-lifecycle.html +// [Troubleshooting terminating your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/TroubleshootingInstancesShuttingDown.html func (c *Client) TerminateInstances(ctx context.Context, params *TerminateInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TerminateInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TerminateInstancesInput{} @@ -68,8 +83,10 @@ func (c *Client) TerminateInstances(ctx context.Context, params *TerminateInstan type TerminateInstancesInput struct { - // The IDs of the instances. Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend - // breaking up this request into smaller batches. + // The IDs of the instances. + // + // Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request + // into smaller batches. // // This member is required. InstanceIds []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go index 7bfaf046da3ee..04b76f21240b0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddress.go @@ -12,16 +12,20 @@ import ( ) // Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway. You -// cannot unassign your primary private IP. For more information, see Edit -// secondary IP address associations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-edit-secondary) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. While unassigning is in progress, you cannot -// assign/unassign additional IP addresses while the connections are being drained. -// You are, however, allowed to delete the NAT gateway. A private IP address will -// only be released at the end of MaxDrainDurationSeconds. The private IP addresses -// stay associated and support the existing connections, but do not support any new -// connections (new connections are distributed across the remaining assigned -// private IP address). After the existing connections drain out, the private IP -// addresses are released. +// cannot unassign your primary private IP. For more information, see [Edit secondary IP address associations]in the +// Amazon VPC User Guide. +// +// While unassigning is in progress, you cannot assign/unassign additional IP +// addresses while the connections are being drained. You are, however, allowed to +// delete the NAT gateway. +// +// A private IP address will only be released at the end of +// MaxDrainDurationSeconds. The private IP addresses stay associated and support +// the existing connections, but do not support any new connections (new +// connections are distributed across the remaining assigned private IP address). +// After the existing connections drain out, the private IP addresses are released. +// +// [Edit secondary IP address associations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html#nat-gateway-edit-secondary func (c *Client) UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddress(ctx context.Context, params *UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddressInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddressOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UnassignPrivateNatGatewayAddressInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnmonitorInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnmonitorInstances.go index 3ef2b363caf82..139e7173daa9c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnmonitorInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_UnmonitorInstances.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information, see -// Monitoring your instances and volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html) +// Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information, see [Monitoring your instances and volumes] // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Monitoring your instances and volumes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-cloudwatch.html func (c *Client) UnmonitorInstances(ctx context.Context, params *UnmonitorInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UnmonitorInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UnmonitorInstancesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_WithdrawByoipCidr.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_WithdrawByoipCidr.go index b44a863603948..704531aea5c76 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_WithdrawByoipCidr.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/api_op_WithdrawByoipCidr.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool. You -// can perform this operation at most once every 10 seconds, even if you specify -// different address ranges each time. It can take a few minutes before traffic to -// the specified addresses stops routing to Amazon Web Services because of BGP -// propagation delays. +// Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool. +// +// You can perform this operation at most once every 10 seconds, even if you +// specify different address ranges each time. +// +// It can take a few minutes before traffic to the specified addresses stops +// routing to Amazon Web Services because of BGP propagation delays. func (c *Client) WithdrawByoipCidr(ctx context.Context, params *WithdrawByoipCidrInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*WithdrawByoipCidrOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &WithdrawByoipCidrInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/deserializers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/deserializers.go index 5f8493e255940..dfe8701fef35f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/deserializers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/deserializers.go @@ -87670,6 +87670,19 @@ func awsEc2query_deserializeDocumentInstanceTypeInfo(v **types.InstanceTypeInfo, sv.NitroTpmSupport = types.NitroTpmSupport(xtv) } + case strings.EqualFold("phcSupport", t.Name.Local): + val, err := decoder.Value() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if val == nil { + break + } + { + xtv := string(val) + sv.PhcSupport = types.PhcSupport(xtv) + } + case strings.EqualFold("placementGroupInfo", t.Name.Local): nodeDecoder := smithyxml.WrapNodeDecoder(decoder.Decoder, t) if err := awsEc2query_deserializeDocumentPlacementGroupInfo(&sv.PlacementGroupInfo, nodeDecoder); err != nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/doc.go index 722c84afd2cf9..68f9534b42481 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/doc.go @@ -3,7 +3,10 @@ // Package ec2 provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon // Elastic Compute Cloud. // -// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud You can access the features of Amazon Elastic -// Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) programmatically. For more information, see the -// Amazon EC2 Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/devguide) . +// # Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud +// +// You can access the features of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) +// programmatically. For more information, see the [Amazon EC2 Developer Guide]. +// +// [Amazon EC2 Developer Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/devguide package ec2 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/go_module_metadata.go index f70596d768055..0fab7a6fea501 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package ec2 // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.160.0" +const goModuleVersion = "1.161.0" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/options.go index 37cb69d205f31..337cb9ae092ff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -74,17 +76,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -101,8 +106,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -147,6 +153,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/enums.go index fce6e7a686685..6ab11c180771a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/enums.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AcceleratorManufacturer. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AcceleratorManufacturer) Values() []AcceleratorManufacturer { return []AcceleratorManufacturer{ "amazon-web-services", @@ -45,8 +46,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AcceleratorName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AcceleratorName) Values() []AcceleratorName { return []AcceleratorName{ "a100", @@ -74,8 +76,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AcceleratorType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AcceleratorType) Values() []AcceleratorType { return []AcceleratorType{ "gpu", @@ -93,8 +96,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AccountAttributeName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AccountAttributeName) Values() []AccountAttributeName { return []AccountAttributeName{ "supported-platforms", @@ -113,8 +117,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ActivityStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ActivityStatus) Values() []ActivityStatus { return []ActivityStatus{ "error", @@ -132,8 +137,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AddressAttributeName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AddressAttributeName) Values() []AddressAttributeName { return []AddressAttributeName{ "domain-name", @@ -149,8 +155,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AddressFamily. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AddressFamily) Values() []AddressFamily { return []AddressFamily{ "ipv4", @@ -168,8 +175,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AddressTransferStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AddressTransferStatus) Values() []AddressTransferStatus { return []AddressTransferStatus{ "pending", @@ -187,8 +195,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Affinity. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Affinity) Values() []Affinity { return []Affinity{ "default", @@ -209,8 +218,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AllocationState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AllocationState) Values() []AllocationState { return []AllocationState{ "available", @@ -234,8 +244,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AllocationStrategy. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AllocationStrategy) Values() []AllocationStrategy { return []AllocationStrategy{ "lowestPrice", @@ -254,8 +265,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AllocationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AllocationType) Values() []AllocationType { return []AllocationType{ "used", @@ -272,6 +284,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes) Values() []AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes { return []AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes{ @@ -289,8 +302,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AmdSevSnpSpecification. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AmdSevSnpSpecification) Values() []AmdSevSnpSpecification { return []AmdSevSnpSpecification{ "enabled", @@ -308,8 +322,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AnalysisStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AnalysisStatus) Values() []AnalysisStatus { return []AnalysisStatus{ "running", @@ -328,6 +343,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ApplianceModeSupportValue. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ApplianceModeSupportValue) Values() []ApplianceModeSupportValue { return []ApplianceModeSupportValue{ @@ -348,8 +364,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ArchitectureType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ArchitectureType) Values() []ArchitectureType { return []ArchitectureType{ "i386", @@ -372,8 +389,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ArchitectureValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ArchitectureValues) Values() []ArchitectureValues { return []ArchitectureValues{ "i386", @@ -397,8 +415,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AsnAssociationState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AsnAssociationState) Values() []AsnAssociationState { return []AsnAssociationState{ "disassociated", @@ -423,8 +442,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AsnState. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AsnState) Values() []AsnState { return []AsnState{ "deprovisioned", @@ -444,8 +464,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AssociatedNetworkType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociatedNetworkType) Values() []AssociatedNetworkType { return []AssociatedNetworkType{ "vpc", @@ -464,8 +485,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AssociationStatusCode. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationStatusCode) Values() []AssociationStatusCode { return []AssociationStatusCode{ "associating", @@ -487,8 +509,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AttachmentStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AttachmentStatus) Values() []AttachmentStatus { return []AttachmentStatus{ "attaching", @@ -508,8 +531,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AutoAcceptSharedAssociationsValue. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutoAcceptSharedAssociationsValue) Values() []AutoAcceptSharedAssociationsValue { return []AutoAcceptSharedAssociationsValue{ "enable", @@ -527,8 +551,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AutoAcceptSharedAttachmentsValue. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutoAcceptSharedAttachmentsValue) Values() []AutoAcceptSharedAttachmentsValue { return []AutoAcceptSharedAttachmentsValue{ "enable", @@ -545,8 +570,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AutoPlacement. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutoPlacement) Values() []AutoPlacement { return []AutoPlacement{ "on", @@ -565,6 +591,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AvailabilityZoneOptInStatus. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AvailabilityZoneOptInStatus) Values() []AvailabilityZoneOptInStatus { return []AvailabilityZoneOptInStatus{ @@ -586,8 +613,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AvailabilityZoneState. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AvailabilityZoneState) Values() []AvailabilityZoneState { return []AvailabilityZoneState{ "available", @@ -608,8 +636,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BareMetal. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BareMetal) Values() []BareMetal { return []BareMetal{ "included", @@ -632,8 +661,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BatchState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BatchState) Values() []BatchState { return []BatchState{ "submitted", @@ -655,8 +685,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BgpStatus. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BgpStatus) Values() []BgpStatus { return []BgpStatus{ "up", @@ -673,8 +704,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BootModeType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BootModeType) Values() []BootModeType { return []BootModeType{ "legacy-bios", @@ -692,8 +724,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BootModeValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BootModeValues) Values() []BootModeValues { return []BootModeValues{ "legacy-bios", @@ -716,8 +749,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BundleTaskState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BundleTaskState) Values() []BundleTaskState { return []BundleTaskState{ "pending", @@ -740,8 +774,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BurstablePerformance. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BurstablePerformance) Values() []BurstablePerformance { return []BurstablePerformance{ "included", @@ -765,8 +800,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ByoipCidrState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ByoipCidrState) Values() []ByoipCidrState { return []ByoipCidrState{ "advertised", @@ -791,8 +827,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CancelBatchErrorCode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CancelBatchErrorCode) Values() []CancelBatchErrorCode { return []CancelBatchErrorCode{ "fleetRequestIdDoesNotExist", @@ -815,8 +852,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CancelSpotInstanceRequestState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CancelSpotInstanceRequestState) Values() []CancelSpotInstanceRequestState { return []CancelSpotInstanceRequestState{ "active", @@ -844,8 +882,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CapacityReservationFleetState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CapacityReservationFleetState) Values() []CapacityReservationFleetState { return []CapacityReservationFleetState{ "submitted", @@ -886,8 +925,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CapacityReservationInstancePlatform. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CapacityReservationInstancePlatform) Values() []CapacityReservationInstancePlatform { return []CapacityReservationInstancePlatform{ "Linux/UNIX", @@ -921,8 +961,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CapacityReservationPreference. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CapacityReservationPreference) Values() []CapacityReservationPreference { return []CapacityReservationPreference{ "open", @@ -946,6 +987,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CapacityReservationState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CapacityReservationState) Values() []CapacityReservationState { return []CapacityReservationState{ @@ -970,6 +1012,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CapacityReservationTenancy. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CapacityReservationTenancy) Values() []CapacityReservationTenancy { return []CapacityReservationTenancy{ @@ -987,8 +1030,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CapacityReservationType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CapacityReservationType) Values() []CapacityReservationType { return []CapacityReservationType{ "default", @@ -1007,8 +1051,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CarrierGatewayState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CarrierGatewayState) Values() []CarrierGatewayState { return []CarrierGatewayState{ "pending", @@ -1028,8 +1073,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientCertificateRevocationListStatusCode. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientCertificateRevocationListStatusCode) Values() []ClientCertificateRevocationListStatusCode { return []ClientCertificateRevocationListStatusCode{ "pending", @@ -1048,6 +1094,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientVpnAuthenticationType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientVpnAuthenticationType) Values() []ClientVpnAuthenticationType { return []ClientVpnAuthenticationType{ @@ -1069,8 +1116,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientVpnAuthorizationRuleStatusCode. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientVpnAuthorizationRuleStatusCode) Values() []ClientVpnAuthorizationRuleStatusCode { return []ClientVpnAuthorizationRuleStatusCode{ "authorizing", @@ -1092,8 +1140,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientVpnConnectionStatusCode. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientVpnConnectionStatusCode) Values() []ClientVpnConnectionStatusCode { return []ClientVpnConnectionStatusCode{ "active", @@ -1113,8 +1162,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientVpnEndpointAttributeStatusCode. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientVpnEndpointAttributeStatusCode) Values() []ClientVpnEndpointAttributeStatusCode { return []ClientVpnEndpointAttributeStatusCode{ "applying", @@ -1134,6 +1184,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientVpnEndpointStatusCode. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientVpnEndpointStatusCode) Values() []ClientVpnEndpointStatusCode { return []ClientVpnEndpointStatusCode{ @@ -1156,6 +1207,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ClientVpnRouteStatusCode. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ClientVpnRouteStatusCode) Values() []ClientVpnRouteStatusCode { return []ClientVpnRouteStatusCode{ @@ -1176,6 +1228,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ConnectionNotificationState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionNotificationState) Values() []ConnectionNotificationState { return []ConnectionNotificationState{ @@ -1193,6 +1246,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ConnectionNotificationType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionNotificationType) Values() []ConnectionNotificationType { return []ConnectionNotificationType{ @@ -1209,8 +1263,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ConnectivityType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectivityType) Values() []ConnectivityType { return []ConnectivityType{ "private", @@ -1226,8 +1281,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ContainerFormat. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ContainerFormat) Values() []ContainerFormat { return []ContainerFormat{ "ova", @@ -1245,8 +1301,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ConversionTaskState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConversionTaskState) Values() []ConversionTaskState { return []ConversionTaskState{ "active", @@ -1264,8 +1321,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CopyTagsFromSource. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CopyTagsFromSource) Values() []CopyTagsFromSource { return []CopyTagsFromSource{ "volume", @@ -1282,8 +1340,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CpuManufacturer. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CpuManufacturer) Values() []CpuManufacturer { return []CpuManufacturer{ "intel", @@ -1300,8 +1359,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CurrencyCodeValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CurrencyCodeValues) Values() []CurrencyCodeValues { return []CurrencyCodeValues{ "USD", @@ -1318,6 +1378,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DatafeedSubscriptionState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DatafeedSubscriptionState) Values() []DatafeedSubscriptionState { return []DatafeedSubscriptionState{ @@ -1337,8 +1398,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DefaultInstanceMetadataEndpointState. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DefaultInstanceMetadataEndpointState) Values() []DefaultInstanceMetadataEndpointState { return []DefaultInstanceMetadataEndpointState{ "disabled", @@ -1358,8 +1420,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DefaultInstanceMetadataTagsState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DefaultInstanceMetadataTagsState) Values() []DefaultInstanceMetadataTagsState { return []DefaultInstanceMetadataTagsState{ "disabled", @@ -1378,8 +1441,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DefaultRouteTableAssociationValue. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DefaultRouteTableAssociationValue) Values() []DefaultRouteTableAssociationValue { return []DefaultRouteTableAssociationValue{ "enable", @@ -1397,8 +1461,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DefaultRouteTablePropagationValue. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DefaultRouteTablePropagationValue) Values() []DefaultRouteTablePropagationValue { return []DefaultRouteTablePropagationValue{ "enable", @@ -1417,6 +1482,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DefaultTargetCapacityType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DefaultTargetCapacityType) Values() []DefaultTargetCapacityType { return []DefaultTargetCapacityType{ @@ -1437,8 +1503,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DeleteFleetErrorCode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DeleteFleetErrorCode) Values() []DeleteFleetErrorCode { return []DeleteFleetErrorCode{ "fleetIdDoesNotExist", @@ -1459,8 +1526,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesErrorCode. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesErrorCode) Values() []DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesErrorCode { return []DeleteQueuedReservedInstancesErrorCode{ "reserved-instances-id-invalid", @@ -1478,8 +1546,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DestinationFileFormat. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DestinationFileFormat) Values() []DestinationFileFormat { return []DestinationFileFormat{ "plain-text", @@ -1497,8 +1566,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DeviceTrustProviderType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DeviceTrustProviderType) Values() []DeviceTrustProviderType { return []DeviceTrustProviderType{ "jamf", @@ -1516,8 +1586,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DeviceType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DeviceType) Values() []DeviceType { return []DeviceType{ "ebs", @@ -1535,8 +1606,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DiskImageFormat. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DiskImageFormat) Values() []DiskImageFormat { return []DiskImageFormat{ "VMDK", @@ -1554,8 +1626,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DiskType. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DiskType) Values() []DiskType { return []DiskType{ "hdd", @@ -1573,8 +1646,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DnsNameState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DnsNameState) Values() []DnsNameState { return []DnsNameState{ "pendingVerification", @@ -1594,8 +1668,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DnsRecordIpType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DnsRecordIpType) Values() []DnsRecordIpType { return []DnsRecordIpType{ "ipv4", @@ -1614,8 +1689,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DnsSupportValue. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DnsSupportValue) Values() []DnsSupportValue { return []DnsSupportValue{ "enable", @@ -1632,8 +1708,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DomainType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DomainType) Values() []DomainType { return []DomainType{ "vpc", @@ -1650,8 +1727,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DynamicRoutingValue. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DynamicRoutingValue) Values() []DynamicRoutingValue { return []DynamicRoutingValue{ "enable", @@ -1668,8 +1746,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EbsEncryptionSupport. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EbsEncryptionSupport) Values() []EbsEncryptionSupport { return []EbsEncryptionSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -1687,8 +1766,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EbsNvmeSupport. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EbsNvmeSupport) Values() []EbsNvmeSupport { return []EbsNvmeSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -1707,8 +1787,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EbsOptimizedSupport. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EbsOptimizedSupport) Values() []EbsOptimizedSupport { return []EbsOptimizedSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -1731,8 +1812,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for Ec2InstanceConnectEndpointState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Ec2InstanceConnectEndpointState) Values() []Ec2InstanceConnectEndpointState { return []Ec2InstanceConnectEndpointState{ "create-in-progress", @@ -1753,8 +1835,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EkPubKeyFormat. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EkPubKeyFormat) Values() []EkPubKeyFormat { return []EkPubKeyFormat{ "der", @@ -1771,8 +1854,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EkPubKeyType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EkPubKeyType) Values() []EkPubKeyType { return []EkPubKeyType{ "rsa-2048", @@ -1788,8 +1872,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ElasticGpuState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ElasticGpuState) Values() []ElasticGpuState { return []ElasticGpuState{ "ATTACHED", @@ -1805,8 +1890,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ElasticGpuStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ElasticGpuStatus) Values() []ElasticGpuStatus { return []ElasticGpuStatus{ "OK", @@ -1824,8 +1910,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EnaSupport. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EnaSupport) Values() []EnaSupport { return []EnaSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -1843,8 +1930,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EndDateType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EndDateType) Values() []EndDateType { return []EndDateType{ "unlimited", @@ -1862,8 +1950,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EphemeralNvmeSupport. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EphemeralNvmeSupport) Values() []EphemeralNvmeSupport { return []EphemeralNvmeSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -1884,8 +1973,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EventCode. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EventCode) Values() []EventCode { return []EventCode{ "instance-reboot", @@ -1907,8 +1997,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EventType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EventType) Values() []EventType { return []EventType{ "instanceChange", @@ -1928,8 +2019,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy) Values() []ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy { return []ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy{ "noTermination", @@ -1947,8 +2039,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExportEnvironment. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExportEnvironment) Values() []ExportEnvironment { return []ExportEnvironment{ "citrix", @@ -1968,8 +2061,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExportTaskState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExportTaskState) Values() []ExportTaskState { return []ExportTaskState{ "active", @@ -1987,8 +2081,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FastLaunchResourceType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FastLaunchResourceType) Values() []FastLaunchResourceType { return []FastLaunchResourceType{ "snapshot", @@ -2008,8 +2103,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FastLaunchStateCode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FastLaunchStateCode) Values() []FastLaunchStateCode { return []FastLaunchStateCode{ "enabling", @@ -2034,8 +2130,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode) Values() []FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode { return []FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode{ "enabling", @@ -2056,8 +2153,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FindingsFound. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FindingsFound) Values() []FindingsFound { return []FindingsFound{ "true", @@ -2077,8 +2175,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FleetActivityStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetActivityStatus) Values() []FleetActivityStatus { return []FleetActivityStatus{ "error", @@ -2097,8 +2196,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FleetCapacityReservationTenancy. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetCapacityReservationTenancy) Values() []FleetCapacityReservationTenancy { return []FleetCapacityReservationTenancy{ "default", @@ -2114,8 +2214,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FleetCapacityReservationUsageStrategy. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetCapacityReservationUsageStrategy) Values() []FleetCapacityReservationUsageStrategy { return []FleetCapacityReservationUsageStrategy{ "use-capacity-reservations-first", @@ -2132,8 +2233,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FleetEventType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetEventType) Values() []FleetEventType { return []FleetEventType{ "instance-change", @@ -2152,8 +2254,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy) Values() []FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy { return []FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy{ "no-termination", @@ -2170,6 +2273,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FleetInstanceMatchCriteria. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetInstanceMatchCriteria) Values() []FleetInstanceMatchCriteria { return []FleetInstanceMatchCriteria{ @@ -2187,8 +2291,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FleetOnDemandAllocationStrategy. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetOnDemandAllocationStrategy) Values() []FleetOnDemandAllocationStrategy { return []FleetOnDemandAllocationStrategy{ "lowest-price", @@ -2206,6 +2311,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for FleetReplacementStrategy. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetReplacementStrategy) Values() []FleetReplacementStrategy { return []FleetReplacementStrategy{ @@ -2228,8 +2334,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FleetStateCode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetStateCode) Values() []FleetStateCode { return []FleetStateCode{ "submitted", @@ -2252,8 +2359,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FleetType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FleetType) Values() []FleetType { return []FleetType{ "request", @@ -2274,8 +2382,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FlowLogsResourceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FlowLogsResourceType) Values() []FlowLogsResourceType { return []FlowLogsResourceType{ "VPC", @@ -2297,8 +2406,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FpgaImageAttributeName. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FpgaImageAttributeName) Values() []FpgaImageAttributeName { return []FpgaImageAttributeName{ "description", @@ -2319,8 +2429,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FpgaImageStateCode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FpgaImageStateCode) Values() []FpgaImageStateCode { return []FpgaImageStateCode{ "pending", @@ -2341,8 +2452,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for GatewayAssociationState. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (GatewayAssociationState) Values() []GatewayAssociationState { return []GatewayAssociationState{ "associated", @@ -2360,8 +2472,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for GatewayType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (GatewayType) Values() []GatewayType { return []GatewayType{ "ipsec.1", @@ -2377,8 +2490,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HostMaintenance. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HostMaintenance) Values() []HostMaintenance { return []HostMaintenance{ "on", @@ -2395,8 +2509,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HostnameType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HostnameType) Values() []HostnameType { return []HostnameType{ "ip-name", @@ -2413,8 +2528,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HostRecovery. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HostRecovery) Values() []HostRecovery { return []HostRecovery{ "on", @@ -2431,8 +2547,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HostTenancy. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HostTenancy) Values() []HostTenancy { return []HostTenancy{ "dedicated", @@ -2449,8 +2566,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HttpTokensState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HttpTokensState) Values() []HttpTokensState { return []HttpTokensState{ "optional", @@ -2467,8 +2585,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HypervisorType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HypervisorType) Values() []HypervisorType { return []HypervisorType{ "ovm", @@ -2488,8 +2607,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IamInstanceProfileAssociationState. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IamInstanceProfileAssociationState) Values() []IamInstanceProfileAssociationState { return []IamInstanceProfileAssociationState{ "associating", @@ -2508,8 +2628,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Igmpv2SupportValue. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Igmpv2SupportValue) Values() []Igmpv2SupportValue { return []Igmpv2SupportValue{ "enable", @@ -2537,8 +2658,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ImageAttributeName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ImageAttributeName) Values() []ImageAttributeName { return []ImageAttributeName{ "description", @@ -2566,8 +2688,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ImageBlockPublicAccessDisabledState. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ImageBlockPublicAccessDisabledState) Values() []ImageBlockPublicAccessDisabledState { return []ImageBlockPublicAccessDisabledState{ "unblocked", @@ -2583,8 +2706,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ImageBlockPublicAccessEnabledState. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ImageBlockPublicAccessEnabledState) Values() []ImageBlockPublicAccessEnabledState { return []ImageBlockPublicAccessEnabledState{ "block-new-sharing", @@ -2606,8 +2730,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ImageState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ImageState) Values() []ImageState { return []ImageState{ "pending", @@ -2631,8 +2756,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ImageTypeValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ImageTypeValues) Values() []ImageTypeValues { return []ImageTypeValues{ "machine", @@ -2649,8 +2775,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ImdsSupportValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ImdsSupportValues) Values() []ImdsSupportValues { return []ImdsSupportValues{ "v2.0", @@ -2680,8 +2807,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceAttributeName. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceAttributeName) Values() []InstanceAttributeName { return []InstanceAttributeName{ "instanceType", @@ -2713,6 +2841,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceAutoRecoveryState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceAutoRecoveryState) Values() []InstanceAutoRecoveryState { return []InstanceAutoRecoveryState{ @@ -2730,8 +2859,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceBootModeValues. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceBootModeValues) Values() []InstanceBootModeValues { return []InstanceBootModeValues{ "legacy-bios", @@ -2751,6 +2881,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceEventWindowState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceEventWindowState) Values() []InstanceEventWindowState { return []InstanceEventWindowState{ @@ -2770,8 +2901,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceGeneration. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceGeneration) Values() []InstanceGeneration { return []InstanceGeneration{ "current", @@ -2788,8 +2920,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceHealthStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceHealthStatus) Values() []InstanceHealthStatus { return []InstanceHealthStatus{ "healthy", @@ -2808,8 +2941,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceInterruptionBehavior. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceInterruptionBehavior) Values() []InstanceInterruptionBehavior { return []InstanceInterruptionBehavior{ "hibernate", @@ -2827,8 +2961,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceLifecycle. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceLifecycle) Values() []InstanceLifecycle { return []InstanceLifecycle{ "spot", @@ -2846,8 +2981,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceLifecycleType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceLifecycleType) Values() []InstanceLifecycleType { return []InstanceLifecycleType{ "spot", @@ -2865,8 +3001,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceMatchCriteria. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMatchCriteria) Values() []InstanceMatchCriteria { return []InstanceMatchCriteria{ "open", @@ -2884,8 +3021,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceMetadataEndpointState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMetadataEndpointState) Values() []InstanceMetadataEndpointState { return []InstanceMetadataEndpointState{ "disabled", @@ -2903,8 +3041,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceMetadataOptionsState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMetadataOptionsState) Values() []InstanceMetadataOptionsState { return []InstanceMetadataOptionsState{ "pending", @@ -2922,8 +3061,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceMetadataProtocolState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMetadataProtocolState) Values() []InstanceMetadataProtocolState { return []InstanceMetadataProtocolState{ "disabled", @@ -2941,6 +3081,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceMetadataTagsState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceMetadataTagsState) Values() []InstanceMetadataTagsState { return []InstanceMetadataTagsState{ @@ -2962,8 +3103,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceStateName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceStateName) Values() []InstanceStateName { return []InstanceStateName{ "pending", @@ -2985,8 +3127,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceStorageEncryptionSupport. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceStorageEncryptionSupport) Values() []InstanceStorageEncryptionSupport { return []InstanceStorageEncryptionSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -3797,8 +3940,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceType) Values() []InstanceType { return []InstanceType{ "a1.medium", @@ -4609,8 +4753,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InstanceTypeHypervisor. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceTypeHypervisor) Values() []InstanceTypeHypervisor { return []InstanceTypeHypervisor{ "nitro", @@ -4627,8 +4772,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InterfacePermissionType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InterfacePermissionType) Values() []InterfacePermissionType { return []InterfacePermissionType{ "INSTANCE-ATTACH", @@ -4645,8 +4791,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InterfaceProtocolType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InterfaceProtocolType) Values() []InterfaceProtocolType { return []InterfaceProtocolType{ "VLAN", @@ -4664,8 +4811,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpAddressType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpAddressType) Values() []IpAddressType { return []IpAddressType{ "ipv4", @@ -4687,8 +4835,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamAddressHistoryResourceType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamAddressHistoryResourceType) Values() []IpamAddressHistoryResourceType { return []IpamAddressHistoryResourceType{ "eip", @@ -4709,8 +4858,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamAssociatedResourceDiscoveryStatus. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamAssociatedResourceDiscoveryStatus) Values() []IpamAssociatedResourceDiscoveryStatus { return []IpamAssociatedResourceDiscoveryStatus{ "active", @@ -4729,8 +4879,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamComplianceStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamComplianceStatus) Values() []IpamComplianceStatus { return []IpamComplianceStatus{ "compliant", @@ -4751,6 +4902,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamDiscoveryFailureCode. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamDiscoveryFailureCode) Values() []IpamDiscoveryFailureCode { return []IpamDiscoveryFailureCode{ @@ -4770,8 +4922,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamManagementState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamManagementState) Values() []IpamManagementState { return []IpamManagementState{ "managed", @@ -4790,8 +4943,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamOverlapStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamOverlapStatus) Values() []IpamOverlapStatus { return []IpamOverlapStatus{ "overlapping", @@ -4813,8 +4967,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolAllocationResourceType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolAllocationResourceType) Values() []IpamPoolAllocationResourceType { return []IpamPoolAllocationResourceType{ "ipam-pool", @@ -4833,8 +4988,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolAwsService. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolAwsService) Values() []IpamPoolAwsService { return []IpamPoolAwsService{ "ec2", @@ -4850,8 +5006,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolCidrFailureCode. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolCidrFailureCode) Values() []IpamPoolCidrFailureCode { return []IpamPoolCidrFailureCode{ "cidr-not-available", @@ -4874,8 +5031,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolCidrState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolCidrState) Values() []IpamPoolCidrState { return []IpamPoolCidrState{ "pending-provision", @@ -4898,8 +5056,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolPublicIpSource. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolPublicIpSource) Values() []IpamPoolPublicIpSource { return []IpamPoolPublicIpSource{ "amazon", @@ -4916,6 +5075,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolSourceResourceType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolSourceResourceType) Values() []IpamPoolSourceResourceType { return []IpamPoolSourceResourceType{ @@ -4942,8 +5102,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamPoolState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPoolState) Values() []IpamPoolState { return []IpamPoolState{ "create-in-progress", @@ -4971,8 +5132,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamPublicAddressAssociationStatus. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPublicAddressAssociationStatus) Values() []IpamPublicAddressAssociationStatus { return []IpamPublicAddressAssociationStatus{ "associated", @@ -4997,6 +5159,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamPublicAddressAwsService. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPublicAddressAwsService) Values() []IpamPublicAddressAwsService { return []IpamPublicAddressAwsService{ @@ -5024,8 +5187,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamPublicAddressType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamPublicAddressType) Values() []IpamPublicAddressType { return []IpamPublicAddressType{ "service-managed-ip", @@ -5053,8 +5217,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationState. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationState) Values() []IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationState { return []IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationState{ "associate-in-progress", @@ -5089,6 +5254,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IpamResourceDiscoveryState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamResourceDiscoveryState) Values() []IpamResourceDiscoveryState { return []IpamResourceDiscoveryState{ @@ -5120,8 +5286,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamResourceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamResourceType) Values() []IpamResourceType { return []IpamResourceType{ "vpc", @@ -5152,8 +5319,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamScopeState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamScopeState) Values() []IpamScopeState { return []IpamScopeState{ "create-in-progress", @@ -5180,8 +5348,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamScopeType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamScopeType) Values() []IpamScopeType { return []IpamScopeType{ "public", @@ -5208,8 +5377,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamState) Values() []IpamState { return []IpamState{ "create-in-progress", @@ -5236,8 +5406,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpamTier. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpamTier) Values() []IpamTier { return []IpamTier{ "free", @@ -5254,8 +5425,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Ipv6SupportValue. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Ipv6SupportValue) Values() []Ipv6SupportValue { return []Ipv6SupportValue{ "enable", @@ -5272,8 +5444,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeyFormat. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeyFormat) Values() []KeyFormat { return []KeyFormat{ "pem", @@ -5290,8 +5463,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeyType. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeyType) Values() []KeyType { return []KeyType{ "rsa", @@ -5309,8 +5483,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LaunchTemplateAutoRecoveryState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateAutoRecoveryState) Values() []LaunchTemplateAutoRecoveryState { return []LaunchTemplateAutoRecoveryState{ "default", @@ -5331,8 +5506,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LaunchTemplateErrorCode. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateErrorCode) Values() []LaunchTemplateErrorCode { return []LaunchTemplateErrorCode{ "launchTemplateIdDoesNotExist", @@ -5354,8 +5530,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LaunchTemplateHttpTokensState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateHttpTokensState) Values() []LaunchTemplateHttpTokensState { return []LaunchTemplateHttpTokensState{ "optional", @@ -5373,8 +5550,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataEndpointState. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataEndpointState) Values() []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataEndpointState { return []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataEndpointState{ "disabled", @@ -5392,8 +5570,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsState. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsState) Values() []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsState { return []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsState{ "pending", @@ -5411,8 +5590,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataProtocolIpv6. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataProtocolIpv6) Values() []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataProtocolIpv6 { return []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataProtocolIpv6{ "disabled", @@ -5430,8 +5610,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataTagsState. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataTagsState) Values() []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataTagsState { return []LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataTagsState{ "disabled", @@ -5450,8 +5631,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ListingState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ListingState) Values() []ListingState { return []ListingState{ "available", @@ -5472,8 +5654,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ListingStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ListingStatus) Values() []ListingStatus { return []ListingStatus{ "active", @@ -5495,8 +5678,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocalGatewayRouteState. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalGatewayRouteState) Values() []LocalGatewayRouteState { return []LocalGatewayRouteState{ "pending", @@ -5517,6 +5701,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LocalGatewayRouteTableMode. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalGatewayRouteTableMode) Values() []LocalGatewayRouteTableMode { return []LocalGatewayRouteTableMode{ @@ -5534,8 +5719,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocalGatewayRouteType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalGatewayRouteType) Values() []LocalGatewayRouteType { return []LocalGatewayRouteType{ "static", @@ -5553,8 +5739,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocalStorage. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalStorage) Values() []LocalStorage { return []LocalStorage{ "included", @@ -5572,8 +5759,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocalStorageType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocalStorageType) Values() []LocalStorageType { return []LocalStorageType{ "hdd", @@ -5592,8 +5780,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocationType) Values() []LocationType { return []LocationType{ "region", @@ -5612,8 +5801,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LockMode. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LockMode) Values() []LockMode { return []LockMode{ "compliance", @@ -5632,8 +5822,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LockState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LockState) Values() []LockState { return []LockState{ "compliance", @@ -5653,8 +5844,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LogDestinationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LogDestinationType) Values() []LogDestinationType { return []LogDestinationType{ "cloud-watch-logs", @@ -5672,8 +5864,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MarketType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MarketType) Values() []MarketType { return []MarketType{ "spot", @@ -5690,8 +5883,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MembershipType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MembershipType) Values() []MembershipType { return []MembershipType{ "static", @@ -5710,8 +5904,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MetadataDefaultHttpTokensState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MetadataDefaultHttpTokensState) Values() []MetadataDefaultHttpTokensState { return []MetadataDefaultHttpTokensState{ "optional", @@ -5728,8 +5923,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MetricType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MetricType) Values() []MetricType { return []MetricType{ "aggregate-latency", @@ -5746,8 +5942,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ModifyAvailabilityZoneOptInStatus. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ModifyAvailabilityZoneOptInStatus) Values() []ModifyAvailabilityZoneOptInStatus { return []ModifyAvailabilityZoneOptInStatus{ "opted-in", @@ -5766,8 +5963,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MonitoringState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MonitoringState) Values() []MonitoringState { return []MonitoringState{ "disabled", @@ -5786,8 +5984,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MoveStatus. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MoveStatus) Values() []MoveStatus { return []MoveStatus{ "movingToVpc", @@ -5804,8 +6003,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MulticastSupportValue. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MulticastSupportValue) Values() []MulticastSupportValue { return []MulticastSupportValue{ "enable", @@ -5826,8 +6026,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NatGatewayAddressStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NatGatewayAddressStatus) Values() []NatGatewayAddressStatus { return []NatGatewayAddressStatus{ "assigning", @@ -5851,8 +6052,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NatGatewayState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NatGatewayState) Values() []NatGatewayState { return []NatGatewayState{ "pending", @@ -5876,6 +6078,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for NetworkInterfaceAttribute. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NetworkInterfaceAttribute) Values() []NetworkInterfaceAttribute { return []NetworkInterfaceAttribute{ @@ -5898,8 +6101,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for NetworkInterfaceCreationType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NetworkInterfaceCreationType) Values() []NetworkInterfaceCreationType { return []NetworkInterfaceCreationType{ "efa", @@ -5920,8 +6124,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode) Values() []NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode { return []NetworkInterfacePermissionStateCode{ "pending", @@ -5943,8 +6148,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NetworkInterfaceStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NetworkInterfaceStatus) Values() []NetworkInterfaceStatus { return []NetworkInterfaceStatus{ "available", @@ -5979,8 +6185,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NetworkInterfaceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NetworkInterfaceType) Values() []NetworkInterfaceType { return []NetworkInterfaceType{ "interface", @@ -6012,8 +6219,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NitroEnclavesSupport. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NitroEnclavesSupport) Values() []NitroEnclavesSupport { return []NitroEnclavesSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -6030,8 +6238,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NitroTpmSupport. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NitroTpmSupport) Values() []NitroTpmSupport { return []NitroTpmSupport{ "unsupported", @@ -6048,8 +6257,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OfferingClassType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OfferingClassType) Values() []OfferingClassType { return []OfferingClassType{ "standard", @@ -6070,8 +6280,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OfferingTypeValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OfferingTypeValues) Values() []OfferingTypeValues { return []OfferingTypeValues{ "Heavy Utilization", @@ -6093,6 +6304,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for OnDemandAllocationStrategy. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OnDemandAllocationStrategy) Values() []OnDemandAllocationStrategy { return []OnDemandAllocationStrategy{ @@ -6110,8 +6322,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OperationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OperationType) Values() []OperationType { return []OperationType{ "add", @@ -6130,8 +6343,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PartitionLoadFrequency. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PartitionLoadFrequency) Values() []PartitionLoadFrequency { return []PartitionLoadFrequency{ "none", @@ -6149,8 +6363,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PayerResponsibility. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PayerResponsibility) Values() []PayerResponsibility { return []PayerResponsibility{ "ServiceOwner", @@ -6167,8 +6382,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PaymentOption. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PaymentOption) Values() []PaymentOption { return []PaymentOption{ "AllUpfront", @@ -6190,8 +6406,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PeriodType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PeriodType) Values() []PeriodType { return []PeriodType{ "five-minutes", @@ -6211,14 +6428,34 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PermissionGroup. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PermissionGroup) Values() []PermissionGroup { return []PermissionGroup{ "all", } } +type PhcSupport string + +// Enum values for PhcSupport +const ( + PhcSupportUnsupported PhcSupport = "unsupported" + PhcSupportSupported PhcSupport = "supported" +) + +// Values returns all known values for PhcSupport. Note that this can be expanded +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +func (PhcSupport) Values() []PhcSupport { + return []PhcSupport{ + "unsupported", + "supported", + } +} + type PlacementGroupState string // Enum values for PlacementGroupState @@ -6230,8 +6467,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlacementGroupState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlacementGroupState) Values() []PlacementGroupState { return []PlacementGroupState{ "pending", @@ -6251,8 +6489,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlacementGroupStrategy. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlacementGroupStrategy) Values() []PlacementGroupStrategy { return []PlacementGroupStrategy{ "cluster", @@ -6271,8 +6510,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlacementStrategy. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlacementStrategy) Values() []PlacementStrategy { return []PlacementStrategy{ "cluster", @@ -6289,8 +6529,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlatformValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlatformValues) Values() []PlatformValues { return []PlatformValues{ "Windows", @@ -6316,8 +6557,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PrefixListState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PrefixListState) Values() []PrefixListState { return []PrefixListState{ "create-in-progress", @@ -6348,8 +6590,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PrincipalType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PrincipalType) Values() []PrincipalType { return []PrincipalType{ "All", @@ -6370,8 +6613,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ProductCodeValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ProductCodeValues) Values() []ProductCodeValues { return []ProductCodeValues{ "devpay", @@ -6388,8 +6632,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Protocol. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Protocol) Values() []Protocol { return []Protocol{ "tcp", @@ -6405,8 +6650,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ProtocolValue. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ProtocolValue) Values() []ProtocolValue { return []ProtocolValue{ "gre", @@ -6422,6 +6668,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for RecurringChargeFrequency. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RecurringChargeFrequency) Values() []RecurringChargeFrequency { return []RecurringChargeFrequency{ @@ -6438,8 +6685,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReplacementStrategy. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplacementStrategy) Values() []ReplacementStrategy { return []ReplacementStrategy{ "launch", @@ -6461,6 +6709,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ReplaceRootVolumeTaskState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplaceRootVolumeTaskState) Values() []ReplaceRootVolumeTaskState { return []ReplaceRootVolumeTaskState{ @@ -6490,6 +6739,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ReportInstanceReasonCodes. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReportInstanceReasonCodes) Values() []ReportInstanceReasonCodes { return []ReportInstanceReasonCodes{ @@ -6514,8 +6764,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReportStatusType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReportStatusType) Values() []ReportStatusType { return []ReportStatusType{ "ok", @@ -6534,8 +6785,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReservationState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReservationState) Values() []ReservationState { return []ReservationState{ "payment-pending", @@ -6558,8 +6810,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReservedInstanceState. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReservedInstanceState) Values() []ReservedInstanceState { return []ReservedInstanceState{ "payment-pending", @@ -6580,6 +6833,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ResetFpgaImageAttributeName. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResetFpgaImageAttributeName) Values() []ResetFpgaImageAttributeName { return []ResetFpgaImageAttributeName{ @@ -6595,8 +6849,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ResetImageAttributeName. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResetImageAttributeName) Values() []ResetImageAttributeName { return []ResetImageAttributeName{ "launchPermission", @@ -6696,8 +6951,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ResourceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResourceType) Values() []ResourceType { return []ResourceType{ "capacity-reservation", @@ -6800,8 +7056,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RIProductDescription. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RIProductDescription) Values() []RIProductDescription { return []RIProductDescription{ "Linux/UNIX", @@ -6820,8 +7077,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RootDeviceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RootDeviceType) Values() []RootDeviceType { return []RootDeviceType{ "ebs", @@ -6839,8 +7097,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RouteOrigin. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RouteOrigin) Values() []RouteOrigin { return []RouteOrigin{ "CreateRouteTable", @@ -6858,8 +7117,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RouteState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RouteState) Values() []RouteState { return []RouteState{ "active", @@ -6880,8 +7140,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for RouteTableAssociationStateCode. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RouteTableAssociationStateCode) Values() []RouteTableAssociationStateCode { return []RouteTableAssociationStateCode{ "associating", @@ -6901,8 +7162,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RuleAction. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RuleAction) Values() []RuleAction { return []RuleAction{ "allow", @@ -6919,8 +7181,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Scope. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Scope) Values() []Scope { return []Scope{ "Availability Zone", @@ -6938,8 +7201,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue) Values() []SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue { return []SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue{ "enable", @@ -6956,8 +7220,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SelfServicePortal. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SelfServicePortal) Values() []SelfServicePortal { return []SelfServicePortal{ "enabled", @@ -6974,8 +7239,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ServiceConnectivityType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ServiceConnectivityType) Values() []ServiceConnectivityType { return []ServiceConnectivityType{ "ipv4", @@ -6995,8 +7261,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ServiceState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ServiceState) Values() []ServiceState { return []ServiceState{ "Pending", @@ -7017,8 +7284,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ServiceType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ServiceType) Values() []ServiceType { return []ServiceType{ "Interface", @@ -7036,8 +7304,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ShutdownBehavior. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ShutdownBehavior) Values() []ShutdownBehavior { return []ShutdownBehavior{ "stop", @@ -7054,8 +7323,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SnapshotAttributeName. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SnapshotAttributeName) Values() []SnapshotAttributeName { return []SnapshotAttributeName{ "productCodes", @@ -7074,8 +7344,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SnapshotBlockPublicAccessState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SnapshotBlockPublicAccessState) Values() []SnapshotBlockPublicAccessState { return []SnapshotBlockPublicAccessState{ "block-all-sharing", @@ -7096,8 +7367,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SnapshotState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SnapshotState) Values() []SnapshotState { return []SnapshotState{ "pending", @@ -7120,8 +7392,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SpotAllocationStrategy. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SpotAllocationStrategy) Values() []SpotAllocationStrategy { return []SpotAllocationStrategy{ "lowest-price", @@ -7143,8 +7416,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior) Values() []SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior { return []SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior{ "hibernate", @@ -7166,8 +7440,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SpotInstanceState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SpotInstanceState) Values() []SpotInstanceState { return []SpotInstanceState{ "open", @@ -7188,8 +7463,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SpotInstanceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SpotInstanceType) Values() []SpotInstanceType { return []SpotInstanceType{ "one-time", @@ -7206,8 +7482,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SpreadLevel. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SpreadLevel) Values() []SpreadLevel { return []SpreadLevel{ "host", @@ -7225,8 +7502,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SSEType. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SSEType) Values() []SSEType { return []SSEType{ "sse-ebs", @@ -7250,8 +7528,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for State. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (State) Values() []State { return []State{ "PendingAcceptance", @@ -7275,6 +7554,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for StaticSourcesSupportValue. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StaticSourcesSupportValue) Values() []StaticSourcesSupportValue { return []StaticSourcesSupportValue{ @@ -7291,8 +7571,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StatisticType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StatisticType) Values() []StatisticType { return []StatisticType{ "p50", @@ -7309,8 +7590,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Status. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Status) Values() []Status { return []Status{ "MoveInProgress", @@ -7327,8 +7609,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StatusName. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StatusName) Values() []StatusName { return []StatusName{ "reachability", @@ -7346,8 +7629,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StatusType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StatusType) Values() []StatusType { return []StatusType{ "passed", @@ -7366,8 +7650,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StorageTier. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StorageTier) Values() []StorageTier { return []StorageTier{ "archive", @@ -7389,6 +7674,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SubnetCidrBlockStateCode. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SubnetCidrBlockStateCode) Values() []SubnetCidrBlockStateCode { return []SubnetCidrBlockStateCode{ @@ -7411,6 +7697,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SubnetCidrReservationType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SubnetCidrReservationType) Values() []SubnetCidrReservationType { return []SubnetCidrReservationType{ @@ -7429,8 +7716,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SubnetState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SubnetState) Values() []SubnetState { return []SubnetState{ "pending", @@ -7451,8 +7739,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SummaryStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SummaryStatus) Values() []SummaryStatus { return []SummaryStatus{ "ok", @@ -7472,8 +7761,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SupportedAdditionalProcessorFeature. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SupportedAdditionalProcessorFeature) Values() []SupportedAdditionalProcessorFeature { return []SupportedAdditionalProcessorFeature{ "amd-sev-snp", @@ -7490,8 +7780,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TargetCapacityUnitType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TargetCapacityUnitType) Values() []TargetCapacityUnitType { return []TargetCapacityUnitType{ "vcpu", @@ -7508,8 +7799,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TargetStorageTier. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TargetStorageTier) Values() []TargetStorageTier { return []TargetStorageTier{ "archive", @@ -7525,8 +7817,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TelemetryStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TelemetryStatus) Values() []TelemetryStatus { return []TelemetryStatus{ "UP", @@ -7544,8 +7837,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Tenancy. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Tenancy) Values() []Tenancy { return []Tenancy{ "default", @@ -7570,8 +7864,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TieringOperationStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TieringOperationStatus) Values() []TieringOperationStatus { return []TieringOperationStatus{ "archival-in-progress", @@ -7594,8 +7889,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TpmSupportValues. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TpmSupportValues) Values() []TpmSupportValues { return []TpmSupportValues{ "v2.0", @@ -7611,8 +7907,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TrafficDirection. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficDirection) Values() []TrafficDirection { return []TrafficDirection{ "ingress", @@ -7632,8 +7929,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TrafficMirrorFilterRuleField. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficMirrorFilterRuleField) Values() []TrafficMirrorFilterRuleField { return []TrafficMirrorFilterRuleField{ "destination-port-range", @@ -7652,6 +7950,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TrafficMirrorNetworkService. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficMirrorNetworkService) Values() []TrafficMirrorNetworkService { return []TrafficMirrorNetworkService{ @@ -7668,8 +7967,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TrafficMirrorRuleAction. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficMirrorRuleAction) Values() []TrafficMirrorRuleAction { return []TrafficMirrorRuleAction{ "accept", @@ -7688,6 +7988,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TrafficMirrorSessionField. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficMirrorSessionField) Values() []TrafficMirrorSessionField { return []TrafficMirrorSessionField{ @@ -7707,8 +8008,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TrafficMirrorTargetType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficMirrorTargetType) Values() []TrafficMirrorTargetType { return []TrafficMirrorTargetType{ "network-interface", @@ -7727,8 +8029,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TrafficType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrafficType) Values() []TrafficType { return []TrafficType{ "ACCEPT", @@ -7749,8 +8052,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayAssociationState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayAssociationState) Values() []TransitGatewayAssociationState { return []TransitGatewayAssociationState{ "associating", @@ -7774,8 +8078,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayAttachmentResourceType. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayAttachmentResourceType) Values() []TransitGatewayAttachmentResourceType { return []TransitGatewayAttachmentResourceType{ "vpc", @@ -7808,8 +8113,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayAttachmentState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayAttachmentState) Values() []TransitGatewayAttachmentState { return []TransitGatewayAttachmentState{ "initiating", @@ -7840,8 +8146,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayConnectPeerState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayConnectPeerState) Values() []TransitGatewayConnectPeerState { return []TransitGatewayConnectPeerState{ "pending", @@ -7866,8 +8173,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // TransitGatewayMulitcastDomainAssociationState. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayMulitcastDomainAssociationState) Values() []TransitGatewayMulitcastDomainAssociationState { return []TransitGatewayMulitcastDomainAssociationState{ "pendingAcceptance", @@ -7892,8 +8200,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayMulticastDomainState. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayMulticastDomainState) Values() []TransitGatewayMulticastDomainState { return []TransitGatewayMulticastDomainState{ "pending", @@ -7915,8 +8224,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayPolicyTableState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayPolicyTableState) Values() []TransitGatewayPolicyTableState { return []TransitGatewayPolicyTableState{ "pending", @@ -7938,8 +8248,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceState. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceState) Values() []TransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceState { return []TransitGatewayPrefixListReferenceState{ "pending", @@ -7961,8 +8272,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayPropagationState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayPropagationState) Values() []TransitGatewayPropagationState { return []TransitGatewayPropagationState{ "enabling", @@ -7985,6 +8297,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayRouteState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayRouteState) Values() []TransitGatewayRouteState { return []TransitGatewayRouteState{ @@ -8006,8 +8319,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementDirection. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementDirection) Values() []TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementDirection { return []TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementDirection{ "outgoing", @@ -8029,8 +8343,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementState. // Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as -// the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementState) Values() []TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementState { return []TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementState{ "available", @@ -8054,8 +8369,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayRouteTableState. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayRouteTableState) Values() []TransitGatewayRouteTableState { return []TransitGatewayRouteTableState{ "pending", @@ -8074,8 +8390,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayRouteType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayRouteType) Values() []TransitGatewayRouteType { return []TransitGatewayRouteType{ "static", @@ -8095,8 +8412,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TransitGatewayState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitGatewayState) Values() []TransitGatewayState { return []TransitGatewayState{ "pending", @@ -8116,8 +8434,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TransportProtocol. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransportProtocol) Values() []TransportProtocol { return []TransportProtocol{ "tcp", @@ -8134,8 +8453,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TrustProviderType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrustProviderType) Values() []TrustProviderType { return []TrustProviderType{ "user", @@ -8152,8 +8472,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TunnelInsideIpVersion. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TunnelInsideIpVersion) Values() []TunnelInsideIpVersion { return []TunnelInsideIpVersion{ "ipv4", @@ -8173,8 +8494,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily) Values() []UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily { return []UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily{ "t2", @@ -8196,8 +8518,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode) Values() []UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode { return []UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode{ "InvalidInstanceID.Malformed", @@ -8217,8 +8540,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for UsageClassType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (UsageClassType) Values() []UsageClassType { return []UsageClassType{ "spot", @@ -8236,8 +8560,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for UserTrustProviderType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (UserTrustProviderType) Values() []UserTrustProviderType { return []UserTrustProviderType{ "iam-identity-center", @@ -8254,8 +8579,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for VerifiedAccessEndpointAttachmentType. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VerifiedAccessEndpointAttachmentType) Values() []VerifiedAccessEndpointAttachmentType { return []VerifiedAccessEndpointAttachmentType{ "vpc", @@ -8272,8 +8598,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for VerifiedAccessEndpointProtocol. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VerifiedAccessEndpointProtocol) Values() []VerifiedAccessEndpointProtocol { return []VerifiedAccessEndpointProtocol{ "http", @@ -8294,8 +8621,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for VerifiedAccessEndpointStatusCode. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VerifiedAccessEndpointStatusCode) Values() []VerifiedAccessEndpointStatusCode { return []VerifiedAccessEndpointStatusCode{ "pending", @@ -8316,6 +8644,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for VerifiedAccessEndpointType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VerifiedAccessEndpointType) Values() []VerifiedAccessEndpointType { return []VerifiedAccessEndpointType{ @@ -8334,8 +8663,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for VerifiedAccessLogDeliveryStatusCode. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VerifiedAccessLogDeliveryStatusCode) Values() []VerifiedAccessLogDeliveryStatusCode { return []VerifiedAccessLogDeliveryStatusCode{ "success", @@ -8352,8 +8682,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VirtualizationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VirtualizationType) Values() []VirtualizationType { return []VirtualizationType{ "hvm", @@ -8373,8 +8704,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeAttachmentState. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeAttachmentState) Values() []VolumeAttachmentState { return []VolumeAttachmentState{ "attaching", @@ -8394,8 +8726,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeAttributeName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeAttributeName) Values() []VolumeAttributeName { return []VolumeAttributeName{ "autoEnableIO", @@ -8414,8 +8747,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeModificationState. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeModificationState) Values() []VolumeModificationState { return []VolumeModificationState{ "modifying", @@ -8438,8 +8772,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeState) Values() []VolumeState { return []VolumeState{ "creating", @@ -8461,8 +8796,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeStatusInfoStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeStatusInfoStatus) Values() []VolumeStatusInfoStatus { return []VolumeStatusInfoStatus{ "ok", @@ -8480,8 +8816,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeStatusName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeStatusName) Values() []VolumeStatusName { return []VolumeStatusName{ "io-enabled", @@ -8503,8 +8840,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VolumeType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VolumeType) Values() []VolumeType { return []VolumeType{ "standard", @@ -8527,8 +8865,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpcAttributeName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpcAttributeName) Values() []VpcAttributeName { return []VpcAttributeName{ "enableDnsSupport", @@ -8550,8 +8889,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpcCidrBlockStateCode. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpcCidrBlockStateCode) Values() []VpcCidrBlockStateCode { return []VpcCidrBlockStateCode{ "associating", @@ -8573,8 +8913,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpcEndpointType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpcEndpointType) Values() []VpcEndpointType { return []VpcEndpointType{ "Interface", @@ -8600,8 +8941,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode) Values() []VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode { return []VpcPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode{ "initiating-request", @@ -8625,8 +8967,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpcState. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpcState) Values() []VpcState { return []VpcState{ "pending", @@ -8642,8 +8985,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpcTenancy. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpcTenancy) Values() []VpcTenancy { return []VpcTenancy{ "default", @@ -8659,8 +9003,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpnEcmpSupportValue. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpnEcmpSupportValue) Values() []VpnEcmpSupportValue { return []VpnEcmpSupportValue{ "enable", @@ -8676,8 +9021,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpnProtocol. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpnProtocol) Values() []VpnProtocol { return []VpnProtocol{ "openvpn", @@ -8695,8 +9041,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpnState. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpnState) Values() []VpnState { return []VpnState{ "pending", @@ -8714,8 +9061,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VpnStaticRouteSource. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VpnStaticRouteSource) Values() []VpnStaticRouteSource { return []VpnStaticRouteSource{ "Static", @@ -8736,8 +9084,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for WeekDay. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (WeekDay) Values() []WeekDay { return []WeekDay{ "sunday", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/types.go index 99b9978ec32eb..5ab27ef5da5af 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types/types.go @@ -176,9 +176,12 @@ type AddedPrincipal struct { // Add an operating Region to an IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services // Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only // discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select -// as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create -// an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) in the -// Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// as operating Regions. +// +// For more information about operating Regions, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html type AddIpamOperatingRegion struct { // The name of the operating Region. @@ -187,9 +190,9 @@ type AddIpamOperatingRegion struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes an additional detail for a path analysis. For more information, see -// Reachability Analyzer additional detail codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/additional-detail-codes.html) -// . +// Describes an additional detail for a path analysis. For more information, see [Reachability Analyzer additional detail codes]. +// +// [Reachability Analyzer additional detail codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/additional-detail-codes.html type AdditionalDetail struct { // The additional detail code. @@ -227,7 +230,9 @@ type AddPrefixListEntry struct { // This member is required. Cidr *string - // A description for the entry. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. + // A description for the entry. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Description *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -302,9 +307,10 @@ type AddressAttribute struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Details on the Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer -// Elastic IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro) -// in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// Details on the Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see [Transfer Elastic IP addresses] in the +// Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Transfer Elastic IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-eips.html#transfer-EIPs-intro type AddressTransfer struct { // The Elastic IP address transfer status. @@ -490,14 +496,19 @@ type AnalysisRouteTableRoute struct { NetworkInterfaceId *string // Describes how the route was created. The following are the possible values: + // // - CreateRouteTable - The route was automatically created when the route table // was created. + // // - CreateRoute - The route was manually added to the route table. + // // - EnableVgwRoutePropagation - The route was propagated by route propagation. Origin *string // The state. The following are the possible values: + // // - active + // // - blackhole State *string @@ -517,7 +528,9 @@ type AnalysisSecurityGroupRule struct { Cidr *string // The direction. The following are the possible values: + // // - egress + // // - ingress Direction *string @@ -556,9 +569,10 @@ type AsnAssociation struct { // Provides authorization for Amazon to bring an Autonomous System Number (ASN) to // a specific Amazon Web Services account using bring your own ASN (BYOASN). For -// details on the format of the message and signature, see Tutorial: Bring your -// ASN to IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide. +// details on the format of the message and signature, see [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]in the Amazon VPC IPAM +// guide. +// +// [Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/tutorials-byoasn.html type AsnAuthorizationContext struct { // The authorization context's message. @@ -655,11 +669,13 @@ type AthenaIntegration struct { // latency of network traffic between EC2 instances. With ENA Express, you can // communicate between two EC2 instances in the same subnet within the same // account, or in different accounts. Both sending and receiving instances must -// have ENA Express enabled. To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, -// ENA Express reorders network packets on the receiving end by default. However, -// some UDP-based applications are designed to handle network packets that are out -// of order to reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When -// ENA Express is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. +// have ENA Express enabled. +// +// To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, ENA Express reorders +// network packets on the receiving end by default. However, some UDP-based +// applications are designed to handle network packets that are out of order to +// reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When ENA Express +// is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. type AttachmentEnaSrdSpecification struct { // Indicates whether ENA Express is enabled for the network interface. @@ -734,8 +750,10 @@ type AuthorizationRule struct { // Describes Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones. type AvailabilityZone struct { - // For Availability Zones, this parameter has the same value as the Region name. + // For Availability Zones, this parameter has the same value as the Region name. + // // For Local Zones, the name of the associated group, for example us-west-2-lax-1 . + // // For Wavelength Zones, the name of the associated group, for example // us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1 . GroupName *string @@ -747,8 +765,10 @@ type AvailabilityZone struct { NetworkBorderGroup *string // For Availability Zones, this parameter always has the value of - // opt-in-not-required . For Local Zones and Wavelength Zones, this parameter is - // the opt-in status. The possible values are opted-in , and not-opted-in . + // opt-in-not-required . + // + // For Local Zones and Wavelength Zones, this parameter is the opt-in status. The + // possible values are opted-in , and not-opted-in . OptInStatus AvailabilityZoneOptInStatus // The ID of the zone that handles some of the Local Zone or Wavelength Zone @@ -805,8 +825,9 @@ type AvailableCapacity struct { } // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more -// information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html type BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps struct { // The maximum baseline bandwidth, in Mbps. If this parameter is not specified, @@ -821,8 +842,9 @@ type BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps struct { } // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more -// information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html type BaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest struct { // The maximum baseline bandwidth, in Mbps. To specify no maximum limit, omit this @@ -862,12 +884,14 @@ type BlockDeviceMapping struct { // starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes can // specify mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1 . The number of available // instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the - // instance, you must mount the volume. NVMe instance store volumes are - // automatically enumerated and assigned a device name. Including them in your - // block device mapping has no effect. Constraints: For M3 instances, you must - // specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. - // When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified - // in the block device mapping for the AMI. + // instance, you must mount the volume. + // + // NVMe instance store volumes are automatically enumerated and assigned a device + // name. Including them in your block device mapping has no effect. + // + // Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the + // block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore + // any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. VirtualName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -903,7 +927,7 @@ type BundleTask struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes an error for BundleInstance . +// Describes an error for BundleInstance. type BundleTaskError struct { // The error code. @@ -946,17 +970,24 @@ type ByoipCidr struct { // The description of the address range. Description *string - // If you have Local Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/local-zones/latest/ug/how-local-zones-work.html) - // enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you - // provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group + // If you have [Local Zones] enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones + // when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group // carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with - // must reside in the same network border group. You can provision BYOIP address - // ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups: + // must reside in the same network border group. + // + // You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following + // Local Zone network border groups: + // // - us-east-1-dfw-2 + // // - us-west-2-lax-1 + // // - us-west-2-phx-2 + // // You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this // time. + // + // [Local Zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/local-zones/latest/ug/how-local-zones-work.html NetworkBorderGroup *string // The state of the address pool. @@ -1127,21 +1158,25 @@ type CapacityReservation struct { // Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity // Reservation can have one of the following end types: + // // - unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly // cancel it. + // // - limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date // and time. EndDateType EndDateType - // Deprecated. + // Deprecated. EphemeralStorage *bool // Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation accepts. // The options include: + // // - open - The Capacity Reservation accepts all instances that have matching // attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). Instances that have // matching attributes launch into the Capacity Reservation automatically without // specifying any additional parameters. + // // - targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have // matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and // explicitly target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted @@ -1163,9 +1198,10 @@ type CapacityReservation struct { OwnerId *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster placement group in which the - // Capacity Reservation was created. For more information, see Capacity - // Reservations for cluster placement groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cr-cpg.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // Capacity Reservation was created. For more information, see [Capacity Reservations for cluster placement groups]in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Capacity Reservations for cluster placement groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/cr-cpg.html PlacementGroupArn *string // The type of Capacity Reservation. @@ -1176,15 +1212,20 @@ type CapacityReservation struct { // The current state of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can be in // one of the following states: + // // - active - The Capacity Reservation is active and the capacity is available // for your use. + // // - expired - The Capacity Reservation expired automatically at the date and // time specified in your request. The reserved capacity is no longer available for // your use. + // // - cancelled - The Capacity Reservation was cancelled. The reserved capacity is // no longer available for your use. + // // - pending - The Capacity Reservation request was successful but the capacity // provisioning is still pending. + // // - failed - The Capacity Reservation request has failed. A request might fail // due to invalid request parameters, capacity constraints, or instance limit // constraints. Failed requests are retained for 60 minutes. @@ -1195,8 +1236,10 @@ type CapacityReservation struct { // Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can // have one of the following tenancy settings: + // // - default - The Capacity Reservation is created on hardware that is shared // with other Amazon Web Services accounts. + // // - dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created on single-tenant hardware // that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account. Tenancy CapacityReservationTenancy @@ -1213,8 +1256,9 @@ type CapacityReservationFleet struct { // The strategy used by the Capacity Reservation Fleet to determine which of the // specified instance types to use. For more information, see For more information, - // see Allocation strategy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#allocation-strategy) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // see [Allocation strategy]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Allocation strategy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#allocation-strategy AllocationStrategy *string // The ARN of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. @@ -1231,39 +1275,50 @@ type CapacityReservationFleet struct { // Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation Fleet // accepts. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this instance matching - // criteria. Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support open instance matching - // criteria only. This means that instances that have matching attributes (instance - // type, platform, and Availability Zone) run in the Capacity Reservations - // automatically. Instances do not need to explicitly target a Capacity Reservation - // Fleet to use its reserved capacity. + // criteria. + // + // Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support open instance matching criteria + // only. This means that instances that have matching attributes (instance type, + // platform, and Availability Zone) run in the Capacity Reservations automatically. + // Instances do not need to explicitly target a Capacity Reservation Fleet to use + // its reserved capacity. InstanceMatchCriteria FleetInstanceMatchCriteria // Information about the instance types for which to reserve the capacity. InstanceTypeSpecifications []FleetCapacityReservation // The state of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. Possible states include: + // // - submitted - The Capacity Reservation Fleet request has been submitted and // Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud is preparing to create the Capacity Reservations. + // // - modifying - The Capacity Reservation Fleet is being modified. The Fleet // remains in this state until the modification is complete. + // // - active - The Capacity Reservation Fleet has fulfilled its total target // capacity and it is attempting to maintain this capacity. The Fleet remains in // this state until it is modified or deleted. + // // - partially_fulfilled - The Capacity Reservation Fleet has partially fulfilled // its total target capacity. There is insufficient Amazon EC2 to fulfill the total // target capacity. The Fleet is attempting to asynchronously fulfill its total // target capacity. + // // - expiring - The Capacity Reservation Fleet has reach its end date and it is // in the process of expiring. One or more of its Capacity reservations might still // be active. + // // - expired - The Capacity Reservation Fleet has reach its end date. The Fleet // and its Capacity Reservations are expired. The Fleet can't create new Capacity // Reservations. + // // - cancelling - The Capacity Reservation Fleet is in the process of being // cancelled. One or more of its Capacity reservations might still be active. + // // - cancelled - The Capacity Reservation Fleet has been manually cancelled. The // Fleet and its Capacity Reservations are cancelled and the Fleet can't create new // Capacity Reservations. + // // - failed - The Capacity Reservation Fleet failed to reserve capacity for the // specified instance types. State CapacityReservationFleetState @@ -1272,8 +1327,10 @@ type CapacityReservationFleet struct { Tags []Tag // The tenancy of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. Tenancies include: + // // - default - The Capacity Reservation Fleet is created on hardware that is // shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts. + // // - dedicated - The Capacity Reservation Fleet is created on single-tenant // hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account. Tenancy FleetCapacityReservationTenancy @@ -1282,8 +1339,9 @@ type CapacityReservationFleet struct { TotalFulfilledCapacity *float64 // The total number of capacity units for which the Capacity Reservation Fleet - // reserves capacity. For more information, see Total target capacity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // reserves capacity. For more information, see [Total target capacity]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Total target capacity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity TotalTargetCapacity *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1317,48 +1375,62 @@ type CapacityReservationGroup struct { } // Describes the strategy for using unused Capacity Reservations for fulfilling -// On-Demand capacity. This strategy can only be used if the EC2 Fleet is of type -// instant . For more information about Capacity Reservations, see On-Demand -// Capacity Reservations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For examples of using Capacity Reservations in an -// EC2 Fleet, see EC2 Fleet example configurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-examples.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// On-Demand capacity. +// +// This strategy can only be used if the EC2 Fleet is of type instant . +// +// For more information about Capacity Reservations, see [On-Demand Capacity Reservations] in the Amazon EC2 User +// Guide. For examples of using Capacity Reservations in an EC2 Fleet, see [EC2 Fleet example configurations]in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [EC2 Fleet example configurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-examples.html +// [On-Demand Capacity Reservations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html type CapacityReservationOptions struct { // Indicates whether to use unused Capacity Reservations for fulfilling On-Demand - // capacity. If you specify use-capacity-reservations-first , the fleet uses unused - // Capacity Reservations to fulfill On-Demand capacity up to the target On-Demand - // capacity. If multiple instance pools have unused Capacity Reservations, the - // On-Demand allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ) is applied. If the - // number of unused Capacity Reservations is less than the On-Demand target - // capacity, the remaining On-Demand target capacity is launched according to the - // On-Demand allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ). If you do not - // specify a value, the fleet fulfils the On-Demand capacity according to the - // chosen On-Demand allocation strategy. + // capacity. + // + // If you specify use-capacity-reservations-first , the fleet uses unused Capacity + // Reservations to fulfill On-Demand capacity up to the target On-Demand capacity. + // If multiple instance pools have unused Capacity Reservations, the On-Demand + // allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ) is applied. If the number of + // unused Capacity Reservations is less than the On-Demand target capacity, the + // remaining On-Demand target capacity is launched according to the On-Demand + // allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ). + // + // If you do not specify a value, the fleet fulfils the On-Demand capacity + // according to the chosen On-Demand allocation strategy. UsageStrategy FleetCapacityReservationUsageStrategy noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Describes the strategy for using unused Capacity Reservations for fulfilling -// On-Demand capacity. This strategy can only be used if the EC2 Fleet is of type -// instant . For more information about Capacity Reservations, see On-Demand -// Capacity Reservations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For examples of using Capacity Reservations in an -// EC2 Fleet, see EC2 Fleet example configurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-examples.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// On-Demand capacity. +// +// This strategy can only be used if the EC2 Fleet is of type instant . +// +// For more information about Capacity Reservations, see [On-Demand Capacity Reservations] in the Amazon EC2 User +// Guide. For examples of using Capacity Reservations in an EC2 Fleet, see [EC2 Fleet example configurations]in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [EC2 Fleet example configurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-examples.html +// [On-Demand Capacity Reservations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-capacity-reservations.html type CapacityReservationOptionsRequest struct { // Indicates whether to use unused Capacity Reservations for fulfilling On-Demand - // capacity. If you specify use-capacity-reservations-first , the fleet uses unused - // Capacity Reservations to fulfill On-Demand capacity up to the target On-Demand - // capacity. If multiple instance pools have unused Capacity Reservations, the - // On-Demand allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ) is applied. If the - // number of unused Capacity Reservations is less than the On-Demand target - // capacity, the remaining On-Demand target capacity is launched according to the - // On-Demand allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ). If you do not - // specify a value, the fleet fulfils the On-Demand capacity according to the - // chosen On-Demand allocation strategy. + // capacity. + // + // If you specify use-capacity-reservations-first , the fleet uses unused Capacity + // Reservations to fulfill On-Demand capacity up to the target On-Demand capacity. + // If multiple instance pools have unused Capacity Reservations, the On-Demand + // allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ) is applied. If the number of + // unused Capacity Reservations is less than the On-Demand target capacity, the + // remaining On-Demand target capacity is launched according to the On-Demand + // allocation strategy ( lowest-price or prioritized ). + // + // If you do not specify a value, the fleet fulfils the On-Demand capacity + // according to the chosen On-Demand allocation strategy. UsageStrategy FleetCapacityReservationUsageStrategy noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1366,18 +1438,21 @@ type CapacityReservationOptionsRequest struct { // Describes an instance's Capacity Reservation targeting option. You can specify // only one parameter at a time. If you specify CapacityReservationPreference and -// CapacityReservationTarget , the request fails. Use the -// CapacityReservationPreference parameter to configure the instance to run as an -// On-Demand Instance or to run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching -// attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). Use the +// CapacityReservationTarget , the request fails. +// +// Use the CapacityReservationPreference parameter to configure the instance to +// run as an On-Demand Instance or to run in any open Capacity Reservation that +// has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). Use the // CapacityReservationTarget parameter to explicitly target a specific Capacity // Reservation or a Capacity Reservation group. type CapacityReservationSpecification struct { // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences // include: + // // - open - The instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has // matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + // // - none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is // available. The instance runs as an On-Demand Instance. CapacityReservationPreference CapacityReservationPreference @@ -1399,8 +1474,10 @@ type CapacityReservationSpecificationResponse struct { // Describes the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences // include: + // // - open - The instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has // matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + // // - none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is // available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. CapacityReservationPreference CapacityReservationPreference @@ -1479,8 +1556,9 @@ type CertificateAuthenticationRequest struct { // Provides authorization for Amazon to bring a specific IP address range to a // specific Amazon Web Services account using bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP). -// For more information, see Configuring your BYOIP address range (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html#prepare-for-byoip) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see [Configuring your BYOIP address range]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Configuring your BYOIP address range]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-byoip.html#prepare-for-byoip type CidrAuthorizationContext struct { // The plain-text authorization message for the prefix and account. @@ -1505,7 +1583,9 @@ type CidrBlock struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Deprecated. Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of a VPC. +// Deprecated. +// +// Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of a VPC. type ClassicLinkDnsSupport struct { // Indicates whether ClassicLink DNS support is enabled for the VPC. @@ -1517,7 +1597,9 @@ type ClassicLinkDnsSupport struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Deprecated. Describes a linked EC2-Classic instance. +// Deprecated. +// +// Describes a linked EC2-Classic instance. type ClassicLinkInstance struct { // The security groups. @@ -1625,8 +1707,11 @@ type ClientLoginBannerOptions struct { BannerText *string // Enable or disable a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon - // Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established. Valid values: - // true | false Default value: false + // Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established. + // + // Valid values: true | false + // + // Default value: false Enabled *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1641,15 +1726,18 @@ type ClientLoginBannerResponseOptions struct { // only. Maximum of 1400 characters. BannerText *string - // Current state of text banner feature. Valid values: true | false + // Current state of text banner feature. + // + // Valid values: true | false Enabled *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Describes the authentication methods used by a Client VPN endpoint. For more -// information, see Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/client-authentication.html) -// in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. +// information, see [Authentication]in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. +// +// [Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/client-authentication.html type ClientVpnAuthentication struct { // Information about the Active Directory, if applicable. @@ -1668,8 +1756,9 @@ type ClientVpnAuthentication struct { } // Describes the authentication method to be used by a Client VPN endpoint. For -// more information, see Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/authentication-authrization.html#client-authentication) -// in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. +// more information, see [Authentication]in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. +// +// [Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/authentication-authrization.html#client-authentication type ClientVpnAuthenticationRequest struct { // Information about the Active Directory to be used, if applicable. You must @@ -1821,14 +1910,19 @@ type ClientVpnEndpoint struct { // The ARN of the server certificate. ServerCertificateArn *string - // The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24 + // The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. + // + // Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24 + // // Default value: 24 SessionTimeoutHours *int32 - // Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled in the Client VPN endpoint. For - // information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-Tunnel Client VPN - // endpoint (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html) - // in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. + // Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled in the Client VPN endpoint. + // + // For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see [Split-Tunnel Client VPN endpoint] in the Client VPN + // Administrator Guide. + // + // [Split-Tunnel Client VPN endpoint]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/clientvpn-admin/split-tunnel-vpn.html SplitTunnel *bool // The current state of the Client VPN endpoint. @@ -1868,13 +1962,17 @@ type ClientVpnEndpointAttributeStatus struct { type ClientVpnEndpointStatus struct { // The state of the Client VPN endpoint. Possible states include: + // // - pending-associate - The Client VPN endpoint has been created but no target // networks have been associated. The Client VPN endpoint cannot accept // connections. + // // - available - The Client VPN endpoint has been created and a target network // has been associated. The Client VPN endpoint can accept connections. + // // - deleting - The Client VPN endpoint is being deleted. The Client VPN endpoint // cannot accept connections. + // // - deleted - The Client VPN endpoint has been deleted. The Client VPN endpoint // cannot accept connections. Code ClientVpnEndpointStatusCode @@ -1930,14 +2028,17 @@ type ClientVpnRouteStatus struct { // Options for sending VPN tunnel logs to CloudWatch. type CloudWatchLogOptions struct { - // Status of VPN tunnel logging feature. Default value is False . Valid values: - // True | False + // Status of VPN tunnel logging feature. Default value is False . + // + // Valid values: True | False LogEnabled *bool // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CloudWatch log group to send logs to. LogGroupArn *string - // Configured log format. Default format is json . Valid values: json | text + // Configured log format. Default format is json . + // + // Valid values: json | text LogOutputFormat *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1946,14 +2047,17 @@ type CloudWatchLogOptions struct { // Options for sending VPN tunnel logs to CloudWatch. type CloudWatchLogOptionsSpecification struct { - // Enable or disable VPN tunnel logging feature. Default value is False . Valid - // values: True | False + // Enable or disable VPN tunnel logging feature. Default value is False . + // + // Valid values: True | False LogEnabled *bool // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CloudWatch log group to send logs to. LogGroupArn *string - // Set log format. Default format is json . Valid values: json | text + // Set log format. Default format is json . + // + // Valid values: json | text LogOutputFormat *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1980,13 +2084,13 @@ type CoipAddressUsage struct { // Information about a customer-owned IP address range. type CoipCidr struct { - // An address range in a customer-owned IP address space. + // An address range in a customer-owned IP address space. Cidr *string - // The ID of the address pool. + // The ID of the address pool. CoipPoolId *string - // The ID of the local gateway route table. + // The ID of the local gateway route table. LocalGatewayRouteTableId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2079,8 +2183,9 @@ type ConnectionNotification struct { // A security group connection tracking configuration that enables you to set the // idle timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more -// information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts type ConnectionTrackingConfiguration struct { // Timeout (in seconds) for idle TCP connections in an established state. Min: 60 @@ -2103,8 +2208,9 @@ type ConnectionTrackingConfiguration struct { // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set the // idle timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more -// information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts type ConnectionTrackingSpecification struct { // Timeout (in seconds) for idle TCP connections in an established state. Min: 60 @@ -2127,8 +2233,9 @@ type ConnectionTrackingSpecification struct { // A security group connection tracking specification request that enables you to // set the idle timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. -// For more information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts type ConnectionTrackingSpecificationRequest struct { // Timeout (in seconds) for idle TCP connections in an established state. Min: 60 @@ -2151,8 +2258,9 @@ type ConnectionTrackingSpecificationRequest struct { // A security group connection tracking specification response that enables you to // set the idle timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. -// For more information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts type ConnectionTrackingSpecificationResponse struct { // Timeout (in seconds) for idle TCP connections in an established state. Min: 60 @@ -2207,8 +2315,9 @@ type ConversionTask struct { type CpuOptions struct { // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for AMD SEV-SNP. For more - // information, see AMD SEV-SNP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html) - // . + // information, see [AMD SEV-SNP]. + // + // [AMD SEV-SNP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html AmdSevSnp AmdSevSnpSpecification // The number of CPU cores for the instance. @@ -2225,8 +2334,10 @@ type CpuOptions struct { type CpuOptionsRequest struct { // Indicates whether to enable the instance for AMD SEV-SNP. AMD SEV-SNP is - // supported with M6a, R6a, and C6a instance types only. For more information, see - // AMD SEV-SNP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html) . + // supported with M6a, R6a, and C6a instance types only. For more information, see [AMD SEV-SNP] + // . + // + // [AMD SEV-SNP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html AmdSevSnp AmdSevSnpSpecification // The number of CPU cores for the instance. @@ -2243,13 +2354,15 @@ type CpuOptionsRequest struct { type CreateFleetError struct { // The error code that indicates why the instance could not be launched. For more - // information about error codes, see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html) - // . + // information about error codes, see [Error codes]. + // + // [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html ErrorCode *string // The error message that describes why the instance could not be launched. For - // more information about error messages, see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html) - // . + // more information about error messages, see [Error codes]. + // + // [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html ErrorMessage *string // The launch templates and overrides that were used for launching the instances. @@ -2341,16 +2454,19 @@ type CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions struct { // Enable or disable IPv6 support. The default is disable . Ipv6Support Ipv6SupportValue - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. Enables - // you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use - // this option to simplify security group management and control of + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of // instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. // You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only // option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now // also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and - // there are no additional costs to use this feature. If you don't enable or - // disable SecurityGroupReferencingSupport in the request, the attachment will - // inherit the security group referencing support setting on the transit gateway. + // there are no additional costs to use this feature. + // + // If you don't enable or disable SecurityGroupReferencingSupport in the request, + // the attachment will inherit the security group referencing support setting on + // the transit gateway. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2395,8 +2511,8 @@ type CreateVerifiedAccessEndpointLoadBalancerOptions struct { // trust provider using the device type. type CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProviderDeviceOptions struct { - // The URL Amazon Web Services Verified Access will use to verify the authenticity - // of the device tokens. + // The URL Amazon Web Services Verified Access will use to verify the + // authenticity of the device tokens. PublicSigningKeyUrl *string // The ID of the tenant application with the device-identity provider. @@ -2463,8 +2579,9 @@ type CreateVolumePermissionModifications struct { // Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a T instance. type CreditSpecification struct { - // The credit option for CPU usage of a T instance. Valid values: standard | - // unlimited + // The credit option for CPU usage of a T instance. + // + // Valid values: standard | unlimited CpuCredits *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2473,8 +2590,9 @@ type CreditSpecification struct { // The credit option for CPU usage of a T instance. type CreditSpecificationRequest struct { - // The credit option for CPU usage of a T instance. Valid values: standard | - // unlimited + // The credit option for CPU usage of a T instance. + // + // Valid values: standard | unlimited // // This member is required. CpuCredits *string @@ -2751,8 +2869,10 @@ type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct { State FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode // The reason for the state transition. The possible values are as follows: + // // - Client.UserInitiated - The state successfully transitioned to enabling or // disabling . + // // - Client.UserInitiated - Lifecycle state transition - The state successfully // transitioned to optimizing , enabled , or disabled . StateTransitionReason *string @@ -2764,13 +2884,15 @@ type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct { type DescribeFleetError struct { // The error code that indicates why the instance could not be launched. For more - // information about error codes, see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html.html) - // . + // information about error codes, see [Error codes]. + // + // [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html.html ErrorCode *string // The error message that describes why the instance could not be launched. For - // more information about error messages, see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html.html) - // . + // more information about error messages, see [Error codes]. + // + // [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html.html ErrorMessage *string // The launch templates and overrides that were used for launching the instances. @@ -2846,8 +2968,8 @@ type DestinationOptionsResponse struct { // device-identity based trust provider. type DeviceOptions struct { - // The URL Amazon Web Services Verified Access will use to verify the authenticity - // of the device tokens. + // The URL Amazon Web Services Verified Access will use to verify the + // authenticity of the device tokens. PublicSigningKeyUrl *string // The ID of the tenant application with the device-identity provider. @@ -2978,8 +3100,10 @@ type DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct { State FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode // The reason for the state transition. The possible values are as follows: + // // - Client.UserInitiated - The state successfully transitioned to enabling or // disabling . + // // - Client.UserInitiated - Lifecycle state transition - The state successfully // transitioned to optimizing , enabled , or disabled . StateTransitionReason *string @@ -3013,10 +3137,13 @@ type DiskImageDescription struct { // A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3. For information // about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String - // Request Authentication Alternative" section of the Authenticating REST Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) - // topic in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For information - // about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html) - // . + // Request Authentication Alternative" section of the [Authenticating REST Requests]topic in the Amazon Simple + // Storage Service Developer Guide. + // + // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see [VM Import Manifest]. + // + // [Authenticating REST Requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html + // [VM Import Manifest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html ImportManifestUrl *string // The size of the disk image, in GiB. @@ -3041,10 +3168,13 @@ type DiskImageDetail struct { // A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3 and presented here // as an Amazon S3 presigned URL. For information about creating a presigned URL // for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String Request Authentication - // Alternative" section of the Authenticating REST Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) - // topic in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For information - // about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see VM Import Manifest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html) - // . + // Alternative" section of the [Authenticating REST Requests]topic in the Amazon Simple Storage Service + // Developer Guide. + // + // For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see [VM Import Manifest]. + // + // [Authenticating REST Requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html + // [VM Import Manifest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/manifest.html // // This member is required. ImportManifestUrl *string @@ -3137,88 +3267,121 @@ type DnsServersOptionsModifyStructure struct { type EbsBlockDevice struct { // Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. For more - // information, see Preserving Amazon EBS volumes on instance termination (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/terminating-instances.html#preserving-volumes-on-termination) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Preserving Amazon EBS volumes on instance termination]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Preserving Amazon EBS volumes on instance termination]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/terminating-instances.html#preserving-volumes-on-termination DeleteOnTermination *bool // Indicates whether the encryption state of an EBS volume is changed while being // restored from a backing snapshot. The effect of setting the encryption state to // true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption // state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more - // information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html#encryption-parameters) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. In no case can you remove encryption from an - // encrypted volume. Encrypted volumes can only be attached to instances that - // support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance - // types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances) - // . This parameter is not returned by DescribeImageAttribute . For CreateImage - // and RegisterImage , whether you can include this parameter, and the allowed - // values differ depending on the type of block device mapping you are creating. + // information, see [Amazon EBS encryption]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // In no case can you remove encryption from an encrypted volume. + // + // Encrypted volumes can only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS + // encryption. For more information, see [Supported instance types]. + // + // This parameter is not returned by DescribeImageAttribute. + // + // For CreateImage and RegisterImage, whether you can include this parameter, and the allowed values + // differ depending on the type of block device mapping you are creating. + // // - If you are creating a block device mapping for a new (empty) volume, you // can include this parameter, and specify either true for an encrypted volume, // or false for an unencrypted volume. If you omit this parameter, it defaults to // false (unencrypted). + // // - If you are creating a block device mapping from an existing encrypted or // unencrypted snapshot, you must omit this parameter. If you include this // parameter, the request will fail, regardless of the value that you specify. + // // - If you are creating a block device mapping from an existing unencrypted // volume, you can include this parameter, but you must specify false . If you // specify true , the request will fail. In this case, we recommend that you omit // the parameter. + // // - If you are creating a block device mapping from an existing encrypted // volume, you can include this parameter, and specify either true or false . // However, if you specify false , the parameter is ignored and the block device // mapping is always encrypted. In this case, we recommend that you omit the // parameter. + // + // [Amazon EBS encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html#encryption-parameters + // [Supported instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances Encrypted *bool // The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3 , io1 , and io2 // volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. // For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the - // rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. The following are - // the supported values for each volume type: + // rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. + // + // The following are the supported values for each volume type: + // // - gp3 : 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS + // // - io1 : 100 - 64,000 IOPS + // // - io2 : 100 - 256,000 IOPS - // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on instances built on the - // Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // . On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. This - // parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes is - // 3,000 IOPS. + // + // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System]. On other instances, + // you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. + // + // This parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes + // is 3,000 IOPS. + // + // [instances built on the Nitro System]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances Iops *int32 // Identifier (key ID, key alias, ID ARN, or alias ARN) for a customer managed CMK - // under which the EBS volume is encrypted. This parameter is only supported on - // BlockDeviceMapping objects called by RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // , RequestSpotFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html) - // , and RequestSpotInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html) - // . + // under which the EBS volume is encrypted. + // + // This parameter is only supported on BlockDeviceMapping objects called by [RunInstances], [RequestSpotFleet], + // and [RequestSpotInstances]. + // + // [RequestSpotInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html + // [RequestSpotFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotFleet.html KmsKeyId *string - // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. This parameter is not - // supported when using CreateImage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateImage.html) - // . + // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. + // + // This parameter is not supported when using [CreateImage]. + // + // [CreateImage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateImage.html OutpostArn *string // The ID of the snapshot. SnapshotId *string - // The throughput that the volume supports, in MiB/s. This parameter is valid only - // for gp3 volumes. Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. + // The throughput that the volume supports, in MiB/s. + // + // This parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes. + // + // Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. Throughput *int32 // The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a // volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You - // can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. The - // following are the supported sizes for each volume type: + // can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. + // + // The following are the supported sizes for each volume type: + // // - gp2 and gp3 : 1 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io1 : 4 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io2 : 4 - 65,536 GiB + // // - st1 and sc1 : 125 - 16,384 GiB + // // - standard : 1 - 1024 GiB VolumeSize *int32 - // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // The volume type. For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS volume types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html VolumeType VolumeType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -3231,8 +3394,9 @@ type EbsInfo struct { EbsOptimizedInfo *EbsOptimizedInfo // Indicates whether the instance type is Amazon EBS-optimized. For more - // information, see Amazon EBS-optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html) - // in Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Amazon EBS-optimized instances]in Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS-optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html EbsOptimizedSupport EbsOptimizedSupport // Indicates whether Amazon EBS encryption is supported. @@ -3262,8 +3426,9 @@ type EbsInstanceBlockDevice struct { // The ID of the EBS volume. VolumeId *string - // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the volume. This parameter - // is returned only for volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. + // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the volume. + // + // This parameter is returned only for volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. VolumeOwnerId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -3339,9 +3504,12 @@ type Ec2InstanceConnectEndpoint struct { // Indicates whether your client's IP address is preserved as the source. The // value is true or false . + // // - If true , your client's IP address is used when you connect to a resource. + // // - If false , the elastic network interface IP address is used when you connect // to a resource. + // // Default: true PreserveClientIp *bool @@ -3395,8 +3563,10 @@ type EgressOnlyInternetGateway struct { // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, -// G4dn, or G5 instances. Describes the association between an instance and an -// Elastic Graphics accelerator. +// G4dn, or G5 instances. +// +// Describes the association between an instance and an Elastic Graphics +// accelerator. type ElasticGpuAssociation struct { // The ID of the association. @@ -3417,7 +3587,9 @@ type ElasticGpuAssociation struct { // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, -// G4dn, or G5 instances. Describes the status of an Elastic Graphics accelerator. +// G4dn, or G5 instances. +// +// Describes the status of an Elastic Graphics accelerator. type ElasticGpuHealth struct { // The health status. @@ -3428,7 +3600,9 @@ type ElasticGpuHealth struct { // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, -// G4dn, or G5 instances. Describes an Elastic Graphics accelerator. +// G4dn, or G5 instances. +// +// Describes an Elastic Graphics accelerator. type ElasticGpus struct { // The Availability Zone in the which the Elastic Graphics accelerator resides. @@ -3457,13 +3631,16 @@ type ElasticGpus struct { // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, -// G4dn, or G5 instances. A specification for an Elastic Graphics accelerator. +// G4dn, or G5 instances. +// +// A specification for an Elastic Graphics accelerator. type ElasticGpuSpecification struct { // The type of Elastic Graphics accelerator. For more information about the values - // to specify for Type , see Elastic Graphics Basics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html#elastic-graphics-basics) - // , specifically the Elastic Graphics accelerator column, in the Amazon Elastic - // Compute Cloud User Guide for Windows Instances. + // to specify for Type , see [Elastic Graphics Basics], specifically the Elastic Graphics accelerator + // column, in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Windows Instances. + // + // [Elastic Graphics Basics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-graphics.html#elastic-graphics-basics // // This member is required. Type *string @@ -3471,14 +3648,18 @@ type ElasticGpuSpecification struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For -// workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon -// EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. +// Deprecated. +// +// Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads +// that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, +// G4dn, or G5 instances. type ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse struct { - // Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For - // workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon - // EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. + // Deprecated. + // + // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads + // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, + // G4dn, or G5 instances. Type *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -3487,33 +3668,35 @@ type ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse struct { // Describes an elastic inference accelerator. type ElasticInferenceAccelerator struct { - // The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are eia1.medium , - // eia1.large , eia1.xlarge , eia2.medium , eia2.large , and eia2.xlarge . + // The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are eia1.medium + // , eia1.large , eia1.xlarge , eia2.medium , eia2.large , and eia2.xlarge . // // This member is required. Type *string - // The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + // The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + // // Default: 1 Count *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes the association between an instance and an elastic inference +// Describes the association between an instance and an elastic inference +// // accelerator. type ElasticInferenceAcceleratorAssociation struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the elastic inference accelerator. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the elastic inference accelerator. ElasticInferenceAcceleratorArn *string - // The ID of the association. + // The ID of the association. ElasticInferenceAcceleratorAssociationId *string - // The state of the elastic inference accelerator. + // The state of the elastic inference accelerator. ElasticInferenceAcceleratorAssociationState *string - // The time at which the elastic inference accelerator is associated with an + // The time at which the elastic inference accelerator is associated with an // instance. ElasticInferenceAcceleratorAssociationTime *time.Time @@ -3594,8 +3777,10 @@ type EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct { State FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode // The reason for the state transition. The possible values are as follows: + // // - Client.UserInitiated - The state successfully transitioned to enabling or // disabling . + // // - Client.UserInitiated - Lifecycle state transition - The state successfully // transitioned to optimizing , enabled , or disabled . StateTransitionReason *string @@ -3608,11 +3793,13 @@ type EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct { // latency of network traffic between EC2 instances. With ENA Express, you can // communicate between two EC2 instances in the same subnet within the same // account, or in different accounts. Both sending and receiving instances must -// have ENA Express enabled. To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, -// ENA Express reorders network packets on the receiving end by default. However, -// some UDP-based applications are designed to handle network packets that are out -// of order to reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When -// ENA Express is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. +// have ENA Express enabled. +// +// To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, ENA Express reorders +// network packets on the receiving end by default. However, some UDP-based +// applications are designed to handle network packets that are out of order to +// reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When ENA Express +// is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. type EnaSrdSpecification struct { // Indicates whether ENA Express is enabled for the network interface. @@ -3677,8 +3864,10 @@ type EnclaveOptions struct { } // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro -// Enclaves. For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. +// Enclaves. For more information, see [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves +// User Guide. +// +// [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html type EnclaveOptionsRequest struct { // To enable the instance for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, set this @@ -3694,58 +3883,83 @@ type EventInformation struct { // The description of the event. EventDescription *string - // The event. error events: + // The event. + // + // error events: + // // - iamFleetRoleInvalid - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet does not have the required // permissions either to launch or terminate an instance. + // // - allLaunchSpecsTemporarilyBlacklisted - None of the configurations are valid, // and several attempts to launch instances have failed. For more information, see // the description of the event. + // // - spotInstanceCountLimitExceeded - You've reached the limit on the number of // Spot Instances that you can launch. + // // - spotFleetRequestConfigurationInvalid - The configuration is not valid. For // more information, see the description of the event. + // // fleetRequestChange events: + // // - active - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request has been validated and Amazon // EC2 is attempting to maintain the target number of running instances. + // // - deleted (EC2 Fleet) / cancelled (Spot Fleet) - The EC2 Fleet is deleted or // the Spot Fleet request is canceled and has no running instances. The EC2 Fleet // or Spot Fleet will be deleted two days after its instances are terminated. + // // - deleted_running (EC2 Fleet) / cancelled_running (Spot Fleet) - The EC2 Fleet // is deleted or the Spot Fleet request is canceled and does not launch additional // instances. Its existing instances continue to run until they are interrupted or // terminated. The request remains in this state until all instances are // interrupted or terminated. + // // - deleted_terminating (EC2 Fleet) / cancelled_terminating (Spot Fleet) - The // EC2 Fleet is deleted or the Spot Fleet request is canceled and its instances are // terminating. The request remains in this state until all instances are // terminated. + // // - expired - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request has expired. If the request // was created with TerminateInstancesWithExpiration set, a subsequent terminated // event indicates that the instances are terminated. + // // - modify_in_progress - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request is being modified. // The request remains in this state until the modification is fully processed. + // // - modify_succeeded - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request was modified. + // // - submitted - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request is being evaluated and // Amazon EC2 is preparing to launch the target number of instances. + // // - progress - The EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet request is in the process of being // fulfilled. + // // instanceChange events: + // // - launched - A new instance was launched. + // // - terminated - An instance was terminated by the user. + // // - termination_notified - An instance termination notification was sent when a // Spot Instance was terminated by Amazon EC2 during scale-down, when the target // capacity of the fleet was modified down, for example, from a target capacity of // 4 to a target capacity of 3. + // // Information events: + // // - fleetProgressHalted - The price in every launch specification is not valid // because it is below the Spot price (all the launch specifications have produced // launchSpecUnusable events). A launch specification might become valid if the // Spot price changes. + // // - launchSpecTemporarilyBlacklisted - The configuration is not valid and // several attempts to launch instances have failed. For more information, see the // description of the event. + // // - launchSpecUnusable - The price in a launch specification is not valid // because it is below the Spot price. + // // - registerWithLoadBalancersFailed - An attempt to register instances with load // balancers failed. For more information, see the description of the event. EventSubType *string @@ -3758,8 +3972,9 @@ type EventInformation struct { } // Describes an explanation code for an unreachable path. For more information, -// see Reachability Analyzer explanation codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/explanation-codes.html) -// . +// see [Reachability Analyzer explanation codes]. +// +// [Reachability Analyzer explanation codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/explanation-codes.html type Explanation struct { // The network ACL. @@ -3805,7 +4020,9 @@ type Explanation struct { DestinationVpc *AnalysisComponent // The direction. The following are the possible values: + // // - egress + // // - ingress Direction *string @@ -4023,8 +4240,9 @@ type ExportToS3Task struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must // exist and have an access control list (ACL) attached that specifies the // Region-specific canonical account ID for the Grantee . For more information - // about the ACL to your S3 bucket, see Prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html#vmexport-prerequisites) - // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // about the ACL to your S3 bucket, see [Prerequisites]in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // + // [Prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html#vmexport-prerequisites S3Bucket *string // The encryption key for your S3 bucket. @@ -4046,8 +4264,9 @@ type ExportToS3TaskSpecification struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must // exist and have an access control list (ACL) attached that specifies the // Region-specific canonical account ID for the Grantee . For more information - // about the ACL to your S3 bucket, see Prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html#vmexport-prerequisites) - // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // about the ACL to your S3 bucket, see [Prerequisites]in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // + // [Prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmexport.html#vmexport-prerequisites S3Bucket *string // The image is written to a single object in the Amazon S3 bucket at the S3 key @@ -4081,9 +4300,10 @@ type FailedQueuedPurchaseDeletion struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Request to create a launch template for a Windows fast launch enabled AMI. Note -// - You can specify either the LaunchTemplateName or the LaunchTemplateId , but -// not both. +// Request to create a launch template for a Windows fast launch enabled AMI. +// +// Note - You can specify either the LaunchTemplateName or the LaunchTemplateId , +// but not both. type FastLaunchLaunchTemplateSpecificationRequest struct { // Specify the version of the launch template that the AMI should use for Windows @@ -4168,9 +4388,10 @@ type FederatedAuthenticationRequest struct { // A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list of // results from a describe operation. Filters can be used to match a set of -// resources by specific criteria, such as tags, attributes, or IDs. If you specify -// multiple filters, the filters are joined with an AND , and the request returns -// only results that match all of the specified filters. +// resources by specific criteria, such as tags, attributes, or IDs. +// +// If you specify multiple filters, the filters are joined with an AND , and the +// request returns only results that match all of the specified filters. type Filter struct { // The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. @@ -4277,8 +4498,9 @@ type FleetCapacityReservation struct { EbsOptimized *bool // The number of capacity units fulfilled by the Capacity Reservation. For more - // information, see Total target capacity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Total target capacity]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Total target capacity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity FulfilledCapacity *float64 // The type of operating system for which the Capacity Reservation reserves @@ -4289,8 +4511,9 @@ type FleetCapacityReservation struct { InstanceType InstanceType // The priority of the instance type in the Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more - // information, see Instance type priority (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#instance-priority) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Instance type priority]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance type priority]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#instance-priority Priority *int32 // The total number of instances for which the Capacity Reservation reserves @@ -4298,8 +4521,9 @@ type FleetCapacityReservation struct { TotalInstanceCount *int32 // The weight of the instance type in the Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more - // information, see Instance type weight (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#instance-weight) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Instance type weight]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance type weight]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#instance-weight Weight *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4316,8 +4540,11 @@ type FleetData struct { ActivityStatus FleetActivityStatus // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring idempotency]. + // + // Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters + // + // [Ensuring idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Reserved. @@ -4331,8 +4558,9 @@ type FleetData struct { Errors []DescribeFleetError // Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the target capacity - // of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. Supported - // only for fleets of type maintain . + // of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type maintain . ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy FleetExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy // The ID of the EC2 Fleet. @@ -4360,9 +4588,10 @@ type FleetData struct { OnDemandOptions *OnDemandOptions // Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace unhealthy Spot Instances. Supported - // only for fleets of type maintain . For more information, see EC2 Fleet health - // checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#ec2-fleet-health-checks) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // only for fleets of type maintain . For more information, see [EC2 Fleet health checks] in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [EC2 Fleet health checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/manage-ec2-fleet.html#ec2-fleet-health-checks ReplaceUnhealthyInstances *bool // The configuration of Spot Instances in an EC2 Fleet. @@ -4426,8 +4655,10 @@ type FleetLaunchTemplateConfigRequest struct { LaunchTemplateSpecification *FleetLaunchTemplateSpecificationRequest // Any parameters that you specify override the same parameters in the launch - // template. For fleets of type request and maintain , a maximum of 300 items is - // allowed across all launch templates. + // template. + // + // For fleets of type request and maintain , a maximum of 300 items is allowed + // across all launch templates. Overrides []FleetLaunchTemplateOverridesRequest noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4445,45 +4676,56 @@ type FleetLaunchTemplateOverrides struct { ImageId *string // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, - // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. If you specify - // InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . + // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirements - // The instance type. mac1.metal is not supported as a launch template override. + // The instance type. + // + // mac1.metal is not supported as a launch template override. + // // If you specify InstanceType , you can't specify InstanceRequirements . InstanceType InstanceType // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. MaxPrice *string // The location where the instance launched, if applicable. Placement *PlacementResponse // The priority for the launch template override. The highest priority is launched - // first. If the On-Demand AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , EC2 Fleet - // uses priority to determine which launch template override to use first in - // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. If the Spot AllocationStrategy is set to - // capacity-optimized-prioritized , EC2 Fleet uses priority on a best-effort basis - // to determine which launch template override to use in fulfilling Spot capacity, - // but optimizes for capacity first. Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0 . - // The lower the number, the higher the priority. If no number is set, the override - // has the lowest priority. You can set the same priority for different launch - // template overrides. + // first. + // + // If the On-Demand AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , EC2 Fleet uses + // priority to determine which launch template override to use first in fulfilling + // On-Demand capacity. + // + // If the Spot AllocationStrategy is set to capacity-optimized-prioritized , EC2 + // Fleet uses priority on a best-effort basis to determine which launch template + // override to use in fulfilling Spot capacity, but optimizes for capacity first. + // + // Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0 . The lower the number, the higher + // the priority. If no number is set, the override has the lowest priority. You can + // set the same priority for different launch template overrides. Priority *float64 // The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. SubnetId *string - // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. When specifying - // weights, the price used in the lowest-price and price-capacity-optimized - // allocation strategies is per unit hour (where the instance price is divided by - // the specified weight). However, if all the specified weights are above the - // requested TargetCapacity , resulting in only 1 instance being launched, the - // price used is per instance hour. + // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. + // + // When specifying weights, the price used in the lowest-price and + // price-capacity-optimized allocation strategies is per unit hour (where the + // instance price is divided by the specified weight). However, if all the + // specified weights are above the requested TargetCapacity , resulting in only 1 + // instance being launched, the price used is per instance hour. WeightedCapacity *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4501,34 +4743,44 @@ type FleetLaunchTemplateOverridesRequest struct { ImageId *string // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, - // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. If you specify - // InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . + // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirementsRequest - // The instance type. mac1.metal is not supported as a launch template override. + // The instance type. + // + // mac1.metal is not supported as a launch template override. + // // If you specify InstanceType , you can't specify InstanceRequirements . InstanceType InstanceType // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. MaxPrice *string // The location where the instance launched, if applicable. Placement *Placement // The priority for the launch template override. The highest priority is launched - // first. If the On-Demand AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , EC2 Fleet - // uses priority to determine which launch template override to use first in - // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. If the Spot AllocationStrategy is set to - // capacity-optimized-prioritized , EC2 Fleet uses priority on a best-effort basis - // to determine which launch template override to use in fulfilling Spot capacity, - // but optimizes for capacity first. Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0 . - // The lower the number, the higher the priority. If no number is set, the launch - // template override has the lowest priority. You can set the same priority for - // different launch template overrides. + // first. + // + // If the On-Demand AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , EC2 Fleet uses + // priority to determine which launch template override to use first in fulfilling + // On-Demand capacity. + // + // If the Spot AllocationStrategy is set to capacity-optimized-prioritized , EC2 + // Fleet uses priority on a best-effort basis to determine which launch template + // override to use in fulfilling Spot capacity, but optimizes for capacity first. + // + // Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0 . The lower the number, the higher + // the priority. If no number is set, the launch template override has the lowest + // priority. You can set the same priority for different launch template overrides. Priority *float64 // The IDs of the subnets in which to launch the instances. Separate multiple @@ -4537,12 +4789,13 @@ type FleetLaunchTemplateOverridesRequest struct { // ID. SubnetId *string - // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. When specifying - // weights, the price used in the lowest-price and price-capacity-optimized - // allocation strategies is per unit hour (where the instance price is divided by - // the specified weight). However, if all the specified weights are above the - // requested TargetCapacity , resulting in only 1 instance being launched, the - // price used is per instance hour. + // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. + // + // When specifying weights, the price used in the lowest-price and + // price-capacity-optimized allocation strategies is per unit hour (where the + // instance price is divided by the specified weight). However, if all the + // specified weights are above the requested TargetCapacity , resulting in only 1 + // instance being launched, the price used is per instance hour. WeightedCapacity *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4550,47 +4803,63 @@ type FleetLaunchTemplateOverridesRequest struct { // The Amazon EC2 launch template that can be used by a Spot Fleet to configure // Amazon EC2 instances. You must specify either the ID or name of the launch -// template in the request, but not both. For information about launch templates, -// see Launch an instance from a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// template in the request, but not both. +// +// For information about launch templates, see [Launch an instance from a launch template] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Launch an instance from a launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html type FleetLaunchTemplateSpecification struct { - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify the LaunchTemplateId or the - // LaunchTemplateName , but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify the LaunchTemplateId or the LaunchTemplateName , but not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify the LaunchTemplateName or the - // LaunchTemplateId , but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify the LaunchTemplateName or the LaunchTemplateId , but not both. LaunchTemplateName *string // The launch template version number, $Latest , or $Default . You must specify a - // value, otherwise the request fails. If the value is $Latest , Amazon EC2 uses - // the latest version of the launch template. If the value is $Default , Amazon EC2 - // uses the default version of the launch template. - Version *string - + // value, otherwise the request fails. + // + // If the value is $Latest , Amazon EC2 uses the latest version of the launch + // template. + // + // If the value is $Default , Amazon EC2 uses the default version of the launch + // template. + Version *string + noSmithyDocumentSerde } // The Amazon EC2 launch template that can be used by an EC2 Fleet to configure // Amazon EC2 instances. You must specify either the ID or name of the launch -// template in the request, but not both. For information about launch templates, -// see Launch an instance from a launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// template in the request, but not both. +// +// For information about launch templates, see [Launch an instance from a launch template] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Launch an instance from a launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html type FleetLaunchTemplateSpecificationRequest struct { - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify the LaunchTemplateId or the - // LaunchTemplateName , but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify the LaunchTemplateId or the LaunchTemplateName , but not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify the LaunchTemplateName or the - // LaunchTemplateId , but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify the LaunchTemplateName or the LaunchTemplateId , but not both. LaunchTemplateName *string // The launch template version number, $Latest , or $Default . You must specify a - // value, otherwise the request fails. If the value is $Latest , Amazon EC2 uses - // the latest version of the launch template. If the value is $Default , Amazon EC2 - // uses the default version of the launch template. + // value, otherwise the request fails. + // + // If the value is $Latest , Amazon EC2 uses the latest version of the launch + // template. + // + // If the value is $Default , Amazon EC2 uses the default version of the launch + // template. Version *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4601,22 +4870,27 @@ type FleetLaunchTemplateSpecificationRequest struct { type FleetSpotCapacityRebalance struct { // The replacement strategy to use. Only available for fleets of type maintain . + // // launch - EC2 Fleet launches a new replacement Spot Instance when a rebalance // notification is emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet. EC2 Fleet // does not terminate the instances that receive a rebalance notification. You can // terminate the old instances, or you can leave them running. You are charged for - // all instances while they are running. launch-before-terminate - EC2 Fleet - // launches a new replacement Spot Instance when a rebalance notification is - // emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet, and then, after a delay that - // you specify (in TerminationDelay ), terminates the instances that received a - // rebalance notification. + // all instances while they are running. + // + // launch-before-terminate - EC2 Fleet launches a new replacement Spot Instance + // when a rebalance notification is emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the + // fleet, and then, after a delay that you specify (in TerminationDelay ), + // terminates the instances that received a rebalance notification. ReplacementStrategy FleetReplacementStrategy // The amount of time (in seconds) that Amazon EC2 waits before terminating the - // old Spot Instance after launching a new replacement Spot Instance. Required when - // ReplacementStrategy is set to launch-before-terminate . Not valid when - // ReplacementStrategy is set to launch . Valid values: Minimum value of 120 - // seconds. Maximum value of 7200 seconds. + // old Spot Instance after launching a new replacement Spot Instance. + // + // Required when ReplacementStrategy is set to launch-before-terminate . + // + // Not valid when ReplacementStrategy is set to launch . + // + // Valid values: Minimum value of 120 seconds. Maximum value of 7200 seconds. TerminationDelay *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4624,27 +4898,33 @@ type FleetSpotCapacityRebalance struct { // The Spot Instance replacement strategy to use when Amazon EC2 emits a rebalance // notification signal that your Spot Instance is at an elevated risk of being -// interrupted. For more information, see Capacity rebalancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-capacity-rebalance.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// interrupted. For more information, see [Capacity rebalancing]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Capacity rebalancing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-capacity-rebalance.html type FleetSpotCapacityRebalanceRequest struct { // The replacement strategy to use. Only available for fleets of type maintain . + // // launch - EC2 Fleet launches a replacement Spot Instance when a rebalance // notification is emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet. EC2 Fleet // does not terminate the instances that receive a rebalance notification. You can // terminate the old instances, or you can leave them running. You are charged for - // all instances while they are running. launch-before-terminate - EC2 Fleet - // launches a replacement Spot Instance when a rebalance notification is emitted - // for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet, and then, after a delay that you - // specify (in TerminationDelay ), terminates the instances that received a - // rebalance notification. + // all instances while they are running. + // + // launch-before-terminate - EC2 Fleet launches a replacement Spot Instance when a + // rebalance notification is emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet, + // and then, after a delay that you specify (in TerminationDelay ), terminates the + // instances that received a rebalance notification. ReplacementStrategy FleetReplacementStrategy // The amount of time (in seconds) that Amazon EC2 waits before terminating the - // old Spot Instance after launching a new replacement Spot Instance. Required when - // ReplacementStrategy is set to launch-before-terminate . Not valid when - // ReplacementStrategy is set to launch . Valid values: Minimum value of 120 - // seconds. Maximum value of 7200 seconds. + // old Spot Instance after launching a new replacement Spot Instance. + // + // Required when ReplacementStrategy is set to launch-before-terminate . + // + // Not valid when ReplacementStrategy is set to launch . + // + // Valid values: Minimum value of 120 seconds. Maximum value of 7200 seconds. TerminationDelay *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4718,10 +4998,14 @@ type FlowLog struct { LogGroupName *string // The maximum interval of time, in seconds, during which a flow of packets is - // captured and aggregated into a flow log record. When a network interface is - // attached to a Nitro-based instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // , the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds (1 minute) or less, regardless - // of the specified value. Valid Values: 60 | 600 + // captured and aggregated into a flow log record. + // + // When a network interface is attached to a [Nitro-based instance], the aggregation interval is always + // 60 seconds (1 minute) or less, regardless of the specified value. + // + // Valid Values: 60 | 600 + // + // [Nitro-based instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances MaxAggregationInterval *int32 // The ID of the resource being monitored. @@ -4845,9 +5129,13 @@ type FpgaImageAttribute struct { type FpgaImageState struct { // The state. The following are the possible values: + // // - pending - AFI bitstream generation is in progress. + // // - available - The AFI is available for use. + // // - failed - AFI bitstream generation failed. + // // - unavailable - The AFI is no longer available for use. Code FpgaImageStateCode @@ -4922,9 +5210,11 @@ type GroupIdentifier struct { } // Indicates whether your instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter -// is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html) -// . For more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// is valid only if the instance meets the [hibernation prerequisites]. For more information, see [Hibernate your instance] in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html +// [hibernation prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html type HibernationOptions struct { // If true , your instance is enabled for hibernation; otherwise, it is not enabled @@ -4935,19 +5225,27 @@ type HibernationOptions struct { } // Indicates whether your instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter -// is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html) -// . For more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// is valid only if the instance meets the [hibernation prerequisites]. For more information, see [Hibernate your instance] in the +// Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html +// [hibernation prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html type HibernationOptionsRequest struct { - // Set to true to enable your instance for hibernation. For Spot Instances, if you - // set Configured to true , either omit the InstanceInterruptionBehavior parameter - // (for SpotMarketOptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotMarketOptions.html) - // ), or set it to hibernate . When Configured is true: + // Set to true to enable your instance for hibernation. + // + // For Spot Instances, if you set Configured to true , either omit the + // InstanceInterruptionBehavior parameter (for [SpotMarketOptions]SpotMarketOptions ), or set it to + // hibernate . When Configured is true: + // // - If you omit InstanceInterruptionBehavior , it defaults to hibernate . + // // - If you set InstanceInterruptionBehavior to a value other than hibernate , // you'll get an error. + // // Default: false + // + // [SpotMarketOptions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotMarketOptions.html Configured *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4960,10 +5258,14 @@ type HistoryRecord struct { EventInformation *EventInformation // The event type. + // // - error - An error with the Spot Fleet request. + // // - fleetRequestChange - A change in the status or configuration of the Spot // Fleet request. + // // - instanceChange - An instance was launched or terminated. + // // - Information - An informational event. EventType EventType @@ -5018,8 +5320,9 @@ type Host struct { AvailableCapacity *AvailableCapacity // Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of - // the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // the request. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The ID of the Dedicated Host. @@ -5284,8 +5587,10 @@ type Image struct { // Any block device mapping entries. BlockDeviceMappings []BlockDeviceMapping - // The boot mode of the image. For more information, see Boot modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The boot mode of the image. For more information, see [Boot modes] in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide. + // + // [Boot modes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html BootMode BootModeValues // The date and time the image was created. @@ -5324,18 +5629,22 @@ type Image struct { // from this AMI will have HttpTokens automatically set to required so that, by // default, the instance requires that IMDSv2 is used when requesting instance // metadata. In addition, HttpPutResponseHopLimit is set to 2 . For more - // information, see Configure the AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Configure the AMI]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Configure the AMI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-IMDS-new-instances.html#configure-IMDS-new-instances-ami-configuration ImdsSupport ImdsSupportValues // The kernel associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine // images. KernelId *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the AMI was last used to launch an EC2 instance. When the AMI is used to - // launch an instance, there is a 24-hour delay before that usage is reported. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the AMI was last used to launch an EC2 instance. + // When the AMI is used to launch an instance, there is a 24-hour delay before that + // usage is reported. + // // lastLaunchedTime data is available starting April 2017. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 LastLaunchedTime *string // The name of the AMI that was provided during image creation. @@ -5348,8 +5657,9 @@ type Image struct { Platform PlatformValues // The platform details associated with the billing code of the AMI. For more - // information, see Understand AMI billing information (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-billing-info.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Understand AMI billing information]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Understand AMI billing information]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-billing-info.html PlatformDetails *string // Any product codes associated with the AMI. @@ -5372,8 +5682,9 @@ type Image struct { RootDeviceType DeviceType // The ID of the instance that the AMI was created from if the AMI was created - // using CreateImage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateImage.html) - // . This field only appears if the AMI was created using CreateImage. + // using [CreateImage]. This field only appears if the AMI was created using CreateImage. + // + // [CreateImage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateImage.html SourceInstanceId *string // Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function @@ -5391,18 +5702,22 @@ type Image struct { Tags []Tag // If the image is configured for NitroTPM support, the value is v2.0 . For more - // information, see NitroTPM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitrotpm.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [NitroTPM]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [NitroTPM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitrotpm.html TpmSupport TpmSupportValues // The operation of the Amazon EC2 instance and the billing code that is - // associated with the AMI. usageOperation corresponds to the lineitem/Operation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cur/latest/userguide/Lineitem-columns.html#Lineitem-details-O-Operation) - // column on your Amazon Web Services Cost and Usage Report and in the Amazon Web - // Services Price List API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/price-changes.html) - // . You can view these fields on the Instances or AMIs pages in the Amazon EC2 - // console, or in the responses that are returned by the DescribeImages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeImages.html) - // command in the Amazon EC2 API, or the describe-images (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-images.html) + // associated with the AMI. usageOperation corresponds to the [lineitem/Operation] column on your + // Amazon Web Services Cost and Usage Report and in the [Amazon Web Services Price List API]. You can view these + // fields on the Instances or AMIs pages in the Amazon EC2 console, or in the + // responses that are returned by the [DescribeImages]command in the Amazon EC2 API, or the [describe-images] // command in the CLI. + // + // [describe-images]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-images.html + // [lineitem/Operation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cur/latest/userguide/Lineitem-columns.html#Lineitem-details-O-Operation + // [DescribeImages]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeImages.html + // [Amazon Web Services Price List API]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/price-changes.html UsageOperation *string // The type of virtualization of the AMI. @@ -5420,8 +5735,9 @@ type ImageDiskContainer struct { // The block device mapping for the disk. DeviceName *string - // The format of the disk image being imported. Valid values: OVA | VHD | VHDX | - // VMDK | RAW + // The format of the disk image being imported. + // + // Valid values: OVA | VHD | VHDX | VMDK | RAW Format *string // The ID of the EBS snapshot to be used for importing the snapshot. @@ -5480,7 +5796,9 @@ type ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse struct { // Describes an import image task. type ImportImageTask struct { - // The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: i386 | x86_64 | arm64 + // The architecture of the virtual machine. + // + // Valid values: i386 | x86_64 | arm64 Architecture *string // The boot mode of the virtual machine. @@ -5492,7 +5810,9 @@ type ImportImageTask struct { // Indicates whether the image is encrypted. Encrypted *bool - // The target hypervisor for the import task. Valid values: xen + // The target hypervisor for the import task. + // + // Valid values: xen Hypervisor *string // The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the imported virtual machine. @@ -5555,8 +5875,9 @@ type ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification struct { InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior ShutdownBehavior // The instance type. For more information about the instance types that you can - // import, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmie_prereqs.html#vmimport-instance-types) - // in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // import, see [Instance Types]in the VM Import/Export User Guide. + // + // [Instance Types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vm-import/latest/userguide/vmie_prereqs.html#vmimport-instance-types InstanceType InstanceType // Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. @@ -5717,9 +6038,13 @@ type Instance struct { // The boot mode that was specified by the AMI. If the value is uefi-preferred , // the AMI supports both UEFI and Legacy BIOS. The currentInstanceBootMode // parameter is the boot mode that is used to boot the instance at launch or start. + // // The operating system contained in the AMI must be configured to support the - // specified boot mode. For more information, see Boot modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // specified boot mode. + // + // For more information, see [Boot modes] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Boot modes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html BootMode BootModeValues // The ID of the Capacity Reservation. @@ -5736,8 +6061,9 @@ type Instance struct { CpuOptions *CpuOptions // The boot mode that is used to boot the instance at launch or start. For more - // information, see Boot modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Boot modes]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Boot modes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html CurrentInstanceBootMode InstanceBootModeValues // Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This @@ -5747,9 +6073,11 @@ type Instance struct { // EBS Optimized instance. EbsOptimized *bool - // Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For - // workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon - // EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. + // Deprecated. + // + // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads + // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, + // G4dn, or G5 instances. ElasticGpuAssociations []ElasticGpuAssociation // The elastic inference accelerator associated with the instance. @@ -5822,18 +6150,20 @@ type Instance struct { // empty. Platform PlatformValues - // The platform details value for the instance. For more information, see AMI - // billing information fields (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/billing-info-fields.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The platform details value for the instance. For more information, see [AMI billing information fields] in the + // Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [AMI billing information fields]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/billing-info-fields.html PlatformDetails *string // [IPv4 only] The private DNS hostname name assigned to the instance. This DNS // hostname can only be used inside the Amazon EC2 network. This name is not - // available until the instance enters the running state. The Amazon-provided DNS - // server resolves Amazon-provided private DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS - // resolution and DNS hostnames in your VPC. If you are not using the - // Amazon-provided DNS server in your VPC, your custom domain name servers must - // resolve the hostname as appropriate. + // available until the instance enters the running state. + // + // The Amazon-provided DNS server resolves Amazon-provided private DNS hostnames + // if you've enabled DNS resolution and DNS hostnames in your VPC. If you are not + // using the Amazon-provided DNS server in your VPC, your custom domain name + // servers must resolve the hostname as appropriate. PrivateDnsName *string // The options for the instance hostname. @@ -5851,8 +6181,10 @@ type Instance struct { PublicDnsName *string // The public IPv4 address, or the Carrier IP address assigned to the instance, if - // applicable. A Carrier IP address only applies to an instance launched in a - // subnet associated with a Wavelength Zone. + // applicable. + // + // A Carrier IP address only applies to an instance launched in a subnet + // associated with a Wavelength Zone. PublicIpAddress *string // The RAM disk associated with this instance, if applicable. @@ -5894,13 +6226,15 @@ type Instance struct { Tags []Tag // If the instance is configured for NitroTPM support, the value is v2.0 . For more - // information, see NitroTPM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitrotpm.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [NitroTPM]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [NitroTPM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitrotpm.html TpmSupport *string - // The usage operation value for the instance. For more information, see AMI - // billing information fields (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/billing-info-fields.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The usage operation value for the instance. For more information, see [AMI billing information fields] in the + // Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [AMI billing information fields]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/billing-info-fields.html UsageOperation *string // The time that the usage operation was last updated. @@ -5920,11 +6254,13 @@ type Instance struct { // latency of network traffic between EC2 instances. With ENA Express, you can // communicate between two EC2 instances in the same subnet within the same // account, or in different accounts. Both sending and receiving instances must -// have ENA Express enabled. To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, -// ENA Express reorders network packets on the receiving end by default. However, -// some UDP-based applications are designed to handle network packets that are out -// of order to reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When -// ENA Express is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. +// have ENA Express enabled. +// +// To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, ENA Express reorders +// network packets on the receiving end by default. However, some UDP-based +// applications are designed to handle network packets that are out of order to +// reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When ENA Express +// is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. type InstanceAttachmentEnaSrdSpecification struct { // Indicates whether ENA Express is enabled for the network interface. @@ -6016,8 +6352,9 @@ type InstanceCount struct { // Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance. type InstanceCreditSpecification struct { - // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid values: standard | - // unlimited + // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. + // + // Valid values: standard | unlimited CpuCredits *string // The ID of the instance. @@ -6034,9 +6371,11 @@ type InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest struct { // This member is required. InstanceId *string - // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid values: standard | - // unlimited T3 instances with host tenancy do not support the unlimited CPU - // credit option. + // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. + // + // Valid values: standard | unlimited + // + // T3 instances with host tenancy do not support the unlimited CPU credit option. CpuCredits *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -6213,9 +6552,9 @@ type InstanceIpv6Address struct { // Determines if an IPv6 address associated with a network interface is the // primary IPv6 address. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, // the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is - // terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information, see - // RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // . + // terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information, see [RunInstances]. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html IsPrimaryIpv6 *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -6253,8 +6592,9 @@ type InstanceMaintenanceOptions struct { type InstanceMaintenanceOptionsRequest struct { // Disables the automatic recovery behavior of your instance or sets it to - // default. For more information, see Simplified automatic recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery) - // . + // default. For more information, see [Simplified automatic recovery]. + // + // [Simplified automatic recovery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery AutoRecovery InstanceAutoRecoveryState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -6284,16 +6624,18 @@ type InstanceMetadataDefaultsResponse struct { HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional – IMDSv2 is optional, which means that you can use either IMDSv2 or // IMDSv1. + // // - required – IMDSv2 is required, which means that IMDSv1 is disabled, and you // must use IMDSv2. HttpTokens HttpTokensState // Indicates whether access to instance tags from the instance metadata is enabled - // or disabled. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the - // instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // or disabled. For more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags InstanceMetadataTagsState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -6302,40 +6644,54 @@ type InstanceMetadataDefaultsResponse struct { // The metadata options for the instance. type InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest struct { - // Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If you - // specify a value of disabled , you cannot access your instance metadata. Default: - // enabled + // Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. + // + // If you specify a value of disabled , you cannot access your instance metadata. + // + // Default: enabled HttpEndpoint InstanceMetadataEndpointState // Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. + // // Default: disabled HttpProtocolIpv6 InstanceMetadataProtocolState - // The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. Possible values: - // Integers from 1 to 64 + // The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional - IMDSv2 is optional, which means that you can use either IMDSv2 or // IMDSv1. + // // - required - IMDSv2 is required, which means that IMDSv1 is disabled, and you // must use IMDSv2. + // // Default: + // // - If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for your // instance is v2.0 and the account level default is set to no-preference , the // default is required . + // // - If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for your // instance is v2.0 , but the account level default is set to V1 or V2 , the // default is optional . + // // The default value can also be affected by other combinations of parameters. For - // more information, see Order of precedence for instance metadata options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // more information, see [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Order of precedence for instance metadata options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/configuring-instance-metadata-options.html#instance-metadata-options-order-of-precedence HttpTokens HttpTokensState // Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set // to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For - // more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // . Default: disabled + // more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]. + // + // Default: disabled + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags InstanceMetadataTagsState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -6345,34 +6701,43 @@ type InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest struct { type InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse struct { // Indicates whether the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances is enabled or - // disabled. If the value is disabled , you cannot access your instance metadata. + // disabled. + // + // If the value is disabled , you cannot access your instance metadata. HttpEndpoint InstanceMetadataEndpointState // Indicates whether the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service is - // enabled or disabled. Default: disabled + // enabled or disabled. + // + // Default: disabled HttpProtocolIpv6 InstanceMetadataProtocolState - // The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. Possible values: - // Integers from 1 to 64 + // The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional - IMDSv2 is optional, which means that you can use either IMDSv2 or // IMDSv1. + // // - required - IMDSv2 is required, which means that IMDSv1 is disabled, and you // must use IMDSv2. HttpTokens HttpTokensState // Indicates whether access to instance tags from the instance metadata is enabled - // or disabled. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the - // instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // . + // or disabled. For more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]. + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags InstanceMetadataTagsState - // The state of the metadata option changes. pending - The metadata options are - // being updated and the instance is not ready to process metadata traffic with the - // new selection. applied - The metadata options have been successfully applied on - // the instance. + // The state of the metadata option changes. + // + // pending - The metadata options are being updated and the instance is not ready + // to process metadata traffic with the new selection. + // + // applied - The metadata options have been successfully applied on the instance. State InstanceMetadataOptionsState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -6402,8 +6767,9 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterface struct { // A security group connection tracking configuration that enables you to set the // timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more - // information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts ConnectionTrackingConfiguration *ConnectionTrackingSpecificationResponse // The description. @@ -6412,7 +6778,9 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterface struct { // The security groups. Groups []GroupIdentifier - // The type of network interface. Valid values: interface | efa | trunk + // The type of network interface. + // + // Valid values: interface | efa | trunk InterfaceType *string // The IPv4 delegated prefixes that are assigned to the network interface. @@ -6510,28 +6878,33 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment struct { // Describes a network interface. type InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { - // Indicates whether to assign a carrier IP address to the network interface. You - // can only assign a carrier IP address to a network interface that is in a subnet - // in a Wavelength Zone. For more information about carrier IP addresses, see - // Carrier IP address (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#provider-owned-ip) - // in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide. + // Indicates whether to assign a carrier IP address to the network interface. + // + // You can only assign a carrier IP address to a network interface that is in a + // subnet in a Wavelength Zone. For more information about carrier IP addresses, + // see [Carrier IP address]in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide. + // + // [Carrier IP address]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#provider-owned-ip AssociateCarrierIpAddress *bool // Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch in // a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for // eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. // You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching - // into a default subnet, the default value is true . Amazon Web Services charges - // for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with - // running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public - // IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) - // . + // into a default subnet, the default value is true . + // + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For + // more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the [Amazon VPC pricing page]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing page]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set the // timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more - // information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts ConnectionTrackingSpecification *ConnectionTrackingSpecificationRequest // If set to true , the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. You @@ -6544,8 +6917,10 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { Description *string // The position of the network interface in the attachment order. A primary - // network interface has a device index of 0. If you specify a network interface - // when launching an instance, you must specify the device index. + // network interface has a device index of 0. + // + // If you specify a network interface when launching an instance, you must specify + // the device index. DeviceIndex *int32 // Specifies the ENA Express settings for the network interface that's attached to @@ -6556,7 +6931,9 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // creating a network interface when launching an instance. Groups []string - // The type of network interface. Valid values: interface | efa + // The type of network interface. + // + // Valid values: interface | efa InterfaceType *string // The number of IPv4 delegated prefixes to be automatically assigned to the @@ -6590,42 +6967,50 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // The index of the network card. Some instance types support multiple network // cards. The primary network interface must be assigned to network card index 0. - // The default is network card index 0. If you are using RequestSpotInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html) - // to create Spot Instances, omit this parameter because you can’t specify the - // network card index when using this API. To specify the network card index, use - // RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // . + // The default is network card index 0. + // + // If you are using [RequestSpotInstances] to create Spot Instances, omit this parameter because you + // can’t specify the network card index when using this API. To specify the network + // card index, use [RunInstances]. + // + // [RequestSpotInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RequestSpotInstances.html + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html NetworkCardIndex *int32 - // The ID of the network interface. If you are creating a Spot Fleet, omit this - // parameter because you can’t specify a network interface ID in a launch - // specification. + // The ID of the network interface. + // + // If you are creating a Spot Fleet, omit this parameter because you can’t specify + // a network interface ID in a launch specification. NetworkInterfaceId *string // The primary IPv6 address of the network interface. When you enable an IPv6 GUA // address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 // address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. - // For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // . + // For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see [RunInstances]. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html PrimaryIpv6 *bool // The private IPv4 address of the network interface. Applies only if creating a // network interface when launching an instance. You cannot specify this option if - // you're launching more than one instance in a RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // request. + // you're launching more than one instance in a [RunInstances]request. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html PrivateIpAddress *string // The private IPv4 addresses to assign to the network interface. Only one private // IPv4 address can be designated as primary. You cannot specify this option if - // you're launching more than one instance in a RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // request. + // you're launching more than one instance in a [RunInstances]request. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html PrivateIpAddresses []PrivateIpAddressSpecification // The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify this option // and specify more than one private IP address using the private IP addresses // option. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one - // instance in a RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // request. + // instance in a [RunInstances]request. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount *int32 // The ID of the subnet associated with the network interface. Applies only if @@ -6655,153 +7040,232 @@ type InstancePrivateIpAddress struct { } // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, -// Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. You must specify -// VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified -// optional attribute is set to its default. When you specify multiple attributes, -// you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you -// specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy -// any of the specified values. To limit the list of instance types from which -// Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the -// following parameters, but not both in the same request: +// Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. +// +// You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. +// Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. +// +// When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all +// of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, +// you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. +// +// To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching +// instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the +// same request: +// // - AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All other // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. +// // - ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if // they match your specified attributes. // // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . +// // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto // Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to -// use the launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html) -// or with the RunInstances API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) -// , you can't specify InstanceRequirements . For more information, see Create a -// mixed instances group using attribute-based instance type selection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-mixed-instances-group-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide, and also Attribute-based instance -// type selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// , Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// , and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard]or with the [RunInstances API], you can't specify +// InstanceRequirements . +// +// For more information, see [Create a mixed instances group using attribute-based instance type selection] in the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling User Guide, and also [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet] +// , [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet], and [Spot placement score] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [RunInstances API]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html +// [Spot placement score]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html +// [Create a mixed instances group using attribute-based instance type selection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/ec2/userguide/create-mixed-instances-group-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [launch instance wizard]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html type InstanceRequirements struct { // The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web - // Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled - // instance types, set Max to 0 . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. + // + // To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set Max to 0 . + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits AcceleratorCount *AcceleratorCount // Indicates whether instance types must have accelerators by specific // manufacturers. + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services devices, specify // amazon-web-services . + // // - For instance types with AMD devices, specify amd . + // // - For instance types with Habana devices, specify habana . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA devices, specify nvidia . + // // - For instance types with Xilinx devices, specify xilinx . + // // Default: Any manufacturer AcceleratorManufacturers []AcceleratorManufacturer // The accelerators that must be on the instance type. + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA A10G GPUs, specify a10g . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA A100 GPUs, specify a100 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA H100 GPUs, specify h100 . + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services Inferentia chips, specify // inferentia . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA GRID K520 GPUs, specify k520 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA K80 GPUs, specify k80 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA M60 GPUs, specify m60 . + // // - For instance types with AMD Radeon Pro V520 GPUs, specify radeon-pro-v520 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA T4 GPUs, specify t4 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA T4G GPUs, specify t4g . + // // - For instance types with Xilinx VU9P FPGAs, specify vu9p . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA V100 GPUs, specify v100 . + // // Default: Any accelerator AcceleratorNames []AcceleratorName - // The minimum and maximum amount of total accelerator memory, in MiB. Default: No - // minimum or maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum amount of total accelerator memory, in MiB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB *AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB // The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + // // - For instance types with GPU accelerators, specify gpu . + // // - For instance types with FPGA accelerators, specify fpga . + // // - For instance types with inference accelerators, specify inference . + // // Default: Any accelerator type AcceleratorTypes []AcceleratorType // The instance types to apply your specified attributes against. All other - // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. You - // can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * ), - // to allow an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: - // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . For example, if you specify c5* ,Amazon - // EC2 will allow the entire C5 instance family, which includes all C5a and C5n - // instance types. If you specify m5a.* , Amazon EC2 will allow all the M5a - // instance types, but not the M5n instance types. If you specify - // AllowedInstanceTypes , you can't specify ExcludedInstanceTypes . Default: All - // instance types + // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + // + // You can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * + // ), to allow an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: + // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // + // For example, if you specify c5* ,Amazon EC2 will allow the entire C5 instance + // family, which includes all C5a and C5n instance types. If you specify m5a.* , + // Amazon EC2 will allow all the M5a instance types, but not the M5n instance + // types. + // + // If you specify AllowedInstanceTypes , you can't specify ExcludedInstanceTypes . + // + // Default: All instance types AllowedInstanceTypes []string // Indicates whether bare metal instance types must be included, excluded, or // required. + // // - To include bare metal instance types, specify included . + // // - To require only bare metal instance types, specify required . + // // - To exclude bare metal instance types, specify excluded . + // // Default: excluded BareMetal BareMetal // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more - // information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // + // [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, - // excluded, or required. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) - // . + // excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances]. + // // - To include burstable performance instance types, specify included . + // // - To require only burstable performance instance types, specify required . + // // - To exclude burstable performance instance types, specify excluded . + // // Default: excluded + // + // [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html BurstablePerformance BurstablePerformance // The CPU manufacturers to include. + // // - For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify intel . + // // - For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify amd . + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services CPUs, specify // amazon-web-services . + // // Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be // launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image - // (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer + // (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. + // + // Default: Any manufacturer CpuManufacturers []CpuManufacturer - // The instance types to exclude. You can use strings with one or more wild cards, - // represented by an asterisk ( * ), to exclude an instance type, size, or - // generation. The following are examples: m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // The instance types to exclude. + // + // You can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * + // ), to exclude an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: + // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // // For example, if you specify c5* ,Amazon EC2 will exclude the entire C5 instance // family, which includes all C5a and C5n instance types. If you specify m5a.* , // Amazon EC2 will exclude all the M5a instance types, but not the M5n instance - // types. If you specify ExcludedInstanceTypes , you can't specify - // AllowedInstanceTypes . Default: No excluded instance types + // types. + // + // If you specify ExcludedInstanceTypes , you can't specify AllowedInstanceTypes . + // + // Default: No excluded instance types ExcludedInstanceTypes []string // Indicates whether current or previous generation instance types are included. // The current generation instance types are recommended for use. Current // generation instance types are typically the latest two to three generations in - // each instance family. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For current generation instance types, specify - // current . For previous generation instance types, specify previous . Default: - // Current and previous generation instance types + // each instance family. For more information, see [Instance types]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // For current generation instance types, specify current . + // + // For previous generation instance types, specify previous . + // + // Default: Current and previous generation instance types + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceGenerations []InstanceGeneration // Indicates whether instance types with instance store volumes are included, - // excluded, or required. For more information, Amazon EC2 instance store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // excluded, or required. For more information, [Amazon EC2 instance store]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // // - To include instance types with instance store volumes, specify included . + // // - To require only instance types with instance store volumes, specify required // . + // // - To exclude instance types with instance store volumes, specify excluded . + // // Default: included + // + // [Amazon EC2 instance store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html LocalStorage LocalStorage // The type of local storage that is required. + // // - For instance types with hard disk drive (HDD) storage, specify hdd . + // // - For instance types with solid state drive (SSD) storage, specify ssd . + // // Default: hdd and ssd LocalStorageTypes []LocalStorageType @@ -6813,11 +7277,15 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // current generation instance types, and failing that, from the lowest priced // previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When Amazon EC2 // selects instance types with your attributes, it will exclude instance types - // whose price exceeds your specified threshold. The parameter accepts an integer, - // which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. If you set DesiredCapacityType to - // vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection threshold is based on the per vCPU or - // per memory price instead of the per instance price. Only one of - // SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or + // whose price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. + // + // If you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // threshold is based on the per vCPU or per memory price instead of the per + // instance price. + // + // Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or // MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't // specify either, Amazon EC2 will automatically apply optimal price protection to // consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To indicate no price @@ -6826,19 +7294,23 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // specify a high value, such as 999999 . MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice *int32 - // The minimum and maximum amount of memory per vCPU, in GiB. Default: No minimum - // or maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum amount of memory per vCPU, in GiB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits MemoryGiBPerVCpu *MemoryGiBPerVCpu // The minimum and maximum amount of memory, in MiB. MemoryMiB *MemoryMiB // The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second - // (Gbps). Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // (Gbps). + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits NetworkBandwidthGbps *NetworkBandwidthGbps - // The minimum and maximum number of network interfaces. Default: No minimum or - // maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum number of network interfaces. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits NetworkInterfaceCount *NetworkInterfaceCount // [Price protection] The price protection threshold for On-Demand Instances, as a @@ -6846,18 +7318,32 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // price is the price of the lowest priced current generation C, M, or R instance // type with your specified attributes. When Amazon EC2 selects instance types with // your attributes, it will exclude instance types whose price exceeds your - // specified threshold. The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 - // interprets as a percentage. To turn off price protection, specify a high value, - // such as 999999 . This parameter is not supported for GetSpotPlacementScores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html) - // and GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) - // . If you set TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. + // + // To turn off price protection, specify a high value, such as 999999 . + // + // This parameter is not supported for [GetSpotPlacementScores] and [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]. + // + // If you set TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection // threshold is applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the - // per-instance price. Default: 20 + // per-instance price. + // + // Default: 20 + // + // [GetSpotPlacementScores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html + // [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html OnDemandMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice *int32 // Indicates whether instance types must support hibernation for On-Demand - // Instances. This parameter is not supported for GetSpotPlacementScores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html) - // . Default: false + // Instances. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [GetSpotPlacementScores]. + // + // Default: false + // + // [GetSpotPlacementScores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html RequireHibernateSupport *bool // [Price protection] The price protection threshold for Spot Instances, as a @@ -6868,23 +7354,33 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { // priced current generation instance types, and failing that, from the lowest // priced previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When // Amazon EC2 selects instance types with your attributes, it will exclude instance - // types whose Spot price exceeds your specified threshold. The parameter accepts - // an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. If you set - // TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection threshold is - // applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the per-instance - // price. This parameter is not supported for GetSpotPlacementScores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html) - // and GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) - // . Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or + // types whose Spot price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. + // + // If you set TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // threshold is applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the + // per-instance price. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [GetSpotPlacementScores] and [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]. + // + // Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or // MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't // specify either, Amazon EC2 will automatically apply optimal price protection to // consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To indicate no price // protection threshold for Spot Instances, meaning you want to consider all // instance types that match your attributes, include one of these parameters and - // specify a high value, such as 999999 . Default: 100 + // specify a high value, such as 999999 . + // + // Default: 100 + // + // [GetSpotPlacementScores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html + // [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice *int32 - // The minimum and maximum amount of total local storage, in GB. Default: No - // minimum or maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum amount of total local storage, in GB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits TotalLocalStorageGB *TotalLocalStorageGB // The minimum and maximum number of vCPUs. @@ -6894,31 +7390,40 @@ type InstanceRequirements struct { } // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, -// Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. You must specify -// VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified -// optional attribute is set to its default. When you specify multiple attributes, -// you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you -// specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy -// any of the specified values. To limit the list of instance types from which -// Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the -// following parameters, but not both in the same request: +// Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. +// +// You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. +// Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. +// +// When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all +// of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, +// you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. +// +// To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching +// instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the +// same request: +// // - AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All other // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. +// // - ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if // they match your specified attributes. // // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . +// // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto // Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to -// use the launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html) -// , or with the RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) -// API or AWS::EC2::Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) -// Amazon Web Services CloudFormation resource, you can't specify -// InstanceRequirements . For more information, see Attribute-based instance type -// selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// , Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) -// , and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard], or with the [RunInstances] API or [AWS::EC2::Instance] Amazon Web Services +// CloudFormation resource, you can't specify InstanceRequirements . +// +// For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet], [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet], and [Spot placement score] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [AWS::EC2::Instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html +// [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html +// [Spot placement score]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html +// [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html +// [launch instance wizard]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // The minimum and maximum amount of memory, in MiB. @@ -6932,125 +7437,194 @@ type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { VCpuCount *VCpuCountRangeRequest // The minimum and maximum number of accelerators (GPUs, FPGAs, or Amazon Web - // Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. To exclude accelerator-enabled - // instance types, set Max to 0 . Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // Services Inferentia chips) on an instance. + // + // To exclude accelerator-enabled instance types, set Max to 0 . + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits AcceleratorCount *AcceleratorCountRequest // Indicates whether instance types must have accelerators by specific // manufacturers. + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services devices, specify // amazon-web-services . + // // - For instance types with AMD devices, specify amd . + // // - For instance types with Habana devices, specify habana . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA devices, specify nvidia . + // // - For instance types with Xilinx devices, specify xilinx . + // // Default: Any manufacturer AcceleratorManufacturers []AcceleratorManufacturer // The accelerators that must be on the instance type. + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA A10G GPUs, specify a10g . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA A100 GPUs, specify a100 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA H100 GPUs, specify h100 . + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services Inferentia chips, specify // inferentia . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA GRID K520 GPUs, specify k520 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA K80 GPUs, specify k80 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA M60 GPUs, specify m60 . + // // - For instance types with AMD Radeon Pro V520 GPUs, specify radeon-pro-v520 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA T4 GPUs, specify t4 . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA T4G GPUs, specify t4g . + // // - For instance types with Xilinx VU9P FPGAs, specify vu9p . + // // - For instance types with NVIDIA V100 GPUs, specify v100 . + // // Default: Any accelerator AcceleratorNames []AcceleratorName - // The minimum and maximum amount of total accelerator memory, in MiB. Default: No - // minimum or maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum amount of total accelerator memory, in MiB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiB *AcceleratorTotalMemoryMiBRequest // The accelerator types that must be on the instance type. + // // - To include instance types with GPU hardware, specify gpu . + // // - To include instance types with FPGA hardware, specify fpga . + // // - To include instance types with inference hardware, specify inference . + // // Default: Any accelerator type AcceleratorTypes []AcceleratorType // The instance types to apply your specified attributes against. All other - // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. You - // can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * ), - // to allow an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: - // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . For example, if you specify c5* ,Amazon - // EC2 will allow the entire C5 instance family, which includes all C5a and C5n - // instance types. If you specify m5a.* , Amazon EC2 will allow all the M5a - // instance types, but not the M5n instance types. If you specify - // AllowedInstanceTypes , you can't specify ExcludedInstanceTypes . Default: All - // instance types + // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + // + // You can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * + // ), to allow an instance type, size, or generation. The following are examples: + // m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // + // For example, if you specify c5* ,Amazon EC2 will allow the entire C5 instance + // family, which includes all C5a and C5n instance types. If you specify m5a.* , + // Amazon EC2 will allow all the M5a instance types, but not the M5n instance + // types. + // + // If you specify AllowedInstanceTypes , you can't specify ExcludedInstanceTypes . + // + // Default: All instance types AllowedInstanceTypes []string // Indicates whether bare metal instance types must be included, excluded, or // required. + // // - To include bare metal instance types, specify included . + // // - To require only bare metal instance types, specify required . + // // - To exclude bare metal instance types, specify excluded . + // // Default: excluded BareMetal BareMetal // The minimum and maximum baseline bandwidth to Amazon EBS, in Mbps. For more - // information, see Amazon EBS–optimized instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // information, see [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // + // [Amazon EBS–optimized instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-optimized.html BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps *BaselineEbsBandwidthMbpsRequest // Indicates whether burstable performance T instance types are included, - // excluded, or required. For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) - // . + // excluded, or required. For more information, see [Burstable performance instances]. + // // - To include burstable performance instance types, specify included . + // // - To require only burstable performance instance types, specify required . + // // - To exclude burstable performance instance types, specify excluded . + // // Default: excluded + // + // [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html BurstablePerformance BurstablePerformance // The CPU manufacturers to include. + // // - For instance types with Intel CPUs, specify intel . + // // - For instance types with AMD CPUs, specify amd . + // // - For instance types with Amazon Web Services CPUs, specify // amazon-web-services . + // // Don't confuse the CPU manufacturer with the CPU architecture. Instances will be // launched with a compatible CPU architecture based on the Amazon Machine Image - // (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. Default: Any manufacturer + // (AMI) that you specify in your launch template. + // + // Default: Any manufacturer CpuManufacturers []CpuManufacturer - // The instance types to exclude. You can use strings with one or more wild cards, - // represented by an asterisk ( * ), to exclude an instance family, type, size, or - // generation. The following are examples: m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // The instance types to exclude. + // + // You can use strings with one or more wild cards, represented by an asterisk ( * + // ), to exclude an instance family, type, size, or generation. The following are + // examples: m5.8xlarge , c5*.* , m5a.* , r* , *3* . + // // For example, if you specify c5* ,Amazon EC2 will exclude the entire C5 instance // family, which includes all C5a and C5n instance types. If you specify m5a.* , // Amazon EC2 will exclude all the M5a instance types, but not the M5n instance - // types. If you specify ExcludedInstanceTypes , you can't specify - // AllowedInstanceTypes . Default: No excluded instance types + // types. + // + // If you specify ExcludedInstanceTypes , you can't specify AllowedInstanceTypes . + // + // Default: No excluded instance types ExcludedInstanceTypes []string // Indicates whether current or previous generation instance types are included. // The current generation instance types are recommended for use. Current // generation instance types are typically the latest two to three generations in - // each instance family. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For current generation instance types, specify - // current . For previous generation instance types, specify previous . Default: - // Current and previous generation instance types + // each instance family. For more information, see [Instance types]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // For current generation instance types, specify current . + // + // For previous generation instance types, specify previous . + // + // Default: Current and previous generation instance types + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceGenerations []InstanceGeneration // Indicates whether instance types with instance store volumes are included, - // excluded, or required. For more information, Amazon EC2 instance store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // excluded, or required. For more information, [Amazon EC2 instance store]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // // - To include instance types with instance store volumes, specify included . + // // - To require only instance types with instance store volumes, specify required // . + // // - To exclude instance types with instance store volumes, specify excluded . + // // Default: included + // + // [Amazon EC2 instance store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/InstanceStorage.html LocalStorage LocalStorage // The type of local storage that is required. + // // - For instance types with hard disk drive (HDD) storage, specify hdd . + // // - For instance types with solid state drive (SSD) storage, specify ssd . + // // Default: hdd and ssd LocalStorageTypes []LocalStorageType @@ -7062,11 +7636,15 @@ type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // current generation instance types, and failing that, from the lowest priced // previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When Amazon EC2 // selects instance types with your attributes, it will exclude instance types - // whose price exceeds your specified threshold. The parameter accepts an integer, - // which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. If you set DesiredCapacityType to - // vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection threshold is based on the per vCPU or - // per memory price instead of the per instance price. Only one of - // SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or + // whose price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. + // + // If you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // threshold is based on the per vCPU or per memory price instead of the per + // instance price. + // + // Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or // MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't // specify either, Amazon EC2 will automatically apply optimal price protection to // consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To indicate no price @@ -7075,17 +7653,22 @@ type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // specify a high value, such as 999999 . MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice *int32 - // The minimum and maximum amount of memory per vCPU, in GiB. Default: No minimum - // or maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum amount of memory per vCPU, in GiB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits MemoryGiBPerVCpu *MemoryGiBPerVCpuRequest // The minimum and maximum amount of baseline network bandwidth, in gigabits per - // second (Gbps). For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance network bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // second (Gbps). For more information, see [Amazon EC2 instance network bandwidth]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits + // + // [Amazon EC2 instance network bandwidth]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html NetworkBandwidthGbps *NetworkBandwidthGbpsRequest - // The minimum and maximum number of network interfaces. Default: No minimum or - // maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum number of network interfaces. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits NetworkInterfaceCount *NetworkInterfaceCountRequest // [Price protection] The price protection threshold for On-Demand Instances, as a @@ -7093,19 +7676,32 @@ type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // price is the price of the lowest priced current generation C, M, or R instance // type with your specified attributes. When Amazon EC2 selects instance types with // your attributes, it will exclude instance types whose price exceeds your - // specified threshold. The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 - // interprets as a percentage. To indicate no price protection threshold, specify a - // high value, such as 999999 . This parameter is not supported for - // GetSpotPlacementScores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html) - // and GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) - // . If you set TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. + // + // To indicate no price protection threshold, specify a high value, such as 999999 . + // + // This parameter is not supported for [GetSpotPlacementScores] and [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]. + // + // If you set TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection // threshold is applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the - // per-instance price. Default: 20 + // per-instance price. + // + // Default: 20 + // + // [GetSpotPlacementScores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html + // [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html OnDemandMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice *int32 // Indicates whether instance types must support hibernation for On-Demand - // Instances. This parameter is not supported for GetSpotPlacementScores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html) - // . Default: false + // Instances. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [GetSpotPlacementScores]. + // + // Default: false + // + // [GetSpotPlacementScores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html RequireHibernateSupport *bool // [Price protection] The price protection threshold for Spot Instances, as a @@ -7116,23 +7712,33 @@ type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // priced current generation instance types, and failing that, from the lowest // priced previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When // Amazon EC2 selects instance types with your attributes, it will exclude instance - // types whose Spot price exceeds your specified threshold. The parameter accepts - // an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. If you set - // TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection threshold is - // applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the per-instance - // price. This parameter is not supported for GetSpotPlacementScores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html) - // and GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html) - // . Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or + // types whose Spot price exceeds your specified threshold. + // + // The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage. + // + // If you set TargetCapacityUnitType to vcpu or memory-mib , the price protection + // threshold is applied based on the per-vCPU or per-memory price instead of the + // per-instance price. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [GetSpotPlacementScores] and [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]. + // + // Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or // MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't // specify either, Amazon EC2 will automatically apply optimal price protection to // consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To indicate no price // protection threshold for Spot Instances, meaning you want to consider all // instance types that match your attributes, include one of these parameters and - // specify a high value, such as 999999 . Default: 100 + // specify a high value, such as 999999 . + // + // Default: 100 + // + // [GetSpotPlacementScores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetSpotPlacementScores.html + // [GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_GetInstanceTypesFromInstanceRequirements.html SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice *int32 - // The minimum and maximum amount of total local storage, in GB. Default: No - // minimum or maximum limits + // The minimum and maximum amount of total local storage, in GB. + // + // Default: No minimum or maximum limits TotalLocalStorageGB *TotalLocalStorageGBRequest noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -7140,8 +7746,10 @@ type InstanceRequirementsRequest struct { // The architecture type, virtualization type, and other attributes for the // instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify -// instance types with those attributes. If you specify -// InstanceRequirementsWithMetadataRequest , you can't specify InstanceTypes . +// instance types with those attributes. +// +// If you specify InstanceRequirementsWithMetadataRequest , you can't specify +// InstanceTypes . type InstanceRequirementsWithMetadataRequest struct { // The architecture type. @@ -7170,8 +7778,9 @@ type InstanceSpecification struct { // The IDs of the data (non-root) volumes to exclude from the multi-volume // snapshot set. If you specify the ID of the root volume, the request fails. To - // exclude the root volume, use ExcludeBootVolume. You can specify up to 40 volume - // IDs per request. + // exclude the root volume, use ExcludeBootVolume. + // + // You can specify up to 40 volume IDs per request. ExcludeDataVolumeIds []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -7180,18 +7789,30 @@ type InstanceSpecification struct { // Describes the current state of an instance. type InstanceState struct { - // The state of the instance as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is all of - // the bits between 2^8 and (2^16)-1, which equals decimal values between 256 and - // 65,535. These numerical values are used for internal purposes and should be - // ignored. The low byte is all of the bits between 2^0 and (2^8)-1, which equals - // decimal values between 0 and 255. The valid values for instance-state-code will - // all be in the range of the low byte and they are: + // The state of the instance as a 16-bit unsigned integer. + // + // The high byte is all of the bits between 2^8 and (2^16)-1, which equals decimal + // values between 256 and 65,535. These numerical values are used for internal + // purposes and should be ignored. + // + // The low byte is all of the bits between 2^0 and (2^8)-1, which equals decimal + // values between 0 and 255. + // + // The valid values for instance-state-code will all be in the range of the low + // byte and they are: + // // - 0 : pending + // // - 16 : running + // // - 32 : shutting-down + // // - 48 : terminated + // // - 64 : stopping + // // - 80 : stopped + // // You can ignore the high byte value by zeroing out all of the bits above 2^8 or // 256 in decimal. Code *int32 @@ -7229,8 +7850,8 @@ type InstanceStatus struct { // The ID of the instance. InstanceId *string - // The intended state of the instance. DescribeInstanceStatus requires that an - // instance be in the running state. + // The intended state of the instance. DescribeInstanceStatus requires that an instance be in the running + // state. InstanceState *InstanceState // Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues internal to the instance, @@ -7270,9 +7891,11 @@ type InstanceStatusEvent struct { // The event code. Code EventCode - // A description of the event. After a scheduled event is completed, it can still - // be described for up to a week. If the event has been completed, this description - // starts with the following text: [Completed]. + // A description of the event. + // + // After a scheduled event is completed, it can still be described for up to a + // week. If the event has been completed, this description starts with the + // following text: [Completed]. Description *string // The ID of the event. @@ -7370,8 +7993,9 @@ type InstanceTypeInfo struct { BareMetal *bool // Indicates whether the instance type is a burstable performance T instance type. - // For more information, see Burstable performance instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html) - // . + // For more information, see [Burstable performance instances]. + // + // [Burstable performance instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html BurstablePerformanceSupported *bool // Indicates whether the instance type is current generation. @@ -7407,8 +8031,9 @@ type InstanceTypeInfo struct { // Indicates whether instance storage is supported. InstanceStorageSupported *bool - // The instance type. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The instance type. For more information, see [Instance types] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType InstanceType // Describes the media accelerator settings for the instance type. @@ -7432,14 +8057,20 @@ type InstanceTypeInfo struct { // Indicates whether NitroTPM is supported. NitroTpmSupport NitroTpmSupport + // Indicates whether a local Precision Time Protocol (PTP) hardware clock (PHC) is + // supported. + PhcSupport PhcSupport + // Describes the placement group settings for the instance type. PlacementGroupInfo *PlacementGroupInfo // Describes the processor. ProcessorInfo *ProcessorInfo - // The supported boot modes. For more information, see Boot modes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The supported boot modes. For more information, see [Boot modes] in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide. + // + // [Boot modes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ami-boot.html SupportedBootModes []BootModeType // The supported root device types. @@ -7469,8 +8100,9 @@ type InstanceTypeInfoFromInstanceRequirements struct { // The instance types offered. type InstanceTypeOffering struct { - // The instance type. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The instance type. For more information, see [Instance types] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType InstanceType // The identifier for the location. This depends on the location type. For @@ -7542,8 +8174,10 @@ type InternetGatewayAttachment struct { // IPAM is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address management // workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP // addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon -// Web Services Organization. For more information, see What is IPAM? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// Web Services Organization. For more information, see [What is IPAM?]in the Amazon VPC IPAM +// User Guide. +// +// [What is IPAM?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/what-is-it-ipam.html type Ipam struct { // The IPAM's default resource discovery association ID. @@ -7567,9 +8201,12 @@ type Ipam struct { // The operating Regions for an IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services // Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only // discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select - // as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create - // an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) in the - // Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // as operating Regions. + // + // For more information about operating Regions, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User + // Guide. + // + // [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html OperatingRegions []IpamOperatingRegion // The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the IPAM. @@ -7585,8 +8222,9 @@ type Ipam struct { ResourceDiscoveryAssociationCount *int32 // The number of scopes in the IPAM. The scope quota is 5. For more information on - // quotas, see Quotas in IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // quotas, see [Quotas in IPAM]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Quotas in IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html ScopeCount *int32 // The state of the IPAM. @@ -7603,23 +8241,27 @@ type Ipam struct { // IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about // the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see - // Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) . + // [Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing > IPAM tab]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ Tier IpamTier noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The historical record of a CIDR within an IPAM scope. For more information, see -// View the history of IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/view-history-cidr-ipam.html) +// The historical record of a CIDR within an IPAM scope. For more information, see [View the history of IP addresses] // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [View the history of IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/view-history-cidr-ipam.html type IpamAddressHistoryRecord struct { // The CIDR of the resource. ResourceCidr *string // The compliance status of a resource. For more information on compliance - // statuses, see Monitor CIDR usage by resource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // statuses, see [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html ResourceComplianceStatus IpamComplianceStatus // The ID of the resource. @@ -7630,8 +8272,9 @@ type IpamAddressHistoryRecord struct { // The overlap status of an IPAM resource. The overlap status tells you if the // CIDR for a resource overlaps with another CIDR in the scope. For more - // information on overlap statuses, see Monitor CIDR usage by resource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information on overlap statuses, see [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html ResourceOverlapStatus IpamOverlapStatus // The ID of the resource owner. @@ -7772,13 +8415,16 @@ type IpamDiscoveredResourceCidr struct { // The percentage of IP address space in use. To convert the decimal to a // percentage, multiply the decimal by 100. Note the following: + // // - For resources that are VPCs, this is the percentage of IP address space in // the VPC that's taken up by subnet CIDRs. + // // - For resources that are subnets, if the subnet has an IPv4 CIDR provisioned // to it, this is the percentage of IPv4 address space in the subnet that's in use. // If the subnet has an IPv6 CIDR provisioned to it, the percentage of IPv6 address // space in use is not represented. The percentage of IPv6 address space in use // cannot currently be calculated. + // // - For resources that are public IPv4 pools, this is the percentage of IP // address space in the pool that's been allocated to Elastic IP addresses (EIPs). IpUsage *float64 @@ -7817,17 +8463,25 @@ type IpamDiscoveredResourceCidr struct { type IpamDiscoveryFailureReason struct { // The discovery failure code. + // // - assume-role-failure - IPAM could not assume the Amazon Web Services IAM // service-linked role. This could be because of any of the following: + // // - SLR has not been created yet and IPAM is still creating it. + // // - You have opted-out of the IPAM home Region. + // // - Account you are using as your IPAM account has been suspended. + // // - throttling-failure - IPAM account is already using the allotted transactions // per second and IPAM is receiving a throttling error when assuming the Amazon Web // Services IAM SLR. + // // - unauthorized-failure - Amazon Web Services account making the request is not - // authorized. For more information, see AuthFailure (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud API Reference. + // authorized. For more information, see [AuthFailure]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud API + // Reference. + // + // [AuthFailure]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html Code IpamDiscoveryFailureCode // The discovery failure message. @@ -7839,9 +8493,12 @@ type IpamDiscoveryFailureReason struct { // The operating Regions for an IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services // Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only // discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select -// as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create -// an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) in the -// Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// as operating Regions. +// +// For more information about operating Regions, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html type IpamOperatingRegion struct { // The name of the operating Region. @@ -7891,7 +8548,9 @@ type IpamPool struct { // might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers // multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM // discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of - // them only. A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. + // them only. + // + // A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. AutoImport *bool // Limits which service in Amazon Web Services that the pool can be used in. @@ -7938,17 +8597,20 @@ type IpamPool struct { OwnerId *string // The depth of pools in your IPAM pool. The pool depth quota is 10. For more - // information, see Quotas in IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information, see [Quotas in IPAM]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Quotas in IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html PoolDepth *int32 // The IP address source for pools in the public scope. Only used for provisioning // IP address CIDRs to pools in the public scope. Default is BYOIP . For more - // information, see Create IPv6 pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/intro-create-ipv6-pools.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. By default, you can add only one - // Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block to a top-level IPv6 pool. For information on - // increasing the default limit, see Quotas for your IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information, see [Create IPv6 pools]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. By default, you can add + // only one Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block to a top-level IPv6 pool. For + // information on increasing the default limit, see [Quotas for your IPAM]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User + // Guide. + // + // [Create IPv6 pools]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/intro-create-ipv6-pools.html + // [Quotas for your IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/quotas-ipam.html PublicIpSource IpamPoolPublicIpSource // Determines if a pool is publicly advertisable. This option is not available for @@ -8119,19 +8781,23 @@ type IpamPublicAddressTags struct { type IpamResourceCidr struct { // The compliance status of the IPAM resource. For more information on compliance - // statuses, see Monitor CIDR usage by resource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // statuses, see [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html ComplianceStatus IpamComplianceStatus // The percentage of IP address space in use. To convert the decimal to a // percentage, multiply the decimal by 100. Note the following: + // // - For resources that are VPCs, this is the percentage of IP address space in // the VPC that's taken up by subnet CIDRs. + // // - For resources that are subnets, if the subnet has an IPv4 CIDR provisioned // to it, this is the percentage of IPv4 address space in the subnet that's in use. // If the subnet has an IPv6 CIDR provisioned to it, the percentage of IPv6 address // space in use is not represented. The percentage of IPv6 address space in use // cannot currently be calculated. + // // - For resources that are public IPv4 pools, this is the percentage of IP // address space in the pool that's been allocated to Elastic IP addresses (EIPs). IpUsage *float64 @@ -8146,14 +8812,16 @@ type IpamResourceCidr struct { IpamScopeId *string // The management state of the resource. For more information about management - // states, see Monitor CIDR usage by resource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // states, see [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html ManagementState IpamManagementState // The overlap status of an IPAM resource. The overlap status tells you if the // CIDR for a resource overlaps with another CIDR in the scope. For more - // information on overlap statuses, see Monitor CIDR usage by resource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html) - // in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // information on overlap statuses, see [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. + // + // [Monitor CIDR usage by resource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/monitor-cidr-compliance-ipam.html OverlapStatus IpamOverlapStatus // The CIDR for an IPAM resource. @@ -8214,18 +8882,30 @@ type IpamResourceDiscovery struct { OwnerId *string // The lifecycle state of the resource discovery. + // // - create-in-progress - Resource discovery is being created. + // // - create-complete - Resource discovery creation is complete. + // // - create-failed - Resource discovery creation has failed. + // // - modify-in-progress - Resource discovery is being modified. + // // - modify-complete - Resource discovery modification is complete. + // // - modify-failed - Resource discovery modification has failed. + // // - delete-in-progress - Resource discovery is being deleted. + // // - delete-complete - Resource discovery deletion is complete. + // // - delete-failed - Resource discovery deletion has failed. + // // - isolate-in-progress - Amazon Web Services account that created the resource // discovery has been removed and the resource discovery is being isolated. + // // - isolate-complete - Resource discovery isolation is complete. + // // - restore-in-progress - Amazon Web Services account that created the resource // discovery and was isolated has been restored. State IpamResourceDiscoveryState @@ -8270,8 +8950,10 @@ type IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociation struct { OwnerId *string // The resource discovery status. + // // - active - Connection or permissions required to read the results of the // resource discovery are intact. + // // - not-found - Connection or permissions required to read the results of the // resource discovery are broken. This may happen if the owner of the resource // discovery stopped sharing it or deleted the resource discovery. Verify the @@ -8281,16 +8963,25 @@ type IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociation struct { // The lifecycle state of the association when you associate or disassociate a // resource discovery. + // // - associate-in-progress - Resource discovery is being associated. + // // - associate-complete - Resource discovery association is complete. + // // - associate-failed - Resource discovery association has failed. + // // - disassociate-in-progress - Resource discovery is being disassociated. + // // - disassociate-complete - Resource discovery disassociation is complete. + // // - disassociate-failed - Resource discovery disassociation has failed. + // // - isolate-in-progress - Amazon Web Services account that created the resource // discovery association has been removed and the resource discovery associatation // is being isolated. + // // - isolate-complete - Resource discovery isolation is complete.. + // // - restore-in-progress - Resource discovery is being restored. State IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationState @@ -8323,8 +9014,11 @@ type IpamResourceTag struct { // private scope is intended for all private IP address space. The public scope is // intended for all public IP address space. Scopes enable you to reuse IP // addresses across multiple unconnected networks without causing IP address -// overlap or conflict. For more information, see How IPAM works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/how-it-works-ipam.html) -// in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// overlap or conflict. +// +// For more information, see [How IPAM works] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. +// +// [How IPAM works]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/how-it-works-ipam.html type IpamScope struct { // The description of the scope. @@ -8373,14 +9067,16 @@ type IpPermission struct { // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int32 - // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see Protocol - // Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // ). Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group rules, + // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see [Protocol Numbers]). + // + // Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group rules, // specifying -1 or a protocol number other than tcp , udp , icmp , or icmpv6 // allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For tcp , // udp , and icmp , you must specify a port range. For icmpv6 , the port range is // optional; if you omit the port range, traffic for all types and codes is // allowed. + // + // [Protocol Numbers]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml IpProtocol *string // The IPv4 address ranges. @@ -8413,8 +9109,10 @@ type IpRange struct { CidrIp *string // A description for the security group rule that references this IPv4 address - // range. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, - // A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* + // range. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, + // 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* Description *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8423,9 +9121,10 @@ type IpRange struct { // Describes an IPv4 prefix. type Ipv4PrefixSpecification struct { - // The IPv4 prefix. For information, see Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network - // interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The IPv4 prefix. For information, see [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User + // Guide. + // + // [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html Ipv4Prefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8434,9 +9133,10 @@ type Ipv4PrefixSpecification struct { // Describes the IPv4 prefix option for a network interface. type Ipv4PrefixSpecificationRequest struct { - // The IPv4 prefix. For information, see Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network - // interfaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The IPv4 prefix. For information, see [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User + // Guide. + // + // [Assigning prefixes to Amazon EC2 network interfaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-prefix-eni.html Ipv4Prefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8526,8 +9226,10 @@ type Ipv6Range struct { CidrIpv6 *string // A description for the security group rule that references this IPv6 address - // range. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, - // A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* + // range. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, + // 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* Description *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8537,24 +9239,31 @@ type Ipv6Range struct { type KeyPairInfo struct { // If you used Amazon EC2 to create the key pair, this is the date and time when - // the key was created, in ISO 8601 date-time format (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) - // , in the UTC time zone. If you imported an existing key pair to Amazon EC2, this - // is the date and time the key was imported, in ISO 8601 date-time format (https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html) - // , in the UTC time zone. + // the key was created, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], in the UTC time zone. + // + // If you imported an existing key pair to Amazon EC2, this is the date and time + // the key was imported, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], in the UTC time zone. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: https://www.iso.org/iso-8601-date-and-time-format.html CreateTime *time.Time // If you used CreateKeyPair to create the key pair: + // // - For RSA key pairs, the key fingerprint is the SHA-1 digest of the DER // encoded private key. + // // - For ED25519 key pairs, the key fingerprint is the base64-encoded SHA-256 - // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with OpenSSH 6.8 (http://www.openssh.com/txt/release-6.8) - // . + // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with [OpenSSH 6.8]. + // // If you used ImportKeyPair to provide Amazon Web Services the public key: + // // - For RSA key pairs, the key fingerprint is the MD5 public key fingerprint as // specified in section 4 of RFC4716. + // // - For ED25519 key pairs, the key fingerprint is the base64-encoded SHA-256 - // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with OpenSSH 6.8 (http://www.openssh.com/txt/release-6.8) - // . + // digest, which is the default for OpenSSH, starting with [OpenSSH 6.8]. + // + // [OpenSSH 6.8]: http://www.openssh.com/txt/release-6.8 KeyFingerprint *string // The name of the key pair. @@ -8599,8 +9308,9 @@ type LaunchPermission struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organizational unit (OU). OrganizationalUnitArn *string - // The Amazon Web Services account ID. Constraints: Up to 10 000 account IDs can - // be specified in a single request. + // The Amazon Web Services account ID. + // + // Constraints: Up to 10 000 account IDs can be specified in a single request. UserId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8633,7 +9343,9 @@ type LaunchSpecification struct { // provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack // to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with // all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized - // instance. Default: false + // instance. + // + // Default: false EbsOptimized *bool // The IAM instance profile. @@ -8768,8 +9480,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationRequest struct { // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences // include: + // // - open - The instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has // matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + // // - none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is // available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. CapacityReservationPreference CapacityReservationPreference @@ -8785,8 +9499,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationResponse struct { // Indicates the instance's Capacity Reservation preferences. Possible preferences // include: + // // - open - The instance can run in any open Capacity Reservation that has // matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). + // // - none - The instance avoids running in a Capacity Reservation even if one is // available. The instance runs in On-Demand capacity. CapacityReservationPreference CapacityReservationPreference @@ -8816,8 +9532,9 @@ type LaunchTemplateConfig struct { type LaunchTemplateCpuOptions struct { // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for AMD SEV-SNP. For more - // information, see AMD SEV-SNP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html) - // . + // information, see [AMD SEV-SNP]. + // + // [AMD SEV-SNP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html AmdSevSnp AmdSevSnpSpecification // The number of CPU cores for the instance. @@ -8834,8 +9551,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateCpuOptions struct { type LaunchTemplateCpuOptionsRequest struct { // Indicates whether to enable the instance for AMD SEV-SNP. AMD SEV-SNP is - // supported with M6a, R6a, and C6a instance types only. For more information, see - // AMD SEV-SNP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html) . + // supported with M6a, R6a, and C6a instance types only. For more information, see [AMD SEV-SNP] + // . + // + // [AMD SEV-SNP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html AmdSevSnp AmdSevSnpSpecification // The number of CPU cores for the instance. @@ -8892,15 +9611,22 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest struct { // The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3 , io1 , and io2 // volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. // For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the - // rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. The following are - // the supported values for each volume type: + // rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. + // + // The following are the supported values for each volume type: + // // - gp3 : 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS + // // - io1 : 100 - 64,000 IOPS + // // - io2 : 100 - 256,000 IOPS - // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on instances built on the - // Nitro System (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) - // . On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. This - // parameter is supported for io1 , io2 , and gp3 volumes only. + // + // For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on [instances built on the Nitro System]. On other instances, + // you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS. + // + // This parameter is supported for io1 , io2 , and gp3 volumes only. + // + // [instances built on the Nitro System]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances Iops *int32 // The ARN of the symmetric Key Management Service (KMS) CMK used for encryption. @@ -8910,6 +9636,7 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest struct { SnapshotId *string // The throughput to provision for a gp3 volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. + // // Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. Throughput *int32 @@ -8917,14 +9644,19 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest struct { // volume size. The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type: // // - gp2 and gp3 : 1 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io1 : 4 - 16,384 GiB + // // - io2 : 4 - 65,536 GiB + // // - st1 and sc1 : 125 - 16,384 GiB + // // - standard : 1 - 1024 GiB VolumeSize *int32 - // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // The volume type. For more information, see [Amazon EBS volume types] in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS volume types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html VolumeType VolumeType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8933,13 +9665,14 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest struct { // Describes an elastic inference accelerator. type LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator struct { - // The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are eia1.medium, - // eia1.large, and eia1.xlarge. + // The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are + // eia1.medium, eia1.large, and eia1.xlarge. // // This member is required. Type *string - // The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + // The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + // // Default: 1 Count *int32 @@ -8949,12 +9682,13 @@ type LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator struct { // Describes an elastic inference accelerator. type LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorResponse struct { - // The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + // The number of elastic inference accelerators to attach to the instance. + // // Default: 1 Count *int32 - // The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are eia1.medium, - // eia1.large, and eia1.xlarge. + // The type of elastic inference accelerator. The possible values are + // eia1.medium, eia1.large, and eia1.xlarge. Type *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -8965,11 +9699,13 @@ type LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorResponse struct { // latency of network traffic between EC2 instances. With ENA Express, you can // communicate between two EC2 instances in the same subnet within the same // account, or in different accounts. Both sending and receiving instances must -// have ENA Express enabled. To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, -// ENA Express reorders network packets on the receiving end by default. However, -// some UDP-based applications are designed to handle network packets that are out -// of order to reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When -// ENA Express is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. +// have ENA Express enabled. +// +// To improve the reliability of network packet delivery, ENA Express reorders +// network packets on the receiving end by default. However, some UDP-based +// applications are designed to handle network packets that are out of order to +// reduce the overhead for packet delivery at the network layer. When ENA Express +// is enabled, you can specify whether UDP network traffic uses it. type LaunchTemplateEnaSrdSpecification struct { // Indicates whether ENA Express is enabled for the network interface. @@ -9009,8 +9745,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptions struct { } // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro -// Enclaves. For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. +// Enclaves. For more information, see [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves +// User Guide. +// +// [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html type LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptionsRequest struct { // To enable the instance for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, set this @@ -9031,11 +9769,13 @@ type LaunchTemplateHibernationOptions struct { } // Indicates whether the instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter is -// valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html) -// . +// valid only if the instance meets the [hibernation prerequisites]. +// +// [hibernation prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html type LaunchTemplateHibernationOptionsRequest struct { // If you set this parameter to true , the instance is enabled for hibernation. + // // Default: false Configured *bool @@ -9079,8 +9819,9 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceMaintenanceOptions struct { type LaunchTemplateInstanceMaintenanceOptionsRequest struct { // Disables the automatic recovery behavior of your instance or sets it to - // default. For more information, see Simplified automatic recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery) - // . + // default. For more information, see [Simplified automatic recovery]. + // + // [Simplified automatic recovery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-recover.html#instance-configuration-recovery AutoRecovery LaunchTemplateAutoRecoveryState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -9110,31 +9851,40 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance -// metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see [Instance metadata and user data] in the Amazon +// Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html type LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptions struct { // Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If the - // parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled . If you specify a - // value of disabled , you will not be able to access your instance metadata. + // parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled . + // + // If you specify a value of disabled , you will not be able to access your + // instance metadata. HttpEndpoint LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataEndpointState // Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. + // // Default: disabled HttpProtocolIpv6 LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataProtocolIpv6 // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The - // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. Default: 1 + // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + // + // Default: 1 + // // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional - IMDSv2 is optional. You can choose whether to send a session // token in your instance metadata retrieval requests. If you retrieve IAM role // credentials without a session token, you receive the IMDSv1 role credentials. If // you retrieve IAM role credentials using a valid session token, you receive the // IMDSv2 role credentials. + // // - required - IMDSv2 is required. You must send a session token in your // instance metadata retrieval requests. With this option, retrieving the IAM role // credentials always returns IMDSv2 credentials; IMDSv1 credentials are not @@ -9143,56 +9893,74 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptions struct { // Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set // to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For - // more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // . Default: disabled + // more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]. + // + // Default: disabled + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataTagsState - // The state of the metadata option changes. pending - The metadata options are - // being updated and the instance is not ready to process metadata traffic with the - // new selection. applied - The metadata options have been successfully applied on - // the instance. + // The state of the metadata option changes. + // + // pending - The metadata options are being updated and the instance is not ready + // to process metadata traffic with the new selection. + // + // applied - The metadata options have been successfully applied on the instance. State LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsState noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance -// metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see [Instance metadata and user data] in the Amazon +// Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// +// [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html type LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest struct { // Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If the - // parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled . If you specify a - // value of disabled , you will not be able to access your instance metadata. + // parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled . + // + // If you specify a value of disabled , you will not be able to access your + // instance metadata. HttpEndpoint LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataEndpointState // Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. + // // Default: disabled HttpProtocolIpv6 LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataProtocolIpv6 // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The - // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. Default: 1 + // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + // + // Default: 1 + // // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int32 // Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required. + // // - optional - IMDSv2 is optional. You can choose whether to send a session // token in your instance metadata retrieval requests. If you retrieve IAM role // credentials without a session token, you receive the IMDSv1 role credentials. If // you retrieve IAM role credentials using a valid session token, you receive the // IMDSv2 role credentials. + // // - required - IMDSv2 is required. You must send a session token in your // instance metadata retrieval requests. With this option, retrieving the IAM role // credentials always returns IMDSv2 credentials; IMDSv1 credentials are not // available. + // // Default: If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for // your instance is v2.0 , the default is required . HttpTokens LaunchTemplateHttpTokensState // Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set // to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For - // more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS) - // . Default: disabled + // more information, see [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]. + // + // Default: disabled + // + // [Work with instance tags using the instance metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS InstanceMetadataTags LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataTagsState noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -9202,23 +9970,30 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest struct { type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // Indicates whether to associate a Carrier IP address with eth0 for a new network - // interface. Use this option when you launch an instance in a Wavelength Zone and - // want to associate a Carrier IP address with the network interface. For more - // information about Carrier IP addresses, see Carrier IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#provider-owned-ip) - // in the Wavelength Developer Guide. + // interface. + // + // Use this option when you launch an instance in a Wavelength Zone and want to + // associate a Carrier IP address with the network interface. For more information + // about Carrier IP addresses, see [Carrier IP addresses]in the Wavelength Developer Guide. + // + // [Carrier IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#provider-owned-ip AssociateCarrierIpAddress *bool // Indicates whether to associate a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new - // network interface. Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, - // including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP - // addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon - // VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) . + // network interface. + // + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For + // more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the [Amazon VPC pricing page]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing page]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set the // timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more - // information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts ConnectionTrackingSpecification *ConnectionTrackingSpecification // Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is @@ -9270,8 +10045,9 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // The primary IPv6 address of the network interface. When you enable an IPv6 GUA // address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 // address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. - // For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // . + // For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see [RunInstances]. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html PrimaryIpv6 *bool // The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. @@ -9292,24 +10068,29 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // The parameters for a network interface. type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest struct { - // Associates a Carrier IP address with eth0 for a new network interface. Use this - // option when you launch an instance in a Wavelength Zone and want to associate a - // Carrier IP address with the network interface. For more information about - // Carrier IP addresses, see Carrier IP addresses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#provider-owned-ip) - // in the Wavelength Developer Guide. + // Associates a Carrier IP address with eth0 for a new network interface. + // + // Use this option when you launch an instance in a Wavelength Zone and want to + // associate a Carrier IP address with the network interface. For more information + // about Carrier IP addresses, see [Carrier IP addresses]in the Wavelength Developer Guide. + // + // [Carrier IP addresses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wavelength/latest/developerguide/how-wavelengths-work.html#provider-owned-ip AssociateCarrierIpAddress *bool - // Associates a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface. Amazon - // Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 - // addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more - // information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) - // . + // Associates a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface. + // + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For + // more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the [Amazon VPC pricing page]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing page]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set the // timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more - // information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts ConnectionTrackingSpecification *ConnectionTrackingSpecificationRequest // Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is @@ -9333,9 +10114,14 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest struct { Groups []string // The type of network interface. To create an Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA), - // specify efa . For more information, see Elastic Fabric Adapter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. If you are not creating an EFA, - // specify interface or omit this parameter. Valid values: interface | efa + // specify efa . For more information, see [Elastic Fabric Adapter] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud + // User Guide. + // + // If you are not creating an EFA, specify interface or omit this parameter. + // + // Valid values: interface | efa + // + // [Elastic Fabric Adapter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/efa.html InterfaceType *string // The number of IPv4 prefixes to be automatically assigned to the network @@ -9375,8 +10161,9 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest struct { // The primary IPv6 address of the network interface. When you enable an IPv6 GUA // address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 // address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. - // For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // . + // For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see [RunInstances]. + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html PrimaryIpv6 *bool // The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. @@ -9421,41 +10208,49 @@ type LaunchTemplateOverrides struct { // The instance requirements. When you specify instance requirements, Amazon EC2 // will identify instance types with the provided requirements, and then use your // On-Demand and Spot allocation strategies to launch instances from these instance - // types, in the same way as when you specify a list of instance types. If you - // specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . + // types, in the same way as when you specify a list of instance types. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirements // The instance type. InstanceType InstanceType // The priority for the launch template override. The highest priority is launched - // first. If OnDemandAllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , Spot Fleet uses - // priority to determine which launch template override to use first in fulfilling - // On-Demand capacity. If the Spot AllocationStrategy is set to - // capacityOptimizedPrioritized , Spot Fleet uses priority on a best-effort basis - // to determine which launch template override to use in fulfilling Spot capacity, - // but optimizes for capacity first. Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0 . - // The lower the number, the higher the priority. If no number is set, the launch - // template override has the lowest priority. You can set the same priority for - // different launch template overrides. + // first. + // + // If OnDemandAllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , Spot Fleet uses priority + // to determine which launch template override to use first in fulfilling On-Demand + // capacity. + // + // If the Spot AllocationStrategy is set to capacityOptimizedPrioritized , Spot + // Fleet uses priority on a best-effort basis to determine which launch template + // override to use in fulfilling Spot capacity, but optimizes for capacity first. + // + // Valid values are whole numbers starting at 0 . The lower the number, the higher + // the priority. If no number is set, the launch template override has the lowest + // priority. You can set the same priority for different launch template overrides. Priority *float64 // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. SpotPrice *string // The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. SubnetId *string - // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. When specifying - // weights, the price used in the lowest-price and price-capacity-optimized - // allocation strategies is per unit hour (where the instance price is divided by - // the specified weight). However, if all the specified weights are above the - // requested TargetCapacity , resulting in only 1 instance being launched, the - // price used is per instance hour. + // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. + // + // When specifying weights, the price used in the lowest-price and + // price-capacity-optimized allocation strategies is per unit hour (where the + // instance price is divided by the specified weight). However, if all the + // specified weights are above the requested TargetCapacity , resulting in only 1 + // instance being launched, the price used is per instance hour. WeightedCapacity *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -9595,18 +10390,25 @@ type LaunchTemplatesMonitoringRequest struct { // Describes the launch template to use. type LaunchTemplateSpecification struct { - // The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The ID of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateId *string - // The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID - // or the launch template name, but not both. + // The name of the launch template. + // + // You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but + // not both. LaunchTemplateName *string - // The launch template version number, $Latest , or $Default . A value of $Latest - // uses the latest version of the launch template. A value of $Default uses the - // default version of the launch template. Default: The default version of the - // launch template. + // The launch template version number, $Latest , or $Default . + // + // A value of $Latest uses the latest version of the launch template. + // + // A value of $Default uses the default version of the launch template. + // + // Default: The default version of the launch template. Version *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -9625,8 +10427,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptions struct { // The maximum hourly price you're willing to pay for the Spot Instances. We do // not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased // interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current - // Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. MaxPrice *string // The Spot Instance request type. @@ -9653,8 +10457,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest struct { // The maximum hourly price you're willing to pay for the Spot Instances. We do // not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased // interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current - // Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. MaxPrice *string // The Spot Instance request type. @@ -9662,11 +10468,14 @@ type LaunchTemplateSpotMarketOptionsRequest struct { // The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). Supported // only for persistent requests. + // // - For a persistent request, the request remains active until the ValidUntil // date and time is reached. Otherwise, the request remains active until you cancel // it. + // // - For a one-time request, ValidUntil is not supported. The request remains // active until all instances launch or you cancel the request. + // // Default: 7 days from the current date ValidUntil *time.Time @@ -9689,13 +10498,17 @@ type LaunchTemplateTagSpecification struct { // launch. type LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest struct { - // The type of resource to tag. Valid Values lists all resource types for Amazon - // EC2 that can be tagged. When you create a launch template, you can specify tags - // for the following resource types only: instance | volume | network-interface | - // spot-instances-request . If the instance does not include the resource type that - // you specify, the instance launch fails. For example, not all instance types - // include a volume. To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html) - // . + // The type of resource to tag. + // + // Valid Values lists all resource types for Amazon EC2 that can be tagged. When + // you create a launch template, you can specify tags for the following resource + // types only: instance | volume | network-interface | spot-instances-request . If + // the instance does not include the resource type that you specify, the instance + // launch fails. For example, not all instance types include a volume. + // + // To tag a resource after it has been created, see [CreateTags]. + // + // [CreateTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html ResourceType ResourceType // The tags to apply to the resource. @@ -9831,7 +10644,7 @@ type LocalGatewayRoute struct { // The CIDR block used for destination matches. DestinationCidrBlock *string - // The ID of the prefix list. + // The ID of the prefix list. DestinationPrefixListId *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local gateway route table. @@ -10035,9 +10848,10 @@ type LockedSnapshotsInfo struct { LockDuration *int32 // The date and time at which the lock duration started, in the UTC time zone ( - // YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ). If you lock a snapshot that is in the pending - // state, the lock duration starts only once the snapshot enters the completed - // state. + // YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ). + // + // If you lock a snapshot that is in the pending state, the lock duration starts + // only once the snapshot enters the completed state. LockDurationStartTime *time.Time // The date and time at which the lock will expire, in the UTC time zone ( @@ -10045,16 +10859,20 @@ type LockedSnapshotsInfo struct { LockExpiresOn *time.Time // The state of the snapshot lock. Valid states include: + // // - compliance-cooloff - The snapshot has been locked in compliance mode but it // is still within the cooling-off period. The snapshot can't be deleted, but it // can be unlocked and the lock settings can be modified by users with appropriate // permissions. + // // - governance - The snapshot is locked in governance mode. The snapshot can't // be deleted, but it can be unlocked and the lock settings can be modified by // users with appropriate permissions. + // // - compliance - The snapshot is locked in compliance mode and the cooling-off // period has expired. The snapshot can't be unlocked or deleted. The lock duration // can only be increased by users with appropriate permissions. + // // - expired - The snapshot was locked in compliance or governance mode but the // lock duration has expired. The snapshot is not locked and can be deleted. LockState LockState @@ -10071,10 +10889,10 @@ type LockedSnapshotsInfo struct { // Information about the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host. type MacHost struct { - // The EC2 Mac Dedicated Host ID. + // The EC2 Mac Dedicated Host ID. HostId *string - // The latest macOS versions that the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host can launch without + // The latest macOS versions that the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host can launch without // being upgraded. MacOSLatestSupportedVersions []string @@ -10270,9 +11088,11 @@ type ModifyTransitGatewayOptions struct { // A private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session. // The range is 64512 to 65534 for 16-bit ASNs and 4200000000 to 4294967294 for - // 32-bit ASNs. The modify ASN operation is not allowed on a transit gateway with - // active BGP sessions. You must first delete all transit gateway attachments that - // have BGP configured prior to modifying the ASN on the transit gateway. + // 32-bit ASNs. + // + // The modify ASN operation is not allowed on a transit gateway with active BGP + // sessions. You must first delete all transit gateway attachments that have BGP + // configured prior to modifying the ASN on the transit gateway. AmazonSideAsn *int64 // The ID of the default association route table. @@ -10298,9 +11118,10 @@ type ModifyTransitGatewayOptions struct { // Removes CIDR blocks for the transit gateway. RemoveTransitGatewayCidrBlocks []string - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. Enables - // you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use - // this option to simplify security group management and control of + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of // instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. // You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only // option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now @@ -10328,9 +11149,10 @@ type ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions struct { // Enable or disable IPv6 support. The default is enable . Ipv6Support Ipv6SupportValue - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. Enables - // you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use - // this option to simplify security group management and control of + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of // instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. // You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only // option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now @@ -10374,8 +11196,8 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessEndpointLoadBalancerOptions struct { // Verified Access trust provider. type ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProviderDeviceOptions struct { - // The URL Amazon Web Services Verified Access will use to verify the authenticity - // of the device tokens. + // The URL Amazon Web Services Verified Access will use to verify the + // authenticity of the device tokens. PublicSigningKeyUrl *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -10414,106 +11236,152 @@ type ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProviderOidcOptions struct { type ModifyVpnTunnelOptionsSpecification struct { // The action to take after DPD timeout occurs. Specify restart to restart the IKE - // initiation. Specify clear to end the IKE session. Valid Values: clear | none | - // restart Default: clear + // initiation. Specify clear to end the IKE session. + // + // Valid Values: clear | none | restart + // + // Default: clear DPDTimeoutAction *string // The number of seconds after which a DPD timeout occurs. A DPD timeout of 40 // seconds means that the VPN endpoint will consider the peer dead 30 seconds after - // the first failed keep-alive. Constraints: A value greater than or equal to 30. + // the first failed keep-alive. + // + // Constraints: A value greater than or equal to 30. + // // Default: 40 DPDTimeoutSeconds *int32 // Turn on or off tunnel endpoint lifecycle control feature. EnableTunnelLifecycleControl *bool - // The IKE versions that are permitted for the VPN tunnel. Valid values: ikev1 | - // ikev2 + // The IKE versions that are permitted for the VPN tunnel. + // + // Valid values: ikev1 | ikev2 IKEVersions []IKEVersionsRequestListValue // Options for logging VPN tunnel activity. LogOptions *VpnTunnelLogOptionsSpecification // One or more Diffie-Hellman group numbers that are permitted for the VPN tunnel - // for phase 1 IKE negotiations. Valid values: 2 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 - // | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 + // for phase 1 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: 2 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 Phase1DHGroupNumbers []Phase1DHGroupNumbersRequestListValue // One or more encryption algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 1 IKE negotiations. Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | - // AES256-GCM-16 + // phase 1 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | AES256-GCM-16 Phase1EncryptionAlgorithms []Phase1EncryptionAlgorithmsRequestListValue // One or more integrity algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 1 IKE negotiations. Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 + // phase 1 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 Phase1IntegrityAlgorithms []Phase1IntegrityAlgorithmsRequestListValue - // The lifetime for phase 1 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. Constraints: A - // value between 900 and 28,800. Default: 28800 + // The lifetime for phase 1 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. + // + // Constraints: A value between 900 and 28,800. + // + // Default: 28800 Phase1LifetimeSeconds *int32 // One or more Diffie-Hellman group numbers that are permitted for the VPN tunnel - // for phase 2 IKE negotiations. Valid values: 2 | 5 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 - // | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 + // for phase 2 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: 2 | 5 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 Phase2DHGroupNumbers []Phase2DHGroupNumbersRequestListValue // One or more encryption algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 2 IKE negotiations. Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | - // AES256-GCM-16 + // phase 2 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | AES256-GCM-16 Phase2EncryptionAlgorithms []Phase2EncryptionAlgorithmsRequestListValue // One or more integrity algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 2 IKE negotiations. Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 + // phase 2 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 Phase2IntegrityAlgorithms []Phase2IntegrityAlgorithmsRequestListValue - // The lifetime for phase 2 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. Constraints: A - // value between 900 and 3,600. The value must be less than the value for - // Phase1LifetimeSeconds . Default: 3600 + // The lifetime for phase 2 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. + // + // Constraints: A value between 900 and 3,600. The value must be less than the + // value for Phase1LifetimeSeconds . + // + // Default: 3600 Phase2LifetimeSeconds *int32 // The pre-shared key (PSK) to establish initial authentication between the - // virtual private gateway and the customer gateway. Constraints: Allowed - // characters are alphanumeric characters, periods (.), and underscores (_). Must - // be between 8 and 64 characters in length and cannot start with zero (0). + // virtual private gateway and the customer gateway. + // + // Constraints: Allowed characters are alphanumeric characters, periods (.), and + // underscores (_). Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length and cannot start + // with zero (0). PreSharedKey *string // The percentage of the rekey window (determined by RekeyMarginTimeSeconds ) - // during which the rekey time is randomly selected. Constraints: A value between 0 - // and 100. Default: 100 + // during which the rekey time is randomly selected. + // + // Constraints: A value between 0 and 100. + // + // Default: 100 RekeyFuzzPercentage *int32 // The margin time, in seconds, before the phase 2 lifetime expires, during which // the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection performs an IKE rekey. The // exact time of the rekey is randomly selected based on the value for - // RekeyFuzzPercentage . Constraints: A value between 60 and half of - // Phase2LifetimeSeconds . Default: 270 + // RekeyFuzzPercentage . + // + // Constraints: A value between 60 and half of Phase2LifetimeSeconds . + // + // Default: 270 RekeyMarginTimeSeconds *int32 - // The number of packets in an IKE replay window. Constraints: A value between 64 - // and 2048. Default: 1024 + // The number of packets in an IKE replay window. + // + // Constraints: A value between 64 and 2048. + // + // Default: 1024 ReplayWindowSize *int32 // The action to take when the establishing the tunnel for the VPN connection. By // default, your customer gateway device must initiate the IKE negotiation and // bring up the tunnel. Specify start for Amazon Web Services to initiate the IKE - // negotiation. Valid Values: add | start Default: add + // negotiation. + // + // Valid Values: add | start + // + // Default: add StartupAction *string // The range of inside IPv4 addresses for the tunnel. Any specified CIDR blocks // must be unique across all VPN connections that use the same virtual private - // gateway. Constraints: A size /30 CIDR block from the 169.254.0.0/16 range. The - // following CIDR blocks are reserved and cannot be used: + // gateway. + // + // Constraints: A size /30 CIDR block from the 169.254.0.0/16 range. The following + // CIDR blocks are reserved and cannot be used: + // // - 169.254.0.0/30 + // // - 169.254.1.0/30 + // // - 169.254.2.0/30 + // // - 169.254.3.0/30 + // // - 169.254.4.0/30 + // // - 169.254.5.0/30 + // // - 169.254.169.252/30 TunnelInsideCidr *string // The range of inside IPv6 addresses for the tunnel. Any specified CIDR blocks // must be unique across all VPN connections that use the same transit gateway. + // // Constraints: A size /126 CIDR block from the local fd00::/8 range. TunnelInsideIpv6Cidr *string @@ -10530,7 +11398,9 @@ type Monitoring struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// This action is deprecated. Describes the status of a moving Elastic IP address. +// This action is deprecated. +// +// Describes the status of a moving Elastic IP address. type MovingAddressStatus struct { // The status of the Elastic IP address that's being moved or restored. @@ -10562,16 +11432,22 @@ type NatGateway struct { // If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error message for the // failure, that corresponds to the error code. + // // - For InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet: "Subnet has insufficient free // addresses to create this NAT gateway" + // // - For Gateway.NotAttached: "Network vpc-xxxxxxxx has no Internet gateway // attached" + // // - For InvalidAllocationID.NotFound: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx // could not be associated with this NAT gateway" + // // - For Resource.AlreadyAssociated: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx is // already associated" + // // - For InternalError: "Network interface eni-xxxxxxxx, created and used // internally by this NAT gateway is in an invalid state. Please try again." + // // - For InvalidSubnetID.NotFound: "The specified subnet subnet-xxxxxxxx does // not exist or could not be found." FailureMessage *string @@ -10583,21 +11459,28 @@ type NatGateway struct { // The ID of the NAT gateway. NatGatewayId *string - // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) - // , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) - // . + // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through + // the [Support Center]. + // + // [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html + // [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? ProvisionedBandwidth *ProvisionedBandwidth // The state of the NAT gateway. + // // - pending : The NAT gateway is being created and is not ready to process // traffic. + // // - failed : The NAT gateway could not be created. Check the failureCode and // failureMessage fields for the reason. + // // - available : The NAT gateway is able to process traffic. This status remains // until you delete the NAT gateway, and does not indicate the health of the NAT // gateway. + // // - deleting : The NAT gateway is in the process of being terminated and may // still be processing traffic. + // // - deleted : The NAT gateway has been terminated and is no longer processing // traffic. State NatGatewayState @@ -10722,12 +11605,15 @@ type NetworkAclEntry struct { } // The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second -// (Gbps). Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will +// (Gbps). +// +// Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will // achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that // support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your // instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, -// see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// see [Available instance bandwidth]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Available instance bandwidth]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth type NetworkBandwidthGbps struct { // The maximum amount of network bandwidth, in Gbps. If this parameter is not @@ -10742,12 +11628,15 @@ type NetworkBandwidthGbps struct { } // The minimum and maximum amount of network bandwidth, in gigabits per second -// (Gbps). Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will +// (Gbps). +// +// Setting the minimum bandwidth does not guarantee that your instance will // achieve the minimum bandwidth. Amazon EC2 will identify instance types that // support the specified minimum bandwidth, but the actual bandwidth of your // instance might go below the specified minimum at times. For more information, -// see Available instance bandwidth (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// see [Available instance bandwidth]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Available instance bandwidth]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-network-bandwidth.html#available-instance-bandwidth type NetworkBandwidthGbpsRequest struct { // The maximum amount of network bandwidth, in Gbps. To specify no maximum limit, @@ -10916,9 +11805,9 @@ type NetworkInsightsAnalysis struct { // Potential intermediate components. AlternatePathHints []AlternatePathHint - // The explanations. For more information, see Reachability Analyzer explanation - // codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/explanation-codes.html) - // . + // The explanations. For more information, see [Reachability Analyzer explanation codes]. + // + // [Reachability Analyzer explanation codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/reachability/explanation-codes.html Explanations []Explanation // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources that the path must traverse. @@ -11027,8 +11916,9 @@ type NetworkInterface struct { // A security group connection tracking configuration that enables you to set the // timeout for connection tracking on an Elastic network interface. For more - // information, see Connection tracking timeouts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Connection tracking timeouts]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Connection tracking timeouts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-connection-tracking.html#connection-tracking-timeouts ConnectionTrackingConfiguration *ConnectionTrackingConfiguration // Indicates whether a network interface with an IPv6 address is unreachable from @@ -11119,9 +12009,10 @@ type NetworkInterfaceAssociation struct { // The association ID. AssociationId *string - // The carrier IP address associated with the network interface. This option is - // only available when the network interface is in a subnet which is associated - // with a Wavelength Zone. + // The carrier IP address associated with the network interface. + // + // This option is only available when the network interface is in a subnet which + // is associated with a Wavelength Zone. CarrierIp *string // The customer-owned IP address associated with the network interface. @@ -11224,9 +12115,9 @@ type NetworkInterfaceIpv6Address struct { // Determines if an IPv6 address associated with a network interface is the // primary IPv6 address. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, // the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is - // terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information, see - // ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.html) - // . + // terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information, see [ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute]. + // + // [ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.html IsPrimaryIpv6 *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -11393,38 +12284,54 @@ type OidcOptions struct { type OnDemandOptions struct { // The strategy that determines the order of the launch template overrides to use - // in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. lowest-price - EC2 Fleet uses price to - // determine the order, launching the lowest price first. prioritized - EC2 Fleet - // uses the priority that you assigned to each launch template override, launching - // the highest priority first. Default: lowest-price + // in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. + // + // lowest-price - EC2 Fleet uses price to determine the order, launching the + // lowest price first. + // + // prioritized - EC2 Fleet uses the priority that you assigned to each launch + // template override, launching the highest priority first. + // + // Default: lowest-price AllocationStrategy FleetOnDemandAllocationStrategy // The strategy for using unused Capacity Reservations for fulfilling On-Demand - // capacity. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // capacity. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . CapacityReservationOptions *CapacityReservationOptions // The maximum amount per hour for On-Demand Instances that you're willing to pay. + // // If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if // their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a // charge for surplus credits. The maxTotalPrice does not account for surplus // credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than - // what you specified for maxTotalPrice . For more information, see Surplus - // credits can incur charges (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits) - // in the EC2 User Guide. + // what you specified for maxTotalPrice . For more information, see [Surplus credits can incur charges] in the EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Surplus credits can incur charges]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits MaxTotalPrice *string // The minimum target capacity for On-Demand Instances in the fleet. If the // minimum target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances. - // Supported only for fleets of type instant . At least one of the following must - // be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | SingleInstanceType + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // + // At least one of the following must be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | + // SingleInstanceType MinTargetCapacity *int32 // Indicates that the fleet launches all On-Demand Instances into a single - // Availability Zone. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Availability Zone. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleAvailabilityZone *bool // Indicates that the fleet uses a single instance type to launch all On-Demand - // Instances in the fleet. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Instances in the fleet. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleInstanceType *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -11434,38 +12341,54 @@ type OnDemandOptions struct { type OnDemandOptionsRequest struct { // The strategy that determines the order of the launch template overrides to use - // in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. lowest-price - EC2 Fleet uses price to - // determine the order, launching the lowest price first. prioritized - EC2 Fleet - // uses the priority that you assigned to each launch template override, launching - // the highest priority first. Default: lowest-price + // in fulfilling On-Demand capacity. + // + // lowest-price - EC2 Fleet uses price to determine the order, launching the + // lowest price first. + // + // prioritized - EC2 Fleet uses the priority that you assigned to each launch + // template override, launching the highest priority first. + // + // Default: lowest-price AllocationStrategy FleetOnDemandAllocationStrategy // The strategy for using unused Capacity Reservations for fulfilling On-Demand - // capacity. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // capacity. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . CapacityReservationOptions *CapacityReservationOptionsRequest // The maximum amount per hour for On-Demand Instances that you're willing to pay. + // // If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if // their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a // charge for surplus credits. The MaxTotalPrice does not account for surplus // credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than - // what you specified for MaxTotalPrice . For more information, see Surplus - // credits can incur charges (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits) - // in the EC2 User Guide. + // what you specified for MaxTotalPrice . For more information, see [Surplus credits can incur charges] in the EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Surplus credits can incur charges]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits MaxTotalPrice *string // The minimum target capacity for On-Demand Instances in the fleet. If the // minimum target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances. - // Supported only for fleets of type instant . At least one of the following must - // be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | SingleInstanceType + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // + // At least one of the following must be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | + // SingleInstanceType MinTargetCapacity *int32 // Indicates that the fleet launches all On-Demand Instances into a single - // Availability Zone. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Availability Zone. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleAvailabilityZone *bool // Indicates that the fleet uses a single instance type to launch all On-Demand - // Instances in the fleet. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Instances in the fleet. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleInstanceType *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -11850,16 +12773,22 @@ type Phase2IntegrityAlgorithmsRequestListValue struct { // Describes the placement of an instance. type Placement struct { - // The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter is - // not supported for CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet) - // or ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - // . + // The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [CreateFleet] or [ImportInstance]. + // + // [CreateFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet + // [ImportInstance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html Affinity *string - // The Availability Zone of the instance. If not specified, an Availability Zone - // will be automatically chosen for you based on the load balancing criteria for - // the Region. This parameter is not supported for CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet) - // . + // The Availability Zone of the instance. + // + // If not specified, an Availability Zone will be automatically chosen for you + // based on the load balancing criteria for the Region. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [CreateFleet]. + // + // [CreateFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet AvailabilityZone *string // The ID of the placement group that the instance is in. If you specify GroupId , @@ -11870,31 +12799,43 @@ type Placement struct { // GroupName , you can't specify GroupId . GroupName *string - // The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance resides. This parameter is - // not supported for CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet) - // or ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - // . + // The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance resides. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [CreateFleet] or [ImportInstance]. + // + // [CreateFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet + // [ImportInstance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html HostId *string - // The ARN of the host resource group in which to launch the instances. If you - // specify this parameter, either omit the Tenancy parameter or set it to host . - // This parameter is not supported for CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet) - // . + // The ARN of the host resource group in which to launch the instances. + // + // If you specify this parameter, either omit the Tenancy parameter or set it to + // host . + // + // This parameter is not supported for [CreateFleet]. + // + // [CreateFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet HostResourceGroupArn *string // The number of the partition that the instance is in. Valid only if the - // placement group strategy is set to partition . This parameter is not supported - // for CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet) - // . + // placement group strategy is set to partition . + // + // This parameter is not supported for [CreateFleet]. + // + // [CreateFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet PartitionNumber *int32 // Reserved for future use. SpreadDomain *string // The tenancy of the instance. An instance with a tenancy of dedicated runs on - // single-tenant hardware. This parameter is not supported for CreateFleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet) - // . The host tenancy is not supported for ImportInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html) - // or for T3 instances that are configured for the unlimited CPU credit option. + // single-tenant hardware. + // + // This parameter is not supported for [CreateFleet]. The host tenancy is not supported for [ImportInstance] or + // for T3 instances that are configured for the unlimited CPU credit option. + // + // [CreateFleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateFleet + // [ImportInstance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportInstance.html Tenancy Tenancy noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -12013,6 +12954,7 @@ type PrefixListEntry struct { type PrefixListId struct { // A description for the security group rule that references this prefix list ID. + // // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, // 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* Description *string @@ -12027,13 +12969,15 @@ type PrefixListId struct { type PriceSchedule struct { // The current price schedule, as determined by the term remaining for the - // Reserved Instance in the listing. A specific price schedule is always in effect, - // but only one price schedule can be active at any time. Take, for example, a - // Reserved Instance listing that has five months remaining in its term. When you - // specify price schedules for five months and two months, this means that schedule - // 1, covering the first three months of the remaining term, will be active during - // months 5, 4, and 3. Then schedule 2, covering the last two months of the term, - // will be active for months 2 and 1. + // Reserved Instance in the listing. + // + // A specific price schedule is always in effect, but only one price schedule can + // be active at any time. Take, for example, a Reserved Instance listing that has + // five months remaining in its term. When you specify price schedules for five + // months and two months, this means that schedule 1, covering the first three + // months of the remaining term, will be active during months 5, 4, and 3. Then + // schedule 2, covering the last two months of the term, will be active for months + // 2 and 1. Active *bool // The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the @@ -12107,8 +13051,10 @@ type PrivateDnsNameConfiguration struct { // service provider adds the value text to the name . Name *string - // The verification state of the VPC endpoint service. >Consumers of the endpoint - // service can use the private name only when the state is verified . + // The verification state of the VPC endpoint service. + // + // >Consumers of the endpoint service can use the private name only when the state + // is verified . State DnsNameState // The endpoint service verification type, for example TXT. @@ -12202,8 +13148,9 @@ type ProcessorInfo struct { // Indicates whether the instance type supports AMD SEV-SNP. If the request // returns amd-sev-snp , AMD SEV-SNP is supported. Otherwise, it is not supported. - // For more information, see AMD SEV-SNP (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html) - // . + // For more information, see [AMD SEV-SNP]. + // + // [AMD SEV-SNP]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/sev-snp.html SupportedFeatures []SupportedAdditionalProcessorFeature // The speed of the processor, in GHz. @@ -12233,34 +13180,46 @@ type PropagatingVgw struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) -// , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) -// . +// Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through +// the [Support Center]. +// +// [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html +// [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? type ProvisionedBandwidth struct { - // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) - // , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) - // . + // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through + // the [Support Center]. + // + // [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html + // [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? ProvisionTime *time.Time - // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) - // , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) - // . + // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through + // the [Support Center]. + // + // [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html + // [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? Provisioned *string - // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) - // , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) - // . + // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through + // the [Support Center]. + // + // [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html + // [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? RequestTime *time.Time - // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) - // , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) - // . + // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through + // the [Support Center]. + // + // [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html + // [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? Requested *string - // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the documented limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html) - // , contact us through the Support Center (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home?) - // . + // Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the [documented limits], contact us through + // the [Support Center]. + // + // [documented limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/vpc-nat-gateway.html + // [Support Center]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home? Status *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -12444,9 +13403,12 @@ type RegisterInstanceTagAttributeRequest struct { // Remove an operating Region from an IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web // Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only // discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select -// as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create -// an IPAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html) in the -// Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide +// as operating Regions. +// +// For more information about operating Regions, see [Create an IPAM] in the Amazon VPC IPAM User +// Guide +// +// [Create an IPAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/ipam/create-ipam.html type RemoveIpamOperatingRegion struct { // The name of the operating Region you want to remove. @@ -12495,16 +13457,23 @@ type ReplaceRootVolumeTask struct { Tags []Tag // The state of the task. The task can be in one of the following states: + // // - pending - the replacement volume is being created. + // // - in-progress - the original volume is being detached and the replacement // volume is being attached. + // // - succeeded - the replacement volume has been successfully attached to the // instance and the instance is available. + // // - failing - the replacement task is in the process of failing. + // // - failed - the replacement task has failed but the original root volume is // still attached. + // // - failing-detached - the replacement task is in the process of failing. The // instance might have no root volume attached. + // // - failed-detached - the replacement task has failed and the instance has no // root volume attached. TaskState ReplaceRootVolumeTaskState @@ -12537,8 +13506,9 @@ type RequestIpamResourceTag struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The information to include in the launch template. You must specify at least -// one parameter for the launch template data. +// The information to include in the launch template. +// +// You must specify at least one parameter for the launch template data. type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { // The block device mapping. @@ -12550,24 +13520,28 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { // attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone). CapacityReservationSpecification *LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationRequest - // The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimizing CPU - // Options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see [Optimizing CPU Options] in the Amazon + // Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Optimizing CPU Options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html CpuOptions *LaunchTemplateCpuOptionsRequest // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. Valid only for T instances. CreditSpecification *CreditSpecificationRequest // Indicates whether to enable the instance for stop protection. For more - // information, see Stop protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Stop protection]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Stop protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection DisableApiStop *bool // If you set this parameter to true , you can't terminate the instance using the // Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute - // after launch, use ModifyInstanceAttribute (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html) - // . Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior to terminate , you - // can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance. + // after launch, use [ModifyInstanceAttribute]. Alternatively, if you set InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior + // to terminate , you can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command + // from the instance. + // + // [ModifyInstanceAttribute]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceAttribute.html DisableApiTermination *bool // Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This @@ -12577,55 +13551,76 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { // apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. EbsOptimized *bool - // Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For - // workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon - // EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. + // Deprecated. + // + // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads + // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, + // G4dn, or G5 instances. ElasticGpuSpecifications []ElasticGpuSpecification // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic // inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 - // instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot - // specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting - // April 15, 2023, Amazon Web Services will not onboard new customers to Amazon - // Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads - // to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new - // customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in - // Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used - // Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current - // customers and will be able to continue using the service. + // instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + // + // You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. + // + // Starting April 15, 2023, Amazon Web Services will not onboard new customers to + // Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their + // workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, + // 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI + // accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers + // who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are + // considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. ElasticInferenceAccelerators []LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAccelerator // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro - // Enclaves. For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. You can't enable Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same instance. + // Enclaves. For more information, see [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves + // User Guide. + // + // You can't enable Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same + // instance. + // + // [What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave.html EnclaveOptions *LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptionsRequest // Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. This parameter is - // valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html) - // . For more information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // valid only if the instance meets the [hibernation prerequisites]. For more information, see [Hibernate your instance] in the Amazon + // Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html + // [hibernation prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/hibernating-prerequisites.html HibernationOptions *LaunchTemplateHibernationOptionsRequest // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM instance profile. IamInstanceProfile *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecificationRequest // The ID of the AMI. Alternatively, you can specify a Systems Manager parameter, - // which will resolve to an AMI ID on launch. Valid formats: + // which will resolve to an AMI ID on launch. + // + // Valid formats: + // // - ami-17characters00000 + // // - resolve:ssm:parameter-name + // // - resolve:ssm:parameter-name:version-number + // // - resolve:ssm:parameter-name:label + // // - resolve:ssm:public-parameter + // // Currently, EC2 Fleet and Spot Fleet do not support specifying a Systems Manager // parameter. If the launch template will be used by an EC2 Fleet or Spot Fleet, - // you must specify the AMI ID. For more information, see Use a Systems Manager - // parameter instead of an AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/create-launch-template.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // you must specify the AMI ID. + // + // For more information, see [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/create-launch-template.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id ImageId *string // Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown // from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). + // // Default: stop InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior ShutdownBehavior @@ -12633,46 +13628,65 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { InstanceMarketOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptionsRequest // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, - // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. You must specify - // VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. Any unspecified - // optional attribute is set to its default. When you specify multiple attributes, - // you get instance types that satisfy all of the specified attributes. If you - // specify multiple values for an attribute, you get instance types that satisfy - // any of the specified values. To limit the list of instance types from which - // Amazon EC2 can identify matching instance types, you can use one of the - // following parameters, but not both in the same request: + // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. + // + // You must specify VCpuCount and MemoryMiB . All other attributes are optional. + // Any unspecified optional attribute is set to its default. + // + // When you specify multiple attributes, you get instance types that satisfy all + // of the specified attributes. If you specify multiple values for an attribute, + // you get instance types that satisfy any of the specified values. + // + // To limit the list of instance types from which Amazon EC2 can identify matching + // instance types, you can use one of the following parameters, but not both in the + // same request: + // // - AllowedInstanceTypes - The instance types to include in the list. All other // instance types are ignored, even if they match your specified attributes. + // // - ExcludedInstanceTypes - The instance types to exclude from the list, even if // they match your specified attributes. + // // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . + // // Attribute-based instance type selection is only supported when using Auto // Scaling groups, EC2 Fleet, and Spot Fleet to launch instances. If you plan to - // use the launch template in the launch instance wizard (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html) - // , or with the RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html) - // API or AWS::EC2::Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html) - // Amazon Web Services CloudFormation resource, you can't specify - // InstanceRequirements . For more information, see Attribute-based instance type - // selection for EC2 Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) - // , Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html) - // , and Spot placement score (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // use the launch template in the [launch instance wizard], or with the [RunInstances] API or [AWS::EC2::Instance] Amazon Web Services + // CloudFormation resource, you can't specify InstanceRequirements . + // + // For more information, see [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet], [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet], and [Spot placement score] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Attribute-based instance type selection for EC2 Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html + // [AWS::EC2::Instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-properties-ec2-instance.html + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances.html + // [Spot placement score]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-placement-score.html + // [Attribute-based instance type selection for Spot Fleet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-attribute-based-instance-type-selection.html + // [launch instance wizard]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-instance-wizard.html InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirementsRequest - // The instance type. For more information, see Instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. If you specify InstanceType , - // you can't specify InstanceRequirements . + // The instance type. For more information, see [Instance types] in the Amazon Elastic Compute + // Cloud User Guide. + // + // If you specify InstanceType , you can't specify InstanceRequirements . + // + // [Instance types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html InstanceType InstanceType - // The ID of the kernel. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and - // RAM disks. For more information, see User provided kernels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The ID of the kernel. + // + // We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + // information, see [User provided kernels]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [User provided kernels]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html KernelId *string - // The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using CreateKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html) - // or ImportKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportKeyPair.html) - // . If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you + // The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using [CreateKeyPair] or [ImportKeyPair]. + // + // If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you // choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. + // + // [ImportKeyPair]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ImportKeyPair.html + // [CreateKeyPair]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateKeyPair.html KeyName *string // The license configurations. @@ -12681,9 +13695,10 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { // The maintenance options for the instance. MaintenanceOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMaintenanceOptionsRequest - // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance - // metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see [Instance metadata and user data] in the Amazon + // Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html MetadataOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest // The monitoring for the instance. @@ -12699,20 +13714,25 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { // the subnet. PrivateDnsNameOptions *LaunchTemplatePrivateDnsNameOptionsRequest - // The ID of the RAM disk. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels - // and RAM disks. For more information, see User provided kernels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The ID of the RAM disk. + // + // We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more + // information, see [User provided kernels]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [User provided kernels]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/UserProvidedkernels.html RamDiskId *string - // The IDs of the security groups. If you specify a network interface, you must - // specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using - // this parameter. + // The IDs of the security groups. + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as + // part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. SecurityGroupIds []string // The names of the security groups. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security - // group IDs instead. If you specify a network interface, you must specify any - // security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this - // parameter. + // group IDs instead. + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as + // part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. SecurityGroups []string // The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. @@ -12720,14 +13740,16 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { TagSpecifications []LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest // The user data to make available to the instance. You must provide - // base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see - // Run commands on your Linux instance at launch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html) - // (Linux) or Work with instance user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/instancedata-add-user-data.html) - // (Windows) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. If you are creating - // the launch template for use with Batch, the user data must be provided in the - // MIME multi-part archive format (https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/format.html#mime-multi-part-archive) - // . For more information, see Amazon EC2 user data in launch templates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html) - // in the Batch User Guide. + // base64-encoded text. User data is limited to 16 KB. For more information, see [Run commands on your Linux instance at launch] + // (Linux) or [Work with instance user data](Windows) in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // If you are creating the launch template for use with Batch, the user data must + // be provided in the [MIME multi-part archive format]. For more information, see [Amazon EC2 user data in launch templates] in the Batch User Guide. + // + // [Run commands on your Linux instance at launch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/user-data.html + // [Amazon EC2 user data in launch templates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/launch-templates.html + // [MIME multi-part archive format]: https://cloudinit.readthedocs.io/en/latest/topics/format.html#mime-multi-part-archive + // [Work with instance user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/instancedata-add-user-data.html UserData *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -12749,7 +13771,9 @@ type RequestSpotLaunchSpecification struct { // provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack // to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with // all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized - // instance. Default: false + // instance. + // + // Default: false EbsOptimized *bool // The IAM instance profile. @@ -12768,6 +13792,7 @@ type RequestSpotLaunchSpecification struct { KeyName *string // Indicates whether basic or detailed monitoring is enabled for the instance. + // // Default: Disabled Monitoring *RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled @@ -12852,17 +13877,19 @@ type ReservationFleetInstanceSpecification struct { // The priority to assign to the instance type. This value is used to determine // which of the instance types specified for the Fleet should be prioritized for - // use. A lower value indicates a high priority. For more information, see - // Instance type priority (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#instance-priority) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // use. A lower value indicates a high priority. For more information, see [Instance type priority]in the + // Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Instance type priority]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#instance-priority Priority *int32 // The number of capacity units provided by the specified instance type. This // value, together with the total target capacity that you specify for the Fleet // determine the number of instances for which the Fleet reserves capacity. Both // values are based on units that make sense for your workload. For more - // information, see Total target capacity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // information, see [Total target capacity]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Total target capacity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/crfleet-concepts.html#target-capacity Weight *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -12977,8 +14004,9 @@ type ReservedInstancesConfiguration struct { // The Availability Zone for the modified Reserved Instances. AvailabilityZone *string - // The number of modified Reserved Instances. This is a required field for a - // request. + // The number of modified Reserved Instances. + // + // This is a required field for a request. InstanceCount *int32 // The instance type for the modified Reserved Instances. @@ -13007,8 +14035,9 @@ type ReservedInstancesId struct { type ReservedInstancesListing struct { // A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request - // is idempotent. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // is idempotent. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The time the listing was created. @@ -13046,8 +14075,9 @@ type ReservedInstancesListing struct { type ReservedInstancesModification struct { // A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request - // is idempotent. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // is idempotent. For more information, see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // The time when the modification request was created. @@ -13137,8 +14167,8 @@ type ReservedInstancesOffering struct { // The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. RecurringCharges []RecurringCharge - // The ID of the Reserved Instance offering. This is the offering ID used in - // GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to confirm that an exchange can be made. + // The ID of the Reserved Instance offering. This is the offering ID used in GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to + // confirm that an exchange can be made. ReservedInstancesOfferingId *string // Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a Region or an @@ -13197,17 +14227,19 @@ type ResponseLaunchTemplateData struct { // Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. CapacityReservationSpecification *LaunchTemplateCapacityReservationSpecificationResponse - // The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimizing CPU - // options (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see [Optimizing CPU options] in the Amazon + // Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Optimizing CPU options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-optimize-cpu.html CpuOptions *LaunchTemplateCpuOptions // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance. CreditSpecification *CreditSpecification // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for stop protection. For more - // information, see Stop protection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Stop protection]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Stop protection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Stop_Start.html#Using_StopProtection DisableApiStop *bool // If set to true , indicates that the instance cannot be terminated using the @@ -13217,22 +14249,26 @@ type ResponseLaunchTemplateData struct { // Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. EbsOptimized *bool - // Deprecated. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For - // workloads that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon - // EC2 G4ad, G4dn, or G5 instances. + // Deprecated. + // + // Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. For workloads + // that require graphics acceleration, we recommend that you use Amazon EC2 G4ad, + // G4dn, or G5 instances. ElasticGpuSpecifications []ElasticGpuSpecificationResponse // An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Elastic // inference accelerators are a resource you can attach to your Amazon EC2 - // instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. You cannot - // specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. Starting - // April 15, 2023, Amazon Web Services will not onboard new customers to Amazon - // Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads - // to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, 2023, new - // customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI accelerators in - // Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers who have used - // Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are considered current - // customers and will be able to continue using the service. + // instances to accelerate your Deep Learning (DL) inference workloads. + // + // You cannot specify accelerators from different generations in the same request. + // + // Starting April 15, 2023, Amazon Web Services will not onboard new customers to + // Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their + // workloads to options that offer better price and performance. After April 15, + // 2023, new customers will not be able to launch instances with Amazon EI + // accelerators in Amazon SageMaker, Amazon ECS, or Amazon EC2. However, customers + // who have used Amazon EI at least once during the past 30-day period are + // considered current customers and will be able to continue using the service. ElasticInferenceAccelerators []LaunchTemplateElasticInferenceAcceleratorResponse // Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro @@ -13240,24 +14276,31 @@ type ResponseLaunchTemplateData struct { EnclaveOptions *LaunchTemplateEnclaveOptions // Indicates whether an instance is configured for hibernation. For more - // information, see Hibernate your instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // information, see [Hibernate your instance]in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Hibernate your instance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html HibernationOptions *LaunchTemplateHibernationOptions // The IAM instance profile. IamInstanceProfile *LaunchTemplateIamInstanceProfileSpecification // The ID of the AMI or a Systems Manager parameter. The Systems Manager parameter - // will resolve to the ID of the AMI at instance launch. The value depends on what - // you specified in the request. The possible values are: + // will resolve to the ID of the AMI at instance launch. + // + // The value depends on what you specified in the request. The possible values are: + // // - If an AMI ID was specified in the request, then this is the AMI ID. + // // - If a Systems Manager parameter was specified in the request, and // ResolveAlias was configured as true , then this is the AMI ID that the // parameter is mapped to in the Parameter Store. + // // - If a Systems Manager parameter was specified in the request, and // ResolveAlias was configured as false , then this is the parameter value. - // For more information, see Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID] in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#use-an-ssm-parameter-instead-of-an-ami-id ImageId *string // Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown @@ -13268,8 +14311,9 @@ type ResponseLaunchTemplateData struct { InstanceMarketOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMarketOptions // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, - // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. If you specify - // InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceTypes . + // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with these attributes. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceTypes . InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirements // The instance type. @@ -13287,9 +14331,10 @@ type ResponseLaunchTemplateData struct { // The maintenance options for your instance. MaintenanceOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMaintenanceOptions - // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance - // metadata and user data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see [Instance metadata and user data] in the Amazon + // Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // + // [Instance metadata and user data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html MetadataOptions *LaunchTemplateInstanceMetadataOptions // The monitoring for the instance. @@ -13363,9 +14408,12 @@ type Route struct { NetworkInterfaceId *string // Describes how the route was created. + // // - CreateRouteTable - The route was automatically created when the route table // was created. + // // - CreateRoute - The route was manually added to the route table. + // // - EnableVgwRoutePropagation - The route was propagated by route propagation. Origin RouteOrigin @@ -13496,16 +14544,22 @@ type RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled struct { } // The tags to apply to the AMI object that will be stored in the Amazon S3 -// bucket. For more information, see Categorizing your storage using tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html) -// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User Guide. +// bucket. For more information, see [Categorizing your storage using tags]in the Amazon Simple Storage Service User +// Guide. +// +// [Categorizing your storage using tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html type S3ObjectTag struct { - // The key of the tag. Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and can be up to - // 128 Unicode characters in length. May not begin with aws :. + // The key of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and can be up to 128 Unicode + // characters in length. May not begin with aws :. Key *string - // The value of the tag. Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and can be up - // to 256 Unicode characters in length. + // The value of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and can be up to 256 Unicode + // characters in length. Value *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -13516,9 +14570,10 @@ type S3ObjectTag struct { type S3Storage struct { // The access key ID of the owner of the bucket. Before you specify a value for - // your access key ID, review and follow the guidance in Best Practices for Amazon - // Web Services accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/accounts/latest/reference/best-practices.html) - // in the Account ManagementReference Guide. + // your access key ID, review and follow the guidance in [Best Practices for Amazon Web Services accounts]in the Account + // ManagementReference Guide. + // + // [Best Practices for Amazon Web Services accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/accounts/latest/reference/best-practices.html AWSAccessKeyId *string // The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already @@ -13705,10 +14760,11 @@ type ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping struct { // starting from 0. An instance type with two available instance store volumes can // specify mappings for ephemeral0 and ephemeral1 . The number of available // instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the - // instance, you must mount the volume. Constraints: For M3 instances, you must - // specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. - // When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified - // in the block device mapping for the AMI. + // instance, you must mount the volume. + // + // Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the + // block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore + // any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. VirtualName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -13731,11 +14787,15 @@ type ScheduledInstancesEbs struct { // The ID of the snapshot. SnapshotId *string - // The size of the volume, in GiB. Default: If you're creating the volume from a - // snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. + // The size of the volume, in GiB. + // + // Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a + // volume size, the default is the snapshot size. VolumeSize *int32 - // The volume type. Default: gp2 + // The volume type. + // + // Default: gp2 VolumeType *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -13762,9 +14822,11 @@ type ScheduledInstancesIpv6Address struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes the launch specification for a Scheduled Instance. If you are -// launching the Scheduled Instance in EC2-VPC, you must specify the ID of the -// subnet. You can specify the subnet using either SubnetId or NetworkInterface . +// Describes the launch specification for a Scheduled Instance. +// +// If you are launching the Scheduled Instance in EC2-VPC, you must specify the ID +// of the subnet. You can specify the subnet using either SubnetId or +// NetworkInterface . type ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification struct { // The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). @@ -13779,7 +14841,9 @@ type ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification struct { // provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack // to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with // all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized - // instance. Default: false + // instance. + // + // Default: false EbsOptimized *bool // The IAM instance profile. @@ -13834,11 +14898,13 @@ type ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface struct { // VPC. The public IPv4 address can only be assigned to a network interface for // eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. // You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching - // into a default subnet, the default value is true . Amazon Web Services charges - // for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with - // running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public - // IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) - // . + // into a default subnet, the default value is true . + // + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For + // more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the [Amazon VPC pricing page]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing page]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool // Indicates whether to delete the interface when the instance is terminated. @@ -13978,14 +15044,16 @@ type SecurityGroupReference struct { // The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group. ReferencingVpcId *string - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. The ID - // of the transit gateway (if applicable). + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // The ID of the transit gateway (if applicable). TransitGatewayId *string // The ID of the VPC peering connection (if applicable). For more information - // about security group referencing for peering connections, see Update your - // security groups to reference peer security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/peering/vpc-peering-security-groups.html) - // in the VPC Peering Guide. + // about security group referencing for peering connections, see [Update your security groups to reference peer security groups]in the VPC + // Peering Guide. + // + // [Update your security groups to reference peer security groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/peering/vpc-peering-security-groups.html VpcPeeringConnectionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -14013,9 +15081,11 @@ type SecurityGroupRule struct { // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the security group. GroupOwnerId *string - // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see Protocol - // Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // ). Use -1 to specify all protocols. + // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see [Protocol Numbers]). + // + // Use -1 to specify all protocols. + // + // [Protocol Numbers]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml IpProtocol *string // Indicates whether the security group rule is an outbound rule. @@ -14042,9 +15112,10 @@ type SecurityGroupRule struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes the description of a security group rule. You can use this when you -// want to update the security group rule description for either an inbound or -// outbound rule. +// Describes the description of a security group rule. +// +// You can use this when you want to update the security group rule description +// for either an inbound or outbound rule. type SecurityGroupRuleDescription struct { // The description of the security group rule. @@ -14056,11 +15127,17 @@ type SecurityGroupRuleDescription struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes a security group rule. You must specify exactly one of the following -// parameters, based on the rule type: +// Describes a security group rule. +// +// You must specify exactly one of the following parameters, based on the rule +// type: +// // - CidrIpv4 +// // - CidrIpv6 +// // - PrefixListId +// // - ReferencedGroupId // // When you modify a rule, you cannot change the rule type. For example, if the @@ -14083,9 +15160,11 @@ type SecurityGroupRuleRequest struct { // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int32 - // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see Protocol - // Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // ). Use -1 to specify all protocols. + // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see [Protocol Numbers]). + // + // Use -1 to specify all protocols. + // + // [Protocol Numbers]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml IpProtocol *string // The ID of the prefix list. @@ -14196,8 +15275,10 @@ type ServiceDetail struct { // The private DNS name for the service. PrivateDnsName *string - // The verification state of the VPC endpoint service. Consumers of the endpoint - // service cannot use the private name when the state is not verified . + // The verification state of the VPC endpoint service. + // + // Consumers of the endpoint service cannot use the private name when the state is + // not verified . PrivateDnsNameVerificationState DnsNameState // The private DNS names assigned to the VPC endpoint service. @@ -14272,7 +15353,7 @@ type Snapshot struct { // the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited // by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the same // data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume/snapshot - // lineage. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots . + // lineage. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots. DataEncryptionKeyId *string // The description for the snapshot. @@ -14286,8 +15367,9 @@ type Snapshot struct { KmsKeyId *string // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // see [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html OutpostArn *string // The Amazon Web Services owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list ( amazon ). @@ -14321,8 +15403,7 @@ type Snapshot struct { // Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy // operation fails (for example, if the proper Key Management Service (KMS) // permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help - // you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by - // DescribeSnapshots . + // you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots. StateMessage *string // The storage tier in which the snapshot is stored. standard indicates that the @@ -14335,8 +15416,7 @@ type Snapshot struct { Tags []Tag // The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by - // the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for - // any purpose. + // the CopySnapshotaction have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. VolumeId *string // The size of the volume, in GiB. @@ -14387,7 +15467,9 @@ type SnapshotDiskContainer struct { // The description of the disk image being imported. Description *string - // The format of the disk image being imported. Valid values: VHD | VMDK | RAW + // The format of the disk image being imported. + // + // Valid values: VHD | VMDK | RAW Format *string // The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. It can either be a @@ -14411,8 +15493,9 @@ type SnapshotInfo struct { Encrypted *bool // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // see [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]in the Amazon EBS User Guide. + // + // [Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html OutpostArn *string // Account id used when creating this snapshot. @@ -14555,27 +15638,33 @@ type SnapshotTierStatus struct { // The Spot Instance replacement strategy to use when Amazon EC2 emits a signal // that your Spot Instance is at an elevated risk of being interrupted. For more -// information, see Capacity rebalancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-capacity-rebalance.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// information, see [Capacity rebalancing]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. +// +// [Capacity rebalancing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-capacity-rebalance.html type SpotCapacityRebalance struct { // The replacement strategy to use. Only available for fleets of type maintain . + // // launch - Spot Fleet launches a new replacement Spot Instance when a rebalance // notification is emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet. Spot Fleet // does not terminate the instances that receive a rebalance notification. You can // terminate the old instances, or you can leave them running. You are charged for - // all instances while they are running. launch-before-terminate - Spot Fleet - // launches a new replacement Spot Instance when a rebalance notification is - // emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the fleet, and then, after a delay that - // you specify (in TerminationDelay ), terminates the instances that received a - // rebalance notification. + // all instances while they are running. + // + // launch-before-terminate - Spot Fleet launches a new replacement Spot Instance + // when a rebalance notification is emitted for an existing Spot Instance in the + // fleet, and then, after a delay that you specify (in TerminationDelay ), + // terminates the instances that received a rebalance notification. ReplacementStrategy ReplacementStrategy // The amount of time (in seconds) that Amazon EC2 waits before terminating the - // old Spot Instance after launching a new replacement Spot Instance. Required when - // ReplacementStrategy is set to launch-before-terminate . Not valid when - // ReplacementStrategy is set to launch . Valid values: Minimum value of 120 - // seconds. Maximum value of 7200 seconds. + // old Spot Instance after launching a new replacement Spot Instance. + // + // Required when ReplacementStrategy is set to launch-before-terminate . + // + // Not valid when ReplacementStrategy is set to launch . + // + // Valid values: Minimum value of 120 seconds. Maximum value of 7200 seconds. TerminationDelay *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -14604,9 +15693,9 @@ type SpotDatafeedSubscription struct { // Describes the launch specification for one or more Spot Instances. If you // include On-Demand capacity in your fleet request or want to specify an EFA -// network device, you can't use SpotFleetLaunchSpecification ; you must use -// LaunchTemplateConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_LaunchTemplateConfig.html) -// . +// network device, you can't use SpotFleetLaunchSpecification ; you must use [LaunchTemplateConfig]. +// +// [LaunchTemplateConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_LaunchTemplateConfig.html type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { // Deprecated. @@ -14623,7 +15712,9 @@ type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { // provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack // to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with // all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized - // instance. Default: false + // instance. + // + // Default: false EbsOptimized *bool // The IAM instance profile. @@ -14633,8 +15724,9 @@ type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { ImageId *string // The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, - // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. If you specify - // InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . + // Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. + // + // If you specify InstanceRequirements , you can't specify InstanceType . InstanceRequirements *InstanceRequirements // The instance type. @@ -14649,9 +15741,12 @@ type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { // Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. Monitoring *SpotFleetMonitoring - // The network interfaces. SpotFleetLaunchSpecification does not support Elastic - // Fabric Adapter (EFA). You must use LaunchTemplateConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_LaunchTemplateConfig.html) - // instead. + // The network interfaces. + // + // SpotFleetLaunchSpecification does not support Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA). You + // must use [LaunchTemplateConfig]instead. + // + // [LaunchTemplateConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_LaunchTemplateConfig.html NetworkInterfaces []InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification // The placement information. @@ -14663,22 +15758,27 @@ type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { // Resource Center and search for the kernel ID. RamdiskId *string - // The security groups. If you specify a network interface, you must specify any - // security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this - // parameter. + // The security groups. + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as + // part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. SecurityGroups []GroupIdentifier // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. SpotPrice *string // The IDs of the subnets in which to launch the instances. To specify multiple // subnets, separate them using commas; for example, "subnet-1234abcdeexample1, - // subnet-0987cdef6example2". If you specify a network interface, you must specify - // any subnets as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. + // subnet-0987cdef6example2". + // + // If you specify a network interface, you must specify any subnets as part of the + // network interface instead of using this parameter. SubnetId *string // The tags to apply during creation. @@ -14690,10 +15790,11 @@ type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { // The number of units provided by the specified instance type. These are the same // units that you chose to set the target capacity in terms of instances, or a - // performance characteristic such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. If the target capacity - // divided by this value is not a whole number, Amazon EC2 rounds the number of - // instances to the next whole number. If this value is not specified, the default - // is 1. + // performance characteristic such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. + // + // If the target capacity divided by this value is not a whole number, Amazon EC2 + // rounds the number of instances to the next whole number. If this value is not + // specified, the default is 1. WeightedCapacity *float64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -14702,7 +15803,9 @@ type SpotFleetLaunchSpecification struct { // Describes whether monitoring is enabled. type SpotFleetMonitoring struct { - // Enables monitoring for the instance. Default: false + // Enables monitoring for the instance. + // + // Default: false Enabled *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -14741,12 +15844,14 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role // that grants the Spot Fleet the permission to request, launch, terminate, and tag - // instances on your behalf. For more information, see Spot Fleet prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html#spot-fleet-prerequisites) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Spot Fleet can terminate Spot Instances on your - // behalf when you cancel its Spot Fleet request using CancelSpotFleetRequests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CancelSpotFleetRequests) - // or when the Spot Fleet request expires, if you set + // instances on your behalf. For more information, see [Spot Fleet prerequisites]in the Amazon EC2 User + // Guide. Spot Fleet can terminate Spot Instances on your behalf when you cancel + // its Spot Fleet request using [CancelSpotFleetRequests]or when the Spot Fleet request expires, if you set // TerminateInstancesWithExpiration . // + // [CancelSpotFleetRequests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CancelSpotFleetRequests + // [Spot Fleet prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-requests.html#spot-fleet-prerequisites + // // This member is required. IamFleetRole *string @@ -14761,40 +15866,49 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // The strategy that determines how to allocate the target Spot Instance capacity // across the Spot Instance pools specified by the Spot Fleet launch configuration. - // For more information, see Allocation strategies for Spot Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-allocation-strategy.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. priceCapacityOptimized (recommended) Spot Fleet - // identifies the pools with the highest capacity availability for the number of - // instances that are launching. This means that we will request Spot Instances - // from the pools that we believe have the lowest chance of interruption in the - // near term. Spot Fleet then requests Spot Instances from the lowest priced of - // these pools. capacityOptimized Spot Fleet identifies the pools with the highest - // capacity availability for the number of instances that are launching. This means - // that we will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe have the - // lowest chance of interruption in the near term. To give certain instance types a - // higher chance of launching first, use capacityOptimizedPrioritized . Set a - // priority for each instance type by using the Priority parameter for - // LaunchTemplateOverrides . You can assign the same priority to different - // LaunchTemplateOverrides . EC2 implements the priorities on a best-effort basis, - // but optimizes for capacity first. capacityOptimizedPrioritized is supported - // only if your Spot Fleet uses a launch template. Note that if the - // OnDemandAllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , the same priority is applied - // when fulfilling On-Demand capacity. diversified Spot Fleet requests instances - // from all of the Spot Instance pools that you specify. lowestPrice Spot Fleet - // requests instances from the lowest priced Spot Instance pool that has available - // capacity. If the lowest priced pool doesn't have available capacity, the Spot - // Instances come from the next lowest priced pool that has available capacity. If - // a pool runs out of capacity before fulfilling your desired capacity, Spot Fleet - // will continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the next lowest priced - // pool. To ensure that your desired capacity is met, you might receive Spot - // Instances from several pools. Because this strategy only considers instance - // price and not capacity availability, it might lead to high interruption rates. + // For more information, see [Allocation strategies for Spot Instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // priceCapacityOptimized (recommended) Spot Fleet identifies the pools with the + // highest capacity availability for the number of instances that are launching. + // This means that we will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe + // have the lowest chance of interruption in the near term. Spot Fleet then + // requests Spot Instances from the lowest priced of these pools. + // + // capacityOptimized Spot Fleet identifies the pools with the highest capacity + // availability for the number of instances that are launching. This means that we + // will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe have the lowest + // chance of interruption in the near term. To give certain instance types a higher + // chance of launching first, use capacityOptimizedPrioritized . Set a priority for + // each instance type by using the Priority parameter for LaunchTemplateOverrides . + // You can assign the same priority to different LaunchTemplateOverrides . EC2 + // implements the priorities on a best-effort basis, but optimizes for capacity + // first. capacityOptimizedPrioritized is supported only if your Spot Fleet uses a + // launch template. Note that if the OnDemandAllocationStrategy is set to + // prioritized , the same priority is applied when fulfilling On-Demand capacity. + // + // diversified Spot Fleet requests instances from all of the Spot Instance pools + // that you specify. + // + // lowestPrice Spot Fleet requests instances from the lowest priced Spot Instance + // pool that has available capacity. If the lowest priced pool doesn't have + // available capacity, the Spot Instances come from the next lowest priced pool + // that has available capacity. If a pool runs out of capacity before fulfilling + // your desired capacity, Spot Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by + // drawing from the next lowest priced pool. To ensure that your desired capacity + // is met, you might receive Spot Instances from several pools. Because this + // strategy only considers instance price and not capacity availability, it might + // lead to high interruption rates. + // // Default: lowestPrice + // + // [Allocation strategies for Spot Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-allocation-strategy.html AllocationStrategy AllocationStrategy // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency // of your listings. This helps to avoid duplicate listings. For more information, - // see Ensuring Idempotency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html) - // . + // see [Ensuring Idempotency]. + // + // [Ensuring Idempotency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Run_Instance_Idempotency.html ClientToken *string // Reserved. @@ -14802,7 +15916,9 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if you decrease the // target capacity of the Spot Fleet request below the current size of the Spot - // Fleet. Supported only for fleets of type maintain . + // Fleet. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type maintain . ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy // The number of units fulfilled by this request compared to the set target @@ -14815,22 +15931,25 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // The number of Spot pools across which to allocate your target Spot capacity. // Valid only when Spot AllocationStrategy is set to lowest-price . Spot Fleet // selects the cheapest Spot pools and evenly allocates your target Spot capacity - // across the number of Spot pools that you specify. Note that Spot Fleet attempts - // to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools that you specify on a best - // effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity before fulfilling your target - // capacity, Spot Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the - // next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target capacity is met, you might - // receive Spot Instances from more than the number of pools that you specified. - // Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, you might receive your - // full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools that you specified. + // across the number of Spot pools that you specify. + // + // Note that Spot Fleet attempts to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools + // that you specify on a best effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity + // before fulfilling your target capacity, Spot Fleet will continue to fulfill your + // request by drawing from the next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target + // capacity is met, you might receive Spot Instances from more than the number of + // pools that you specified. Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, + // you might receive your full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools + // that you specified. InstancePoolsToUseCount *int32 // The launch specifications for the Spot Fleet request. If you specify // LaunchSpecifications , you can't specify LaunchTemplateConfigs . If you include - // On-Demand capacity in your request, you must use LaunchTemplateConfigs . If an - // AMI specified in a launch specification is deregistered or disabled, no new - // instances can be launched from the AMI. For fleets of type maintain , the target - // capacity will not be maintained. + // On-Demand capacity in your request, you must use LaunchTemplateConfigs . + // + // If an AMI specified in a launch specification is deregistered or disabled, no + // new instances can be launched from the AMI. For fleets of type maintain , the + // target capacity will not be maintained. LaunchSpecifications []SpotFleetLaunchSpecification // The launch template and overrides. If you specify LaunchTemplateConfigs , you @@ -14840,9 +15959,11 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // One or more Classic Load Balancers and target groups to attach to the Spot // Fleet request. Spot Fleet registers the running Spot Instances with the - // specified Classic Load Balancers and target groups. With Network Load Balancers, - // Spot Fleet cannot register instances that have the following instance types: C1, - // CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1, G1, G2, HI1, HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1. + // specified Classic Load Balancers and target groups. + // + // With Network Load Balancers, Spot Fleet cannot register instances that have the + // following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1, G1, G2, HI1, HS1, + // M1, M2, M3, and T1. LoadBalancersConfig *LoadBalancersConfig // The order of the launch template overrides to use in fulfilling On-Demand @@ -14864,13 +15985,16 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // Spot Instances in your request, Spot Fleet will launch instances until it // reaches the maximum amount you're willing to pay. When the maximum amount you're // willing to pay is reached, the fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn’t - // met the target capacity. If your fleet includes T instances that are configured - // as unlimited , and if their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, - // you will incur a charge for surplus credits. The onDemandMaxTotalPrice does not - // account for surplus credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost - // might be higher than what you specified for onDemandMaxTotalPrice . For more - // information, see Surplus credits can incur charges (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits) - // in the EC2 User Guide. + // met the target capacity. + // + // If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if + // their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a + // charge for surplus credits. The onDemandMaxTotalPrice does not account for + // surplus credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be + // higher than what you specified for onDemandMaxTotalPrice . For more information, + // see [Surplus credits can incur charges]in the EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Surplus credits can incur charges]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits OnDemandMaxTotalPrice *string // The number of On-Demand units to request. You can choose to set the target @@ -14893,35 +16017,42 @@ type SpotFleetRequestConfigData struct { // Instances in your request, Spot Fleet will launch instances until it reaches the // maximum amount you're willing to pay. When the maximum amount you're willing to // pay is reached, the fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn’t met the - // target capacity. If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as - // unlimited , and if their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you - // will incur a charge for surplus credits. The spotMaxTotalPrice does not account - // for surplus credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be - // higher than what you specified for spotMaxTotalPrice . For more information, see - // Surplus credits can incur charges (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits) - // in the EC2 User Guide. + // target capacity. + // + // If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if + // their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a + // charge for surplus credits. The spotMaxTotalPrice does not account for surplus + // credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than + // what you specified for spotMaxTotalPrice . For more information, see [Surplus credits can incur charges] in the + // EC2 User Guide. + // + // [Surplus credits can incur charges]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits SpotMaxTotalPrice *string // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. SpotPrice *string // The key-value pair for tagging the Spot Fleet request on creation. The value // for ResourceType must be spot-fleet-request , otherwise the Spot Fleet request - // fails. To tag instances at launch, specify the tags in the launch template (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template) - // (valid only if you use LaunchTemplateConfigs ) or in the - // SpotFleetTagSpecification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotFleetTagSpecification.html) - // (valid only if you use LaunchSpecifications ). For information about tagging - // after launch, see Tag your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#tag-resources) - // . + // fails. To tag instances at launch, specify the tags in the [launch template](valid only if you + // use LaunchTemplateConfigs ) or in the [SpotFleetTagSpecification] (valid only if you use + // LaunchSpecifications ). For information about tagging after launch, see [Tag your resources]. + // + // [SpotFleetTagSpecification]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotFleetTagSpecification.html + // [launch template]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-launch-templates.html#create-launch-template + // [Tag your resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#tag-resources TagSpecifications []TagSpecification // The unit for the target capacity. You can specify this parameter only when - // using attribute-based instance type selection. Default: units (the number of - // instances) + // using attribute-based instance type selection. + // + // Default: units (the number of instances) TargetCapacityUnitType TargetCapacityUnitType // Indicates whether running Spot Instances are terminated when the Spot Fleet @@ -14956,8 +16087,9 @@ type SpotFleetTagSpecification struct { // The type of resource. Currently, the only resource type that is supported is // instance . To tag the Spot Fleet request on creation, use the TagSpecifications - // parameter in SpotFleetRequestConfigData (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotFleetRequestConfigData.html) - // . + // parameter in [SpotFleetRequestConfigData]. + // + // [SpotFleetRequestConfigData]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotFleetRequestConfigData.html ResourceType ResourceType // The tags. @@ -15013,13 +16145,17 @@ type SpotInstanceRequest struct { // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. SpotPrice *string // The state of the Spot Instance request. Spot request status information helps - // track your Spot Instance requests. For more information, see Spot request status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // track your Spot Instance requests. For more information, see [Spot request status]in the Amazon EC2 + // User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Spot request status]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html State SpotInstanceState // The status code and status message describing the Spot Instance request. @@ -15036,9 +16172,11 @@ type SpotInstanceRequest struct { ValidFrom *time.Time // The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). + // // - For a persistent request, the request remains active until the validUntil // date and time is reached. Otherwise, the request remains active until you cancel // it. + // // - For a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances // launch, the request is canceled, or the validUntil date and time is reached. // By default, the request is valid for 7 days from the date the request was @@ -15063,8 +16201,10 @@ type SpotInstanceStateFault struct { // Describes the status of a Spot Instance request. type SpotInstanceStatus struct { - // The status code. For a list of status codes, see Spot request status codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html#spot-instance-request-status-understand) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // The status code. For a list of status codes, see [Spot request status codes] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide + // for Linux Instances. + // + // [Spot request status codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-request-status.html#spot-instance-request-status-understand Code *string // The description for the status code. @@ -15083,8 +16223,9 @@ type SpotMaintenanceStrategies struct { // The Spot Instance replacement strategy to use when Amazon EC2 emits a signal // that your Spot Instance is at an elevated risk of being interrupted. For more - // information, see Capacity rebalancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-capacity-rebalance.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // information, see [Capacity rebalancing]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances. + // + // [Capacity rebalancing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/spot-fleet-capacity-rebalance.html CapacityRebalance *SpotCapacityRebalance noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -15096,34 +16237,45 @@ type SpotMarketOptions struct { // Deprecated. BlockDurationMinutes *int32 - // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. If Configured (for - // HibernationOptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_HibernationOptionsRequest.html) - // ) is set to true , the InstanceInterruptionBehavior parameter is automatically - // set to hibernate . If you set it to stop or terminate , you'll get an error. If - // Configured (for HibernationOptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_HibernationOptionsRequest.html) - // ) is set to false or null , the InstanceInterruptionBehavior parameter is - // automatically set to terminate . You can also set it to stop or hibernate . For - // more information, see Interruption behavior (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/interruption-behavior.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. + // + // If Configured (for [HibernationOptions]HibernationOptions ) is set to true , the + // InstanceInterruptionBehavior parameter is automatically set to hibernate . If + // you set it to stop or terminate , you'll get an error. + // + // If Configured (for [HibernationOptions]HibernationOptions ) is set to false or null , the + // InstanceInterruptionBehavior parameter is automatically set to terminate . You + // can also set it to stop or hibernate . + // + // For more information, see [Interruption behavior] in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // [HibernationOptions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_HibernationOptionsRequest.html + // [Interruption behavior]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/interruption-behavior.html InstanceInterruptionBehavior InstanceInterruptionBehavior // The maximum hourly price that you're willing to pay for a Spot Instance. We do // not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased // interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current - // Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. MaxPrice *string - // The Spot Instance request type. For RunInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances) - // , persistent Spot Instance requests are only supported when the instance - // interruption behavior is either hibernate or stop . + // The Spot Instance request type. For [RunInstances], persistent Spot Instance requests are + // only supported when the instance interruption behavior is either hibernate or + // stop . + // + // [RunInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_RunInstances SpotInstanceType SpotInstanceType // The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). Supported // only for persistent requests. + // // - For a persistent request, the request remains active until the ValidUntil // date and time is reached. Otherwise, the request remains active until you cancel // it. + // // - For a one-time request, ValidUntil is not supported. The request remains // active until all instances launch or you cancel the request. ValidUntil *time.Time @@ -15136,50 +16288,63 @@ type SpotOptions struct { // The strategy that determines how to allocate the target Spot Instance capacity // across the Spot Instance pools specified by the EC2 Fleet launch configuration. - // For more information, see Allocation strategies for Spot Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-allocation-strategy.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. price-capacity-optimized (recommended) EC2 Fleet - // identifies the pools with the highest capacity availability for the number of - // instances that are launching. This means that we will request Spot Instances - // from the pools that we believe have the lowest chance of interruption in the - // near term. EC2 Fleet then requests Spot Instances from the lowest priced of - // these pools. capacity-optimized EC2 Fleet identifies the pools with the highest - // capacity availability for the number of instances that are launching. This means - // that we will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe have the - // lowest chance of interruption in the near term. To give certain instance types a - // higher chance of launching first, use capacity-optimized-prioritized . Set a - // priority for each instance type by using the Priority parameter for + // For more information, see [Allocation strategies for Spot Instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // price-capacity-optimized (recommended) EC2 Fleet identifies the pools with the + // highest capacity availability for the number of instances that are launching. + // This means that we will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe + // have the lowest chance of interruption in the near term. EC2 Fleet then requests + // Spot Instances from the lowest priced of these pools. + // + // capacity-optimized EC2 Fleet identifies the pools with the highest capacity + // availability for the number of instances that are launching. This means that we + // will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe have the lowest + // chance of interruption in the near term. To give certain instance types a higher + // chance of launching first, use capacity-optimized-prioritized . Set a priority + // for each instance type by using the Priority parameter for // LaunchTemplateOverrides . You can assign the same priority to different // LaunchTemplateOverrides . EC2 implements the priorities on a best-effort basis, // but optimizes for capacity first. capacity-optimized-prioritized is supported // only if your EC2 Fleet uses a launch template. Note that if the On-Demand // AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , the same priority is applied when - // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. diversified EC2 Fleet requests instances from all - // of the Spot Instance pools that you specify. lowest-price EC2 Fleet requests - // instances from the lowest priced Spot Instance pool that has available capacity. - // If the lowest priced pool doesn't have available capacity, the Spot Instances - // come from the next lowest priced pool that has available capacity. If a pool - // runs out of capacity before fulfilling your desired capacity, EC2 Fleet will - // continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the next lowest priced pool. To - // ensure that your desired capacity is met, you might receive Spot Instances from - // several pools. Because this strategy only considers instance price and not - // capacity availability, it might lead to high interruption rates. Default: - // lowest-price + // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. + // + // diversified EC2 Fleet requests instances from all of the Spot Instance pools + // that you specify. + // + // lowest-price EC2 Fleet requests instances from the lowest priced Spot Instance + // pool that has available capacity. If the lowest priced pool doesn't have + // available capacity, the Spot Instances come from the next lowest priced pool + // that has available capacity. If a pool runs out of capacity before fulfilling + // your desired capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by + // drawing from the next lowest priced pool. To ensure that your desired capacity + // is met, you might receive Spot Instances from several pools. Because this + // strategy only considers instance price and not capacity availability, it might + // lead to high interruption rates. + // + // Default: lowest-price + // + // [Allocation strategies for Spot Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-allocation-strategy.html AllocationStrategy SpotAllocationStrategy - // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. Default: terminate + // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. + // + // Default: terminate InstanceInterruptionBehavior SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior // The number of Spot pools across which to allocate your target Spot capacity. // Supported only when AllocationStrategy is set to lowest-price . EC2 Fleet // selects the cheapest Spot pools and evenly allocates your target Spot capacity - // across the number of Spot pools that you specify. Note that EC2 Fleet attempts - // to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools that you specify on a best - // effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity before fulfilling your target - // capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the - // next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target capacity is met, you might - // receive Spot Instances from more than the number of pools that you specified. - // Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, you might receive your - // full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools that you specified. + // across the number of Spot pools that you specify. + // + // Note that EC2 Fleet attempts to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools + // that you specify on a best effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity + // before fulfilling your target capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your + // request by drawing from the next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target + // capacity is met, you might receive Spot Instances from more than the number of + // pools that you specified. Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, + // you might receive your full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools + // that you specified. InstancePoolsToUseCount *int32 // The strategies for managing your workloads on your Spot Instances that will be @@ -15189,29 +16354,40 @@ type SpotOptions struct { // The maximum amount per hour for Spot Instances that you're willing to pay. We // do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased // interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current - // Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. If your - // fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if their - // average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a charge for - // surplus credits. The maxTotalPrice does not account for surplus credits, and, - // if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than what you - // specified for maxTotalPrice . For more information, see Surplus credits can - // incur charges (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits) - // in the EC2 User Guide. + // Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // + // If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if + // their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a + // charge for surplus credits. The maxTotalPrice does not account for surplus + // credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than + // what you specified for maxTotalPrice . For more information, see [Surplus credits can incur charges] in the EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Surplus credits can incur charges]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits MaxTotalPrice *string // The minimum target capacity for Spot Instances in the fleet. If the minimum - // target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances. Supported only - // for fleets of type instant . At least one of the following must be specified: - // SingleAvailabilityZone | SingleInstanceType + // target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // + // At least one of the following must be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | + // SingleInstanceType MinTargetCapacity *int32 // Indicates that the fleet launches all Spot Instances into a single Availability - // Zone. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Zone. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleAvailabilityZone *bool // Indicates that the fleet uses a single instance type to launch all Spot - // Instances in the fleet. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Instances in the fleet. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleInstanceType *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -15222,50 +16398,63 @@ type SpotOptionsRequest struct { // The strategy that determines how to allocate the target Spot Instance capacity // across the Spot Instance pools specified by the EC2 Fleet launch configuration. - // For more information, see Allocation strategies for Spot Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-allocation-strategy.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. price-capacity-optimized (recommended) EC2 Fleet - // identifies the pools with the highest capacity availability for the number of - // instances that are launching. This means that we will request Spot Instances - // from the pools that we believe have the lowest chance of interruption in the - // near term. EC2 Fleet then requests Spot Instances from the lowest priced of - // these pools. capacity-optimized EC2 Fleet identifies the pools with the highest - // capacity availability for the number of instances that are launching. This means - // that we will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe have the - // lowest chance of interruption in the near term. To give certain instance types a - // higher chance of launching first, use capacity-optimized-prioritized . Set a - // priority for each instance type by using the Priority parameter for + // For more information, see [Allocation strategies for Spot Instances]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // price-capacity-optimized (recommended) EC2 Fleet identifies the pools with the + // highest capacity availability for the number of instances that are launching. + // This means that we will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe + // have the lowest chance of interruption in the near term. EC2 Fleet then requests + // Spot Instances from the lowest priced of these pools. + // + // capacity-optimized EC2 Fleet identifies the pools with the highest capacity + // availability for the number of instances that are launching. This means that we + // will request Spot Instances from the pools that we believe have the lowest + // chance of interruption in the near term. To give certain instance types a higher + // chance of launching first, use capacity-optimized-prioritized . Set a priority + // for each instance type by using the Priority parameter for // LaunchTemplateOverrides . You can assign the same priority to different // LaunchTemplateOverrides . EC2 implements the priorities on a best-effort basis, // but optimizes for capacity first. capacity-optimized-prioritized is supported // only if your EC2 Fleet uses a launch template. Note that if the On-Demand // AllocationStrategy is set to prioritized , the same priority is applied when - // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. diversified EC2 Fleet requests instances from all - // of the Spot Instance pools that you specify. lowest-price EC2 Fleet requests - // instances from the lowest priced Spot Instance pool that has available capacity. - // If the lowest priced pool doesn't have available capacity, the Spot Instances - // come from the next lowest priced pool that has available capacity. If a pool - // runs out of capacity before fulfilling your desired capacity, EC2 Fleet will - // continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the next lowest priced pool. To - // ensure that your desired capacity is met, you might receive Spot Instances from - // several pools. Because this strategy only considers instance price and not - // capacity availability, it might lead to high interruption rates. Default: - // lowest-price + // fulfilling On-Demand capacity. + // + // diversified EC2 Fleet requests instances from all of the Spot Instance pools + // that you specify. + // + // lowest-price EC2 Fleet requests instances from the lowest priced Spot Instance + // pool that has available capacity. If the lowest priced pool doesn't have + // available capacity, the Spot Instances come from the next lowest priced pool + // that has available capacity. If a pool runs out of capacity before fulfilling + // your desired capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by + // drawing from the next lowest priced pool. To ensure that your desired capacity + // is met, you might receive Spot Instances from several pools. Because this + // strategy only considers instance price and not capacity availability, it might + // lead to high interruption rates. + // + // Default: lowest-price + // + // [Allocation strategies for Spot Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-fleet-allocation-strategy.html AllocationStrategy SpotAllocationStrategy - // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. Default: terminate + // The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. + // + // Default: terminate InstanceInterruptionBehavior SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior // The number of Spot pools across which to allocate your target Spot capacity. // Supported only when Spot AllocationStrategy is set to lowest-price . EC2 Fleet // selects the cheapest Spot pools and evenly allocates your target Spot capacity - // across the number of Spot pools that you specify. Note that EC2 Fleet attempts - // to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools that you specify on a best - // effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity before fulfilling your target - // capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the - // next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target capacity is met, you might - // receive Spot Instances from more than the number of pools that you specified. - // Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, you might receive your - // full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools that you specified. + // across the number of Spot pools that you specify. + // + // Note that EC2 Fleet attempts to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools + // that you specify on a best effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity + // before fulfilling your target capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your + // request by drawing from the next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target + // capacity is met, you might receive Spot Instances from more than the number of + // pools that you specified. Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, + // you might receive your full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools + // that you specified. InstancePoolsToUseCount *int32 // The strategies for managing your Spot Instances that are at an elevated risk of @@ -15275,29 +16464,40 @@ type SpotOptionsRequest struct { // The maximum amount per hour for Spot Instances that you're willing to pay. We // do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased // interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current - // Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. If your - // fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if their - // average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a charge for - // surplus credits. The MaxTotalPrice does not account for surplus credits, and, - // if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than what you - // specified for MaxTotalPrice . For more information, see Surplus credits can - // incur charges (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits) - // in the EC2 User Guide. + // Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your Spot Instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // + // If your fleet includes T instances that are configured as unlimited , and if + // their average CPU usage exceeds the baseline utilization, you will incur a + // charge for surplus credits. The MaxTotalPrice does not account for surplus + // credits, and, if you use surplus credits, your final cost might be higher than + // what you specified for MaxTotalPrice . For more information, see [Surplus credits can incur charges] in the EC2 + // User Guide. + // + // [Surplus credits can incur charges]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances-unlimited-mode-concepts.html#unlimited-mode-surplus-credits MaxTotalPrice *string // The minimum target capacity for Spot Instances in the fleet. If the minimum - // target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances. Supported only - // for fleets of type instant . At least one of the following must be specified: - // SingleAvailabilityZone | SingleInstanceType + // target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // + // At least one of the following must be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | + // SingleInstanceType MinTargetCapacity *int32 // Indicates that the fleet launches all Spot Instances into a single Availability - // Zone. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Zone. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleAvailabilityZone *bool // Indicates that the fleet uses a single instance type to launch all Spot - // Instances in the fleet. Supported only for fleets of type instant . + // Instances in the fleet. + // + // Supported only for fleets of type instant . SingleInstanceType *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -15306,8 +16506,10 @@ type SpotOptionsRequest struct { // Describes Spot Instance placement. type SpotPlacement struct { - // The Availability Zone. [Spot Fleet only] To specify multiple Availability - // Zones, separate them using commas; for example, "us-west-2a, us-west-2b". + // The Availability Zone. + // + // [Spot Fleet only] To specify multiple Availability Zones, separate them using + // commas; for example, "us-west-2a, us-west-2b". AvailabilityZone *string // The name of the placement group. @@ -15344,8 +16546,10 @@ type SpotPlacementScore struct { // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the -// current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be -// interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. +// current Spot price. +// +// If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more +// frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. type SpotPrice struct { // The Availability Zone. @@ -15360,8 +16564,10 @@ type SpotPrice struct { // The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot // Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to // increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the - // current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be - // interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. + // current Spot price. + // + // If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more + // frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. SpotPrice *string // The date and time the request was created, in UTC format (for example, @@ -15378,9 +16584,9 @@ type StaleIpPermission struct { // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int32 - // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see Protocol - // Numbers) (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml) - // . + // The IP protocol name ( tcp , udp , icmp , icmpv6 ) or number (see [Protocol Numbers)]. + // + // [Protocol Numbers)]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml IpProtocol *string // The IP ranges. Not applicable for stale security group rules. @@ -15431,28 +16637,40 @@ type StateReason struct { Code *string // The message for the state change. + // // - Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity : There was insufficient capacity // available to satisfy the launch request. + // // - Server.InternalError : An internal error caused the instance to terminate // during launch. + // // - Server.ScheduledStop : The instance was stopped due to a scheduled // retirement. + // // - Server.SpotInstanceShutdown : The instance was stopped because the number of // Spot requests with a maximum price equal to or higher than the Spot price // exceeded available capacity or because of an increase in the Spot price. + // // - Server.SpotInstanceTermination : The instance was terminated because the // number of Spot requests with a maximum price equal to or higher than the Spot // price exceeded available capacity or because of an increase in the Spot price. + // // - Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown : The instance was shut down from the // operating system of the instance. + // // - Client.InstanceTerminated : The instance was terminated or rebooted during // AMI creation. + // // - Client.InternalError : A client error caused the instance to terminate // during launch. + // // - Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound : The specified snapshot was not found. + // // - Client.UserInitiatedHibernate : Hibernation was initiated on the instance. + // // - Client.UserInitiatedShutdown : The instance was shut down using the Amazon // EC2 API. + // // - Client.VolumeLimitExceeded : The limit on the number of EBS volumes or total // storage was exceeded. Decrease usage or request an increase in your account // limits. @@ -15514,7 +16732,7 @@ type StoreImageTaskResult struct { type Subnet struct { // Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a - // network interface created by RunInstances ) receives an IPv6 address. + // network interface created by RunInstances) receives an IPv6 address. AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation *bool // The Availability Zone of the subnet. @@ -15540,7 +16758,7 @@ type Subnet struct { // subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations. EnableDns64 *bool - // Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For + // Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For // example, 1 indicates local network interfaces in this subnet are the secondary // network interface (eth1). EnableLniAtDeviceIndex *int32 @@ -15552,15 +16770,17 @@ type Subnet struct { Ipv6Native *bool // Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a - // network interface created by RunInstances ) receives a customer-owned IPv4 - // address. + // network interface created by RunInstances) receives a customer-owned IPv4 address. MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch *bool // Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 - // address. Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including - // public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP - // addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon - // VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/) . + // address. + // + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For + // more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the [Amazon VPC pricing page]. + // + // [Amazon VPC pricing page]: http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/ MapPublicIpOnLaunch *bool // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. @@ -15646,17 +16866,21 @@ type SubnetCidrReservation struct { type SubnetConfiguration struct { // The IPv4 address to assign to the endpoint network interface in the subnet. You - // must provide an IPv4 address if the VPC endpoint supports IPv4. If you specify - // an IPv4 address when modifying a VPC endpoint, we replace the existing endpoint - // network interface with a new endpoint network interface with this IP address. - // This process temporarily disconnects the subnet and the VPC endpoint. + // must provide an IPv4 address if the VPC endpoint supports IPv4. + // + // If you specify an IPv4 address when modifying a VPC endpoint, we replace the + // existing endpoint network interface with a new endpoint network interface with + // this IP address. This process temporarily disconnects the subnet and the VPC + // endpoint. Ipv4 *string // The IPv6 address to assign to the endpoint network interface in the subnet. You - // must provide an IPv6 address if the VPC endpoint supports IPv6. If you specify - // an IPv6 address when modifying a VPC endpoint, we replace the existing endpoint - // network interface with a new endpoint network interface with this IP address. - // This process temporarily disconnects the subnet and the VPC endpoint. + // must provide an IPv6 address if the VPC endpoint supports IPv6. + // + // If you specify an IPv6 address when modifying a VPC endpoint, we replace the + // existing endpoint network interface with a new endpoint network interface with + // this IP address. This process temporarily disconnects the subnet and the VPC + // endpoint. Ipv6 *string // The ID of the subnet. @@ -15725,12 +16949,16 @@ type SuccessfulQueuedPurchaseDeletion struct { // Describes a tag. type Tag struct { - // The key of the tag. Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a - // maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with aws: . + // The key of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode + // characters. May not begin with aws: . Key *string - // The value of the tag. Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a - // maximum of 256 Unicode characters. + // The value of the tag. + // + // Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 256 Unicode + // characters. Value *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -15756,10 +16984,12 @@ type TagDescription struct { // The tags to apply to a resource when the resource is being created. When you // specify a tag, you must specify the resource type to tag, otherwise the request -// will fail. The Valid Values lists all the resource types that can be tagged. -// However, the action you're using might not support tagging all of these resource -// types. If you try to tag a resource type that is unsupported for the action -// you're using, you'll get an error. +// will fail. +// +// The Valid Values lists all the resource types that can be tagged. However, the +// action you're using might not support tagging all of these resource types. If +// you try to tag a resource type that is unsupported for the action you're using, +// you'll get an error. type TagSpecification struct { // The type of resource to tag on creation. @@ -15774,17 +17004,18 @@ type TagSpecification struct { // The number of units to request. You can choose to set the target capacity in // terms of instances or a performance characteristic that is important to your // application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. If the request type is -// maintain , you can specify a target capacity of 0 and add capacity later. You -// can use the On-Demand Instance MaxTotalPrice parameter, the Spot Instance +// maintain , you can specify a target capacity of 0 and add capacity later. +// +// You can use the On-Demand Instance MaxTotalPrice parameter, the Spot Instance // MaxTotalPrice , or both to ensure that your fleet cost does not exceed your // budget. If you set a maximum price per hour for the On-Demand Instances and Spot // Instances in your request, EC2 Fleet will launch instances until it reaches the // maximum amount that you're willing to pay. When the maximum amount you're // willing to pay is reached, the fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn’t -// met the target capacity. The MaxTotalPrice parameters are located in -// OnDemandOptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_OnDemandOptions.html) -// and SpotOptions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotOptions) -// . +// met the target capacity. The MaxTotalPrice parameters are located in [OnDemandOptions] and [SpotOptions]. +// +// [OnDemandOptions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_OnDemandOptions.html +// [SpotOptions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotOptions type TargetCapacitySpecification struct { // The default target capacity type. @@ -15811,16 +17042,19 @@ type TargetCapacitySpecification struct { // the number of instances. Or you can set the target capacity to a performance // characteristic that is important to your application workload, such as vCPUs, // memory, or I/O. If the request type is maintain , you can specify a target -// capacity of 0 and add capacity later. You can use the On-Demand Instance -// MaxTotalPrice parameter, the Spot Instance MaxTotalPrice parameter, or both -// parameters to ensure that your fleet cost does not exceed your budget. If you -// set a maximum price per hour for the On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances in -// your request, EC2 Fleet will launch instances until it reaches the maximum -// amount that you're willing to pay. When the maximum amount you're willing to pay -// is reached, the fleet stops launching instances even if it hasn't met the target -// capacity. The MaxTotalPrice parameters are located in OnDemandOptionsRequest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_OnDemandOptionsRequest) -// and SpotOptionsRequest (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotOptionsRequest) -// . +// capacity of 0 and add capacity later. +// +// You can use the On-Demand Instance MaxTotalPrice parameter, the Spot Instance +// MaxTotalPrice parameter, or both parameters to ensure that your fleet cost does +// not exceed your budget. If you set a maximum price per hour for the On-Demand +// Instances and Spot Instances in your request, EC2 Fleet will launch instances +// until it reaches the maximum amount that you're willing to pay. When the maximum +// amount you're willing to pay is reached, the fleet stops launching instances +// even if it hasn't met the target capacity. The MaxTotalPrice parameters are +// located in [OnDemandOptionsRequest]and [SpotOptionsRequest]. +// +// [OnDemandOptionsRequest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_OnDemandOptionsRequest +// [SpotOptionsRequest]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SpotOptionsRequest type TargetCapacitySpecificationRequest struct { // The number of units to request, filled using the default target capacity type. @@ -15838,8 +17072,9 @@ type TargetCapacitySpecificationRequest struct { SpotTargetCapacity *int32 // The unit for the target capacity. You can specify this parameter only when - // using attributed-based instance type selection. Default: units (the number of - // instances) + // using attributed-based instance type selection. + // + // Default: units (the number of instances) TargetCapacityUnitType TargetCapacityUnitType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -16106,7 +17341,9 @@ type TrafficMirrorSession struct { // The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an // interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter - // is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766. + // is the one that mirrors the packets. + // + // Valid values are 1-32766. SessionNumber *int32 // The tags assigned to the Traffic Mirror session. @@ -16419,7 +17656,7 @@ type TransitGatewayMulticastDomain struct { // The options for the transit gateway multicast domain. Options *TransitGatewayMulticastDomainOptions - // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway + // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway // multicast domain. OwnerId *string @@ -16447,7 +17684,7 @@ type TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociation struct { // The ID of the resource. ResourceId *string - // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway + // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway // multicast domain association resource. ResourceOwnerId *string @@ -16469,7 +17706,7 @@ type TransitGatewayMulticastDomainAssociations struct { // The ID of the resource. ResourceId *string - // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. + // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. ResourceOwnerId *string // The type of resource, for example a VPC attachment. @@ -16526,7 +17763,7 @@ type TransitGatewayMulticastGroup struct { // The ID of the resource. ResourceId *string - // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway + // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway // multicast domain group resource. ResourceOwnerId *string @@ -16607,9 +17844,10 @@ type TransitGatewayOptions struct { // The ID of the default propagation route table. PropagationDefaultRouteTableId *string - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. Enables - // you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use - // this option to simplify security group management and control of + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of // instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. // You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only // option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now @@ -16854,9 +18092,10 @@ type TransitGatewayRequestOptions struct { // Indicates whether multicast is enabled on the transit gateway MulticastSupport MulticastSupportValue - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. Enables - // you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use - // this option to simplify security group management and control of + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of // instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. // You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only // option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now @@ -17040,7 +18279,9 @@ type TransitGatewayRouteTableRoute struct { ResourceType *string // The route origin. The following are the possible values: + // // - static + // // - propagated RouteOrigin *string @@ -17096,9 +18337,10 @@ type TransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOptions struct { // Indicates whether IPv6 support is disabled. Ipv6Support Ipv6SupportValue - // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. Enables - // you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use - // this option to simplify security group management and control of + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of // instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. // You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only // option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now @@ -17255,8 +18497,9 @@ type UnsuccessfulItem struct { } // Information about the error that occurred. For more information about errors, -// see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html) -// . +// see [Error codes]. +// +// [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html type UnsuccessfulItemError struct { // The error code. @@ -17307,26 +18550,30 @@ type UserData struct { type UserIdGroupPair struct { // A description for the security group rule that references this user ID group - // pair. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, - // A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* + // pair. + // + // Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, + // 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=;{}!$* Description *string // The ID of the security group. GroupId *string // [Default VPC] The name of the security group. For a security group in a - // nondefault VPC, use the security group ID. For a referenced security group in - // another VPC, this value is not returned if the referenced security group is - // deleted. + // nondefault VPC, use the security group ID. + // + // For a referenced security group in another VPC, this value is not returned if + // the referenced security group is deleted. GroupName *string // The status of a VPC peering connection, if applicable. PeeringStatus *string - // The ID of an Amazon Web Services account. For a referenced security group in - // another VPC, the account ID of the referenced security group is returned in the - // response. If the referenced security group is deleted, this value is not - // returned. + // The ID of an Amazon Web Services account. + // + // For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the + // referenced security group is returned in the response. If the referenced + // security group is deleted, this value is not returned. UserId *string // The ID of the VPC for the referenced security group, if applicable. @@ -17344,13 +18591,15 @@ type UserIdGroupPair struct { type ValidationError struct { // The error code that indicates why the parameter or parameter combination is not - // valid. For more information about error codes, see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html) - // . + // valid. For more information about error codes, see [Error codes]. + // + // [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html Code *string // The error message that describes why the parameter or parameter combination is - // not valid. For more information about error messages, see Error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html) - // . + // not valid. For more information about error messages, see [Error codes]. + // + // [Error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/errors-overview.html Message *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -17691,7 +18940,9 @@ type VerifiedAccessLogOptions struct { // Sends Verified Access logs to Kinesis. KinesisDataFirehose *VerifiedAccessLogKinesisDataFirehoseDestinationOptions - // The logging version. Valid values: ocsf-0.1 | ocsf-1.0.0-rc.2 + // The logging version. + // + // Valid values: ocsf-0.1 | ocsf-1.0.0-rc.2 LogVersion *string // Sends Verified Access logs to Amazon S3. @@ -17762,16 +19013,19 @@ type VerifiedAccessLogS3DestinationOptions struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Verified Access provides server side encryption by default to data at rest +// Verified Access provides server side encryption by default to data at rest +// // using Amazon Web Services-owned KMS keys. You also have the option of using // customer managed KMS keys, which can be specified using the options below. type VerifiedAccessSseSpecificationRequest struct { - // Enable or disable the use of customer managed KMS keys for server side - // encryption. Valid values: True | False + // Enable or disable the use of customer managed KMS keys for server side + // encryption. + // + // Valid values: True | False CustomerManagedKeyEnabled *bool - // The ARN of the KMS key. + // The ARN of the KMS key. KmsKeyArn *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -17781,7 +19035,9 @@ type VerifiedAccessSseSpecificationRequest struct { type VerifiedAccessSseSpecificationResponse struct { // Indicates whether customer managed KMS keys are in use for server side - // encryption. Valid values: True | False + // encryption. + // + // Valid values: True | False CustomerManagedKeyEnabled *bool // The ARN of the KMS key. @@ -17882,8 +19138,9 @@ type VgwTelemetry struct { // Describes a volume. type Volume struct { - // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. Information about the volume - // attachments. + // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. + // + // Information about the volume attachments. Attachments []VolumeAttachment // The Availability Zone for the volume. @@ -17895,8 +19152,9 @@ type Volume struct { // Indicates whether the volume is encrypted. Encrypted *bool - // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. Indicates whether the volume - // was created using fast snapshot restore. + // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. + // + // Indicates whether the volume was created using fast snapshot restore. FastRestored *bool // The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3 , io1 , and io2 @@ -17921,7 +19179,9 @@ type Volume struct { // The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable. SnapshotId *string - // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. Reserved for future use. + // This parameter is not returned by CreateVolume. + // + // Reserved for future use. SseType SSEType // The volume state. @@ -17954,17 +19214,20 @@ type VolumeAttachment struct { // Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. DeleteOnTermination *bool - // The device name. If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter - // returns null . + // The device name. + // + // If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter returns null . Device *string - // The ID of the instance. If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this - // parameter returns null . + // The ID of the instance. + // + // If the volume is attached to a Fargate task, this parameter returns null . InstanceId *string // The service principal of Amazon Web Services service that owns the underlying - // instance to which the volume is attached. This parameter is returned only for - // volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. + // instance to which the volume is attached. + // + // This parameter is returned only for volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks. InstanceOwningService *string // The attachment state of the volume. @@ -17987,8 +19250,9 @@ type VolumeDetail struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes the modification status of an EBS volume. If the volume has never -// been modified, some element values will be null. +// Describes the modification status of an EBS volume. +// +// If the volume has never been modified, some element values will be null. type VolumeModification struct { // The modification completion or failure time. @@ -18223,7 +19487,9 @@ type VpcCidrBlockState struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Deprecated. Describes whether a VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. +// Deprecated. +// +// Describes whether a VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. type VpcClassicLink struct { // Indicates whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. @@ -18462,9 +19728,9 @@ type VpnConnection struct { CoreNetworkAttachmentArn *string // The configuration information for the VPN connection's customer gateway (in the - // native XML format). This element is always present in the CreateVpnConnection - // response; however, it's present in the DescribeVpnConnections response only if - // the VPN connection is in the pending or available state. + // native XML format). This element is always present in the CreateVpnConnectionresponse; however, + // it's present in the DescribeVpnConnectionsresponse only if the VPN connection is in the pending or + // available state. CustomerGatewayConfiguration *string // The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection. @@ -18506,8 +19772,10 @@ type VpnConnection struct { // List of customer gateway devices that have a sample configuration file // available for use. You can also see the list of device types with sample -// configuration files available under Your customer gateway device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/your-cgw.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. +// configuration files available under [Your customer gateway device]in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN +// User Guide. +// +// [Your customer gateway device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/your-cgw.html type VpnConnectionDeviceType struct { // Customer gateway device platform. @@ -18538,7 +19806,11 @@ type VpnConnectionOptions struct { LocalIpv6NetworkCidr *string // The type of IPv4 address assigned to the outside interface of the customer - // gateway. Valid values: PrivateIpv4 | PublicIpv4 Default: PublicIpv4 + // gateway. + // + // Valid values: PrivateIpv4 | PublicIpv4 + // + // Default: PublicIpv4 OutsideIpAddressType *string // The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. @@ -18566,40 +19838,54 @@ type VpnConnectionOptions struct { // Describes VPN connection options. type VpnConnectionOptionsSpecification struct { - // Indicate whether to enable acceleration for the VPN connection. Default: false + // Indicate whether to enable acceleration for the VPN connection. + // + // Default: false EnableAcceleration *bool // The IPv4 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection. + // // Default: 0.0.0.0/0 LocalIpv4NetworkCidr *string // The IPv6 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection. + // // Default: ::/0 LocalIpv6NetworkCidr *string // The type of IPv4 address assigned to the outside interface of the customer - // gateway device. Valid values: PrivateIpv4 | PublicIpv4 Default: PublicIpv4 + // gateway device. + // + // Valid values: PrivateIpv4 | PublicIpv4 + // + // Default: PublicIpv4 OutsideIpAddressType *string - // The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default: - // 0.0.0.0/0 + // The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. + // + // Default: 0.0.0.0/0 RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr *string - // The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default: - // ::/0 + // The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. + // + // Default: ::/0 RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr *string // Indicate whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. If you are // creating a VPN connection for a device that does not support BGP, you must - // specify true . Use CreateVpnConnectionRoute to create a static route. Default: - // false + // specify true . Use CreateVpnConnectionRoute to create a static route. + // + // Default: false StaticRoutesOnly *bool - // The transit gateway attachment ID to use for the VPN tunnel. Required if - // OutsideIpAddressType is set to PrivateIpv4 . + // The transit gateway attachment ID to use for the VPN tunnel. + // + // Required if OutsideIpAddressType is set to PrivateIpv4 . TransportTransitGatewayAttachmentId *string - // Indicate whether the VPN tunnels process IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. Default: ipv4 + // Indicate whether the VPN tunnels process IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. + // + // Default: ipv4 TunnelInsideIpVersion TunnelInsideIpVersion // The tunnel options for the VPN connection. @@ -18673,104 +19959,150 @@ type VpnTunnelLogOptionsSpecification struct { type VpnTunnelOptionsSpecification struct { // The action to take after DPD timeout occurs. Specify restart to restart the IKE - // initiation. Specify clear to end the IKE session. Valid Values: clear | none | - // restart Default: clear + // initiation. Specify clear to end the IKE session. + // + // Valid Values: clear | none | restart + // + // Default: clear DPDTimeoutAction *string - // The number of seconds after which a DPD timeout occurs. Constraints: A value - // greater than or equal to 30. Default: 30 + // The number of seconds after which a DPD timeout occurs. + // + // Constraints: A value greater than or equal to 30. + // + // Default: 30 DPDTimeoutSeconds *int32 // Turn on or off tunnel endpoint lifecycle control feature. EnableTunnelLifecycleControl *bool - // The IKE versions that are permitted for the VPN tunnel. Valid values: ikev1 | - // ikev2 + // The IKE versions that are permitted for the VPN tunnel. + // + // Valid values: ikev1 | ikev2 IKEVersions []IKEVersionsRequestListValue // Options for logging VPN tunnel activity. LogOptions *VpnTunnelLogOptionsSpecification // One or more Diffie-Hellman group numbers that are permitted for the VPN tunnel - // for phase 1 IKE negotiations. Valid values: 2 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 - // | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 + // for phase 1 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: 2 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 Phase1DHGroupNumbers []Phase1DHGroupNumbersRequestListValue // One or more encryption algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 1 IKE negotiations. Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | - // AES256-GCM-16 + // phase 1 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | AES256-GCM-16 Phase1EncryptionAlgorithms []Phase1EncryptionAlgorithmsRequestListValue // One or more integrity algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 1 IKE negotiations. Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 + // phase 1 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 Phase1IntegrityAlgorithms []Phase1IntegrityAlgorithmsRequestListValue - // The lifetime for phase 1 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. Constraints: A - // value between 900 and 28,800. Default: 28800 + // The lifetime for phase 1 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. + // + // Constraints: A value between 900 and 28,800. + // + // Default: 28800 Phase1LifetimeSeconds *int32 // One or more Diffie-Hellman group numbers that are permitted for the VPN tunnel - // for phase 2 IKE negotiations. Valid values: 2 | 5 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 - // | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 + // for phase 2 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: 2 | 5 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 Phase2DHGroupNumbers []Phase2DHGroupNumbersRequestListValue // One or more encryption algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 2 IKE negotiations. Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | - // AES256-GCM-16 + // phase 2 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: AES128 | AES256 | AES128-GCM-16 | AES256-GCM-16 Phase2EncryptionAlgorithms []Phase2EncryptionAlgorithmsRequestListValue // One or more integrity algorithms that are permitted for the VPN tunnel for - // phase 2 IKE negotiations. Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 + // phase 2 IKE negotiations. + // + // Valid values: SHA1 | SHA2-256 | SHA2-384 | SHA2-512 Phase2IntegrityAlgorithms []Phase2IntegrityAlgorithmsRequestListValue - // The lifetime for phase 2 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. Constraints: A - // value between 900 and 3,600. The value must be less than the value for - // Phase1LifetimeSeconds . Default: 3600 + // The lifetime for phase 2 of the IKE negotiation, in seconds. + // + // Constraints: A value between 900 and 3,600. The value must be less than the + // value for Phase1LifetimeSeconds . + // + // Default: 3600 Phase2LifetimeSeconds *int32 // The pre-shared key (PSK) to establish initial authentication between the - // virtual private gateway and customer gateway. Constraints: Allowed characters - // are alphanumeric characters, periods (.), and underscores (_). Must be between 8 - // and 64 characters in length and cannot start with zero (0). + // virtual private gateway and customer gateway. + // + // Constraints: Allowed characters are alphanumeric characters, periods (.), and + // underscores (_). Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length and cannot start + // with zero (0). PreSharedKey *string // The percentage of the rekey window (determined by RekeyMarginTimeSeconds ) - // during which the rekey time is randomly selected. Constraints: A value between 0 - // and 100. Default: 100 + // during which the rekey time is randomly selected. + // + // Constraints: A value between 0 and 100. + // + // Default: 100 RekeyFuzzPercentage *int32 // The margin time, in seconds, before the phase 2 lifetime expires, during which // the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection performs an IKE rekey. The // exact time of the rekey is randomly selected based on the value for - // RekeyFuzzPercentage . Constraints: A value between 60 and half of - // Phase2LifetimeSeconds . Default: 270 + // RekeyFuzzPercentage . + // + // Constraints: A value between 60 and half of Phase2LifetimeSeconds . + // + // Default: 270 RekeyMarginTimeSeconds *int32 - // The number of packets in an IKE replay window. Constraints: A value between 64 - // and 2048. Default: 1024 + // The number of packets in an IKE replay window. + // + // Constraints: A value between 64 and 2048. + // + // Default: 1024 ReplayWindowSize *int32 // The action to take when the establishing the tunnel for the VPN connection. By // default, your customer gateway device must initiate the IKE negotiation and // bring up the tunnel. Specify start for Amazon Web Services to initiate the IKE - // negotiation. Valid Values: add | start Default: add + // negotiation. + // + // Valid Values: add | start + // + // Default: add StartupAction *string // The range of inside IPv4 addresses for the tunnel. Any specified CIDR blocks // must be unique across all VPN connections that use the same virtual private - // gateway. Constraints: A size /30 CIDR block from the 169.254.0.0/16 range. The - // following CIDR blocks are reserved and cannot be used: + // gateway. + // + // Constraints: A size /30 CIDR block from the 169.254.0.0/16 range. The following + // CIDR blocks are reserved and cannot be used: + // // - 169.254.0.0/30 + // // - 169.254.1.0/30 + // // - 169.254.2.0/30 + // // - 169.254.3.0/30 + // // - 169.254.4.0/30 + // // - 169.254.5.0/30 + // // - 169.254.169.252/30 TunnelInsideCidr *string // The range of inside IPv6 addresses for the tunnel. Any specified CIDR blocks // must be unique across all VPN connections that use the same transit gateway. + // // Constraints: A size /126 CIDR block from the local fd00::/8 range. TunnelInsideIpv6Cidr *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/CHANGELOG.md index 29c8ecb75ebbd..ec84f85c96f79 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.24.5 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.24.4 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AddTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AddTags.go index 65baaae7c9701..b0f0a779e643a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AddTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AddTags.go @@ -12,10 +12,14 @@ import ( ) // Adds the specified tags to the specified load balancer. Each load balancer can -// have a maximum of 10 tags. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. If -// a tag with the same key is already associated with the load balancer, AddTags -// updates its value. For more information, see Tag Your Classic Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/add-remove-tags.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// have a maximum of 10 tags. +// +// Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. If a tag with the same key is +// already associated with the load balancer, AddTags updates its value. +// +// For more information, see [Tag Your Classic Load Balancer] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Tag Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/add-remove-tags.html func (c *Client) AddTags(ctx context.Context, params *AddTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AddTagsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer.go index 6dc150617a340..68491ae1d2a20 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( // Associates one or more security groups with your load balancer in a virtual // private cloud (VPC). The specified security groups override the previously -// associated security groups. For more information, see Security Groups for Load -// Balancers in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-security-groups.html#elb-vpc-security-groups) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// associated security groups. +// +// For more information, see [Security Groups for Load Balancers in a VPC] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Security Groups for Load Balancers in a VPC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-security-groups.html#elb-vpc-security-groups func (c *Client) ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets.go index ffb2028f56323..ebd09a95e7c63 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more subnets to the set of configured subnets for the specified -// load balancer. The load balancer evenly distributes requests across all -// registered subnets. For more information, see Add or Remove Subnets for Your -// Load Balancer in a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-manage-subnets.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// load balancer. +// +// The load balancer evenly distributes requests across all registered subnets. +// For more information, see [Add or Remove Subnets for Your Load Balancer in a VPC]in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Add or Remove Subnets for Your Load Balancer in a VPC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-manage-subnets.html func (c *Client) AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets(ctx context.Context, params *AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachLoadBalancerToSubnetsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ConfigureHealthCheck.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ConfigureHealthCheck.go index 9bcfcd514ad56..03fa0ca9f98e3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ConfigureHealthCheck.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ConfigureHealthCheck.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Specifies the health check settings to use when evaluating the health state of -// your EC2 instances. For more information, see Configure Health Checks for Your -// Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-healthchecks.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// your EC2 instances. +// +// For more information, see [Configure Health Checks for Your Load Balancer] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Configure Health Checks for Your Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-healthchecks.html func (c *Client) ConfigureHealthCheck(ctx context.Context, params *ConfigureHealthCheckInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ConfigureHealthCheckOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ConfigureHealthCheckInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy.go index c70083fb5ef1c..ef55a343b7b4a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy.go @@ -12,16 +12,20 @@ import ( // Generates a stickiness policy with sticky session lifetimes that follow that of // an application-generated cookie. This policy can be associated only with -// HTTP/HTTPS listeners. This policy is similar to the policy created by -// CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy , except that the lifetime of the special Elastic -// Load Balancing cookie, AWSELB , follows the lifetime of the +// HTTP/HTTPS listeners. +// +// This policy is similar to the policy created by CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy, except that the lifetime of +// the special Elastic Load Balancing cookie, AWSELB , follows the lifetime of the // application-generated cookie specified in the policy configuration. The load // balancer only inserts a new stickiness cookie when the application response -// includes a new application cookie. If the application cookie is explicitly -// removed or expires, the session stops being sticky until a new application -// cookie is issued. For more information, see Application-Controlled Session -// Stickiness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-application) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// includes a new application cookie. +// +// If the application cookie is explicitly removed or expires, the session stops +// being sticky until a new application cookie is issued. +// +// For more information, see [Application-Controlled Session Stickiness] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Application-Controlled Session Stickiness]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-application func (c *Client) CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy.go index 8566a39ae4ea9..06649887a1e35 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy.go @@ -12,17 +12,22 @@ import ( // Generates a stickiness policy with sticky session lifetimes controlled by the // lifetime of the browser (user-agent) or a specified expiration period. This -// policy can be associated only with HTTP/HTTPS listeners. When a load balancer -// implements this policy, the load balancer uses a special cookie to track the -// instance for each request. When the load balancer receives a request, it first -// checks to see if this cookie is present in the request. If so, the load balancer -// sends the request to the application server specified in the cookie. If not, the -// load balancer sends the request to a server that is chosen based on the existing -// load-balancing algorithm. A cookie is inserted into the response for binding -// subsequent requests from the same user to that server. The validity of the -// cookie is based on the cookie expiration time, which is specified in the policy -// configuration. For more information, see Duration-Based Session Stickiness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-duration) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// policy can be associated only with HTTP/HTTPS listeners. +// +// When a load balancer implements this policy, the load balancer uses a special +// cookie to track the instance for each request. When the load balancer receives a +// request, it first checks to see if this cookie is present in the request. If so, +// the load balancer sends the request to the application server specified in the +// cookie. If not, the load balancer sends the request to a server that is chosen +// based on the existing load-balancing algorithm. +// +// A cookie is inserted into the response for binding subsequent requests from the +// same user to that server. The validity of the cookie is based on the cookie +// expiration time, which is specified in the policy configuration. +// +// For more information, see [Duration-Based Session Stickiness] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Duration-Based Session Stickiness]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-duration func (c *Client) CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go index 6165319828fef..c47872164d962 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go @@ -11,16 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a Classic Load Balancer. You can add listeners, security groups, -// subnets, and tags when you create your load balancer, or you can add them later -// using CreateLoadBalancerListeners , ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer , -// AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets , and AddTags . To describe your current load -// balancers, see DescribeLoadBalancers . When you are finished with a load -// balancer, you can delete it using DeleteLoadBalancer . You can create up to 20 -// load balancers per region per account. You can request an increase for the -// number of load balancers for your account. For more information, see Limits for -// Your Classic Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-limits.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// Creates a Classic Load Balancer. +// +// You can add listeners, security groups, subnets, and tags when you create your +// load balancer, or you can add them later using CreateLoadBalancerListeners, ApplySecurityGroupsToLoadBalancer, AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets, and AddTags. +// +// To describe your current load balancers, see DescribeLoadBalancers. When you are finished with a +// load balancer, you can delete it using DeleteLoadBalancer. +// +// You can create up to 20 load balancers per region per account. You can request +// an increase for the number of load balancers for your account. For more +// information, see [Limits for Your Classic Load Balancer]in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Limits for Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-limits.html func (c *Client) CreateLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLoadBalancerInput{} @@ -39,31 +42,42 @@ func (c *Client) CreateLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoadBalan // Contains the parameters for CreateLoadBalancer. type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { - // The listeners. For more information, see Listeners for Your Classic Load - // Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // The listeners. + // + // For more information, see [Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html // // This member is required. Listeners []types.Listener - // The name of the load balancer. This name must be unique within your set of load - // balancers for the region, must have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain - // only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and cannot begin or end with a hyphen. + // The name of the load balancer. + // + // This name must be unique within your set of load balancers for the region, must + // have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or + // hyphens, and cannot begin or end with a hyphen. // // This member is required. LoadBalancerName *string - // One or more Availability Zones from the same region as the load balancer. You - // must specify at least one Availability Zone. You can add more Availability Zones - // after you create the load balancer using EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer . + // One or more Availability Zones from the same region as the load balancer. + // + // You must specify at least one Availability Zone. + // + // You can add more Availability Zones after you create the load balancer using EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer. AvailabilityZones []string - // The type of a load balancer. Valid only for load balancers in a VPC. By - // default, Elastic Load Balancing creates an Internet-facing load balancer with a - // DNS name that resolves to public IP addresses. For more information about - // Internet-facing and Internal load balancers, see Load Balancer Scheme (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/userguide/how-elastic-load-balancing-works.html#load-balancer-scheme) - // in the Elastic Load Balancing User Guide. Specify internal to create a load - // balancer with a DNS name that resolves to private IP addresses. + // The type of a load balancer. Valid only for load balancers in a VPC. + // + // By default, Elastic Load Balancing creates an Internet-facing load balancer + // with a DNS name that resolves to public IP addresses. For more information about + // Internet-facing and Internal load balancers, see [Load Balancer Scheme]in the Elastic Load Balancing + // User Guide. + // + // Specify internal to create a load balancer with a DNS name that resolves to + // private IP addresses. + // + // [Load Balancer Scheme]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/userguide/how-elastic-load-balancing-works.html#load-balancer-scheme Scheme *string // The IDs of the security groups to assign to the load balancer. @@ -73,9 +87,12 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { // subnet per Availability Zone specified in AvailabilityZones . Subnets []string - // A list of tags to assign to the load balancer. For more information about - // tagging your load balancer, see Tag Your Classic Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/add-remove-tags.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // A list of tags to assign to the load balancer. + // + // For more information about tagging your load balancer, see [Tag Your Classic Load Balancer] in the Classic Load + // Balancers Guide. + // + // [Tag Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/add-remove-tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerListeners.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerListeners.go index 8704fe2b9ea7b..c4dcb696ee946 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerListeners.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerListeners.go @@ -14,8 +14,11 @@ import ( // Creates one or more listeners for the specified load balancer. If a listener // with the specified port does not already exist, it is created; otherwise, the // properties of the new listener must match the properties of the existing -// listener. For more information, see Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// listener. +// +// For more information, see [Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html func (c *Client) CreateLoadBalancerListeners(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoadBalancerListenersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLoadBalancerListenersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLoadBalancerListenersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerPolicy.go index 66b4007069a4e..d469465f9b25c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_CreateLoadBalancerPolicy.go @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ import ( ) // Creates a policy with the specified attributes for the specified load balancer. +// // Policies are settings that are saved for your load balancer and that can be // applied to the listener or the application server, depending on the policy type. func (c *Client) CreateLoadBalancerPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoadBalancerPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLoadBalancerPolicyOutput, error) { @@ -43,8 +44,7 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerPolicyInput struct { // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // The name of the base policy type. To get the list of policy types, use - // DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes . + // The name of the base policy type. To get the list of policy types, use DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes. // // This member is required. PolicyTypeName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go index c18d09366d35a..8b8684706d9f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go @@ -10,13 +10,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified load balancer. If you are attempting to recreate a load -// balancer, you must reconfigure all settings. The DNS name associated with a -// deleted load balancer are no longer usable. The name and associated DNS record -// of the deleted load balancer no longer exist and traffic sent to any of its IP -// addresses is no longer delivered to your instances. If the load balancer does -// not exist or has already been deleted, the call to DeleteLoadBalancer still -// succeeds. +// Deletes the specified load balancer. +// +// If you are attempting to recreate a load balancer, you must reconfigure all +// settings. The DNS name associated with a deleted load balancer are no longer +// usable. The name and associated DNS record of the deleted load balancer no +// longer exist and traffic sent to any of its IP addresses is no longer delivered +// to your instances. +// +// If the load balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call to +// DeleteLoadBalancer still succeeds. func (c *Client) DeleteLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer.go index 15ff0d5a1d29c..5ad2da369204e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Deregisters the specified instances from the specified load balancer. After the // instance is deregistered, it no longer receives traffic from the load balancer. -// You can use DescribeLoadBalancers to verify that the instance is deregistered -// from the load balancer. For more information, see Register or De-Register EC2 -// Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-deregister-register-instances.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// You can use DescribeLoadBalancers to verify that the instance is deregistered from the load balancer. +// +// For more information, see [Register or De-Register EC2 Instances] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Register or De-Register EC2 Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-deregister-register-instances.html func (c *Client) DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go index 9b22fc668f1a0..93e09f5310a16 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Describes the current Elastic Load Balancing resource limits for your AWS -// account. For more information, see Limits for Your Classic Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-limits.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// account. +// +// For more information, see [Limits for Your Classic Load Balancer] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Limits for Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-limits.html func (c *Client) DescribeAccountLimits(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountLimitsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAccountLimitsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeInstanceHealth.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeInstanceHealth.go index 263c9d8682267..bb4b6689c4751 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeInstanceHealth.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeInstanceHealth.go @@ -184,12 +184,13 @@ type AnyInstanceInServiceWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceHealthInput, *DescribeInstanceHealthOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -365,12 +366,13 @@ type InstanceDeregisteredWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceHealthInput, *DescribeInstanceHealthOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -564,12 +566,13 @@ type InstanceInServiceWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeInstanceHealthInput, *DescribeInstanceHealthOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies.go index fe37a8000e864..ba8eadb79dbaa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies.go @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified policies. If you specify a load balancer name, the -// action returns the descriptions of all policies created for the load balancer. -// If you specify a policy name associated with your load balancer, the action -// returns the description of that policy. If you don't specify a load balancer -// name, the action returns descriptions of the specified sample policies, or -// descriptions of all sample policies. The names of the sample policies have the -// ELBSample- prefix. +// Describes the specified policies. +// +// If you specify a load balancer name, the action returns the descriptions of all +// policies created for the load balancer. If you specify a policy name associated +// with your load balancer, the action returns the description of that policy. If +// you don't specify a load balancer name, the action returns descriptions of the +// specified sample policies, or descriptions of all sample policies. The names of +// the sample policies have the ELBSample- prefix. func (c *Client) DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeLoadBalancerPoliciesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes.go index c761a60ddf1ac..3da4007e1c686 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes.go @@ -12,13 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Describes the specified load balancer policy types or all load balancer policy -// types. The description of each type indicates how it can be used. For example, -// some policies can be used only with layer 7 listeners, some policies can be used -// only with layer 4 listeners, and some policies can be used only with your EC2 -// instances. You can use CreateLoadBalancerPolicy to create a policy -// configuration for any of these policy types. Then, depending on the policy type, -// use either SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener or -// SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer to set the policy. +// types. +// +// The description of each type indicates how it can be used. For example, some +// policies can be used only with layer 7 listeners, some policies can be used only +// with layer 4 listeners, and some policies can be used only with your EC2 +// instances. +// +// You can use CreateLoadBalancerPolicy to create a policy configuration for any of these policy types. +// Then, depending on the policy type, use either SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListeneror SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer to set the policy. func (c *Client) DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeLoadBalancerPolicyTypesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets.go index 528c017bcd2cb..6c1dc3cec6d24 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified subnets from the set of configured subnets for the load -// balancer. After a subnet is removed, all EC2 instances registered with the load -// balancer in the removed subnet go into the OutOfService state. Then, the load -// balancer balances the traffic among the remaining routable subnets. +// balancer. +// +// After a subnet is removed, all EC2 instances registered with the load balancer +// in the removed subnet go into the OutOfService state. Then, the load balancer +// balances the traffic among the remaining routable subnets. func (c *Client) DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets(ctx context.Context, params *DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnetsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go index f588792f67a72..2badeea9e69b5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go @@ -11,14 +11,19 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified Availability Zones from the set of Availability Zones for -// the specified load balancer in EC2-Classic or a default VPC. For load balancers -// in a non-default VPC, use DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets . There must be at least -// one Availability Zone registered with a load balancer at all times. After an -// Availability Zone is removed, all instances registered with the load balancer -// that are in the removed Availability Zone go into the OutOfService state. Then, -// the load balancer attempts to equally balance the traffic among its remaining -// Availability Zones. For more information, see Add or Remove Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-az.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// the specified load balancer in EC2-Classic or a default VPC. +// +// For load balancers in a non-default VPC, use DetachLoadBalancerFromSubnets. +// +// There must be at least one Availability Zone registered with a load balancer at +// all times. After an Availability Zone is removed, all instances registered with +// the load balancer that are in the removed Availability Zone go into the +// OutOfService state. Then, the load balancer attempts to equally balance the +// traffic among its remaining Availability Zones. +// +// For more information, see [Add or Remove Availability Zones] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Add or Remove Availability Zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-az.html func (c *Client) DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go index afcb8bf47a9bd..4fd593a1d23f2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer.go @@ -11,11 +11,15 @@ import ( ) // Adds the specified Availability Zones to the set of Availability Zones for the -// specified load balancer in EC2-Classic or a default VPC. For load balancers in a -// non-default VPC, use AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets . The load balancer evenly -// distributes requests across all its registered Availability Zones that contain -// instances. For more information, see Add or Remove Availability Zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-az.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// specified load balancer in EC2-Classic or a default VPC. +// +// For load balancers in a non-default VPC, use AttachLoadBalancerToSubnets. +// +// The load balancer evenly distributes requests across all its registered +// Availability Zones that contain instances. For more information, see [Add or Remove Availability Zones]in the +// Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Add or Remove Availability Zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-az.html func (c *Client) EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableAvailabilityZonesForLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go index d1b0d53437005..860d440c323c9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go @@ -11,16 +11,27 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Modifies the attributes of the specified load balancer. You can modify the load -// balancer attributes, such as AccessLogs , ConnectionDraining , and -// CrossZoneLoadBalancing by either enabling or disabling them. Or, you can modify -// the load balancer attribute ConnectionSettings by specifying an idle connection -// timeout value for your load balancer. For more information, see the following in -// the Classic Load Balancers Guide: -// - Cross-Zone Load Balancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-crosszone-lb.html) -// - Connection Draining (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-conn-drain.html) -// - Access Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/access-log-collection.html) -// - Idle Connection Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-idle-timeout.html) +// Modifies the attributes of the specified load balancer. +// +// You can modify the load balancer attributes, such as AccessLogs , +// ConnectionDraining , and CrossZoneLoadBalancing by either enabling or disabling +// them. Or, you can modify the load balancer attribute ConnectionSettings by +// specifying an idle connection timeout value for your load balancer. +// +// For more information, see the following in the Classic Load Balancers Guide: +// +// [Cross-Zone Load Balancing] +// +// [Connection Draining] +// +// [Access Logs] +// +// [Idle Connection Timeout] +// +// [Cross-Zone Load Balancing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-crosszone-lb.html +// [Idle Connection Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-idle-timeout.html +// [Access Logs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/access-log-collection.html +// [Connection Draining]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-conn-drain.html func (c *Client) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer.go index 6fca25a3051d8..6a542c422a5d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer.go @@ -11,23 +11,29 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds the specified instances to the specified load balancer. The instance must -// be a running instance in the same network as the load balancer (EC2-Classic or -// the same VPC). If you have EC2-Classic instances and a load balancer in a VPC -// with ClassicLink enabled, you can link the EC2-Classic instances to that VPC and -// then register the linked EC2-Classic instances with the load balancer in the -// VPC. Note that RegisterInstanceWithLoadBalancer completes when the request has -// been registered. Instance registration takes a little time to complete. To check -// the state of the registered instances, use DescribeLoadBalancers or -// DescribeInstanceHealth . After the instance is registered, it starts receiving -// traffic and requests from the load balancer. Any instance that is not in one of -// the Availability Zones registered for the load balancer is moved to the -// OutOfService state. If an Availability Zone is added to the load balancer later, -// any instances registered with the load balancer move to the InService state. To -// deregister instances from a load balancer, use -// DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer . For more information, see Register or -// De-Register EC2 Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-deregister-register-instances.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// Adds the specified instances to the specified load balancer. +// +// The instance must be a running instance in the same network as the load +// balancer (EC2-Classic or the same VPC). If you have EC2-Classic instances and a +// load balancer in a VPC with ClassicLink enabled, you can link the EC2-Classic +// instances to that VPC and then register the linked EC2-Classic instances with +// the load balancer in the VPC. +// +// Note that RegisterInstanceWithLoadBalancer completes when the request has been +// registered. Instance registration takes a little time to complete. To check the +// state of the registered instances, use DescribeLoadBalancersor DescribeInstanceHealth. +// +// After the instance is registered, it starts receiving traffic and requests from +// the load balancer. Any instance that is not in one of the Availability Zones +// registered for the load balancer is moved to the OutOfService state. If an +// Availability Zone is added to the load balancer later, any instances registered +// with the load balancer move to the InService state. +// +// To deregister instances from a load balancer, use DeregisterInstancesFromLoadBalancer. +// +// For more information, see [Register or De-Register EC2 Instances] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Register or De-Register EC2 Instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-deregister-register-instances.html func (c *Client) RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate.go index cbcbc746809f9..6b6987071374b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate.go @@ -12,9 +12,12 @@ import ( // Sets the certificate that terminates the specified listener's SSL connections. // The specified certificate replaces any prior certificate that was used on the -// same load balancer and port. For more information about updating your SSL -// certificate, see Replace the SSL Certificate for Your Load Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-update-ssl-cert.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// same load balancer and port. +// +// For more information about updating your SSL certificate, see [Replace the SSL Certificate for Your Load Balancer] in the Classic +// Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Replace the SSL Certificate for Your Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-update-ssl-cert.html func (c *Client) SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetLoadBalancerListenerSSLCertificateInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer.go index c858d084540df..f026dae7872a2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer.go @@ -13,15 +13,20 @@ import ( // Replaces the set of policies associated with the specified port on which the // EC2 instance is listening with a new set of policies. At this time, only the // back-end server authentication policy type can be applied to the instance ports; -// this policy type is composed of multiple public key policies. Each time you use -// SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer to enable the policies, use the -// PolicyNames parameter to list the policies that you want to enable. You can use -// DescribeLoadBalancers or DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies to verify that the policy -// is associated with the EC2 instance. For more information about enabling -// back-end instance authentication, see Configure Back-end Instance Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-create-https-ssl-load-balancer.html#configure_backendauth_clt) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. For more information about Proxy Protocol, -// see Configure Proxy Protocol Support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-proxy-protocol.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// this policy type is composed of multiple public key policies. +// +// Each time you use SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer to enable the +// policies, use the PolicyNames parameter to list the policies that you want to +// enable. +// +// You can use DescribeLoadBalancers or DescribeLoadBalancerPolicies to verify that the policy is associated with the EC2 instance. +// +// For more information about enabling back-end instance authentication, see [Configure Back-end Instance Authentication] in +// the Classic Load Balancers Guide. For more information about Proxy Protocol, see +// [Configure Proxy Protocol Support]in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Configure Back-end Instance Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-create-https-ssl-load-balancer.html#configure_backendauth_clt +// [Configure Proxy Protocol Support]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-proxy-protocol.html func (c *Client) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer(ctx context.Context, params *SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener.go index ceb92c823c343..39e74100f5b9c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/api_op_SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener.go @@ -11,12 +11,16 @@ import ( ) // Replaces the current set of policies for the specified load balancer port with -// the specified set of policies. To enable back-end server authentication, use -// SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer . For more information about setting -// policies, see Update the SSL Negotiation Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/ssl-config-update.html) -// , Duration-Based Session Stickiness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-duration) -// , and Application-Controlled Session Stickiness (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-application) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// the specified set of policies. +// +// To enable back-end server authentication, use SetLoadBalancerPoliciesForBackendServer. +// +// For more information about setting policies, see [Update the SSL Negotiation Configuration], [Duration-Based Session Stickiness], and [Application-Controlled Session Stickiness] in the Classic Load +// Balancers Guide. +// +// [Update the SSL Negotiation Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/ssl-config-update.html +// [Duration-Based Session Stickiness]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-duration +// [Application-Controlled Session Stickiness]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-sticky-sessions.html#enable-sticky-sessions-application func (c *Client) SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListener(ctx context.Context, params *SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetLoadBalancerPoliciesOfListenerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/doc.go index 9027b14ce718e..426f94020dc3e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/doc.go @@ -3,23 +3,31 @@ // Package elasticloadbalancing provides the API client, operations, and parameter // types for Elastic Load Balancing. // -// Elastic Load Balancing A load balancer can distribute incoming traffic across -// your EC2 instances. This enables you to increase the availability of your -// application. The load balancer also monitors the health of its registered -// instances and ensures that it routes traffic only to healthy instances. You -// configure your load balancer to accept incoming traffic by specifying one or -// more listeners, which are configured with a protocol and port number for -// connections from clients to the load balancer and a protocol and port number for -// connections from the load balancer to the instances. Elastic Load Balancing -// supports three types of load balancers: Application Load Balancers, Network Load -// Balancers, and Classic Load Balancers. You can select a load balancer based on -// your application needs. For more information, see the Elastic Load Balancing -// User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/userguide/) -// . This reference covers the 2012-06-01 API, which supports Classic Load +// # Elastic Load Balancing +// +// A load balancer can distribute incoming traffic across your EC2 instances. This +// enables you to increase the availability of your application. The load balancer +// also monitors the health of its registered instances and ensures that it routes +// traffic only to healthy instances. You configure your load balancer to accept +// incoming traffic by specifying one or more listeners, which are configured with +// a protocol and port number for connections from clients to the load balancer and +// a protocol and port number for connections from the load balancer to the +// instances. +// +// Elastic Load Balancing supports three types of load balancers: Application Load +// Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and Classic Load Balancers. You can select a +// load balancer based on your application needs. For more information, see the [Elastic Load Balancing User Guide]. +// +// This reference covers the 2012-06-01 API, which supports Classic Load // Balancers. The 2015-12-01 API supports Application Load Balancers and Network -// Load Balancers. To get started, create a load balancer with one or more -// listeners using CreateLoadBalancer . Register your instances with the load -// balancer using RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer . All Elastic Load Balancing -// operations are idempotent, which means that they complete at most one time. If -// you repeat an operation, it succeeds with a 200 OK response code. +// Load Balancers. +// +// To get started, create a load balancer with one or more listeners using CreateLoadBalancer. +// Register your instances with the load balancer using RegisterInstancesWithLoadBalancer. +// +// All Elastic Load Balancing operations are idempotent, which means that they +// complete at most one time. If you repeat an operation, it succeeds with a 200 OK +// response code. +// +// [Elastic Load Balancing User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/userguide/ package elasticloadbalancing diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/go_module_metadata.go index 8f114b26b09f0..b92f20c07e610 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package elasticloadbalancing // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.24.4" +const goModuleVersion = "1.24.5" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/options.go index e727763ea75db..c15e68a4c51b3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/types/types.go index ab27094115df9..0c6472247a137 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/types/types.go @@ -16,7 +16,9 @@ type AccessLog struct { Enabled bool // The interval for publishing the access logs. You can specify an interval of - // either 5 minutes or 60 minutes. Default: 60 minutes + // either 5 minutes or 60 minutes. + // + // Default: 60 minutes EmitInterval *int32 // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket where the access logs are stored. @@ -33,7 +35,10 @@ type AccessLog struct { // Information about additional load balancer attributes. type AdditionalAttribute struct { - // The name of the attribute. The following attribute is supported. + // The name of the attribute. + // + // The following attribute is supported. + // // - elb.http.desyncmitigationmode - Determines how the load balancer handles // requests that might pose a security risk to your application. The possible // values are monitor , defensive , and strictest . The default is defensive . @@ -124,23 +129,31 @@ type HealthCheck struct { Interval *int32 // The instance being checked. The protocol is either TCP, HTTP, HTTPS, or SSL. - // The range of valid ports is one (1) through 65535. TCP is the default, specified - // as a TCP: port pair, for example "TCP:5000". In this case, a health check simply - // attempts to open a TCP connection to the instance on the specified port. Failure - // to connect within the configured timeout is considered unhealthy. SSL is also - // specified as SSL: port pair, for example, SSL:5000. For HTTP/HTTPS, you must - // include a ping path in the string. HTTP is specified as a - // HTTP:port;/;PathToPing; grouping, for example "HTTP:80/weather/us/wa/seattle". - // In this case, a HTTP GET request is issued to the instance on the given port and - // path. Any answer other than "200 OK" within the timeout period is considered - // unhealthy. The total length of the HTTP ping target must be 1024 16-bit Unicode - // characters or less. + // The range of valid ports is one (1) through 65535. + // + // TCP is the default, specified as a TCP: port pair, for example "TCP:5000". In + // this case, a health check simply attempts to open a TCP connection to the + // instance on the specified port. Failure to connect within the configured timeout + // is considered unhealthy. + // + // SSL is also specified as SSL: port pair, for example, SSL:5000. + // + // For HTTP/HTTPS, you must include a ping path in the string. HTTP is specified + // as a HTTP:port;/;PathToPing; grouping, for example + // "HTTP:80/weather/us/wa/seattle". In this case, a HTTP GET request is issued to + // the instance on the given port and path. Any answer other than "200 OK" within + // the timeout period is considered unhealthy. + // + // The total length of the HTTP ping target must be 1024 16-bit Unicode characters + // or less. // // This member is required. Target *string // The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response means a failed health - // check. This value must be less than the Interval value. + // check. + // + // This value must be less than the Interval value. // // This member is required. Timeout *int32 @@ -168,20 +181,32 @@ type InstanceState struct { // A description of the instance state. This string can contain one or more of the // following messages. + // // - N/A + // // - A transient error occurred. Please try again later. + // // - Instance has failed at least the UnhealthyThreshold number of health checks // consecutively. + // // - Instance has not passed the configured HealthyThreshold number of health // checks consecutively. + // // - Instance registration is still in progress. + // // - Instance is in the EC2 Availability Zone for which LoadBalancer is not // configured to route traffic to. + // // - Instance is not currently registered with the LoadBalancer. + // // - Instance deregistration currently in progress. + // // - Disable Availability Zone is currently in progress. + // // - Instance is in pending state. + // // - Instance is in stopped state. + // // - Instance is in terminated state. Description *string @@ -189,12 +214,14 @@ type InstanceState struct { InstanceId *string // Information about the cause of OutOfService instances. Specifically, whether - // the cause is Elastic Load Balancing or the instance. Valid values: ELB | - // Instance | N/A + // the cause is Elastic Load Balancing or the instance. + // + // Valid values: ELB | Instance | N/A ReasonCode *string - // The current state of the instance. Valid values: InService | OutOfService | - // Unknown + // The current state of the instance. + // + // Valid values: InService | OutOfService | Unknown State *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -222,18 +249,23 @@ type Limit struct { Max *string // The name of the limit. The possible values are: + // // - classic-listeners + // // - classic-load-balancers + // // - classic-registered-instances Name *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about a listener. For information about the protocols and the ports -// supported by Elastic Load Balancing, see Listeners for Your Classic Load -// Balancer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html) -// in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// Information about a listener. +// +// For information about the protocols and the ports supported by Elastic Load +// Balancing, see [Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer]in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Listeners for Your Classic Load Balancer]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/elb-listener-config.html type Listener struct { // The port on which the instance is listening. @@ -255,13 +287,16 @@ type Listener struct { Protocol *string // The protocol to use for routing traffic to instances: HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, or SSL. + // // If the front-end protocol is TCP or SSL, the back-end protocol must be TCP or // SSL. If the front-end protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, the back-end protocol must be - // HTTP or HTTPS. If there is another listener with the same InstancePort whose - // InstanceProtocol is secure, (HTTPS or SSL), the listener's InstanceProtocol - // must also be secure. If there is another listener with the same InstancePort - // whose InstanceProtocol is HTTP or TCP, the listener's InstanceProtocol must be - // HTTP or TCP. + // HTTP or HTTPS. + // + // If there is another listener with the same InstancePort whose InstanceProtocol + // is secure, (HTTPS or SSL), the listener's InstanceProtocol must also be secure. + // + // If there is another listener with the same InstancePort whose InstanceProtocol + // is HTTP or TCP, the listener's InstanceProtocol must be HTTP or TCP. InstanceProtocol *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the server certificate. @@ -286,32 +321,40 @@ type ListenerDescription struct { type LoadBalancerAttributes struct { // If enabled, the load balancer captures detailed information of all requests and - // delivers the information to the Amazon S3 bucket that you specify. For more - // information, see Enable Access Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-access-logs.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // delivers the information to the Amazon S3 bucket that you specify. + // + // For more information, see [Enable Access Logs] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Enable Access Logs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-access-logs.html AccessLog *AccessLog // Any additional attributes. AdditionalAttributes []AdditionalAttribute // If enabled, the load balancer allows existing requests to complete before the - // load balancer shifts traffic away from a deregistered or unhealthy instance. For - // more information, see Configure Connection Draining (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-conn-drain.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // load balancer shifts traffic away from a deregistered or unhealthy instance. + // + // For more information, see [Configure Connection Draining] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Configure Connection Draining]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-conn-drain.html ConnectionDraining *ConnectionDraining // If enabled, the load balancer allows the connections to remain idle (no data is - // sent over the connection) for the specified duration. By default, Elastic Load - // Balancing maintains a 60-second idle connection timeout for both front-end and - // back-end connections of your load balancer. For more information, see Configure - // Idle Connection Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-idle-timeout.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // sent over the connection) for the specified duration. + // + // By default, Elastic Load Balancing maintains a 60-second idle connection + // timeout for both front-end and back-end connections of your load balancer. For + // more information, see [Configure Idle Connection Timeout]in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Configure Idle Connection Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/config-idle-timeout.html ConnectionSettings *ConnectionSettings // If enabled, the load balancer routes the request traffic evenly across all - // instances regardless of the Availability Zones. For more information, see - // Configure Cross-Zone Load Balancing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-crosszone-lb.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // instances regardless of the Availability Zones. + // + // For more information, see [Configure Cross-Zone Load Balancing] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Configure Cross-Zone Load Balancing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/enable-disable-crosszone-lb.html CrossZoneLoadBalancing *CrossZoneLoadBalancing noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -326,9 +369,11 @@ type LoadBalancerDescription struct { // Information about your EC2 instances. BackendServerDescriptions []BackendServerDescription - // The DNS name of the load balancer. For more information, see Configure a Custom - // Domain Name (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/using-domain-names-with-elb.html) - // in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // The DNS name of the load balancer. + // + // For more information, see [Configure a Custom Domain Name] in the Classic Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Configure a Custom Domain Name]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/classic/using-domain-names-with-elb.html CanonicalHostedZoneName *string // The ID of the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone for the load balancer. @@ -355,10 +400,13 @@ type LoadBalancerDescription struct { // The policies defined for the load balancer. Policies *Policies - // The type of load balancer. Valid only for load balancers in a VPC. If Scheme is - // internet-facing , the load balancer has a public DNS name that resolves to a - // public IP address. If Scheme is internal , the load balancer has a public DNS - // name that resolves to a private IP address. + // The type of load balancer. Valid only for load balancers in a VPC. + // + // If Scheme is internet-facing , the load balancer has a public DNS name that + // resolves to a public IP address. + // + // If Scheme is internal , the load balancer has a public DNS name that resolves to + // a private IP address. Scheme *string // The security groups for the load balancer. Valid only for load balancers in a @@ -383,10 +431,10 @@ type LoadBalancerDescription struct { // The policies for a load balancer. type Policies struct { - // The stickiness policies created using CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy . + // The stickiness policies created using CreateAppCookieStickinessPolicy. AppCookieStickinessPolicies []AppCookieStickinessPolicy - // The stickiness policies created using CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy . + // The stickiness policies created using CreateLBCookieStickinessPolicy. LBCookieStickinessPolicies []LBCookieStickinessPolicy // The policies other than the stickiness policies. @@ -428,10 +476,16 @@ type PolicyAttributeTypeDescription struct { // The type of the attribute. For example, Boolean or Integer . AttributeType *string - // The cardinality of the attribute. Valid values: + // The cardinality of the attribute. + // + // Valid values: + // // - ONE(1) : Single value required + // // - ZERO_OR_ONE(0..1) : Up to one value is allowed + // // - ZERO_OR_MORE(0..*) : Optional. Multiple values are allowed + // // - ONE_OR_MORE(1..*0) : Required. Multiple values are allowed Cardinality *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/CHANGELOG.md index a4905053f6028..09adc54f1e689 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.30.6 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.30.5 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddListenerCertificates.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddListenerCertificates.go index cebeffe173836..e4c4b2d282680 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddListenerCertificates.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddListenerCertificates.go @@ -12,11 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Adds the specified SSL server certificate to the certificate list for the -// specified HTTPS or TLS listener. If the certificate in already in the -// certificate list, the call is successful but the certificate is not added again. -// For more information, see HTTPS listeners (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html) -// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or TLS listeners (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html) -// in the Network Load Balancers Guide. +// specified HTTPS or TLS listener. +// +// If the certificate in already in the certificate list, the call is successful +// but the certificate is not added again. +// +// For more information, see [HTTPS listeners] in the Application Load Balancers Guide or [TLS listeners] in the +// Network Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [TLS listeners]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html +// [HTTPS listeners]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html func (c *Client) AddListenerCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *AddListenerCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AddListenerCertificatesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddTags.go index fdb74ded76a45..e4c63788fdd6a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_AddTags.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Adds the specified tags to the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource. You // can tag your Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, Gateway Load -// Balancers, target groups, trust stores, listeners, and rules. Each tag consists -// of a key and an optional value. If a resource already has a tag with the same -// key, AddTags updates its value. +// Balancers, target groups, trust stores, listeners, and rules. +// +// Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. If a resource already has a +// tag with the same key, AddTags updates its value. func (c *Client) AddTags(ctx context.Context, params *AddTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AddTagsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateListener.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateListener.go index 81eb123f5f8dd..9077a79c4d36b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateListener.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateListener.go @@ -12,14 +12,23 @@ import ( ) // Creates a listener for the specified Application Load Balancer, Network Load -// Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer. For more information, see the following: -// - Listeners for your Application Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html) -// - Listeners for your Network Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-listeners.html) -// - Listeners for your Gateway Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/gateway-listeners.html) +// Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Listeners for your Application Load Balancers] +// +// [Listeners for your Network Load Balancers] +// +// [Listeners for your Gateway Load Balancers] // // This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time. // If you attempt to create multiple listeners with the same settings, each call // succeeds. +// +// [Listeners for your Gateway Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/gateway-listeners.html +// [Listeners for your Application Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html +// [Listeners for your Network Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-listeners.html func (c *Client) CreateListener(ctx context.Context, params *CreateListenerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateListenerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateListenerInput{} @@ -49,13 +58,20 @@ type CreateListenerInput struct { // [TLS listeners] The name of the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) // policy. You can specify one policy name. The following are the possible values: + // // - HTTP1Only + // // - HTTP2Only + // // - HTTP2Optional + // // - HTTP2Preferred + // // - None - // For more information, see ALPN policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#alpn-policies) - // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. + // + // For more information, see [ALPN policies] in the Network Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [ALPN policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#alpn-policies AlpnPolicy []string // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The default certificate for the listener. You must @@ -78,9 +94,12 @@ type CreateListenerInput struct { Protocol types.ProtocolEnum // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The security policy that defines which protocols and - // ciphers are supported. For more information, see Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) - // in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) - // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. + // ciphers are supported. + // + // For more information, see [Security policies] in the Application Load Balancers Guide and [Security policies] in the + // Network Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Security policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies SslPolicy *string // The tags to assign to the listener. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go index cd9537a754cfe..b57f426aad40e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateLoadBalancer.go @@ -12,14 +12,23 @@ import ( ) // Creates an Application Load Balancer, Network Load Balancer, or Gateway Load -// Balancer. For more information, see the following: -// - Application Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html) -// - Network Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html) -// - Gateway Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/gateway-load-balancers.html) +// Balancer. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Application Load Balancers] +// +// [Network Load Balancers] +// +// [Gateway Load Balancers] // // This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time. // If you attempt to create multiple load balancers with the same settings, each // call succeeds. +// +// [Gateway Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/gateway-load-balancers.html +// [Network Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html +// [Application Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html func (c *Client) CreateLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLoadBalancerInput{} @@ -37,10 +46,11 @@ func (c *Client) CreateLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoadBalan type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { - // The name of the load balancer. This name must be unique per region per account, - // can have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters - // or hyphens, must not begin or end with a hyphen, and must not begin with - // "internal-". + // The name of the load balancer. + // + // This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 + // characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, must not begin + // or end with a hyphen, and must not begin with "internal-". // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -57,12 +67,16 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { // The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The DNS // name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the public IP // addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers can route - // requests from clients over the internet. The nodes of an internal load balancer - // have only private IP addresses. The DNS name of an internal load balancer is - // publicly resolvable to the private IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, - // internal load balancers can route requests only from clients with access to the - // VPC for the load balancer. The default is an Internet-facing load balancer. You - // cannot specify a scheme for a Gateway Load Balancer. + // requests from clients over the internet. + // + // The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The DNS + // name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private IP + // addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can route requests + // only from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer. + // + // The default is an Internet-facing load balancer. + // + // You cannot specify a scheme for a Gateway Load Balancer. Scheme types.LoadBalancerSchemeEnum // [Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers] The IDs of the security @@ -70,29 +84,44 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct { SecurityGroups []string // The IDs of the subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone. - // You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings, but not both. [Application - // Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability Zones. - // You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. [Application Load - // Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. [Application Load - // Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or more Local Zones. + // You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings, but not both. + // + // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two + // Availability Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. + // + // [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. + // + // [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or + // more Local Zones. + // // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability // Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet if you need static IP // addresses for your internet-facing load balancer. For internal load balancers, // you can specify one private IP address per subnet from the IPv4 range of the // subnet. For internet-facing load balancer, you can specify one IPv6 address per - // subnet. [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more - // Availability Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. + // subnet. + // + // [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + // Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. SubnetMappings []types.SubnetMapping // The IDs of the subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone. // You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings, but not both. To specify an - // Elastic IP address, specify subnet mappings instead of subnets. [Application - // Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability Zones. + // Elastic IP address, specify subnet mappings instead of subnets. + // + // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two + // Availability Zones. + // // [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. + // // [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or - // more Local Zones. [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or - // more Availability Zones. [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from - // one or more Availability Zones. + // more Local Zones. + // + // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + // Zones. + // + // [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + // Zones. Subnets []string // The tags to assign to the load balancer. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateRule.go index bf9dc94ec2722..e8a7b457197f9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateRule.go @@ -12,12 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Creates a rule for the specified listener. The listener must be associated with -// an Application Load Balancer. Each rule consists of a priority, one or more -// actions, and one or more conditions. Rules are evaluated in priority order, from -// the lowest value to the highest value. When the conditions for a rule are met, -// its actions are performed. If the conditions for no rules are met, the actions -// for the default rule are performed. For more information, see Listener rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html#listener-rules) -// in the Application Load Balancers Guide. +// an Application Load Balancer. +// +// Each rule consists of a priority, one or more actions, and one or more +// conditions. Rules are evaluated in priority order, from the lowest value to the +// highest value. When the conditions for a rule are met, its actions are +// performed. If the conditions for no rules are met, the actions for the default +// rule are performed. For more information, see [Listener rules]in the Application Load Balancers +// Guide. +// +// [Listener rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html#listener-rules func (c *Client) CreateRule(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateRuleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTargetGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTargetGroup.go index 9f5f23d22d4c0..851776104a5e4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTargetGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTargetGroup.go @@ -11,14 +11,23 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a target group. For more information, see the following: -// - Target groups for your Application Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html) -// - Target groups for your Network Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html) -// - Target groups for your Gateway Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/target-groups.html) +// Creates a target group. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Target groups for your Application Load Balancers] +// +// [Target groups for your Network Load Balancers] +// +// [Target groups for your Gateway Load Balancers] // // This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time. // If you attempt to create multiple target groups with the same settings, each // call succeeds. +// +// [Target groups for your Gateway Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/target-groups.html +// [Target groups for your Application Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html +// [Target groups for your Network Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html func (c *Client) CreateTargetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTargetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTargetGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTargetGroupInput{} @@ -36,9 +45,11 @@ func (c *Client) CreateTargetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTargetGrou type CreateTargetGroupInput struct { - // The name of the target group. This name must be unique per region per account, - // can have a maximum of 32 characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters - // or hyphens, and must not begin or end with a hyphen. + // The name of the target group. + // + // This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32 + // characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must not + // begin or end with a hyphen. // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -56,9 +67,12 @@ type CreateTargetGroupInput struct { HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int32 // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The destination for health checks on the targets. - // [HTTP1 or HTTP2 protocol version] The ping path. The default is /. [GRPC - // protocol version] The path of a custom health check method with the format - // /package.service/method. The default is /Amazon Web Services.ALB/healthcheck. + // + // [HTTP1 or HTTP2 protocol version] The ping path. The default is /. + // + // [GRPC protocol version] The path of a custom health check method with the + // format /package.service/method. The default is /Amazon Web + // Services.ALB/healthcheck. HealthCheckPath *string // The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. If @@ -126,12 +140,16 @@ type CreateTargetGroupInput struct { // The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this // target group. You can't specify targets for a target group using more than one // target type. + // // - instance - Register targets by instance ID. This is the default value. + // // - ip - Register targets by IP address. You can specify IP addresses from the // subnets of the virtual private cloud (VPC) for the target group, the RFC 1918 // range (10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16), and the RFC 6598 range // (100.64.0.0/10). You can't specify publicly routable IP addresses. + // // - lambda - Register a single Lambda function as a target. + // // - alb - Register a single Application Load Balancer as a target. TargetType types.TargetTypeEnum diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTrustStore.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTrustStore.go index d2cabc4fc030d..76c7a98f3a21e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTrustStore.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_CreateTrustStore.go @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ type CreateTrustStoreInput struct { // This member is required. CaCertificatesBundleS3Key *string - // The name of the trust store. This name must be unique per region and cannot be - // changed after creation. + // The name of the trust store. + // + // This name must be unique per region and cannot be changed after creation. // // This member is required. Name *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteListener.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteListener.go index bcadce0b1e0c6..49524bfd27efa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteListener.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteListener.go @@ -10,8 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified listener. Alternatively, your listener is deleted when -// you delete the load balancer to which it is attached. +// Deletes the specified listener. +// +// Alternatively, your listener is deleted when you delete the load balancer to +// which it is attached. func (c *Client) DeleteListener(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteListenerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteListenerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteListenerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go index c8451240fc22f..1f8c58480e75d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteLoadBalancer.go @@ -11,12 +11,15 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified Application Load Balancer, Network Load Balancer, or -// Gateway Load Balancer. Deleting a load balancer also deletes its listeners. You -// can't delete a load balancer if deletion protection is enabled. If the load -// balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call succeeds. Deleting -// a load balancer does not affect its registered targets. For example, your EC2 -// instances continue to run and are still registered to their target groups. If -// you no longer need these EC2 instances, you can stop or terminate them. +// Gateway Load Balancer. Deleting a load balancer also deletes its listeners. +// +// You can't delete a load balancer if deletion protection is enabled. If the load +// balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call succeeds. +// +// Deleting a load balancer does not affect its registered targets. For example, +// your EC2 instances continue to run and are still registered to their target +// groups. If you no longer need these EC2 instances, you can stop or terminate +// them. func (c *Client) DeleteLoadBalancer(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLoadBalancerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLoadBalancerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteLoadBalancerInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteRule.go index 43a865e12d1ce..ba3d88f345b1a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteRule.go @@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified rule. You can't delete the default rule. +// Deletes the specified rule. +// +// You can't delete the default rule. func (c *Client) DeleteRule(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteRuleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteTargetGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteTargetGroup.go index c0a58ff962823..b66fd5f259532 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteTargetGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeleteTargetGroup.go @@ -10,10 +10,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified target group. You can delete a target group if it is not -// referenced by any actions. Deleting a target group also deletes any associated -// health checks. Deleting a target group does not affect its registered targets. -// For example, any EC2 instances continue to run until you stop or terminate them. +// Deletes the specified target group. +// +// You can delete a target group if it is not referenced by any actions. Deleting +// a target group also deletes any associated health checks. Deleting a target +// group does not affect its registered targets. For example, any EC2 instances +// continue to run until you stop or terminate them. func (c *Client) DeleteTargetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTargetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTargetGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTargetGroupInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeregisterTargets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeregisterTargets.go index 74d85c9e0dcab..d81b8ac64cdca 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeregisterTargets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DeregisterTargets.go @@ -13,18 +13,26 @@ import ( // Deregisters the specified targets from the specified target group. After the // targets are deregistered, they no longer receive traffic from the load balancer. +// // The load balancer stops sending requests to targets that are deregistering, but // uses connection draining to ensure that in-flight traffic completes on the // existing connections. This deregistration delay is configured by default but can -// be updated for each target group. For more information, see the following: -// - Deregistration delay (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html#deregistration-delay) -// in the Application Load Balancers User Guide -// - Deregistration delay (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html#deregistration-delay) -// in the Network Load Balancers User Guide -// - Deregistration delay (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/target-groups.html#deregistration-delay) -// in the Gateway Load Balancers User Guide +// be updated for each target group. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Deregistration delay] +// - in the Application Load Balancers User Guide +// +// [Deregistration delay] +// - in the Network Load Balancers User Guide +// +// [Deregistration delay] +// - in the Gateway Load Balancers User Guide // // Note: If the specified target does not exist, the action returns successfully. +// +// [Deregistration delay]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/target-groups.html#deregistration-delay func (c *Client) DeregisterTargets(ctx context.Context, params *DeregisterTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeregisterTargetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeregisterTargetsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go index f10d7d212fa45..57763180500a8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeAccountLimits.go @@ -12,10 +12,19 @@ import ( ) // Describes the current Elastic Load Balancing resource limits for your Amazon -// Web Services account. For more information, see the following: -// - Quotas for your Application Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html) -// - Quotas for your Network Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html) -// - Quotas for your Gateway Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/quotas-limits.html) +// Web Services account. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Quotas for your Application Load Balancers] +// +// [Quotas for your Network Load Balancers] +// +// [Quotas for your Gateway Load Balancers] +// +// [Quotas for your Gateway Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/quotas-limits.html +// [Quotas for your Application Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html +// [Quotas for your Network Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html func (c *Client) DescribeAccountLimits(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAccountLimitsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAccountLimitsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAccountLimitsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeListenerCertificates.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeListenerCertificates.go index bc7a7cd4ea677..797606a2b6a59 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeListenerCertificates.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeListenerCertificates.go @@ -12,11 +12,17 @@ import ( ) // Describes the default certificate and the certificate list for the specified -// HTTPS or TLS listener. If the default certificate is also in the certificate -// list, it appears twice in the results (once with IsDefault set to true and once -// with IsDefault set to false). For more information, see SSL certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#https-listener-certificates) -// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#tls-listener-certificate) -// in the Network Load Balancers Guide. +// HTTPS or TLS listener. +// +// If the default certificate is also in the certificate list, it appears twice in +// the results (once with IsDefault set to true and once with IsDefault set to +// false). +// +// For more information, see [SSL certificates] in the Application Load Balancers Guide or [Server certificates] in the +// Network Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#tls-listener-certificate +// [SSL certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#https-listener-certificates func (c *Client) DescribeListenerCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeListenerCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeListenerCertificatesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.go index f28efc8259187..d8e6a9c3be5a0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.go @@ -12,14 +12,20 @@ import ( ) // Describes the attributes for the specified Application Load Balancer, Network -// Load Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer. For more information, see the -// following: -// - Load balancer attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes) -// in the Application Load Balancers Guide -// - Load balancer attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes) -// in the Network Load Balancers Guide -// - Load balancer attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/gateway-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes) -// in the Gateway Load Balancers Guide +// Load Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Load balancer attributes] +// - in the Application Load Balancers Guide +// +// [Load balancer attributes] +// - in the Network Load Balancers Guide +// +// [Load balancer attributes] +// - in the Gateway Load Balancers Guide +// +// [Load balancer attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/gateway-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes func (c *Client) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go index e47e4ac5048aa..3cc11eb7c3e06 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeLoadBalancers.go @@ -256,12 +256,13 @@ type LoadBalancerAvailableWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -479,12 +480,13 @@ type LoadBalancerExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -652,12 +654,13 @@ type LoadBalancersDeletedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeLoadBalancersInput, *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeSSLPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeSSLPolicies.go index 11b2dc50b7ee6..6c51382e78d92 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeSSLPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeSSLPolicies.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified policies or all policies used for SSL negotiation. For -// more information, see Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) -// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) -// in the Network Load Balancers Guide. +// Describes the specified policies or all policies used for SSL negotiation. +// +// For more information, see [Security policies] in the Application Load Balancers Guide or [Security policies] in the +// Network Load Balancers Guide. +// +// [Security policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies func (c *Client) DescribeSSLPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSSLPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeSSLPoliciesInput{} @@ -32,7 +34,7 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeSSLPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeSSLPol type DescribeSSLPoliciesInput struct { - // The type of load balancer. The default lists the SSL policies for all load + // The type of load balancer. The default lists the SSL policies for all load // balancers. LoadBalancerType types.LoadBalancerTypeEnum diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.go index 6e3f53bc62e56..402795082fe4b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.go @@ -11,14 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the attributes for the specified target group. For more information, -// see the following: -// - Target group attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html#target-group-attributes) -// in the Application Load Balancers Guide -// - Target group attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html#target-group-attributes) -// in the Network Load Balancers Guide -// - Target group attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/target-groups.html#target-group-attributes) -// in the Gateway Load Balancers Guide +// Describes the attributes for the specified target group. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Target group attributes] +// - in the Application Load Balancers Guide +// +// [Target group attributes] +// - in the Network Load Balancers Guide +// +// [Target group attributes] +// - in the Gateway Load Balancers Guide +// +// [Target group attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/target-groups.html#target-group-attributes func (c *Client) DescribeTargetGroupAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetHealth.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetHealth.go index 3878b3746990a..734487d07fca4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetHealth.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_DescribeTargetHealth.go @@ -179,12 +179,13 @@ type TargetDeregisteredWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeTargetHealthInput, *DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -378,12 +379,13 @@ type TargetInServiceWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *DescribeTargetHealthInput, *DescribeTargetHealthOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundle.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundle.go index 26d33811b460d..334d921ffda9a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundle.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundle.go @@ -10,8 +10,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves the ca certificate bundle. This action returns a pre-signed S3 URI -// which is active for ten minutes. +// Retrieves the ca certificate bundle. +// +// This action returns a pre-signed S3 URI which is active for ten minutes. func (c *Client) GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundle(ctx context.Context, params *GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetTrustStoreCaCertificatesBundleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreRevocationContent.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreRevocationContent.go index f13f0e1625601..830d12ce65baf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreRevocationContent.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_GetTrustStoreRevocationContent.go @@ -10,8 +10,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves the specified revocation file. This action returns a pre-signed S3 -// URI which is active for ten minutes. +// Retrieves the specified revocation file. +// +// This action returns a pre-signed S3 URI which is active for ten minutes. func (c *Client) GetTrustStoreRevocationContent(ctx context.Context, params *GetTrustStoreRevocationContentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTrustStoreRevocationContentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetTrustStoreRevocationContentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyListener.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyListener.go index 5dabc88e67d9a..4b5a9e5ea54e4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyListener.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyListener.go @@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Replaces the specified properties of the specified listener. Any properties -// that you do not specify remain unchanged. Changing the protocol from HTTPS to -// HTTP, or from TLS to TCP, removes the security policy and default certificate -// properties. If you change the protocol from HTTP to HTTPS, or from TCP to TLS, -// you must add the security policy and default certificate properties. To add an -// item to a list, remove an item from a list, or update an item in a list, you -// must provide the entire list. For example, to add an action, specify a list with -// the current actions plus the new action. +// that you do not specify remain unchanged. +// +// Changing the protocol from HTTPS to HTTP, or from TLS to TCP, removes the +// security policy and default certificate properties. If you change the protocol +// from HTTP to HTTPS, or from TCP to TLS, you must add the security policy and +// default certificate properties. +// +// To add an item to a list, remove an item from a list, or update an item in a +// list, you must provide the entire list. For example, to add an action, specify a +// list with the current actions plus the new action. func (c *Client) ModifyListener(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyListenerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyListenerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyListenerInput{} @@ -43,13 +46,20 @@ type ModifyListenerInput struct { // [TLS listeners] The name of the Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN) // policy. You can specify one policy name. The following are the possible values: + // // - HTTP1Only + // // - HTTP2Only + // // - HTTP2Optional + // // - HTTP2Preferred + // // - None - // For more information, see ALPN policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#alpn-policies) - // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. + // + // For more information, see [ALPN policies] in the Network Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [ALPN policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#alpn-policies AlpnPolicy []string // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The default certificate for the listener. You must @@ -75,9 +85,12 @@ type ModifyListenerInput struct { Protocol types.ProtocolEnum // [HTTPS and TLS listeners] The security policy that defines which protocols and - // ciphers are supported. For more information, see Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) - // in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Security policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies) - // in the Network Load Balancers Guide. + // ciphers are supported. + // + // For more information, see [Security policies] in the Application Load Balancers Guide or [Security policies] in the + // Network Load Balancers Guide. + // + // [Security policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies SslPolicy *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go index 028fe548c9ba7..875a8cc5f2f5c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Modifies the specified attributes of the specified Application Load Balancer, -// Network Load Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer. If any of the specified -// attributes can't be modified as requested, the call fails. Any existing -// attributes that you do not modify retain their current values. +// Network Load Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer. +// +// If any of the specified attributes can't be modified as requested, the call +// fails. Any existing attributes that you do not modify retain their current +// values. func (c *Client) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyRule.go index 1e47edbd622f3..339355bfbbabc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyRule.go @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Replaces the specified properties of the specified rule. Any properties that -// you do not specify are unchanged. To add an item to a list, remove an item from -// a list, or update an item in a list, you must provide the entire list. For -// example, to add an action, specify a list with the current actions plus the new -// action. +// you do not specify are unchanged. +// +// To add an item to a list, remove an item from a list, or update an item in a +// list, you must provide the entire list. For example, to add an action, specify a +// list with the current actions plus the new action. func (c *Client) ModifyRule(ctx context.Context, params *ModifyRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ModifyRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ModifyRuleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyTargetGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyTargetGroup.go index b7f71473c721e..09c81412d13da 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyTargetGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_ModifyTargetGroup.go @@ -43,9 +43,12 @@ type ModifyTargetGroupInput struct { HealthCheckIntervalSeconds *int32 // [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The destination for health checks on the targets. - // [HTTP1 or HTTP2 protocol version] The ping path. The default is /. [GRPC - // protocol version] The path of a custom health check method with the format - // /package.service/method. The default is /Amazon Web Services.ALB/healthcheck. + // + // [HTTP1 or HTTP2 protocol version] The ping path. The default is /. + // + // [GRPC protocol version] The path of a custom health check method with the + // format /package.service/method. The default is /Amazon Web + // Services.ALB/healthcheck. HealthCheckPath *string // The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_RegisterTargets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_RegisterTargets.go index 3fdf1eab9fdfe..eaaff73a80bca 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_RegisterTargets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_RegisterTargets.go @@ -11,16 +11,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Registers the specified targets with the specified target group. If the target -// is an EC2 instance, it must be in the running state when you register it. By -// default, the load balancer routes requests to registered targets using the +// Registers the specified targets with the specified target group. +// +// If the target is an EC2 instance, it must be in the running state when you +// register it. +// +// By default, the load balancer routes requests to registered targets using the // protocol and port for the target group. Alternatively, you can override the port // for a target when you register it. You can register each EC2 instance or IP -// address with the same target group multiple times using different ports. With a -// Network Load Balancer, you cannot register instances by instance ID if they have -// the following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1, G1, G2, HI1, -// HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1. You can register instances of these types by IP -// address. +// address with the same target group multiple times using different ports. +// +// With a Network Load Balancer, you cannot register instances by instance ID if +// they have the following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1, G1, +// G2, HI1, HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1. You can register instances of these types by +// IP address. func (c *Client) RegisterTargets(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterTargetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RegisterTargetsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetRulePriorities.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetRulePriorities.go index 8dc57ce4d7139..42ea1e4a53aa7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetRulePriorities.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetRulePriorities.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Sets the priorities of the specified rules. You can reorder the rules as long -// as there are no priority conflicts in the new order. Any existing rules that you -// do not specify retain their current priority. +// Sets the priorities of the specified rules. +// +// You can reorder the rules as long as there are no priority conflicts in the new +// order. Any existing rules that you do not specify retain their current priority. func (c *Client) SetRulePriorities(ctx context.Context, params *SetRulePrioritiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetRulePrioritiesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetRulePrioritiesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSecurityGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSecurityGroups.go index af45041b3c029..ad2b8a2c12ab9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSecurityGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSecurityGroups.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Associates the specified security groups with the specified Application Load // Balancer or Network Load Balancer. The specified security groups override the -// previously associated security groups. You can't perform this operation on a -// Network Load Balancer unless you specified a security group for the load -// balancer when you created it. You can't associate a security group with a -// Gateway Load Balancer. +// previously associated security groups. +// +// You can't perform this operation on a Network Load Balancer unless you +// specified a security group for the load balancer when you created it. +// +// You can't associate a security group with a Gateway Load Balancer. func (c *Client) SetSecurityGroups(ctx context.Context, params *SetSecurityGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetSecurityGroupsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSubnets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSubnets.go index bdebe2c17f504..ca6ea73e607a8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSubnets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/api_op_SetSubnets.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Enables the Availability Zones for the specified public subnets for the // specified Application Load Balancer, Network Load Balancer or Gateway Load -// Balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled subnets. When you -// specify subnets for a Network Load Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer you must -// include all subnets that were enabled previously, with their existing +// Balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled subnets. +// +// When you specify subnets for a Network Load Balancer, or Gateway Load Balancer +// you must include all subnets that were enabled previously, with their existing // configurations, plus any additional subnets. func (c *Client) SetSubnets(ctx context.Context, params *SetSubnetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetSubnetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -42,34 +43,51 @@ type SetSubnetsInput struct { // [Network Load Balancers] The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for your // load balancer. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack // (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). You can’t specify dualstack for a load balancer - // with a UDP or TCP_UDP listener. [Gateway Load Balancers] The type of IP - // addresses used by the subnets for your load balancer. The possible values are - // ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). + // with a UDP or TCP_UDP listener. + // + // [Gateway Load Balancers] The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for your + // load balancer. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack + // (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). IpAddressType types.IpAddressType // The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability - // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. [Application Load - // Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability Zones. You - // cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. [Application Load - // Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. [Application Load - // Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or more Local Zones. + // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. + // + // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two + // Availability Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets. + // + // [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. + // + // [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or + // more Local Zones. + // // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability // Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet if you need static IP // addresses for your internet-facing load balancer. For internal load balancers, // you can specify one private IP address per subnet from the IPv4 range of the // subnet. For internet-facing load balancer, you can specify one IPv6 address per - // subnet. [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more - // Availability Zones. + // subnet. + // + // [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + // Zones. SubnetMappings []types.SubnetMapping // The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability - // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. [Application Load - // Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability Zones. + // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings. + // + // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two + // Availability Zones. + // // [Application Load Balancers on Outposts] You must specify one Outpost subnet. + // // [Application Load Balancers on Local Zones] You can specify subnets from one or - // more Local Zones. [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or - // more Availability Zones. [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from - // one or more Availability Zones. + // more Local Zones. + // + // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + // Zones. + // + // [Gateway Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability + // Zones. Subnets []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -80,8 +98,9 @@ type SetSubnetsOutput struct { // Information about the subnets. AvailabilityZones []types.AvailabilityZone - // [Network Load Balancers] The IP address type. [Gateway Load Balancers] The IP - // address type. + // [Network Load Balancers] The IP address type. + // + // [Gateway Load Balancers] The IP address type. IpAddressType types.IpAddressType // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/doc.go index c84a07ebc113b..c58e9518e030b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/doc.go @@ -3,26 +3,34 @@ // Package elasticloadbalancingv2 provides the API client, operations, and // parameter types for Elastic Load Balancing. // -// Elastic Load Balancing A load balancer distributes incoming traffic across -// targets, such as your EC2 instances. This enables you to increase the -// availability of your application. The load balancer also monitors the health of -// its registered targets and ensures that it routes traffic only to healthy -// targets. You configure your load balancer to accept incoming traffic by -// specifying one or more listeners, which are configured with a protocol and port -// number for connections from clients to the load balancer. You configure a target -// group with a protocol and port number for connections from the load balancer to -// the targets, and with health check settings to be used when checking the health -// status of the targets. Elastic Load Balancing supports the following types of -// load balancers: Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, Gateway Load -// Balancers, and Classic Load Balancers. This reference covers the following load -// balancer types: +// # Elastic Load Balancing +// +// A load balancer distributes incoming traffic across targets, such as your EC2 +// instances. This enables you to increase the availability of your application. +// The load balancer also monitors the health of its registered targets and ensures +// that it routes traffic only to healthy targets. You configure your load balancer +// to accept incoming traffic by specifying one or more listeners, which are +// configured with a protocol and port number for connections from clients to the +// load balancer. You configure a target group with a protocol and port number for +// connections from the load balancer to the targets, and with health check +// settings to be used when checking the health status of the targets. +// +// Elastic Load Balancing supports the following types of load balancers: +// Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, Gateway Load Balancers, and +// Classic Load Balancers. This reference covers the following load balancer types: +// // - Application Load Balancer - Operates at the application layer (layer 7) and // supports HTTP and HTTPS. +// // - Network Load Balancer - Operates at the transport layer (layer 4) and // supports TCP, TLS, and UDP. +// // - Gateway Load Balancer - Operates at the network layer (layer 3). // -// For more information, see the Elastic Load Balancing User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/userguide/) -// . All Elastic Load Balancing operations are idempotent, which means that they +// For more information, see the [Elastic Load Balancing User Guide]. +// +// All Elastic Load Balancing operations are idempotent, which means that they // complete at most one time. If you repeat an operation, it succeeds. +// +// [Elastic Load Balancing User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/userguide/ package elasticloadbalancingv2 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/go_module_metadata.go index ce06258d910d4..dddcee09b59fe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package elasticloadbalancingv2 // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.30.5" +const goModuleVersion = "1.30.6" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/options.go index 8d973890d08c7..edf7c888cca5f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/enums.go index 6f7ae75362478..598bda107ad17 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/enums.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ActionTypeEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ActionTypeEnum) Values() []ActionTypeEnum { return []ActionTypeEnum{ "forward", @@ -35,8 +36,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AnomalyResultEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AnomalyResultEnum) Values() []AnomalyResultEnum { return []AnomalyResultEnum{ "anomalous", @@ -55,8 +57,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum) Values() []AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum { return []AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum{ "deny", @@ -76,8 +79,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum) Values() []AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum { return []AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum{ "deny", @@ -96,8 +100,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DescribeTargetHealthInputIncludeEnum. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DescribeTargetHealthInputIncludeEnum) Values() []DescribeTargetHealthInputIncludeEnum { return []DescribeTargetHealthInputIncludeEnum{ "AnomalyDetection", @@ -115,8 +120,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for // EnforceSecurityGroupInboundRulesOnPrivateLinkTrafficEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EnforceSecurityGroupInboundRulesOnPrivateLinkTrafficEnum) Values() []EnforceSecurityGroupInboundRulesOnPrivateLinkTrafficEnum { return []EnforceSecurityGroupInboundRulesOnPrivateLinkTrafficEnum{ "on", @@ -133,8 +139,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for IpAddressType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IpAddressType) Values() []IpAddressType { return []IpAddressType{ "ipv4", @@ -151,8 +158,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LoadBalancerSchemeEnum. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LoadBalancerSchemeEnum) Values() []LoadBalancerSchemeEnum { return []LoadBalancerSchemeEnum{ "internet-facing", @@ -171,8 +179,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LoadBalancerStateEnum. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LoadBalancerStateEnum) Values() []LoadBalancerStateEnum { return []LoadBalancerStateEnum{ "active", @@ -192,8 +201,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LoadBalancerTypeEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LoadBalancerTypeEnum) Values() []LoadBalancerTypeEnum { return []LoadBalancerTypeEnum{ "application", @@ -211,8 +221,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MitigationInEffectEnum. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MitigationInEffectEnum) Values() []MitigationInEffectEnum { return []MitigationInEffectEnum{ "yes", @@ -234,8 +245,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ProtocolEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ProtocolEnum) Values() []ProtocolEnum { return []ProtocolEnum{ "HTTP", @@ -258,8 +270,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum) Values() []RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum { return []RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum{ "HTTP_301", @@ -275,8 +288,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RevocationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RevocationType) Values() []RevocationType { return []RevocationType{ "CRL", @@ -293,8 +307,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for TargetGroupIpAddressTypeEnum. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TargetGroupIpAddressTypeEnum) Values() []TargetGroupIpAddressTypeEnum { return []TargetGroupIpAddressTypeEnum{ "ipv4", @@ -321,8 +336,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TargetHealthReasonEnum. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TargetHealthReasonEnum) Values() []TargetHealthReasonEnum { return []TargetHealthReasonEnum{ "Elb.RegistrationInProgress", @@ -354,8 +370,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TargetHealthStateEnum. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TargetHealthStateEnum) Values() []TargetHealthStateEnum { return []TargetHealthStateEnum{ "initial", @@ -379,8 +396,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TargetTypeEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TargetTypeEnum) Values() []TargetTypeEnum { return []TargetTypeEnum{ "instance", @@ -399,8 +417,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TrustStoreStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TrustStoreStatus) Values() []TrustStoreStatus { return []TrustStoreStatus{ "ACTIVE", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/types.go index a9f787f82dc44..d980448ad9390 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types/types.go @@ -7,9 +7,10 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Information about an action. Each rule must include exactly one of the -// following types of actions: forward , fixed-response , or redirect , and it must -// be the last action to be performed. +// Information about an action. +// +// Each rule must include exactly one of the following types of actions: forward , +// fixed-response , or redirect , and it must be the last action to be performed. type Action struct { // The type of action. @@ -90,15 +91,19 @@ type AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig struct { // The behavior if the user is not authenticated. The following are possible // values: + // // - deny - Return an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error. + // // - allow - Allow the request to be forwarded to the target. + // // - authenticate - Redirect the request to the IdP authorization endpoint. This // is the default value. OnUnauthenticatedRequest AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum - // The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid . To - // verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple values, - // see the documentation for your IdP. + // The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid . + // + // To verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple + // values, see the documentation for your IdP. Scope *string // The name of the cookie used to maintain session information. The default is @@ -156,15 +161,19 @@ type AuthenticateOidcActionConfig struct { // The behavior if the user is not authenticated. The following are possible // values: + // // - deny - Return an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error. + // // - allow - Allow the request to be forwarded to the target. + // // - authenticate - Redirect the request to the IdP authorization endpoint. This // is the default value. OnUnauthenticatedRequest AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum - // The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid . To - // verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple values, - // see the documentation for your IdP. + // The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid . + // + // To verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple + // values, see the documentation for your IdP. Scope *string // The name of the cookie used to maintain session information. The default is @@ -256,8 +265,10 @@ type FixedResponseActionConfig struct { // This member is required. StatusCode *string - // The content type. Valid Values: text/plain | text/css | text/html | - // application/javascript | application/json + // The content type. + // + // Valid Values: text/plain | text/css | text/html | application/javascript | + // application/json ContentType *string // The message. @@ -284,30 +295,37 @@ type HostHeaderConditionConfig struct { // The host names. The maximum size of each name is 128 characters. The comparison // is case insensitive. The following wildcard characters are supported: * (matches - // 0 or more characters) and ? (matches exactly 1 character). If you specify - // multiple strings, the condition is satisfied if one of the strings matches the - // host name. + // 0 or more characters) and ? (matches exactly 1 character). + // + // If you specify multiple strings, the condition is satisfied if one of the + // strings matches the host name. Values []string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about an HTTP header condition. There is a set of standard HTTP -// header fields. You can also define custom HTTP header fields. +// Information about an HTTP header condition. +// +// There is a set of standard HTTP header fields. You can also define custom HTTP +// header fields. type HttpHeaderConditionConfig struct { // The name of the HTTP header field. The maximum size is 40 characters. The // header name is case insensitive. The allowed characters are specified by RFC - // 7230. Wildcards are not supported. You can't use an HTTP header condition to - // specify the host header. Use HostHeaderConditionConfig to specify a host header - // condition. + // 7230. Wildcards are not supported. + // + // You can't use an HTTP header condition to specify the host header. Use HostHeaderConditionConfig to + // specify a host header condition. HttpHeaderName *string // The strings to compare against the value of the HTTP header. The maximum size // of each string is 128 characters. The comparison strings are case insensitive. // The following wildcard characters are supported: * (matches 0 or more - // characters) and ? (matches exactly 1 character). If the same header appears - // multiple times in the request, we search them in order until a match is found. + // characters) and ? (matches exactly 1 character). + // + // If the same header appears multiple times in the request, we search them in + // order until a match is found. + // // If you specify multiple strings, the condition is satisfied if one of the // strings matches the value of the HTTP header. To require that all of the strings // are a match, create one condition per string. @@ -316,18 +334,22 @@ type HttpHeaderConditionConfig struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about an HTTP method condition. HTTP defines a set of request -// methods, also referred to as HTTP verbs. For more information, see the HTTP -// Method Registry (https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml) -// . You can also define custom HTTP methods. +// Information about an HTTP method condition. +// +// HTTP defines a set of request methods, also referred to as HTTP verbs. For more +// information, see the [HTTP Method Registry]. You can also define custom HTTP methods. +// +// [HTTP Method Registry]: https://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml type HttpRequestMethodConditionConfig struct { // The name of the request method. The maximum size is 40 characters. The allowed // characters are A-Z, hyphen (-), and underscore (_). The comparison is case // sensitive. Wildcards are not supported; therefore, the method name must be an - // exact match. If you specify multiple strings, the condition is satisfied if one - // of the strings matches the HTTP request method. We recommend that you route GET - // and HEAD requests in the same way, because the response to a HEAD request may be + // exact match. + // + // If you specify multiple strings, the condition is satisfied if one of the + // strings matches the HTTP request method. We recommend that you route GET and + // HEAD requests in the same way, because the response to a HEAD request may be // cached. Values []string @@ -335,33 +357,60 @@ type HttpRequestMethodConditionConfig struct { } // Information about an Elastic Load Balancing resource limit for your Amazon Web -// Services account. For more information, see the following: -// - Quotas for your Application Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html) -// - Quotas for your Network Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html) -// - Quotas for your Gateway Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/quotas-limits.html) +// Services account. +// +// For more information, see the following: +// +// [Quotas for your Application Load Balancers] +// +// [Quotas for your Network Load Balancers] +// +// [Quotas for your Gateway Load Balancers] +// +// [Quotas for your Gateway Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/gateway/quotas-limits.html +// [Quotas for your Application Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html +// [Quotas for your Network Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html type Limit struct { // The maximum value of the limit. Max *string // The name of the limit. The possible values are: + // // - application-load-balancers + // // - condition-values-per-alb-rule + // // - condition-wildcards-per-alb-rule + // // - gateway-load-balancers + // // - gateway-load-balancers-per-vpc + // // - geneve-target-groups + // // - listeners-per-application-load-balancer + // // - listeners-per-network-load-balancer + // // - network-load-balancers + // // - rules-per-application-load-balancer + // // - target-groups + // // - target-groups-per-action-on-application-load-balancer + // // - target-groups-per-action-on-network-load-balancer + // // - target-groups-per-application-load-balancer + // // - targets-per-application-load-balancer + // // - targets-per-availability-zone-per-gateway-load-balancer + // // - targets-per-availability-zone-per-network-load-balancer + // // - targets-per-network-load-balancer Name *string @@ -440,11 +489,12 @@ type LoadBalancer struct { // The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The DNS // name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the public IP // addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers can route - // requests from clients over the internet. The nodes of an internal load balancer - // have only private IP addresses. The DNS name of an internal load balancer is - // publicly resolvable to the private IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, - // internal load balancers can route requests only from clients with access to the - // VPC for the load balancer. + // requests from clients over the internet. + // + // The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The DNS + // name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private IP + // addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can route requests + // only from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer. Scheme LoadBalancerSchemeEnum // The IDs of the security groups for the load balancer. @@ -484,52 +534,70 @@ type LoadBalancerAddress struct { // Information about a load balancer attribute. type LoadBalancerAttribute struct { - // The name of the attribute. The following attributes are supported by all load - // balancers: + // The name of the attribute. + // + // The following attributes are supported by all load balancers: + // // - deletion_protection.enabled - Indicates whether deletion protection is // enabled. The value is true or false . The default is false . + // // - load_balancing.cross_zone.enabled - Indicates whether cross-zone load // balancing is enabled. The possible values are true and false . The default for // Network Load Balancers and Gateway Load Balancers is false . The default for // Application Load Balancers is true , and cannot be changed. + // // The following attributes are supported by both Application Load Balancers and // Network Load Balancers: + // // - access_logs.s3.enabled - Indicates whether access logs are enabled. The // value is true or false . The default is false . + // // - access_logs.s3.bucket - The name of the S3 bucket for the access logs. This // attribute is required if access logs are enabled. The bucket must exist in the // same region as the load balancer and have a bucket policy that grants Elastic // Load Balancing permissions to write to the bucket. + // // - access_logs.s3.prefix - The prefix for the location in the S3 bucket for the // access logs. + // // - ipv6.deny_all_igw_traffic - Blocks internet gateway (IGW) access to the load // balancer. It is set to false for internet-facing load balancers and true for // internal load balancers, preventing unintended access to your internal load // balancer through an internet gateway. + // // The following attributes are supported by only Application Load Balancers: + // // - idle_timeout.timeout_seconds - The idle timeout value, in seconds. The valid // range is 1-4000 seconds. The default is 60 seconds. + // // - client_keep_alive.seconds - The client keep alive value, in seconds. The // valid range is 60-604800 seconds. The default is 3600 seconds. + // // - connection_logs.s3.enabled - Indicates whether connection logs are enabled. // The value is true or false . The default is false . + // // - connection_logs.s3.bucket - The name of the S3 bucket for the connection // logs. This attribute is required if connection logs are enabled. The bucket must // exist in the same region as the load balancer and have a bucket policy that // grants Elastic Load Balancing permissions to write to the bucket. + // // - connection_logs.s3.prefix - The prefix for the location in the S3 bucket for // the connection logs. + // // - routing.http.desync_mitigation_mode - Determines how the load balancer // handles requests that might pose a security risk to your application. The // possible values are monitor , defensive , and strictest . The default is // defensive . + // // - routing.http.drop_invalid_header_fields.enabled - Indicates whether HTTP // headers with invalid header fields are removed by the load balancer ( true ) // or routed to targets ( false ). The default is false . + // // - routing.http.preserve_host_header.enabled - Indicates whether the // Application Load Balancer should preserve the Host header in the HTTP request // and send it to the target without any change. The possible values are true and // false . The default is false . + // // - routing.http.x_amzn_tls_version_and_cipher_suite.enabled - Indicates whether // the two headers ( x-amzn-tls-version and x-amzn-tls-cipher-suite ), which // contain information about the negotiated TLS version and cipher suite, are added @@ -538,30 +606,39 @@ type LoadBalancerAttribute struct { // client, and the x-amzn-tls-cipher-suite header has information about the // cipher suite negotiated with the client. Both headers are in OpenSSL format. The // possible values for the attribute are true and false . The default is false . + // // - routing.http.xff_client_port.enabled - Indicates whether the X-Forwarded-For // header should preserve the source port that the client used to connect to the // load balancer. The possible values are true and false . The default is false . + // // - routing.http.xff_header_processing.mode - Enables you to modify, preserve, // or remove the X-Forwarded-For header in the HTTP request before the // Application Load Balancer sends the request to the target. The possible values // are append , preserve , and remove . The default is append . + // // - If the value is append , the Application Load Balancer adds the client IP // address (of the last hop) to the X-Forwarded-For header in the HTTP request // before it sends it to targets. + // // - If the value is preserve the Application Load Balancer preserves the // X-Forwarded-For header in the HTTP request, and sends it to targets without // any change. + // // - If the value is remove , the Application Load Balancer removes the // X-Forwarded-For header in the HTTP request before it sends it to targets. + // // - routing.http2.enabled - Indicates whether HTTP/2 is enabled. The possible // values are true and false . The default is true . Elastic Load Balancing // requires that message header names contain only alphanumeric characters and // hyphens. + // // - waf.fail_open.enabled - Indicates whether to allow a WAF-enabled load // balancer to route requests to targets if it is unable to forward the request to // Amazon Web Services WAF. The possible values are true and false . The default // is false . + // // The following attributes are supported by only Network Load Balancers: + // // - dns_record.client_routing_policy - Indicates how traffic is distributed // among the load balancer Availability Zones. The possible values are // availability_zone_affinity with 100 percent zonal affinity, @@ -602,12 +679,16 @@ type Matcher struct { // For Application Load Balancers, you can specify values between 200 and 499, // with the default value being 200. You can specify multiple values (for example, - // "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299"). For Network Load - // Balancers, you can specify values between 200 and 599, with the default value - // being 200-399. You can specify multiple values (for example, "200,202") or a - // range of values (for example, "200-299"). For Gateway Load Balancers, this must - // be "200–399". Note that when using shorthand syntax, some values such as commas - // need to be escaped. + // "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299"). + // + // For Network Load Balancers, you can specify values between 200 and 599, with + // the default value being 200-399. You can specify multiple values (for example, + // "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299"). + // + // For Gateway Load Balancers, this must be "200–399". + // + // Note that when using shorthand syntax, some values such as commas need to be + // escaped. HttpCode *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -635,20 +716,22 @@ type PathPatternConditionConfig struct { // The path patterns to compare against the request URL. The maximum size of each // string is 128 characters. The comparison is case sensitive. The following // wildcard characters are supported: * (matches 0 or more characters) and ? - // (matches exactly 1 character). If you specify multiple strings, the condition is - // satisfied if one of them matches the request URL. The path pattern is compared - // only to the path of the URL, not to its query string. To compare against the - // query string, use QueryStringConditionConfig . + // (matches exactly 1 character). + // + // If you specify multiple strings, the condition is satisfied if one of them + // matches the request URL. The path pattern is compared only to the path of the + // URL, not to its query string. To compare against the query string, use QueryStringConditionConfig. Values []string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about a query string condition. The query string component of a URI -// starts after the first '?' character and is terminated by either a '#' character -// or the end of the URI. A typical query string contains key/value pairs separated -// by '&' characters. The allowed characters are specified by RFC 3986. Any -// character can be percentage encoded. +// Information about a query string condition. +// +// The query string component of a URI starts after the first '?' character and is +// terminated by either a '#' character or the end of the URI. A typical query +// string contains key/value pairs separated by '&' characters. The allowed +// characters are specified by RFC 3986. Any character can be percentage encoded. type QueryStringConditionConfig struct { // The key/value pairs or values to find in the query string. The maximum size of @@ -656,8 +739,9 @@ type QueryStringConditionConfig struct { // wildcard characters are supported: * (matches 0 or more characters) and ? // (matches exactly 1 character). To search for a literal '*' or '?' character in a // query string, you must escape these characters in Values using a '\' character. - // If you specify multiple key/value pairs or values, the condition is satisfied if - // one of them is found in the query string. + // + // If you specify multiple key/value pairs or values, the condition is satisfied + // if one of them is found in the query string. Values []QueryStringKeyValuePair noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -675,15 +759,23 @@ type QueryStringKeyValuePair struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about a redirect action. A URI consists of the following -// components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query. You must modify at least one of -// the following components to avoid a redirect loop: protocol, hostname, port, or -// path. Any components that you do not modify retain their original values. You -// can reuse URI components using the following reserved keywords: +// Information about a redirect action. +// +// A URI consists of the following components: +// protocol://hostname:port/path?query. You must modify at least one of the +// following components to avoid a redirect loop: protocol, hostname, port, or +// path. Any components that you do not modify retain their original values. +// +// You can reuse URI components using the following reserved keywords: +// // - #{protocol} +// // - #{host} +// // - #{port} +// // - #{path} (the leading "/" is removed) +// // - #{query} // // For example, you can change the path to "/new/#{path}", the hostname to @@ -763,21 +855,31 @@ type Rule struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about a condition for a rule. Each rule can optionally include up -// to one of each of the following conditions: http-request-method , host-header , -// path-pattern , and source-ip . Each rule can also optionally include one or more -// of each of the following conditions: http-header and query-string . Note that -// the value for a condition cannot be empty. For more information, see Quotas for -// your Application Load Balancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html) -// . +// Information about a condition for a rule. +// +// Each rule can optionally include up to one of each of the following conditions: +// http-request-method , host-header , path-pattern , and source-ip . Each rule can +// also optionally include one or more of each of the following conditions: +// http-header and query-string . Note that the value for a condition cannot be +// empty. +// +// For more information, see [Quotas for your Application Load Balancers]. +// +// [Quotas for your Application Load Balancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html type RuleCondition struct { // The field in the HTTP request. The following are the possible values: + // // - http-header + // // - http-request-method + // // - host-header + // // - path-pattern + // // - query-string + // // - source-ip Field *string @@ -805,22 +907,34 @@ type RuleCondition struct { // The condition value. Specify only when Field is host-header or path-pattern . // Alternatively, to specify multiple host names or multiple path patterns, use - // HostHeaderConfig or PathPatternConfig . If Field is host-header and you are not - // using HostHeaderConfig , you can specify a single host name (for example, - // my.example.com) in Values . A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128 - // characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. + // HostHeaderConfig or PathPatternConfig . + // + // If Field is host-header and you are not using HostHeaderConfig , you can specify + // a single host name (for example, my.example.com) in Values . A host name is case + // insensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length, and can contain any of the + // following characters. + // // - A-Z, a-z, 0-9 + // // - - . + // // - * (matches 0 or more characters) + // // - ? (matches exactly 1 character) + // // If Field is path-pattern and you are not using PathPatternConfig , you can // specify a single path pattern (for example, /img/*) in Values . A path pattern // is case-sensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length, and can contain any of // the following characters. + // // - A-Z, a-z, 0-9 + // // - _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : + + // // - & (using &) + // // - * (matches 0 or more characters) + // // - ? (matches exactly 1 character) Values []string @@ -839,19 +953,22 @@ type RulePriorityPair struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about a source IP condition. You can use this condition to route -// based on the IP address of the source that connects to the load balancer. If a -// client is behind a proxy, this is the IP address of the proxy not the IP address -// of the client. +// Information about a source IP condition. +// +// You can use this condition to route based on the IP address of the source that +// connects to the load balancer. If a client is behind a proxy, this is the IP +// address of the proxy not the IP address of the client. type SourceIpConditionConfig struct { // The source IP addresses, in CIDR format. You can use both IPv4 and IPv6 - // addresses. Wildcards are not supported. If you specify multiple addresses, the - // condition is satisfied if the source IP address of the request matches one of - // the CIDR blocks. This condition is not satisfied by the addresses in the - // X-Forwarded-For header. To search for addresses in the X-Forwarded-For header, - // use HttpHeaderConditionConfig . The total number of values must be less than, or - // equal to five. + // addresses. Wildcards are not supported. + // + // If you specify multiple addresses, the condition is satisfied if the source IP + // address of the request matches one of the CIDR blocks. This condition is not + // satisfied by the addresses in the X-Forwarded-For header. To search for + // addresses in the X-Forwarded-For header, use HttpHeaderConditionConfig. + // + // The total number of values must be less than, or equal to five. Values []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -869,7 +986,7 @@ type SslPolicy struct { // The protocols. SslProtocols []string - // The supported load balancers. + // The supported load balancers. SupportedLoadBalancerTypes []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -933,18 +1050,26 @@ type TargetDescription struct { // An Availability Zone or all . This determines whether the target receives // traffic from the load balancer nodes in the specified Availability Zone or from - // all enabled Availability Zones for the load balancer. For Application Load - // Balancer target groups, the specified Availability Zone value is only applicable - // when cross-zone load balancing is off. Otherwise the parameter is ignored and - // treated as all . This parameter is not supported if the target type of the - // target group is instance or alb . If the target type is ip and the IP address - // is in a subnet of the VPC for the target group, the Availability Zone is - // automatically detected and this parameter is optional. If the IP address is - // outside the VPC, this parameter is required. For Application Load Balancer - // target groups with cross-zone load balancing off, if the target type is ip and - // the IP address is outside of the VPC for the target group, this should be an - // Availability Zone inside the VPC for the target group. If the target type is - // lambda , this parameter is optional and the only supported value is all . + // all enabled Availability Zones for the load balancer. + // + // For Application Load Balancer target groups, the specified Availability Zone + // value is only applicable when cross-zone load balancing is off. Otherwise the + // parameter is ignored and treated as all . + // + // This parameter is not supported if the target type of the target group is + // instance or alb . + // + // If the target type is ip and the IP address is in a subnet of the VPC for the + // target group, the Availability Zone is automatically detected and this parameter + // is optional. If the IP address is outside the VPC, this parameter is required. + // + // For Application Load Balancer target groups with cross-zone load balancing off, + // if the target type is ip and the IP address is outside of the VPC for the + // target group, this should be an Availability Zone inside the VPC for the target + // group. + // + // If the target type is lambda , this parameter is optional and the only supported + // value is all . AvailabilityZone *string // The port on which the target is listening. If the target group protocol is @@ -1035,108 +1160,141 @@ type TargetGroup struct { // Information about a target group attribute. type TargetGroupAttribute struct { - // The name of the attribute. The following attributes are supported by all load - // balancers: + // The name of the attribute. + // + // The following attributes are supported by all load balancers: + // // - deregistration_delay.timeout_seconds - The amount of time, in seconds, for // Elastic Load Balancing to wait before changing the state of a deregistering // target from draining to unused . The range is 0-3600 seconds. The default // value is 300 seconds. If the target is a Lambda function, this attribute is not // supported. + // // - stickiness.enabled - Indicates whether target stickiness is enabled. The // value is true or false . The default is false . + // // - stickiness.type - Indicates the type of stickiness. The possible values are: + // // - lb_cookie and app_cookie for Application Load Balancers. + // // - source_ip for Network Load Balancers. + // // - source_ip_dest_ip and source_ip_dest_ip_proto for Gateway Load Balancers. + // // The following attributes are supported by Application Load Balancers and // Network Load Balancers: + // // - load_balancing.cross_zone.enabled - Indicates whether cross zone load // balancing is enabled. The value is true , false or // use_load_balancer_configuration . The default is // use_load_balancer_configuration . + // // - target_group_health.dns_failover.minimum_healthy_targets.count - The minimum // number of targets that must be healthy. If the number of healthy targets is // below this value, mark the zone as unhealthy in DNS, so that traffic is routed // only to healthy zones. The possible values are off or an integer from 1 to the // maximum number of targets. The default is off . + // // - target_group_health.dns_failover.minimum_healthy_targets.percentage - The // minimum percentage of targets that must be healthy. If the percentage of healthy // targets is below this value, mark the zone as unhealthy in DNS, so that traffic // is routed only to healthy zones. The possible values are off or an integer // from 1 to 100. The default is off . + // // - target_group_health.unhealthy_state_routing.minimum_healthy_targets.count - // The minimum number of targets that must be healthy. If the number of healthy // targets is below this value, send traffic to all targets, including unhealthy // targets. The possible values are 1 to the maximum number of targets. The default // is 1. + // // - // target_group_health.unhealthy_state_routing.minimum_healthy_targets.percentage // - The minimum percentage of targets that must be healthy. If the percentage of // healthy targets is below this value, send traffic to all targets, including // unhealthy targets. The possible values are off or an integer from 1 to 100. // The default is off . + // // The following attributes are supported only if the load balancer is an // Application Load Balancer and the target is an instance or an IP address: + // // - load_balancing.algorithm.type - The load balancing algorithm determines how // the load balancer selects targets when routing requests. The value is // round_robin , least_outstanding_requests , or weighted_random . The default is // round_robin . + // // - load_balancing.algorithm.anomaly_mitigation - Only available when // load_balancing.algorithm.type is weighted_random . Indicates whether anomaly // mitigation is enabled. The value is on or off . The default is off . + // // - slow_start.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which a // newly registered target receives an increasing share of the traffic to the // target group. After this time period ends, the target receives its full share of // traffic. The range is 30-900 seconds (15 minutes). The default is 0 seconds // (disabled). + // // - stickiness.app_cookie.cookie_name - Indicates the name of the // application-based cookie. Names that start with the following prefixes are not // allowed: AWSALB , AWSALBAPP , and AWSALBTG ; they're reserved for use by the // load balancer. + // // - stickiness.app_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during // which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. After this // time period expires, the application-based cookie is considered stale. The range // is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 // seconds). + // // - stickiness.lb_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during // which requests from a client should be routed to the same target. After this // time period expires, the load balancer-generated cookie is considered stale. The // range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The default value is 1 day (86400 // seconds). + // // The following attribute is supported only if the load balancer is an // Application Load Balancer and the target is a Lambda function: + // // - lambda.multi_value_headers.enabled - Indicates whether the request and // response headers that are exchanged between the load balancer and the Lambda // function include arrays of values or strings. The value is true or false . The // default is false . If the value is false and the request contains a duplicate // header field name or query parameter key, the load balancer uses the last value // sent by the client. + // // The following attributes are supported only by Network Load Balancers: + // // - deregistration_delay.connection_termination.enabled - Indicates whether the // load balancer terminates connections at the end of the deregistration timeout. // The value is true or false . For new UDP/TCP_UDP target groups the default is // true . Otherwise, the default is false . + // // - preserve_client_ip.enabled - Indicates whether client IP preservation is // enabled. The value is true or false . The default is disabled if the target // group type is IP address and the target group protocol is TCP or TLS. Otherwise, // the default is enabled. Client IP preservation cannot be disabled for UDP and // TCP_UDP target groups. + // // - proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - Indicates whether Proxy Protocol version 2 is // enabled. The value is true or false . The default is false . + // // - target_health_state.unhealthy.connection_termination.enabled - Indicates // whether the load balancer terminates connections to unhealthy targets. The value // is true or false . The default is true . + // // - target_health_state.unhealthy.draining_interval_seconds - The amount of time // for Elastic Load Balancing to wait before changing the state of an unhealthy // target from unhealthy.draining to unhealthy . The range is 0-360000 seconds. - // The default value is 0 seconds. Note: This attribute can only be configured when + // The default value is 0 seconds. + // + // Note: This attribute can only be configured when // target_health_state.unhealthy.connection_termination.enabled is false . + // // The following attributes are supported only by Gateway Load Balancers: + // // - target_failover.on_deregistration - Indicates how the Gateway Load Balancer // handles existing flows when a target is deregistered. The possible values are // rebalance and no_rebalance . The default is no_rebalance . The two attributes ( // target_failover.on_deregistration and target_failover.on_unhealthy ) can't be // set independently. The value you set for both attributes must be the same. + // // - target_failover.on_unhealthy - Indicates how the Gateway Load Balancer // handles existing flows when a target is unhealthy. The possible values are // rebalance and no_rebalance . The default is no_rebalance . The two attributes ( @@ -1183,38 +1341,58 @@ type TargetHealth struct { // state is healthy , a description is not provided. Description *string - // The reason code. If the target state is healthy , a reason code is not provided. + // The reason code. + // + // If the target state is healthy , a reason code is not provided. + // // If the target state is initial , the reason code can be one of the following // values: + // // - Elb.RegistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being // registered with the load balancer. + // // - Elb.InitialHealthChecking - The load balancer is still sending the target // the minimum number of health checks required to determine its health status. + // // If the target state is unhealthy , the reason code can be one of the following // values: + // // - Target.ResponseCodeMismatch - The health checks did not return an expected // HTTP code. Applies only to Application Load Balancers and Gateway Load // Balancers. + // // - Target.Timeout - The health check requests timed out. Applies only to // Application Load Balancers and Gateway Load Balancers. + // // - Target.FailedHealthChecks - The load balancer received an error while // establishing a connection to the target or the target response was malformed. + // // - Elb.InternalError - The health checks failed due to an internal error. // Applies only to Application Load Balancers. + // // If the target state is unused , the reason code can be one of the following // values: + // // - Target.NotRegistered - The target is not registered with the target group. + // // - Target.NotInUse - The target group is not used by any load balancer or the // target is in an Availability Zone that is not enabled for its load balancer. + // // - Target.InvalidState - The target is in the stopped or terminated state. + // // - Target.IpUnusable - The target IP address is reserved for use by a load // balancer. + // // If the target state is draining , the reason code can be the following value: + // // - Target.DeregistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being // deregistered and the deregistration delay period has not expired. + // // If the target state is unavailable , the reason code can be the following value: + // // - Target.HealthCheckDisabled - Health checks are disabled for the target // group. Applies only to Application Load Balancers. + // // - Elb.InternalError - Target health is unavailable due to an internal error. // Applies only to Network Load Balancers. Reason TargetHealthReasonEnum @@ -1228,8 +1406,11 @@ type TargetHealth struct { // Information about the health of a target. type TargetHealthDescription struct { - // The anomaly detection result for the target. If no anomalies were detected, the - // result is normal . If anomalies were detected, the result is anomalous . + // The anomaly detection result for the target. + // + // If no anomalies were detected, the result is normal . + // + // If anomalies were detected, the result is anomalous . AnomalyDetection *AnomalyDetection // The port to use to connect with the target. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/CHANGELOG.md index 81c12334c122b..e5f6068c1c647 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.30.5 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.30.4 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateApiDestination.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateApiDestination.go index b00d8e10974d5..7212b5ef4d0e3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateApiDestination.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateApiDestination.go @@ -13,9 +13,14 @@ import ( ) // Creates an API destination, which is an HTTP invocation endpoint configured as -// a target for events. API destinations do not support private destinations, such -// as interface VPC endpoints. For more information, see API destinations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-api-destinations.html) -// in the EventBridge User Guide. +// a target for events. +// +// API destinations do not support private destinations, such as interface VPC +// endpoints. +// +// For more information, see [API destinations] in the EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [API destinations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-api-destinations.html func (c *Client) CreateApiDestination(ctx context.Context, params *CreateApiDestinationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateApiDestinationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateApiDestinationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateConnection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateConnection.go index 19e0c3c7d393e..ab33fe0c176f2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateConnection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateConnection.go @@ -37,8 +37,9 @@ type CreateConnectionInput struct { // This member is required. AuthParameters *types.CreateConnectionAuthRequestParameters - // The type of authorization to use for the connection. OAUTH tokens are refreshed - // when a 401 or 407 response is returned. + // The type of authorization to use for the connection. + // + // OAUTH tokens are refreshed when a 401 or 407 response is returned. // // This member is required. AuthorizationType types.ConnectionAuthorizationType diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEndpoint.go index 2757cf6b0f496..6dd52523dbf0a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEndpoint.go @@ -35,8 +35,9 @@ func (c *Client) CreateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateEndpointInput type CreateEndpointInput struct { - // Define the event buses used. The names of the event buses must be identical in - // each Region. + // Define the event buses used. + // + // The names of the event buses must be identical in each Region. // // This member is required. EventBuses []types.EndpointEventBus diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEventBus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEventBus.go index 1a0d8cb0d95e8..2e8a5dbbee4b3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEventBus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreateEventBus.go @@ -31,12 +31,15 @@ func (c *Client) CreateEventBus(ctx context.Context, params *CreateEventBusInput type CreateEventBusInput struct { - // The name of the new event bus. Custom event bus names can't contain the / - // character, but you can use the / character in partner event bus names. In - // addition, for partner event buses, the name must exactly match the name of the - // partner event source that this event bus is matched to. You can't use the name - // default for a custom event bus, as this name is already used for your account's - // default event bus. + // The name of the new event bus. + // + // Custom event bus names can't contain the / character, but you can use the / + // character in partner event bus names. In addition, for partner event buses, the + // name must exactly match the name of the partner event source that this event bus + // is matched to. + // + // You can't use the name default for a custom event bus, as this name is already + // used for your account's default event bus. // // This member is required. Name *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreatePartnerEventSource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreatePartnerEventSource.go index c4a9f6db57899..57f621c028b30 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreatePartnerEventSource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_CreatePartnerEventSource.go @@ -11,25 +11,38 @@ import ( ) // Called by an SaaS partner to create a partner event source. This operation is -// not used by Amazon Web Services customers. Each partner event source can be used -// by one Amazon Web Services account to create a matching partner event bus in -// that Amazon Web Services account. A SaaS partner must create one partner event -// source for each Amazon Web Services account that wants to receive those event -// types. A partner event source creates events based on resources within the SaaS -// partner's service or application. An Amazon Web Services account that creates a -// partner event bus that matches the partner event source can use that event bus -// to receive events from the partner, and then process them using Amazon Web -// Services Events rules and targets. Partner event source names follow this -// format: partner_name/event_namespace/event_name -// - partner_name is determined during partner registration, and identifies the -// partner to Amazon Web Services customers. -// - event_namespace is determined by the partner, and is a way for the partner -// to categorize their events. -// - event_name is determined by the partner, and should uniquely identify an -// event-generating resource within the partner system. The event_name must be -// unique across all Amazon Web Services customers. This is because the event -// source is a shared resource between the partner and customer accounts, and each -// partner event source unique in the partner account. +// not used by Amazon Web Services customers. +// +// Each partner event source can be used by one Amazon Web Services account to +// create a matching partner event bus in that Amazon Web Services account. A SaaS +// partner must create one partner event source for each Amazon Web Services +// account that wants to receive those event types. +// +// A partner event source creates events based on resources within the SaaS +// partner's service or application. +// +// An Amazon Web Services account that creates a partner event bus that matches +// the partner event source can use that event bus to receive events from the +// partner, and then process them using Amazon Web Services Events rules and +// targets. +// +// Partner event source names follow this format: +// +// partner_name/event_namespace/event_name +// +// - partner_name is determined during partner registration, and identifies the +// partner to Amazon Web Services customers. +// +// - event_namespace is determined by the partner, and is a way for the partner +// to categorize their events. +// +// - event_name is determined by the partner, and should uniquely identify an +// event-generating resource within the partner system. +// +// The event_name must be unique across all Amazon Web Services customers. This is +// +// because the event source is a shared resource between the partner and customer +// accounts, and each partner event source unique in the partner account. // // The combination of event_namespace and event_name should help Amazon Web // Services customers decide whether to create an event bus to receive these diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeactivateEventSource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeactivateEventSource.go index a53c1479afcfe..ff5c0df0667bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeactivateEventSource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeactivateEventSource.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( ) // You can use this operation to temporarily stop receiving events from the -// specified partner event source. The matching event bus is not deleted. When you -// deactivate a partner event source, the source goes into PENDING state. If it -// remains in PENDING state for more than two weeks, it is deleted. To activate a -// deactivated partner event source, use ActivateEventSource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_ActivateEventSource.html) -// . +// specified partner event source. The matching event bus is not deleted. +// +// When you deactivate a partner event source, the source goes into PENDING state. +// If it remains in PENDING state for more than two weeks, it is deleted. +// +// To activate a deactivated partner event source, use [ActivateEventSource]. +// +// [ActivateEventSource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_ActivateEventSource.html func (c *Client) DeactivateEventSource(ctx context.Context, params *DeactivateEventSourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeactivateEventSourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeactivateEventSourceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteEndpoint.go index f58059adfe15f..2a67e09f450bc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteEndpoint.go @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Delete an existing global endpoint. For more information about global -// endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global -// endpoints and event replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// endpoints, see [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html func (c *Client) DeleteEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteEndpointOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteEndpointInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeletePartnerEventSource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeletePartnerEventSource.go index fa73e32a03687..103e2e95e0764 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeletePartnerEventSource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeletePartnerEventSource.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // This operation is used by SaaS partners to delete a partner event source. This -// operation is not used by Amazon Web Services customers. When you delete an event -// source, the status of the corresponding partner event bus in the Amazon Web -// Services customer account becomes DELETED. +// operation is not used by Amazon Web Services customers. +// +// When you delete an event source, the status of the corresponding partner event +// bus in the Amazon Web Services customer account becomes DELETED. func (c *Client) DeletePartnerEventSource(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePartnerEventSourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePartnerEventSourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeletePartnerEventSourceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteRule.go index 4845cd1c281e2..3e7999b40e2e0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DeleteRule.go @@ -10,17 +10,24 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified rule. Before you can delete the rule, you must remove all -// targets, using RemoveTargets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_RemoveTargets.html) -// . When you delete a rule, incoming events might continue to match to the deleted -// rule. Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. If you call -// delete rule multiple times for the same rule, all calls will succeed. When you -// call delete rule for a non-existent custom eventbus, ResourceNotFoundException -// is returned. Managed rules are rules created and managed by another Amazon Web -// Services service on your behalf. These rules are created by those other Amazon -// Web Services services to support functionality in those services. You can delete +// Deletes the specified rule. +// +// Before you can delete the rule, you must remove all targets, using [RemoveTargets]. +// +// When you delete a rule, incoming events might continue to match to the deleted +// rule. Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. +// +// If you call delete rule multiple times for the same rule, all calls will +// succeed. When you call delete rule for a non-existent custom eventbus, +// ResourceNotFoundException is returned. +// +// Managed rules are rules created and managed by another Amazon Web Services +// service on your behalf. These rules are created by those other Amazon Web +// Services services to support functionality in those services. You can delete // these rules using the Force option, but you should do so only if you are sure // the other service is not still using that rule. +// +// [RemoveTargets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_RemoveTargets.html func (c *Client) DeleteRule(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteRuleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEndpoint.go index a0c3026e35bb4..32cf13f673df0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEndpoint.go @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ import ( ) // Get the information about an existing global endpoint. For more information -// about global endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with -// global endpoints and event replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// about global endpoints, see [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html func (c *Client) DescribeEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEndpointOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeEndpointInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEventBus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEventBus.go index 69687c549b07b..091309391830f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEventBus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeEventBus.go @@ -13,11 +13,15 @@ import ( // Displays details about an event bus in your account. This can include the // external Amazon Web Services accounts that are permitted to write events to your // default event bus, and the associated policy. For custom event buses and partner -// event buses, it displays the name, ARN, policy, state, and creation time. To -// enable your account to receive events from other accounts on its default event -// bus, use PutPermission (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutPermission.html) -// . For more information about partner event buses, see CreateEventBus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_CreateEventBus.html) -// . +// event buses, it displays the name, ARN, policy, state, and creation time. +// +// To enable your account to receive events from other accounts on its default +// event bus, use [PutPermission]. +// +// For more information about partner event buses, see [CreateEventBus]. +// +// [PutPermission]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutPermission.html +// [CreateEventBus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_CreateEventBus.html func (c *Client) DescribeEventBus(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeEventBusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeEventBusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeEventBusInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribePartnerEventSource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribePartnerEventSource.go index aef9fc6a4b5ed..5caec6c7ceb35 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribePartnerEventSource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribePartnerEventSource.go @@ -12,8 +12,10 @@ import ( // An SaaS partner can use this operation to list details about a partner event // source that they have created. Amazon Web Services customers do not use this -// operation. Instead, Amazon Web Services customers can use DescribeEventSource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeEventSource.html) -// to see details about a partner event source that is shared with them. +// operation. Instead, Amazon Web Services customers can use [DescribeEventSource]to see details about +// a partner event source that is shared with them. +// +// [DescribeEventSource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeEventSource.html func (c *Client) DescribePartnerEventSource(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePartnerEventSourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePartnerEventSourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribePartnerEventSourceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeRule.go index b147825c5246d..21cbaccc65974 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DescribeRule.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Describes the specified rule. DescribeRule does not list the targets of a rule. -// To see the targets associated with a rule, use ListTargetsByRule (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_ListTargetsByRule.html) -// . +// Describes the specified rule. +// +// DescribeRule does not list the targets of a rule. To see the targets associated +// with a rule, use [ListTargetsByRule]. +// +// [ListTargetsByRule]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_ListTargetsByRule.html func (c *Client) DescribeRule(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeRuleInput{} @@ -61,8 +64,10 @@ type DescribeRuleOutput struct { // The name of the event bus associated with the rule. EventBusName *string - // The event pattern. For more information, see Events and Event Patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-and-event-patterns.html) - // in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. + // The event pattern. For more information, see [Events and Event Patterns] in the Amazon EventBridge User + // Guide. + // + // [Events and Event Patterns]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-and-event-patterns.html EventPattern *string // If this is a managed rule, created by an Amazon Web Services service on your diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DisableRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DisableRule.go index d9c2471d372ab..b9fcaf823eb1d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DisableRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_DisableRule.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // Disables the specified rule. A disabled rule won't match any events, and won't -// self-trigger if it has a schedule expression. When you disable a rule, incoming -// events might continue to match to the disabled rule. Allow a short period of -// time for changes to take effect. +// self-trigger if it has a schedule expression. +// +// When you disable a rule, incoming events might continue to match to the +// disabled rule. Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. func (c *Client) DisableRule(ctx context.Context, params *DisableRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableRuleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_EnableRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_EnableRule.go index a5433f527a7b8..19ecb3074449b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_EnableRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_EnableRule.go @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ import ( ) // Enables the specified rule. If the rule does not exist, the operation fails. +// // When you enable a rule, incoming events might not immediately start matching to // a newly enabled rule. Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. func (c *Client) EnableRule(ctx context.Context, params *EnableRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableRuleOutput, error) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEndpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEndpoints.go index 92779275e703f..30cf62e447f49 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEndpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEndpoints.go @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // List the global endpoints associated with this account. For more information -// about global endpoints, see Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with -// global endpoints and event replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// about global endpoints, see [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html func (c *Client) ListEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *ListEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListEndpointsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListEndpointsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEventSources.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEventSources.go index 8341a0d30bdd8..227d18d65fb38 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEventSources.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListEventSources.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // You can use this to see all the partner event sources that have been shared // with your Amazon Web Services account. For more information about partner event -// sources, see CreateEventBus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_CreateEventBus.html) -// . +// sources, see [CreateEventBus]. +// +// [CreateEventBus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_CreateEventBus.html func (c *Client) ListEventSources(ctx context.Context, params *ListEventSourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListEventSourcesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListEventSourcesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRuleNamesByTarget.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRuleNamesByTarget.go index a43c76407ee7a..535e216aef26d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRuleNamesByTarget.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRuleNamesByTarget.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Lists the rules for the specified target. You can see which of the rules in -// Amazon EventBridge can invoke a specific target in your account. The maximum -// number of results per page for requests is 100. +// Amazon EventBridge can invoke a specific target in your account. +// +// The maximum number of results per page for requests is 100. func (c *Client) ListRuleNamesByTarget(ctx context.Context, params *ListRuleNamesByTargetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRuleNamesByTargetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListRuleNamesByTargetInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRules.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRules.go index 09665811457b1..853c79cd4a1f1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRules.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListRules.go @@ -12,10 +12,14 @@ import ( ) // Lists your Amazon EventBridge rules. You can either list all the rules or you -// can provide a prefix to match to the rule names. The maximum number of results -// per page for requests is 100. ListRules does not list the targets of a rule. To -// see the targets associated with a rule, use ListTargetsByRule (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_ListTargetsByRule.html) -// . +// can provide a prefix to match to the rule names. +// +// The maximum number of results per page for requests is 100. +// +// ListRules does not list the targets of a rule. To see the targets associated +// with a rule, use [ListTargetsByRule]. +// +// [ListTargetsByRule]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_ListTargetsByRule.html func (c *Client) ListRules(ctx context.Context, params *ListRulesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRulesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListRulesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListTargetsByRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListTargetsByRule.go index 931e62cb503f1..8607e6f1da6fb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListTargetsByRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_ListTargetsByRule.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists the targets assigned to the specified rule. The maximum number of results -// per page for requests is 100. +// Lists the targets assigned to the specified rule. +// +// The maximum number of results per page for requests is 100. func (c *Client) ListTargetsByRule(ctx context.Context, params *ListTargetsByRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTargetsByRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTargetsByRuleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutEvents.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutEvents.go index 10d45142c9986..8a0aa5bc3e602 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutEvents.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutEvents.go @@ -13,14 +13,19 @@ import ( ) // Sends custom events to Amazon EventBridge so that they can be matched to rules. -// The maximum size for a PutEvents event entry is 256 KB. Entry size is calculated -// including the event and any necessary characters and keys of the JSON -// representation of the event. To learn more, see Calculating PutEvents event -// entry size (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-putevent-size.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide PutEvents accepts the data in JSON format. -// For the JSON number (integer) data type, the constraints are: a minimum value of -// -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 and a maximum value of 9,223,372,036,854,775,807. +// +// The maximum size for a PutEvents event entry is 256 KB. Entry size is +// calculated including the event and any necessary characters and keys of the JSON +// representation of the event. To learn more, see [Calculating PutEvents event entry size]in the Amazon EventBridge User +// Guide +// +// PutEvents accepts the data in JSON format. For the JSON number (integer) data +// type, the constraints are: a minimum value of -9,223,372,036,854,775,808 and a +// maximum value of 9,223,372,036,854,775,807. +// // PutEvents will only process nested JSON up to 1100 levels deep. +// +// [Calculating PutEvents event entry size]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-putevent-size.html func (c *Client) PutEvents(ctx context.Context, params *PutEventsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutEventsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutEventsInput{} @@ -47,7 +52,9 @@ type PutEventsInput struct { // The URL subdomain of the endpoint. For example, if the URL for Endpoint is // https://abcde.veo.endpoints.event.amazonaws.com, then the EndpointId is - // abcde.veo . When using Java, you must include auth-crt on the class path. + // abcde.veo . + // + // When using Java, you must include auth-crt on the class path. EndpointId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -62,9 +69,10 @@ type PutEventsOutput struct { // The successfully and unsuccessfully ingested events results. If the ingestion // was successful, the entry has the event ID in it. Otherwise, you can use the - // error code and error message to identify the problem with the entry. For each - // record, the index of the response element is the same as the index in the - // request array. + // error code and error message to identify the problem with the entry. + // + // For each record, the index of the response element is the same as the index in + // the request array. Entries []types.PutEventsResultEntry // The number of failed entries. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPartnerEvents.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPartnerEvents.go index 29520cf3e7237..ba168de0a990e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPartnerEvents.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPartnerEvents.go @@ -12,10 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // This is used by SaaS partners to write events to a customer's partner event -// bus. Amazon Web Services customers do not use this operation. For information on -// calculating event batch size, see Calculating EventBridge PutEvents event entry -// size (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-putevent-size.html) -// in the EventBridge User Guide. +// bus. Amazon Web Services customers do not use this operation. +// +// For information on calculating event batch size, see [Calculating EventBridge PutEvents event entry size] in the EventBridge User +// Guide. +// +// [Calculating EventBridge PutEvents event entry size]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-putevent-size.html func (c *Client) PutPartnerEvents(ctx context.Context, params *PutPartnerEventsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutPartnerEventsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutPartnerEventsInput{} @@ -46,8 +48,10 @@ type PutPartnerEventsOutput struct { // The results for each event entry the partner submitted in this request. If the // event was successfully submitted, the entry has the event ID in it. Otherwise, // you can use the error code and error message to identify the problem with the - // entry. For each record, the index of the response element is the same as the - // index in the request array. + // entry. + // + // For each record, the index of the response element is the same as the index in + // the request array. Entries []types.PutPartnerEventsResultEntry // The number of events from this operation that could not be written to the diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPermission.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPermission.go index 29d91440dfc98..214390353492b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPermission.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutPermission.go @@ -14,20 +14,26 @@ import ( // Running PutPermission permits the specified Amazon Web Services account or // Amazon Web Services organization to put events to the specified event bus. // Amazon EventBridge (CloudWatch Events) rules in your account are triggered by -// these events arriving to an event bus in your account. For another account to -// send events to your account, that external account must have an EventBridge rule -// with your account's event bus as a target. To enable multiple Amazon Web -// Services accounts to put events to your event bus, run PutPermission once for -// each of these accounts. Or, if all the accounts are members of the same Amazon -// Web Services organization, you can run PutPermission once specifying Principal -// as "*" and specifying the Amazon Web Services organization ID in Condition , to -// grant permissions to all accounts in that organization. If you grant permissions -// using an organization, then accounts in that organization must specify a RoleArn -// with proper permissions when they use PutTarget to add your account's event bus -// as a target. For more information, see Sending and Receiving Events Between -// Amazon Web Services Accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-cross-account-event-delivery.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. The permission policy on the event bus -// cannot exceed 10 KB in size. +// these events arriving to an event bus in your account. +// +// For another account to send events to your account, that external account must +// have an EventBridge rule with your account's event bus as a target. +// +// To enable multiple Amazon Web Services accounts to put events to your event +// bus, run PutPermission once for each of these accounts. Or, if all the accounts +// are members of the same Amazon Web Services organization, you can run +// PutPermission once specifying Principal as "*" and specifying the Amazon Web +// Services organization ID in Condition , to grant permissions to all accounts in +// that organization. +// +// If you grant permissions using an organization, then accounts in that +// organization must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions when they use +// PutTarget to add your account's event bus as a target. For more information, see [Sending and Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts] +// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// The permission policy on the event bus cannot exceed 10 KB in size. +// +// [Sending and Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-cross-account-event-delivery.html func (c *Client) PutPermission(ctx context.Context, params *PutPermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutPermissionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutPermissionInput{} @@ -50,12 +56,16 @@ type PutPermissionInput struct { // This parameter enables you to limit the permission to accounts that fulfill a // certain condition, such as being a member of a certain Amazon Web Services - // organization. For more information about Amazon Web Services Organizations, see - // What Is Amazon Web Services Organizations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/organizations/latest/userguide/orgs_introduction.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Organizations User Guide. If you specify Condition - // with an Amazon Web Services organization ID, and specify "*" as the value for - // Principal , you grant permission to all the accounts in the named organization. + // organization. For more information about Amazon Web Services Organizations, see [What Is Amazon Web Services Organizations] + // in the Amazon Web Services Organizations User Guide. + // + // If you specify Condition with an Amazon Web Services organization ID, and + // specify "*" as the value for Principal , you grant permission to all the + // accounts in the named organization. + // // The Condition is a JSON string which must contain Type , Key , and Value fields. + // + // [What Is Amazon Web Services Organizations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/organizations/latest/userguide/orgs_introduction.html Condition *types.Condition // The name of the event bus associated with the rule. If you omit this, the @@ -69,17 +79,22 @@ type PutPermissionInput struct { // The 12-digit Amazon Web Services account ID that you are permitting to put // events to your default event bus. Specify "*" to permit any account to put - // events to your default event bus. If you specify "*" without specifying - // Condition , avoid creating rules that may match undesirable events. To create - // more secure rules, make sure that the event pattern for each rule contains an - // account field with a specific account ID from which to receive events. Rules - // with an account field do not match any events sent from other accounts. + // events to your default event bus. + // + // If you specify "*" without specifying Condition , avoid creating rules that may + // match undesirable events. To create more secure rules, make sure that the event + // pattern for each rule contains an account field with a specific account ID from + // which to receive events. Rules with an account field do not match any events + // sent from other accounts. Principal *string // An identifier string for the external account that you are granting permissions // to. If you later want to revoke the permission for this external account, - // specify this StatementId when you run RemovePermission (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_RemovePermission.html) - // . Each StatementId must be unique. + // specify this StatementId when you run [RemovePermission]. + // + // Each StatementId must be unique. + // + // [RemovePermission]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_RemovePermission.html StatementId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutRule.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutRule.go index 2565c57b6651d..ca9f516ab7a12 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutRule.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutRule.go @@ -12,48 +12,64 @@ import ( ) // Creates or updates the specified rule. Rules are enabled by default, or based -// on value of the state. You can disable a rule using DisableRule (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_DisableRule.html) -// . A single rule watches for events from a single event bus. Events generated by +// on value of the state. You can disable a rule using [DisableRule]. +// +// A single rule watches for events from a single event bus. Events generated by // Amazon Web Services services go to your account's default event bus. Events // generated by SaaS partner services or applications go to the matching partner // event bus. If you have custom applications or services, you can specify whether // their events go to your default event bus or a custom event bus that you have -// created. For more information, see CreateEventBus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_CreateEventBus.html) -// . If you are updating an existing rule, the rule is replaced with what you +// created. For more information, see [CreateEventBus]. +// +// If you are updating an existing rule, the rule is replaced with what you // specify in this PutRule command. If you omit arguments in PutRule , the old // values for those arguments are not kept. Instead, they are replaced with null -// values. When you create or update a rule, incoming events might not immediately -// start matching to new or updated rules. Allow a short period of time for changes -// to take effect. A rule must contain at least an EventPattern or -// ScheduleExpression. Rules with EventPatterns are triggered when a matching event -// is observed. Rules with ScheduleExpressions self-trigger based on the given -// schedule. A rule can have both an EventPattern and a ScheduleExpression, in -// which case the rule triggers on matching events as well as on a schedule. When -// you initially create a rule, you can optionally assign one or more tags to the -// rule. Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also use -// them to scope user permissions, by granting a user permission to access or +// values. +// +// When you create or update a rule, incoming events might not immediately start +// matching to new or updated rules. Allow a short period of time for changes to +// take effect. +// +// A rule must contain at least an EventPattern or ScheduleExpression. Rules with +// EventPatterns are triggered when a matching event is observed. Rules with +// ScheduleExpressions self-trigger based on the given schedule. A rule can have +// both an EventPattern and a ScheduleExpression, in which case the rule triggers +// on matching events as well as on a schedule. +// +// When you initially create a rule, you can optionally assign one or more tags to +// the rule. Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also +// use them to scope user permissions, by granting a user permission to access or // change only rules with certain tag values. To use the PutRule operation and // assign tags, you must have both the events:PutRule and events:TagResource -// permissions. If you are updating an existing rule, any tags you specify in the -// PutRule operation are ignored. To update the tags of an existing rule, use -// TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_TagResource.html) -// and UntagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_UntagResource.html) -// . Most services in Amazon Web Services treat : or / as the same character in +// permissions. +// +// If you are updating an existing rule, any tags you specify in the PutRule +// operation are ignored. To update the tags of an existing rule, use [TagResource]and [UntagResource]. +// +// Most services in Amazon Web Services treat : or / as the same character in // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). However, EventBridge uses an exact match in event // patterns and rules. Be sure to use the correct ARN characters when creating // event patterns so that they match the ARN syntax in the event you want to match. +// // In EventBridge, it is possible to create rules that lead to infinite loops, // where a rule is fired repeatedly. For example, a rule might detect that ACLs // have changed on an S3 bucket, and trigger software to change them to the desired // state. If the rule is not written carefully, the subsequent change to the ACLs -// fires the rule again, creating an infinite loop. To prevent this, write the -// rules so that the triggered actions do not re-fire the same rule. For example, -// your rule could fire only if ACLs are found to be in a bad state, instead of -// after any change. An infinite loop can quickly cause higher than expected -// charges. We recommend that you use budgeting, which alerts you when charges -// exceed your specified limit. For more information, see Managing Your Costs with -// Budgets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/budgets-managing-costs.html) -// . +// fires the rule again, creating an infinite loop. +// +// To prevent this, write the rules so that the triggered actions do not re-fire +// the same rule. For example, your rule could fire only if ACLs are found to be in +// a bad state, instead of after any change. +// +// An infinite loop can quickly cause higher than expected charges. We recommend +// that you use budgeting, which alerts you when charges exceed your specified +// limit. For more information, see [Managing Your Costs with Budgets]. +// +// [CreateEventBus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_CreateEventBus.html +// [TagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_TagResource.html +// [UntagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_UntagResource.html +// [DisableRule]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_DisableRule.html +// [Managing Your Costs with Budgets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/budgets-managing-costs.html func (c *Client) PutRule(ctx context.Context, params *PutRuleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutRuleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutRuleInput{} @@ -83,15 +99,18 @@ type PutRuleInput struct { // the default event bus is used. EventBusName *string - // The event pattern. For more information, see Amazon EventBridge event patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-event-patterns.html) - // in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. + // The event pattern. For more information, see [Amazon EventBridge event patterns] in the Amazon EventBridge User + // Guide. + // + // [Amazon EventBridge event patterns]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-event-patterns.html EventPattern *string - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with the rule. If - // you're setting an event bus in another account as the target and that account - // granted permission to your account through an organization instead of directly - // by the account ID, you must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions in the - // Target structure, instead of here in this parameter. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with the rule. + // + // If you're setting an event bus in another account as the target and that + // account granted permission to your account through an organization instead of + // directly by the account ID, you must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions + // in the Target structure, instead of here in this parameter. RoleArn *string // The scheduling expression. For example, "cron(0 20 * * ? *)" or "rate(5 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutTargets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutTargets.go index dded981391add..9b5a5e2a174ed 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutTargets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_PutTargets.go @@ -12,74 +12,104 @@ import ( ) // Adds the specified targets to the specified rule, or updates the targets if -// they are already associated with the rule. Targets are the resources that are -// invoked when a rule is triggered. The maximum number of entries per request is -// 10. Each rule can have up to five (5) targets associated with it at one time. -// For a list of services you can configure as targets for events, see EventBridge -// targets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-targets.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. Creating rules with built-in targets is -// supported only in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. The built-in -// targets are: +// they are already associated with the rule. +// +// Targets are the resources that are invoked when a rule is triggered. +// +// The maximum number of entries per request is 10. +// +// Each rule can have up to five (5) targets associated with it at one time. +// +// For a list of services you can configure as targets for events, see [EventBridge targets] in the +// Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// Creating rules with built-in targets is supported only in the Amazon Web +// Services Management Console. The built-in targets are: +// // - Amazon EBS CreateSnapshot API call +// // - Amazon EC2 RebootInstances API call +// // - Amazon EC2 StopInstances API call +// // - Amazon EC2 TerminateInstances API call // // For some target types, PutTargets provides target-specific parameters. If the // target is a Kinesis data stream, you can optionally specify which shard the // event goes to by using the KinesisParameters argument. To invoke a command on // multiple EC2 instances with one rule, you can use the RunCommandParameters -// field. To be able to make API calls against the resources that you own, Amazon +// field. +// +// To be able to make API calls against the resources that you own, Amazon // EventBridge needs the appropriate permissions: +// // - For Lambda and Amazon SNS resources, EventBridge relies on resource-based // policies. +// // - For EC2 instances, Kinesis Data Streams, Step Functions state machines and // API Gateway APIs, EventBridge relies on IAM roles that you specify in the // RoleARN argument in PutTargets . // -// For more information, see Authentication and Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-eventbridge.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. If another Amazon Web Services account is -// in the same region and has granted you permission (using PutPermission ), you -// can send events to that account. Set that account's event bus as a target of the -// rules in your account. To send the matched events to the other account, specify -// that account's event bus as the Arn value when you run PutTargets . If your -// account sends events to another account, your account is charged for each sent -// event. Each event sent to another account is charged as a custom event. The -// account receiving the event is not charged. For more information, see Amazon -// EventBridge Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/pricing/) . Input , -// InputPath , and InputTransformer are not available with PutTarget if the target -// is an event bus of a different Amazon Web Services account. If you are setting -// the event bus of another account as the target, and that account granted -// permission to your account through an organization instead of directly by the -// account ID, then you must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions in the -// Target structure. For more information, see Sending and Receiving Events -// Between Amazon Web Services Accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-cross-account-event-delivery.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. If you have an IAM role on a cross-account -// event bus target, a PutTargets call without a role on the same target (same Id -// and Arn ) will not remove the role. For more information about enabling -// cross-account events, see PutPermission (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutPermission.html) -// . Input, InputPath, and InputTransformer are mutually exclusive and optional +// For more information, see [Authentication and Access Control] in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// If another Amazon Web Services account is in the same region and has granted +// you permission (using PutPermission ), you can send events to that account. Set +// that account's event bus as a target of the rules in your account. To send the +// matched events to the other account, specify that account's event bus as the Arn +// value when you run PutTargets . If your account sends events to another account, +// your account is charged for each sent event. Each event sent to another account +// is charged as a custom event. The account receiving the event is not charged. +// For more information, see [Amazon EventBridge Pricing]. +// +// Input , InputPath , and InputTransformer are not available with PutTarget if +// the target is an event bus of a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// If you are setting the event bus of another account as the target, and that +// account granted permission to your account through an organization instead of +// directly by the account ID, then you must specify a RoleArn with proper +// permissions in the Target structure. For more information, see [Sending and Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts] in the Amazon +// EventBridge User Guide. +// +// If you have an IAM role on a cross-account event bus target, a PutTargets call +// without a role on the same target (same Id and Arn ) will not remove the role. +// +// For more information about enabling cross-account events, see [PutPermission]. +// +// Input, InputPath, and InputTransformer are mutually exclusive and optional // parameters of a target. When a rule is triggered due to a matched event: +// // - If none of the following arguments are specified for a target, then the // entire event is passed to the target in JSON format (unless the target is Amazon // EC2 Run Command or Amazon ECS task, in which case nothing from the event is // passed to the target). +// // - If Input is specified in the form of valid JSON, then the matched event is // overridden with this constant. +// // - If InputPath is specified in the form of JSONPath (for example, $.detail ), // then only the part of the event specified in the path is passed to the target // (for example, only the detail part of the event is passed). +// // - If InputTransformer is specified, then one or more specified JSONPaths are // extracted from the event and used as values in a template that you specify as // the input to the target. // // When you specify InputPath or InputTransformer , you must use JSON dot notation, -// not bracket notation. When you add targets to a rule and the associated rule -// triggers soon after, new or updated targets might not be immediately invoked. -// Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. This action can -// partially fail if too many requests are made at the same time. If that happens, -// FailedEntryCount is non-zero in the response and each entry in FailedEntries -// provides the ID of the failed target and the error code. +// not bracket notation. +// +// When you add targets to a rule and the associated rule triggers soon after, new +// or updated targets might not be immediately invoked. Allow a short period of +// time for changes to take effect. +// +// This action can partially fail if too many requests are made at the same time. +// If that happens, FailedEntryCount is non-zero in the response and each entry in +// FailedEntries provides the ID of the failed target and the error code. +// +// [Authentication and Access Control]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-eventbridge.html +// [Amazon EventBridge Pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/pricing/ +// [Sending and Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-cross-account-event-delivery.html +// [PutPermission]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutPermission.html +// [EventBridge targets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-targets.html func (c *Client) PutTargets(ctx context.Context, params *PutTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutTargetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutTargetsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemovePermission.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemovePermission.go index e4c379e94116c..7f2c723b54087 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemovePermission.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemovePermission.go @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ import ( // Revokes the permission of another Amazon Web Services account to be able to put // events to the specified event bus. Specify the account to revoke by the // StatementId value that you associated with the account when you granted it -// permission with PutPermission . You can find the StatementId by using -// DescribeEventBus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeEventBus.html) -// . +// permission with PutPermission . You can find the StatementId by using [DescribeEventBus]. +// +// [DescribeEventBus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeEventBus.html func (c *Client) RemovePermission(ctx context.Context, params *RemovePermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemovePermissionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RemovePermissionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemoveTargets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemoveTargets.go index a751f7c491c69..b591e0451e56a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemoveTargets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_RemoveTargets.go @@ -12,15 +12,21 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified targets from the specified rule. When the rule is -// triggered, those targets are no longer be invoked. A successful execution of -// RemoveTargets doesn't guarantee all targets are removed from the rule, it means -// that the target(s) listed in the request are removed. When you remove a target, -// when the associated rule triggers, removed targets might continue to be invoked. -// Allow a short period of time for changes to take effect. This action can -// partially fail if too many requests are made at the same time. If that happens, -// FailedEntryCount is non-zero in the response and each entry in FailedEntries -// provides the ID of the failed target and the error code. The maximum number of -// entries per request is 10. +// triggered, those targets are no longer be invoked. +// +// A successful execution of RemoveTargets doesn't guarantee all targets are +// removed from the rule, it means that the target(s) listed in the request are +// removed. +// +// When you remove a target, when the associated rule triggers, removed targets +// might continue to be invoked. Allow a short period of time for changes to take +// effect. +// +// This action can partially fail if too many requests are made at the same time. +// If that happens, FailedEntryCount is non-zero in the response and each entry in +// FailedEntries provides the ID of the failed target and the error code. +// +// The maximum number of entries per request is 10. func (c *Client) RemoveTargets(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveTargetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveTargetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RemoveTargetsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TagResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TagResource.go index c986b22de8133..045352300eda9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TagResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TagResource.go @@ -15,13 +15,18 @@ import ( // resource. Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also // use them to scope user permissions by granting a user permission to access or // change only resources with certain tag values. In EventBridge, rules and event -// buses can be tagged. Tags don't have any semantic meaning to Amazon Web Services -// and are interpreted strictly as strings of characters. You can use the -// TagResource action with a resource that already has tags. If you specify a new -// tag key, this tag is appended to the list of tags associated with the resource. -// If you specify a tag key that is already associated with the resource, the new -// tag value that you specify replaces the previous value for that tag. You can -// associate as many as 50 tags with a resource. +// buses can be tagged. +// +// Tags don't have any semantic meaning to Amazon Web Services and are interpreted +// strictly as strings of characters. +// +// You can use the TagResource action with a resource that already has tags. If +// you specify a new tag key, this tag is appended to the list of tags associated +// with the resource. If you specify a tag key that is already associated with the +// resource, the new tag value that you specify replaces the previous value for +// that tag. +// +// You can associate as many as 50 tags with a resource. func (c *Client) TagResource(ctx context.Context, params *TagResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagResourceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TestEventPattern.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TestEventPattern.go index 355ce7e4eee37..fc669b5b5a0fc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TestEventPattern.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_TestEventPattern.go @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Tests whether the specified event pattern matches the provided event. Most -// services in Amazon Web Services treat : or / as the same character in Amazon -// Resource Names (ARNs). However, EventBridge uses an exact match in event +// Tests whether the specified event pattern matches the provided event. +// +// Most services in Amazon Web Services treat : or / as the same character in +// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). However, EventBridge uses an exact match in event // patterns and rules. Be sure to use the correct ARN characters when creating // event patterns so that they match the ARN syntax in the event you want to match. func (c *Client) TestEventPattern(ctx context.Context, params *TestEventPatternInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TestEventPatternOutput, error) { @@ -33,21 +34,31 @@ func (c *Client) TestEventPattern(ctx context.Context, params *TestEventPatternI type TestEventPatternInput struct { // The event, in JSON format, to test against the event pattern. The JSON must - // follow the format specified in Amazon Web Services Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/aws-events.html) - // , and the following fields are mandatory: + // follow the format specified in [Amazon Web Services Events], and the following fields are mandatory: + // // - id + // // - account + // // - source + // // - time + // // - region + // // - resources + // // - detail-type // + // [Amazon Web Services Events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/aws-events.html + // // This member is required. Event *string - // The event pattern. For more information, see Events and Event Patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-and-event-patterns.html) - // in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. + // The event pattern. For more information, see [Events and Event Patterns] in the Amazon EventBridge User + // Guide. + // + // [Events and Event Patterns]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-and-event-patterns.html // // This member is required. EventPattern *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_UpdateEndpoint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_UpdateEndpoint.go index efded9f6d3035..100aeaa4204b2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_UpdateEndpoint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/api_op_UpdateEndpoint.go @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Update an existing endpoint. For more information about global endpoints, see -// Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event -// replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html) +// Update an existing endpoint. For more information about global endpoints, see [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication] // in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html func (c *Client) UpdateEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateEndpointOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateEndpointInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/doc.go index ad6f02dd9f809..7b239f3e30381 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/doc.go @@ -9,14 +9,17 @@ // the stream and route them to targets to take action. You can also use rules to // take action on a predetermined schedule. For example, you can configure rules // to: +// // - Automatically invoke an Lambda function to update DNS entries when an event // notifies you that Amazon EC2 instance enters the running state. +// // - Direct specific API records from CloudTrail to an Amazon Kinesis data // stream for detailed analysis of potential security or availability risks. +// // - Periodically invoke a built-in target to create a snapshot of an Amazon EBS // volume. // -// For more information about the features of Amazon EventBridge, see the Amazon -// EventBridge User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide) -// . +// For more information about the features of Amazon EventBridge, see the [Amazon EventBridge User Guide]. +// +// [Amazon EventBridge User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide package eventbridge diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/go_module_metadata.go index 806b59d59daeb..840fcf997ad38 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package eventbridge // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.30.4" +const goModuleVersion = "1.30.5" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/options.go index 8784fd46d99f7..2e117ad292a49 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/options.go @@ -52,8 +52,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -72,17 +74,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -102,8 +107,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -151,6 +157,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/enums.go index c523583a1bb1a..eff29168488a5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/enums.go @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ApiDestinationHttpMethod. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ApiDestinationHttpMethod) Values() []ApiDestinationHttpMethod { return []ApiDestinationHttpMethod{ @@ -39,8 +40,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ApiDestinationState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ApiDestinationState) Values() []ApiDestinationState { return []ApiDestinationState{ "ACTIVE", @@ -61,8 +63,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ArchiveState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ArchiveState) Values() []ArchiveState { return []ArchiveState{ "ENABLED", @@ -83,8 +86,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AssignPublicIp. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssignPublicIp) Values() []AssignPublicIp { return []AssignPublicIp{ "ENABLED", @@ -103,6 +107,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ConnectionAuthorizationType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionAuthorizationType) Values() []ConnectionAuthorizationType { return []ConnectionAuthorizationType{ @@ -123,6 +128,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ConnectionOAuthHttpMethod. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionOAuthHttpMethod) Values() []ConnectionOAuthHttpMethod { return []ConnectionOAuthHttpMethod{ @@ -146,8 +152,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ConnectionState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionState) Values() []ConnectionState { return []ConnectionState{ "CREATING", @@ -174,8 +181,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EndpointState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EndpointState) Values() []EndpointState { return []EndpointState{ "ACTIVE", @@ -198,8 +206,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EventSourceState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EventSourceState) Values() []EventSourceState { return []EventSourceState{ "PENDING", @@ -218,8 +227,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LaunchType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LaunchType) Values() []LaunchType { return []LaunchType{ "EC2", @@ -237,8 +247,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlacementConstraintType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlacementConstraintType) Values() []PlacementConstraintType { return []PlacementConstraintType{ "distinctInstance", @@ -256,8 +267,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlacementStrategyType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlacementStrategyType) Values() []PlacementStrategyType { return []PlacementStrategyType{ "random", @@ -274,8 +286,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PropagateTags. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PropagateTags) Values() []PropagateTags { return []PropagateTags{ "TASK_DEFINITION", @@ -295,8 +308,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReplayState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplayState) Values() []ReplayState { return []ReplayState{ "STARTING", @@ -317,8 +331,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReplicationState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplicationState) Values() []ReplicationState { return []ReplicationState{ "ENABLED", @@ -336,8 +351,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RuleState. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RuleState) Values() []RuleState { return []RuleState{ "ENABLED", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/types.go index 3f0f6608c51ba..a8dfac38b0c6a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types/types.go @@ -45,8 +45,11 @@ type ApiDestination struct { type AppSyncParameters struct { // The GraphQL operation; that is, the query, mutation, or subscription to be - // parsed and executed by the GraphQL service. For more information, see Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appsync/latest/devguide/graphql-architecture.html#graphql-operations) - // in the AppSync User Guide. + // parsed and executed by the GraphQL service. + // + // For more information, see [Operations] in the AppSync User Guide. + // + // [Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appsync/latest/devguide/graphql-architecture.html#graphql-operations GraphQLOperation *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -162,9 +165,10 @@ type BatchRetryStrategy struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The details of a capacity provider strategy. To learn more, see -// CapacityProviderStrategyItem (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CapacityProviderStrategyItem.html) -// in the Amazon ECS API Reference. +// The details of a capacity provider strategy. To learn more, see [CapacityProviderStrategyItem] in the Amazon +// ECS API Reference. +// +// [CapacityProviderStrategyItem]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_CapacityProviderStrategyItem.html type CapacityProviderStrategyItem struct { // The short name of the capacity provider. @@ -191,8 +195,10 @@ type CapacityProviderStrategyItem struct { // supported condition is membership in a certain Amazon Web Services organization. // The string must contain Type , Key , and Value fields. The Value field // specifies the ID of the Amazon Web Services organization. Following is an -// example value for Condition : '{"Type" : "StringEquals", "Key": -// "aws:PrincipalOrgID", "Value": "o-1234567890"}' +// example value for Condition : +// +// '{"Type" : "StringEquals", "Key": "aws:PrincipalOrgID", "Value": +// "o-1234567890"}' type Condition struct { // Specifies the key for the condition. Currently the only supported key is @@ -219,8 +225,9 @@ type Condition struct { // Contains information about a connection. type Connection struct { - // The authorization type specified for the connection. OAUTH tokens are refreshed - // when a 401 or 407 response is returned. + // The authorization type specified for the connection. + // + // OAUTH tokens are refreshed when a 401 or 407 response is returned. AuthorizationType ConnectionAuthorizationType // The ARN of the connection. @@ -494,20 +501,23 @@ type DeadLetterConfig struct { // The custom parameters to be used when the target is an Amazon ECS task. type EcsParameters struct { - // The ARN of the task definition to use if the event target is an Amazon ECS task. + // The ARN of the task definition to use if the event target is an Amazon ECS + // task. // // This member is required. TaskDefinitionArn *string - // The capacity provider strategy to use for the task. If a - // capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType parameter must be + // The capacity provider strategy to use for the task. + // + // If a capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType parameter must be // omitted. If no capacityProviderStrategy or launchType is specified, the // defaultCapacityProviderStrategy for the cluster is used. CapacityProviderStrategy []CapacityProviderStrategyItem // Specifies whether to enable Amazon ECS managed tags for the task. For more - // information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-using-tags.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + // information, see [Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources]in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-using-tags.html EnableECSManagedTags bool // Whether or not to enable the execute command functionality for the containers @@ -521,14 +531,17 @@ type EcsParameters struct { // Specifies the launch type on which your task is running. The launch type that // you specify here must match one of the launch type (compatibilities) of the // target task. The FARGATE value is supported only in the Regions where Fargate - // with Amazon ECS is supported. For more information, see Fargate on Amazon ECS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/AWS-Fargate.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + // with Amazon ECS is supported. For more information, see [Fargate on Amazon ECS]in the Amazon Elastic + // Container Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Fargate on Amazon ECS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/AWS-Fargate.html LaunchType LaunchType // Use this structure if the Amazon ECS task uses the awsvpc network mode. This // structure specifies the VPC subnets and security groups associated with the // task, and whether a public IP address is to be used. This structure is required // if LaunchType is FARGATE because the awsvpc mode is required for Fargate tasks. + // // If you specify NetworkConfiguration when the target ECS task does not use the // awsvpc network mode, the task fails. NetworkConfiguration *NetworkConfiguration @@ -543,10 +556,13 @@ type EcsParameters struct { PlacementStrategy []PlacementStrategy // Specifies the platform version for the task. Specify only the numeric portion - // of the platform version, such as 1.1.0 . This structure is used only if - // LaunchType is FARGATE . For more information about valid platform versions, see - // Fargate Platform Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + // of the platform version, such as 1.1.0 . + // + // This structure is used only if LaunchType is FARGATE . For more information + // about valid platform versions, see [Fargate Platform Versions]in the Amazon Elastic Container Service + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Fargate Platform Versions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/platform_versions.html PlatformVersion *string // Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition to the task. @@ -560,8 +576,9 @@ type EcsParameters struct { // The metadata that you apply to the task to help you categorize and organize // them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you - // define. To learn more, see RunTask (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_RunTask.html#ECS-RunTask-request-tags) - // in the Amazon ECS API Reference. + // define. To learn more, see [RunTask]in the Amazon ECS API Reference. + // + // [RunTask]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/APIReference/API_RunTask.html#ECS-RunTask-request-tags Tags []Tag // The number of tasks to create based on TaskDefinition . The default is 1. @@ -571,10 +588,10 @@ type EcsParameters struct { } // A global endpoint used to improve your application's availability by making it -// regional-fault tolerant. For more information about global endpoints, see -// Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event -// replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// regional-fault tolerant. For more information about global endpoints, see [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]in +// the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [Making applications Regional-fault tolerant with global endpoints and event replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-global-endpoints.html type Endpoint struct { // The ARN of the endpoint. @@ -733,27 +750,46 @@ type InputTransformer struct { // Input template where you specify placeholders that will be filled with the // values of the keys from InputPathsMap to customize the data sent to the target. - // Enclose each InputPathsMaps value in brackets: If InputTemplate is a - // JSON object (surrounded by curly braces), the following restrictions apply: + // Enclose each InputPathsMaps value in brackets: + // + // If InputTemplate is a JSON object (surrounded by curly braces), the following + // restrictions apply: + // // - The placeholder cannot be used as an object key. + // // The following example shows the syntax for using InputPathsMap and InputTemplate - // . "InputTransformer": + // . + // + // "InputTransformer": + // // { // // "InputPathsMap": {"instance": "$.detail.instance","status": // "$.detail.status"}, // // "InputTemplate": " is in state " - // } To have the InputTemplate include quote marks within a JSON string, escape - // each quote marks with a slash, as in the following example: "InputTransformer": + // + // } + // + // To have the InputTemplate include quote marks within a JSON string, escape each + // quote marks with a slash, as in the following example: + // + // "InputTransformer": + // // { // // "InputPathsMap": {"instance": "$.detail.instance","status": // "$.detail.status"}, // // "InputTemplate": " is in state \"\"" - // } The InputTemplate can also be valid JSON with varibles in quotes or out, as - // in the following example: "InputTransformer": + // + // } + // + // The InputTemplate can also be valid JSON with varibles in quotes or out, as in + // the following example: + // + // "InputTransformer": + // // { // // "InputPathsMap": {"instance": "$.detail.instance","status": @@ -768,10 +804,13 @@ type InputTransformer struct { // Map of JSON paths to be extracted from the event. You can then insert these in // the template in InputTemplate to produce the output you want to be sent to the - // target. InputPathsMap is an array key-value pairs, where each value is a valid - // JSON path. You can have as many as 100 key-value pairs. You must use JSON dot - // notation, not bracket notation. The keys cannot start with "Amazon Web - // Services." + // target. + // + // InputPathsMap is an array key-value pairs, where each value is a valid JSON + // path. You can have as many as 100 key-value pairs. You must use JSON dot + // notation, not bracket notation. + // + // The keys cannot start with "Amazon Web Services." InputPathsMap map[string]string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -784,8 +823,9 @@ type InputTransformer struct { type KinesisParameters struct { // The JSON path to be extracted from the event and used as the partition key. For - // more information, see Amazon Kinesis Streams Key Concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/streams/latest/dev/key-concepts.html#partition-key) - // in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide. + // more information, see [Amazon Kinesis Streams Key Concepts]in the Amazon Kinesis Streams Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon Kinesis Streams Key Concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/streams/latest/dev/key-concepts.html#partition-key // // This member is required. PartitionKeyPath *string @@ -841,15 +881,17 @@ type PartnerEventSourceAccount struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// An object representing a constraint on task placement. To learn more, see Task -// Placement Constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-placement-constraints.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. +// An object representing a constraint on task placement. To learn more, see [Task Placement Constraints] in +// the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. +// +// [Task Placement Constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-placement-constraints.html type PlacementConstraint struct { // A cluster query language expression to apply to the constraint. You cannot // specify an expression if the constraint type is distinctInstance . To learn - // more, see Cluster Query Language (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/cluster-query-language.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + // more, see [Cluster Query Language]in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Cluster Query Language]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/cluster-query-language.html Expression *string // The type of constraint. Use distinctInstance to ensure that each task in a @@ -860,9 +902,10 @@ type PlacementConstraint struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The task placement strategy for a task or service. To learn more, see Task -// Placement Strategies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-placement-strategies.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Service Developer Guide. +// The task placement strategy for a task or service. To learn more, see [Task Placement Strategies] in the +// Amazon Elastic Container Service Service Developer Guide. +// +// [Task Placement Strategies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task-placement-strategies.html type PlacementStrategy struct { // The field to apply the placement strategy against. For the spread placement @@ -901,80 +944,126 @@ type Primary struct { type PutEventsRequestEntry struct { // A valid JSON object. There is no other schema imposed. The JSON object may - // contain fields and nested sub-objects. Detail , DetailType , and Source are - // required for EventBridge to successfully send an event to an event bus. If you - // include event entries in a request that do not include each of those properties, - // EventBridge fails that entry. If you submit a request in which none of the - // entries have each of these properties, EventBridge fails the entire request. + // contain fields and nested sub-objects. + // + // Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for EventBridge to successfully + // send an event to an event bus. If you include event entries in a request that do + // not include each of those properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you + // submit a request in which none of the entries have each of these properties, + // EventBridge fails the entire request. Detail *string // Free-form string, with a maximum of 128 characters, used to decide what fields - // to expect in the event detail. Detail , DetailType , and Source are required - // for EventBridge to successfully send an event to an event bus. If you include - // event entries in a request that do not include each of those properties, - // EventBridge fails that entry. If you submit a request in which none of the - // entries have each of these properties, EventBridge fails the entire request. + // to expect in the event detail. + // + // Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for EventBridge to successfully + // send an event to an event bus. If you include event entries in a request that do + // not include each of those properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you + // submit a request in which none of the entries have each of these properties, + // EventBridge fails the entire request. DetailType *string // The name or ARN of the event bus to receive the event. Only the rules that are // associated with this event bus are used to match the event. If you omit this, - // the default event bus is used. If you're using a global endpoint with a custom - // bus, you can enter either the name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event - // bus in either the primary or secondary Region here. EventBridge then determines - // the corresponding event bus in the other Region based on the endpoint referenced - // by the EndpointId . Specifying the event bus ARN is preferred. + // the default event bus is used. + // + // If you're using a global endpoint with a custom bus, you can enter either the + // name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event bus in either the primary or + // secondary Region here. EventBridge then determines the corresponding event bus + // in the other Region based on the endpoint referenced by the EndpointId . + // Specifying the event bus ARN is preferred. EventBusName *string // Amazon Web Services resources, identified by Amazon Resource Name (ARN), which // the event primarily concerns. Any number, including zero, may be present. Resources []string - // The source of the event. Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for - // EventBridge to successfully send an event to an event bus. If you include event - // entries in a request that do not include each of those properties, EventBridge - // fails that entry. If you submit a request in which none of the entries have each - // of these properties, EventBridge fails the entire request. + // The source of the event. + // + // Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for EventBridge to successfully + // send an event to an event bus. If you include event entries in a request that do + // not include each of those properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you + // submit a request in which none of the entries have each of these properties, + // EventBridge fails the entire request. Source *string - // The time stamp of the event, per RFC3339 (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) - // . If no time stamp is provided, the time stamp of the PutEvents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutEvents.html) - // call is used. + // The time stamp of the event, per [RFC3339]. If no time stamp is provided, the time stamp + // of the [PutEvents]call is used. + // + // [PutEvents]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutEvents.html + // [RFC3339]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt Time *time.Time // An X-Ray trace header, which is an http header (X-Amzn-Trace-Id) that contains - // the trace-id associated with the event. To learn more about X-Ray trace headers, - // see Tracing header (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/xray/latest/devguide/xray-concepts.html#xray-concepts-tracingheader) - // in the X-Ray Developer Guide. + // the trace-id associated with the event. + // + // To learn more about X-Ray trace headers, see [Tracing header] in the X-Ray Developer Guide. + // + // [Tracing header]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/xray/latest/devguide/xray-concepts.html#xray-concepts-tracingheader TraceHeader *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Represents the results of an event submitted to an event bus. If the submission -// was successful, the entry has the event ID in it. Otherwise, you can use the -// error code and error message to identify the problem with the entry. For -// information about the errors that are common to all actions, see Common Errors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html) -// . +// Represents the results of an event submitted to an event bus. +// +// If the submission was successful, the entry has the event ID in it. Otherwise, +// you can use the error code and error message to identify the problem with the +// entry. +// +// For information about the errors that are common to all actions, see [Common Errors]. +// +// [Common Errors]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html type PutEventsResultEntry struct { - // The error code that indicates why the event submission failed. Retryable errors - // include: - // - InternalFailure (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html) - // The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception or + // The error code that indicates why the event submission failed. + // + // Retryable errors include: + // + // [InternalFailure] + // + // - The request processing has failed because of an unknown error, exception or // failure. - // - ThrottlingException (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html) - // The request was denied due to request throttling. + // + // [ThrottlingException] + // + // - The request was denied due to request throttling. + // // Non-retryable errors include: - // - AccessDeniedException (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html) - // You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. - // - InvalidAccountIdException The account ID provided is not valid. - // - InvalidArgument A specified parameter is not valid. - // - MalformedDetail The JSON provided is not valid. - // - RedactionFailure Redacting the CloudTrail event failed. - // - NotAuthorizedForSourceException You do not have permissions to publish - // events with this source onto this event bus. - // - NotAuthorizedForDetailTypeException You do not have permissions to publish - // events with this detail type onto this event bus. + // + // [AccessDeniedException] + // + // - You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. + // + // - InvalidAccountIdException + // + // The account ID provided is not valid. + // + // - InvalidArgument + // + // A specified parameter is not valid. + // + // - MalformedDetail + // + // The JSON provided is not valid. + // + // - RedactionFailure + // + // Redacting the CloudTrail event failed. + // + // - NotAuthorizedForSourceException + // + // You do not have permissions to publish events with this source onto this event + // bus. + // + // - NotAuthorizedForDetailTypeException + // + // You do not have permissions to publish events with this detail type onto this + // event bus. + // + // [AccessDeniedException]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html + // [InternalFailure]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html + // [ThrottlingException]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html ErrorCode *string // The error message that explains why the event submission failed. @@ -990,31 +1079,36 @@ type PutEventsResultEntry struct { type PutPartnerEventsRequestEntry struct { // A valid JSON string. There is no other schema imposed. The JSON string may - // contain fields and nested sub-objects. Detail , DetailType , and Source are - // required for EventBridge to successfully send an event to an event bus. If you - // include event entries in a request that do not include each of those properties, - // EventBridge fails that entry. If you submit a request in which none of the - // entries have each of these properties, EventBridge fails the entire request. + // contain fields and nested sub-objects. + // + // Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for EventBridge to successfully + // send an event to an event bus. If you include event entries in a request that do + // not include each of those properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you + // submit a request in which none of the entries have each of these properties, + // EventBridge fails the entire request. Detail *string // A free-form string, with a maximum of 128 characters, used to decide what - // fields to expect in the event detail. Detail , DetailType , and Source are - // required for EventBridge to successfully send an event to an event bus. If you - // include event entries in a request that do not include each of those properties, - // EventBridge fails that entry. If you submit a request in which none of the - // entries have each of these properties, EventBridge fails the entire request. + // fields to expect in the event detail. + // + // Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for EventBridge to successfully + // send an event to an event bus. If you include event entries in a request that do + // not include each of those properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you + // submit a request in which none of the entries have each of these properties, + // EventBridge fails the entire request. DetailType *string // Amazon Web Services resources, identified by Amazon Resource Name (ARN), which // the event primarily concerns. Any number, including zero, may be present. Resources []string - // The event source that is generating the entry. Detail , DetailType , and Source - // are required for EventBridge to successfully send an event to an event bus. If - // you include event entries in a request that do not include each of those - // properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you submit a request in which none - // of the entries have each of these properties, EventBridge fails the entire - // request. + // The event source that is generating the entry. + // + // Detail , DetailType , and Source are required for EventBridge to successfully + // send an event to an event bus. If you include event entries in a request that do + // not include each of those properties, EventBridge fails that entry. If you + // submit a request in which none of the entries have each of these properties, + // EventBridge fails the entire request. Source *string // The date and time of the event. @@ -1127,8 +1221,9 @@ type Replay struct { EventSourceArn *string // A time stamp for the time to start replaying events. This is determined by the - // time in the event as described in Time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutEventsRequestEntry.html#eventbridge-Type-PutEventsRequestEntry-Time) - // . + // time in the event as described in [Time]. + // + // [Time]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutEventsRequestEntry.html#eventbridge-Type-PutEventsRequestEntry-Time EventStartTime *time.Time // A time stamp for the time that the replay completed. @@ -1212,9 +1307,10 @@ type Rule struct { // the default event bus is used. EventBusName *string - // The event pattern of the rule. For more information, see Events and Event - // Patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-and-event-patterns.html) - // in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. + // The event pattern of the rule. For more information, see [Events and Event Patterns] in the Amazon + // EventBridge User Guide. + // + // [Events and Event Patterns]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-and-event-patterns.html EventPattern *string // If the rule was created on behalf of your account by an Amazon Web Services @@ -1226,16 +1322,17 @@ type Rule struct { Name *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that is used for target invocation. - // If you're setting an event bus in another account as the target and that account - // granted permission to your account through an organization instead of directly - // by the account ID, you must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions in the - // Target structure, instead of here in this parameter. + // + // If you're setting an event bus in another account as the target and that + // account granted permission to your account through an organization instead of + // directly by the account ID, you must specify a RoleArn with proper permissions + // in the Target structure, instead of here in this parameter. RoleArn *string // The scheduling expression. For example, "cron(0 20 * * ? *)", "rate(5 - // minutes)". For more information, see Creating an Amazon EventBridge rule that - // runs on a schedule (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-create-rule-schedule.html) - // . + // minutes)". For more information, see [Creating an Amazon EventBridge rule that runs on a schedule]. + // + // [Creating an Amazon EventBridge rule that runs on a schedule]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eb-create-rule-schedule.html ScheduleExpression *string // The state of the rule. @@ -1345,14 +1442,16 @@ type Tag struct { } // Targets are the resources to be invoked when a rule is triggered. For a -// complete list of services and resources that can be set as a target, see -// PutTargets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutTargets.html) -// . If you are setting the event bus of another account as the target, and that +// complete list of services and resources that can be set as a target, see [PutTargets]. +// +// If you are setting the event bus of another account as the target, and that // account granted permission to your account through an organization instead of // directly by the account ID, then you must specify a RoleArn with proper -// permissions in the Target structure. For more information, see Sending and -// Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-cross-account-event-delivery.html) -// in the Amazon EventBridge User Guide. +// permissions in the Target structure. For more information, see [Sending and Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts] in the Amazon +// EventBridge User Guide. +// +// [Sending and Receiving Events Between Amazon Web Services Accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/userguide/eventbridge-cross-account-event-delivery.html +// [PutTargets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eventbridge/latest/APIReference/API_PutTargets.html type Target struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target. @@ -1371,8 +1470,9 @@ type Target struct { AppSyncParameters *AppSyncParameters // If the event target is an Batch job, this contains the job definition, job - // name, and other parameters. For more information, see Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/jobs.html) - // in the Batch User Guide. + // name, and other parameters. For more information, see [Jobs]in the Batch User Guide. + // + // [Jobs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/batch/latest/userguide/jobs.html BatchParameters *BatchParameters // The DeadLetterConfig that defines the target queue to send dead-letter queue @@ -1380,30 +1480,34 @@ type Target struct { DeadLetterConfig *DeadLetterConfig // Contains the Amazon ECS task definition and task count to be used, if the event - // target is an Amazon ECS task. For more information about Amazon ECS tasks, see - // Task Definitions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_defintions.html) + // target is an Amazon ECS task. For more information about Amazon ECS tasks, see [Task Definitions] // in the Amazon EC2 Container Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Task Definitions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/task_defintions.html EcsParameters *EcsParameters // Contains the HTTP parameters to use when the target is a API Gateway endpoint - // or EventBridge ApiDestination. If you specify an API Gateway API or EventBridge - // ApiDestination as a target, you can use this parameter to specify headers, path - // parameters, and query string keys/values as part of your target invoking - // request. If you're using ApiDestinations, the corresponding Connection can also - // have these values configured. In case of any conflicting keys, values from the - // Connection take precedence. + // or EventBridge ApiDestination. + // + // If you specify an API Gateway API or EventBridge ApiDestination as a target, + // you can use this parameter to specify headers, path parameters, and query string + // keys/values as part of your target invoking request. If you're using + // ApiDestinations, the corresponding Connection can also have these values + // configured. In case of any conflicting keys, values from the Connection take + // precedence. HttpParameters *HttpParameters // Valid JSON text passed to the target. In this case, nothing from the event - // itself is passed to the target. For more information, see The JavaScript Object - // Notation (JSON) Data Interchange Format (http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7159.txt) - // . + // itself is passed to the target. For more information, see [The JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Data Interchange Format]. + // + // [The JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Data Interchange Format]: http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7159.txt Input *string // The value of the JSONPath that is used for extracting part of the matched event // when passing it to the target. You may use JSON dot notation or bracket - // notation. For more information about JSON paths, see JSONPath (http://goessner.net/articles/JsonPath/) - // . + // notation. For more information about JSON paths, see [JSONPath]. + // + // [JSONPath]: http://goessner.net/articles/JsonPath/ InputPath *string // Settings to enable you to provide custom input to a target based on certain @@ -1417,9 +1521,11 @@ type Target struct { KinesisParameters *KinesisParameters // Contains the Amazon Redshift Data API parameters to use when the target is a - // Amazon Redshift cluster. If you specify a Amazon Redshift Cluster as a Target, - // you can use this to specify parameters to invoke the Amazon Redshift Data API - // ExecuteStatement based on EventBridge events. + // Amazon Redshift cluster. + // + // If you specify a Amazon Redshift Cluster as a Target, you can use this to + // specify parameters to invoke the Amazon Redshift Data API ExecuteStatement based + // on EventBridge events. RedshiftDataParameters *RedshiftDataParameters // The RetryPolicy object that contains the retry policy configuration to use for @@ -1435,13 +1541,16 @@ type Target struct { RunCommandParameters *RunCommandParameters // Contains the SageMaker Model Building Pipeline parameters to start execution of - // a SageMaker Model Building Pipeline. If you specify a SageMaker Model Building - // Pipeline as a target, you can use this to specify parameters to start a pipeline - // execution based on EventBridge events. + // a SageMaker Model Building Pipeline. + // + // If you specify a SageMaker Model Building Pipeline as a target, you can use + // this to specify parameters to start a pipeline execution based on EventBridge + // events. SageMakerPipelineParameters *SageMakerPipelineParameters - // Contains the message group ID to use when the target is a FIFO queue. If you - // specify an SQS FIFO queue as a target, the queue must have content-based + // Contains the message group ID to use when the target is a FIFO queue. + // + // If you specify an SQS FIFO queue as a target, the queue must have content-based // deduplication enabled. SqsParameters *SqsParameters diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/CHANGELOG.md index 9ce6c8d983ebc..c4b0c5e04ee68 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.32.1 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.32.0 (2024-04-11) * **Feature**: For CreateOpenIDConnectProvider API, the ThumbprintList parameter is no longer required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider.go index b38b1d456c96f..6809c834ff9d4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already -// registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. This -// operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an +// registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. +// +// This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an // existing client ID to the provider. func (c *Client) AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ type AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider // resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by - // using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. + // using the ListOpenIDConnectProvidersoperation. // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddRoleToInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddRoleToInstanceProfile.go index 54c27cb4b4069..b4c8880ddc364 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddRoleToInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddRoleToInstanceProfile.go @@ -14,15 +14,20 @@ import ( // profile can contain only one role, and this quota cannot be increased. You can // remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. // You must then wait for the change to appear across all of Amazon Web Services -// because of eventual consistency (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eventual_consistency) -// . To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.html) -// and then associate the instance profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateIamInstanceProfile.html) -// , or you can stop your instance and then restart it. The caller of this -// operation must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a -// permissions policy. For more information about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about instance profiles, see Using -// instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// because of [eventual consistency]. To force the change, you must [disassociate the instance profile] and then [associate the instance profile], or you can stop your +// instance and then restart it. +// +// The caller of this operation must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM +// role by a permissions policy. +// +// For more information about roles, see [IAM roles] in the IAM User Guide. For more +// information about instance profiles, see [Using instance profiles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [disassociate the instance profile]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.html +// [associate the instance profile]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateIamInstanceProfile.html +// [Using instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html +// [eventual consistency]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eventual_consistency +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html func (c *Client) AddRoleToInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddRoleToInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -40,18 +45,24 @@ func (c *Client) AddRoleToInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *AddRoleTo type AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the instance profile to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string - // The name of the role to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to add. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddUserToGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddUserToGroup.go index 23c34433ad23f..290df222b41c9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddUserToGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AddUserToGroup.go @@ -28,18 +28,24 @@ func (c *Client) AddUserToGroup(ctx context.Context, params *AddUserToGroupInput type AddUserToGroupInput struct { - // The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the group to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The name of the user to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to add. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachGroupPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachGroupPolicy.go index 28063a7b902ec..84a6ba5b521be 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachGroupPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachGroupPolicy.go @@ -10,14 +10,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. You use this -// operation to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a -// group, use PutGroupPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_PutGroupPolicy.html) -// . As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see -// Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policies, see Managed -// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. +// +// You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an +// inline policy in a group, use [PutGroupPolicy]PutGroupPolicy . +// +// As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see [Validating IAM policies] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [PutGroupPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_PutGroupPolicy.html +// [Validating IAM policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) AttachGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachGroupPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachGroupPolicyInput{} @@ -35,17 +40,23 @@ func (c *Client) AttachGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachGroupPolic type AttachGroupPolicyInput struct { - // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachRolePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachRolePolicy.go index 649f7660924cb..0222f260d6dce 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachRolePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachRolePolicy.go @@ -12,16 +12,24 @@ import ( // Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you // attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's -// permission (access) policy. You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust -// policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using -// CreateRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreateRole.html) -// . You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumerolePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.html) -// . Use this operation to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline -// policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_PutRolePolicy.html) -// . For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. -// To learn more, see Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) +// permission (access) policy. +// +// You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust +// policy is created at the same time as the role, using [CreateRole]CreateRole . You can +// update a role's trust policy using [UpdateAssumerolePolicy]UpdateAssumerolePolicy . +// +// Use this operation to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline +// policy in a role, use [PutRolePolicy]PutRolePolicy . For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see [Validating IAM policies] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Validating IAM policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html +// [UpdateAssumerolePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.html +// [PutRolePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_PutRolePolicy.html +// [CreateRole]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreateRole.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) AttachRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachRolePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachRolePolicyInput{} @@ -39,17 +47,23 @@ func (c *Client) AttachRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachRolePolicyI type AttachRolePolicyInput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string - // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachUserPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachUserPolicy.go index 52f4010a62f37..fffb369bb97b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachUserPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_AttachUserPolicy.go @@ -10,14 +10,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. You use this -// operation to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a -// user, use PutUserPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_PutUserPolicy.html) -// . As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see -// Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policies, see Managed -// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. +// +// You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline +// policy in a user, use [PutUserPolicy]PutUserPolicy . +// +// As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see [Validating IAM policies] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Validating IAM policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html +// [PutUserPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_PutUserPolicy.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) AttachUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachUserPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AttachUserPolicyInput{} @@ -35,17 +40,23 @@ func (c *Client) AttachUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachUserPolicyI type AttachUserPolicyInput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string - // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ChangePassword.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ChangePassword.go index 5999053d312c9..04d31e0556b6e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ChangePassword.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ChangePassword.go @@ -14,10 +14,13 @@ import ( // operation can be performed using the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the My // Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. The // Amazon Web Services account root user password is not affected by this -// operation. Use UpdateLoginProfile to use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, -// or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. -// For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// operation. +// +// Use UpdateLoginProfile to use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM +// console to change the password for any IAM user. For more information about +// modifying passwords, see [Managing passwords]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managing passwords]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html func (c *Client) ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, params *ChangePasswordInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangePasswordOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ChangePasswordInput{} @@ -36,16 +39,19 @@ func (c *Client) ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, params *ChangePasswordInput type ChangePasswordInput struct { // The new password. The new password must conform to the Amazon Web Services - // account's password policy, if one exists. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string - // can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space ( \u0020 ) - // through the end of the ASCII character range ( \u00FF ). You can also include + // account's password policy, if one exists. + // + // The [regex pattern] that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That + // string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space ( \u0020 + // ) through the end of the ASCII character range ( \u00FF ). You can also include // the tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage return ( \u000D ) // characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many // tools, such as the Amazon Web Services Management Console, might restrict the // ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that // tool. // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. NewPassword *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccessKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccessKey.go index 03776db6779ae..a79336721b531 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccessKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccessKey.go @@ -11,20 +11,28 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new Amazon Web Services secret access key and corresponding Amazon +// Creates a new Amazon Web Services secret access key and corresponding Amazon +// // Web Services access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new -// keys is Active . If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name -// implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. -// This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. +// keys is Active . +// +// If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This +// operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. // Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account // root user credentials. This is true even if the Amazon Web Services account has -// no associated users. For information about quotas on the number of keys you can -// create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. To ensure the security of your Amazon Web Services -// account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. -// You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to -// access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the -// associated user and then create new keys. +// no associated users. +// +// For information about quotas on the number of keys you can create, see [IAM and STS quotas] in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// To ensure the security of your Amazon Web Services account, the secret access +// key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for +// example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret +// key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then +// create new keys. +// +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html func (c *Client) CreateAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAccessKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAccessKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateAccessKeyInput{} @@ -42,10 +50,13 @@ func (c *Client) CreateAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAccessKeyInp type CreateAccessKeyInput struct { - // The name of the IAM user that the new key will belong to. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user that the new key will belong to. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccountAlias.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccountAlias.go index 9306a0cd8e1d0..cd658c4d4b74d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccountAlias.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateAccountAlias.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // Creates an alias for your Amazon Web Services account. For information about -// using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Creating, deleting, and listing -// an Amazon Web Services account alias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/signin/latest/userguide/CreateAccountAlias.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Sign-In User Guide. +// using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see [Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias]in the Amazon Web Services +// Sign-In User Guide. +// +// [Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/signin/latest/userguide/CreateAccountAlias.html func (c *Client) CreateAccountAlias(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAccountAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAccountAliasOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateAccountAliasInput{} @@ -31,9 +32,13 @@ func (c *Client) CreateAccountAlias(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAccountAl type CreateAccountAliasInput struct { - // The account alias to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. - // You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row. + // The account alias to create. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, + // nor can you have two dashes in a row. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. AccountAlias *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateGroup.go index 91c330e05b403..8ee8002fbaf05 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateGroup.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new group. For information about the number of groups you can create, -// see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Creates a new group. +// +// For information about the number of groups you can create, see [IAM and STS quotas] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html func (c *Client) CreateGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateGroupInput{} @@ -31,21 +34,28 @@ func (c *Client) CreateGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateGroupInput, optF type CreateGroupInput struct { - // The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value. IAM - // user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are - // not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both - // "MyResource" and "myresource". + // The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value. + // + // IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. + // Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources + // named both "MyResource" and "myresource". // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex Path *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateInstanceProfile.go index dde7912f4a5ac..90990faa41ad8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateInstanceProfile.go @@ -11,12 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, see -// Using roles for applications on Amazon EC2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2.html) -// in the IAM User Guide, and Instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/iam-roles-for-amazon-ec2.html#ec2-instance-profile) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For information about the number of instance -// profiles you can create, see IAM object quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, see [Using roles for applications on Amazon EC2] +// +// in the IAM User Guide, and [Instance profiles]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see [IAM object quotas] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/iam-roles-for-amazon-ec2.html#ec2-instance-profile +// [IAM object quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html +// +// [Using roles for applications on Amazon EC2]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2.html func (c *Client) CreateInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -34,30 +39,40 @@ func (c *Client) CreateInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstan type CreateInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the instance profile to create. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the instance profile to create. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string - // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM - // Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see [IAM Identifiers] in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created IAM instance // profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more - // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateLoginProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateLoginProfile.go index 0e00a84da2ca7..8ed950f1da179 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateLoginProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateLoginProfile.go @@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ import ( // Creates a password for the specified IAM user. A password allows an IAM user to // access Amazon Web Services services through the Amazon Web Services Management -// Console. You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in -// the IAM console to create a password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to -// update your own existing password in the My Security Credentials page in the -// Amazon Web Services Management Console. For more information about managing -// passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Console. +// +// You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM +// console to create a password for any IAM user. Use ChangePasswordto update your own existing +// password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services +// Management Console. +// +// For more information about managing passwords, see [Managing passwords] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managing passwords]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html func (c *Client) CreateLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLoginProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateLoginProfileInput{} @@ -36,24 +40,29 @@ func (c *Client) CreateLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoginProf type CreateLoginProfileInput struct { - // The new password for the user. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string - // can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space ( \u0020 ) - // through the end of the ASCII character range ( \u00FF ). You can also include + // The new password for the user. + // + // The [regex pattern] that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That + // string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space ( \u0020 + // ) through the end of the ASCII character range ( \u00FF ). You can also include // the tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage return ( \u000D ) // characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many // tools, such as the Amazon Web Services Management Console, might restrict the // ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that // tool. // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. Password *string // The name of the IAM user to create a password for. The user must already exist. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.go index d90f27fced882..032baccf1286a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -11,35 +11,46 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports -// OpenID Connect (OIDC) (http://openid.net/connect/) . The OIDC provider that you -// create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. -// Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between Amazon Web Services and -// the OIDC provider. If you are using an OIDC identity provider from Google, -// Facebook, or Amazon Cognito, you don't need to create a separate IAM identity -// provider. These OIDC identity providers are already built-in to Amazon Web -// Services and are available for your use. Instead, you can move directly to -// creating new roles using your identity provider. To learn more, see Creating a -// role for web identity or OpenID connect federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_oidc.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the -// following: +// Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports [OpenID Connect (OIDC)]. +// +// The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a +// principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust +// relationship between Amazon Web Services and the OIDC provider. +// +// If you are using an OIDC identity provider from Google, Facebook, or Amazon +// Cognito, you don't need to create a separate IAM identity provider. These OIDC +// identity providers are already built-in to Amazon Web Services and are available +// for your use. Instead, you can move directly to creating new roles using your +// identity provider. To learn more, see [Creating a role for web identity or OpenID connect federation]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following: +// // - The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust +// // - A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the // application or applications allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider +// // - A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM OIDC provider +// // - A list of thumbprints of one or more server certificates that the IdP uses // // You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP you want to use to access -// Amazon Web Services. Amazon Web Services secures communication with some OIDC -// identity providers (IdPs) through our library of trusted root certificate -// authorities (CAs) instead of using a certificate thumbprint to verify your IdP -// server certificate. In these cases, your legacy thumbprint remains in your -// configuration, but is no longer used for validation. These OIDC IdPs include -// Auth0, GitHub, GitLab, Google, and those that use an Amazon S3 bucket to host a -// JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) endpoint. The trust for the OIDC provider is derived -// from the IAM provider that this operation creates. Therefore, it is best to -// limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged -// users. +// Amazon Web Services. +// +// Amazon Web Services secures communication with some OIDC identity providers +// (IdPs) through our library of trusted root certificate authorities (CAs) instead +// of using a certificate thumbprint to verify your IdP server certificate. In +// these cases, your legacy thumbprint remains in your configuration, but is no +// longer used for validation. These OIDC IdPs include Auth0, GitHub, GitLab, +// Google, and those that use an Amazon S3 bucket to host a JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) +// endpoint. +// +// The trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this +// operation creates. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvideroperation to +// highly privileged users. +// +// [OpenID Connect (OIDC)]: http://openid.net/connect/ +// [Creating a role for web identity or OpenID connect federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_oidc.html func (c *Client) CreateOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} @@ -61,10 +72,12 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per the // OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. // Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org - // or https://example.com . The URL should not contain a port number. You cannot - // register the same provider multiple times in a single Amazon Web Services - // account. If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID - // Connect provider in the Amazon Web Services account, you will get an error. + // or https://example.com . The URL should not contain a port number. + // + // You cannot register the same provider multiple times in a single Amazon Web + // Services account. If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an + // OpenID Connect provider in the Amazon Web Services account, you will get an + // error. // // This member is required. Url *string @@ -72,38 +85,50 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // Provides a list of client IDs, also known as audiences. When a mobile or web // app registers with an OpenID Connect provider, they establish a value that // identifies the application. This is the value that's sent as the client_id - // parameter on OAuth requests. You can register multiple client IDs with the same - // provider. For example, you might have multiple applications that use the same - // OIDC provider. You cannot register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM - // OIDC provider. There is no defined format for a client ID. The + // parameter on OAuth requests. + // + // You can register multiple client IDs with the same provider. For example, you + // might have multiple applications that use the same OIDC provider. You cannot + // register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM OIDC provider. + // + // There is no defined format for a client ID. The // CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest operation accepts client IDs up to 255 // characters long. ClientIDList []string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) // provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more - // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag // A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity // provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. // However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This // lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating - // certificates. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, IAM will - // retrieve and use the top intermediate certificate authority (CA) thumbprint of - // the OpenID Connect identity provider server certificate. The server certificate - // thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate used by - // the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its keys available. It is - // always a 40-character string. For example, assume that the OIDC provider is - // server.example.com and the provider stores its keys at - // https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the thumbprint - // string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by - // https://keys.server.example.com. For more information about obtaining the OIDC - // provider thumbprint, see Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html) - // in the IAM user Guide. + // certificates. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, IAM will retrieve and use + // the top intermediate certificate authority (CA) thumbprint of the OpenID Connect + // identity provider server certificate. + // + // The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the + // X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its + // keys available. It is always a 40-character string. + // + // For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the + // provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In + // that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of + // the certificate used by https://keys.server.example.com. + // + // For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider thumbprint, see [Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect provider] in the + // IAM user Guide. + // + // [Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect provider]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html ThumbprintList []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -113,13 +138,14 @@ type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new IAM OpenID Connect provider that is - // created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry . + // created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string // A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM OIDC provider. The returned - // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see - // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicy.go index 6aa86d58331a0..aba80f394173f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicy.go @@ -11,15 +11,21 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new managed policy for your Amazon Web Services account. This -// operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 -// as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see -// Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. -// To learn more, see Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policies in general, -// see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Creates a new managed policy for your Amazon Web Services account. +// +// This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and +// sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy +// versions, see [Versioning for managed policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see [Validating IAM policies] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about managed policies in general, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Validating IAM policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html +// [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) CreatePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreatePolicyInput{} @@ -37,58 +43,82 @@ func (c *Client) CreatePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePolicyInput, op type CreatePolicyInput struct { - // The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for the new - // policy. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for - // CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON - // or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format - // before submitting it to IAM. The maximum length of the policy document that you - // can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the - // maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and - // STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . To learn more about JSON policy grammar, see Grammar of the IAM JSON policy - // language (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_grammar.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used - // to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for the new policy. + // + // You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation + // templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. + // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it + // to IAM. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // To learn more about JSON policy grammar, see [Grammar of the IAM JSON policy language] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [Grammar of the IAM JSON policy language]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_grammar.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length + // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string - // The friendly name of the policy. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must - // be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, - // you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource". + // The friendly name of the policy. + // + // IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. + // Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources + // named both "MyResource" and "myresource". // // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // A friendly description of the policy. Typically used to store information about - // the permissions defined in the policy. For example, "Grants access to production - // DynamoDB tables." The policy description is immutable. After a value is - // assigned, it cannot be changed. + // A friendly description of the policy. + // + // Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the + // policy. For example, "Grants access to production DynamoDB tables." + // + // The policy description is immutable. After a value is assigned, it cannot be + // changed. Description *string - // The path for the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path for the policy. + // + // For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // // You cannot use an asterisk (*) in the path name. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex Path *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM customer managed policy. // Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicyVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicyVersion.go index ac9ad2eb92de2..720fd1ce45667 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicyVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreatePolicyVersion.go @@ -14,12 +14,15 @@ import ( // Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed // policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five // versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version -// using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version. Optionally, you can -// set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the -// version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the -// policy is attached. For more information about managed policy versions, see -// Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// using DeletePolicyVersionbefore you create a new version. +// +// Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The +// default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and +// roles to which the policy is attached. +// +// For more information about managed policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html func (c *Client) CreatePolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePolicyVersionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreatePolicyVersionInput{} @@ -38,38 +41,55 @@ func (c *Client) CreatePolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePolicyVe type CreatePolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new - // version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // version. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string // The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for this new - // version of the policy. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, - // for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in - // JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format - // before submitting it to IAM. The maximum length of the policy document that you - // can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the - // maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and - // STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this - // parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // version of the policy. + // + // You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation + // templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. + // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it + // to IAM. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length + // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string - // Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version. When - // this parameter is true , the new policy version becomes the operative version. - // That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and - // roles that the policy is attached to. For more information about managed policy - // versions, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version. + // + // When this parameter is true , the new policy version becomes the operative + // version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, + // groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. + // + // For more information about managed policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html SetAsDefault bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateRole.go index 3cf0102ca1076..c85f3b15df918 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateRole.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new role for your Amazon Web Services account. For more information -// about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For information about quotas for role names and the -// number of roles you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Creates a new role for your Amazon Web Services account. +// +// For more information about roles, see [IAM roles] in the IAM User Guide. For information +// about quotas for role names and the number of roles you can create, see [IAM and STS quotas]in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html func (c *Client) CreateRole(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateRoleInput{} @@ -34,29 +37,43 @@ func (c *Client) CreateRole(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRoleInput, optFns type CreateRoleInput struct { // The trust relationship policy document that grants an entity permission to - // assume the role. In IAM, you must provide a JSON policy that has been converted - // to a string. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can - // provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML - // policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // assume the role. + // + // In IAM, you must provide a JSON policy that has been converted to a string. + // However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the + // policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to + // JSON format before submitting it to IAM. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // // Upon success, the response includes the same trust policy in JSON format. // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. AssumeRolePolicyDocument *string - // The name of the role to create. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be - // unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you - // cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource". This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to create. + // + // IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. + // Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources + // named both "MyResource" and "myresource". + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -67,44 +84,59 @@ type CreateRoleInput struct { // The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the // specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default // value of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 - // hours. Anyone who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the - // DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request - // a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum - // duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users - // don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security - // credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the - // AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not - // apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more - // information, see Using IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // hours. + // + // Anyone who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API + // parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. + // The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be + // requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value + // for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one + // hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or + // the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those + // operations to create a console URL. For more information, see [Using IAM roles]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [Using IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html MaxSessionDuration *int32 - // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see [IAM Identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string // The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for - // the role. A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that + // the role. + // + // A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that // identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. // Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a - // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions - // boundaries for IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policy types, see Policy - // types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // For more information about policy types, see [Policy types] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Policy types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundary *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new role. Each tag consists of a - // key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see - // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateSAMLProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateSAMLProvider.go index e2d1720cad684..4f53c30d39f2c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateSAMLProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateSAMLProvider.go @@ -12,21 +12,28 @@ import ( ) // Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports -// SAML 2.0. The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be -// used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable -// federated users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can -// create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the Amazon -// Web Services Management Console or one that supports API access to Amazon Web -// Services. When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata -// document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, -// expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML -// authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the -// metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your -// organization's IdP. This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// . For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 federated users to access the -// Amazon Web Services Management Console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html) -// and About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// SAML 2.0. +// +// The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a +// principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated +// users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM +// role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the Amazon Web Services +// Management Console or one that supports API access to Amazon Web Services. +// +// When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document +// that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration +// information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication +// response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata +// document using the identity management software that is used as your +// organization's IdP. +// +// This operation requires [Signature Version 4]. +// +// For more information, see [Enabling SAML 2.0 federated users to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console] and [About SAML 2.0-based federation] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Signature Version 4]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html +// [About SAML 2.0-based federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html +// [Enabling SAML 2.0 federated users to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html func (c *Client) CreateSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSAMLProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSAMLProviderInput{} @@ -44,10 +51,13 @@ func (c *Client) CreateSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSAMLProvi type CreateSAMLProviderInput struct { - // The name of the provider to create. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the provider to create. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -56,19 +66,23 @@ type CreateSAMLProviderInput struct { // The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that // can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are // received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the - // identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. For more - // information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) - // in the IAM User Guide + // identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. + // + // For more information, see [About SAML 2.0-based federation] in the IAM User Guide + // + // [About SAML 2.0-based federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html // // This member is required. SAMLMetadataDocument *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM SAML provider. Each tag // consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -81,9 +95,10 @@ type CreateSAMLProviderOutput struct { SAMLProviderArn *string // A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM SAML provider. The returned - // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see - // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceLinkedRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceLinkedRole.go index 99cca536316d0..991bf6aa8438d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceLinkedRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceLinkedRole.go @@ -17,10 +17,12 @@ import ( // deleted role, which could put your Amazon Web Services resources into an unknown // state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability // and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more -// information, see Using service-linked roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/using-service-linked-roles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must -// make the request using the Amazon Web Services service that depends on this -// role. +// information, see [Using service-linked roles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using +// the Amazon Web Services service that depends on this role. +// +// [Using service-linked roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/using-service-linked-roles.html func (c *Client) CreateServiceLinkedRole(ctx context.Context, params *CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateServiceLinkedRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput{} @@ -40,12 +42,14 @@ type CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput struct { // The service principal for the Amazon Web Services service to which this role is // attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front. - // For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com . Service principals are unique and - // case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked - // role, see Amazon Web Services services that work with IAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked - // Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation - // for that service. + // For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com . + // + // Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service + // principal for your service-linked role, see [Amazon Web Services services that work with IAM]in the IAM User Guide. Look for the + // services that have Yes in the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to + // view the service-linked role documentation for that service. + // + // [Amazon Web Services services that work with IAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html // // This member is required. AWSServiceName *string @@ -54,9 +58,11 @@ type CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput struct { // to form the complete role name. If you make multiple requests for the same // service, then you must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. // Otherwise the request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, you - // could add -1 or -debug to the suffix. Some services do not support the - // CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an optional suffix and the operation - // fails, try the operation again without the suffix. + // could add -1 or -debug to the suffix. + // + // Some services do not support the CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an + // optional suffix and the operation fails, try the operation again without the + // suffix. CustomSuffix *string // The description of the role. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceSpecificCredential.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceSpecificCredential.go index 0b36b81f15839..e3a8ebd149c27 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceSpecificCredential.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateServiceSpecificCredential.go @@ -13,14 +13,20 @@ import ( // Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can // be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are -// generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. You can have a -// maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service -// per user. You can create service-specific credentials for CodeCommit and Amazon -// Keyspaces (for Apache Cassandra). You can reset the password to a new -// service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential . For more -// information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with CodeCommit: -// Git credentials, SSH keys, and Amazon Web Services access keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_ssh-keys.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. +// +// You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each +// supported service per user. +// +// You can create service-specific credentials for CodeCommit and Amazon Keyspaces +// (for Apache Cassandra). +// +// You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. +// +// For more information about service-specific credentials, see [Using IAM with CodeCommit: Git credentials, SSH keys, and Amazon Web Services access keys] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Using IAM with CodeCommit: Git credentials, SSH keys, and Amazon Web Services access keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_ssh-keys.html func (c *Client) CreateServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput{} @@ -47,10 +53,13 @@ type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { // The name of the IAM user that is to be associated with the credentials. The new // service-specific credentials have the same permissions as the associated user - // except that they can be used only to access the specified service. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // except that they can be used only to access the specified service. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string @@ -61,9 +70,10 @@ type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput struct { // A structure that contains information about the newly created service-specific - // credential. This is the only time that the password for this credential set is - // available. It cannot be recovered later. Instead, you must reset the password - // with ResetServiceSpecificCredential . + // credential. + // + // This is the only time that the password for this credential set is available. + // It cannot be recovered later. Instead, you must reset the password with ResetServiceSpecificCredential. ServiceSpecificCredential *types.ServiceSpecificCredential // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateUser.go index 6b8c403339fc3..220ad7f8689c1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateUser.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new IAM user for your Amazon Web Services account. For information -// about quotas for the number of IAM users you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) +// Creates a new IAM user for your Amazon Web Services account. +// +// For information about quotas for the number of IAM users you can create, see [IAM and STS quotas] // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html func (c *Client) CreateUser(ctx context.Context, params *CreateUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateUserInput{} @@ -31,40 +34,53 @@ func (c *Client) CreateUser(ctx context.Context, params *CreateUserInput, optFns type CreateUserInput struct { - // The name of the user to create. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be - // unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you - // cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource". + // The name of the user to create. + // + // IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. + // Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources + // named both "MyResource" and "myresource". // // This member is required. UserName *string - // The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM - // identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex Path *string // The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for - // the user. A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that + // the user. + // + // A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that // identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. // Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a - // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions - // boundaries for IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policy types, see Policy - // types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // For more information about policy types, see [Policy types] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Policy types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundary *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new user. Each tag consists of a - // key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see - // Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateVirtualMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateVirtualMFADevice.go index 6d8e0d6867b80..e0a0400b71a63 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateVirtualMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_CreateVirtualMFADevice.go @@ -12,16 +12,21 @@ import ( ) // Creates a new virtual MFA device for the Amazon Web Services account. After -// creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an -// IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA -// devices, see Using a virtual MFA device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of MFA devices -// you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. The seed information contained in the QR code and the -// Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information. In -// other words, protect the seed information as you would your Amazon Web Services -// access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you -// should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures. +// creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADeviceto attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more +// information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see [Using a virtual MFA device]in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// For information about the maximum number of MFA devices you can create, see [IAM and STS quotas] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be +// treated like any other secret access information. In other words, protect the +// seed information as you would your Amazon Web Services access keys or your +// passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the +// information is destroyed following secure procedures. +// +// [Using a virtual MFA device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html func (c *Client) CreateVirtualMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVirtualMFADeviceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput{} @@ -40,30 +45,40 @@ func (c *Client) CreateVirtualMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVirtu type CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput struct { // The name of the virtual MFA device, which must be unique. Use with path to - // uniquely identify a virtual MFA device. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // uniquely identify a virtual MFA device. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. VirtualMFADeviceName *string - // The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM - // identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex Path *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM virtual MFA device. Each // tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeactivateMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeactivateMFADevice.go index be155c45d0e2a..46ca817294986 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeactivateMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeactivateMFADevice.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( ) // Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the -// user name for which it was originally enabled. For more information about -// creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Enabling a virtual -// multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) +// user name for which it was originally enabled. +// +// For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see [Enabling a virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device] // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Enabling a virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html func (c *Client) DeactivateMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *DeactivateMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeactivateMFADeviceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeactivateMFADeviceInput{} @@ -33,18 +35,24 @@ func (c *Client) DeactivateMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *DeactivateMFAD type DeactivateMFADeviceInput struct { // The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA - // devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // devices, the serial number is the device ARN. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string - // The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccessKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccessKey.go index 600a6776052be..00c6d59e1687c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccessKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccessKey.go @@ -10,12 +10,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. If you do -// not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the -// Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This operation works for -// access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use -// this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even -// if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. +// Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. +// +// If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This +// operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. +// Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account +// root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated +// users. func (c *Client) DeleteAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccessKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAccessKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteAccessKeyInput{} @@ -34,17 +36,23 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccessKeyInp type DeleteAccessKeyInput struct { // The access key ID for the access key ID and secret access key you want to - // delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or - // digit. + // delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. AccessKeyId *string - // The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccountAlias.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccountAlias.go index 0424523ca9d7c..ccd41fe69ac7a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccountAlias.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteAccountAlias.go @@ -10,10 +10,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified Amazon Web Services account alias. For information about -// using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Creating, deleting, and listing -// an Amazon Web Services account alias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/signin/latest/userguide/CreateAccountAlias.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Sign-In User Guide. +// Deletes the specified Amazon Web Services account alias. For information about +// +// using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see [Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias]in the Amazon Web Services +// Sign-In User Guide. +// +// [Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/signin/latest/userguide/CreateAccountAlias.html func (c *Client) DeleteAccountAlias(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccountAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAccountAliasOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteAccountAliasInput{} @@ -31,10 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteAccountAlias(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccountAl type DeleteAccountAliasInput struct { - // The name of the account alias to delete. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish - // with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row. + // The name of the account alias to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, + // nor can you have two dashes in a row. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. AccountAlias *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroup.go index c23bd792bdea7..28b9e25ae82d4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroup.go @@ -29,10 +29,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteGroupInput, optF type DeleteGroupInput struct { - // The name of the IAM group to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM group to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroupPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroupPolicy.go index cc3afbcc549c6..bafb54bd4a1a5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroupPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteGroupPolicy.go @@ -10,11 +10,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM -// group. A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a -// managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy . For more information about -// policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group. +// +// A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed +// policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DeleteGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteGroupPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteGroupPolicyInput{} @@ -33,18 +35,24 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteGroupPolic type DeleteGroupPolicyInput struct { // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group that the policy is - // embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // embedded in. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name identifying the policy document to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteInstanceProfile.go index 732a2a0a58ca5..dd4f63956aaa7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteInstanceProfile.go @@ -11,12 +11,16 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an -// associated role. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running -// with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance -// profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications -// running on the instance. For more information about instance profiles, see -// Using instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// associated role. +// +// Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the +// instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile +// that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running +// on the instance. +// +// For more information about instance profiles, see [Using instance profiles] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Using instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html func (c *Client) DeleteInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -34,10 +38,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInstan type DeleteInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the instance profile to delete. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the instance profile to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteLoginProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteLoginProfile.go index fac350f819a26..5dcaff07c2031 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteLoginProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteLoginProfile.go @@ -10,16 +10,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see -// Managing passwords for IAM users (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_passwords_admin-change-user.html) -// . You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM -// console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword to -// update, but not delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in -// the Amazon Web Services Management Console. Deleting a user's password does not -// prevent a user from accessing Amazon Web Services through the command line -// interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any -// access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys -// inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey . +// Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see [Managing passwords for IAM users]. +// +// You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM +// console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePasswordto update, but not +// delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web +// Services Management Console. +// +// Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing Amazon Web +// Services through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user +// access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For +// more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKeyand DeleteAccessKey. +// +// [Managing passwords for IAM users]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_passwords_admin-change-user.html func (c *Client) DeleteLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLoginProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteLoginProfileInput{} @@ -37,10 +40,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLoginProf type DeleteLoginProfileInput struct { - // The name of the user whose password you want to delete. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose password you want to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider.go index 37df78331da9b..6220e26938a78 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. +// // Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference // the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a -// role that references a deleted provider fails. This operation is idempotent; it -// does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that -// does not exist. +// role that references a deleted provider fails. +// +// This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call +// the operation for a provider that does not exist. func (c *Client) DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} @@ -35,7 +37,7 @@ type DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource // object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource ARNs by - // using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. + // using the ListOpenIDConnectProvidersoperation. // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicy.go index 3f6e7439791fe..d040de7a711e1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicy.go @@ -10,23 +10,28 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified managed policy. Before you can delete a managed policy, -// you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is -// attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The -// following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy: +// Deletes the specified managed policy. +// +// Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from +// all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must +// delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for +// deleting a managed policy: +// // - Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is -// attached to, using DetachUserPolicy , DetachGroupPolicy , or DetachRolePolicy -// . To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use -// ListEntitiesForPolicy . -// - Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion . To list the -// policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions . You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion -// to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the -// policy's default version in the next step of the process. +// attached to, using DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a +// policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. +// +// - Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, +// use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersionto delete the version that is marked as the default +// version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the +// process. +// // - Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) // using this operation. // -// For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For information about managed policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DeletePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeletePolicyInput{} @@ -44,9 +49,12 @@ func (c *Client) DeletePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyInput, op type DeletePolicyInput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicyVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicyVersion.go index b470dc39bebe0..08adc89d49a1a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicyVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeletePolicyVersion.go @@ -10,13 +10,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. You cannot -// delete the default version from a policy using this operation. To delete the -// default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy . To find out which version of a -// policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions . For -// information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for managed -// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. +// +// You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this operation. To +// delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a +// policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. +// +// For information about versions for managed policies, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html func (c *Client) DeletePolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePolicyVersionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeletePolicyVersionInput{} @@ -35,18 +37,26 @@ func (c *Client) DeletePolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyVe type DeletePolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete - // a version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // a version. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string - // The policy version to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by - // one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of - // letters and digits. For more information about managed policy versions, see - // Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The policy version to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that consists of + // the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed + // by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits. + // + // For more information about managed policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html // // This member is required. VersionId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRole.go index 67989ef86db83..fc20453f331ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRole.go @@ -12,18 +12,23 @@ import ( // Deletes the specified role. Unlike the Amazon Web Services Management Console, // when you delete a role programmatically, you must delete the items attached to -// the role manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an -// IAM role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_manage_delete.html#roles-managingrole-deleting-cli) -// . Before attempting to delete a role, remove the following attached items: -// - Inline policies ( DeleteRolePolicy ) -// - Attached managed policies ( DetachRolePolicy ) -// - Instance profile ( RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile ) +// the role manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see [Deleting an IAM role]. Before +// attempting to delete a role, remove the following attached items: +// +// - Inline policies (DeleteRolePolicy ) +// +// - Attached managed policies (DetachRolePolicy ) +// +// - Instance profile (RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile ) +// // - Optional – Delete instance profile after detaching from role for resource -// clean up ( DeleteInstanceProfile ) +// clean up (DeleteInstanceProfile ) // // Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role // you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated // with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. +// +// [Deleting an IAM role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_manage_delete.html#roles-managingrole-deleting-cli func (c *Client) DeleteRole(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteRoleInput{} @@ -41,10 +46,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteRole(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRoleInput, optFns type DeleteRoleInput struct { - // The name of the role to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary.go index 425bcfd33561a..4701f89f92973 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary.go @@ -10,10 +10,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. You cannot set the -// boundary for a service-linked role. Deleting the permissions boundary for a role -// might increase its permissions. For example, it might allow anyone who assumes -// the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies. +// Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. +// +// You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. +// +// Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions. +// For example, it might allow anyone who assumes the role to perform all the +// actions granted in its permissions policies. func (c *Client) DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePolicy.go index 41cc1bc772b82..837937e9fe3a9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteRolePolicy.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role. -// A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy -// from a role, use DetachRolePolicy . For more information about policies, refer -// to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed +// policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DeleteRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRolePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteRolePolicyInput{} @@ -32,19 +34,25 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRolePolicyI type DeleteRolePolicyInput struct { - // The name of the inline policy to delete from the specified IAM role. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the inline policy to delete from the specified IAM role. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role that the policy is - // embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // embedded in. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSAMLProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSAMLProvider.go index 59cf5189eb6c6..23bd562bed177 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSAMLProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSAMLProvider.go @@ -10,12 +10,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. Deleting the provider resource from -// IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as -// a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that -// references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails. This operation requires -// Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// . +// Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. +// +// Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that +// reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust +// policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider +// resource ARN fails. +// +// This operation requires [Signature Version 4]. +// +// [Signature Version 4]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html func (c *Client) DeleteSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSAMLProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteSAMLProviderInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSSHPublicKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSSHPublicKey.go index 6b90de1fa37f0..78f4fbff1dbd7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSSHPublicKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSSHPublicKey.go @@ -10,11 +10,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified SSH public key. The SSH public key deleted by this -// operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an -// CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate -// to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) -// in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// Deletes the specified SSH public key. +// +// The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating +// the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about +// using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]in the +// CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html func (c *Client) DeleteSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput{} @@ -32,17 +35,23 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSSHPublic type DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput struct { - // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through - // its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SSHPublicKeyId *string - // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServerCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServerCertificate.go index f91110f6a2a43..c18543bb44b1d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServerCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServerCertificate.go @@ -10,18 +10,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified server certificate. For more information about working -// with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services -// services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. If you -// are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the +// Deletes the specified server certificate. +// +// For more information about working with server certificates, see [Working with server certificates] in the IAM +// User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that +// can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. +// +// If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the // certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load // Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to // use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting // traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from // Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For -// more information, see DeleteLoadBalancerListeners (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticLoadBalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteLoadBalancerListeners.html) -// in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference. +// more information, see [DeleteLoadBalancerListeners]in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference. +// +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html +// [DeleteLoadBalancerListeners]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticLoadBalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteLoadBalancerListeners.html func (c *Client) DeleteServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteServerCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteServerCertificateInput{} @@ -39,10 +43,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteServ type DeleteServerCertificateInput struct { - // The name of the server certificate you want to delete. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the server certificate you want to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceLinkedRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceLinkedRole.go index d4b7c69d7a45c..97b2c4a4f1283 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceLinkedRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceLinkedRole.go @@ -15,18 +15,21 @@ import ( // operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources // used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation // more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is -// not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. If -// you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is -// still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the -// GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation returns the reason for the failure, -// usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the -// service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked -// service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to -// the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing -// resources from a service, see the Amazon Web Services documentation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/) -// for your service. For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles -// terms and concepts: Amazon Web Services service-linked role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-service-linked-role) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. +// +// If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service +// is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus +// operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources +// that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove +// those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request +// again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For +// more information about removing resources from a service, see the [Amazon Web Services documentation]for your +// service. +// +// For more information about service-linked roles, see [Roles terms and concepts: Amazon Web Services service-linked role] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Roles terms and concepts: Amazon Web Services service-linked role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-service-linked-role +// [Amazon Web Services documentation]: http://docs.aws.amazon.com/ func (c *Client) DeleteServiceLinkedRole(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteServiceLinkedRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceSpecificCredential.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceSpecificCredential.go index 99aeb8e99266c..0d3472a59d60f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceSpecificCredential.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteServiceSpecificCredential.go @@ -29,19 +29,25 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *De type DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { // The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. You can get this - // value by calling ListServiceSpecificCredentials . This parameter allows (through - // its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // value by calling ListServiceSpecificCredentials. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServiceSpecificCredentialId *string // The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If // this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose - // credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // credentials are used to call the operation. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSigningCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSigningCertificate.go index 866433d1f010d..b0821969c086a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSigningCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteSigningCertificate.go @@ -10,12 +10,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. If you do -// not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the -// Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This operation works for -// access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use -// this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even -// if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated IAM users. +// Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. +// +// If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This +// operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. +// Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account +// root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated +// IAM users. func (c *Client) DeleteSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSigningCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSigningCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteSigningCertificateInput{} @@ -33,17 +35,23 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSig type DeleteSigningCertificateInput struct { - // The ID of the signing certificate to delete. The format of this parameter, as - // described by its regex (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) pattern, is a string - // of characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters or digits. + // The ID of the signing certificate to delete. + // + // The format of this parameter, as described by its [regex] pattern, is a string of + // characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters or digits. + // + // [regex]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. CertificateId *string - // The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUser.go index ec1a279b49cbb..aa5feedcb80a3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUser.go @@ -12,19 +12,28 @@ import ( // Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the Amazon Web Services Management // Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items -// attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see -// Deleting an IAM user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_deleting_cli) +// attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see [Deleting an IAM user] // . Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items: -// - Password ( DeleteLoginProfile ) -// - Access keys ( DeleteAccessKey ) -// - Signing certificate ( DeleteSigningCertificate ) -// - SSH public key ( DeleteSSHPublicKey ) -// - Git credentials ( DeleteServiceSpecificCredential ) -// - Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device ( DeactivateMFADevice , -// DeleteVirtualMFADevice ) -// - Inline policies ( DeleteUserPolicy ) -// - Attached managed policies ( DetachUserPolicy ) -// - Group memberships ( RemoveUserFromGroup ) +// +// - Password (DeleteLoginProfile ) +// +// - Access keys (DeleteAccessKey ) +// +// - Signing certificate (DeleteSigningCertificate ) +// +// - SSH public key (DeleteSSHPublicKey ) +// +// - Git credentials (DeleteServiceSpecificCredential ) +// +// - Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (DeactivateMFADevice , DeleteVirtualMFADevice) +// +// - Inline policies (DeleteUserPolicy ) +// +// - Attached managed policies (DetachUserPolicy ) +// +// - Group memberships (RemoveUserFromGroup ) +// +// [Deleting an IAM user]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_deleting_cli func (c *Client) DeleteUser(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteUserInput{} @@ -42,10 +51,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteUser(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserInput, optFns type DeleteUserInput struct { - // The name of the user to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary.go index 6cfceb1186a77..746c8ab259353 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary.go @@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. Deleting the -// permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the -// user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies. +// Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. +// +// Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by +// allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions +// policies. func (c *Client) DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPolicy.go index 15213695b9509..ccb32050d870c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteUserPolicy.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user. -// A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy -// from a user, use DetachUserPolicy . For more information about policies, refer -// to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed +// policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DeleteUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteUserPolicyInput{} @@ -32,19 +34,25 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserPolicyI type DeleteUserPolicyInput struct { - // The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name identifying the policy document to delete. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user that the policy is - // embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // embedded in. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteVirtualMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteVirtualMFADevice.go index 5804cb4413bb4..420436311cf74 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteVirtualMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DeleteVirtualMFADevice.go @@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a virtual MFA device. You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device -// before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see -// DeactivateMFADevice . +// Deletes a virtual MFA device. +// +// You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For +// information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice. func (c *Client) DeleteVirtualMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVirtualMFADeviceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput{} @@ -31,10 +32,13 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteVirtualMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVirtu type DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput struct { // The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA - // devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachGroupPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachGroupPolicy.go index 0189737930700..17155d6db3aa0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachGroupPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachGroupPolicy.go @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. A group can -// also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use -// DeleteGroupPolicy . For information about policies, see Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. +// +// A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline +// policy, use DeleteGroupPolicy. For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DetachGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachGroupPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachGroupPolicyInput{} @@ -33,17 +34,22 @@ func (c *Client) DetachGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachGroupPolic type DetachGroupPolicyInput struct { // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM group to detach the policy from. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachRolePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachRolePolicy.go index 3cf8d7fecb6eb..105c7bea0bd59 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachRolePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachRolePolicy.go @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. A role can also -// have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use -// DeleteRolePolicy . For information about policies, see Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. +// +// A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline +// policy, use DeleteRolePolicy. For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DetachRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachRolePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachRolePolicyInput{} @@ -32,18 +33,23 @@ func (c *Client) DetachRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachRolePolicyI type DetachRolePolicyInput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role to detach the policy from. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachUserPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachUserPolicy.go index d9a608a79a97d..bbd40cc754248 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachUserPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_DetachUserPolicy.go @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. A user can also -// have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use -// DeleteUserPolicy . For information about policies, see Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. +// +// A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline +// policy, use DeleteUserPolicy. For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) DetachUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachUserPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DetachUserPolicyInput{} @@ -32,18 +33,23 @@ func (c *Client) DetachUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachUserPolicyI type DetachUserPolicyInput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to detach the policy from. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_EnableMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_EnableMFADevice.go index d9911cbb82ed8..c50a2c4069e74 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_EnableMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_EnableMFADevice.go @@ -30,43 +30,55 @@ func (c *Client) EnableMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *EnableMFADeviceInp type EnableMFADeviceInput struct { - // An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is - // a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after generating the - // authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit - // the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA - // device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords - // (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the - // device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_mfa_sync.html) - // . + // An authentication code emitted by the device. + // + // The format for this parameter is a string of six digits. + // + // Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If + // you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA + // device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of + // sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a + // short period of time. If this happens, you can [resync the device]. + // + // [resync the device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_mfa_sync.html // // This member is required. AuthenticationCode1 *string - // A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this - // parameter is a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after - // generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too - // long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user - // but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time - // passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can - // resync the device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_mfa_sync.html) - // . + // A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. + // + // The format for this parameter is a string of six digits. + // + // Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If + // you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA + // device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of + // sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a + // short period of time. If this happens, you can [resync the device]. + // + // [resync the device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_mfa_sync.html // // This member is required. AuthenticationCode2 *string // The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA - // devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // devices, the serial number is the device ARN. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string - // The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateCredentialReport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateCredentialReport.go index 6ed0670cab3ca..94547d9dc58d4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateCredentialReport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateCredentialReport.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Generates a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more -// information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Generates a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more +// +// information about the credential report, see [Getting credential reports]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Getting credential reports]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html func (c *Client) GenerateCredentialReport(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateCredentialReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateCredentialReportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateCredentialReportInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.go index 7998fcadf5a31..1f6d9597ad4b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport.go @@ -12,54 +12,63 @@ import ( // Generates a report for service last accessed data for Organizations. You can // generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or -// account) or policies in your organization. To call this operation, you must be -// signed in using your Organizations management account credentials. You can use -// your long-term IAM user or root user credentials, or temporary credentials from -// assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must -// have the required IAM and Organizations permissions. For more information, see -// Refining permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can generate a service last accessed data report for -// entities by specifying only the entity's path. This data includes a list of -// services that are allowed by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to -// the entity. You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by -// specifying an entity's path and an optional Organizations policy ID. This data -// includes a list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each -// service in both report types, the data includes the most recent account activity -// that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or the entity's -// children. For important information about the data, reporting period, -// permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see Reducing -// permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. The data includes all attempts to access Amazon Web -// Services, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were -// made using the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the Amazon Web Services -// API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected -// entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that an account has been -// compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your -// CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls -// and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see -// Logging IAM events with CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This operation returns a JobId . Use this parameter in -// the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check the status of the report -// generation. To check the status of this request, use the JobId parameter in the -// GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response -// parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report. To generate a -// service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity path without -// specifying the optional Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you -// specify determines the data returned in the report. +// account) or policies in your organization. +// +// To call this operation, you must be signed in using your Organizations +// management account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user +// credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be +// enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and +// Organizations permissions. For more information, see [Refining permissions using service last accessed data]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying +// only the entity's path. This data includes a list of services that are allowed +// by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to the entity. +// +// You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by specifying +// an entity's path and an optional Organizations policy ID. This data includes a +// list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP. +// +// For each service in both report types, the data includes the most recent +// account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or +// the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting +// period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see [Reducing permissions using service last accessed data]in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// The data includes all attempts to access Amazon Web Services, not just the +// successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the Amazon Web +// Services Management Console, the Amazon Web Services API through any of the +// SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last +// accessed data does not mean that an account has been compromised, because the +// request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the +// authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were +// successful or denied access. For more information, see [Logging IAM events with CloudTrail]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// This operation returns a JobId . Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check +// the status of the report generation. To check the status of this request, use +// the JobId parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response +// parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report. +// +// To generate a service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity +// path without specifying the optional Organizations policy ID. The type of entity +// that you specify determines the data returned in the report. +// // - Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the resulting // report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to your root. // For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization // except the management account, because the management account is not limited by // SCPs. +// // - OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the // resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to // the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for all // accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the management account, // because the management account is not limited by SCPs. +// // - management account – When you specify the management account, the resulting // report lists all Amazon Web Services services, because the management account is // not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the // management account. +// // - Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting // report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the // account and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for only the @@ -68,6 +77,7 @@ import ( // To generate a service last accessed data report for policies, specify an entity // path and the optional Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you // specify determines the data returned for each service. +// // - Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting // report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each // service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization to which @@ -75,6 +85,7 @@ import ( // management account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to any // entities in the organization, then the report will return a list of services // with no data. +// // - OU – When you specify an OU entity and a policy ID, the resulting report // lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each // service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children to @@ -83,11 +94,13 @@ import ( // management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If // the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of its children, the report will return // a list of services with no data. +// // - management account – When you specify the management account, the resulting // report lists all Amazon Web Services services, because the management account is // not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is // ignored. For each service, the report includes data for only the management // account. +// // - Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, the // resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified // SCP. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. @@ -99,10 +112,16 @@ import ( // whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include // identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM // permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP logic. -// For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, -// see Reducing policy scope by viewing user activity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more about the evaluation of policy types, see [Evaluating policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about service last accessed data, see [Reducing policy scope by viewing user activity] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Logging IAM events with CloudTrail]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html +// [Refining permissions using service last accessed data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html +// [Reducing permissions using service last accessed data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html +// [Evaluating policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics +// [Reducing policy scope by viewing user activity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html func (c *Client) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput{} @@ -131,9 +150,10 @@ type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct { EntityPath *string // The identifier of the Organizations service control policy (SCP). This - // parameter is optional. This ID is used to generate information about when an - // account principal that is limited by the SCP attempted to access an Amazon Web - // Services service. + // parameter is optional. + // + // This ID is used to generate information about when an account principal that is + // limited by the SCP attempted to access an Amazon Web Services service. OrganizationsPolicyId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -141,8 +161,7 @@ type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct { type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportOutput struct { - // The job identifier that you can use in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport - // operation. + // The job identifier that you can use in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation. JobId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.go index 1afe4cd264204..ae1fbd7103f1c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.go @@ -15,46 +15,62 @@ import ( // group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access Amazon Web // Services services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM // reports activity for at least the last 400 days, or less if your Region began -// supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions -// where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) -// . For more information about services and actions for which action last accessed -// information is displayed, see IAM action last accessed information services and -// actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor-action-last-accessed.html) -// . The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an Amazon Web +// supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see [Regions where data is tracked]. For +// more information about services and actions for which action last accessed +// information is displayed, see [IAM action last accessed information services and actions]. +// +// The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an Amazon Web // Services API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were // made using the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the Amazon Web Services // API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected // entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been // compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your // CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls -// and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see -// Logging IAM events with CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns -// a JobId . Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the -// following details from your report: -// - GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, -// or policies to list every Amazon Web Services service that the resource could -// access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes -// information about the most recent access attempt. The JobId returned by -// GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a -// session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail . -// - GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups -// and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) -// that attempted to access a specific Amazon Web Services service. +// and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see [Logging IAM events with CloudTrail]in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId . Use this +// parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from +// your report: +// +// GetServiceLastAccessedDetails +// - – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every +// Amazon Web Services service that the resource could access using permissions +// policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most +// recent access attempt. +// +// The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same +// +// role within a session, or by the same user when used to call +// GetServiceLastAccessedDetail . +// +// GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities +// - – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the +// associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific Amazon +// Web Services service. // // To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the // JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response -// parameter. For additional information about the permissions policies that allow -// an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the -// ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. Service last accessed data does not -// use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a -// service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access -// control lists, Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS -// assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about -// the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service and action last -// accessed data, see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// parameter. +// +// For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an +// identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessoperation. +// +// Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining +// whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include +// resource-based policies, access control lists, Organizations policies, IAM +// permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies +// permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see [Evaluating policies]in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about service and action last accessed data, see [Reducing permissions using service last accessed data] in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// [Logging IAM events with CloudTrail]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html +// [Reducing permissions using service last accessed data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html +// [Regions where data is tracked]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period +// [Evaluating policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics +// [IAM action last accessed information services and actions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor-action-last-accessed.html func (c *Client) GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput{} @@ -92,8 +108,7 @@ type GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput struct { type GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput struct { - // The JobId that you can use in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails or - // GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations. The JobId returned by + // The JobId that you can use in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails or GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations. The JobId returned by // GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a // session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail . JobId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccessKeyLastUsed.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccessKeyLastUsed.go index 50ac658cd2331..e6cc14f2f11f7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccessKeyLastUsed.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccessKeyLastUsed.go @@ -32,9 +32,12 @@ func (c *Client) GetAccessKeyLastUsed(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccessKeyL type GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput struct { - // The identifier of an access key. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters that can - // consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The identifier of an access key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. AccessKeyId *string @@ -42,9 +45,8 @@ type GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful GetAccessKeyLastUsed request. It is also -// returned as a member of the AccessKeyMetaData structure returned by the -// ListAccessKeys action. +// Contains the response to a successful GetAccessKeyLastUsed request. It is also returned as a member +// of the AccessKeyMetaDatastructure returned by the ListAccessKeys action. type GetAccessKeyLastUsedOutput struct { // Contains information about the last time the access key was used. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountAuthorizationDetails.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountAuthorizationDetails.go index 565b0d9dfe152..cb11711895693 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountAuthorizationDetails.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountAuthorizationDetails.go @@ -14,14 +14,18 @@ import ( // Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your // Amazon Web Services account, including their relationships to one another. Use // this operation to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions -// (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. Policies returned by this -// operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) -// . You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON -// text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the +// (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. +// +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. You can +// use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For +// example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the // java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. You can optionally filter the results using the -// Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker -// parameters. +// provide similar functionality. +// +// You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can +// paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 func (c *Client) GetAccountAuthorizationDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput{} @@ -41,9 +45,11 @@ type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput struct { // A list of entity types used to filter the results. Only the entities that match // the types you specify are included in the output. Use the value - // LocalManagedPolicy to include customer managed policies. The format for this - // parameter is a comma-separated (if more than one) list of strings. Each string - // value in the list must be one of the valid values listed below. + // LocalManagedPolicy to include customer managed policies. + // + // The format for this parameter is a comma-separated (if more than one) list of + // strings. Each string value in the list must be one of the valid values listed + // below. Filter []types.EntityType // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a @@ -54,11 +60,13 @@ type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -186,11 +194,13 @@ var _ GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountPasswordPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountPasswordPolicy.go index 88fca11ea8f42..92f2cfa3fff29 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountPasswordPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountPasswordPolicy.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ import ( // Retrieves the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account. This tells // you the complexity requirements and mandatory rotation periods for the IAM user // passwords in your account. For more information about using a password policy, -// see Managing an IAM password policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html) -// . +// see [Managing an IAM password policy]. +// +// [Managing an IAM password policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html func (c *Client) GetAccountPasswordPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountPasswordPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetAccountPasswordPolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountSummary.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountSummary.go index 0897618152b82..4cc8861f52008 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountSummary.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetAccountSummary.go @@ -11,8 +11,11 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the Amazon Web -// Services account. For information about IAM quotas, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Services account. +// +// For information about IAM quotas, see [IAM and STS quotas] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html func (c *Client) GetAccountSummary(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountSummaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountSummaryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetAccountSummaryInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.go index 0f71d4c2764d8..76e2e2e137cbd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy.go @@ -12,14 +12,15 @@ import ( // Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The // policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys -// from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use -// GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy . Context keys are variables maintained by -// Amazon Web Services and its services that provide details about the context of -// an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value -// specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand -// what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy . -// Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must -// be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. +// from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. +// +// Context keys are variables maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services +// that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can +// be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use +// GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must +// supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form +// here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML +// request. func (c *Client) GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput{} @@ -39,24 +40,29 @@ type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput struct { // A list of policies for which you want the list of context keys referenced in // those policies. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, - // valid JSON text of an IAM policy. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // valid JSON text of an IAM policy. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. PolicyInputList []string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy or -// GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy request. +// Contains the response to a successful GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy or GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy request. type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyOutput struct { // The list of context keys that are referenced in the input policies. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.go index 2383ee56acd37..b40c0caea5623 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy.go @@ -13,17 +13,20 @@ import ( // Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that // are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, // or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the -// policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. You can optionally -// include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you -// want to include only a list of policies by string, use -// GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Note: This operation discloses -// information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want -// users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use -// GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by -// Amazon Web Services and its services that provide details about the context of -// an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value -// in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key -// names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy . +// policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. +// +// You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified +// as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy +// instead. +// +// Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted to +// other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then +// consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyinstead. +// +// Context keys are variables maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services +// that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can +// be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyto understand +// what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy. func (c *Client) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput{} @@ -47,30 +50,38 @@ type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput struct { // groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it // includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that // entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, - // but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. For - // more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicySourceArn *string // An optional list of additional policies for which you want the list of context - // keys that are referenced. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // keys that are referenced. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PolicyInputList []string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy or -// GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy request. +// Contains the response to a successful GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy or GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy request. type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyOutput struct { // The list of context keys that are referenced in the input policies. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetCredentialReport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetCredentialReport.go index c27fffc081c57..1dc3d1012e3f1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetCredentialReport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetCredentialReport.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Retrieves a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more -// information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Retrieves a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more +// +// information about the credential report, see [Getting credential reports]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Getting credential reports]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html func (c *Client) GetCredentialReport(ctx context.Context, params *GetCredentialReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCredentialReportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetCredentialReportInput{} @@ -40,8 +42,9 @@ type GetCredentialReportOutput struct { // Contains the credential report. The report is Base64-encoded. Content []byte - // The date and time when the credential report was created, in ISO 8601 date-time - // format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) . + // The date and time when the credential report was created, in [ISO 8601 date-time format]. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 GeneratedTime *time.Time // The format (MIME type) of the credential report. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroup.go index 5edf08a30b270..68d9eb417fc9a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroup.go @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can +// Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can +// // paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) GetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -30,10 +31,13 @@ func (c *Client) GetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupInput, optFns ... type GetGroupInput struct { - // The name of the group. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the group. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string @@ -46,11 +50,13 @@ type GetGroupInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +183,13 @@ var _ GetGroupAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type GetGroupPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroupPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroupPolicy.go index 9f9386196f4ca..0ff13842efdb7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroupPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetGroupPolicy.go @@ -11,17 +11,22 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the -// specified IAM group. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded -// compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) . You can use a -// URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, -// if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder -// utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar -// functionality. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To -// retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy -// to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to -// retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed -// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// specified IAM group. +// +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. You can +// use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For +// example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the +// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs +// provide similar functionality. +// +// An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a +// managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicyto determine the +// policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersionto retrieve the policy document. +// +// For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) GetGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetGroupPolicyInput{} @@ -39,18 +44,24 @@ func (c *Client) GetGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupPolicyInput type GetGroupPolicyInput struct { - // The name of the group the policy is associated with. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the group the policy is associated with. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the policy document to get. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string @@ -66,10 +77,11 @@ type GetGroupPolicyOutput struct { // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources - // that were created using CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. - // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it - // to IAM. + // The policy document. + // + // IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that were created using + // CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. CloudFormation always + // converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetInstanceProfile.go index d0da98ceb32d3..54914dc220031 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetInstanceProfile.go @@ -15,10 +15,12 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the +// Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the +// // instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about -// instance profiles, see Using instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// instance profiles, see [Using instance profiles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Using instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html func (c *Client) GetInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -36,10 +38,13 @@ func (c *Client) GetInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceProf type GetInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the instance profile to get information about. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the instance profile to get information about. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string @@ -182,12 +187,13 @@ type InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetInstanceProfileInput, *GetInstanceProfileOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetLoginProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetLoginProfile.go index b9e498b3e1bbf..76c4adccb1f45 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetLoginProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetLoginProfile.go @@ -14,13 +14,16 @@ import ( // Retrieves the user name for the specified IAM user. A login profile is created // when you create a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services // Management Console. If the user does not exist or does not have a password, the -// operation returns a 404 ( NoSuchEntity ) error. If you create an IAM user with -// access to the console, the CreateDate reflects the date you created the initial -// password for the user. If you create an IAM user with programmatic access, and -// then later add a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services -// Management Console, the CreateDate reflects the initial password creation date. -// A user with programmatic access does not have a login profile unless you create -// a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console. +// operation returns a 404 ( NoSuchEntity ) error. +// +// If you create an IAM user with access to the console, the CreateDate reflects +// the date you created the initial password for the user. +// +// If you create an IAM user with programmatic access, and then later add a +// password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the +// CreateDate reflects the initial password creation date. A user with programmatic +// access does not have a login profile unless you create a password for the user +// to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console. func (c *Client) GetLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *GetLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetLoginProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetLoginProfileInput{} @@ -38,10 +41,13 @@ func (c *Client) GetLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *GetLoginProfileInp type GetLoginProfileInput struct { - // The name of the user whose login profile you want to retrieve. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose login profile you want to retrieve. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetMFADevice.go index d32d80f004c40..cf9df7bf47c77 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetMFADevice.go @@ -30,8 +30,9 @@ func (c *Client) GetMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *GetMFADeviceInput, op type GetMFADeviceInput struct { // Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For this API, we only - // accept FIDO security key ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference-arns.html) - // . + // accept FIDO security key [ARNs]. + // + // [ARNs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference-arns.html // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string @@ -45,15 +46,17 @@ type GetMFADeviceInput struct { type GetMFADeviceOutput struct { // Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For this API, we only - // accept FIDO security key ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference-arns.html) - // . + // accept FIDO security key [ARNs]. + // + // [ARNs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference-arns.html // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string // The certifications of a specified user's MFA device. We currently provide - // FIPS-140-2, FIPS-140-3, and FIDO certification levels obtained from FIDO - // Alliance Metadata Service (MDS) (https://fidoalliance.org/metadata/) . + // FIPS-140-2, FIPS-140-3, and FIDO certification levels obtained from [FIDO Alliance Metadata Service (MDS)]. + // + // [FIDO Alliance Metadata Service (MDS)]: https://fidoalliance.org/metadata/ Certifications map[string]string // The date that a specified user's MFA device was first enabled. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOpenIDConnectProvider.go index 81ed6e1bdc354..fbb86dd6003f7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -33,9 +33,12 @@ type GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to // get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using - // the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see - // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // the ListOpenIDConnectProvidersoperation. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string @@ -47,8 +50,7 @@ type GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { type GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { // A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that are associated with the - // specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see - // CreateOpenIDConnectProvider . + // specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. ClientIDList []string // The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource object was created in the @@ -57,17 +59,17 @@ type GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct { // A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM OIDC provider. The // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, - // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag // A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM - // OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see - // CreateOpenIDConnectProvider . + // OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. ThumbprintList []string // The URL that the IAM OIDC provider resource object is associated with. For more - // information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider . + // information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. Url *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOrganizationsAccessReport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOrganizationsAccessReport.go index 007b348cf679d..d96785070b3ff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOrganizationsAccessReport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetOrganizationsAccessReport.go @@ -13,20 +13,26 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves the service last accessed data report for Organizations that was -// previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. -// This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents. +// previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportoperation. This operation retrieves the status +// of your report job and the report contents. +// // Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, the -// data returned could include different information. For details, see -// GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport . To call this operation, you must be signed -// in to the management account in your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your -// organization root. You must have permissions to perform this operation. For more -// information, see Refining permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For each service that principals in an account (root -// user, IAM users, or IAM roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns -// details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the -// service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the -// service. If the operation fails, it returns the reason that it failed. By -// default, the list is sorted by service namespace. +// data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport. +// +// To call this operation, you must be signed in to the management account in your +// organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have +// permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see [Refining permissions using service last accessed data]in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// For each service that principals in an account (root user, IAM users, or IAM +// roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns details about the most +// recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without +// details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation +// fails, it returns the reason that it failed. +// +// By default, the list is sorted by service namespace. +// +// [Refining permissions using service last accessed data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html func (c *Client) GetOrganizationsAccessReport(ctx context.Context, params *GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput{} @@ -44,8 +50,7 @@ func (c *Client) GetOrganizationsAccessReport(ctx context.Context, params *GetOr type GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct { - // The identifier of the request generated by the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport - // operation. + // The identifier of the request generated by the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. // // This member is required. JobId *string @@ -58,11 +63,13 @@ type GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The key that is used to sort the results. If you choose the namespace key, the @@ -75,8 +82,9 @@ type GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct { type GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the report job was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the report job was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. JobCreationDate *time.Time @@ -90,10 +98,9 @@ type GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput struct { // service. AccessDetails []types.AccessDetail - // Contains information about the reason that the operation failed. This data type - // is used as a response element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport , - // GetServiceLastAccessedDetails , and GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities - // operations. + // Contains information about the reason that the operation failed. + // + // This data type is used as a response element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport, GetServiceLastAccessedDetails, and GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations. ErrorDetails *types.ErrorDetails // A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results @@ -104,9 +111,12 @@ type GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput struct { // receive all your results. IsTruncated bool - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if - // the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job status value of IN_PROGRESS . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the generated report job was completed or failed. + // + // This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job + // status value of IN_PROGRESS . + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 JobCompletionDate *time.Time // When IsTruncated is true , this element is present and contains the value to use diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicy.go index 833b99532a32b..e2c121a4ae1a6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicy.go @@ -19,14 +19,17 @@ import ( // Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the // policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to // which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, -// groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy . -// This operation returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy -// document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion . This -// operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information -// about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use -// GetUserPolicy , GetGroupPolicy , or GetRolePolicy . For more information about -// policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. This operation returns +// metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific +// version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. +// +// This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve +// information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or +// role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy. +// +// For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) GetPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetPolicyInput{} @@ -45,8 +48,12 @@ func (c *Client) GetPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyInput, optFns . type GetPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information - // about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // about. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string @@ -184,12 +191,13 @@ type PolicyExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetPolicyInput, *GetPolicyOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicyVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicyVersion.go index 9f6b731013952..12e5545ef9b97 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicyVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetPolicyVersion.go @@ -12,20 +12,27 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed -// policy, including the policy document. Policies returned by this operation are -// URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) . You -// can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For +// policy, including the policy document. +// +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. You can +// use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For // example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the // java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs -// provide similar functionality. To list the available versions for a policy, use -// ListPolicyVersions . This operation retrieves information about managed -// policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a -// user, group, or role, use GetUserPolicy , GetGroupPolicy , or GetRolePolicy . -// For more information about the types of policies, see Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policy versions, see -// Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// provide similar functionality. +// +// To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. +// +// This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve +// information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, +// use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy. +// +// For more information about the types of policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about managed policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 +// [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) GetPolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPolicyVersionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetPolicyVersionInput{} @@ -44,16 +51,23 @@ func (c *Client) GetPolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyVersionI type GetPolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information - // about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // about. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string - // Identifies the policy version to retrieve. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters that - // consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and - // optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits. + // Identifies the policy version to retrieve. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that consists of + // the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed + // by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. VersionId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRole.go index b8e7667c2f6e1..cc8b5e4610735 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRole.go @@ -18,13 +18,16 @@ import ( // Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, // GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the -// role. For more information about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded -// compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) . You can use a -// URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, -// if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder -// utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar -// functionality. +// role. For more information about roles, see [IAM roles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. You can +// use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For +// example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the +// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs +// provide similar functionality. +// +// [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html func (c *Client) GetRole(ctx context.Context, params *GetRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetRoleInput{} @@ -42,10 +45,13 @@ func (c *Client) GetRole(ctx context.Context, params *GetRoleInput, optFns ...fu type GetRoleInput struct { - // The name of the IAM role to get information about. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM role to get information about. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -185,12 +191,13 @@ type RoleExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetRoleInput, *GetRoleOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRolePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRolePolicy.go index 567b7f20795c6..0a99909fa1d18 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRolePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetRolePolicy.go @@ -11,18 +11,25 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the -// specified IAM role. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded -// compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) . You can use a -// URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, -// if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder -// utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar -// functionality. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To -// retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to -// determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve -// the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed policies -// and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For more information about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// specified IAM role. +// +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. You can +// use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For +// example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the +// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs +// provide similar functionality. +// +// An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a +// managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicyto determine the +// policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersionto retrieve the policy document. +// +// For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For more information about roles, see [IAM roles] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) GetRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetRolePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetRolePolicyInput{} @@ -40,18 +47,24 @@ func (c *Client) GetRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetRolePolicyInput, type GetRolePolicyInput struct { - // The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the policy document to get. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // The name of the role associated with the policy. This parameter allows (through - // its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the role associated with the policy. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -62,10 +75,11 @@ type GetRolePolicyInput struct { // Contains the response to a successful GetRolePolicy request. type GetRolePolicyOutput struct { - // The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources - // that were created using CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. - // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it - // to IAM. + // The policy document. + // + // IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that were created using + // CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. CloudFormation always + // converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSAMLProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSAMLProvider.go index b5432021f7bc0..646322eea9d5b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSAMLProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSAMLProvider.go @@ -13,9 +13,11 @@ import ( ) // Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML -// provider resource object was created or updated. This operation requires -// Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// . +// provider resource object was created or updated. +// +// This operation requires [Signature Version 4]. +// +// [Signature Version 4]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html func (c *Client) GetSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *GetSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSAMLProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetSAMLProviderInput{} @@ -34,9 +36,12 @@ func (c *Client) GetSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *GetSAMLProviderInp type GetSAMLProviderInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to - // get information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // get information about. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. SAMLProviderArn *string @@ -55,8 +60,9 @@ type GetSAMLProviderOutput struct { // A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM SAML provider. The // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, - // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag // The expiration date and time for the SAML provider. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSSHPublicKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSSHPublicKey.go index 5d9134b6dca30..5181b84d559dc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSSHPublicKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetSSHPublicKey.go @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. The -// SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the -// associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about -// using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up -// CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) -// in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. +// +// The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating +// the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about +// using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]in the +// CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html func (c *Client) GetSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *GetSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetSSHPublicKeyInput{} @@ -41,17 +43,23 @@ type GetSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // This member is required. Encoding types.EncodingType - // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through - // its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SSHPublicKeyId *string - // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServerCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServerCertificate.go index 94950e6735ff7..d8d2d1cf00ca5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServerCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServerCertificate.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For -// more information about working with server certificates, see Working with -// server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of Amazon Web Services -// services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. +// Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. +// +// For more information about working with server certificates, see [Working with server certificates] in the IAM +// User Guide. This topic includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can +// use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. +// +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html func (c *Client) GetServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *GetServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServerCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetServerCertificateInput{} @@ -33,10 +35,13 @@ func (c *Client) GetServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *GetServerCert type GetServerCertificateInput struct { - // The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetails.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetails.go index 7bc933caf2736..85fac68c1e4ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetails.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetails.go @@ -17,35 +17,49 @@ import ( // in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails to retrieve the status of your report job. // When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report // includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that the resource (user, group, -// role, or managed policy) can access. Service last accessed data does not use -// other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. -// These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, -// Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role -// policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the -// evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) -// in the IAM User Guide. For each service that the resource could access using -// permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access -// attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about -// the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the -// GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed. The -// GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This list -// includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and -// the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following -// entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report: +// role, or managed policy) can access. +// +// Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining +// whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include +// resource-based policies, access control lists, Organizations policies, IAM +// permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies +// permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see [Evaluating policies]in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the +// operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no +// attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to +// access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails +// operation returns the reason that it failed. +// +// The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This +// list includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service +// and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the +// following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the +// report: +// // - User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report +// // - Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to // access the service +// // - Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report +// // - Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to // attempt to access the service // -// By default, the list is sorted by service namespace. If you specified -// ACTION_LEVEL granularity when you generated the report, this operation returns -// service and action last accessed data. This includes the most recent access -// attempt for each tracked action within a service. Otherwise, this operation -// returns only service data. For more information about service and action last -// accessed data, see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// By default, the list is sorted by service namespace. +// +// If you specified ACTION_LEVEL granularity when you generated the report, this +// operation returns service and action last accessed data. This includes the most +// recent access attempt for each tracked action within a service. Otherwise, this +// operation returns only service data. +// +// For more information about service and action last accessed data, see [Reducing permissions using service last accessed data] in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// [Reducing permissions using service last accessed data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html +// [Evaluating policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics func (c *Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput{} @@ -63,10 +77,9 @@ func (c *Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GetS type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput struct { - // The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails - // operation. The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used - // by the same role within a session, or by the same user when used to call - // GetServiceLastAccessedDetail . + // The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. The JobId returned by + // GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a + // session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail . // // This member is required. JobId *string @@ -79,11 +92,13 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -91,15 +106,19 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput struct { type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if - // the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job status value of IN_PROGRESS . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the generated report job was completed or failed. + // + // This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job + // status value of IN_PROGRESS . + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. JobCompletionDate *time.Time - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the report job was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the report job was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. JobCreationDate *time.Time @@ -109,7 +128,7 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput struct { // This member is required. JobStatus types.JobStatusType - // A ServiceLastAccessed object that contains details about the most recent + // A ServiceLastAccessed object that contains details about the most recent // attempt to access the service. // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities.go index 7f48701d228a5..ebc4b13293c8e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities.go @@ -17,18 +17,23 @@ import ( // in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities . This operation retrieves the // status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or // policy permissions to access the specified service. +// // - Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the // group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the // service. +// // - Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities // (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the // service. // // You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details -// about those entities. If the operation fails, the -// GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it -// failed. By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the -// most recent access listed first. +// about those entities. +// +// If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation +// returns the reason that it failed. +// +// By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most +// recent access listed first. func (c *Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput{} @@ -54,13 +59,16 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput struct { // The service namespace for an Amazon Web Services service. Provide the service // namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified - // service. To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, - // and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that - // service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service - // prefix: a4b) . For more information about service namespaces, see Amazon Web - // Services service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // service. + // + // To learn the service namespace for a service, see [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services] in the IAM User Guide. + // Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first + // paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b) . For + // more information about service namespaces, see [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces + // [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html // // This member is required. ServiceNamespace *string @@ -73,11 +81,13 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -92,15 +102,19 @@ type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesOutput struct { // This member is required. EntityDetailsList []types.EntityDetails - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the generated report job was completed or failed. This field is null if - // the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job status value of IN_PROGRESS . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the generated report job was completed or failed. + // + // This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a job + // status value of IN_PROGRESS . + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. JobCompletionDate *time.Time - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the report job was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the report job was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. JobCreationDate *time.Time diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus.go index 2b3777c644013..19fd53c2f1284 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus.go @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use -// DeleteServiceLinkedRole to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can -// use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check -// the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the -// reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service. +// Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use DeleteServiceLinkedRole to +// submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId +// parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the +// deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it +// failed, if that information is returned by the service. func (c *Client) GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusInput{} @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ func (c *Client) GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(ctx context.Context, params type GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusInput struct { - // The deletion task identifier. This identifier is returned by the - // DeleteServiceLinkedRole operation in the format task/aws-service-role/// . + // The deletion task identifier. This identifier is returned by the DeleteServiceLinkedRole operation in + // the format task/aws-service-role/// . // // This member is required. DeletionTaskId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUser.go index 8346bcf6ef094..32b88dacc0206 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUser.go @@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's -// creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. If you do not specify a user name, IAM -// determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key -// ID used to sign the request to this operation. +// creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. +// +// If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request to this +// operation. func (c *Client) GetUser(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetUserInput{} @@ -37,11 +39,14 @@ func (c *Client) GetUser(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserInput, optFns ...fu type GetUserInput struct { - // The name of the user to get information about. This parameter is optional. If - // it is not included, it defaults to the user making the request. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to get information about. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to the user + // making the request. This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters + // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You + // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -50,21 +55,26 @@ type GetUserInput struct { // Contains the response to a successful GetUser request. type GetUserOutput struct { - // A structure containing details about the IAM user. Due to a service issue, - // password last used data does not include password use from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT - // to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects last sign-in (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_finding-unused.html) - // dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM - // credential report (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html) - // , and returned by this operation. If users signed in during the affected time, - // the password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed in - // before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the - // returned password last used date is accurate. You can use password last used - // information to identify unused credentials for deletion. For example, you might - // delete users who did not sign in to Amazon Web Services in the last 90 days. In - // cases like this, we recommend that you adjust your evaluation window to include - // dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if your users use access keys to access - // Amazon Web Services programmatically you can refer to access key last used - // information because it is accurate for all dates. + // A structure containing details about the IAM user. + // + // Due to a service issue, password last used data does not include password use + // from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects [last sign-in]dates shown + // in the IAM console and password last used dates in the [IAM credential report], and returned by this + // operation. If users signed in during the affected time, the password last used + // date that is returned is the date the user last signed in before May 3, 2018. + // For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the returned password + // last used date is accurate. + // + // You can use password last used information to identify unused credentials for + // deletion. For example, you might delete users who did not sign in to Amazon Web + // Services in the last 90 days. In cases like this, we recommend that you adjust + // your evaluation window to include dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if + // your users use access keys to access Amazon Web Services programmatically you + // can refer to access key last used information because it is accurate for all + // dates. + // + // [IAM credential report]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html + // [last sign-in]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_finding-unused.html // // This member is required. User *types.User @@ -190,12 +200,13 @@ type UserExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetUserInput, *GetUserOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUserPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUserPolicy.go index 22854dda97457..e67e60bd937b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUserPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_GetUserPolicy.go @@ -11,17 +11,22 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the -// specified IAM user. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded -// compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) . You can use a -// URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, -// if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder -// utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar -// functionality. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To -// retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to -// determine the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve -// the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed policies -// and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// specified IAM user. +// +// Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. You can +// use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For +// example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the +// java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs +// provide similar functionality. +// +// An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a +// managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicyto determine the +// policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersionto retrieve the policy document. +// +// For more information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) GetUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetUserPolicyInput{} @@ -39,18 +44,24 @@ func (c *Client) GetUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserPolicyInput, type GetUserPolicyInput struct { - // The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the policy document to get. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // The name of the user who the policy is associated with. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user who the policy is associated with. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string @@ -61,10 +72,11 @@ type GetUserPolicyInput struct { // Contains the response to a successful GetUserPolicy request. type GetUserPolicyOutput struct { - // The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources - // that were created using CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. - // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it - // to IAM. + // The policy document. + // + // IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that were created using + // CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML. CloudFormation always + // converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccessKeys.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccessKeys.go index fa23681079551..a8e4cf34efe5d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccessKeys.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccessKeys.go @@ -12,17 +12,22 @@ import ( ) // Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM -// user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user -// is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using -// the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName is not specified, the user -// name is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID -// used to sign the request. If a temporary access key is used, then UserName is -// required. If a long-term key is assigned to the user, then UserName is not -// required. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services -// account. If the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users, the root -// user returns it's own access key IDs by running this command. To ensure the -// security of your Amazon Web Services account, the secret access key is -// accessible only during key and user creation. +// user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. +// +// Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate +// the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based +// on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. If a +// temporary access key is used, then UserName is required. If a long-term key is +// assigned to the user, then UserName is not required. +// +// This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. If +// the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users, the root user returns +// it's own access key IDs by running this command. +// +// To ensure the security of your Amazon Web Services account, the secret access +// key is accessible only during key and user creation. func (c *Client) ListAccessKeys(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccessKeysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccessKeysOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAccessKeysInput{} @@ -48,17 +53,22 @@ type ListAccessKeysInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The name of the user. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the user. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -178,11 +188,13 @@ var _ ListAccessKeysAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListAccessKeysPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccountAliases.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccountAliases.go index b8c2c0c231ac0..505904e06fba1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccountAliases.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAccountAliases.go @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ import ( // Lists the account alias associated with the Amazon Web Services account (Note: // you can have only one). For information about using an Amazon Web Services -// account alias, see Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services -// account alias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/signin/latest/userguide/CreateAccountAlias.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Sign-In User Guide. +// account alias, see [Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias]in the Amazon Web Services Sign-In User Guide. +// +// [Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/signin/latest/userguide/CreateAccountAlias.html func (c *Client) ListAccountAliases(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccountAliasesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccountAliasesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAccountAliasesInput{} @@ -40,11 +40,13 @@ type ListAccountAliasesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -166,11 +168,13 @@ var _ ListAccountAliasesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListAccountAliasesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedGroupPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedGroupPolicies.go index 638e893df2385..faeceeeb79d5a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedGroupPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedGroupPolicies.go @@ -11,15 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. An IAM -// group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline -// policies for a group, use ListGroupPolicies . For information about policies, -// see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of -// policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no -// policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path -// prefix), the operation returns an empty list. +// Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. +// +// An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline +// policies for a group, use ListGroupPolicies. For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can +// use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those +// matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the +// specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation +// returns an empty list. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListAttachedGroupPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput{} @@ -38,10 +42,12 @@ func (c *Client) ListAttachedGroupPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAtta type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput struct { // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to list attached policies for. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string @@ -54,20 +60,25 @@ type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is - // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string - // that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any - // ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -189,11 +200,13 @@ var _ ListAttachedGroupPoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedRolePolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedRolePolicies.go index e99a3990f614c..4dd5da31dbba9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedRolePolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedRolePolicies.go @@ -11,15 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. An IAM -// role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies -// for a role, use ListRolePolicies . For information about policies, see Managed -// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of -// policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no -// policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path -// prefix), the operation returns an empty list. +// Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. +// +// An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline +// policies for a role, use ListRolePolicies. For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can +// use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those +// matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the +// specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation +// returns an empty list. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListAttachedRolePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput{} @@ -38,10 +42,12 @@ func (c *Client) ListAttachedRolePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttac type ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput struct { // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to list attached policies for. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -54,20 +60,25 @@ type ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is - // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string - // that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any - // ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -189,11 +200,13 @@ var _ ListAttachedRolePoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedUserPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedUserPolicies.go index 70623156233db..b70c262528a12 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedUserPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListAttachedUserPolicies.go @@ -11,15 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. An IAM -// user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies -// for a user, use ListUserPolicies . For information about policies, see Managed -// policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of -// policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no -// policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path -// prefix), the operation returns an empty list. +// Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. +// +// An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline +// policies for a user, use ListUserPolicies. For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can +// use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those +// matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the +// specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation +// returns an empty list. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListAttachedUserPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput{} @@ -38,10 +42,12 @@ func (c *Client) ListAttachedUserPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttac type ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput struct { // The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the user to list attached policies for. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string @@ -54,20 +60,25 @@ type ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is - // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string - // that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any - // ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -189,11 +200,13 @@ var _ ListAttachedUserPoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListEntitiesForPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListEntitiesForPolicy.go index 2fcc45b069b66..0a376869f9f41 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListEntitiesForPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListEntitiesForPolicy.go @@ -12,11 +12,13 @@ import ( ) // Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is -// attached to. You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the -// results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, -// to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set -// EntityFilter to Role . You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. +// attached to. +// +// You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a +// particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only +// the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role . +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) ListEntitiesForPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListEntitiesForPolicyInput{} @@ -35,17 +37,22 @@ func (c *Client) ListEntitiesForPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *ListEntities type ListEntitiesForPolicyInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the - // versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // versions. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string - // The entity type to use for filtering the results. For example, when EntityFilter - // is Role , only the roles that are attached to the specified policy are returned. - // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all attached entities (users, - // groups, and roles) are returned. The argument for this parameter must be one of - // the valid values listed below. + // The entity type to use for filtering the results. + // + // For example, when EntityFilter is Role , only the roles that are attached to the + // specified policy are returned. This parameter is optional. If it is not + // included, all attached entities (users, groups, and roles) are returned. The + // argument for this parameter must be one of the valid values listed below. EntityFilter types.EntityType // Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a @@ -56,27 +63,34 @@ type ListEntitiesForPolicyInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is - // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string - // that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any - // ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string - // The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only - // permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy . To list only - // the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to - // PermissionsBoundary . This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all - // policies are returned. + // The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. + // + // To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy . + // To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to + // PermissionsBoundary . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned. PolicyUsageFilter types.PolicyUsageType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -204,11 +218,13 @@ var _ ListEntitiesForPolicyAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupPolicies.go index e13340e8f98ab..b8e4bb93edd83 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupPolicies.go @@ -11,12 +11,17 @@ import ( ) // Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM -// group. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the -// managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies . -// For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified -// group, the operation returns an empty list. +// group. +// +// An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed +// policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about +// policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there +// are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns +// an empty list. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListGroupPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListGroupPoliciesInput{} @@ -34,10 +39,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListGroupPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupPolicie type ListGroupPoliciesInput struct { - // The name of the group to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the group to list policies for. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string @@ -50,11 +58,13 @@ type ListGroupPoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -63,10 +73,13 @@ type ListGroupPoliciesInput struct { // Contains the response to a successful ListGroupPolicies request. type ListGroupPoliciesOutput struct { - // A list of policy names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // A list of policy names. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyNames []string @@ -180,11 +193,13 @@ var _ ListGroupPoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroups.go index 069df2c0a9a0a..ff1ddc1ad16b1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroups.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. You can paginate the -// results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) ListGroups(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListGroupsInput{} @@ -38,22 +39,27 @@ type ListGroupsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix + // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix // /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ gets all groups whose path starts with - // /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ . This parameter is optional. If it is not - // included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all groups. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that - // must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII - // character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including - // most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), + // listing all groups. This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters + // consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin + // and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character + // from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most + // punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -172,11 +178,13 @@ var _ ListGroupsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListGroupsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupsForUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupsForUser.go index 003c5595159d4..df17350c4a578 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupsForUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListGroupsForUser.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. You can paginate -// the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) ListGroupsForUser(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupsForUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsForUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListGroupsForUserInput{} @@ -30,10 +31,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListGroupsForUser(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupsForUse type ListGroupsForUserInput struct { - // The name of the user to list groups for. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to list groups for. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string @@ -46,11 +50,13 @@ type ListGroupsForUserInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -173,11 +179,13 @@ var _ ListGroupsForUserAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListGroupsForUserPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfileTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfileTags.go index a5a2c758e6381..355e4a3110752 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfileTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfileTags.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile. The // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfileTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListInstanceProfileTagsInput{} @@ -32,10 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfileTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstan type ListInstanceProfileTagsInput struct { - // The name of the IAM instance profile whose tags you want to see. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM instance profile whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string @@ -48,11 +52,13 @@ type ListInstanceProfileTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +183,13 @@ var _ ListInstanceProfileTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListInstanceProfileTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfiles.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfiles.go index beeeebea415a4..cdf7eb5e46b57 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfiles.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfiles.go @@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ import ( // Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are // none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance -// profiles, see Using instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the -// available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not -// return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view -// all of the information for an instance profile, see GetInstanceProfile . You can -// paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// profiles, see [Using instance profiles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they +// are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for an +// instance profile, see GetInstanceProfile. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// [Using instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfiles(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstanceProfilesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListInstanceProfilesInput{} @@ -44,22 +48,27 @@ type ListInstanceProfilesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix + // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix // /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all instance profiles whose path starts - // with /application_abc/component_xyz/ . This parameter is optional. If it is not - // included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all instance profiles. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // with /application_abc/component_xyz/ . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), + // listing all instance profiles. This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of + // characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that + // must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII + // character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including + // most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -180,11 +189,13 @@ var _ ListInstanceProfilesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListInstanceProfilesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfilesForRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfilesForRole.go index d79f1f89d35ac..2a5c89f494ae5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfilesForRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListInstanceProfilesForRole.go @@ -13,9 +13,11 @@ import ( // Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If // there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about -// instance profiles, go to Using instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. +// instance profiles, go to [Using instance profiles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// [Using instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfilesForRole(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput{} @@ -33,10 +35,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfilesForRole(ctx context.Context, params *ListIn type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput struct { - // The name of the role to list instance profiles for. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to list instance profiles for. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -49,11 +54,13 @@ type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +184,13 @@ var _ ListInstanceProfilesForRoleAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADeviceTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADeviceTags.go index 72b824eb397f8..28fbea185e59d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADeviceTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADeviceTags.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor // authentication (MFA) device. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For -// more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListMFADeviceTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListMFADeviceTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMFADeviceTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListMFADeviceTagsInput{} @@ -33,10 +34,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListMFADeviceTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListMFADeviceTag type ListMFADeviceTagsInput struct { // The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device whose tags you want to - // see. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // see. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string @@ -49,11 +53,13 @@ type ListMFADeviceTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +183,13 @@ var _ ListMFADeviceTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListMFADeviceTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADevices.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADevices.go index 50d499562ab8c..152213b3ae6ba 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADevices.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListMFADevices.go @@ -15,8 +15,9 @@ import ( // then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified // user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly // based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request for this -// operation. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker -// parameters. +// operation. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) ListMFADevices(ctx context.Context, params *ListMFADevicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMFADevicesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListMFADevicesInput{} @@ -42,17 +43,22 @@ type ListMFADevicesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The name of the user whose MFA devices you want to list. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose MFA devices you want to list. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -172,11 +178,13 @@ var _ ListMFADevicesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListMFADevicesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags.go index fc7f9d2bc411b..af61dc6ac6a77 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags.go @@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ import ( // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect // (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag -// key. For more information, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html) -// . For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// key. For more information, see [About web identity federation]. +// +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html +// [About web identity federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html func (c *Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput{} @@ -34,10 +37,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags(ctx context.Context, params *List type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput struct { // The ARN of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider whose tags you want to - // see. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // see. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string @@ -50,11 +56,13 @@ type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -180,11 +188,13 @@ var _ ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviders.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviders.go index d735e308d2421..c8e405433ce19 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviders.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListOpenIDConnectProviders.go @@ -12,11 +12,12 @@ import ( ) // Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects -// defined in the Amazon Web Services account. IAM resource-listing operations -// return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this -// operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the -// returned object. To view all of the information for an OIDC provider, see -// GetOpenIDConnectProvider . +// defined in the Amazon Web Services account. +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they +// are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for an +// OIDC provider, see GetOpenIDConnectProvider. func (c *Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviders(ctx context.Context, params *ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicies.go index bc1506af19e07..deda94bb7c793 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicies.go @@ -13,17 +13,23 @@ import ( // Lists all the managed policies that are available in your Amazon Web Services // account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all Amazon Web -// Services managed policies. You can filter the list of policies that is returned -// using the optional OnlyAttached , Scope , and PathPrefix parameters. For -// example, to list only the customer managed policies in your Amazon Web Services -// account, set Scope to Local . To list only Amazon Web Services managed policies, -// set Scope to AWS . You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker -// parameters. For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies -// and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the -// available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not -// return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view -// all of the information for a customer manged policy, see GetPolicy . +// Services managed policies. +// +// You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional +// OnlyAttached , Scope , and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the +// customer managed policies in your Amazon Web Services account, set Scope to +// Local . To list only Amazon Web Services managed policies, set Scope to AWS . +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// For more information about managed policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they +// are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a +// customer manged policy, see GetPolicy. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListPoliciesInput{} @@ -49,40 +55,50 @@ type ListPoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies. When OnlyAttached - // is true , the returned list contains only the policies that are attached to an - // IAM user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false , or when the parameter is - // not included, all policies are returned. + // A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies. + // + // When OnlyAttached is true , the returned list contains only the policies that + // are attached to an IAM user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false , or + // when the parameter is not included, all policies are returned. OnlyAttached bool // The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is // not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string - // that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any - // ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of either a forward + // slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In + // addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the + // DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation characters, digits, and + // upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string - // The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only - // permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy . To list only - // the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to - // PermissionsBoundary . This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all - // policies are returned. + // The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. + // + // To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy . + // To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to + // PermissionsBoundary . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned. PolicyUsageFilter types.PolicyUsageType - // The scope to use for filtering the results. To list only Amazon Web Services - // managed policies, set Scope to AWS . To list only the customer managed policies - // in your Amazon Web Services account, set Scope to Local . This parameter is - // optional. If it is not included, or if it is set to All , all policies are - // returned. + // The scope to use for filtering the results. + // + // To list only Amazon Web Services managed policies, set Scope to AWS . To list + // only the customer managed policies in your Amazon Web Services account, set + // Scope to Local . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, or if it is set to All , all + // policies are returned. Scope types.PolicyScopeType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -199,11 +215,13 @@ var _ ListPoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess.go index 8ad9b16f08ba5..d1f3eb0571916 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess.go @@ -12,31 +12,39 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can -// use to access each specified service. This operation does not use other policy -// types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other -// policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, -// Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role -// policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the -// evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) -// in the IAM User Guide. The list of policies returned by the operation depends on -// the ARN of the identity that you provide. +// use to access each specified service. +// +// This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a +// resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based +// policies, access control lists, Organizations policies, IAM permissions +// boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy +// logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see [Evaluating policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the +// identity that you provide. +// // - User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that // are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed // and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs. +// // - Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies // that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the // group’s user are not included. +// // - Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies // that are attached to the role. // // For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For // each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is // attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these -// policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Policies that are attached to users and roles as -// permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is -// currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the -// GetUser or GetRole operations. +// policy types, see [Managed policies and inline policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not +// returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions +// boundary for a user or role, use the GetUseror GetRole operations. +// +// [Evaluating policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess(ctx context.Context, params *ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput{} @@ -61,13 +69,16 @@ type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput struct { Arn *string // The service namespace for the Amazon Web Services services whose policies you - // want to list. To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, - // resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that - // service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service - // prefix: a4b) . For more information about service namespaces, see Amazon Web - // Services service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // want to list. + // + // To learn the service namespace for a service, see [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services] in the IAM User Guide. + // Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first + // paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b) . For + // more information about service namespaces, see [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces + // [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html // // This member is required. ServiceNamespaces []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyTags.go index 621216fd8453d..0d539db1a4b05 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyTags.go @@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ import ( // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy. // The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about -// tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListPolicyTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPolicyTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListPolicyTagsInput{} @@ -32,10 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListPolicyTagsInput type ListPolicyTagsInput struct { - // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy whose tags you want to see. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string @@ -48,11 +52,13 @@ type ListPolicyTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -176,11 +182,13 @@ var _ ListPolicyTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListPolicyTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyVersions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyVersions.go index 5cdb73481b412..83dd8bc1bbdd0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyVersions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListPolicyVersions.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including -// the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. For more -// information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. +// +// For more information about managed policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListPolicyVersions(ctx context.Context, params *ListPolicyVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListPolicyVersionsInput{} @@ -33,8 +35,12 @@ func (c *Client) ListPolicyVersions(ctx context.Context, params *ListPolicyVersi type ListPolicyVersionsInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the - // versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // versions. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string @@ -47,11 +53,13 @@ type ListPolicyVersionsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -72,9 +80,11 @@ type ListPolicyVersionsOutput struct { // for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request. Marker *string - // A list of policy versions. For more information about managed policy versions, - // see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // A list of policy versions. + // + // For more information about managed policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html Versions []types.PolicyVersion // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. @@ -175,11 +185,13 @@ var _ ListPolicyVersionsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListPolicyVersionsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRolePolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRolePolicies.go index 0729bda627d2e..c79b9ff207de6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRolePolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRolePolicies.go @@ -11,12 +11,17 @@ import ( ) // Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM -// role. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the -// managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies . For -// more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified -// role, the operation returns an empty list. +// role. +// +// An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed +// policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about +// policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there +// are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns +// an empty list. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListRolePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListRolePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolePoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListRolePoliciesInput{} @@ -34,10 +39,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListRolePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListRolePoliciesI type ListRolePoliciesInput struct { - // The name of the role to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to list policies for. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -50,11 +58,13 @@ type ListRolePoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +187,13 @@ var _ ListRolePoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoleTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoleTags.go index 3d8030908b239..c88fcafcc501c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoleTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoleTags.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of -// tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM -// resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the -// IAM User Guide. +// tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListRoleTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListRoleTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRoleTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListRoleTagsInput{} @@ -32,11 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListRoleTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListRoleTagsInput, op type ListRoleTagsInput struct { - // The name of the IAM role for which you want to see the list of tags. This - // parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM role for which you want to see the list of tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that consist of + // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include + // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string @@ -49,11 +52,13 @@ type ListRoleTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -176,11 +181,13 @@ var _ ListRoleTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListRoleTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoles.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoles.go index 3ba0132b3e2dc..f000353dceab3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoles.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListRoles.go @@ -12,16 +12,24 @@ import ( ) // Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the -// operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the -// available attributes for the resource. This operation does not return the -// following attributes, even though they are an attribute of the returned object: +// operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, see [IAM roles]in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. This operation does not return the following attributes, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object: +// // - PermissionsBoundary +// // - RoleLastUsed +// // - Tags // -// To view all of the information for a role, see GetRole . You can paginate the -// results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// To view all of the information for a role, see GetRole. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html func (c *Client) ListRoles(ctx context.Context, params *ListRolesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListRolesInput{} @@ -47,22 +55,27 @@ type ListRolesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix + // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix // /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all roles whose path starts with - // /application_abc/component_xyz/ . This parameter is optional. If it is not - // included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all roles. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that - // must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII - // character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including - // most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // /application_abc/component_xyz/ . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), + // listing all roles. This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters + // consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin + // and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character + // from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most + // punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -181,11 +194,13 @@ var _ ListRolesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListRolesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviderTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviderTags.go index 0e5294dc654b5..cc19fbb53f4d0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviderTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviderTags.go @@ -13,9 +13,12 @@ import ( // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup // Language (SAML) identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag -// key. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) -// . For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// key. For more information, see [About SAML 2.0-based federation]. +// +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [About SAML 2.0-based federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListSAMLProviderTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListSAMLProviderTagsInput{} @@ -34,10 +37,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListSAMLProviderTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListSAMLProvi type ListSAMLProviderTagsInput struct { // The ARN of the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider - // whose tags you want to see. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SAMLProviderArn *string @@ -50,11 +56,13 @@ type ListSAMLProviderTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -180,11 +188,13 @@ var _ ListSAMLProviderTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListSAMLProviderTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviders.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviders.go index fa26e314e06d2..13bf1c32a6044 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviders.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSAMLProviders.go @@ -15,8 +15,11 @@ import ( // resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the // resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are // an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a SAML -// provider, see GetSAMLProvider . This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// . +// provider, see GetSAMLProvider. +// +// This operation requires [Signature Version 4]. +// +// [Signature Version 4]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html func (c *Client) ListSAMLProviders(ctx context.Context, params *ListSAMLProvidersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSAMLProvidersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListSAMLProvidersInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSSHPublicKeys.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSSHPublicKeys.go index 80c4cced7b9cd..4d6b714e6b5aa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSSHPublicKeys.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSSHPublicKeys.go @@ -12,13 +12,17 @@ import ( ) // Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM -// user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The SSH public keys -// returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an -// CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate -// to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) -// in the CodeCommit User Guide. Although each user is limited to a small number of -// keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker -// parameters. +// user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. +// +// The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating +// the IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH +// keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]in the CodeCommit User +// Guide. +// +// Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate +// the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html func (c *Client) ListSSHPublicKeys(ctx context.Context, params *ListSSHPublicKeysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListSSHPublicKeysInput{} @@ -44,19 +48,24 @@ type ListSSHPublicKeysInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The name of the IAM user to list SSH public keys for. If none is specified, the // UserName field is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access - // key used to sign the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // key used to sign the request. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -174,11 +183,13 @@ var _ ListSSHPublicKeysAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListSSHPublicKeysPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificateTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificateTags.go index f45e0b5314dcc..c4a5543f6c4c5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificateTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificateTags.go @@ -13,12 +13,15 @@ import ( // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate. The // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate -// Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, -// use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more -// information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we +// recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to +// provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information +// about IAM server certificates, [Working with server certificates]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListServerCertificateTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListServerCertificateTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServerCertificateTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListServerCertificateTagsInput{} @@ -36,10 +39,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListServerCertificateTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListServ type ListServerCertificateTagsInput struct { - // The name of the IAM server certificate whose tags you want to see. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM server certificate whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string @@ -52,11 +58,13 @@ type ListServerCertificateTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -181,11 +189,13 @@ var _ ListServerCertificateTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListServerCertificateTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificates.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificates.go index f3b6f53b94ec7..119191db3ff0f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificates.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServerCertificates.go @@ -12,15 +12,20 @@ import ( ) // Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path -// prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the -// results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about -// working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services -// services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. IAM -// resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the -// resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are -// an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a -// servercertificate, see GetServerCertificate . +// prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// For more information about working with server certificates, see [Working with server certificates] in the IAM +// User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that +// can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they +// are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a +// servercertificate, see GetServerCertificate. +// +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html func (c *Client) ListServerCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *ListServerCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServerCertificatesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListServerCertificatesInput{} @@ -46,22 +51,27 @@ type ListServerCertificatesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /company/servercerts + // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /company/servercerts // would get all server certificates for which the path starts with - // /company/servercerts . This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/), listing all server certificates. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that - // must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII - // character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including - // most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // /company/servercerts . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), + // listing all server certificates. This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string + // of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string + // that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any + // ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), + // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -182,11 +192,13 @@ var _ ListServerCertificatesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListServerCertificatesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServiceSpecificCredentials.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServiceSpecificCredentials.go index 9cce662df617d..61b7a9633b5ca 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServiceSpecificCredentials.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListServiceSpecificCredentials.go @@ -16,8 +16,9 @@ import ( // service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for // authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about // using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an Amazon Web Services -// service, see Set up service-specific credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-gc.html) -// in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// service, see [Set up service-specific credentials]in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// [Set up service-specific credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-gc.html func (c *Client) ListServiceSpecificCredentials(ctx context.Context, params *ListServiceSpecificCredentialsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServiceSpecificCredentialsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListServiceSpecificCredentialsInput{} @@ -42,10 +43,13 @@ type ListServiceSpecificCredentialsInput struct { // The name of the user whose service-specific credentials you want information // about. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose - // credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // credentials are used to call the operation. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSigningCertificates.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSigningCertificates.go index c9222c3b12b13..59adeb92ef483 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSigningCertificates.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListSigningCertificates.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the // specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. -// Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can -// still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the -// UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on -// the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request for this +// +// Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you +// can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// +// If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request for this // operation. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services // account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services // account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no @@ -46,17 +48,22 @@ type ListSigningCertificatesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The name of the IAM user whose signing certificates you want to examine. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user whose signing certificates you want to examine. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +184,13 @@ var _ ListSigningCertificatesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListSigningCertificatesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserPolicies.go index 8b892c656bd59..2e976666bcde7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserPolicies.go @@ -10,13 +10,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. An -// IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed -// policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies . For more -// information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and -// Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified -// user, the operation returns an empty list. +// Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. +// +// An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed +// policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about +// policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there +// are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns +// an empty list. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) ListUserPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListUserPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListUserPoliciesInput{} @@ -34,10 +38,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListUserPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListUserPoliciesI type ListUserPoliciesInput struct { - // The name of the user to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to list policies for. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string @@ -50,11 +57,13 @@ type ListUserPoliciesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,11 +186,13 @@ var _ ListUserPoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserTags.go index 37294cf062b5b..ca3a021e8aed2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUserTags.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user. The returned list -// of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging -// IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in -// the IAM User Guide. +// of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) ListUserTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListUserTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListUserTagsInput{} @@ -32,10 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) ListUserTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListUserTagsInput, op type ListUserTagsInput struct { - // The name of the IAM user whose tags you want to see. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user whose tags you want to see. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string @@ -48,11 +52,13 @@ type ListUserTagsInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -175,11 +181,13 @@ var _ ListUserTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListUserTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUsers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUsers.go index 488b06857ce20..1662b229039ad 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUsers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListUsers.go @@ -13,15 +13,19 @@ import ( // Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is // specified, the operation returns all users in the Amazon Web Services account. -// If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. IAM resource-listing -// operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. This -// operation does not return the following attributes, even though they are an -// attribute of the returned object: +// If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. This operation does not return the following attributes, even +// though they are an attribute of the returned object: +// // - PermissionsBoundary +// // - Tags // -// To view all of the information for a user, see GetUser . You can paginate the -// results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// To view all of the information for a user, see GetUser. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) ListUsers(ctx context.Context, params *ListUsersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUsersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListUsersInput{} @@ -47,22 +51,27 @@ type ListUsersInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 - // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: + // The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: // /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ , which would get all user names whose path - // starts with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ . This parameter is optional. If it - // is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all user names. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // starts with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ . + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), + // listing all user names. This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of + // characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that + // must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII + // character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including + // most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PathPrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -181,11 +190,13 @@ var _ ListUsersAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListUsersPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListVirtualMFADevices.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListVirtualMFADevices.go index 9820577aefe39..4709cd2bdc41b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListVirtualMFADevices.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ListVirtualMFADevices.go @@ -14,11 +14,14 @@ import ( // Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the Amazon Web Services account by // assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation // returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned , -// Unassigned , or Any . IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the -// available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not -// return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view -// tag information for a virtual MFA device, see ListMFADeviceTags . You can -// paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. +// Unassigned , or Any . +// +// IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for +// the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they +// are an attribute of the returned object. To view tag information for a virtual +// MFA device, see ListMFADeviceTags. +// +// You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. func (c *Client) ListVirtualMFADevices(ctx context.Context, params *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListVirtualMFADevicesInput{} @@ -36,7 +39,7 @@ func (c *Client) ListVirtualMFADevices(ctx context.Context, params *ListVirtualM type ListVirtualMFADevicesInput struct { - // The status ( Unassigned or Assigned ) of the devices to list. If you do not + // The status ( Unassigned or Assigned ) of the devices to list. If you do not // specify an AssignmentStatus , the operation defaults to Any , which lists both // assigned and unassigned virtual MFA devices., AssignmentStatus types.AssignmentStatusType @@ -49,11 +52,13 @@ type ListVirtualMFADevicesInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -62,7 +67,7 @@ type ListVirtualMFADevicesInput struct { // Contains the response to a successful ListVirtualMFADevices request. type ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput struct { - // The list of virtual MFA devices in the current account that match the + // The list of virtual MFA devices in the current account that match the // AssignmentStatus value that was passed in the request. // // This member is required. @@ -175,11 +180,13 @@ var _ ListVirtualMFADevicesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutGroupPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutGroupPolicy.go index c5c20af97bd3a..30d98185a065f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutGroupPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutGroupPolicy.go @@ -11,16 +11,24 @@ import ( ) // Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM -// group. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed -// policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AttachGroupPolicy.html) -// . To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreatePolicy.html) -// . For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of inline -// policies that you can embed in a group, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use -// POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy . For general information about -// using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// group. +// +// A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed +// policy to a group, use [AttachGroupPolicy]AttachGroupPolicy . To create a new managed policy, use [CreatePolicy] +// CreatePolicy . For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed +// in a group, see [IAM and STS quotas]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when +// calling PutGroupPolicy . For general information about using the Query API with +// IAM, see [Making query requests]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [CreatePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreatePolicy.html +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html +// [Making query requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html +// [AttachGroupPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AttachGroupPolicy.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) PutGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutGroupPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutGroupPolicyInput{} @@ -38,34 +46,48 @@ func (c *Client) PutGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutGroupPolicyInput type PutGroupPolicyInput struct { - // The name of the group to associate the policy with. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-. + // The name of the group to associate the policy with. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@-. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, - // for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in - // JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format - // before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The policy document. + // + // You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation + // templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. + // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it + // to IAM. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string - // The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the policy document. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePermissionsBoundary.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePermissionsBoundary.go index 6bd1fdeaeb115..f151130eb5821 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePermissionsBoundary.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePermissionsBoundary.go @@ -14,12 +14,15 @@ import ( // boundary. You can use an Amazon Web Services managed policy or a customer // managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the // maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an -// advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. You cannot set -// the boundary for a service-linked role. Policies used as permissions boundaries -// do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the -// role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM -// JSON policy evaluation logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. +// +// You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. +// +// Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must +// also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective +// permissions for a role are evaluated, see [IAM JSON policy evaluation logic]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [IAM JSON policy evaluation logic]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html func (c *Client) PutRolePermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *PutRolePermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutRolePermissionsBoundaryInput{} @@ -38,14 +41,18 @@ func (c *Client) PutRolePermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *PutRole type PutRolePermissionsBoundaryInput struct { // The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for - // the role. A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that + // the role. + // + // A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that // identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. // Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a - // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions - // boundaries for IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policy types, see Policy - // types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // For more information about policy types, see [Policy types] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Policy types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html // // This member is required. PermissionsBoundary *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePolicy.go index 1c39531bfec6c..d850dbf2390f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutRolePolicy.go @@ -11,21 +11,33 @@ import ( ) // Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM -// role. When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as -// part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is -// created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreateRole.html) -// . You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.html) -// . For more information about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To -// attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AttachRolePolicy.html) -// . To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreatePolicy.html) -// . For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of inline -// policies that you can embed with a role, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use -// POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy . For general information about -// using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// role. +// +// When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of +// the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at +// the same time as the role, using [CreateRole]CreateRole . You can update a role's trust +// policy using [UpdateAssumeRolePolicy]UpdateAssumeRolePolicy . For more information about roles, see [IAM roles] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed +// policy to a role, use [AttachRolePolicy]AttachRolePolicy . To create a new managed policy, use [CreatePolicy] +// CreatePolicy . For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed +// with a role, see [IAM and STS quotas]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when +// calling PutRolePolicy . For general information about using the Query API with +// IAM, see [Making query requests]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [UpdateAssumeRolePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.html +// [AttachRolePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AttachRolePolicy.html +// [CreatePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreatePolicy.html +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html +// [Making query requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html +// [CreateRole]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreateRole.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) PutRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutRolePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutRolePolicyInput{} @@ -43,34 +55,48 @@ func (c *Client) PutRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutRolePolicyInput, type PutRolePolicyInput struct { - // The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, - // for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in - // JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format - // before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The policy document. + // + // You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation + // templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. + // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it + // to IAM. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string - // The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the policy document. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // The name of the role to associate the policy with. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to associate the policy with. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPermissionsBoundary.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPermissionsBoundary.go index cc203e1220db2..5986521accd35 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPermissionsBoundary.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPermissionsBoundary.go @@ -14,11 +14,13 @@ import ( // boundary. You can use an Amazon Web Services managed policy or a customer // managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the // maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an -// advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. Policies that are -// used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach -// a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a -// user are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. +// +// Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. +// You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the +// effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see [IAM JSON policy evaluation logic]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [IAM JSON policy evaluation logic]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html func (c *Client) PutUserPermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *PutUserPermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutUserPermissionsBoundaryInput{} @@ -37,14 +39,18 @@ func (c *Client) PutUserPermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *PutUser type PutUserPermissionsBoundaryInput struct { // The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for - // the user. A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that + // the user. + // + // A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that // identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. // Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a - // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions - // boundaries for IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policy types, see Policy - // types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // For more information about policy types, see [Policy types] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Policy types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#access_policy-types + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html // // This member is required. PermissionsBoundary *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPolicy.go index dd522e273bae7..4d0f0536dc50a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_PutUserPolicy.go @@ -11,16 +11,24 @@ import ( ) // Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM -// user. An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a -// managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AttachUserPolicy.html) -// . To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreatePolicy.html) -// . For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of inline -// policies that you can embed in a user, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use -// POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy . For general information about -// using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// user. +// +// An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed +// policy to a user, use [AttachUserPolicy]AttachUserPolicy . To create a new managed policy, use [CreatePolicy] +// CreatePolicy . For information about policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed +// in a user, see [IAM and STS quotas]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when +// calling PutUserPolicy . For general information about using the Query API with +// IAM, see [Making query requests]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [CreatePolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_CreatePolicy.html +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html +// [Making query requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html +// [AttachUserPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AttachUserPolicy.html +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) PutUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutUserPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutUserPolicyInput{} @@ -38,34 +46,48 @@ func (c *Client) PutUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutUserPolicyInput, type PutUserPolicyInput struct { - // The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, - // for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in - // JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format - // before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The policy document. + // + // You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation + // templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. + // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it + // to IAM. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string - // The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the policy document. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // The name of the user to associate the policy with. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to associate the policy with. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider.go index 993988b91fa71..d4e24cb26050a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -12,8 +12,10 @@ import ( // Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of // client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider -// resource object. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an -// error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist. +// resource object. +// +// This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to +// remove a client ID that does not exist. func (c *Client) RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} @@ -32,17 +34,18 @@ func (c *Client) RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, pa type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The client ID (also known as audience) to remove from the IAM OIDC provider - // resource. For more information about client IDs, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider - // . + // resource. For more information about client IDs, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. // // This member is required. ClientID *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the - // client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the - // ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see - // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProvidersoperation. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile.go index ce71bb945cd88..721a438adea9b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile.go @@ -11,14 +11,17 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified IAM role from the specified Amazon EC2 instance profile. +// // Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role // you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an // instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any -// applications running on the instance. For more information about roles, see IAM -// roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html) in the -// IAM User Guide. For more information about instance profiles, see Using -// instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// applications running on the instance. +// +// For more information about roles, see [IAM roles] in the IAM User Guide. For more +// information about instance profiles, see [Using instance profiles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Using instance profiles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2_instance-profiles.html +// [IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -36,18 +39,24 @@ func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *Remo type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the instance profile to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string - // The name of the role to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to remove. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveUserFromGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveUserFromGroup.go index ad6cd173885f2..0e9c2051404b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveUserFromGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_RemoveUserFromGroup.go @@ -28,18 +28,24 @@ func (c *Client) RemoveUserFromGroup(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveUserFrom type RemoveUserFromGroupInput struct { - // The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters consisting of - // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the group to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The name of the user to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The name of the user to remove. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResetServiceSpecificCredential.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResetServiceSpecificCredential.go index 006f4b404055c..074e801b339ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResetServiceSpecificCredential.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResetServiceSpecificCredential.go @@ -32,19 +32,25 @@ func (c *Client) ResetServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *Res type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { - // The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServiceSpecificCredentialId *string // The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If // this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose - // credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // credentials are used to call the operation. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -53,8 +59,10 @@ type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialOutput struct { // A structure with details about the updated service-specific credential, - // including the new password. This is the only time that you can access the - // password. You cannot recover the password later, but you can reset it again. + // including the new password. + // + // This is the only time that you can access the password. You cannot recover the + // password later, but you can reset it again. ServiceSpecificCredential *types.ServiceSpecificCredential // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResyncMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResyncMFADevice.go index 030061b223624..83b4272df7f08 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResyncMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_ResyncMFADevice.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( ) // Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the -// Amazon Web Services servers. For more information about creating and working -// with virtual MFA devices, see Using a virtual MFA device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) +// Amazon Web Services servers. +// +// For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see [Using a virtual MFA device] // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Using a virtual MFA device]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html func (c *Client) ResyncMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *ResyncMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResyncMFADeviceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResyncMFADeviceInput{} @@ -31,30 +34,38 @@ func (c *Client) ResyncMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *ResyncMFADeviceInp type ResyncMFADeviceInput struct { - // An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is - // a sequence of six digits. + // An authentication code emitted by the device. + // + // The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits. // // This member is required. AuthenticationCode1 *string - // A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this - // parameter is a sequence of six digits. + // A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. + // + // The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits. // // This member is required. AuthenticationCode2 *string - // Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string - // The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetDefaultPolicyVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetDefaultPolicyVersion.go index 1a1d1ab6fdb77..b507755002fc1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetDefaultPolicyVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetDefaultPolicyVersion.go @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ import ( ) // Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default -// (operative) version. This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that -// the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy -// is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy . For information about managed -// policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// (operative) version. +// +// This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached +// to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. +// +// For information about managed policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html func (c *Client) SetDefaultPolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetDefaultPolicyVersionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput{} @@ -34,15 +37,21 @@ func (c *Client) SetDefaultPolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *SetDefault type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want - // to set. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // to set. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string - // The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. For more - // information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. + // + // For more information about managed policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html // // This member is required. VersionId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences.go index 50e8031412c86..06659d91021f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences.go @@ -12,24 +12,27 @@ import ( ) // Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version -// used for the Amazon Web Services account. By default, Security Token Service -// (STS) is available as a global service, and all STS requests go to a single -// endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com . Amazon Web Services recommends using -// Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, and increase -// session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints for STS, -// see Security Token Service endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sts.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. If you make an STS call to the -// global endpoint, the resulting session tokens might be valid in some Regions but -// not others. It depends on the version that is set in this operation. Version 1 -// tokens are valid only in Amazon Web Services Regions that are available by -// default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia -// Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version -// 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. -// For information, see Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services -// Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. To view the current session token version, see the -// GlobalEndpointTokenVersion entry in the response of the GetAccountSummary -// operation. +// used for the Amazon Web Services account. +// +// By default, Security Token Service (STS) is available as a global service, and +// all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com . Amazon +// Web Services recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in +// redundancy, and increase session token availability. For information about +// Regional endpoints for STS, see [Security Token Service endpoints and quotas]in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens +// might be valid in some Regions but not others. It depends on the version that is +// set in this operation. Version 1 tokens are valid only in Amazon Web Services +// Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually +// enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in +// all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where +// you temporarily store tokens. For information, see [Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion +// entry in the response of the GetAccountSummaryoperation. +// +// [Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html +// [Security Token Service endpoints and quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sts.html func (c *Client) SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences(ctx context.Context, params *SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput{} @@ -51,9 +54,11 @@ type SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput struct { // Amazon Web Services Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not // work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 // tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might - // affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see - // Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. + // + // For information, see [Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html // // This member is required. GlobalEndpointTokenVersion types.GlobalEndpointTokenVersion diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulateCustomPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulateCustomPolicy.go index 8be759b1018d1..3ed27da65b6af 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulateCustomPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulateCustomPolicy.go @@ -13,25 +13,33 @@ import ( // Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works // with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the -// policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. The -// simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization -// to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. You can -// simulate resources that don't exist in your account. If you want to simulate -// existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use -// SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. Context keys are variables that are maintained -// by Amazon Web Services and its services and which provide details about the -// context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM -// policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the -// policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy . If -// the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the -// results. The IAM policy simulator evaluates statements in the identity-based -// policy and the inputs that you provide during simulation. The policy simulator -// results can differ from your live Amazon Web Services environment. We recommend -// that you check your policies against your live Amazon Web Services environment -// after testing using the policy simulator to confirm that you have the desired -// results. For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM -// policies with the IAM policy simulator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. +// +// The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the +// authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the +// operations. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account. +// +// If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, +// group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicyinstead. +// +// Context keys are variables that are maintained by Amazon Web Services and its +// services and which provide details about the context of an API query request. +// You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To +// get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, +// use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy. +// +// If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate +// the results. +// +// The IAM policy simulator evaluates statements in the identity-based policy and +// the inputs that you provide during simulation. The policy simulator results can +// differ from your live Amazon Web Services environment. We recommend that you +// check your policies against your live Amazon Web Services environment after +// testing using the policy simulator to confirm that you have the desired results. +// For more information about using the policy simulator, see [Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator]in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html func (c *Client) SimulateCustomPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *SimulateCustomPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SimulateCustomPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SimulateCustomPolicyInput{} @@ -61,31 +69,40 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. // Do not include any resource-based policies in this parameter. Any resource-based // policy must be submitted with the ResourcePolicy parameter. The policies cannot - // be "scope-down" policies, such as you could include in a call to - // GetFederationToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_GetFederationToken.html) - // or one of the AssumeRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AssumeRole.html) + // be "scope-down" policies, such as you could include in a call to [GetFederationToken]or one of the [AssumeRole] // API operations. In other words, do not use policies designed to restrict what a - // user can do while using the temporary credentials. The maximum length of the - // policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is - // listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no - // whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this - // parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // user can do while using the temporary credentials. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [AssumeRole]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AssumeRole.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length + // [GetFederationToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_GetFederationToken.html + // // This member is required. PolicyInputList []string // The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the API // operations. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy so that the - // policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. You can - // specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed - // role, federated user, or a service principal. + // policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. + // + // You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an + // assumed role, federated user, or a service principal. CallerArn *string // A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. @@ -101,31 +118,41 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets // the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only one // permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more - // information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM - // entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains - // the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. The maximum - // length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including - // whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed - // policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this - // parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]in the IAM User Guide. The policy + // input is specified as a string that contains the complete, valid JSON text of a + // permissions boundary policy. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList []string // A list of ARNs of Amazon Web Services resources to include in the simulation. @@ -133,15 +160,21 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each // resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or // denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate - // resources that don't exist in your account. The simulation does not - // automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to - // include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as - // a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. If you include a ResourcePolicy , then - // it must be applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you - // receive an invalid input error. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon - // Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. Simulation of resource-based - // policies isn't supported for IAM roles. + // resources that don't exist in your account. + // + // The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified + // resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you + // must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. + // + // If you include a ResourcePolicy , then it must be applicable to all of the + // resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html ResourceArns []string // Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support @@ -151,19 +184,31 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then // you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported // scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation. + // // Each of the Amazon EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and // security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must // specify that volume as a resource. If the Amazon EC2 scenario includes VPC, then // you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, // then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the Amazon - // EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. - // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security group, network interface - // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security group, network - // interface, subnet - // - EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security group, network interface, volume - // - EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface, - // subnet, volume + // EC2 scenario options, see [Supported platforms]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface + // + // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet + // + // - EC2-VPC-EBS + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface, volume + // + // - EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume + // + // [Supported platforms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html ResourceHandlingOption *string // An ARN representing the Amazon Web Services account ID that specifies the owner @@ -174,34 +219,43 @@ type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct { // owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the // identity provided in CallerArn . This parameter is required only if you specify // a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the - // account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn . The ARN for an account - // uses the following syntax: arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root . For example, to - // represent the account with the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN: - // arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root . + // account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn . + // + // The ARN for an account uses the following syntax: + // arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root . For example, to represent the account with + // the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN: arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root . ResourceOwner *string // A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each // resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can - // include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The maximum length of - // the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, - // is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with - // no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this - // parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // // Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length ResourcePolicy *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful SimulatePrincipalPolicy or -// SimulateCustomPolicy request. +// Contains the response to a successful SimulatePrincipalPolicy or SimulateCustomPolicy request. type SimulateCustomPolicyOutput struct { // The results of the simulation. @@ -317,11 +371,13 @@ var _ SimulateCustomPolicyAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type SimulateCustomPolicyPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulatePrincipalPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulatePrincipalPolicy.go index 24a765c162559..466f9070a2113 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulatePrincipalPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_SimulatePrincipalPolicy.go @@ -16,30 +16,40 @@ import ( // effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you // specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are // attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can simulate resources that -// don't exist in your account. You can optionally include a list of one or more -// additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you -// want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy -// instead. You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be -// evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation for IAM users -// only. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the +// don't exist in your account. +// +// You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified +// as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies +// specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicyinstead. +// +// You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with +// each of the resources included in the simulation for IAM users only. +// +// The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the // authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the -// operations. Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions -// granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's -// permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. +// operations. +// +// Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted to +// other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then +// consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicyinstead. +// // Context keys are variables maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services // that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the // Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of -// context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use -// GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy . If the output is long, you can use the -// MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results. The IAM policy -// simulator evaluates statements in the identity-based policy and the inputs that -// you provide during simulation. The policy simulator results can differ from your -// live Amazon Web Services environment. We recommend that you check your policies -// against your live Amazon Web Services environment after testing using the policy -// simulator to confirm that you have the desired results. For more information -// about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy -// simulator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. +// +// If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to +// paginate the results. +// +// The IAM policy simulator evaluates statements in the identity-based policy and +// the inputs that you provide during simulation. The policy simulator results can +// differ from your live Amazon Web Services environment. We recommend that you +// check your policies against your live Amazon Web Services environment after +// testing using the policy simulator to confirm that you have the desired results. +// For more information about using the policy simulator, see [Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator]in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html func (c *Client) SimulatePrincipalPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput{} @@ -68,12 +78,17 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the // simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you // specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to - // any groups the user belongs to. The maximum length of the policy document that - // you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view - // the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM - // and STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // any groups the user belongs to. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. PolicySourceArn *string @@ -84,14 +99,19 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // include both a PolicySourceArn (for example, // arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David ) and a CallerArn (for example, // arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob ), the result is that you simulate calling - // the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies. You can specify only - // the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated - // user, or a service principal. CallerArn is required if you include a - // ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is - // required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to - // use in evaluating the policy. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon - // Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies. + // + // You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an + // assumed role, federated user, or a service principal. + // + // CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn + // is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based + // policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html CallerArn *string // A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. @@ -107,11 +127,13 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. MaxItems *int32 // The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets @@ -121,32 +143,48 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different // permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permissions // boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about - // permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing the - // complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. The maximum length - // of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including - // whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed - // policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this - // parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is + // specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions + // boundary policy. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM entities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList []string // An optional list of additional policy documents to include in the simulation. // Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text - // of an IAM policy. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to - // validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // of an IAM policy. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex PolicyInputList []string // A list of ARNs of Amazon Web Services resources to include in the simulation. @@ -154,13 +192,18 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each // resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or // denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate - // resources that don't exist in your account. The simulation does not - // automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to - // include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as - // a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. For more information about ARNs, see - // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. Simulation of resource-based - // policies isn't supported for IAM roles. + // resources that don't exist in your account. + // + // The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified + // resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you + // must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html ResourceArns []string // Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support @@ -170,19 +213,31 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then // you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported // scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation. + // // Each of the Amazon EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and // security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must // specify that volume as a resource. If the Amazon EC2 scenario includes VPC, then // you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, // then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the Amazon - // EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. - // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security group, network interface - // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security group, network - // interface, subnet - // - EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security group, network interface, volume - // - EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface, - // subnet, volume + // EC2 scenario options, see [Supported platforms]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // + // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface + // + // - EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet + // + // - EC2-VPC-EBS + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface, volume + // + // - EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet + // + // instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume + // + // [Supported platforms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html ResourceHandlingOption *string // An Amazon Web Services account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated @@ -198,26 +253,34 @@ type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct { // A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each // resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can - // include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The maximum length of - // the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, - // is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with - // no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length) - // . The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this - // parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. + // + // The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, + // including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a + // managed policy with no whitespaces, see [IAM and STS character quotas]. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // // Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // [IAM and STS character quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length ResourcePolicy *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful SimulatePrincipalPolicy or -// SimulateCustomPolicy request. +// Contains the response to a successful SimulatePrincipalPolicy or SimulateCustomPolicy request. type SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput struct { // The results of the simulation. @@ -333,11 +396,13 @@ var _ SimulatePrincipalPolicyAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items // you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you - // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . If you do not include this - // parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer - // results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the - // IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker contains a value to - // include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from. + // specify, the IsTruncated response element is true . + // + // If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note + // that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. + // In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true , and Marker + // contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where + // to continue from. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagInstanceProfile.go index 0541e1e72a543..13b39da9a6483 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagInstanceProfile.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile. If a tag with the same key -// name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. Each tag -// consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your -// resources, you can do the following: +// name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to +// your resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -24,17 +25,18 @@ import ( // - Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM instance profile // that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use -// tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// tags to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *TagInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -52,10 +54,13 @@ func (c *Client) TagInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *TagInstanceProf type TagInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the IAM instance profile to which you want to add tags. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM instance profile to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagMFADevice.go index c75b8f1b2172e..39d788f9686b4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagMFADevice.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( // Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) // device. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is -// overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated -// value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: +// overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -24,17 +26,18 @@ import ( // - Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM virtual MFA device // that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use -// tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// tags to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *TagMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagMFADeviceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagMFADeviceInput{} @@ -53,10 +56,13 @@ func (c *Client) TagMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *TagMFADeviceInput, op type TagMFADeviceInput struct { // The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device to which you want to add - // tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagOpenIDConnectProvider.go index 34a1b177c1461..f6ffc17c564a2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. -// For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html) -// . If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten -// with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By -// assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: +// For more information about these providers, see [About web identity federation]. If a tag with the same key +// name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -25,17 +26,19 @@ import ( // - Access control - Include tags in IAM identity-based and resource-based // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an OIDC provider that has // a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to -// control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html +// [About web identity federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html func (c *Client) TagOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} @@ -54,10 +57,12 @@ func (c *Client) TagOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *TagOpenID type TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { // The ARN of the OIDC identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagPolicy.go index 7d4400a8ce5b3..e1a2818023054 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagPolicy.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy. If a tag with the same -// key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag -// consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your // resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in @@ -24,17 +25,18 @@ import ( // - Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM customer managed // policy that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how -// to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// to use tags to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *TagPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagPolicyInput{} @@ -52,10 +54,13 @@ func (c *Client) TagPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *TagPolicyInput, optFns . type TagPolicyInput struct { - // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy to which you want to add tags. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagRole.go index ef0da72b370ec..a218e0ee8b57c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagRole.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( // Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a // service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that -// tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an -// associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: +// tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -25,23 +27,24 @@ import ( // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM role that has a // specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources // that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use -// tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// tags to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are // using which Amazon Web Services resources. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. // -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagRole(ctx context.Context, params *TagRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagRoleInput{} @@ -59,10 +62,13 @@ func (c *Client) TagRole(ctx context.Context, params *TagRoleInput, optFns ...fu type TagRoleInput struct { - // The name of the IAM role to which you want to add tags. This parameter accepts - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM role to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that consist of + // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include + // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagSAMLProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagSAMLProvider.go index 596d9633edf63..eebd7127e4b4b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagSAMLProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagSAMLProvider.go @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity -// provider. For more information about these providers, see About SAML 2.0-based -// federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) -// . If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten -// with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By -// assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: +// provider. For more information about these providers, see [About SAML 2.0-based federation]. If a tag with the +// same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -26,17 +26,19 @@ import ( // - Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only a SAML identity provider // that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use -// tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// tags to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [About SAML 2.0-based federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *TagSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagSAMLProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagSAMLProviderInput{} @@ -55,10 +57,12 @@ func (c *Client) TagSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *TagSAMLProviderInp type TagSAMLProviderInput struct { // The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SAMLProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagServerCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagServerCertificate.go index dcccb44e4abfe..902bfab343a24 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagServerCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagServerCertificate.go @@ -12,13 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate. If a tag with the same key -// name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. For -// certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend -// that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, -// manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM -// server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By -// assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following: +// name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we +// recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to +// provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information +// about IAM server certificates, [Working with server certificates]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -28,20 +30,22 @@ import ( // - Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only a server certificate that // has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags -// to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are // using which Amazon Web Services resources. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *TagServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagServerCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagServerCertificateInput{} @@ -59,10 +63,13 @@ func (c *Client) TagServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *TagServerCert type TagServerCertificateInput struct { - // The name of the IAM server certificate to which you want to add tags. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM server certificate to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagUser.go index f33d200b19ba8..387aadad8e545 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_TagUser.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already -// exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key -// name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do -// the following: +// exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. +// +// A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your +// resources, you can do the following: // // - Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in // organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with @@ -25,23 +26,24 @@ import ( // policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user // that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those // resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show -// how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// how to use tags to control access, see [Control access using IAM tags]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are // using which Amazon Web Services resources. // // - If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum // number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. // // - Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If // you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. // -// For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Control access using IAM tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html +// [Tagging IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) TagUser(ctx context.Context, params *TagUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagUserInput{} @@ -65,10 +67,13 @@ type TagUserInput struct { // This member is required. Tags []types.Tag - // The name of the IAM user to which you want to add tags. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user to which you want to add tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagInstanceProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagInstanceProfile.go index 5413b8fe97dfe..9086f0e7217ef 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagInstanceProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagInstanceProfile.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile. For more information -// about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) UntagInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *UntagInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagInstanceProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagInstanceProfileInput{} @@ -30,10 +31,13 @@ func (c *Client) UntagInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *UntagInstance type UntagInstanceProfileInput struct { - // The name of the IAM instance profile from which you want to remove tags. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM instance profile from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagMFADevice.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagMFADevice.go index 4d98b397cb8f0..60dfec2d506a9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagMFADevice.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagMFADevice.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication -// (MFA) device. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// (MFA) device. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) UntagMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *UntagMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagMFADeviceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagMFADeviceInput{} @@ -32,10 +33,12 @@ type UntagMFADeviceInput struct { // The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device from which you want to // remove tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SerialNumber *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagOpenIDConnectProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagOpenIDConnectProvider.go index ed8a0fd087633..7f6cdbd03dfde 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagOpenIDConnectProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagOpenIDConnectProvider.go @@ -11,10 +11,11 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible -// identity provider in IAM. For more information about OIDC providers, see About -// web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html) -// . For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// identity provider in IAM. For more information about OIDC providers, see [About web identity federation]. For +// more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html +// [About web identity federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html func (c *Client) UntagOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput{} @@ -32,10 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) UntagOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UntagOp type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct { - // The ARN of the OIDC provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The ARN of the OIDC provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagPolicy.go index 7445de4b6f970..b5e86c0e66705 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagPolicy.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy. For more -// information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) UntagPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UntagPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagPolicyInput{} @@ -31,10 +32,12 @@ func (c *Client) UntagPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UntagPolicyInput, optF type UntagPolicyInput struct { // The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy from which you want to remove tags. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. PolicyArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagRole.go index 9b3c6ec7d4921..8a3a025f22c2d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagRole.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) UntagRole(ctx context.Context, params *UntagRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagRoleInput{} @@ -30,10 +31,13 @@ func (c *Client) UntagRole(ctx context.Context, params *UntagRoleInput, optFns . type UntagRoleInput struct { - // The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags. This parameter - // accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with - // no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter accepts (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that consist of + // upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include + // any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagSAMLProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagSAMLProvider.go index 3abe508065960..218b7868455a5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagSAMLProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagSAMLProvider.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( // Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup // Language (SAML) identity provider in IAM. For more information about these -// providers, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html) -// . For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// providers, see [About web identity federation]. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html +// [About web identity federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html func (c *Client) UntagSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UntagSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagSAMLProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagSAMLProviderInput{} @@ -32,11 +33,13 @@ func (c *Client) UntagSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UntagSAMLProvide type UntagSAMLProviderInput struct { - // The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM from which you want to remove - // tags. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SAMLProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagServerCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagServerCertificate.go index 711e7abc46309..07f531b9f0fb6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagServerCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagServerCertificate.go @@ -11,12 +11,15 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate. For more -// information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate -// Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, -// use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more -// information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we +// recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to +// provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information +// about IAM server certificates, [Working with server certificates]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) UntagServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UntagServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagServerCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagServerCertificateInput{} @@ -34,10 +37,13 @@ func (c *Client) UntagServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UntagServer type UntagServerCertificateInput struct { - // The name of the IAM server certificate from which you want to remove tags. This - // parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) - // a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters - // with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM server certificate from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagUser.go index 7e01dfbe65b45..12cd34a95f0d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UntagUser.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, -// see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html func (c *Client) UntagUser(ctx context.Context, params *UntagUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagUserInput{} @@ -36,10 +37,13 @@ type UntagUserInput struct { // This member is required. TagKeys []string - // The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccessKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccessKey.go index 310a25bdd47e2..56df7023deecd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccessKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccessKey.go @@ -13,15 +13,19 @@ import ( // Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice // versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key -// rotation workflow. If the UserName is not specified, the user name is -// determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to -// sign the request. If a temporary access key is used, then UserName is required. -// If a long-term key is assigned to the user, then UserName is not required. This -// operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. -// Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account -// root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated -// users. For information about rotating keys, see Managing keys and certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ManagingCredentials.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// rotation workflow. +// +// If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based +// on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. If a +// temporary access key is used, then UserName is required. If a long-term key is +// assigned to the user, then UserName is not required. This operation works for +// access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use +// this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even +// if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. +// +// For information about rotating keys, see [Managing keys and certificates] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managing keys and certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ManagingCredentials.html func (c *Client) UpdateAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAccessKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAccessKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateAccessKeyInput{} @@ -39,24 +43,30 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAccessKeyInp type UpdateAccessKeyInput struct { - // The access key ID of the secret access key you want to update. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The access key ID of the secret access key you want to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. AccessKeyId *string - // The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the + // The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the // key can be used for programmatic calls to Amazon Web Services, while Inactive // means that the key cannot be used. // // This member is required. Status types.StatusType - // The name of the user whose key you want to update. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose key you want to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.go index 49f14b167b782..0af23ed430fbb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.go @@ -10,15 +10,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Updates the password policy settings for the Amazon Web Services account. This -// operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if -// you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default -// value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. -// Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be +// Updates the password policy settings for the Amazon Web Services account. +// +// This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, +// but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its +// default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default +// value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be // explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that -// parameter when you invoke the operation. For more information about using a -// password policy, see Managing an IAM password policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// parameter when you invoke the operation. +// +// For more information about using a password policy, see [Managing an IAM password policy] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managing an IAM password policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html func (c *Client) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput{} @@ -36,22 +39,28 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *Update type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput struct { - // Allows all IAM users in your account to use the Amazon Web Services Management - // Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Permitting IAM - // users to change their own passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_passwords_enable-user-change.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then - // the operation uses the default value of false . The result is that IAM users in - // the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password. + // Allows all IAM users in your account to use the Amazon Web Services Management + // Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see [Permitting IAM users to change their own passwords]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of false . The result is that IAM users in the account do not + // automatically have permissions to change their own password. + // + // [Permitting IAM users to change their own passwords]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_passwords_enable-user-change.html AllowUsersToChangePassword bool - // Prevents IAM users who are accessing the account via the Amazon Web Services + // Prevents IAM users who are accessing the account via the Amazon Web Services // Management Console from setting a new console password after their password has // expired. The IAM user cannot access the console until an administrator resets - // the password. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the - // operation uses the default value of false . The result is that IAM users can - // change their passwords after they expire and continue to sign in as the user. In - // the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the custom password policy option - // Allow users to change their own password gives IAM users permissions to + // the password. + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of false . The result is that IAM users can change their passwords + // after they expire and continue to sign in as the user. + // + // In the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the custom password policy + // option Allow users to change their own password gives IAM users permissions to // iam:ChangePassword for only their user and to the iam:GetAccountPasswordPolicy // action. This option does not attach a permissions policy to each user, rather // the permissions are applied at the account-level for all users by IAM. IAM users @@ -59,45 +68,58 @@ type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput struct { // expired console password using the CLI or API. HardExpiry *bool - // The number of days that an IAM user password is valid. If you do not specify a - // value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0 . The - // result is that IAM user passwords never expire. + // The number of days that an IAM user password is valid. + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of 0 . The result is that IAM user passwords never expire. MaxPasswordAge *int32 - // The minimum number of characters allowed in an IAM user password. If you do not - // specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of - // 6 . + // The minimum number of characters allowed in an IAM user password. + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of 6 . MinimumPasswordLength *int32 // Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from - // reusing. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation - // uses the default value of 0 . The result is that IAM users are not prevented - // from reusing previous passwords. + // reusing. + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of 0 . The result is that IAM users are not prevented from reusing + // previous passwords. PasswordReusePrevention *int32 // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase - // character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z). If you do not specify a - // value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false . - // The result is that passwords do not require at least one lowercase character. + // character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z). + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of false . The result is that passwords do not require at least + // one lowercase character. RequireLowercaseCharacters bool // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric - // character (0 to 9). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the - // operation uses the default value of false . The result is that passwords do not - // require at least one numeric character. + // character (0 to 9). + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of false . The result is that passwords do not require at least + // one numeric character. RequireNumbers bool // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following - // non-alphanumeric characters: ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' If you do - // not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default - // value of false . The result is that passwords do not require at least one symbol - // character. + // non-alphanumeric characters: + // + // ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of false . The result is that passwords do not require at least + // one symbol character. RequireSymbols bool // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase - // character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z). If you do not specify a - // value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false . - // The result is that passwords do not require at least one uppercase character. + // character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z). + // + // If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the + // default value of false . The result is that passwords do not require at least + // one uppercase character. RequireUppercaseCharacters bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.go index b1971bd0c03a6..b0c70dfcafac9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateAssumeRolePolicy.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( // Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This // is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about -// roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html) -// . +// roles, see [Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities]. +// +// [Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html func (c *Client) UpdateAssumeRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAssumeRolePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput{} @@ -31,26 +32,37 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateAssumeRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAssum type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput struct { - // The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role. You must - // provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates - // formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. + // The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role. + // + // You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation + // templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. // CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it - // to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate - // this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // to IAM. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. PolicyDocument *string - // The name of the role to update with the new policy. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the role to update with the new policy. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. RoleName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateGroup.go index 60421a3ca4119..95184519b6793 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateGroup.go @@ -10,16 +10,20 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. You should -// understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more -// information, see Renaming users and groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_WorkingWithGroupsAndUsers.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have -// permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For -// example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs , the principal must have a -// policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission -// to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. -// For more information about permissions, see Access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html) -// . +// Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. +// +// You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For +// more information, see [Renaming users and groups]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change +// the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the +// group named Managers to MGRs , the principal must have a policy that allows them +// to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers +// group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information +// about permissions, see [Access management]. +// +// [Access management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html +// [Renaming users and groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_WorkingWithGroupsAndUsers.html func (c *Client) UpdateGroup(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateGroupInput{} @@ -38,26 +42,33 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateGroup(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateGroupInput, optF type UpdateGroupInput struct { // Name of the IAM group to update. If you're changing the name of the group, this - // is the original name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // is the original name. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. GroupName *string - // New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name. IAM - // user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are - // not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both - // "MyResource" and "myresource". + // New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name. + // + // IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. + // Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources + // named both "MyResource" and "myresource". NewGroupName *string // New path for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's path. - // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex NewPath *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateLoginProfile.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateLoginProfile.go index 1ff8af348c945..4a1ce513a9766 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateLoginProfile.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateLoginProfile.go @@ -12,10 +12,12 @@ import ( // Changes the password for the specified IAM user. You can use the CLI, the // Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the -// password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to change your own password in -// the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. -// For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// password for any IAM user. Use ChangePasswordto change your own password in the My Security +// Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. +// +// For more information about modifying passwords, see [Managing passwords] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managing passwords]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html func (c *Client) UpdateLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateLoginProfileOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateLoginProfileInput{} @@ -33,26 +35,36 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateLoginProf type UpdateLoginProfileInput struct { - // The name of the user whose password you want to update. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user whose password you want to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string - // The new password for the specified IAM user. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The new password for the specified IAM user. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // // However, the format can be further restricted by the account administrator by // setting a password policy on the Amazon Web Services account. For more - // information, see UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy . + // information, see UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex Password *string // Allows this new password to be used only once by requiring the specified IAM diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint.go index 026e2d7745920..30380dda82c79 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint.go @@ -12,20 +12,25 @@ import ( // Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an // OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. -// The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list -// of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) Typically, you need to update a -// thumbprint only when the identity provider certificate changes, which occurs -// rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to -// assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until -// the certificate thumbprint is updated. Amazon Web Services secures communication -// with some OIDC identity providers (IdPs) through our library of trusted root -// certificate authorities (CAs) instead of using a certificate thumbprint to -// verify your IdP server certificate. In these cases, your legacy thumbprint -// remains in your configuration, but is no longer used for validation. These OIDC -// IdPs include Auth0, GitHub, GitLab, Google, and those that use an Amazon S3 -// bucket to host a JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) endpoint. Trust for the OIDC provider -// is derived from the provider certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. -// Therefore, it is best to limit access to the +// +// The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing +// list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) +// +// Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider +// certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate +// does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider +// as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated. +// +// Amazon Web Services secures communication with some OIDC identity providers +// (IdPs) through our library of trusted root certificate authorities (CAs) instead +// of using a certificate thumbprint to verify your IdP server certificate. In +// these cases, your legacy thumbprint remains in your configuration, but is no +// longer used for validation. These OIDC IdPs include Auth0, GitHub, GitLab, +// Google, and those that use an Amazon S3 bucket to host a JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) +// endpoint. +// +// Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider certificate and is +// validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the // UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users. func (c *Client) UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -46,15 +51,18 @@ type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for // which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider - // ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information - // about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProvidersoperation. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string // A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM - // OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider . + // OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider. // // This member is required. ThumbprintList []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRole.go index 573be1107e616..a8f0b5e07a128 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRole.go @@ -39,17 +39,22 @@ type UpdateRoleInput struct { // The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the // specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default // value of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 - // hours. Anyone who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the - // DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request - // a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum - // duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users - // don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security - // credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the - // AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but does not - // apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more - // information, see Using IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. IAM role credentials provided by Amazon EC2 instances - // assigned to the role are not subject to the specified maximum session duration. + // hours. + // + // Anyone who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API + // parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. + // The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be + // requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value + // for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one + // hour by default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or + // the assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those + // operations to create a console URL. For more information, see [Using IAM roles]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // IAM role credentials provided by Amazon EC2 instances assigned to the role are + // not subject to the specified maximum session duration. + // + // [Using IAM roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html MaxSessionDuration *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRoleDescription.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRoleDescription.go index 642d1b5116182..7ba8add2b9686 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRoleDescription.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateRoleDescription.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Use UpdateRole instead. Modifies only the description of a role. This operation -// performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole -// operation. +// Use UpdateRole instead. +// +// Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same +// function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation. func (c *Client) UpdateRoleDescription(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateRoleDescriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateRoleDescriptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateRoleDescriptionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSAMLProvider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSAMLProvider.go index b725db8419107..df6ea6b12c61f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSAMLProvider.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSAMLProvider.go @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. -// This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// . +// +// This operation requires [Signature Version 4]. +// +// [Signature Version 4]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html func (c *Client) UpdateSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSAMLProviderOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateSAMLProviderInput{} @@ -39,9 +41,12 @@ type UpdateSAMLProviderInput struct { // This member is required. SAMLMetadataDocument *string - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. For more - // information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. + // + // For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. SAMLProviderArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSSHPublicKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSSHPublicKey.go index 9383e877a49b5..c9942c222fe93 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSSHPublicKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSSHPublicKey.go @@ -14,11 +14,14 @@ import ( // Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH // public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation // can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work -// flow. The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for -// authenticating the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more -// information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, -// see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) -// in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// flow. +// +// The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating +// the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about +// using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]in the +// CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html func (c *Client) UpdateSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput{} @@ -36,9 +39,12 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSSHPublic type UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput struct { - // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through - // its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. SSHPublicKeyId *string @@ -50,10 +56,13 @@ type UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // This member is required. Status types.StatusType - // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServerCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServerCertificate.go index 6bac42727afa2..7e65f7070e5b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServerCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServerCertificate.go @@ -11,20 +11,26 @@ import ( ) // Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in -// IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working -// with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services -// services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. You -// should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or -// name. For more information, see Renaming a server certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs_manage.html#RenamingServerCerts) -// in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have -// permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. -// For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert , the -// principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If -// the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the -// ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about -// permissions, see Access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html) +// IAM. +// +// For more information about working with server certificates, see [Working with server certificates] in the IAM +// User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that +// can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. +// +// You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path +// or name. For more information, see [Renaming a server certificate]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change +// the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to +// change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert , the principal must +// have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has +// permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert +// certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see [Access management] // in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Renaming a server certificate]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs_manage.html#RenamingServerCerts +// [Access management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html func (c *Client) UpdateServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateServerCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateServerCertificateInput{} @@ -42,28 +48,38 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateServ type UpdateServerCertificateInput struct { - // The name of the server certificate that you want to update. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the server certificate that you want to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string // The new path for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating - // the server certificate's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // the server certificate's path. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex NewPath *string // The new name for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating // the server certificate's name. The name of the certificate cannot contain any - // spaces. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // spaces. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex NewServerCertificateName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServiceSpecificCredential.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServiceSpecificCredential.go index 420188394d07c..a646363c1834a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServiceSpecificCredential.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateServiceSpecificCredential.go @@ -32,9 +32,12 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *Up type UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { - // The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServiceSpecificCredentialId *string @@ -46,10 +49,13 @@ type UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct { // The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If // you do not specify this value, then the operation assumes the user whose - // credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of characters - // consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You - // can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // credentials are used to call the operation. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSigningCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSigningCertificate.go index 1d5415d4b477a..b9b3acfa437e3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSigningCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateSigningCertificate.go @@ -13,12 +13,14 @@ import ( // Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to // disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's -// signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. If the UserName -// field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the -// Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works -// for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use -// this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even -// if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. +// signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. +// +// If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This +// operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. +// Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account +// root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated +// users. func (c *Client) UpdateSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSigningCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSigningCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateSigningCertificateInput{} @@ -36,24 +38,30 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSig type UpdateSigningCertificateInput struct { - // The ID of the signing certificate you want to update. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // The ID of the signing certificate you want to update. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters that can consist of + // any upper or lowercased letter or digit. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. CertificateId *string - // The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the + // The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the // certificate can be used for programmatic calls to Amazon Web Services Inactive // means that the certificate cannot be used. // // This member is required. Status types.StatusType - // The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateUser.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateUser.go index 11aeb0e6325bf..ba7769b99665f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateUser.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UpdateUser.go @@ -10,16 +10,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. You should -// understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more -// information, see Renaming an IAM user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_renaming) -// and Renaming an IAM group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_groups_manage_rename.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. To change a user name, the requester must have -// appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For -// example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have -// permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions and policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html) -// . +// Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. +// +// You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. +// For more information, see [Renaming an IAM user]and [Renaming an IAM group] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both +// the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, +// the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must +// have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see [Permissions and policies]. +// +// [Renaming an IAM user]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_renaming +// [Renaming an IAM group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_groups_manage_rename.html +// [Permissions and policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html func (c *Client) UpdateUser(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateUserInput{} @@ -38,26 +41,35 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateUser(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateUserInput, optFns type UpdateUserInput struct { // Name of the user to update. If you're changing the name of the user, this is - // the original user name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: - // _+=,.@- + // the original user name. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string // New path for the IAM user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the - // user's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // user's path. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex NewPath *string // New name for the user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the - // user's name. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the - // account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create - // resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource". + // user's name. + // + // IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. + // Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources + // named both "MyResource" and "myresource". NewUserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSSHPublicKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSSHPublicKey.go index 9e6a88b675aa9..c7b8586a89ef5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSSHPublicKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSSHPublicKey.go @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. The -// SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating -// the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about -// using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up -// CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) -// in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. +// +// The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for +// authenticating the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more +// information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, +// see [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]in the CodeCommit User Guide. +// +// [Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html func (c *Client) UploadSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadSSHPublicKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UploadSSHPublicKeyInput{} @@ -36,23 +38,32 @@ type UploadSSHPublicKeyInput struct { // The SSH public key. The public key must be encoded in ssh-rsa format or PEM // format. The minimum bit-length of the public key is 2048 bits. For example, you - // can generate a 2048-bit key, and the resulting PEM file is 1679 bytes long. The - // regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter - // is a string of characters consisting of the following: + // can generate a 2048-bit key, and the resulting PEM file is 1679 bytes long. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. SSHPublicKeyBody *string - // The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with. This parameter - // allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string - // of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. UserName *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadServerCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadServerCertificate.go index 65206aac76a41..b39672e59b765 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadServerCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadServerCertificate.go @@ -13,26 +13,34 @@ import ( // Uploads a server certificate entity for the Amazon Web Services account. The // server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and -// an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. We recommend -// that you use Certificate Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/) to -// provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request -// a certificate, deploy it to Amazon Web Services resources, and let ACM handle -// certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more -// information about using ACM, see the Certificate Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/) -// . For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with -// server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of Amazon Web Services -// services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. For -// information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see IAM and -// STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Because the body of the public key certificate, private -// key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET -// when calling UploadServerCertificate . For information about setting up -// signatures and authorization through the API, see Signing Amazon Web Services -// API requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For general information about -// using the Query API with IAM, see Calling the API by making HTTP query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/programming.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. +// +// We recommend that you use [Certificate Manager] to provision, manage, and deploy your server +// certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to Amazon Web +// Services resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. +// Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see +// the [Certificate Manager User Guide]. +// +// For more information about working with server certificates, see [Working with server certificates] in the IAM +// User Guide. This topic includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can +// use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. +// +// For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see [IAM and STS quotas] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the +// certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling +// UploadServerCertificate . For information about setting up signatures and +// authorization through the API, see [Signing Amazon Web Services API requests]in the Amazon Web Services General +// Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see [Calling the API by making HTTP query requests]in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Certificate Manager]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/ +// [Certificate Manager User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/ +// [IAM and STS quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html +// [Working with server certificates]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html +// [Signing Amazon Web Services API requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html +// [Calling the API by making HTTP query requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/programming.html func (c *Client) UploadServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UploadServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadServerCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UploadServerCertificateInput{} @@ -50,73 +58,101 @@ func (c *Client) UploadServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UploadServ type UploadServerCertificateInput struct { - // The contents of the public key certificate in PEM-encoded format. The regex - // pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a - // string of characters consisting of the following: + // The contents of the public key certificate in PEM-encoded format. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. CertificateBody *string - // The contents of the private key in PEM-encoded format. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The contents of the private key in PEM-encoded format. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. PrivateKey *string // The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. The - // name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex // // This member is required. ServerCertificateName *string // The contents of the certificate chain. This is typically a concatenation of the - // PEM-encoded public key certificates of the chain. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // PEM-encoded public key certificates of the chain. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex CertificateChain *string - // The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM - // identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it - // defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // ) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a - // string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain - // any ASCII character from the ! ( \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), - // including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of + // either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with + // forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! ( + // \u0021 ) through the DEL character ( \u007F ), including most punctuation + // characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters. + // // If you are uploading a server certificate specifically for use with Amazon // CloudFront distributions, you must specify a path using the path parameter. The // path must begin with /cloudfront and must include a trailing slash (for // example, /cloudfront/test/ ). + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex Path *string // A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM server certificate // resource. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more - // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the - // allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource - // is not created. + // information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number + // of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -131,8 +167,9 @@ type UploadServerCertificateOutput struct { // A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM server certificate. The // returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, - // see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []types.Tag // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSigningCertificate.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSigningCertificate.go index 386f063547f84..6dcd696a81f0b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSigningCertificate.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/api_op_UploadSigningCertificate.go @@ -14,21 +14,27 @@ import ( // Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM // user. Some Amazon Web Services services require you to use certificates to // validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you -// upload the certificate, its default status is Active . For information about -// when you would use an X.509 signing certificate, see Managing server -// certificates in IAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is -// determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to -// sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web -// Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web -// Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account -// has no associated users. Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, -// you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate . For -// information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see -// Signing Amazon Web Services API requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For general information about -// using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// upload the certificate, its default status is Active . +// +// For information about when you would use an X.509 signing certificate, see [Managing server certificates in IAM] in +// the IAM User Guide. +// +// If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly +// based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This +// operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. +// Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account +// root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated +// users. +// +// Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST +// rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate . For information about +// setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see [Signing Amazon Web Services API requests]in the Amazon Web +// Services General Reference. For general information about using the Query API +// with IAM, see [Making query requests]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managing server certificates in IAM]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html +// [Making query requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html +// [Signing Amazon Web Services API requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html func (c *Client) UploadSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UploadSigningCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadSigningCertificateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UploadSigningCertificateInput{} @@ -46,23 +52,32 @@ func (c *Client) UploadSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UploadSig type UploadSigningCertificateInput struct { - // The contents of the signing certificate. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) - // used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the - // following: + // The contents of the signing certificate. + // + // The [regex pattern] used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of + // the following: + // // - Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character ( \u0020 ) // through the end of the ASCII character range + // // - The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement // character set (through \u00FF ) + // // - The special characters tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage // return ( \u000D ) // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex + // // This member is required. CertificateBody *string - // The name of the user the signing certificate is for. This parameter allows - // (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) ) a string of - // characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // The name of the user the signing certificate is for. + // + // This parameter allows (through its [regex pattern]) a string of characters consisting of upper + // and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any + // of the following characters: _+=,.@- + // + // [regex pattern]: http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex UserName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/doc.go index c849c3b7d972b..68383bba09f27 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/doc.go @@ -3,12 +3,14 @@ // Package iam provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS // Identity and Access Management. // -// Identity and Access Management Identity and Access Management (IAM) is a web -// service for securely controlling access to Amazon Web Services services. With -// IAM, you can centrally manage users, security credentials such as access keys, -// and permissions that control which Amazon Web Services resources users and -// applications can access. For more information about IAM, see Identity and -// Access Management (IAM) (http://aws.amazon.com/iam/) and the Identity and -// Access Management User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/) -// . +// # Identity and Access Management +// +// Identity and Access Management (IAM) is a web service for securely controlling +// access to Amazon Web Services services. With IAM, you can centrally manage +// users, security credentials such as access keys, and permissions that control +// which Amazon Web Services resources users and applications can access. For more +// information about IAM, see [Identity and Access Management (IAM)]and the [Identity and Access Management User Guide]. +// +// [Identity and Access Management User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ +// [Identity and Access Management (IAM)]: http://aws.amazon.com/iam/ package iam diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/go_module_metadata.go index 413a0e53f6f83..25ea20e7b3cd6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package iam // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.32.0" +const goModuleVersion = "1.32.1" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/options.go index 9dc917618cf0a..c56ef6fed6f15 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/enums.go index 0100b4f3d856f..cc0dc2e0088cd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/enums.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AccessAdvisorUsageGranularityType. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AccessAdvisorUsageGranularityType) Values() []AccessAdvisorUsageGranularityType { return []AccessAdvisorUsageGranularityType{ "SERVICE_LEVEL", @@ -31,8 +32,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AssignmentStatusType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssignmentStatusType) Values() []AssignmentStatusType { return []AssignmentStatusType{ "Assigned", @@ -60,8 +62,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ContextKeyTypeEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ContextKeyTypeEnum) Values() []ContextKeyTypeEnum { return []ContextKeyTypeEnum{ "string", @@ -90,8 +93,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DeletionTaskStatusType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DeletionTaskStatusType) Values() []DeletionTaskStatusType { return []DeletionTaskStatusType{ "SUCCEEDED", @@ -110,8 +114,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EncodingType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EncodingType) Values() []EncodingType { return []EncodingType{ "SSH", @@ -131,8 +136,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EntityType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EntityType) Values() []EntityType { return []EntityType{ "User", @@ -153,6 +159,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for GlobalEndpointTokenVersion. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (GlobalEndpointTokenVersion) Values() []GlobalEndpointTokenVersion { return []GlobalEndpointTokenVersion{ @@ -171,8 +178,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for JobStatusType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (JobStatusType) Values() []JobStatusType { return []JobStatusType{ "IN_PROGRESS", @@ -190,8 +198,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType) Values() []PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType { return []PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType{ "PermissionsBoundaryPolicy", @@ -209,8 +218,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PolicyEvaluationDecisionType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PolicyEvaluationDecisionType) Values() []PolicyEvaluationDecisionType { return []PolicyEvaluationDecisionType{ "allowed", @@ -229,8 +239,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PolicyOwnerEntityType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PolicyOwnerEntityType) Values() []PolicyOwnerEntityType { return []PolicyOwnerEntityType{ "USER", @@ -249,8 +260,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PolicyScopeType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PolicyScopeType) Values() []PolicyScopeType { return []PolicyScopeType{ "All", @@ -273,8 +285,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PolicySourceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PolicySourceType) Values() []PolicySourceType { return []PolicySourceType{ "user", @@ -296,8 +309,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PolicyType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PolicyType) Values() []PolicyType { return []PolicyType{ "INLINE", @@ -314,8 +328,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PolicyUsageType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PolicyUsageType) Values() []PolicyUsageType { return []PolicyUsageType{ "PermissionsPolicy", @@ -331,8 +346,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReportFormatType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReportFormatType) Values() []ReportFormatType { return []ReportFormatType{ "text/csv", @@ -349,8 +365,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReportStateType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReportStateType) Values() []ReportStateType { return []ReportStateType{ "STARTED", @@ -370,8 +387,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SortKeyType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SortKeyType) Values() []SortKeyType { return []SortKeyType{ "SERVICE_NAMESPACE_ASCENDING", @@ -390,8 +408,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StatusType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StatusType) Values() []StatusType { return []StatusType{ "Active", @@ -432,8 +451,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SummaryKeyType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SummaryKeyType) Values() []SummaryKeyType { return []SummaryKeyType{ "Users", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/errors.go index 6435f645a6897..1fc1d63b947f6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/errors.go @@ -35,9 +35,10 @@ func (e *ConcurrentModificationException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ConcurrentModificationException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because the most recent credential report has expired. -// To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport . For more -// information about credential report expiration, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// To generate a new credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. For more information about +// credential report expiration, see [Getting credential reports]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Getting credential reports]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html type CredentialReportExpiredException struct { Message *string @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ func (e *CredentialReportExpiredException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *CredentialReportExpiredException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because the credential report does not exist. To -// generate a credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport . +// generate a credential report, use GenerateCredentialReport. type CredentialReportNotPresentException struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/types.go index 5de4fb1019809..a3f8b4ec4ccf8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/types/types.go @@ -10,8 +10,9 @@ import ( // An object that contains details about when a principal in the reported // Organizations entity last attempted to access an Amazon Web Services service. A // principal can be an IAM user, an IAM role, or the Amazon Web Services account -// root user within the reported Organizations entity. This data type is a response -// element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation. +// root user within the reported Organizations entity. +// +// This data type is a response element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation. type AccessDetail struct { // The name of the service in which access was attempted. @@ -19,38 +20,47 @@ type AccessDetail struct { // This member is required. ServiceName *string - // The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. To learn the - // service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for - // Amazon Web Services services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to view - // details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For - // example, (service prefix: a4b) . For more information about service namespaces, - // see Amazon Web Services service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. + // + // To learn the service namespace of a service, see [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services] in the Service Authorization + // Reference. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In + // the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b) + // . For more information about service namespaces, see [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces + // [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html // // This member is required. ServiceNamespace *string // The path of the Organizations entity (root, organizational unit, or account) // from which an authenticated principal last attempted to access the service. - // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null - // if no principals (IAM users, IAM roles, or root user) in the reported - // Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. + // + // This field is null if no principals (IAM users, IAM roles, or root user) in the + // reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period EntityPath *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when an authenticated principal most recently attempted to access the service. - // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null - // if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the - // service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when an authenticated principal most recently attempted + // to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity + // attempted to access the service within the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 LastAuthenticatedTime *time.Time - // The Region where the last service access attempt occurred. This field is null - // if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the - // service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // The Region where the last service access attempt occurred. + // + // This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity + // attempted to access the service within the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period Region *string // The number of accounts with authenticated principals (root user, IAM users, and @@ -60,12 +70,14 @@ type AccessDetail struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an Amazon Web Services access key. This data type is -// used as a response element in the CreateAccessKey and ListAccessKeys -// operations. The SecretAccessKey value is returned only in response to -// CreateAccessKey . You can get a secret access key only when you first create an -// access key; you cannot recover the secret access key later. If you lose a secret -// access key, you must create a new access key. +// Contains information about an Amazon Web Services access key. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the CreateAccessKey and ListAccessKeys operations. +// +// The SecretAccessKey value is returned only in response to CreateAccessKey. You can get a +// secret access key only when you first create an access key; you cannot recover +// the secret access key later. If you lose a secret access key, you must create a +// new access key. type AccessKey struct { // The ID for this access key. @@ -96,39 +108,52 @@ type AccessKey struct { } // Contains information about the last time an Amazon Web Services access key was -// used since IAM began tracking this information on April 22, 2015. This data type -// is used as a response element in the GetAccessKeyLastUsed operation. +// used since IAM began tracking this information on April 22, 2015. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccessKeyLastUsed operation. type AccessKeyLastUsed struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the access key was most recently used. This field is null in the - // following situations: + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the access key was most recently used. This field + // is null in the following situations: + // // - The user does not have an access key. + // // - An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this // information. + // // - There is no sign-in data associated with the user. // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 + // // This member is required. LastUsedDate *time.Time // The Amazon Web Services Region where this access key was most recently used. // The value for this field is "N/A" in the following situations: + // // - The user does not have an access key. + // // - An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this // information. + // // - There is no sign-in data associated with the user. - // For more information about Amazon Web Services Regions, see Regions and - // endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html) in the - // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // For more information about Amazon Web Services Regions, see [Regions and endpoints] in the Amazon Web + // Services General Reference. + // + // [Regions and endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html // // This member is required. Region *string // The name of the Amazon Web Services service with which this access key was most // recently used. The value of this field is "N/A" in the following situations: + // // - The user does not have an access key. + // // - An access key exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this // information. + // // - There is no sign-in data associated with the user. // // This member is required. @@ -138,8 +163,9 @@ type AccessKeyLastUsed struct { } // Contains information about an Amazon Web Services access key, without its -// secret key. This data type is used as a response element in the ListAccessKeys -// operation. +// secret key. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListAccessKeys operation. type AccessKeyMetadata struct { // The ID for this access key. @@ -158,37 +184,46 @@ type AccessKeyMetadata struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an attached permissions boundary. An attached -// permissions boundary is a managed policy that has been attached to a user or -// role to set the permissions boundary. For more information about permissions -// boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about an attached permissions boundary. +// +// An attached permissions boundary is a managed policy that has been attached to +// a user or role to set the permissions boundary. +// +// For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html type AttachedPermissionsBoundary struct { - // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user or role. + // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user or + // role. PermissionsBoundaryArn *string - // The permissions boundary usage type that indicates what type of IAM resource is - // used as the permissions boundary for an entity. This data type can only have a - // value of Policy . + // The permissions boundary usage type that indicates what type of IAM resource + // is used as the permissions boundary for an entity. This data type can only have + // a value of Policy . PermissionsBoundaryType PermissionsBoundaryAttachmentType noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an attached policy. An attached policy is a managed -// policy that has been attached to a user, group, or role. This data type is used -// as a response element in the ListAttachedGroupPolicies , -// ListAttachedRolePolicies , ListAttachedUserPolicies , and -// GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. For more information about managed -// policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about an attached policy. +// +// An attached policy is a managed policy that has been attached to a user, group, +// or role. This data type is used as a response element in the ListAttachedGroupPolicies, ListAttachedRolePolicies, ListAttachedUserPolicies, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails +// operations. +// +// For more information about managed policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type AttachedPolicy struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html PolicyArn *string // The friendly name of the attached policy. @@ -200,8 +235,9 @@ type AttachedPolicy struct { // Contains information about a condition context key. It includes the name of the // key and specifies the value (or values, if the context key supports multiple // values) to use in the simulation. This information is used when evaluating the -// Condition elements of the input policies. This data type is used as an input -// parameter to SimulateCustomPolicy and SimulatePrincipalPolicy . +// Condition elements of the input policies. +// +// This data type is used as an input parameter to SimulateCustomPolicy and SimulatePrincipalPolicy. type ContextEntry struct { // The full name of a condition context key, including the service prefix. For @@ -220,8 +256,9 @@ type ContextEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The reason that the service-linked role deletion failed. This data type is used -// as a response element in the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation. +// The reason that the service-linked role deletion failed. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation. type DeletionTaskFailureReasonType struct { // A short description of the reason that the service-linked role deletion failed. @@ -240,8 +277,9 @@ type DeletionTaskFailureReasonType struct { // An object that contains details about when the IAM entities (users or roles) // were last used in an attempt to access the specified Amazon Web Services -// service. This data type is a response element in the -// GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation. +// service. +// +// This data type is a response element in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation. type EntityDetails struct { // The EntityInfo object that contains details about the entity (user or role). @@ -249,24 +287,32 @@ type EntityDetails struct { // This member is required. EntityInfo *EntityInfo - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the authenticated entity last attempted to access Amazon Web Services. - // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null - // if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the authenticated entity last attempted to access + // Amazon Web Services. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within + // the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 LastAuthenticated *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains details about the specified entity (user or role). This data type is -// an element of the EntityDetails object. +// Contains details about the specified entity (user or role). +// +// This data type is an element of the EntityDetails object. type EntityInfo struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. Arn *string @@ -286,18 +332,18 @@ type EntityInfo struct { // This member is required. Type PolicyOwnerEntityType - // The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, see - // IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) + // The path to the entity (user or role). For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about the reason that the operation failed. This data type -// is used as a response element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport , -// GetServiceLastAccessedDetails , and GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities -// operations. +// Contains information about the reason that the operation failed. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport, GetServiceLastAccessedDetails, and GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations. type ErrorDetails struct { // The error code associated with the operation failure. @@ -313,8 +359,9 @@ type ErrorDetails struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the results of a simulation. This data type is used by the return -// parameter of SimulateCustomPolicy and SimulatePrincipalPolicy . +// Contains the results of a simulation. +// +// This data type is used by the return parameter of SimulateCustomPolicy and SimulatePrincipalPolicy. type EvaluationResult struct { // The name of the API operation tested on the indicated resource. @@ -330,17 +377,23 @@ type EvaluationResult struct { // Additional details about the results of the cross-account evaluation decision. // This parameter is populated for only cross-account simulations. It contains a // brief summary of how each policy type contributes to the final evaluation - // decision. If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and - // includes a resource ARN, then the parameter is present but the response is - // empty. If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and - // specifies all resources ( * ), then the parameter is not returned. When you make - // a cross-account request, Amazon Web Services evaluates the request in the - // trusting account and the trusted account. The request is allowed only if both - // evaluations return true . For more information about how policies are evaluated, - // see Evaluating policies within a single account (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) - // . If an Organizations SCP included in the evaluation denies access, the + // decision. + // + // If the simulation evaluates policies within the same account and includes a + // resource ARN, then the parameter is present but the response is empty. If the + // simulation evaluates policies within the same account and specifies all + // resources ( * ), then the parameter is not returned. + // + // When you make a cross-account request, Amazon Web Services evaluates the + // request in the trusting account and the trusted account. The request is allowed + // only if both evaluations return true . For more information about how policies + // are evaluated, see [Evaluating policies within a single account]. + // + // If an Organizations SCP included in the evaluation denies access, the // simulation ends. In this case, policy evaluation does not proceed any further // and this parameter is not returned. + // + // [Evaluating policies within a single account]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics EvalDecisionDetails map[string]PolicyEvaluationDecisionType // The ARN of the resource that the indicated API operation was tested on. @@ -358,8 +411,7 @@ type EvaluationResult struct { // the resource in a simulation is "*", either explicitly, or when the ResourceArns // parameter blank. If you include a list of resources, then any missing context // values are instead included under the ResourceSpecificResults section. To - // discover the context keys used by a set of policies, you can call - // GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy or GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy . + // discover the context keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyor GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. MissingContextValues []string // A structure that details how Organizations and its service control policies @@ -378,29 +430,36 @@ type EvaluationResult struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an IAM group entity. This data type is used as a -// response element in the following operations: -// - CreateGroup -// - GetGroup -// - ListGroups +// Contains information about an IAM group entity. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the following operations: +// +// # CreateGroup +// +// # GetGroup +// +// ListGroups type Group struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information about - // ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the group. For more information + // about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the group was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the group was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. CreateDate *time.Time - // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. GroupId *string @@ -410,8 +469,10 @@ type Group struct { // This member is required. GroupName *string - // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Path *string @@ -420,26 +481,31 @@ type Group struct { } // Contains information about an IAM group, including all of the group's policies. -// This data type is used as a response element in the -// GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. type GroupDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string // A list of the managed policies attached to the group. AttachedManagedPolicies []AttachedPolicy - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the group was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the group was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 CreateDate *time.Time // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html GroupId *string // The friendly name that identifies the group. @@ -448,24 +514,33 @@ type GroupDetail struct { // A list of the inline policies embedded in the group. GroupPolicyList []PolicyDetail - // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the group. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an instance profile. This data type is used as a -// response element in the following operations: -// - CreateInstanceProfile -// - GetInstanceProfile -// - ListInstanceProfiles -// - ListInstanceProfilesForRole +// Contains information about an instance profile. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the following operations: +// +// # CreateInstanceProfile +// +// # GetInstanceProfile +// +// # ListInstanceProfiles +// +// ListInstanceProfilesForRole type InstanceProfile struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more - // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the instance profile. For more + // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string @@ -475,9 +550,10 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { // This member is required. CreateDate *time.Time - // The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more - // information about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The stable and unique string identifying the instance profile. For more + // information about IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. InstanceProfileId *string @@ -487,9 +563,10 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { // This member is required. InstanceProfileName *string - // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM - // identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Path *string @@ -500,37 +577,41 @@ type InstanceProfile struct { Roles []Role // A list of tags that are attached to the instance profile. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Contains details about the permissions policies that are attached to the -// specified identity (user, group, or role). This data type is used as a response -// element in the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. +// specified identity (user, group, or role). +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry struct { // The PoliciesGrantingServiceAccess object that contains details about the policy. Policies []PolicyGrantingServiceAccess - // The namespace of the service that was accessed. To learn the service namespace - // of a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web - // Services services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to view - // details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For - // example, (service prefix: a4b) . For more information about service namespaces, - // see Amazon Web Services service namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The namespace of the service that was accessed. + // + // To learn the service namespace of a service, see [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services] in the Service Authorization + // Reference. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In + // the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b) + // . For more information about service namespaces, see [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // [Amazon Web Services service namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces + // [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html ServiceNamespace *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the user name and password create date for a user. This data type is -// used as a response element in the CreateLoginProfile and GetLoginProfile -// operations. +// Contains the user name and password create date for a user. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the CreateLoginProfile and GetLoginProfile operations. type LoginProfile struct { // The date when the password for the user was created. @@ -552,30 +633,39 @@ type LoginProfile struct { // Contains information about a managed policy, including the policy's ARN, // versions, and the number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that -// the policy is attached to. This data type is used as a response element in the -// GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. For more information about managed -// policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// the policy is attached to. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. +// +// For more information about managed policies, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type ManagedPolicyDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string // The number of principal entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is // attached to. AttachmentCount *int32 - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the policy was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the policy was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 CreateDate *time.Time // The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default - // (operative) version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning - // for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // (operative) version. + // + // For more information about policy versions, see [Versioning for managed policies] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Versioning for managed policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html DefaultVersionId *string // A friendly description of the policy. @@ -584,19 +674,26 @@ type ManagedPolicyDetail struct { // Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role. IsAttachable bool - // The path to the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the policy. + // + // For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string // The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used as the - // permissions boundary. For more information about permissions boundaries, see - // Permissions boundaries for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // permissions boundary. + // + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount *int32 - // The stable and unique string identifying the policy. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The stable and unique string identifying the policy. + // + // For more information about IDs, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html PolicyId *string // The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy. @@ -605,18 +702,21 @@ type ManagedPolicyDetail struct { // A list containing information about the versions of the policy. PolicyVersionList []PolicyVersion - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the policy was last updated. When a policy has only one version, this - // field contains the date and time when the policy was created. When a policy has - // more than one version, this field contains the date and time when the most - // recent policy version was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the policy was last updated. + // + // When a policy has only one version, this field contains the date and time when + // the policy was created. When a policy has more than one version, this field + // contains the date and time when the most recent policy version was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 UpdateDate *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an MFA device. This data type is used as a response -// element in the ListMFADevices operation. +// Contains information about an MFA device. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListMFADevices operation. type MFADevice struct { // The date when the MFA device was enabled for the user. @@ -642,9 +742,12 @@ type MFADevice struct { type OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -661,8 +764,9 @@ type OrganizationsDecisionDetail struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about the account password policy. This data type is used -// as a response element in the GetAccountPasswordPolicy operation. +// Contains information about the account password policy. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountPasswordPolicy operation. type PasswordPolicy struct { // Specifies whether IAM users are allowed to change their own password. Gives IAM @@ -703,7 +807,9 @@ type PasswordPolicy struct { RequireNumbers bool // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following - // symbols: ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' + // symbols: + // + // ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' RequireSymbols bool // Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase @@ -730,74 +836,91 @@ type PermissionsBoundaryDecisionDetail struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about a managed policy. This data type is used as a -// response element in the CreatePolicy , GetPolicy , and ListPolicies operations. -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about a managed policy. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicy, GetPolicy, and ListPolicies operations. +// +// For more information about managed policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type Policy struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string // The number of entities (users, groups, and roles) that the policy is attached // to. AttachmentCount *int32 - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the policy was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the policy was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 CreateDate *time.Time // The identifier for the version of the policy that is set as the default version. DefaultVersionId *string - // A friendly description of the policy. This element is included in the response - // to the GetPolicy operation. It is not included in the response to the - // ListPolicies operation. + // A friendly description of the policy. + // + // This element is included in the response to the GetPolicy operation. It is not included + // in the response to the ListPoliciesoperation. Description *string // Specifies whether the policy can be attached to an IAM user, group, or role. IsAttachable bool - // The path to the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the policy. + // + // For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string // The number of entities (users and roles) for which the policy is used to set - // the permissions boundary. For more information about permissions boundaries, see - // Permissions boundaries for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // the permissions boundary. + // + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundaryUsageCount *int32 - // The stable and unique string identifying the policy. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The stable and unique string identifying the policy. + // + // For more information about IDs, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html PolicyId *string // The friendly name (not ARN) identifying the policy. PolicyName *string // A list of tags that are attached to the instance profile. For more information - // about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the policy was last updated. When a policy has only one version, this - // field contains the date and time when the policy was created. When a policy has - // more than one version, this field contains the date and time when the most - // recent policy version was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the policy was last updated. + // + // When a policy has only one version, this field contains the date and time when + // the policy was created. When a policy has more than one version, this field + // contains the date and time when the most recent policy version was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 UpdateDate *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an IAM policy, including the policy document. This -// data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails -// operation. +// Contains information about an IAM policy, including the policy document. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. type PolicyDetail struct { // The policy document. @@ -810,8 +933,9 @@ type PolicyDetail struct { } // Contains details about the permissions policies that are attached to the -// specified identity (user, group, or role). This data type is an element of the -// ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry object. +// specified identity (user, group, or role). +// +// This data type is an element of the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry object. type PolicyGrantingServiceAccess struct { // The policy name. @@ -819,45 +943,56 @@ type PolicyGrantingServiceAccess struct { // This member is required. PolicyName *string - // The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see Managed - // policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The policy type. For more information about these policy types, see [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html // // This member is required. PolicyType PolicyType // The name of the entity (user or role) to which the inline policy is attached. - // This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these policy - // types, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these + // policy types, see [Managed policies and inline policies]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html EntityName *string // The type of entity (user or role) that used the policy to access the service to - // which the inline policy is attached. This field is null for managed policies. - // For more information about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline - // policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // which the inline policy is attached. + // + // This field is null for managed policies. For more information about these + // policy types, see [Managed policies and inline policies]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html EntityType PolicyOwnerEntityType // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html PolicyArn *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about a group that a managed policy is attached to. This -// data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation. -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about a group that a managed policy is attached to. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation. +// +// For more information about managed policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type PolicyGroup struct { // The stable and unique string identifying the group. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html GroupId *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group. @@ -866,16 +1001,19 @@ type PolicyGroup struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about a role that a managed policy is attached to. This -// data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation. -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about a role that a managed policy is attached to. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation. +// +// For more information about managed policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type PolicyRole struct { // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html RoleId *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role. @@ -884,16 +1022,19 @@ type PolicyRole struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about a user that a managed policy is attached to. This -// data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation. -// For more information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and -// inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about a user that a managed policy is attached to. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation. +// +// For more information about managed policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type PolicyUser struct { // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html UserId *string // The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user. @@ -902,42 +1043,50 @@ type PolicyUser struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about a version of a managed policy. This data type is -// used as a response element in the CreatePolicyVersion , GetPolicyVersion , -// ListPolicyVersions , and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. For more -// information about managed policies, refer to Managed policies and inline -// policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// Contains information about a version of a managed policy. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the CreatePolicyVersion, GetPolicyVersion, ListPolicyVersions, and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. +// +// For more information about managed policies, refer to [Managed policies and inline policies] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Managed policies and inline policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html type PolicyVersion struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the policy version was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the policy version was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 CreateDate *time.Time - // The policy document. The policy document is returned in the response to the - // GetPolicyVersion and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. It is not - // returned in the response to the CreatePolicyVersion or ListPolicyVersions - // operations. The policy document returned in this structure is URL-encoded - // compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986) . You can use a - // URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, - // if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder - // utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar - // functionality. + // The policy document. + // + // The policy document is returned in the response to the GetPolicyVersion and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. It is + // not returned in the response to the CreatePolicyVersionor ListPolicyVersions operations. + // + // The policy document returned in this structure is URL-encoded compliant with [RFC 3986]. + // You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. + // For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the + // java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs + // provide similar functionality. + // + // [RFC 3986]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 Document *string // Specifies whether the policy version is set as the policy's default version. IsDefaultVersion bool - // The identifier for the policy version. Policy version identifiers always begin - // with v (always lowercase). When a policy is created, the first policy version - // is v1 . + // The identifier for the policy version. + // + // Policy version identifiers always begin with v (always lowercase). When a + // policy is created, the first policy version is v1 . VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Contains the row and column of a location of a Statement element in a policy -// document. This data type is used as a member of the Statement type. +// document. +// +// This data type is used as a member of the Statement type. type Position struct { // The column in the line containing the specified position in the document. @@ -950,8 +1099,9 @@ type Position struct { } // Contains the result of the simulation of a single API operation call on a -// single resource. This data type is used by a member of the EvaluationResult -// data type. +// single resource. +// +// This data type is used by a member of the EvaluationResult data type. type ResourceSpecificResult struct { // The result of the simulation of the simulated API operation on the resource @@ -984,8 +1134,7 @@ type ResourceSpecificResult struct { // do not specify individual resources, by setting ResourceArns to "*" or by not // including the ResourceArns parameter, then any missing context values are // instead included under the EvaluationResults section. To discover the context - // keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy or - // GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy . + // keys used by a set of policies, you can call GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyor GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. MissingContextValues []string // Contains information about the effect that a permissions boundary has on a @@ -999,28 +1148,33 @@ type ResourceSpecificResult struct { // response element in several API operations that interact with roles. type Role struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information about - // ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide guide. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the role. For more information about + // ARNs and how to use them in policies, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the role was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the role was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. CreateDate *time.Time - // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Path *string - // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. RoleId *string @@ -1041,38 +1195,44 @@ type Role struct { // optional DurationSeconds API parameter or duration-seconds CLI parameter. MaxSessionDuration *int32 - // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. For - // more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for - // IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. + // + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary // Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This // includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. // Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter // if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role - // might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions - // where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) - // in the IAM user Guide. + // might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see [Regions where data is tracked]in the + // IAM user Guide. + // + // [Regions where data is tracked]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period RoleLastUsed *RoleLastUsed // A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Contains information about an IAM role, including all of the role's policies. -// This data type is used as a response element in the -// GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. type RoleDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string // The trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. @@ -1082,35 +1242,41 @@ type RoleDetail struct { // access (permissions) policies. AttachedManagedPolicies []AttachedPolicy - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the role was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the role was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 CreateDate *time.Time // A list of instance profiles that contain this role. InstanceProfileList []InstanceProfile - // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the role. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string - // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. For - // more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for - // IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the role. + // + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary // The stable and unique string identifying the role. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html RoleId *string // Contains information about the last time that an IAM role was used. This // includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. // Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter // if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role - // might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions - // where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see [Regions where data is tracked]in the + // IAM User Guide. + // + // [Regions where data is tracked]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period RoleLastUsed *RoleLastUsed // The friendly name that identifies the role. @@ -1121,8 +1287,9 @@ type RoleDetail struct { RolePolicyList []PolicyDetail // A list of tags that are attached to the role. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1132,17 +1299,22 @@ type RoleDetail struct { // includes the date and time and the Region in which the role was last used. // Activity is only reported for the trailing 400 days. This period can be shorter // if your Region began supporting these features within the last year. The role -// might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see Regions -// where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) -// in the IAM user Guide. This data type is returned as a response element in the -// GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. +// might have been used more than 400 days ago. For more information, see [Regions where data is tracked]in the +// IAM user Guide. +// +// This data type is returned as a response element in the GetRole and GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operations. +// +// [Regions where data is tracked]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period type RoleLastUsed struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // that the role was last used. This field is null if the role has not been used - // within the IAM tracking period. For more information about the tracking period, - // see Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format] that the role was last used. + // + // This field is null if the role has not been used within the IAM tracking + // period. For more information about the tracking period, see [Regions where data is tracked]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 + // [Regions where data is tracked]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period LastUsedDate *time.Time // The name of the Amazon Web Services Region in which the role was last used. @@ -1152,8 +1324,9 @@ type RoleLastUsed struct { } // An object that contains details about how a service-linked role is used, if -// that information is returned by the service. This data type is used as a -// response element in the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation. +// that information is returned by the service. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation. type RoleUsageType struct { // The name of the Region where the service-linked role is being used. @@ -1180,8 +1353,9 @@ type SAMLProviderListEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about a server certificate. This data type is used as a -// response element in the GetServerCertificate operation. +// Contains information about a server certificate. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetServerCertificate operation. type ServerCertificate struct { // The contents of the public key certificate. @@ -1199,35 +1373,41 @@ type ServerCertificate struct { CertificateChain *string // A list of tags that are attached to the server certificate. For more - // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Contains information about a server certificate without its certificate body, -// certificate chain, and private key. This data type is used as a response element -// in the UploadServerCertificate and ListServerCertificates operations. +// certificate chain, and private key. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the UploadServerCertificate and ListServerCertificates operations. type ServerCertificateMetadata struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more - // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more + // information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string - // The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM - // identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the server certificate. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Path *string - // The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more - // information about IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The stable and unique string identifying the server certificate. For more + // information about IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. ServerCertificateId *string @@ -1246,9 +1426,9 @@ type ServerCertificateMetadata struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains details about the most recent attempt to access the service. This data -// type is used as a response element in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails -// operation. +// Contains details about the most recent attempt to access the service. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // The name of the service in which access was attempted. @@ -1256,52 +1436,68 @@ type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // This member is required. ServiceName *string - // The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. To learn the - // service namespace of a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for - // Amazon Web Services services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html) - // in the Service Authorization Reference. Choose the name of the service to view - // details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For - // example, (service prefix: a4b) . For more information about service namespaces, - // see Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The namespace of the service in which access was attempted. + // + // To learn the service namespace of a service, see [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services] in the Service Authorization + // Reference. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In + // the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service prefix: a4b) + // . For more information about service namespaces, see [Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces + // [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html // // This member is required. ServiceNamespace *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the service. - // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. This field is null - // if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to + // access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within + // the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 LastAuthenticated *time.Time // The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to // access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated - // requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service - // within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within + // the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period LastAuthenticatedEntity *string // The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted to // access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated - // requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service - // within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within + // the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period LastAuthenticatedRegion *string // The total number of authenticated principals (root user, IAM users, or IAM - // roles) that have attempted to access the service. This field is null if no - // principals attempted to access the service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // roles) that have attempted to access the service. + // + // This field is null if no principals attempted to access the service within the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period TotalAuthenticatedEntities *int32 // An object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access a - // tracked action within the service. This field is null if there no tracked - // actions or if the principal did not use the tracked actions within the tracking - // period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . This field is also null if the report was generated at the service level and - // not the action level. For more information, see the Granularity field in - // GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails . + // tracked action within the service. + // + // This field is null if there no tracked actions or if the principal did not use + // the tracked actions within the [tracking period]. This field is also null if the report was + // generated at the service level and not the action level. For more information, + // see the Granularity field in GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period TrackedActionsLastAccessed []TrackedActionLastAccessed noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1310,8 +1506,9 @@ type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // Contains the details of a service-specific credential. type ServiceSpecificCredential struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the service-specific credential were created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the service-specific credential were created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. CreateDate *time.Time @@ -1356,8 +1553,9 @@ type ServiceSpecificCredential struct { // Contains additional details about a service-specific credential. type ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata struct { - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the service-specific credential were created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the service-specific credential were created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. CreateDate *time.Time @@ -1391,9 +1589,9 @@ type ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an X.509 signing certificate. This data type is used -// as a response element in the UploadSigningCertificate and -// ListSigningCertificates operations. +// Contains information about an X.509 signing certificate. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the UploadSigningCertificate and ListSigningCertificates operations. type SigningCertificate struct { // The contents of the signing certificate. @@ -1423,8 +1621,9 @@ type SigningCertificate struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an SSH public key. This data type is used as a -// response element in the GetSSHPublicKey and UploadSSHPublicKey operations. +// Contains information about an SSH public key. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetSSHPublicKey and UploadSSHPublicKey operations. type SSHPublicKey struct { // The MD5 message digest of the SSH public key. @@ -1454,16 +1653,18 @@ type SSHPublicKey struct { // This member is required. UserName *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the SSH public key was uploaded. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the SSH public key was uploaded. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 UploadDate *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Contains information about an SSH public key, without the key's body or -// fingerprint. This data type is used as a response element in the -// ListSSHPublicKeys operation. +// fingerprint. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the ListSSHPublicKeys operation. type SSHPublicKeyMetadata struct { // The unique identifier for the SSH public key. @@ -1478,8 +1679,9 @@ type SSHPublicKeyMetadata struct { // This member is required. Status StatusType - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the SSH public key was uploaded. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the SSH public key was uploaded. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. UploadDate *time.Time @@ -1493,8 +1695,9 @@ type SSHPublicKeyMetadata struct { } // Contains a reference to a Statement element in a policy document that -// determines the result of the simulation. This data type is used by the -// MatchedStatements member of the EvaluationResult type. +// determines the result of the simulation. +// +// This data type is used by the MatchedStatements member of the EvaluationResult type. type Statement struct { // The row and column of the end of a Statement in an IAM policy. @@ -1513,8 +1716,9 @@ type Statement struct { } // A structure that represents user-provided metadata that can be associated with -// an IAM resource. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// an IAM resource. For more information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html type Tag struct { // The key name that can be used to look up or retrieve the associated value. For @@ -1528,6 +1732,7 @@ type Tag struct { // . Tags with a key name of Cost Center might have values that consist of the // number associated with the different cost centers in your company. Typically, // many resources have tags with the same key name but with different values. + // // Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you // need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. // However, you must interpret the value in your code. @@ -1539,8 +1744,9 @@ type Tag struct { } // Contains details about the most recent attempt to access an action within the -// service. This data type is used as a response element in the -// GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. +// service. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. type TrackedActionLastAccessed struct { // The name of the tracked action to which access was attempted. Tracked actions @@ -1548,59 +1754,78 @@ type TrackedActionLastAccessed struct { ActionName *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html LastAccessedEntity *string // The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted to // access the tracked action. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated - // requests. This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service - // within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within + // the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period LastAccessedRegion *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the tracked - // service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. This - // field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the - // tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period) - // . + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to + // access the tracked service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated + // requests. + // + // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within + // the [tracking period]. + // + // [tracking period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 LastAccessedTime *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains information about an IAM user entity. This data type is used as a -// response element in the following operations: -// - CreateUser -// - GetUser -// - ListUsers +// Contains information about an IAM user entity. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the following operations: +// +// # CreateUser +// +// # GetUser +// +// ListUsers type User struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the user. For more information - // about ARNs and how to use ARNs in policies, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // about ARNs and how to use ARNs in policies, see [IAM Identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the user was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the user was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 // // This member is required. CreateDate *time.Time - // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions - // boundary for the user. + // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. Path *string // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html // // This member is required. UserId *string @@ -1610,75 +1835,91 @@ type User struct { // This member is required. UserName *string - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the user's password was last used to sign in to an Amazon Web Services - // website. For a list of Amazon Web Services websites that capture a user's last - // sign-in time, see the Credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) - // topic in the IAM User Guide. If a password is used more than once in a - // five-minute span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is - // null (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. - // This can be because: + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the user's password was last used to sign in to an + // Amazon Web Services website. For a list of Amazon Web Services websites that + // capture a user's last sign-in time, see the [Credential reports]topic in the IAM User Guide. If a + // password is used more than once in a five-minute span, only the first use is + // returned in this field. If the field is null (no value), then it indicates that + // they never signed in with a password. This can be because: + // // - The user never had a password. + // // - A password exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this // information on October 20, 2014. + // // A null value does not mean that the user never had a password. Also, if the // user does not currently have a password but had one in the past, then this field - // contains the date and time the most recent password was used. This value is - // returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations. + // contains the date and time the most recent password was used. + // + // This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations. + // + // [Credential reports]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 PasswordLastUsed *time.Time - // For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries - // for IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary // A list of tags that are associated with the user. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Contains information about an IAM user, including all the user's policies and -// all the IAM groups the user is in. This data type is used as a response element -// in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. +// all the IAM groups the user is in. +// +// This data type is used as a response element in the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation. type UserDetail struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). ARNs are unique identifiers for Amazon Web - // Services resources. For more information about ARNs, go to Amazon Resource - // Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // Services resources. + // + // For more information about ARNs, go to [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)] in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string // A list of the managed policies attached to the user. AttachedManagedPolicies []AttachedPolicy - // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601) - // , when the user was created. + // The date and time, in [ISO 8601 date-time format], when the user was created. + // + // [ISO 8601 date-time format]: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601 CreateDate *time.Time // A list of IAM groups that the user is in. GroupList []string - // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The path to the user. For more information about paths, see [IAM identifiers] in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html Path *string - // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. For - // more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for - // IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The ARN of the policy used to set the permissions boundary for the user. + // + // For more information about permissions boundaries, see [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Permissions boundaries for IAM identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html PermissionsBoundary *AttachedPermissionsBoundary // A list of tags that are associated with the user. For more information about - // tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag // The stable and unique string identifying the user. For more information about - // IDs, see IAM identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // IDs, see [IAM identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html UserId *string // The friendly name identifying the user. @@ -1698,14 +1939,16 @@ type VirtualMFADevice struct { // This member is required. SerialNumber *string - // The base32 seed defined as specified in RFC3548 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3548.txt) - // . The Base32StringSeed is base32-encoded. + // The base32 seed defined as specified in [RFC3548]. The Base32StringSeed is + // base32-encoded. + // + // [RFC3548]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3548.txt Base32StringSeed []byte // The date and time on which the virtual MFA device was enabled. EnableDate *time.Time - // A QR code PNG image that encodes + // A QR code PNG image that encodes // otpauth://totp/$virtualMFADeviceName@$AccountName?secret=$Base32String where // $virtualMFADeviceName is one of the create call arguments. AccountName is the // user name if set (otherwise, the account ID otherwise), and Base32String is the @@ -1713,8 +1956,9 @@ type VirtualMFADevice struct { QRCodePNG []byte // A list of tags that are attached to the virtual MFA device. For more - // information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // information about tagging, see [Tagging IAM resources]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging IAM resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html Tags []Tag // The IAM user associated with this virtual MFA device. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/CHANGELOG.md index b191381a20c91..b1ff77d41f17e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.31.1 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.31.0 (2024-04-12) * **Feature**: This feature supports the ability to specify a custom rotation period for automatic key rotations, the ability to perform on-demand key rotations, and visibility into your key material rotations. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CancelKeyDeletion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CancelKeyDeletion.go index 4cabfbcbbe650..34d958bc94125 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CancelKeyDeletion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CancelKeyDeletion.go @@ -11,19 +11,28 @@ import ( ) // Cancels the deletion of a KMS key. When this operation succeeds, the key state -// of the KMS key is Disabled . To enable the KMS key, use EnableKey . For more -// information about scheduling and canceling deletion of a KMS key, see Deleting -// KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:CancelKeyDeletion (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: ScheduleKeyDeletion Eventual consistency: The -// KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS -// eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// of the KMS key is Disabled . To enable the KMS key, use EnableKey. +// +// For more information about scheduling and canceling deletion of a KMS key, see [Deleting KMS keys] +// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:CancelKeyDeletion] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: ScheduleKeyDeletion +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:CancelKeyDeletion]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Deleting KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) CancelKeyDeletion(ctx context.Context, params *CancelKeyDeletionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelKeyDeletionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelKeyDeletionInput{} @@ -41,12 +50,18 @@ func (c *Client) CancelKeyDeletion(ctx context.Context, params *CancelKeyDeletio type CancelKeyDeletionInput struct { - // Identifies the KMS key whose deletion is being canceled. Specify the key ID or - // key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // Identifies the KMS key whose deletion is being canceled. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string @@ -56,8 +71,9 @@ type CancelKeyDeletionInput struct { type CancelKeyDeletionOutput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key whose deletion is canceled. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key whose deletion is canceled. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ConnectCustomKeyStore.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ConnectCustomKeyStore.go index 92021a497b1e5..12faa6b1bf0c2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ConnectCustomKeyStore.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ConnectCustomKeyStore.go @@ -10,66 +10,99 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Connects or reconnects a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// to its backing key store. For an CloudHSM key store, ConnectCustomKeyStore -// connects the key store to its associated CloudHSM cluster. For an external key -// store, ConnectCustomKeyStore connects the key store to the external key store -// proxy that communicates with your external key manager. The custom key store -// must be connected before you can create KMS keys in the key store or use the KMS -// keys it contains. You can disconnect and reconnect a custom key store at any -// time. The connection process for a custom key store can take an extended amount -// of time to complete. This operation starts the connection process, but it does -// not wait for it to complete. When it succeeds, this operation quickly returns an +// Connects or reconnects a [custom key store] to its backing key store. For an CloudHSM key store, +// ConnectCustomKeyStore connects the key store to its associated CloudHSM cluster. +// For an external key store, ConnectCustomKeyStore connects the key store to the +// external key store proxy that communicates with your external key manager. +// +// The custom key store must be connected before you can create KMS keys in the +// key store or use the KMS keys it contains. You can disconnect and reconnect a +// custom key store at any time. +// +// The connection process for a custom key store can take an extended amount of +// time to complete. This operation starts the connection process, but it does not +// wait for it to complete. When it succeeds, this operation quickly returns an // HTTP 200 response and a JSON object with no properties. However, this response // does not indicate that the custom key store is connected. To get the connection -// state of the custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. This -// operation is part of the custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// feature in KMS, which combines the convenience and extensive integration of KMS -// with the isolation and control of a key store that you own and manage. The -// ConnectCustomKeyStore operation might fail for various reasons. To find the -// reason, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation and see the -// ConnectionErrorCode in the response. For help interpreting the -// ConnectionErrorCode , see CustomKeyStoresListEntry . To fix the failure, use the -// DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation to disconnect the custom key store, correct -// the error, use the UpdateCustomKeyStore operation if necessary, and then use -// ConnectCustomKeyStore again. CloudHSM key store During the connection process -// for an CloudHSM key store, KMS finds the CloudHSM cluster that is associated -// with the custom key store, creates the connection infrastructure, connects to -// the cluster, logs into the CloudHSM client as the kmsuser CU, and rotates its -// password. To connect an CloudHSM key store, its associated CloudHSM cluster must -// have at least one active HSM. To get the number of active HSMs in a cluster, use -// the DescribeClusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html) -// operation. To add HSMs to the cluster, use the CreateHsm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHsm.html) -// operation. Also, the kmsuser crypto user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-store-concepts.html#concept-kmsuser) +// state of the custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. +// +// This operation is part of the [custom key stores] feature in KMS, which combines the convenience +// and extensive integration of KMS with the isolation and control of a key store +// that you own and manage. +// +// The ConnectCustomKeyStore operation might fail for various reasons. To find the +// reason, use the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation and see the ConnectionErrorCode in the response. For +// help interpreting the ConnectionErrorCode , see CustomKeyStoresListEntry. +// +// To fix the failure, use the DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation to disconnect the custom key store, +// correct the error, use the UpdateCustomKeyStoreoperation if necessary, and then use +// ConnectCustomKeyStore again. +// +// # CloudHSM key store +// +// During the connection process for an CloudHSM key store, KMS finds the CloudHSM +// cluster that is associated with the custom key store, creates the connection +// infrastructure, connects to the cluster, logs into the CloudHSM client as the +// kmsuser CU, and rotates its password. +// +// To connect an CloudHSM key store, its associated CloudHSM cluster must have at +// least one active HSM. To get the number of active HSMs in a cluster, use the [DescribeClusters] +// operation. To add HSMs to the cluster, use the [CreateHsm]operation. Also, the [kmsuser crypto user]kmsuser // (CU) must not be logged into the cluster. This prevents KMS from using this -// account to log in. If you are having trouble connecting or disconnecting a -// CloudHSM key store, see Troubleshooting an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. External key store When you -// connect an external key store that uses public endpoint connectivity, KMS tests -// its ability to communicate with your external key manager by sending a request -// via the external key store proxy. When you connect to an external key store that -// uses VPC endpoint service connectivity, KMS establishes the networking elements -// that it needs to communicate with your external key manager via the external key -// store proxy. This includes creating an interface endpoint to the VPC endpoint -// service and a private hosted zone for traffic between KMS and the VPC endpoint -// service. To connect an external key store, KMS must be able to connect to the -// external key store proxy, the external key store proxy must be able to -// communicate with your external key manager, and the external key manager must be -// available for cryptographic operations. If you are having trouble connecting or -// disconnecting an external key store, see Troubleshooting an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/xks-troubleshooting.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a custom key store in a different Amazon Web Services -// account. Required permissions: kms:ConnectCustomKeyStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Related operations -// - CreateCustomKeyStore -// - DeleteCustomKeyStore -// - DescribeCustomKeyStores -// - DisconnectCustomKeyStore -// - UpdateCustomKeyStore +// account to log in. +// +// If you are having trouble connecting or disconnecting a CloudHSM key store, see [Troubleshooting an CloudHSM key store] +// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// # External key store +// +// When you connect an external key store that uses public endpoint connectivity, +// KMS tests its ability to communicate with your external key manager by sending a +// request via the external key store proxy. +// +// When you connect to an external key store that uses VPC endpoint service +// connectivity, KMS establishes the networking elements that it needs to +// communicate with your external key manager via the external key store proxy. +// This includes creating an interface endpoint to the VPC endpoint service and a +// private hosted zone for traffic between KMS and the VPC endpoint service. +// +// To connect an external key store, KMS must be able to connect to the external +// key store proxy, the external key store proxy must be able to communicate with +// your external key manager, and the external key manager must be available for +// cryptographic operations. +// +// If you are having trouble connecting or disconnecting an external key store, +// see [Troubleshooting an external key store]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store +// in a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ConnectCustomKeyStore] (IAM policy) +// +// # Related operations +// +// # CreateCustomKeyStore +// +// # DeleteCustomKeyStore +// +// # DescribeCustomKeyStores +// +// # DisconnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # UpdateCustomKeyStore // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [DescribeClusters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html +// [custom key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html +// [kmsuser crypto user]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-store-concepts.html#concept-kmsuser +// [Troubleshooting an CloudHSM key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html +// [CreateHsm]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHsm.html +// [kms:ConnectCustomKeyStore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Troubleshooting an external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/xks-troubleshooting.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) ConnectCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *ConnectCustomKeyStoreInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ConnectCustomKeyStoreOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ConnectCustomKeyStoreInput{} @@ -88,7 +121,7 @@ func (c *Client) ConnectCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *ConnectCusto type ConnectCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Enter the key store ID of the custom key store that you want to connect. To - // find the ID of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. + // find the ID of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. // // This member is required. CustomKeyStoreId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateAlias.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateAlias.go index 1ef799fb995e2..a533b6991d0c6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateAlias.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateAlias.go @@ -10,41 +10,62 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a friendly name for a KMS key. Adding, deleting, or updating an alias -// can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. You can use an alias to identify -// a KMS key in the KMS console, in the DescribeKey operation and in cryptographic -// operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) -// , such as Encrypt and GenerateDataKey . You can also change the KMS key that's -// associated with the alias ( UpdateAlias ) or delete the alias ( DeleteAlias ) at -// any time. These operations don't affect the underlying KMS key. You can -// associate the alias with any customer managed key in the same Amazon Web -// Services Region. Each alias is associated with only one KMS key at a time, but a -// KMS key can have multiple aliases. A valid KMS key is required. You can't create -// an alias without a KMS key. The alias must be unique in the account and Region, -// but you can have aliases with the same name in different Regions. For detailed -// information about aliases, see Using aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. This operation does not return a -// response. To get the alias that you created, use the ListAliases operation. The -// KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. For -// details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on an alias in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions -// - kms:CreateAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the alias (IAM policy). -// - kms:CreateAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the KMS key (key policy). -// -// For details, see Controlling access to aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Related operations: -// - DeleteAlias -// - ListAliases -// - UpdateAlias +// Creates a friendly name for a KMS key. +// +// Adding, deleting, or updating an alias can allow or deny permission to the KMS +// key. For details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// You can use an alias to identify a KMS key in the KMS console, in the DescribeKey +// operation and in [cryptographic operations], such as Encrypt and GenerateDataKey. You can also change the KMS key that's +// associated with the alias (UpdateAlias ) or delete the alias (DeleteAlias ) at any time. These +// operations don't affect the underlying KMS key. +// +// You can associate the alias with any customer managed key in the same Amazon +// Web Services Region. Each alias is associated with only one KMS key at a time, +// but a KMS key can have multiple aliases. A valid KMS key is required. You can't +// create an alias without a KMS key. +// +// The alias must be unique in the account and Region, but you can have aliases +// with the same name in different Regions. For detailed information about aliases, +// see [Using aliases]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// This operation does not return a response. To get the alias that you created, +// use the ListAliasesoperation. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on an alias in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// # Required permissions +// +// [kms:CreateAlias] +// - on the alias (IAM policy). +// +// [kms:CreateAlias] +// - on the KMS key (key policy). +// +// For details, see [Controlling access to aliases] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # DeleteAlias +// +// # ListAliases +// +// # UpdateAlias // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations +// [Using aliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html +// [kms:CreateAlias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Controlling access to aliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access func (c *Client) CreateAlias(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateAliasInput{} @@ -63,27 +84,43 @@ func (c *Client) CreateAlias(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAliasInput, optF type CreateAliasInput struct { // Specifies the alias name. This value must begin with alias/ followed by a name, - // such as alias/ExampleAlias . Do not include confidential or sensitive - // information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in - // CloudTrail logs and other output. The AliasName value must be string of 1-256 - // characters. It can contain only alphanumeric characters, forward slashes (/), - // underscores (_), and dashes (-). The alias name cannot begin with alias/aws/ . - // The alias/aws/ prefix is reserved for Amazon Web Services managed keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) - // . + // such as alias/ExampleAlias . + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // The AliasName value must be string of 1-256 characters. It can contain only + // alphanumeric characters, forward slashes (/), underscores (_), and dashes (-). + // The alias name cannot begin with alias/aws/ . The alias/aws/ prefix is reserved + // for [Amazon Web Services managed keys]. + // + // [Amazon Web Services managed keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk // // This member is required. AliasName *string - // Associates the alias with the specified customer managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) - // . The KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region. A valid key ID is - // required. If you supply a null or empty string value, this operation returns an - // error. For help finding the key ID and ARN, see Finding the Key ID and ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/viewing-keys.html#find-cmk-id-arn) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . Specify the key ID or key ARN of - // the KMS key. For example: + // Associates the alias with the specified [customer managed key]. The KMS key must be in the same + // Amazon Web Services Region. + // + // A valid key ID is required. If you supply a null or empty string value, this + // operation returns an error. + // + // For help finding the key ID and ARN, see [Finding the Key ID and ARN] in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide . + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. + // + // [customer managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk + // [Finding the Key ID and ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/viewing-keys.html#find-cmk-id-arn // // This member is required. TargetKeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateCustomKeyStore.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateCustomKeyStore.go index 00679206d4ca2..49b072e60b06b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateCustomKeyStore.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateCustomKeyStore.go @@ -11,67 +11,90 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// backed by a key store that you own and manage. When you use a KMS key in a -// custom key store for a cryptographic operation, the cryptographic operation is -// actually performed in your key store using your keys. KMS supports CloudHSM key -// stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html) -// backed by an CloudHSM cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/clusters.html) -// and external key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html) -// backed by an external key store proxy and external key manager outside of Amazon -// Web Services. This operation is part of the custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// feature in KMS, which combines the convenience and extensive integration of KMS -// with the isolation and control of a key store that you own and manage. Before -// you create the custom key store, the required elements must be in place and -// operational. We recommend that you use the test tools that KMS provides to +// Creates a [custom key store] backed by a key store that you own and manage. When you use a KMS +// key in a custom key store for a cryptographic operation, the cryptographic +// operation is actually performed in your key store using your keys. KMS supports [CloudHSM key stores] +// backed by an [CloudHSM cluster]and [external key stores] backed by an external key store proxy and external key +// manager outside of Amazon Web Services. +// +// This operation is part of the [custom key stores] feature in KMS, which combines the convenience +// and extensive integration of KMS with the isolation and control of a key store +// that you own and manage. +// +// Before you create the custom key store, the required elements must be in place +// and operational. We recommend that you use the test tools that KMS provides to // verify the configuration your external key store proxy. For details about the -// required elements and verification tests, see Assemble the prerequisites (for -// CloudHSM key stores) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keystore.html#before-keystore) -// or Assemble the prerequisites (for external key stores) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keystore.html#xks-requirements) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. To create a custom key store, use -// the following parameters. +// required elements and verification tests, see [Assemble the prerequisites (for CloudHSM key stores)]or [Assemble the prerequisites (for external key stores)] in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. +// +// To create a custom key store, use the following parameters. +// // - To create an CloudHSM key store, specify the CustomKeyStoreName , // CloudHsmClusterId , KeyStorePassword , and TrustAnchorCertificate . The // CustomKeyStoreType parameter is optional for CloudHSM key stores. If you // include it, set it to the default value, AWS_CLOUDHSM . For help with -// failures, see Troubleshooting an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// failures, see [Troubleshooting an CloudHSM key store]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// // - To create an external key store, specify the CustomKeyStoreName and a // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . Also, specify values for // XksProxyConnectivity , XksProxyAuthenticationCredential , XksProxyUriEndpoint // , and XksProxyUriPath . If your XksProxyConnectivity value is // VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , specify the XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName parameter. -// For help with failures, see Troubleshooting an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/xks-troubleshooting.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// For help with failures, see [Troubleshooting an external key store]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// For external key stores: +// +// Some external key managers provide a simpler method for creating an external +// key store. For details, see your external key manager documentation. +// +// When creating an external key store in the KMS console, you can upload a +// JSON-based proxy configuration file with the desired values. You cannot use a +// proxy configuration with the CreateCustomKeyStore operation. However, you can +// use the values in the file to help you determine the correct values for the +// CreateCustomKeyStore parameters. +// +// When the operation completes successfully, it returns the ID of the new custom +// key store. Before you can use your new custom key store, you need to use the ConnectCustomKeyStore +// operation to connect a new CloudHSM key store to its CloudHSM cluster, or to +// connect a new external key store to the external key store proxy for your +// external key manager. Even if you are not going to use your custom key store +// immediately, you might want to connect it to verify that all settings are +// correct and then disconnect it until you are ready to use it. +// +// For help with failures, see [Troubleshooting a custom key store] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store +// in a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:CreateCustomKeyStore] (IAM policy). +// +// Related operations: // -// For external key stores: Some external key managers provide a simpler method -// for creating an external key store. For details, see your external key manager -// documentation. When creating an external key store in the KMS console, you can -// upload a JSON-based proxy configuration file with the desired values. You cannot -// use a proxy configuration with the CreateCustomKeyStore operation. However, you -// can use the values in the file to help you determine the correct values for the -// CreateCustomKeyStore parameters. When the operation completes successfully, it -// returns the ID of the new custom key store. Before you can use your new custom -// key store, you need to use the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation to connect a new -// CloudHSM key store to its CloudHSM cluster, or to connect a new external key -// store to the external key store proxy for your external key manager. Even if you -// are not going to use your custom key store immediately, you might want to -// connect it to verify that all settings are correct and then disconnect it until -// you are ready to use it. For help with failures, see Troubleshooting a custom -// key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a custom key store in a different Amazon Web Services -// account. Required permissions: kms:CreateCustomKeyStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy). Related operations: -// - ConnectCustomKeyStore -// - DeleteCustomKeyStore -// - DescribeCustomKeyStores -// - DisconnectCustomKeyStore -// - UpdateCustomKeyStore +// # ConnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # DeleteCustomKeyStore +// +// # DescribeCustomKeyStores +// +// # DisconnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # UpdateCustomKeyStore // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [CloudHSM key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html +// [CloudHSM cluster]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/clusters.html +// [custom key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html +// [external key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html +// [Troubleshooting an CloudHSM key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html +// [Assemble the prerequisites (for CloudHSM key stores)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keystore.html#before-keystore +// [Assemble the prerequisites (for external key stores)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keystore.html#xks-requirements +// [Troubleshooting a custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html +// [Troubleshooting an external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/xks-troubleshooting.html +// [kms:CreateCustomKeyStore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) CreateCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCustomKeyStoreInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCustomKeyStoreOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateCustomKeyStoreInput{} @@ -91,96 +114,125 @@ type CreateCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Specifies a friendly name for the custom key store. The name must be unique in // your Amazon Web Services account and Region. This parameter is required for all - // custom key stores. Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this - // field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other - // output. + // custom key stores. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. // // This member is required. CustomKeyStoreName *string // Identifies the CloudHSM cluster for an CloudHSM key store. This parameter is - // required for custom key stores with CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . Enter - // the cluster ID of any active CloudHSM cluster that is not already associated - // with a custom key store. To find the cluster ID, use the DescribeClusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html) - // operation. + // required for custom key stores with CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // + // Enter the cluster ID of any active CloudHSM cluster that is not already + // associated with a custom key store. To find the cluster ID, use the [DescribeClusters]operation. + // + // [DescribeClusters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html CloudHsmClusterId *string - // Specifies the type of custom key store. The default value is AWS_CLOUDHSM . For - // a custom key store backed by an CloudHSM cluster, omit the parameter or enter - // AWS_CLOUDHSM . For a custom key store backed by an external key manager outside - // of Amazon Web Services, enter EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . You cannot change this - // property after the key store is created. + // Specifies the type of custom key store. The default value is AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // + // For a custom key store backed by an CloudHSM cluster, omit the parameter or + // enter AWS_CLOUDHSM . For a custom key store backed by an external key manager + // outside of Amazon Web Services, enter EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . You cannot change + // this property after the key store is created. CustomKeyStoreType types.CustomKeyStoreType // Specifies the kmsuser password for an CloudHSM key store. This parameter is - // required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . Enter - // the password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU) account (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-store-concepts.html#concept-kmsuser) - // in the specified CloudHSM cluster. KMS logs into the cluster as this user to - // manage key material on your behalf. The password must be a string of 7 to 32 - // characters. Its value is case sensitive. This parameter tells KMS the kmsuser - // account password; it does not change the password in the CloudHSM cluster. + // required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // + // Enter the password of the [kmsuser crypto user (CU) account]kmsuser in the specified CloudHSM cluster. KMS logs + // into the cluster as this user to manage key material on your behalf. + // + // The password must be a string of 7 to 32 characters. Its value is case + // sensitive. + // + // This parameter tells KMS the kmsuser account password; it does not change the + // password in the CloudHSM cluster. + // + // [kmsuser crypto user (CU) account]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-store-concepts.html#concept-kmsuser KeyStorePassword *string // Specifies the certificate for an CloudHSM key store. This parameter is required - // for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . Enter the - // content of the trust anchor certificate for the CloudHSM cluster. This is the - // content of the customerCA.crt file that you created when you initialized the - // cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/initialize-cluster.html) - // . + // for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // + // Enter the content of the trust anchor certificate for the CloudHSM cluster. + // This is the content of the customerCA.crt file that you created when you [initialized the cluster]. + // + // [initialized the cluster]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/initialize-cluster.html TrustAnchorCertificate *string // Specifies an authentication credential for the external key store proxy (XKS // proxy). This parameter is required for all custom key stores with a - // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . The XksProxyAuthenticationCredential - // has two required elements: RawSecretAccessKey , a secret key, and AccessKeyId , - // a unique identifier for the RawSecretAccessKey . For character requirements, see - // XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType . KMS uses this authentication credential - // to sign requests to the external key store proxy on your behalf. This credential - // is unrelated to Identity and Access Management (IAM) and Amazon Web Services - // credentials. This parameter doesn't set or change the authentication credentials - // on the XKS proxy. It just tells KMS the credential that you established on your - // external key store proxy. If you rotate your proxy authentication credential, - // use the UpdateCustomKeyStore operation to provide the new credential to KMS. + // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // The XksProxyAuthenticationCredential has two required elements: + // RawSecretAccessKey , a secret key, and AccessKeyId , a unique identifier for the + // RawSecretAccessKey . For character requirements, see XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType. + // + // KMS uses this authentication credential to sign requests to the external key + // store proxy on your behalf. This credential is unrelated to Identity and Access + // Management (IAM) and Amazon Web Services credentials. + // + // This parameter doesn't set or change the authentication credentials on the XKS + // proxy. It just tells KMS the credential that you established on your external + // key store proxy. If you rotate your proxy authentication credential, use the UpdateCustomKeyStore + // operation to provide the new credential to KMS. XksProxyAuthenticationCredential *types.XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType // Indicates how KMS communicates with the external key store proxy. This // parameter is required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of - // EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . If the external key store proxy uses a public endpoint, - // specify PUBLIC_ENDPOINT . If the external key store proxy uses a Amazon VPC - // endpoint service for communication with KMS, specify VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . For - // help making this choice, see Choosing a connectivity option (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/plan-xks-keystore.html#choose-xks-connectivity) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. An Amazon VPC endpoint service - // keeps your communication with KMS in a private address space entirely within - // Amazon Web Services, but it requires more configuration, including establishing - // a Amazon VPC with multiple subnets, a VPC endpoint service, a network load - // balancer, and a verified private DNS name. A public endpoint is simpler to set - // up, but it might be slower and might not fulfill your security requirements. You - // might consider testing with a public endpoint, and then establishing a VPC - // endpoint service for production tasks. Note that this choice does not determine - // the location of the external key store proxy. Even if you choose a VPC endpoint - // service, the proxy can be hosted within the VPC or outside of Amazon Web - // Services such as in your corporate data center. + // EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // If the external key store proxy uses a public endpoint, specify PUBLIC_ENDPOINT + // . If the external key store proxy uses a Amazon VPC endpoint service for + // communication with KMS, specify VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . For help making this + // choice, see [Choosing a connectivity option]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // An Amazon VPC endpoint service keeps your communication with KMS in a private + // address space entirely within Amazon Web Services, but it requires more + // configuration, including establishing a Amazon VPC with multiple subnets, a VPC + // endpoint service, a network load balancer, and a verified private DNS name. A + // public endpoint is simpler to set up, but it might be slower and might not + // fulfill your security requirements. You might consider testing with a public + // endpoint, and then establishing a VPC endpoint service for production tasks. + // Note that this choice does not determine the location of the external key store + // proxy. Even if you choose a VPC endpoint service, the proxy can be hosted within + // the VPC or outside of Amazon Web Services such as in your corporate data center. + // + // [Choosing a connectivity option]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/plan-xks-keystore.html#choose-xks-connectivity XksProxyConnectivity types.XksProxyConnectivityType // Specifies the endpoint that KMS uses to send requests to the external key store // proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is required for custom key stores with a - // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . The protocol must be HTTPS. KMS - // communicates on port 443. Do not specify the port in the XksProxyUriEndpoint - // value. For external key stores with XksProxyConnectivity value of - // VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , specify https:// followed by the private DNS name of the - // VPC endpoint service. For external key stores with PUBLIC_ENDPOINT - // connectivity, this endpoint must be reachable before you create the custom key - // store. KMS connects to the external key store proxy while creating the custom - // key store. For external key stores with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity, KMS - // connects when you call the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation. The value of this - // parameter must begin with https:// . The remainder can contain upper and lower - // case letters (A-Z and a-z), numbers (0-9), dots ( . ), and hyphens ( - ). - // Additional slashes ( / and \ ) are not permitted. Uniqueness requirements: + // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // The protocol must be HTTPS. KMS communicates on port 443. Do not specify the + // port in the XksProxyUriEndpoint value. + // + // For external key stores with XksProxyConnectivity value of VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE + // , specify https:// followed by the private DNS name of the VPC endpoint service. + // + // For external key stores with PUBLIC_ENDPOINT connectivity, this endpoint must + // be reachable before you create the custom key store. KMS connects to the + // external key store proxy while creating the custom key store. For external key + // stores with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity, KMS connects when you call the ConnectCustomKeyStore + // operation. + // + // The value of this parameter must begin with https:// . The remainder can contain + // upper and lower case letters (A-Z and a-z), numbers (0-9), dots ( . ), and + // hyphens ( - ). Additional slashes ( / and \ ) are not permitted. + // + // Uniqueness requirements: + // // - The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique // in the Amazon Web Services account and Region. + // // - An external key store with PUBLIC_ENDPOINT connectivity cannot use the same // XksProxyUriEndpoint value as an external key store with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE // connectivity in this Amazon Web Services Region. + // // - Each external key store with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity must have its // own private DNS name. The XksProxyUriEndpoint value for external key stores // with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity (private DNS name) must be unique in @@ -190,10 +242,14 @@ type CreateCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Specifies the base path to the proxy APIs for this external key store. To find // this value, see the documentation for your external key store proxy. This // parameter is required for all custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of - // EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . The value must start with / and must end with /kms/xks/v1 - // where v1 represents the version of the KMS external key store proxy API. This - // path can include an optional prefix between the required elements such as - // /prefix/kms/xks/v1 . Uniqueness requirements: + // EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // The value must start with / and must end with /kms/xks/v1 where v1 represents + // the version of the KMS external key store proxy API. This path can include an + // optional prefix between the required elements such as /prefix/kms/xks/v1 . + // + // Uniqueness requirements: + // // - The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique // in the Amazon Web Services account and Region. XksProxyUriPath *string @@ -201,12 +257,17 @@ type CreateCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Specifies the name of the Amazon VPC endpoint service for interface endpoints // that is used to communicate with your external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This // parameter is required when the value of CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE - // and the value of XksProxyConnectivity is VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . The Amazon VPC - // endpoint service must fulfill all requirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keystore.html#xks-requirements) - // for use with an external key store. Uniqueness requirements: + // and the value of XksProxyConnectivity is VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . + // + // The Amazon VPC endpoint service must [fulfill all requirements] for use with an external key store. + // + // Uniqueness requirements: + // // - External key stores with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity can share an // Amazon VPC, but each external key store must have its own VPC endpoint service // and private DNS name. + // + // [fulfill all requirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keystore.html#xks-requirements XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateGrant.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateGrant.go index 691a17b45aa74..86de7bf6b0e3a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateGrant.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateGrant.go @@ -11,45 +11,65 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds a grant to a KMS key. A grant is a policy instrument that allows Amazon -// Web Services principals to use KMS keys in cryptographic operations. It also can -// allow them to view a KMS key ( DescribeKey ) and create and manage grants. When -// authorizing access to a KMS key, grants are considered along with key policies -// and IAM policies. Grants are often used for temporary permissions because you -// can create one, use its permissions, and delete it without changing your key -// policies or IAM policies. For detailed information about grants, including grant -// terminology, see Grants in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with -// grants in several programming languages, see Programming grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html) -// . The CreateGrant operation returns a GrantToken and a GrantId . +// Adds a grant to a KMS key. +// +// A grant is a policy instrument that allows Amazon Web Services principals to +// use KMS keys in cryptographic operations. It also can allow them to view a KMS +// key (DescribeKey ) and create and manage grants. When authorizing access to a KMS key, +// grants are considered along with key policies and IAM policies. Grants are often +// used for temporary permissions because you can create one, use its permissions, +// and delete it without changing your key policies or IAM policies. +// +// For detailed information about grants, including grant terminology, see [Grants in KMS] in the +// Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with grants in +// several programming languages, see [Programming grants]. +// +// The CreateGrant operation returns a GrantToken and a GrantId . +// // - When you create, retire, or revoke a grant, there might be a brief delay, // usually less than five minutes, until the grant is available throughout KMS. // This state is known as eventual consistency. Once the grant has achieved // eventual consistency, the grantee principal can use the permissions in the grant -// without identifying the grant. However, to use the permissions in the grant -// immediately, use the GrantToken that CreateGrant returns. For details, see -// Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . -// - The CreateGrant operation also returns a GrantId . You can use the GrantId -// and a key identifier to identify the grant in the RetireGrant and RevokeGrant -// operations. To find the grant ID, use the ListGrants or ListRetirableGrants -// operations. +// without identifying the grant. +// +// However, to use the permissions in the grant immediately, use the GrantToken +// +// that CreateGrant returns. For details, see [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide . +// +// - The CreateGrant operation also returns a GrantId . You can use the GrantId +// and a key identifier to identify the grant in the RetireGrantand RevokeGrantoperations. To find the +// grant ID, use the ListGrantsor ListRetirableGrantsoperations. // // The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. -// For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, -// specify the key ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. Required permissions: -// kms:CreateGrant (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - ListGrants -// - ListRetirableGrants -// - RetireGrant -// - RevokeGrant +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation on a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN in the value of the KeyId +// parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:CreateGrant] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # ListGrants +// +// # ListRetirableGrants +// +// # RetireGrant +// +// # RevokeGrant // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Programming grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [Grants in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html +// [kms:CreateGrant]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// +// [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token func (c *Client) CreateGrant(ctx context.Context, params *CreateGrantInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateGrantOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateGrantInput{} @@ -67,100 +87,133 @@ func (c *Client) CreateGrant(ctx context.Context, params *CreateGrantInput, optF type CreateGrantInput struct { - // The identity that gets the permissions specified in the grant. To specify the - // grantee principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an Amazon Web Services - // principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM - // roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax for - // a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) - // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // The identity that gets the permissions specified in the grant. + // + // To specify the grantee principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an + // Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services + // accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For + // help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see [IAM ARNs]in the Identity and Access + // Management User Guide . + // + // [IAM ARNs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns // // This member is required. GranteePrincipal *string // Identifies the KMS key for the grant. The grant gives principals permission to - // use this KMS key. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS - // key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. For - // example: + // use this KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // A list of operations that the grant permits. This list must include only - // operations that are permitted in a grant. Also, the operation must be supported - // on the KMS key. For example, you cannot create a grant for a symmetric - // encryption KMS key that allows the Sign operation, or a grant for an asymmetric - // KMS key that allows the GenerateDataKey operation. If you try, KMS returns a - // ValidationError exception. For details, see Grant operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of operations that the grant permits. + // + // This list must include only operations that are permitted in a grant. Also, the + // operation must be supported on the KMS key. For example, you cannot create a + // grant for a symmetric encryption KMS key that allows the Signoperation, or a grant + // for an asymmetric KMS key that allows the GenerateDataKeyoperation. If you try, KMS returns a + // ValidationError exception. For details, see [Grant operations] in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations // // This member is required. Operations []types.GrantOperation - // Specifies a grant constraint. Do not include confidential or sensitive - // information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in - // CloudTrail logs and other output. KMS supports the EncryptionContextEquals and - // EncryptionContextSubset grant constraints, which allow the permissions in the - // grant only when the encryption context in the request matches ( - // EncryptionContextEquals ) or includes ( EncryptionContextSubset ) the encryption - // context specified in the constraint. The encryption context grant constraints - // are supported only on grant operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations) - // that include an EncryptionContext parameter, such as cryptographic operations - // on symmetric encryption KMS keys. Grants with grant constraints can include the - // DescribeKey and RetireGrant operations, but the constraint doesn't apply to - // these operations. If a grant with a grant constraint includes the CreateGrant - // operation, the constraint requires that any grants created with the CreateGrant - // permission have an equally strict or stricter encryption context constraint. You - // cannot use an encryption context grant constraint for cryptographic operations - // with asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. Operations with these keys don't - // support an encryption context. Each constraint value can include up to 8 - // encryption context pairs. The encryption context value in each constraint cannot - // exceed 384 characters. For information about grant constraints, see Using grant - // constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-grant-overview.html#grant-constraints) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For more information about - // encryption context, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . + // Specifies a grant constraint. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // KMS supports the EncryptionContextEquals and EncryptionContextSubset grant + // constraints, which allow the permissions in the grant only when the encryption + // context in the request matches ( EncryptionContextEquals ) or includes ( + // EncryptionContextSubset ) the encryption context specified in the constraint. + // + // The encryption context grant constraints are supported only on [grant operations] that include an + // EncryptionContext parameter, such as cryptographic operations on symmetric + // encryption KMS keys. Grants with grant constraints can include the DescribeKeyand RetireGrant + // operations, but the constraint doesn't apply to these operations. If a grant + // with a grant constraint includes the CreateGrant operation, the constraint + // requires that any grants created with the CreateGrant permission have an + // equally strict or stricter encryption context constraint. + // + // You cannot use an encryption context grant constraint for cryptographic + // operations with asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. Operations with these keys + // don't support an encryption context. + // + // Each constraint value can include up to 8 encryption context pairs. The + // encryption context value in each constraint cannot exceed 384 characters. For + // information about grant constraints, see [Using grant constraints]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. For more information about encryption context, see [Encryption context]in the Key + // Management Service Developer Guide . + // + // [grant operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-grant-operations + // [Using grant constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-grant-overview.html#grant-constraints + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context Constraints *types.GrantConstraints - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string // A friendly name for the grant. Use this value to prevent the unintended - // creation of duplicate grants when retrying this request. Do not include - // confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed - // in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. When this value is absent, all - // CreateGrant requests result in a new grant with a unique GrantId even if all - // the supplied parameters are identical. This can result in unintended duplicates - // when you retry the CreateGrant request. When this value is present, you can - // retry a CreateGrant request with identical parameters; if the grant already - // exists, the original GrantId is returned without creating a new grant. Note - // that the returned grant token is unique with every CreateGrant request, even - // when a duplicate GrantId is returned. All grant tokens for the same grant ID - // can be used interchangeably. + // creation of duplicate grants when retrying this request. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // When this value is absent, all CreateGrant requests result in a new grant with + // a unique GrantId even if all the supplied parameters are identical. This can + // result in unintended duplicates when you retry the CreateGrant request. + // + // When this value is present, you can retry a CreateGrant request with identical + // parameters; if the grant already exists, the original GrantId is returned + // without creating a new grant. Note that the returned grant token is unique with + // every CreateGrant request, even when a duplicate GrantId is returned. All grant + // tokens for the same grant ID can be used interchangeably. Name *string - // The principal that has permission to use the RetireGrant operation to retire - // the grant. To specify the principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web - // Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role - // users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) - // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . The grant determines the - // retiring principal. Other principals might have permission to retire the grant - // or revoke the grant. For details, see RevokeGrant and Retiring and revoking - // grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // The principal that has permission to use the RetireGrant operation to retire the grant. + // + // To specify the principal, use the [Amazon Resource Name (ARN)] of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid + // principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated + // users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see + // [IAM ARNs]in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // + // The grant determines the retiring principal. Other principals might have + // permission to retire the grant or revoke the grant. For details, see RevokeGrantand [Retiring and revoking grants] in + // the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [IAM ARNs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns + // [Amazon Resource Name (ARN)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html + // [Retiring and revoking grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete RetiringPrincipal *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -168,15 +221,19 @@ type CreateGrantInput struct { type CreateGrantOutput struct { - // The unique identifier for the grant. You can use the GrantId in a ListGrants , - // RetireGrant , or RevokeGrant operation. + // The unique identifier for the grant. + // + // You can use the GrantId in a ListGrants, RetireGrant, or RevokeGrant operation. GrantId *string - // The grant token. Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation - // comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more - // information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // The grant token. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantToken *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateKey.go index 85bf140354bda..8067e00d7d428 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_CreateKey.go @@ -11,129 +11,173 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a unique customer managed KMS key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms-keys) -// in your Amazon Web Services account and Region. You can use a KMS key in -// cryptographic operations, such as encryption and signing. Some Amazon Web -// Services services let you use KMS keys that you create and manage to protect -// your service resources. A KMS key is a logical representation of a cryptographic -// key. In addition to the key material used in cryptographic operations, a KMS key -// includes metadata, such as the key ID, key policy, creation date, description, -// and key state. For details, see Managing keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/getting-started.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide Use the parameters of CreateKey -// to specify the type of KMS key, the source of its key material, its key policy, -// description, tags, and other properties. KMS has replaced the term customer -// master key (CMK) with KMS key and KMS key. The concept has not changed. To -// prevent breaking changes, KMS is keeping some variations of this term. To create -// different types of KMS keys, use the following guidance: Symmetric encryption -// KMS key By default, CreateKey creates a symmetric encryption KMS key with key -// material that KMS generates. This is the basic and most widely used type of KMS -// key, and provides the best performance. To create a symmetric encryption KMS -// key, you don't need to specify any parameters. The default value for KeySpec , -// SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , the default value for KeyUsage , ENCRYPT_DECRYPT , and the -// default value for Origin , AWS_KMS , create a symmetric encryption KMS key with -// KMS key material. If you need a key for basic encryption and decryption or you -// are creating a KMS key to protect your resources in an Amazon Web Services -// service, create a symmetric encryption KMS key. The key material in a symmetric -// encryption key never leaves KMS unencrypted. You can use a symmetric encryption -// KMS key to encrypt and decrypt data up to 4,096 bytes, but they are typically -// used to generate data keys and data keys pairs. For details, see GenerateDataKey -// and GenerateDataKeyPair . Asymmetric KMS keys To create an asymmetric KMS key, -// use the KeySpec parameter to specify the type of key material in the KMS key. -// Then, use the KeyUsage parameter to determine whether the KMS key will be used -// to encrypt and decrypt or sign and verify. You can't change these properties -// after the KMS key is created. Asymmetric KMS keys contain an RSA key pair, -// Elliptic Curve (ECC) key pair, or an SM2 key pair (China Regions only). The -// private key in an asymmetric KMS key never leaves KMS unencrypted. However, you -// can use the GetPublicKey operation to download the public key so it can be used -// outside of KMS. KMS keys with RSA or SM2 key pairs can be used to encrypt or -// decrypt data or sign and verify messages (but not both). KMS keys with ECC key -// pairs can be used only to sign and verify messages. For information about -// asymmetric KMS keys, see Asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. HMAC KMS key To create an HMAC -// KMS key, set the KeySpec parameter to a key spec value for HMAC KMS keys. Then -// set the KeyUsage parameter to GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC . You must set the key usage -// even though GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC is the only valid key usage value for HMAC KMS -// keys. You can't change these properties after the KMS key is created. HMAC KMS -// keys are symmetric keys that never leave KMS unencrypted. You can use HMAC keys -// to generate ( GenerateMac ) and verify ( VerifyMac ) HMAC codes for messages up -// to 4096 bytes. Multi-Region primary keys Imported key material To create a -// multi-Region primary key in the local Amazon Web Services Region, use the -// MultiRegion parameter with a value of True . To create a multi-Region replica -// key, that is, a KMS key with the same key ID and key material as a primary key, -// but in a different Amazon Web Services Region, use the ReplicateKey operation. -// To change a replica key to a primary key, and its primary key to a replica key, -// use the UpdatePrimaryRegion operation. You can create multi-Region KMS keys for -// all supported KMS key types: symmetric encryption KMS keys, HMAC KMS keys, -// asymmetric encryption KMS keys, and asymmetric signing KMS keys. You can also -// create multi-Region keys with imported key material. However, you can't create -// multi-Region keys in a custom key store. This operation supports multi-Region -// keys, an KMS feature that lets you create multiple interoperable KMS keys in -// different Amazon Web Services Regions. Because these KMS keys have the same key -// ID, key material, and other metadata, you can use them interchangeably to -// encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services Region and decrypt it in a different -// Amazon Web Services Region without re-encrypting the data or making a -// cross-Region call. For more information about multi-Region keys, see -// Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. To import your own key material -// into a KMS key, begin by creating a KMS key with no key material. To do this, -// use the Origin parameter of CreateKey with a value of EXTERNAL . Next, use -// GetParametersForImport operation to get a public key and import token. Use the -// wrapping public key to encrypt your key material. Then, use ImportKeyMaterial -// with your import token to import the key material. For step-by-step -// instructions, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . You can import key material into -// KMS keys of all supported KMS key types: symmetric encryption KMS keys, HMAC KMS -// keys, asymmetric encryption KMS keys, and asymmetric signing KMS keys. You can -// also create multi-Region keys with imported key material. However, you can't -// import key material into a KMS key in a custom key store. To create a -// multi-Region primary key with imported key material, use the Origin parameter -// of CreateKey with a value of EXTERNAL and the MultiRegion parameter with a -// value of True . To create replicas of the multi-Region primary key, use the -// ReplicateKey operation. For instructions, see Importing key material into -// multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-import.html) -// . For more information about multi-Region keys, see Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Custom key store A custom key -// store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// lets you protect your Amazon Web Services resources using keys in a backing key -// store that you own and manage. When you request a cryptographic operation with a -// KMS key in a custom key store, the operation is performed in the backing key -// store using its cryptographic keys. KMS supports CloudHSM key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html) -// backed by an CloudHSM cluster and external key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html) -// backed by an external key manager outside of Amazon Web Services. When you -// create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store, KMS generates an encryption key in -// the CloudHSM cluster and associates it with the KMS key. When you create a KMS -// key in an external key store, you specify an existing encryption key in the -// external key manager. Some external key managers provide a simpler method for -// creating a KMS key in an external key store. For details, see your external key -// manager documentation. Before you create a KMS key in a custom key store, the -// ConnectionState of the key store must be CONNECTED . To connect the custom key -// store, use the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation. To find the ConnectionState , -// use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. To create a KMS key in a custom key -// store, use the CustomKeyStoreId . Use the default KeySpec value, -// SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , and the default KeyUsage value, ENCRYPT_DECRYPT to create a -// symmetric encryption key. No other key type is supported in a custom key store. -// To create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html) -// , use the Origin parameter with a value of AWS_CLOUDHSM . The CloudHSM cluster -// that is associated with the custom key store must have at least two active HSMs -// in different Availability Zones in the Amazon Web Services Region. To create a -// KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html) -// , use the Origin parameter with a value of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE and an XksKeyId -// parameter that identifies an existing external key. Some external key managers -// provide a simpler method for creating a KMS key in an external key store. For -// details, see your external key manager documentation. Cross-account use: No. You -// cannot use this operation to create a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account. Required permissions: kms:CreateKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy). To use the Tags parameter, kms:TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy). For examples and information about related permissions, see Allow -// a user to create KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/iam-policies.html#iam-policy-example-create-key) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Related operations: -// - DescribeKey -// - ListKeys -// - ScheduleKeyDeletion +// Creates a unique customer managed [KMS key] in your Amazon Web Services account and +// Region. You can use a KMS key in cryptographic operations, such as encryption +// and signing. Some Amazon Web Services services let you use KMS keys that you +// create and manage to protect your service resources. +// +// A KMS key is a logical representation of a cryptographic key. In addition to +// the key material used in cryptographic operations, a KMS key includes metadata, +// such as the key ID, key policy, creation date, description, and key state. For +// details, see [Managing keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide +// +// Use the parameters of CreateKey to specify the type of KMS key, the source of +// its key material, its key policy, description, tags, and other properties. +// +// KMS has replaced the term customer master key (CMK) with KMS key and KMS key. +// The concept has not changed. To prevent breaking changes, KMS is keeping some +// variations of this term. +// +// To create different types of KMS keys, use the following guidance: +// +// Symmetric encryption KMS key By default, CreateKey creates a symmetric +// encryption KMS key with key material that KMS generates. This is the basic and +// most widely used type of KMS key, and provides the best performance. +// +// To create a symmetric encryption KMS key, you don't need to specify any +// parameters. The default value for KeySpec , SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , the default +// value for KeyUsage , ENCRYPT_DECRYPT , and the default value for Origin , +// AWS_KMS , create a symmetric encryption KMS key with KMS key material. +// +// If you need a key for basic encryption and decryption or you are creating a KMS +// key to protect your resources in an Amazon Web Services service, create a +// symmetric encryption KMS key. The key material in a symmetric encryption key +// never leaves KMS unencrypted. You can use a symmetric encryption KMS key to +// encrypt and decrypt data up to 4,096 bytes, but they are typically used to +// generate data keys and data keys pairs. For details, see GenerateDataKeyand GenerateDataKeyPair. +// +// Asymmetric KMS keys To create an asymmetric KMS key, use the KeySpec parameter +// to specify the type of key material in the KMS key. Then, use the KeyUsage +// parameter to determine whether the KMS key will be used to encrypt and decrypt +// or sign and verify. You can't change these properties after the KMS key is +// created. +// +// Asymmetric KMS keys contain an RSA key pair, Elliptic Curve (ECC) key pair, or +// an SM2 key pair (China Regions only). The private key in an asymmetric KMS key +// never leaves KMS unencrypted. However, you can use the GetPublicKeyoperation to download +// the public key so it can be used outside of KMS. KMS keys with RSA or SM2 key +// pairs can be used to encrypt or decrypt data or sign and verify messages (but +// not both). KMS keys with ECC key pairs can be used only to sign and verify +// messages. For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see [Asymmetric KMS keys]in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide. +// +// HMAC KMS key To create an HMAC KMS key, set the KeySpec parameter to a key spec +// value for HMAC KMS keys. Then set the KeyUsage parameter to GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC +// . You must set the key usage even though GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC is the only valid +// key usage value for HMAC KMS keys. You can't change these properties after the +// KMS key is created. +// +// HMAC KMS keys are symmetric keys that never leave KMS unencrypted. You can use +// HMAC keys to generate (GenerateMac ) and verify (VerifyMac ) HMAC codes for messages up to 4096 +// bytes. +// +// Multi-Region primary keys Imported key material To create a multi-Region +// primary key in the local Amazon Web Services Region, use the MultiRegion +// parameter with a value of True . To create a multi-Region replica key, that is, +// a KMS key with the same key ID and key material as a primary key, but in a +// different Amazon Web Services Region, use the ReplicateKeyoperation. To change a replica +// key to a primary key, and its primary key to a replica key, use the UpdatePrimaryRegionoperation. +// +// You can create multi-Region KMS keys for all supported KMS key types: symmetric +// encryption KMS keys, HMAC KMS keys, asymmetric encryption KMS keys, and +// asymmetric signing KMS keys. You can also create multi-Region keys with imported +// key material. However, you can't create multi-Region keys in a custom key store. +// +// This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create +// multiple interoperable KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. +// Because these KMS keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, +// you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services +// Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web Services Region without +// re-encrypting the data or making a cross-Region call. For more information about +// multi-Region keys, see [Multi-Region keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// To import your own key material into a KMS key, begin by creating a KMS key +// with no key material. To do this, use the Origin parameter of CreateKey with a +// value of EXTERNAL . Next, use GetParametersForImport operation to get a public key and import token. +// Use the wrapping public key to encrypt your key material. Then, use ImportKeyMaterialwith your +// import token to import the key material. For step-by-step instructions, see [Importing Key Material]in +// the Key Management Service Developer Guide . +// +// You can import key material into KMS keys of all supported KMS key types: +// symmetric encryption KMS keys, HMAC KMS keys, asymmetric encryption KMS keys, +// and asymmetric signing KMS keys. You can also create multi-Region keys with +// imported key material. However, you can't import key material into a KMS key in +// a custom key store. +// +// To create a multi-Region primary key with imported key material, use the Origin +// parameter of CreateKey with a value of EXTERNAL and the MultiRegion parameter +// with a value of True . To create replicas of the multi-Region primary key, use +// the ReplicateKeyoperation. For instructions, see [Importing key material into multi-Region keys]. For more information about multi-Region +// keys, see [Multi-Region keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Custom key store A [custom key store] lets you protect your Amazon Web Services resources using +// keys in a backing key store that you own and manage. When you request a +// cryptographic operation with a KMS key in a custom key store, the operation is +// performed in the backing key store using its cryptographic keys. +// +// KMS supports [CloudHSM key stores] backed by an CloudHSM cluster and [external key stores] backed by an external key +// manager outside of Amazon Web Services. When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM +// key store, KMS generates an encryption key in the CloudHSM cluster and +// associates it with the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an external key +// store, you specify an existing encryption key in the external key manager. +// +// Some external key managers provide a simpler method for creating a KMS key in +// an external key store. For details, see your external key manager documentation. +// +// Before you create a KMS key in a custom key store, the ConnectionState of the +// key store must be CONNECTED . To connect the custom key store, use the ConnectCustomKeyStore +// operation. To find the ConnectionState , use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. +// +// To create a KMS key in a custom key store, use the CustomKeyStoreId . Use the +// default KeySpec value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , and the default KeyUsage value, +// ENCRYPT_DECRYPT to create a symmetric encryption key. No other key type is +// supported in a custom key store. +// +// To create a KMS key in an [CloudHSM key store], use the Origin parameter with a value of +// AWS_CLOUDHSM . The CloudHSM cluster that is associated with the custom key store +// must have at least two active HSMs in different Availability Zones in the Amazon +// Web Services Region. +// +// To create a KMS key in an [external key store], use the Origin parameter with a value of +// EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE and an XksKeyId parameter that identifies an existing +// external key. +// +// Some external key managers provide a simpler method for creating a KMS key in +// an external key store. For details, see your external key manager documentation. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot use this operation to create a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:CreateKey] (IAM policy). To use the Tags parameter, [kms:TagResource] (IAM policy). +// For examples and information about related permissions, see [Allow a user to create KMS keys]in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # DescribeKey +// +// # ListKeys +// +// # ScheduleKeyDeletion // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [CloudHSM key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html +// [external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html +// [external key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html +// [Asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [Multi-Region keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html +// [Managing keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/getting-started.html +// [KMS key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms-keys +// [Allow a user to create KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/iam-policies.html#iam-policy-example-create-key +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [kms:TagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [CloudHSM key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html +// [kms:CreateKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Importing key material into multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-import.html +// [Importing Key Material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) CreateKey(ctx context.Context, params *CreateKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateKeyInput{} @@ -152,31 +196,41 @@ func (c *Client) CreateKey(ctx context.Context, params *CreateKeyInput, optFns . type CreateKeyInput struct { // Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value is - // false. Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes - // unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. For more - // information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Use this parameter only when you - // intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a - // subsequent PutKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html) - // request on the KMS key. + // false. + // + // Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes + // unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. + // + // For more information, see [Default key policy] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making + // the request from making a subsequent [PutKeyPolicy]request on the KMS key. + // + // [Default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key + // [PutKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck bool - // Creates the KMS key in the specified custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) - // . The ConnectionState of the custom key store must be CONNECTED . To find the - // CustomKeyStoreID and ConnectionState use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. + // Creates the KMS key in the specified [custom key store]. The ConnectionState of the custom key + // store must be CONNECTED . To find the CustomKeyStoreID and ConnectionState use + // the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. + // // This parameter is valid only for symmetric encryption KMS keys in a single - // Region. You cannot create any other type of KMS key in a custom key store. When - // you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store, KMS generates a non-exportable - // 256-bit symmetric key in its associated CloudHSM cluster and associates it with - // the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an external key store, you must use - // the XksKeyId parameter to specify an external key that serves as key material - // for the KMS key. + // Region. You cannot create any other type of KMS key in a custom key store. + // + // When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store, KMS generates a + // non-exportable 256-bit symmetric key in its associated CloudHSM cluster and + // associates it with the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an external key + // store, you must use the XksKeyId parameter to specify an external key that + // serves as key material for the KMS key. + // + // [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html CustomKeyStoreId *string - // Instead, use the KeySpec parameter. The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec - // parameters work the same way. Only the names differ. We recommend that you use - // KeySpec parameter in your code. However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports - // both parameters. + // Instead, use the KeySpec parameter. + // + // The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec parameters work the same way. Only the + // names differ. We recommend that you use KeySpec parameter in your code. + // However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports both parameters. // // Deprecated: This parameter has been deprecated. Instead, use the KeySpec // parameter. @@ -184,162 +238,232 @@ type CreateKeyInput struct { // A description of the KMS key. Use a description that helps you decide whether // the KMS key is appropriate for a task. The default value is an empty string (no - // description). Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this - // field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other - // output. To set or change the description after the key is created, use - // UpdateKeyDescription . + // description). + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // To set or change the description after the key is created, use UpdateKeyDescription. Description *string // Specifies the type of KMS key to create. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , // creates a KMS key with a 256-bit AES-GCM key that is used for encryption and // decryption, except in China Regions, where it creates a 128-bit symmetric key - // that uses SM4 encryption. For help choosing a key spec for your KMS key, see - // Choosing a KMS key type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-types.html#symm-asymm-choose) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . The KeySpec determines whether - // the KMS key contains a symmetric key or an asymmetric key pair. It also - // determines the algorithms that the KMS key supports. You can't change the - // KeySpec after the KMS key is created. To further restrict the algorithms that - // can be used with the KMS key, use a condition key in its key policy or IAM - // policy. For more information, see kms:EncryptionAlgorithm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-encryption-algorithm) - // , kms:MacAlgorithm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-mac-algorithm) - // or kms:Signing Algorithm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-signing-algorithm) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . Amazon Web Services services - // that are integrated with KMS (http://aws.amazon.com/kms/features/#AWS_Service_Integration) - // use symmetric encryption KMS keys to protect your data. These services do not - // support asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. KMS supports the following key - // specs for KMS keys: + // that uses SM4 encryption. For help choosing a key spec for your KMS key, see [Choosing a KMS key type]in + // the Key Management Service Developer Guide . + // + // The KeySpec determines whether the KMS key contains a symmetric key or an + // asymmetric key pair. It also determines the algorithms that the KMS key + // supports. You can't change the KeySpec after the KMS key is created. To further + // restrict the algorithms that can be used with the KMS key, use a condition key + // in its key policy or IAM policy. For more information, see [kms:EncryptionAlgorithm], [kms:MacAlgorithm] or [kms:Signing Algorithm] in the Key + // Management Service Developer Guide . + // + // [Amazon Web Services services that are integrated with KMS]use symmetric encryption KMS keys to protect your data. These services do not + // support asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. + // + // KMS supports the following key specs for KMS keys: + // // - Symmetric encryption key (default) + // // - SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT + // // - HMAC keys (symmetric) + // // - HMAC_224 + // // - HMAC_256 + // // - HMAC_384 + // // - HMAC_512 + // // - Asymmetric RSA key pairs + // // - RSA_2048 + // // - RSA_3072 + // // - RSA_4096 + // // - Asymmetric NIST-recommended elliptic curve key pairs + // // - ECC_NIST_P256 (secp256r1) + // // - ECC_NIST_P384 (secp384r1) + // // - ECC_NIST_P521 (secp521r1) + // // - Other asymmetric elliptic curve key pairs + // // - ECC_SECG_P256K1 (secp256k1), commonly used for cryptocurrencies. + // // - SM2 key pairs (China Regions only) + // // - SM2 + // + // [kms:EncryptionAlgorithm]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-encryption-algorithm + // [kms:Signing Algorithm]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-signing-algorithm + // [kms:MacAlgorithm]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-mac-algorithm + // [Choosing a KMS key type]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-types.html#symm-asymm-choose + // [Amazon Web Services services that are integrated with KMS]: http://aws.amazon.com/kms/features/#AWS_Service_Integration KeySpec types.KeySpec - // Determines the cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) - // for which you can use the KMS key. The default value is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . This - // parameter is optional when you are creating a symmetric encryption KMS key; - // otherwise, it is required. You can't change the KeyUsage value after the KMS - // key is created. Select only one valid value. + // Determines the [cryptographic operations] for which you can use the KMS key. The default value is + // ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . This parameter is optional when you are creating a symmetric + // encryption KMS key; otherwise, it is required. You can't change the KeyUsage + // value after the KMS key is created. + // + // Select only one valid value. + // // - For symmetric encryption KMS keys, omit the parameter or specify // ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . + // // - For HMAC KMS keys (symmetric), specify GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC . + // // - For asymmetric KMS keys with RSA key material, specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or // SIGN_VERIFY . + // // - For asymmetric KMS keys with ECC key material, specify SIGN_VERIFY . + // // - For asymmetric KMS keys with SM2 key material (China Regions only), specify // ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or SIGN_VERIFY . + // + // [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations KeyUsage types.KeyUsageType // Creates a multi-Region primary key that you can replicate into other Amazon Web - // Services Regions. You cannot change this value after you create the KMS key. For - // a multi-Region key, set this parameter to True . For a single-Region KMS key, - // omit this parameter or set it to False . The default value is False . This - // operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create + // Services Regions. You cannot change this value after you create the KMS key. + // + // For a multi-Region key, set this parameter to True . For a single-Region KMS + // key, omit this parameter or set it to False . The default value is False . + // + // This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create // multiple interoperable KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. // Because these KMS keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, // you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services // Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web Services Region without // re-encrypting the data or making a cross-Region call. For more information about - // multi-Region keys, see Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. This value creates a primary key, - // not a replica. To create a replica key, use the ReplicateKey operation. You can - // create a symmetric or asymmetric multi-Region key, and you can create a + // multi-Region keys, see [Multi-Region keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // This value creates a primary key, not a replica. To create a replica key, use + // the ReplicateKeyoperation. + // + // You can create a symmetric or asymmetric multi-Region key, and you can create a // multi-Region key with imported key material. However, you cannot create a // multi-Region key in a custom key store. + // + // [Multi-Region keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html MultiRegion *bool // The source of the key material for the KMS key. You cannot change the origin // after you create the KMS key. The default is AWS_KMS , which means that KMS - // creates the key material. To create a KMS key with no key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys-create-cmk.html) - // (for imported key material), set this value to EXTERNAL . For more information - // about importing key material into KMS, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The EXTERNAL origin value is - // valid only for symmetric KMS keys. To create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-cmk-keystore.html) - // and create its key material in the associated CloudHSM cluster, set this value - // to AWS_CLOUDHSM . You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify - // the CloudHSM key store. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT . To create - // a KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keys.html) - // , set this value to EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId - // parameter to identify the external key store and the XksKeyId parameter to - // identify the associated external key. The KeySpec value must be + // creates the key material. + // + // To [create a KMS key with no key material] (for imported key material), set this value to EXTERNAL . For more + // information about importing key material into KMS, see [Importing Key Material]in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. The EXTERNAL origin value is valid only for symmetric + // KMS keys. + // + // To [create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store] and create its key material in the associated CloudHSM cluster, set this + // value to AWS_CLOUDHSM . You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to + // identify the CloudHSM key store. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT . + // + // To [create a KMS key in an external key store], set this value to EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . You must also use the + // CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the external key store and the XksKeyId + // parameter to identify the associated external key. The KeySpec value must be // SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT . + // + // [create a KMS key in an external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-xks-keys.html + // [create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-cmk-keystore.html + // [Importing Key Material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html + // [create a KMS key with no key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys-create-cmk.html Origin types.OriginType - // The key policy to attach to the KMS key. If you provide a key policy, it must - // meet the following criteria: + // The key policy to attach to the KMS key. + // + // If you provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria: + // // - The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent // PutKeyPolicy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS key - // becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set - // BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.) + // becomes unmanageable. For more information, see [Default key policy]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck + // to true.) + // // - Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. The // principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When you create a // new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce a delay before // including the new principal in a key policy because the new principal might not - // be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make - // are not always immediately visible (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency) - // in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + // be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see [Changes that I make are not always immediately visible]in the Amazon Web + // Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + // // If you do not provide a key policy, KMS attaches a default key policy to the - // KMS key. For more information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html#key-policy-default) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The key policy size quota is 32 - // kilobytes (32768 bytes). For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, - // see the IAM JSON Policy Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html) - // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // KMS key. For more information, see [Default key policy]in the Key Management Service Developer + // Guide. + // + // The key policy size quota is 32 kilobytes (32768 bytes). + // + // For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the [IAM JSON Policy Reference] in the + // Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // + // [IAM JSON Policy Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html + // [Default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html#key-policy-default + // [Changes that I make are not always immediately visible]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency Policy *string // Assigns one or more tags to the KMS key. Use this parameter to tag the KMS key - // when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the TagResource operation. + // when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the TagResourceoperation. + // // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field - // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. Tagging or - // untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, - // see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. To use this parameter, you must - // have kms:TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) - // permission in an IAM policy. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. - // Both the tag key and the tag value are required, but the tag value can be an - // empty (null) string. You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key with the - // same tag key. If you specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS - // replaces the current tag value with the specified one. When you add tags to an - // Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web Services generates a cost allocation - // report with usage and costs aggregated by tags. Tags can also be used to control - // access to a KMS key. For details, see Tagging Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html) - // . + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For + // details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // To use this parameter, you must have [kms:TagResource] permission in an IAM policy. + // + // Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the tag key and the tag + // value are required, but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. You cannot + // have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you specify an + // existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current tag value + // with the specified one. + // + // When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web Services + // generates a cost allocation report with usage and costs aggregated by tags. Tags + // can also be used to control access to a KMS key. For details, see [Tagging Keys]. + // + // [kms:TagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html + // [Tagging Keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html + // [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html Tags []types.Tag - // Identifies the external key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) - // that serves as key material for the KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html) - // . Specify the ID that the external key store proxy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-xks-proxy) - // uses to refer to the external key. For help, see the documentation for your - // external key store proxy. This parameter is required for a KMS key with an - // Origin value of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . It is not valid for KMS keys with any other - // Origin value. The external key must be an existing 256-bit AES symmetric - // encryption key hosted outside of Amazon Web Services in an external key manager - // associated with the external key store specified by the CustomKeyStoreId - // parameter. This key must be enabled and configured to perform encryption and - // decryption. Each KMS key in an external key store must use a different external - // key. For details, see Requirements for a KMS key in an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/create-xks-keys.html#xks-key-requirements) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Each KMS key in an external key - // store is associated two backing keys. One is key material that KMS generates. - // The other is the external key specified by this parameter. When you use the KMS - // key in an external key store to encrypt data, the encryption operation is - // performed first by KMS using the KMS key material, and then by the external key - // manager using the specified external key, a process known as double encryption. - // For details, see Double encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-double-encryption) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Identifies the [external key] that serves as key material for the KMS key in an [external key store]. Specify the + // ID that the [external key store proxy]uses to refer to the external key. For help, see the documentation + // for your external key store proxy. + // + // This parameter is required for a KMS key with an Origin value of + // EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . It is not valid for KMS keys with any other Origin value. + // + // The external key must be an existing 256-bit AES symmetric encryption key + // hosted outside of Amazon Web Services in an external key manager associated with + // the external key store specified by the CustomKeyStoreId parameter. This key + // must be enabled and configured to perform encryption and decryption. Each KMS + // key in an external key store must use a different external key. For details, see + // [Requirements for a KMS key in an external key store]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // Each KMS key in an external key store is associated two backing keys. One is + // key material that KMS generates. The other is the external key specified by this + // parameter. When you use the KMS key in an external key store to encrypt data, + // the encryption operation is performed first by KMS using the KMS key material, + // and then by the external key manager using the specified external key, a process + // known as double encryption. For details, see [Double encryption]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. + // + // [external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html + // [Double encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-double-encryption + // [external key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key + // [Requirements for a KMS key in an external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/create-xks-keys.html#xks-key-requirements + // [external key store proxy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-xks-proxy XksKeyId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Decrypt.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Decrypt.go index 202bce68cf828..0eec0c26e40e9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Decrypt.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Decrypt.go @@ -13,24 +13,29 @@ import ( // Decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted by a KMS key using any of the following // operations: -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPair -// - GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext -// - GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair +// +// # GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext // // You can use this operation to decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted under a // symmetric encryption KMS key or an asymmetric encryption KMS key. When the KMS // key is asymmetric, you must specify the KMS key and the encryption algorithm // that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. For information about asymmetric KMS -// keys, see Asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The Decrypt operation also -// decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted outside of KMS by the public key in an -// KMS asymmetric KMS key. However, it cannot decrypt symmetric ciphertext produced -// by other libraries, such as the Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/) -// or Amazon S3 client-side encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html) -// . These libraries return a ciphertext format that is incompatible with KMS. If -// the ciphertext was encrypted under a symmetric encryption KMS key, the KeyId +// keys, see [Asymmetric KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The Decrypt operation also decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted outside of +// KMS by the public key in an KMS asymmetric KMS key. However, it cannot decrypt +// symmetric ciphertext produced by other libraries, such as the [Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK]or [Amazon S3 client-side encryption]. These +// libraries return a ciphertext format that is incompatible with KMS. +// +// If the ciphertext was encrypted under a symmetric encryption KMS key, the KeyId // parameter is optional. KMS can get this information from metadata that it adds // to the symmetric ciphertext blob. This feature adds durability to your // implementation by ensuring that authorized users can decrypt ciphertext decades @@ -39,40 +44,57 @@ import ( // the KeyId parameter to specify a KMS key, KMS only uses the KMS key you // specify. If the ciphertext was encrypted under a different KMS key, the Decrypt // operation fails. This practice ensures that you use the KMS key that you intend. +// // Whenever possible, use key policies to give users permission to call the Decrypt // operation on a particular KMS key, instead of using &IAM; policies. Otherwise, // you might create an &IAM; policy that gives the user Decrypt permission on all // KMS keys. This user could decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by KMS keys in // other accounts if the key policy for the cross-account KMS key permits it. If // you must use an IAM policy for Decrypt permissions, limit the user to -// particular KMS keys or particular trusted accounts. For details, see Best -// practices for IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/iam-policies.html#iam-policies-best-practices) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Decrypt also supports Amazon Web -// Services Nitro Enclaves (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html) -// , which provide an isolated compute environment in Amazon EC2. To call Decrypt -// for a Nitro enclave, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) -// or any Amazon Web Services SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to provide the -// attestation document for the enclave. Instead of the plaintext data, the -// response includes the plaintext data encrypted with the public key from the -// attestation document ( CiphertextForRecipient ). For information about the -// interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon -// Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. If you use -// the KeyId parameter to identify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or the alias ARN of the KMS key. Required -// permissions: kms:Decrypt (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPair -// - ReEncrypt +// particular KMS keys or particular trusted accounts. For details, see [Best practices for IAM policies]in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Decrypt also supports [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves], which provide an isolated compute environment in Amazon +// EC2. To call Decrypt for a Nitro enclave, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK] or any Amazon Web Services +// SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to provide the attestation document for the +// enclave. Instead of the plaintext data, the response includes the plaintext data +// encrypted with the public key from the attestation document ( +// CiphertextForRecipient ). For information about the interaction between KMS and +// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer +// Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. If you use the KeyId parameter to identify a KMS key in +// a different Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or the alias ARN of +// the KMS key. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:Decrypt] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair +// +// # ReEncrypt // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/ +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:Decrypt]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html +// [Amazon S3 client-side encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html +// [Best practices for IAM policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/iam-policies.html#iam-policies-best-practices +// [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk func (c *Client) Decrypt(ctx context.Context, params *DecryptInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DecryptOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DecryptInput{} @@ -95,74 +117,103 @@ type DecryptInput struct { // This member is required. CiphertextBlob []byte - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool // Specifies the encryption algorithm that will be used to decrypt the ciphertext. // Specify the same algorithm that was used to encrypt the data. If you specify a - // different algorithm, the Decrypt operation fails. This parameter is required - // only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key. The default - // value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , represents the only supported algorithm that is valid - // for symmetric encryption KMS keys. + // different algorithm, the Decrypt operation fails. + // + // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an + // asymmetric KMS key. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , represents the only + // supported algorithm that is valid for symmetric encryption KMS keys. EncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec // Specifies the encryption context to use when decrypting the data. An encryption - // context is valid only for cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) - // with a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard asymmetric encryption - // algorithms and HMAC algorithms that KMS uses do not support an encryption - // context. An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs - // that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context - // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // context is valid only for [cryptographic operations]with a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard + // asymmetric encryption algorithms and HMAC algorithms that KMS uses do not + // support an encryption context. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly - // recommended. For more information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context EncryptionContext map[string]string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string - // Specifies the KMS key that KMS uses to decrypt the ciphertext. Enter a key ID - // of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you identify a - // different KMS key, the Decrypt operation throws an IncorrectKeyException . This - // parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric - // KMS key. If you used a symmetric encryption KMS key, KMS can get the KMS key - // from metadata that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. However, it is - // always recommended as a best practice. This practice ensures that you use the - // KMS key that you intend. To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias - // name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To - // specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the - // key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // Specifies the KMS key that KMS uses to decrypt the ciphertext. + // + // Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you + // identify a different KMS key, the Decrypt operation throws an + // IncorrectKeyException . + // + // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an + // asymmetric KMS key. If you used a symmetric encryption KMS key, KMS can get the + // KMS key from metadata that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. However, it + // is always recommended as a best practice. This practice ensures that you use the + // KMS key that you intend. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. KeyId *string - // A signed attestation document (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-concepts.html#term-attestdoc) - // from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use - // with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is - // RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . This parameter only supports attestation documents for - // Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) - // or any Amazon Web Services SDK. When you use this parameter, instead of - // returning the plaintext data, KMS encrypts the plaintext data with the public - // key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the - // CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted - // only with the private key in the enclave. The Plaintext field in the response - // is null or empty. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A signed [attestation document] from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption + // algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption + // algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . + // + // This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services + // Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]or any Amazon Web Services + // SDK. + // + // When you use this parameter, instead of returning the plaintext data, KMS + // encrypts the plaintext data with the public key in the attestation document, and + // returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the + // response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the + // enclave. The Plaintext field in the response is null or empty. + // + // For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro + // Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [attestation document]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/nitro-enclave-concepts.html#term-attestdoc + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html + // [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk Recipient *types.RecipientInfo noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -171,24 +222,29 @@ type DecryptInput struct { type DecryptOutput struct { // The plaintext data encrypted with the public key in the attestation document. + // // This field is included in the response only when the Recipient parameter in the // request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro // enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web - // Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html CiphertextForRecipient []byte // The encryption algorithm that was used to decrypt the ciphertext. EncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that was used to decrypt the ciphertext. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that was used to decrypt the + // ciphertext. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // Decrypted plaintext data. When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon Web Services - // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. If the - // response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the Plaintext field is null - // or empty. + // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. + // + // If the response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the Plaintext field + // is null or empty. Plaintext []byte // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteAlias.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteAlias.go index 5f611dd9dcb93..06b4062b05abc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteAlias.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteAlias.go @@ -10,31 +10,48 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the specified alias. Adding, deleting, or updating an alias can allow -// or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Because an alias is not a -// property of a KMS key, you can delete and change the aliases of a KMS key -// without affecting the KMS key. Also, aliases do not appear in the response from -// the DescribeKey operation. To get the aliases of all KMS keys, use the -// ListAliases operation. Each KMS key can have multiple aliases. To change the -// alias of a KMS key, use DeleteAlias to delete the current alias and CreateAlias -// to create a new alias. To associate an existing alias with a different KMS key, -// call UpdateAlias . Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on -// an alias in a different Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions -// - kms:DeleteAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the alias (IAM policy). -// - kms:DeleteAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the KMS key (key policy). +// Deletes the specified alias. // -// For details, see Controlling access to aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Related operations: -// - CreateAlias -// - ListAliases -// - UpdateAlias +// Adding, deleting, or updating an alias can allow or deny permission to the KMS +// key. For details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Because an alias is not a property of a KMS key, you can delete and change the +// aliases of a KMS key without affecting the KMS key. Also, aliases do not appear +// in the response from the DescribeKeyoperation. To get the aliases of all KMS keys, use the ListAliases +// operation. +// +// Each KMS key can have multiple aliases. To change the alias of a KMS key, use DeleteAlias +// to delete the current alias and CreateAliasto create a new alias. To associate an existing +// alias with a different KMS key, call UpdateAlias. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on an alias in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// # Required permissions +// +// [kms:DeleteAlias] +// - on the alias (IAM policy). +// +// [kms:DeleteAlias] +// - on the KMS key (key policy). +// +// For details, see [Controlling access to aliases] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateAlias +// +// # ListAliases +// +// # UpdateAlias // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html +// [kms:DeleteAlias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Controlling access to aliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access func (c *Client) DeleteAlias(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAliasOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteAliasInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteCustomKeyStore.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteCustomKeyStore.go index a6711c6f1c8e2..14ee592460f1b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteCustomKeyStore.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteCustomKeyStore.go @@ -10,45 +10,65 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// . This operation does not affect any backing elements of the custom key store. -// It does not delete the CloudHSM cluster that is associated with an CloudHSM key -// store, or affect any users or keys in the cluster. For an external key store, it -// does not affect the external key store proxy, external key manager, or any -// external keys. This operation is part of the custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// feature in KMS, which combines the convenience and extensive integration of KMS -// with the isolation and control of a key store that you own and manage. The -// custom key store that you delete cannot contain any KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms_keys) -// . Before deleting the key store, verify that you will never need to use any of -// the KMS keys in the key store for any cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) -// . Then, use ScheduleKeyDeletion to delete the KMS keys from the key store. -// After the required waiting period expires and all KMS keys are deleted from the -// custom key store, use DisconnectCustomKeyStore to disconnect the key store from -// KMS. Then, you can delete the custom key store. For keys in an CloudHSM key -// store, the ScheduleKeyDeletion operation makes a best effort to delete the key -// material from the associated cluster. However, you might need to manually -// delete the orphaned key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-orphaned-key) -// from the cluster and its backups. KMS never creates, manages, or deletes -// cryptographic keys in the external key manager associated with an external key -// store. You must manage them using your external key manager tools. Instead of -// deleting the custom key store, consider using the DisconnectCustomKeyStore -// operation to disconnect the custom key store from its backing key store. While -// the key store is disconnected, you cannot create or use the KMS keys in the key -// store. But, you do not need to delete KMS keys and you can reconnect a -// disconnected custom key store at any time. If the operation succeeds, it returns -// a JSON object with no properties. Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this -// operation on a custom key store in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:DeleteCustomKeyStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Related operations: -// - ConnectCustomKeyStore -// - CreateCustomKeyStore -// - DescribeCustomKeyStores -// - DisconnectCustomKeyStore -// - UpdateCustomKeyStore +// Deletes a [custom key store]. This operation does not affect any backing elements of the custom +// key store. It does not delete the CloudHSM cluster that is associated with an +// CloudHSM key store, or affect any users or keys in the cluster. For an external +// key store, it does not affect the external key store proxy, external key +// manager, or any external keys. +// +// This operation is part of the [custom key stores] feature in KMS, which combines the convenience +// and extensive integration of KMS with the isolation and control of a key store +// that you own and manage. +// +// The custom key store that you delete cannot contain any [KMS keys]. Before deleting the +// key store, verify that you will never need to use any of the KMS keys in the key +// store for any [cryptographic operations]. Then, use ScheduleKeyDeletion to delete the KMS keys from the key store. After the +// required waiting period expires and all KMS keys are deleted from the custom key +// store, use DisconnectCustomKeyStoreto disconnect the key store from KMS. Then, you can delete the +// custom key store. +// +// For keys in an CloudHSM key store, the ScheduleKeyDeletion operation makes a +// best effort to delete the key material from the associated cluster. However, you +// might need to manually [delete the orphaned key material]from the cluster and its backups. KMS never creates, +// manages, or deletes cryptographic keys in the external key manager associated +// with an external key store. You must manage them using your external key manager +// tools. +// +// Instead of deleting the custom key store, consider using the DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation to +// disconnect the custom key store from its backing key store. While the key store +// is disconnected, you cannot create or use the KMS keys in the key store. But, +// you do not need to delete KMS keys and you can reconnect a disconnected custom +// key store at any time. +// +// If the operation succeeds, it returns a JSON object with no properties. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store +// in a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DeleteCustomKeyStore] (IAM policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # ConnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # CreateCustomKeyStore +// +// # DescribeCustomKeyStores +// +// # DisconnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # UpdateCustomKeyStore // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [delete the orphaned key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-orphaned-key +// [custom key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html +// [kms:DeleteCustomKeyStore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations +// [KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms_keys +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) DeleteCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCustomKeyStoreInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCustomKeyStoreOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteCustomKeyStoreInput{} @@ -67,7 +87,7 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCustomK type DeleteCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Enter the ID of the custom key store you want to delete. To find the ID of a - // custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. + // custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. // // This member is required. CustomKeyStoreId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteImportedKeyMaterial.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteImportedKeyMaterial.go index 26ac0a1515246..f6e1d71c0fd99 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteImportedKeyMaterial.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DeleteImportedKeyMaterial.go @@ -13,22 +13,33 @@ import ( // Deletes key material that was previously imported. This operation makes the // specified KMS key temporarily unusable. To restore the usability of the KMS key, // reimport the same key material. For more information about importing key -// material into KMS, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. When the specified KMS key is in -// the PendingDeletion state, this operation does not change the KMS key's state. -// Otherwise, it changes the KMS key's state to PendingImport . The KMS key that -// you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see -// Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:DeleteImportedKeyMaterial (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - GetParametersForImport -// - ImportKeyMaterial +// material into KMS, see [Importing Key Material]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// When the specified KMS key is in the PendingDeletion state, this operation does +// not change the KMS key's state. Otherwise, it changes the KMS key's state to +// PendingImport . +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DeleteImportedKeyMaterial] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # GetParametersForImport +// +// # ImportKeyMaterial // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:DeleteImportedKeyMaterial]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Importing Key Material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) DeleteImportedKeyMaterial(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteImportedKeyMaterialOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteImportedKeyMaterialInput{} @@ -47,12 +58,18 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteImportedKeyMaterial(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteIm type DeleteImportedKeyMaterialInput struct { // Identifies the KMS key from which you are deleting imported key material. The - // Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL . Specify the key ID or key ARN of the - // KMS key. For example: + // Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL . + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeCustomKeyStores.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeCustomKeyStores.go index d993c1ba44fcb..1dc1b384dc8cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeCustomKeyStores.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeCustomKeyStores.go @@ -11,44 +11,61 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// in the account and Region. This operation is part of the custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// feature in KMS, which combines the convenience and extensive integration of KMS -// with the isolation and control of a key store that you own and manage. By -// default, this operation returns information about all custom key stores in the -// account and Region. To get only information about a particular custom key store, -// use either the CustomKeyStoreName or CustomKeyStoreId parameter (but not both). +// Gets information about [custom key stores] in the account and Region. +// +// This operation is part of the [custom key stores] feature in KMS, which combines the convenience +// and extensive integration of KMS with the isolation and control of a key store +// that you own and manage. +// +// By default, this operation returns information about all custom key stores in +// the account and Region. To get only information about a particular custom key +// store, use either the CustomKeyStoreName or CustomKeyStoreId parameter (but not +// both). +// // To determine whether the custom key store is connected to its CloudHSM cluster // or external key store proxy, use the ConnectionState element in the response. // If an attempt to connect the custom key store failed, the ConnectionState value // is FAILED and the ConnectionErrorCode element in the response indicates the -// cause of the failure. For help interpreting the ConnectionErrorCode , see -// CustomKeyStoresListEntry . Custom key stores have a DISCONNECTED connection -// state if the key store has never been connected or you used the -// DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation to disconnect it. Otherwise, the connection -// state is CONNECTED. If your custom key store connection state is CONNECTED but -// you are having trouble using it, verify that the backing store is active and -// available. For an CloudHSM key store, verify that the associated CloudHSM -// cluster is active and contains the minimum number of HSMs required for the -// operation, if any. For an external key store, verify that the external key store -// proxy and its associated external key manager are reachable and enabled. For -// help repairing your CloudHSM key store, see the Troubleshooting CloudHSM key -// stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html) -// . For help repairing your external key store, see the Troubleshooting external -// key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/xks-troubleshooting.html) -// . Both topics are in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account -// use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store in a different -// Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions: kms:DescribeCustomKeyStores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Related operations: -// - ConnectCustomKeyStore -// - CreateCustomKeyStore -// - DeleteCustomKeyStore -// - DisconnectCustomKeyStore -// - UpdateCustomKeyStore +// cause of the failure. For help interpreting the ConnectionErrorCode , see CustomKeyStoresListEntry. +// +// Custom key stores have a DISCONNECTED connection state if the key store has +// never been connected or you used the DisconnectCustomKeyStoreoperation to disconnect it. Otherwise, the +// connection state is CONNECTED. If your custom key store connection state is +// CONNECTED but you are having trouble using it, verify that the backing store is +// active and available. For an CloudHSM key store, verify that the associated +// CloudHSM cluster is active and contains the minimum number of HSMs required for +// the operation, if any. For an external key store, verify that the external key +// store proxy and its associated external key manager are reachable and enabled. +// +// For help repairing your CloudHSM key store, see the [Troubleshooting CloudHSM key stores]. For help repairing your +// external key store, see the [Troubleshooting external key stores]. Both topics are in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store +// in a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DescribeCustomKeyStores] (IAM policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # ConnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # CreateCustomKeyStore +// +// # DeleteCustomKeyStore +// +// # DisconnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # UpdateCustomKeyStore // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [kms:DescribeCustomKeyStores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [custom key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html +// [Troubleshooting CloudHSM key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html +// [Troubleshooting external key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/xks-troubleshooting.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) DescribeCustomKeyStores(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCustomKeyStoresInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeCustomKeyStoresOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeCustomKeyStoresInput{} @@ -67,17 +84,21 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeCustomKeyStores(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeCu type DescribeCustomKeyStoresInput struct { // Gets only information about the specified custom key store. Enter the key store - // ID. By default, this operation gets information about all custom key stores in - // the account and Region. To limit the output to a particular custom key store, + // ID. + // + // By default, this operation gets information about all custom key stores in the + // account and Region. To limit the output to a particular custom key store, // provide either the CustomKeyStoreId or CustomKeyStoreName parameter, but not // both. CustomKeyStoreId *string // Gets only information about the specified custom key store. Enter the friendly - // name of the custom key store. By default, this operation gets information about - // all custom key stores in the account and Region. To limit the output to a - // particular custom key store, provide either the CustomKeyStoreId or - // CustomKeyStoreName parameter, but not both. + // name of the custom key store. + // + // By default, this operation gets information about all custom key stores in the + // account and Region. To limit the output to a particular custom key store, + // provide either the CustomKeyStoreId or CustomKeyStoreName parameter, but not + // both. CustomKeyStoreName *string // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeKey.go index 6070fb4343ae9..f01c9f627b3d9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DescribeKey.go @@ -11,51 +11,73 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Provides detailed information about a KMS key. You can run DescribeKey on a -// customer managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) -// or an Amazon Web Services managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// . This detailed information includes the key ARN, creation date (and deletion +// Provides detailed information about a KMS key. You can run DescribeKey on a [customer managed key] or +// an [Amazon Web Services managed key]. +// +// This detailed information includes the key ARN, creation date (and deletion // date, if applicable), the key state, and the origin and expiration date (if any) // of the key material. It includes fields, like KeySpec , that help you // distinguish different types of KMS keys. It also displays the key usage // (encryption, signing, or generating and verifying MACs) and the algorithms that -// the KMS key supports. For multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) -// , DescribeKey displays the primary key and all related replica keys. For KMS -// keys in CloudHSM key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html) -// , it includes information about the key store, such as the key store ID and the -// CloudHSM cluster ID. For KMS keys in external key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html) -// , it includes the custom key store ID and the ID of the external key. +// the KMS key supports. +// +// For [multi-Region keys], DescribeKey displays the primary key and all related replica keys. For +// KMS keys in [CloudHSM key stores], it includes information about the key store, such as the key +// store ID and the CloudHSM cluster ID. For KMS keys in [external key stores], it includes the custom +// key store ID and the ID of the external key. +// // DescribeKey does not return the following information: -// - Aliases associated with the KMS key. To get this information, use -// ListAliases . +// +// - Aliases associated with the KMS key. To get this information, use ListAliases. +// // - Whether automatic key rotation is enabled on the KMS key. To get this -// information, use GetKeyRotationStatus . Also, some key states prevent a KMS -// key from being automatically rotated. For details, see How Automatic Key -// Rotation Works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotate-keys-how-it-works) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. -// - Tags on the KMS key. To get this information, use ListResourceTags . -// - Key policies and grants on the KMS key. To get this information, use -// GetKeyPolicy and ListGrants . +// information, use GetKeyRotationStatus. Also, some key states prevent a KMS key from being +// automatically rotated. For details, see [How Automatic Key Rotation Works]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. +// +// - Tags on the KMS key. To get this information, use ListResourceTags. +// +// - Key policies and grants on the KMS key. To get this information, use GetKeyPolicyand ListGrants. // // In general, DescribeKey is a non-mutating operation. It returns data about KMS // keys, but doesn't change them. However, Amazon Web Services services use -// DescribeKey to create Amazon Web Services managed keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// from a predefined Amazon Web Services alias with no key ID. Cross-account use: -// Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. -// Required permissions: kms:DescribeKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - GetKeyPolicy -// - GetKeyRotationStatus -// - ListAliases -// - ListGrants -// - ListKeys -// - ListResourceTags -// - ListRetirableGrants +// DescribeKey to create [Amazon Web Services managed keys] from a predefined Amazon Web Services alias with no key +// ID. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DescribeKey] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # GetKeyPolicy +// +// # GetKeyRotationStatus +// +// # ListAliases +// +// # ListGrants +// +// # ListKeys +// +// # ListResourceTags +// +// # ListRetirableGrants // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [CloudHSM key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-cloudhsm.html +// [external key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html +// [customer managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk +// [kms:DescribeKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [How Automatic Key Rotation Works]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotate-keys-how-it-works +// [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html +// [Amazon Web Services managed keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Amazon Web Services managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk func (c *Client) DescribeKey(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeKeyInput{} @@ -73,29 +95,43 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeKey(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeKeyInput, optF type DescribeKeyInput struct { - // Describes the specified KMS key. If you specify a predefined Amazon Web - // Services alias (an Amazon Web Services alias with no key ID), KMS associates the - // alias with an Amazon Web Services managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html##aws-managed-cmk) - // and returns its KeyId and Arn in the response. To specify a KMS key, use its - // key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it - // with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, - // you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // Describes the specified KMS key. + // + // If you specify a predefined Amazon Web Services alias (an Amazon Web Services + // alias with no key ID), KMS associates the alias with an [Amazon Web Services managed key]and returns its KeyId + // and Arn in the response. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. + // + // [Amazon Web Services managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html##aws-managed-cmk // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKey.go index eeb57e55428e8..ad7229a7d5e12 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKey.go @@ -11,19 +11,28 @@ import ( ) // Sets the state of a KMS key to disabled. This change temporarily prevents use -// of the KMS key for cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) -// . For more information about how key state affects the use of a KMS key, see -// Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . The KMS key that you use for -// this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states -// of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:DisableKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: EnableKey Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// of the KMS key for [cryptographic operations]. +// +// For more information about how key state affects the use of a KMS key, see [Key states of KMS keys] in +// the Key Management Service Developer Guide . +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DisableKey] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: EnableKey +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations +// [kms:DisableKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) DisableKey(ctx context.Context, params *DisableKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableKeyInput{} @@ -41,12 +50,18 @@ func (c *Client) DisableKey(ctx context.Context, params *DisableKeyInput, optFns type DisableKeyInput struct { - // Identifies the KMS key to disable. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS - // key. For example: + // Identifies the KMS key to disable. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKeyRotation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKeyRotation.go index 0b4d739d033d4..3b6daa56c4fdc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKeyRotation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisableKeyRotation.go @@ -10,35 +10,53 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disables automatic rotation of the key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html) -// of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key. Automatic key rotation is -// supported only on symmetric encryption KMS keys. You cannot enable automatic -// rotation of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) -// , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// . To enable or disable automatic rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate) -// , set the property on the primary key. You can enable ( EnableKeyRotation ) and -// disable automatic rotation of the key material in customer managed KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) -// . Key material rotation of Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// is not configurable. KMS always rotates the key material for every year. -// Rotation of Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk) -// varies. In May 2022, KMS changed the rotation schedule for Amazon Web Services -// managed keys from every three years to every year. For details, see -// EnableKeyRotation . The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a -// compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:DisableKeyRotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - EnableKeyRotation -// - GetKeyRotationStatus -// - ListKeyRotations -// - RotateKeyOnDemand +// Disables [automatic rotation of the key material] of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key. +// +// Automatic key rotation is supported only on symmetric encryption KMS keys. You +// cannot enable automatic rotation of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. To +// enable or disable automatic rotation of a set of related [multi-Region keys], set the property on +// the primary key. +// +// You can enable (EnableKeyRotation ) and disable automatic rotation of the key material in [customer managed KMS keys]. Key +// material rotation of [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]is not configurable. KMS always rotates the key material +// for every year. Rotation of [Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys]varies. +// +// In May 2022, KMS changed the rotation schedule for Amazon Web Services managed +// keys from every three years to every year. For details, see EnableKeyRotation. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DisableKeyRotation] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # EnableKeyRotation +// +// # GetKeyRotationStatus +// +// # ListKeyRotations +// +// # RotateKeyOnDemand // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html +// [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk +// [automatic rotation of the key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html +// [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [customer managed KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk +// [Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk +// [kms:DisableKeyRotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) DisableKeyRotation(ctx context.Context, params *DisableKeyRotationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisableKeyRotationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisableKeyRotationInput{} @@ -57,15 +75,23 @@ func (c *Client) DisableKeyRotation(ctx context.Context, params *DisableKeyRotat type DisableKeyRotationInput struct { // Identifies a symmetric encryption KMS key. You cannot enable or disable - // automatic rotation of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html#asymmetric-cmks) - // , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) - // , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) - // , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) - // . Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // automatic rotation of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. + // + // [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html + // [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html + // [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html#asymmetric-cmks + // [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisconnectCustomKeyStore.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisconnectCustomKeyStore.go index f9b7daae14573..80f6654a5b62d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisconnectCustomKeyStore.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_DisconnectCustomKeyStore.go @@ -10,36 +10,54 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Disconnects the custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// from its backing key store. This operation disconnects an CloudHSM key store -// from its associated CloudHSM cluster or disconnects an external key store from -// the external key store proxy that communicates with your external key manager. -// This operation is part of the custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// feature in KMS, which combines the convenience and extensive integration of KMS -// with the isolation and control of a key store that you own and manage. While a -// custom key store is disconnected, you can manage the custom key store and its -// KMS keys, but you cannot create or use its KMS keys. You can reconnect the -// custom key store at any time. While a custom key store is disconnected, all -// attempts to create KMS keys in the custom key store or to use existing KMS keys -// in cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) -// will fail. This action can prevent users from storing and accessing sensitive -// data. When you disconnect a custom key store, its ConnectionState changes to -// Disconnected . To find the connection state of a custom key store, use the -// DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. To reconnect a custom key store, use the -// ConnectCustomKeyStore operation. If the operation succeeds, it returns a JSON -// object with no properties. Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this -// operation on a custom key store in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:DisconnectCustomKeyStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Related operations: -// - ConnectCustomKeyStore -// - CreateCustomKeyStore -// - DeleteCustomKeyStore -// - DescribeCustomKeyStores -// - UpdateCustomKeyStore +// Disconnects the [custom key store] from its backing key store. This operation disconnects an +// CloudHSM key store from its associated CloudHSM cluster or disconnects an +// external key store from the external key store proxy that communicates with your +// external key manager. +// +// This operation is part of the [custom key stores] feature in KMS, which combines the convenience +// and extensive integration of KMS with the isolation and control of a key store +// that you own and manage. +// +// While a custom key store is disconnected, you can manage the custom key store +// and its KMS keys, but you cannot create or use its KMS keys. You can reconnect +// the custom key store at any time. +// +// While a custom key store is disconnected, all attempts to create KMS keys in +// the custom key store or to use existing KMS keys in [cryptographic operations]will fail. This action can +// prevent users from storing and accessing sensitive data. +// +// When you disconnect a custom key store, its ConnectionState changes to +// Disconnected . To find the connection state of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores +// operation. To reconnect a custom key store, use the ConnectCustomKeyStoreoperation. +// +// If the operation succeeds, it returns a JSON object with no properties. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store +// in a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:DisconnectCustomKeyStore] (IAM policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # ConnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # CreateCustomKeyStore +// +// # DeleteCustomKeyStore +// +// # DescribeCustomKeyStores +// +// # UpdateCustomKeyStore // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [custom key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html +// [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations +// [kms:DisconnectCustomKeyStore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) DisconnectCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *DisconnectCustomKeyStoreInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisconnectCustomKeyStoreOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisconnectCustomKeyStoreInput{} @@ -58,7 +76,7 @@ func (c *Client) DisconnectCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *Disconnec type DisconnectCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Enter the ID of the custom key store you want to disconnect. To find the ID of - // a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. + // a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. // // This member is required. CustomKeyStoreId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKey.go index 1395c9df67b7e..c01d5d97152ee 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKey.go @@ -11,16 +11,25 @@ import ( ) // Sets the key state of a KMS key to enabled. This allows you to use the KMS key -// for cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) -// . The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. -// For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:EnableKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: DisableKey Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// for [cryptographic operations]. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:EnableKey] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: DisableKey +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:EnableKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) EnableKey(ctx context.Context, params *EnableKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableKeyInput{} @@ -38,12 +47,18 @@ func (c *Client) EnableKey(ctx context.Context, params *EnableKeyInput, optFns . type EnableKeyInput struct { - // Identifies the KMS key to enable. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // Identifies the KMS key to enable. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKeyRotation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKeyRotation.go index d537edc7f34f5..d2ada7158119a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKeyRotation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_EnableKeyRotation.go @@ -10,52 +10,77 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Enables automatic rotation of the key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-enable-disable) -// of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key. By default, when you enable -// automatic rotation of a customer managed KMS key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) -// , KMS rotates the key material of the KMS key one year (approximately 365 days) -// from the enable date and every year thereafter. You can use the optional -// RotationPeriodInDays parameter to specify a custom rotation period when you -// enable key rotation, or you can use RotationPeriodInDays to modify the rotation -// period of a key that you previously enabled automatic key rotation on. You can -// monitor rotation of the key material for your KMS keys in CloudTrail and Amazon -// CloudWatch. To disable rotation of the key material in a customer managed KMS -// key, use the DisableKeyRotation operation. You can use the GetKeyRotationStatus -// operation to identify any in progress rotations. You can use the -// ListKeyRotations operation to view the details of completed rotations. Automatic -// key rotation is supported only on symmetric encryption KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#symmetric-cmks) -// . You cannot enable automatic rotation of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) -// , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// . To enable or disable automatic rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate) -// , set the property on the primary key. You cannot enable or disable automatic -// rotation of Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// . KMS always rotates the key material of Amazon Web Services managed keys every -// year. Rotation of Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk) -// is managed by the Amazon Web Services service that owns the key. In May 2022, -// KMS changed the rotation schedule for Amazon Web Services managed keys from -// every three years (approximately 1,095 days) to every year (approximately 365 -// days). New Amazon Web Services managed keys are automatically rotated one year -// after they are created, and approximately every year thereafter. Existing Amazon -// Web Services managed keys are automatically rotated one year after their most -// recent rotation, and every year thereafter. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:EnableKeyRotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - DisableKeyRotation -// - GetKeyRotationStatus -// - ListKeyRotations -// - RotateKeyOnDemand You can perform on-demand ( RotateKeyOnDemand ) rotation -// of the key material in customer managed KMS keys, regardless of whether or not -// automatic key rotation is enabled. +// Enables [automatic rotation of the key material] of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key. +// +// By default, when you enable automatic rotation of a [customer managed KMS key], KMS rotates the key +// material of the KMS key one year (approximately 365 days) from the enable date +// and every year thereafter. You can use the optional RotationPeriodInDays +// parameter to specify a custom rotation period when you enable key rotation, or +// you can use RotationPeriodInDays to modify the rotation period of a key that +// you previously enabled automatic key rotation on. +// +// You can monitor rotation of the key material for your KMS keys in CloudTrail +// and Amazon CloudWatch. To disable rotation of the key material in a customer +// managed KMS key, use the DisableKeyRotationoperation. You can use the GetKeyRotationStatus operation to identify any +// in progress rotations. You can use the ListKeyRotationsoperation to view the details of +// completed rotations. +// +// Automatic key rotation is supported only on [symmetric encryption KMS keys]. You cannot enable automatic +// rotation of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. To enable or disable +// automatic rotation of a set of related [multi-Region keys], set the property on the primary key. +// +// You cannot enable or disable automatic rotation of [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]. KMS always rotates the key +// material of Amazon Web Services managed keys every year. Rotation of [Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys]is managed +// by the Amazon Web Services service that owns the key. +// +// In May 2022, KMS changed the rotation schedule for Amazon Web Services managed +// keys from every three years (approximately 1,095 days) to every year +// (approximately 365 days). +// +// New Amazon Web Services managed keys are automatically rotated one year after +// they are created, and approximately every year thereafter. +// +// Existing Amazon Web Services managed keys are automatically rotated one year +// after their most recent rotation, and every year thereafter. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:EnableKeyRotation] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # DisableKeyRotation +// +// # GetKeyRotationStatus +// +// # ListKeyRotations +// +// RotateKeyOnDemand +// +// - You can perform on-demand (RotateKeyOnDemand ) rotation of the key material in customer +// managed KMS keys, regardless of whether or not automatic key rotation is +// enabled. // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [kms:EnableKeyRotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk +// [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html +// [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk +// [customer managed KMS key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk +// [automatic rotation of the key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-enable-disable +// [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [symmetric encryption KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#symmetric-cmks +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) EnableKeyRotation(ctx context.Context, params *EnableKeyRotationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableKeyRotationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EnableKeyRotationInput{} @@ -74,28 +99,40 @@ func (c *Client) EnableKeyRotation(ctx context.Context, params *EnableKeyRotatio type EnableKeyRotationInput struct { // Identifies a symmetric encryption KMS key. You cannot enable automatic rotation - // of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - // , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) - // , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) - // , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) - // . To enable or disable automatic rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate) - // , set the property on the primary key. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS - // key. For example: + // of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. To enable or disable automatic + // rotation of a set of related [multi-Region keys], set the property on the primary key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. + // + // [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html + // [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html + // [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html + // [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate + // [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Use this parameter to specify a custom period of time between each rotation - // date. If no value is specified, the default value is 365 days. The rotation - // period defines the number of days after you enable automatic key rotation that - // KMS will rotate your key material, and the number of days between each automatic - // rotation thereafter. You can use the kms:RotationPeriodInDays (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/conditions-kms.html#conditions-kms-rotation-period-in-days) - // condition key to further constrain the values that principals can specify in the - // RotationPeriodInDays parameter. + // date. If no value is specified, the default value is 365 days. + // + // The rotation period defines the number of days after you enable automatic key + // rotation that KMS will rotate your key material, and the number of days between + // each automatic rotation thereafter. + // + // You can use the [kms:RotationPeriodInDays]kms:RotationPeriodInDays condition key to further constrain the + // values that principals can specify in the RotationPeriodInDays parameter. + // + // [kms:RotationPeriodInDays]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/conditions-kms.html#conditions-kms-rotation-period-in-days RotationPeriodInDays *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Encrypt.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Encrypt.go index d6628feb8ece9..2c2b71de556ce 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Encrypt.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Encrypt.go @@ -12,57 +12,86 @@ import ( ) // Encrypts plaintext of up to 4,096 bytes using a KMS key. You can use a -// symmetric or asymmetric KMS key with a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . You can use -// this operation to encrypt small amounts of arbitrary data, such as a personal -// identifier or database password, or other sensitive information. You don't need -// to use the Encrypt operation to encrypt a data key. The GenerateDataKey and -// GenerateDataKeyPair operations return a plaintext data key and an encrypted copy -// of that data key. If you use a symmetric encryption KMS key, you can use an -// encryption context to add additional security to your encryption operation. If -// you specify an EncryptionContext when encrypting data, you must specify the -// same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the data. -// Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException . For -// more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. If you specify an asymmetric KMS -// key, you must also specify the encryption algorithm. The algorithm must be -// compatible with the KMS key spec. When you use an asymmetric KMS key to encrypt -// or reencrypt data, be sure to record the KMS key and encryption algorithm that -// you choose. You will be required to provide the same KMS key and encryption -// algorithm when you decrypt the data. If the KMS key and algorithm do not match -// the values used to encrypt the data, the decrypt operation fails. You are not -// required to supply the key ID and encryption algorithm when you decrypt with -// symmetric encryption KMS keys because KMS stores this information in the -// ciphertext blob. KMS cannot store metadata in ciphertext generated with +// symmetric or asymmetric KMS key with a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . +// +// You can use this operation to encrypt small amounts of arbitrary data, such as +// a personal identifier or database password, or other sensitive information. You +// don't need to use the Encrypt operation to encrypt a data key. The GenerateDataKey and GenerateDataKeyPair +// operations return a plaintext data key and an encrypted copy of that data key. +// +// If you use a symmetric encryption KMS key, you can use an encryption context to +// add additional security to your encryption operation. If you specify an +// EncryptionContext when encrypting data, you must specify the same encryption +// context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the data. Otherwise, the +// request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException . For more +// information, see [Encryption Context]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// If you specify an asymmetric KMS key, you must also specify the encryption +// algorithm. The algorithm must be compatible with the KMS key spec. +// +// When you use an asymmetric KMS key to encrypt or reencrypt data, be sure to +// record the KMS key and encryption algorithm that you choose. You will be +// required to provide the same KMS key and encryption algorithm when you decrypt +// the data. If the KMS key and algorithm do not match the values used to encrypt +// the data, the decrypt operation fails. +// +// You are not required to supply the key ID and encryption algorithm when you +// decrypt with symmetric encryption KMS keys because KMS stores this information +// in the ciphertext blob. KMS cannot store metadata in ciphertext generated with // asymmetric keys. The standard format for asymmetric key ciphertext does not -// include configurable fields. The maximum size of the data that you can encrypt -// varies with the type of KMS key and the encryption algorithm that you choose. +// include configurable fields. +// +// The maximum size of the data that you can encrypt varies with the type of KMS +// key and the encryption algorithm that you choose. +// // - Symmetric encryption KMS keys +// // - SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT : 4096 bytes +// // - RSA_2048 +// // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 : 214 bytes +// // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 : 190 bytes +// // - RSA_3072 +// // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 : 342 bytes +// // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 : 318 bytes +// // - RSA_4096 +// // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 : 470 bytes +// // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 : 446 bytes +// // - SM2PKE : 1024 bytes (China Regions only) // // The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. -// For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To -// perform this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. -// Required permissions: kms:Encrypt (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - Decrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPair +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:Encrypt] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [Encryption Context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [kms:Encrypt]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) Encrypt(ctx context.Context, params *EncryptInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EncryptOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &EncryptInput{} @@ -81,18 +110,26 @@ func (c *Client) Encrypt(ctx context.Context, params *EncryptInput, optFns ...fu type EncryptInput struct { // Identifies the KMS key to use in the encryption operation. The KMS key must - // have a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . To find the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the - // DescribeKey operation. To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias - // name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To - // specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the - // key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // have a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . To find the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the DescribeKey + // operation. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string @@ -102,40 +139,54 @@ type EncryptInput struct { // This member is required. Plaintext []byte - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool // Specifies the encryption algorithm that KMS will use to encrypt the plaintext // message. The algorithm must be compatible with the KMS key that you specify. + // // This parameter is required only for asymmetric KMS keys. The default value, // SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , is the algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys. If - // you are using an asymmetric KMS key, we recommend RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256. The SM2PKE - // algorithm is only available in China Regions. + // you are using an asymmetric KMS key, we recommend RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256. + // + // The SM2PKE algorithm is only available in China Regions. EncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec // Specifies the encryption context that will be used to encrypt the data. An - // encryption context is valid only for cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) - // with a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard asymmetric encryption - // algorithms and HMAC algorithms that KMS uses do not support an encryption - // context. Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. - // This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. An - // encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent - // additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt - // data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption - // context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on - // operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // encryption context is valid only for [cryptographic operations]with a symmetric encryption KMS key. The + // standard asymmetric encryption algorithms and HMAC algorithms that KMS uses do + // not support an encryption context. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly - // recommended. For more information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context EncryptionContext map[string]string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -150,8 +201,10 @@ type EncryptOutput struct { // The encryption algorithm that was used to encrypt the plaintext. EncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the plaintext. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the + // plaintext. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKey.go index 4a46272c30350..a188477010f73 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKey.go @@ -16,47 +16,52 @@ import ( // symmetric encryption KMS key that you specify. The bytes in the plaintext key // are random; they are not related to the caller or the KMS key. You can use the // plaintext key to encrypt your data outside of KMS and store the encrypted data -// key with the encrypted data. To generate a data key, specify the symmetric -// encryption KMS key that will be used to encrypt the data key. You cannot use an -// asymmetric KMS key to encrypt data keys. To get the type of your KMS key, use -// the DescribeKey operation. You must also specify the length of the data key. -// Use either the KeySpec or NumberOfBytes parameters (but not both). For 128-bit -// and 256-bit data keys, use the KeySpec parameter. To generate a 128-bit SM4 -// data key (China Regions only), specify a KeySpec value of AES_128 or a -// NumberOfBytes value of 16 . The symmetric encryption key used in China Regions -// to encrypt your data key is an SM4 encryption key. To get only an encrypted copy -// of the data key, use GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext . To generate an asymmetric -// data key pair, use the GenerateDataKeyPair or -// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext operation. To get a cryptographically secure -// random byte string, use GenerateRandom . You can use an optional encryption -// context to add additional security to the encryption operation. If you specify -// an EncryptionContext , you must specify the same encryption context (a -// case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the encrypted data key. Otherwise, -// the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException . For more -// information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. GenerateDataKey also supports -// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html) -// , which provide an isolated compute environment in Amazon EC2. To call -// GenerateDataKey for an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave, use the Amazon Web -// Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) -// or any Amazon Web Services SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to provide the -// attestation document for the enclave. GenerateDataKey returns a copy of the -// data key encrypted under the specified KMS key, as usual. But instead of a -// plaintext copy of the data key, the response includes a copy of the data key -// encrypted under the public key from the attestation document ( +// key with the encrypted data. +// +// To generate a data key, specify the symmetric encryption KMS key that will be +// used to encrypt the data key. You cannot use an asymmetric KMS key to encrypt +// data keys. To get the type of your KMS key, use the DescribeKeyoperation. +// +// You must also specify the length of the data key. Use either the KeySpec or +// NumberOfBytes parameters (but not both). For 128-bit and 256-bit data keys, use +// the KeySpec parameter. +// +// To generate a 128-bit SM4 data key (China Regions only), specify a KeySpec +// value of AES_128 or a NumberOfBytes value of 16 . The symmetric encryption key +// used in China Regions to encrypt your data key is an SM4 encryption key. +// +// To get only an encrypted copy of the data key, use GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext. To generate an asymmetric +// data key pair, use the GenerateDataKeyPairor GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext operation. To get a cryptographically secure random +// byte string, use GenerateRandom. +// +// You can use an optional encryption context to add additional security to the +// encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext , you must specify the +// same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the +// encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an +// InvalidCiphertextException . For more information, see [Encryption Context] in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide. +// +// GenerateDataKey also supports [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves], which provide an isolated compute environment +// in Amazon EC2. To call GenerateDataKey for an Amazon Web Services Nitro +// enclave, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]or any Amazon Web Services SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to +// provide the attestation document for the enclave. GenerateDataKey returns a +// copy of the data key encrypted under the specified KMS key, as usual. But +// instead of a plaintext copy of the data key, the response includes a copy of the +// data key encrypted under the public key from the attestation document ( // CiphertextForRecipient ). For information about the interaction between KMS and -// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves -// uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.. The KMS key that you use for -// this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states -// of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. How to use your data key We -// recommend that you use the following pattern to encrypt data locally in your +// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer +// Guide.. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// # How to use your data key +// +// We recommend that you use the following pattern to encrypt data locally in your // application. You can write your own code or use a client-side encryption -// library, such as the Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/) -// , the Amazon DynamoDB Encryption Client (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/dynamodb-encryption-client/latest/devguide/) -// , or Amazon S3 client-side encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html) -// to do these tasks for you. To encrypt data outside of KMS: +// library, such as the [Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK], the [Amazon DynamoDB Encryption Client], or [Amazon S3 client-side encryption] to do these tasks for you. +// +// To encrypt data outside of KMS: // // - Use the GenerateDataKey operation to get a data key. // @@ -67,24 +72,44 @@ import ( // with the encrypted data. // // To decrypt data outside of KMS: -// - Use the Decrypt operation to decrypt the encrypted data key. The operation -// returns a plaintext copy of the data key. +// +// - Use the Decryptoperation to decrypt the encrypted data key. The operation returns +// a plaintext copy of the data key. +// // - Use the plaintext data key to decrypt data outside of KMS, then erase the // plaintext data key from memory. // // Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different // Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of -// the KeyId parameter. Required permissions: kms:GenerateDataKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - Decrypt -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKeyPair -// - GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext -// - GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GenerateDataKey] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext +// +// # GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/ +// [Amazon DynamoDB Encryption Client]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/dynamodb-encryption-client/latest/devguide/ +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [Encryption Context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html +// [Amazon S3 client-side encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html +// [kms:GenerateDataKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk func (c *Client) GenerateDataKey(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateDataKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateDataKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateDataKeyInput{} @@ -104,75 +129,102 @@ type GenerateDataKeyInput struct { // Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the data key. You // cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get - // the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. To specify - // a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an - // alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon - // Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKeyoperation. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data - // key. Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This - // field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. An - // encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent - // additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt - // data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption - // context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on - // operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data key. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly - // recommended. For more information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context EncryptionContext map[string]string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string // Specifies the length of the data key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit - // symmetric key, or AES_256 to generate a 256-bit symmetric key. You must specify - // either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not both) in every - // GenerateDataKey request. + // symmetric key, or AES_256 to generate a 256-bit symmetric key. + // + // You must specify either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not + // both) in every GenerateDataKey request. KeySpec types.DataKeySpec // Specifies the length of the data key in bytes. For example, use the value 64 to // generate a 512-bit data key (64 bytes is 512 bits). For 128-bit (16-byte) and - // 256-bit (32-byte) data keys, use the KeySpec parameter. You must specify either - // the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not both) in every - // GenerateDataKey request. + // 256-bit (32-byte) data keys, use the KeySpec parameter. + // + // You must specify either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not + // both) in every GenerateDataKey request. NumberOfBytes *int32 - // A signed attestation document (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave-how.html#term-attestdoc) - // from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use - // with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is - // RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . This parameter only supports attestation documents for - // Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) - // or any Amazon Web Services SDK. When you use this parameter, instead of - // returning the plaintext data key, KMS encrypts the plaintext data key under the - // public key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in - // the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be - // decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The CiphertextBlob field in - // the response contains a copy of the data key encrypted under the KMS key - // specified by the KeyId parameter. The Plaintext field in the response is null - // or empty. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web - // Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A signed [attestation document] from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption + // algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption + // algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . + // + // This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services + // Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]or any Amazon Web Services + // SDK. + // + // When you use this parameter, instead of returning the plaintext data key, KMS + // encrypts the plaintext data key under the public key in the attestation + // document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient + // field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private + // key in the enclave. The CiphertextBlob field in the response contains a copy of + // the data key encrypted under the KMS key specified by the KeyId parameter. The + // Plaintext field in the response is null or empty. + // + // For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro + // Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [attestation document]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave-how.html#term-attestdoc + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html + // [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk Recipient *types.RecipientInfo noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -186,23 +238,28 @@ type GenerateDataKeyOutput struct { // The plaintext data key encrypted with the public key from the Nitro enclave. // This ciphertext can be decrypted only by using a private key in the Nitro - // enclave. This field is included in the response only when the Recipient - // parameter in the request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon - // Web Services Nitro enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS - // and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro - // Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // enclave. + // + // This field is included in the response only when the Recipient parameter in the + // request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro + // enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web + // Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html CiphertextForRecipient []byte - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that encrypted the data key. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that encrypted the data key. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The plaintext data key. When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon Web Services // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. Use this // data key to encrypt your data outside of KMS. Then, remove it from memory as - // soon as possible. If the response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, - // the Plaintext field is null or empty. + // soon as possible. + // + // If the response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the Plaintext field + // is null or empty. Plaintext []byte // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPair.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPair.go index 2156fb5f61386..5076ac095b377 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPair.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPair.go @@ -17,67 +17,90 @@ import ( // specify. You can use the data key pair to perform asymmetric cryptography and // implement digital signatures outside of KMS. The bytes in the keys are random; // they are not related to the caller or to the KMS key that is used to encrypt the -// private key. You can use the public key that GenerateDataKeyPair returns to -// encrypt data or verify a signature outside of KMS. Then, store the encrypted -// private key with the data. When you are ready to decrypt data or sign a message, -// you can use the Decrypt operation to decrypt the encrypted private key. To -// generate a data key pair, you must specify a symmetric encryption KMS key to +// private key. +// +// You can use the public key that GenerateDataKeyPair returns to encrypt data or +// verify a signature outside of KMS. Then, store the encrypted private key with +// the data. When you are ready to decrypt data or sign a message, you can use the Decrypt +// operation to decrypt the encrypted private key. +// +// To generate a data key pair, you must specify a symmetric encryption KMS key to // encrypt the private key in a data key pair. You cannot use an asymmetric KMS key // or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, -// use the DescribeKey operation. Use the KeyPairSpec parameter to choose an RSA -// or Elliptic Curve (ECC) data key pair. In China Regions, you can also choose an -// SM2 data key pair. KMS recommends that you use ECC key pairs for signing, and -// use RSA and SM2 key pairs for either encryption or signing, but not both. -// However, KMS cannot enforce any restrictions on the use of data key pairs -// outside of KMS. If you are using the data key pair to encrypt data, or for any -// operation where you don't immediately need a private key, consider using the -// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext operation. +// use the DescribeKeyoperation. +// +// Use the KeyPairSpec parameter to choose an RSA or Elliptic Curve (ECC) data key +// pair. In China Regions, you can also choose an SM2 data key pair. KMS recommends +// that you use ECC key pairs for signing, and use RSA and SM2 key pairs for either +// encryption or signing, but not both. However, KMS cannot enforce any +// restrictions on the use of data key pairs outside of KMS. +// +// If you are using the data key pair to encrypt data, or for any operation where +// you don't immediately need a private key, consider using the GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextoperation. // GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns a plaintext public key and an // encrypted private key, but omits the plaintext private key that you need only to // decrypt ciphertext or sign a message. Later, when you need to decrypt the data -// or sign a message, use the Decrypt operation to decrypt the encrypted private -// key in the data key pair. GenerateDataKeyPair returns a unique data key pair -// for each request. The bytes in the keys are random; they are not related to the -// caller or the KMS key that is used to encrypt the private key. The public key is -// a DER-encoded X.509 SubjectPublicKeyInfo, as specified in RFC 5280 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280) -// . The private key is a DER-encoded PKCS8 PrivateKeyInfo, as specified in RFC -// 5958 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5958) . GenerateDataKeyPair also supports -// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html) -// , which provide an isolated compute environment in Amazon EC2. To call -// GenerateDataKeyPair for an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave, use the Amazon -// Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) -// or any Amazon Web Services SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to provide the -// attestation document for the enclave. GenerateDataKeyPair returns the public -// data key and a copy of the private data key encrypted under the specified KMS -// key, as usual. But instead of a plaintext copy of the private data key ( -// PrivateKeyPlaintext ), the response includes a copy of the private data key -// encrypted under the public key from the attestation document ( -// CiphertextForRecipient ). For information about the interaction between KMS and -// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves -// uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.. You can use an optional -// encryption context to add additional security to the encryption operation. If -// you specify an EncryptionContext , you must specify the same encryption context -// (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the encrypted data key. -// Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException . For -// more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To perform -// this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, -// specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. Required -// permissions: kms:GenerateDataKeyPair (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - Decrypt -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext -// - GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext +// or sign a message, use the Decryptoperation to decrypt the encrypted private key in +// the data key pair. +// +// GenerateDataKeyPair returns a unique data key pair for each request. The bytes +// in the keys are random; they are not related to the caller or the KMS key that +// is used to encrypt the private key. The public key is a DER-encoded X.509 +// SubjectPublicKeyInfo, as specified in [RFC 5280]. The private key is a DER-encoded PKCS8 +// PrivateKeyInfo, as specified in [RFC 5958]. +// +// GenerateDataKeyPair also supports [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves], which provide an isolated compute +// environment in Amazon EC2. To call GenerateDataKeyPair for an Amazon Web +// Services Nitro enclave, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]or any Amazon Web Services SDK. Use the +// Recipient parameter to provide the attestation document for the enclave. +// GenerateDataKeyPair returns the public data key and a copy of the private data +// key encrypted under the specified KMS key, as usual. But instead of a plaintext +// copy of the private data key ( PrivateKeyPlaintext ), the response includes a +// copy of the private data key encrypted under the public key from the attestation +// document ( CiphertextForRecipient ). For information about the interaction +// between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide.. +// +// You can use an optional encryption context to add additional security to the +// encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext , you must specify the +// same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the +// encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an +// InvalidCiphertextException . For more information, see [Encryption Context] in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GenerateDataKeyPair] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext +// +// # GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [RFC 5280]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280 +// [Encryption Context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html +// [RFC 5958]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5958 +// [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html +// [kms:GenerateDataKeyPair]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk func (c *Client) GenerateDataKeyPair(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateDataKeyPairInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateDataKeyPairOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateDataKeyPairInput{} @@ -97,73 +120,100 @@ type GenerateDataKeyPairInput struct { // Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the private key in the // data key pair. You cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom - // key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKey - // operation. To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias - // ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in - // a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKeyoperation. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // Determines the type of data key pair that is generated. The KMS rule that - // restricts the use of asymmetric RSA and SM2 KMS keys to encrypt and decrypt or - // to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that permits you to use ECC KMS - // keys only to sign and verify, are not effective on data key pairs, which are - // used outside of KMS. The SM2 key spec is only available in China Regions. + // Determines the type of data key pair that is generated. + // + // The KMS rule that restricts the use of asymmetric RSA and SM2 KMS keys to + // encrypt and decrypt or to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that + // permits you to use ECC KMS keys only to sign and verify, are not effective on + // data key pairs, which are used outside of KMS. The SM2 key spec is only + // available in China Regions. // // This member is required. KeyPairSpec types.DataKeyPairSpec - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the private - // key in the data key pair. Do not include confidential or sensitive information - // in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and - // other output. An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value - // pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption - // context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive - // match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is - // supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations - // with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is - // strongly recommended. For more information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // key in the data key pair. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context EncryptionContext map[string]string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string - // A signed attestation document (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave-how.html#term-attestdoc) - // from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use - // with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is - // RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . This parameter only supports attestation documents for - // Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) - // or any Amazon Web Services SDK. When you use this parameter, instead of - // returning a plaintext copy of the private data key, KMS encrypts the plaintext - // private data key under the public key in the attestation document, and returns - // the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. - // This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The - // CiphertextBlob field in the response contains a copy of the private data key - // encrypted under the KMS key specified by the KeyId parameter. The - // PrivateKeyPlaintext field in the response is null or empty. For information - // about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see - // How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A signed [attestation document] from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption + // algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption + // algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . + // + // This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services + // Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]or any Amazon Web Services + // SDK. + // + // When you use this parameter, instead of returning a plaintext copy of the + // private data key, KMS encrypts the plaintext private data key under the public + // key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the + // CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted + // only with the private key in the enclave. The CiphertextBlob field in the + // response contains a copy of the private data key encrypted under the KMS key + // specified by the KeyId parameter. The PrivateKeyPlaintext field in the response + // is null or empty. + // + // For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro + // Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [attestation document]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave-how.html#term-attestdoc + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html + // [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk Recipient *types.RecipientInfo noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -173,16 +223,19 @@ type GenerateDataKeyPairOutput struct { // The plaintext private data key encrypted with the public key from the Nitro // enclave. This ciphertext can be decrypted only by using a private key in the - // Nitro enclave. This field is included in the response only when the Recipient - // parameter in the request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon - // Web Services Nitro enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS - // and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro - // Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Nitro enclave. + // + // This field is included in the response only when the Recipient parameter in the + // request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro + // enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web + // Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html CiphertextForRecipient []byte - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that encrypted the private key. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that encrypted the private key. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The type of data key pair that was generated. @@ -195,7 +248,9 @@ type GenerateDataKeyPairOutput struct { // The plaintext copy of the private key. When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon // Web Services CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not - // Base64-encoded. If the response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the + // Base64-encoded. + // + // If the response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the // PrivateKeyPlaintext field is null or empty. PrivateKeyPlaintext []byte diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext.go index 94393a5168b85..f3bc534a0e005 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext.go @@ -13,48 +13,68 @@ import ( // Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS. This // operation returns a plaintext public key and a copy of the private key that is -// encrypted under the symmetric encryption KMS key you specify. Unlike -// GenerateDataKeyPair , this operation does not return a plaintext private key. -// The bytes in the keys are random; they are not related to the caller or to the -// KMS key that is used to encrypt the private key. You can use the public key that -// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns to encrypt data or verify a -// signature outside of KMS. Then, store the encrypted private key with the data. -// When you are ready to decrypt data or sign a message, you can use the Decrypt -// operation to decrypt the encrypted private key. To generate a data key pair, you -// must specify a symmetric encryption KMS key to encrypt the private key in a data -// key pair. You cannot use an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key -// store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKey -// operation. Use the KeyPairSpec parameter to choose an RSA or Elliptic Curve -// (ECC) data key pair. In China Regions, you can also choose an SM2 data key pair. -// KMS recommends that you use ECC key pairs for signing, and use RSA and SM2 key -// pairs for either encryption or signing, but not both. However, KMS cannot -// enforce any restrictions on the use of data key pairs outside of KMS. +// encrypted under the symmetric encryption KMS key you specify. Unlike GenerateDataKeyPair, this +// operation does not return a plaintext private key. The bytes in the keys are +// random; they are not related to the caller or to the KMS key that is used to +// encrypt the private key. +// +// You can use the public key that GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns to +// encrypt data or verify a signature outside of KMS. Then, store the encrypted +// private key with the data. When you are ready to decrypt data or sign a message, +// you can use the Decryptoperation to decrypt the encrypted private key. +// +// To generate a data key pair, you must specify a symmetric encryption KMS key to +// encrypt the private key in a data key pair. You cannot use an asymmetric KMS key +// or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, +// use the DescribeKeyoperation. +// +// Use the KeyPairSpec parameter to choose an RSA or Elliptic Curve (ECC) data key +// pair. In China Regions, you can also choose an SM2 data key pair. KMS recommends +// that you use ECC key pairs for signing, and use RSA and SM2 key pairs for either +// encryption or signing, but not both. However, KMS cannot enforce any +// restrictions on the use of data key pairs outside of KMS. +// // GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns a unique data key pair for each // request. The bytes in the key are not related to the caller or KMS key that is // used to encrypt the private key. The public key is a DER-encoded X.509 -// SubjectPublicKeyInfo, as specified in RFC 5280 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280) -// . You can use an optional encryption context to add additional security to the +// SubjectPublicKeyInfo, as specified in [RFC 5280]. +// +// You can use an optional encryption context to add additional security to the // encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext , you must specify the // same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the // encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an -// InvalidCiphertextException . For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To perform -// this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, -// specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. Required -// permissions: kms:GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - Decrypt -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPair -// - GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext +// InvalidCiphertextException . For more information, see [Encryption Context] in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair +// +// # GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [RFC 5280]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280 +// [Encryption Context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [kms:GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput{} @@ -74,54 +94,75 @@ type GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput struct { // Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the private key in the // data key pair. You cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom - // key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKey - // operation. To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias - // ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in - // a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKeyoperation. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // Determines the type of data key pair that is generated. The KMS rule that - // restricts the use of asymmetric RSA and SM2 KMS keys to encrypt and decrypt or - // to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that permits you to use ECC KMS - // keys only to sign and verify, are not effective on data key pairs, which are - // used outside of KMS. The SM2 key spec is only available in China Regions. + // Determines the type of data key pair that is generated. + // + // The KMS rule that restricts the use of asymmetric RSA and SM2 KMS keys to + // encrypt and decrypt or to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that + // permits you to use ECC KMS keys only to sign and verify, are not effective on + // data key pairs, which are used outside of KMS. The SM2 key spec is only + // available in China Regions. // // This member is required. KeyPairSpec types.DataKeyPairSpec - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the private - // key in the data key pair. Do not include confidential or sensitive information - // in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and - // other output. An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value - // pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption - // context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive - // match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is - // supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations - // with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is - // strongly recommended. For more information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // key in the data key pair. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context EncryptionContext map[string]string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -129,8 +170,9 @@ type GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput struct { type GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that encrypted the private key. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that encrypted the private key. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The type of data key pair that was generated. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.go index 0a5af3cd56784..3947b6226411d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.go @@ -14,52 +14,77 @@ import ( // Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS. This operation // returns a data key that is encrypted under a symmetric encryption KMS key that // you specify. The bytes in the key are random; they are not related to the caller -// or to the KMS key. GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext is identical to the -// GenerateDataKey operation except that it does not return a plaintext copy of the -// data key. This operation is useful for systems that need to encrypt data at some -// point, but not immediately. When you need to encrypt the data, you call the -// Decrypt operation on the encrypted copy of the key. It's also useful in -// distributed systems with different levels of trust. For example, you might store -// encrypted data in containers. One component of your system creates new -// containers and stores an encrypted data key with each container. Then, a -// different component puts the data into the containers. That component first -// decrypts the data key, uses the plaintext data key to encrypt data, puts the -// encrypted data into the container, and then destroys the plaintext data key. In -// this system, the component that creates the containers never sees the plaintext -// data key. To request an asymmetric data key pair, use the GenerateDataKeyPair -// or GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext operations. To generate a data key, you -// must specify the symmetric encryption KMS key that is used to encrypt the data -// key. You cannot use an asymmetric KMS key or a key in a custom key store to -// generate a data key. To get the type of your KMS key, use the DescribeKey -// operation. You must also specify the length of the data key. Use either the -// KeySpec or NumberOfBytes parameters (but not both). For 128-bit and 256-bit -// data keys, use the KeySpec parameter. To generate an SM4 data key (China -// Regions only), specify a KeySpec value of AES_128 or NumberOfBytes value of 16 . -// The symmetric encryption key used in China Regions to encrypt your data key is -// an SM4 encryption key. If the operation succeeds, you will find the encrypted -// copy of the data key in the CiphertextBlob field. You can use an optional -// encryption context to add additional security to the encryption operation. If -// you specify an EncryptionContext , you must specify the same encryption context -// (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the encrypted data key. -// Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException . For -// more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To perform -// this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, -// specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. Required -// permissions: kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - Decrypt -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPair -// - GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext +// or to the KMS key. +// +// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext is identical to the GenerateDataKey operation except that it +// does not return a plaintext copy of the data key. +// +// This operation is useful for systems that need to encrypt data at some point, +// but not immediately. When you need to encrypt the data, you call the Decryptoperation +// on the encrypted copy of the key. +// +// It's also useful in distributed systems with different levels of trust. For +// example, you might store encrypted data in containers. One component of your +// system creates new containers and stores an encrypted data key with each +// container. Then, a different component puts the data into the containers. That +// component first decrypts the data key, uses the plaintext data key to encrypt +// data, puts the encrypted data into the container, and then destroys the +// plaintext data key. In this system, the component that creates the containers +// never sees the plaintext data key. +// +// To request an asymmetric data key pair, use the GenerateDataKeyPair or GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext operations. +// +// To generate a data key, you must specify the symmetric encryption KMS key that +// is used to encrypt the data key. You cannot use an asymmetric KMS key or a key +// in a custom key store to generate a data key. To get the type of your KMS key, +// use the DescribeKeyoperation. +// +// You must also specify the length of the data key. Use either the KeySpec or +// NumberOfBytes parameters (but not both). For 128-bit and 256-bit data keys, use +// the KeySpec parameter. +// +// To generate an SM4 data key (China Regions only), specify a KeySpec value of +// AES_128 or NumberOfBytes value of 16 . The symmetric encryption key used in +// China Regions to encrypt your data key is an SM4 encryption key. +// +// If the operation succeeds, you will find the encrypted copy of the data key in +// the CiphertextBlob field. +// +// You can use an optional encryption context to add additional security to the +// encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext , you must specify the +// same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting the +// encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an +// InvalidCiphertextException . For more information, see [Encryption Context] in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [Encryption Context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [kms:GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput{} @@ -79,44 +104,63 @@ type GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput struct { // Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the data key. You // cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get - // the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. To specify - // a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an - // alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon - // Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // the type and origin of your KMS key, use the DescribeKeyoperation. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data - // key. Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This - // field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. An - // encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent - // additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt - // data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption - // context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on - // operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data key. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly - // recommended. For more information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context EncryptionContext map[string]string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string // The length of the data key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit symmetric key, or @@ -138,8 +182,9 @@ type GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput struct { // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. CiphertextBlob []byte - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that encrypted the data key. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that encrypted the data key. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateMac.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateMac.go index 5a2819bdb393d..1abd90e2cfa3f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateMac.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateMac.go @@ -13,29 +13,42 @@ import ( // Generates a hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a message using // an HMAC KMS key and a MAC algorithm that the key supports. HMAC KMS keys and the -// HMAC algorithms that KMS uses conform to industry standards defined in RFC 2104 (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104) -// . You can use value that GenerateMac returns in the VerifyMac operation to -// demonstrate that the original message has not changed. Also, because a secret -// key is used to create the hash, you can verify that the party that generated the -// hash has the required secret key. You can also use the raw result to implement -// HMAC-based algorithms such as key derivation functions. This operation is part -// of KMS support for HMAC KMS keys. For details, see HMAC keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . Best practices recommend that -// you limit the time during which any signing mechanism, including an HMAC, is -// effective. This deters an attack where the actor uses a signed message to -// establish validity repeatedly or long after the message is superseded. HMAC tags -// do not include a timestamp, but you can include a timestamp in the token or -// message to help you detect when its time to refresh the HMAC. The KMS key that -// you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see -// Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To -// perform this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. -// Required permissions: kms:GenerateMac (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: VerifyMac Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// HMAC algorithms that KMS uses conform to industry standards defined in [RFC 2104]. +// +// You can use value that GenerateMac returns in the VerifyMac operation to demonstrate +// that the original message has not changed. Also, because a secret key is used to +// create the hash, you can verify that the party that generated the hash has the +// required secret key. You can also use the raw result to implement HMAC-based +// algorithms such as key derivation functions. This operation is part of KMS +// support for HMAC KMS keys. For details, see [HMAC keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide . +// +// Best practices recommend that you limit the time during which any signing +// mechanism, including an HMAC, is effective. This deters an attack where the +// actor uses a signed message to establish validity repeatedly or long after the +// message is superseded. HMAC tags do not include a timestamp, but you can include +// a timestamp in the token or message to help you detect when its time to refresh +// the HMAC. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GenerateMac] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: VerifyMac +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:GenerateMac]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [RFC 2104]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104 +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [HMAC keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html func (c *Client) GenerateMac(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateMacInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateMacOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateMacInput{} @@ -54,39 +67,50 @@ func (c *Client) GenerateMac(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateMacInput, optF type GenerateMacInput struct { // The HMAC KMS key to use in the operation. The MAC algorithm computes the HMAC - // for the message and the key as described in RFC 2104 (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104) - // . To identify an HMAC KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation and see the KeySpec - // field in the response. + // for the message and the key as described in [RFC 2104]. + // + // To identify an HMAC KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation and see the KeySpec field in + // the response. + // + // [RFC 2104]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104 // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // The MAC algorithm used in the operation. The algorithm must be compatible with - // the HMAC KMS key that you specify. To find the MAC algorithms that your HMAC KMS - // key supports, use the DescribeKey operation and see the MacAlgorithms field in - // the DescribeKey response. + // The MAC algorithm used in the operation. + // + // The algorithm must be compatible with the HMAC KMS key that you specify. To + // find the MAC algorithms that your HMAC KMS key supports, use the DescribeKeyoperation and + // see the MacAlgorithms field in the DescribeKey response. // // This member is required. MacAlgorithm types.MacAlgorithmSpec - // The message to be hashed. Specify a message of up to 4,096 bytes. GenerateMac - // and VerifyMac do not provide special handling for message digests. If you + // The message to be hashed. Specify a message of up to 4,096 bytes. + // + // GenerateMac and VerifyMac do not provide special handling for message digests. If you // generate an HMAC for a hash digest of a message, you must verify the HMAC of the // same hash digest. // // This member is required. Message []byte - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -98,8 +122,11 @@ type GenerateMacOutput struct { KeyId *string // The hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) that was generated for the - // specified message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm. This is the standard, raw - // HMAC defined in RFC 2104 (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104) . + // specified message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm. + // + // This is the standard, raw HMAC defined in [RFC 2104]. + // + // [RFC 2104]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104 Mac []byte // The MAC algorithm that was used to generate the HMAC. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateRandom.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateRandom.go index b2a2569ee82e7..456c544f319e2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateRandom.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GenerateRandom.go @@ -11,30 +11,40 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure. You must use the -// NumberOfBytes parameter to specify the length of the random byte string. There -// is no default value for string length. By default, the random byte string is -// generated in KMS. To generate the byte string in the CloudHSM cluster associated -// with an CloudHSM key store, use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter. GenerateRandom -// also supports Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html) -// , which provide an isolated compute environment in Amazon EC2. To call -// GenerateRandom for a Nitro enclave, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves -// SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) -// or any Amazon Web Services SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to provide the -// attestation document for the enclave. Instead of plaintext bytes, the response -// includes the plaintext bytes encrypted under the public key from the attestation -// document ( CiphertextForRecipient ).For information about the interaction -// between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services -// Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For more information about -// entropy and random number generation, see Key Management Service Cryptographic -// Details (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/cryptographic-details/) . +// Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure. +// +// You must use the NumberOfBytes parameter to specify the length of the random +// byte string. There is no default value for string length. +// +// By default, the random byte string is generated in KMS. To generate the byte +// string in the CloudHSM cluster associated with an CloudHSM key store, use the +// CustomKeyStoreId parameter. +// +// GenerateRandom also supports [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves], which provide an isolated compute environment in +// Amazon EC2. To call GenerateRandom for a Nitro enclave, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK] or any Amazon +// Web Services SDK. Use the Recipient parameter to provide the attestation +// document for the enclave. Instead of plaintext bytes, the response includes the +// plaintext bytes encrypted under the public key from the attestation document ( +// CiphertextForRecipient ).For information about the interaction between KMS and +// Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer +// Guide. +// +// For more information about entropy and random number generation, see [Key Management Service Cryptographic Details]. +// // Cross-account use: Not applicable. GenerateRandom does not use any -// account-specific resources, such as KMS keys. Required permissions: -// kms:GenerateRandom (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency -// model. For more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// account-specific resources, such as KMS keys. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GenerateRandom] (IAM policy) +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [kms:GenerateRandom]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave.html +// [Key Management Service Cryptographic Details]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/cryptographic-details/ +// [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk func (c *Client) GenerateRandom(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateRandomInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateRandomOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GenerateRandomInput{} @@ -54,28 +64,36 @@ type GenerateRandomInput struct { // Generates the random byte string in the CloudHSM cluster that is associated // with the specified CloudHSM key store. To find the ID of a custom key store, use - // the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. External key store IDs are not valid for - // this parameter. If you specify the ID of an external key store, GenerateRandom - // throws an UnsupportedOperationException . + // the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. + // + // External key store IDs are not valid for this parameter. If you specify the ID + // of an external key store, GenerateRandom throws an UnsupportedOperationException + // . CustomKeyStoreId *string // The length of the random byte string. This parameter is required. NumberOfBytes *int32 - // A signed attestation document (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave-how.html#term-attestdoc) - // from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use - // with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is - // RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . This parameter only supports attestation documents for - // Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk) - // or any Amazon Web Services SDK. When you use this parameter, instead of - // returning plaintext bytes, KMS encrypts the plaintext bytes under the public key - // in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the - // CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted - // only with the private key in the enclave. The Plaintext field in the response - // is null or empty. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon - // Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A signed [attestation document] from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption + // algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption + // algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 . + // + // This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services + // Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]or any Amazon Web Services + // SDK. + // + // When you use this parameter, instead of returning plaintext bytes, KMS encrypts + // the plaintext bytes under the public key in the attestation document, and + // returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the + // response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the + // enclave. The Plaintext field in the response is null or empty. + // + // For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro + // Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [attestation document]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/nitro-enclave-how.html#term-attestdoc + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html + // [Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/enclaves/latest/user/developing-applications.html#sdk Recipient *types.RecipientInfo noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -85,18 +103,21 @@ type GenerateRandomOutput struct { // The plaintext random bytes encrypted with the public key from the Nitro // enclave. This ciphertext can be decrypted only by using a private key in the - // Nitro enclave. This field is included in the response only when the Recipient - // parameter in the request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon - // Web Services Nitro enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS - // and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro - // Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Nitro enclave. + // + // This field is included in the response only when the Recipient parameter in the + // request includes a valid attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro + // enclave. For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web + // Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html CiphertextForRecipient []byte // The random byte string. When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon Web Services - // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. If the - // response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the Plaintext field is null - // or empty. + // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. + // + // If the response includes the CiphertextForRecipient field, the Plaintext field + // is null or empty. Plaintext []byte // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyPolicy.go index 2ef4663d36f17..b4c238dcb5651 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyPolicy.go @@ -10,13 +10,21 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets a key policy attached to the specified KMS key. Cross-account use: No. You -// cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account. Required permissions: kms:GetKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: PutKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html) +// Gets a key policy attached to the specified KMS key. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GetKeyPolicy] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: [PutKeyPolicy] +// // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [kms:GetKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [PutKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) GetKeyPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetKeyPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetKeyPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetKeyPolicyInput{} @@ -34,19 +42,25 @@ func (c *Client) GetKeyPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetKeyPolicyInput, op type GetKeyPolicyInput struct { - // Gets the key policy for the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or key ARN of - // the KMS key. For example: + // Gets the key policy for the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Specifies the name of the key policy. If no policy name is specified, the // default value is default . The only valid name is default . To get the names of - // key policies, use ListKeyPolicies . + // key policies, use ListKeyPolicies. PolicyName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyRotationStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyRotationStatus.go index 51c332dffe1c2..6fb0cd556e928 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyRotationStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetKeyRotationStatus.go @@ -12,31 +12,31 @@ import ( ) // Provides detailed information about the rotation status for a KMS key, -// including whether automatic rotation of the key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html) -// is enabled for the specified KMS key, the rotation period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotation-period) -// , and the next scheduled rotation date. Automatic key rotation is supported only -// on symmetric encryption KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#symmetric-cmks) -// . You cannot enable automatic rotation of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) -// , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// . To enable or disable automatic rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate) -// , set the property on the primary key.. You can enable ( EnableKeyRotation ) and -// disable automatic rotation ( DisableKeyRotation ) of the key material in -// customer managed KMS keys. Key material rotation of Amazon Web Services managed -// KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// is not configurable. KMS always rotates the key material in Amazon Web Services -// managed KMS keys every year. The key rotation status for Amazon Web Services -// managed KMS keys is always true . You can perform on-demand ( RotateKeyOnDemand -// ) rotation of the key material in customer managed KMS keys, regardless of -// whether or not automatic key rotation is enabled. You can use -// GetKeyRotationStatus to identify the date and time that an in progress on-demand -// rotation was initiated. You can use ListKeyRotations to view the details of -// completed rotations. In May 2022, KMS changed the rotation schedule for Amazon -// Web Services managed keys from every three years to every year. For details, see -// EnableKeyRotation . The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a -// compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// including whether [automatic rotation of the key material]is enabled for the specified KMS key, the [rotation period], and the next +// scheduled rotation date. +// +// Automatic key rotation is supported only on [symmetric encryption KMS keys]. You cannot enable automatic +// rotation of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. To enable or disable +// automatic rotation of a set of related [multi-Region keys], set the property on the primary key.. +// +// You can enable (EnableKeyRotation ) and disable automatic rotation (DisableKeyRotation ) of the key material in +// customer managed KMS keys. Key material rotation of [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]is not configurable. KMS +// always rotates the key material in Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys every +// year. The key rotation status for Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys is always +// true . +// +// You can perform on-demand (RotateKeyOnDemand ) rotation of the key material in customer managed +// KMS keys, regardless of whether or not automatic key rotation is enabled. You +// can use GetKeyRotationStatus to identify the date and time that an in progress +// on-demand rotation was initiated. You can use ListKeyRotationsto view the details of completed +// rotations. +// +// In May 2022, KMS changed the rotation schedule for Amazon Web Services managed +// keys from every three years to every year. For details, see EnableKeyRotation. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// // - Disabled: The key rotation status does not change when you disable a KMS // key. However, while the KMS key is disabled, KMS does not rotate the key // material. When you re-enable the KMS key, rotation resumes. If the key material @@ -44,22 +44,42 @@ import ( // immediately, and every year thereafter. If it's been less than a year since the // key material in the re-enabled KMS key was rotated, the KMS key resumes its // prior rotation schedule. +// // - Pending deletion: While a KMS key is pending deletion, its key rotation // status is false and KMS does not rotate the key material. If you cancel the // deletion, the original key rotation status returns to true . // // Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation on a KMS key in a different // Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN in the value of the KeyId -// parameter. Required permissions: kms:GetKeyRotationStatus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - DisableKeyRotation -// - EnableKeyRotation -// - ListKeyRotations -// - RotateKeyOnDemand +// parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GetKeyRotationStatus] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # DisableKeyRotation +// +// # EnableKeyRotation +// +// # ListKeyRotations +// +// # RotateKeyOnDemand // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html +// [rotation period]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotation-period +// [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk +// [kms:GetKeyRotationStatus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [automatic rotation of the key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html +// [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [symmetric encryption KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#symmetric-cmks +// [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) GetKeyRotationStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetKeyRotationStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetKeyRotationStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetKeyRotationStatusInput{} @@ -77,13 +97,19 @@ func (c *Client) GetKeyRotationStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetKeyRotatio type GetKeyRotationStatusInput struct { - // Gets the rotation status for the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or key - // ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services - // account, you must use the key ARN. For example: + // Gets the rotation status for the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string @@ -103,11 +129,14 @@ type GetKeyRotationStatusOutput struct { NextRotationDate *time.Time // Identifies the date and time that an in progress on-demand rotation was - // initiated. The KMS API follows an eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) - // model due to the distributed nature of the system. As a result, there might be a - // slight delay between initiating on-demand key rotation and the rotation's - // completion. Once the on-demand rotation is complete, use ListKeyRotations to + // initiated. + // + // The KMS API follows an [eventual consistency] model due to the distributed nature of the system. As a + // result, there might be a slight delay between initiating on-demand key rotation + // and the rotation's completion. Once the on-demand rotation is complete, use ListKeyRotationsto // view the details of the on-demand rotation. + // + // [eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html OnDemandRotationStartDate *time.Time // The number of days between each automatic rotation. The default value is 365 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetParametersForImport.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetParametersForImport.go index cf3220739fd47..7c356af5bb2ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetParametersForImport.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetParametersForImport.go @@ -13,56 +13,77 @@ import ( ) // Returns the public key and an import token you need to import or reimport key -// material for a KMS key. By default, KMS keys are created with key material that -// KMS generates. This operation supports Importing key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// , an advanced feature that lets you generate and import the cryptographic key -// material for a KMS key. For more information about importing key material into -// KMS, see Importing key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Before calling -// GetParametersForImport , use the CreateKey operation with an Origin value of -// EXTERNAL to create a KMS key with no key material. You can import key material -// for a symmetric encryption KMS key, HMAC KMS key, asymmetric encryption KMS key, -// or asymmetric signing KMS key. You can also import key material into a -// multi-Region key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) +// material for a KMS key. +// +// By default, KMS keys are created with key material that KMS generates. This +// operation supports [Importing key material], an advanced feature that lets you generate and import the +// cryptographic key material for a KMS key. For more information about importing +// key material into KMS, see [Importing key material]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Before calling GetParametersForImport , use the CreateKey operation with an Origin value +// of EXTERNAL to create a KMS key with no key material. You can import key +// material for a symmetric encryption KMS key, HMAC KMS key, asymmetric encryption +// KMS key, or asymmetric signing KMS key. You can also import key material into a [multi-Region key] // of any supported type. However, you can't import key material into a KMS key in -// a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// . You can also use GetParametersForImport to get a public key and import token -// to reimport the original key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#reimport-key-material) -// into a KMS key whose key material expired or was deleted. GetParametersForImport -// returns the items that you need to import your key material. +// a [custom key store]. You can also use GetParametersForImport to get a public key and import +// token to [reimport the original key material]into a KMS key whose key material expired or was deleted. +// +// GetParametersForImport returns the items that you need to import your key +// material. +// // - The public key (or "wrapping key") of an RSA key pair that KMS generates. -// You will use this public key to encrypt ("wrap") your key material while it's in -// transit to KMS. -// - A import token that ensures that KMS can decrypt your key material and -// associate it with the correct KMS key. +// +// You will use this public key to encrypt ("wrap") your key material while it's +// +// in transit to KMS. +// +// - A import token that ensures that KMS can decrypt your key material and +// associate it with the correct KMS key. // // The public key and its import token are permanently linked and must be used // together. Each public key and import token set is valid for 24 hours. The // expiration date and time appear in the ParametersValidTo field in the // GetParametersForImport response. You cannot use an expired public key or import -// token in an ImportKeyMaterial request. If your key and token expire, send -// another GetParametersForImport request. GetParametersForImport requires the -// following information: +// token in an ImportKeyMaterialrequest. If your key and token expire, send another +// GetParametersForImport request. +// +// GetParametersForImport requires the following information: +// // - The key ID of the KMS key for which you are importing the key material. +// // - The key spec of the public key ("wrapping key") that you will use to // encrypt your key material during import. +// // - The wrapping algorithm that you will use with the public key to encrypt // your key material. // // You can use the same or a different public key spec and wrapping algorithm each -// time you import or reimport the same key material. The KMS key that you use for -// this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states -// of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:GetParametersForImport (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - ImportKeyMaterial -// - DeleteImportedKeyMaterial +// time you import or reimport the same key material. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GetParametersForImport] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # ImportKeyMaterial +// +// # DeleteImportedKeyMaterial // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Importing key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [kms:GetParametersForImport]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [reimport the original key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#reimport-key-material +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [multi-Region key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) GetParametersForImport(ctx context.Context, params *GetParametersForImportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetParametersForImportOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetParametersForImportInput{} @@ -81,36 +102,54 @@ func (c *Client) GetParametersForImport(ctx context.Context, params *GetParamete type GetParametersForImportInput struct { // The identifier of the KMS key that will be associated with the imported key - // material. The Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL . All KMS key types are - // supported, including multi-Region keys. However, you cannot import key material - // into a KMS key in a custom key store. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS - // key. For example: + // material. The Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL . + // + // All KMS key types are supported, including multi-Region keys. However, you + // cannot import key material into a KMS key in a custom key store. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // The algorithm you will use with the RSA public key ( PublicKey ) in the response - // to protect your key material during import. For more information, see Select a - // wrapping algorithm in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For RSA_AES - // wrapping algorithms, you encrypt your key material with an AES key that you - // generate, then encrypt your AES key with the RSA public key from KMS. For RSAES - // wrapping algorithms, you encrypt your key material directly with the RSA public - // key from KMS. The wrapping algorithms that you can use depend on the type of key - // material that you are importing. To import an RSA private key, you must use an - // RSA_AES wrapping algorithm. + // to protect your key material during import. For more information, see Select a wrapping algorithmin the + // Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // For RSA_AES wrapping algorithms, you encrypt your key material with an AES key + // that you generate, then encrypt your AES key with the RSA public key from KMS. + // For RSAES wrapping algorithms, you encrypt your key material directly with the + // RSA public key from KMS. + // + // The wrapping algorithms that you can use depend on the type of key material + // that you are importing. To import an RSA private key, you must use an RSA_AES + // wrapping algorithm. + // // - RSA_AES_KEY_WRAP_SHA_256 — Supported for wrapping RSA and ECC key material. + // // - RSA_AES_KEY_WRAP_SHA_1 — Supported for wrapping RSA and ECC key material. + // // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 — Supported for all types of key material, except RSA - // key material (private key). You cannot use the RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 wrapping - // algorithm with the RSA_2048 wrapping key spec to wrap ECC_NIST_P521 key - // material. + // key material (private key). + // + // You cannot use the RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 wrapping algorithm with the RSA_2048 + // wrapping key spec to wrap ECC_NIST_P521 key material. + // // - RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 — Supported for all types of key material, except RSA key - // material (private key). You cannot use the RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 wrapping algorithm - // with the RSA_2048 wrapping key spec to wrap ECC_NIST_P521 key material. + // material (private key). + // + // You cannot use the RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 wrapping algorithm with the RSA_2048 + // wrapping key spec to wrap ECC_NIST_P521 key material. + // // - RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5 (Deprecated) — As of October 10, 2023, KMS does not // support the RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5 wrapping algorithm. // @@ -119,9 +158,13 @@ type GetParametersForImportInput struct { // The type of RSA public key to return in the response. You will use this // wrapping key with the specified wrapping algorithm to protect your key material - // during import. Use the longest RSA wrapping key that is practical. You cannot - // use an RSA_2048 public key to directly wrap an ECC_NIST_P521 private key. - // Instead, use an RSA_AES wrapping algorithm or choose a longer RSA public key. + // during import. + // + // Use the longest RSA wrapping key that is practical. + // + // You cannot use an RSA_2048 public key to directly wrap an ECC_NIST_P521 private + // key. Instead, use an RSA_AES wrapping algorithm or choose a longer RSA public + // key. // // This member is required. WrappingKeySpec types.WrappingKeySpec @@ -134,18 +177,18 @@ type GetParametersForImportOutput struct { // The import token to send in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request. ImportToken []byte - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key to use in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request. This is the - // same KMS key specified in the GetParametersForImport request. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key to use in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request. + // This is the same KMS key specified in the GetParametersForImport request. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The time at which the import token and public key are no longer valid. After - // this time, you cannot use them to make an ImportKeyMaterial request and you - // must send another GetParametersForImport request to get new ones. + // this time, you cannot use them to make an ImportKeyMaterialrequest and you must send another + // GetParametersForImport request to get new ones. ParametersValidTo *time.Time - // The public key to use to encrypt the key material before importing it with - // ImportKeyMaterial . + // The public key to use to encrypt the key material before importing it with ImportKeyMaterial. PublicKey []byte // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetPublicKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetPublicKey.go index 9c52330f83c0c..d0e17429ba35f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetPublicKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_GetPublicKey.go @@ -15,45 +15,64 @@ import ( // asymmetric KMS key, which never leaves KMS unencrypted, callers with // kms:GetPublicKey permission can download the public key of an asymmetric KMS // key. You can share the public key to allow others to encrypt messages and verify -// signatures outside of KMS. For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see -// Asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. You do not need to download the -// public key. Instead, you can use the public key within KMS by calling the -// Encrypt , ReEncrypt , or Verify operations with the identifier of an asymmetric -// KMS key. When you use the public key within KMS, you benefit from the +// signatures outside of KMS. For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see [Asymmetric KMS keys]in +// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// You do not need to download the public key. Instead, you can use the public key +// within KMS by calling the Encrypt, ReEncrypt, or Verify operations with the identifier of an +// asymmetric KMS key. When you use the public key within KMS, you benefit from the // authentication, authorization, and logging that are part of every KMS operation. // You also reduce of risk of encrypting data that cannot be decrypted. These -// features are not effective outside of KMS. To help you use the public key safely -// outside of KMS, GetPublicKey returns important information about the public key -// in the response, including: -// - KeySpec (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-KeySpec) -// : The type of key material in the public key, such as RSA_4096 or +// features are not effective outside of KMS. +// +// To help you use the public key safely outside of KMS, GetPublicKey returns +// important information about the public key in the response, including: +// +// [KeySpec] +// - : The type of key material in the public key, such as RSA_4096 or // ECC_NIST_P521 . -// - KeyUsage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-KeyUsage) -// : Whether the key is used for encryption or signing. -// - EncryptionAlgorithms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-EncryptionAlgorithms) -// or SigningAlgorithms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-SigningAlgorithms) -// : A list of the encryption algorithms or the signing algorithms for the key. +// +// [KeyUsage] +// - : Whether the key is used for encryption or signing. +// +// [EncryptionAlgorithms] +// - or [SigningAlgorithms]: A list of the encryption algorithms or the signing algorithms for the +// key. // // Although KMS cannot enforce these restrictions on external operations, it is // crucial that you use this information to prevent the public key from being used // improperly. For example, you can prevent a public signing key from being used // encrypt data, or prevent a public key from being used with an encryption // algorithm that is not supported by KMS. You can also avoid errors, such as using -// the wrong signing algorithm in a verification operation. To verify a signature -// outside of KMS with an SM2 public key (China Regions only), you must specify the -// distinguishing ID. By default, KMS uses 1234567812345678 as the distinguishing -// ID. For more information, see Offline verification with SM2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification) -// . The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. -// For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To -// perform this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. -// Required permissions: kms:GetPublicKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: CreateKey Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// the wrong signing algorithm in a verification operation. +// +// To verify a signature outside of KMS with an SM2 public key (China Regions +// only), you must specify the distinguishing ID. By default, KMS uses +// 1234567812345678 as the distinguishing ID. For more information, see [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:GetPublicKey] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: CreateKey +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [SigningAlgorithms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-SigningAlgorithms +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:GetPublicKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [EncryptionAlgorithms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-EncryptionAlgorithms +// [Asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [KeySpec]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-KeySpec +// [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification +// [KeyUsage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-KeyUsage +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *GetPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPublicKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetPublicKeyInput{} @@ -71,26 +90,37 @@ func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *GetPublicKeyInput, op type GetPublicKeyInput struct { - // Identifies the asymmetric KMS key that includes the public key. To specify a - // KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias - // name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web - // Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // Identifies the asymmetric KMS key that includes the public key. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -98,40 +128,53 @@ type GetPublicKeyInput struct { type GetPublicKeyOutput struct { - // Instead, use the KeySpec field in the GetPublicKey response. The KeySpec and - // CustomerMasterKeySpec fields have the same value. We recommend that you use the - // KeySpec field in your code. However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports - // both fields. + // Instead, use the KeySpec field in the GetPublicKey response. + // + // The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec fields have the same value. We recommend + // that you use the KeySpec field in your code. However, to avoid breaking + // changes, KMS supports both fields. // // Deprecated: This field has been deprecated. Instead, use the KeySpec field. CustomerMasterKeySpec types.CustomerMasterKeySpec - // The encryption algorithms that KMS supports for this key. This information is - // critical. If a public key encrypts data outside of KMS by using an unsupported - // encryption algorithm, the ciphertext cannot be decrypted. This field appears in - // the response only when the KeyUsage of the public key is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . + // The encryption algorithms that KMS supports for this key. + // + // This information is critical. If a public key encrypts data outside of KMS by + // using an unsupported encryption algorithm, the ciphertext cannot be decrypted. + // + // This field appears in the response only when the KeyUsage of the public key is + // ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . EncryptionAlgorithms []types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the asymmetric KMS key from which the public key was downloaded. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the asymmetric KMS key from which the public key + // was downloaded. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The type of the of the public key that was downloaded. KeySpec types.KeySpec // The permitted use of the public key. Valid values are ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or - // SIGN_VERIFY . This information is critical. If a public key with SIGN_VERIFY - // key usage encrypts data outside of KMS, the ciphertext cannot be decrypted. + // SIGN_VERIFY . + // + // This information is critical. If a public key with SIGN_VERIFY key usage + // encrypts data outside of KMS, the ciphertext cannot be decrypted. KeyUsage types.KeyUsageType - // The exported public key. The value is a DER-encoded X.509 public key, also - // known as SubjectPublicKeyInfo (SPKI), as defined in RFC 5280 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280) - // . When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon Web Services CLI, the value is - // Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. + // The exported public key. + // + // The value is a DER-encoded X.509 public key, also known as SubjectPublicKeyInfo + // (SPKI), as defined in [RFC 5280]. When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon Web Services + // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. + // + // [RFC 5280]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280 PublicKey []byte - // The signing algorithms that KMS supports for this key. This field appears in - // the response only when the KeyUsage of the public key is SIGN_VERIFY . + // The signing algorithms that KMS supports for this key. + // + // This field appears in the response only when the KeyUsage of the public key is + // SIGN_VERIFY . SigningAlgorithms []types.SigningAlgorithmSpec // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ImportKeyMaterial.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ImportKeyMaterial.go index f595a5c9e19fd..b8c0273ec7de4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ImportKeyMaterial.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ImportKeyMaterial.go @@ -14,79 +14,109 @@ import ( // Imports or reimports key material into an existing KMS key that was created // without key material. ImportKeyMaterial also sets the expiration model and -// expiration date of the imported key material. By default, KMS keys are created -// with key material that KMS generates. This operation supports Importing key -// material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// , an advanced feature that lets you generate and import the cryptographic key -// material for a KMS key. For more information about importing key material into -// KMS, see Importing key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. After you successfully import key -// material into a KMS key, you can reimport the same key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#reimport-key-material) -// into that KMS key, but you cannot import different key material. You might -// reimport key material to replace key material that expired or key material that -// you deleted. You might also reimport key material to change the expiration model -// or expiration date of the key material. Each time you import key material into -// KMS, you can determine whether ( ExpirationModel ) and when ( ValidTo ) the key -// material expires. To change the expiration of your key material, you must import -// it again, either by calling ImportKeyMaterial or using the import features of -// the KMS console. Before calling ImportKeyMaterial : +// expiration date of the imported key material. +// +// By default, KMS keys are created with key material that KMS generates. This +// operation supports [Importing key material], an advanced feature that lets you generate and import the +// cryptographic key material for a KMS key. For more information about importing +// key material into KMS, see [Importing key material]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// After you successfully import key material into a KMS key, you can [reimport the same key material] into that +// KMS key, but you cannot import different key material. You might reimport key +// material to replace key material that expired or key material that you deleted. +// You might also reimport key material to change the expiration model or +// expiration date of the key material. +// +// Each time you import key material into KMS, you can determine whether ( +// ExpirationModel ) and when ( ValidTo ) the key material expires. To change the +// expiration of your key material, you must import it again, either by calling +// ImportKeyMaterial or using the import features of the KMS console. +// +// Before calling ImportKeyMaterial : +// // - Create or identify a KMS key with no key material. The KMS key must have an // Origin value of EXTERNAL , which indicates that the KMS key is designed for -// imported key material. To create an new KMS key for imported key material, call -// the CreateKey operation with an Origin value of EXTERNAL . You can create a -// symmetric encryption KMS key, HMAC KMS key, asymmetric encryption KMS key, or -// asymmetric signing KMS key. You can also import key material into a -// multi-Region key of any supported type. However, you can't import key material -// into a KMS key in a custom key store . -// - Use the DescribeKey operation to verify that the KeyState of the KMS key is -// PendingImport , which indicates that the KMS key has no key material. If you -// are reimporting the same key material into an existing KMS key, you might need -// to call the DeleteImportedKeyMaterial to delete its existing key material. -// - Call the GetParametersForImport operation to get a public key and import -// token set for importing key material. -// - Use the public key in the GetParametersForImport response to encrypt your -// key material. +// imported key material. +// +// To create an new KMS key for imported key material, call the CreateKeyoperation with an +// +// Origin value of EXTERNAL . You can create a symmetric encryption KMS key, HMAC +// KMS key, asymmetric encryption KMS key, or asymmetric signing KMS key. You can +// also import key material into a multi-Region keyof any supported type. However, you can't +// import key material into a KMS key in a custom key store. +// +// - Use the DescribeKeyoperation to verify that the KeyState of the KMS key is +// PendingImport , which indicates that the KMS key has no key material. +// +// If you are reimporting the same key material into an existing KMS key, you +// +// might need to call the DeleteImportedKeyMaterialto delete its existing key material. +// +// - Call the GetParametersForImportoperation to get a public key and import token set for importing +// key material. +// +// - Use the public key in the GetParametersForImportresponse to encrypt your key material. // // Then, in an ImportKeyMaterial request, you submit your encrypted key material // and import token. When calling this operation, you must specify the following // values: +// // - The key ID or key ARN of the KMS key to associate with the imported key // material. Its Origin must be EXTERNAL and its KeyState must be PendingImport . -// You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a custom key store , or on a -// KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. To get the Origin and -// KeyState of a KMS key, call DescribeKey . +// You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a custom key store, or on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. To get the Origin and KeyState of a KMS +// key, call DescribeKey. +// // - The encrypted key material. -// - The import token that GetParametersForImport returned. You must use a public -// key and token from the same GetParametersForImport response. +// +// - The import token that GetParametersForImportreturned. You must use a public key and token from +// the same GetParametersForImport response. +// // - Whether the key material expires ( ExpirationModel ) and, if so, when ( -// ValidTo ). For help with this choice, see Setting an expiration time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/en_us/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-expiration) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. If you set an expiration date, -// KMS deletes the key material from the KMS key on the specified date, making the -// KMS key unusable. To use the KMS key in cryptographic operations again, you must -// reimport the same key material. However, you can delete and reimport the key -// material at any time, including before the key material expires. Each time you -// reimport, you can eliminate or reset the expiration time. +// ValidTo ). For help with this choice, see [Setting an expiration time]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. +// +// If you set an expiration date, KMS deletes the key material from the KMS key on +// +// the specified date, making the KMS key unusable. To use the KMS key in +// cryptographic operations again, you must reimport the same key material. +// However, you can delete and reimport the key material at any time, including +// before the key material expires. Each time you reimport, you can eliminate or +// reset the expiration time. // // When this operation is successful, the key state of the KMS key changes from // PendingImport to Enabled , and you can use the KMS key in cryptographic -// operations. If this operation fails, use the exception to help determine the -// problem. If the error is related to the key material, the import token, or -// wrapping key, use GetParametersForImport to get a new public key and import -// token for the KMS key and repeat the import procedure. For help, see How To -// Import Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-overview) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:ImportKeyMaterial (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - DeleteImportedKeyMaterial -// - GetParametersForImport +// operations. +// +// If this operation fails, use the exception to help determine the problem. If +// the error is related to the key material, the import token, or wrapping key, use +// GetParametersForImportto get a new public key and import token for the KMS key and repeat the import +// procedure. For help, see [How To Import Key Material]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ImportKeyMaterial] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # DeleteImportedKeyMaterial +// +// # GetParametersForImport // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Importing key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [How To Import Key Material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-overview +// [kms:ImportKeyMaterial]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [reimport the same key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#reimport-key-material +// [Setting an expiration time]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/en_us/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-expiration +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ImportKeyMaterial(ctx context.Context, params *ImportKeyMaterialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportKeyMaterialOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ImportKeyMaterialInput{} @@ -105,57 +135,71 @@ func (c *Client) ImportKeyMaterial(ctx context.Context, params *ImportKeyMateria type ImportKeyMaterialInput struct { // The encrypted key material to import. The key material must be encrypted under - // the public wrapping key that GetParametersForImport returned, using the - // wrapping algorithm that you specified in the same GetParametersForImport - // request. + // the public wrapping key that GetParametersForImportreturned, using the wrapping algorithm that you + // specified in the same GetParametersForImport request. // // This member is required. EncryptedKeyMaterial []byte - // The import token that you received in the response to a previous - // GetParametersForImport request. It must be from the same response that contained - // the public key that you used to encrypt the key material. + // The import token that you received in the response to a previous GetParametersForImport request. It + // must be from the same response that contained the public key that you used to + // encrypt the key material. // // This member is required. ImportToken []byte // The identifier of the KMS key that will be associated with the imported key // material. This must be the same KMS key specified in the KeyID parameter of the - // corresponding GetParametersForImport request. The Origin of the KMS key must be - // EXTERNAL and its KeyState must be PendingImport . The KMS key can be a symmetric - // encryption KMS key, HMAC KMS key, asymmetric encryption KMS key, or asymmetric - // signing KMS key, including a multi-Region key of any supported type. You cannot - // perform this operation on a KMS key in a custom key store, or on a KMS key in a - // different Amazon Web Services account. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS - // key. For example: + // corresponding GetParametersForImportrequest. The Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL and its + // KeyState must be PendingImport . + // + // The KMS key can be a symmetric encryption KMS key, HMAC KMS key, asymmetric + // encryption KMS key, or asymmetric signing KMS key, including a multi-Region keyof any supported + // type. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a custom key store, or + // on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Specifies whether the key material expires. The default is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES - // . For help with this choice, see Setting an expiration time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/en_us/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-expiration) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. When the value of ExpirationModel - // is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES , you must specify a value for the ValidTo parameter. - // When value is KEY_MATERIAL_DOES_NOT_EXPIRE , you must omit the ValidTo - // parameter. You cannot change the ExpirationModel or ValidTo values for the - // current import after the request completes. To change either value, you must - // reimport the key material. + // . For help with this choice, see [Setting an expiration time]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // When the value of ExpirationModel is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES , you must specify a + // value for the ValidTo parameter. When value is KEY_MATERIAL_DOES_NOT_EXPIRE , + // you must omit the ValidTo parameter. + // + // You cannot change the ExpirationModel or ValidTo values for the current import + // after the request completes. To change either value, you must reimport the key + // material. + // + // [Setting an expiration time]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/en_us/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-expiration ExpirationModel types.ExpirationModelType // The date and time when the imported key material expires. This parameter is // required when the value of the ExpirationModel parameter is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES - // . Otherwise it is not valid. The value of this parameter must be a future date - // and time. The maximum value is 365 days from the request date. When the key - // material expires, KMS deletes the key material from the KMS key. Without its key - // material, the KMS key is unusable. To use the KMS key in cryptographic - // operations, you must reimport the same key material. You cannot change the - // ExpirationModel or ValidTo values for the current import after the request - // completes. To change either value, you must delete ( DeleteImportedKeyMaterial ) - // and reimport the key material. + // . Otherwise it is not valid. + // + // The value of this parameter must be a future date and time. The maximum value + // is 365 days from the request date. + // + // When the key material expires, KMS deletes the key material from the KMS key. + // Without its key material, the KMS key is unusable. To use the KMS key in + // cryptographic operations, you must reimport the same key material. + // + // You cannot change the ExpirationModel or ValidTo values for the current import + // after the request completes. To change either value, you must delete (DeleteImportedKeyMaterial ) and + // reimport the key material. ValidTo *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListAliases.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListAliases.go index 22797e06bb63f..a9bff503f8889 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListAliases.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListAliases.go @@ -12,29 +12,45 @@ import ( ) // Gets a list of aliases in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and region. -// For more information about aliases, see CreateAlias . By default, the -// ListAliases operation returns all aliases in the account and region. To get only -// the aliases associated with a particular KMS key, use the KeyId parameter. The -// ListAliases response can include aliases that you created and associated with -// your customer managed keys, and aliases that Amazon Web Services created and -// associated with Amazon Web Services managed keys in your account. You can +// For more information about aliases, see CreateAlias. +// +// By default, the ListAliases operation returns all aliases in the account and +// region. To get only the aliases associated with a particular KMS key, use the +// KeyId parameter. +// +// The ListAliases response can include aliases that you created and associated +// with your customer managed keys, and aliases that Amazon Web Services created +// and associated with Amazon Web Services managed keys in your account. You can // recognize Amazon Web Services aliases because their names have the format aws/ , -// such as aws/dynamodb . The response might also include aliases that have no -// TargetKeyId field. These are predefined aliases that Amazon Web Services has -// created but has not yet associated with a KMS key. Aliases that Amazon Web -// Services creates in your account, including predefined aliases, do not count -// against your KMS aliases quota (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html#aliases-limit) -// . Cross-account use: No. ListAliases does not return aliases in other Amazon -// Web Services accounts. Required permissions: kms:ListAliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) For details, see Controlling access to aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Related operations: -// - CreateAlias -// - DeleteAlias -// - UpdateAlias +// such as aws/dynamodb . +// +// The response might also include aliases that have no TargetKeyId field. These +// are predefined aliases that Amazon Web Services has created but has not yet +// associated with a KMS key. Aliases that Amazon Web Services creates in your +// account, including predefined aliases, do not count against your [KMS aliases quota]. +// +// Cross-account use: No. ListAliases does not return aliases in other Amazon Web +// Services accounts. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListAliases] (IAM policy) +// +// For details, see [Controlling access to aliases] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateAlias +// +// # DeleteAlias +// +// # UpdateAlias // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [KMS aliases quota]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html#aliases-limit +// [kms:ListAliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Controlling access to aliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access func (c *Client) ListAliases(ctx context.Context, params *ListAliasesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAliasesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAliasesInput{} @@ -53,20 +69,29 @@ func (c *Client) ListAliases(ctx context.Context, params *ListAliasesInput, optF type ListAliasesInput struct { // Lists only aliases that are associated with the specified KMS key. Enter a KMS - // key in your Amazon Web Services account. This parameter is optional. If you omit - // it, ListAliases returns all aliases in the account and Region. Specify the key - // ID or key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // key in your Amazon Web Services account. + // + // This parameter is optional. If you omit it, ListAliases returns all aliases in + // the account and Region. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. KeyId *string // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with @@ -185,9 +210,10 @@ var _ ListAliasesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListAliasesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListGrants.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListGrants.go index 78f9cff9bf1c0..e56605b4f0100 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListGrants.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListGrants.go @@ -11,29 +11,45 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets a list of all grants for the specified KMS key. You must specify the KMS -// key in all requests. You can filter the grant list by grant ID or grantee -// principal. For detailed information about grants, including grant terminology, -// see Grants in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with -// grants in several programming languages, see Programming grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html) -// . The GranteePrincipal field in the ListGrants response usually contains the -// user or role designated as the grantee principal in the grant. However, when the +// Gets a list of all grants for the specified KMS key. +// +// You must specify the KMS key in all requests. You can filter the grant list by +// grant ID or grantee principal. +// +// For detailed information about grants, including grant terminology, see [Grants in KMS] in the +// Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with grants in +// several programming languages, see [Programming grants]. +// +// The GranteePrincipal field in the ListGrants response usually contains the user +// or role designated as the grantee principal in the grant. However, when the // grantee principal in the grant is an Amazon Web Services service, the -// GranteePrincipal field contains the service principal (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_elements_principal.html#principal-services) -// , which might represent several different grantee principals. Cross-account use: -// Yes. To perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. Required -// permissions: kms:ListGrants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - CreateGrant -// - ListRetirableGrants -// - RetireGrant -// - RevokeGrant +// GranteePrincipal field contains the [service principal], which might represent several different +// grantee principals. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation on a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN in the value of the KeyId +// parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListGrants] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateGrant +// +// # ListRetirableGrants +// +// # RetireGrant +// +// # RevokeGrant // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Programming grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html +// [service principal]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_elements_principal.html#principal-services +// [Grants in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html +// [kms:ListGrants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ListGrants(ctx context.Context, params *ListGrantsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGrantsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListGrantsInput{} @@ -52,12 +68,18 @@ func (c *Client) ListGrants(ctx context.Context, params *ListGrantsInput, optFns type ListGrantsInput struct { // Returns only grants for the specified KMS key. This parameter is required. + // // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a - // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. For example: + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string @@ -72,9 +94,10 @@ type ListGrantsInput struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with @@ -196,9 +219,10 @@ var _ ListGrantsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListGrantsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyPolicies.go index 782725ab2bc58..4983a9f67d784 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyPolicies.go @@ -11,17 +11,26 @@ import ( ) // Gets the names of the key policies that are attached to a KMS key. This -// operation is designed to get policy names that you can use in a GetKeyPolicy -// operation. However, the only valid policy name is default . Cross-account use: -// No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web -// Services account. Required permissions: kms:ListKeyPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - GetKeyPolicy -// - PutKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html) +// operation is designed to get policy names that you can use in a GetKeyPolicyoperation. +// However, the only valid policy name is default . +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListKeyPolicies] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # GetKeyPolicy +// +// [PutKeyPolicy] // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [kms:ListKeyPolicies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [PutKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ListKeyPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListKeyPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListKeyPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListKeyPoliciesInput{} @@ -39,21 +48,30 @@ func (c *Client) ListKeyPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListKeyPoliciesInp type ListKeyPoliciesInput struct { - // Gets the names of key policies for the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or - // key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // Gets the names of key policies for the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it - // defaults to 100. Only one policy can be attached to a key. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100. + // + // Only one policy can be attached to a key. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with @@ -176,9 +194,12 @@ var _ ListKeyPoliciesAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListKeyPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it - // defaults to 100. Only one policy can be attached to a key. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100. + // + // Only one policy can be attached to a key. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyRotations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyRotations.go index 6c7ae5e6553e1..42da68b06b70f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyRotations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeyRotations.go @@ -12,22 +12,35 @@ import ( ) // Returns information about all completed key material rotations for the -// specified KMS key. You must specify the KMS key in all requests. You can refine -// the key rotations list by limiting the number of rotations returned. For -// detailed information about automatic and on-demand key rotations, see Rotating -// KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:ListKeyRotations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - EnableKeyRotation -// - DisableKeyRotation -// - GetKeyRotationStatus -// - RotateKeyOnDemand +// specified KMS key. +// +// You must specify the KMS key in all requests. You can refine the key rotations +// list by limiting the number of rotations returned. +// +// For detailed information about automatic and on-demand key rotations, see [Rotating KMS keys] in +// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListKeyRotations] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # EnableKeyRotation +// +// # DisableKeyRotation +// +// # GetKeyRotationStatus +// +// # RotateKeyOnDemand // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Rotating KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html +// [kms:ListKeyRotations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ListKeyRotations(ctx context.Context, params *ListKeyRotationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListKeyRotationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListKeyRotationsInput{} @@ -45,21 +58,28 @@ func (c *Client) ListKeyRotations(ctx context.Context, params *ListKeyRotationsI type ListKeyRotationsInput struct { - // Gets the key rotations for the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or key ARN - // of the KMS key. For example: + // Gets the key rotations for the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it - // defaults to 100. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with @@ -182,9 +202,10 @@ var _ ListKeyRotationsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListKeyRotationsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it - // defaults to 100. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeys.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeys.go index ded325cbf3502..1b10793bbec4f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeys.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListKeys.go @@ -12,17 +12,28 @@ import ( ) // Gets a list of all KMS keys in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and -// Region. Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in -// a different Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions: kms:ListKeys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Related operations: -// - CreateKey -// - DescribeKey -// - ListAliases -// - ListResourceTags +// Region. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListKeys] (IAM policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # DescribeKey +// +// # ListAliases +// +// # ListResourceTags // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [kms:ListKeys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ListKeys(ctx context.Context, params *ListKeysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListKeysOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListKeysInput{} @@ -42,9 +53,10 @@ type ListKeysInput struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it - // defaults to 100. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with @@ -163,9 +175,10 @@ var _ ListKeysAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListKeysPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it - // defaults to 100. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListResourceTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListResourceTags.go index 54ca42ca18cbb..7e87bdef71f7d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListResourceTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListResourceTags.go @@ -11,22 +11,34 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns all tags on the specified KMS key. For general information about tags, -// including the format and syntax, see Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For information about using tags -// in KMS, see Tagging keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html) -// . Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a -// different Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions: -// kms:ListResourceTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - CreateKey -// - ReplicateKey -// - TagResource -// - UntagResource +// Returns all tags on the specified KMS key. +// +// For general information about tags, including the format and syntax, see [Tagging Amazon Web Services resources] in +// the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For information about using tags in +// KMS, see [Tagging keys]. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListResourceTags] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # ReplicateKey +// +// # TagResource +// +// # UntagResource // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Tagging keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html +// [kms:ListResourceTags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Tagging Amazon Web Services resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html func (c *Client) ListResourceTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListResourceTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListResourceTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListResourceTagsInput{} @@ -44,27 +56,36 @@ func (c *Client) ListResourceTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListResourceTagsI type ListResourceTagsInput struct { - // Gets tags on the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS - // key. For example: + // Gets tags on the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 50, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 50, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with // truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated - // response you just received. Do not attempt to construct this value. Use only the - // value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received. + // response you just received. + // + // Do not attempt to construct this value. Use only the value of NextMarker from + // the truncated response you just received. Marker *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -73,14 +94,17 @@ type ListResourceTagsInput struct { type ListResourceTagsOutput struct { // When Truncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use - // for the Marker parameter in a subsequent request. Do not assume or infer any - // information from this value. + // for the Marker parameter in a subsequent request. + // + // Do not assume or infer any information from this value. NextMarker *string - // A list of tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Tagging or - // untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, - // see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. + // + // Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For + // details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html Tags []types.Tag // A flag that indicates whether there are more items in the list. When this value @@ -186,9 +210,10 @@ var _ ListResourceTagsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListResourceTagsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 50, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 50, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListRetirableGrants.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListRetirableGrants.go index cc578fd9936fc..b0caa931cbf2f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListRetirableGrants.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ListRetirableGrants.go @@ -12,36 +12,50 @@ import ( ) // Returns information about all grants in the Amazon Web Services account and -// Region that have the specified retiring principal. You can specify any principal -// in your Amazon Web Services account. The grants that are returned include grants -// for KMS keys in your Amazon Web Services account and other Amazon Web Services -// accounts. You might use this operation to determine which grants you may retire. -// To retire a grant, use the RetireGrant operation. For detailed information -// about grants, including grant terminology, see Grants in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with -// grants in several programming languages, see Programming grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html) -// . Cross-account use: You must specify a principal in your Amazon Web Services +// Region that have the specified retiring principal. +// +// You can specify any principal in your Amazon Web Services account. The grants +// that are returned include grants for KMS keys in your Amazon Web Services +// account and other Amazon Web Services accounts. You might use this operation to +// determine which grants you may retire. To retire a grant, use the RetireGrantoperation. +// +// For detailed information about grants, including grant terminology, see [Grants in KMS] in the +// Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with grants in +// several programming languages, see [Programming grants]. +// +// Cross-account use: You must specify a principal in your Amazon Web Services // account. This operation returns a list of grants where the retiring principal // specified in the ListRetirableGrants request is the same retiring principal on // the grant. This can include grants on KMS keys owned by other Amazon Web // Services accounts, but you do not need kms:ListRetirableGrants permission (or // any other additional permission) in any Amazon Web Services account other than -// your own. Required permissions: kms:ListRetirableGrants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) in your Amazon Web Services account. KMS authorizes -// ListRetirableGrants requests by evaluating the caller account's +// your own. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:ListRetirableGrants] (IAM policy) in your Amazon Web Services account. +// +// KMS authorizes ListRetirableGrants requests by evaluating the caller account's // kms:ListRetirableGrants permissions. The authorized resource in // ListRetirableGrants calls is the retiring principal specified in the request. // KMS does not evaluate the caller's permissions to verify their access to any KMS -// keys or grants that might be returned by the ListRetirableGrants call. Related -// operations: -// - CreateGrant -// - ListGrants -// - RetireGrant -// - RevokeGrant +// keys or grants that might be returned by the ListRetirableGrants call. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateGrant +// +// # ListGrants +// +// # RetireGrant +// +// # RevokeGrant // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Programming grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html +// [kms:ListRetirableGrants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Grants in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ListRetirableGrants(ctx context.Context, params *ListRetirableGrantsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRetirableGrantsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListRetirableGrantsInput{} @@ -60,21 +74,25 @@ func (c *Client) ListRetirableGrants(ctx context.Context, params *ListRetirableG type ListRetirableGrantsInput struct { // The retiring principal for which to list grants. Enter a principal in your - // Amazon Web Services account. To specify the retiring principal, use the Amazon - // Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web - // Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role - // users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns) - // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // Amazon Web Services account. + // + // To specify the retiring principal, use the [Amazon Resource Name (ARN)] of an Amazon Web Services + // principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM + // roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax for + // a principal, see [IAM ARNs]in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // + // [IAM ARNs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html#identifiers-arns + // [Amazon Resource Name (ARN)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. RetiringPrincipal *string // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit *int32 // Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with @@ -198,9 +216,10 @@ var _ ListRetirableGrantsAPIClient = (*Client)(nil) type ListRetirableGrantsPaginatorOptions struct { // Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this // value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, - // but it might return fewer. This value is optional. If you include a value, it - // must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults - // to 50. + // but it might return fewer. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50. Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_PutKeyPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_PutKeyPolicy.go index 4d9da0789f921..492e0c40daae9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_PutKeyPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_PutKeyPolicy.go @@ -10,19 +10,29 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Attaches a key policy to the specified KMS key. For more information about key -// policies, see Key Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For help writing and formatting a -// JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html) -// in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . For examples of adding a key -// policy in multiple programming languages, see Setting a key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-key-policies.html#put-policy) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:PutKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: GetKeyPolicy Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// Attaches a key policy to the specified KMS key. +// +// For more information about key policies, see [Key Policies] in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the +// [IAM JSON Policy Reference]in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . For examples of adding a key +// policy in multiple programming languages, see [Setting a key policy]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:PutKeyPolicy] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: GetKeyPolicy +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [IAM JSON Policy Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html +// [kms:PutKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Setting a key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-key-policies.html#put-policy +// [Key Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) PutKeyPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutKeyPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutKeyPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutKeyPolicyInput{} @@ -40,53 +50,75 @@ func (c *Client) PutKeyPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutKeyPolicyInput, op type PutKeyPolicyInput struct { - // Sets the key policy on the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or key ARN of - // the KMS key. For example: + // Sets the key policy on the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // The key policy to attach to the KMS key. The key policy must meet the following - // criteria: + // The key policy to attach to the KMS key. + // + // The key policy must meet the following criteria: + // // - The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent // PutKeyPolicy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS key - // becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set - // BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.) + // becomes unmanageable. For more information, see [Default key policy]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck + // to true.) + // // - Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. The // principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When you create a // new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce a delay before // including the new principal in a key policy because the new principal might not - // be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make - // are not always immediately visible (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency) - // in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + // be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see [Changes that I make are not always immediately visible]in the Amazon Web + // Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + // // A key policy document can include only the following characters: + // // - Printable ASCII characters from the space character ( \u0020 ) through the // end of the ASCII character range. + // // - Printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character // set (through \u00FF ). + // // - The tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage return ( \u000D ) // special characters - // For information about key policies, see Key policies in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.For help writing and formatting a - // JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html) + // + // For information about key policies, see [Key policies in KMS] in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide.For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the [IAM JSON Policy Reference] // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . // + // [Key policies in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html + // [IAM JSON Policy Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html + // [Default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key + // [Changes that I make are not always immediately visible]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency + // // This member is required. Policy *string // Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value is - // false. Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes - // unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. For more - // information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Use this parameter only when you - // intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a - // subsequent PutKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html) - // request on the KMS key. + // false. + // + // Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes + // unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. + // + // For more information, see [Default key policy] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making + // the request from making a subsequent [PutKeyPolicy]request on the KMS key. + // + // [Default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key + // [PutKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck bool // The name of the key policy. If no policy name is specified, the default value diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReEncrypt.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReEncrypt.go index cbcd4c4934e7f..8eca789a2e6aa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReEncrypt.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReEncrypt.go @@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ import ( // Decrypts ciphertext and then reencrypts it entirely within KMS. You can use // this operation to change the KMS key under which data is encrypted, such as when -// you manually rotate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotate-keys-manually) -// a KMS key or change the KMS key that protects a ciphertext. You can also use it -// to reencrypt ciphertext under the same KMS key, such as to change the -// encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// of a ciphertext. The ReEncrypt operation can decrypt ciphertext that was -// encrypted by using a KMS key in an KMS operation, such as Encrypt or -// GenerateDataKey . It can also decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by using the -// public key of an asymmetric KMS key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symm-asymm-concepts.html#asymmetric-cmks) -// outside of KMS. However, it cannot decrypt ciphertext produced by other -// libraries, such as the Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/) -// or Amazon S3 client-side encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html) -// . These libraries return a ciphertext format that is incompatible with KMS. When -// you use the ReEncrypt operation, you need to provide information for the +// you [manually rotate]a KMS key or change the KMS key that protects a ciphertext. You can also +// use it to reencrypt ciphertext under the same KMS key, such as to change the [encryption context]of +// a ciphertext. +// +// The ReEncrypt operation can decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by using a +// KMS key in an KMS operation, such as Encryptor GenerateDataKey. It can also decrypt ciphertext that +// was encrypted by using the public key of an [asymmetric KMS key]outside of KMS. However, it cannot +// decrypt ciphertext produced by other libraries, such as the [Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK]or [Amazon S3 client-side encryption]. These +// libraries return a ciphertext format that is incompatible with KMS. +// +// When you use the ReEncrypt operation, you need to provide information for the // decrypt operation and the subsequent encrypt operation. +// // - If your ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key, you must use // the SourceKeyId parameter to identify the KMS key that encrypted the // ciphertext. You must also supply the encryption algorithm that was used. This // information is required to decrypt the data. +// // - If your ciphertext was encrypted under a symmetric encryption KMS key, the // SourceKeyId parameter is optional. KMS can get this information from metadata // that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. This feature adds durability to @@ -41,46 +41,72 @@ import ( // KMS key you specify. If the ciphertext was encrypted under a different KMS key, // the ReEncrypt operation fails. This practice ensures that you use the KMS key // that you intend. +// // - To reencrypt the data, you must use the DestinationKeyId parameter to // specify the KMS key that re-encrypts the data after it is decrypted. If the // destination KMS key is an asymmetric KMS key, you must also provide the // encryption algorithm. The algorithm that you choose must be compatible with the -// KMS key. When you use an asymmetric KMS key to encrypt or reencrypt data, be -// sure to record the KMS key and encryption algorithm that you choose. You will be -// required to provide the same KMS key and encryption algorithm when you decrypt -// the data. If the KMS key and algorithm do not match the values used to encrypt -// the data, the decrypt operation fails. You are not required to supply the key ID -// and encryption algorithm when you decrypt with symmetric encryption KMS keys -// because KMS stores this information in the ciphertext blob. KMS cannot store -// metadata in ciphertext generated with asymmetric keys. The standard format for -// asymmetric key ciphertext does not include configurable fields. +// KMS key. +// +// When you use an asymmetric KMS key to encrypt or reencrypt data, be sure to +// +// record the KMS key and encryption algorithm that you choose. You will be +// required to provide the same KMS key and encryption algorithm when you decrypt +// the data. If the KMS key and algorithm do not match the values used to encrypt +// the data, the decrypt operation fails. +// +// You are not required to supply the key ID and encryption algorithm when you +// +// decrypt with symmetric encryption KMS keys because KMS stores this information +// in the ciphertext blob. KMS cannot store metadata in ciphertext generated with +// asymmetric keys. The standard format for asymmetric key ciphertext does not +// include configurable fields. // // The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. -// For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. The -// source KMS key and destination KMS key can be in different Amazon Web Services -// accounts. Either or both KMS keys can be in a different account than the caller. -// To specify a KMS key in a different account, you must use its key ARN or alias -// ARN. Required permissions: -// - kms:ReEncryptFrom (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// permission on the source KMS key (key policy) -// - kms:ReEncryptTo (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// permission on the destination KMS key (key policy) +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. The source KMS key and destination KMS key can be in +// different Amazon Web Services accounts. Either or both KMS keys can be in a +// different account than the caller. To specify a KMS key in a different account, +// you must use its key ARN or alias ARN. +// +// Required permissions: +// +// [kms:ReEncryptFrom] +// - permission on the source KMS key (key policy) +// +// [kms:ReEncryptTo] +// - permission on the destination KMS key (key policy) // // To permit reencryption from or to a KMS key, include the "kms:ReEncrypt*" -// permission in your key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html) -// . This permission is automatically included in the key policy when you use the -// console to create a KMS key. But you must include it manually when you create a -// KMS key programmatically or when you use the PutKeyPolicy operation to set a -// key policy. Related operations: -// - Decrypt -// - Encrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyPair +// permission in your [key policy]. This permission is automatically included in the key +// policy when you use the console to create a KMS key. But you must include it +// manually when you create a KMS key programmatically or when you use the PutKeyPolicy +// operation to set a key policy. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyPair // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Encryption SDK]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/ +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [asymmetric KMS key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symm-asymm-concepts.html#asymmetric-cmks +// [key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html +// [Amazon S3 client-side encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html +// [kms:ReEncryptTo]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [manually rotate]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotate-keys-manually +// [kms:ReEncryptFrom]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) ReEncrypt(ctx context.Context, params *ReEncryptInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReEncryptOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReEncryptInput{} @@ -105,94 +131,135 @@ type ReEncryptInput struct { // A unique identifier for the KMS key that is used to reencrypt the data. Specify // a symmetric encryption KMS key or an asymmetric KMS key with a KeyUsage value - // of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . To find the KeyUsage value of a KMS key, use the - // DescribeKey operation. To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias - // name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To - // specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the - // key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . To find the KeyUsage value of a KMS key, use the DescribeKey + // operation. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. DestinationKeyId *string // Specifies the encryption algorithm that KMS will use to reecrypt the data after // it has decrypted it. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , represents the - // encryption algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys. This parameter is - // required only when the destination KMS key is an asymmetric KMS key. + // encryption algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys. + // + // This parameter is required only when the destination KMS key is an asymmetric + // KMS key. DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec - // Specifies that encryption context to use when the reencrypting the data. Do not - // include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be - // displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. A destination - // encryption context is valid only when the destination KMS key is a symmetric - // encryption KMS key. The standard ciphertext format for asymmetric KMS keys does - // not include fields for metadata. An encryption context is a collection of - // non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When - // you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an - // exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An - // encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS - // keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is - // optional, but it is strongly recommended. For more information, see Encryption - // context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Specifies that encryption context to use when the reencrypting the data. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // A destination encryption context is valid only when the destination KMS key is + // a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard ciphertext format for asymmetric + // KMS keys does not include fields for metadata. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context DestinationEncryptionContext map[string]string - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string // Specifies the encryption algorithm that KMS will use to decrypt the ciphertext // before it is reencrypted. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT , represents the - // algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys. Specify the same algorithm - // that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you specify a different algorithm, - // the decrypt attempt fails. This parameter is required only when the ciphertext - // was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key. + // algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys. + // + // Specify the same algorithm that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you + // specify a different algorithm, the decrypt attempt fails. + // + // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an + // asymmetric KMS key. SourceEncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec // Specifies the encryption context to use to decrypt the ciphertext. Enter the - // same encryption context that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. An encryption - // context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional - // authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must - // specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt - // the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric - // encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an - // encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended. For more - // information, see Encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // same encryption context that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. + // + // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that + // represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to + // encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) + // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only + // on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric + // encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly + // recommended. + // + // For more information, see [Encryption context] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context SourceEncryptionContext map[string]string // Specifies the KMS key that KMS will use to decrypt the ciphertext before it is - // re-encrypted. Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the - // ciphertext. If you identify a different KMS key, the ReEncrypt operation throws - // an IncorrectKeyException . This parameter is required only when the ciphertext - // was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key. If you used a symmetric encryption - // KMS key, KMS can get the KMS key from metadata that it adds to the symmetric - // ciphertext blob. However, it is always recommended as a best practice. This - // practice ensures that you use the KMS key that you intend. To specify a KMS key, - // use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, - // prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web - // Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // re-encrypted. + // + // Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you + // identify a different KMS key, the ReEncrypt operation throws an + // IncorrectKeyException . + // + // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an + // asymmetric KMS key. If you used a symmetric encryption KMS key, KMS can get the + // KMS key from metadata that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. However, it + // is always recommended as a best practice. This practice ensures that you use the + // KMS key that you intend. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. SourceKeyId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -207,8 +274,9 @@ type ReEncryptOutput struct { // The encryption algorithm that was used to reencrypt the data. DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm types.EncryptionAlgorithmSpec - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key that was used to reencrypt the data. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key that was used to reencrypt the data. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The encryption algorithm that was used to decrypt the ciphertext before it was diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReplicateKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReplicateKey.go index 4eb5fc4ccebbd..2f6e7ae15c4d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReplicateKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ReplicateKey.go @@ -15,29 +15,24 @@ import ( // a multi-Region replica key based on a multi-Region primary key in a different // Region of the same Amazon Web Services partition. You can create multiple // replicas of a primary key, but each must be in a different Region. To create a -// multi-Region primary key, use the CreateKey operation. This operation supports -// multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create multiple interoperable -// KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. Because these KMS keys have -// the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, you can use them -// interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services Region and decrypt it -// in a different Amazon Web Services Region without re-encrypting the data or -// making a cross-Region call. For more information about multi-Region keys, see -// Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. A replica key is a -// fully-functional KMS key that can be used independently of its primary and peer -// replica keys. A primary key and its replica keys share properties that make them -// interoperable. They have the same key ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-id) -// and key material. They also have the same key spec (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-spec) -// , key usage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-usage) -// , key material origin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-origin) -// , and automatic key rotation status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html) -// . KMS automatically synchronizes these shared properties among related -// multi-Region keys. All other properties of a replica key can differ, including -// its key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html) -// , tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html) -// , aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html) -// , and Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// . KMS pricing and quotas for KMS keys apply to each primary key and replica key. +// multi-Region primary key, use the CreateKeyoperation. +// +// This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create +// multiple interoperable KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. +// Because these KMS keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, +// you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services +// Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web Services Region without +// re-encrypting the data or making a cross-Region call. For more information about +// multi-Region keys, see [Multi-Region keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// A replica key is a fully-functional KMS key that can be used independently of +// its primary and peer replica keys. A primary key and its replica keys share +// properties that make them interoperable. They have the same [key ID]and key material. +// They also have the same [key spec], [key usage], [key material origin], and [automatic key rotation status]. KMS automatically synchronizes these shared +// properties among related multi-Region keys. All other properties of a replica +// key can differ, including its [key policy], [tags], [aliases], and [Key states of KMS keys]. KMS pricing and quotas for KMS keys +// apply to each primary key and replica key. +// // When this operation completes, the new replica key has a transient key state of // Creating . This key state changes to Enabled (or PendingImport ) after a few // seconds when the process of creating the new replica key is complete. While the @@ -45,39 +40,64 @@ import ( // cryptographic operations. If you are creating and using the replica key // programmatically, retry on KMSInvalidStateException or call DescribeKey to // check its KeyState value before using it. For details about the Creating key -// state, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. You cannot create more than one -// replica of a primary key in any Region. If the Region already includes a replica -// of the key you're trying to replicate, ReplicateKey returns an -// AlreadyExistsException error. If the key state of the existing replica is -// PendingDeletion , you can cancel the scheduled key deletion ( CancelKeyDeletion +// state, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// You cannot create more than one replica of a primary key in any Region. If the +// Region already includes a replica of the key you're trying to replicate, +// ReplicateKey returns an AlreadyExistsException error. If the key state of the +// existing replica is PendingDeletion , you can cancel the scheduled key deletion (CancelKeyDeletion // ) or wait for the key to be deleted. The new replica key you create will have -// the same shared properties (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html#mrk-sync-properties) -// as the original replica key. The CloudTrail log of a ReplicateKey operation -// records a ReplicateKey operation in the primary key's Region and a CreateKey -// operation in the replica key's Region. If you replicate a multi-Region primary -// key with imported key material, the replica key is created with no key material. -// You must import the same key material that you imported into the primary key. -// For details, see Importing key material into multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-import.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. To convert a replica key to a -// primary key, use the UpdatePrimaryRegion operation. ReplicateKey uses different -// default values for the KeyPolicy and Tags parameters than those used in the KMS -// console. For details, see the parameter descriptions. Cross-account use: No. You -// cannot use this operation to create a replica key in a different Amazon Web -// Services account. Required permissions: +// the same [shared properties]as the original replica key. +// +// The CloudTrail log of a ReplicateKey operation records a ReplicateKey operation +// in the primary key's Region and a CreateKeyoperation in the replica key's Region. +// +// If you replicate a multi-Region primary key with imported key material, the +// replica key is created with no key material. You must import the same key +// material that you imported into the primary key. For details, see [Importing key material into multi-Region keys]in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// To convert a replica key to a primary key, use the UpdatePrimaryRegion operation. +// +// ReplicateKey uses different default values for the KeyPolicy and Tags +// parameters than those used in the KMS console. For details, see the parameter +// descriptions. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot use this operation to create a replica key in +// a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: +// // - kms:ReplicateKey on the primary key (in the primary key's Region). Include // this permission in the primary key's key policy. +// // - kms:CreateKey in an IAM policy in the replica Region. +// // - To use the Tags parameter, kms:TagResource in an IAM policy in the replica // Region. // -// Related operations -// - CreateKey -// - UpdatePrimaryRegion +// # Related operations +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # UpdatePrimaryRegion // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [key ID]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-id +// [automatic key rotation status]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html +// [aliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html +// [key usage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-usage +// [Multi-Region keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html +// [key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [key spec]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-spec +// [Importing key material into multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-import.html +// [key material origin]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-origin +// [shared properties]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html#mrk-sync-properties func (c *Client) ReplicateKey(ctx context.Context, params *ReplicateKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReplicateKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReplicateKeyInput{} @@ -96,108 +116,150 @@ func (c *Client) ReplicateKey(ctx context.Context, params *ReplicateKeyInput, op type ReplicateKeyInput struct { // Identifies the multi-Region primary key that is being replicated. To determine - // whether a KMS key is a multi-Region primary key, use the DescribeKey operation - // to check the value of the MultiRegionKeyType property. Specify the key ID or - // key ARN of a multi-Region primary key. For example: + // whether a KMS key is a multi-Region primary key, use the DescribeKeyoperation to check the + // value of the MultiRegionKeyType property. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of a multi-Region primary key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // The Region ID of the Amazon Web Services Region for this replica key. Enter the - // Region ID, such as us-east-1 or ap-southeast-2 . For a list of Amazon Web - // Services Regions in which KMS is supported, see KMS service endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/kms.html#kms_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. HMAC KMS keys are not supported in - // all Amazon Web Services Regions. If you try to replicate an HMAC KMS key in an - // Amazon Web Services Region in which HMAC keys are not supported, the - // ReplicateKey operation returns an UnsupportedOperationException . For a list of - // Regions in which HMAC KMS keys are supported, see HMAC keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The replica must be in a - // different Amazon Web Services Region than its primary key and other replicas of - // that primary key, but in the same Amazon Web Services partition. KMS must be - // available in the replica Region. If the Region is not enabled by default, the - // Amazon Web Services account must be enabled in the Region. For information about - // Amazon Web Services partitions, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For information about enabling and - // disabling Regions, see Enabling a Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html#rande-manage-enable) - // and Disabling a Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html#rande-manage-disable) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Region ID of the Amazon Web Services Region for this replica key. + // + // Enter the Region ID, such as us-east-1 or ap-southeast-2 . For a list of Amazon + // Web Services Regions in which KMS is supported, see [KMS service endpoints]in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // HMAC KMS keys are not supported in all Amazon Web Services Regions. If you try + // to replicate an HMAC KMS key in an Amazon Web Services Region in which HMAC keys + // are not supported, the ReplicateKey operation returns an + // UnsupportedOperationException . For a list of Regions in which HMAC KMS keys are + // supported, see [HMAC keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // The replica must be in a different Amazon Web Services Region than its primary + // key and other replicas of that primary key, but in the same Amazon Web Services + // partition. KMS must be available in the replica Region. If the Region is not + // enabled by default, the Amazon Web Services account must be enabled in the + // Region. For information about Amazon Web Services partitions, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]in the Amazon + // Web Services General Reference. For information about enabling and disabling + // Regions, see [Enabling a Region]and [Disabling a Region] in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // [Disabling a Region]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html#rande-manage-disable + // [Enabling a Region]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html#rande-manage-enable + // [KMS service endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/kms.html#kms_region + // [HMAC keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html // // This member is required. ReplicaRegion *string // Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value is - // false. Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes - // unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. For more - // information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Use this parameter only when you - // intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a - // subsequent PutKeyPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html) - // request on the KMS key. + // false. + // + // Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes + // unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately. + // + // For more information, see [Default key policy] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making + // the request from making a subsequent [PutKeyPolicy]request on the KMS key. + // + // [Default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key + // [PutKeyPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_PutKeyPolicy.html BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck bool // A description of the KMS key. The default value is an empty string (no - // description). Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this - // field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other - // output. The description is not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can - // specify the same description or a different description for each key in a set of - // related multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property. + // description). + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // The description is not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can specify + // the same description or a different description for each key in a set of related + // multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property. Description *string // The key policy to attach to the KMS key. This parameter is optional. If you do - // not provide a key policy, KMS attaches the default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html#key-policy-default) - // to the KMS key. The key policy is not a shared property of multi-Region keys. - // You can specify the same key policy or a different key policy for each key in a - // set of related multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property. If you - // provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria: + // not provide a key policy, KMS attaches the [default key policy]to the KMS key. + // + // The key policy is not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can specify + // the same key policy or a different key policy for each key in a set of related + // multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property. + // + // If you provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria: + // // - The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent // PutKeyPolicy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS key - // becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set - // BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.) + // becomes unmanageable. For more information, see [Default key policy]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck + // to true.) + // // - Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. The // principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When you create a // new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce a delay before // including the new principal in a key policy because the new principal might not - // be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make - // are not always immediately visible (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency) - // in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + // be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see [Changes that I make are not always immediately visible]in the Amazon Web + // Services Identity and Access Management User Guide. + // // A key policy document can include only the following characters: + // // - Printable ASCII characters from the space character ( \u0020 ) through the // end of the ASCII character range. + // // - Printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character // set (through \u00FF ). + // // - The tab ( \u0009 ), line feed ( \u000A ), and carriage return ( \u000D ) // special characters - // For information about key policies, see Key policies in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For help writing and formatting a - // JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html) - // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // + // For information about key policies, see [Key policies in KMS] in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the + // [IAM JSON Policy Reference]in the Identity and Access Management User Guide . + // + // [Key policies in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html + // [default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html#key-policy-default + // [IAM JSON Policy Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies.html + // [Default key policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policy-default.html#prevent-unmanageable-key + // [Changes that I make are not always immediately visible]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_eventual-consistency Policy *string // Assigns one or more tags to the replica key. Use this parameter to tag the KMS - // key when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the TagResource - // operation. Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. - // This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // key when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the TagResourceoperation. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // // Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For - // details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. To use this parameter, you must - // have kms:TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) - // permission in an IAM policy. Tags are not a shared property of multi-Region - // keys. You can specify the same tags or different tags for each key in a set of - // related multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property. Each tag - // consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the tag key and the tag value are - // required, but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. You cannot have more - // than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you specify an existing tag - // key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current tag value with the - // specified one. When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web - // Services generates a cost allocation report with usage and costs aggregated by - // tags. Tags can also be used to control access to a KMS key. For details, see - // Tagging Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html) - // . + // details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // To use this parameter, you must have [kms:TagResource] permission in an IAM policy. + // + // Tags are not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can specify the same + // tags or different tags for each key in a set of related multi-Region keys. KMS + // does not synchronize this property. + // + // Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the tag key and the tag + // value are required, but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. You cannot + // have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you specify an + // existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current tag value + // with the specified one. + // + // When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web Services + // generates a cost allocation report with usage and costs aggregated by tags. Tags + // can also be used to control access to a KMS key. For details, see [Tagging Keys]. + // + // [kms:TagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html + // [Tagging Keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html + // [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -205,11 +267,12 @@ type ReplicateKeyInput struct { type ReplicateKeyOutput struct { - // Displays details about the new replica key, including its Amazon Resource Name ( - // key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) and Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) - // . It also includes the ARN and Amazon Web Services Region of its primary key and - // other replica keys. + // Displays details about the new replica key, including its Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] + // ) and [Key states of KMS keys]. It also includes the ARN and Amazon Web Services Region of its primary + // key and other replica keys. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN + // [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html ReplicaKeyMetadata *types.KeyMetadata // The key policy of the new replica key. The value is a key policy document in diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RetireGrant.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RetireGrant.go index e52867b2461bd..df3e02ef06bcf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RetireGrant.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RetireGrant.go @@ -11,30 +11,44 @@ import ( ) // Deletes a grant. Typically, you retire a grant when you no longer need its -// permissions. To identify the grant to retire, use a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) -// , or both the grant ID and a key identifier (key ID or key ARN) of the KMS key. -// The CreateGrant operation returns both values. This operation can be called by -// the retiring principal for a grant, by the grantee principal if the grant allows -// the RetireGrant operation, and by the Amazon Web Services account in which the -// grant is created. It can also be called by principals to whom permission for -// retiring a grant is delegated. For details, see Retiring and revoking grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For detailed information about -// grants, including grant terminology, see Grants in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with -// grants in several programming languages, see Programming grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html) -// . Cross-account use: Yes. You can retire a grant on a KMS key in a different -// Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions: Permission to retire a grant -// is determined primarily by the grant. For details, see Retiring and revoking -// grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Related operations: -// - CreateGrant -// - ListGrants -// - ListRetirableGrants -// - RevokeGrant +// permissions. To identify the grant to retire, use a [grant token], or both the grant ID and +// a key identifier (key ID or key ARN) of the KMS key. The CreateGrantoperation returns both +// values. +// +// This operation can be called by the retiring principal for a grant, by the +// grantee principal if the grant allows the RetireGrant operation, and by the +// Amazon Web Services account in which the grant is created. It can also be called +// by principals to whom permission for retiring a grant is delegated. For details, +// see [Retiring and revoking grants]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// For detailed information about grants, including grant terminology, see [Grants in KMS] in the +// Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with grants in +// several programming languages, see [Programming grants]. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. You can retire a grant on a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: Permission to retire a grant is determined primarily by +// the grant. For details, see [Retiring and revoking grants]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateGrant +// +// # ListGrants +// +// # ListRetirableGrants +// +// # RevokeGrant // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Programming grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html +// [grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token +// [Retiring and revoking grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete +// [Grants in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) RetireGrant(ctx context.Context, params *RetireGrantInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RetireGrantOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RetireGrantInput{} @@ -52,26 +66,34 @@ func (c *Client) RetireGrant(ctx context.Context, params *RetireGrantInput, optF type RetireGrantInput struct { - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // Identifies the grant to retire. To get the grant ID, use CreateGrant , - // ListGrants , or ListRetirableGrants . + // Identifies the grant to retire. To get the grant ID, use CreateGrant, ListGrants, or ListRetirableGrants. + // // - Grant ID Example - // 0123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 GrantId *string // Identifies the grant to be retired. You can use a grant token to identify a new - // grant even before it has achieved eventual consistency. Only the CreateGrant - // operation returns a grant token. For details, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-eventual-consistency) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // grant even before it has achieved eventual consistency. + // + // Only the CreateGrant operation returns a grant token. For details, see [Grant token] and [Eventual consistency] in the Key + // Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-eventual-consistency GrantToken *string - // The key ARN KMS key associated with the grant. To find the key ARN, use the - // ListKeys operation. For example: + // The key ARN KMS key associated with the grant. To find the key ARN, use the ListKeys + // operation. + // + // For example: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:444455556666:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RevokeGrant.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RevokeGrant.go index ca1a1eceb76b1..582f5dbe47a09 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RevokeGrant.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RevokeGrant.go @@ -11,27 +11,43 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the specified grant. You revoke a grant to terminate the permissions -// that the grant allows. For more information, see Retiring and revoking grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . When you create, retire, or -// revoke a grant, there might be a brief delay, usually less than five minutes, -// until the grant is available throughout KMS. This state is known as eventual -// consistency. For details, see Eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-eventual-consistency) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . For detailed information about -// grants, including grant terminology, see Grants in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with -// grants in several programming languages, see Programming grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html) -// . Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation on a KMS key in a different +// that the grant allows. For more information, see [Retiring and revoking grants]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide . +// +// When you create, retire, or revoke a grant, there might be a brief delay, +// usually less than five minutes, until the grant is available throughout KMS. +// This state is known as eventual consistency. For details, see [Eventual consistency]in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide . +// +// For detailed information about grants, including grant terminology, see [Grants in KMS] in the +// Key Management Service Developer Guide . For examples of working with grants in +// several programming languages, see [Programming grants]. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation on a KMS key in a different // Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN in the value of the KeyId -// parameter. Required permissions: kms:RevokeGrant (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy). Related operations: -// - CreateGrant -// - ListGrants -// - ListRetirableGrants -// - RetireGrant +// parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:RevokeGrant] (key policy). +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateGrant +// +// # ListGrants +// +// # ListRetirableGrants +// +// # RetireGrant // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#terms-eventual-consistency +// [Programming grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-grants.html +// [kms:RevokeGrant]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [Retiring and revoking grants]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#grant-delete +// [Grants in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) RevokeGrant(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeGrantInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RevokeGrantOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RevokeGrantInput{} @@ -49,27 +65,35 @@ func (c *Client) RevokeGrant(ctx context.Context, params *RevokeGrantInput, optF type RevokeGrantInput struct { - // Identifies the grant to revoke. To get the grant ID, use CreateGrant , - // ListGrants , or ListRetirableGrants . + // Identifies the grant to revoke. To get the grant ID, use CreateGrant, ListGrants, or ListRetirableGrants. // // This member is required. GrantId *string // A unique identifier for the KMS key associated with the grant. To get the key - // ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . Specify the key ID - // or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web - // Services account, you must use the key ARN. For example: + // ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeysor DescribeKey. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RotateKeyOnDemand.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RotateKeyOnDemand.go index 9c11de8b796a3..e54b429e78a68 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RotateKeyOnDemand.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_RotateKeyOnDemand.go @@ -11,46 +11,67 @@ import ( ) // Immediately initiates rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric -// encryption KMS key. You can perform on-demand rotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-on-demand) -// of the key material in customer managed KMS keys, regardless of whether or not -// automatic key rotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-enable-disable) -// is enabled. On-demand rotations do not change existing automatic rotation -// schedules. For example, consider a KMS key that has automatic key rotation -// enabled with a rotation period of 730 days. If the key is scheduled to -// automatically rotate on April 14, 2024, and you perform an on-demand rotation on -// April 10, 2024, the key will automatically rotate, as scheduled, on April 14, -// 2024 and every 730 days thereafter. You can perform on-demand key rotation a -// maximum of 10 times per KMS key. You can use the KMS console to view the number -// of remaining on-demand rotations available for a KMS key. You can use -// GetKeyRotationStatus to identify any in progress on-demand rotations. You can -// use ListKeyRotations to identify the date that completed on-demand rotations -// were performed. You can monitor rotation of the key material for your KMS keys -// in CloudTrail and Amazon CloudWatch. On-demand key rotation is supported only on -// symmetric encryption KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#symmetric-cmks) -// . You cannot perform on-demand rotation of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) -// , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) -// , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// . To perform on-demand rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate) -// , invoke the on-demand rotation on the primary key. You cannot initiate -// on-demand rotation of Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// . KMS always rotates the key material of Amazon Web Services managed keys every -// year. Rotation of Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk) -// is managed by the Amazon Web Services service that owns the key. The KMS key -// that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, -// see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:RotateKeyOnDemand (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: -// - EnableKeyRotation -// - DisableKeyRotation -// - GetKeyRotationStatus -// - ListKeyRotations +// encryption KMS key. +// +// You can perform [on-demand rotation] of the key material in customer managed KMS keys, regardless +// of whether or not [automatic key rotation]is enabled. On-demand rotations do not change existing +// automatic rotation schedules. For example, consider a KMS key that has automatic +// key rotation enabled with a rotation period of 730 days. If the key is scheduled +// to automatically rotate on April 14, 2024, and you perform an on-demand rotation +// on April 10, 2024, the key will automatically rotate, as scheduled, on April 14, +// 2024 and every 730 days thereafter. +// +// You can perform on-demand key rotation a maximum of 10 times per KMS key. You +// can use the KMS console to view the number of remaining on-demand rotations +// available for a KMS key. +// +// You can use GetKeyRotationStatus to identify any in progress on-demand rotations. You can use ListKeyRotations to +// identify the date that completed on-demand rotations were performed. You can +// monitor rotation of the key material for your KMS keys in CloudTrail and Amazon +// CloudWatch. +// +// On-demand key rotation is supported only on [symmetric encryption KMS keys]. You cannot perform on-demand +// rotation of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. To perform on-demand +// rotation of a set of related [multi-Region keys], invoke the on-demand rotation on the primary key. +// +// You cannot initiate on-demand rotation of [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]. KMS always rotates the key material +// of Amazon Web Services managed keys every year. Rotation of [Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys]is managed by the +// Amazon Web Services service that owns the key. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:RotateKeyOnDemand] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # EnableKeyRotation +// +// # DisableKeyRotation +// +// # GetKeyRotationStatus +// +// # ListKeyRotations // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [on-demand rotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-on-demand +// [Amazon Web Services owned KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk +// [automatic key rotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-enable-disable +// [kms:RotateKeyOnDemand]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html +// [Amazon Web Services managed KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk +// [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [symmetric encryption KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#symmetric-cmks +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html func (c *Client) RotateKeyOnDemand(ctx context.Context, params *RotateKeyOnDemandInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RotateKeyOnDemandOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RotateKeyOnDemandInput{} @@ -69,17 +90,25 @@ func (c *Client) RotateKeyOnDemand(ctx context.Context, params *RotateKeyOnDeman type RotateKeyOnDemandInput struct { // Identifies a symmetric encryption KMS key. You cannot perform on-demand - // rotation of asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - // , HMAC KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) - // , KMS keys with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html) - // , or KMS keys in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) - // . To perform on-demand rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate) - // , invoke the on-demand rotation on the primary key. Specify the key ID or key - // ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // rotation of [asymmetric KMS keys], [HMAC KMS keys], KMS keys with [imported key material], or KMS keys in a [custom key store]. To perform on-demand + // rotation of a set of related [multi-Region keys], invoke the on-demand rotation on the primary key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. + // + // [imported key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html + // [HMAC KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html + // [asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html + // [multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-rotate + // [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ScheduleKeyDeletion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ScheduleKeyDeletion.go index a8e3354fbc819..f2de79497f1c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ScheduleKeyDeletion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_ScheduleKeyDeletion.go @@ -17,46 +17,62 @@ import ( // operation is successful, the key state of the KMS key changes to PendingDeletion // and the key can't be used in any cryptographic operations. It remains in this // state for the duration of the waiting period. Before the waiting period ends, -// you can use CancelKeyDeletion to cancel the deletion of the KMS key. After the -// waiting period ends, KMS deletes the KMS key, its key material, and all KMS data -// associated with it, including all aliases that refer to it. Deleting a KMS key -// is a destructive and potentially dangerous operation. When a KMS key is deleted, -// all data that was encrypted under the KMS key is unrecoverable. (The only -// exception is a multi-Region replica key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-delete.html) -// , or an asymmetric or HMAC KMS key with imported key material .) To prevent the -// use of a KMS key without deleting it, use DisableKey . You can schedule the -// deletion of a multi-Region primary key and its replica keys at any time. -// However, KMS will not delete a multi-Region primary key with existing replica -// keys. If you schedule the deletion of a primary key with replicas, its key state -// changes to PendingReplicaDeletion and it cannot be replicated or used in -// cryptographic operations. This status can continue indefinitely. When the last -// of its replicas keys is deleted (not just scheduled), the key state of the -// primary key changes to PendingDeletion and its waiting period ( -// PendingWindowInDays ) begins. For details, see Deleting multi-Region keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-delete.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. When KMS deletes a KMS key from -// an CloudHSM key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/delete-cmk-keystore.html) -// , it makes a best effort to delete the associated key material from the -// associated CloudHSM cluster. However, you might need to manually delete the -// orphaned key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-orphaned-key) -// from the cluster and its backups. Deleting a KMS key from an external key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/delete-xks-key.html) -// has no effect on the associated external key. However, for both types of custom -// key stores, deleting a KMS key is destructive and irreversible. You cannot -// decrypt ciphertext encrypted under the KMS key by using only its associated -// external key or CloudHSM key. Also, you cannot recreate a KMS key in an external -// key store by creating a new KMS key with the same key material. For more -// information about scheduling a KMS key for deletion, see Deleting KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:ScheduleKeyDeletion (key policy) Related operations -// - CancelKeyDeletion -// - DisableKey +// you can use CancelKeyDeletionto cancel the deletion of the KMS key. After the waiting period +// ends, KMS deletes the KMS key, its key material, and all KMS data associated +// with it, including all aliases that refer to it. +// +// Deleting a KMS key is a destructive and potentially dangerous operation. When a +// KMS key is deleted, all data that was encrypted under the KMS key is +// unrecoverable. (The only exception is a [multi-Region replica key], or an asymmetric or HMAC KMS key with imported key material.) To prevent the use of a KMS +// key without deleting it, use DisableKey. +// +// You can schedule the deletion of a multi-Region primary key and its replica +// keys at any time. However, KMS will not delete a multi-Region primary key with +// existing replica keys. If you schedule the deletion of a primary key with +// replicas, its key state changes to PendingReplicaDeletion and it cannot be +// replicated or used in cryptographic operations. This status can continue +// indefinitely. When the last of its replicas keys is deleted (not just +// scheduled), the key state of the primary key changes to PendingDeletion and its +// waiting period ( PendingWindowInDays ) begins. For details, see [Deleting multi-Region keys] in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// When KMS [deletes a KMS key from an CloudHSM key store], it makes a best effort to delete the associated key material from +// the associated CloudHSM cluster. However, you might need to manually [delete the orphaned key material]from the +// cluster and its backups. [Deleting a KMS key from an external key store]has no effect on the associated external key. However, +// for both types of custom key stores, deleting a KMS key is destructive and +// irreversible. You cannot decrypt ciphertext encrypted under the KMS key by using +// only its associated external key or CloudHSM key. Also, you cannot recreate a +// KMS key in an external key store by creating a new KMS key with the same key +// material. +// +// For more information about scheduling a KMS key for deletion, see [Deleting KMS keys] in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: kms:ScheduleKeyDeletion (key policy) +// +// # Related operations +// +// # CancelKeyDeletion +// +// # DisableKey // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [delete the orphaned key material]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-orphaned-key +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [Deleting a KMS key from an external key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/delete-xks-key.html +// [Deleting multi-Region keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-delete.html +// [Deleting KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html +// [multi-Region replica key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-delete.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [deletes a KMS key from an CloudHSM key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/delete-cmk-keystore.html func (c *Client) ScheduleKeyDeletion(ctx context.Context, params *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ScheduleKeyDeletionInput{} @@ -74,25 +90,35 @@ func (c *Client) ScheduleKeyDeletion(ctx context.Context, params *ScheduleKeyDel type ScheduleKeyDeletionInput struct { - // The unique identifier of the KMS key to delete. Specify the key ID or key ARN - // of the KMS key. For example: + // The unique identifier of the KMS key to delete. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // The waiting period, specified in number of days. After the waiting period ends, - // KMS deletes the KMS key. If the KMS key is a multi-Region primary key with - // replica keys, the waiting period begins when the last of its replica keys is - // deleted. Otherwise, the waiting period begins immediately. This value is - // optional. If you include a value, it must be between 7 and 30, inclusive. If you - // do not include a value, it defaults to 30. You can use the - // kms:ScheduleKeyDeletionPendingWindowInDays (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/conditions-kms.html#conditions-kms-schedule-key-deletion-pending-window-in-days) - // condition key to further constrain the values that principals can specify in the - // PendingWindowInDays parameter. + // KMS deletes the KMS key. + // + // If the KMS key is a multi-Region primary key with replica keys, the waiting + // period begins when the last of its replica keys is deleted. Otherwise, the + // waiting period begins immediately. + // + // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 7 and 30, + // inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 30. You can use the [kms:ScheduleKeyDeletionPendingWindowInDays] + // kms:ScheduleKeyDeletionPendingWindowInDays condition key to further constrain + // the values that principals can specify in the PendingWindowInDays parameter. + // + // [kms:ScheduleKeyDeletionPendingWindowInDays]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/conditions-kms.html#conditions-kms-schedule-key-deletion-pending-window-in-days PendingWindowInDays *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -100,25 +126,31 @@ type ScheduleKeyDeletionInput struct { type ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput struct { - // The date and time after which KMS deletes the KMS key. If the KMS key is a - // multi-Region primary key with replica keys, this field does not appear. The - // deletion date for the primary key isn't known until its last replica key is - // deleted. + // The date and time after which KMS deletes the KMS key. + // + // If the KMS key is a multi-Region primary key with replica keys, this field does + // not appear. The deletion date for the primary key isn't known until its last + // replica key is deleted. DeletionDate *time.Time - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the KMS key whose deletion is scheduled. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the KMS key whose deletion is scheduled. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string - // The current status of the KMS key. For more information about how key state - // affects the use of a KMS key, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // The current status of the KMS key. + // + // For more information about how key state affects the use of a KMS key, see [Key states of KMS keys] in + // the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html KeyState types.KeyState - // The waiting period before the KMS key is deleted. If the KMS key is a - // multi-Region primary key with replicas, the waiting period begins when the last - // of its replica keys is deleted. Otherwise, the waiting period begins - // immediately. + // The waiting period before the KMS key is deleted. + // + // If the KMS key is a multi-Region primary key with replicas, the waiting period + // begins when the last of its replica keys is deleted. Otherwise, the waiting + // period begins immediately. PendingWindowInDays *int32 // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Sign.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Sign.go index c69fe69e42cdd..ebd7cf5e70eb5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Sign.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Sign.go @@ -11,48 +11,63 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a digital signature (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_signature) -// for a message or message digest by using the private key in an asymmetric -// signing KMS key. To verify the signature, use the Verify operation, or use the -// public key in the same asymmetric KMS key outside of KMS. For information about -// asymmetric KMS keys, see Asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Digital signatures are generated -// and verified by using asymmetric key pair, such as an RSA or ECC pair that is -// represented by an asymmetric KMS key. The key owner (or an authorized user) uses -// their private key to sign a message. Anyone with the public key can verify that -// the message was signed with that particular private key and that the message -// hasn't changed since it was signed. To use the Sign operation, provide the -// following information: +// Creates a [digital signature] for a message or message digest by using the private key in an +// asymmetric signing KMS key. To verify the signature, use the Verifyoperation, or use +// the public key in the same asymmetric KMS key outside of KMS. For information +// about asymmetric KMS keys, see [Asymmetric KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Digital signatures are generated and verified by using asymmetric key pair, +// such as an RSA or ECC pair that is represented by an asymmetric KMS key. The key +// owner (or an authorized user) uses their private key to sign a message. Anyone +// with the public key can verify that the message was signed with that particular +// private key and that the message hasn't changed since it was signed. +// +// To use the Sign operation, provide the following information: +// // - Use the KeyId parameter to identify an asymmetric KMS key with a KeyUsage -// value of SIGN_VERIFY . To get the KeyUsage value of a KMS key, use the -// DescribeKey operation. The caller must have kms:Sign permission on the KMS -// key. +// value of SIGN_VERIFY . To get the KeyUsage value of a KMS key, use the DescribeKey +// operation. The caller must have kms:Sign permission on the KMS key. +// // - Use the Message parameter to specify the message or message digest to sign. // You can submit messages of up to 4096 bytes. To sign a larger message, generate // a hash digest of the message, and then provide the hash digest in the Message // parameter. To indicate whether the message is a full message or a digest, use // the MessageType parameter. +// // - Choose a signing algorithm that is compatible with the KMS key. // // When signing a message, be sure to record the KMS key and the signing -// algorithm. This information is required to verify the signature. Best practices -// recommend that you limit the time during which any signature is effective. This -// deters an attack where the actor uses a signed message to establish validity -// repeatedly or long after the message is superseded. Signatures do not include a -// timestamp, but you can include a timestamp in the signed message to help you -// detect when its time to refresh the signature. To verify the signature that this -// operation generates, use the Verify operation. Or use the GetPublicKey -// operation to download the public key and then use the public key to verify the -// signature outside of KMS. The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in -// a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To -// perform this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. -// Required permissions: kms:Sign (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: Verify Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// algorithm. This information is required to verify the signature. +// +// Best practices recommend that you limit the time during which any signature is +// effective. This deters an attack where the actor uses a signed message to +// establish validity repeatedly or long after the message is superseded. +// Signatures do not include a timestamp, but you can include a timestamp in the +// signed message to help you detect when its time to refresh the signature. +// +// To verify the signature that this operation generates, use the Verify operation. Or +// use the GetPublicKeyoperation to download the public key and then use the public key to +// verify the signature outside of KMS. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:Sign] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: Verify +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [digital signature]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_signature +// [Asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [kms:Sign]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) Sign(ctx context.Context, params *SignInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SignOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SignInput{} @@ -73,70 +88,95 @@ type SignInput struct { // Identifies an asymmetric KMS key. KMS uses the private key in the asymmetric // KMS key to sign the message. The KeyUsage type of the KMS key must be // SIGN_VERIFY . To find the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. + // // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Specifies the message or message digest to sign. Messages can be 0-4096 bytes. - // To sign a larger message, provide a message digest. If you provide a message - // digest, use the DIGEST value of MessageType to prevent the digest from being - // hashed again while signing. + // To sign a larger message, provide a message digest. + // + // If you provide a message digest, use the DIGEST value of MessageType to prevent + // the digest from being hashed again while signing. // // This member is required. Message []byte - // Specifies the signing algorithm to use when signing the message. Choose an - // algorithm that is compatible with the type and size of the specified asymmetric - // KMS key. When signing with RSA key pairs, RSASSA-PSS algorithms are preferred. - // We include RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 algorithms for compatibility with existing - // applications. + // Specifies the signing algorithm to use when signing the message. + // + // Choose an algorithm that is compatible with the type and size of the specified + // asymmetric KMS key. When signing with RSA key pairs, RSASSA-PSS algorithms are + // preferred. We include RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 algorithms for compatibility with + // existing applications. // // This member is required. SigningAlgorithm types.SigningAlgorithmSpec - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string // Tells KMS whether the value of the Message parameter should be hashed as part // of the signing algorithm. Use RAW for unhashed messages; use DIGEST for message - // digests, which are already hashed. When the value of MessageType is RAW , KMS - // uses the standard signing algorithm, which begins with a hash function. When the - // value is DIGEST , KMS skips the hashing step in the signing algorithm. Use the - // DIGEST value only when the value of the Message parameter is a message digest. - // If you use the DIGEST value with an unhashed message, the security of the - // signing operation can be compromised. When the value of MessageType is DIGEST , - // the length of the Message value must match the length of hashed messages for - // the specified signing algorithm. You can submit a message digest and omit the - // MessageType or specify RAW so the digest is hashed again while signing. - // However, this can cause verification failures when verifying with a system that - // assumes a single hash. The hashing algorithm in that Sign uses is based on the - // SigningAlgorithm value. + // digests, which are already hashed. + // + // When the value of MessageType is RAW , KMS uses the standard signing algorithm, + // which begins with a hash function. When the value is DIGEST , KMS skips the + // hashing step in the signing algorithm. + // + // Use the DIGEST value only when the value of the Message parameter is a message + // digest. If you use the DIGEST value with an unhashed message, the security of + // the signing operation can be compromised. + // + // When the value of MessageType is DIGEST , the length of the Message value must + // match the length of hashed messages for the specified signing algorithm. + // + // You can submit a message digest and omit the MessageType or specify RAW so the + // digest is hashed again while signing. However, this can cause verification + // failures when verifying with a system that assumes a single hash. + // + // The hashing algorithm in that Sign uses is based on the SigningAlgorithm value. + // // - Signing algorithms that end in SHA_256 use the SHA_256 hashing algorithm. + // // - Signing algorithms that end in SHA_384 use the SHA_384 hashing algorithm. + // // - Signing algorithms that end in SHA_512 use the SHA_512 hashing algorithm. - // - SM2DSA uses the SM3 hashing algorithm. For details, see Offline - // verification with SM2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification) - // . + // + // - SM2DSA uses the SM3 hashing algorithm. For details, see [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]. + // + // [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification MessageType types.MessageType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -144,21 +184,27 @@ type SignInput struct { type SignOutput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the asymmetric KMS key that was used to sign the message. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the asymmetric KMS key that was used to sign the + // message. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // The cryptographic signature that was generated for the message. + // // - When used with the supported RSA signing algorithms, the encoding of this - // value is defined by PKCS #1 in RFC 8017 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8017) - // . + // value is defined by [PKCS #1 in RFC 8017]. + // // - When used with the ECDSA_SHA_256 , ECDSA_SHA_384 , or ECDSA_SHA_512 signing // algorithms, this value is a DER-encoded object as defined by ANSI X9.62–2005 and - // RFC 3279 Section 2.2.3 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3279#section-2.2.3) . - // This is the most commonly used signature format and is appropriate for most + // [RFC 3279 Section 2.2.3]. This is the most commonly used signature format and is appropriate for most // uses. + // // When you use the HTTP API or the Amazon Web Services CLI, the value is // Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. + // + // [RFC 3279 Section 2.2.3]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3279#section-2.2.3 + // [PKCS #1 in RFC 8017]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8017 Signature []byte // The signing algorithm that was used to sign the message. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_TagResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_TagResource.go index 001db07b674d1..f24835fe51e70 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_TagResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_TagResource.go @@ -11,38 +11,56 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds or edits tags on a customer managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) -// . Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. -// For details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Each tag consists of a tag key -// and a tag value, both of which are case-sensitive strings. The tag value can be -// an empty (null) string. To add a tag, specify a new tag key and a tag value. To -// edit a tag, specify an existing tag key and a new tag value. You can use this -// operation to tag a customer managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) -// , but you cannot tag an Amazon Web Services managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) -// , an Amazon Web Services owned key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk) -// , a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#keystore-concept) -// , or an alias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#alias-concept) -// . You can also add tags to a KMS key while creating it ( CreateKey ) or -// replicating it ( ReplicateKey ). For information about using tags in KMS, see -// Tagging keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html) -// . For general information about tags, including the format and syntax, see -// Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:TagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations -// - CreateKey -// - ListResourceTags -// - ReplicateKey -// - UntagResource +// Adds or edits tags on a [customer managed key]. +// +// Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For +// details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value, both of which are +// case-sensitive strings. The tag value can be an empty (null) string. To add a +// tag, specify a new tag key and a tag value. To edit a tag, specify an existing +// tag key and a new tag value. +// +// You can use this operation to tag a [customer managed key], but you cannot tag an [Amazon Web Services managed key], an [Amazon Web Services owned key], a [custom key store], or an [alias]. +// +// You can also add tags to a KMS key while creating it (CreateKey ) or replicating it (ReplicateKey ). +// +// For information about using tags in KMS, see [Tagging keys]. For general information about +// tags, including the format and syntax, see [Tagging Amazon Web Services resources]in the Amazon Web Services General +// Reference. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:TagResource] (key policy) +// +// # Related operations +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # ListResourceTags +// +// # ReplicateKey +// +// # UntagResource // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services owned key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:TagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [customer managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk +// [Tagging keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html +// [alias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#alias-concept +// [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Amazon Web Services managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk +// [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#keystore-concept +// [Tagging Amazon Web Services resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html func (c *Client) TagResource(ctx context.Context, params *TagResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagResourceInput{} @@ -60,22 +78,31 @@ func (c *Client) TagResource(ctx context.Context, params *TagResourceInput, optF type TagResourceInput struct { - // Identifies a customer managed key in the account and Region. Specify the key ID - // or key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // Identifies a customer managed key in the account and Region. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // One or more tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. The tag value - // can be an empty (null) string. Do not include confidential or sensitive - // information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in - // CloudTrail logs and other output. You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key - // with the same tag key. If you specify an existing tag key with a different tag - // value, KMS replaces the current tag value with the specified one. + // can be an empty (null) string. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you + // specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current + // tag value with the specified one. // // This member is required. Tags []types.Tag diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UntagResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UntagResource.go index c3cae702817c4..157eb8d0f3fdb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UntagResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UntagResource.go @@ -10,32 +10,48 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes tags from a customer managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) -// . To delete a tag, specify the tag key and the KMS key. Tagging or untagging a -// KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, see ABAC for -// KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) in the Key -// Management Service Developer Guide. When it succeeds, the UntagResource -// operation doesn't return any output. Also, if the specified tag key isn't found -// on the KMS key, it doesn't throw an exception or return a response. To confirm -// that the operation worked, use the ListResourceTags operation. For information -// about using tags in KMS, see Tagging keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html) -// . For general information about tags, including the format and syntax, see -// Tagging Amazon Web Services resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:UntagResource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations -// - CreateKey -// - ListResourceTags -// - ReplicateKey -// - TagResource +// Deletes tags from a [customer managed key]. To delete a tag, specify the tag key and the KMS key. +// +// Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For +// details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// When it succeeds, the UntagResource operation doesn't return any output. Also, +// if the specified tag key isn't found on the KMS key, it doesn't throw an +// exception or return a response. To confirm that the operation worked, use the ListResourceTags +// operation. +// +// For information about using tags in KMS, see [Tagging keys]. For general information about +// tags, including the format and syntax, see [Tagging Amazon Web Services resources]in the Amazon Web Services General +// Reference. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:UntagResource] (key policy) +// +// # Related operations +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # ListResourceTags +// +// # ReplicateKey +// +// # TagResource // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:UntagResource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [customer managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk +// [Tagging keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html +// [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Tagging Amazon Web Services resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_tagging.html func (c *Client) UntagResource(ctx context.Context, params *UntagResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagResourceInput{} @@ -53,12 +69,18 @@ func (c *Client) UntagResource(ctx context.Context, params *UntagResourceInput, type UntagResourceInput struct { - // Identifies the KMS key from which you are removing tags. Specify the key ID or - // key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // Identifies the KMS key from which you are removing tags. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateAlias.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateAlias.go index cb429fd7382cd..f885e497b3c3c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateAlias.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateAlias.go @@ -13,40 +13,60 @@ import ( // Associates an existing KMS alias with a different KMS key. Each alias is // associated with only one KMS key at a time, although a KMS key can have multiple // aliases. The alias and the KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services -// account and Region. Adding, deleting, or updating an alias can allow or deny -// permission to the KMS key. For details, see ABAC for KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The current and new KMS key must -// be the same type (both symmetric or both asymmetric or both HMAC), and they must -// have the same key usage. This restriction prevents errors in code that uses -// aliases. If you must assign an alias to a different type of KMS key, use -// DeleteAlias to delete the old alias and CreateAlias to create a new alias. You -// cannot use UpdateAlias to change an alias name. To change an alias name, use -// DeleteAlias to delete the old alias and CreateAlias to create a new alias. +// account and Region. +// +// Adding, deleting, or updating an alias can allow or deny permission to the KMS +// key. For details, see [ABAC for KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The current and new KMS key must be the same type (both symmetric or both +// asymmetric or both HMAC), and they must have the same key usage. This +// restriction prevents errors in code that uses aliases. If you must assign an +// alias to a different type of KMS key, use DeleteAliasto delete the old alias and CreateAlias to +// create a new alias. +// +// You cannot use UpdateAlias to change an alias name. To change an alias name, +// use DeleteAliasto delete the old alias and CreateAlias to create a new alias. +// // Because an alias is not a property of a KMS key, you can create, update, and // delete the aliases of a KMS key without affecting the KMS key. Also, aliases do -// not appear in the response from the DescribeKey operation. To get the aliases -// of all KMS keys in the account, use the ListAliases operation. The KMS key that -// you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see -// Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions -// - kms:UpdateAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the alias (IAM policy). -// - kms:UpdateAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the current KMS key (key policy). -// - kms:UpdateAlias (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// on the new KMS key (key policy). -// -// For details, see Controlling access to aliases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Related operations: -// - CreateAlias -// - DeleteAlias -// - ListAliases +// not appear in the response from the DescribeKeyoperation. To get the aliases of all KMS +// keys in the account, use the ListAliasesoperation. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// # Required permissions +// +// [kms:UpdateAlias] +// - on the alias (IAM policy). +// +// [kms:UpdateAlias] +// - on the current KMS key (key policy). +// +// [kms:UpdateAlias] +// - on the new KMS key (key policy). +// +// For details, see [Controlling access to aliases] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related operations: +// +// # CreateAlias +// +// # DeleteAlias +// +// # ListAliases // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [ABAC for KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/abac.html +// [kms:UpdateAlias]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [Controlling access to aliases]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-alias.html#alias-access func (c *Client) UpdateAlias(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAliasOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateAliasInput{} @@ -66,25 +86,37 @@ type UpdateAliasInput struct { // Identifies the alias that is changing its KMS key. This value must begin with // alias/ followed by the alias name, such as alias/ExampleAlias . You cannot use - // UpdateAlias to change the alias name. Do not include confidential or sensitive - // information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in - // CloudTrail logs and other output. + // UpdateAlias to change the alias name. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. // // This member is required. AliasName *string - // Identifies the customer managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk) - // to associate with the alias. You don't have permission to associate an alias - // with an Amazon Web Services managed key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk) - // . The KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services account and Region as the + // Identifies the [customer managed key] to associate with the alias. You don't have permission to + // associate an alias with an [Amazon Web Services managed key]. + // + // The KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services account and Region as the // alias. Also, the new target KMS key must be the same type as the current target // KMS key (both symmetric or both asymmetric or both HMAC) and they must have the - // same key usage. Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. For example: + // same key usage. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // verify that the alias is mapped to the correct KMS key, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. + // + // To verify that the alias is mapped to the correct KMS key, use ListAliases. + // + // [customer managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk + // [Amazon Web Services managed key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk // // This member is required. TargetKeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateCustomKeyStore.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateCustomKeyStore.go index 14447d9d9b837..578980488c92a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateCustomKeyStore.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateCustomKeyStore.go @@ -12,67 +12,92 @@ import ( ) // Changes the properties of a custom key store. You can use this operation to -// change the properties of an CloudHSM key store or an external key store. Use the -// required CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the custom key store. Use the -// remaining optional parameters to change its properties. This operation does not -// return any property values. To verify the updated property values, use the -// DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. This operation is part of the custom key -// stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) -// feature in KMS, which combines the convenience and extensive integration of KMS -// with the isolation and control of a key store that you own and manage. When -// updating the properties of an external key store, verify that the updated +// change the properties of an CloudHSM key store or an external key store. +// +// Use the required CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the custom key store. +// Use the remaining optional parameters to change its properties. This operation +// does not return any property values. To verify the updated property values, use +// the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. +// +// This operation is part of the [custom key stores] feature in KMS, which combines the convenience +// and extensive integration of KMS with the isolation and control of a key store +// that you own and manage. +// +// When updating the properties of an external key store, verify that the updated // settings connect your key store, via the external key store proxy, to the same // external key manager as the previous settings, or to a backup or snapshot of the // external key manager with the same cryptographic keys. If the updated connection // settings fail, you can fix them and retry, although an extended delay might // disrupt Amazon Web Services services. However, if KMS permanently loses its // access to cryptographic keys, ciphertext encrypted under those keys is -// unrecoverable. For external key stores: Some external key managers provide a -// simpler method for updating an external key store. For details, see your -// external key manager documentation. When updating an external key store in the -// KMS console, you can upload a JSON-based proxy configuration file with the -// desired values. You cannot upload the proxy configuration file to the -// UpdateCustomKeyStore operation. However, you can use the file to help you -// determine the correct values for the UpdateCustomKeyStore parameters. For an -// CloudHSM key store, you can use this operation to change the custom key store -// friendly name ( NewCustomKeyStoreName ), to tell KMS about a change to the +// unrecoverable. +// +// For external key stores: +// +// Some external key managers provide a simpler method for updating an external +// key store. For details, see your external key manager documentation. +// +// When updating an external key store in the KMS console, you can upload a +// JSON-based proxy configuration file with the desired values. You cannot upload +// the proxy configuration file to the UpdateCustomKeyStore operation. However, +// you can use the file to help you determine the correct values for the +// UpdateCustomKeyStore parameters. +// +// For an CloudHSM key store, you can use this operation to change the custom key +// store friendly name ( NewCustomKeyStoreName ), to tell KMS about a change to the // kmsuser crypto user password ( KeyStorePassword ), or to associate the custom // key store with a different, but related, CloudHSM cluster ( CloudHsmClusterId ). // To update any property of an CloudHSM key store, the ConnectionState of the -// CloudHSM key store must be DISCONNECTED . For an external key store, you can use -// this operation to change the custom key store friendly name ( -// NewCustomKeyStoreName ), or to tell KMS about a change to the external key store -// proxy authentication credentials ( XksProxyAuthenticationCredential ), -// connection method ( XksProxyConnectivity ), external proxy endpoint ( -// XksProxyUriEndpoint ) and path ( XksProxyUriPath ). For external key stores with -// an XksProxyConnectivity of VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , you can also update the Amazon -// VPC endpoint service name ( XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName ). To update most -// properties of an external key store, the ConnectionState of the external key -// store must be DISCONNECTED . However, you can update the CustomKeyStoreName , +// CloudHSM key store must be DISCONNECTED . +// +// For an external key store, you can use this operation to change the custom key +// store friendly name ( NewCustomKeyStoreName ), or to tell KMS about a change to +// the external key store proxy authentication credentials ( +// XksProxyAuthenticationCredential ), connection method ( XksProxyConnectivity ), +// external proxy endpoint ( XksProxyUriEndpoint ) and path ( XksProxyUriPath ). +// For external key stores with an XksProxyConnectivity of VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , +// you can also update the Amazon VPC endpoint service name ( +// XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName ). To update most properties of an external key +// store, the ConnectionState of the external key store must be DISCONNECTED . +// However, you can update the CustomKeyStoreName , // XksProxyAuthenticationCredential , and XksProxyUriPath of an external key store -// when it is in the CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED state. If your update requires a -// DISCONNECTED state, before using UpdateCustomKeyStore , use the -// DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation to disconnect the custom key store. After the -// UpdateCustomKeyStore operation completes, use the ConnectCustomKeyStore to -// reconnect the custom key store. To find the ConnectionState of the custom key -// store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. Before updating the custom -// key store, verify that the new values allow KMS to connect the custom key store -// to its backing key store. For example, before you change the XksProxyUriPath -// value, verify that the external key store proxy is reachable at the new path. If -// the operation succeeds, it returns a JSON object with no properties. +// when it is in the CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED state. +// +// If your update requires a DISCONNECTED state, before using UpdateCustomKeyStore +// , use the DisconnectCustomKeyStoreoperation to disconnect the custom key store. After the +// UpdateCustomKeyStore operation completes, use the ConnectCustomKeyStore to reconnect the custom key +// store. To find the ConnectionState of the custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. +// +// Before updating the custom key store, verify that the new values allow KMS to +// connect the custom key store to its backing key store. For example, before you +// change the XksProxyUriPath value, verify that the external key store proxy is +// reachable at the new path. +// +// If the operation succeeds, it returns a JSON object with no properties. +// // Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a custom key store -// in a different Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions: -// kms:UpdateCustomKeyStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (IAM policy) Related operations: -// - ConnectCustomKeyStore -// - CreateCustomKeyStore -// - DeleteCustomKeyStore -// - DescribeCustomKeyStores -// - DisconnectCustomKeyStore +// in a different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:UpdateCustomKeyStore] (IAM policy) +// +// Related operations: +// +// # ConnectCustomKeyStore +// +// # CreateCustomKeyStore +// +// # DeleteCustomKeyStore +// +// # DescribeCustomKeyStores +// +// # DisconnectCustomKeyStore // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [custom key stores]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html +// [kms:UpdateCustomKeyStore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) UpdateCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateCustomKeyStoreInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateCustomKeyStoreOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateCustomKeyStoreInput{} @@ -91,92 +116,119 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateCustomKeyStore(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateCustomK type UpdateCustomKeyStoreInput struct { // Identifies the custom key store that you want to update. Enter the ID of the - // custom key store. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the - // DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. + // custom key store. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStoresoperation. // // This member is required. CustomKeyStoreId *string // Associates the custom key store with a related CloudHSM cluster. This parameter // is valid only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . - // Enter the cluster ID of the cluster that you used to create the custom key store - // or a cluster that shares a backup history and has the same cluster certificate - // as the original cluster. You cannot use this parameter to associate a custom key - // store with an unrelated cluster. In addition, the replacement cluster must - // fulfill the requirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keystore.html#before-keystore) - // for a cluster associated with a custom key store. To view the cluster - // certificate of a cluster, use the DescribeClusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html) - // operation. To change this value, the CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. + // + // Enter the cluster ID of the cluster that you used to create the custom key + // store or a cluster that shares a backup history and has the same cluster + // certificate as the original cluster. You cannot use this parameter to associate + // a custom key store with an unrelated cluster. In addition, the replacement + // cluster must [fulfill the requirements]for a cluster associated with a custom key store. To view the + // cluster certificate of a cluster, use the [DescribeClusters]operation. + // + // To change this value, the CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. + // + // [fulfill the requirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keystore.html#before-keystore + // [DescribeClusters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html CloudHsmClusterId *string // Enter the current password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU) in the CloudHSM // cluster that is associated with the custom key store. This parameter is valid - // only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . This - // parameter tells KMS the current password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU). It - // does not set or change the password of any users in the CloudHSM cluster. To - // change this value, the CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. + // only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // + // This parameter tells KMS the current password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU). + // It does not set or change the password of any users in the CloudHSM cluster. + // + // To change this value, the CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. KeyStorePassword *string // Changes the friendly name of the custom key store to the value that you // specify. The custom key store name must be unique in the Amazon Web Services - // account. Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. - // This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. To - // change this value, an CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. An external key - // store can be connected or disconnected. + // account. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. + // + // To change this value, an CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. An external + // key store can be connected or disconnected. NewCustomKeyStoreName *string // Changes the credentials that KMS uses to sign requests to the external key // store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with - // a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . You must specify both the - // AccessKeyId and SecretAccessKey value in the authentication credential, even if - // you are only updating one value. This parameter doesn't establish or change your - // authentication credentials on the proxy. It just tells KMS the credential that - // you established with your external key store proxy. For example, if you rotate - // the credential on your external key store proxy, you can use this parameter to - // update the credential in KMS. You can change this value when the external key - // store is connected or disconnected. + // a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // You must specify both the AccessKeyId and SecretAccessKey value in the + // authentication credential, even if you are only updating one value. + // + // This parameter doesn't establish or change your authentication credentials on + // the proxy. It just tells KMS the credential that you established with your + // external key store proxy. For example, if you rotate the credential on your + // external key store proxy, you can use this parameter to update the credential in + // KMS. + // + // You can change this value when the external key store is connected or + // disconnected. XksProxyAuthenticationCredential *types.XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType // Changes the connectivity setting for the external key store. To indicate that // the external key store proxy uses a Amazon VPC endpoint service to communicate - // with KMS, specify VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . Otherwise, specify PUBLIC_ENDPOINT . If - // you change the XksProxyConnectivity to VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , you must also + // with KMS, specify VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . Otherwise, specify PUBLIC_ENDPOINT . + // + // If you change the XksProxyConnectivity to VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , you must also // change the XksProxyUriEndpoint and add an XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName value. + // // If you change the XksProxyConnectivity to PUBLIC_ENDPOINT , you must also change // the XksProxyUriEndpoint and specify a null or empty string for the - // XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName value. To change this value, the external key - // store must be disconnected. + // XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName value. + // + // To change this value, the external key store must be disconnected. XksProxyConnectivity types.XksProxyConnectivityType // Changes the URI endpoint that KMS uses to connect to your external key store // proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with a - // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . For external key stores with an - // XksProxyConnectivity value of PUBLIC_ENDPOINT , the protocol must be HTTPS. For - // external key stores with an XksProxyConnectivity value of VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , - // specify https:// followed by the private DNS name associated with the VPC - // endpoint service. Each external key store must use a different private DNS name. + // CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // For external key stores with an XksProxyConnectivity value of PUBLIC_ENDPOINT , + // the protocol must be HTTPS. + // + // For external key stores with an XksProxyConnectivity value of + // VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE , specify https:// followed by the private DNS name + // associated with the VPC endpoint service. Each external key store must use a + // different private DNS name. + // // The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in - // the Amazon Web Services account and Region. To change this value, the external - // key store must be disconnected. + // the Amazon Web Services account and Region. + // + // To change this value, the external key store must be disconnected. XksProxyUriEndpoint *string // Changes the base path to the proxy APIs for this external key store. To find // this value, see the documentation for your external key manager and external key // store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with - // a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . The value must start with / and - // must end with /kms/xks/v1 , where v1 represents the version of the KMS external - // key store proxy API. You can include an optional prefix between the required - // elements such as /example/kms/xks/v1 . The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and - // XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account and - // Region. You can change this value when the external key store is connected or + // a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // + // The value must start with / and must end with /kms/xks/v1 , where v1 represents + // the version of the KMS external key store proxy API. You can include an optional + // prefix between the required elements such as /example/kms/xks/v1 . + // + // The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in + // the Amazon Web Services account and Region. + // + // You can change this value when the external key store is connected or // disconnected. XksProxyUriPath *string // Changes the name that KMS uses to identify the Amazon VPC endpoint service for // your external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid when the // CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE and the XksProxyConnectivity is - // VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . To change this value, the external key store must be - // disconnected. + // VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE . + // + // To change this value, the external key store must be disconnected. XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateKeyDescription.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateKeyDescription.go index d363603322231..59aeba93b78c0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateKeyDescription.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdateKeyDescription.go @@ -10,19 +10,29 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Updates the description of a KMS key. To see the description of a KMS key, use -// DescribeKey . The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a -// compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: No. You cannot -// perform this operation on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account. -// Required permissions: kms:UpdateKeyDescription (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations -// - CreateKey -// - DescribeKey +// Updates the description of a KMS key. To see the description of a KMS key, use DescribeKey +// . +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a +// different Amazon Web Services account. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:UpdateKeyDescription] (key policy) +// +// # Related operations +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # DescribeKey // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [kms:UpdateKeyDescription]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) UpdateKeyDescription(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateKeyDescriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateKeyDescriptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateKeyDescriptionInput{} @@ -40,19 +50,26 @@ func (c *Client) UpdateKeyDescription(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateKeyDesc type UpdateKeyDescriptionInput struct { - // New description for the KMS key. Do not include confidential or sensitive - // information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in - // CloudTrail logs and other output. + // New description for the KMS key. + // + // Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field + // may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. // // This member is required. Description *string - // Updates the description of the specified KMS key. Specify the key ID or key ARN - // of the KMS key. For example: + // Updates the description of the specified KMS key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdatePrimaryRegion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdatePrimaryRegion.go index ee5bbc6e8f70d..2182c64e6220d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdatePrimaryRegion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_UpdatePrimaryRegion.go @@ -10,61 +10,81 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Changes the primary key of a multi-Region key. This operation changes the -// replica key in the specified Region to a primary key and changes the former -// primary key to a replica key. For example, suppose you have a primary key in -// us-east-1 and a replica key in eu-west-2 . If you run UpdatePrimaryRegion with -// a PrimaryRegion value of eu-west-2 , the primary key is now the key in eu-west-2 -// , and the key in us-east-1 becomes a replica key. For details, see Updating the -// primary Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-update) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. This operation supports -// multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create multiple interoperable -// KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. Because these KMS keys have -// the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, you can use them -// interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services Region and decrypt it -// in a different Amazon Web Services Region without re-encrypting the data or -// making a cross-Region call. For more information about multi-Region keys, see -// Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The primary key of a multi-Region -// key is the source for properties that are always shared by primary and replica -// keys, including the key material, key ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-id) -// , key spec (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-spec) -// , key usage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-usage) -// , key material origin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-origin) -// , and automatic key rotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html) -// . It's the only key that can be replicated. You cannot delete the primary key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_ScheduleKeyDeletion.html) -// until all replica keys are deleted. The key ID and primary Region that you -// specify uniquely identify the replica key that will become the primary key. The -// primary Region must already have a replica key. This operation does not create a -// KMS key in the specified Region. To find the replica keys, use the DescribeKey -// operation on the primary key or any replica key. To create a replica key, use -// the ReplicateKey operation. You can run this operation while using the affected -// multi-Region keys in cryptographic operations. This operation should not delay, -// interrupt, or cause failures in cryptographic operations. Even after this -// operation completes, the process of updating the primary Region might still be -// in progress for a few more seconds. Operations such as DescribeKey might -// display both the old and new primary keys as replicas. The old and new primary -// keys have a transient key state of Updating . The original key state is restored -// when the update is complete. While the key state is Updating , you can use the -// keys in cryptographic operations, but you cannot replicate the new primary key -// or perform certain management operations, such as enabling or disabling these -// keys. For details about the Updating key state, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. This operation does not return -// any output. To verify that primary key is changed, use the DescribeKey -// operation. Cross-account use: No. You cannot use this operation in a different -// Amazon Web Services account. Required permissions: +// Changes the primary key of a multi-Region key. +// +// This operation changes the replica key in the specified Region to a primary key +// and changes the former primary key to a replica key. For example, suppose you +// have a primary key in us-east-1 and a replica key in eu-west-2 . If you run +// UpdatePrimaryRegion with a PrimaryRegion value of eu-west-2 , the primary key is +// now the key in eu-west-2 , and the key in us-east-1 becomes a replica key. For +// details, see [Updating the primary Region]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create +// multiple interoperable KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. +// Because these KMS keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, +// you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services +// Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web Services Region without +// re-encrypting the data or making a cross-Region call. For more information about +// multi-Region keys, see [Multi-Region keys in KMS]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The primary key of a multi-Region key is the source for properties that are +// always shared by primary and replica keys, including the key material, [key ID], [key spec], [key usage], [key material origin], +// and [automatic key rotation]. It's the only key that can be replicated. You cannot [delete the primary key] until all replica +// keys are deleted. +// +// The key ID and primary Region that you specify uniquely identify the replica +// key that will become the primary key. The primary Region must already have a +// replica key. This operation does not create a KMS key in the specified Region. +// To find the replica keys, use the DescribeKeyoperation on the primary key or any replica +// key. To create a replica key, use the ReplicateKeyoperation. +// +// You can run this operation while using the affected multi-Region keys in +// cryptographic operations. This operation should not delay, interrupt, or cause +// failures in cryptographic operations. +// +// Even after this operation completes, the process of updating the primary Region +// might still be in progress for a few more seconds. Operations such as +// DescribeKey might display both the old and new primary keys as replicas. The old +// and new primary keys have a transient key state of Updating . The original key +// state is restored when the update is complete. While the key state is Updating , +// you can use the keys in cryptographic operations, but you cannot replicate the +// new primary key or perform certain management operations, such as enabling or +// disabling these keys. For details about the Updating key state, see [Key states of KMS keys] in the Key +// Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// This operation does not return any output. To verify that primary key is +// changed, use the DescribeKeyoperation. +// +// Cross-account use: No. You cannot use this operation in a different Amazon Web +// Services account. +// +// Required permissions: +// // - kms:UpdatePrimaryRegion on the current primary key (in the primary key's // Region). Include this permission primary key's key policy. +// // - kms:UpdatePrimaryRegion on the current replica key (in the replica key's // Region). Include this permission in the replica key's key policy. // -// Related operations -// - CreateKey -// - ReplicateKey +// # Related operations +// +// # CreateKey +// +// # ReplicateKey // // Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For -// more information, see KMS eventual consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [key ID]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-id +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [delete the primary key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_ScheduleKeyDeletion.html +// [key usage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-usage +// [Updating the primary Region]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-manage.html#multi-region-update +// [Multi-Region keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html +// [key spec]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-spec +// [key material origin]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-origin +// [automatic key rotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) UpdatePrimaryRegion(ctx context.Context, params *UpdatePrimaryRegionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdatePrimaryRegionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdatePrimaryRegionInput{} @@ -83,20 +103,28 @@ func (c *Client) UpdatePrimaryRegion(ctx context.Context, params *UpdatePrimaryR type UpdatePrimaryRegionInput struct { // Identifies the current primary key. When the operation completes, this KMS key - // will be a replica key. Specify the key ID or key ARN of a multi-Region primary - // key. For example: + // will be a replica key. + // + // Specify the key ID or key ARN of a multi-Region primary key. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // The Amazon Web Services Region of the new primary key. Enter the Region ID, // such as us-east-1 or ap-southeast-2 . There must be an existing replica key in - // this Region. When the operation completes, the multi-Region key in this Region - // will be the primary key. + // this Region. + // + // When the operation completes, the multi-Region key in this Region will be the + // primary key. // // This member is required. PrimaryRegion *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Verify.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Verify.go index 6b880e43af4bf..9c2ba35636c18 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Verify.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_Verify.go @@ -12,40 +12,56 @@ import ( ) // Verifies a digital signature that was generated by the Sign operation. +// // Verification confirms that an authorized user signed the message with the // specified KMS key and signing algorithm, and the message hasn't changed since it // was signed. If the signature is verified, the value of the SignatureValid field // in the response is True . If the signature verification fails, the Verify -// operation fails with an KMSInvalidSignatureException exception. A digital -// signature is generated by using the private key in an asymmetric KMS key. The -// signature is verified by using the public key in the same asymmetric KMS key. -// For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see Asymmetric KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. To use the Verify operation, -// specify the same asymmetric KMS key, message, and signing algorithm that were -// used to produce the signature. The message type does not need to be the same as -// the one used for signing, but it must indicate whether the value of the Message -// parameter should be hashed as part of the verification process. You can also -// verify the digital signature by using the public key of the KMS key outside of -// KMS. Use the GetPublicKey operation to download the public key in the +// operation fails with an KMSInvalidSignatureException exception. +// +// A digital signature is generated by using the private key in an asymmetric KMS +// key. The signature is verified by using the public key in the same asymmetric +// KMS key. For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see [Asymmetric KMS keys]in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide. +// +// To use the Verify operation, specify the same asymmetric KMS key, message, and +// signing algorithm that were used to produce the signature. The message type does +// not need to be the same as the one used for signing, but it must indicate +// whether the value of the Message parameter should be hashed as part of the +// verification process. +// +// You can also verify the digital signature by using the public key of the KMS +// key outside of KMS. Use the GetPublicKeyoperation to download the public key in the // asymmetric KMS key and then use the public key to verify the signature outside // of KMS. The advantage of using the Verify operation is that it is performed // within KMS. As a result, it's easy to call, the operation is performed within // the FIPS boundary, it is logged in CloudTrail, and you can use key policy and // IAM policy to determine who is authorized to use the KMS key to verify -// signatures. To verify a signature outside of KMS with an SM2 public key (China -// Regions only), you must specify the distinguishing ID. By default, KMS uses -// 1234567812345678 as the distinguishing ID. For more information, see Offline -// verification with SM2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification) -// . The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. -// For details, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To -// perform this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services -// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. -// Required permissions: kms:Verify (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: Sign Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows -// an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// signatures. +// +// To verify a signature outside of KMS with an SM2 public key (China Regions +// only), you must specify the distinguishing ID. By default, KMS uses +// 1234567812345678 as the distinguishing ID. For more information, see [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:Verify] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: Sign +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [Asymmetric KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html +// [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification +// [kms:Verify]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html func (c *Client) Verify(ctx context.Context, params *VerifyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*VerifyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &VerifyInput{} @@ -65,26 +81,36 @@ type VerifyInput struct { // Identifies the asymmetric KMS key that will be used to verify the signature. // This must be the same KMS key that was used to generate the signature. If you - // specify a different KMS key, the signature verification fails. To specify a KMS - // key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias - // name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web - // Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. For example: + // specify a different KMS key, the signature verification fails. + // + // To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When + // using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/" . To specify a KMS key in a + // different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN. + // + // For example: + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias + // // - Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias - // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey . To - // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases . + // + // To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To get the alias name + // and alias ARN, use ListAliases. // // This member is required. KeyId *string // Specifies the message that was signed. You can submit a raw message of up to // 4096 bytes, or a hash digest of the message. If you submit a digest, use the - // MessageType parameter with a value of DIGEST . If the message specified here is - // different from the message that was signed, the signature verification fails. A - // message and its hash digest are considered to be the same message. + // MessageType parameter with a value of DIGEST . + // + // If the message specified here is different from the message that was signed, + // the signature verification fails. A message and its hash digest are considered + // to be the same message. // // This member is required. Message []byte @@ -100,38 +126,56 @@ type VerifyInput struct { // This member is required. SigningAlgorithm types.SigningAlgorithmSpec - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string // Tells KMS whether the value of the Message parameter should be hashed as part // of the signing algorithm. Use RAW for unhashed messages; use DIGEST for message - // digests, which are already hashed. When the value of MessageType is RAW , KMS - // uses the standard signing algorithm, which begins with a hash function. When the - // value is DIGEST , KMS skips the hashing step in the signing algorithm. Use the - // DIGEST value only when the value of the Message parameter is a message digest. - // If you use the DIGEST value with an unhashed message, the security of the - // verification operation can be compromised. When the value of MessageType is - // DIGEST , the length of the Message value must match the length of hashed - // messages for the specified signing algorithm. You can submit a message digest - // and omit the MessageType or specify RAW so the digest is hashed again while - // signing. However, if the signed message is hashed once while signing, but twice - // while verifying, verification fails, even when the message hasn't changed. The - // hashing algorithm in that Verify uses is based on the SigningAlgorithm value. + // digests, which are already hashed. + // + // When the value of MessageType is RAW , KMS uses the standard signing algorithm, + // which begins with a hash function. When the value is DIGEST , KMS skips the + // hashing step in the signing algorithm. + // + // Use the DIGEST value only when the value of the Message parameter is a message + // digest. If you use the DIGEST value with an unhashed message, the security of + // the verification operation can be compromised. + // + // When the value of MessageType is DIGEST , the length of the Message value must + // match the length of hashed messages for the specified signing algorithm. + // + // You can submit a message digest and omit the MessageType or specify RAW so the + // digest is hashed again while signing. However, if the signed message is hashed + // once while signing, but twice while verifying, verification fails, even when the + // message hasn't changed. + // + // The hashing algorithm in that Verify uses is based on the SigningAlgorithm + // value. + // // - Signing algorithms that end in SHA_256 use the SHA_256 hashing algorithm. + // // - Signing algorithms that end in SHA_384 use the SHA_384 hashing algorithm. + // // - Signing algorithms that end in SHA_512 use the SHA_512 hashing algorithm. - // - SM2DSA uses the SM3 hashing algorithm. For details, see Offline - // verification with SM2 key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification) - // . + // + // - SM2DSA uses the SM3 hashing algorithm. For details, see [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]. + // + // [Offline verification with SM2 key pairs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/asymmetric-key-specs.html#key-spec-sm-offline-verification MessageType types.MessageType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -139,8 +183,10 @@ type VerifyInput struct { type VerifyOutput struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name ( key ARN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN) - // ) of the asymmetric KMS key that was used to verify the signature. + // The Amazon Resource Name ([key ARN] ) of the asymmetric KMS key that was used to verify + // the signature. + // + // [key ARN]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-id-key-ARN KeyId *string // A Boolean value that indicates whether the signature was verified. A value of diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_VerifyMac.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_VerifyMac.go index cbffec19181a0..27bfa87ab1bbd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_VerifyMac.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/api_op_VerifyMac.go @@ -17,22 +17,33 @@ import ( // specify, and compares the computed HMAC to the HMAC that you specify. If the // HMACs are identical, the verification succeeds; otherwise, it fails. // Verification indicates that the message hasn't changed since the HMAC was -// calculated, and the specified key was used to generate and verify the HMAC. HMAC -// KMS keys and the HMAC algorithms that KMS uses conform to industry standards -// defined in RFC 2104 (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104) . This -// operation is part of KMS support for HMAC KMS keys. For details, see HMAC keys -// in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html) in the -// Key Management Service Developer Guide. The KMS key that you use for this -// operation must be in a compatible key state. For details, see Key states of KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) in -// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. Cross-account use: Yes. To perform -// this operation with a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, -// specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. Required -// permissions: kms:VerifyMac (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html) -// (key policy) Related operations: GenerateMac Eventual consistency: The KMS API -// follows an eventual consistency model. For more information, see KMS eventual -// consistency (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html) -// . +// calculated, and the specified key was used to generate and verify the HMAC. +// +// HMAC KMS keys and the HMAC algorithms that KMS uses conform to industry +// standards defined in [RFC 2104]. +// +// This operation is part of KMS support for HMAC KMS keys. For details, see [HMAC keys in KMS] in +// the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// The KMS key that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state. +// For details, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account use: Yes. To perform this operation with a KMS key in a different +// Amazon Web Services account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of +// the KeyId parameter. +// +// Required permissions: [kms:VerifyMac] (key policy) +// +// Related operations: GenerateMac +// +// Eventual consistency: The KMS API follows an eventual consistency model. For +// more information, see [KMS eventual consistency]. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html +// [RFC 2104]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc2104 +// [kms:VerifyMac]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/kms-api-permissions-reference.html +// [KMS eventual consistency]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-eventual-consistency.html +// [HMAC keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/hmac.html func (c *Client) VerifyMac(ctx context.Context, params *VerifyMacInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*VerifyMacOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &VerifyMacInput{} @@ -50,16 +61,17 @@ func (c *Client) VerifyMac(ctx context.Context, params *VerifyMacInput, optFns . type VerifyMacInput struct { - // The KMS key that will be used in the verification. Enter a key ID of the KMS - // key that was used to generate the HMAC. If you identify a different KMS key, the - // VerifyMac operation fails. + // The KMS key that will be used in the verification. + // + // Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to generate the HMAC. If you + // identify a different KMS key, the VerifyMac operation fails. // // This member is required. KeyId *string - // The HMAC to verify. Enter the HMAC that was generated by the GenerateMac - // operation when you specified the same message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm - // as the values specified in this request. + // The HMAC to verify. Enter the HMAC that was generated by the GenerateMac operation when + // you specified the same message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm as the values + // specified in this request. // // This member is required. Mac []byte @@ -72,23 +84,31 @@ type VerifyMacInput struct { MacAlgorithm types.MacAlgorithmSpec // The message that will be used in the verification. Enter the same message that - // was used to generate the HMAC. GenerateMac and VerifyMac do not provide special - // handling for message digests. If you generated an HMAC for a hash digest of a - // message, you must verify the HMAC for the same hash digest. + // was used to generate the HMAC. + // + // GenerateMacand VerifyMac do not provide special handling for message digests. If you + // generated an HMAC for a hash digest of a message, you must verify the HMAC for + // the same hash digest. // // This member is required. Message []byte - // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. To learn - // more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter. + // + // To learn more about how to use this parameter, see [Testing your KMS API calls] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Testing your KMS API calls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/programming-dryrun.html DryRun *bool - // A list of grant tokens. Use a grant token when your permission to call this - // operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. - // For more information, see Grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token) - // and Using a grant token (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // A list of grant tokens. + // + // Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new + // grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see [Grant token] + // and [Using a grant token]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html#grant_token + // [Using a grant token]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grant-manage.html#using-grant-token GrantTokens []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -104,9 +124,11 @@ type VerifyMacOutput struct { // A Boolean value that indicates whether the HMAC was verified. A value of True // indicates that the HMAC ( Mac ) was generated with the specified Message , HMAC - // KMS key ( KeyID ) and MacAlgorithm. . If the HMAC is not verified, the VerifyMac - // operation fails with a KMSInvalidMacException exception. This exception - // indicates that one or more of the inputs changed since the HMAC was computed. + // KMS key ( KeyID ) and MacAlgorithm. . + // + // If the HMAC is not verified, the VerifyMac operation fails with a + // KMSInvalidMacException exception. This exception indicates that one or more of + // the inputs changed since the HMAC was computed. MacValid bool // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/doc.go index 266b4e111763c..f989361a18397 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/doc.go @@ -3,62 +3,95 @@ // Package kms provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS // Key Management Service. // -// Key Management Service Key Management Service (KMS) is an encryption and key -// management web service. This guide describes the KMS operations that you can -// call programmatically. For general information about KMS, see the Key -// Management Service Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/) -// . KMS has replaced the term customer master key (CMK) with KMS key and KMS key. +// # Key Management Service +// +// Key Management Service (KMS) is an encryption and key management web service. +// This guide describes the KMS operations that you can call programmatically. For +// general information about KMS, see the [Key Management Service Developer Guide]. +// +// KMS has replaced the term customer master key (CMK) with KMS key and KMS key. // The concept has not changed. To prevent breaking changes, KMS is keeping some -// variations of this term. Amazon Web Services provides SDKs that consist of -// libraries and sample code for various programming languages and platforms (Java, -// Ruby, .Net, macOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient way to create -// programmatic access to KMS and other Amazon Web Services services. For example, -// the SDKs take care of tasks such as signing requests (see below), managing -// errors, and retrying requests automatically. For more information about the -// Amazon Web Services SDKs, including how to download and install them, see Tools -// for Amazon Web Services (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/) . We recommend that you -// use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to make programmatic API calls to KMS. If you -// need to use FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic modules when communicating with -// Amazon Web Services, use the FIPS endpoint in your preferred Amazon Web Services -// Region. For more information about the available FIPS endpoints, see Service -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/kms.html#kms_region) in -// the Key Management Service topic of the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// variations of this term. +// +// Amazon Web Services provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for +// various programming languages and platforms (Java, Ruby, .Net, macOS, Android, +// etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient way to create programmatic access to KMS +// and other Amazon Web Services services. For example, the SDKs take care of tasks +// such as signing requests (see below), managing errors, and retrying requests +// automatically. For more information about the Amazon Web Services SDKs, +// including how to download and install them, see [Tools for Amazon Web Services]. +// +// We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to make programmatic API +// calls to KMS. +// +// If you need to use FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic modules when +// communicating with Amazon Web Services, use the FIPS endpoint in your preferred +// Amazon Web Services Region. For more information about the available FIPS +// endpoints, see [Service endpoints]in the Key Management Service topic of the Amazon Web Services +// General Reference. +// // All KMS API calls must be signed and be transmitted using Transport Layer // Security (TLS). KMS recommends you always use the latest supported TLS version. // Clients must also support cipher suites with Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) such // as Ephemeral Diffie-Hellman (DHE) or Elliptic Curve Ephemeral Diffie-Hellman // (ECDHE). Most modern systems such as Java 7 and later support these modes. -// Signing Requests Requests must be signed using an access key ID and a secret -// access key. We strongly recommend that you do not use your Amazon Web Services -// account root access key ID and secret access key for everyday work. You can use -// the access key ID and secret access key for an IAM user or you can use the -// Security Token Service (STS) to generate temporary security credentials and use -// those to sign requests. All KMS requests must be signed with Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// . Logging API Requests KMS supports CloudTrail, a service that logs Amazon Web -// Services API calls and related events for your Amazon Web Services account and -// delivers them to an Amazon S3 bucket that you specify. By using the information -// collected by CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were made to KMS, who -// made the request, when it was made, and so on. To learn more about CloudTrail, -// including how to turn it on and find your log files, see the CloudTrail User -// Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/) . Additional -// Resources For more information about credentials and request signing, see the -// following: -// - Amazon Web Services Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html) -// - This topic provides general information about the types of credentials used to -// access Amazon Web Services. -// - Temporary Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html) -// - This section of the IAM User Guide describes how to create and use temporary -// security credentials. -// - Signature Version 4 Signing Process (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html) -// - This set of topics walks you through the process of signing a request using an -// access key ID and a secret access key. -// -// Commonly Used API Operations Of the API operations discussed in this guide, the -// following will prove the most useful for most applications. You will likely -// perform operations other than these, such as creating keys and assigning -// policies, by using the console. -// - Encrypt -// - Decrypt -// - GenerateDataKey -// - GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext +// +// # Signing Requests +// +// Requests must be signed using an access key ID and a secret access key. We +// strongly recommend that you do not use your Amazon Web Services account root +// access key ID and secret access key for everyday work. You can use the access +// key ID and secret access key for an IAM user or you can use the Security Token +// Service (STS) to generate temporary security credentials and use those to sign +// requests. +// +// All KMS requests must be signed with [Signature Version 4]. +// +// # Logging API Requests +// +// KMS supports CloudTrail, a service that logs Amazon Web Services API calls and +// related events for your Amazon Web Services account and delivers them to an +// Amazon S3 bucket that you specify. By using the information collected by +// CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were made to KMS, who made the +// request, when it was made, and so on. To learn more about CloudTrail, including +// how to turn it on and find your log files, see the [CloudTrail User Guide]. +// +// # Additional Resources +// +// For more information about credentials and request signing, see the following: +// +// [Amazon Web Services Security Credentials] +// - - This topic provides general information about the types of credentials +// used to access Amazon Web Services. +// +// [Temporary Security Credentials] +// - - This section of the IAM User Guide describes how to create and use +// temporary security credentials. +// +// [Signature Version 4 Signing Process] +// - - This set of topics walks you through the process of signing a request +// using an access key ID and a secret access key. +// +// # Commonly Used API Operations +// +// Of the API operations discussed in this guide, the following will prove the +// most useful for most applications. You will likely perform operations other than +// these, such as creating keys and assigning policies, by using the console. +// +// # Encrypt +// +// # Decrypt +// +// # GenerateDataKey +// +// # GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext +// +// [Signature Version 4]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html +// [Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html +// [Tools for Amazon Web Services]: http://aws.amazon.com/tools/ +// [Amazon Web Services Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html +// [Key Management Service Developer Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/ +// [Service endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/kms.html#kms_region +// [CloudTrail User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/ +// [Signature Version 4 Signing Process]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html package kms diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/go_module_metadata.go index f1792844be8bc..a86932a51c24b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package kms // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.31.0" +const goModuleVersion = "1.31.1" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/options.go index b24e256594732..11be534415f90 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/enums.go index 5171e13aa504e..b33c20f9b75fa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/enums.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AlgorithmSpec. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AlgorithmSpec) Values() []AlgorithmSpec { return []AlgorithmSpec{ "RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5", @@ -51,8 +52,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ConnectionErrorCodeType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionErrorCodeType) Values() []ConnectionErrorCodeType { return []ConnectionErrorCodeType{ "INVALID_CREDENTIALS", @@ -88,8 +90,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ConnectionStateType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionStateType) Values() []ConnectionStateType { return []ConnectionStateType{ "CONNECTED", @@ -120,8 +123,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CustomerMasterKeySpec. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CustomerMasterKeySpec) Values() []CustomerMasterKeySpec { return []CustomerMasterKeySpec{ "RSA_2048", @@ -149,8 +153,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CustomKeyStoreType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CustomKeyStoreType) Values() []CustomKeyStoreType { return []CustomKeyStoreType{ "AWS_CLOUDHSM", @@ -173,8 +178,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DataKeyPairSpec. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DataKeyPairSpec) Values() []DataKeyPairSpec { return []DataKeyPairSpec{ "RSA_2048", @@ -197,8 +203,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DataKeySpec. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DataKeySpec) Values() []DataKeySpec { return []DataKeySpec{ "AES_256", @@ -217,8 +224,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EncryptionAlgorithmSpec. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EncryptionAlgorithmSpec) Values() []EncryptionAlgorithmSpec { return []EncryptionAlgorithmSpec{ "SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT", @@ -237,8 +245,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExpirationModelType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExpirationModelType) Values() []ExpirationModelType { return []ExpirationModelType{ "KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES", @@ -269,8 +278,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for GrantOperation. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (GrantOperation) Values() []GrantOperation { return []GrantOperation{ "Decrypt", @@ -300,8 +310,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeyEncryptionMechanism. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeyEncryptionMechanism) Values() []KeyEncryptionMechanism { return []KeyEncryptionMechanism{ "RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256", @@ -317,8 +328,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeyManagerType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeyManagerType) Values() []KeyManagerType { return []KeyManagerType{ "AWS", @@ -346,8 +358,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeySpec. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeySpec) Values() []KeySpec { return []KeySpec{ "RSA_2048", @@ -381,8 +394,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeyState. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeyState) Values() []KeyState { return []KeyState{ "Creating", @@ -406,8 +420,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for KeyUsageType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (KeyUsageType) Values() []KeyUsageType { return []KeyUsageType{ "SIGN_VERIFY", @@ -427,8 +442,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MacAlgorithmSpec. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MacAlgorithmSpec) Values() []MacAlgorithmSpec { return []MacAlgorithmSpec{ "HMAC_SHA_224", @@ -447,8 +463,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MessageType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MessageType) Values() []MessageType { return []MessageType{ "RAW", @@ -465,8 +482,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MultiRegionKeyType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MultiRegionKeyType) Values() []MultiRegionKeyType { return []MultiRegionKeyType{ "PRIMARY", @@ -485,8 +503,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OriginType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OriginType) Values() []OriginType { return []OriginType{ "AWS_KMS", @@ -505,8 +524,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RotationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RotationType) Values() []RotationType { return []RotationType{ "AUTOMATIC", @@ -531,8 +551,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SigningAlgorithmSpec. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SigningAlgorithmSpec) Values() []SigningAlgorithmSpec { return []SigningAlgorithmSpec{ "RSASSA_PSS_SHA_256", @@ -558,8 +579,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for WrappingKeySpec. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (WrappingKeySpec) Values() []WrappingKeySpec { return []WrappingKeySpec{ "RSA_2048", @@ -578,6 +600,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for XksProxyConnectivityType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (XksProxyConnectivityType) Values() []XksProxyConnectivityType { return []XksProxyConnectivityType{ diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/errors.go index 9bc846319c79c..2221044e45863 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/errors.go @@ -37,10 +37,13 @@ func (e *AlreadyExistsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy. // The request was rejected because the specified CloudHSM cluster is already // associated with an CloudHSM key store in the account, or it shares a backup // history with an CloudHSM key store in the account. Each CloudHSM key store in -// the account must be associated with a different CloudHSM cluster. CloudHSM -// clusters that share a backup history have the same cluster certificate. To view -// the cluster certificate of an CloudHSM cluster, use the DescribeClusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html) +// the account must be associated with a different CloudHSM cluster. +// +// CloudHSM clusters that share a backup history have the same cluster +// certificate. To view the cluster certificate of an CloudHSM cluster, use the [DescribeClusters] // operation. +// +// [DescribeClusters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html type CloudHsmClusterInUseException struct { Message *string @@ -68,30 +71,37 @@ func (e *CloudHsmClusterInUseException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return // The request was rejected because the associated CloudHSM cluster did not meet // the configuration requirements for an CloudHSM key store. +// // - The CloudHSM cluster must be configured with private subnets in at least // two different Availability Zones in the Region. -// - The security group for the cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/configure-sg.html) -// (cloudhsm-cluster--sg) must include inbound rules and outbound rules that allow -// TCP traffic on ports 2223-2225. The Source in the inbound rules and the -// Destination in the outbound rules must match the security group ID. These rules -// are set by default when you create the CloudHSM cluster. Do not delete or change -// them. To get information about a particular security group, use the -// DescribeSecurityGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeSecurityGroups.html) +// +// - The [security group for the cluster](cloudhsm-cluster--sg) must include inbound rules and outbound rules +// that allow TCP traffic on ports 2223-2225. The Source in the inbound rules and +// the Destination in the outbound rules must match the security group ID. These +// rules are set by default when you create the CloudHSM cluster. Do not delete or +// change them. To get information about a particular security group, use the [DescribeSecurityGroups] // operation. +// // - The CloudHSM cluster must contain at least as many HSMs as the operation -// requires. To add HSMs, use the CloudHSM CreateHsm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHsm.html) -// operation. For the CreateCustomKeyStore , UpdateCustomKeyStore , and CreateKey -// operations, the CloudHSM cluster must have at least two active HSMs, each in a -// different Availability Zone. For the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation, the -// CloudHSM must contain at least one active HSM. +// requires. To add HSMs, use the CloudHSM [CreateHsm]operation. +// +// For the CreateCustomKeyStore, UpdateCustomKeyStore, and CreateKeyoperations, the CloudHSM cluster must have at least two active +// +// HSMs, each in a different Availability Zone. For the ConnectCustomKeyStoreoperation, the CloudHSM +// must contain at least one active HSM. // // For information about the requirements for an CloudHSM cluster that is -// associated with an CloudHSM key store, see Assemble the Prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keystore.html#before-keystore) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For information about creating a -// private subnet for an CloudHSM cluster, see Create a Private Subnet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/create-subnets.html) -// in the CloudHSM User Guide. For information about cluster security groups, see -// Configure a Default Security Group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/configure-sg.html) -// in the CloudHSM User Guide . +// associated with an CloudHSM key store, see [Assemble the Prerequisites]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. For information about creating a private subnet for an CloudHSM +// cluster, see [Create a Private Subnet]in the CloudHSM User Guide. For information about cluster security +// groups, see [Configure a Default Security Group]in the CloudHSM User Guide . +// +// [Assemble the Prerequisites]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/create-keystore.html#before-keystore +// [Create a Private Subnet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/create-subnets.html +// [Configure a Default Security Group]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/configure-sg.html +// [DescribeSecurityGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeSecurityGroups.html +// [CreateHsm]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHsm.html +// [security group for the cluster]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/configure-sg.html type CloudHsmClusterInvalidConfigurationException struct { Message *string @@ -121,8 +131,9 @@ func (e *CloudHsmClusterInvalidConfigurationException) ErrorFault() smithy.Error // The request was rejected because the CloudHSM cluster associated with the // CloudHSM key store is not active. Initialize and activate the cluster and try -// the command again. For detailed instructions, see Getting Started (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/getting-started.html) -// in the CloudHSM User Guide. +// the command again. For detailed instructions, see [Getting Started]in the CloudHSM User Guide. +// +// [Getting Started]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/getting-started.html type CloudHsmClusterNotActiveException struct { Message *string @@ -177,13 +188,18 @@ func (e *CloudHsmClusterNotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { retu // The request was rejected because the specified CloudHSM cluster has a different // cluster certificate than the original cluster. You cannot use the operation to -// specify an unrelated cluster for an CloudHSM key store. Specify an CloudHSM -// cluster that shares a backup history with the original cluster. This includes -// clusters that were created from a backup of the current cluster, and clusters -// that were created from the same backup that produced the current cluster. -// CloudHSM clusters that share a backup history have the same cluster certificate. -// To view the cluster certificate of an CloudHSM cluster, use the DescribeClusters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html) +// specify an unrelated cluster for an CloudHSM key store. +// +// Specify an CloudHSM cluster that shares a backup history with the original +// cluster. This includes clusters that were created from a backup of the current +// cluster, and clusters that were created from the same backup that produced the +// current cluster. +// +// CloudHSM clusters that share a backup history have the same cluster +// certificate. To view the cluster certificate of an CloudHSM cluster, use the [DescribeClusters] // operation. +// +// [DescribeClusters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeClusters.html type CloudHsmClusterNotRelatedException struct { Message *string @@ -239,9 +255,8 @@ func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because the custom key store contains KMS keys. After -// verifying that you do not need to use the KMS keys, use the ScheduleKeyDeletion -// operation to delete the KMS keys. After they are deleted, you can delete the -// custom key store. +// verifying that you do not need to use the KMS keys, use the ScheduleKeyDeletionoperation to delete +// the KMS keys. After they are deleted, you can delete the custom key store. type CustomKeyStoreHasCMKsException struct { Message *string @@ -268,26 +283,30 @@ func (e *CustomKeyStoreHasCMKsException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *CustomKeyStoreHasCMKsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because of the ConnectionState of the custom key -// store. To get the ConnectionState of a custom key store, use the -// DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. This exception is thrown under the following -// conditions: -// - You requested the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation on a custom key store with -// a ConnectionState of DISCONNECTING or FAILED . This operation is valid for all -// other ConnectionState values. To reconnect a custom key store in a FAILED -// state, disconnect it ( DisconnectCustomKeyStore ), then connect it ( -// ConnectCustomKeyStore ). -// - You requested the CreateKey operation in a custom key store that is not -// connected. This operations is valid only when the custom key store -// ConnectionState is CONNECTED . -// - You requested the DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation on a custom key store -// with a ConnectionState of DISCONNECTING or DISCONNECTED . This operation is -// valid for all other ConnectionState values. -// - You requested the UpdateCustomKeyStore or DeleteCustomKeyStore operation on -// a custom key store that is not disconnected. This operation is valid only when -// the custom key store ConnectionState is DISCONNECTED . -// - You requested the GenerateRandom operation in an CloudHSM key store that is -// not connected. This operation is valid only when the CloudHSM key store -// ConnectionState is CONNECTED . +// store. To get the ConnectionState of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation. +// +// This exception is thrown under the following conditions: +// +// - You requested the ConnectCustomKeyStoreoperation on a custom key store with a ConnectionState of +// DISCONNECTING or FAILED . This operation is valid for all other +// ConnectionState values. To reconnect a custom key store in a FAILED state, +// disconnect it (DisconnectCustomKeyStore ), then connect it ( ConnectCustomKeyStore ). +// +// - You requested the CreateKeyoperation in a custom key store that is not connected. +// This operations is valid only when the custom key store ConnectionState is +// CONNECTED . +// +// - You requested the DisconnectCustomKeyStoreoperation on a custom key store with a ConnectionState of +// DISCONNECTING or DISCONNECTED . This operation is valid for all other +// ConnectionState values. +// +// - You requested the UpdateCustomKeyStoreor DeleteCustomKeyStoreoperation on a custom key store that is not +// disconnected. This operation is valid only when the custom key store +// ConnectionState is DISCONNECTED . +// +// - You requested the GenerateRandomoperation in an CloudHSM key store that is not connected. +// This operation is valid only when the CloudHSM key store ConnectionState is +// CONNECTED . type CustomKeyStoreInvalidStateException struct { Message *string @@ -449,9 +468,9 @@ func (e *DryRunOperationException) ErrorCode() string { } func (e *DryRunOperationException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } -// The request was rejected because the specified import token is expired. Use -// GetParametersForImport to get a new import token and public key, use the new -// public key to encrypt the key material, and then try the request again. +// The request was rejected because the specified import token is expired. Use GetParametersForImport to +// get a new import token and public key, use the new public key to encrypt the key +// material, and then try the request again. type ExpiredImportTokenException struct { Message *string @@ -478,8 +497,8 @@ func (e *ExpiredImportTokenException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ExpiredImportTokenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because the specified KMS key cannot decrypt the data. -// The KeyId in a Decrypt request and the SourceKeyId in a ReEncrypt request must -// identify the same KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. +// The KeyId in a Decrypt request and the SourceKeyId in a ReEncrypt request must identify the +// same KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. type IncorrectKeyException struct { Message *string @@ -535,9 +554,12 @@ func (e *IncorrectKeyMaterialException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return // The request was rejected because the trust anchor certificate in the request to // create an CloudHSM key store is not the trust anchor certificate for the -// specified CloudHSM cluster. When you initialize the CloudHSM cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/initialize-cluster.html#sign-csr) -// , you create the trust anchor certificate and save it in the customerCA.crt -// file. +// specified CloudHSM cluster. +// +// When you [initialize the CloudHSM cluster], you create the trust anchor certificate and save it in the +// customerCA.crt file. +// +// [initialize the CloudHSM cluster]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/initialize-cluster.html#sign-csr type IncorrectTrustAnchorException struct { Message *string @@ -616,11 +638,12 @@ func (e *InvalidArnException) ErrorCode() string { } func (e *InvalidArnException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } -// From the Decrypt or ReEncrypt operation, the request was rejected because the -// specified ciphertext, or additional authenticated data incorporated into the -// ciphertext, such as the encryption context, is corrupted, missing, or otherwise -// invalid. From the ImportKeyMaterial operation, the request was rejected because -// KMS could not decrypt the encrypted (wrapped) key material. +// From the Decrypt or ReEncrypt operation, the request was rejected because the specified +// ciphertext, or additional authenticated data incorporated into the ciphertext, +// such as the encryption context, is corrupted, missing, or otherwise invalid. +// +// From the ImportKeyMaterial operation, the request was rejected because KMS could not decrypt the +// encrypted (wrapped) key material. type InvalidCiphertextException struct { Message *string @@ -726,7 +749,9 @@ func (e *InvalidImportTokenException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *InvalidImportTokenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected for one of the following reasons: +// // - The KeyUsage value of the KMS key is incompatible with the API operation. +// // - The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation // is incompatible with the type of key material in the KMS key (KeySpec ). // @@ -734,9 +759,10 @@ func (e *InvalidImportTokenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return sm // KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . For signing and verifying messages, the // KeyUsage must be SIGN_VERIFY . For generating and verifying message // authentication codes (MACs), the KeyUsage must be GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC . To find -// the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. To find the -// encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular KMS key, use the -// DescribeKey operation. +// the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. +// +// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular KMS +// key, use the DescribeKeyoperation. type InvalidKeyUsageException struct { Message *string @@ -900,14 +926,22 @@ func (e *KMSInvalidSignatureException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *KMSInvalidSignatureException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not -// valid for this request. This exceptions means one of the following: -// - The key state of the KMS key is not compatible with the operation. To find -// the key state, use the DescribeKey operation. For more information about which -// key states are compatible with each KMS operation, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . -// - For cryptographic operations on KMS keys in custom key stores, this -// exception represents a general failure with many possible causes. To identify -// the cause, see the error message that accompanies the exception. +// valid for this request. +// +// This exceptions means one of the following: +// +// - The key state of the KMS key is not compatible with the operation. +// +// To find the key state, use the DescribeKeyoperation. For more information about which key +// +// states are compatible with each KMS operation, see [Key states of KMS keys]in the Key Management +// Service Developer Guide . +// +// - For cryptographic operations on KMS keys in custom key stores, this +// exception represents a general failure with many possible causes. To identify +// the cause, see the error message that accompanies the exception. +// +// [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html type KMSInvalidStateException struct { Message *string @@ -934,8 +968,9 @@ func (e *KMSInvalidStateException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *KMSInvalidStateException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected because a quota was exceeded. For more information, -// see Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// see [Quotas]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// [Quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/limits.html type LimitExceededException struct { Message *string @@ -1098,6 +1133,7 @@ func (e *XksKeyAlreadyInUseException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return sm // The request was rejected because the external key specified by the XksKeyId // parameter did not meet the configuration requirements for an external key store. +// // The external key must be an AES-256 symmetric key that is enabled and performs // encryption and decryption. type XksKeyInvalidConfigurationException struct { @@ -1130,10 +1166,12 @@ func (e *XksKeyInvalidConfigurationException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { // The request was rejected because the external key store proxy could not find // the external key. This exception is thrown when the value of the XksKeyId // parameter doesn't identify a key in the external key manager associated with the -// external key proxy. Verify that the XksKeyId represents an existing key in the -// external key manager. Use the key identifier that the external key store proxy -// uses to identify the key. For details, see the documentation provided with your -// external key store proxy or key manager. +// external key proxy. +// +// Verify that the XksKeyId represents an existing key in the external key +// manager. Use the key identifier that the external key store proxy uses to +// identify the key. For details, see the documentation provided with your external +// key store proxy or key manager. type XksKeyNotFoundException struct { Message *string @@ -1308,8 +1346,9 @@ func (e *XksProxyUriInUseException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *XksProxyUriInUseException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // KMS was unable to reach the specified XksProxyUriPath . The path must be -// reachable before you create the external key store or update its settings. This -// exception is also thrown when the external key store proxy response to a +// reachable before you create the external key store or update its settings. +// +// This exception is also thrown when the external key store proxy response to a // GetHealthStatus request indicates that all external key manager instances are // unavailable. type XksProxyUriUnreachableException struct { @@ -1370,9 +1409,10 @@ func (e *XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceInUseException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFaul // The request was rejected because the Amazon VPC endpoint service configuration // does not fulfill the requirements for an external key store. To identify the -// cause, see the error message that accompanies the exception and review the -// requirements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/vpc-connectivity.html#xks-vpc-requirements) -// for Amazon VPC endpoint service connectivity for an external key store. +// cause, see the error message that accompanies the exception and [review the requirements]for Amazon VPC +// endpoint service connectivity for an external key store. +// +// [review the requirements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/vpc-connectivity.html#xks-vpc-requirements type XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceInvalidConfigurationException struct { Message *string @@ -1401,10 +1441,10 @@ func (e *XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceInvalidConfigurationException) ErrorFault() s } // The request was rejected because KMS could not find the specified VPC endpoint -// service. Use DescribeCustomKeyStores to verify the VPC endpoint service name -// for the external key store. Also, confirm that the Allow principals list for -// the VPC endpoint service includes the KMS service principal for the Region, such -// as cks.kms.us-east-1.amazonaws.com . +// service. Use DescribeCustomKeyStoresto verify the VPC endpoint service name for the external key +// store. Also, confirm that the Allow principals list for the VPC endpoint +// service includes the KMS service principal for the Region, such as +// cks.kms.us-east-1.amazonaws.com . type XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceNotFoundException struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/types.go index 720a588eb98c0..a0b3f0bf8acfc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types/types.go @@ -40,77 +40,93 @@ type CustomKeyStoresListEntry struct { CloudHsmClusterId *string // Describes the connection error. This field appears in the response only when - // the ConnectionState is FAILED . Many failures can be resolved by updating the - // properties of the custom key store. To update a custom key store, disconnect it - // ( DisconnectCustomKeyStore ), correct the errors ( UpdateCustomKeyStore ), and - // try to connect again ( ConnectCustomKeyStore ). For additional help resolving - // these errors, see How to Fix a Connection Failure (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-failed) - // in Key Management Service Developer Guide. All custom key stores: + // the ConnectionState is FAILED . + // + // Many failures can be resolved by updating the properties of the custom key + // store. To update a custom key store, disconnect it (DisconnectCustomKeyStore ), correct the errors (UpdateCustomKeyStore ), + // and try to connect again (ConnectCustomKeyStore ). For additional help resolving these errors, see [How to Fix a Connection Failure] + // in Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // All custom key stores: + // // - INTERNAL_ERROR — KMS could not complete the request due to an internal // error. Retry the request. For ConnectCustomKeyStore requests, disconnect the // custom key store before trying to connect again. + // // - NETWORK_ERRORS — Network errors are preventing KMS from connecting the // custom key store to its backing key store. + // // CloudHSM key stores: + // // - CLUSTER_NOT_FOUND — KMS cannot find the CloudHSM cluster with the specified // cluster ID. + // // - INSUFFICIENT_CLOUDHSM_HSMS — The associated CloudHSM cluster does not // contain any active HSMs. To connect a custom key store to its CloudHSM cluster, // the cluster must contain at least one active HSM. + // // - INSUFFICIENT_FREE_ADDRESSES_IN_SUBNET — At least one private subnet // associated with the CloudHSM cluster doesn't have any available IP addresses. A // CloudHSM key store connection requires one free IP address in each of the - // associated private subnets, although two are preferable. For details, see How - // to Fix a Connection Failure (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-failed) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // associated private subnets, although two are preferable. For details, see [How to Fix a Connection Failure]in + // the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // // - INVALID_CREDENTIALS — The KeyStorePassword for the custom key store doesn't // match the current password of the kmsuser crypto user in the CloudHSM cluster. // Before you can connect your custom key store to its CloudHSM cluster, you must // change the kmsuser account password and update the KeyStorePassword value for // the custom key store. + // // - SUBNET_NOT_FOUND — A subnet in the CloudHSM cluster configuration was // deleted. If KMS cannot find all of the subnets in the cluster configuration, // attempts to connect the custom key store to the CloudHSM cluster fail. To fix // this error, create a cluster from a recent backup and associate it with your // custom key store. (This process creates a new cluster configuration with a VPC - // and private subnets.) For details, see How to Fix a Connection Failure (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-failed) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // and private subnets.) For details, see [How to Fix a Connection Failure]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. + // // - USER_LOCKED_OUT — The kmsuser CU account is locked out of the associated // CloudHSM cluster due to too many failed password attempts. Before you can // connect your custom key store to its CloudHSM cluster, you must change the // kmsuser account password and update the key store password value for the // custom key store. + // // - USER_LOGGED_IN — The kmsuser CU account is logged into the associated // CloudHSM cluster. This prevents KMS from rotating the kmsuser account password // and logging into the cluster. Before you can connect your custom key store to // its CloudHSM cluster, you must log the kmsuser CU out of the cluster. If you // changed the kmsuser password to log into the cluster, you must also and update - // the key store password value for the custom key store. For help, see How to - // Log Out and Reconnect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#login-kmsuser-2) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // the key store password value for the custom key store. For help, see [How to Log Out and Reconnect]in the + // Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // // - USER_NOT_FOUND — KMS cannot find a kmsuser CU account in the associated // CloudHSM cluster. Before you can connect your custom key store to its CloudHSM // cluster, you must create a kmsuser CU account in the cluster, and then update // the key store password value for the custom key store. + // // External key stores: + // // - INVALID_CREDENTIALS — One or both of the XksProxyAuthenticationCredential // values is not valid on the specified external key store proxy. + // // - XKS_PROXY_ACCESS_DENIED — KMS requests are denied access to the external key // store proxy. If the external key store proxy has authorization rules, verify // that they permit KMS to communicate with the proxy on your behalf. + // // - XKS_PROXY_INVALID_CONFIGURATION — A configuration error is preventing the // external key store from connecting to its proxy. Verify the value of the // XksProxyUriPath . + // // - XKS_PROXY_INVALID_RESPONSE — KMS cannot interpret the response from the // external key store proxy. If you see this connection error code repeatedly, // notify your external key store proxy vendor. + // // - XKS_PROXY_INVALID_TLS_CONFIGURATION — KMS cannot connect to the external key // store proxy because the TLS configuration is invalid. Verify that the XKS proxy // supports TLS 1.2 or 1.3. Also, verify that the TLS certificate is not expired, // and that it matches the hostname in the XksProxyUriEndpoint value, and that it - // is signed by a certificate authority included in the Trusted Certificate - // Authorities (https://github.com/aws/aws-kms-xksproxy-api-spec/blob/main/TrustedCertificateAuthorities) - // list. + // is signed by a certificate authority included in the [Trusted Certificate Authorities]list. + // // - XKS_PROXY_NOT_REACHABLE — KMS can't communicate with your external key store // proxy. Verify that the XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath are correct. // Use the tools for your external key store proxy to verify that the proxy is @@ -118,50 +134,70 @@ type CustomKeyStoresListEntry struct { // instances are operating properly. Connection attempts fail with this connection // error code if the proxy reports that all external key manager instances are // unavailable. + // // - XKS_PROXY_TIMED_OUT — KMS can connect to the external key store proxy, but // the proxy does not respond to KMS in the time allotted. If you see this // connection error code repeatedly, notify your external key store proxy vendor. + // // - XKS_VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE_INVALID_CONFIGURATION — The Amazon VPC endpoint // service configuration doesn't conform to the requirements for an KMS external // key store. + // // - The VPC endpoint service must be an endpoint service for interface // endpoints in the caller's Amazon Web Services account. + // // - It must have a network load balancer (NLB) connected to at least two // subnets, each in a different Availability Zone. + // // - The Allow principals list must include the KMS service principal for the // Region, cks.kms..amazonaws.com , such as cks.kms.us-east-1.amazonaws.com . - // - It must not require acceptance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/create-endpoint-service.html) - // of connection requests. + // + // - It must not require [acceptance]of connection requests. + // // - It must have a private DNS name. The private DNS name for an external key // store with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity must be unique in its Amazon Web // Services Region. - // - The domain of the private DNS name must have a verification status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/verify-domains.html) - // of verified . - // - The TLS certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html) - // specifies the private DNS hostname at which the endpoint is reachable. + // + // - The domain of the private DNS name must have a [verification status]of verified . + // + // - The [TLS certificate]specifies the private DNS hostname at which the endpoint is reachable. + // // - XKS_VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE_NOT_FOUND — KMS can't find the VPC endpoint service // that it uses to communicate with the external key store proxy. Verify that the // XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName is correct and the KMS service principal has // service consumer permissions on the Amazon VPC endpoint service. + // + // [acceptance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/create-endpoint-service.html + // [verification status]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/verify-domains.html + // [How to Log Out and Reconnect]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#login-kmsuser-2 + // [TLS certificate]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/create-tls-listener.html + // [Trusted Certificate Authorities]: https://github.com/aws/aws-kms-xksproxy-api-spec/blob/main/TrustedCertificateAuthorities + // [How to Fix a Connection Failure]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html#fix-keystore-failed ConnectionErrorCode ConnectionErrorCodeType // Indicates whether the custom key store is connected to its backing key store. // For an CloudHSM key store, the ConnectionState indicates whether it is // connected to its CloudHSM cluster. For an external key store, the // ConnectionState indicates whether it is connected to the external key store - // proxy that communicates with your external key manager. You can create and use - // KMS keys in your custom key stores only when its ConnectionState is CONNECTED . + // proxy that communicates with your external key manager. + // + // You can create and use KMS keys in your custom key stores only when its + // ConnectionState is CONNECTED . + // // The ConnectionState value is DISCONNECTED only if the key store has never been - // connected or you use the DisconnectCustomKeyStore operation to disconnect it. - // If the value is CONNECTED but you are having trouble using the custom key - // store, make sure that the backing key store is reachable and active. For an - // CloudHSM key store, verify that its associated CloudHSM cluster is active and - // contains at least one active HSM. For an external key store, verify that the - // external key store proxy and external key manager are connected and enabled. A - // value of FAILED indicates that an attempt to connect was unsuccessful. The + // connected or you use the DisconnectCustomKeyStoreoperation to disconnect it. If the value is CONNECTED + // but you are having trouble using the custom key store, make sure that the + // backing key store is reachable and active. For an CloudHSM key store, verify + // that its associated CloudHSM cluster is active and contains at least one active + // HSM. For an external key store, verify that the external key store proxy and + // external key manager are connected and enabled. + // + // A value of FAILED indicates that an attempt to connect was unsuccessful. The // ConnectionErrorCode field in the response indicates the cause of the failure. - // For help resolving a connection failure, see Troubleshooting a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // For help resolving a connection failure, see [Troubleshooting a custom key store]in the Key Management Service + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Troubleshooting a custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/fix-keystore.html ConnectionState ConnectionStateType // The date and time when the custom key store was created. @@ -180,53 +216,66 @@ type CustomKeyStoresListEntry struct { CustomKeyStoreType CustomKeyStoreType // The trust anchor certificate of the CloudHSM cluster associated with an - // CloudHSM key store. When you initialize the cluster (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/initialize-cluster.html#sign-csr) - // , you create this certificate and save it in the customerCA.crt file. This - // field appears only when the CustomKeyStoreType is AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // CloudHSM key store. When you [initialize the cluster], you create this certificate and save it in the + // customerCA.crt file. + // + // This field appears only when the CustomKeyStoreType is AWS_CLOUDHSM . + // + // [initialize the cluster]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cloudhsm/latest/userguide/initialize-cluster.html#sign-csr TrustAnchorCertificate *string // Configuration settings for the external key store proxy (XKS proxy). The // external key store proxy translates KMS requests into a format that your // external key manager can understand. The proxy configuration includes connection - // information that KMS requires. This field appears only when the - // CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . + // information that KMS requires. + // + // This field appears only when the CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . XksProxyConfiguration *XksProxyConfigurationType noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Use this structure to allow cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) -// in the grant only when the operation request includes the specified encryption -// context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context) -// . KMS applies the grant constraints only to cryptographic operations that -// support an encryption context, that is, all cryptographic operations with a -// symmetric KMS key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symm-asymm-concepts.html#symmetric-cmks) -// . Grant constraints are not applied to operations that do not support an -// encryption context, such as cryptographic operations with asymmetric KMS keys -// and management operations, such as DescribeKey or RetireGrant . In a -// cryptographic operation, the encryption context in the decryption operation must -// be an exact, case-sensitive match for the keys and values in the encryption -// context of the encryption operation. Only the order of the pairs can vary. +// Use this structure to allow [cryptographic operations] in the grant only when the operation request +// includes the specified [encryption context]. +// +// KMS applies the grant constraints only to cryptographic operations that support +// an encryption context, that is, all cryptographic operations with a [symmetric KMS key]. Grant +// constraints are not applied to operations that do not support an encryption +// context, such as cryptographic operations with asymmetric KMS keys and +// management operations, such as DescribeKeyor RetireGrant. +// +// In a cryptographic operation, the encryption context in the decryption +// operation must be an exact, case-sensitive match for the keys and values in the +// encryption context of the encryption operation. Only the order of the pairs can +// vary. +// // However, in a grant constraint, the key in each key-value pair is not case -// sensitive, but the value is case sensitive. To avoid confusion, do not use -// multiple encryption context pairs that differ only by case. To require a fully -// case-sensitive encryption context, use the kms:EncryptionContext: and -// kms:EncryptionContextKeys conditions in an IAM or key policy. For details, see -// kms:EncryptionContext: (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-encryption-context) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . +// sensitive, but the value is case sensitive. +// +// To avoid confusion, do not use multiple encryption context pairs that differ +// only by case. To require a fully case-sensitive encryption context, use the +// kms:EncryptionContext: and kms:EncryptionContextKeys conditions in an IAM or +// key policy. For details, see [kms:EncryptionContext:]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide . +// +// [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations +// [kms:EncryptionContext:]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/policy-conditions.html#conditions-kms-encryption-context +// [encryption context]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context +// [symmetric KMS key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symm-asymm-concepts.html#symmetric-cmks type GrantConstraints struct { - // A list of key-value pairs that must match the encryption context in the - // cryptographic operation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) + // A list of key-value pairs that must match the encryption context in the [cryptographic operation] // request. The grant allows the operation only when the encryption context in the // request is the same as the encryption context specified in this constraint. + // + // [cryptographic operation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations EncryptionContextEquals map[string]string // A list of key-value pairs that must be included in the encryption context of - // the cryptographic operation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) - // request. The grant allows the cryptographic operation only when the encryption - // context in the request includes the key-value pairs specified in this + // the [cryptographic operation]request. The grant allows the cryptographic operation only when the + // encryption context in the request includes the key-value pairs specified in this // constraint, although it can include additional key-value pairs. + // + // [cryptographic operation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations EncryptionContextSubset map[string]string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -245,12 +294,15 @@ type GrantListEntry struct { // The unique identifier for the grant. GrantId *string - // The identity that gets the permissions in the grant. The GranteePrincipal field - // in the ListGrants response usually contains the user or role designated as the - // grantee principal in the grant. However, when the grantee principal in the grant - // is an Amazon Web Services service, the GranteePrincipal field contains the - // service principal (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_elements_principal.html#principal-services) - // , which might represent several different grantee principals. + // The identity that gets the permissions in the grant. + // + // The GranteePrincipal field in the ListGrants response usually contains the user + // or role designated as the grantee principal in the grant. However, when the + // grantee principal in the grant is an Amazon Web Services service, the + // GranteePrincipal field contains the [service principal], which might represent several different + // grantee principals. + // + // [service principal]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_elements_principal.html#principal-services GranteePrincipal *string // The Amazon Web Services account under which the grant was issued. @@ -259,8 +311,8 @@ type GrantListEntry struct { // The unique identifier for the KMS key to which the grant applies. KeyId *string - // The friendly name that identifies the grant. If a name was provided in the - // CreateGrant request, that name is returned. Otherwise this value is null. + // The friendly name that identifies the grant. If a name was provided in the CreateGrant + // request, that name is returned. Otherwise this value is null. Name *string // The list of operations permitted by the grant. @@ -284,8 +336,9 @@ type KeyListEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains metadata about a KMS key. This data type is used as a response element -// for the CreateKey , DescribeKey , and ReplicateKey operations. +// Contains metadata about a KMS key. +// +// This data type is used as a response element for the CreateKey, DescribeKey, and ReplicateKey operations. type KeyMetadata struct { // The globally unique identifier for the KMS key. @@ -297,39 +350,45 @@ type KeyMetadata struct { // KMS key. AWSAccountId *string - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. For examples, see Key Management - // Service (KMS) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-kms) - // in the Example ARNs section of the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. For examples, see [Key Management Service (KMS)] in the + // Example ARNs section of the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // [Key Management Service (KMS)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-kms Arn *string // The cluster ID of the CloudHSM cluster that contains the key material for the - // KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) - // , KMS creates the key material for the KMS key in the associated CloudHSM - // cluster. This field is present only when the KMS key is created in an CloudHSM - // key store. + // KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM [custom key store], KMS creates the key + // material for the KMS key in the associated CloudHSM cluster. This field is + // present only when the KMS key is created in an CloudHSM key store. + // + // [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html CloudHsmClusterId *string // The date and time when the KMS key was created. CreationDate *time.Time - // A unique identifier for the custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html) - // that contains the KMS key. This field is present only when the KMS key is - // created in a custom key store. + // A unique identifier for the [custom key store] that contains the KMS key. This field is present + // only when the KMS key is created in a custom key store. + // + // [custom key store]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html CustomKeyStoreId *string - // Instead, use the KeySpec field. The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec fields - // have the same value. We recommend that you use the KeySpec field in your code. - // However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports both fields. + // Instead, use the KeySpec field. + // + // The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec fields have the same value. We recommend + // that you use the KeySpec field in your code. However, to avoid breaking + // changes, KMS supports both fields. // // Deprecated: This field has been deprecated. Instead, use the KeySpec field. CustomerMasterKeySpec CustomerMasterKeySpec // The date and time after which KMS deletes this KMS key. This value is present // only when the KMS key is scheduled for deletion, that is, when its KeyState is - // PendingDeletion . When the primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for - // deletion but still has replica keys, its key state is PendingReplicaDeletion - // and the length of its waiting period is displayed in the - // PendingDeletionWindowInDays field. + // PendingDeletion . + // + // When the primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for deletion but still + // has replica keys, its key state is PendingReplicaDeletion and the length of its + // waiting period is displayed in the PendingDeletionWindowInDays field. DeletionDate *time.Time // The description of the KMS key. @@ -340,8 +399,9 @@ type KeyMetadata struct { Enabled bool // The encryption algorithms that the KMS key supports. You cannot use the KMS key - // with other encryption algorithms within KMS. This value is present only when the - // KeyUsage of the KMS key is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . + // with other encryption algorithms within KMS. + // + // This value is present only when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT . EncryptionAlgorithms []EncryptionAlgorithmSpec // Specifies whether the KMS key's key material expires. This value is present @@ -350,41 +410,53 @@ type KeyMetadata struct { // The manager of the KMS key. KMS keys in your Amazon Web Services account are // either customer managed or Amazon Web Services managed. For more information - // about the difference, see KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms_keys) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // about the difference, see [KMS keys]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#kms_keys KeyManager KeyManagerType // Describes the type of key material in the KMS key. KeySpec KeySpec - // The current status of the KMS key. For more information about how key state - // affects the use of a KMS key, see Key states of KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // The current status of the KMS key. + // + // For more information about how key state affects the use of a KMS key, see [Key states of KMS keys] in + // the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Key states of KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html KeyState KeyState - // The cryptographic operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations) - // for which you can use the KMS key. + // The [cryptographic operations] for which you can use the KMS key. + // + // [cryptographic operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#cryptographic-operations KeyUsage KeyUsageType // The message authentication code (MAC) algorithm that the HMAC KMS key supports. + // // This value is present only when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is // GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC . MacAlgorithms []MacAlgorithmSpec // Indicates whether the KMS key is a multi-Region ( True ) or regional ( False ) // key. This value is True for multi-Region primary and replica keys and False for - // regional KMS keys. For more information about multi-Region keys, see - // Multi-Region keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // regional KMS keys. + // + // For more information about multi-Region keys, see [Multi-Region keys in KMS] in the Key Management + // Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Multi-Region keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/multi-region-keys-overview.html MultiRegion *bool // Lists the primary and replica keys in same multi-Region key. This field is - // present only when the value of the MultiRegion field is True . For more - // information about any listed KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. - // - MultiRegionKeyType indicates whether the KMS key is a PRIMARY or REPLICA - // key. + // present only when the value of the MultiRegion field is True . + // + // For more information about any listed KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. + // + // - MultiRegionKeyType indicates whether the KMS key is a PRIMARY or REPLICA key. + // // - PrimaryKey displays the key ARN and Region of the primary key. This field // displays the current KMS key if it is the primary key. + // // - ReplicaKeys displays the key ARNs and Regions of all replica keys. This // field includes the current KMS key if it is a replica key. MultiRegionConfiguration *MultiRegionConfiguration @@ -400,20 +472,22 @@ type KeyMetadata struct { // This waiting period begins when the last of its replica keys is deleted. This // value is present only when the KeyState of the KMS key is PendingReplicaDeletion // . That indicates that the KMS key is the primary key in a multi-Region key, it - // is scheduled for deletion, and it still has existing replica keys. When a - // single-Region KMS key or a multi-Region replica key is scheduled for deletion, - // its deletion date is displayed in the DeletionDate field. However, when the - // primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for deletion, its waiting period - // doesn't begin until all of its replica keys are deleted. This value displays - // that waiting period. When the last replica key in the multi-Region key is - // deleted, the KeyState of the scheduled primary key changes from - // PendingReplicaDeletion to PendingDeletion and the deletion date appears in the - // DeletionDate field. + // is scheduled for deletion, and it still has existing replica keys. + // + // When a single-Region KMS key or a multi-Region replica key is scheduled for + // deletion, its deletion date is displayed in the DeletionDate field. However, + // when the primary key in a multi-Region key is scheduled for deletion, its + // waiting period doesn't begin until all of its replica keys are deleted. This + // value displays that waiting period. When the last replica key in the + // multi-Region key is deleted, the KeyState of the scheduled primary key changes + // from PendingReplicaDeletion to PendingDeletion and the deletion date appears in + // the DeletionDate field. PendingDeletionWindowInDays *int32 // The signing algorithms that the KMS key supports. You cannot use the KMS key - // with other signing algorithms within KMS. This field appears only when the - // KeyUsage of the KMS key is SIGN_VERIFY . + // with other signing algorithms within KMS. + // + // This field appears only when the KeyUsage of the KMS key is SIGN_VERIFY . SigningAlgorithms []SigningAlgorithmSpec // The time at which the imported key material expires. When the key material @@ -423,16 +497,20 @@ type KeyMetadata struct { ValidTo *time.Time // Information about the external key that is associated with a KMS key in an - // external key store. For more information, see External key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) - // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // external key store. + // + // For more information, see [External key] in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [External key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key XksKeyConfiguration *XksKeyConfigurationType noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Describes the configuration of this multi-Region key. This field appears only -// when the KMS key is a primary or replica of a multi-Region key. For more -// information about any listed KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. +// when the KMS key is a primary or replica of a multi-Region key. +// +// For more information about any listed KMS key, use the DescribeKey operation. type MultiRegionConfiguration struct { // Indicates whether the KMS key is a PRIMARY or REPLICA key. @@ -463,11 +541,14 @@ type MultiRegionKey struct { } // Contains information about the party that receives the response from the API -// operation. This data type is designed to support Amazon Web Services Nitro -// Enclaves, which lets you create an isolated compute environment in Amazon EC2. -// For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro -// Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html) +// operation. +// +// This data type is designed to support Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, which +// lets you create an isolated compute environment in Amazon EC2. For information +// about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS] // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// [How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/services-nitro-enclaves.html type RecipientInfo struct { // The attestation document for an Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclave. This @@ -491,21 +572,25 @@ type RotationsListEntry struct { // Date and time that the key material rotation completed. Formatted as Unix time. RotationDate *time.Time - // Identifies whether the key material rotation was a scheduled automatic rotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-enable-disable) - // or an on-demand rotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-on-demand) - // . + // Identifies whether the key material rotation was a scheduled [automatic rotation] or an [on-demand rotation]. + // + // [automatic rotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-enable-disable + // [on-demand rotation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotating-keys-on-demand RotationType RotationType noSmithyDocumentSerde } // A key-value pair. A tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Tag keys and tag -// values are both required, but tag values can be empty (null) strings. Do not -// include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be -// displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. For information -// about the rules that apply to tag keys and tag values, see User-Defined Tag -// Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide. +// values are both required, but tag values can be empty (null) strings. +// +// Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field +// may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output. +// +// For information about the rules that apply to tag keys and tag values, see [User-Defined Tag Restrictions] in +// the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide. +// +// [User-Defined Tag Restrictions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html type Tag struct { // The key of the tag. @@ -521,15 +606,20 @@ type Tag struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information about the external key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) -// that is associated with a KMS key in an external key store. This element appears -// in a CreateKey or DescribeKey response only for a KMS key in an external key -// store. The external key is a symmetric encryption key that is hosted by an -// external key manager outside of Amazon Web Services. When you use the KMS key in -// an external key store in a cryptographic operation, the cryptographic operation -// is performed in the external key manager using the specified external key. For -// more information, see External key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// Information about the [external key]that is associated with a KMS key in an external key +// store. +// +// This element appears in a CreateKey or DescribeKey response only for a KMS key in an external key +// store. +// +// The external key is a symmetric encryption key that is hosted by an external +// key manager outside of Amazon Web Services. When you use the KMS key in an +// external key store in a cryptographic operation, the cryptographic operation is +// performed in the external key manager using the specified external key. For more +// information, see [External key]in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. +// +// [External key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key +// [external key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/keystore-external.html#concept-external-key type XksKeyConfigurationType struct { // The ID of the external key in its external key manager. This is the ID that the @@ -541,8 +631,9 @@ type XksKeyConfigurationType struct { // KMS uses the authentication credential to sign requests that it sends to the // external key store proxy (XKS proxy) on your behalf. You establish these -// credentials on your external key store proxy and report them to KMS. The -// XksProxyAuthenticationCredential includes two required elements. +// credentials on your external key store proxy and report them to KMS. +// +// The XksProxyAuthenticationCredential includes two required elements. type XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType struct { // A unique identifier for the raw secret access key. @@ -561,23 +652,26 @@ type XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType struct { // Detailed information about the external key store proxy (XKS proxy). Your // external key store proxy translates KMS requests into a format that your -// external key manager can understand. These fields appear in a -// DescribeCustomKeyStores response only when the CustomKeyStoreType is -// EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . +// external key manager can understand. These fields appear in a DescribeCustomKeyStoresresponse only +// when the CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE . type XksProxyConfigurationType struct { - // The part of the external key store proxy authentication credential (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_CreateCustomKeyStore.html#KMS-CreateCustomKeyStore-request-XksProxyAuthenticationCredential) - // that uniquely identifies the secret access key. + // The part of the external key store [proxy authentication credential] that uniquely identifies the secret access + // key. + // + // [proxy authentication credential]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_CreateCustomKeyStore.html#KMS-CreateCustomKeyStore-request-XksProxyAuthenticationCredential AccessKeyId *string // Indicates whether the external key store proxy uses a public endpoint or an // Amazon VPC endpoint service to communicate with KMS. Connectivity XksProxyConnectivityType - // The URI endpoint for the external key store proxy. If the external key store - // proxy has a public endpoint, it is displayed here. If the external key store - // proxy uses an Amazon VPC endpoint service name, this field displays the private - // DNS name associated with the VPC endpoint service. + // The URI endpoint for the external key store proxy. + // + // If the external key store proxy has a public endpoint, it is displayed here. + // + // If the external key store proxy uses an Amazon VPC endpoint service name, this + // field displays the private DNS name associated with the VPC endpoint service. UriEndpoint *string // The path to the external key store proxy APIs. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/CHANGELOG.md index 9e532559eee83..d51a3c7cbb7ae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.40.5 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.40.4 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.go index d20fa85c76dfb..0c01a67d73b88 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.go @@ -11,23 +11,33 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Associates an Amazon VPC with a private hosted zone. To perform the -// association, the VPC and the private hosted zone must already exist. You can't -// convert a public hosted zone into a private hosted zone. If you want to -// associate a VPC that was created by using one Amazon Web Services account with a -// private hosted zone that was created by using a different account, the Amazon -// Web Services account that created the private hosted zone must first submit a -// CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization request. Then the account that created the VPC -// must submit an AssociateVPCWithHostedZone request. When granting access, the -// hosted zone and the Amazon VPC must belong to the same partition. A partition is -// a group of Amazon Web Services Regions. Each Amazon Web Services account is -// scoped to one partition. The following are the supported partitions: +// Associates an Amazon VPC with a private hosted zone. +// +// To perform the association, the VPC and the private hosted zone must already +// exist. You can't convert a public hosted zone into a private hosted zone. +// +// If you want to associate a VPC that was created by using one Amazon Web +// Services account with a private hosted zone that was created by using a +// different account, the Amazon Web Services account that created the private +// hosted zone must first submit a CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization request. Then +// the account that created the VPC must submit an AssociateVPCWithHostedZone +// request. +// +// When granting access, the hosted zone and the Amazon VPC must belong to the +// same partition. A partition is a group of Amazon Web Services Regions. Each +// Amazon Web Services account is scoped to one partition. +// +// The following are the supported partitions: +// // - aws - Amazon Web Services Regions +// // - aws-cn - China Regions +// // - aws-us-gov - Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Region // -// For more information, see Access Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// For more information, see [Access Management] in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// [Access Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html func (c *Client) AssociateVPCWithHostedZone(ctx context.Context, params *AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneInput{} @@ -47,9 +57,10 @@ func (c *Client) AssociateVPCWithHostedZone(ctx context.Context, params *Associa // with a private hosted zone. type AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneInput struct { - // The ID of the private hosted zone that you want to associate an Amazon VPC - // with. Note that you can't associate a VPC with a hosted zone that doesn't have - // an existing VPC association. + // The ID of the private hosted zone that you want to associate an Amazon VPC with. + // + // Note that you can't associate a VPC with a hosted zone that doesn't have an + // existing VPC association. // // This member is required. HostedZoneId *string @@ -60,7 +71,7 @@ type AssociateVPCWithHostedZoneInput struct { // This member is required. VPC *types.VPC - // Optional: A comment about the association request. + // Optional: A comment about the association request. Comment *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeCidrCollection.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeCidrCollection.go index f4bdd8b3c6ca9..fd8bdb239eefe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeCidrCollection.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeCidrCollection.go @@ -12,14 +12,23 @@ import ( ) // Creates, changes, or deletes CIDR blocks within a collection. Contains -// authoritative IP information mapping blocks to one or multiple locations. A -// change request can update multiple locations in a collection at a time, which is -// helpful if you want to move one or more CIDR blocks from one location to another -// in one transaction, without downtime. Limits The max number of CIDR blocks -// included in the request is 1000. As a result, big updates require multiple API -// calls. PUT and DELETE_IF_EXISTS Use ChangeCidrCollection to perform the -// following actions: +// authoritative IP information mapping blocks to one or multiple locations. +// +// A change request can update multiple locations in a collection at a time, which +// is helpful if you want to move one or more CIDR blocks from one location to +// another in one transaction, without downtime. +// +// # Limits +// +// The max number of CIDR blocks included in the request is 1000. As a result, big +// updates require multiple API calls. +// +// PUT and DELETE_IF_EXISTS +// +// Use ChangeCidrCollection to perform the following actions: +// // - PUT : Create a CIDR block within the specified collection. +// // - DELETE_IF_EXISTS : Delete an existing CIDR block from the collection. func (c *Client) ChangeCidrCollection(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeCidrCollectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangeCidrCollectionOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -38,7 +47,7 @@ func (c *Client) ChangeCidrCollection(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeCidrCol type ChangeCidrCollectionInput struct { - // Information about changes to a CIDR collection. + // Information about changes to a CIDR collection. // // This member is required. Changes []types.CidrCollectionChange @@ -49,13 +58,16 @@ type ChangeCidrCollectionInput struct { Id *string // A sequential counter that Amazon Route 53 sets to 1 when you create a - // collection and increments it by 1 each time you update the collection. We - // recommend that you use ListCidrCollection to get the current value of + // collection and increments it by 1 each time you update the collection. + // + // We recommend that you use ListCidrCollection to get the current value of // CollectionVersion for the collection that you want to update, and then include // that value with the change request. This prevents Route 53 from overwriting an // intervening update: + // // - If the value in the request matches the value of CollectionVersion in the // collection, Route 53 updates the collection. + // // - If the value of CollectionVersion in the collection is greater than the // value in the request, the collection was changed after you got the version // number. Route 53 does not update the collection, and it returns a diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeResourceRecordSets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeResourceRecordSets.go index 8a77d7e8ec162..21b1fab3ff03b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeResourceRecordSets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeResourceRecordSets.go @@ -16,56 +16,85 @@ import ( // authoritative DNS information for a specified domain name or subdomain name. For // example, you can use ChangeResourceRecordSets to create a resource record set // that routes traffic for test.example.com to a web server that has an IP address -// of 192.0.2.44. Deleting Resource Record Sets To delete a resource record set, -// you must specify all the same values that you specified when you created it. -// Change Batches and Transactional Changes The request body must include a -// document with a ChangeResourceRecordSetsRequest element. The request body -// contains a list of change items, known as a change batch. Change batches are -// considered transactional changes. Route 53 validates the changes in the request -// and then either makes all or none of the changes in the change batch request. -// This ensures that DNS routing isn't adversely affected by partial changes to the -// resource record sets in a hosted zone. For example, suppose a change batch -// request contains two changes: it deletes the CNAME resource record set for -// www.example.com and creates an alias resource record set for www.example.com. If -// validation for both records succeeds, Route 53 deletes the first resource record -// set and creates the second resource record set in a single operation. If -// validation for either the DELETE or the CREATE action fails, then the request -// is canceled, and the original CNAME record continues to exist. If you try to -// delete the same resource record set more than once in a single change batch, -// Route 53 returns an InvalidChangeBatch error. Traffic Flow To create resource -// record sets for complex routing configurations, use either the traffic flow -// visual editor in the Route 53 console or the API actions for traffic policies -// and traffic policy instances. Save the configuration as a traffic policy, then -// associate the traffic policy with one or more domain names (such as example.com) -// or subdomain names (such as www.example.com), in the same hosted zone or in -// multiple hosted zones. You can roll back the updates if the new configuration -// isn't performing as expected. For more information, see Using Traffic Flow to -// Route DNS Traffic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/traffic-flow.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. Create, Delete, and Upsert Use -// ChangeResourceRecordsSetsRequest to perform the following actions: +// of 192.0.2.44. +// +// # Deleting Resource Record Sets +// +// To delete a resource record set, you must specify all the same values that you +// specified when you created it. +// +// # Change Batches and Transactional Changes +// +// The request body must include a document with a ChangeResourceRecordSetsRequest +// element. The request body contains a list of change items, known as a change +// batch. Change batches are considered transactional changes. Route 53 validates +// the changes in the request and then either makes all or none of the changes in +// the change batch request. This ensures that DNS routing isn't adversely affected +// by partial changes to the resource record sets in a hosted zone. +// +// For example, suppose a change batch request contains two changes: it deletes +// the CNAME resource record set for www.example.com and creates an alias resource +// record set for www.example.com. If validation for both records succeeds, Route +// 53 deletes the first resource record set and creates the second resource record +// set in a single operation. If validation for either the DELETE or the CREATE +// action fails, then the request is canceled, and the original CNAME record +// continues to exist. +// +// If you try to delete the same resource record set more than once in a single +// change batch, Route 53 returns an InvalidChangeBatch error. +// +// # Traffic Flow +// +// To create resource record sets for complex routing configurations, use either +// the traffic flow visual editor in the Route 53 console or the API actions for +// traffic policies and traffic policy instances. Save the configuration as a +// traffic policy, then associate the traffic policy with one or more domain names +// (such as example.com) or subdomain names (such as www.example.com), in the same +// hosted zone or in multiple hosted zones. You can roll back the updates if the +// new configuration isn't performing as expected. For more information, see [Using Traffic Flow to Route DNS Traffic]in +// the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// # Create, Delete, and Upsert +// +// Use ChangeResourceRecordsSetsRequest to perform the following actions: +// // - CREATE : Creates a resource record set that has the specified values. +// // - DELETE : Deletes an existing resource record set that has the specified // values. +// // - UPSERT : If a resource set doesn't exist, Route 53 creates it. If a resource // set exists Route 53 updates it with the values in the request. // -// Syntaxes for Creating, Updating, and Deleting Resource Record Sets The syntax -// for a request depends on the type of resource record set that you want to -// create, delete, or update, such as weighted, alias, or failover. The XML -// elements in your request must appear in the order listed in the syntax. For an -// example for each type of resource record set, see "Examples." Don't refer to the -// syntax in the "Parameter Syntax" section, which includes all of the elements for -// every kind of resource record set that you can create, delete, or update by -// using ChangeResourceRecordSets . Change Propagation to Route 53 DNS Servers When -// you submit a ChangeResourceRecordSets request, Route 53 propagates your changes -// to all of the Route 53 authoritative DNS servers managing the hosted zone. While -// your changes are propagating, GetChange returns a status of PENDING . When -// propagation is complete, GetChange returns a status of INSYNC . Changes +// # Syntaxes for Creating, Updating, and Deleting Resource Record Sets +// +// The syntax for a request depends on the type of resource record set that you +// want to create, delete, or update, such as weighted, alias, or failover. The XML +// elements in your request must appear in the order listed in the syntax. +// +// For an example for each type of resource record set, see "Examples." +// +// Don't refer to the syntax in the "Parameter Syntax" section, which includes all +// of the elements for every kind of resource record set that you can create, +// delete, or update by using ChangeResourceRecordSets . +// +// # Change Propagation to Route 53 DNS Servers +// +// When you submit a ChangeResourceRecordSets request, Route 53 propagates your +// changes to all of the Route 53 authoritative DNS servers managing the hosted +// zone. While your changes are propagating, GetChange returns a status of PENDING +// . When propagation is complete, GetChange returns a status of INSYNC . Changes // generally propagate to all Route 53 name servers managing the hosted zone within -// 60 seconds. For more information, see GetChange (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetChange.html) -// . Limits on ChangeResourceRecordSets Requests For information about the limits -// on a ChangeResourceRecordSets request, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// 60 seconds. For more information, see [GetChange]. +// +// # Limits on ChangeResourceRecordSets Requests +// +// For information about the limits on a ChangeResourceRecordSets request, see [Limits] in +// the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [GetChange]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetChange.html +// [Using Traffic Flow to Route DNS Traffic]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/traffic-flow.html func (c *Client) ChangeResourceRecordSets(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeResourceRecordSetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangeResourceRecordSetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ChangeResourceRecordSetsInput{} @@ -101,9 +130,12 @@ type ChangeResourceRecordSetsInput struct { // A complex type containing the response for the request. type ChangeResourceRecordSetsOutput struct { - // A complex type that contains information about changes made to your hosted - // zone. This element contains an ID that you use when performing a GetChange (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetChange.html) - // action to get detailed information about the change. + // A complex type that contains information about changes made to your hosted zone. + // + // This element contains an ID that you use when performing a [GetChange] action to get + // detailed information about the change. + // + // [GetChange]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetChange.html // // This member is required. ChangeInfo *types.ChangeInfo diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeTagsForResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeTagsForResource.go index ede20e11d0d9e..0ad1b4c3869d7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeTagsForResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ChangeTagsForResource.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds, edits, or deletes tags for a health check or a hosted zone. For -// information about using tags for cost allocation, see Using Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) -// in the Billing and Cost Management User Guide. +// Adds, edits, or deletes tags for a health check or a hosted zone. +// +// For information about using tags for cost allocation, see [Using Cost Allocation Tags] in the Billing and +// Cost Management User Guide. +// +// [Using Cost Allocation Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html func (c *Client) ChangeTagsForResource(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeTagsForResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangeTagsForResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ChangeTagsForResourceInput{} @@ -39,7 +42,9 @@ type ChangeTagsForResourceInput struct { ResourceId *string // The type of the resource. + // // - The resource type for health checks is healthcheck . + // // - The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone . // // This member is required. @@ -47,7 +52,9 @@ type ChangeTagsForResourceInput struct { // A complex type that contains a list of the tags that you want to add to the // specified health check or hosted zone and/or the tags that you want to edit - // Value for. You can add a maximum of 10 tags to a health check or a hosted zone. + // Value for. + // + // You can add a maximum of 10 tags to a health check or a hosted zone. AddTags []types.Tag // A complex type that contains a list of the tags that you want to delete from diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHealthCheck.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHealthCheck.go index 599092bb6d4cd..8f7716f59d272 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHealthCheck.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHealthCheck.go @@ -11,29 +11,40 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new health check. For information about adding health checks to -// resource record sets, see HealthCheckId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ResourceRecordSet.html#Route53-Type-ResourceRecordSet-HealthCheckId) -// in ChangeResourceRecordSets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ChangeResourceRecordSets.html) -// . ELB Load Balancers If you're registering EC2 instances with an Elastic Load -// Balancing (ELB) load balancer, do not create Amazon Route 53 health checks for -// the EC2 instances. When you register an EC2 instance with a load balancer, you -// configure settings for an ELB health check, which performs a similar function to -// a Route 53 health check. Private Hosted Zones You can associate health checks -// with failover resource record sets in a private hosted zone. Note the following: +// Creates a new health check. +// +// For information about adding health checks to resource record sets, see [HealthCheckId] in [ChangeResourceRecordSets]. +// +// # ELB Load Balancers +// +// If you're registering EC2 instances with an Elastic Load Balancing (ELB) load +// balancer, do not create Amazon Route 53 health checks for the EC2 instances. +// When you register an EC2 instance with a load balancer, you configure settings +// for an ELB health check, which performs a similar function to a Route 53 health +// check. +// +// # Private Hosted Zones +// +// You can associate health checks with failover resource record sets in a private +// hosted zone. Note the following: // // - Route 53 health checkers are outside the VPC. To check the health of an // endpoint within a VPC by IP address, you must assign a public IP address to the // instance in the VPC. +// // - You can configure a health checker to check the health of an external // resource that the instance relies on, such as a database server. +// // - You can create a CloudWatch metric, associate an alarm with the metric, and // then create a health check that is based on the state of the alarm. For example, // you might create a CloudWatch metric that checks the status of the Amazon EC2 // StatusCheckFailed metric, add an alarm to the metric, and then create a health // check that is based on the state of the alarm. For information about creating -// CloudWatch metrics and alarms by using the CloudWatch console, see the Amazon -// CloudWatch User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/WhatIsCloudWatch.html) -// . +// CloudWatch metrics and alarms by using the CloudWatch console, see the [Amazon CloudWatch User Guide]. +// +// [HealthCheckId]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ResourceRecordSet.html#Route53-Type-ResourceRecordSet-HealthCheckId +// [ChangeResourceRecordSets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ChangeResourceRecordSets.html +// [Amazon CloudWatch User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/WhatIsCloudWatch.html func (c *Client) CreateHealthCheck(ctx context.Context, params *CreateHealthCheckInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateHealthCheckOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateHealthCheckInput{} @@ -55,19 +66,24 @@ type CreateHealthCheckInput struct { // A unique string that identifies the request and that allows you to retry a // failed CreateHealthCheck request without the risk of creating two identical // health checks: + // // - If you send a CreateHealthCheck request with the same CallerReference and // settings as a previous request, and if the health check doesn't exist, Amazon // Route 53 creates the health check. If the health check does exist, Route 53 // returns the settings for the existing health check. + // // - If you send a CreateHealthCheck request with the same CallerReference as a // deleted health check, regardless of the settings, Route 53 returns a // HealthCheckAlreadyExists error. + // // - If you send a CreateHealthCheck request with the same CallerReference as an // existing health check but with different settings, Route 53 returns a // HealthCheckAlreadyExists error. + // // - If you send a CreateHealthCheck request with a unique CallerReference but // settings identical to an existing health check, Route 53 creates the health // check. + // // Route 53 does not store the CallerReference for a deleted health check // indefinitely. The CallerReference for a deleted health check will be deleted // after a number of days. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHostedZone.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHostedZone.go index 1de42e742417f..66c55f87a5935 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHostedZone.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateHostedZone.go @@ -16,39 +16,58 @@ import ( // domain, such as example.com, and its subdomains (apex.example.com, // acme.example.com). You create records in a private hosted zone to define how you // want to route traffic for a domain and its subdomains within one or more Amazon -// Virtual Private Clouds (Amazon VPCs). You can't convert a public hosted zone to -// a private hosted zone or vice versa. Instead, you must create a new hosted zone -// with the same name and create new resource record sets. For more information -// about charges for hosted zones, see Amazon Route 53 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/route53/pricing/) -// . Note the following: +// Virtual Private Clouds (Amazon VPCs). +// +// You can't convert a public hosted zone to a private hosted zone or vice versa. +// Instead, you must create a new hosted zone with the same name and create new +// resource record sets. +// +// For more information about charges for hosted zones, see [Amazon Route 53 Pricing]. +// +// Note the following: +// // - You can't create a hosted zone for a top-level domain (TLD) such as .com. +// // - For public hosted zones, Route 53 automatically creates a default SOA // record and four NS records for the zone. For more information about SOA and NS -// records, see NS and SOA Records that Route 53 Creates for a Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/SOA-NSrecords.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. If you want to use the same name servers -// for multiple public hosted zones, you can optionally associate a reusable -// delegation set with the hosted zone. See the DelegationSetId element. -// - If your domain is registered with a registrar other than Route 53, you must -// update the name servers with your registrar to make Route 53 the DNS service for -// the domain. For more information, see Migrating DNS Service for an Existing -// Domain to Amazon Route 53 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/MigratingDNS.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// records, see [NS and SOA Records that Route 53 Creates for a Hosted Zone]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// If you want to use the same name servers for multiple public hosted zones, you +// +// can optionally associate a reusable delegation set with the hosted zone. See the +// DelegationSetId element. +// +// - If your domain is registered with a registrar other than Route 53, you must +// update the name servers with your registrar to make Route 53 the DNS service for +// the domain. For more information, see [Migrating DNS Service for an Existing Domain to Amazon Route 53]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. // // When you submit a CreateHostedZone request, the initial status of the hosted // zone is PENDING . For public hosted zones, this means that the NS and SOA // records are not yet available on all Route 53 DNS servers. When the NS and SOA -// records are available, the status of the zone changes to INSYNC . The -// CreateHostedZone request requires the caller to have an ec2:DescribeVpcs -// permission. When creating private hosted zones, the Amazon VPC must belong to -// the same partition where the hosted zone is created. A partition is a group of -// Amazon Web Services Regions. Each Amazon Web Services account is scoped to one -// partition. The following are the supported partitions: +// records are available, the status of the zone changes to INSYNC . +// +// The CreateHostedZone request requires the caller to have an ec2:DescribeVpcs +// permission. +// +// When creating private hosted zones, the Amazon VPC must belong to the same +// partition where the hosted zone is created. A partition is a group of Amazon Web +// Services Regions. Each Amazon Web Services account is scoped to one partition. +// +// The following are the supported partitions: +// // - aws - Amazon Web Services Regions +// // - aws-cn - China Regions +// // - aws-us-gov - Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Region // -// For more information, see Access Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// For more information, see [Access Management] in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// [Access Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html +// [NS and SOA Records that Route 53 Creates for a Hosted Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/SOA-NSrecords.html +// [Amazon Route 53 Pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53/pricing/ +// +// [Migrating DNS Service for an Existing Domain to Amazon Route 53]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/MigratingDNS.html func (c *Client) CreateHostedZone(ctx context.Context, params *CreateHostedZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateHostedZoneOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateHostedZoneInput{} @@ -81,38 +100,49 @@ type CreateHostedZoneInput struct { // www.example.com. The trailing dot is optional; Amazon Route 53 assumes that the // domain name is fully qualified. This means that Route 53 treats www.example.com // (without a trailing dot) and www.example.com. (with a trailing dot) as - // identical. If you're creating a public hosted zone, this is the name you have - // registered with your DNS registrar. If your domain name is registered with a - // registrar other than Route 53, change the name servers for your domain to the - // set of NameServers that CreateHostedZone returns in DelegationSet . + // identical. + // + // If you're creating a public hosted zone, this is the name you have registered + // with your DNS registrar. If your domain name is registered with a registrar + // other than Route 53, change the name servers for your domain to the set of + // NameServers that CreateHostedZone returns in DelegationSet . // // This member is required. Name *string // If you want to associate a reusable delegation set with this hosted zone, the // ID that Amazon Route 53 assigned to the reusable delegation set when you created - // it. For more information about reusable delegation sets, see - // CreateReusableDelegationSet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReusableDelegationSet.html) - // . If you are using a reusable delegation set to create a public hosted zone for - // a subdomain, make sure that the parent hosted zone doesn't use one or more of - // the same name servers. If you have overlapping nameservers, the operation will - // cause a ConflictingDomainsExist error. + // it. For more information about reusable delegation sets, see [CreateReusableDelegationSet]. + // + // If you are using a reusable delegation set to create a public hosted zone for a + // subdomain, make sure that the parent hosted zone doesn't use one or more of the + // same name servers. If you have overlapping nameservers, the operation will cause + // a ConflictingDomainsExist error. + // + // [CreateReusableDelegationSet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReusableDelegationSet.html DelegationSetId *string // (Optional) A complex type that contains the following optional values: + // // - For public and private hosted zones, an optional comment + // // - For private hosted zones, an optional PrivateZone element + // // If you don't specify a comment or the PrivateZone element, omit HostedZoneConfig // and the other elements. HostedZoneConfig *types.HostedZoneConfig // (Private hosted zones only) A complex type that contains information about the - // Amazon VPC that you're associating with this hosted zone. You can specify only - // one Amazon VPC when you create a private hosted zone. If you are associating a - // VPC with a hosted zone with this request, the paramaters VPCId and VPCRegion - // are also required. To associate additional Amazon VPCs with the hosted zone, use - // AssociateVPCWithHostedZone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.html) - // after you create a hosted zone. + // Amazon VPC that you're associating with this hosted zone. + // + // You can specify only one Amazon VPC when you create a private hosted zone. If + // you are associating a VPC with a hosted zone with this request, the paramaters + // VPCId and VPCRegion are also required. + // + // To associate additional Amazon VPCs with the hosted zone, use [AssociateVPCWithHostedZone] after you create + // a hosted zone. + // + // [AssociateVPCWithHostedZone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateVPCWithHostedZone.html VPC *types.VPC noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateKeySigningKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateKeySigningKey.go index 87527682ef3c5..4b3b2306c8398 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateKeySigningKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateKeySigningKey.go @@ -43,19 +43,32 @@ type CreateKeySigningKeyInput struct { // The Amazon resource name (ARN) for a customer managed key in Key Management // Service (KMS). The KeyManagementServiceArn must be unique for each key-signing // key (KSK) in a single hosted zone. To see an example of KeyManagementServiceArn - // that grants the correct permissions for DNSSEC, scroll down to Example. You must - // configure the customer managed customer managed key as follows: Status Enabled - // Key spec ECC_NIST_P256 Key usage Sign and verify Key policy The key policy must - // give permission for the following actions: + // that grants the correct permissions for DNSSEC, scroll down to Example. + // + // You must configure the customer managed customer managed key as follows: + // + // Status Enabled + // + // Key spec ECC_NIST_P256 + // + // Key usage Sign and verify + // + // Key policy The key policy must give permission for the following actions: + // // - DescribeKey + // // - GetPublicKey + // // - Sign + // // The key policy must also include the Amazon Route 53 service in the principal // for your account. Specify the following: + // // - "Service": "dnssec-route53.amazonaws.com" - // For more information about working with a customer managed key in KMS, see Key - // Management Service concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html) - // . + // + // For more information about working with a customer managed key in KMS, see [Key Management Service concepts]. + // + // [Key Management Service concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html // // This member is required. KeyManagementServiceArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.go index e7cdf88c00a77..ecf2d6d63533b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.go @@ -13,82 +13,119 @@ import ( // Creates a configuration for DNS query logging. After you create a query logging // configuration, Amazon Route 53 begins to publish log data to an Amazon -// CloudWatch Logs log group. DNS query logs contain information about the queries -// that Route 53 receives for a specified public hosted zone, such as the -// following: +// CloudWatch Logs log group. +// +// DNS query logs contain information about the queries that Route 53 receives for +// a specified public hosted zone, such as the following: +// // - Route 53 edge location that responded to the DNS query +// // - Domain or subdomain that was requested +// // - DNS record type, such as A or AAAA +// // - DNS response code, such as NoError or ServFail // // Log Group and Resource Policy Before you create a query logging configuration, -// perform the following operations. If you create a query logging configuration -// using the Route 53 console, Route 53 performs these operations automatically. +// perform the following operations. +// +// If you create a query logging configuration using the Route 53 console, Route +// 53 performs these operations automatically. +// // - Create a CloudWatch Logs log group, and make note of the ARN, which you // specify when you create a query logging configuration. Note the following: +// // - You must create the log group in the us-east-1 region. +// // - You must use the same Amazon Web Services account to create the log group // and the hosted zone that you want to configure query logging for. +// // - When you create log groups for query logging, we recommend that you use a -// consistent prefix, for example: /aws/route53/hosted zone name In the next -// step, you'll create a resource policy, which controls access to one or more log -// groups and the associated Amazon Web Services resources, such as Route 53 hosted -// zones. There's a limit on the number of resource policies that you can create, -// so we recommend that you use a consistent prefix so you can use the same -// resource policy for all the log groups that you create for query logging. -// - Create a CloudWatch Logs resource policy, and give it the permissions that -// Route 53 needs to create log streams and to send query logs to log streams. For -// the value of Resource , specify the ARN for the log group that you created in -// the previous step. To use the same resource policy for all the CloudWatch Logs -// log groups that you created for query logging configurations, replace the hosted -// zone name with * , for example: -// arn:aws:logs:us-east-1:123412341234:log-group:/aws/route53/* To avoid the -// confused deputy problem, a security issue where an entity without a permission -// for an action can coerce a more-privileged entity to perform it, you can -// optionally limit the permissions that a service has to a resource in a -// resource-based policy by supplying the following values: -// - For aws:SourceArn , supply the hosted zone ARN used in creating the query -// logging configuration. For example, aws:SourceArn: -// arn:aws:route53:::hostedzone/hosted zone ID . -// - For aws:SourceAccount , supply the account ID for the account that creates -// the query logging configuration. For example, aws:SourceAccount:111111111111 . -// For more information, see The confused deputy problem (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/confused-deputy.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services IAM User Guide. You can't use the CloudWatch console -// to create or edit a resource policy. You must use the CloudWatch API, one of the -// Amazon Web Services SDKs, or the CLI. +// consistent prefix, for example: +// +// /aws/route53/hosted zone name +// +// In the next step, you'll create a resource policy, which controls access to one +// +// or more log groups and the associated Amazon Web Services resources, such as +// Route 53 hosted zones. There's a limit on the number of resource policies that +// you can create, so we recommend that you use a consistent prefix so you can use +// the same resource policy for all the log groups that you create for query +// logging. +// +// - Create a CloudWatch Logs resource policy, and give it the permissions that +// Route 53 needs to create log streams and to send query logs to log streams. For +// the value of Resource , specify the ARN for the log group that you created in +// the previous step. To use the same resource policy for all the CloudWatch Logs +// log groups that you created for query logging configurations, replace the hosted +// zone name with * , for example: +// +// arn:aws:logs:us-east-1:123412341234:log-group:/aws/route53/* +// +// To avoid the confused deputy problem, a security issue where an entity without +// +// a permission for an action can coerce a more-privileged entity to perform it, +// you can optionally limit the permissions that a service has to a resource in a +// resource-based policy by supplying the following values: +// +// - For aws:SourceArn , supply the hosted zone ARN used in creating the query +// logging configuration. For example, aws:SourceArn: +// arn:aws:route53:::hostedzone/hosted zone ID . +// +// - For aws:SourceAccount , supply the account ID for the account that creates +// the query logging configuration. For example, aws:SourceAccount:111111111111 . +// +// For more information, see [The confused deputy problem]in the Amazon Web Services IAM User Guide. +// +// You can't use the CloudWatch console to create or edit a resource policy. You +// +// must use the CloudWatch API, one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs, or the CLI. // // Log Streams and Edge Locations When Route 53 finishes creating the // configuration for DNS query logging, it does the following: +// // - Creates a log stream for an edge location the first time that the edge // location responds to DNS queries for the specified hosted zone. That log stream // is used to log all queries that Route 53 responds to for that edge location. +// // - Begins to send query logs to the applicable log stream. // -// The name of each log stream is in the following format: hosted zone ID/edge -// location code The edge location code is a three-letter code and an arbitrarily -// assigned number, for example, DFW3. The three-letter code typically corresponds -// with the International Air Transport Association airport code for an airport -// near the edge location. (These abbreviations might change in the future.) For a -// list of edge locations, see "The Route 53 Global Network" on the Route 53 -// Product Details (http://aws.amazon.com/route53/details/) page. Queries That Are -// Logged Query logs contain only the queries that DNS resolvers forward to Route -// 53. If a DNS resolver has already cached the response to a query (such as the IP -// address for a load balancer for example.com), the resolver will continue to -// return the cached response. It doesn't forward another query to Route 53 until -// the TTL for the corresponding resource record set expires. Depending on how many -// DNS queries are submitted for a resource record set, and depending on the TTL -// for that resource record set, query logs might contain information about only -// one query out of every several thousand queries that are submitted to DNS. For -// more information about how DNS works, see Routing Internet Traffic to Your -// Website or Web Application (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-dns-service.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. Log File Format For a list of the values -// in each query log and the format of each value, see Logging DNS Queries (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/query-logs.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. Pricing For information about charges -// for query logs, see Amazon CloudWatch Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/pricing/) -// . How to Stop Logging If you want Route 53 to stop sending query logs to +// The name of each log stream is in the following format: +// +// hosted zone ID/edge location code +// +// The edge location code is a three-letter code and an arbitrarily assigned +// number, for example, DFW3. The three-letter code typically corresponds with the +// International Air Transport Association airport code for an airport near the +// edge location. (These abbreviations might change in the future.) For a list of +// edge locations, see "The Route 53 Global Network" on the [Route 53 Product Details]page. +// +// Queries That Are Logged Query logs contain only the queries that DNS resolvers +// forward to Route 53. If a DNS resolver has already cached the response to a +// query (such as the IP address for a load balancer for example.com), the resolver +// will continue to return the cached response. It doesn't forward another query to +// Route 53 until the TTL for the corresponding resource record set expires. +// Depending on how many DNS queries are submitted for a resource record set, and +// depending on the TTL for that resource record set, query logs might contain +// information about only one query out of every several thousand queries that are +// submitted to DNS. For more information about how DNS works, see [Routing Internet Traffic to Your Website or Web Application]in the Amazon +// Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Log File Format For a list of the values in each query log and the format of +// each value, see [Logging DNS Queries]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Pricing For information about charges for query logs, see [Amazon CloudWatch Pricing]. +// +// How to Stop Logging If you want Route 53 to stop sending query logs to // CloudWatch Logs, delete the query logging configuration. For more information, -// see DeleteQueryLoggingConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.html) -// . +// see [DeleteQueryLoggingConfig]. +// +// [The confused deputy problem]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/confused-deputy.html +// [DeleteQueryLoggingConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.html +// [Routing Internet Traffic to Your Website or Web Application]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-dns-service.html +// [Route 53 Product Details]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53/details/ +// [Amazon CloudWatch Pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/pricing/ +// [Logging DNS Queries]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/query-logs.html func (c *Client) CreateQueryLoggingConfig(ctx context.Context, params *CreateQueryLoggingConfigInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateQueryLoggingConfigOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateQueryLoggingConfigInput{} @@ -108,10 +145,15 @@ type CreateQueryLoggingConfigInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the log group that you want to Amazon Route // 53 to send query logs to. This is the format of the ARN: - // arn:aws:logs:region:account-id:log-group:log_group_name To get the ARN for a log - // group, you can use the CloudWatch console, the DescribeLogGroups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatchLogs/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLogGroups.html) - // API action, the describe-log-groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/logs/describe-log-groups.html) - // command, or the applicable command in one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs. + // + // arn:aws:logs:region:account-id:log-group:log_group_name + // + // To get the ARN for a log group, you can use the CloudWatch console, the [DescribeLogGroups] API + // action, the [describe-log-groups]command, or the applicable command in one of the Amazon Web + // Services SDKs. + // + // [describe-log-groups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/logs/describe-log-groups.html + // [DescribeLogGroups]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatchLogs/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLogGroups.html // // This member is required. CloudWatchLogsLogGroupArn *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateReusableDelegationSet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateReusableDelegationSet.go index 090a71af7a576..d73194f5b7696 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateReusableDelegationSet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateReusableDelegationSet.go @@ -13,21 +13,31 @@ import ( // Creates a delegation set (a group of four name servers) that can be reused by // multiple hosted zones that were created by the same Amazon Web Services account. +// // You can also create a reusable delegation set that uses the four name servers // that are associated with an existing hosted zone. Specify the hosted zone ID in -// the CreateReusableDelegationSet request. You can't associate a reusable -// delegation set with a private hosted zone. For information about using a -// reusable delegation set to configure white label name servers, see Configuring -// White Label Name Servers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/white-label-name-servers.html) -// . The process for migrating existing hosted zones to use a reusable delegation +// the CreateReusableDelegationSet request. +// +// You can't associate a reusable delegation set with a private hosted zone. +// +// For information about using a reusable delegation set to configure white label +// name servers, see [Configuring White Label Name Servers]. +// +// The process for migrating existing hosted zones to use a reusable delegation // set is comparable to the process for configuring white label name servers. You // need to perform the following steps: +// // - Create a reusable delegation set. +// // - Recreate hosted zones, and reduce the TTL to 60 seconds or less. +// // - Recreate resource record sets in the new hosted zones. +// // - Change the registrar's name servers to use the name servers for the new // hosted zones. +// // - Monitor traffic for the website or application. +// // - Change TTLs back to their original values. // // If you want to migrate existing hosted zones to use a reusable delegation set, @@ -35,14 +45,19 @@ import ( // the reusable delegation set. If one or more hosted zones do use one or more name // servers that are assigned to the reusable delegation set, you can do one of the // following: +// // - For small numbers of hosted zones—up to a few hundred—it's relatively easy // to create reusable delegation sets until you get one that has four name servers // that don't overlap with any of the name servers in your hosted zones. +// // - For larger numbers of hosted zones, the easiest solution is to use more // than one reusable delegation set. +// // - For larger numbers of hosted zones, you can also migrate hosted zones that // have overlapping name servers to hosted zones that don't have overlapping name // servers, then migrate the hosted zones again to use the reusable delegation set. +// +// [Configuring White Label Name Servers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/white-label-name-servers.html func (c *Client) CreateReusableDelegationSet(ctx context.Context, params *CreateReusableDelegationSetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateReusableDelegationSetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateReusableDelegationSetInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicy.go index c674720e11241..a5801cbaa3ffb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicy.go @@ -33,10 +33,11 @@ func (c *Client) CreateTrafficPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficP // to create. type CreateTrafficPolicyInput struct { - // The definition of this traffic policy in JSON format. For more information, see - // Traffic Policy Document Format (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/api-policies-traffic-policy-document-format.html) + // The definition of this traffic policy in JSON format. For more information, see [Traffic Policy Document Format] // . // + // [Traffic Policy Document Format]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/api-policies-traffic-policy-document-format.html + // // This member is required. Document *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyInstance.go index d010db001ed05..d0e5aa35367cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyInstance.go @@ -16,12 +16,13 @@ import ( // associates the resource record sets with a specified domain name (such as // example.com) or subdomain name (such as www.example.com). Amazon Route 53 // responds to DNS queries for the domain or subdomain name by using the resource -// record sets that CreateTrafficPolicyInstance created. After you submit an -// CreateTrafficPolicyInstance request, there's a brief delay while Amazon Route 53 -// creates the resource record sets that are specified in the traffic policy -// definition. Use GetTrafficPolicyInstance with the id of new traffic policy -// instance to confirm that the CreateTrafficPolicyInstance request completed -// successfully. For more information, see the State response element. +// record sets that CreateTrafficPolicyInstance created. +// +// After you submit an CreateTrafficPolicyInstance request, there's a brief delay +// while Amazon Route 53 creates the resource record sets that are specified in the +// traffic policy definition. Use GetTrafficPolicyInstance with the id of new +// traffic policy instance to confirm that the CreateTrafficPolicyInstance request +// completed successfully. For more information, see the State response element. func (c *Client) CreateTrafficPolicyInstance(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyVersion.go index 124c31ae2e0f2..80232dfe26c98 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateTrafficPolicyVersion.go @@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ type CreateTrafficPolicyVersionInput struct { // The definition of this version of the traffic policy, in JSON format. You // specified the JSON in the CreateTrafficPolicyVersion request. For more - // information about the JSON format, see CreateTrafficPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficPolicy.html) - // . + // information about the JSON format, see [CreateTrafficPolicy]. + // + // [CreateTrafficPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficPolicy.html // // This member is required. Document *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization.go index 7dda0a35e8988..9e5da95e48446 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization.go @@ -16,10 +16,11 @@ import ( // specified hosted zone that was created by a different account. To submit a // CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization request, you must use the account that created // the hosted zone. After you authorize the association, use the account that -// created the VPC to submit an AssociateVPCWithHostedZone request. If you want to -// associate multiple VPCs that you created by using one account with a hosted zone -// that you created by using a different account, you must submit one authorization -// request for each VPC. +// created the VPC to submit an AssociateVPCWithHostedZone request. +// +// If you want to associate multiple VPCs that you created by using one account +// with a hosted zone that you created by using a different account, you must +// submit one authorization request for each VPC. func (c *Client) CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVPCAssociationAuthorizationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVPCAssociationAuthorizationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateVPCAssociationAuthorizationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHealthCheck.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHealthCheck.go index 257793f8ba0d4..9cf550b8e25cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHealthCheck.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHealthCheck.go @@ -10,19 +10,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a health check. Amazon Route 53 does not prevent you from deleting a -// health check even if the health check is associated with one or more resource -// record sets. If you delete a health check and you don't update the associated -// resource record sets, the future status of the health check can't be predicted -// and may change. This will affect the routing of DNS queries for your DNS -// failover configuration. For more information, see Replacing and Deleting Health -// Checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/health-checks-creating-deleting.html#health-checks-deleting.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. If you're using Cloud Map and you -// configured Cloud Map to create a Route 53 health check when you register an -// instance, you can't use the Route 53 DeleteHealthCheck command to delete the -// health check. The health check is deleted automatically when you deregister the -// instance; there can be a delay of several hours before the health check is -// deleted from Route 53. +// Deletes a health check. +// +// Amazon Route 53 does not prevent you from deleting a health check even if the +// health check is associated with one or more resource record sets. If you delete +// a health check and you don't update the associated resource record sets, the +// future status of the health check can't be predicted and may change. This will +// affect the routing of DNS queries for your DNS failover configuration. For more +// information, see [Replacing and Deleting Health Checks]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// If you're using Cloud Map and you configured Cloud Map to create a Route 53 +// health check when you register an instance, you can't use the Route 53 +// DeleteHealthCheck command to delete the health check. The health check is +// deleted automatically when you deregister the instance; there can be a delay of +// several hours before the health check is deleted from Route 53. +// +// [Replacing and Deleting Health Checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/health-checks-creating-deleting.html#health-checks-deleting.html func (c *Client) DeleteHealthCheck(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteHealthCheckInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteHealthCheckOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteHealthCheckInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHostedZone.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHostedZone.go index 6e7e05a7fa36b..ee40cbfb62922 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHostedZone.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteHostedZone.go @@ -11,39 +11,52 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a hosted zone. If the hosted zone was created by another service, such -// as Cloud Map, see Deleting Public Hosted Zones That Were Created by Another -// Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DeleteHostedZone.html#delete-public-hosted-zone-created-by-another-service) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide for information about how to delete it. -// (The process is the same for public and private hosted zones that were created -// by another service.) If you want to keep your domain registration but you want -// to stop routing internet traffic to your website or web application, we -// recommend that you delete resource record sets in the hosted zone instead of -// deleting the hosted zone. If you delete a hosted zone, you can't undelete it. -// You must create a new hosted zone and update the name servers for your domain -// registration, which can require up to 48 hours to take effect. (If you delegated -// responsibility for a subdomain to a hosted zone and you delete the child hosted -// zone, you must update the name servers in the parent hosted zone.) In addition, -// if you delete a hosted zone, someone could hijack the domain and route traffic -// to their own resources using your domain name. If you want to avoid the monthly -// charge for the hosted zone, you can transfer DNS service for the domain to a -// free DNS service. When you transfer DNS service, you have to update the name -// servers for the domain registration. If the domain is registered with Route 53, -// see UpdateDomainNameservers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_domains_UpdateDomainNameservers.html) -// for information about how to replace Route 53 name servers with name servers for -// the new DNS service. If the domain is registered with another registrar, use the -// method provided by the registrar to update name servers for the domain -// registration. For more information, perform an internet search on "free DNS -// service." You can delete a hosted zone only if it contains only the default SOA -// record and NS resource record sets. If the hosted zone contains other resource -// record sets, you must delete them before you can delete the hosted zone. If you -// try to delete a hosted zone that contains other resource record sets, the -// request fails, and Route 53 returns a HostedZoneNotEmpty error. For information -// about deleting records from your hosted zone, see ChangeResourceRecordSets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ChangeResourceRecordSets.html) -// . To verify that the hosted zone has been deleted, do one of the following: +// Deletes a hosted zone. +// +// If the hosted zone was created by another service, such as Cloud Map, see [Deleting Public Hosted Zones That Were Created by Another Service] in +// the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide for information about how to delete it. (The +// process is the same for public and private hosted zones that were created by +// another service.) +// +// If you want to keep your domain registration but you want to stop routing +// internet traffic to your website or web application, we recommend that you +// delete resource record sets in the hosted zone instead of deleting the hosted +// zone. +// +// If you delete a hosted zone, you can't undelete it. You must create a new +// hosted zone and update the name servers for your domain registration, which can +// require up to 48 hours to take effect. (If you delegated responsibility for a +// subdomain to a hosted zone and you delete the child hosted zone, you must update +// the name servers in the parent hosted zone.) In addition, if you delete a hosted +// zone, someone could hijack the domain and route traffic to their own resources +// using your domain name. +// +// If you want to avoid the monthly charge for the hosted zone, you can transfer +// DNS service for the domain to a free DNS service. When you transfer DNS service, +// you have to update the name servers for the domain registration. If the domain +// is registered with Route 53, see [UpdateDomainNameservers]for information about how to replace Route 53 +// name servers with name servers for the new DNS service. If the domain is +// registered with another registrar, use the method provided by the registrar to +// update name servers for the domain registration. For more information, perform +// an internet search on "free DNS service." +// +// You can delete a hosted zone only if it contains only the default SOA record +// and NS resource record sets. If the hosted zone contains other resource record +// sets, you must delete them before you can delete the hosted zone. If you try to +// delete a hosted zone that contains other resource record sets, the request +// fails, and Route 53 returns a HostedZoneNotEmpty error. For information about +// deleting records from your hosted zone, see [ChangeResourceRecordSets]. +// +// To verify that the hosted zone has been deleted, do one of the following: +// // - Use the GetHostedZone action to request information about the hosted zone. +// // - Use the ListHostedZones action to get a list of the hosted zones associated // with the current Amazon Web Services account. +// +// [ChangeResourceRecordSets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ChangeResourceRecordSets.html +// [Deleting Public Hosted Zones That Were Created by Another Service]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DeleteHostedZone.html#delete-public-hosted-zone-created-by-another-service +// [UpdateDomainNameservers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_domains_UpdateDomainNameservers.html func (c *Client) DeleteHostedZone(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteHostedZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteHostedZoneOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteHostedZoneInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteKeySigningKey.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteKeySigningKey.go index 1d928b4bd01f5..f2e02f4aad9e6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteKeySigningKey.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteKeySigningKey.go @@ -13,10 +13,14 @@ import ( // Deletes a key-signing key (KSK). Before you can delete a KSK, you must // deactivate it. The KSK must be deactivated before you can delete it regardless -// of whether the hosted zone is enabled for DNSSEC signing. You can use -// DeactivateKeySigningKey (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeactivateKeySigningKey.html) -// to deactivate the key before you delete it. Use GetDNSSEC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetDNSSEC.html) -// to verify that the KSK is in an INACTIVE status. +// of whether the hosted zone is enabled for DNSSEC signing. +// +// You can use [DeactivateKeySigningKey] to deactivate the key before you delete it. +// +// Use [GetDNSSEC] to verify that the KSK is in an INACTIVE status. +// +// [DeactivateKeySigningKey]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeactivateKeySigningKey.html +// [GetDNSSEC]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetDNSSEC.html func (c *Client) DeleteKeySigningKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteKeySigningKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteKeySigningKeyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteKeySigningKeyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.go index 2eb86005f5abc..17e7710b4e10b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteQueryLoggingConfig.go @@ -12,9 +12,11 @@ import ( // Deletes a configuration for DNS query logging. If you delete a configuration, // Amazon Route 53 stops sending query logs to CloudWatch Logs. Route 53 doesn't -// delete any logs that are already in CloudWatch Logs. For more information about -// DNS query logs, see CreateQueryLoggingConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.html) -// . +// delete any logs that are already in CloudWatch Logs. +// +// For more information about DNS query logs, see [CreateQueryLoggingConfig]. +// +// [CreateQueryLoggingConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.html func (c *Client) DeleteQueryLoggingConfig(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteQueryLoggingConfigInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteQueryLoggingConfigOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteQueryLoggingConfigInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteReusableDelegationSet.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteReusableDelegationSet.go index ad53991b6b741..9227feb3664d0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteReusableDelegationSet.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteReusableDelegationSet.go @@ -10,12 +10,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a reusable delegation set. You can delete a reusable delegation set -// only if it isn't associated with any hosted zones. To verify that the reusable -// delegation set is not associated with any hosted zones, submit a -// GetReusableDelegationSet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetReusableDelegationSet.html) -// request and specify the ID of the reusable delegation set that you want to -// delete. +// Deletes a reusable delegation set. +// +// You can delete a reusable delegation set only if it isn't associated with any +// hosted zones. +// +// To verify that the reusable delegation set is not associated with any hosted +// zones, submit a [GetReusableDelegationSet]request and specify the ID of the reusable delegation set that +// you want to delete. +// +// [GetReusableDelegationSet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetReusableDelegationSet.html func (c *Client) DeleteReusableDelegationSet(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteReusableDelegationSetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteReusableDelegationSetOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteReusableDelegationSetInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicy.go index 36e11f308ecba..936c575526ed7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicy.go @@ -10,15 +10,21 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes a traffic policy. When you delete a traffic policy, Route 53 sets a -// flag on the policy to indicate that it has been deleted. However, Route 53 never -// fully deletes the traffic policy. Note the following: -// - Deleted traffic policies aren't listed if you run ListTrafficPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListTrafficPolicies.html) -// . +// Deletes a traffic policy. +// +// When you delete a traffic policy, Route 53 sets a flag on the policy to +// indicate that it has been deleted. However, Route 53 never fully deletes the +// traffic policy. Note the following: +// +// - Deleted traffic policies aren't listed if you run [ListTrafficPolicies]. +// // - There's no way to get a list of deleted policies. +// // - If you retain the ID of the policy, you can get information about the -// policy, including the traffic policy document, by running GetTrafficPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetTrafficPolicy.html) -// . +// policy, including the traffic policy document, by running [GetTrafficPolicy]. +// +// [ListTrafficPolicies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListTrafficPolicies.html +// [GetTrafficPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetTrafficPolicy.html func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTrafficPolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.go index b6a78c86019ab..5dae1ce710a55 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( ) // Deletes a traffic policy instance and all of the resource record sets that -// Amazon Route 53 created when you created the instance. In the Route 53 console, -// traffic policy instances are known as policy records. +// Amazon Route 53 created when you created the instance. +// +// In the Route 53 console, traffic policy instances are known as policy records. func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceInput{} @@ -31,9 +32,11 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance(ctx context.Context, params *Delete // A request to delete a specified traffic policy instance. type DeleteTrafficPolicyInstanceInput struct { - // The ID of the traffic policy instance that you want to delete. When you delete - // a traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 also deletes all of the resource - // record sets that were created when you created the traffic policy instance. + // The ID of the traffic policy instance that you want to delete. + // + // When you delete a traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 also deletes all of + // the resource record sets that were created when you created the traffic policy + // instance. // // This member is required. Id *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization.go index 1d010947364d8..95d032cde26b3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization.go @@ -14,12 +14,14 @@ import ( // Removes authorization to submit an AssociateVPCWithHostedZone request to // associate a specified VPC with a hosted zone that was created by a different // account. You must use the account that created the hosted zone to submit a -// DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization request. Sending this request only prevents -// the Amazon Web Services account that created the VPC from associating the VPC -// with the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone in the future. If the VPC is already -// associated with the hosted zone, DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization won't -// disassociate the VPC from the hosted zone. If you want to delete an existing -// association, use DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone . +// DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization request. +// +// Sending this request only prevents the Amazon Web Services account that created +// the VPC from associating the VPC with the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone in the +// future. If the VPC is already associated with the hosted zone, +// DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization won't disassociate the VPC from the hosted +// zone. If you want to delete an existing association, use +// DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone . func (c *Client) DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorization(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorizationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorizationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteVPCAssociationAuthorizationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone.go index b3d628d737fa6..5e1d8b6dc5d0c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone.go @@ -25,21 +25,29 @@ import ( // EFS) automatically create hosted zones and associate VPCs with the hosted zones. // A service can create a hosted zone using your account or using its own account. // You can disassociate a VPC from a hosted zone only if the service created the -// hosted zone using your account. When you run DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListHostedZonesByVPC.html) -// , if the hosted zone has a value for OwningAccount , you can use -// DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone . If the hosted zone has a value for -// OwningService , you can't use DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone . +// hosted zone using your account. +// +// When you run [DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone], if the hosted zone has a value for OwningAccount , you can use +// +// DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone . If the hosted zone has a value for +// OwningService , you can't use DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone . // // When revoking access, the hosted zone and the Amazon VPC must belong to the // same partition. A partition is a group of Amazon Web Services Regions. Each -// Amazon Web Services account is scoped to one partition. The following are the -// supported partitions: +// Amazon Web Services account is scoped to one partition. +// +// The following are the supported partitions: +// // - aws - Amazon Web Services Regions +// // - aws-cn - China Regions +// // - aws-us-gov - Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Region // -// For more information, see Access Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// For more information, see [Access Management] in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// [Access Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html +// [DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListHostedZonesByVPC.html func (c *Client) DisassociateVPCFromHostedZone(ctx context.Context, params *DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneInput{} @@ -70,7 +78,7 @@ type DisassociateVPCFromHostedZoneInput struct { // This member is required. VPC *types.VPC - // Optional: A comment about the disassociation request. + // Optional: A comment about the disassociation request. Comment *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetAccountLimit.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetAccountLimit.go index 79166c59c3ef8..453ee5642280b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetAccountLimit.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetAccountLimit.go @@ -12,13 +12,18 @@ import ( ) // Gets the specified limit for the current account, for example, the maximum -// number of health checks that you can create using the account. For the default -// limit, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To request a higher limit, open a case (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-route53) -// . You can also view account limits in Amazon Web Services Trusted Advisor. Sign +// number of health checks that you can create using the account. +// +// For the default limit, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To request +// a higher limit, [open a case]. +// +// You can also view account limits in Amazon Web Services Trusted Advisor. Sign // in to the Amazon Web Services Management Console and open the Trusted Advisor -// console at https://console.aws.amazon.com/trustedadvisor/ (https://console.aws.amazon.com/trustedadvisor) -// . Then choose Service limits in the navigation pane. +// console at [https://console.aws.amazon.com/trustedadvisor/]. Then choose Service limits in the navigation pane. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [https://console.aws.amazon.com/trustedadvisor/]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/trustedadvisor +// [open a case]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-route53 func (c *Client) GetAccountLimit(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountLimitInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountLimitOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetAccountLimitInput{} @@ -39,14 +44,19 @@ func (c *Client) GetAccountLimit(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountLimitInp type GetAccountLimitInput struct { // The limit that you want to get. Valid values include the following: + // // - MAX_HEALTH_CHECKS_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of health checks that you // can create using the current account. + // // - MAX_HOSTED_ZONES_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of hosted zones that you can // create using the current account. + // // - MAX_REUSABLE_DELEGATION_SETS_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of reusable // delegation sets that you can create using the current account. + // // - MAX_TRAFFIC_POLICIES_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of traffic policies that // you can create using the current account. + // // - MAX_TRAFFIC_POLICY_INSTANCES_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of traffic policy // instances that you can create using the current account. (Traffic policy // instances are referred to as traffic flow policy records in the Amazon Route 53 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetChange.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetChange.go index bae3eac933df6..4cfbe7567f664 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetChange.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetChange.go @@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ import ( // Returns the current status of a change batch request. The status is one of the // following values: +// // - PENDING indicates that the changes in this request have not propagated to // all Amazon Route 53 DNS servers managing the hosted zone. This is the initial // status of all change batch requests. +// // - INSYNC indicates that the changes have propagated to all Route 53 DNS // servers managing the hosted zone. func (c *Client) GetChange(ctx context.Context, params *GetChangeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetChangeOutput, error) { @@ -187,12 +189,13 @@ type ResourceRecordSetsChangedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetChangeInput, *GetChangeOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetCheckerIpRanges.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetCheckerIpRanges.go index 7b7ad743de8db..efc1d6bda95c4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetCheckerIpRanges.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetCheckerIpRanges.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Route 53 does not perform authorization for this API because it retrieves -// information that is already available to the public. GetCheckerIpRanges still -// works, but we recommend that you download ip-ranges.json, which includes IP -// address ranges for all Amazon Web Services services. For more information, see -// IP Address Ranges of Amazon Route 53 Servers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/route-53-ip-addresses.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// information that is already available to the public. +// +// GetCheckerIpRanges still works, but we recommend that you download +// ip-ranges.json, which includes IP address ranges for all Amazon Web Services +// services. For more information, see [IP Address Ranges of Amazon Route 53 Servers]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// [IP Address Ranges of Amazon Route 53 Servers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/route-53-ip-addresses.html func (c *Client) GetCheckerIpRanges(ctx context.Context, params *GetCheckerIpRangesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCheckerIpRangesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetCheckerIpRangesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetGeoLocation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetGeoLocation.go index 2b86fbe821943..6b6803a35e3ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetGeoLocation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetGeoLocation.go @@ -12,17 +12,27 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about whether a specified geographic location is supported for -// Amazon Route 53 geolocation resource record sets. Route 53 does not perform -// authorization for this API because it retrieves information that is already -// available to the public. Use the following syntax to determine whether a -// continent is supported for geolocation: GET -// /2013-04-01/geolocation?continentcode=two-letter abbreviation for a continent +// Amazon Route 53 geolocation resource record sets. +// +// Route 53 does not perform authorization for this API because it retrieves +// information that is already available to the public. +// +// Use the following syntax to determine whether a continent is supported for +// geolocation: +// +// GET /2013-04-01/geolocation?continentcode=two-letter abbreviation for a +// continent +// // Use the following syntax to determine whether a country is supported for -// geolocation: GET /2013-04-01/geolocation?countrycode=two-character country code +// geolocation: +// +// GET /2013-04-01/geolocation?countrycode=two-character country code +// // Use the following syntax to determine whether a subdivision of a country is -// supported for geolocation: GET -// /2013-04-01/geolocation?countrycode=two-character country -// code&subdivisioncode=subdivision code +// supported for geolocation: +// +// GET /2013-04-01/geolocation?countrycode=two-character country +// code&subdivisioncode=subdivision code func (c *Client) GetGeoLocation(ctx context.Context, params *GetGeoLocationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGeoLocationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetGeoLocationInput{} @@ -44,26 +54,35 @@ type GetGeoLocationInput struct { // For geolocation resource record sets, a two-letter abbreviation that identifies // a continent. Amazon Route 53 supports the following continent codes: + // // - AF: Africa + // // - AN: Antarctica + // // - AS: Asia + // // - EU: Europe + // // - OC: Oceania + // // - NA: North America + // // - SA: South America ContinentCode *string - // Amazon Route 53 uses the two-letter country codes that are specified in ISO - // standard 3166-1 alpha-2 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2) . + // Amazon Route 53 uses the two-letter country codes that are specified in [ISO standard 3166-1 alpha-2]. + // // Route 53 also supports the country code UA for Ukraine. + // + // [ISO standard 3166-1 alpha-2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2 CountryCode *string // The code for the subdivision, such as a particular state within the United - // States. For a list of US state abbreviations, see Appendix B: Two–Letter State - // and Possession Abbreviations (https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm) on the - // United States Postal Service website. For a list of all supported subdivision - // codes, use the ListGeoLocations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListGeoLocations.html) - // API. + // States. For a list of US state abbreviations, see [Appendix B: Two–Letter State and Possession Abbreviations]on the United States Postal + // Service website. For a list of all supported subdivision codes, use the [ListGeoLocations]API. + // + // [ListGeoLocations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListGeoLocations.html + // [Appendix B: Two–Letter State and Possession Abbreviations]: https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm SubdivisionCode *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason.go index fb3d482179dd7..0cb1a6c4471c7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason.go @@ -32,10 +32,11 @@ type GetHealthCheckLastFailureReasonInput struct { // The ID for the health check for which you want the last failure reason. When // you created the health check, CreateHealthCheck returned the ID in the - // response, in the HealthCheckId element. If you want to get the last failure - // reason for a calculated health check, you must use the Amazon Route 53 console - // or the CloudWatch console. You can't use GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason for a - // calculated health check. + // response, in the HealthCheckId element. + // + // If you want to get the last failure reason for a calculated health check, you + // must use the Amazon Route 53 console or the CloudWatch console. You can't use + // GetHealthCheckLastFailureReason for a calculated health check. // // This member is required. HealthCheckId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckStatus.go index 6497af94e836f..deb6fc4a2139f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHealthCheckStatus.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets status of a specified health check. This API is intended for use during -// development to diagnose behavior. It doesn’t support production use-cases with -// high query rates that require immediate and actionable responses. +// Gets status of a specified health check. +// +// This API is intended for use during development to diagnose behavior. It +// doesn’t support production use-cases with high query rates that require +// immediate and actionable responses. func (c *Client) GetHealthCheckStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetHealthCheckStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetHealthCheckStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetHealthCheckStatusInput{} @@ -34,10 +36,11 @@ type GetHealthCheckStatusInput struct { // The ID for the health check that you want the current status for. When you // created the health check, CreateHealthCheck returned the ID in the response, in - // the HealthCheckId element. If you want to check the status of a calculated - // health check, you must use the Amazon Route 53 console or the CloudWatch - // console. You can't use GetHealthCheckStatus to get the status of a calculated - // health check. + // the HealthCheckId element. + // + // If you want to check the status of a calculated health check, you must use the + // Amazon Route 53 console or the CloudWatch console. You can't use + // GetHealthCheckStatus to get the status of a calculated health check. // // This member is required. HealthCheckId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHostedZoneLimit.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHostedZoneLimit.go index 6808d3002343b..53407c1c0d038 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHostedZoneLimit.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetHostedZoneLimit.go @@ -12,10 +12,13 @@ import ( ) // Gets the specified limit for a specified hosted zone, for example, the maximum -// number of records that you can create in the hosted zone. For the default limit, -// see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To request a higher limit, open a case (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-route53) -// . +// number of records that you can create in the hosted zone. +// +// For the default limit, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To request +// a higher limit, [open a case]. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [open a case]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-route53 func (c *Client) GetHostedZoneLimit(ctx context.Context, params *GetHostedZoneLimitInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetHostedZoneLimitOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetHostedZoneLimitInput{} @@ -41,8 +44,10 @@ type GetHostedZoneLimitInput struct { HostedZoneId *string // The limit that you want to get. Valid values include the following: + // // - MAX_RRSETS_BY_ZONE: The maximum number of records that you can create in // the specified hosted zone. + // // - MAX_VPCS_ASSOCIATED_BY_ZONE: The maximum number of Amazon VPCs that you can // associate with the specified private hosted zone. // diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetQueryLoggingConfig.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetQueryLoggingConfig.go index cd4998fe40ff3..ffa0adab78c76 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetQueryLoggingConfig.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetQueryLoggingConfig.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about a specified configuration for DNS query logging. For -// more information about DNS query logs, see CreateQueryLoggingConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.html) -// and Logging DNS Queries (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/query-logs.html) -// . +// Gets information about a specified configuration for DNS query logging. +// +// For more information about DNS query logs, see [CreateQueryLoggingConfig] and [Logging DNS Queries]. +// +// [CreateQueryLoggingConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.html +// [Logging DNS Queries]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/query-logs.html func (c *Client) GetQueryLoggingConfig(ctx context.Context, params *GetQueryLoggingConfigInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetQueryLoggingConfigOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetQueryLoggingConfigInput{} @@ -44,8 +46,9 @@ type GetQueryLoggingConfigInput struct { type GetQueryLoggingConfigOutput struct { // A complex type that contains information about the query logging configuration - // that you specified in a GetQueryLoggingConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetQueryLoggingConfig.html) - // request. + // that you specified in a [GetQueryLoggingConfig]request. + // + // [GetQueryLoggingConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetQueryLoggingConfig.html // // This member is required. QueryLoggingConfig *types.QueryLoggingConfig diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.go index 6ea5e11e3a6b4..3e6d7e4d5ab0f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.go @@ -12,9 +12,13 @@ import ( ) // Gets the maximum number of hosted zones that you can associate with the -// specified reusable delegation set. For the default limit, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To request a higher limit, open a case (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-route53) -// . +// specified reusable delegation set. +// +// For the default limit, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To request +// a higher limit, [open a case]. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [open a case]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-route53 func (c *Client) GetReusableDelegationSetLimit(ctx context.Context, params *GetReusableDelegationSetLimitInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetReusableDelegationSetLimitOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetReusableDelegationSetLimitInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicy.go index 4dc99ed1fbab0..b6b2a1f657a77 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicy.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about a specific traffic policy version. For information about -// how of deleting a traffic policy affects the response from GetTrafficPolicy , -// see DeleteTrafficPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteTrafficPolicy.html) -// . +// Gets information about a specific traffic policy version. +// +// For information about how of deleting a traffic policy affects the response +// from GetTrafficPolicy , see [DeleteTrafficPolicy]. +// +// [DeleteTrafficPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteTrafficPolicy.html func (c *Client) GetTrafficPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetTrafficPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTrafficPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetTrafficPolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicyInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicyInstance.go index 34f1b2cdab2f0..e9e6f04c1d0a9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicyInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_GetTrafficPolicyInstance.go @@ -11,10 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets information about a specified traffic policy instance. Use -// GetTrafficPolicyInstance with the id of new traffic policy instance to confirm -// that the CreateTrafficPolicyInstance or an UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance request -// completed successfully. For more information, see the State response element. +// Gets information about a specified traffic policy instance. +// +// Use GetTrafficPolicyInstance with the id of new traffic policy instance to +// confirm that the CreateTrafficPolicyInstance or an UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance +// request completed successfully. For more information, see the State response +// element. +// // In the Route 53 console, traffic policy instances are known as policy records. func (c *Client) GetTrafficPolicyInstance(ctx context.Context, params *GetTrafficPolicyInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrBlocks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrBlocks.go index 7dfdd467a8d68..8cb3f46c34ba8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrBlocks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrBlocks.go @@ -53,8 +53,9 @@ type ListCidrBlocksOutput struct { CidrBlocks []types.CidrBlockSummary // An opaque pagination token to indicate where the service is to begin - // enumerating results. If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from - // the beginning. + // enumerating results. + // + // If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from the beginning. NextToken *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrCollections.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrCollections.go index 268958b72b8e9..3070bdf939a4c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrCollections.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrCollections.go @@ -34,8 +34,9 @@ type ListCidrCollectionsInput struct { MaxResults *int32 // An opaque pagination token to indicate where the service is to begin - // enumerating results. If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from - // the beginning. + // enumerating results. + // + // If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from the beginning. NextToken *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -47,8 +48,9 @@ type ListCidrCollectionsOutput struct { CidrCollections []types.CollectionSummary // An opaque pagination token to indicate where the service is to begin - // enumerating results. If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from - // the beginning. + // enumerating results. + // + // If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from the beginning. NextToken *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrLocations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrLocations.go index 4f9d09ef0a8ae..d067231713303 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrLocations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListCidrLocations.go @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ type ListCidrLocationsInput struct { MaxResults *int32 // An opaque pagination token to indicate where the service is to begin - // enumerating results. If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from - // the beginning. + // enumerating results. + // + // If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from the beginning. NextToken *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -52,8 +53,9 @@ type ListCidrLocationsOutput struct { CidrLocations []types.LocationSummary // An opaque pagination token to indicate where the service is to begin - // enumerating results. If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from - // the beginning. + // enumerating results. + // + // If no value is provided, the listing of results starts from the beginning. NextToken *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListGeoLocations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListGeoLocations.go index e5df00f04880b..daec29743ce31 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListGeoLocations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListGeoLocations.go @@ -11,14 +11,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves a list of supported geographic locations. Countries are listed first, -// and continents are listed last. If Amazon Route 53 supports subdivisions for a -// country (for example, states or provinces), the subdivisions for that country -// are listed in alphabetical order immediately after the corresponding country. +// Retrieves a list of supported geographic locations. +// +// Countries are listed first, and continents are listed last. If Amazon Route 53 +// supports subdivisions for a country (for example, states or provinces), the +// subdivisions for that country are listed in alphabetical order immediately after +// the corresponding country. +// // Route 53 does not perform authorization for this API because it retrieves -// information that is already available to the public. For a list of supported -// geolocation codes, see the GeoLocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GeoLocation.html) -// data type. +// information that is already available to the public. +// +// For a list of supported geolocation codes, see the [GeoLocation] data type. +// +// [GeoLocation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GeoLocation.html func (c *Client) ListGeoLocations(ctx context.Context, params *ListGeoLocationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGeoLocationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListGeoLocationsInput{} @@ -47,9 +52,11 @@ type ListGeoLocationsInput struct { // Amazon Route 53 supports for geolocation. If Route 53 has already returned a // page or more of results, if IsTruncated is true, and if NextContinentCode from // the previous response has a value, enter that value in startcontinentcode to - // return the next page of results. Include startcontinentcode only if you want to - // list continents. Don't include startcontinentcode when you're listing countries - // or countries with their subdivisions. + // return the next page of results. + // + // Include startcontinentcode only if you want to list continents. Don't include + // startcontinentcode when you're listing countries or countries with their + // subdivisions. StartContinentCode *string // The code for the country with which you want to start listing locations that @@ -63,8 +70,10 @@ type ListGeoLocationsInput struct { // listing locations that Amazon Route 53 supports for geolocation. If Route 53 has // already returned a page or more of results, if IsTruncated is true , and if // NextSubdivisionCode from the previous response has a value, enter that value in - // startsubdivisioncode to return the next page of results. To list subdivisions - // (U.S. states), you must include both startcountrycode and startsubdivisioncode . + // startsubdivisioncode to return the next page of results. + // + // To list subdivisions (U.S. states), you must include both startcountrycode and + // startsubdivisioncode . StartSubdivisionCode *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHealthChecks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHealthChecks.go index 6b7bf8f8b1e58..0651be8148fb8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHealthChecks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHealthChecks.go @@ -34,10 +34,13 @@ type ListHealthChecksInput struct { // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more // health checks. To get another group, submit another ListHealthChecks request. + // // For the value of marker , specify the value of NextMarker from the previous // response, which is the ID of the first health check that Amazon Route 53 will - // return if you submit another request. If the value of IsTruncated in the - // previous response was false , there are no more health checks to get. + // return if you submit another request. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more health checks to get. Marker *string // The maximum number of health checks that you want ListHealthChecks to return in diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZones.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZones.go index 91eefa0f803f6..616ecc7c41d0f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZones.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZones.go @@ -13,9 +13,11 @@ import ( // Retrieves a list of the public and private hosted zones that are associated // with the current Amazon Web Services account. The response includes a -// HostedZones child element for each hosted zone. Amazon Route 53 returns a -// maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of hosted zones, you -// can use the maxitems parameter to list them in groups of up to 100. +// HostedZones child element for each hosted zone. +// +// Amazon Route 53 returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a +// lot of hosted zones, you can use the maxitems parameter to list them in groups +// of up to 100. func (c *Client) ListHostedZones(ctx context.Context, params *ListHostedZonesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListHostedZonesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListHostedZonesInput{} @@ -40,15 +42,18 @@ type ListHostedZonesInput struct { // reusable delegation set. DelegationSetId *string - // (Optional) Specifies if the hosted zone is private. + // (Optional) Specifies if the hosted zone is private. HostedZoneType types.HostedZoneType // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more // hosted zones. To get more hosted zones, submit another ListHostedZones request. + // // For the value of marker , specify the value of NextMarker from the previous // response, which is the ID of the first hosted zone that Amazon Route 53 will - // return if you submit another request. If the value of IsTruncated in the - // previous response was false , there are no more hosted zones to get. + // return if you submit another request. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more hosted zones to get. Marker *string // (Optional) The maximum number of hosted zones that you want Amazon Route 53 to @@ -91,6 +96,7 @@ type ListHostedZonesOutput struct { // If IsTruncated is true , the value of NextMarker identifies the first hosted // zone in the next group of hosted zones. Submit another ListHostedZones request, // and specify the value of NextMarker from the response in the marker parameter. + // // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true . NextMarker *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByName.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByName.go index fb4e5703fc1ac..e86cecb01d7b6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByName.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByName.go @@ -13,38 +13,56 @@ import ( // Retrieves a list of your hosted zones in lexicographic order. The response // includes a HostedZones child element for each hosted zone created by the -// current Amazon Web Services account. ListHostedZonesByName sorts hosted zones -// by name with the labels reversed. For example: com.example.www. Note the -// trailing dot, which can change the sort order in some circumstances. If the -// domain name includes escape characters or Punycode, ListHostedZonesByName +// current Amazon Web Services account. +// +// ListHostedZonesByName sorts hosted zones by name with the labels reversed. For +// example: +// +// com.example.www. +// +// Note the trailing dot, which can change the sort order in some circumstances. +// +// If the domain name includes escape characters or Punycode, ListHostedZonesByName // alphabetizes the domain name using the escaped or Punycoded value, which is the // format that Amazon Route 53 saves in its database. For example, to create a // hosted zone for exämple.com, you specify ex\344mple.com for the domain name. -// ListHostedZonesByName alphabetizes it as: com.ex\344mple. The labels are -// reversed and alphabetized using the escaped value. For more information about -// valid domain name formats, including internationalized domain names, see DNS -// Domain Name Format (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DomainNameFormat.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. Route 53 returns up to 100 items in each -// response. If you have a lot of hosted zones, use the MaxItems parameter to list -// them in groups of up to 100. The response includes values that help navigate -// from one group of MaxItems hosted zones to the next: +// ListHostedZonesByName alphabetizes it as: +// +// com.ex\344mple. +// +// The labels are reversed and alphabetized using the escaped value. For more +// information about valid domain name formats, including internationalized domain +// names, see [DNS Domain Name Format]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// +// Route 53 returns up to 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of hosted +// zones, use the MaxItems parameter to list them in groups of up to 100. The +// response includes values that help navigate from one group of MaxItems hosted +// zones to the next: +// // - The DNSName and HostedZoneId elements in the response contain the values, if // any, specified for the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters in the request that // produced the current response. +// // - The MaxItems element in the response contains the value, if any, that you // specified for the maxitems parameter in the request that produced the current // response. +// // - If the value of IsTruncated in the response is true, there are more hosted -// zones associated with the current Amazon Web Services account. If IsTruncated -// is false, this response includes the last hosted zone that is associated with -// the current account. The NextDNSName element and NextHostedZoneId elements are -// omitted from the response. -// - The NextDNSName and NextHostedZoneId elements in the response contain the -// domain name and the hosted zone ID of the next hosted zone that is associated -// with the current Amazon Web Services account. If you want to list more hosted -// zones, make another call to ListHostedZonesByName , and specify the value of -// NextDNSName and NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, -// respectively. +// zones associated with the current Amazon Web Services account. +// +// If IsTruncated is false, this response includes the last hosted zone that is +// +// associated with the current account. The NextDNSName element and +// NextHostedZoneId elements are omitted from the response. +// +// - The NextDNSName and NextHostedZoneId elements in the response contain the +// domain name and the hosted zone ID of the next hosted zone that is associated +// with the current Amazon Web Services account. If you want to list more hosted +// zones, make another call to ListHostedZonesByName , and specify the value of +// NextDNSName and NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, +// respectively. +// +// [DNS Domain Name Format]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DomainNameFormat.html func (c *Client) ListHostedZonesByName(ctx context.Context, params *ListHostedZonesByNameInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListHostedZonesByNameOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListHostedZonesByNameInput{} @@ -74,12 +92,13 @@ type ListHostedZonesByNameInput struct { DNSName *string // (Optional) For your first request to ListHostedZonesByName , do not include the - // hostedzoneid parameter. If you have more hosted zones than the value of maxitems - // , ListHostedZonesByName returns only the first maxitems hosted zones. To get - // the next group of maxitems hosted zones, submit another request to - // ListHostedZonesByName and include both dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters. For - // the value of hostedzoneid , specify the value of the NextHostedZoneId element - // from the previous response. + // hostedzoneid parameter. + // + // If you have more hosted zones than the value of maxitems , ListHostedZonesByName + // returns only the first maxitems hosted zones. To get the next group of maxitems + // hosted zones, submit another request to ListHostedZonesByName and include both + // dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters. For the value of hostedzoneid , specify the + // value of the NextHostedZoneId element from the previous response. HostedZoneId *string // The maximum number of hosted zones to be included in the response body for this @@ -125,15 +144,17 @@ type ListHostedZonesByNameOutput struct { // If IsTruncated is true, the value of NextDNSName is the name of the first // hosted zone in the next group of maxitems hosted zones. Call // ListHostedZonesByName again and specify the value of NextDNSName and - // NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, respectively. This - // element is present only if IsTruncated is true . + // NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, respectively. + // + // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true . NextDNSName *string // If IsTruncated is true , the value of NextHostedZoneId identifies the first // hosted zone in the next group of maxitems hosted zones. Call // ListHostedZonesByName again and specify the value of NextDNSName and - // NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, respectively. This - // element is present only if IsTruncated is true . + // NextHostedZoneId in the dnsname and hostedzoneid parameters, respectively. + // + // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true . NextHostedZoneId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByVPC.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByVPC.go index 0843b08524319..24f2645f7241b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByVPC.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListHostedZonesByVPC.go @@ -15,9 +15,11 @@ import ( // regardless of which Amazon Web Services account or Amazon Web Services service // owns the hosted zones. The HostedZoneOwner structure in the response contains // one of the following values: +// // - An OwningAccount element, which contains the account number of either the // current Amazon Web Services account or another Amazon Web Services account. Some // services, such as Cloud Map, create hosted zones using the current account. +// // - An OwningService element, which identifies the Amazon Web Services service // that created and owns the hosted zone. For example, if a hosted zone was created // by Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS), the value of Owner is @@ -26,13 +28,19 @@ import ( // When listing private hosted zones, the hosted zone and the Amazon VPC must // belong to the same partition where the hosted zones were created. A partition is // a group of Amazon Web Services Regions. Each Amazon Web Services account is -// scoped to one partition. The following are the supported partitions: +// scoped to one partition. +// +// The following are the supported partitions: +// // - aws - Amazon Web Services Regions +// // - aws-cn - China Regions +// // - aws-us-gov - Amazon Web Services GovCloud (US) Region // -// For more information, see Access Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// For more information, see [Access Management] in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// [Access Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html func (c *Client) ListHostedZonesByVPC(ctx context.Context, params *ListHostedZonesByVPCInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListHostedZonesByVPCOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListHostedZonesByVPCInput{} @@ -72,9 +80,13 @@ type ListHostedZonesByVPCInput struct { // If the previous response included a NextToken element, the specified VPC is // associated with more hosted zones. To get more hosted zones, submit another - // ListHostedZonesByVPC request. For the value of NextToken , specify the value of - // NextToken from the previous response. If the previous response didn't include a - // NextToken element, there are no more hosted zones to get. + // ListHostedZonesByVPC request. + // + // For the value of NextToken , specify the value of NextToken from the previous + // response. + // + // If the previous response didn't include a NextToken element, there are no more + // hosted zones to get. NextToken *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.go index 6d38c3e482aed..35e078d239a56 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.go @@ -13,11 +13,14 @@ import ( // Lists the configurations for DNS query logging that are associated with the // current Amazon Web Services account or the configuration that is associated with -// a specified hosted zone. For more information about DNS query logs, see -// CreateQueryLoggingConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.html) -// . Additional information, including the format of DNS query logs, appears in -// Logging DNS Queries (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/query-logs.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// a specified hosted zone. +// +// For more information about DNS query logs, see [CreateQueryLoggingConfig]. Additional information, +// including the format of DNS query logs, appears in [Logging DNS Queries]in the Amazon Route 53 +// Developer Guide. +// +// [CreateQueryLoggingConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateQueryLoggingConfig.html +// [Logging DNS Queries]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/query-logs.html func (c *Client) ListQueryLoggingConfigs(ctx context.Context, params *ListQueryLoggingConfigsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListQueryLoggingConfigsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListQueryLoggingConfigsInput{} @@ -36,24 +39,32 @@ func (c *Client) ListQueryLoggingConfigs(ctx context.Context, params *ListQueryL type ListQueryLoggingConfigsInput struct { // (Optional) If you want to list the query logging configuration that is - // associated with a hosted zone, specify the ID in HostedZoneId . If you don't - // specify a hosted zone ID, ListQueryLoggingConfigs returns all of the - // configurations that are associated with the current Amazon Web Services account. + // associated with a hosted zone, specify the ID in HostedZoneId . + // + // If you don't specify a hosted zone ID, ListQueryLoggingConfigs returns all of + // the configurations that are associated with the current Amazon Web Services + // account. HostedZoneId *string // (Optional) The maximum number of query logging configurations that you want // Amazon Route 53 to return in response to the current request. If the current // Amazon Web Services account has more than MaxResults configurations, use the - // value of NextToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.html#API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs_RequestSyntax) - // in the response to get the next page of results. If you don't specify a value - // for MaxResults , Route 53 returns up to 100 configurations. + // value of [NextToken]in the response to get the next page of results. + // + // If you don't specify a value for MaxResults , Route 53 returns up to 100 + // configurations. + // + // [NextToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.html#API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs_RequestSyntax MaxResults *int32 // (Optional) If the current Amazon Web Services account has more than MaxResults // query logging configurations, use NextToken to get the second and subsequent - // pages of results. For the first ListQueryLoggingConfigs request, omit this - // value. For the second and subsequent requests, get the value of NextToken from - // the previous response and specify that value for NextToken in the request. + // pages of results. + // + // For the first ListQueryLoggingConfigs request, omit this value. + // + // For the second and subsequent requests, get the value of NextToken from the + // previous response and specify that value for NextToken in the request. NextToken *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -61,20 +72,24 @@ type ListQueryLoggingConfigsInput struct { type ListQueryLoggingConfigsOutput struct { - // An array that contains one QueryLoggingConfig (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_QueryLoggingConfig.html) - // element for each configuration for DNS query logging that is associated with the - // current Amazon Web Services account. + // An array that contains one [QueryLoggingConfig] element for each configuration for DNS query + // logging that is associated with the current Amazon Web Services account. + // + // [QueryLoggingConfig]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_QueryLoggingConfig.html // // This member is required. QueryLoggingConfigs []types.QueryLoggingConfig // If a response includes the last of the query logging configurations that are // associated with the current Amazon Web Services account, NextToken doesn't - // appear in the response. If a response doesn't include the last of the - // configurations, you can get more configurations by submitting another - // ListQueryLoggingConfigs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.html) - // request. Get the value of NextToken that Amazon Route 53 returned in the - // previous response and include it in NextToken in the next request. + // appear in the response. + // + // If a response doesn't include the last of the configurations, you can get more + // configurations by submitting another [ListQueryLoggingConfigs]request. Get the value of NextToken that + // Amazon Route 53 returned in the previous response and include it in NextToken + // in the next request. + // + // [ListQueryLoggingConfigs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.html NextToken *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. @@ -176,9 +191,12 @@ type ListQueryLoggingConfigsPaginatorOptions struct { // (Optional) The maximum number of query logging configurations that you want // Amazon Route 53 to return in response to the current request. If the current // Amazon Web Services account has more than MaxResults configurations, use the - // value of NextToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.html#API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs_RequestSyntax) - // in the response to get the next page of results. If you don't specify a value - // for MaxResults , Route 53 returns up to 100 configurations. + // value of [NextToken]in the response to get the next page of results. + // + // If you don't specify a value for MaxResults , Route 53 returns up to 100 + // configurations. + // + // [NextToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs.html#API_ListQueryLoggingConfigs_RequestSyntax Limit int32 // Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListResourceRecordSets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListResourceRecordSets.go index d0505a3a1d20f..d1953f3239f50 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListResourceRecordSets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListResourceRecordSets.go @@ -12,36 +12,63 @@ import ( ) // Lists the resource record sets in a specified hosted zone. -// ListResourceRecordSets returns up to 300 resource record sets at a time in ASCII -// order, beginning at a position specified by the name and type elements. Sort -// order ListResourceRecordSets sorts results first by DNS name with the labels -// reversed, for example: com.example.www. Note the trailing dot, which can change -// the sort order when the record name contains characters that appear before . -// (decimal 46) in the ASCII table. These characters include the following: ! " # -// $ % & ' ( ) * + , - When multiple records have the same DNS name, -// ListResourceRecordSets sorts results by the record type. Specifying where to -// start listing records You can use the name and type elements to specify the -// resource record set that the list begins with: If you do not specify Name or -// Type The results begin with the first resource record set that the hosted zone -// contains. If you specify Name but not Type The results begin with the first -// resource record set in the list whose name is greater than or equal to Name . If -// you specify Type but not Name Amazon Route 53 returns the InvalidInput error. +// +// ListResourceRecordSets returns up to 300 resource record sets at a time in +// ASCII order, beginning at a position specified by the name and type elements. +// +// # Sort order +// +// ListResourceRecordSets sorts results first by DNS name with the labels +// reversed, for example: +// +// com.example.www. +// +// Note the trailing dot, which can change the sort order when the record name +// contains characters that appear before . (decimal 46) in the ASCII table. These +// characters include the following: ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - +// +// When multiple records have the same DNS name, ListResourceRecordSets sorts +// results by the record type. +// +// # Specifying where to start listing records +// +// You can use the name and type elements to specify the resource record set that +// the list begins with: +// +// If you do not specify Name or Type The results begin with the first resource +// record set that the hosted zone contains. +// +// If you specify Name but not Type The results begin with the first resource +// record set in the list whose name is greater than or equal to Name . +// +// If you specify Type but not Name Amazon Route 53 returns the InvalidInput error. +// // If you specify both Name and Type The results begin with the first resource // record set in the list whose name is greater than or equal to Name , and whose -// type is greater than or equal to Type . Resource record sets that are PENDING +// type is greater than or equal to Type . +// +// # Resource record sets that are PENDING +// // This action returns the most current version of the records. This includes // records that are PENDING , and that are not yet available on all Route 53 DNS -// servers. Changing resource record sets To ensure that you get an accurate -// listing of the resource record sets for a hosted zone at a point in time, do not -// submit a ChangeResourceRecordSets request while you're paging through the -// results of a ListResourceRecordSets request. If you do, some pages may display -// results without the latest changes while other pages display results with the -// latest changes. Displaying the next page of results If a ListResourceRecordSets -// command returns more than one page of results, the value of IsTruncated is true -// . To display the next page of results, get the values of NextRecordName , -// NextRecordType , and NextRecordIdentifier (if any) from the response. Then -// submit another ListResourceRecordSets request, and specify those values for -// StartRecordName , StartRecordType , and StartRecordIdentifier . +// servers. +// +// # Changing resource record sets +// +// To ensure that you get an accurate listing of the resource record sets for a +// hosted zone at a point in time, do not submit a ChangeResourceRecordSets +// request while you're paging through the results of a ListResourceRecordSets +// request. If you do, some pages may display results without the latest changes +// while other pages display results with the latest changes. +// +// # Displaying the next page of results +// +// If a ListResourceRecordSets command returns more than one page of results, the +// value of IsTruncated is true . To display the next page of results, get the +// values of NextRecordName , NextRecordType , and NextRecordIdentifier (if any) +// from the response. Then submit another ListResourceRecordSets request, and +// specify those values for StartRecordName , StartRecordType , and +// StartRecordIdentifier . func (c *Client) ListResourceRecordSets(ctx context.Context, params *ListResourceRecordSetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListResourceRecordSetsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListResourceRecordSetsInput{} @@ -75,7 +102,7 @@ type ListResourceRecordSetsInput struct { // resource record sets. MaxItems *int32 - // Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: If results + // Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: If results // were truncated for a given DNS name and type, specify the value of // NextRecordIdentifier from the previous response to get the next resource record // set that has the current DNS name and type. @@ -86,19 +113,31 @@ type ListResourceRecordSetsInput struct { // the first resource record set that has a name greater than the value of name . StartRecordName *string - // The type of resource record set to begin the record listing from. Valid values - // for basic resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | NS | PTR - // | SOA | SPF | SRV | TXT Values for weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover - // resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | - // TXT Values for alias resource record sets: + // The type of resource record set to begin the record listing from. + // + // Valid values for basic resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR + // | NS | PTR | SOA | SPF | SRV | TXT + // + // Values for weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover resource record sets: A + // | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT + // + // Values for alias resource record sets: + // // - API Gateway custom regional API or edge-optimized API: A + // // - CloudFront distribution: A or AAAA + // // - Elastic Beanstalk environment that has a regionalized subdomain: A + // // - Elastic Load Balancing load balancer: A | AAAA + // // - S3 bucket: A + // // - VPC interface VPC endpoint: A + // // - Another resource record set in this hosted zone: The type of the resource // record set that the alias references. + // // Constraint: Specifying type without specifying name returns an InvalidInput // error. StartRecordType types.RRType @@ -126,19 +165,24 @@ type ListResourceRecordSetsOutput struct { // This member is required. ResourceRecordSets []types.ResourceRecordSet - // Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: If results + // Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: If results // were truncated for a given DNS name and type, the value of SetIdentifier for - // the next resource record set that has the current DNS name and type. For - // information about routing policies, see Choosing a Routing Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // the next resource record set that has the current DNS name and type. + // + // For information about routing policies, see [Choosing a Routing Policy] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer + // Guide. + // + // [Choosing a Routing Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html NextRecordIdentifier *string - // If the results were truncated, the name of the next record in the list. This - // element is present only if IsTruncated is true. + // If the results were truncated, the name of the next record in the list. + // + // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true. NextRecordName *string - // If the results were truncated, the type of the next record in the list. This - // element is present only if IsTruncated is true. + // If the results were truncated, the type of the next record in the list. + // + // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true. NextRecordType types.RRType // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListReusableDelegationSets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListReusableDelegationSets.go index c7bbb683d0b77..2408893b85745 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListReusableDelegationSets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListReusableDelegationSets.go @@ -34,9 +34,12 @@ type ListReusableDelegationSetsInput struct { // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more // reusable delegation sets. To get another group, submit another - // ListReusableDelegationSets request. For the value of marker , specify the value - // of NextMarker from the previous response, which is the ID of the first reusable - // delegation set that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit another request. + // ListReusableDelegationSets request. + // + // For the value of marker , specify the value of NextMarker from the previous + // response, which is the ID of the first reusable delegation set that Amazon Route + // 53 will return if you submit another request. + // // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no // more reusable delegation sets to get. Marker *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go index db421ed74d491..935a48865f63b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists tags for one health check or hosted zone. For information about using -// tags for cost allocation, see Using Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) -// in the Billing and Cost Management User Guide. +// Lists tags for one health check or hosted zone. +// +// For information about using tags for cost allocation, see [Using Cost Allocation Tags] in the Billing and +// Cost Management User Guide. +// +// [Using Cost Allocation Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html func (c *Client) ListTagsForResource(ctx context.Context, params *ListTagsForResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} @@ -39,7 +42,9 @@ type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { ResourceId *string // The type of the resource. + // // - The resource type for health checks is healthcheck . + // // - The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone . // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResources.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResources.go index 260da1ba3a9d2..f6b92eac1fd1a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResources.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTagsForResources.go @@ -11,9 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists tags for up to 10 health checks or hosted zones. For information about -// using tags for cost allocation, see Using Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) -// in the Billing and Cost Management User Guide. +// Lists tags for up to 10 health checks or hosted zones. +// +// For information about using tags for cost allocation, see [Using Cost Allocation Tags] in the Billing and +// Cost Management User Guide. +// +// [Using Cost Allocation Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html func (c *Client) ListTagsForResources(ctx context.Context, params *ListTagsForResourcesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTagsForResourcesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTagsForResourcesInput{} @@ -40,7 +43,9 @@ type ListTagsForResourcesInput struct { ResourceIds []string // The type of the resources. + // // - The resource type for health checks is healthcheck . + // // - The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone . // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicies.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicies.go index 27e0e299c94ac..36744453a990a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicies.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicies.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Gets information about the latest version for every traffic policy that is // associated with the current Amazon Web Services account. Policies are listed in -// the order that they were created in. For information about how of deleting a -// traffic policy affects the response from ListTrafficPolicies , see -// DeleteTrafficPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteTrafficPolicy.html) -// . +// the order that they were created in. +// +// For information about how of deleting a traffic policy affects the response +// from ListTrafficPolicies , see [DeleteTrafficPolicy]. +// +// [DeleteTrafficPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteTrafficPolicy.html func (c *Client) ListTrafficPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListTrafficPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTrafficPoliciesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTrafficPoliciesInput{} @@ -45,11 +47,13 @@ type ListTrafficPoliciesInput struct { MaxItems *int32 // (Conditional) For your first request to ListTrafficPolicies , don't include the - // TrafficPolicyIdMarker parameter. If you have more traffic policies than the - // value of MaxItems , ListTrafficPolicies returns only the first MaxItems traffic - // policies. To get the next group of policies, submit another request to - // ListTrafficPolicies . For the value of TrafficPolicyIdMarker , specify the value - // of TrafficPolicyIdMarker that was returned in the previous response. + // TrafficPolicyIdMarker parameter. + // + // If you have more traffic policies than the value of MaxItems , + // ListTrafficPolicies returns only the first MaxItems traffic policies. To get + // the next group of policies, submit another request to ListTrafficPolicies . For + // the value of TrafficPolicyIdMarker , specify the value of TrafficPolicyIdMarker + // that was returned in the previous response. TrafficPolicyIdMarker *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstances.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstances.go index b8f2db54aa2d4..a946eceb65ed3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstances.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstances.go @@ -12,13 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about the traffic policy instances that you created by using -// the current Amazon Web Services account. After you submit an -// UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance request, there's a brief delay while Amazon Route 53 -// creates the resource record sets that are specified in the traffic policy -// definition. For more information, see the State response element. Route 53 -// returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of traffic -// policy instances, you can use the MaxItems parameter to list them in groups of -// up to 100. +// the current Amazon Web Services account. +// +// After you submit an UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance request, there's a brief delay +// while Amazon Route 53 creates the resource record sets that are specified in the +// traffic policy definition. For more information, see the State response element. +// +// Route 53 returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of +// traffic policy instances, you can use the MaxItems parameter to list them in +// groups of up to 100. func (c *Client) ListTrafficPolicyInstances(ctx context.Context, params *ListTrafficPolicyInstancesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTrafficPolicyInstancesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTrafficPolicyInstancesInput{} @@ -43,8 +45,10 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesInput struct { // ListTrafficPolicyInstances request. For the value of HostedZoneId , specify the // value of HostedZoneIdMarker from the previous response, which is the hosted // zone ID of the first traffic policy instance in the next group of traffic policy - // instances. If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , - // there are no more traffic policy instances to get. + // instances. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. HostedZoneIdMarker *string // The maximum number of traffic policy instances that you want Amazon Route 53 to @@ -61,8 +65,10 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesInput struct { // ListTrafficPolicyInstances request. For the value of trafficpolicyinstancename , // specify the value of TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker from the previous // response, which is the name of the first traffic policy instance in the next - // group of traffic policy instances. If the value of IsTruncated in the previous - // response was false , there are no more traffic policy instances to get. + // group of traffic policy instances. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker *string // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more @@ -70,8 +76,10 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesInput struct { // ListTrafficPolicyInstances request. For the value of trafficpolicyinstancetype , // specify the value of TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker from the previous // response, which is the type of the first traffic policy instance in the next - // group of traffic policy instances. If the value of IsTruncated in the previous - // response was false , there are no more traffic policy instances to get. + // group of traffic policy instances. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker types.RRType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone.go index 219b82b29310a..d737ddcae2fd6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone.go @@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about the traffic policy instances that you created in a -// specified hosted zone. After you submit a CreateTrafficPolicyInstance or an -// UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance request, there's a brief delay while Amazon Route 53 -// creates the resource record sets that are specified in the traffic policy -// definition. For more information, see the State response element. Route 53 -// returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of traffic -// policy instances, you can use the MaxItems parameter to list them in groups of -// up to 100. +// specified hosted zone. +// +// After you submit a CreateTrafficPolicyInstance or an UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance +// request, there's a brief delay while Amazon Route 53 creates the resource record +// sets that are specified in the traffic policy definition. For more information, +// see the State response element. +// +// Route 53 returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of +// traffic policy instances, you can use the MaxItems parameter to list them in +// groups of up to 100. func (c *Client) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZone(ctx context.Context, params *ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneInput{} @@ -56,8 +59,10 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneInput struct { // ListTrafficPolicyInstances request. For the value of trafficpolicyinstancename , // specify the value of TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker from the previous // response, which is the name of the first traffic policy instance in the next - // group of traffic policy instances. If the value of IsTruncated in the previous - // response was false , there are no more traffic policy instances to get. + // group of traffic policy instances. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker *string // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response is true, you have more @@ -65,8 +70,10 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByHostedZoneInput struct { // ListTrafficPolicyInstances request. For the value of trafficpolicyinstancetype , // specify the value of TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker from the previous // response, which is the type of the first traffic policy instance in the next - // group of traffic policy instances. If the value of IsTruncated in the previous - // response was false , there are no more traffic policy instances to get. + // group of traffic policy instances. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker types.RRType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy.go index 38cefa34cec7d..68de69e11edb8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy.go @@ -12,13 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about the traffic policy instances that you created by using a -// specify traffic policy version. After you submit a CreateTrafficPolicyInstance -// or an UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance request, there's a brief delay while Amazon -// Route 53 creates the resource record sets that are specified in the traffic -// policy definition. For more information, see the State response element. Route -// 53 returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of traffic -// policy instances, you can use the MaxItems parameter to list them in groups of -// up to 100. +// specify traffic policy version. +// +// After you submit a CreateTrafficPolicyInstance or an UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance +// request, there's a brief delay while Amazon Route 53 creates the resource record +// sets that are specified in the traffic policy definition. For more information, +// see the State response element. +// +// Route 53 returns a maximum of 100 items in each response. If you have a lot of +// traffic policy instances, you can use the MaxItems parameter to list them in +// groups of up to 100. func (c *Client) ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput{} @@ -53,11 +56,14 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput struct { // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more // traffic policy instances. To get more traffic policy instances, submit another - // ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy request. For the value of hostedzoneid , - // specify the value of HostedZoneIdMarker from the previous response, which is - // the hosted zone ID of the first traffic policy instance that Amazon Route 53 - // will return if you submit another request. If the value of IsTruncated in the - // previous response was false , there are no more traffic policy instances to get. + // ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy request. + // + // For the value of hostedzoneid , specify the value of HostedZoneIdMarker from + // the previous response, which is the hosted zone ID of the first traffic policy + // instance that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit another request. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. HostedZoneIdMarker *string // The maximum number of traffic policy instances to be included in the response @@ -70,22 +76,28 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicyInput struct { // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more // traffic policy instances. To get more traffic policy instances, submit another - // ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy request. For the value of - // trafficpolicyinstancename , specify the value of TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker - // from the previous response, which is the name of the first traffic policy - // instance that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit another request. If the - // value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no more - // traffic policy instances to get. + // ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy request. + // + // For the value of trafficpolicyinstancename , specify the value of + // TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker from the previous response, which is the name of + // the first traffic policy instance that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit + // another request. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. TrafficPolicyInstanceNameMarker *string // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was true , you have more // traffic policy instances. To get more traffic policy instances, submit another - // ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy request. For the value of - // trafficpolicyinstancetype , specify the value of TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker - // from the previous response, which is the name of the first traffic policy - // instance that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit another request. If the - // value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no more - // traffic policy instances to get. + // ListTrafficPolicyInstancesByPolicy request. + // + // For the value of trafficpolicyinstancetype , specify the value of + // TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker from the previous response, which is the name of + // the first traffic policy instance that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit + // another request. + // + // If the value of IsTruncated in the previous response was false , there are no + // more traffic policy instances to get. TrafficPolicyInstanceTypeMarker types.RRType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyVersions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyVersions.go index e7779ed8e48cf..fd6a6b8db1051 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyVersions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListTrafficPolicyVersions.go @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ import ( ) // Gets information about all of the versions for a specified traffic policy. +// // Traffic policy versions are listed in numerical order by VersionNumber . func (c *Client) ListTrafficPolicyVersions(ctx context.Context, params *ListTrafficPolicyVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTrafficPolicyVersionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -46,11 +47,13 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyVersionsInput struct { MaxItems *int32 // For your first request to ListTrafficPolicyVersions , don't include the - // TrafficPolicyVersionMarker parameter. If you have more traffic policy versions - // than the value of MaxItems , ListTrafficPolicyVersions returns only the first - // group of MaxItems versions. To get more traffic policy versions, submit another - // ListTrafficPolicyVersions request. For the value of TrafficPolicyVersionMarker , - // specify the value of TrafficPolicyVersionMarker in the previous response. + // TrafficPolicyVersionMarker parameter. + // + // If you have more traffic policy versions than the value of MaxItems , + // ListTrafficPolicyVersions returns only the first group of MaxItems versions. To + // get more traffic policy versions, submit another ListTrafficPolicyVersions + // request. For the value of TrafficPolicyVersionMarker , specify the value of + // TrafficPolicyVersionMarker in the previous response. TrafficPolicyVersionMarker *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -83,6 +86,7 @@ type ListTrafficPolicyVersionsOutput struct { // first traffic policy that Amazon Route 53 will return if you submit another // request. Call ListTrafficPolicyVersions again and specify the value of // TrafficPolicyVersionMarker in the TrafficPolicyVersionMarker request parameter. + // // This element is present only if IsTruncated is true . // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations.go index 738ec82ff670b..32030fc4a0918 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations.go @@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ import ( // Gets a list of the VPCs that were created by other accounts and that can be // associated with a specified hosted zone because you've submitted one or more -// CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization requests. The response includes a VPCs -// element with a VPC child element for each VPC that can be associated with the -// hosted zone. +// CreateVPCAssociationAuthorization requests. +// +// The response includes a VPCs element with a VPC child element for each VPC that +// can be associated with the hosted zone. func (c *Client) ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations(ctx context.Context, params *ListVPCAssociationAuthorizationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListVPCAssociationAuthorizationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListVPCAssociationAuthorizationsInput{} @@ -41,12 +42,12 @@ type ListVPCAssociationAuthorizationsInput struct { // This member is required. HostedZoneId *string - // Optional: An integer that specifies the maximum number of VPCs that you want + // Optional: An integer that specifies the maximum number of VPCs that you want // Amazon Route 53 to return. If you don't specify a value for MaxResults , Route // 53 returns up to 50 VPCs per page. MaxResults *int32 - // Optional: If a response includes a NextToken element, there are more VPCs that + // Optional: If a response includes a NextToken element, there are more VPCs that // can be associated with the specified hosted zone. To get the next page of // results, submit another request, and include the value of NextToken from the // response in the nexttoken parameter in another ListVPCAssociationAuthorizations diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_TestDNSAnswer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_TestDNSAnswer.go index 92e58f35aeb39..4e7892b070071 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_TestDNSAnswer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_TestDNSAnswer.go @@ -13,11 +13,14 @@ import ( // Gets the value that Amazon Route 53 returns in response to a DNS request for a // specified record name and type. You can optionally specify the IP address of a -// DNS resolver, an EDNS0 client subnet IP address, and a subnet mask. This call -// only supports querying public hosted zones. The TestDnsAnswer returns -// information similar to what you would expect from the answer section of the dig -// command. Therefore, if you query for the name servers of a subdomain that point -// to the parent name servers, those will not be returned. +// DNS resolver, an EDNS0 client subnet IP address, and a subnet mask. +// +// This call only supports querying public hosted zones. +// +// The TestDnsAnswer returns information similar to what you would expect from +// the answer section of the dig command. Therefore, if you query for the name +// servers of a subdomain that point to the parent name servers, those will not be +// returned. func (c *Client) TestDNSAnswer(ctx context.Context, params *TestDNSAnswerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TestDNSAnswerOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TestDNSAnswerInput{} @@ -64,9 +67,13 @@ type TestDNSAnswerInput struct { // include in the DNS query. For example, if you specify 192.0.2.44 for // edns0clientsubnetip and 24 for edns0clientsubnetmask , the checking tool will // simulate a request from 192.0.2.0/24. The default value is 24 bits for IPv4 - // addresses and 64 bits for IPv6 addresses. The range of valid values depends on - // whether edns0clientsubnetip is an IPv4 or an IPv6 address: + // addresses and 64 bits for IPv6 addresses. + // + // The range of valid values depends on whether edns0clientsubnetip is an IPv4 or + // an IPv6 address: + // // - IPv4: Specify a value between 0 and 32 + // // - IPv6: Specify a value between 0 and 128 EDNS0ClientSubnetMask *string @@ -112,8 +119,9 @@ type TestDNSAnswerOutput struct { // A code that indicates whether the request is valid or not. The most common // response code is NOERROR , meaning that the request is valid. If the response is // not valid, Amazon Route 53 returns a response code that describes the error. For - // a list of possible response codes, see DNS RCODES (http://www.iana.org/assignments/dns-parameters/dns-parameters.xhtml#dns-parameters-6) - // on the IANA website. + // a list of possible response codes, see [DNS RCODES]on the IANA website. + // + // [DNS RCODES]: http://www.iana.org/assignments/dns-parameters/dns-parameters.xhtml#dns-parameters-6 // // This member is required. ResponseCode *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateHealthCheck.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateHealthCheck.go index 898a221a5c1e3..2bf97d43f043e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateHealthCheck.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateHealthCheck.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Updates an existing health check. Note that some values can't be updated. For -// more information about updating health checks, see Creating, Updating, and -// Deleting Health Checks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/health-checks-creating-deleting.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// Updates an existing health check. Note that some values can't be updated. +// +// For more information about updating health checks, see [Creating, Updating, and Deleting Health Checks] in the Amazon Route 53 +// Developer Guide. +// +// [Creating, Updating, and Deleting Health Checks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/health-checks-creating-deleting.html func (c *Client) UpdateHealthCheck(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateHealthCheckInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateHealthCheckOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateHealthCheckInput{} @@ -52,103 +54,139 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckInput struct { // Stops Route 53 from performing health checks. When you disable a health check, // here's what happens: + // // - Health checks that check the health of endpoints: Route 53 stops submitting // requests to your application, server, or other resource. + // // - Calculated health checks: Route 53 stops aggregating the status of the // referenced health checks. + // // - Health checks that monitor CloudWatch alarms: Route 53 stops monitoring the // corresponding CloudWatch metrics. + // // After you disable a health check, Route 53 considers the status of the health // check to always be healthy. If you configured DNS failover, Route 53 continues // to route traffic to the corresponding resources. If you want to stop routing - // traffic to a resource, change the value of Inverted (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-Inverted) - // . Charges for a health check still apply when the health check is disabled. For - // more information, see Amazon Route 53 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/route53/pricing/) - // . + // traffic to a resource, change the value of [Inverted]. + // + // Charges for a health check still apply when the health check is disabled. For + // more information, see [Amazon Route 53 Pricing]. + // + // [Inverted]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-Inverted + // [Amazon Route 53 Pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53/pricing/ Disabled *bool // Specify whether you want Amazon Route 53 to send the value of // FullyQualifiedDomainName to the endpoint in the client_hello message during TLS // negotiation. This allows the endpoint to respond to HTTPS health check requests - // with the applicable SSL/TLS certificate. Some endpoints require that HTTPS - // requests include the host name in the client_hello message. If you don't enable - // SNI, the status of the health check will be SSL alert handshake_failure . A - // health check can also have that status for other reasons. If SNI is enabled and - // you're still getting the error, check the SSL/TLS configuration on your endpoint - // and confirm that your certificate is valid. The SSL/TLS certificate on your - // endpoint includes a domain name in the Common Name field and possibly several - // more in the Subject Alternative Names field. One of the domain names in the - // certificate should match the value that you specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName - // . If the endpoint responds to the client_hello message with a certificate that - // does not include the domain name that you specified in FullyQualifiedDomainName - // , a health checker will retry the handshake. In the second attempt, the health - // checker will omit FullyQualifiedDomainName from the client_hello message. + // with the applicable SSL/TLS certificate. + // + // Some endpoints require that HTTPS requests include the host name in the + // client_hello message. If you don't enable SNI, the status of the health check + // will be SSL alert handshake_failure . A health check can also have that status + // for other reasons. If SNI is enabled and you're still getting the error, check + // the SSL/TLS configuration on your endpoint and confirm that your certificate is + // valid. + // + // The SSL/TLS certificate on your endpoint includes a domain name in the Common + // Name field and possibly several more in the Subject Alternative Names field. + // One of the domain names in the certificate should match the value that you + // specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName . If the endpoint responds to the + // client_hello message with a certificate that does not include the domain name + // that you specified in FullyQualifiedDomainName , a health checker will retry the + // handshake. In the second attempt, the health checker will omit + // FullyQualifiedDomainName from the client_hello message. EnableSNI *bool // The number of consecutive health checks that an endpoint must pass or fail for // Amazon Route 53 to change the current status of the endpoint from unhealthy to - // healthy or vice versa. For more information, see How Amazon Route 53 Determines - // Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. If you don't specify a value for - // FailureThreshold , the default value is three health checks. + // healthy or vice versa. For more information, see [How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy]in the Amazon Route 53 + // Developer Guide. + // + // If you don't specify a value for FailureThreshold , the default value is three + // health checks. + // + // [How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html FailureThreshold *int32 // Amazon Route 53 behavior depends on whether you specify a value for IPAddress . + // // If a health check already has a value for IPAddress , you can change the value. // However, you can't update an existing health check to add or remove the value of - // IPAddress . If you specify a value for IPAddress : Route 53 sends health check - // requests to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address and passes the value of - // FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header for all health checks except TCP - // health checks. This is typically the fully qualified DNS name of the endpoint on - // which you want Route 53 to perform health checks. When Route 53 checks the - // health of an endpoint, here is how it constructs the Host header: + // IPAddress . + // + // If you specify a value for IPAddress : + // + // Route 53 sends health check requests to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address and + // passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header for all health + // checks except TCP health checks. This is typically the fully qualified DNS name + // of the endpoint on which you want Route 53 to perform health checks. + // + // When Route 53 checks the health of an endpoint, here is how it constructs the + // Host header: + // // - If you specify a value of 80 for Port and HTTP or HTTP_STR_MATCH for Type , // Route 53 passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName to the endpoint in the // Host header. + // // - If you specify a value of 443 for Port and HTTPS or HTTPS_STR_MATCH for Type // , Route 53 passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName to the endpoint in the // Host header. + // // - If you specify another value for Port and any value except TCP for Type , // Route 53 passes FullyQualifiedDomainName : Port to the endpoint in the Host // header. + // // If you don't specify a value for FullyQualifiedDomainName , Route 53 substitutes - // the value of IPAddress in the Host header in each of the above cases. If you - // don't specify a value for IPAddress : If you don't specify a value for IPAddress - // , Route 53 sends a DNS request to the domain that you specify in - // FullyQualifiedDomainName at the interval you specify in RequestInterval . Using - // an IPv4 address that is returned by DNS, Route 53 then checks the health of the - // endpoint. If you don't specify a value for IPAddress , you can’t update the - // health check to remove the FullyQualifiedDomainName ; if you don’t specify a - // value for IPAddress on creation, a FullyQualifiedDomainName is required. If you - // don't specify a value for IPAddress , Route 53 uses only IPv4 to send health - // checks to the endpoint. If there's no resource record set with a type of A for - // the name that you specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName , the health check fails - // with a "DNS resolution failed" error. If you want to check the health of - // weighted, latency, or failover resource record sets and you choose to specify - // the endpoint only by FullyQualifiedDomainName , we recommend that you create a - // separate health check for each endpoint. For example, create a health check for - // each HTTP server that is serving content for www.example.com. For the value of + // the value of IPAddress in the Host header in each of the above cases. + // + // If you don't specify a value for IPAddress : + // + // If you don't specify a value for IPAddress , Route 53 sends a DNS request to the + // domain that you specify in FullyQualifiedDomainName at the interval you specify + // in RequestInterval . Using an IPv4 address that is returned by DNS, Route 53 + // then checks the health of the endpoint. + // + // If you don't specify a value for IPAddress , you can’t update the health check + // to remove the FullyQualifiedDomainName ; if you don’t specify a value for + // IPAddress on creation, a FullyQualifiedDomainName is required. + // + // If you don't specify a value for IPAddress , Route 53 uses only IPv4 to send + // health checks to the endpoint. If there's no resource record set with a type of + // A for the name that you specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName , the health check + // fails with a "DNS resolution failed" error. + // + // If you want to check the health of weighted, latency, or failover resource + // record sets and you choose to specify the endpoint only by + // FullyQualifiedDomainName , we recommend that you create a separate health check + // for each endpoint. For example, create a health check for each HTTP server that + // is serving content for www.example.com. For the value of // FullyQualifiedDomainName , specify the domain name of the server (such as // us-east-2-www.example.com ), not the name of the resource record sets - // (www.example.com). In this configuration, if the value of - // FullyQualifiedDomainName matches the name of the resource record sets and you - // then associate the health check with those resource record sets, health check - // results will be unpredictable. In addition, if the value of Type is HTTP , HTTPS - // , HTTP_STR_MATCH , or HTTPS_STR_MATCH , Route 53 passes the value of - // FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header, as it does when you specify a - // value for IPAddress . If the value of Type is TCP , Route 53 doesn't pass a Host - // header. + // (www.example.com). + // + // In this configuration, if the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName matches the + // name of the resource record sets and you then associate the health check with + // those resource record sets, health check results will be unpredictable. + // + // In addition, if the value of Type is HTTP , HTTPS , HTTP_STR_MATCH , or + // HTTPS_STR_MATCH , Route 53 passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName in the + // Host header, as it does when you specify a value for IPAddress . If the value of + // Type is TCP , Route 53 doesn't pass a Host header. FullyQualifiedDomainName *string // A sequential counter that Amazon Route 53 sets to 1 when you create a health - // check and increments by 1 each time you update settings for the health check. We - // recommend that you use GetHealthCheck or ListHealthChecks to get the current + // check and increments by 1 each time you update settings for the health check. + // + // We recommend that you use GetHealthCheck or ListHealthChecks to get the current // value of HealthCheckVersion for the health check that you want to update, and // that you include that value in your UpdateHealthCheck request. This prevents // Route 53 from overwriting an intervening update: + // // - If the value in the UpdateHealthCheck request matches the value of // HealthCheckVersion in the health check, Route 53 updates the health check with // the new settings. + // // - If the value of HealthCheckVersion in the health check is greater, the // health check was changed after you got the version number. Route 53 does not // update the health check, and it returns a HealthCheckVersionMismatch error. @@ -158,11 +196,14 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckInput struct { // that Amazon Route 53 must consider healthy for the CALCULATED health check to // be considered healthy. To specify the child health checks that you want to // associate with a CALCULATED health check, use the ChildHealthChecks and - // ChildHealthCheck elements. Note the following: + // ChildHealthCheck elements. + // + // Note the following: + // // - If you specify a number greater than the number of child health checks, // Route 53 always considers this health check to be unhealthy. - // - If you specify 0 , Route 53 always considers this health check to be - // healthy. + // + // - If you specify 0 , Route 53 always considers this health check to be healthy. HealthThreshold *int32 // The IPv4 or IPv6 IP address for the endpoint that you want Amazon Route 53 to @@ -170,37 +211,58 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckInput struct { // sends a DNS request to resolve the domain name that you specify in // FullyQualifiedDomainName at the interval that you specify in RequestInterval . // Using an IP address that is returned by DNS, Route 53 then checks the health of - // the endpoint. Use one of the following formats for the value of IPAddress : + // the endpoint. + // + // Use one of the following formats for the value of IPAddress : + // // - IPv4 address: four values between 0 and 255, separated by periods (.), for // example, 192.0.2.44 . + // // - IPv6 address: eight groups of four hexadecimal values, separated by colons // (:), for example, 2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:abcd:0001:2345 . You can also // shorten IPv6 addresses as described in RFC 5952, for example, // 2001:db8:85a3::abcd:1:2345 . + // // If the endpoint is an EC2 instance, we recommend that you create an Elastic IP // address, associate it with your EC2 instance, and specify the Elastic IP address // for IPAddress . This ensures that the IP address of your instance never changes. // For more information, see the applicable documentation: - // - Linux: Elastic IP Addresses (EIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances - // - Windows: Elastic IP Addresses (EIP) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Windows Instances + // + // - Linux: [Elastic IP Addresses (EIP)]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances + // + // - Windows: [Elastic IP Addresses (EIP)]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Windows Instances + // // If a health check already has a value for IPAddress , you can change the value. // However, you can't update an existing health check to add or remove the value of - // IPAddress . For more information, see FullyQualifiedDomainName (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-FullyQualifiedDomainName) - // . Constraints: Route 53 can't check the health of endpoints for which the IP + // IPAddress . + // + // For more information, see [FullyQualifiedDomainName]. + // + // Constraints: Route 53 can't check the health of endpoints for which the IP // address is in local, private, non-routable, or multicast ranges. For more // information about IP addresses for which you can't create health checks, see the // following documents: - // - RFC 5735, Special Use IPv4 Addresses (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5735) - // - RFC 6598, IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6598) - // - RFC 5156, Special-Use IPv6 Addresses (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5156) + // + // [RFC 5735, Special Use IPv4 Addresses] + // + // [RFC 6598, IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space] + // + // [RFC 5156, Special-Use IPv6 Addresses] + // + // [RFC 5735, Special Use IPv4 Addresses]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5735 + // [FullyQualifiedDomainName]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-FullyQualifiedDomainName + // [Elastic IP Addresses (EIP)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/elastic-ip-addresses-eip.html + // [RFC 6598, IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6598 + // [RFC 5156, Special-Use IPv6 Addresses]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5156 IPAddress *string // When CloudWatch has insufficient data about the metric to determine the alarm // state, the status that you want Amazon Route 53 to assign to the health check: + // // - Healthy : Route 53 considers the health check to be healthy. + // // - Unhealthy : Route 53 considers the health check to be unhealthy. + // // - LastKnownStatus : By default, Route 53 uses the status of the health check // from the last time CloudWatch had sufficient data to determine the alarm state. // For new health checks that have no last known status, the status for the health @@ -213,7 +275,9 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckInput struct { Inverted *bool // The port on the endpoint that you want Amazon Route 53 to perform health checks - // on. Don't specify a value for Port when you specify a value for Type of + // on. + // + // Don't specify a value for Port when you specify a value for Type of // CLOUDWATCH_METRIC or CALCULATED . Port *int32 @@ -224,22 +288,28 @@ type UpdateHealthCheckInput struct { // A complex type that contains one ResettableElementName element for each element // that you want to reset to the default value. Valid values for // ResettableElementName include the following: - // - ChildHealthChecks : Amazon Route 53 resets ChildHealthChecks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheckConfig.html#Route53-Type-HealthCheckConfig-ChildHealthChecks) - // to null. - // - FullyQualifiedDomainName : Route 53 resets FullyQualifiedDomainName (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-FullyQualifiedDomainName) - // . to null. - // - Regions : Route 53 resets the Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheckConfig.html#Route53-Type-HealthCheckConfig-Regions) - // list to the default set of regions. - // - ResourcePath : Route 53 resets ResourcePath (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheckConfig.html#Route53-Type-HealthCheckConfig-ResourcePath) - // to null. + // + // - ChildHealthChecks : Amazon Route 53 resets [ChildHealthChecks]to null. + // + // - FullyQualifiedDomainName : Route 53 resets [FullyQualifiedDomainName]. to null. + // + // - Regions : Route 53 resets the [Regions]list to the default set of regions. + // + // - ResourcePath : Route 53 resets [ResourcePath]to null. + // + // [ResourcePath]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheckConfig.html#Route53-Type-HealthCheckConfig-ResourcePath + // [ChildHealthChecks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheckConfig.html#Route53-Type-HealthCheckConfig-ChildHealthChecks + // [FullyQualifiedDomainName]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-FullyQualifiedDomainName + // [Regions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_HealthCheckConfig.html#Route53-Type-HealthCheckConfig-Regions ResetElements []types.ResettableElementName // The path that you want Amazon Route 53 to request when performing health // checks. The path can be any value for which your endpoint will return an HTTP // status code of 2xx or 3xx when the endpoint is healthy, for example the file // /docs/route53-health-check.html. You can also include query string parameters, - // for example, /welcome.html?language=jp&login=y . Specify this value only if you - // want to change it. + // for example, /welcome.html?language=jp&login=y . + // + // Specify this value only if you want to change it. ResourcePath *string // If the value of Type is HTTP_STR_MATCH or HTTPS_STR_MATCH , the string that you diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance.go index 76364536c51cd..98e5b19c39fa4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/api_op_UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance.go @@ -16,18 +16,23 @@ import ( // traffic policy definition. Use GetTrafficPolicyInstance with the id of updated // traffic policy instance confirm that the UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance request // completed successfully. For more information, see the State response element. +// // Updates the resource record sets in a specified hosted zone that were created -// based on the settings in a specified traffic policy version. When you update a -// traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 continues to respond to DNS queries for -// the root resource record set name (such as example.com) while it replaces one -// group of resource record sets with another. Route 53 performs the following -// operations: +// based on the settings in a specified traffic policy version. +// +// When you update a traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 continues to respond +// to DNS queries for the root resource record set name (such as example.com) while +// it replaces one group of resource record sets with another. Route 53 performs +// the following operations: +// // - Route 53 creates a new group of resource record sets based on the specified // traffic policy. This is true regardless of how significant the differences are // between the existing resource record sets and the new resource record sets. +// // - When all of the new resource record sets have been created, Route 53 starts // to respond to DNS queries for the root resource record set name (such as // example.com) by using the new resource record sets. +// // - Route 53 deletes the old group of resource record sets that are associated // with the root resource record set name. func (c *Client) UpdateTrafficPolicyInstance(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateTrafficPolicyInstanceOutput, error) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/doc.go index d36233e4535d4..1cdd613a4aa6c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/doc.go @@ -4,15 +4,23 @@ // Amazon Route 53. // // Amazon Route 53 is a highly available and scalable Domain Name System (DNS) web -// service. You can use Route 53 to: -// - Register domain names. For more information, see How domain registration -// works (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-domain-registration.html) -// . -// - Route internet traffic to the resources for your domain For more -// information, see How internet traffic is routed to your website or web -// application (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-dns-service.html) -// . -// - Check the health of your resources. For more information, see How Route 53 -// checks the health of your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-health-checks.html) -// . +// service. +// +// You can use Route 53 to: +// +// - Register domain names. +// +// For more information, see [How domain registration works]. +// +// - Route internet traffic to the resources for your domain +// +// For more information, see [How internet traffic is routed to your website or web application]. +// +// - Check the health of your resources. +// +// For more information, see [How Route 53 checks the health of your resources]. +// +// [How domain registration works]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-domain-registration.html +// [How Route 53 checks the health of your resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-health-checks.html +// [How internet traffic is routed to your website or web application]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/welcome-dns-service.html package route53 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/go_module_metadata.go index 6758be1d1dbb4..1658bdb9a6212 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package route53 // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.40.4" +const goModuleVersion = "1.40.5" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/options.go index 98b428f625ced..23abeee1395c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/enums.go index 80f7a16877c5f..f9cfdebbc4161 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/enums.go @@ -14,8 +14,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AccountLimitType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AccountLimitType) Values() []AccountLimitType { return []AccountLimitType{ "MAX_HEALTH_CHECKS_BY_OWNER", @@ -36,8 +37,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ChangeAction. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ChangeAction) Values() []ChangeAction { return []ChangeAction{ "CREATE", @@ -55,8 +57,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ChangeStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ChangeStatus) Values() []ChangeStatus { return []ChangeStatus{ "PENDING", @@ -74,6 +77,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for CidrCollectionChangeAction. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CidrCollectionChangeAction) Values() []CidrCollectionChangeAction { return []CidrCollectionChangeAction{ @@ -125,8 +129,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CloudWatchRegion. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CloudWatchRegion) Values() []CloudWatchRegion { return []CloudWatchRegion{ "us-east-1", @@ -179,8 +184,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ComparisonOperator. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ComparisonOperator) Values() []ComparisonOperator { return []ComparisonOperator{ "GreaterThanOrEqualToThreshold", @@ -205,8 +211,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HealthCheckRegion. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HealthCheckRegion) Values() []HealthCheckRegion { return []HealthCheckRegion{ "us-east-1", @@ -235,8 +242,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HealthCheckType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HealthCheckType) Values() []HealthCheckType { return []HealthCheckType{ "HTTP", @@ -259,8 +267,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HostedZoneLimitType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HostedZoneLimitType) Values() []HostedZoneLimitType { return []HostedZoneLimitType{ "MAX_RRSETS_BY_ZONE", @@ -276,8 +285,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for HostedZoneType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (HostedZoneType) Values() []HostedZoneType { return []HostedZoneType{ "PrivateHostedZone", @@ -295,8 +305,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InsufficientDataHealthStatus. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InsufficientDataHealthStatus) Values() []InsufficientDataHealthStatus { return []InsufficientDataHealthStatus{ "Healthy", @@ -316,8 +327,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ResettableElementName. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResettableElementName) Values() []ResettableElementName { return []ResettableElementName{ "FullyQualifiedDomainName", @@ -337,6 +349,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ResourceRecordSetFailover. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResourceRecordSetFailover) Values() []ResourceRecordSetFailover { return []ResourceRecordSetFailover{ @@ -383,8 +396,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ResourceRecordSetRegion. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResourceRecordSetRegion) Values() []ResourceRecordSetRegion { return []ResourceRecordSetRegion{ "us-east-1", @@ -430,8 +444,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ReusableDelegationSetLimitType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReusableDelegationSetLimitType) Values() []ReusableDelegationSetLimitType { return []ReusableDelegationSetLimitType{ "MAX_ZONES_BY_REUSABLE_DELEGATION_SET", @@ -458,8 +473,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RRType. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RRType) Values() []RRType { return []RRType{ "SOA", @@ -490,8 +506,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Statistic. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Statistic) Values() []Statistic { return []Statistic{ "Average", @@ -511,8 +528,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TagResourceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TagResourceType) Values() []TagResourceType { return []TagResourceType{ "healthcheck", @@ -562,8 +580,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for VPCRegion. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (VPCRegion) Values() []VPCRegion { return []VPCRegion{ "us-east-1", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/errors.go index 1bb6aa0274891..05f57a42772fc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/errors.go @@ -145,18 +145,21 @@ func (e *ConcurrentModification) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ConcurrentModification) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The cause of this error depends on the operation that you're performing: +// // - Create a public hosted zone: Two hosted zones that have the same name or // that have a parent/child relationship (example.com and test.example.com) can't // have any common name servers. You tried to create a hosted zone that has the // same name as an existing hosted zone or that's the parent or child of an // existing hosted zone, and you specified a delegation set that shares one or more -// name servers with the existing hosted zone. For more information, see -// CreateReusableDelegationSet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReusableDelegationSet.html) -// . +// name servers with the existing hosted zone. For more information, see [CreateReusableDelegationSet]. +// // - Create a private hosted zone: A hosted zone with the specified name already // exists and is already associated with the Amazon VPC that you specified. +// // - Associate VPCs with a private hosted zone: The VPC that you specified is // already associated with another hosted zone that has the same name. +// +// [CreateReusableDelegationSet]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateReusableDelegationSet.html type ConflictingDomainExists struct { Message *string @@ -373,11 +376,14 @@ func (e *DNSSECNotFound) ErrorCode() string { } func (e *DNSSECNotFound) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } -// The health check you're attempting to create already exists. Amazon Route 53 +// The health check you're attempting to create already exists. Amazon Route 53 +// // returns this error when you submit a request that has the following values: +// // - The same value for CallerReference as an existing health check, and one or // more values that differ from the existing health check that has the same caller // reference. +// // - The same value for CallerReference as a health check that you created and // later deleted, regardless of the other settings in the request. type HealthCheckAlreadyExists struct { @@ -620,14 +626,19 @@ func (e *IncompatibleVersion) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.Fau // Amazon Route 53 doesn't have the permissions required to create log streams and // send query logs to log streams. Possible causes include the following: +// // - There is no resource policy that specifies the log group ARN in the value // for Resource . +// // - The resource policy that includes the log group ARN in the value for // Resource doesn't have the necessary permissions. +// // - The resource policy hasn't finished propagating yet. +// // - The Key management service (KMS) key you specified doesn’t exist or it // can’t be used with the log group associated with query log. Update or provide a // resource policy to grant permissions for the KMS key. +// // - The Key management service (KMS) key you specified is marked as disabled // for the log group associated with query log. Update or provide a resource policy // to grant permissions for the KMS key. @@ -1091,9 +1102,10 @@ func (e *LastVPCAssociation) ErrorCode() string { func (e *LastVPCAssociation) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // This operation can't be completed because the current account has reached the -// limit on the resource you are trying to create. To request a higher limit, -// create a case (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request) with the Amazon Web -// Services Support Center. +// limit on the resource you are trying to create. To request a higher limit, [create a case]with +// the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// +// [create a case]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request type LimitsExceeded struct { Message *string @@ -1250,8 +1262,9 @@ func (e *NoSuchDelegationSet) ErrorCode() string { func (e *NoSuchDelegationSet) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // Amazon Route 53 doesn't support the specified geographic location. For a list -// of supported geolocation codes, see the GeoLocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GeoLocation.html) -// data type. +// of supported geolocation codes, see the [GeoLocation]data type. +// +// [GeoLocation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GeoLocation.html type NoSuchGeoLocation struct { Message *string @@ -1571,15 +1584,21 @@ func (e *ThrottlingException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ThrottlingException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // This health check can't be created because the current account has reached the -// limit on the number of active health checks. For information about default -// limits, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. For information about how to get the -// current limit for an account, see GetAccountLimit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html) -// . To request a higher limit, create a case (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request) -// with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. You have reached the maximum number -// of active health checks for an Amazon Web Services account. To request a higher -// limit, create a case (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request) with the Amazon -// Web Services Support Center. +// limit on the number of active health checks. +// +// For information about default limits, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer +// Guide. +// +// For information about how to get the current limit for an account, see [GetAccountLimit]. To +// request a higher limit, [create a case]with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// +// You have reached the maximum number of active health checks for an Amazon Web +// Services account. To request a higher limit, [create a case]with the Amazon Web Services +// Support Center. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [GetAccountLimit]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html +// [create a case]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request type TooManyHealthChecks struct { Message *string @@ -1608,13 +1627,23 @@ func (e *TooManyHealthChecks) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.Fau // This operation can't be completed either because the current account has // reached the limit on the number of hosted zones or because you've reached the // limit on the number of hosted zones that can be associated with a reusable -// delegation set. For information about default limits, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To get the current limit on hosted zones -// that can be created by an account, see GetAccountLimit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html) -// . To get the current limit on hosted zones that can be associated with a -// reusable delegation set, see GetReusableDelegationSetLimit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.html) -// . To request a higher limit, create a case (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request) -// with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// delegation set. +// +// For information about default limits, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer +// Guide. +// +// To get the current limit on hosted zones that can be created by an account, see [GetAccountLimit] +// . +// +// To get the current limit on hosted zones that can be associated with a reusable +// delegation set, see [GetReusableDelegationSetLimit]. +// +// To request a higher limit, [create a case] with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// +// [GetReusableDelegationSetLimit]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetReusableDelegationSetLimit.html +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [GetAccountLimit]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html +// [create a case]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request type TooManyHostedZones struct { Message *string @@ -1668,12 +1697,18 @@ func (e *TooManyKeySigningKeys) ErrorCode() string { func (e *TooManyKeySigningKeys) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // This traffic policy can't be created because the current account has reached -// the limit on the number of traffic policies. For information about default -// limits, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. To get the current limit for an account, -// see GetAccountLimit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html) -// . To request a higher limit, create a case (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request) -// with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// the limit on the number of traffic policies. +// +// For information about default limits, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer +// Guide. +// +// To get the current limit for an account, see [GetAccountLimit]. +// +// To request a higher limit, [create a case] with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [GetAccountLimit]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html +// [create a case]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request type TooManyTrafficPolicies struct { Message *string @@ -1700,12 +1735,18 @@ func (e *TooManyTrafficPolicies) ErrorCode() string { func (e *TooManyTrafficPolicies) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // This traffic policy instance can't be created because the current account has -// reached the limit on the number of traffic policy instances. For information -// about default limits, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. For information about how to get the -// current limit for an account, see GetAccountLimit (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html) -// . To request a higher limit, create a case (http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request) -// with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// reached the limit on the number of traffic policy instances. +// +// For information about default limits, see [Limits] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer +// Guide. +// +// For information about how to get the current limit for an account, see [GetAccountLimit]. +// +// To request a higher limit, [create a case] with the Amazon Web Services Support Center. +// +// [Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DNSLimitations.html +// [GetAccountLimit]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetAccountLimit.html +// [create a case]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53-request type TooManyTrafficPolicyInstances struct { Message *string @@ -1733,10 +1774,14 @@ func (e *TooManyTrafficPolicyInstances) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return // This traffic policy version can't be created because you've reached the limit // of 1000 on the number of versions that you can create for the current traffic -// policy. To create more traffic policy versions, you can use GetTrafficPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetTrafficPolicy.html) -// to get the traffic policy document for a specified traffic policy version, and -// then use CreateTrafficPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficPolicy.html) -// to create a new traffic policy using the traffic policy document. +// policy. +// +// To create more traffic policy versions, you can use [GetTrafficPolicy] to get the traffic policy +// document for a specified traffic policy version, and then use [CreateTrafficPolicy]to create a new +// traffic policy using the traffic policy document. +// +// [CreateTrafficPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficPolicy.html +// [GetTrafficPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetTrafficPolicy.html type TooManyTrafficPolicyVersionsForCurrentPolicy struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/types.go index bb5c97e00f4b8..3ffd60e21f5d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types/types.go @@ -12,14 +12,19 @@ import ( type AccountLimit struct { // The limit that you requested. Valid values include the following: + // // - MAX_HEALTH_CHECKS_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of health checks that you // can create using the current account. + // // - MAX_HOSTED_ZONES_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of hosted zones that you can // create using the current account. + // // - MAX_REUSABLE_DELEGATION_SETS_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of reusable // delegation sets that you can create using the current account. + // // - MAX_TRAFFIC_POLICIES_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of traffic policies that // you can create using the current account. + // // - MAX_TRAFFIC_POLICY_INSTANCES_BY_OWNER: The maximum number of traffic policy // instances that you can create using the current account. (Traffic policy // instances are referred to as traffic flow policy records in the Amazon Route 53 @@ -28,8 +33,9 @@ type AccountLimit struct { // This member is required. Type AccountLimitType - // The current value for the limit that is specified by Type (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_AccountLimit.html#Route53-Type-AccountLimit-Type) - // . + // The current value for the limit that is specified by [Type]. + // + // [Type]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_AccountLimit.html#Route53-Type-AccountLimit-Type // // This member is required. Value *int64 @@ -43,22 +49,29 @@ type AccountLimit struct { type AlarmIdentifier struct { // The name of the CloudWatch alarm that you want Amazon Route 53 health checkers - // to use to determine whether this health check is healthy. Route 53 supports - // CloudWatch alarms with the following features: + // to use to determine whether this health check is healthy. + // + // Route 53 supports CloudWatch alarms with the following features: + // // - Standard-resolution metrics. High-resolution metrics aren't supported. For - // more information, see High-Resolution Metrics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/publishingMetrics.html#high-resolution-metrics) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // more information, see [High-Resolution Metrics]in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // // - Statistics: Average, Minimum, Maximum, Sum, and SampleCount. Extended // statistics aren't supported. // + // [High-Resolution Metrics]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/publishingMetrics.html#high-resolution-metrics + // // This member is required. Name *string // For the CloudWatch alarm that you want Route 53 health checkers to use to // determine whether this health check is healthy, the region that the alarm was - // created in. For the current list of CloudWatch regions, see Amazon CloudWatch - // endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/cw_region.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // created in. + // + // For the current list of CloudWatch regions, see [Amazon CloudWatch endpoints and quotas] in the Amazon Web Services + // General Reference. + // + // [Amazon CloudWatch endpoints and quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/cw_region.html // // This member is required. Region CloudWatchRegion @@ -66,202 +79,289 @@ type AlarmIdentifier struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Alias resource record sets only: Information about the Amazon Web Services +// Alias resource record sets only: Information about the Amazon Web Services +// // resource, such as a CloudFront distribution or an Amazon S3 bucket, that you -// want to route traffic to. When creating resource record sets for a private -// hosted zone, note the following: +// want to route traffic to. +// +// When creating resource record sets for a private hosted zone, note the +// following: +// // - For information about creating failover resource record sets in a private -// hosted zone, see Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) -// . +// hosted zone, see [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone]. +// +// [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html type AliasTarget struct { - // Alias resource record sets only: The value that you specify depends on where - // you want to route queries: Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and - // edge-optimized APIs Specify the applicable domain name for your API. You can get - // the applicable value using the CLI command get-domain-names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html) - // : + // Alias resource record sets only: The value that you specify depends on where + // you want to route queries: + // + // Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs Specify the + // applicable domain name for your API. You can get the applicable value using the + // CLI command [get-domain-names]: + // // - For regional APIs, specify the value of regionalDomainName . + // // - For edge-optimized APIs, specify the value of distributionDomainName . This // is the name of the associated CloudFront distribution, such as // da1b2c3d4e5.cloudfront.net . + // // The name of the record that you're creating must match a custom domain name for - // your API, such as api.example.com . Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC - // endpoint Enter the API endpoint for the interface endpoint, such as + // your API, such as api.example.com . + // + // Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoint Enter the API endpoint for + // the interface endpoint, such as // vpce-123456789abcdef01-example-us-east-1a.elasticloadbalancing.us-east-1.vpce.amazonaws.com // . For edge-optimized APIs, this is the domain name for the corresponding - // CloudFront distribution. You can get the value of DnsName using the CLI command - // describe-vpc-endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html) - // . CloudFront distribution Specify the domain name that CloudFront assigned when - // you created your distribution. Your CloudFront distribution must include an - // alternate domain name that matches the name of the resource record set. For - // example, if the name of the resource record set is acme.example.com, your - // CloudFront distribution must include acme.example.com as one of the alternate - // domain names. For more information, see Using Alternate Domain Names (CNAMEs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/CNAMEs.html) - // in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. You can't create a resource record set - // in a private hosted zone to route traffic to a CloudFront distribution. For - // failover alias records, you can't specify a CloudFront distribution for both the - // primary and secondary records. A distribution must include an alternate domain - // name that matches the name of the record. However, the primary and secondary - // records have the same name, and you can't include the same alternate domain name - // in more than one distribution. Elastic Beanstalk environment If the domain name - // for your Elastic Beanstalk environment includes the region that you deployed the - // environment in, you can create an alias record that routes traffic to the - // environment. For example, the domain name - // my-environment.us-west-2.elasticbeanstalk.com is a regionalized domain name. For - // environments that were created before early 2016, the domain name doesn't + // CloudFront distribution. You can get the value of DnsName using the CLI command [describe-vpc-endpoints] + // . + // + // CloudFront distribution Specify the domain name that CloudFront assigned when + // you created your distribution. + // + // Your CloudFront distribution must include an alternate domain name that matches + // the name of the resource record set. For example, if the name of the resource + // record set is acme.example.com, your CloudFront distribution must include + // acme.example.com as one of the alternate domain names. For more information, see + // [Using Alternate Domain Names (CNAMEs)]in the Amazon CloudFront Developer Guide. + // + // You can't create a resource record set in a private hosted zone to route + // traffic to a CloudFront distribution. + // + // For failover alias records, you can't specify a CloudFront distribution for + // both the primary and secondary records. A distribution must include an alternate + // domain name that matches the name of the record. However, the primary and + // secondary records have the same name, and you can't include the same alternate + // domain name in more than one distribution. + // + // Elastic Beanstalk environment If the domain name for your Elastic Beanstalk + // environment includes the region that you deployed the environment in, you can + // create an alias record that routes traffic to the environment. For example, the + // domain name my-environment.us-west-2.elasticbeanstalk.com is a regionalized + // domain name. + // + // For environments that were created before early 2016, the domain name doesn't // include the region. To route traffic to these environments, you must create a // CNAME record instead of an alias record. Note that you can't create a CNAME // record for the root domain name. For example, if your domain name is // example.com, you can create a record that routes traffic for acme.example.com to // your Elastic Beanstalk environment, but you can't create a record that routes - // traffic for example.com to your Elastic Beanstalk environment. For Elastic - // Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains, specify the CNAME - // attribute for the environment. You can use the following methods to get the - // value of the CNAME attribute: + // traffic for example.com to your Elastic Beanstalk environment. + // + // For Elastic Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains, specify + // the CNAME attribute for the environment. You can use the following methods to + // get the value of the CNAME attribute: + // // - Amazon Web Services Management Console: For information about how to get - // the value by using the console, see Using Custom Domains with Elastic - // Beanstalk (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/dg/customdomains.html) - // in the Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. + // the value by using the console, see [Using Custom Domains with Elastic Beanstalk]in the Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. + // // - Elastic Beanstalk API: Use the DescribeEnvironments action to get the value - // of the CNAME attribute. For more information, see DescribeEnvironments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/api/API_DescribeEnvironments.html) - // in the Elastic Beanstalk API Reference. + // of the CNAME attribute. For more information, see [DescribeEnvironments]in the Elastic Beanstalk + // API Reference. + // // - CLI: Use the describe-environments command to get the value of the CNAME - // attribute. For more information, see describe-environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elasticbeanstalk/describe-environments.html) - // in the CLI Command Reference. + // attribute. For more information, see [describe-environments]in the CLI Command Reference. + // // ELB load balancer Specify the DNS name that is associated with the load // balancer. Get the DNS name by using the Amazon Web Services Management Console, // the ELB API, or the CLI. + // // - Amazon Web Services Management Console: Go to the EC2 page, choose Load // Balancers in the navigation pane, choose the load balancer, choose the - // Description tab, and get the value of the DNS name field. If you're routing - // traffic to a Classic Load Balancer, get the value that begins with dualstack. If - // you're routing traffic to another type of load balancer, get the value that - // applies to the record type, A or AAAA. + // Description tab, and get the value of the DNS name field. + // + // If you're routing traffic to a Classic Load Balancer, get the value that begins + // with dualstack. If you're routing traffic to another type of load balancer, get + // the value that applies to the record type, A or AAAA. + // // - Elastic Load Balancing API: Use DescribeLoadBalancers to get the value of // DNSName . For more information, see the applicable guide: - // - Classic Load Balancers: DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/2012-06-01/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // - Application and Network Load Balancers: DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) + // + // - Classic Load Balancers: [DescribeLoadBalancers] + // + // - Application and Network Load Balancers: [DescribeLoadBalancers] + // // - CLI: Use describe-load-balancers to get the value of DNSName . For more // information, see the applicable guide: - // - Classic Load Balancers: describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elb/describe-load-balancers.html) - // - Application and Network Load Balancers: describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html) + // + // - Classic Load Balancers: [describe-load-balancers] + // + // - Application and Network Load Balancers: [describe-load-balancers] + // // Global Accelerator accelerator Specify the DNS name for your accelerator: - // - Global Accelerator API: To get the DNS name, use DescribeAccelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/api/API_DescribeAccelerator.html) - // . - // - CLI: To get the DNS name, use describe-accelerator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/globalaccelerator/describe-accelerator.html) - // . + // + // - Global Accelerator API: To get the DNS name, use [DescribeAccelerator]. + // + // - CLI: To get the DNS name, use [describe-accelerator]. + // // Amazon S3 bucket that is configured as a static website Specify the domain name // of the Amazon S3 website endpoint that you created the bucket in, for example, // s3-website.us-east-2.amazonaws.com . For more information about valid values, - // see the table Amazon S3 Website Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For more information about using - // S3 buckets for websites, see Getting Started with Amazon Route 53 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/getting-started.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. Another Route 53 resource record set - // Specify the value of the Name element for a resource record set in the current - // hosted zone. If you're creating an alias record that has the same name as the - // hosted zone (known as the zone apex), you can't specify the domain name for a - // record for which the value of Type is CNAME . This is because the alias record - // must have the same type as the record that you're routing traffic to, and - // creating a CNAME record for the zone apex isn't supported even for an alias - // record. + // see the table [Amazon S3 Website Endpoints]in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For more + // information about using S3 buckets for websites, see [Getting Started with Amazon Route 53]in the Amazon Route 53 + // Developer Guide. + // + // Another Route 53 resource record set Specify the value of the Name element for + // a resource record set in the current hosted zone. + // + // If you're creating an alias record that has the same name as the hosted zone + // (known as the zone apex), you can't specify the domain name for a record for + // which the value of Type is CNAME . This is because the alias record must have + // the same type as the record that you're routing traffic to, and creating a CNAME + // record for the zone apex isn't supported even for an alias record. + // + // [DescribeEnvironments]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/api/API_DescribeEnvironments.html + // [describe-environments]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elasticbeanstalk/describe-environments.html + // [Getting Started with Amazon Route 53]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/getting-started.html + // [describe-accelerator]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/globalaccelerator/describe-accelerator.html + // [Amazon S3 Website Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints + // [DescribeAccelerator]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/global-accelerator/latest/api/API_DescribeAccelerator.html + // [Using Custom Domains with Elastic Beanstalk]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticbeanstalk/latest/dg/customdomains.html + // [describe-load-balancers]: http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html + // [get-domain-names]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html + // [Using Alternate Domain Names (CNAMEs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudFront/latest/DeveloperGuide/CNAMEs.html + // [describe-vpc-endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html // // This member is required. DNSName *string - // Applies only to alias, failover alias, geolocation alias, latency alias, and + // Applies only to alias, failover alias, geolocation alias, latency alias, and // weighted alias resource record sets: When EvaluateTargetHealth is true , an // alias resource record set inherits the health of the referenced Amazon Web // Services resource, such as an ELB load balancer or another resource record set - // in the hosted zone. Note the following: CloudFront distributions You can't set - // EvaluateTargetHealth to true when the alias target is a CloudFront - // distribution. Elastic Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains - // If you specify an Elastic Beanstalk environment in DNSName and the environment - // contains an ELB load balancer, Elastic Load Balancing routes queries only to the - // healthy Amazon EC2 instances that are registered with the load balancer. (An - // environment automatically contains an ELB load balancer if it includes more than - // one Amazon EC2 instance.) If you set EvaluateTargetHealth to true and either no - // Amazon EC2 instances are healthy or the load balancer itself is unhealthy, Route - // 53 routes queries to other available resources that are healthy, if any. If the - // environment contains a single Amazon EC2 instance, there are no special - // requirements. ELB load balancers Health checking behavior depends on the type of - // load balancer: + // in the hosted zone. + // + // Note the following: + // + // CloudFront distributions You can't set EvaluateTargetHealth to true when the + // alias target is a CloudFront distribution. + // + // Elastic Beanstalk environments that have regionalized subdomains If you specify + // an Elastic Beanstalk environment in DNSName and the environment contains an ELB + // load balancer, Elastic Load Balancing routes queries only to the healthy Amazon + // EC2 instances that are registered with the load balancer. (An environment + // automatically contains an ELB load balancer if it includes more than one Amazon + // EC2 instance.) If you set EvaluateTargetHealth to true and either no Amazon EC2 + // instances are healthy or the load balancer itself is unhealthy, Route 53 routes + // queries to other available resources that are healthy, if any. + // + // If the environment contains a single Amazon EC2 instance, there are no special + // requirements. + // + // ELB load balancers Health checking behavior depends on the type of load + // balancer: + // // - Classic Load Balancers: If you specify an ELB Classic Load Balancer in // DNSName , Elastic Load Balancing routes queries only to the healthy Amazon EC2 // instances that are registered with the load balancer. If you set // EvaluateTargetHealth to true and either no EC2 instances are healthy or the // load balancer itself is unhealthy, Route 53 routes queries to other resources. + // // - Application and Network Load Balancers: If you specify an ELB Application // or Network Load Balancer and you set EvaluateTargetHealth to true , Route 53 // routes queries to the load balancer based on the health of the target groups // that are associated with the load balancer: + // // - For an Application or Network Load Balancer to be considered healthy, every // target group that contains targets must contain at least one healthy target. If // any target group contains only unhealthy targets, the load balancer is // considered unhealthy, and Route 53 routes queries to other resources. + // // - A target group that has no registered targets is considered unhealthy. + // // When you create a load balancer, you configure settings for Elastic Load // Balancing health checks; they're not Route 53 health checks, but they perform a // similar function. Do not create Route 53 health checks for the EC2 instances - // that you register with an ELB load balancer. S3 buckets There are no special - // requirements for setting EvaluateTargetHealth to true when the alias target is - // an S3 bucket. Other records in the same hosted zone If the Amazon Web Services - // resource that you specify in DNSName is a record or a group of records (for - // example, a group of weighted records) but is not another alias record, we - // recommend that you associate a health check with all of the records in the alias - // target. For more information, see What Happens When You Omit Health Checks? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-complex-configs.html#dns-failover-complex-configs-hc-omitting) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. For more information and examples, see - // Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // that you register with an ELB load balancer. + // + // S3 buckets There are no special requirements for setting EvaluateTargetHealth + // to true when the alias target is an S3 bucket. + // + // Other records in the same hosted zone If the Amazon Web Services resource that + // you specify in DNSName is a record or a group of records (for example, a group + // of weighted records) but is not another alias record, we recommend that you + // associate a health check with all of the records in the alias target. For more + // information, see [What Happens When You Omit Health Checks?]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // For more information and examples, see [Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html + // [What Happens When You Omit Health Checks?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-complex-configs.html#dns-failover-complex-configs-hc-omitting // // This member is required. EvaluateTargetHealth bool - // Alias resource records sets only: The value used depends on where you want to - // route traffic: Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs - // Specify the hosted zone ID for your API. You can get the applicable value using - // the CLI command get-domain-names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html) - // : + // Alias resource records sets only: The value used depends on where you want to + // route traffic: + // + // Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs Specify the + // hosted zone ID for your API. You can get the applicable value using the CLI + // command [get-domain-names]: + // // - For regional APIs, specify the value of regionalHostedZoneId . + // // - For edge-optimized APIs, specify the value of distributionHostedZoneId . + // // Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoint Specify the hosted zone ID // for your interface endpoint. You can get the value of HostedZoneId using the - // CLI command describe-vpc-endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html) - // . CloudFront distribution Specify Z2FDTNDATAQYW2 . Alias resource record sets - // for CloudFront can't be created in a private zone. Elastic Beanstalk environment - // Specify the hosted zone ID for the region that you created the environment in. - // The environment must have a regionalized subdomain. For a list of regions and - // the corresponding hosted zone IDs, see Elastic Beanstalk endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/elasticbeanstalk.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. ELB load balancer Specify the - // value of the hosted zone ID for the load balancer. Use the following methods to - // get the hosted zone ID: - // - Elastic Load Balancing endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/elb.html) - // topic in the Amazon Web Services General Reference: Use the value that + // CLI command [describe-vpc-endpoints]. + // + // CloudFront distribution Specify Z2FDTNDATAQYW2 . + // + // Alias resource record sets for CloudFront can't be created in a private zone. + // + // Elastic Beanstalk environment Specify the hosted zone ID for the region that + // you created the environment in. The environment must have a regionalized + // subdomain. For a list of regions and the corresponding hosted zone IDs, see [Elastic Beanstalk endpoints and quotas]in + // the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // ELB load balancer Specify the value of the hosted zone ID for the load + // balancer. Use the following methods to get the hosted zone ID: + // + // [Elastic Load Balancing endpoints and quotas] + // - topic in the Amazon Web Services General Reference: Use the value that // corresponds with the region that you created your load balancer in. Note that // there are separate columns for Application and Classic Load Balancers and for // Network Load Balancers. + // // - Amazon Web Services Management Console: Go to the Amazon EC2 page, choose // Load Balancers in the navigation pane, select the load balancer, and get the // value of the Hosted zone field on the Description tab. + // // - Elastic Load Balancing API: Use DescribeLoadBalancers to get the applicable // value. For more information, see the applicable guide: - // - Classic Load Balancers: Use DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/2012-06-01/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId . - // - Application and Network Load Balancers: Use DescribeLoadBalancers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html) - // to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneId . + // + // - Classic Load Balancers: Use [DescribeLoadBalancers]to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId . + // + // - Application and Network Load Balancers: Use [DescribeLoadBalancers]to get the value of + // CanonicalHostedZoneId . + // // - CLI: Use describe-load-balancers to get the applicable value. For more // information, see the applicable guide: - // - Classic Load Balancers: Use describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elb/describe-load-balancers.html) - // to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId . - // - Application and Network Load Balancers: Use describe-load-balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html) - // to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneId . - // Global Accelerator accelerator Specify Z2BJ6XQ5FK7U4H . An Amazon S3 bucket - // configured as a static website Specify the hosted zone ID for the region that - // you created the bucket in. For more information about valid values, see the - // table Amazon S3 Website Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. Another Route 53 resource record - // set in your hosted zone Specify the hosted zone ID of your hosted zone. (An - // alias resource record set can't reference a resource record set in a different - // hosted zone.) + // + // - Classic Load Balancers: Use [describe-load-balancers]to get the value of CanonicalHostedZoneNameId . + // + // - Application and Network Load Balancers: Use [describe-load-balancers]to get the value of + // CanonicalHostedZoneId . + // + // Global Accelerator accelerator Specify Z2BJ6XQ5FK7U4H . + // + // An Amazon S3 bucket configured as a static website Specify the hosted zone ID + // for the region that you created the bucket in. For more information about valid + // values, see the table [Amazon S3 Website Endpoints]in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // Another Route 53 resource record set in your hosted zone Specify the hosted + // zone ID of your hosted zone. (An alias resource record set can't reference a + // resource record set in a different hosted zone.) + // + // [Amazon S3 Website Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#s3_website_region_endpoints + // [describe-load-balancers]: http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/elbv2/describe-load-balancers.html + // [DescribeLoadBalancers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeLoadBalancers.html + // [Elastic Beanstalk endpoints and quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/elasticbeanstalk.html + // [get-domain-names]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/apigateway/get-domain-names.html + // [describe-vpc-endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-vpc-endpoints.html + // [Elastic Load Balancing endpoints and quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/elb.html // // This member is required. HostedZoneId *string @@ -273,18 +373,24 @@ type AliasTarget struct { type Change struct { // The action to perform: + // // - CREATE : Creates a resource record set that has the specified values. - // - DELETE : Deletes a existing resource record set. To delete the resource - // record set that is associated with a traffic policy instance, use - // DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.html) - // . Amazon Route 53 will delete the resource record set automatically. If you - // delete the resource record set by using ChangeResourceRecordSets , Route 53 - // doesn't automatically delete the traffic policy instance, and you'll continue to - // be charged for it even though it's no longer in use. + // + // - DELETE : Deletes a existing resource record set. + // + // To delete the resource record set that is associated with a traffic policy + // instance, use [DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance]. Amazon Route 53 will delete the resource record set + // automatically. If you delete the resource record set by using + // ChangeResourceRecordSets , Route 53 doesn't automatically delete the traffic + // policy instance, and you'll continue to be charged for it even though it's no + // longer in use. + // // - UPSERT : If a resource record set doesn't already exist, Route 53 creates // it. If a resource record set does exist, Route 53 updates it with the values in // the request. // + // [DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance.html + // // This member is required. Action ChangeAction @@ -304,7 +410,7 @@ type ChangeBatch struct { // This member is required. Changes []Change - // Optional: Any comments you want to include about a change batch request. + // Optional: Any comments you want to include about a change batch request. Comment *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -314,8 +420,10 @@ type ChangeBatch struct { // hosted zone. type ChangeInfo struct { - // This element contains an ID that you use when performing a GetChange (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetChange.html) - // action to get detailed information about the change. + // This element contains an ID that you use when performing a [GetChange] action to get + // detailed information about the change. + // + // [GetChange]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_GetChange.html // // This member is required. Id *string @@ -326,9 +434,11 @@ type ChangeInfo struct { // This member is required. Status ChangeStatus - // The date and time that the change request was submitted in ISO 8601 format (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) - // and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). For example, the value - // 2017-03-27T17:48:16.751Z represents March 27, 2017 at 17:48:16.751 UTC. + // The date and time that the change request was submitted in [ISO 8601 format] and Coordinated + // Universal Time (UTC). For example, the value 2017-03-27T17:48:16.751Z + // represents March 27, 2017 at 17:48:16.751 UTC. + // + // [ISO 8601 format]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 // // This member is required. SubmittedAt *time.Time @@ -393,9 +503,10 @@ type CidrCollectionChange struct { } // The object that is specified in resource record set object when you are linking -// a resource record set to a CIDR location. A LocationName with an asterisk “*” -// can be used to create a default CIDR record. CollectionId is still required for -// default record. +// a resource record set to a CIDR location. +// +// A LocationName with an asterisk “*” can be used to create a default CIDR +// record. CollectionId is still required for default record. type CidrRoutingConfig struct { // The CIDR collection ID. @@ -433,8 +544,9 @@ type CloudWatchAlarmConfiguration struct { MetricName *string // The namespace of the metric that the alarm is associated with. For more - // information, see Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/CW_Support_For_AWS.html) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // information, see [Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference]in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // + // [Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/CW_Support_For_AWS.html // // This member is required. Namespace *string @@ -459,15 +571,17 @@ type CloudWatchAlarmConfiguration struct { // For the metric that the CloudWatch alarm is associated with, a complex type // that contains information about the dimensions for the metric. For information, - // see Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/CW_Support_For_AWS.html) - // in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // see [Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference]in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide. + // + // [Amazon CloudWatch Namespaces, Dimensions, and Metrics Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/DeveloperGuide/CW_Support_For_AWS.html Dimensions []Dimension noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// A complex type that is an entry in an CidrCollection (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CidrCollection.html) -// array. +// A complex type that is an entry in an [CidrCollection] array. +// +// [CidrCollection]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CidrCollection.html type CollectionSummary struct { // The ARN of the collection summary. Can be used to reference the collection in @@ -490,13 +604,13 @@ type CollectionSummary struct { // A complex type that lists the coordinates for a geoproximity resource record. type Coordinates struct { - // Specifies a coordinate of the north–south position of a geographic point on the - // surface of the Earth (-90 - 90). + // Specifies a coordinate of the north–south position of a geographic point on + // the surface of the Earth (-90 - 90). // // This member is required. Latitude *string - // Specifies a coordinate of the east–west position of a geographic point on the + // Specifies a coordinate of the east–west position of a geographic point on the // surface of the Earth (-180 - 180). // // This member is required. @@ -547,17 +661,24 @@ type Dimension struct { // A string representing the status of DNSSEC signing. type DNSSECStatus struct { - // A string that represents the current hosted zone signing status. Status can - // have one of the following values: SIGNING DNSSEC signing is enabled for the - // hosted zone. NOT_SIGNING DNSSEC signing is not enabled for the hosted zone. + // A string that represents the current hosted zone signing status. + // + // Status can have one of the following values: + // + // SIGNING DNSSEC signing is enabled for the hosted zone. + // + // NOT_SIGNING DNSSEC signing is not enabled for the hosted zone. + // // DELETING DNSSEC signing is in the process of being removed for the hosted zone. + // // ACTION_NEEDED There is a problem with signing in the hosted zone that requires // you to take action to resolve. For example, the customer managed key might have // been deleted, or the permissions for the customer managed key might have been - // changed. INTERNAL_FAILURE There was an error during a request. Before you can - // continue to work with DNSSEC signing, including with key-signing keys (KSKs), - // you must correct the problem by enabling or disabling DNSSEC signing for the - // hosted zone. + // changed. + // + // INTERNAL_FAILURE There was an error during a request. Before you can continue + // to work with DNSSEC signing, including with key-signing keys (KSKs), you must + // correct the problem by enabling or disabling DNSSEC signing for the hosted zone. ServeSignature *string // The status message provided for the following DNSSEC signing status: @@ -571,31 +692,45 @@ type DNSSECStatus struct { // A complex type that contains information about a geographic location. type GeoLocation struct { - // The two-letter code for the continent. Amazon Route 53 supports the following - // continent codes: + // The two-letter code for the continent. + // + // Amazon Route 53 supports the following continent codes: + // // - AF: Africa + // // - AN: Antarctica + // // - AS: Asia + // // - EU: Europe + // // - OC: Oceania + // // - NA: North America + // // - SA: South America + // // Constraint: Specifying ContinentCode with either CountryCode or SubdivisionCode // returns an InvalidInput error. ContinentCode *string - // For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter code for a country. Amazon - // Route 53 uses the two-letter country codes that are specified in ISO standard - // 3166-1 alpha-2 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2) . Route 53 - // also supports the country code UA for Ukraine. + // For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter code for a country. + // + // Amazon Route 53 uses the two-letter country codes that are specified in [ISO standard 3166-1 alpha-2]. + // + // Route 53 also supports the country code UA for Ukraine. + // + // [ISO standard 3166-1 alpha-2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2 CountryCode *string // For geolocation resource record sets, the two-letter code for a state of the // United States. Route 53 doesn't support any other values for SubdivisionCode . - // For a list of state abbreviations, see Appendix B: Two–Letter State and - // Possession Abbreviations (https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm) on the - // United States Postal Service website. If you specify subdivisioncode , you must - // also specify US for CountryCode . + // For a list of state abbreviations, see [Appendix B: Two–Letter State and Possession Abbreviations]on the United States Postal Service + // website. + // + // If you specify subdivisioncode , you must also specify US for CountryCode . + // + // [Appendix B: Two–Letter State and Possession Abbreviations]: https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm SubdivisionCode *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -618,11 +753,11 @@ type GeoLocationDetails struct { CountryName *string // The code for the subdivision, such as a particular state within the United - // States. For a list of US state abbreviations, see Appendix B: Two–Letter State - // and Possession Abbreviations (https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm) on the - // United States Postal Service website. For a list of all supported subdivision - // codes, use the ListGeoLocations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListGeoLocations.html) - // API. + // States. For a list of US state abbreviations, see [Appendix B: Two–Letter State and Possession Abbreviations]on the United States Postal + // Service website. For a list of all supported subdivision codes, use the [ListGeoLocations]API. + // + // [ListGeoLocations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_ListGeoLocations.html + // [Appendix B: Two–Letter State and Possession Abbreviations]: https://pe.usps.com/text/pub28/28apb.htm SubdivisionCode *string // The full name of the subdivision. Route 53 currently supports only states in @@ -632,39 +767,52 @@ type GeoLocationDetails struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// (Resource record sets only): A complex type that lets you specify where your +// (Resource record sets only): A complex type that lets you specify where your +// // resources are located. Only one of LocalZoneGroup , Coordinates , or Amazon Web -// ServicesRegion is allowed per request at a time. For more information about -// geoproximity routing, see Geoproximity routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy-geoproximity.html) -// in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. +// ServicesRegion is allowed per request at a time. +// +// For more information about geoproximity routing, see [Geoproximity routing] in the Amazon Route 53 +// Developer Guide. +// +// [Geoproximity routing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy-geoproximity.html type GeoProximityLocation struct { - // The Amazon Web Services Region the resource you are directing DNS traffic to, + // The Amazon Web Services Region the resource you are directing DNS traffic to, // is in. AWSRegion *string - // The bias increases or decreases the size of the geographic region from which - // Route 53 routes traffic to a resource. To use Bias to change the size of the - // geographic region, specify the applicable value for the bias: + // The bias increases or decreases the size of the geographic region from which + // Route 53 routes traffic to a resource. + // + // To use Bias to change the size of the geographic region, specify the applicable + // value for the bias: + // // - To expand the size of the geographic region from which Route 53 routes // traffic to a resource, specify a positive integer from 1 to 99 for the bias. // Route 53 shrinks the size of adjacent regions. + // // - To shrink the size of the geographic region from which Route 53 routes // traffic to a resource, specify a negative bias of -1 to -99. Route 53 expands // the size of adjacent regions. Bias *int32 - // Contains the longitude and latitude for a geographic region. + // Contains the longitude and latitude for a geographic region. Coordinates *Coordinates - // Specifies an Amazon Web Services Local Zone Group. A local Zone Group is - // usually the Local Zone code without the ending character. For example, if the - // Local Zone is us-east-1-bue-1a the Local Zone Group is us-east-1-bue-1 . You can - // identify the Local Zones Group for a specific Local Zone by using the - // describe-availability-zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-availability-zones.html) - // CLI command: This command returns: "GroupName": "us-west-2-den-1" , specifying - // that the Local Zone us-west-2-den-1a belongs to the Local Zone Group - // us-west-2-den-1 . + // Specifies an Amazon Web Services Local Zone Group. + // + // A local Zone Group is usually the Local Zone code without the ending character. + // For example, if the Local Zone is us-east-1-bue-1a the Local Zone Group is + // us-east-1-bue-1 . + // + // You can identify the Local Zones Group for a specific Local Zone by using the [describe-availability-zones] + // CLI command: + // + // This command returns: "GroupName": "us-west-2-den-1" , specifying that the Local + // Zone us-west-2-den-1a belongs to the Local Zone Group us-west-2-den-1 . + // + // [describe-availability-zones]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-availability-zones.html LocalZoneGroup *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -713,39 +861,53 @@ type HealthCheck struct { type HealthCheckConfig struct { // The type of health check that you want to create, which indicates how Amazon - // Route 53 determines whether an endpoint is healthy. You can't change the value - // of Type after you create a health check. You can create the following types of - // health checks: + // Route 53 determines whether an endpoint is healthy. + // + // You can't change the value of Type after you create a health check. + // + // You can create the following types of health checks: + // // - HTTP: Route 53 tries to establish a TCP connection. If successful, Route 53 // submits an HTTP request and waits for an HTTP status code of 200 or greater and // less than 400. + // // - HTTPS: Route 53 tries to establish a TCP connection. If successful, Route // 53 submits an HTTPS request and waits for an HTTP status code of 200 or greater - // and less than 400. If you specify HTTPS for the value of Type , the endpoint - // must support TLS v1.0 or later. + // and less than 400. + // + // If you specify HTTPS for the value of Type , the endpoint must support TLS v1.0 + // or later. + // // - HTTP_STR_MATCH: Route 53 tries to establish a TCP connection. If // successful, Route 53 submits an HTTP request and searches the first 5,120 bytes // of the response body for the string that you specify in SearchString . + // // - HTTPS_STR_MATCH: Route 53 tries to establish a TCP connection. If // successful, Route 53 submits an HTTPS request and searches the first 5,120 // bytes of the response body for the string that you specify in SearchString . + // // - TCP: Route 53 tries to establish a TCP connection. + // // - CLOUDWATCH_METRIC: The health check is associated with a CloudWatch alarm. // If the state of the alarm is OK , the health check is considered healthy. If // the state is ALARM , the health check is considered unhealthy. If CloudWatch // doesn't have sufficient data to determine whether the state is OK or ALARM , // the health check status depends on the setting for // InsufficientDataHealthStatus : Healthy , Unhealthy , or LastKnownStatus . + // // - CALCULATED: For health checks that monitor the status of other health // checks, Route 53 adds up the number of health checks that Route 53 health // checkers consider to be healthy and compares that number with the value of // HealthThreshold . + // // - RECOVERY_CONTROL: The health check is associated with a Route53 Application // Recovery Controller routing control. If the routing control state is ON , the // health check is considered healthy. If the state is OFF , the health check is // considered unhealthy. - // For more information, see How Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // For more information, see [How Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // [How Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html // // This member is required. Type HealthCheckType @@ -762,98 +924,135 @@ type HealthCheckConfig struct { // Stops Route 53 from performing health checks. When you disable a health check, // here's what happens: + // // - Health checks that check the health of endpoints: Route 53 stops submitting // requests to your application, server, or other resource. + // // - Calculated health checks: Route 53 stops aggregating the status of the // referenced health checks. + // // - Health checks that monitor CloudWatch alarms: Route 53 stops monitoring the // corresponding CloudWatch metrics. + // // After you disable a health check, Route 53 considers the status of the health // check to always be healthy. If you configured DNS failover, Route 53 continues // to route traffic to the corresponding resources. If you want to stop routing - // traffic to a resource, change the value of Inverted (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-Inverted) - // . Charges for a health check still apply when the health check is disabled. For - // more information, see Amazon Route 53 Pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/route53/pricing/) - // . + // traffic to a resource, change the value of [Inverted]. + // + // Charges for a health check still apply when the health check is disabled. For + // more information, see [Amazon Route 53 Pricing]. + // + // [Inverted]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-Inverted + // [Amazon Route 53 Pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/route53/pricing/ Disabled *bool // Specify whether you want Amazon Route 53 to send the value of // FullyQualifiedDomainName to the endpoint in the client_hello message during TLS // negotiation. This allows the endpoint to respond to HTTPS health check requests - // with the applicable SSL/TLS certificate. Some endpoints require that HTTPS - // requests include the host name in the client_hello message. If you don't enable - // SNI, the status of the health check will be SSL alert handshake_failure . A - // health check can also have that status for other reasons. If SNI is enabled and - // you're still getting the error, check the SSL/TLS configuration on your endpoint - // and confirm that your certificate is valid. The SSL/TLS certificate on your - // endpoint includes a domain name in the Common Name field and possibly several - // more in the Subject Alternative Names field. One of the domain names in the - // certificate should match the value that you specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName - // . If the endpoint responds to the client_hello message with a certificate that - // does not include the domain name that you specified in FullyQualifiedDomainName - // , a health checker will retry the handshake. In the second attempt, the health - // checker will omit FullyQualifiedDomainName from the client_hello message. + // with the applicable SSL/TLS certificate. + // + // Some endpoints require that HTTPS requests include the host name in the + // client_hello message. If you don't enable SNI, the status of the health check + // will be SSL alert handshake_failure . A health check can also have that status + // for other reasons. If SNI is enabled and you're still getting the error, check + // the SSL/TLS configuration on your endpoint and confirm that your certificate is + // valid. + // + // The SSL/TLS certificate on your endpoint includes a domain name in the Common + // Name field and possibly several more in the Subject Alternative Names field. + // One of the domain names in the certificate should match the value that you + // specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName . If the endpoint responds to the + // client_hello message with a certificate that does not include the domain name + // that you specified in FullyQualifiedDomainName , a health checker will retry the + // handshake. In the second attempt, the health checker will omit + // FullyQualifiedDomainName from the client_hello message. EnableSNI *bool // The number of consecutive health checks that an endpoint must pass or fail for // Amazon Route 53 to change the current status of the endpoint from unhealthy to - // healthy or vice versa. For more information, see How Amazon Route 53 Determines - // Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. If you don't specify a value for - // FailureThreshold , the default value is three health checks. + // healthy or vice versa. For more information, see [How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy]in the Amazon Route 53 + // Developer Guide. + // + // If you don't specify a value for FailureThreshold , the default value is three + // health checks. + // + // [How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html FailureThreshold *int32 // Amazon Route 53 behavior depends on whether you specify a value for IPAddress . - // If you specify a value for IPAddress : Amazon Route 53 sends health check - // requests to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address and passes the value of - // FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header for all health checks except TCP - // health checks. This is typically the fully qualified DNS name of the endpoint on - // which you want Route 53 to perform health checks. When Route 53 checks the - // health of an endpoint, here is how it constructs the Host header: + // + // If you specify a value for IPAddress : + // + // Amazon Route 53 sends health check requests to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 + // address and passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header for + // all health checks except TCP health checks. This is typically the fully + // qualified DNS name of the endpoint on which you want Route 53 to perform health + // checks. + // + // When Route 53 checks the health of an endpoint, here is how it constructs the + // Host header: + // // - If you specify a value of 80 for Port and HTTP or HTTP_STR_MATCH for Type , // Route 53 passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName to the endpoint in the // Host header. + // // - If you specify a value of 443 for Port and HTTPS or HTTPS_STR_MATCH for Type // , Route 53 passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName to the endpoint in the // Host header. + // // - If you specify another value for Port and any value except TCP for Type , // Route 53 passes FullyQualifiedDomainName:Port to the endpoint in the Host // header. + // // If you don't specify a value for FullyQualifiedDomainName , Route 53 substitutes - // the value of IPAddress in the Host header in each of the preceding cases. If - // you don't specify a value for IPAddress : Route 53 sends a DNS request to the - // domain that you specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName at the interval that you - // specify for RequestInterval . Using an IPv4 address that DNS returns, Route 53 - // then checks the health of the endpoint. If you don't specify a value for - // IPAddress , Route 53 uses only IPv4 to send health checks to the endpoint. If - // there's no resource record set with a type of A for the name that you specify - // for FullyQualifiedDomainName , the health check fails with a "DNS resolution - // failed" error. If you want to check the health of weighted, latency, or failover - // resource record sets and you choose to specify the endpoint only by + // the value of IPAddress in the Host header in each of the preceding cases. + // + // If you don't specify a value for IPAddress : + // + // Route 53 sends a DNS request to the domain that you specify for + // FullyQualifiedDomainName at the interval that you specify for RequestInterval . + // Using an IPv4 address that DNS returns, Route 53 then checks the health of the + // endpoint. + // + // If you don't specify a value for IPAddress , Route 53 uses only IPv4 to send + // health checks to the endpoint. If there's no resource record set with a type of + // A for the name that you specify for FullyQualifiedDomainName , the health check + // fails with a "DNS resolution failed" error. + // + // If you want to check the health of weighted, latency, or failover resource + // record sets and you choose to specify the endpoint only by // FullyQualifiedDomainName , we recommend that you create a separate health check // for each endpoint. For example, create a health check for each HTTP server that // is serving content for www.example.com. For the value of // FullyQualifiedDomainName , specify the domain name of the server (such as // us-east-2-www.example.com), not the name of the resource record sets - // (www.example.com). In this configuration, if you create a health check for which - // the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName matches the name of the resource record - // sets and you then associate the health check with those resource record sets, - // health check results will be unpredictable. In addition, if the value that you - // specify for Type is HTTP , HTTPS , HTTP_STR_MATCH , or HTTPS_STR_MATCH , Route - // 53 passes the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header, as it does - // when you specify a value for IPAddress . If the value of Type is TCP , Route 53 - // doesn't pass a Host header. + // (www.example.com). + // + // In this configuration, if you create a health check for which the value of + // FullyQualifiedDomainName matches the name of the resource record sets and you + // then associate the health check with those resource record sets, health check + // results will be unpredictable. + // + // In addition, if the value that you specify for Type is HTTP , HTTPS , + // HTTP_STR_MATCH , or HTTPS_STR_MATCH , Route 53 passes the value of + // FullyQualifiedDomainName in the Host header, as it does when you specify a + // value for IPAddress . If the value of Type is TCP , Route 53 doesn't pass a Host + // header. FullyQualifiedDomainName *string // The number of child health checks that are associated with a CALCULATED health // check that Amazon Route 53 must consider healthy for the CALCULATED health // check to be considered healthy. To specify the child health checks that you want - // to associate with a CALCULATED health check, use the ChildHealthChecks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-ChildHealthChecks) - // element. Note the following: + // to associate with a CALCULATED health check, use the [ChildHealthChecks] element. + // + // Note the following: + // // - If you specify a number greater than the number of child health checks, // Route 53 always considers this health check to be unhealthy. - // - If you specify 0 , Route 53 always considers this health check to be - // healthy. + // + // - If you specify 0 , Route 53 always considers this health check to be healthy. + // + // [ChildHealthChecks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-ChildHealthChecks HealthThreshold *int32 // The IPv4 or IPv6 IP address of the endpoint that you want Amazon Route 53 to @@ -861,31 +1060,51 @@ type HealthCheckConfig struct { // sends a DNS request to resolve the domain name that you specify in // FullyQualifiedDomainName at the interval that you specify in RequestInterval . // Using an IP address returned by DNS, Route 53 then checks the health of the - // endpoint. Use one of the following formats for the value of IPAddress : + // endpoint. + // + // Use one of the following formats for the value of IPAddress : + // // - IPv4 address: four values between 0 and 255, separated by periods (.), for // example, 192.0.2.44 . + // // - IPv6 address: eight groups of four hexadecimal values, separated by colons // (:), for example, 2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:abcd:0001:2345 . You can also // shorten IPv6 addresses as described in RFC 5952, for example, // 2001:db8:85a3::abcd:1:2345 . + // // If the endpoint is an EC2 instance, we recommend that you create an Elastic IP // address, associate it with your EC2 instance, and specify the Elastic IP address // for IPAddress . This ensures that the IP address of your instance will never - // change. For more information, see FullyQualifiedDomainName (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-FullyQualifiedDomainName) - // . Constraints: Route 53 can't check the health of endpoints for which the IP + // change. + // + // For more information, see [FullyQualifiedDomainName]. + // + // Constraints: Route 53 can't check the health of endpoints for which the IP // address is in local, private, non-routable, or multicast ranges. For more // information about IP addresses for which you can't create health checks, see the // following documents: - // - RFC 5735, Special Use IPv4 Addresses (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5735) - // - RFC 6598, IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6598) - // - RFC 5156, Special-Use IPv6 Addresses (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5156) + // + // [RFC 5735, Special Use IPv4 Addresses] + // + // [RFC 6598, IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space] + // + // [RFC 5156, Special-Use IPv6 Addresses] + // // When the value of Type is CALCULATED or CLOUDWATCH_METRIC , omit IPAddress . + // + // [RFC 5735, Special Use IPv4 Addresses]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5735 + // [FullyQualifiedDomainName]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateHealthCheck.html#Route53-UpdateHealthCheck-request-FullyQualifiedDomainName + // [RFC 6598, IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6598 + // [RFC 5156, Special-Use IPv6 Addresses]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5156 IPAddress *string // When CloudWatch has insufficient data about the metric to determine the alarm // state, the status that you want Amazon Route 53 to assign to the health check: + // // - Healthy : Route 53 considers the health check to be healthy. + // // - Unhealthy : Route 53 considers the health check to be unhealthy. + // // - LastKnownStatus : Route 53 uses the status of the health check from the last // time that CloudWatch had sufficient data to determine the alarm state. For new // health checks that have no last known status, the default status for the health @@ -900,30 +1119,38 @@ type HealthCheckConfig struct { // Specify whether you want Amazon Route 53 to measure the latency between health // checkers in multiple Amazon Web Services regions and your endpoint, and to // display CloudWatch latency graphs on the Health Checks page in the Route 53 - // console. You can't change the value of MeasureLatency after you create a health - // check. + // console. + // + // You can't change the value of MeasureLatency after you create a health check. MeasureLatency *bool // The port on the endpoint that you want Amazon Route 53 to perform health checks - // on. Don't specify a value for Port when you specify a value for Type of + // on. + // + // Don't specify a value for Port when you specify a value for Type of // CLOUDWATCH_METRIC or CALCULATED . Port *int32 // A complex type that contains one Region element for each region from which you - // want Amazon Route 53 health checkers to check the specified endpoint. If you - // don't specify any regions, Route 53 health checkers automatically performs - // checks from all of the regions that are listed under Valid Values. If you update - // a health check to remove a region that has been performing health checks, Route - // 53 will briefly continue to perform checks from that region to ensure that some - // health checkers are always checking the endpoint (for example, if you replace - // three regions with four different regions). + // want Amazon Route 53 health checkers to check the specified endpoint. + // + // If you don't specify any regions, Route 53 health checkers automatically + // performs checks from all of the regions that are listed under Valid Values. + // + // If you update a health check to remove a region that has been performing health + // checks, Route 53 will briefly continue to perform checks from that region to + // ensure that some health checkers are always checking the endpoint (for example, + // if you replace three regions with four different regions). Regions []HealthCheckRegion // The number of seconds between the time that Amazon Route 53 gets a response // from your endpoint and the time that it sends the next health check request. - // Each Route 53 health checker makes requests at this interval. You can't change - // the value of RequestInterval after you create a health check. If you don't - // specify a value for RequestInterval , the default value is 30 seconds. + // Each Route 53 health checker makes requests at this interval. + // + // You can't change the value of RequestInterval after you create a health check. + // + // If you don't specify a value for RequestInterval , the default value is 30 + // seconds. RequestInterval *int32 // The path, if any, that you want Amazon Route 53 to request when performing @@ -934,16 +1161,19 @@ type HealthCheckConfig struct { ResourcePath *string // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the Route 53 Application Recovery Controller - // routing control. For more information about Route 53 Application Recovery - // Controller, see Route 53 Application Recovery Controller Developer Guide. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/r53recovery/latest/dg/what-is-route-53-recovery.html) - // . + // routing control. + // + // For more information about Route 53 Application Recovery Controller, see [Route 53 Application Recovery Controller Developer Guide.]. + // + // [Route 53 Application Recovery Controller Developer Guide.]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/r53recovery/latest/dg/what-is-route-53-recovery.html RoutingControlArn *string // If the value of Type is HTTP_STR_MATCH or HTTPS_STR_MATCH , the string that you // want Amazon Route 53 to search for in the response body from the specified // resource. If the string appears in the response body, Route 53 considers the - // resource healthy. Route 53 considers case when searching for SearchString in - // the response body. + // resource healthy. + // + // Route 53 considers case when searching for SearchString in the response body. SearchString *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -983,10 +1213,12 @@ type HostedZone struct { Id *string // The name of the domain. For public hosted zones, this is the name that you have - // registered with your DNS registrar. For information about how to specify - // characters other than a-z , 0-9 , and - (hyphen) and how to specify - // internationalized domain names, see CreateHostedZone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHostedZone.html) - // . + // registered with your DNS registrar. + // + // For information about how to specify characters other than a-z , 0-9 , and - + // (hyphen) and how to specify internationalized domain names, see [CreateHostedZone]. + // + // [CreateHostedZone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHostedZone.html // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -1026,8 +1258,10 @@ type HostedZoneConfig struct { type HostedZoneLimit struct { // The limit that you requested. Valid values include the following: + // // - MAX_RRSETS_BY_ZONE: The maximum number of records that you can create in // the specified hosted zone. + // // - MAX_VPCS_ASSOCIATED_BY_ZONE: The maximum number of Amazon VPCs that you can // associate with the specified private hosted zone. // @@ -1109,13 +1343,15 @@ type KeySigningKey struct { DSRecord *string // A string used to represent the delegation signer digest algorithm. This value - // must follow the guidelines provided by RFC-8624 Section 3.3 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.3) - // . + // must follow the guidelines provided by [RFC-8624 Section 3.3]. + // + // [RFC-8624 Section 3.3]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.3 DigestAlgorithmMnemonic *string // An integer used to represent the delegation signer digest algorithm. This value - // must follow the guidelines provided by RFC-8624 Section 3.3 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.3) - // . + // must follow the guidelines provided by [RFC-8624 Section 3.3]. + // + // [RFC-8624 Section 3.3]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.3 DigestAlgorithmType int32 // A cryptographic digest of a DNSKEY resource record (RR). DNSKEY records are @@ -1129,24 +1365,39 @@ type KeySigningKey struct { Flag int32 // An integer used to identify the DNSSEC record for the domain name. The process - // used to calculate the value is described in RFC-4034 Appendix B (https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4034.txt) - // . + // used to calculate the value is described in [RFC-4034 Appendix B]. + // + // [RFC-4034 Appendix B]: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4034.txt KeyTag int32 // The Amazon resource name (ARN) used to identify the customer managed key in Key // Management Service (KMS). The KmsArn must be unique for each key-signing key - // (KSK) in a single hosted zone. You must configure the customer managed key as - // follows: Status Enabled Key spec ECC_NIST_P256 Key usage Sign and verify Key - // policy The key policy must give permission for the following actions: + // (KSK) in a single hosted zone. + // + // You must configure the customer managed key as follows: + // + // Status Enabled + // + // Key spec ECC_NIST_P256 + // + // Key usage Sign and verify + // + // Key policy The key policy must give permission for the following actions: + // // - DescribeKey + // // - GetPublicKey + // // - Sign + // // The key policy must also include the Amazon Route 53 service in the principal // for your account. Specify the following: + // // - "Service": "dnssec-route53.amazonaws.com" - // For more information about working with the customer managed key in KMS, see - // Key Management Service concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html) - // . + // + // For more information about working with the customer managed key in KMS, see [Key Management Service concepts]. + // + // [Key Management Service concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html KmsArn *string // The last time that the key-signing key (KSK) was changed. @@ -1157,30 +1408,41 @@ type KeySigningKey struct { // the same hosted zone. Name *string - // The public key, represented as a Base64 encoding, as required by RFC-4034 Page - // 5 (https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4034.txt) . + // The public key, represented as a Base64 encoding, as required by [RFC-4034 Page 5]. + // + // [RFC-4034 Page 5]: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4034.txt PublicKey *string // A string used to represent the signing algorithm. This value must follow the - // guidelines provided by RFC-8624 Section 3.1 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.1) - // . + // guidelines provided by [RFC-8624 Section 3.1]. + // + // [RFC-8624 Section 3.1]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.1 SigningAlgorithmMnemonic *string // An integer used to represent the signing algorithm. This value must follow the - // guidelines provided by RFC-8624 Section 3.1 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.1) - // . + // guidelines provided by [RFC-8624 Section 3.1]. + // + // [RFC-8624 Section 3.1]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8624#section-3.1 SigningAlgorithmType int32 - // A string that represents the current key-signing key (KSK) status. Status can - // have one of the following values: ACTIVE The KSK is being used for signing. - // INACTIVE The KSK is not being used for signing. DELETING The KSK is in the - // process of being deleted. ACTION_NEEDED There is a problem with the KSK that - // requires you to take action to resolve. For example, the customer managed key - // might have been deleted, or the permissions for the customer managed key might - // have been changed. INTERNAL_FAILURE There was an error during a request. Before - // you can continue to work with DNSSEC signing, including actions that involve - // this KSK, you must correct the problem. For example, you may need to activate or - // deactivate the KSK. + // A string that represents the current key-signing key (KSK) status. + // + // Status can have one of the following values: + // + // ACTIVE The KSK is being used for signing. + // + // INACTIVE The KSK is not being used for signing. + // + // DELETING The KSK is in the process of being deleted. + // + // ACTION_NEEDED There is a problem with the KSK that requires you to take action + // to resolve. For example, the customer managed key might have been deleted, or + // the permissions for the customer managed key might have been changed. + // + // INTERNAL_FAILURE There was an error during a request. Before you can continue + // to work with DNSSEC signing, including actions that involve this KSK, you must + // correct the problem. For example, you may need to activate or deactivate the + // KSK. Status *string // The status message provided for the following key-signing key (KSK) statuses: @@ -1243,17 +1505,21 @@ type QueryLoggingConfig struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Information specific to the resource record. If you're creating an alias -// resource record set, omit ResourceRecord . +// Information specific to the resource record. +// +// If you're creating an alias resource record set, omit ResourceRecord . type ResourceRecord struct { // The current or new DNS record value, not to exceed 4,000 characters. In the // case of a DELETE action, if the current value does not match the actual value, // an error is returned. For descriptions about how to format Value for different - // record types, see Supported DNS Resource Record Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. You can specify more than one value for - // all record types except CNAME and SOA . If you're creating an alias resource - // record set, omit Value . + // record types, see [Supported DNS Resource Record Types]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // You can specify more than one value for all record types except CNAME and SOA . + // + // If you're creating an alias resource record set, omit Value . + // + // [Supported DNS Resource Record Types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html // // This member is required. Value *string @@ -1266,127 +1532,183 @@ type ResourceRecordSet struct { // For ChangeResourceRecordSets requests, the name of the record that you want to // create, update, or delete. For ListResourceRecordSets responses, the name of a - // record in the specified hosted zone. ChangeResourceRecordSets Only Enter a fully - // qualified domain name, for example, www.example.com . You can optionally include - // a trailing dot. If you omit the trailing dot, Amazon Route 53 assumes that the - // domain name that you specify is fully qualified. This means that Route 53 treats - // www.example.com (without a trailing dot) and www.example.com. (with a trailing - // dot) as identical. For information about how to specify characters other than - // a-z , 0-9 , and - (hyphen) and how to specify internationalized domain names, - // see DNS Domain Name Format (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DomainNameFormat.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. You can use the asterisk (*) wildcard to - // replace the leftmost label in a domain name, for example, *.example.com . Note - // the following: + // record in the specified hosted zone. + // + // ChangeResourceRecordSets Only + // + // Enter a fully qualified domain name, for example, www.example.com . You can + // optionally include a trailing dot. If you omit the trailing dot, Amazon Route 53 + // assumes that the domain name that you specify is fully qualified. This means + // that Route 53 treats www.example.com (without a trailing dot) and + // www.example.com. (with a trailing dot) as identical. + // + // For information about how to specify characters other than a-z , 0-9 , and - + // (hyphen) and how to specify internationalized domain names, see [DNS Domain Name Format]in the Amazon + // Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // You can use the asterisk (*) wildcard to replace the leftmost label in a domain + // name, for example, *.example.com . Note the following: + // // - The * must replace the entire label. For example, you can't specify // *prod.example.com or prod*.example.com . + // // - The * can't replace any of the middle labels, for example, // marketing.*.example.com. + // // - If you include * in any position other than the leftmost label in a domain - // name, DNS treats it as an * character (ASCII 42), not as a wildcard. You can't - // use the * wildcard for resource records sets that have a type of NS. + // name, DNS treats it as an * character (ASCII 42), not as a wildcard. + // + // You can't use the * wildcard for resource records sets that have a type of NS. + // + // [DNS Domain Name Format]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/DomainNameFormat.html // // This member is required. Name *string // The DNS record type. For information about different record types and how data - // is encoded for them, see Supported DNS Resource Record Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. Valid values for basic resource record - // sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | DS | MX | NAPTR | NS | PTR | SOA | SPF | SRV | - // TXT Values for weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover resource record - // sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT . When - // creating a group of weighted, latency, geolocation, or failover resource record - // sets, specify the same value for all of the resource record sets in the group. + // is encoded for them, see [Supported DNS Resource Record Types]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // Valid values for basic resource record sets: A | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | DS | MX | + // NAPTR | NS | PTR | SOA | SPF | SRV | TXT + // + // Values for weighted, latency, geolocation, and failover resource record sets: A + // | AAAA | CAA | CNAME | MX | NAPTR | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT . When creating a + // group of weighted, latency, geolocation, or failover resource record sets, + // specify the same value for all of the resource record sets in the group. + // // Valid values for multivalue answer resource record sets: A | AAAA | MX | NAPTR - // | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT SPF records were formerly used to verify the identity - // of the sender of email messages. However, we no longer recommend that you create - // resource record sets for which the value of Type is SPF . RFC 7208, Sender - // Policy Framework (SPF) for Authorizing Use of Domains in Email, Version 1, has - // been updated to say, "...[I]ts existence and mechanism defined in [RFC4408] have - // led to some interoperability issues. Accordingly, its use is no longer - // appropriate for SPF version 1; implementations are not to use it." In RFC 7208, - // see section 14.1, The SPF DNS Record Type (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7208#section-14.1) - // . Values for alias resource record sets: + // | PTR | SPF | SRV | TXT + // + // SPF records were formerly used to verify the identity of the sender of email + // messages. However, we no longer recommend that you create resource record sets + // for which the value of Type is SPF . RFC 7208, Sender Policy Framework (SPF) for + // Authorizing Use of Domains in Email, Version 1, has been updated to say, + // "...[I]ts existence and mechanism defined in [RFC4408] have led to some + // interoperability issues. Accordingly, its use is no longer appropriate for SPF + // version 1; implementations are not to use it." In RFC 7208, see section 14.1, [The SPF DNS Record Type]. + // + // Values for alias resource record sets: + // // - Amazon API Gateway custom regional APIs and edge-optimized APIs: A - // - CloudFront distributions: A If IPv6 is enabled for the distribution, create - // two resource record sets to route traffic to your distribution, one with a value - // of A and one with a value of AAAA . + // + // - CloudFront distributions: A + // + // If IPv6 is enabled for the distribution, create two resource record sets to + // route traffic to your distribution, one with a value of A and one with a value + // of AAAA . + // // - Amazon API Gateway environment that has a regionalized subdomain: A + // // - ELB load balancers: A | AAAA + // // - Amazon S3 buckets: A + // // - Amazon Virtual Private Cloud interface VPC endpoints A + // // - Another resource record set in this hosted zone: Specify the type of the // resource record set that you're creating the alias for. All values are supported - // except NS and SOA . If you're creating an alias record that has the same name - // as the hosted zone (known as the zone apex), you can't route traffic to a record - // for which the value of Type is CNAME . This is because the alias record must - // have the same type as the record you're routing traffic to, and creating a CNAME - // record for the zone apex isn't supported even for an alias record. + // except NS and SOA . + // + // If you're creating an alias record that has the same name as the hosted zone + // (known as the zone apex), you can't route traffic to a record for which the + // value of Type is CNAME . This is because the alias record must have the same + // type as the record you're routing traffic to, and creating a CNAME record for + // the zone apex isn't supported even for an alias record. + // + // [Supported DNS Resource Record Types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/ResourceRecordTypes.html + // [The SPF DNS Record Type]: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7208#section-14.1 // // This member is required. Type RRType - // Alias resource record sets only: Information about the Amazon Web Services + // Alias resource record sets only: Information about the Amazon Web Services // resource, such as a CloudFront distribution or an Amazon S3 bucket, that you - // want to route traffic to. If you're creating resource records sets for a private - // hosted zone, note the following: + // want to route traffic to. + // + // If you're creating resource records sets for a private hosted zone, note the + // following: + // // - You can't create an alias resource record set in a private hosted zone to // route traffic to a CloudFront distribution. + // // - For information about creating failover resource record sets in a private - // hosted zone, see Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // hosted zone, see [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone]in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html AliasTarget *AliasTarget // The object that is specified in resource record set object when you are linking - // a resource record set to a CIDR location. A LocationName with an asterisk “*” - // can be used to create a default CIDR record. CollectionId is still required for - // default record. + // a resource record set to a CIDR location. + // + // A LocationName with an asterisk “*” can be used to create a default CIDR + // record. CollectionId is still required for default record. CidrRoutingConfig *CidrRoutingConfig - // Failover resource record sets only: To configure failover, you add the Failover + // Failover resource record sets only: To configure failover, you add the Failover // element to two resource record sets. For one resource record set, you specify // PRIMARY as the value for Failover ; for the other resource record set, you // specify SECONDARY . In addition, you include the HealthCheckId element and // specify the health check that you want Amazon Route 53 to perform for each - // resource record set. Except where noted, the following failover behaviors assume - // that you have included the HealthCheckId element in both resource record sets: + // resource record set. + // + // Except where noted, the following failover behaviors assume that you have + // included the HealthCheckId element in both resource record sets: + // // - When the primary resource record set is healthy, Route 53 responds to DNS // queries with the applicable value from the primary resource record set // regardless of the health of the secondary resource record set. + // // - When the primary resource record set is unhealthy and the secondary // resource record set is healthy, Route 53 responds to DNS queries with the // applicable value from the secondary resource record set. + // // - When the secondary resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 responds to // DNS queries with the applicable value from the primary resource record set // regardless of the health of the primary resource record set. + // // - If you omit the HealthCheckId element for the secondary resource record set, // and if the primary resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 always responds to // DNS queries with the applicable value from the secondary resource record set. // This is true regardless of the health of the associated endpoint. + // // You can't create non-failover resource record sets that have the same values - // for the Name and Type elements as failover resource record sets. For failover - // alias resource record sets, you must also include the EvaluateTargetHealth - // element and set the value to true. For more information about configuring - // failover for Route 53, see the following topics in the Amazon Route 53 Developer - // Guide: - // - Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) - // - Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) + // for the Name and Type elements as failover resource record sets. + // + // For failover alias resource record sets, you must also include the + // EvaluateTargetHealth element and set the value to true. + // + // For more information about configuring failover for Route 53, see the following + // topics in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide: + // + // [Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover] + // + // [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone] + // + // [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html + // [Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html Failover ResourceRecordSetFailover - // Geolocation resource record sets only: A complex type that lets you control how - // Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS queries based on the geographic origin of the - // query. For example, if you want all queries from Africa to be routed to a web - // server with an IP address of 192.0.2.111 , create a resource record set with a - // Type of A and a ContinentCode of AF . If you create separate resource record - // sets for overlapping geographic regions (for example, one resource record set - // for a continent and one for a country on the same continent), priority goes to - // the smallest geographic region. This allows you to route most queries for a - // continent to one resource and to route queries for a country on that continent - // to a different resource. You can't create two geolocation resource record sets - // that specify the same geographic location. The value * in the CountryCode - // element matches all geographic locations that aren't specified in other - // geolocation resource record sets that have the same values for the Name and Type - // elements. Geolocation works by mapping IP addresses to locations. However, some - // IP addresses aren't mapped to geographic locations, so even if you create + // Geolocation resource record sets only: A complex type that lets you control + // how Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS queries based on the geographic origin of + // the query. For example, if you want all queries from Africa to be routed to a + // web server with an IP address of 192.0.2.111 , create a resource record set with + // a Type of A and a ContinentCode of AF . + // + // If you create separate resource record sets for overlapping geographic regions + // (for example, one resource record set for a continent and one for a country on + // the same continent), priority goes to the smallest geographic region. This + // allows you to route most queries for a continent to one resource and to route + // queries for a country on that continent to a different resource. + // + // You can't create two geolocation resource record sets that specify the same + // geographic location. + // + // The value * in the CountryCode element matches all geographic locations that + // aren't specified in other geolocation resource record sets that have the same + // values for the Name and Type elements. + // + // Geolocation works by mapping IP addresses to locations. However, some IP + // addresses aren't mapped to geographic locations, so even if you create // geolocation resource record sets that cover all seven continents, Route 53 will // receive some DNS queries from locations that it can't identify. We recommend // that you create a resource record set for which the value of CountryCode is * . @@ -1394,154 +1716,216 @@ type ResourceRecordSet struct { // record: queries that come from locations for which you haven't created // geolocation resource record sets and queries from IP addresses that aren't // mapped to a location. If you don't create a * resource record set, Route 53 - // returns a "no answer" response for queries from those locations. You can't - // create non-geolocation resource record sets that have the same values for the - // Name and Type elements as geolocation resource record sets. + // returns a "no answer" response for queries from those locations. + // + // You can't create non-geolocation resource record sets that have the same values + // for the Name and Type elements as geolocation resource record sets. GeoLocation *GeoLocation - // GeoproximityLocation resource record sets only: A complex type that lets you + // GeoproximityLocation resource record sets only: A complex type that lets you // control how Route 53 responds to DNS queries based on the geographic origin of // the query and your resources. GeoProximityLocation *GeoProximityLocation // If you want Amazon Route 53 to return this resource record set in response to a // DNS query only when the status of a health check is healthy, include the - // HealthCheckId element and specify the ID of the applicable health check. Route - // 53 determines whether a resource record set is healthy based on one of the - // following: + // HealthCheckId element and specify the ID of the applicable health check. + // + // Route 53 determines whether a resource record set is healthy based on one of + // the following: + // // - By periodically sending a request to the endpoint that is specified in the // health check + // // - By aggregating the status of a specified group of health checks (calculated // health checks) + // // - By determining the current state of a CloudWatch alarm (CloudWatch metric // health checks) + // // Route 53 doesn't check the health of the endpoint that is specified in the // resource record set, for example, the endpoint specified by the IP address in // the Value element. When you add a HealthCheckId element to a resource record // set, Route 53 checks the health of the endpoint that you specified in the health - // check. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Route 53 - // Developer Guide: - // - How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html) - // - Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html) - // - Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html) - // When to Specify HealthCheckId Specifying a value for HealthCheckId is useful - // only when Route 53 is choosing between two or more resource record sets to - // respond to a DNS query, and you want Route 53 to base the choice in part on the - // status of a health check. Configuring health checks makes sense only in the - // following configurations: + // check. + // + // For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Route 53 Developer + // Guide: + // + // [How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy] + // + // [Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover] + // + // [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone] + // + // When to Specify HealthCheckId + // + // Specifying a value for HealthCheckId is useful only when Route 53 is choosing + // between two or more resource record sets to respond to a DNS query, and you want + // Route 53 to base the choice in part on the status of a health check. Configuring + // health checks makes sense only in the following configurations: + // // - Non-alias resource record sets: You're checking the health of a group of // non-alias resource record sets that have the same routing policy, name, and type // (such as multiple weighted records named www.example.com with a type of A) and - // you specify health check IDs for all the resource record sets. If the health - // check status for a resource record set is healthy, Route 53 includes the record - // among the records that it responds to DNS queries with. If the health check - // status for a resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 stops responding to DNS - // queries using the value for that resource record set. If the health check status - // for all resource record sets in the group is unhealthy, Route 53 considers all - // resource record sets in the group healthy and responds to DNS queries - // accordingly. + // you specify health check IDs for all the resource record sets. + // + // If the health check status for a resource record set is healthy, Route 53 + // includes the record among the records that it responds to DNS queries with. + // + // If the health check status for a resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 + // stops responding to DNS queries using the value for that resource record set. + // + // If the health check status for all resource record sets in the group is + // unhealthy, Route 53 considers all resource record sets in the group healthy and + // responds to DNS queries accordingly. + // // - Alias resource record sets: You specify the following settings: + // // - You set EvaluateTargetHealth to true for an alias resource record set in a // group of resource record sets that have the same routing policy, name, and type // (such as multiple weighted records named www.example.com with a type of A). + // // - You configure the alias resource record set to route traffic to a non-alias // resource record set in the same hosted zone. - // - You specify a health check ID for the non-alias resource record set. If the - // health check status is healthy, Route 53 considers the alias resource record set - // to be healthy and includes the alias record among the records that it responds - // to DNS queries with. If the health check status is unhealthy, Route 53 stops - // responding to DNS queries using the alias resource record set. The alias - // resource record set can also route traffic to a group of non-alias resource - // record sets that have the same routing policy, name, and type. In that + // + // - You specify a health check ID for the non-alias resource record set. + // + // If the health check status is healthy, Route 53 considers the alias resource + // record set to be healthy and includes the alias record among the records that it + // responds to DNS queries with. + // + // If the health check status is unhealthy, Route 53 stops responding to DNS + // queries using the alias resource record set. + // + // The alias resource record set can also route traffic to a group of non-alias + // resource record sets that have the same routing policy, name, and type. In that // configuration, associate health checks with all of the resource record sets in // the group of non-alias resource record sets. - // Geolocation Routing For geolocation resource record sets, if an endpoint is - // unhealthy, Route 53 looks for a resource record set for the larger, associated - // geographic region. For example, suppose you have resource record sets for a - // state in the United States, for the entire United States, for North America, and - // a resource record set that has * for CountryCode is * , which applies to all - // locations. If the endpoint for the state resource record set is unhealthy, Route - // 53 checks for healthy resource record sets in the following order until it finds - // a resource record set for which the endpoint is healthy: + // + // Geolocation Routing + // + // For geolocation resource record sets, if an endpoint is unhealthy, Route 53 + // looks for a resource record set for the larger, associated geographic region. + // For example, suppose you have resource record sets for a state in the United + // States, for the entire United States, for North America, and a resource record + // set that has * for CountryCode is * , which applies to all locations. If the + // endpoint for the state resource record set is unhealthy, Route 53 checks for + // healthy resource record sets in the following order until it finds a resource + // record set for which the endpoint is healthy: + // // - The United States + // // - North America + // // - The default resource record set - // Specifying the Health Check Endpoint by Domain Name If your health checks - // specify the endpoint only by domain name, we recommend that you create a - // separate health check for each endpoint. For example, create a health check for - // each HTTP server that is serving content for www.example.com . For the value of - // FullyQualifiedDomainName , specify the domain name of the server (such as - // us-east-2-www.example.com ), not the name of the resource record sets ( - // www.example.com ). Health check results will be unpredictable if you do the - // following: + // + // Specifying the Health Check Endpoint by Domain Name + // + // If your health checks specify the endpoint only by domain name, we recommend + // that you create a separate health check for each endpoint. For example, create a + // health check for each HTTP server that is serving content for www.example.com . + // For the value of FullyQualifiedDomainName , specify the domain name of the + // server (such as us-east-2-www.example.com ), not the name of the resource record + // sets ( www.example.com ). + // + // Health check results will be unpredictable if you do the following: + // // - Create a health check that has the same value for FullyQualifiedDomainName // as the name of a resource record set. + // // - Associate that health check with the resource record set. + // + // [Configuring Failover in a Private Hosted Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-private-hosted-zones.html + // [Route 53 Health Checks and DNS Failover]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover.html + // [How Amazon Route 53 Determines Whether an Endpoint Is Healthy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-determining-health-of-endpoints.html HealthCheckId *string - // Multivalue answer resource record sets only: To route traffic approximately + // Multivalue answer resource record sets only: To route traffic approximately // randomly to multiple resources, such as web servers, create one multivalue // answer record for each resource and specify true for MultiValueAnswer . Note the // following: + // // - If you associate a health check with a multivalue answer resource record // set, Amazon Route 53 responds to DNS queries with the corresponding IP address // only when the health check is healthy. + // // - If you don't associate a health check with a multivalue answer record, // Route 53 always considers the record to be healthy. + // // - Route 53 responds to DNS queries with up to eight healthy records; if you // have eight or fewer healthy records, Route 53 responds to all DNS queries with // all the healthy records. + // // - If you have more than eight healthy records, Route 53 responds to different // DNS resolvers with different combinations of healthy records. + // // - When all records are unhealthy, Route 53 responds to DNS queries with up to // eight unhealthy records. + // // - If a resource becomes unavailable after a resolver caches a response, // client software typically tries another of the IP addresses in the response. + // // You can't create multivalue answer alias records. MultiValueAnswer *bool - // Latency-based resource record sets only: The Amazon EC2 Region where you + // Latency-based resource record sets only: The Amazon EC2 Region where you // created the resource that this resource record set refers to. The resource // typically is an Amazon Web Services resource, such as an EC2 instance or an ELB // load balancer, and is referred to by an IP address or a DNS domain name, - // depending on the record type. When Amazon Route 53 receives a DNS query for a - // domain name and type for which you have created latency resource record sets, - // Route 53 selects the latency resource record set that has the lowest latency - // between the end user and the associated Amazon EC2 Region. Route 53 then returns - // the value that is associated with the selected resource record set. Note the - // following: + // depending on the record type. + // + // When Amazon Route 53 receives a DNS query for a domain name and type for which + // you have created latency resource record sets, Route 53 selects the latency + // resource record set that has the lowest latency between the end user and the + // associated Amazon EC2 Region. Route 53 then returns the value that is associated + // with the selected resource record set. + // + // Note the following: + // // - You can only specify one ResourceRecord per latency resource record set. + // // - You can only create one latency resource record set for each Amazon EC2 // Region. + // // - You aren't required to create latency resource record sets for all Amazon // EC2 Regions. Route 53 will choose the region with the best latency from among // the regions that you create latency resource record sets for. + // // - You can't create non-latency resource record sets that have the same values // for the Name and Type elements as latency resource record sets. Region ResourceRecordSetRegion - // Information about the resource records to act upon. If you're creating an alias - // resource record set, omit ResourceRecords . + // Information about the resource records to act upon. + // + // If you're creating an alias resource record set, omit ResourceRecords . ResourceRecords []ResourceRecord - // Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: An + // Resource record sets that have a routing policy other than simple: An // identifier that differentiates among multiple resource record sets that have the // same combination of name and type, such as multiple weighted resource record // sets named acme.example.com that have a type of A. In a group of resource record // sets that have the same name and type, the value of SetIdentifier must be - // unique for each resource record set. For information about routing policies, see - // Choosing a Routing Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // unique for each resource record set. + // + // For information about routing policies, see [Choosing a Routing Policy] in the Amazon Route 53 Developer + // Guide. + // + // [Choosing a Routing Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/routing-policy.html SetIdentifier *string // The resource record cache time to live (TTL), in seconds. Note the following: + // // - If you're creating or updating an alias resource record set, omit TTL . // Amazon Route 53 uses the value of TTL for the alias target. + // // - If you're associating this resource record set with a health check (if // you're adding a HealthCheckId element), we recommend that you specify a TTL of // 60 seconds or less so clients respond quickly to changes in health status. + // // - All of the resource record sets in a group of weighted resource record sets // must have the same value for TTL . + // // - If a group of weighted resource record sets includes one or more weighted // alias resource record sets for which the alias target is an ELB load balancer, // we recommend that you specify a TTL of 60 seconds for all of the non-alias @@ -1552,39 +1936,47 @@ type ResourceRecordSet struct { // When you create a traffic policy instance, Amazon Route 53 automatically // creates a resource record set. TrafficPolicyInstanceId is the ID of the traffic - // policy instance that Route 53 created this resource record set for. To delete - // the resource record set that is associated with a traffic policy instance, use - // DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance . Route 53 will delete the resource record set - // automatically. If you delete the resource record set by using + // policy instance that Route 53 created this resource record set for. + // + // To delete the resource record set that is associated with a traffic policy + // instance, use DeleteTrafficPolicyInstance . Route 53 will delete the resource + // record set automatically. If you delete the resource record set by using // ChangeResourceRecordSets , Route 53 doesn't automatically delete the traffic // policy instance, and you'll continue to be charged for it even though it's no // longer in use. TrafficPolicyInstanceId *string - // Weighted resource record sets only: Among resource record sets that have the + // Weighted resource record sets only: Among resource record sets that have the // same combination of DNS name and type, a value that determines the proportion of // DNS queries that Amazon Route 53 responds to using the current resource record // set. Route 53 calculates the sum of the weights for the resource record sets // that have the same combination of DNS name and type. Route 53 then responds to // queries based on the ratio of a resource's weight to the total. Note the // following: + // // - You must specify a value for the Weight element for every weighted resource // record set. + // // - You can only specify one ResourceRecord per weighted resource record set. + // // - You can't create latency, failover, or geolocation resource record sets // that have the same values for the Name and Type elements as weighted resource // record sets. + // // - You can create a maximum of 100 weighted resource record sets that have the // same values for the Name and Type elements. + // // - For weighted (but not weighted alias) resource record sets, if you set // Weight to 0 for a resource record set, Route 53 never responds to queries with // the applicable value for that resource record set. However, if you set Weight // to 0 for all resource record sets that have the same combination of DNS name - // and type, traffic is routed to all resources with equal probability. The effect - // of setting Weight to 0 is different when you associate health checks with - // weighted resource record sets. For more information, see Options for - // Configuring Route 53 Active-Active and Active-Passive Failover (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-configuring-options.html) - // in the Amazon Route 53 Developer Guide. + // and type, traffic is routed to all resources with equal probability. + // + // The effect of setting Weight to 0 is different when you associate health checks + // with weighted resource record sets. For more information, see [Options for Configuring Route 53 Active-Active and Active-Passive Failover]in the Amazon + // Route 53 Developer Guide. + // + // [Options for Configuring Route 53 Active-Active and Active-Passive Failover]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/DeveloperGuide/dns-failover-configuring-options.html Weight *int64 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1597,7 +1989,9 @@ type ResourceTagSet struct { ResourceId *string // The type of the resource. + // // - The resource type for health checks is healthcheck . + // // - The resource type for hosted zones is hostedzone . ResourceType TagResourceType @@ -1630,10 +2024,11 @@ type ReusableDelegationSetLimit struct { // reports and the time of the health check. type StatusReport struct { - // The date and time that the health checker performed the health check in ISO - // 8601 format (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) and Coordinated Universal - // Time (UTC). For example, the value 2017-03-27T17:48:16.751Z represents March - // 27, 2017 at 17:48:16.751 UTC. + // The date and time that the health checker performed the health check in [ISO 8601 format] and + // Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). For example, the value + // 2017-03-27T17:48:16.751Z represents March 27, 2017 at 17:48:16.751 UTC. + // + // [ISO 8601 format]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 CheckedTime *time.Time // A description of the status of the health check endpoint as reported by one of @@ -1648,19 +2043,24 @@ type StatusReport struct { type Tag struct { // The value of Key depends on the operation that you want to perform: + // // - Add a tag to a health check or hosted zone: Key is the name that you want to // give the new tag. - // - Edit a tag: Key is the name of the tag that you want to change the Value - // for. + // + // - Edit a tag: Key is the name of the tag that you want to change the Value for. + // // - Delete a key: Key is the name of the tag you want to remove. + // // - Give a name to a health check: Edit the default Name tag. In the Amazon // Route 53 console, the list of your health checks includes a Name column that // lets you see the name that you've given to each health check. Key *string // The value of Value depends on the operation that you want to perform: + // // - Add a tag to a health check or hosted zone: Value is the value that you want // to give the new tag. + // // - Edit a tag: Value is the new value that you want to assign the tag. Value *string @@ -1672,8 +2072,9 @@ type TrafficPolicy struct { // The definition of a traffic policy in JSON format. You specify the JSON // document to use for a new traffic policy in the CreateTrafficPolicy request. - // For more information about the JSON format, see Traffic Policy Document Format (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/api-policies-traffic-policy-document-format.html) - // . + // For more information about the JSON format, see [Traffic Policy Document Format]. + // + // [Traffic Policy Document Format]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/api-policies-traffic-policy-document-format.html // // This member is required. Document *string @@ -1732,13 +2133,18 @@ type TrafficPolicyInstance struct { // This member is required. Name *string - // The value of State is one of the following values: Applied Amazon Route 53 has - // finished creating resource record sets, and changes have propagated to all Route - // 53 edge locations. Creating Route 53 is creating the resource record sets. Use + // The value of State is one of the following values: + // + // Applied Amazon Route 53 has finished creating resource record sets, and changes + // have propagated to all Route 53 edge locations. + // + // Creating Route 53 is creating the resource record sets. Use // GetTrafficPolicyInstance to confirm that the CreateTrafficPolicyInstance - // request completed successfully. Failed Route 53 wasn't able to create or update - // the resource record sets. When the value of State is Failed , see Message for - // an explanation of what caused the request to fail. + // request completed successfully. + // + // Failed Route 53 wasn't able to create or update the resource record sets. When + // the value of State is Failed , see Message for an explanation of what caused + // the request to fail. // // This member is required. State *string @@ -1805,9 +2211,12 @@ type TrafficPolicySummary struct { } // (Private hosted zones only) A complex type that contains information about an -// Amazon VPC. If you associate a private hosted zone with an Amazon VPC when you -// make a CreateHostedZone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHostedZone.html) +// Amazon VPC. +// +// If you associate a private hosted zone with an Amazon VPC when you make a [CreateHostedZone] // request, the following parameters are also required. +// +// [CreateHostedZone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/Route53/latest/APIReference/API_CreateHostedZone.html type VPC struct { // (Private hosted zones only) The ID of an Amazon VPC. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/CHANGELOG.md index ed520468899b7..cbfcce764ddc8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.53.2 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.53.1 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_AbortMultipartUpload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_AbortMultipartUpload.go index c71060e0822ad..c10e4987035f3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_AbortMultipartUpload.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_AbortMultipartUpload.go @@ -18,22 +18,27 @@ import ( // by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are // currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a // result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times -// in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. To verify that -// all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, -// you should call the ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty. Directory buckets - For -// directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal -// endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. +// +// To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the +// part storage, you should call the [ListParts]API operation and ensure that the parts list +// is empty. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions -// required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// required to use the multipart upload, see [Multipart Upload and Permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -41,17 +46,31 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to AbortMultipartUpload : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) +// [ListMultipartUploads] +// +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [ListMultipartUploads]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [Multipart Upload and Permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html func (c *Client) AbortMultipartUpload(ctx context.Context, params *AbortMultipartUploadInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{} @@ -69,31 +88,39 @@ func (c *Client) AbortMultipartUpload(ctx context.Context, params *AbortMultipar type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { - // The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. Directory buckets - When - // you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -117,10 +144,12 @@ type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -135,7 +164,9 @@ func (in *AbortMultipartUploadInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CompleteMultipartUpload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CompleteMultipartUpload.go index 8f89d780eed0f..1bdf3c6ab66e7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CompleteMultipartUpload.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CompleteMultipartUpload.go @@ -13,51 +13,59 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. You first -// initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// operation or the UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) -// operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you -// call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon -// receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order -// by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload request, -// you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is complete. The -// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts that you provide in -// the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the PartNumber value and -// the ETag value that are returned after that part was uploaded. The processing -// of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes to finalize. -// After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header -// that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 -// periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing -// out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This -// means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. The -// error response might be embedded in the 200 OK response. If you call this API -// operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents -// of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services -// SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply -// error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying -// the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an -// exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error). +// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. +// +// You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the [UploadPart] +// operation or the [UploadPartCopy]operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of +// an upload, you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the +// upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in +// ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the +// CompleteMultipartUpload request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that +// the parts list is complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation +// concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, +// you must provide the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned +// after that part was uploaded. +// +// The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes +// to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP +// response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in +// progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the +// connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK +// response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a +// success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK +// response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your +// application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. +// If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect +// the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings +// (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition +// persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use +// exceptions, they return an error). +// // Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to // retry any failed requests (including 500 error responses). For more information, -// see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html) -// . You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the +// see [Amazon S3 Error Best Practices]. +// +// You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the // CompleteMultipartUpload requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type -// header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response. For more -// information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart -// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must -// make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints -// support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response. +// +// For more information about multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions -// required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload and Permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -65,36 +73,65 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Special errors +// // - Error Code: EntityTooSmall +// // - Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed // object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request +// // - Error Code: InvalidPart +// // - Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The // part might not have been uploaded, or the specified ETag might not have matched // the uploaded part's ETag. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request +// // - Error Code: InvalidPartOrder +// // - Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list // must be specified in order by part number. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request +// // - Error Code: NoSuchUpload +// // - Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID // might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to CompleteMultipartUpload : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [ListMultipartUploads] +// +// [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html +// [Amazon S3 Error Best Practices]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [ListMultipartUploads]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [UploadPartCopy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html +// [Multipart Upload and Permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html func (c *Client) CompleteMultipartUpload(ctx context.Context, params *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{} @@ -112,31 +149,39 @@ func (c *Client) CompleteMultipartUpload(ctx context.Context, params *CompleteMu type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { - // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory - // buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -153,30 +198,34 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32C *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA1 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -191,32 +240,40 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This // parameter is required only when the object was created using a checksum // algorithm or if your bucket policy requires the use of SSE-C. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html#ssec-require-condition-key) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html#ssec-require-condition-key SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed // only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKey *string // The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is // needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -231,13 +288,15 @@ func (in *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { // The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Does not return - // the access point ARN or access point alias if used. Access points are not - // supported by directory buckets. + // the access point ARN or access point alias if used. + // + // Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Bucket *string // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side - // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -245,8 +304,10 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -254,8 +315,10 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -263,8 +326,10 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -272,8 +337,10 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string // Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with @@ -282,12 +349,14 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { // data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will contain // one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less than 32 or // more than 32 hexadecimal digits. For more information about how the entity tag - // is calculated, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // is calculated, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ETag *string // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration date ( // expiry-date ) and rule ID ( rule-id ). The value of rule-id is URL-encoded. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string @@ -298,21 +367,28 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { Location *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 - // (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). For directory buckets, only server-side - // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning - // turned on. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // turned on. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CopyObject.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CopyObject.go index c7990bab1def2..bae0b7cb49998 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CopyObject.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CopyObject.go @@ -15,102 +15,134 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. You can store -// individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object -// up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an -// object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy -// (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST -// Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html) -// . You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between +// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. +// +// You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy +// of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. +// However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload +// Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see [Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API]. +// +// You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between // directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. +// // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API // operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Both the Region that you want to copy the object -// from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your -// account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see -// Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/accounts/latest/reference/manage-acct-regions.html#manage-acct-regions-enable-standalone) -// in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide. Amazon S3 transfer -// acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region -// copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. -// For more information, see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) -// . Authentication and authorization All CopyObject requests must be -// authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret -// access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, -// including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed. For more information, see REST -// Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) -// . Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you +// want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more +// information about how to enable a Region for your account, see [Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts]in the Amazon +// Web Services Account Management Guide. +// +// Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you +// request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a +// 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see [Transfer Acceleration]. +// +// Authentication and authorization All CopyObject requests must be authenticated +// and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the +// IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source +// , must be signed. For more information, see [REST Authentication]. +// +// Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and // authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the -// temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon -// Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your -// behalf. Permissions You must have read access to the source object and write -// access to the destination bucket. +// temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. +// +// Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on +// your behalf. +// +// Permissions You must have read access to the source object and write access to +// the destination bucket. +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM // policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject // operation. +// // - If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have // s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied. +// // - If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have // s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types // in a CopyObject operation. +// // - If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you // must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a // policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. // If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the // s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket. +// // - If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the // s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write // the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't -// be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket. For example policies, see -// Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) -// and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based -// policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket. +// +// For example policies, see [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]and [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Response and special errors When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the // response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the // response would not contain the Content-Length . You always need to read the // entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive // while we copy the data. +// // - If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about // the copied object. +// // - A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy // request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain // either a success or an error. +// // - If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard // Amazon S3 error. +// // - If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is // embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may -// encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see -// Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3 (https://repost.aws/knowledge-center/s3-resolve-200-internalerror) +// encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see [Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3] // . The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the // copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before // the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a // 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire -// response is successfully received and processed. If you call this API operation -// directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the -// response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs -// handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error -// handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the -// request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception -// (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error). +// response is successfully received and processed. +// +// If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application +// +// to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use +// Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the +// embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings +// (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition +// persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use +// exceptions, they return an error). // // Charge The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that // you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data // retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data // retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is -// billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 -// pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/) . HTTP Host header syntax Directory -// buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to CopyObject : -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) +// billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see [Amazon S3 pricing]. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to CopyObject : +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html +// [Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3]: https://repost.aws/knowledge-center/s3-resolve-200-internalerror +// [Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html +// [REST Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html +// [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/accounts/latest/reference/manage-acct-regions.html#manage-acct-regions-enable-standalone +// [Transfer Acceleration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [Amazon S3 pricing]: http://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/ func (c *Client) CopyObject(ctx context.Context, params *CopyObjectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CopyObjectInput{} @@ -128,31 +160,39 @@ func (c *Client) CopyObject(ctx context.Context, params *CopyObjectInput, optFns type CopyObjectInput struct { - // The name of the destination bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this - // operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in - // the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style - // requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen - // Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format - // bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // The name of the destination bucket. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not + // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability + // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for + // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -160,10 +200,11 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Specifies the source object for the copy operation. The source object can be up // to 5 GB. If the source object is an object that was uploaded by using a // multipart upload, the object copy will be a single part object after the source - // object is copied to the destination bucket. You specify the value of the copy - // source in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source - // object through an access point (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html) - // : + // object is copied to the destination bucket. + // + // You specify the value of the copy source in one of two formats, depending on + // whether you want to access the source object through an [access point]: + // // - For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the // source bucket and the key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For // example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the general purpose @@ -172,6 +213,7 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // bucket awsexamplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3 , use // awsexamplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3/reports/january.pdf . The value must be // URL-encoded. + // // - For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource // Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format // arn:aws:s3:::accesspoint//object/ . For example, to copy the object @@ -179,15 +221,20 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // 123456789012 in Region us-west-2 , use the URL encoding of // arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf // . The value must be URL encoded. + // // - Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Access points only when the source // and destination buckets are in the same Amazon Web Services Region. - // - Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Alternatively, for - // objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as - // accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:::outpost//object/ . For example, - // to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost owned by - // account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2 , use the URL encoding of + // + // - Access points are not supported by directory buckets. + // + // Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the + // ARN of the object as accessed in the format + // arn:aws:s3-outposts:::outpost//object/ . For example, to copy the object + // reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost owned by account 123456789012 + // in Region us-west-2 , use the URL encoding of // arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf // . The value must be URL-encoded. + // // If your source bucket versioning is enabled, the x-amz-copy-source header by // default identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current // version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To @@ -195,14 +242,21 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // append ?versionId= to the value (for example, // awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893 // ). If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of the - // source object. If you enable versioning on the destination bucket, Amazon S3 - // generates a unique version ID for the copied object. This version ID is - // different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the - // version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the - // response. If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the destination - // bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates in the x-amz-version-id - // response header is always null. Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled - // and supported for directory buckets. + // source object. + // + // If you enable versioning on the destination bucket, Amazon S3 generates a + // unique version ID for the copied object. This version ID is different from the + // version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied + // object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. + // + // If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the destination bucket, the + // version ID that Amazon S3 generates in the x-amz-version-id response header is + // always null. + // + // Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory + // buckets. + // + // [access point]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html // // This member is required. CopySource *string @@ -212,51 +266,67 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // This member is required. Key *string - // The canned access control list (ACL) to apply to the object. When you copy an - // object, the ACL metadata is not preserved and is set to private by default. - // Only the owner has full access control. To override the default ACL setting, - // specify a new ACL when you generate a copy request. For more information, see - // Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) - // . If the destination bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner + // The canned access control list (ACL) to apply to the object. + // + // When you copy an object, the ACL metadata is not preserved and is set to private + // by default. Only the owner has full access control. To override the default ACL + // setting, specify a new ACL when you generate a copy request. For more + // information, see [Using ACLs]. + // + // If the destination bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner // enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect // permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't // specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, // such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this - // ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see Controlling - // ownership of objects and disabling ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs]in the Amazon S3 + // User Guide. + // // - If your destination bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for // Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned // by the bucket owner. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Using ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html + // [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html ACL types.ObjectCannedACL // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption // with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. + // // Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object // encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t - // affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. For more information, see - // Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported when the - // destination bucket is a directory bucket. + // affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. + // + // For more information, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. + // + // [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Specifies the caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string // Indicates the algorithm that you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum - // for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When you copy an object, if the source object has a - // checksum, that checksum value will be copied to the new object by default. If - // the CopyObject request does not include this x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, - // the checksum algorithm will be copied from the source object to the destination - // object (if it's present on the source object). You can optionally specify a - // different checksum algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header. - // Unrecognized or unsupported values will respond with the HTTP status code 400 - // Bad Request . For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, - // CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. + // for the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // When you copy an object, if the source object has a checksum, that checksum + // value will be copied to the new object by default. If the CopyObject request + // does not include this x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, the checksum algorithm + // will be copied from the source object to the destination object (if it's present + // on the source object). You can optionally specify a different checksum algorithm + // to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header. Unrecognized or unsupported + // values will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . + // + // For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the + // default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // Specifies presentational information for the object. Indicates whether an @@ -266,8 +336,10 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what // decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the - // Content-Type header field. For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is - // supported in this header field. + // Content-Type header field. + // + // For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is supported in this header + // field. ContentEncoding *string // The language the content is in. @@ -276,62 +348,85 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // A standard MIME type that describes the format of the object data. ContentType *string - // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. If both - // the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. + // + // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since // headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns // 200 OK and copies the data: + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false CopySourceIfMatch *string - // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. If both the - // x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers - // are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 - // Precondition Failed response code: + // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. + // + // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and + // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and + // evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response + // code: + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time - // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified - // ETag. If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified ETag. + // + // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and // evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response // code: + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string - // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. If both - // the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since + // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. + // + // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since // headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns // 200 OK and copies the data: + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true + // // - x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, - // AES256 ). If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, - // you must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that - // Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying. This functionality is not - // supported when the source object is in a directory bucket. + // AES256 ). + // + // If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must + // provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 + // can decrypt the object for copying. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be the same - // one that was used when the source object was created. If the source object for - // the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary - // encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object - // for copying. This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a - // directory bucket. + // one that was used when the source object was created. + // + // If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must + // provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 + // can decrypt the object for copying. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. If the source object for the copy - // is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary encryption - // information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for - // copying. This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a - // directory bucket. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must + // provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 + // can decrypt the object for copying. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the account ID that @@ -348,22 +443,30 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { Expires *time.Time // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string @@ -373,26 +476,32 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced // with metadata that's provided in the request. When copying an object, you can // preserve all metadata (the default) or specify new metadata. If this header - // isn’t specified, COPY is the default behavior. General purpose bucket - For - // general purpose buckets, when you grant permissions, you can use the - // s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior - // when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Amazon S3 condition key - // examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each - // object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. To - // copy the value, you must specify x-amz-website-redirect-location in the request - // header. + // isn’t specified, COPY is the default behavior. + // + // General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, when you grant + // permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to + // enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more + // information, see [Amazon S3 condition key examples]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each object and is not copied when + // using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. To copy the value, you must specify + // x-amz-website-redirect-location in the request header. + // + // [Amazon S3 condition key examples]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html MetadataDirective types.MetadataDirective - // Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the object copy. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the object copy. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus types.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus - // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the object copy. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the object copy. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode types.ObjectLockMode // The date and time when you want the Object Lock of the object copy to expire. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time @@ -400,19 +509,23 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256 - // ). When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type - // of encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256 ). + // + // When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of + // encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate // encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with an Amazon S3 // managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting in // your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the // destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. + // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string @@ -421,38 +534,49 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is // discarded. Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the - // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This functionality is - // not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket. + // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object // encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value must be explicitly - // added to specify encryption context for CopyObject requests. This functionality - // is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket. + // added to specify encryption context for CopyObject requests. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string // Specifies the KMS ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) to use for object // encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS will fail if // they're not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring any // of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services - // CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported when the - // destination bucket is a directory bucket. + // CLI, see [Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. + // + // [Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 // (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). Unrecognized or unsupported // values won’t write a destination object and will receive a 400 Bad Request - // response. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an - // S3 bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information - // in your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set to the + // response. + // + // Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an S3 + // bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information in + // your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set to the // default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all // buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a @@ -460,42 +584,55 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with // Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with // customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS - // key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy. When you - // perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of + // key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy. + // + // When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of // encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate // encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with an Amazon S3 // managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting in // your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the // destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. - // With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes your data - // to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more - // information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For directory buckets, only server-side encryption - // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // + // With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes your + // data to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For + // more information about server-side encryption, see [Using Server-Side Encryption]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // + // [Using Server-Side Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // If the x-amz-storage-class header is not used, the copied object will be stored // in the STANDARD Storage Class by default. The STANDARD storage class provides // high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can // specify a different Storage Class. + // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone // storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage // class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP // status code 400 Bad Request . + // // - Amazon S3 on Outposts - S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. + // // You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that // is already stored in Amazon S3 by using the x-amz-storage-class header. For - // more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Before using an object as a source object for the - // copy operation, you must restore a copy of it if it meets any of the following - // conditions: + // more information, see [Storage Classes]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Before using an object as a source object for the copy operation, you must + // restore a copy of it if it meets any of the following conditions: + // // - The storage class of the source object is GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE . - // - The storage class of the source object is INTELLIGENT_TIERING and it's S3 - // Intelligent-Tiering access tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intelligent-tiering-overview.html#intel-tiering-tier-definition) - // is Archive Access or Deep Archive Access . - // For more information, see RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) - // and Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // - The storage class of the source object is INTELLIGENT_TIERING and it's [S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier]is + // Archive Access or Deep Archive Access . + // + // For more information, see [RestoreObject] and [Copying Objects] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Storage Classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html + // [RestoreObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html + // [Copying Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html + // [S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intelligent-tiering-overview.html#intel-tiering-tier-definition StorageClass types.StorageClass // The tag-set for the object copy in the destination bucket. This value must be @@ -503,60 +640,82 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // the x-amz-tagging-directive . If you choose COPY for the x-amz-tagging-directive // , you don't need to set the x-amz-tagging header, because the tag-set will be // copied from the source object directly. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query - // parameters. The default value is the empty value. Directory buckets - For - // directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only the empty tag-set is - // supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty tags into directory - // buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. When the destination - // bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 Not Implemented response - // in any of the following situations: + // parameters. + // + // The default value is the empty value. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only the + // empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty tags + // into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. When the + // destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 Not Implemented + // response in any of the following situations: + // // - When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from an S3 source object that has // non-empty tags. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a source object and set a // non-empty value to x-amz-tagging . + // // - When you don't set the x-amz-tagging-directive header and the source object // has non-empty tags. This is because the default value of // x-amz-tagging-directive is COPY . + // // Because only the empty tag-set is supported for directory buckets in a // CopyObject operation, the following situations are allowed: + // // - When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from a directory bucket source object // that has no tags to a general purpose bucket. It copies an empty tag-set to the // destination object. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object // and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object to // empty. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a general purpose bucket source // object that has non-empty tags and set the x-amz-tagging value of the // directory bucket destination object to empty. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object // and don't set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination // object. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging is the empty value. Tagging *string // Specifies whether the object tag-set is copied from the source object or - // replaced with the tag-set that's provided in the request. The default value is - // COPY . Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, - // only the empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write - // non-empty tags into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status - // code. When the destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 - // Not Implemented response in any of the following situations: + // replaced with the tag-set that's provided in the request. + // + // The default value is COPY . + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only the + // empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty tags + // into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. When the + // destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 Not Implemented + // response in any of the following situations: + // // - When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from an S3 source object that has // non-empty tags. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a source object and set a // non-empty value to x-amz-tagging . + // // - When you don't set the x-amz-tagging-directive header and the source object // has non-empty tags. This is because the default value of // x-amz-tagging-directive is COPY . + // // Because only the empty tag-set is supported for directory buckets in a // CopyObject operation, the following situations are allowed: + // // - When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from a directory bucket source object // that has no tags to a general purpose bucket. It copies an empty tag-set to the // destination object. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object // and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object to // empty. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a general purpose bucket source // object that has non-empty tags and set the x-amz-tagging value of the // directory bucket destination object to empty. + // // - When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object // and don't set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination // object. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging is the empty value. @@ -567,8 +726,9 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This value is // unique to each object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive // header. Instead, you may opt to provide this header in combination with the - // x-amz-metadata-directive header. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // x-amz-metadata-directive header. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -582,56 +742,68 @@ func (in *CopyObjectInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type CopyObjectOutput struct { // Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side - // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Container for all response elements. CopyObjectResult *types.CopyObjectResult - // Version ID of the source object that was copied. This functionality is not - // supported when the source object is in a directory bucket. + // Version ID of the source object that was copied. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceVersionId *string - // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for // object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string - // holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). For directory buckets, only - // server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is - // supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption - // Version ID of the newly created copy. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // Version ID of the newly created copy. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateBucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateBucket.go index b39244bcfe617..34174b232018c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateBucket.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateBucket.go @@ -15,89 +15,116 @@ import ( ) // This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts -// bucket, see CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_control_CreateBucket.html) -// . Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and -// have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. -// Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, -// you become the bucket owner. There are two types of buckets: general purpose -// buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, -// see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/creating-buckets-s3.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// bucket, see [CreateBucket]CreateBucket . +// +// Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have +// a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous +// requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become +// the bucket owner. +// +// There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. +// For more information about these bucket types, see [Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the // s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So // the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the // Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region // where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than // US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For -// more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// more information, see [Virtual hosting of buckets]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . -// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see -// Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket // permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your // CreateBucket request includes specific headers: +// // - Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify // an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read , public-read-write , // authenticated-read , or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both // s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your // CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private , or if you don't specify // any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required. +// // - Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set // x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the // s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are // required. +// // - S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the // x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls -// permission is required. To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket -// request, you must explicitly set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a -// different value than the default, BucketOwnerEnforced . Additionally, if your -// desired bucket ACL grants public access, you must first create the bucket -// (without the bucket ACL) and then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the -// bucket before using PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket -// with a public ACL, the request will fail. For the majority of modern use cases -// in S3, we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and -// keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside of your -// account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, see -// Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) -// and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-control-block-public-access.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. -// - S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public -// access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, -// you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately -// call the DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) -// API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock -// permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking -// public access to your Amazon S3 storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-control-block-public-access.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. -// - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket -// permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. -// Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can -// only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For -// more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon -// Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object -// Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. -// For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the -// bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs -// disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information about -// permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory -// buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features -// for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-one-zone.html#s3-express-features) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// permission is required. +// +// To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly +// +// set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, +// BucketOwnerEnforced . Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public +// access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and then +// explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using PutBucketAcl +// to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public ACL, the request +// will fail. +// +// For the majority of modern use cases in S3, we recommend that you keep all +// +// Block Public Access settings enabled and keep ACLs disabled. If you would like +// to share data with users outside of your account, you can use bucket policies as +// needed. For more information, see [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket]and [Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// - S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public +// access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, +// you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately +// call the [DeletePublicAccessBlock]DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the +// s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block +// Public Access, see [Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket +// permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. +// Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can +// only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For +// more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public +// +// Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block +// Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership +// is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be +// modified. +// +// For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory +// +// buckets, see [Directory buckets]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about +// supported S3 features for directory buckets, see [Features of S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to CreateBucket : +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [DeleteBucket] +// +// [Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/creating-buckets-s3.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [DeleteBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_control_CreateBucket.html +// [Virtual hosting of buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are related to -// CreateBucket : -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html +// [Directory buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html +// [Features of S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-one-zone.html#s3-express-features +// [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html +// [Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-control-block-public-access.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html func (c *Client) CreateBucket(ctx context.Context, params *CreateBucketInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateBucketInput{} @@ -115,71 +142,93 @@ func (c *Client) CreateBucket(ctx context.Context, params *CreateBucketInput, op type CreateBucketInput struct { - // The name of the bucket to create. General purpose buckets - For information - // about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/bucketnamingrules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - When you use this operation - // with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format + // The name of the bucket to create. + // + // General purpose buckets - For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Bucket naming rules] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use path-style requests in the format // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . // Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be // unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format // bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide + // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [Bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/bucketnamingrules.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string - // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ACL types.BucketCannedACL // The configuration information for the bucket. CreateBucketConfiguration *types.CreateBucketConfiguration // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the - // bucket. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantFullControl *string - // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantRead *string - // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantReadACP *string - // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. For the bucket and object - // owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and overwrites of those - // objects. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. + // + // For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and + // overwrites of those objects. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantWrite *string - // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantWriteACP *string // Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool // The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls. + // // BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the // bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control - // canned ACL. ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the - // object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. + // canned ACL. + // + // ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is + // uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. + // // BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer // affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control // over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that don't // specify an ACL or specify bucket owner full control ACLs (such as the predefined // bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or a custom ACL in XML format that grants - // the same permissions). By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced - // and ACLs are disabled. We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon - // use cases where you must control access for each object individually. For more - // information about S3 Object Ownership, see Controlling ownership of objects and - // disabling ACLs for your bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. Directory buckets use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object - // Ownership. + // the same permissions). + // + // By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced and ACLs are + // disabled. We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon use cases where + // you must control access for each object individually. For more information about + // S3 Object Ownership, see [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Directory buckets + // use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership. + // + // [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html ObjectOwnership types.ObjectOwnership noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateMultipartUpload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateMultipartUpload.go index c083c32d8ef80..9693c4cbd845a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateMultipartUpload.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateMultipartUpload.go @@ -16,62 +16,64 @@ import ( // This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload // ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You -// specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see -// UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// ). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or -// abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart -// uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate a multipart upload and upload -// one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you -// must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space -// used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you -// either complete or abort a multipart upload. If you have configured a lifecycle -// rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be -// completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle -// configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for -// an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, -// see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) -// . +// specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see [UploadPart]). +// You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort +// the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see [Multipart Upload Overview] +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop +// being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort +// the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and +// stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a +// multipart upload. +// +// If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, +// the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days +// specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete +// multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the +// multipart upload. For more information, see [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]. +// // - Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets. +// // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . -// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and -// Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Request signing For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of // regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to // upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each // request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload -// requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests -// (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests. For more information about signing, see [Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions -// required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption by -// using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the -// kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are -// required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file -// parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see -// Multipart upload API and permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions) -// and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. -// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the -// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy -// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on -// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request -// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token -// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session -// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the -// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart upload and permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services +// +// KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and +// kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required +// because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts +// before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see [Multipart upload API and permissions]and [Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy +// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on +// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request +// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token +// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session +// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the +// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Encryption +// // - General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at // rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers // and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new @@ -91,61 +93,96 @@ import ( // in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the // destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If // you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide -// in UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// and UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) -// requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request. +// in [UploadPart]and [UploadPartCopy]requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload +// request. +// // - Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key ( // aws/s3 ) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) // – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, // specify the following headers in the request. +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-context +// // - If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms , but don't provide // x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id , Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web // Services managed key ( aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data. +// // - To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web // Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and // kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required // because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts -// before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart -// upload API and permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions) -// and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see [Multipart upload API and permissions]and [Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same // Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions // on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the // key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user // or role. +// // - All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't // make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), // or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially -// supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see -// Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about server-side -// encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side -// Encryption with KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. -// - Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your -// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. -// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm -// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key -// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 For more information about -// server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see -// Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption -// keys (SSE-C) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. -// - Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with -// Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. -// -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to CreateMultipartUpload : -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) +// supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see [Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys] +// +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// - Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// +// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm +// +// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key +// +// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 +// +// For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided +// +// encryption keys (SSE-C), see [Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C)]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// - Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with +// Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload : +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] +// +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [ListMultipartUploads] +// +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version +// [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config +// [Multipart upload and permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html +// [Multipart upload API and permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions +// [UploadPartCopy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [Multipart Upload Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html +// [Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html +// [ListMultipartUploads]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html +// +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html func (c *Client) CreateMultipartUpload(ctx context.Context, params *CreateMultipartUploadInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{} @@ -164,30 +201,39 @@ func (c *Client) CreateMultipartUpload(ctx context.Context, params *CreateMultip type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // The name of the bucket where the multipart upload is initiated and where the - // object is uploaded. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a - // directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // object is uploaded. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -199,32 +245,41 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined // ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and - // permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner - // has full access control. When uploading an object, you can grant access - // permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups - // defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control - // list (ACL) on the new object. For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) - // . One way to grant the permissions using the request headers is to specify a - // canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. + // permissions. For more information, see [Canned ACL]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. + // When uploading an object, you can grant access permissions to individual Amazon + // Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These + // permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the new object. + // For more information, see [Using ACLs]. One way to grant the permissions using the request + // headers is to specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Canned ACL]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL + // [Using ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html ACL types.ObjectCannedACL // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption // with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object - // encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t - // affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with SSE-KMS. + // + // Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level + // settings for S3 Bucket Key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string // Indicates the algorithm that you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum - // for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // for the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // Specifies presentational information for the object. @@ -232,8 +287,10 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what // decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the - // Content-Type header field. For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is - // supported in this header field. + // Content-Type header field. + // + // For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is supported in this header + // field. ContentEncoding *string // The language that the content is in. @@ -251,207 +308,322 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { Expires *time.Time // Specify access permissions explicitly to give the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and - // WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. By default, all objects are private. Only - // the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can use this - // header to explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services - // accounts or groups. This header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 - // supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, - // where the type is one of the following: + // WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + // + // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. + // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access + // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps + // to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, + // see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the + // following: + // // - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web // Services account + // // - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group + // // - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web - // Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in - // the following Amazon Web Services Regions: + // Services account + // + // Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following + // Amazon Web Services Regions: + // // - US East (N. Virginia) + // // - US West (N. California) + // // - US West (Oregon) + // // - Asia Pacific (Singapore) + // // - Asia Pacific (Sydney) + // // - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) + // // - Europe (Ireland) - // - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions - // and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // - South America (São Paulo) + // + // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and - // its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // its metadata: + // + // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region + // [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html GrantFullControl *string // Specify access permissions explicitly to allow grantee to read the object data - // and its metadata. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full - // access control. When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly - // grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. - // This header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For - // more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, - // where the type is one of the following: + // and its metadata. + // + // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. + // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access + // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps + // to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, + // see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the + // following: + // // - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web // Services account + // // - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group + // // - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web - // Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in - // the following Amazon Web Services Regions: + // Services account + // + // Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following + // Amazon Web Services Regions: + // // - US East (N. Virginia) + // // - US West (N. California) + // // - US West (Oregon) + // // - Asia Pacific (Singapore) + // // - Asia Pacific (Sydney) + // // - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) + // // - Europe (Ireland) - // - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions - // and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // - South America (São Paulo) + // + // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and - // its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // its metadata: + // + // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region + // [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html GrantRead *string // Specify access permissions explicitly to allows grantee to read the object ACL. + // // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps // to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, - // see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, - // where the type is one of the following: + // see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the + // following: + // // - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web // Services account + // // - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group + // // - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web - // Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in - // the following Amazon Web Services Regions: + // Services account + // + // Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following + // Amazon Web Services Regions: + // // - US East (N. Virginia) + // // - US West (N. California) + // // - US West (Oregon) + // // - Asia Pacific (Singapore) + // // - Asia Pacific (Sydney) + // // - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) + // // - Europe (Ireland) - // - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions - // and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // - South America (São Paulo) + // + // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and - // its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // its metadata: + // + // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region + // [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html GrantReadACP *string // Specify access permissions explicitly to allows grantee to allow grantee to - // write the ACL for the applicable object. By default, all objects are private. - // Only the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can use - // this header to explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web - // Services accounts or groups. This header maps to specific permissions that - // Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List - // (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, - // where the type is one of the following: + // write the ACL for the applicable object. + // + // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. + // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access + // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps + // to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, + // see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the + // following: + // // - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web // Services account + // // - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group + // // - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web - // Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in - // the following Amazon Web Services Regions: + // Services account + // + // Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following + // Amazon Web Services Regions: + // // - US East (N. Virginia) + // // - US West (N. California) + // // - US West (Oregon) + // // - Asia Pacific (Singapore) + // // - Asia Pacific (Sydney) + // // - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) + // // - Europe (Ireland) - // - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions - // and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // - South America (São Paulo) + // + // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and - // its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // its metadata: + // + // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region + // [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html GrantWriteACP *string // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]string - // Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the uploaded object. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the uploaded object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus types.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus // Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode types.ObjectLockMode - // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, - // AES256). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in // encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is // discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the - // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the customer-provided encryption key // according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check - // to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object // encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding - // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string // Specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the symmetric encryption - // customer managed key to use for object encryption. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // customer managed key to use for object encryption. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). For directory buckets, only server-side - // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created // objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high // availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different - // Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // Storage Class. For more information, see [Storage Classes]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // // - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is // supported to store newly created objects. + // // - Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. + // + // [Storage Classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html StorageClass types.StorageClass - // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query - // parameters. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Tagging *string // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to // another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the - // value of this header in the object metadata. This functionality is not supported - // for directory buckets. + // value of this header in the object metadata. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -469,27 +641,33 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { // incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the // object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header // indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort - // operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads - // Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id - // header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines the - // abort action. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // operation. For more information, see [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the ID + // of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines the abort action. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config AbortDate *time.Time // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies // the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort - // incomplete multipart uploads. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // incomplete multipart uploads. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AbortRuleId *string // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not - // return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. Access points are not - // supported by directory buckets. + // return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. + // + // Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Bucket *string // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side - // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. @@ -499,35 +677,43 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { Key *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for // object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string - // holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). For directory buckets, only server-side - // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // ID for the initiated multipart upload. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateSession.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateSession.go index e2d5a007d166a..96f821d29c4fb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateSession.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_CreateSession.go @@ -17,62 +17,72 @@ import ( // Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support // fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint APIs on directory // buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint APIs that include the -// Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-APIs.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory -// bucket, use the CreateSession API operation. Specifically, you grant -// s3express:CreateSession permission to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM -// identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession -// API request on the bucket, which returns temporary security credentials that -// include the access key ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. -// These credentials have associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint APIs. -// After the session is created, you don’t need to use other policies to grant -// permissions to each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal -// endpoint API requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security -// credentials of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 -// protocol for authentication. You also apply the session token to the -// x-amz-s3session-token request header for authorization. Temporary security -// credentials are scoped to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the -// expiration time, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You -// must use IAM credentials again to make a CreateSession API request that -// generates a new set of temporary credentials for use. Temporary credentials -// cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval. If you -// use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes +// Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see [S3 Express One Zone APIs]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession +// API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission to a +// bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM +// credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, which returns +// temporary security credentials that include the access key ID, secret access +// key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have associated +// permissions to access the Zonal endpoint APIs. After the session is created, you +// don’t need to use other policies to grant permissions to each Zonal endpoint API +// individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API requests, you sign your +// requests by applying the temporary security credentials of the session to the +// request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for authentication. You also +// apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token request header for +// authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped to the bucket and +// expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any calls that you make with +// those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials again to make a +// CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary credentials for +// use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original +// specified interval. +// +// If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes // automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We // recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage -// requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance -// guidelines and design patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-optimizing-performance-guidelines-design-patterns.html#s3-express-optimizing-performance-session-authentication) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see [Performance guidelines and design patterns]in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. +// // - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These // endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests -// are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the CopyObject // API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the // CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For // information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject API -// operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) -// . +// operation on directory buckets, see [CopyObject]. +// // - HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the HeadBucket // API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the // CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For // information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket API -// operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html) -// . +// operation on directory buckets, see [HeadBucket]. // // Permissions To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession // permission to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode // condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For -// more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see -// x-amz-create-session-mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html#API_CreateSession_RequestParameters) -// . For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) -// and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based -// policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint -// APIs, the bucket policy should also grant both accounts the -// s3express:CreateSession permission. HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - -// The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see [x-amz-create-session-mode] +// x-amz-create-session-mode . For example policies, see [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone] and [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone] in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. +// +// To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint APIs, the bucket policy should +// also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html +// [Performance guidelines and design patterns]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-optimizing-performance-guidelines-design-patterns.html#s3-express-optimizing-performance-session-authentication +// [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CopyObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html +// [x-amz-create-session-mode]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html#API_CreateSession_RequestParameters +// [S3 Express One Zone APIs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-APIs.html +// [HeadBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html func (c *Client) CreateSession(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSessionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateSessionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucket.go index 30e1381bd670f..e3a25ec195f83 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucket.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucket.go @@ -15,33 +15,43 @@ import ( // Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete // markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. +// // - Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in // progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart // uploads are aborted or completed. +// // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . -// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see -// Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket // permission on the specified bucket in a policy. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket // permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. // Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can // only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For -// more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon -// Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucket : // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are related to -// DeleteBucket : -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [DeleteObject] +// +// [DeleteObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucket(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketInput{} @@ -59,24 +69,29 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteBucket(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketInput, op type DeleteBucketInput struct { - // Specifies the bucket being deleted. Directory buckets - When you use this - // operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the - // format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . + // Specifies the bucket being deleted. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use path-style requests in the format + // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . // Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be // unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format // bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide + // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP - // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). For directory buckets, this header - // is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request - // fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented . + // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). + // + // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If + // you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not + // Implemented . ExpectedBucketOwner *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go index 0033825a0ae5a..b486fe62cbb99 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go @@ -13,20 +13,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes an analytics -// configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). To -// use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the // s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 -// Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) -// . The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration : -// - GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) -// - PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration : +// +// [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations] +// +// [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html +// [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketCors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketCors.go index d465826fb4d91..ef3abb1256054 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketCors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketCors.go @@ -13,14 +13,25 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the cors -// configuration information set for the bucket. To use this operation, you must -// have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has -// this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For -// information about cors , see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Related Resources -// - PutBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html) -// - RESTOPTIONSobject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// For information about cors , see [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// # Related Resources +// +// [PutBucketCors] +// +// [RESTOPTIONSobject] +// +// [PutBucketCors]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html +// [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html +// [RESTOPTIONSobject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketCors(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketCorsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketEncryption.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketEncryption.go index 7be8c47590847..fceb944c9cde8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketEncryption.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketEncryption.go @@ -13,20 +13,29 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of -// the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side -// encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the -// bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permissions to -// perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this -// permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For -// more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket -// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// DeleteBucketEncryption : -// - PutBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html) -// - GetBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the +// bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For +// information about the bucket default encryption feature, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption]in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption : +// +// [PutBucketEncryption] +// +// [GetBucketEncryption] +// +// [GetBucketEncryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html +// [PutBucketEncryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketEncryption(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go index 734d23b0439fa..b7baf48abc5ae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go @@ -13,25 +13,38 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by -// automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs +// by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, // without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access // tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to -// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with -// unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size -// or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not -// monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but -// they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for -// automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) -// . Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: -// - GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) +// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data +// with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object +// size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is +// not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, +// but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. +// +// For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]. +// +// Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: +// +// [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations] +// +// [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html +// [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html +// [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html +// [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access func (c *Client) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.go index 3b8d81a4393a7..ef1d8a24bf107 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.go @@ -13,18 +13,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes an inventory -// configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket. To use this -// operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration -// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can -// grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see -// Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) -// . Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: -// - GetBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketInventoryConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the +// bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see [Amazon S3 Inventory]. +// +// Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: +// +// [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations] +// +// [Amazon S3 Inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html +// [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html +// [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketLifecycle.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketLifecycle.go index 88928b284a893..ea6455f669719 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketLifecycle.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketLifecycle.go @@ -13,20 +13,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the lifecycle -// configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle -// configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. -// Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any -// objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration. +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 +// removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource +// associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer +// automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted +// lifecycle configuration. +// // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this -// permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. There is -// usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully -// propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. For more information about the object -// expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions) -// . Related actions include: -// - PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) -// - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) +// permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others. +// +// There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully +// propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. +// +// For more information about the object expiration, see [Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions]. +// +// Related actions include: +// +// [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html +// [Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions +// [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketLifecycle(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.go index 21384351f5dfd..ca0158b6bfc90 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.go @@ -13,22 +13,35 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes a metrics -// configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the -// metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the -// daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you must have permissions to -// perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this -// permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For -// more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket -// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see -// Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) -// . The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration : -// - GetBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketMetricsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) -// - Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics +// (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this +// doesn't include the daily storage metrics. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration : +// +// [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations] +// +// [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch] +// +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html +// [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketOwnershipControls.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketOwnershipControls.go index 4beac6b092937..a2e89e4054618 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketOwnershipControls.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketOwnershipControls.go @@ -13,14 +13,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes OwnershipControls -// for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the -// s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 -// permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// . For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html) -// . The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls : -// - GetBucketOwnershipControls -// - PutBucketOwnershipControls +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you +// must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information +// about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see [Using Object Ownership]. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls : +// +// # GetBucketOwnershipControls +// +// # PutBucketOwnershipControls +// +// [Using Object Ownership]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketOwnershipControls(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketPolicy.go index b8e1f56a143a3..745890828b1c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketPolicy.go @@ -13,44 +13,57 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory -// buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. -// These endpoints support path-style requests in the format -// https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . -// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see -// Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions If you are using an identity other than -// the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the -// calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the -// specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this -// operation. If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns -// a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not -// using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns -// a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't -// inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a -// bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy , -// PutBucketPolicy , and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket -// policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root -// principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint -// policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies. +// Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests +// in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . +// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon +// Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have +// the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the +// bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 +// Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using +// an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 +// Method Not Allowed error. +// +// To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their +// own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account +// can perform the GetBucketPolicy , PutBucketPolicy , and DeleteBucketPolicy API +// actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's +// access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these +// API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations +// policies. +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is // required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket -// policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// policies, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you // must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based // policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation // isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services // account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket -// policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// policies and permissions, see [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are related to -// DeleteBucketPolicy -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) +// # The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [DeleteObject] +// +// [DeleteObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{} @@ -68,24 +81,29 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteBucketPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketPol type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { - // The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a - // directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format + // The bucket name. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use path-style requests in the format // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . // Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be // unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format // bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide + // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP - // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). For directory buckets, this header - // is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request - // fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented . + // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). + // + // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If + // you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not + // Implemented . ExpectedBucketOwner *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketReplication.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketReplication.go index 9fdc6bcf3238e..58f91e97f603f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketReplication.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketReplication.go @@ -13,18 +13,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the replication -// configuration from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permissions -// to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has -// these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information -// about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully -// propagate. For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// DeleteBucketReplication : -// - PutBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html) -// - GetBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by +// default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] +// and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully +// propagate. +// +// For information about replication configuration, see [Replication] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication : +// +// [PutBucketReplication] +// +// [GetBucketReplication] +// +// [GetBucketReplication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [PutBucketReplication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html +// [Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketReplication(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{} @@ -42,7 +56,7 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteBucketReplication(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBuck type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { - // The bucket name. + // The bucket name. // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketTagging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketTagging.go index ae737d40a3e80..8f3386904f1a4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketTagging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketTagging.go @@ -13,13 +13,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Deletes the tags from the -// bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Deletes the tags from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and -// can grant this permission to others. The following operations are related to -// DeleteBucketTagging : -// - GetBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html) -// - PutBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html) +// can grant this permission to others. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging : +// +// [GetBucketTagging] +// +// [PutBucketTagging] +// +// [GetBucketTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html +// [PutBucketTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketTagging(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketWebsite.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketWebsite.go index 425936dfac044..893cda50529bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketWebsite.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteBucketWebsite.go @@ -13,20 +13,31 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action removes the -// website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon -// successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will -// get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete -// does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket -// specified in the request does not exist. This DELETE action requires the -// S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete -// the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant -// other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket -// policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. For more -// information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) -// . The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite : -// - GetBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketWebsite.html) -// - PutBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a +// 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the +// specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration +// you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 +// response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. +// +// This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, +// only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. +// However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website +// configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the +// S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. +// +// For more information about hosting websites, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite : +// +// [GetBucketWebsite] +// +// [PutBucketWebsite] +// +// [GetBucketWebsite]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketWebsite.html +// [PutBucketWebsite]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html +// [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html func (c *Client) DeleteBucketWebsite(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObject.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObject.go index c1e5ff73a9347..778d02e54c295 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObject.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObject.go @@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ import ( // - If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, // which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object // in a versioned bucket, you must include the object’s versionId in the request. -// For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object -// versions from a versioning-enabled bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/DeletingObjectVersions.html) -// . +// For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see [Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket]. // // - If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that // has a null versionId , if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that @@ -32,9 +30,7 @@ import ( // versionId , and all versions of the object have a versionId , Amazon S3 does // not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an // object that has a versionId , you must include the object’s versionId in the -// request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see -// Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/DeletingObjectsfromVersioningSuspendedBuckets.html) -// . +// request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see [Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets]. // // - Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is @@ -45,37 +41,43 @@ import ( // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . -// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and -// Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using // this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a // delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true. +// // If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning // configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request // header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must -// use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see -// Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete) -// . Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. You can -// delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling ( -// PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html) -// ) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or -// accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them -// the s3:DeleteObject , s3:DeleteObjectVersion , and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration -// actions. Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets. +// use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see [Using MFA Delete]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see [Sample Request]. +// +// Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling ([PutBucketLifecycle] ) to +// enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts +// from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the +// s3:DeleteObject , s3:DeleteObjectVersion , and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration +// actions. +// +// Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets. +// // Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required // in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers. +// // - s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have // the s3:DeleteObject permission. +// // - s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a -// versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion -// permission. +// versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -83,13 +85,23 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following action is related to DeleteObject : // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following action is -// related to DeleteObject : -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) +// [PutObject] +// +// [Sample Request]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/DeletingObjectsfromVersioningSuspendedBuckets.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [PutBucketLifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/DeletingObjectVersions.html +// [Using MFA Delete]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html func (c *Client) DeleteObject(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteObjectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteObjectInput{} @@ -107,31 +119,39 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteObject(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteObjectInput, op type DeleteObjectInput struct { - // The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. Directory buckets - When - // you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -143,8 +163,9 @@ type DeleteObjectInput struct { // Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions to // process this operation. To use this header, you must have the - // s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -155,22 +176,27 @@ type DeleteObjectInput struct { // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and // the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to // permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA - // delete enabled. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // delete enabled. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MFA *string // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory - // buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is - // supported. + // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. + // + // For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version + // ID is supported. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -187,16 +213,21 @@ type DeleteObjectOutput struct { // Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted was // (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple DELETE, // this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version of the - // object is a delete marker. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // object is a delete marker. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE - // operation. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // operation. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjectTagging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjectTagging.go index c5f31dec66ad8..7bb534eb1c71c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjectTagging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjectTagging.go @@ -12,16 +12,27 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the entire tag -// set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, -// see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html) -// . To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the -// s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. To delete tags of a specific object version, add -// the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the -// s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action. The following operations are related to -// DeleteObjectTagging : -// - PutObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html) -// - GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information +// about managing object tags, see [Object Tagging]. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// s3:DeleteObjectTagging action. +// +// To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter +// in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging +// action. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging : +// +// [PutObjectTagging] +// +// [GetObjectTagging] +// +// [PutObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html +// [Object Tagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html +// [GetObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html func (c *Client) DeleteObjectTagging(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{} @@ -39,23 +50,27 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteObjectTagging(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteObjectTa type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { - // The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags. Access - // points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the - // alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with - // Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. - // The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjects.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjects.go index 05f82cf75660e..45b823138a731 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjects.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeleteObjects.go @@ -17,47 +17,57 @@ import ( // This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a // single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then // this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete -// requests, reducing per-request overhead. The request can contain a list of up to -// 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, -// and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the -// object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a -// delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in -// the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, -// Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted. +// requests, reducing per-request overhead. +// +// The request can contain a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In +// the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you +// want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled +// bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the +// result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. Note that if the +// object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as +// deleted. +// // - Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. +// // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . -// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and -// Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By // default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the // result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response // includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a // successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any -// information about the delete in the response body. When performing this action -// on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, -// you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request -// will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If -// you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or -// not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA -// Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by -// directory buckets. Permissions +// information about the delete in the response body. +// +// When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to +// delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not +// provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned +// objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there +// are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request +// will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see [MFA Delete]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required // in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers. +// // - s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify // the s3:DeleteObject permission. +// // - s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a // versiong-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion // permission. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -65,26 +75,42 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Content-MD5 request header +// // - General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all // Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that // your request body has not been altered in transit. +// // - Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum // request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32 , x-amz-checksum-crc32c , // x-amz-checksum-sha1 , or x-amz-checksum-sha256 ) is required for all // Multi-Object Delete requests. // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to DeleteObjects : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteObjects : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [MFA Delete]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html func (c *Client) DeleteObjects(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteObjectsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteObjectsInput{} @@ -102,31 +128,39 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteObjects(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteObjectsInput, type DeleteObjectsInput struct { - // The bucket name containing the objects to delete. Directory buckets - When you - // use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style - // requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . - // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in - // the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format - // bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // The bucket name containing the objects to delete. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not + // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability + // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for + // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -138,28 +172,40 @@ type DeleteObjectsInput struct { // Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a // Governance-type Object Lock in place. To use this header, you must have the - // s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 - // fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For the - // x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported - // algorithm from the following list: + // fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . + // + // For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the + // supported algorithm from the following list: + // // - CRC32 + // // - CRC32C + // // - SHA1 + // // - SHA256 - // For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the individual checksum value you provide - // through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set - // through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm , Amazon S3 ignores any provided - // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the - // provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . If you provide an individual - // checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // For more information, see [Checking object integrity] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm + // doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through + // x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm , Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm + // parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in + // x-amz-checksum-algorithm . + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -170,25 +216,31 @@ type DeleteObjectsInput struct { // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and // the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to // permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA - // delete enabled. When performing the DeleteObjects operation on an MFA delete - // enabled bucket, which attempts to delete the specified versioned objects, you - // must include an MFA token. If you don't provide an MFA token, the entire request - // will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects that you are trying to - // delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned object keys - // in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For - // information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // delete enabled. + // + // When performing the DeleteObjects operation on an MFA delete enabled bucket, + // which attempts to delete the specified versioned objects, you must include an + // MFA token. If you don't provide an MFA token, the entire request will fail, even + // if there are non-versioned objects that you are trying to delete. If you provide + // an invalid token, whether there are versioned object keys in the request or not, + // the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA + // Delete, see [MFA Delete]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [MFA Delete]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete MFA *string // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -210,7 +262,9 @@ type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { Errors []types.Error // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeletePublicAccessBlock.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeletePublicAccessBlock.go index 43969e2b193fc..2e77386c0c0c4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeletePublicAccessBlock.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_DeletePublicAccessBlock.go @@ -13,17 +13,28 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Removes the -// PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, -// you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock : -// - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) -// - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - PutPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - GetBucketPolicyStatus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use +// this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For +// more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock : +// +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [PutPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [GetBucketPolicyStatus] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html +// [PutPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [GetBucketPolicyStatus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html func (c *Client) DeletePublicAccessBlock(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeletePublicAccessBlockInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go index 4bb1ff71cf926..be91d27b9f62d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go @@ -14,26 +14,36 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of -// the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer -// Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended . Amazon S3 -// Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform -// faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. To use this operation, you must -// have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket -// owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission -// to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to -// Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an -// existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the -// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) -// operation. A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket -// that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration -// state if a state has never been set on the bucket. For more information about -// transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration : -// - PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return +// the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or +// Suspended . Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that +// enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or +// Suspended by using the [PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration] operation. +// +// A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no +// transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a +// state has never been set on the bucket. +// +// For more information about transfer acceleration, see [Transfer Acceleration] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration : +// +// [PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [Transfer Acceleration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html func (c *Client) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} @@ -65,10 +75,12 @@ type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -82,7 +94,9 @@ func (in *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointP type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAcl.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAcl.go index bc7c4ea18b950..06e4ad39f29e6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAcl.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAcl.go @@ -14,26 +14,35 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of -// the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) -// of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the -// READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the -// anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an -// authorization header. When you use this API operation with an access point, -// provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use -// this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the -// Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda -// access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the +// access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the +// bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission +// is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without +// using an authorization header. +// +// When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the +// access point in place of the bucket name. +// +// When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the +// alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the +// Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code // InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about -// InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) -// . If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. +// +// If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, // requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the // bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the -// bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling -// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// GetBucketAcl : -// - ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html) +// bucket. For more information, see [Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl : +// +// [ListObjects] +// +// [ListObjects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html +// [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList +// [Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html func (c *Client) GetBucketAcl(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketAclInput{} @@ -51,14 +60,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetBucketAcl(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketAclInput, op type GetBucketAclInput struct { - // Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. When you use this API - // operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place - // of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access - // point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the - // bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, - // the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information - // about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) - // . + // Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. + // + // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the + // access point in place of the bucket name. + // + // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the + // alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the + // Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. + // + // [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go index 64e41d4037bd9..6f52c81571164 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go @@ -14,21 +14,33 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of -// the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics -// configuration ID) from the bucket. To use this operation, you must have -// permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket -// owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission -// to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to -// Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, -// see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration : -// - DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) -// - PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration +// (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration : +// +// [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations] +// +// [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html +// [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html +// [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketCors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketCors.go index 0997225ebc478..d5db578e55dd8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketCors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketCors.go @@ -14,21 +14,36 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Cross-Origin -// Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket. To use -// this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set +// for the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to -// others. When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias -// of the access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation -// with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda -// access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point -// alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is -// returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of -// Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) -// . For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketCors : -// - PutBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html) -// - DeleteBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html) +// others. +// +// When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the +// access point in place of the bucket name. +// +// When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the +// alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the +// Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. +// +// For more information about CORS, see [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketCors : +// +// [PutBucketCors] +// +// [DeleteBucketCors] +// +// [PutBucketCors]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html +// [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html +// [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList +// [DeleteBucketCors]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html func (c *Client) GetBucketCors(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketCorsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketCorsInput{} @@ -46,14 +61,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetBucketCors(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketCorsInput, type GetBucketCorsInput struct { - // The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. When you use this API - // operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place - // of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access - // point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the - // bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, - // the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information - // about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) - // . + // The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. + // + // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the + // access point in place of the bucket name. + // + // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the + // alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the + // Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. + // + // [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketEncryption.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketEncryption.go index 22c1f9bb518ba..7e8d251e35c23 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketEncryption.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketEncryption.go @@ -14,20 +14,29 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the default -// encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a -// default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 -// managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption -// feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To use this operation, you must have permission to -// perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this -// permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For -// more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket -// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption : -// - PutBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html) -// - DeleteBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By +// default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses +// server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information +// about the bucket default encryption feature, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption : +// +// [PutBucketEncryption] +// +// [DeleteBucketEncryption] +// +// [DeleteBucketEncryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html +// [PutBucketEncryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) GetBucketEncryption(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketEncryptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go index f3ae88a9b20a1..97f54f343bd7b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go @@ -14,25 +14,38 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by -// automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs +// by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, // without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access // tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to -// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with -// unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size -// or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not -// monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but -// they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for -// automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) -// . Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: -// - DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) +// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data +// with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object +// size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is +// not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, +// but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. +// +// For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]. +// +// Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: +// +// [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations] +// +// [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html +// [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html +// [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access +// [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html func (c *Client) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.go index 123218e97602b..48d361e10b7cb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.go @@ -14,18 +14,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns an inventory -// configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket. To -// use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration +// ID) from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the // s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about -// permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration : -// - DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketInventoryConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) -// - PutBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) +// permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see [Amazon S3 Inventory]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration : +// +// [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations] +// +// [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [Amazon S3 Inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html +// [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html func (c *Client) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go index ddcbbe09674da..f4590e59a55a6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go @@ -14,35 +14,51 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Bucket lifecycle -// configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name -// prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. -// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the -// API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is -// supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see -// GetBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html) -// . Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the -// new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of -// objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the -// lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, Returns the -// lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about -// lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// . To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using +// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any +// combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The +// previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name +// prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API +// description, see [GetBucketLifecycle]. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The +// response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter +// to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a +// previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier +// action, +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For +// information about lifecycle configuration, see [Object Lifecycle Management]. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error: +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error: +// // - Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration +// // - Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration : -// - GetBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html) -// - PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html) -// - DeleteBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html) +// +// [GetBucketLifecycle] +// +// [PutBucketLifecycle] +// +// [DeleteBucketLifecycle] +// +// [GetBucketLifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html +// [Object Lifecycle Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [PutBucketLifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [DeleteBucketLifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html func (c *Client) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLocation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLocation.go index aff5f3cd557a5..a6b362cbe1e92 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLocation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLocation.go @@ -20,23 +20,34 @@ import ( "io" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the Region the -// bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint -// request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see -// CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// . When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the -// access point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with -// an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access -// point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a -// request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. -// For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error -// Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) -// . We recommend that you use HeadBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html) -// to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, -// Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. The following operations are -// related to GetBucketLocation : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the +// LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more +// information, see [CreateBucket]. +// +// When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the +// access point in place of the bucket name. +// +// When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the +// alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the +// Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. +// +// We recommend that you use [HeadBucket] to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For +// backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [HeadBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html func (c *Client) GetBucketLocation(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketLocationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketLocationInput{} @@ -54,14 +65,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetBucketLocation(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketLocatio type GetBucketLocationInput struct { - // The name of the bucket for which to get the location. When you use this API - // operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place - // of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access - // point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the - // bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, - // the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information - // about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) - // . + // The name of the bucket for which to get the location. + // + // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the + // access point in place of the bucket name. + // + // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the + // alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the + // Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. + // + // [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -82,8 +97,10 @@ func (in *GetBucketLocationInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { // Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon S3 - // supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) - // . Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null . + // supported location constraints by Region, see [Regions and Endpoints]. Buckets in Region us-east-1 + // have a LocationConstraint of null . + // + // [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region LocationConstraint types.BucketLocationConstraint // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLogging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLogging.go index d1c4f8fbb997b..ae6bcbe686cb7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLogging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketLogging.go @@ -14,11 +14,19 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the logging -// status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that -// status. The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging : -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - PutBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLogging.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view +// and modify that status. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging : +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [PutBucketLogging] +// +// [PutBucketLogging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLogging.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html func (c *Client) GetBucketLogging(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketLoggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketLoggingInput{} @@ -57,8 +65,10 @@ func (in *GetBucketLoggingInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct { // Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all - // log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) - // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. + // log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see [PUT Bucket logging]in the Amazon S3 API + // Reference. + // + // [PUT Bucket logging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html LoggingEnabled *types.LoggingEnabled // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.go index d7499c68cf9ac..474eba520829c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.go @@ -14,21 +14,34 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets a metrics -// configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note -// that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. To use this operation, you -// must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The -// bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this -// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions -// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see -// Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration : -// - PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketMetricsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) -// - Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from +// the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration : +// +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations] +// +// [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch] +// +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html +// [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.go index 73155110d86ff..81c0d815ae9bb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.go @@ -14,24 +14,38 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the notification -// configuration of a bucket. If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the -// action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element. By default, you must -// be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, -// the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to -// read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission. When you -// use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access -// point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an -// Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point -// in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a -// request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. -// For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error -// Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) -// . For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration -// on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) -// . For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) -// . The following action is related to GetBucketNotification : -// - PutBucketNotification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotification.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. +// +// If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty +// NotificationConfiguration element. +// +// By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration +// of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant +// permission to other users to read this configuration with the +// s3:GetBucketNotification permission. +// +// When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the +// access point in place of the bucket name. +// +// When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the +// alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the +// Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about +// InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. +// +// For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration +// on a bucket, see [Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events]. For more information about bucket policies, see [Using Bucket Policies]. +// +// The following action is related to GetBucketNotification : +// +// [PutBucketNotification] +// +// [Using Bucket Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html +// [Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html +// [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList +// [PutBucketNotification]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotification.html func (c *Client) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{} @@ -49,15 +63,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { - // The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. When - // you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access - // point in place of the bucket name. When you use this API operation with an - // Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point - // in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a - // request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. - // For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error - // Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) - // . + // The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. + // + // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the + // access point in place of the bucket name. + // + // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the + // alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the + // Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about + // InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. + // + // [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketOwnershipControls.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketOwnershipControls.go index cea15142869dd..2b601e1b6ed78 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketOwnershipControls.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketOwnershipControls.go @@ -14,14 +14,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves -// OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have -// the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon -// S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// . For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls : -// - PutBucketOwnershipControls -// - DeleteBucketOwnershipControls +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you +// must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information +// about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying permissions in a policy]. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see [Using Object Ownership]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls : +// +// # PutBucketOwnershipControls +// +// # DeleteBucketOwnershipControls +// +// [Using Object Ownership]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html +// [Specifying permissions in a policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html func (c *Client) GetBucketOwnershipControls(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicy.go index c2f98f9369588..29934518e6e74 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicy.go @@ -13,47 +13,61 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. Directory buckets - For directory -// buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. -// These endpoints support path-style requests in the format -// https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . -// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see -// Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions If you are using an identity other than -// the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the -// calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the -// specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this -// operation. If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a -// 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not -// using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns -// a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't -// inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a -// bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy , -// PutBucketPolicy , and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket -// policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root -// principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint -// policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies. +// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests +// in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . +// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon +// Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have +// the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the +// bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access +// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an +// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 +// Method Not Allowed error. +// +// To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their +// own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account +// can perform the GetBucketPolicy , PutBucketPolicy , and DeleteBucketPolicy API +// actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's +// access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these +// API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations +// policies. +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is // required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket -// policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// policies, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you // must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based // policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation // isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services // account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket -// policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// policies and permissions, see [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Example bucket policies General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See [Bucket policy examples] +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory bucket example bucket policies - See [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . // -// Example bucket policies General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See -// Bucket policy examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See -// Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The -// HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . The -// following action is related to GetBucketPolicy : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) +// The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [Bucket policy examples]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html +// [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html func (c *Client) GetBucketPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketPolicyInput{} @@ -71,33 +85,42 @@ func (c *Client) GetBucketPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketPolicyInp type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { - // The bucket name to get the bucket policy for. Directory buckets - When you use - // this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the - // format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . + // The bucket name to get the bucket policy for. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use path-style requests in the format + // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . // Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be // unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format // bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide Access points - When you use this API operation with - // an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket - // name. Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an - // Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point - // in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a - // request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. - // For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error - // Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) - // . Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide + // + // Access points - When you use this API operation with an access point, provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. + // + // Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object + // Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in + // place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request + // is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more + // information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList + // // This member is required. Bucket *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP - // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). For directory buckets, this header - // is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request - // fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented . + // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). + // + // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If + // you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not + // Implemented . ExpectedBucketOwner *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicyStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicyStatus.go index cb36ac504af1a..52fa5be9dd757 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicyStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketPolicyStatus.go @@ -14,18 +14,31 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the policy -// status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In -// order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus -// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying -// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// . For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The -// Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus : -// - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) -// - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - PutPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the +// bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the +// s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 +// permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see [The Meaning of "Public"]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus : +// +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [PutPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html +// [PutPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html +// [The Meaning of "Public"]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status func (c *Client) GetBucketPolicyStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketPolicyStatusInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketReplication.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketReplication.go index 7e44d38eef44a..3edb1ec2a4c88 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketReplication.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketReplication.go @@ -14,21 +14,37 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the replication -// configuration of a bucket. It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a -// replication configuration to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request -// soon after put or delete can return a wrong result. For information about -// replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This action requires permissions for the -// s3:GetReplicationConfiguration action. For more information about permissions, -// see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) -// . If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must -// also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response -// also returns those elements. For information about GetBucketReplication errors, -// see List of replication-related error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket. +// +// It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration +// to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete can +// return a wrong result. +// +// For information about replication configuration, see [Replication] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// This action requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration action. +// For more information about permissions, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]. +// +// If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must also +// include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response also +// returns those elements. +// +// For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see [List of replication-related error codes] +// // The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication : -// - PutBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html) -// - DeleteBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html) +// +// [PutBucketReplication] +// +// [DeleteBucketReplication] +// +// [PutBucketReplication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html +// [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html +// [Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html +// [List of replication-related error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList +// [DeleteBucketReplication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html func (c *Client) GetBucketReplication(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketReplicationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketReplicationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketRequestPayment.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketRequestPayment.go index 16cc528222f44..ac546ee0b06f3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketRequestPayment.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketRequestPayment.go @@ -14,11 +14,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the request -// payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you -// must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html) -// . The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment : -// - ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of +// the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see [Requester Pays Buckets]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment : +// +// [ListObjects] +// +// [ListObjects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html +// [Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html func (c *Client) GetBucketRequestPayment(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketTagging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketTagging.go index 69a6e4903038b..9dc666368ba5c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketTagging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketTagging.go @@ -14,17 +14,28 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag set -// associated with the bucket. To use this operation, you must have permission to -// perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this -// permission and can grant this permission to others. GetBucketTagging has the -// following special error: +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and +// can grant this permission to others. +// +// GetBucketTagging has the following special error: +// // - Error code: NoSuchTagSet +// // - Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging : -// - PutBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html) -// - DeleteBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html) +// +// [PutBucketTagging] +// +// [DeleteBucketTagging] +// +// [PutBucketTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html +// [DeleteBucketTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html func (c *Client) GetBucketTagging(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketTaggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketTaggingInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketVersioning.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketVersioning.go index 10540b136a3d3..d4d7fa261ad5c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketVersioning.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketVersioning.go @@ -14,15 +14,27 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the versioning -// state of a bucket. To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the -// bucket owner. This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the -// versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled , the bucket owner must -// use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. The -// following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the versioning state of a bucket. +// +// To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. +// If the MFA Delete status is enabled , the bucket owner must use an +// authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [DeleteObject] +// +// [DeleteObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html func (c *Client) GetBucketVersioning(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketVersioningInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketVersioningInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketWebsite.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketWebsite.go index c87f6ff1a46d4..0cb80bd61ad23 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketWebsite.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetBucketWebsite.go @@ -14,17 +14,26 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the website -// configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a -// bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about -// hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) -// . This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, +// you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For +// more information about hosting websites, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]. +// +// This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only // the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket // owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a -// bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. The following -// operations are related to GetBucketWebsite : -// - DeleteBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketWebsite.html) -// - PutBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html) +// bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite : +// +// [DeleteBucketWebsite] +// +// [PutBucketWebsite] +// +// [PutBucketWebsite]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html +// [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html +// [DeleteBucketWebsite]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketWebsite.html func (c *Client) GetBucketWebsite(ctx context.Context, params *GetBucketWebsiteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObject.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObject.go index a64f5964e11b0..80edddd15c15f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObject.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObject.go @@ -16,100 +16,141 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. In the GetObject request, specify the full -// key name for the object. General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style -// requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style -// request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg , -// specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For a -// path-style request example, if you have the object -// photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket , specify the -// object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For more -// information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style -// requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have -// the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named +// Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. +// +// In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. +// +// General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the +// path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, +// if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg , specify the object key +// name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For a path-style request example, if +// you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named +// examplebucket , specify the object key name as +// /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . For more information about +// request types, see [HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a +// virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object +// photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named // examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3 , specify the object key name as // /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg . Also, when you make requests to this API // operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions // in a policy. To use GetObject , you must have the READ access to the object // (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject // operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more -// information, see Specifying permissions in a policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request -// header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific -// version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this -// scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific -// versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. -// The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If the -// object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends -// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. -// - If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an -// HTTP status code 404 Not Found error. -// - If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP -// status code 403 Access Denied error. -// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the -// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy -// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on -// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request -// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token -// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session -// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the -// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// information, see [Specifying permissions in a policy]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the +// +// s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The +// s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. +// +// If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in +// +// the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The +// s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. +// +// If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns +// +// depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// +// - If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an +// HTTP status code 404 Not Found error. +// +// - If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP +// status code 403 Access Denied error. +// +// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy +// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on +// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request +// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token +// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session +// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the +// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Storage classes If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier // Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the // S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep // Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a -// copy using RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) -// . Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For -// information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the -// S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. -// Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will -// respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . Encryption Encryption -// request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , should not be sent for the -// GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 -// managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management -// Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon -// Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject -// requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 -// Bad Request error. Overriding response header values through the request There -// are times when you want to override certain response header values of a -// GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition -// response header value through your GetObject request. You can override values -// for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are -// included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 -// OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query -// parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts -// when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the -// GetObject response are Cache-Control , Content-Disposition , Content-Encoding , -// Content-Language , Content-Type , and Expires . To override values for a set of -// response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query -// parameters in the request. +// copy using [RestoreObject]. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For +// information about restoring archived objects, see [Restoring Archived Objects]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage +// class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class +// values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status +// code 400 Bad Request . +// +// Encryption Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , +// should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side +// encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side +// encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer +// server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you +// include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these +// types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. +// +// Overriding response header values through the request There are times when you +// want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For +// example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value +// through your GetObject request. +// +// You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response +// header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP +// status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the +// following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that +// Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. +// +// The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are +// Cache-Control , Content-Disposition , Content-Encoding , Content-Language , +// Content-Type , and Expires . +// +// To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you +// can use the following query parameters in the request. +// // - response-cache-control +// // - response-content-disposition +// // - response-content-encoding +// // - response-content-language +// // - response-content-type +// // - response-expires // // When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an // Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an -// unsigned (anonymous) request. HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The -// HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// unsigned (anonymous) request. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// // The following operations are related to GetObject : -// - ListBuckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html) -// - GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) +// +// [ListBuckets] +// +// [GetObjectAcl] +// +// [RestoreObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [ListBuckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html +// [HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket +// [Restoring Archived Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html +// [GetObjectAcl]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html +// [Specifying permissions in a policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html +// +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html func (c *Client) GetObject(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectInput{} @@ -127,35 +168,44 @@ func (c *Client) GetObject(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectInput, optFns . type GetObjectInput struct { - // The bucket name containing the object. Directory buckets - When you use this - // operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in - // the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style - // requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen - // Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format - // bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this - // action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the - // Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. + // The bucket name containing the object. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not + // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability + // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for + // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda + // access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point + // hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. + // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory - // buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, - // you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts - // hostname takes the form + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -174,37 +224,55 @@ type GetObjectInput struct { ExpectedBucketOwner *string // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one - // specified in this header; otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error. If - // both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request - // as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; If-Unmodified-Since - // condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. - // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) - // . + // specified in this header; otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error. + // + // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; + // If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and + // the data requested. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfMatch *string // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time; - // otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error. If both of the If-None-Match and - // If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match - // condition evaluates to false , and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to - // true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified status code. For more information - // about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . + // otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error. + // + // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; + // If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not + // Modified status code. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfModifiedSince *time.Time // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one - // specified in this header; otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error. If both - // of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request - // as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; If-Modified-Since - // condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified HTTP status - // code. For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) - // . + // specified in this header; otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error. + // + // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; + // If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; then, S3 returns 304 Not + // Modified HTTP status code. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfNoneMatch *string // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time; - // otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error. If both of the If-Match and - // If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match - // condition evaluates to true , and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to - // false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. For more information - // about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . + // otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error. + // + // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; + // If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; then, S3 returns 200 OK and + // the data requested. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and @@ -213,18 +281,23 @@ type GetObjectInput struct { PartNumber *int32 // Downloads the specified byte range of an object. For more information about the - // HTTP Range header, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range) - // . Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request. + // HTTP Range header, see [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range]. + // + // Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request. + // + // [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range Range *string // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response. @@ -245,66 +318,90 @@ type GetObjectInput struct { // Sets the Expires header of the response. ResponseExpires *time.Time - // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the object (for example, AES256 - // ). If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with - // customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon - // S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers: + // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the object (for example, AES256 ). + // + // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided + // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you + // GET the object, you must use the following headers: + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 - // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using - // Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // + // For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key that you originally provided for // Amazon S3 to encrypt the data before storing it. This value is used to decrypt // the object when recovering it and must match the one used when storing the data. // The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the - // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. If you encrypt an object - // by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) - // when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must - // use the following headers: + // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. + // + // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided + // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you + // GET the object, you must use the following headers: + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 - // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using - // Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // + // For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the customer-provided encryption key // according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check - // to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. If you encrypt - // an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys - // (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, - // you must use the following headers: + // to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided + // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you + // GET the object, you must use the following headers: + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key + // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 - // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using - // Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // + // For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string - // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. By default, the - // GetObject operation returns the current version of an object. To return a - // different version, use the versionId subresource. + // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. + // + // By default, the GetObject operation returns the current version of an object. + // To return a different version, use the versionId subresource. + // // - If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the // s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The // s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. + // // - If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId // in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The // s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. + // // - Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is // supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId // query parameter in the request. - // For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketVersioning.html) - // . + // + // For more information about versioning, see [PutBucketVersioning]. + // + // [PutBucketVersioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketVersioning.html VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -325,35 +422,40 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { Body io.ReadCloser // Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption - // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string // Specifies presentational information for the object. @@ -378,9 +480,11 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // Indicates whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. + // // - If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves // as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the // response. + // // - If the specified version in the request is a delete marker, the response // returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp // response header. @@ -390,20 +494,25 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // specific version of a resource found at a URL. ETag *string - // If the object expiration is configured (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) - // ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id + // If the object expiration is configured (see [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), + // the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id // key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the - // rule-id is URL-encoded. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // rule-id is URL-encoded. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html Expiration *string // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Expires *time.Time - // Date and time when the object was last modified. General purpose buckets - When - // you specify a versionId of the object in your request, if the specified version - // in the request is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed - // error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header. + // Date and time when the object was last modified. + // + // General purpose buckets - When you specify a versionId of the object in your + // request, if the specified version in the request is a delete marker, the + // response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp + // response header. LastModified *time.Time // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. @@ -415,20 +524,25 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // are prefixed with x-amz-meta- . This can happen if you create metadata using an // API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For // example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP - // headers. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // headers. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MissingMeta *int32 // Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only - // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus types.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus - // The Object Lock mode that's currently in place for this object. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // The Object Lock mode that's currently in place for this object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode types.ObjectLockMode - // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time // The count of parts this object has. This value is only returned if you specify @@ -436,63 +550,78 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { PartsCount *int32 // Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a - // source or destination in a replication rule. This functionality is not supported - // for directory buckets. + // source or destination in a replication rule. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ReplicationStatus types.ReplicationStatus // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time of the - // restored object copy. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. - // Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to - // store objects. + // restored object copy. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express + // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Restore *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). For directory buckets, only - // server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is - // supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header - // for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. Directory buckets - // - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets - // to store objects. + // for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. + // + // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by + // directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass types.StorageClass // The number of tags, if any, on the object, when you have the relevant - // permission to read object tags. You can use GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) - // to retrieve the tag set associated with an object. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // permission to read object tags. + // + // You can use [GetObjectTagging] to retrieve the tag set associated with an object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [GetObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html TagCount *int32 - // Version ID of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // Version ID of the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to // another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the - // value of this header in the object metadata. This functionality is not supported - // for directory buckets. + // value of this header in the object metadata. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAcl.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAcl.go index fc903cb390d07..9ee25c4e69f90 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAcl.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAcl.go @@ -13,24 +13,39 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the access -// control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have -// s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more -// information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/acl-overview.html#acl-access-policy-permission-mapping) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on -// Outposts. By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of -// an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the -// versionId subresource. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for -// S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you +// must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For +// more information, see [Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. +// To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId +// subresource. +// +// If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, +// requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the // bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the -// bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling -// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// GetObjectAcl : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) -// - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) +// bucket. For more information, see [Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [DeleteObject] +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [DeleteObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html +// [Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/acl-overview.html#acl-access-policy-permission-mapping +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html func (c *Client) GetObjectAcl(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectAclInput{} @@ -49,6 +64,7 @@ func (c *Client) GetObjectAcl(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectAclInput, op type GetObjectAclInput struct { // The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information. + // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the @@ -56,8 +72,9 @@ type GetObjectAclInput struct { // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -76,14 +93,17 @@ type GetObjectAclInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -100,11 +120,13 @@ type GetObjectAclOutput struct { // A list of grants. Grants []types.Grant - // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. + // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *types.Owner // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAttributes.go index dd1b9257cdb0a..432b879a0b547 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectAttributes.go @@ -16,32 +16,39 @@ import ( // Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. // This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. +// // GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts . All // of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a -// single call to GetObjectAttributes . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, -// you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These -// endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// single call to GetObjectAttributes . +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes , you must // have READ access to the object. The permissions that you need to use this // operation with depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is // versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and // s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is // not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes -// permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the -// error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket -// permission. +// permissions. For more information, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the +// object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on +// whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// // - If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an // HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error. +// // - If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP // status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -49,8 +56,7 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Encryption Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , // should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption @@ -61,49 +67,86 @@ import ( // want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET // request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad // Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you -// retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption -// with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in -// Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the -// following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to -// retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are: +// retrieve the object. +// +// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you +// retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to +// provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's +// metadata. The headers are: +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // -// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using -// Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory -// buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( -// AES256 ) is supported. Versioning Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't -// enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the -// null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only -// specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request. Conditional -// request headers Consider the following when using request headers: +// For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side +// encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. +// +// Versioning Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for +// directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version +// ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId +// query parameter in the request. +// +// Conditional request headers Consider the following when using request headers: +// // - If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the // request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the // data requested: +// // - If-Match condition evaluates to true . -// - If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false . For more information -// about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) -// . +// +// - If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false . +// +// For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. +// // - If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in // the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not // Modified : +// // - If-None-Match condition evaluates to false . -// - If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true . For more information about -// conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . -// -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following actions are -// related to GetObjectAttributes : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) -// - GetObjectLegalHold (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLegalHold.html) -// - GetObjectLockConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLockConfiguration.html) -// - GetObjectRetention (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectRetention.html) -// - GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) -// - HeadObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadObject.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) +// +// - If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true . +// +// For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [GetObjectAcl] +// +// [GetObjectLegalHold] +// +// [GetObjectLockConfiguration] +// +// [GetObjectRetention] +// +// [GetObjectTagging] +// +// [HeadObject] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [GetObjectLegalHold]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLegalHold.html +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [GetObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html +// [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 +// [HeadObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadObject.html +// [GetObjectLockConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLockConfiguration.html +// [GetObjectAcl]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html +// [GetObjectRetention]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectRetention.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html func (c *Client) GetObjectAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectAttributesInput{} @@ -121,31 +164,39 @@ func (c *Client) GetObjectAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectAttri type GetObjectAttributesInput struct { - // The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you - // use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style - // requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . - // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in - // the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format - // bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // The name of the bucket that contains the object. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not + // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability + // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for + // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -177,32 +228,38 @@ type GetObjectAttributesInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, - // AES256). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in // encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is // discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the - // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string - // The version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. S3 - // Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API + // The version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. + // + // S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API // operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory // buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the // request. @@ -223,6 +280,7 @@ type GetObjectAttributesOutput struct { // Specifies whether the object retrieved was ( true ) or was not ( false ) a // delete marker. If false , this response header does not appear in the response. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool @@ -240,18 +298,25 @@ type GetObjectAttributesOutput struct { ObjectSize *int64 // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Provides the storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this - // header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. For more - // information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) - // . Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by + // header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. + // + // For more information, see [Storage Classes]. + // + // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by // directory buckets to store objects. + // + // [Storage Classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html StorageClass types.StorageClass - // The version ID of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // The version ID of the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLegalHold.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLegalHold.go index 548f5e1cc6883..76edc7ad29f9d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLegalHold.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLegalHold.go @@ -13,11 +13,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets an object's current -// legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) -// . This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following -// action is related to GetObjectLegalHold : -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see [Locking Objects]. +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold : +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [Locking Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html func (c *Client) GetObjectLegalHold(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectLegalHoldInput{} @@ -36,15 +43,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetObjectLegalHold(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectLegalH type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct { // The bucket name containing the object whose legal hold status you want to - // retrieve. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you - // must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or - // specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct - // requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // retrieve. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -63,10 +73,12 @@ type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The version ID of the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLockConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLockConfiguration.go index e8e2fbd9f346b..e170ecad1d3c5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLockConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectLockConfiguration.go @@ -13,12 +13,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Gets the Object Lock -// configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration -// will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. -// For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) -// . The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration : -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the +// Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed +// in the specified bucket. For more information, see [Locking Objects]. +// +// The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration : +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [Locking Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html func (c *Client) GetObjectLockConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectLockConfigurationInput{} @@ -36,16 +42,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetObjectLockConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetObje type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { - // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. Access points - // - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of - // the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. - // When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point - // hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectRetention.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectRetention.go index b4daabf16fac7..93b8115c2c0b8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectRetention.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectRetention.go @@ -13,11 +13,18 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves an object's -// retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) -// . This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following -// action is related to GetObjectRetention : -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see [Locking Objects]. +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// The following action is related to GetObjectRetention : +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [Locking Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html func (c *Client) GetObjectRetention(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectRetentionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectRetentionInput{} @@ -36,15 +43,18 @@ func (c *Client) GetObjectRetention(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectRetent type GetObjectRetentionInput struct { // The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to - // retrieve. Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you - // must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or - // specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct - // requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // retrieve. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -63,10 +73,12 @@ type GetObjectRetentionInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTagging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTagging.go index dc15914a0e46b..4aa175010b4ff 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTagging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTagging.go @@ -13,20 +13,35 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns the tag-set of an -// object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with -// the object. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging +// subresource associated with the object. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about // current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple // versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use // the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the -// s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this -// permission and can grant this permission to others. For information about the -// Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html) -// . The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging : -// - DeleteObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html) -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) -// - PutObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html) +// s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action. +// +// By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission +// to others. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see [Object Tagging]. +// +// The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging : +// +// [DeleteObjectTagging] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [PutObjectTagging] +// +// [DeleteObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html +// [PutObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [Object Tagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html func (c *Client) GetObjectTagging(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectTaggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectTaggingInput{} @@ -45,6 +60,7 @@ func (c *Client) GetObjectTagging(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectTaggingI type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { // The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information. + // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the @@ -52,15 +68,18 @@ type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with - // Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. - // The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -79,10 +98,12 @@ type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTorrent.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTorrent.go index 9fc83178e660a..04b1dad8d8c7a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTorrent.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetObjectTorrent.go @@ -14,14 +14,24 @@ import ( "io" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns torrent files -// from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large -// files. You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and -// that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided -// encryption key. To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. This -// functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. The following action -// is related to GetObjectTorrent : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when +// you're distributing large files. +// +// You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that +// are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided +// encryption key. +// +// To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html func (c *Client) GetObjectTorrent(ctx context.Context, params *GetObjectTorrentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetObjectTorrentInput{} @@ -58,10 +68,12 @@ type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -78,7 +90,9 @@ type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { Body io.ReadCloser // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetPublicAccessBlock.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetPublicAccessBlock.go index 3689a4e163478..e09ce2792cd6e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetPublicAccessBlock.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_GetPublicAccessBlock.go @@ -14,22 +14,38 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Retrieves the -// PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, -// you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more -// information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// . When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or -// an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket -// (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use +// this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For +// more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]. +// +// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an +// object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or +// the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the // PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, // Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and -// account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a -// bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) -// . The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock : -// - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) -// - PutPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) +// account-level settings. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object +// public, see [The Meaning of "Public"]. +// +// The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock : +// +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access] +// +// [PutPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html +// [PutPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html +// [The Meaning of "Public"]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status func (c *Client) GetPublicAccessBlock(ctx context.Context, params *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetPublicAccessBlockInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadBucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadBucket.go index 5f5958916a938..413e4ecaced78 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadBucket.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadBucket.go @@ -19,42 +19,54 @@ import ( // You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have // permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and -// you have permission to access it. If the bucket does not exist or you do not -// have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request -// , 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you -// cannot determine the exception beyond these HTTP response codes. Directory -// buckets - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. -// These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// you have permission to access it. +// +// If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the +// HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request , 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found +// code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception +// beyond these HTTP response codes. +// +// Directory buckets - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal +// endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests -// are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Authentication and authorization All HeadBucket -// requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key -// ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- -// prefix, including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed. For more information, see -// REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) -// . Directory bucket - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize +// are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Authentication and authorization All HeadBucket requests must be authenticated +// and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the +// IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source +// , must be signed. For more information, see [REST Authentication]. +// +// Directory bucket - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize // your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary -// security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web -// Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf. +// security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. +// +// Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on +// your behalf. +// // Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have // permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this // permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Managing access permissions to your Amazon -// S3 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// information about permissions, see [Managing access permissions to your Amazon S3 resources]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateSession // permission in the Action element of a policy. By default, the session is in // the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set -// the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the bucket. For more -// information about example bucket policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 -// Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) -// and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based -// policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the bucket. +// +// For more information about example bucket policies, see [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]and [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 +// +// User Guide. // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html +// [REST Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html +// [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Managing access permissions to your Amazon S3 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) HeadBucket(ctx context.Context, params *HeadBucketInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &HeadBucketInput{} @@ -72,36 +84,46 @@ func (c *Client) HeadBucket(ctx context.Context, params *HeadBucketInput, optFns type HeadBucketInput struct { - // The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a - // directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The bucket name. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Lambda access points - When you use this API - // operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object - // Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access - // point alias in a request is not valid, the error code - // InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about - // InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList) - // . Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory - // buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, - // you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts - // hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object + // Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in + // place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request + // is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more + // information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError , see [List of Error Codes]. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html + // [List of Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -122,21 +144,26 @@ func (in *HeadBucketInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type HeadBucketOutput struct { // Indicates whether the bucket name used in the request is an access point alias. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AccessPointAlias *bool - // The name of the location where the bucket will be created. For directory - // buckets, the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where the bucket is created. An - // example AZ ID value is usw2-az1 . This functionality is only supported by - // directory buckets. + // The name of the location where the bucket will be created. + // + // For directory buckets, the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where the bucket is + // created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az1 . + // + // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. BucketLocationName *string - // The type of location where the bucket is created. This functionality is only - // supported by directory buckets. + // The type of location where the bucket is created. + // + // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. BucketLocationType types.LocationType - // The Region that the bucket is located. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // The Region that the bucket is located. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketRegion *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. @@ -285,12 +312,13 @@ type BucketExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *HeadBucketInput, *HeadBucketOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -450,12 +478,13 @@ type BucketNotExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *HeadBucketInput, *HeadBucketOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadObject.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadObject.go index 5b7e9b6c3510c..ddddfe5c1615b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadObject.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_HeadObject.go @@ -19,43 +19,52 @@ import ( // The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the // object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's -// metadata. A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. -// The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response +// metadata. +// +// A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The +// response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response // body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a // generic code, such as 400 Bad Request , 403 Forbidden , 404 Not Found , 405 // Method Not Allowed , 412 Precondition Failed , or 304 Not Modified . It's not -// possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. Request headers -// are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html) -// . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. +// +// Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see [Common Request Headers]. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API // operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD , you must have the // s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) -// permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, -// and condition keys for Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, the error -// that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket -// permission. -// - If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an -// HTTP status code 404 Not Found error. -// - If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP -// status code 403 Forbidden error. -// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the -// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy -// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on -// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request -// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token -// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session -// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the -// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// permission for this operation. For more information, see [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3]in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. +// +// If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns +// +// depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// +// - If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an +// HTTP status code 404 Not Found error. +// +// - If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP +// status code 403 Forbidden error. +// +// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy +// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on +// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request +// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token +// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session +// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the +// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Encryption Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption , // should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption @@ -66,20 +75,26 @@ import ( // want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD // request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad // Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you -// retrieve the object. If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption -// with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in -// Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the -// following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to -// retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are: +// retrieve the object. +// +// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you +// retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to +// provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's +// metadata. The headers are: +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key +// // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // -// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using -// Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket permissions - For directory -// buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( -// AES256 ) is supported. Versioning +// For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side +// encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. +// +// Versioning // // - If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves // as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the @@ -95,11 +110,23 @@ import ( // supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId // query parameter in the request. // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following actions are -// related to HeadObject : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following actions are related to HeadObject : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [Common Request Headers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html +// +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html func (c *Client) HeadObject(ctx context.Context, params *HeadObjectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &HeadObjectInput{} @@ -117,31 +144,39 @@ func (c *Client) HeadObject(ctx context.Context, params *HeadObjectInput, optFns type HeadObjectInput struct { - // The name of the bucket that contains the object. Directory buckets - When you - // use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style - // requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . - // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in - // the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format - // bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // The name of the bucket that contains the object. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not + // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability + // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for + // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -151,10 +186,11 @@ type HeadObjectInput struct { // This member is required. Key *string - // To retrieve the checksum, this parameter must be enabled. In addition, if you - // enable ChecksumMode and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key - // Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must have permission to use - // the kms:Decrypt action for the request to succeed. + // To retrieve the checksum, this parameter must be enabled. + // + // In addition, if you enable ChecksumMode and the object is encrypted with Amazon + // Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must have + // permission to use the kms:Decrypt action for the request to succeed. ChecksumMode types.ChecksumMode // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -163,40 +199,71 @@ type HeadObjectInput struct { ExpectedBucketOwner *string // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one - // specified; otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error. If both of the - // If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: + // specified; otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error. + // + // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: + // // - If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; + // // - If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; - // Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. For more information - // about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . + // + // Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfMatch *string // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time; - // otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error. If both of the If-None-Match and - // If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: + // otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error. + // + // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: + // // - If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; + // // - If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; - // Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. For more information - // about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . + // + // Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfModifiedSince *time.Time // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one - // specified; otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error. If both of the - // If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as - // follows: + // specified; otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error. + // + // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: + // // - If-None-Match condition evaluates to false , and; + // // - If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true ; - // Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. For more information - // about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . + // + // Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfNoneMatch *string // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time; - // otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error. If both of the If-Match - // and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: + // otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error. + // + // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the + // request as follows: + // // - If-Match condition evaluates to true , and; + // // - If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false ; - // Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. For more information - // about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232) . + // + // Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. + // + // For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232]. + // + // [RFC 7232]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and @@ -214,33 +281,39 @@ type HeadObjectInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, - // AES256). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in // encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is // discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the - // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string - // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. For directory - // buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is - // supported. + // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. + // + // For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version + // ID is supported. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -257,13 +330,15 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // Indicates that a range of bytes was specified. AcceptRanges *string - // The archive state of the head object. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // The archive state of the head object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ArchiveStatus types.ArchiveStatus // Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption - // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. @@ -274,8 +349,10 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -283,8 +360,10 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -292,8 +371,10 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -301,8 +382,10 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string // Specifies presentational information for the object. @@ -323,19 +406,23 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { ContentType *string // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete - // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool // An entity tag (ETag) is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a // specific version of a resource found at a URL. ETag *string - // If the object expiration is configured (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) - // ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id + // If the object expiration is configured (see [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), + // the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id // key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the - // rule-id is URL-encoded. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // rule-id is URL-encoded. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html Expiration *string // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. @@ -352,26 +439,34 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you - // can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MissingMeta *int32 // Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is // only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. This // header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a - // legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) - // . This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see [Object Lock]. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Object Lock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus types.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus // The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is // only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. For - // more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) - // . This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // more information about S3 Object Lock, see [Object Lock]. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Object Lock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html ObjectLockMode types.ObjectLockMode // The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is - // only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time // The count of parts this object has. This value is only returned if you specify @@ -379,89 +474,121 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { PartsCount *int32 // Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is - // either a source or a destination in a replication rule. In replication, you have - // a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or - // buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object ( - // GetObject ) or object metadata ( HeadObject ) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will - // return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response as follows: + // either a source or a destination in a replication rule. + // + // In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and + // destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you + // request an object ( GetObject ) or object metadata ( HeadObject ) from these + // buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the + // response as follows: + // // - If requesting an object from the source bucket, Amazon S3 will return the // x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible for - // replication. For example, suppose that in your replication configuration, you - // specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects with - // key prefix TaxDocs . Any objects you upload with this key name prefix, for - // example TaxDocs/document1.pdf , are eligible for replication. For any object - // request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the - // x-amz-replication-status header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED - // indicating object replication status. + // replication. + // + // For example, suppose that in your replication configuration, you specify object + // prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects with key prefix + // TaxDocs . Any objects you upload with this key name prefix, for example + // TaxDocs/document1.pdf , are eligible for replication. For any object request + // with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status + // header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication + // status. + // // - If requesting an object from a destination bucket, Amazon S3 will return // the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object in your // request is a replica that Amazon S3 created and there is no replica modification // replication in progress. + // // - When replicating objects to multiple destination buckets, the // x-amz-replication-status header acts differently. The header of the source // object will only return a value of COMPLETED when replication is successful to // all destinations. The header will remain at value PENDING until replication has // completed for all destinations. If one or more destinations fails replication // the header will return FAILED. - // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - // . This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // For more information, see [Replication]. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html ReplicationStatus types.ReplicationStatus // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), // the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in - // progress (see RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) - // or an archive copy is already restored. If an archive copy is already restored, - // the header value indicates when Amazon S3 is scheduled to delete the object - // copy. For example: x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 21 - // Dec 2012 00:00:00 GMT" If the object restoration is in progress, the header - // returns the value ongoing-request="true" . For more information about archiving - // objects, see Transitioning Objects: General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations) - // . This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express + // progress (see [RestoreObject]or an archive copy is already restored. + // + // If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon + // S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example: + // + // x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 21 Dec 2012 00:00:00 + // GMT" + // + // If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value + // ongoing-request="true" . + // + // For more information about archiving objects, see [Transitioning Objects: General Considerations]. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. + // + // [Transitioning Objects: General Considerations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations + // [RestoreObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html Restore *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). For directory buckets, only - // server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is - // supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header - // for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. For more - // information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) - // . Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by + // for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. + // + // For more information, see [Storage Classes]. + // + // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by // directory buckets to store objects. + // + // [Storage Classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html StorageClass types.StorageClass - // Version ID of the object. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // Version ID of the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to // another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the - // value of this header in the object metadata. This functionality is not supported - // for directory buckets. + // value of this header in the object metadata. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. @@ -610,12 +737,13 @@ type ObjectExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *HeadObjectInput, *HeadObjectOutput, error) (bool, error) } @@ -775,12 +903,13 @@ type ObjectNotExistsWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *HeadObjectInput, *HeadObjectOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.go index 67b7571c11142..bc31e5695a48e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.go @@ -14,27 +14,40 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the analytics -// configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations -// per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not return more than -// 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element -// in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is -// set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to -// true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 +// analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in +// the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set +// to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, +// and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the // NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing -// the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To use -// this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the // s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – -// Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) -// . The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations : -// - GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]. +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations : +// +// [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html +// [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.go index 729f878567653..0a6cb145fb4c0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.go @@ -14,25 +14,38 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by -// automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs +// by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, // without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access // tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to -// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with -// unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size -// or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not -// monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but -// they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for -// automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) -// . Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include: -// - DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) +// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data +// with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object +// size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is +// not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, +// but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. +// +// For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]. +// +// Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include: +// +// [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html +// [PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html +// [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access +// [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html func (c *Client) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.go index 6c879048ca34e..fa760e6c5798f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.go @@ -14,26 +14,40 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of -// inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics -// configurations per bucket. This action supports list pagination and does not -// return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated -// element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, -// IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, -// IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken . You -// use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by -// passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. To -// use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to +// 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. +// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If +// there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is +// a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the NextContinuationToken value to +// continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token +// in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the // s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see [Amazon S3 Inventory] +// // The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations : -// - GetBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) +// +// [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [Amazon S3 Inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [PutBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html +// [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html func (c *Client) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.go index 0b6ca94733bba..efae4c5cd3944 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.go @@ -13,28 +13,42 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Lists the metrics -// configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the -// request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage -// metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. This action -// supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a -// time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no -// more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more -// configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in -// NextContinuationToken . You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the -// pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the -// request to GET the next page. To use this operation, you must have permissions -// to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this -// permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For -// more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket -// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request -// metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) -// . The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations : -// - PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - GetBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are +// only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on +// daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. +// +// This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. +// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If +// there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is +// a value in NextContinuationToken . You use the NextContinuationToken value to +// continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token +// in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request +// metrics, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]. +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations : +// +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html +// [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBuckets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBuckets.go index 086d9d2900226..dd5396f13c3cc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBuckets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListBuckets.go @@ -13,11 +13,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns a list of all -// buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, -// you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. For information about Amazon -// S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/creating-buckets-s3.html) -// . +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. +// To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see [Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets]. +// +// [Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/creating-buckets-s3.html func (c *Client) ListBuckets(ctx context.Context, params *ListBucketsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListBucketsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListDirectoryBuckets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListDirectoryBuckets.go index 3ebf78af196b9..16cefddd9268b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListDirectoryBuckets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListDirectoryBuckets.go @@ -15,23 +15,27 @@ import ( ) // Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated -// sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see -// Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must -// make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints -// support path-style requests in the format -// https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . -// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see -// Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions You must have the -// s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy -// instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't -// supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services -// account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket -// policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The -// HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . +// sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see [Directory buckets]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests +// in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . +// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in +// an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to +// this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the +// Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about +// directory bucket policies and permissions, see [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Directory buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html func (c *Client) ListDirectoryBuckets(ctx context.Context, params *ListDirectoryBucketsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDirectoryBucketsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListDirectoryBucketsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListMultipartUploads.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListMultipartUploads.go index 183773651a0a6..a6c450b33cce7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListMultipartUploads.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListMultipartUploads.go @@ -16,38 +16,45 @@ import ( // This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress // multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the // CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. +// // Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, // you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are -// aborted or completed. The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of -// 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is -// also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a -// response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more -// than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, -// the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true , a -// NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining -// multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. -// In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker -// . Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous -// response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker -// value from the previous response. Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker -// element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory -// buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the -// value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. For -// more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart -// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must -// make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints -// support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// aborted or completed. +// +// The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads +// in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. +// You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the +// max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads +// that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an +// IsTruncated element with the value of true , a NextKeyMarker element, and a +// NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to +// make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two +// query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker . Set the value of key-marker +// to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value +// of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response. +// +// Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker +// element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart +// uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker +// value from the previous response. +// +// For more information about multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions -// required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload and Permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -55,29 +62,48 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Sorting of multipart uploads in response +// // - General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart // uploads are sorted based on two criteria: +// // - Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending // order based on their object keys. +// // - Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are // further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among // uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before // the ones that were initiated later. +// // - Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart // uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys. // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to ListMultipartUploads : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [Multipart Upload and Permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html func (c *Client) ListMultipartUploads(ctx context.Context, params *ListMultipartUploadsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{} @@ -95,42 +121,52 @@ func (c *Client) ListMultipartUploads(ctx context.Context, params *ListMultipart type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { - // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory - // buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string - // Character you use to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between - // the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the - // prefix are grouped under a single result element, CommonPrefixes . If you don't - // specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the - // key. The keys that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not - // returned elsewhere in the response. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / - // is the only supported delimiter. + // Character you use to group keys. + // + // All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the + // first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single + // result element, CommonPrefixes . If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then + // the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped + // under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere in the response. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Delimiter *string // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the @@ -147,20 +183,26 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { ExpectedBucketOwner *string // Specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. + // // - General purpose buckets - For general purpose buckets, key-marker is an // object key. Together with upload-id-marker , this parameter specifies the - // multipart upload after which listing should begin. If upload-id-marker is not - // specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified - // key-marker will be included in the list. If upload-id-marker is specified, any - // multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might also be included, - // provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than - // the specified upload-id-marker . + // multipart upload after which listing should begin. + // + // If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater + // than the specified key-marker will be included in the list. + // + // If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the + // key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have + // upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker . + // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, key-marker is obfuscated and // isn't a real object key. The upload-id-marker parameter isn't supported by // directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to // set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous - // response. In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't - // sorted lexicographically based on the object keys. + // response. + // + // In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted + // lexicographically based on the object keys. KeyMarker *string // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return in the @@ -171,26 +213,31 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of // keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd - // use a folder in a file system.) Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only - // prefixes that end in a delimiter ( / ) are supported. + // use a folder in a file system.) + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a + // delimiter ( / ) are supported. Prefix *string // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is // ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker // might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically - // greater than the specified upload-id-marker . This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // greater than the specified upload-id-marker . + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. UploadIdMarker *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -210,20 +257,25 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { // If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each // distinct key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The - // distinct key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element. Directory - // buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter ( / ) are - // supported. + // distinct key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a + // delimiter ( / ) are supported. CommonPrefixes []types.CommonPrefix // Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify a - // delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response. Directory - // buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. + // delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Delimiter *string - // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. If you - // specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in - // the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response - // elements: Delimiter , KeyMarker , Prefix , NextKeyMarker , Key . + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // + // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this + // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following + // response elements: + // + // Delimiter , KeyMarker , Prefix , NextKeyMarker , Key . EncodingType types.EncodingType // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A value @@ -244,26 +296,31 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { NextKeyMarker *string // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used - // for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. NextUploadIdMarker *string // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix. - // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter - // ( / ) are supported. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a + // delimiter ( / ) are supported. Prefix *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is // ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker // might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically - // greater than the specified upload-id-marker . This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // greater than the specified upload-id-marker . + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. UploadIdMarker *string // Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response can diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectVersions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectVersions.go index bcb90eb2d14af..f97d156939ca9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectVersions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectVersions.go @@ -13,19 +13,34 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns metadata about -// all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as -// selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions. +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also +// use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset +// of all the object versions. +// // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the -// s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. A 200 OK -// response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application -// to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. To use this -// operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. The following operations are -// related to ListObjectVersions : -// - ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html) -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) +// s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference. +// +// A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your +// application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. +// +// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions : +// +// [ListObjectsV2] +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [DeleteObject] +// +// [DeleteObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [ListObjectsV2]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html func (c *Client) ListObjectVersions(ctx context.Context, params *ListObjectVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListObjectVersionsInput{} @@ -93,10 +108,12 @@ type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. @@ -127,10 +144,13 @@ type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { // max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Delimiter *string - // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following - // response elements: KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key , and Delimiter . + // response elements: + // + // KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key , and Delimiter . EncodingType types.EncodingType // A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that @@ -164,7 +184,9 @@ type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { Prefix *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjects.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjects.go index 9a3bf3e0244bd..ee9fd98de5fbb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjects.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjects.go @@ -13,19 +13,35 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Returns some or all (up -// to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as -// selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK -// response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to -// parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. This action has -// been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html) -// , when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues -// to support ListObjects . The following operations are related to ListObjects : -// - ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html) -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - ListBuckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the +// request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a +// bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design +// your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it +// appropriately. +// +// This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, [ListObjectsV2], +// when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to +// support ListObjects . +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjects : +// +// [ListObjectsV2] +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [ListBuckets] +// +// [ListBuckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [ListObjectsV2]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html func (c *Client) ListObjects(ctx context.Context, params *ListObjectsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListObjectsInput{} @@ -43,31 +59,39 @@ func (c *Client) ListObjects(ctx context.Context, params *ListObjectsInput, optF type ListObjectsInput struct { - // The name of the bucket containing the objects. Directory buckets - When you use - // this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style - // requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . - // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in - // the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format - // bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // The name of the bucket containing the objects. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not + // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability + // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for + // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -121,14 +145,20 @@ func (in *ListObjectsInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type ListObjectsOutput struct { // All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single - // return when calculating the number of returns. A response can contain - // CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. CommonPrefixes contains all (if - // there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string - // specified by the delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like - // subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix . For example, if the prefix - // is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash ( / ), as in notes/summer/july , the - // common prefix is notes/summer/ . All of the keys that roll up into a common - // prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns. + // return when calculating the number of returns. + // + // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next + // occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory + // specified by Prefix . + // + // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash ( / ), as in + // notes/summer/july , the common prefix is notes/summer/ . All of the keys that + // roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the + // number of returns. CommonPrefixes []types.CommonPrefix // Metadata about each object returned. @@ -163,18 +193,21 @@ type ListObjectsOutput struct { // When the response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response // is true ), you can use the key name in this field as the marker parameter in // the subsequent request to get the next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects - // in alphabetical order. This element is returned only if you have the delimiter - // request parameter specified. If the response does not include the NextMarker - // element and it is truncated, you can use the value of the last Key element in - // the response as the marker parameter in the subsequent request to get the next - // set of object keys. + // in alphabetical order. + // + // This element is returned only if you have the delimiter request parameter + // specified. If the response does not include the NextMarker element and it is + // truncated, you can use the value of the last Key element in the response as the + // marker parameter in the subsequent request to get the next set of object keys. NextMarker *string // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Prefix *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectsV2.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectsV2.go index ee09d3cbde616..50e9f5fbd8cd1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectsV2.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListObjectsV2.go @@ -17,26 +17,29 @@ import ( // You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of // the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. // Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and -// handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see -// Listing object keys programmatically (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ListingKeysUsingAPIs.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html) -// . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// handle it appropriately. +// +// For more information about listing objects, see [Listing object keys programmatically] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// To get a list of your buckets, see [ListBuckets]. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API // operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have // READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the // s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can -// grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see -// Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] +// and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -44,24 +47,42 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Sorting order of returned objects +// // - General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns // objects in lexicographical order based on their key names. +// // - Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return // objects in lexicographical order. // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . This section describes the -// latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API -// operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 -// continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html) -// . The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2 : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that +// you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward +// compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API +// operation, [ListObjects]. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2 : +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [ListObjects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Listing object keys programmatically]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ListingKeysUsingAPIs.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [ListBuckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html func (c *Client) ListObjectsV2(ctx context.Context, params *ListObjectsV2Input, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListObjectsV2Input{} @@ -79,30 +100,37 @@ func (c *Client) ListObjectsV2(ctx context.Context, params *ListObjectsV2Input, type ListObjectsV2Input struct { - // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -113,13 +141,15 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { ContinuationToken *string // A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys. - // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported - // delimiter. + // + // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. + // // - Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during // in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains // the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. For - // more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // more information about multipart uploads, see [Multipart Upload Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Multipart Upload Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html Delimiter *string // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. If using @@ -134,8 +164,10 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { // The owner field is not present in ListObjectsV2 by default. If you want to // return the owner field with each key in the result, then set the FetchOwner - // field to true . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, the bucket owner is - // returned as the object owner for all objects. + // field to true . + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, the bucket owner is returned as the + // object owner for all objects. FetchOwner *bool // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the @@ -144,23 +176,28 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { MaxKeys *int32 // Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields - // that you do not specify are not returned. This functionality is not supported - // for directory buckets. + // that you do not specify are not returned. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. OptionalObjectAttributes []types.OptionalObjectAttributes - // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. Directory - // buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter ( / ) are - // supported. + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a + // delimiter ( / ) are supported. Prefix *string // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list // objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in - // their requests. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // their requests. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts - // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. StartAfter *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -176,43 +213,57 @@ type ListObjectsV2Output struct { // All of the keys (up to 1,000) that share the same prefix are grouped together. // When counting the total numbers of returns by this API operation, this group of - // keys is considered as one item. A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if - // you specify a delimiter. CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys - // between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. + // keys is considered as one item. + // + // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next + // occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. + // // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory - // specified by Prefix . For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is - // a slash ( / ) as in notes/summer/july , the common prefix is notes/summer/ . All - // of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when - // calculating the number of returns. + // specified by Prefix . + // + // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash ( / ) as in + // notes/summer/july , the common prefix is notes/summer/ . All of the keys that + // roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the + // number of returns. + // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a // delimiter ( / ) are supported. + // // - Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during // in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains // the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. For - // more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // more information about multipart uploads, see [Multipart Upload Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Multipart Upload Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html CommonPrefixes []types.CommonPrefix // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []types.Object - // If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. - // You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response. - // You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. + // If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the + // response. You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list + // response. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list + // results. ContinuationToken *string // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the // CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in // the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the - // MaxKeys value. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only - // supported delimiter. + // MaxKeys value. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Delimiter *string // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following - // response elements: Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter . + // response elements: + // + // Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter . EncodingType types.EncodingType // Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys are @@ -239,16 +290,21 @@ type ListObjectsV2Output struct { // obfuscated and is not a real key NextContinuationToken *string - // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Directory buckets - For directory - // buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter ( / ) are supported. + // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a + // delimiter ( / ) are supported. Prefix *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged - // If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. StartAfter *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListParts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListParts.go index 3f3946d935cd3..4e40bb5bf7252 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListParts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_ListParts.go @@ -14,55 +14,79 @@ import ( "time" ) -// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. To use -// this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this -// uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through -// CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// . The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of +// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. +// +// To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You +// obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through [CreateMultipartUpload]. +// +// The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of // 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a // response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart // upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated // field with the value of true , and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list // remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the // part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the -// NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. For more -// information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must -// make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints -// support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions -// required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side -// encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer -// server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must -// have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to -// succeed. -// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the -// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy -// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on -// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request -// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token -// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session -// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the -// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload and Permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management +// +// Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon +// Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt +// action for the ListParts request to succeed. +// +// - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy +// or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on +// the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request +// header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token +// expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session +// token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the +// session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to ListParts : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to ListParts : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) -// - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) -// - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [GetObjectAttributes] +// +// [ListMultipartUploads] +// +// [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [GetObjectAttributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html +// [ListMultipartUploads]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html +// [Multipart Upload and Permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html +// +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html func (c *Client) ListParts(ctx context.Context, params *ListPartsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListPartsInput{} @@ -80,31 +104,39 @@ func (c *Client) ListParts(ctx context.Context, params *ListPartsInput, optFns . type ListPartsInput struct { - // The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. Directory buckets - // - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -135,31 +167,39 @@ type ListPartsInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This // parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. - // For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // For more information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed // only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKey *string // The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is // needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -177,17 +217,21 @@ type ListPartsOutput struct { // incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the // object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating // when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. - // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket - // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) - // . The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will - // provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. + // For more information, see [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]. + // + // The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide + // the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config AbortDate *time.Time // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies // applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort - // incomplete multipart uploads. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // incomplete multipart uploads. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AbortRuleId *string // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not @@ -203,7 +247,7 @@ type ListPartsOutput struct { // provides the user ARN and display name. Initiator *types.Initiator - // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value + // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value // indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of // parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element. IsTruncated *bool @@ -221,8 +265,10 @@ type ListPartsOutput struct { // Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is // created. If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides - // the parent account ID and display name. Directory buckets - The bucket owner is - // returned as the object owner for all the parts. + // the parent account ID and display name. + // + // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all + // the parts. Owner *types.Owner // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher @@ -234,12 +280,15 @@ type ListPartsOutput struct { Parts []types.Part // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged - // The class of storage used to store the uploaded object. Directory buckets - - // Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to - // store objects. + // The class of storage used to store the uploaded object. + // + // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by + // directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass types.StorageClass // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go index c15d55f1f960c..a96855102462e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.go @@ -15,30 +15,45 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the accelerate -// configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a -// bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon -// S3. To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer +// Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data +// transfers to Amazon S3. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following // two values: +// // - Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. +// // - Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. // -// The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) -// action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket. After setting the -// Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty -// minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase. The name of the -// bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain -// periods ("."). For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer -// Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration : -// - GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) +// The [GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration] action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket. +// +// After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might +// take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase. +// +// The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and +// must not contain periods ("."). +// +// For more information about transfer acceleration, see [Transfer Acceleration]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration : +// +// [GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration] +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Transfer Acceleration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html +// [GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html func (c *Client) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} @@ -70,10 +85,13 @@ type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAcl.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAcl.go index f88bb4af22728..d61376f0100da 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAcl.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAcl.go @@ -15,89 +15,159 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the permissions on -// an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see -// Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) -// . To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission. You can -// use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions: +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// For more information, see [Using ACLs]. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the +// WRITE_ACP permission. +// +// You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions: +// // - Specify the ACL in the request body +// // - Specify permissions using request headers // // You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request -// headers. Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a -// bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an +// headers. +// +// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket +// using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an // existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you -// can continue to use that approach. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced -// setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect -// permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the -// objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the -// AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still -// supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions You can set access permissions by using -// one of the following methods: +// can continue to use that approach. +// +// If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, +// ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to +// grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or +// update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. +// Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see [Controlling object ownership]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions You can set access permissions by using one of the following +// methods: +// // - Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a // set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined // set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of // x-amz-acl . If you use this header, you cannot use other access -// control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) -// . +// control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see [Canned ACL]. +// // - Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read , // x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control // headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and // grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the // permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the // x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of -// permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see -// Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) -// . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the -// following: -// - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web -// Services account -// - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group -// - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web -// Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in -// the following Amazon Web Services Regions: -// - US East (N. Virginia) -// - US West (N. California) -// - US West (Oregon) -// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) -// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) -// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) -// - Europe (Ireland) -// - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions -// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For example, the following -// x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects -// permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web -// Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: -// uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", -// id="555566667777" +// permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]. +// +// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// +// following: +// +// - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web +// Services account +// +// - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group +// +// - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web +// Services account +// +// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following +// +// Amazon Web Services Regions: +// +// - US East (N. Virginia) +// +// - US West (N. California) +// +// - US West (Oregon) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) +// +// - Europe (Ireland) +// +// - South America (São Paulo) +// +// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the +// +// Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, +// +// and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and +// two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses. +// +// x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", +// +// id="111122223333", id="555566667777" // // You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You -// cannot do both. Grantee Values You can specify the person (grantee) to whom -// you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways: -// - By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> DisplayName is optional and -// ignored in the request -// - By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> -// - By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>& The grantee is resolved to the -// CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the -// CanonicalUser. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in -// the following Amazon Web Services Regions: -// - US East (N. Virginia) -// - US West (N. California) -// - US West (Oregon) -// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) -// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) -// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) -// - Europe (Ireland) -// - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions -// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// cannot do both. +// +// Grantee Values You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning +// access rights (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// - By the person's ID: +// +// <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request +// +// - By URI: +// +// <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// - By Email address: +// +// <>Grantees@email.com<>& +// +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object +// +// acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following +// +// Amazon Web Services Regions: +// +// - US East (N. Virginia) +// +// - US West (N. California) +// +// - US West (Oregon) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) +// +// - Europe (Ireland) +// +// - South America (São Paulo) +// +// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the +// +// Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl : -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) -// - GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [DeleteBucket] +// +// [GetObjectAcl] +// +// [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region +// [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html +// [Controlling object ownership]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html +// [DeleteBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html +// [Using ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html +// [Canned ACL]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL +// [GetObjectAcl]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html func (c *Client) PutBucketAcl(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketAclInput{} @@ -130,17 +200,23 @@ type PutBucketAclInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, go to RFC 1864. (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) + // transit. For more information, go to [RFC 1864.] + // // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864.]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -158,9 +234,10 @@ type PutBucketAclInput struct { // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. GrantReadACP *string - // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. For the bucket and object - // owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and overwrites of those - // objects. + // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. + // + // For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and + // overwrites of those objects. GrantWrite *string // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go index 0604fb930a46b..292a04b776526 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.go @@ -14,45 +14,67 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets an analytics -// configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You -// can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. You can choose to have -// storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values -// (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily -// and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data -// export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix -// where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a -// different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as -// the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more -// information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) -// . You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a +// comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. +// Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you +// configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an +// optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data +// to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket +// must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics +// configuration to. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]. +// +// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported // file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the -// bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory -// and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9) -// . To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// bucket. For an example policy, see [Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis]. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the // s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors: +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors: +// // - HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request +// // - Code: InvalidArgument +// // - Cause: Invalid argument. +// // - HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request +// // - Code: TooManyConfigurations +// // - Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already // reached the 1,000-configuration limit. +// // - HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden +// // - Code: AccessDenied +// // - Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have // the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on // the bucket. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration : -// - GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) +// +// [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations] +// +// [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html +// [Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9 +// [DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html +// [ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketCors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketCors.go index 3e6604ef6ad98..e56061b65294e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketCors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketCors.go @@ -15,35 +15,54 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the cors -// configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces -// it. To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, +// Amazon S3 replaces it. +// +// To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to -// others. You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service +// others. +// +// You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service // cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose // origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at -// my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. To -// enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors +// my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. +// +// To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors // subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you // configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed -// on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. When Amazon S3 -// receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a -// bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first -// CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin -// request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met: +// on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. +// +// When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS +// request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket +// and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to +// enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions +// must be met: +// // - The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements. +// // - The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the // Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request // must be one of the AllowedMethod elements. +// // - Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header // of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element. // -// For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// PutBucketCors : -// - GetBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketCors.html) -// - DeleteBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html) -// - RESTOPTIONSobject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html) +// For more information about CORS, go to [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketCors : +// +// [GetBucketCors] +// +// [DeleteBucketCors] +// +// [RESTOPTIONSobject] +// +// [GetBucketCors]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketCors.html +// [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html +// [RESTOPTIONSobject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html +// [DeleteBucketCors]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html func (c *Client) PutBucketCors(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketCorsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketCorsInput{} @@ -67,8 +86,9 @@ type PutBucketCorsInput struct { Bucket *string // Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 - // bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // bucket. For more information, see [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html // // This member is required. CORSConfiguration *types.CORSConfiguration @@ -77,17 +97,23 @@ type PutBucketCorsInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, go to RFC 1864. (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) + // transit. For more information, go to [RFC 1864.] + // // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864.]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketEncryption.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketEncryption.go index dfc71dc5c6987..01e160cdd38a0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketEncryption.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketEncryption.go @@ -15,30 +15,41 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action uses the -// encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys -// for an existing bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption -// configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys -// (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using -// server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or -// dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). -// If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure -// Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) -// . If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) -// to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 does -// not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests. This -// action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, -// see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html) -// . To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and +// Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. +// +// By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses +// server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally +// configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with +// Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption +// with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption +// by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys]. If you use PutBucketEncryption to +// set your [default bucket encryption]to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon +// S3 does not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests. +// +// This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more +// information, see [Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by // default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more -// information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource -// Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The following operations are related to -// PutBucketEncryption : -// - GetBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html) -// - DeleteBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html) +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption : +// +// [GetBucketEncryption] +// +// [DeleteBucketEncryption] +// +// [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html +// [GetBucketEncryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html +// [DeleteBucketEncryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [default bucket encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html func (c *Client) PutBucketEncryption(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketEncryptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{} @@ -62,8 +73,9 @@ type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { // (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using // server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) or a // customer-provided key (SSE-C). For information about the bucket default - // encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // encryption feature, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -77,16 +89,20 @@ type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the server-side encryption - // configuration. For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line - // Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated - // automatically. + // configuration. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go index 61d73da569212..8aac2b9871263 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.go @@ -14,37 +14,58 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Puts a S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to -// 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by -// automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can +// have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs +// by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, // without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access // tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to -// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. The S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with -// unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size -// or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not -// monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but -// they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 -// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. For more information, see Storage class for -// automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) -// . Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: -// - DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) +// hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. +// +// The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data +// with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object +// size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is +// not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, +// but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering storage class. +// +// For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]. +// +// Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: +// +// [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations] // // You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to // automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to // the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier. -// PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors: HTTP -// 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument HTTP 400 Bad -// Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are attempting to create a -// new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit. HTTP -// 403 Forbidden Error Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you -// do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set -// the configuration on the bucket. +// +// PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors: +// +// HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument +// +// Cause: Invalid Argument +// +// HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations +// +// Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already +// reached the 1,000-configuration limit. +// +// HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, +// or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission +// to set the configuration on the bucket. +// +// [ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html +// [GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html +// [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access +// [DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html func (c *Client) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.go index 03d79a0d8d503..5933b6480a3c7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.go @@ -14,48 +14,76 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This implementation of -// the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) -// to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket. +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration +// (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 +// inventory configurations per bucket. +// // Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a // daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket // that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the // inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination -// bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. When -// you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination -// bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the -// inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to -// include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. -// For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You must create a bucket policy on the destination -// bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the -// defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 -// Inventory and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9) -// . Permissions To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the +// bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. +// +// When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the +// destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to +// generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object +// metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current +// versions. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Inventory]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions +// to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an +// example policy, see [Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis]. +// +// Permissions To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by -// default and can grant this permission to others. The -// s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-inventory.html) -// report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the +// default and can grant this permission to others. +// +// The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an [S3 Inventory] report +// that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the // destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in // the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are -// available in the inventory report. To restrict access to an inventory report, -// see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-10) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields -// available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-inventory.html#storage-inventory-contents) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see -// Permissions related to bucket subresource operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following -// special errors: HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid -// Argument HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are -// attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the -// 1,000-configuration limit. HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Cause: You are not the owner -// of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration -// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket. The following -// operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration : -// - GetBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketInventoryConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) +// available in the inventory report. +// +// To restrict access to an inventory report, see [Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see [Amazon S3 Inventory lists] +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions related to bucket subresource operations]and [Identity and access management in Amazon S3] +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors: +// +// HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument +// +// Cause: Invalid Argument +// +// HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations +// +// Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already +// reached the 1,000-configuration limit. +// +// HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, +// or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set +// the configuration on the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration : +// +// [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations] +// +// [Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9 +// [Amazon S3 Inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html +// [ListBucketInventoryConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html +// [S3 Inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-inventory.html +// [Permissions related to bucket subresource operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html +// [Identity and access management in Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-10 +// [Amazon S3 Inventory lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-inventory.html#storage-inventory-contents +// [GetBucketInventoryConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html func (c *Client) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go index 88096fdd13298..102077fc737f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.go @@ -15,26 +15,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a new lifecycle -// configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. -// Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if -// you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new -// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see -// Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// . Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing +// lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing +// lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, +// they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about +// lifecycle configuration, see [Managing your storage lifecycle]. +// +// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using // an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any // combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The // previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name // prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API -// description, see PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html) -// . Rules You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The +// description, see [PutBucketLifecycle]. +// +// Rules You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The // lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An // Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not // adjustable. Each rule consists of the following: +// // - A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The // filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, or any // combination of these. +// // - A status indicating whether the rule is in effect. +// // - One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want // Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of // your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many @@ -42,28 +48,44 @@ import ( // versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for // current and noncurrent object versions. // -// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html) -// . Permissions By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including -// buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration -// and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web +// For more information, see [Object Lifecycle Management] and [Lifecycle Configuration Elements]. +// +// Permissions By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, +// objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and +// website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web // Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner // can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. -// For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration -// permission. You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also -// supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from -// removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions -// for the following actions: +// For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. +// +// You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any +// other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or +// deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the +// following actions: +// // - s3:DeleteObject +// // - s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// // - s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration // -// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your -// Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration : -// - Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html) -// - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) -// - DeleteBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html) +// For more information about permissions, see [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration : +// +// [Examples of Lifecycle Configuration] +// +// [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration] +// +// [DeleteBucketLifecycle] +// +// [Examples of Lifecycle Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html +// [Object Lifecycle Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html +// [Lifecycle Configuration Elements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html +// [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html +// [PutBucketLifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [DeleteBucketLifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html +// [Managing your storage lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html func (c *Client) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} @@ -90,10 +112,13 @@ type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLogging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLogging.go index fb80d2ee1be5b..e07c43221c6dc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLogging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketLogging.go @@ -15,39 +15,68 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Set the logging -// parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify -// the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web -// Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you -// must be the bucket owner. The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL -// to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other -// people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the -// grantee has to the logs. If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket -// owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee -// request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using -// policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Grantee Values You can specify the person (grantee) -// to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the -// following ways: -// - By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> DisplayName is optional and -// ignored in the request. -// - By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<> The grantee is resolved to the -// CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the -// CanonicalUser. -// - By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can +// view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the +// same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status +// of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the +// Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions +// request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. +// +// If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting +// for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant +// access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more +// information, see [Permissions for server access log delivery]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Grantee Values You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning +// access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// - By the person's ID: +// +// <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request. +// +// - By Email address: +// +// <>Grantees@email.com<> +// +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a +// +// GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// - By URI: +// +// <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> // // To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To -// disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: For -// more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerLogs.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about creating a bucket, see -// CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// . For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see -// GetBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging : -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - GetBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html) +// disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: +// +// For more information about server access logging, see [Server Access Logging] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// For more information about creating a bucket, see [CreateBucket]. For more information about +// returning the logging status of a bucket, see [GetBucketLogging]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging : +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [DeleteBucket] +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [GetBucketLogging] +// +// [Permissions for server access log delivery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general +// [DeleteBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html +// [GetBucketLogging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [Server Access Logging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerLogs.html func (c *Client) PutBucketLogging(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketLoggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketLoggingInput{} @@ -79,15 +108,19 @@ type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm - // The MD5 hash of the PutBucketLogging request body. For requests made using the - // Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, - // this field is calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash of the PutBucketLogging request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.go index bff1452b97710..10b3b5978b5d2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.go @@ -14,29 +14,44 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets a metrics -// configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You -// can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an -// existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the -// existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to -// keep, they are erased. To use this operation, you must have permissions to -// perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this -// permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For -// more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket -// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see -// Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration : -// - DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - GetBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// - ListBucketMetricsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for +// the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If +// you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full +// replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the +// elements you want to keep, they are erased. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by +// default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more +// information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration : +// +// [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration] +// +// [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations] // // PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error: +// // - Error code: TooManyConfigurations +// // - Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have // already reached the 1,000-configuration limit. +// // - HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request +// +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html +// [GetBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [ListBucketMetricsConfigurations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html +// [DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.go index e937b5c5946d7..f83abf02b0e27 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.go @@ -14,41 +14,59 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Enables notifications of -// specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, -// see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) -// . Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information +// about event notifications, see [Configuring Event Notifications]. +// +// Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The // configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon // S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event -// notification when it detects an event of the specified type. By default, your -// bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification -// configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration . This action -// replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you -// include in the request body. After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first -// verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon -// Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner -// has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of -// Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions -// grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For -// more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) -// . You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration -// element. For more information about the number of event notification -// configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#limits_s3) -// in Amazon Web Services General Reference. By default, only the bucket owner can -// configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket -// policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the -// required s3:PutBucketNotification permission. The PUT notification is an atomic -// operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS -// topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT -// request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS -// topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will -// not add the configuration to your bucket. If the configuration in the request -// body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the -// s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the -// x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test -// notification sent to the topic. The following action is related to -// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration : -// - GetBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) +// notification when it detects an event of the specified type. +// +// By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the +// notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration . +// +// This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the +// configuration you include in the request body. +// +// After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple +// Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) +// destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by +// sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 +// verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to +// invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see [Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events]. +// +// You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration +// element. +// +// For more information about the number of event notification configurations that +// you can create per bucket, see [Amazon S3 service quotas]in Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. +// However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other +// users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification +// permission. +// +// The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your +// notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function +// configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 +// sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT +// action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. +// +// If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration +// specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response +// will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message +// ID of the test notification sent to the topic. +// +// The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration : +// +// [GetBucketNotificationConfiguration] +// +// [Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html +// [Amazon S3 service quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#limits_s3 +// [GetBucketNotificationConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html +// [Configuring Event Notifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html func (c *Client) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketOwnershipControls.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketOwnershipControls.go index 94875b7554b9e..e3160fd58329f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketOwnershipControls.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketOwnershipControls.go @@ -15,14 +15,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies -// OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have -// the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon -// S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// . For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/about-object-ownership.html) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls : -// - GetBucketOwnershipControls -// - DeleteBucketOwnershipControls +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this +// operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more +// information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying permissions in a policy]. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see [Using object ownership]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls : +// +// # GetBucketOwnershipControls +// +// # DeleteBucketOwnershipControls +// +// [Specifying permissions in a policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/using-with-s3-actions.html +// [Using object ownership]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/about-object-ownership.html func (c *Client) PutBucketOwnershipControls(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput{} @@ -51,9 +59,10 @@ type PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct { // This member is required. OwnershipControls *types.OwnershipControls - // The MD5 hash of the OwnershipControls request body. For requests made using the - // Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, - // this field is calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash of the OwnershipControls request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketPolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketPolicy.go index 88e3f2633fe5b..c00676ca3a8e8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketPolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketPolicy.go @@ -15,48 +15,64 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. Directory buckets - -// For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the -// Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format -// https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . -// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see -// Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions If you are using an identity other than -// the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the -// calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the -// specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this -// operation. If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a -// 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not -// using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns -// a 405 Method Not Allowed error. To ensure that bucket owners don't -// inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a -// bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy , -// PutBucketPolicy , and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket -// policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root -// principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint -// policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies. +// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests +// in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . +// Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon +// Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have +// the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the +// bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access +// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an +// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 +// Method Not Allowed error. +// +// To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their +// own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account +// can perform the GetBucketPolicy , PutBucketPolicy , and DeleteBucketPolicy API +// actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's +// access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these +// API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations +// policies. +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is // required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket -// policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// policies, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you // must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based // policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation // isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services // account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket -// policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// policies and permissions, see [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Example bucket policies General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See [Bucket policy examples] +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // -// Example bucket policies General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See -// Bucket policy examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory bucket example bucket policies - See -// Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The -// HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . The -// following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy : -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) +// Directory bucket example bucket policies - See [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy : +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [DeleteBucket] +// +// [Bucket policy examples]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html +// [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [DeleteBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html +// [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html func (c *Client) PutBucketPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketPolicyInput{} @@ -74,21 +90,26 @@ func (c *Client) PutBucketPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketPolicyInp type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { - // The name of the bucket. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a - // directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format + // The name of the bucket. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use path-style requests in the format // https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . // Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be // unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format // bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 - // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket - // naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide + // ). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string - // The bucket policy as a JSON document. For directory buckets, the only IAM - // action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession . + // The bucket policy as a JSON document. + // + // For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is + // s3express:CreateSession . // // This member is required. Policy *string @@ -97,39 +118,54 @@ type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 - // fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For the - // x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported - // algorithm from the following list: + // fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . + // + // For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the + // supported algorithm from the following list: + // // - CRC32 + // // - CRC32C + // // - SHA1 + // // - SHA256 - // For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the individual checksum value you provide - // through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set - // through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm , Amazon S3 ignores any provided - // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the - // provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . For directory buckets, when you - // use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's - // used for performance. + // + // For more information, see [Checking object integrity] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm + // doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through + // x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm , Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm + // parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in + // x-amz-checksum-algorithm . + // + // For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the + // default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions - // to change this bucket policy in the future. This functionality is not supported - // for directory buckets. + // to change this bucket policy in the future. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool - // The MD5 hash of the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web - // Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is - // calculated automatically. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // The MD5 hash of the request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP - // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). For directory buckets, this header - // is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request - // fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented . + // status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). + // + // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If + // you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not + // Implemented . ExpectedBucketOwner *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketReplication.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketReplication.go index bf59164c0356e..00182a6bfbb69 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketReplication.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketReplication.go @@ -15,47 +15,71 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates a replication -// configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Specify the replication configuration in the -// request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the -// destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the -// IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and -// other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon -// Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_condition-keys.html#condition-keys-requestedregion) -// condition key. A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and -// can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to -// replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional -// subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. To specify a subset -// of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the -// Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on -// an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter -// element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: -// DeleteMarkerReplication , Status , and Priority . If you are using an earlier -// version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of -// delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations) -// . For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html) -// . Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects By default, Amazon S3 doesn't +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more +// information, see [Replication]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication +// configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where +// you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume +// to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can +// invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the [aws:RequestedRegion] +// aws:RequestedRegion condition key. +// +// A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a +// maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by +// filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of +// objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. +// +// To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication +// rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter +// objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When +// you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following +// elements: DeleteMarkerReplication , Status , and Priority . +// +// If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 +// handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see [Backward Compatibility]. +// +// For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see [Using Versioning]. +// +// Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects By default, Amazon S3 doesn't // replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS // keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: // SourceSelectionCriteria , SseKmsEncryptedObjects , Status , // EncryptionConfiguration , and ReplicaKmsKeyID . For information about -// replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS -// keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html) -// . For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of -// replication-related error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList) +// replication configuration, see [Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys]. +// +// For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see [List of replication-related error codes] +// // Permissions To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have -// s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket. By default, a -// resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the -// bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others -// permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, -// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have -// the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html) -// permission. The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication : -// - GetBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html) -// - DeleteBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html) +// s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket. +// +// By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that +// created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also +// grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about +// permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the [iam:PassRole] +// permission. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication : +// +// [GetBucketReplication] +// +// [DeleteBucketReplication] +// +// [iam:PassRole]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html +// [GetBucketReplication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html +// [aws:RequestedRegion]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_condition-keys.html#condition-keys-requestedregion +// [Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html +// [Using Versioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html +// [Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html +// [List of replication-related error codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList +// [Backward Compatibility]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations +// [DeleteBucketReplication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html func (c *Client) PutBucketReplication(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketReplicationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketReplicationInput{} @@ -88,17 +112,23 @@ type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, see RFC 1864 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) - // . For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) - // or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864]. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketRequestPayment.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketRequestPayment.go index 07e0f1639931e..57992d9d3ad78 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketRequestPayment.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketRequestPayment.go @@ -15,14 +15,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the request payment -// configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from -// the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to -// specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the -// download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment : -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - GetBucketRequestPayment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketRequestPayment.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket +// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables +// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will +// be charged for the download. For more information, see [Requester Pays Buckets]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment : +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [GetBucketRequestPayment] +// +// [GetBucketRequestPayment]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketRequestPayment.html +// [Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html func (c *Client) PutBucketRequestPayment(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{} @@ -54,17 +62,23 @@ type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, see RFC 1864 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) - // . For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) - // or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864]. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketTagging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketTagging.go index 0f0a6fd406736..7a97414e5b121 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketTagging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketTagging.go @@ -15,39 +15,54 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the tags for a -// bucket. Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own -// cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill -// with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, -// organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key -// values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application -// name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that -// application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation -// and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) -// and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/CostAllocTagging.html) -// . When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the tags for a bucket. +// +// Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost +// structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with +// tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize +// your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. +// For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and +// then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application +// across several services. For more information, see [Cost Allocation and Tagging]and [Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags]. +// +// When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current // tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an -// existing list of tags. To use this operation, you must have permissions to -// perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by -// default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about -// permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// . PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors -// see, Error Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html) -// . +// existing list of tags. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the +// s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]. +// +// PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors +// see, [Error Responses]. +// // - InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if -// the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost -// Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/CostAllocTagging.html) -// . +// the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see [Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags]. +// // - MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema. +// // - OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress // against this resource. Please try again. +// // - InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the // bucket. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging : -// - GetBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html) -// - DeleteBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html) +// +// [GetBucketTagging] +// +// [DeleteBucketTagging] +// +// [Error Responses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html +// [GetBucketTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html +// [Cost Allocation and Tagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [DeleteBucketTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html +// [Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/CostAllocTagging.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html func (c *Client) PutBucketTagging(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketTaggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketTaggingInput{} @@ -79,17 +94,23 @@ type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, see RFC 1864 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) - // . For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) - // or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864]. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketVersioning.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketVersioning.go index 495725cea90f4..9a5d520a7997c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketVersioning.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketVersioning.go @@ -15,28 +15,47 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the versioning state -// of an existing bucket. You can set the versioning state with one of the -// following values: Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All -// objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID. Suspended—Disables -// versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket -// receive the version ID null. If the versioning state has never been set on a -// bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) -// request does not return a versioning state value. In order to enable MFA Delete, -// you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA -// Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa -// request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request -// to set the versioning state of the bucket. If you have an object expiration -// lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain -// the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a -// noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration -// will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled -// bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more -// noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config) -// . The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning : -// - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) -// - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) -// - GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. +// +// You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: +// +// Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to +// the bucket receive a unique version ID. +// +// Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added +// to the bucket receive the version ID null. +// +// If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning +// state; a [GetBucketVersioning]request does not return a versioning state value. +// +// In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the +// bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning +// configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and +// the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the +// bucket. +// +// If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned +// bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you +// enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent +// expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent +// object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket +// maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more +// information, see [Lifecycle and Versioning]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning : +// +// [CreateBucket] +// +// [DeleteBucket] +// +// [GetBucketVersioning] +// +// [DeleteBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html +// [CreateBucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html +// [Lifecycle and Versioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config +// [GetBucketVersioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html func (c *Client) PutBucketVersioning(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketVersioningInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketVersioningInput{} @@ -68,17 +87,23 @@ type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // >The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, see RFC 1864 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) - // . For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) - // or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864]. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketWebsite.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketWebsite.go index 08c8a582f5123..85d0214ab948c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketWebsite.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutBucketWebsite.go @@ -15,21 +15,29 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the configuration of -// the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket -// as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website -// configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any -// redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) -// . This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website +// subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on +// the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the +// index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]. +// +// This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only // the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket // owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a -// bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. To redirect -// all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website -// configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to -// another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket. +// bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. +// +// To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add +// a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are +// sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the +// bucket. +// // - WebsiteConfiguration +// // - RedirectAllRequestsTo +// // - HostName +// // - Protocol // // If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements @@ -37,27 +45,47 @@ import ( // information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website // configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some // requests might not be redirected. +// // - WebsiteConfiguration +// // - IndexDocument +// // - Suffix +// // - ErrorDocument +// // - Key +// // - RoutingRules +// // - RoutingRule +// // - Condition +// // - HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals +// // - KeyPrefixEquals +// // - Redirect +// // - Protocol +// // - HostName +// // - ReplaceKeyPrefixWith +// // - ReplaceKeyWith +// // - HttpRedirectCode // // Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If // you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more -// information, see Configuring an Object Redirect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB. +// information, see [Configuring an Object Redirect]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB. +// +// [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html +// [Configuring an Object Redirect]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html func (c *Client) PutBucketWebsite(ctx context.Context, params *PutBucketWebsiteInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{} @@ -89,17 +117,23 @@ type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, see RFC 1864 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) - // . For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) - // or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864]. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObject.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObject.go index d57e0026ef7c7..6a47996063801 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObject.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObject.go @@ -18,51 +18,60 @@ import ( ) // Adds an object to a bucket. +// // - Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, // Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to // only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the // entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values. +// // - If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, // ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the // bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner. +// // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . -// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and -// Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for // the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. // However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior: +// // - S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you -// can use Amazon S3 Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory -// buckets. +// can use [Amazon S3 Object Lock]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. +// // - S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 // receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores // all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same // object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object // being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of -// the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to -// Versioning-Enabled Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning -// state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) -// . This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. +// the object. For more information about versioning, see [Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see [GetBucketVersioning] +// . +// +// This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required // in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers. +// // - s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must // always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it. +// // - s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject // request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl . +// // - s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject // request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging . +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -70,24 +79,36 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // // Data integrity with Content-MD5 +// // - General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing // the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 // checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, // Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 // digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and // compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. +// // - Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory // buckets. // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . For more information about -// related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following: -// - CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) -// - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following: +// +// [CopyObject] +// +// [DeleteObject] +// +// [Amazon S3 Object Lock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html +// [DeleteObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html +// [CopyObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [GetBucketVersioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html func (c *Client) PutObject(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutObjectInput{} @@ -105,31 +126,39 @@ func (c *Client) PutObject(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectInput, optFns . type PutObjectInput struct { - // The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated. Directory buckets - When - // you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -139,26 +168,33 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // This member is required. Key *string - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. When adding a new object, you can use headers to - // grant ACL-based permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to - // predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the - // ACL on the object. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full - // access control. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) - // and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses - // the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and - // no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT - // requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner - // full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an - // equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that - // contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services - // accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code - // AccessControlListNotSupported . For more information, see Controlling - // ownership of objects and disabling ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see [Canned ACL] in the Amazon + // S3 User Guide. + // + // When adding a new object, you can use headers to grant ACL-based permissions to + // individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by + // Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. By + // default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. For + // more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]and [Managing ACLs Using the REST API] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced + // setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect + // permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't + // specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such + // as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL + // expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, + // custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 + // error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported . For more information, + // see [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // + // [Managing ACLs Using the REST API]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html + // [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html + // [Canned ACL]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL + // [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html ACL types.ObjectCannedACL // Object data. @@ -167,102 +203,124 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption // with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object - // encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect - // bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // encryption with SSE-KMS. + // + // Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings + // for S3 Bucket Key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For more - // information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9) - // . + // information, see [http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9]. + // + // [http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9]: http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 CacheControl *string // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 - // fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For the - // x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported - // algorithm from the following list: + // fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . + // + // For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the + // supported algorithm from the following list: + // // - CRC32 + // // - CRC32C + // // - SHA1 + // // - SHA256 - // For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the individual checksum value you provide - // through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set - // through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm , Amazon S3 ignores any provided - // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the - // provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . For directory buckets, when you - // use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's - // used for performance. + // + // For more information, see [Checking object integrity] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm + // doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through + // x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm , Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm + // parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in + // x-amz-checksum-algorithm . + // + // For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the + // default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32C *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA1 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string - // Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see - // https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4 (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4) - // . + // Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4]. + // + // [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4 ContentDisposition *string // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what // decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the - // Content-Type header field. For more information, see - // https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding) - // . + // Content-Type header field. For more information, see [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding]. + // + // [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding ContentEncoding *string // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body - // cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see - // https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length) - // . + // cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length]. + // + // [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length ContentLength *int64 // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) // according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to // verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although it is // optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end - // integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, see - // REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) - // . The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a + // integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, see [REST Authentication]. + // + // The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a // retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information - // about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see [Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [REST Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html + // [Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html ContentMD5 *string // A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more - // information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type) - // . + // information, see [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type]. + // + // [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type ContentType *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -271,27 +329,36 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { ExpectedBucketOwner *string // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more - // information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3 (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3) - // . + // information, see [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3]. + // + // [https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3 Expires *time.Time // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + // // - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // // - This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string @@ -299,46 +366,55 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { Metadata map[string]string // Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more - // information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // information about S3 Object Lock, see [Object Lock]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Object Lock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus types.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus - // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode types.ObjectLockMode // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Must be - // formatted as a timestamp parameter. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // formatted as a timestamp parameter. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256 - // ). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256 ). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in // encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is // discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the - // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object @@ -346,8 +422,9 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as object // metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS for future // GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. This value must be - // explicitly added during CopyObject operations. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // explicitly added during CopyObject operations. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string // If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse , @@ -358,53 +435,72 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id , Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web // Services managed key ( aws/s3 ) to protect the data. If the KMS key does not // exist in the same account that's issuing the command, you must use the full ARN - // and not just the ID. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // and not just the ID. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm that was used when you store this object - // in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). General purpose - // buckets - You have four mutually exclusive options to protect data using - // server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the - // encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed - // keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS or DSSE-KMS), and - // customer-provided keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side + // in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). + // + // General purpose buckets - You have four mutually exclusive options to protect + // data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to + // manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon + // S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS or DSSE-KMS), + // and customer-provided keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side // encryption by using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can // optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest by using server-side - // encryption with other key options. For more information, see Using Server-Side - // Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the - // server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) value is - // supported. + // encryption with other key options. For more information, see [Using Server-Side Encryption]in the Amazon S3 + // User Guide. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the server-side encryption with + // Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) value is supported. + // + // [Using Server-Side Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created // objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high // availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different - // Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // Storage Class. For more information, see [Storage Classes]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // // - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is // supported to store newly created objects. + // // - Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. + // + // [Storage Classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html StorageClass types.StorageClass // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query - // parameters. (For example, "Key1=Value1") This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // parameters. (For example, "Key1=Value1") + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Tagging *string // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to // another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the // value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object - // metadata, see Object Key and Metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. In the following example, the request header sets - // the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: - // x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html In the following example, the - // request header sets the object redirect to another website: - // x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ For more information - // about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) - // and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // metadata, see [Object Key and Metadata]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object + // (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to + // another website: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ + // + // For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3] and [How to Configure Website Page Redirects] in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [How to Configure Website Page Redirects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html + // [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html + // [Object Key and Metadata]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html WebsiteRedirectLocation *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -419,8 +515,9 @@ func (in *PutObjectInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type PutObjectOutput struct { // Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side - // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -428,8 +525,10 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -437,8 +536,10 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -446,8 +547,10 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -455,71 +558,89 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string - // Entity tag for the uploaded object. General purpose buckets - To ensure that - // data is not corrupted traversing the network, for objects where the ETag is the - // MD5 digest of the object, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to - // Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. Directory - // buckets - The ETag for the object in a directory bucket isn't the MD5 digest of - // the object. + // Entity tag for the uploaded object. + // + // General purpose buckets - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the + // network, for objects where the ETag is the MD5 digest of the object, you can + // calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned + // ETag to the calculated MD5 value. + // + // Directory buckets - The ETag for the object in a directory bucket isn't the MD5 + // digest of the object. ETag *string - // If the expiration is configured for the object (see - // PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) - // ) in the Amazon S3 User Guide, the response includes this header. It includes - // the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about - // object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL-encoded. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // If the expiration is configured for the object (see [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]) in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide, the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and + // rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The + // value of the rule-id is URL-encoded. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html Expiration *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for // object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string // holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored // as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS - // for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string // If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse , // this header indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). For directory buckets, only - // server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is - // supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms , aws:kms:dsse ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption - // Version ID of the object. If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 - // automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon - // S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if - // Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, - // it stores all of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding - // Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning - // state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) - // . This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Version ID of the object. + // + // If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a + // unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the + // response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives + // multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the + // objects. For more information about versioning, see [Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see [GetBucketVersioning]. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html + // [GetBucketVersioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html VersionId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectAcl.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectAcl.go index 08fea12c1b246..bebccdced7815 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectAcl.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectAcl.go @@ -14,87 +14,152 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Uses the acl subresource -// to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in -// an S3 bucket. You must have the WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an -// object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#permissions) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 -// on Outposts. Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL -// on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you -// have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, -// you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control -// List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced -// setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect -// permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the -// objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the -// AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still -// supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions You can set access permissions using -// one of the following methods: +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a +// new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have the WRITE_ACP permission +// to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see [What permissions can I grant?]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object +// using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an +// existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can +// continue to use that approach. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, +// ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to +// grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or +// update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. +// Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see [Controlling object ownership]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Permissions You can set access permissions using one of the following methods: +// // - Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a // set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined // set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of // x-amz-ac l. If you use this header, you cannot use other access -// control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) -// . +// control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see [Canned ACL]. +// // - Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read , // x-amz-grant-read-acp , x-amz-grant-write-acp , and x-amz-grant-full-control // headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and // grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the // permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl // header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that -// Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List -// (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) -// . You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the -// following: -// - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web -// Services account -// - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group -// - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web -// Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in -// the following Amazon Web Services Regions: -// - US East (N. Virginia) -// - US West (N. California) -// - US West (Oregon) -// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) -// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) -// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) -// - Europe (Ireland) -// - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions -// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For example, the following -// x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web -// Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-read: -// emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]. +// +// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// +// following: +// +// - id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web +// Services account +// +// - uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group +// +// - emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web +// Services account +// +// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following +// +// Amazon Web Services Regions: +// +// - US East (N. Virginia) +// +// - US West (N. California) +// +// - US West (Oregon) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) +// +// - Europe (Ireland) +// +// - South America (São Paulo) +// +// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the +// +// Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects +// +// permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email +// addresses. +// +// x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" // // You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You -// cannot do both. Grantee Values You can specify the person (grantee) to whom -// you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways: -// - By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> DisplayName is optional and -// ignored in the request. -// - By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> -// - By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee> The grantee is resolved -// to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as -// the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported -// in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: -// - US East (N. Virginia) -// - US West (N. California) -// - US West (Oregon) -// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) -// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) -// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) -// - Europe (Ireland) -// - South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions -// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// cannot do both. +// +// Grantee Values You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning +// access rights (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// - By the person's ID: +// +// <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request. +// +// - By URI: +// +// <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// - By Email address: +// +// <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee> +// +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object +// +// acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following +// +// Amazon Web Services Regions: +// +// - US East (N. Virginia) +// +// - US West (N. California) +// +// - US West (Oregon) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Singapore) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Sydney) +// +// - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) +// +// - Europe (Ireland) +// +// - South America (São Paulo) +// +// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints]in the +// +// Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // Versioning The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, // PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a -// different version, use the versionId subresource. The following operations are -// related to PutObjectAcl : -// - CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) +// different version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// The following operations are related to PutObjectAcl : +// +// [CopyObject] +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region +// [Access Control List (ACL) Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html +// [Controlling object ownership]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html +// [Canned ACL]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL +// [CopyObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html +// [What permissions can I grant?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#permissions +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html func (c *Client) PutObjectAcl(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectAclInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutObjectAclInput{} @@ -113,6 +178,7 @@ func (c *Client) PutObjectAcl(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectAclInput, op type PutObjectAclInput struct { // The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the ACL. + // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the @@ -120,15 +186,18 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with - // Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. - // The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -138,8 +207,9 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { // This member is required. Key *string - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) - // . + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see [Canned ACL]. + // + // [Canned ACL]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL ACL types.ObjectCannedACL // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. @@ -149,17 +219,23 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as // a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in - // transit. For more information, go to RFC 1864.> (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt) + // transit. For more information, go to [RFC 1864.>] + // // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // + // [RFC 1864.>]: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -168,38 +244,47 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { ExpectedBucketOwner *string // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the - // bucket. This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string - // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. This functionality is not - // supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string - // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. This functionality is not supported for - // Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + // + // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string - // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. For the bucket and object - // owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and overwrites of those - // objects. + // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. + // + // For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and + // overwrites of those objects. GrantWrite *string - // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. This functionality - // is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -214,7 +299,9 @@ func (in *PutObjectAclInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type PutObjectAclOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLegalHold.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLegalHold.go index cc23509f8bbcb..98f3dcbf866c2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLegalHold.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLegalHold.go @@ -14,9 +14,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Applies a legal hold -// configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) -// . This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more +// information, see [Locking Objects]. +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// [Locking Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html func (c *Client) PutObjectLegalHold(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutObjectLegalHoldInput{} @@ -35,6 +40,7 @@ func (c *Client) PutObjectLegalHold(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectLegalH type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct { // The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a legal hold on. + // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the @@ -42,8 +48,9 @@ type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct { // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -57,15 +64,19 @@ type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm - // The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web - // Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is - // calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash for the request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -81,10 +92,12 @@ type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The version ID of the object that you want to place a legal hold on. @@ -101,7 +114,9 @@ func (in *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLockConfiguration.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLockConfiguration.go index 358ececc6dcee..0eb948a9657eb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLockConfiguration.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectLockConfiguration.go @@ -14,17 +14,22 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object Lock -// configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock -// configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the -// specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) -// . +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified +// in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object +// placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see [Locking Objects]. +// // - The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period. +// // - The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select // one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time. +// // - You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more -// information, see Configuring Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock-configure.html) -// . +// information, see [Configuring Object Lock]. +// +// [Configuring Object Lock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock-configure.html +// [Locking Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html func (c *Client) PutObjectLockConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutObjectLockConfigurationInput{} @@ -51,15 +56,19 @@ type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm - // The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web - // Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is - // calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash for the request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -74,10 +83,12 @@ type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. @@ -94,7 +105,9 @@ func (in *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParamet type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectRetention.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectRetention.go index eb787de48946f..d3c6ed4f5a065 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectRetention.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectRetention.go @@ -14,12 +14,16 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Places an Object -// Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) -// . Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to -// place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, +// see [Locking Objects]. Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order +// to place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance // Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. +// // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// [Locking Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html func (c *Client) PutObjectRetention(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectRetentionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutObjectRetentionInput{} @@ -38,15 +42,18 @@ func (c *Client) PutObjectRetention(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectRetent type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { // The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object - // Retention configuration to. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // Retention configuration to. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -64,15 +71,19 @@ type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm - // The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web - // Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is - // calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash for the request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -84,10 +95,12 @@ type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The container element for the Object Retention configuration. @@ -108,7 +121,9 @@ func (in *PutObjectRetentionInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectTagging.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectTagging.go index 2768db5025d9a..6c43900c4bacd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectTagging.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutObjectTagging.go @@ -14,35 +14,50 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Sets the supplied tag-set -// to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. For -// more information, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html) -// . You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag +// is a key-value pair. For more information, see [Object Tagging]. +// +// You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the // tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by -// sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) -// . For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag -// Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html) -// . Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. +// sending a GET request. For more information, see [GetObjectTagging]. +// +// For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see [Tag Restrictions]. +// Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. +// // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the // s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and -// can grant this permission to others. To put tags of any other version, use the -// versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the -// s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. PutObjectTagging has the following special -// errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html) -// . +// can grant this permission to others. +// +// To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also +// need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. +// +// PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors +// see, [Error Responses]. +// // - InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if -// the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object -// Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html) -// . +// the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see [Object Tagging]. +// // - MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema. +// // - OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress // against this resource. Please try again. +// // - InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the // object. // // The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging : -// - GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) -// - DeleteObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html) +// +// [GetObjectTagging] +// +// [DeleteObjectTagging] +// +// [Error Responses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html +// [DeleteObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html +// [Object Tagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html +// [Tag Restrictions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html +// [GetObjectTagging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html func (c *Client) PutObjectTagging(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectTaggingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutObjectTaggingInput{} @@ -60,23 +75,27 @@ func (c *Client) PutObjectTagging(ctx context.Context, params *PutObjectTaggingI type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { - // The bucket name containing the object. Access points - When you use this action - // with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of - // the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point - // ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point - // hostname takes the form + // The bucket name containing the object. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with - // Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. - // The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -95,15 +114,19 @@ type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm - // The MD5 hash for the request body. For requests made using the Amazon Web - // Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is - // calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash for the request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -115,10 +138,12 @@ type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutPublicAccessBlock.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutPublicAccessBlock.go index 7e6d0788e4865..009c3a3177429 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutPublicAccessBlock.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_PutPublicAccessBlock.go @@ -15,22 +15,38 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Creates or modifies the -// PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, -// you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more -// information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// . When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or -// an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket -// (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 +// bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]. +// +// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an +// object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or +// the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the // PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the // account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and -// account-level settings. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a -// bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) -// . The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock : -// - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) -// - DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) -// - GetBucketPolicyStatus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html) -// - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// account-level settings. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object +// public, see [The Meaning of "Public"]. +// +// The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock : +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock] +// +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock] +// +// [GetBucketPolicyStatus] +// +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access] +// +// [GetPublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html +// [DeletePublicAccessBlock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html +// [Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html +// [GetBucketPolicyStatus]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html +// [The Meaning of "Public"]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status func (c *Client) PutPublicAccessBlock(ctx context.Context, params *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutPublicAccessBlockInput{} @@ -56,9 +72,10 @@ type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct { // The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 // bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more - // information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see The - // Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see [The Meaning of "Public"]in + // the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [The Meaning of "Public"]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status // // This member is required. PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *types.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration @@ -67,15 +84,19 @@ type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm - // The MD5 hash of the PutPublicAccessBlock request body. For requests made using - // the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. + // The MD5 hash of the PutPublicAccessBlock request body. + // + // For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or + // Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_RestoreObject.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_RestoreObject.go index 3b6aad85b8bae..18bb6d03b92f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_RestoreObject.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_RestoreObject.go @@ -14,40 +14,51 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Restores an archived copy -// of an object back into Amazon S3 This functionality is not supported for Amazon -// S3 on Outposts. This action performs the following types of requests: +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// # Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// This action performs the following types of requests: +// // - restore an archive - Restore an archived object // // For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the // following: -// - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) -// - Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide -// - Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide +// +// [PutObject] +// +// [Managing Access with ACLs] +// - in the Amazon S3 User Guide +// +// [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption] +// - in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // Permissions To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the // s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can -// grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see -// Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) -// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Restoring objects Objects that you archive to the -// S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive -// storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep -// Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier -// Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage -// classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a -// temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the -// object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 -// bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the -// duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or -// Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a -// restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent -// Access tier. To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. -// If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. When -// restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access -// tier options in the Tier element of the request body: +// grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] +// and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Restoring objects Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval +// Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are +// not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval +// Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first +// initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object +// is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in +// the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived +// object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you +// specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait +// until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. +// +// To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you +// don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. +// +// When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data +// access tier options in the Tier element of the request body: +// // - Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data // stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or // S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for @@ -57,6 +68,7 @@ import ( // Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and // provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep // Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. +// // - Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived // objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests // that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish @@ -65,6 +77,7 @@ import ( // typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep // Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard // retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering. +// // - Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible // Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve // large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically @@ -76,29 +89,33 @@ import ( // Deep Archive tier. // // For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity -// for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to -// change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more -// information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get the status of object restoration, you can -// send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides -// information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 -// event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For -// more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After restoring an archived object, you can update -// the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 -// updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for -// the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the -// restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore -// request for the object. If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule -// that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life -// span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an -// object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon -// S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle -// configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) -// and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// in Amazon S3 User Guide. Responses A successful action returns either the 200 OK -// or 202 Accepted status code. +// for Expedited data access, see [Restoring Archived Objects] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a +// faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see [Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore]in the Amazon +// S3 User Guide. +// +// To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. +// Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about +// the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event +// notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more +// information, see [Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by +// reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration +// period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are +// no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon +// S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. +// +// If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an +// expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you +// specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 +// days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the +// object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]and [Object Lifecycle Management] +// in Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Responses A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status +// code. // // - If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 // Accepted in the response. @@ -128,8 +145,22 @@ import ( // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A // // The following operations are related to RestoreObject : -// - PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) -// - GetBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) +// +// [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration] +// +// [GetBucketNotificationConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html +// [Object Lifecycle Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html +// [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources +// [Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html +// [Managing Access with ACLs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html +// [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html +// [GetBucketNotificationConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html +// [PutObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html +// [Restoring Archived Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html +// [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html +// [Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html func (c *Client) RestoreObject(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreObjectInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RestoreObjectInput{} @@ -147,23 +178,27 @@ func (c *Client) RestoreObject(ctx context.Context, params *RestoreObjectInput, type RestoreObjectInput struct { - // The bucket name containing the object to restore. Access points - When you use - // this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point - // in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the - // access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The - // access point hostname takes the form + // The bucket name containing the object to restore. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about - // access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with - // Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. - // The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -177,10 +212,13 @@ type RestoreObjectInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -192,10 +230,12 @@ type RestoreObjectInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer // Container for restore job parameters. @@ -215,7 +255,9 @@ func (in *RestoreObjectInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type RestoreObjectOutput struct { // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results will diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_SelectObjectContent.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_SelectObjectContent.go index f69db696ac56f..584aa16ab5c70 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_SelectObjectContent.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_SelectObjectContent.go @@ -14,67 +14,94 @@ import ( "sync" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. This action filters the -// contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language -// (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also -// specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the -// object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and -// returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also -// specify the data serialization format for the response. This functionality is -// not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. For more information about Amazon S3 -// Select, see Selecting Content from Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html) -// and SELECT Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference-select.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions You must have the s3:GetObject -// permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous -// access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a -// Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Object Data Formats You can use Amazon S3 Select to -// query objects that have the following format properties: +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple +// structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL +// expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or +// Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data +// into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. +// You must also specify the data serialization format for the response. +// +// This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. +// +// For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see [Selecting Content from Objects] and [SELECT Command] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. +// Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about +// permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Object Data Formats You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the +// following format properties: +// // - CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format. +// // - UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports. +// // - GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. // GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports // for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for // Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object // compression for Parquet objects. +// // - Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that -// are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted with -// customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use -// the headers that are documented in the GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// . For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using -// Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 -// managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side -// encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For -// more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see -// Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// are protected with server-side encryption. +// +// For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), +// +// you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the [GetObject]. +// For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon +// +// Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled +// transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about +// server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption]in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. // // Working with the Response Body Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 // Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a // Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more -// information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTSelectObjectAppendix.html) -// . GetObject Support The SelectObjectContent action does not support the -// following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// . +// information, see [Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response]. +// +// GetObject Support The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following +// GetObject functionality. For more information, see [GetObject]. +// // - Range : Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select -// request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_SelectObjectContent.html#AmazonS3-SelectObjectContent-request-ScanRange) -// in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object -// to return. +// request (see [SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange]in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of +// bytes of an object to return. +// // - The GLACIER , DEEP_ARCHIVE , and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or the // ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING // storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER , DEEP_ARCHIVE , or // REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS or // DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class. For -// more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 storage classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-class-intro.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// more information about storage classes, see [Using Amazon S3 storage classes]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Special Errors For a list of special errors for this operation, see [List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes] // -// Special Errors For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of -// SELECT Object Content Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#SelectObjectContentErrorCodeList) // The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent : -// - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) -// - PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) +// +// [GetObject] +// +// [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration] +// +// [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration] +// +// [Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTSelectObjectAppendix.html +// [Selecting Content from Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html +// [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html +// [SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_SelectObjectContent.html#AmazonS3-SelectObjectContent-request-ScanRange +// [List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#SelectObjectContentErrorCodeList +// [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html +// [Using Amazon S3 storage classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-class-intro.html +// [SELECT Command]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference-select.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html +// [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html +// +// [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html +// [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html func (c *Client) SelectObjectContent(ctx context.Context, params *SelectObjectContentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SelectObjectContentInput{} @@ -95,9 +122,9 @@ func (c *Client) SelectObjectContent(ctx context.Context, params *SelectObjectCo // expression, you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the // object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only // records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data -// serialization format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API -// Documentation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html) -// . +// serialization format for the response. For more information, see [S3Select API Documentation]. +// +// [S3Select API Documentation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html type SelectObjectContentInput struct { // The S3 bucket. @@ -140,30 +167,37 @@ type SelectObjectContentInput struct { // The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This // parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. - // For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // For more information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed // only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKey *string // The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is // needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more - // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information, see [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Protecting data using SSE-C keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is // processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter is // optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section - // 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range. ScanRange may be - // used in the following ways: + // 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range. + // + // ScanRange may be used in the following ways: + // // - 50100 - process only the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 // (inclusive, counting from zero) + // // - 50 - process only the records starting after the byte 50 + // // - 50 - process only the records within the last 50 bytes of the file. ScanRange *types.ScanRange diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPart.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPart.go index ff731979498e3..e78791a8654e3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPart.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPart.go @@ -16,38 +16,48 @@ import ( "io" ) -// Uploads a part in a multipart upload. In this operation, you provide new data -// as a part of an object in your request. However, you have an option to specify -// your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. -// To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) -// operation. You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// ) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon -// S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your -// upload part request. Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. -// A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within -// the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number -// that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. +// Uploads a part in a multipart upload. +// +// In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. +// However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data +// source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, +// you use the [UploadPartCopy]operation. +// +// You must initiate a multipart upload (see [CreateMultipartUpload]) before you can upload any part. In +// response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique +// identifier that you must include in your upload part request. +// +// Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number +// uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being +// created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with +// a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. +// // For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload -// specifications, see Multipart upload limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/qfacts.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. After you initiate multipart upload and upload one -// or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to -// stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either -// complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and -// stops charging you for the parts storage. For more information on multipart -// uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide . Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you -// must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints -// support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// specifications, see [Multipart upload limits]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must +// either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for +// storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart +// upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the +// parts storage. +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, go to [Multipart Upload Overview] in the Amazon S3 User Guide . +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Permissions +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Permissions +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information on the permissions -// required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload and Permissions]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a -// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the +// directory bucket, we recommend that you use the [CreateSession]CreateSession API operation +// for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the // s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on // the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request @@ -55,19 +65,19 @@ import ( // expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session // token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the // session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session -// expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) -// . +// expires. For more information about authorization, see [CreateSession]CreateSession . // -// Data integrity General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted +// Data integrity General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted // traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part // request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they // do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with // Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 -// header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5 . For more information see -// Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services -// Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-auth-using-authorization-header.html) -// . Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use -// checksum algorithms to check object integrity. Encryption +// header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5 . For more information see [Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]. +// +// Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use +// checksum algorithms to check object integrity. +// +// Encryption // - General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at // rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers // and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive options to @@ -78,37 +88,70 @@ import ( // encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally // tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other // key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys -// (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). Server-side encryption is -// supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a -// customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the -// encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to -// specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart -// request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// . If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key -// (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical -// encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers. -// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm -// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key -// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 -// - Directory bucket - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with -// Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. -// -// For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Special errors +// (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C). +// +// Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. +// +// Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need +// to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you +// only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial +// Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see [CreateMultipartUpload]. +// +// If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key +// +// (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical +// encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers. +// +// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm +// +// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key +// +// - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 +// +// - Directory bucket - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with +// Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. +// +// For more information, see [Using Server-Side Encryption] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Special errors +// // - Error Code: NoSuchUpload +// // - Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID // might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to UploadPart : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to UploadPart : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] +// +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [ListMultipartUploads] +// +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-auth-using-authorization-header.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CreateSession]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html +// [UploadPartCopy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html +// [Using Server-Side Encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html +// [Multipart upload limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/qfacts.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [Multipart Upload Overview]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html +// [ListMultipartUploads]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html +// [Multipart Upload and Permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html func (c *Client) UploadPart(ctx context.Context, params *UploadPartInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UploadPartInput{} @@ -126,31 +169,39 @@ func (c *Client) UploadPart(ctx context.Context, params *UploadPartInput, optFns type UploadPartInput struct { - // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Directory - // buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use - // virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string @@ -178,40 +229,48 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { // the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't // use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the - // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 - // ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. This checksum algorithm must - // be the same for all parts and it match the checksum value supplied in the - // CreateMultipartUpload request. + // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request . For more information, see [Checking object integrity] + // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided + // ChecksumAlgorithm parameter. + // + // This checksum algorithm must be the same for all parts and it match the + // checksum value supplied in the CreateMultipartUpload request. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumAlgorithm types.ChecksumAlgorithm // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32C *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA1 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body @@ -220,8 +279,9 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required - // if object lock parameters are specified. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // if object lock parameters are specified. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ContentMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide @@ -233,14 +293,17 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, - // AES256). This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in @@ -248,14 +311,16 @@ type UploadPartInput struct { // discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header . This must be the same - // encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported for directory buckets. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -270,8 +335,9 @@ func (in *UploadPartInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type UploadPartOutput struct { // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side - // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -279,8 +345,10 @@ type UploadPartOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -288,8 +356,10 @@ type UploadPartOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -297,8 +367,10 @@ type UploadPartOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -306,37 +378,46 @@ type UploadPartOutput struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string // Entity tag for the uploaded object. ETag *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). For directory buckets, only server-side - // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPartCopy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPartCopy.go index d42dc60cd3d7a..23fb6ef516a14 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPartCopy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_UploadPartCopy.go @@ -18,90 +18,134 @@ import ( // Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To // specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your // request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header -// x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. For information about maximum and -// minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart -// upload limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/qfacts.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Instead of copying data from an existing object as -// part data, you might use the UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. You must -// initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your -// initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you -// must include in your upload part request. For conceptual information about -// multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a -// single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must -// make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints -// support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format +// x-amz-copy-source-range in your request. +// +// For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload +// specifications, see [Multipart upload limits]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the [UploadPart] +// action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. +// +// You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In +// response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique +// identifier that you must include in your upload part request. +// +// For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload] in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a +// multipart upload, see [Operations on Objects]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API +// operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style +// requests in the format // https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style -// requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal -// endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Authentication and authorization All UploadPartCopy -// requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key -// ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- -// prefix, including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed. For more information, see -// REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) -// . Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize +// requests are not supported. For more information, see [Regional and Zonal endpoints]in the Amazon S3 User +// Guide. +// +// Authentication and authorization All UploadPartCopy requests must be +// authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret +// access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, +// including x-amz-copy-source , must be signed. For more information, see [REST Authentication]. +// +// Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize // your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary -// security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. Amazon Web -// Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf. +// security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. +// +// Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on +// your behalf. +// // Permissions You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to // the destination bucket. +// // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a // policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in // an UploadPartCopy operation. +// // - If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the // s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied. +// // - If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the // s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket. -// For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see -// Multipart Upload and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. -// - Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy -// or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types -// in an UploadPartCopy operation. -// - If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you -// must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a -// policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. -// If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the -// s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket. -// - If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the -// s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write -// the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot -// be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination. For example policies, see Example -// bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) -// and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based -// policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload and Permissions] +// +// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// - Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy +// or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types +// in an UploadPartCopy operation. +// +// - If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you +// must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a +// policy to read the object . By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. +// If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the +// s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket. +// +// - If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the +// s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write +// the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot +// be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination. +// +// For example policies, see [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]and [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Encryption -// - General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side -// encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy -// operation, see CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) -// and UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// . -// - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with -// Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. +// - General purpose buckets - +// +// For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// +// encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see [CopyObject]and [UploadPart]. +// +// - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with +// Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. // // Special errors +// // - Error Code: NoSuchUpload +// // - Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID // might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// // - Error Code: InvalidRequest +// // - Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range // copy source. +// // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // -// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is -// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . The following operations are -// related to UploadPartCopy : -// - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) -// - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) -// - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) -// - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) -// - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) -// - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) +// HTTP Host header syntax Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is +// Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . +// +// The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy : +// +// [CreateMultipartUpload] +// +// [UploadPart] +// +// [CompleteMultipartUpload] +// +// [AbortMultipartUpload] +// +// [ListParts] +// +// [ListMultipartUploads] +// +// [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html +// [ListParts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html +// [UploadPart]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html +// [Regional and Zonal endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html +// [CompleteMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html +// [CreateMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html +// [Multipart upload limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/qfacts.html +// [Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html +// [AbortMultipartUpload]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html +// [REST Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html +// [Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html +// [Operations on Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html +// [ListMultipartUploads]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html +// [Multipart Upload and Permissions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html +// +// [CopyObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html func (c *Client) UploadPartCopy(ctx context.Context, params *UploadPartCopyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UploadPartCopyInput{} @@ -119,43 +163,53 @@ func (c *Client) UploadPartCopy(ctx context.Context, params *UploadPartCopyInput type UploadPartCopyInput struct { - // The bucket name. Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a - // directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format + // The bucket name. + // + // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you + // must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format // Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com . Path-style requests are not // supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability // Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for // example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3 ). For information about bucket - // naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points - When you use this action with an - // access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the - // bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, - // you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname - // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. - // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services - // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Access points and Object Lambda access points are - // not supported by directory buckets. S3 on Outposts - When you use this action - // with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts - // hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form + // naming restrictions, see [Directory bucket naming rules]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide + // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access + // point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the + // access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form + // AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this + // action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide + // the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about + // access point ARNs, see [Using access points]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory + // buckets. + // + // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must + // direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname + // takes the form // AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com . When you // use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you // provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more - // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [What is S3 on Outposts?]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Directory bucket naming rules]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html + // [What is S3 on Outposts?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html + // [Using access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html // // This member is required. Bucket *string // Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value in // one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source object - // through an access point (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html) - // : + // through an [access point]: + // // - For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the // source bucket and key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For // example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the bucket // awsexamplebucket , use awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf . The value must // be URL-encoded. + // // - For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource // Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format // arn:aws:s3:::accesspoint//object/ . For example, to copy the object @@ -163,28 +217,39 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // 123456789012 in Region us-west-2 , use the URL encoding of // arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf // . The value must be URL encoded. + // // - Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Access points only when the source // and destination buckets are in the same Amazon Web Services Region. - // - Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Alternatively, for - // objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as - // accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:::outpost//object/ . For example, - // to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost owned by - // account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2 , use the URL encoding of + // + // - Access points are not supported by directory buckets. + // + // Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the + // ARN of the object as accessed in the format + // arn:aws:s3-outposts:::outpost//object/ . For example, to copy the object + // reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost owned by account 123456789012 + // in Region us-west-2 , use the URL encoding of // arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf // . The value must be URL-encoded. + // // If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the // same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of // the source object to copy. To copy a specific version of the source object to // copy, append ?versionId= to the x-amz-copy-source request header (for example, // x-amz-copy-source: // /awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893 - // ). If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId - // in the x-amz-copy-source request header, Amazon S3 returns a 404 Not Found - // error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the + // ). + // + // If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId in + // the x-amz-copy-source request header, Amazon S3 returns a 404 Not Found error, + // because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the // x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an // HTTP 400 Bad Request error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete - // marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source . Directory buckets - S3 - // Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. + // marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source . + // + // Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory + // buckets. + // + // [access point]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html // // This member is required. CopySource *string @@ -205,34 +270,56 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // This member is required. UploadId *string - // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. If both - // of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since - // headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match - // condition evaluates to true , and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since - // condition evaluates to false ; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. + // + // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and + // x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as + // follows: + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true , and; + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false ; + // + // Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. CopySourceIfMatch *string - // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. If both of - // the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since - // headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match - // condition evaluates to false , and; x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since - // condition evaluates to true ; Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed - // response code. + // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. + // + // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and + // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as + // follows: + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false , and; + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true ; + // + // Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time - // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified - // ETag. If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified ETag. + // + // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request as - // follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false , and; - // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true ; Amazon S3 - // returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. + // follows: + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false , and; + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true ; + // + // Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string - // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. If both - // of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since - // headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match - // condition evaluates to true , and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since - // condition evaluates to false ; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. + // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. + // + // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and + // x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request as + // follows: + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true , and; + // + // x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false ; + // + // Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use the @@ -243,20 +330,26 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { CopySourceRange *string // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, - // AES256 ). This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a - // directory bucket. + // AES256 ). + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one that - // was used when the source object was created. This functionality is not supported - // when the source object is in a directory bucket. + // was used when the source object was created. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported when the source object is in a directory bucket. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the account ID that @@ -273,15 +366,18 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the // source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will // pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about - // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in - // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer types.RequestPayer - // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, - // AES256). This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a - // directory bucket. + // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in @@ -289,15 +385,18 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be // appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. This must be the same - // encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request. This - // functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. SSECustomerKey *string // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the - // encryption key was transmitted without error. This functionality is not - // supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket. + // encryption key was transmitted without error. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory + // bucket. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -311,42 +410,52 @@ func (in *UploadPartCopyInput) bindEndpointParams(p *EndpointParameters) { type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side - // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool // Container for all response elements. CopyPartResult *types.CopyPartResult // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled - // versioning on the source bucket. This functionality is not supported when the - // source object is in a directory bucket. + // versioning on the source bucket. + // + // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory + // bucket. CopySourceVersionId *string // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption - // algorithm that's used. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // algorithm that's used. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was // requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip - // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric - // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSEKMSKeyId *string // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon - // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). For directory buckets, only server-side - // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. + // S3 (for example, AES256 , aws:kms ). + // + // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys + // (SSE-S3) ( AES256 ) is supported. ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_WriteGetObjectResponse.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_WriteGetObjectResponse.go index e181ab7111307..4dfa64e8ddcc9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_WriteGetObjectResponse.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/api_op_WriteGetObjectResponse.go @@ -18,42 +18,54 @@ import ( "time" ) -// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. Passes transformed -// objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda access points. For -// information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming objects with -// Object Lambda access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/transforming-objects.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This operation supports metadata that can be -// returned by GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) -// , in addition to RequestRoute , RequestToken , StatusCode , ErrorCode , and -// ErrorMessage . The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the -// WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the -// same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject . When WriteGetObjectResponse -// is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end -// user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return. You -// can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata header, it -// should be prefaced with x-amz-meta . For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: -// MyCustomValue . The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata. +// This operation is not supported by directory buckets. +// +// Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda +// access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see [Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// This operation supports metadata that can be returned by [GetObject], in addition to +// RequestRoute , RequestToken , StatusCode , ErrorCode , and ErrorMessage . The +// GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse +// caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it +// internally invokes GetObject . When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a +// customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject +// call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return. +// +// You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata +// header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta . For example, +// x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: MyCustomValue . The primary use case for this is to +// forward GetObject metadata. +// // Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use // with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information // (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the // Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected // through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object -// Lambda access point. Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses -// Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine -// learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects -// personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, -// credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon -// S3 bucket. Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon -// Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning -// to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally +// Lambda access point. +// +// Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a +// natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find +// insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally // identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card // numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. +// +// Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a +// natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find +// insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally +// identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card +// numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. +// // Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is // equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file -// formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP. For information -// on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon Web Services built -// Lambda functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/olap-examples.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP. +// +// For information on how to view and use these functions, see [Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions] in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. +// +// [Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/transforming-objects.html +// [Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/olap-examples.html +// [GetObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html func (c *Client) WriteGetObjectResponse(ctx context.Context, params *WriteGetObjectResponseInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*WriteGetObjectResponseOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &WriteGetObjectResponseInput{} @@ -88,7 +100,7 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { // The object data. Body io.Reader - // Indicates whether the object stored in Amazon S3 uses an S3 bucket key for + // Indicates whether the object stored in Amazon S3 uses an S3 bucket key for // server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (SSE-KMS). BucketKeyEnabled *bool @@ -101,9 +113,12 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { // Lambda function. This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon // S3. Amazon S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the // original GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information - // about checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Only one checksum header can be specified at a - // time. If you supply multiple checksum headers, this request will fail. + // about checksums, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple + // checksum headers, this request will fail. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data @@ -112,9 +127,12 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { // Lambda function. This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon // S3. Amazon S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the // original GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information - // about checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Only one checksum header can be specified at a - // time. If you supply multiple checksum headers, this request will fail. + // about checksums, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple + // checksum headers, this request will fail. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32C *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data @@ -123,9 +141,12 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { // function. This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon S3. // Amazon S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the original // GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information about - // checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Only one checksum header can be specified at a - // time. If you supply multiple checksum headers, this request will fail. + // checksums, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple + // checksum headers, this request will fail. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA1 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data @@ -134,9 +155,12 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { // Lambda function. This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon // S3. Amazon S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the // original GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information - // about checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Only one checksum header can be specified at a - // time. If you supply multiple checksum headers, this request will fail. + // about checksums, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple + // checksum headers, this request will fail. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string // Specifies presentational information for the object. @@ -205,8 +229,9 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus types.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus // Indicates whether an object stored in Amazon S3 has Object Lock enabled. For - // more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html) - // . + // more information about S3 Object Lock, see [Object Lock]. + // + // [Object Lock]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html ObjectLockMode types.ObjectLockMode // The date and time when Object Lock is configured to expire. @@ -216,12 +241,15 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { PartsCount *int32 // Indicates if request involves bucket that is either a source or destination in - // a Replication rule. For more information about S3 Replication, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/replication.html) - // . + // a Replication rule. For more information about S3 Replication, see [Replication]. + // + // [Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/replication.html ReplicationStatus types.ReplicationStatus // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the - // request. This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // request. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged types.RequestCharged // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time of @@ -232,43 +260,59 @@ type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { // encryption key was specified for object stored in Amazon S3. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string - // 128-bit MD5 digest of customer-provided encryption key used in Amazon S3 to - // encrypt data stored in S3. For more information, see Protecting data using - // server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) - // . + // 128-bit MD5 digest of customer-provided encryption key used in Amazon S3 to + // encrypt data stored in S3. For more information, see [Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C)]. + // + // [Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string - // If present, specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the Amazon Web + // If present, specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the Amazon Web // Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption // customer managed key that was used for stored in Amazon S3 object. SSEKMSKeyId *string - // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing requested object in + // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing requested object in // Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms ). ServerSideEncryption types.ServerSideEncryption // The integer status code for an HTTP response of a corresponding GetObject // request. The following is a list of status codes. + // // - 200 - OK + // // - 206 - Partial Content + // // - 304 - Not Modified + // // - 400 - Bad Request + // // - 401 - Unauthorized + // // - 403 - Forbidden + // // - 404 - Not Found + // // - 405 - Method Not Allowed + // // - 409 - Conflict + // // - 411 - Length Required + // // - 412 - Precondition Failed + // // - 416 - Range Not Satisfiable + // // - 500 - Internal Server Error + // // - 503 - Service Unavailable StatusCode *int32 // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header - // for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. For more - // information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) - // . + // for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. + // + // For more information, see [Storage Classes]. + // + // [Storage Classes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html StorageClass types.StorageClass // The number of tags, if any, on the object. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/go_module_metadata.go index 04c6fdbb3ee10..da4d2306a537c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package s3 // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.53.1" +const goModuleVersion = "1.53.2" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/options.go index 064bcefb4fdaf..c5ab084d1207e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/options.go @@ -65,8 +65,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -88,17 +90,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -141,8 +146,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -193,6 +199,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/enums.go index ea3b9c82accd7..bcb956b2618c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/enums.go @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat) Values() []AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat { return []AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat{ @@ -27,8 +28,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ArchiveStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ArchiveStatus) Values() []ArchiveStatus { return []ArchiveStatus{ "ARCHIVE_ACCESS", @@ -45,8 +47,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BucketAccelerateStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BucketAccelerateStatus) Values() []BucketAccelerateStatus { return []BucketAccelerateStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -65,8 +68,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BucketCannedACL. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BucketCannedACL) Values() []BucketCannedACL { return []BucketCannedACL{ "private", @@ -112,6 +116,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for BucketLocationConstraint. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BucketLocationConstraint) Values() []BucketLocationConstraint { return []BucketLocationConstraint{ @@ -156,8 +161,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BucketLogsPermission. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BucketLogsPermission) Values() []BucketLogsPermission { return []BucketLogsPermission{ "FULL_CONTROL", @@ -174,8 +180,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BucketType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BucketType) Values() []BucketType { return []BucketType{ "Directory", @@ -191,8 +198,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for BucketVersioningStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (BucketVersioningStatus) Values() []BucketVersioningStatus { return []BucketVersioningStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -211,8 +219,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ChecksumAlgorithm. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ChecksumAlgorithm) Values() []ChecksumAlgorithm { return []ChecksumAlgorithm{ "CRC32", @@ -230,8 +239,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ChecksumMode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ChecksumMode) Values() []ChecksumMode { return []ChecksumMode{ "ENABLED", @@ -248,8 +258,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CompressionType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CompressionType) Values() []CompressionType { return []CompressionType{ "NONE", @@ -266,8 +277,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DataRedundancy. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DataRedundancy) Values() []DataRedundancy { return []DataRedundancy{ "SingleAvailabilityZone", @@ -284,8 +296,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus) Values() []DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus { return []DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -301,8 +314,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for EncodingType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (EncodingType) Values() []EncodingType { return []EncodingType{ "url", @@ -343,8 +357,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Event. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Event) Values() []Event { return []Event{ "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", @@ -387,8 +402,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ExistingObjectReplicationStatus. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExistingObjectReplicationStatus) Values() []ExistingObjectReplicationStatus { return []ExistingObjectReplicationStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -405,8 +421,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExpirationStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExpirationStatus) Values() []ExpirationStatus { return []ExpirationStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -422,8 +439,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExpressionType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExpressionType) Values() []ExpressionType { return []ExpressionType{ "SQL", @@ -440,8 +458,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FileHeaderInfo. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FileHeaderInfo) Values() []FileHeaderInfo { return []FileHeaderInfo{ "USE", @@ -459,8 +478,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for FilterRuleName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (FilterRuleName) Values() []FilterRuleName { return []FilterRuleName{ "prefix", @@ -478,8 +498,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IntelligentTieringAccessTier. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IntelligentTieringAccessTier) Values() []IntelligentTieringAccessTier { return []IntelligentTieringAccessTier{ "ARCHIVE_ACCESS", @@ -497,6 +518,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for IntelligentTieringStatus. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (IntelligentTieringStatus) Values() []IntelligentTieringStatus { return []IntelligentTieringStatus{ @@ -515,8 +537,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InventoryFormat. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryFormat) Values() []InventoryFormat { return []InventoryFormat{ "CSV", @@ -534,8 +557,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InventoryFrequency. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryFrequency) Values() []InventoryFrequency { return []InventoryFrequency{ "Daily", @@ -553,8 +577,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InventoryIncludedObjectVersions. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryIncludedObjectVersions) Values() []InventoryIncludedObjectVersions { return []InventoryIncludedObjectVersions{ "All", @@ -584,8 +609,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InventoryOptionalField. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryOptionalField) Values() []InventoryOptionalField { return []InventoryOptionalField{ "Size", @@ -615,8 +641,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for JSONType. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (JSONType) Values() []JSONType { return []JSONType{ "DOCUMENT", @@ -632,8 +659,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for LocationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LocationType) Values() []LocationType { return []LocationType{ "AvailabilityZone", @@ -649,8 +677,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MetadataDirective. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MetadataDirective) Values() []MetadataDirective { return []MetadataDirective{ "COPY", @@ -667,8 +696,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MetricsStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MetricsStatus) Values() []MetricsStatus { return []MetricsStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -685,8 +715,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MFADelete. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MFADelete) Values() []MFADelete { return []MFADelete{ "Enabled", @@ -703,8 +734,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for MFADeleteStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MFADeleteStatus) Values() []MFADeleteStatus { return []MFADeleteStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -724,8 +756,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectAttributes. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectAttributes) Values() []ObjectAttributes { return []ObjectAttributes{ "ETag", @@ -750,8 +783,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectCannedACL. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectCannedACL) Values() []ObjectCannedACL { return []ObjectCannedACL{ "private", @@ -772,8 +806,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectLockEnabled. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectLockEnabled) Values() []ObjectLockEnabled { return []ObjectLockEnabled{ "Enabled", @@ -790,6 +825,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus) Values() []ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus { return []ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus{ @@ -807,8 +843,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectLockMode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectLockMode) Values() []ObjectLockMode { return []ObjectLockMode{ "GOVERNANCE", @@ -825,8 +862,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectLockRetentionMode. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectLockRetentionMode) Values() []ObjectLockRetentionMode { return []ObjectLockRetentionMode{ "GOVERNANCE", @@ -844,8 +882,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectOwnership. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectOwnership) Values() []ObjectOwnership { return []ObjectOwnership{ "BucketOwnerPreferred", @@ -872,8 +911,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ObjectStorageClass. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectStorageClass) Values() []ObjectStorageClass { return []ObjectStorageClass{ "STANDARD", @@ -899,6 +939,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ObjectVersionStorageClass. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ObjectVersionStorageClass) Values() []ObjectVersionStorageClass { return []ObjectVersionStorageClass{ @@ -915,6 +956,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for OptionalObjectAttributes. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OptionalObjectAttributes) Values() []OptionalObjectAttributes { return []OptionalObjectAttributes{ @@ -930,8 +972,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OwnerOverride. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OwnerOverride) Values() []OwnerOverride { return []OwnerOverride{ "Destination", @@ -947,8 +990,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PartitionDateSource. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PartitionDateSource) Values() []PartitionDateSource { return []PartitionDateSource{ "EventTime", @@ -965,8 +1009,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Payer. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Payer) Values() []Payer { return []Payer{ "Requester", @@ -986,8 +1031,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Permission. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Permission) Values() []Permission { return []Permission{ "FULL_CONTROL", @@ -1007,8 +1053,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Protocol. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Protocol) Values() []Protocol { return []Protocol{ "http", @@ -1025,8 +1072,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for QuoteFields. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (QuoteFields) Values() []QuoteFields { return []QuoteFields{ "ALWAYS", @@ -1044,6 +1092,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ReplicaModificationsStatus. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplicaModificationsStatus) Values() []ReplicaModificationsStatus { return []ReplicaModificationsStatus{ @@ -1061,8 +1110,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReplicationRuleStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplicationRuleStatus) Values() []ReplicationRuleStatus { return []ReplicationRuleStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -1082,8 +1132,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReplicationStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplicationStatus) Values() []ReplicationStatus { return []ReplicationStatus{ "COMPLETE", @@ -1103,8 +1154,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReplicationTimeStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReplicationTimeStatus) Values() []ReplicationTimeStatus { return []ReplicationTimeStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -1120,8 +1172,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RequestCharged. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RequestCharged) Values() []RequestCharged { return []RequestCharged{ "requester", @@ -1136,8 +1189,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RequestPayer. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RequestPayer) Values() []RequestPayer { return []RequestPayer{ "requester", @@ -1152,8 +1206,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RestoreRequestType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RestoreRequestType) Values() []RestoreRequestType { return []RestoreRequestType{ "SELECT", @@ -1170,8 +1225,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ServerSideEncryption. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ServerSideEncryption) Values() []ServerSideEncryption { return []ServerSideEncryption{ "AES256", @@ -1189,8 +1245,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SessionMode. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SessionMode) Values() []SessionMode { return []SessionMode{ "ReadOnly", @@ -1208,8 +1265,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus) Values() []SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus { return []SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus{ "Enabled", @@ -1235,8 +1293,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StorageClass. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StorageClass) Values() []StorageClass { return []StorageClass{ "STANDARD", @@ -1262,8 +1321,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion) Values() []StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion { return []StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion{ "V_1", @@ -1279,8 +1339,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TaggingDirective. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TaggingDirective) Values() []TaggingDirective { return []TaggingDirective{ "COPY", @@ -1298,8 +1359,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Tier. Note that this can be expanded in the -// future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Tier) Values() []Tier { return []Tier{ "Standard", @@ -1321,8 +1383,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for TransitionStorageClass. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (TransitionStorageClass) Values() []TransitionStorageClass { return []TransitionStorageClass{ "GLACIER", @@ -1344,8 +1407,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Type. Note that this can be expanded in the -// future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Type) Values() []Type { return []Type{ "CanonicalUser", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/errors.go index 166484f4ec2fc..a01b922f73a15 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/errors.go @@ -64,14 +64,17 @@ func (e *BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou) ErrorCode() string { } func (e *BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } -// Object is archived and inaccessible until restored. If the object you are -// retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 -// Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access -// tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can -// retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) -// . Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For -// information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Object is archived and inaccessible until restored. +// +// If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval +// storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 +// Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep +// Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a +// copy using [RestoreObject]. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For +// information about restoring archived objects, see [Restoring Archived Objects]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [RestoreObject]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html +// [Restoring Archived Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html type InvalidObjectState struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/types.go index 4299b57cc6858..08225e62f27d1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types/types.go @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ import ( // Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that // Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For -// more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket -// Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// more information, see [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct { // Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete @@ -22,8 +22,9 @@ type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct { } // Configures the transfer acceleration state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more -// information, see Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// information, see [Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html type AccelerateConfiguration struct { // Specifies the transfer acceleration status of the bucket. @@ -47,9 +48,10 @@ type AccessControlPolicy struct { // A container for information about access control for replicas. type AccessControlTranslation struct { - // Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket - // replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) - // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. + // Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see [PUT bucket replication] in the + // Amazon S3 API Reference. + // + // [PUT bucket replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html // // This member is required. Owner OwnerOverride @@ -82,7 +84,7 @@ type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { // This member is required. Id *string - // Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to + // Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available to // analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. // // This member is required. @@ -162,9 +164,10 @@ type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { Format AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat // The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is - // provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data. Although this value - // is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if - // the destination bucket ownership changes. + // provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data. + // + // Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help + // prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes. BucketAccountId *string // The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results. @@ -187,9 +190,11 @@ type Bucket struct { } // Specifies the information about the bucket that will be created. For more -// information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is only supported by directory -// buckets. +// information about directory buckets, see [Directory buckets]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. +// +// [Directory buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html type BucketInfo struct { // The number of Availability Zone that's used for redundancy for the bucket. @@ -202,8 +207,9 @@ type BucketInfo struct { } // Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For -// more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// more information, see [Object Lifecycle Management]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Object Lifecycle Management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { // A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. @@ -218,8 +224,10 @@ type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { type BucketLoggingStatus struct { // Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all - // log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) - // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. + // log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see [PUT Bucket logging]in the Amazon S3 API + // Reference. + // + // [PUT Bucket logging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -233,8 +241,10 @@ type Checksum struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -242,8 +252,10 @@ type Checksum struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -251,8 +263,10 @@ type Checksum struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -260,8 +274,10 @@ type Checksum struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -283,8 +299,10 @@ type CommonPrefix struct { // The container for the completed multipart upload details. type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { - // Array of CompletedPart data types. If you do not supply a valid Part with your - // request, the service sends back an HTTP 400 response. + // Array of CompletedPart data types. + // + // If you do not supply a valid Part with your request, the service sends back an + // HTTP 400 response. Parts []CompletedPart noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -298,8 +316,10 @@ type CompletedPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -307,8 +327,10 @@ type CompletedPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -316,8 +338,10 @@ type CompletedPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -325,8 +349,10 @@ type CompletedPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. @@ -334,12 +360,14 @@ type CompletedPart struct { // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and // 10,000. + // // - General purpose buckets - In CompleteMultipartUpload , when a additional // checksum (including x-amz-checksum-crc32 , x-amz-checksum-crc32c , // x-amz-checksum-sha1 , or x-amz-checksum-sha256 ) is applied to each part, the // PartNumber must start at 1 and the part numbers must be consecutive. // Otherwise, Amazon S3 generates an HTTP 400 Bad Request status code and an // InvalidPartOrder error code. + // // - Directory buckets - In CompleteMultipartUpload , the PartNumber must start // at 1 and the part numbers must be consecutive. PartNumber *int32 @@ -366,10 +394,12 @@ type Condition struct { // be /docs , which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when the // parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for the - // redirect to be applied. Replacement must be made for object keys containing - // special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more - // information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // redirect to be applied. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints KeyPrefixEquals *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -383,27 +413,31 @@ type ContinuationEvent struct { type CopyObjectResult struct { // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be - // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking - // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string // Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the @@ -424,8 +458,10 @@ type CopyPartResult struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -433,8 +469,10 @@ type CopyPartResult struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -442,8 +480,10 @@ type CopyPartResult struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -451,8 +491,10 @@ type CopyPartResult struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string // Entity tag of the object. @@ -465,8 +507,9 @@ type CopyPartResult struct { } // Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 -// bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// bucket. For more information, see [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html type CORSConfiguration struct { // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). You @@ -515,23 +558,30 @@ type CORSRule struct { // The configuration information for the bucket. type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { - // Specifies the information about the bucket that will be created. This - // functionality is only supported by directory buckets. + // Specifies the information about the bucket that will be created. + // + // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Bucket *BucketInfo - // Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. For directory buckets, - // the location type is Availability Zone. This functionality is only supported by - // directory buckets. + // Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. + // + // For directory buckets, the location type is Availability Zone. + // + // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Location *LocationInfo // Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. You might choose a // Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. // For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to - // create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see - // Accessing a bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is - // created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1) by default. This - // functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see [Accessing a bucket]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. + // Virginia) Region (us-east-1) by default. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. + // + // [Accessing a bucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro LocationConstraint BucketLocationConstraint noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -548,7 +598,9 @@ type CSVInput struct { // A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the // character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character to - // indicate a comment line. The default character is # . Default: # + // indicate a comment line. The default character is # . + // + // Default: # Comments *string // A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can @@ -556,17 +608,26 @@ type CSVInput struct { FieldDelimiter *string // Describes the first line of input. Valid values are: + // // - NONE : First line is not a header. + // // - IGNORE : First line is a header, but you can't use the header values to // indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such as _1, // _2, …) to indicate the column ( SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s ). + // // - Use : First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify a // column in an expression ( SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT ). FileHeaderInfo FileHeaderInfo // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of the // value. For example, if the value is a, b , Amazon S3 wraps this field value in - // quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " . Type: String Default: " Ancestors: CSV + // quotation marks, as follows: " a , b " . + // + // Type: String + // + // Default: " + // + // Ancestors: CSV QuoteCharacter *string // A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside an @@ -599,7 +660,9 @@ type CSVOutput struct { QuoteEscapeCharacter *string // Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields. + // // - ALWAYS : Always use quotation marks for output fields. + // // - ASNEEDED : Use quotation marks for output fields when needed. QuoteFields QuoteFields @@ -612,7 +675,9 @@ type CSVOutput struct { // The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings // for new objects placed in the specified bucket. +// // - The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period. +// // - The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select // one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time. type DefaultRetention struct { @@ -635,10 +700,12 @@ type DefaultRetention struct { // Container for the objects to delete. type Delete struct { - // The object to delete. Directory buckets - For directory buckets, an object - // that's composed entirely of whitespace characters is not supported by the - // DeleteObjects API operation. The request will receive a 400 Bad Request error - // and none of the objects in the request will be deleted. + // The object to delete. + // + // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, an object that's composed entirely + // of whitespace characters is not supported by the DeleteObjects API operation. + // The request will receive a 400 Bad Request error and none of the objects in the + // request will be deleted. // // This member is required. Objects []ObjectIdentifier @@ -656,21 +723,24 @@ type DeletedObject struct { // Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted was // (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple DELETE, // this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version of the - // object is a delete marker. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // object is a delete marker. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool // The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE // operation. If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this - // header is the version ID of the object version deleted. This functionality is - // not supported for directory buckets. + // header is the version ID of the object version deleted. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarkerVersionId *string // The name of the deleted object. Key *string - // The version ID of the deleted object. This functionality is not supported for - // directory buckets. + // The version ID of the deleted object. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -703,17 +773,20 @@ type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { // DeleteMarkerReplication element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the // DeleteMarkerReplication Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does // not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example -// configuration, see Basic Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config) -// . For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule -// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html) -// . If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon -// S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see -// Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations) -// . +// configuration, see [Basic Rule Configuration]. +// +// For more information about delete marker replication, see [Basic Rule Configuration]. +// +// If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 +// handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see [Backward Compatibility]. +// +// [Basic Rule Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html +// [Backward Compatibility]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations type DeleteMarkerReplication struct { - // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. Indicates whether to replicate - // delete markers. + // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. + // + // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. Status DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -723,7 +796,7 @@ type DeleteMarkerReplication struct { // for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). type Destination struct { - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store // the results. // // This member is required. @@ -740,29 +813,32 @@ type Destination struct { // Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the Amazon Web Services account that // owns the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation // property, this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more - // information, see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica - // Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information, see [Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html Account *string // A container that provides information about encryption. If // SourceSelectionCriteria is specified, you must specify this element. EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration - // A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling + // A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling // replication metrics and events. Metrics *Metrics - // A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether + // A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether // S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects must // be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block. ReplicationTime *ReplicationTime - // The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or + // The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or // reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source - // object to create the object replica. For valid values, see the StorageClass - // element of the PUT Bucket replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) - // action in the Amazon S3 API Reference. + // object to create the object replica. + // + // For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the [PUT Bucket replication] action in the Amazon S3 + // API Reference. + // + // [PUT Bucket replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html StorageClass StorageClass noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -784,8 +860,9 @@ type Encryption struct { // If the encryption type is aws:kms , this optional value specifies the ID of the // symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for encryption of job results. // Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see - // Asymmetric keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // [Asymmetric keys in KMS]in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Asymmetric keys in KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html KMSKeyId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -799,8 +876,9 @@ type EncryptionConfiguration struct { // Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) for // the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. // Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, see - // Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // [Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS]in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html ReplicaKmsKeyID *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -819,414 +897,766 @@ type Error struct { // The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It is // meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors by // type. The following is a list of Amazon S3 error codes. For more information, - // see Error responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html) - // . + // see [Error responses]. + // // - Code: AccessDenied + // // - Description: Access Denied + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: AccountProblem + // // - Description: There is a problem with your Amazon Web Services account that // prevents the action from completing successfully. Contact Amazon Web Services // Support for further assistance. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: AllAccessDisabled + // // - Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource has been disabled. // Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress + // // - Description: The email address you provided is associated with more than // one account. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed + // // - Description: The authorization header you provided is invalid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - HTTP Status Code: N/A + // // - Code: BadDigest + // // - Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match what we received. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: BucketAlreadyExists + // // - Description: The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket // namespace is shared by all users of the system. Please select a different name // and try again. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou + // // - Description: The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. // Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the // North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing // bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 // OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs). + // // - Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North Virginia Region) + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: BucketNotEmpty + // // - Description: The bucket you tried to delete is not empty. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: CredentialsNotSupported + // // - Description: This request does not support credentials. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited + // // - Description: Cross-location logging not allowed. Buckets in one geographic // location cannot log information to a bucket in another location. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: EntityTooSmall + // // - Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed // object size. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: EntityTooLarge + // // - Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum allowed object size. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: ExpiredToken + // // - Description: The provided token has expired. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException + // // - Description: Indicates that the versioning configuration specified in the // request is invalid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: IncompleteBody + // // - Description: You did not provide the number of bytes specified by the // Content-Length HTTP header + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest + // // - Description: POST requires exactly one file upload per request. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InlineDataTooLarge + // // - Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum allowed size. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InternalError + // // - Description: We encountered an internal error. Please try again. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // // - Code: InvalidAccessKeyId + // // - Description: The Amazon Web Services access key ID you provided does not // exist in our records. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidAddressingHeader + // // - Description: You must specify the Anonymous role. + // // - HTTP Status Code: N/A + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidArgument + // // - Description: Invalid Argument + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidBucketName + // // - Description: The specified bucket is not valid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidBucketState + // // - Description: The request is not valid with the current state of the bucket. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidDigest + // // - Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not valid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError + // // - Description: The encryption request you specified is not valid. The valid // value is AES256. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidLocationConstraint + // // - Description: The specified location constraint is not valid. For more - // information about Regions, see How to Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro) - // . + // information about Regions, see [How to Select a Region for Your Buckets]. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidObjectState + // // - Description: The action is not valid for the current state of the object. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidPart + // // - Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The // part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have // matched the part's entity tag. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidPartOrder + // // - Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. Parts list must // be specified in order by part number. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidPayer + // // - Description: All access to this object has been disabled. Please contact // Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidPolicyDocument + // // - Description: The content of the form does not meet the conditions specified // in the policy document. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidRange + // // - Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 . + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: SOAP requests must be made over an HTTPS connection. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets // with non-DNS compliant names. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported for buckets // with periods (.) in their names. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint only supports virtual // style requests. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest - // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not configured on this - // bucket. + // + // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not configured on this bucket. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled on this bucket. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is not supported on this // bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidRequest + // // - Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot be enabled on this // bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more information. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - Code: N/A + // // - Code: InvalidSecurity + // // - Description: The provided security credentials are not valid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidSOAPRequest + // // - Description: The SOAP request body is invalid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidStorageClass + // // - Description: The storage class you specified is not valid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging + // // - Description: The target bucket for logging does not exist, is not owned by // you, or does not have the appropriate grants for the log-delivery group. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidToken + // // - Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise invalid. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: InvalidURI + // // - Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: KeyTooLongError + // // - Description: Your key is too long. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MalformedACLError + // // - Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate // against our published schema. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MalformedPOSTRequest + // // - Description: The body of your POST request is not well-formed // multipart/form-data. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MalformedXML + // // - Description: This happens when the user sends malformed XML (XML that // doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. The error message // is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did not validate against our // published schema." + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded + // // - Description: Your request was too big. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError + // // - Description: Your POST request fields preceding the upload file were too // large. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MetadataTooLarge - // - Description: Your metadata headers exceed the maximum allowed metadata - // size. + // + // - Description: Your metadata headers exceed the maximum allowed metadata size. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MethodNotAllowed + // // - Description: The specified method is not allowed against this resource. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MissingAttachment + // // - Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, but none were found. + // // - HTTP Status Code: N/A + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MissingContentLength + // // - Description: You must provide the Content-Length HTTP header. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MissingRequestBodyError + // // - Description: This happens when the user sends an empty XML document as a // request. The error message is, "Request body is empty." + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MissingSecurityElement + // // - Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing a security element. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: MissingSecurityHeader + // // - Description: Your request is missing a required header. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey + // // - Description: There is no such thing as a logging status subresource for a // key. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoSuchBucket + // // - Description: The specified bucket does not exist. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy + // // - Description: The specified bucket does not have a bucket policy. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoSuchKey + // // - Description: The specified key does not exist. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration + // // - Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoSuchUpload + // // - Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID // might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NoSuchVersion + // // - Description: Indicates that the version ID specified in the request does // not match an existing version. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: NotImplemented + // // - Description: A header you provided implies functionality that is not // implemented. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // // - Code: NotSignedUp + // // - Description: Your account is not signed up for the Amazon S3 service. You // must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You can sign up at the following URL: - // Amazon S3 (http://aws.amazon.com/s3) + // [Amazon S3] + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: OperationAborted + // // - Description: A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress // against this resource. Try again. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: PermanentRedirect + // // - Description: The bucket you are attempting to access must be addressed // using the specified endpoint. Send all future requests to this endpoint. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: PreconditionFailed + // // - Description: At least one of the preconditions you specified did not hold. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: Redirect + // // - Description: Temporary redirect. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress + // // - Description: Object restore is already in progress. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent + // // - Description: Bucket POST must be of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: RequestTimeout + // // - Description: Your socket connection to the server was not read from or // written to within the timeout period. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed + // // - Description: The difference between the request time and the server's time // is too large. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError + // // - Description: Requesting the torrent file of a bucket is not permitted. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch + // // - Description: The request signature we calculated does not match the // signature you provided. Check your Amazon Web Services secret access key and - // signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) - // and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html) - // for details. + // signing method. For more information, see [REST Authentication]and [SOAP Authentication]for details. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: ServiceUnavailable + // // - Description: Service is unable to handle request. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // // - Code: SlowDown + // // - Description: Reduce your request rate. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 503 Slow Down + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // // - Code: TemporaryRedirect + // // - Description: You are being redirected to the bucket while DNS updates. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: TokenRefreshRequired + // // - Description: The provided token must be refreshed. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: TooManyBuckets + // // - Description: You have attempted to create more buckets than allowed. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: UnexpectedContent + // // - Description: This request does not support content. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress + // // - Description: The email address you provided does not match any account on // record. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // // - Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified + // // - Description: The bucket POST must contain the specified field name. If it // is specified, check the order of the fields. + // // - HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // // - SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // [How to Select a Region for Your Buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro + // [Error responses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html + // [REST Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html + // [Amazon S3]: http://aws.amazon.com/s3 + // [SOAP Authentication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html Code *string // The error key. @@ -1240,8 +1670,9 @@ type Error struct { // error message. Message *string - // The version ID of the error. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // The version ID of the error. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1250,11 +1681,12 @@ type Error struct { // The error information. type ErrorDocument struct { - // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. Replacement must be - // made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) - // when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key - // constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints // // This member is required. Key *string @@ -1268,8 +1700,9 @@ type EventBridgeConfiguration struct { } // Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more -// information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// information, see [Replicating Existing Objects]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Replicating Existing Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication type ExistingObjectReplication struct { // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates existing source bucket objects. @@ -1293,9 +1726,10 @@ type FilterRule struct { // The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which // the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping - // prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring - // Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see [Configuring Event Notifications]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Configuring Event Notifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html Name FilterRuleName // The value that the filter searches for in object key names. @@ -1325,10 +1759,12 @@ type GetObjectAttributesParts struct { // A container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain // zero or more Parts elements. + // // - General purpose buckets - For GetObjectAttributes , if a additional checksum // (including x-amz-checksum-crc32 , x-amz-checksum-crc32c , x-amz-checksum-sha1 // , or x-amz-checksum-sha256 ) isn't applied to the object specified in the // request, the response doesn't return Part . + // // - Directory buckets - For GetObjectAttributes , no matter whether a additional // checksum is applied to the object specified in the request, the response returns // Part . @@ -1374,19 +1810,31 @@ type Grantee struct { // Screen name of the grantee. DisplayName *string - // Email address of the grantee. Using email addresses to specify a grantee is - // only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: + // Email address of the grantee. + // + // Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following + // Amazon Web Services Regions: + // // - US East (N. Virginia) + // // - US West (N. California) + // // - US West (Oregon) + // // - Asia Pacific (Singapore) + // // - Asia Pacific (Sydney) + // // - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) + // // - Europe (Ireland) + // // - South America (São Paulo) - // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions - // and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see [Regions and Endpoints] in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region EmailAddress *string // The canonical user ID of the grantee. @@ -1405,10 +1853,12 @@ type IndexDocument struct { // endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to // samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object with the // key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must not include a - // slash character. Replacement must be made for object keys containing special - // characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more - // information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // slash character. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints // // This member is required. Suffix *string @@ -1419,12 +1869,14 @@ type IndexDocument struct { // Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. type Initiator struct { - // Name of the Principal. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. + // Name of the Principal. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DisplayName *string // If the principal is an Amazon Web Services account, it provides the Canonical // User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. + // // Directory buckets - If the principal is an Amazon Web Services account, it // provides the Amazon Web Services account ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it // provides a user ARN value. @@ -1467,10 +1919,11 @@ type IntelligentTieringAndOperator struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For -// information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see Storage class -// for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) -// . +// Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. +// +// For information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]. +// +// [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access type IntelligentTieringConfiguration struct { // The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. @@ -1505,10 +1958,12 @@ type IntelligentTieringFilter struct { And *IntelligentTieringAndOperator // An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the - // rule applies. Replacement must be made for object keys containing special - // characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more - // information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // rule applies. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints Prefix *string // A container of a key value name pair. @@ -1518,8 +1973,9 @@ type IntelligentTieringFilter struct { } // Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more -// information, see GET Bucket inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html) -// in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// information, see [GET Bucket inventory]in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// +// [GET Bucket inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html type InventoryConfiguration struct { // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results. @@ -1614,9 +2070,10 @@ type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { Format InventoryFormat // The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is - // provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data. Although this value - // is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help prevent problems if - // the destination bucket ownership changes. + // provided, the owner is not validated before exporting data. + // + // Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to help + // prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes. AccountId *string // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory @@ -1663,8 +2120,9 @@ type JSONOutput struct { type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the Lambda function. For more - // information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information, see [Supported Event Types]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Supported Event Types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html // // This member is required. Events []Event @@ -1676,8 +2134,9 @@ type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { LambdaFunctionArn *string // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name - // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // filtering, see [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification @@ -1687,9 +2146,11 @@ type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. For more -// information see, Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. +// +// For more information see, [Managing your storage lifecycle] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Managing your storage lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html type LifecycleExpiration struct { // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. The date value @@ -1709,9 +2170,11 @@ type LifecycleExpiration struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more -// information see, Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. +// +// For more information see, [Managing your storage lifecycle] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Managing your storage lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html type LifecycleRule struct { // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule is @@ -1722,9 +2185,9 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload that // Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. For - // more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket - // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // more information, see [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, @@ -1746,7 +2209,7 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration - // Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when + // Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when // noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket is // versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to // request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific @@ -1754,10 +2217,12 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { NoncurrentVersionTransitions []NoncurrentVersionTransition // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is no - // longer used; use Filter instead. Replacement must be made for object keys - // containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML - // requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // longer used; use Filter instead. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints // // Deprecated: This member has been deprecated. Prefix *string @@ -1834,11 +2299,12 @@ type LifecycleRuleFilterMemberObjectSizeLessThan struct { func (*LifecycleRuleFilterMemberObjectSizeLessThan) isLifecycleRuleFilter() {} -// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. Replacement -// must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage -// returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object -// key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) -// . +// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. +// +// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as +// carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. +// +// [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints type LifecycleRuleFilterMemberPrefix struct { Value string @@ -1856,16 +2322,21 @@ type LifecycleRuleFilterMemberTag struct { func (*LifecycleRuleFilterMemberTag) isLifecycleRuleFilter() {} -// Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. For directory buckets, -// the location type is Availability Zone. For more information about directory -// buckets, see Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is only supported by directory -// buckets. +// Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. +// +// For directory buckets, the location type is Availability Zone. For more +// information about directory buckets, see [Directory buckets]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. +// +// [Directory buckets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html type LocationInfo struct { - // The name of the location where the bucket will be created. For directory - // buckets, the name of the location is the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where - // the bucket will be created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az1 . + // The name of the location where the bucket will be created. + // + // For directory buckets, the name of the location is the AZ ID of the + // Availability Zone where the bucket will be created. An example AZ ID value is + // usw2-az1 . Name *string // The type of location where the bucket will be created. @@ -1875,8 +2346,10 @@ type LocationInfo struct { } // Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all -// log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) -// in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see [PUT Bucket logging]in the Amazon S3 API +// Reference. +// +// [PUT Bucket logging]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html type LoggingEnabled struct { // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. You @@ -1896,10 +2369,12 @@ type LoggingEnabled struct { // This member is required. TargetPrefix *string - // Container for granting information. Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced - // setting for Object Ownership don't support target grants. For more information, - // see Permissions for server access log delivery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // Container for granting information. + // + // Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership don't + // support target grants. For more information, see [Permissions for server access log delivery]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Permissions for server access log delivery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general TargetGrants []TargetGrant // Amazon S3 key format for log objects. @@ -1920,16 +2395,17 @@ type MetadataEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling +// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling +// // replication metrics and events. type Metrics struct { - // Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled. + // Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled. // // This member is required. Status MetricsStatus - // A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the + // A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the // s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold event. EventThreshold *ReplicationTimeValue @@ -1957,8 +2433,9 @@ type MetricsAndOperator struct { // by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating an // existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the // existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to -// keep, they are erased. For more information, see PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html) -// . +// keep, they are erased. For more information, see [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]. +// +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html type MetricsConfiguration struct { // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character @@ -1978,8 +2455,7 @@ type MetricsConfiguration struct { // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only // includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, an // object tag, an access point ARN, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). For more -// information, see PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) -// . +// information, see [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]. // // The following types satisfy this interface: // @@ -1987,6 +2463,8 @@ type MetricsConfiguration struct { // MetricsFilterMemberAnd // MetricsFilterMemberPrefix // MetricsFilterMemberTag +// +// [PutBucketMetricsConfiguration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html type MetricsFilter interface { isMetricsFilter() } @@ -2045,13 +2523,15 @@ type MultipartUpload struct { Key *string // Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload. - // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all the - // objects. + // + // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all + // the objects. Owner *Owner - // The class of storage used to store the object. Directory buckets - Only the S3 - // Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store - // objects. + // The class of storage used to store the object. + // + // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by + // directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass StorageClass // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. @@ -2070,15 +2550,17 @@ type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct { // Specifies how many newer noncurrent versions must exist before Amazon S3 can // perform the associated action on a given version. If there are this many more // recent noncurrent versions, Amazon S3 will take the associated action. For more - // information about noncurrent versions, see Lifecycle configuration elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intro-lifecycle-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about noncurrent versions, see [Lifecycle configuration elements]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Lifecycle configuration elements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intro-lifecycle-rules.html NewerNoncurrentVersions *int32 // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can // perform the associated action. The value must be a non-zero positive integer. - // For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 - // Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see [How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent]in the Amazon S3 + // User Guide. + // + // [How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations NoncurrentDays *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2096,15 +2578,16 @@ type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct { // Specifies how many newer noncurrent versions must exist before Amazon S3 can // perform the associated action on a given version. If there are this many more // recent noncurrent versions, Amazon S3 will take the associated action. For more - // information about noncurrent versions, see Lifecycle configuration elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intro-lifecycle-rules.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information about noncurrent versions, see [Lifecycle configuration elements]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Lifecycle configuration elements]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intro-lifecycle-rules.html NewerNoncurrentVersions *int32 // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days - // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been - // Noncurrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // calculations, see [How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations NoncurrentDays *int32 // The class of storage used to store the object. @@ -2136,8 +2619,9 @@ type NotificationConfiguration struct { } // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name -// filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// filtering, see [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct { // A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. @@ -2156,17 +2640,21 @@ type Object struct { // contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an MD5 // digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object was // created and how it is encrypted as described below: + // // - Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or // through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-S3 // or plaintext, have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object data. + // // - Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or // through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-C // or SSE-KMS, have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object data. + // // - If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy // operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of // encryption. If an object is larger than 16 MB, the Amazon Web Services // Management Console will upload or copy that object as a Multipart Upload, and // therefore the ETag will not be an MD5 digest. + // // Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. ETag *string @@ -2177,25 +2665,29 @@ type Object struct { // Creation date of the object. LastModified *time.Time - // The owner of the object Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the - // object owner. + // The owner of the object + // + // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner. Owner *Owner // Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage // classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information - // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working - // with archived objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory - // buckets to store objects. + // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see [Working with archived objects]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express + // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. + // + // [Working with archived objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus // Size in bytes of the object Size *int64 - // The class of storage used to store the object. Directory buckets - Only the S3 - // Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store - // objects. + // The class of storage used to store the object. + // + // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by + // directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass ObjectStorageClass noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2204,16 +2696,19 @@ type Object struct { // Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects. type ObjectIdentifier struct { - // Key name of the object. Replacement must be made for object keys containing - // special characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more - // information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // Key name of the object. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints // // This member is required. Key *string - // Version ID for the specific version of the object to delete. This functionality - // is not supported for directory buckets. + // Version ID for the specific version of the object to delete. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2273,9 +2768,10 @@ type ObjectPart struct { // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -2283,8 +2779,10 @@ type ObjectPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -2292,8 +2790,10 @@ type ObjectPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -2301,8 +2801,10 @@ type ObjectPart struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA256 *string // The part number identifying the part. This value is a positive integer between @@ -2339,9 +2841,10 @@ type ObjectVersion struct { // Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage // classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information - // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working - // with archived objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see [Working with archived objects]in the + // Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Working with archived objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus // Size in bytes of the object. @@ -2382,14 +2885,23 @@ type Owner struct { // Container for the display name of the owner. This value is only supported in // the following Amazon Web Services Regions: + // // - US East (N. Virginia) + // // - US West (N. California) + // // - US West (Oregon) + // // - Asia Pacific (Singapore) + // // - Asia Pacific (Sydney) + // // - Asia Pacific (Tokyo) + // // - Europe (Ireland) + // // - South America (São Paulo) + // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DisplayName *string @@ -2414,23 +2926,30 @@ type OwnershipControls struct { type OwnershipControlsRule struct { // The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls. + // // BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the // bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control - // canned ACL. ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the - // object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. + // canned ACL. + // + // ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is + // uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. + // // BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer // affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control // over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that don't // specify an ACL or specify bucket owner full control ACLs (such as the predefined // bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or a custom ACL in XML format that grants - // the same permissions). By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced - // and ACLs are disabled. We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon - // use cases where you must control access for each object individually. For more - // information about S3 Object Ownership, see Controlling ownership of objects and - // disabling ACLs for your bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory - // buckets. Directory buckets use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object - // Ownership. + // the same permissions). + // + // By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced and ACLs are + // disabled. We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon use cases where + // you must control access for each object individually. For more information about + // S3 Object Ownership, see [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Directory buckets + // use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership. + // + // [Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html // // This member is required. ObjectOwnership ObjectOwnership @@ -2448,9 +2967,10 @@ type Part struct { // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumCRC32 *string // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be @@ -2458,8 +2978,10 @@ type Part struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumCRC32C *string // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be @@ -2467,15 +2989,18 @@ type Part struct { // object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct // checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the // checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how - // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see [Checking object integrity]in the Amazon S3 User + // Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums ChecksumSHA1 *string // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the - // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see - // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) + // base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see [Checking object integrity] // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Checking object integrity]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html ChecksumSHA256 *string // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. @@ -2495,7 +3020,9 @@ type Part struct { } // Amazon S3 keys for log objects are partitioned in the following format: -// [DestinationPrefix][SourceAccountId]/[SourceRegion]/[SourceBucket]/[YYYY]/[MM]/[DD]/[YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] +// +// [DestinationPrefix][SourceAccountId]/[SourceRegion]/[SourceBucket]/[YYYY]/[MM]/[DD]/[YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] +// // PartitionedPrefix defaults to EventTime delivery when server access logs are // delivered. type PartitionedPrefix struct { @@ -2543,41 +3070,48 @@ type ProgressEvent struct { // The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 // bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more -// information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see The -// Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see [The Meaning of "Public"]in +// the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [The Meaning of "Public"]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) for // this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes the // following behavior: - // - PUT Bucket ACL and PUT Object ACL calls fail if the specified ACL is - // public. + // + // - PUT Bucket ACL and PUT Object ACL calls fail if the specified ACL is public. + // // - PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. + // // - PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. + // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs. BlockPublicAcls *bool // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to PUT - // Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. Enabling this - // setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies. + // Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. + // + // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies. BlockPublicPolicy *bool // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and // objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to ignore - // all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket. Enabling this setting - // doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs and doesn't prevent new - // public ACLs from being set. + // all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket. + // + // Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs and + // doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set. IgnorePublicAcls *bool // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only // Amazon Web Service principals and authorized users within this account if the - // bucket has a public policy. Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously - // stored bucket policies, except that public and cross-account access within any - // public bucket policy, including non-public delegation to specific accounts, is - // blocked. + // bucket has a public policy. + // + // Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except + // that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including + // non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked. RestrictPublicBuckets *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2599,8 +3133,9 @@ type QueueConfiguration struct { QueueArn *string // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name - // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // filtering, see [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification @@ -2639,18 +3174,22 @@ type Redirect struct { // documents/ , you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents . Not required if one // of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith is not - // provided. Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters - // (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see - // XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // provided. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect // request to error.html . Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can be - // present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. Replacement must be made - // for object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when - // using XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints ReplaceKeyWith *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2676,9 +3215,11 @@ type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct { // Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest // version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can // specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications -// on replicas. If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that -// the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier -// version, this element is not allowed. +// on replicas. +// +// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication +// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element +// is not allowed. type ReplicaModifications struct { // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas. @@ -2694,9 +3235,10 @@ type ReplicaModifications struct { type ReplicationConfiguration struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role - // that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, see How - // to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, see [How to Set Up Replication]in + // the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [How to Set Up Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html // // This member is required. Role *string @@ -2729,18 +3271,21 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // DeleteMarkerReplication element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the // DeleteMarkerReplication Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does // not support replicating delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example - // configuration, see Basic Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config) - // . For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule - // Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html) - // . If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon - // S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see - // Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations) - // . + // configuration, see [Basic Rule Configuration]. + // + // For more information about delete marker replication, see [Basic Rule Configuration]. + // + // If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 + // handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see [Backward Compatibility]. + // + // [Basic Rule Configuration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html + // [Backward Compatibility]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication // Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more - // information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information, see [Replicating Existing Objects]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Replicating Existing Objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule @@ -2753,10 +3298,12 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which the // rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include all - // objects in a bucket, specify an empty string. Replacement must be made for - // object keys containing special characters (such as carriage returns) when using - // XML requests. For more information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) - // . + // objects in a bucket, specify an empty string. + // + // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as + // carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. + // + // [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints // // Deprecated: This member has been deprecated. Prefix *string @@ -2766,8 +3313,10 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // according to all replication rules. However, if there are two or more rules with // the same destination bucket, then objects will be replicated according to the // rule with the highest priority. The higher the number, the higher the priority. - // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // For more information, see [Replication] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Replication]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html Priority *int32 // A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source @@ -2782,9 +3331,13 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of // objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify -// more than one filter. For example: +// more than one filter. +// +// For example: +// // - If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in an And // tag. +// // - If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements in an // And tag. type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct { @@ -2815,8 +3368,10 @@ type ReplicationRuleFilter interface { // A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset of // objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you specify // more than one filter. For example: +// // - If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in an And // tag. +// // - If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements in an // And tag. type ReplicationRuleFilterMemberAnd struct { @@ -2828,10 +3383,12 @@ type ReplicationRuleFilterMemberAnd struct { func (*ReplicationRuleFilterMemberAnd) isReplicationRuleFilter() {} // An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the -// rule applies. Replacement must be made for object keys containing special -// characters (such as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more -// information, see XML related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints) -// . +// rule applies. +// +// Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such as +// carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see [XML related object key constraints]. +// +// [XML related object key constraints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints type ReplicationRuleFilterMemberPrefix struct { Value string @@ -2840,8 +3397,9 @@ type ReplicationRuleFilterMemberPrefix struct { func (*ReplicationRuleFilterMemberPrefix) isReplicationRuleFilter() {} -// A container for specifying a tag key and value. The rule applies only to -// objects that have the tag in their tag set. +// A container for specifying a tag key and value. +// +// The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set. type ReplicationRuleFilterMemberTag struct { Value Tag @@ -2850,19 +3408,20 @@ type ReplicationRuleFilterMemberTag struct { func (*ReplicationRuleFilterMemberTag) isReplicationRuleFilter() {} -// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related +// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related +// // information, including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects // and operations on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a // Metrics block. type ReplicationTime struct { - // Specifies whether the replication time is enabled. + // Specifies whether the replication time is enabled. // // This member is required. Status ReplicationTimeStatus - // A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for all - // objects and operations on objects. + // A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for + // all objects and operations on objects. // // This member is required. Time *ReplicationTimeValue @@ -2870,11 +3429,14 @@ type ReplicationTime struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) +// A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) +// // and replication metrics EventThreshold . type ReplicationTimeValue struct { - // Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. Valid value: 15 + // Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. + // + // Valid value: 15 Minutes *int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2905,8 +3467,10 @@ type RequestProgress struct { type RestoreRequest struct { // Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify - // OutputLocation . The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not - // be provided for select requests. + // OutputLocation . + // + // The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided for + // select requests. Days *int32 // The optional description for the job. @@ -2933,34 +3497,43 @@ type RestoreRequest struct { // Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage // classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information -// about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working -// with archived objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory -// buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory -// buckets to store objects. +// about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see [Working with archived objects]in the +// Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express +// One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. +// +// [Working with archived objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html type RestoreStatus struct { // Specifies whether the object is currently being restored. If the object // restoration is in progress, the header returns the value TRUE . For example: - // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="true" If the object - // restoration has completed, the header returns the value FALSE . For example: - // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", - // RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" If the object hasn't been restored, - // there is no header response. + // + // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="true" + // + // If the object restoration has completed, the header returns the value FALSE . + // For example: + // + // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", + // RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" + // + // If the object hasn't been restored, there is no header response. IsRestoreInProgress *bool // Indicates when the restored copy will expire. This value is populated only if // the object has already been restored. For example: - // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", - // RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" + // + // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", + // RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" RestoreExpiryDate *time.Time noSmithyDocumentSerde } // Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more -// information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html#advanced-conditional-redirects) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// information about routing rules, see [Configuring advanced conditional redirects]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Configuring advanced conditional redirects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html#advanced-conditional-redirects type RoutingRule struct { // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another host, @@ -3135,8 +3708,9 @@ type SelectParameters struct { // at configuration, Amazon S3 automatically creates an Amazon Web Services KMS key // in your Amazon Web Services account the first time that you add an object // encrypted with SSE-KMS to a bucket. By default, Amazon S3 uses this KMS key for -// SSE-KMS. For more information, see PUT Bucket encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html) -// in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// SSE-KMS. For more information, see [PUT Bucket encryption]in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// +// [PUT Bucket encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct { // Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption. @@ -3146,19 +3720,30 @@ type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct { // Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) customer Amazon Web Services // KMS key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if and - // only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse . You can specify the key - // ID, key alias, or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. + // only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse . + // + // You can specify the key ID, key alias, or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the + // KMS key. + // // - Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key ARN: // arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab + // // - Key Alias: alias/alias-name + // // If you use a key ID, you can run into a LogDestination undeliverable error when - // creating a VPC flow log. If you are using encryption with cross-account or - // Amazon Web Services service operations you must use a fully qualified KMS key - // ARN. For more information, see Using encryption for cross-account operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy) - // . Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, - // see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // creating a VPC flow log. + // + // If you are using encryption with cross-account or Amazon Web Services service + // operations you must use a fully qualified KMS key ARN. For more information, see + // [Using encryption for cross-account operations]. + // + // Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, + // see [Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS]in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. + // + // [Using encryption for cross-account operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy + // [Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html KMSMasterKeyID *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -3187,17 +3772,20 @@ type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct { // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side // encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects // are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon S3 - // to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled. For more - // information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled. + // + // For more information, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys] in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html BucketKeyEnabled *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The established temporary security credentials of the session. Directory -// buckets - These session credentials are only supported for the authentication -// and authorization of Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. +// The established temporary security credentials of the session. +// +// Directory buckets - These session credentials are only supported for the +// authentication and authorization of Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. type SessionCredentials struct { // A unique identifier that's associated with a secret access key. The access key @@ -3233,7 +3821,9 @@ type SessionCredentials struct { } // To use simple format for S3 keys for log objects, set SimplePrefix to an empty -// object. [DestinationPrefix][YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] +// object. +// +// [DestinationPrefix][YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] type SimplePrefix struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } @@ -3249,12 +3839,14 @@ type SourceSelectionCriteria struct { // Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest // version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can // specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications - // on replicas. If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that - // the replication configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier - // version, this element is not allowed + // on replicas. + // + // If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication + // configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element + // is not allowed ReplicaModifications *ReplicaModifications - // A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects + // A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects // encrypted with Amazon Web Services KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria // in the replication configuration, this element is required. SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects @@ -3372,10 +3964,12 @@ type Tagging struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Container for granting information. Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced -// setting for Object Ownership don't support target grants. For more information, -// see Permissions server access log delivery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// Container for granting information. +// +// Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership don't +// support target grants. For more information, see [Permissions server access log delivery]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// +// [Permissions server access log delivery]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general type TargetGrant struct { // Container for the person being granted permissions. @@ -3406,9 +4000,10 @@ type TargetObjectKeyFormat struct { // without additional operational overhead. type Tiering struct { - // S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically - // optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) - // for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. + // S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects] for a list of access tiers in the S3 + // Intelligent-Tiering storage class. + // + // [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access // // This member is required. AccessTier IntelligentTieringAccessTier @@ -3431,8 +4026,9 @@ type Tiering struct { type TopicConfiguration struct { // The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more - // information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // information, see [Supported Event Types]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Supported Event Types]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html // // This member is required. Events []Event @@ -3444,8 +4040,9 @@ type TopicConfiguration struct { TopicArn *string // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name - // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) - // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // filtering, see [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]in the Amazon S3 User Guide. + // + // [Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification @@ -3456,9 +4053,10 @@ type TopicConfiguration struct { } // Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more -// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning -// Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html) -// in the Amazon S3 User Guide. +// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see [Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle]in the Amazon S3 +// User Guide. +// +// [Transitioning Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html type Transition struct { // Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The @@ -3476,8 +4074,9 @@ type Transition struct { } // Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, -// see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html) -// in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// see [PUT Bucket versioning]in the Amazon S3 API Reference. +// +// [PUT Bucket versioning]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html type VersioningConfiguration struct { // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. @@ -3500,8 +4099,9 @@ type WebsiteConfiguration struct { // The name of the index document for the website. IndexDocument *IndexDocument - // The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint. If - // you specify this property, you can't specify any other property. + // The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint. + // + // If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property. RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo // Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/CHANGELOG.md index 517b98d50ecd1..a06c7d7ad6a71 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +# v1.32.0 (2024-05-08) + +* **Feature**: This release adds MessageSystemAttributeNames to ReceiveMessageRequest to replace AttributeNames. +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.31.4 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_AddPermission.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_AddPermission.go index 52e7b95768093..b06cc591afcb6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_AddPermission.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_AddPermission.go @@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Adds a permission to a queue for a specific principal (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/glos-chap.html#P) -// . This allows sharing access to the queue. When you create a queue, you have -// full control access rights for the queue. Only you, the owner of the queue, can -// grant or deny permissions to the queue. For more information about these -// permissions, see Allow Developers to Write Messages to a Shared Queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-writing-an-sqs-policy.html#write-messages-to-shared-queue) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. -// - AddPermission generates a policy for you. You can use SetQueueAttributes to -// upload your policy. For more information, see Using Custom Policies with the -// Amazon SQS Access Policy Language (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-creating-custom-policies.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// Adds a permission to a queue for a specific [principal]. This allows sharing access to the +// queue. +// +// When you create a queue, you have full control access rights for the queue. +// Only you, the owner of the queue, can grant or deny permissions to the queue. +// For more information about these permissions, see [Allow Developers to Write Messages to a Shared Queue]in the Amazon SQS Developer +// Guide. +// +// - AddPermission generates a policy for you. You can use SetQueueAttributesto upload your +// policy. For more information, see [Using Custom Policies with the Amazon SQS Access Policy Language]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// // - An Amazon SQS policy can have a maximum of seven actions per statement. +// // - To remove the ability to change queue permissions, you must deny permission // to the AddPermission , RemovePermission , and SetQueueAttributes actions in // your IAM policy. +// // - Amazon SQS AddPermission does not support adding a non-account principal. // -// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see -// Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [principal]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/glos-chap.html#P +// [Allow Developers to Write Messages to a Shared Queue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-writing-an-sqs-policy.html#write-messages-to-shared-queue +// [Using Custom Policies with the Amazon SQS Access Policy Language]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-creating-custom-policies.html +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) AddPermission(ctx context.Context, params *AddPermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddPermissionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AddPermissionInput{} @@ -46,22 +53,28 @@ func (c *Client) AddPermission(ctx context.Context, params *AddPermissionInput, type AddPermissionInput struct { - // The Amazon Web Services account numbers of the principals (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/glos-chap.html#P) - // who are to receive permission. For information about locating the Amazon Web - // Services account identification, see Your Amazon Web Services Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-making-api-requests.html#sqs-api-request-authentication) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // The Amazon Web Services account numbers of the [principals] who are to receive permission. + // For information about locating the Amazon Web Services account identification, + // see [Your Amazon Web Services Identifiers]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [Your Amazon Web Services Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-making-api-requests.html#sqs-api-request-authentication + // [principals]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/glos-chap.html#P // // This member is required. AWSAccountIds []string // The action the client wants to allow for the specified principal. Valid values: - // the name of any action or * . For more information about these actions, see - // Overview of Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon Simple Queue Service - // Resource (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-overview-of-managing-access.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Specifying SendMessage , DeleteMessage , or - // ChangeMessageVisibility for ActionName.n also grants permissions for the - // corresponding batch versions of those actions: SendMessageBatch , - // DeleteMessageBatch , and ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch . + // the name of any action or * . + // + // For more information about these actions, see [Overview of Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon Simple Queue Service Resource] in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // Specifying SendMessage , DeleteMessage , or ChangeMessageVisibility for + // ActionName.n also grants permissions for the corresponding batch versions of + // those actions: SendMessageBatch , DeleteMessageBatch , and + // ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch . + // + // [Overview of Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon Simple Queue Service Resource]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-overview-of-managing-access.html // // This member is required. Actions []string @@ -73,8 +86,9 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct { // This member is required. Label *string - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which permissions are added. Queue URLs and - // names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which permissions are added. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CancelMessageMoveTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CancelMessageMoveTask.go index 783b7a8f39582..a29f51bff0c34 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CancelMessageMoveTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CancelMessageMoveTask.go @@ -14,14 +14,16 @@ import ( // cancelled when the current status is RUNNING. Cancelling a message movement task // does not revert the messages that have already been moved. It can only stop the // messages that have not been moved yet. -// - This action is currently limited to supporting message redrive from -// dead-letter queues (DLQs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) -// only. In this context, the source queue is the dead-letter queue (DLQ), while -// the destination queue can be the original source queue (from which the messages -// were driven to the dead-letter-queue), or a custom destination queue. -// - Currently, only standard queues are supported. +// +// - This action is currently limited to supporting message redrive from [dead-letter queues (DLQs)]only. +// In this context, the source queue is the dead-letter queue (DLQ), while the +// destination queue can be the original source queue (from which the messages were +// driven to the dead-letter-queue), or a custom destination queue. +// // - Only one active message movement task is supported per queue at any given // time. +// +// [dead-letter queues (DLQs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html func (c *Client) CancelMessageMoveTask(ctx context.Context, params *CancelMessageMoveTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelMessageMoveTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CancelMessageMoveTaskInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibility.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibility.go index d7339c67d00da..af7d164e0dda7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibility.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibility.go @@ -12,18 +12,23 @@ import ( // Changes the visibility timeout of a specified message in a queue to a new // value. The default visibility timeout for a message is 30 seconds. The minimum -// is 0 seconds. The maximum is 12 hours. For more information, see Visibility -// Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. For example, if the default timeout for a -// queue is 60 seconds, 15 seconds have elapsed since you received the message, and -// you send a ChangeMessageVisibility call with VisibilityTimeout set to 10 -// seconds, the 10 seconds begin to count from the time that you make the -// ChangeMessageVisibility call. Thus, any attempt to change the visibility timeout -// or to delete that message 10 seconds after you initially change the visibility -// timeout (a total of 25 seconds) might result in an error. An Amazon SQS message -// has three basic states: +// is 0 seconds. The maximum is 12 hours. For more information, see [Visibility Timeout]in the Amazon +// SQS Developer Guide. +// +// For example, if the default timeout for a queue is 60 seconds, 15 seconds have +// elapsed since you received the message, and you send a ChangeMessageVisibility +// call with VisibilityTimeout set to 10 seconds, the 10 seconds begin to count +// from the time that you make the ChangeMessageVisibility call. Thus, any attempt +// to change the visibility timeout or to delete that message 10 seconds after you +// initially change the visibility timeout (a total of 25 seconds) might result in +// an error. +// +// An Amazon SQS message has three basic states: +// // - Sent to a queue by a producer. +// // - Received from the queue by a consumer. +// // - Deleted from the queue. // // A message is considered to be stored after it is sent to a queue by a producer, @@ -31,26 +36,36 @@ import ( // 2). There is no limit to the number of stored messages. A message is considered // to be in flight after it is received from a queue by a consumer, but not yet // deleted from the queue (that is, between states 2 and 3). There is a limit to -// the number of in flight messages. Limits that apply to in flight messages are -// unrelated to the unlimited number of stored messages. For most standard queues -// (depending on queue traffic and message backlog), there can be a maximum of -// approximately 120,000 in flight messages (received from a queue by a consumer, -// but not yet deleted from the queue). If you reach this limit, Amazon SQS returns -// the OverLimit error message. To avoid reaching the limit, you should delete -// messages from the queue after they're processed. You can also increase the -// number of queues you use to process your messages. To request a limit increase, -// file a support request (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-sqs) -// . For FIFO queues, there can be a maximum of 20,000 in flight messages (received +// the number of in flight messages. +// +// Limits that apply to in flight messages are unrelated to the unlimited number +// of stored messages. +// +// For most standard queues (depending on queue traffic and message backlog), +// there can be a maximum of approximately 120,000 in flight messages (received // from a queue by a consumer, but not yet deleted from the queue). If you reach -// this limit, Amazon SQS returns no error messages. If you attempt to set the -// VisibilityTimeout to a value greater than the maximum time left, Amazon SQS -// returns an error. Amazon SQS doesn't automatically recalculate and increase the -// timeout to the maximum remaining time. Unlike with a queue, when you change the -// visibility timeout for a specific message the timeout value is applied -// immediately but isn't saved in memory for that message. If you don't delete a -// message after it is received, the visibility timeout for the message reverts to -// the original timeout value (not to the value you set using the -// ChangeMessageVisibility action) the next time the message is received. +// this limit, Amazon SQS returns the OverLimit error message. To avoid reaching +// the limit, you should delete messages from the queue after they're processed. +// You can also increase the number of queues you use to process your messages. To +// request a limit increase, [file a support request]. +// +// For FIFO queues, there can be a maximum of 20,000 in flight messages (received +// from a queue by a consumer, but not yet deleted from the queue). If you reach +// this limit, Amazon SQS returns no error messages. +// +// If you attempt to set the VisibilityTimeout to a value greater than the maximum +// time left, Amazon SQS returns an error. Amazon SQS doesn't automatically +// recalculate and increase the timeout to the maximum remaining time. +// +// Unlike with a queue, when you change the visibility timeout for a specific +// message the timeout value is applied immediately but isn't saved in memory for +// that message. If you don't delete a message after it is received, the visibility +// timeout for the message reverts to the original timeout value (not to the value +// you set using the ChangeMessageVisibility action) the next time the message is +// received. +// +// [Visibility Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html +// [file a support request]: https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=service-limit-increase&limitType=service-code-sqs func (c *Client) ChangeMessageVisibility(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeMessageVisibilityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangeMessageVisibilityOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ChangeMessageVisibilityInput{} @@ -68,14 +83,15 @@ func (c *Client) ChangeMessageVisibility(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeMess type ChangeMessageVisibilityInput struct { - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose message's visibility is changed. Queue - // URLs and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose message's visibility is changed. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string // The receipt handle associated with the message, whose visibility timeout is - // changed. This parameter is returned by the ReceiveMessage action. + // changed. This parameter is returned by the ReceiveMessageaction. // // This member is required. ReceiptHandle *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch.go index ac359caf15609..968ba4c5a0596 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch.go @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Changes the visibility timeout of multiple messages. This is a batch version of -// ChangeMessageVisibility . The result of the action on each message is reported -// individually in the response. You can send up to 10 ChangeMessageVisibility -// requests with each ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch action. Because the batch -// request can result in a combination of successful and unsuccessful actions, you -// should check for batch errors even when the call returns an HTTP status code of -// 200 . +// Changes the visibility timeout of multiple messages. This is a batch version of ChangeMessageVisibility +// . The result of the action on each message is reported individually in the +// response. You can send up to 10 ChangeMessageVisibilityrequests with each ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch +// action. +// +// Because the batch request can result in a combination of successful and +// unsuccessful actions, you should check for batch errors even when the call +// returns an HTTP status code of 200 . func (c *Client) ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch(ctx context.Context, params *ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchInput{} @@ -41,8 +42,9 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchInput struct { // This member is required. Entries []types.ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequestEntry - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose messages' visibility is changed. Queue - // URLs and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose messages' visibility is changed. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string @@ -50,9 +52,8 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchInput struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// For each message in the batch, the response contains a -// ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry tag if the message succeeds or a -// BatchResultErrorEntry tag if the message fails. +// For each message in the batch, the response contains a ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry tag if the message +// succeeds or a BatchResultErrorEntrytag if the message fails. type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchOutput struct { // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CreateQueue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CreateQueue.go index 35e691ff5b384..9043fca954bd2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CreateQueue.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_CreateQueue.go @@ -12,33 +12,46 @@ import ( // Creates a new standard or FIFO queue. You can pass one or more attributes in // the request. Keep the following in mind: +// // - If you don't specify the FifoQueue attribute, Amazon SQS creates a standard -// queue. You can't change the queue type after you create it and you can't convert -// an existing standard queue into a FIFO queue. You must either create a new FIFO -// queue for your application or delete your existing standard queue and recreate -// it as a FIFO queue. For more information, see Moving From a Standard Queue to -// a FIFO Queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html#FIFO-queues-moving) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. -// - If you don't provide a value for an attribute, the queue is created with -// the default value for the attribute. -// - If you delete a queue, you must wait at least 60 seconds before creating a -// queue with the same name. +// queue. +// +// You can't change the queue type after you create it and you can't convert an +// +// existing standard queue into a FIFO queue. You must either create a new FIFO +// queue for your application or delete your existing standard queue and recreate +// it as a FIFO queue. For more information, see [Moving From a Standard Queue to a FIFO Queue]in the Amazon SQS Developer +// Guide. +// +// - If you don't provide a value for an attribute, the queue is created with +// the default value for the attribute. +// +// - If you delete a queue, you must wait at least 60 seconds before creating a +// queue with the same name. // // To successfully create a new queue, you must provide a queue name that adheres -// to the limits related to queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/limits-queues.html) -// and is unique within the scope of your queues. After you create a queue, you -// must wait at least one second after the queue is created to be able to use the -// queue. To get the queue URL, use the GetQueueUrl action. GetQueueUrl requires -// only the QueueName parameter. be aware of existing queue names: +// to the [limits related to queues]and is unique within the scope of your queues. +// +// After you create a queue, you must wait at least one second after the queue is +// created to be able to use the queue. +// +// To get the queue URL, use the GetQueueUrl action. GetQueueUrl requires only the QueueName parameter. +// be aware of existing queue names: +// // - If you provide the name of an existing queue along with the exact names and // values of all the queue's attributes, CreateQueue returns the queue URL for // the existing queue. +// // - If the queue name, attribute names, or attribute values don't match an // existing queue, CreateQueue returns an error. // -// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see -// Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [limits related to queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/limits-queues.html +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name +// +// [Moving From a Standard Queue to a FIFO Queue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html#FIFO-queues-moving func (c *Client) CreateQueue(ctx context.Context, params *CreateQueueInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateQueueInput{} @@ -57,23 +70,31 @@ func (c *Client) CreateQueue(ctx context.Context, params *CreateQueueInput, optF type CreateQueueInput struct { // The name of the new queue. The following limits apply to this name: + // // - A queue name can have up to 80 characters. + // // - Valid values: alphanumeric characters, hyphens ( - ), and underscores ( _ ). + // // - A FIFO queue name must end with the .fifo suffix. + // // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueName *string - // A map of attributes with their corresponding values. The following lists the - // names, descriptions, and values of the special request parameters that the - // CreateQueue action uses: + // A map of attributes with their corresponding values. + // + // The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request + // parameters that the CreateQueue action uses: + // // - DelaySeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which the delivery of all // messages in the queue is delayed. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 900 seconds // (15 minutes). Default: 0. + // // - MaximumMessageSize – The limit of how many bytes a message can contain // before Amazon SQS rejects it. Valid values: An integer from 1,024 bytes (1 KiB) // to 262,144 bytes (256 KiB). Default: 262,144 (256 KiB). + // // - MessageRetentionPeriod – The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon // SQS retains a message. Valid values: An integer from 60 seconds (1 minute) to // 1,209,600 seconds (14 days). Default: 345,600 (4 days). When you change a @@ -83,129 +104,181 @@ type CreateQueueInput struct { // existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and // deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing // messages. + // // - Policy – The queue's policy. A valid Amazon Web Services policy. For more - // information about policy structure, see Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PoliciesOverview.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. - // - ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which a - // ReceiveMessage action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: An integer - // from 0 to 20 (seconds). Default: 0. + // information about policy structure, see [Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM Policies]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // - ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which a ReceiveMessage + // action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 20 + // (seconds). Default: 0. + // // - VisibilityTimeout – The visibility timeout for the queue, in seconds. Valid // values: An integer from 0 to 43,200 (12 hours). Default: 30. For more - // information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. - // The following attributes apply only to dead-letter queues: (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) + // information about the visibility timeout, see [Visibility Timeout]in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [dead-letter queues:] + // // - RedrivePolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the dead-letter // queue functionality of the source queue as a JSON object. The parameters are as // follows: + // // - deadLetterTargetArn – The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter // queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is // exceeded. + // // - maxReceiveCount – The number of times a message is delivered to the source // queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. Default: 10. When the // ReceiveCount for a message exceeds the maxReceiveCount for a queue, Amazon SQS // moves the message to the dead-letter-queue. + // // - RedriveAllowPolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the // permissions for the dead-letter queue redrive permission and which source queues // can specify dead-letter queues as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows: + // // - redrivePermission – The permission type that defines which source queues can // specify the current queue as the dead-letter queue. Valid values are: + // // - allowAll – (Default) Any source queues in this Amazon Web Services account // in the same Region can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - denyAll – No source queues can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - byQueue – Only queues specified by the sourceQueueArns parameter can specify // this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - sourceQueueArns – The Amazon Resource Names (ARN)s of the source queues that // can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue and redrive messages. You can // specify this parameter only when the redrivePermission parameter is set to // byQueue . You can specify up to 10 source queue ARNs. To allow more than 10 // source queues to specify dead-letter queues, set the redrivePermission // parameter to allowAll . + // // The dead-letter queue of a FIFO queue must also be a FIFO queue. Similarly, the - // dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue. The - // following attributes apply only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html) - // : + // dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [server-side-encryption]: + // // - KmsMasterKeyId – The ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master - // key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms) - // . While the alias of the Amazon Web Services managed CMK for Amazon SQS is - // always alias/aws/sqs , the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be - // alias/MyAlias . For more examples, see KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters) - // in the Key Management Service API Reference. + // key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see [Key Terms]. While + // the alias of the Amazon Web Services managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always + // alias/aws/sqs , the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be alias/MyAlias + // . For more examples, see [KeyId]in the Key Management Service API Reference. + // // - KmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which - // Amazon SQS can reuse a data key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys) - // to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS again. An integer representing - // seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 seconds (24 hours). Default: - // 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides better security but results in - // more calls to KMS which might incur charges after Free Tier. For more - // information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work) + // Amazon SQS can reuse a [data key]to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS + // again. An integer representing seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 + // seconds (24 hours). Default: 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides + // better security but results in more calls to KMS which might incur charges after + // Free Tier. For more information, see [How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?] + // // - SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned // encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue - // (for example, SSE-KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html) - // or SSE-SQS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html) - // ). - // The following attributes apply only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html) - // : + // (for example, [SSE-KMS]or [SSE-SQS]). + // + // The following attributes apply only to [FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues]: + // // - FifoQueue – Designates a queue as FIFO. Valid values are true and false . If // you don't specify the FifoQueue attribute, Amazon SQS creates a standard // queue. You can provide this attribute only during queue creation. You can't // change it for an existing queue. When you set this attribute, you must also - // provide the MessageGroupId for your messages explicitly. For more information, - // see FIFO queue logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-understanding-logic.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // provide the MessageGroupId for your messages explicitly. + // + // For more information, see [FIFO queue logic]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // // - ContentBasedDeduplication – Enables content-based deduplication. Valid - // values are true and false . For more information, see Exactly-once processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Note the following: + // values are true and false . For more information, see [Exactly-once processing]in the Amazon SQS + // Developer Guide. Note the following: + // // - Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId . + // // - You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly. + // // - If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable // ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to // generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the // attributes of the message). + // // - If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have // ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error. + // // - If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId // overrides the generated one. + // // - When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content // sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one // copy of the message is delivered. + // // - If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then // another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one // generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId , the two messages are treated // as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered. - // The following attributes apply only to high throughput for FIFO queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/high-throughput-fifo.html) - // : + // + // The following attributes apply only to [high throughput for FIFO queues]: + // // - DeduplicationScope – Specifies whether message deduplication occurs at the // message group or queue level. Valid values are messageGroup and queue . + // // - FifoThroughputLimit – Specifies whether the FIFO queue throughput quota // applies to the entire queue or per message group. Valid values are perQueue // and perMessageGroupId . The perMessageGroupId value is allowed only when the // value for DeduplicationScope is messageGroup . + // // To enable high throughput for FIFO queues, do the following: + // // - Set DeduplicationScope to messageGroup . + // // - Set FifoThroughputLimit to perMessageGroupId . + // // If you set these attributes to anything other than the values shown for // enabling high throughput, normal throughput is in effect and deduplication - // occurs as specified. For information on throughput quotas, see Quotas related - // to messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/quotas-messages.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // occurs as specified. + // + // For information on throughput quotas, see [Quotas related to messages] in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [SSE-KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html + // [data key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys + // [How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work + // [SSE-SQS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html + // [high throughput for FIFO queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/high-throughput-fifo.html + // [Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PoliciesOverview.html + // [dead-letter queues:]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html + // [Exactly-once processing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html + // [KeyId]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters + // [Quotas related to messages]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/quotas-messages.html + // [Visibility Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html + // [Key Terms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms + // [server-side-encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html + // [FIFO queue logic]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-understanding-logic.html + // [FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html Attributes map[string]string // Add cost allocation tags to the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an overview, - // see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. When you use queue tags, keep the following - // guidelines in mind: + // see [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // When you use queue tags, keep the following guidelines in mind: + // // - Adding more than 50 tags to a queue isn't recommended. + // // - Tags don't have any semantic meaning. Amazon SQS interprets tags as // character strings. + // // - Tags are case-sensitive. + // // - A new tag with a key identical to that of an existing tag overwrites the // existing tag. - // For a full list of tag restrictions, see Quotas related to queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-limits.html#limits-queues) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. To be able to tag a queue on creation, you - // must have the sqs:CreateQueue and sqs:TagQueue permissions. Cross-account - // permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see Grant - // cross-account permissions to a role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) + // + // For a full list of tag restrictions, see [Quotas related to queues] in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // To be able to tag a queue on creation, you must have the sqs:CreateQueue and + // sqs:TagQueue permissions. + // + // Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html + // [Quotas related to queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-limits.html#limits-queues + // [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name Tags map[string]string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessage.go index 2e3011be79d18..8d9175a55418c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessage.go @@ -15,18 +15,20 @@ import ( // receive when you send the message). Amazon SQS can delete a message from a queue // even if a visibility timeout setting causes the message to be locked by another // consumer. Amazon SQS automatically deletes messages left in a queue longer than -// the retention period configured for the queue. The ReceiptHandle is associated -// with a specific instance of receiving a message. If you receive a message more -// than once, the ReceiptHandle is different each time you receive a message. When -// you use the DeleteMessage action, you must provide the most recently received -// ReceiptHandle for the message (otherwise, the request succeeds, but the message -// will not be deleted). For standard queues, it is possible to receive a message -// even after you delete it. This might happen on rare occasions if one of the -// servers which stores a copy of the message is unavailable when you send the -// request to delete the message. The copy remains on the server and might be -// returned to you during a subsequent receive request. You should ensure that your -// application is idempotent, so that receiving a message more than once does not -// cause issues. +// the retention period configured for the queue. +// +// The ReceiptHandle is associated with a specific instance of receiving a +// message. If you receive a message more than once, the ReceiptHandle is +// different each time you receive a message. When you use the DeleteMessage +// action, you must provide the most recently received ReceiptHandle for the +// message (otherwise, the request succeeds, but the message will not be deleted). +// +// For standard queues, it is possible to receive a message even after you delete +// it. This might happen on rare occasions if one of the servers which stores a +// copy of the message is unavailable when you send the request to delete the +// message. The copy remains on the server and might be returned to you during a +// subsequent receive request. You should ensure that your application is +// idempotent, so that receiving a message more than once does not cause issues. func (c *Client) DeleteMessage(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteMessageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteMessageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteMessageInput{} @@ -44,8 +46,9 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteMessage(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteMessageInput, type DeleteMessageInput struct { - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are deleted. Queue URLs and - // names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are deleted. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessageBatch.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessageBatch.go index 36834805d0a9c..00821de6cb950 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessageBatch.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteMessageBatch.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes up to ten messages from the specified queue. This is a batch version of -// DeleteMessage . The result of the action on each message is reported -// individually in the response. Because the batch request can result in a -// combination of successful and unsuccessful actions, you should check for batch -// errors even when the call returns an HTTP status code of 200 . +// Deletes up to ten messages from the specified queue. This is a batch version of DeleteMessage +// . The result of the action on each message is reported individually in the +// response. +// +// Because the batch request can result in a combination of successful and +// unsuccessful actions, you should check for batch errors even when the call +// returns an HTTP status code of 200 . func (c *Client) DeleteMessageBatch(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteMessageBatchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteMessageBatchOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteMessageBatchInput{} @@ -38,8 +40,9 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchInput struct { // This member is required. Entries []types.DeleteMessageBatchRequestEntry - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are deleted. Queue URLs and - // names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are deleted. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string @@ -47,9 +50,8 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchInput struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// For each message in the batch, the response contains a -// DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry tag if the message is deleted or a -// BatchResultErrorEntry tag if the message can't be deleted. +// For each message in the batch, the response contains a DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry tag if the message is +// deleted or a BatchResultErrorEntrytag if the message can't be deleted. type DeleteMessageBatchOutput struct { // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteQueue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteQueue.go index 2fa662b83f081..32e3cb1006d46 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteQueue.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_DeleteQueue.go @@ -10,17 +10,25 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Deletes the queue specified by the QueueUrl , regardless of the queue's -// contents. Be careful with the DeleteQueue action: When you delete a queue, any -// messages in the queue are no longer available. When you delete a queue, the -// deletion process takes up to 60 seconds. Requests you send involving that queue -// during the 60 seconds might succeed. For example, a SendMessage request might -// succeed, but after 60 seconds the queue and the message you sent no longer -// exist. When you delete a queue, you must wait at least 60 seconds before -// creating a queue with the same name. Cross-account permissions don't apply to -// this action. For more information, see Grant cross-account permissions to a -// role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. The delete operation uses the HTTP GET verb. +// Deletes the queue specified by the QueueUrl , regardless of the queue's contents. +// +// Be careful with the DeleteQueue action: When you delete a queue, any messages +// in the queue are no longer available. +// +// When you delete a queue, the deletion process takes up to 60 seconds. Requests +// you send involving that queue during the 60 seconds might succeed. For example, +// a SendMessagerequest might succeed, but after 60 seconds the queue and the message you +// sent no longer exist. +// +// When you delete a queue, you must wait at least 60 seconds before creating a +// queue with the same name. +// +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] +// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// The delete operation uses the HTTP GET verb. +// +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) DeleteQueue(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteQueueInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteQueueInput{} @@ -38,8 +46,9 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteQueue(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteQueueInput, optF type DeleteQueueInput struct { - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to delete. Queue URLs and names are - // case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to delete. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueAttributes.go index 6f90d7352f59b..c89466629fd49 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueAttributes.go @@ -11,8 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Gets attributes for the specified queue. To determine whether a queue is FIFO (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html) -// , you can check whether QueueName ends with the .fifo suffix. +// Gets attributes for the specified queue. +// +// To determine whether a queue is [FIFO], you can check whether QueueName ends with the +// .fifo suffix. +// +// [FIFO]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html func (c *Client) GetQueueAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *GetQueueAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetQueueAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetQueueAttributesInput{} @@ -30,40 +34,55 @@ func (c *Client) GetQueueAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *GetQueueAttribu type GetQueueAttributesInput struct { - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose attribute information is retrieved. Queue - // URLs and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose attribute information is retrieved. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string - // A list of attributes for which to retrieve information. The AttributeNames - // parameter is optional, but if you don't specify values for this parameter, the - // request returns empty results. In the future, new attributes might be added. If - // you write code that calls this action, we recommend that you structure your code - // so that it can handle new attributes gracefully. The following attributes are - // supported: The ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed , - // ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible , and ApproximateNumberOfMessages metrics - // may not achieve consistency until at least 1 minute after the producers stop - // sending messages. This period is required for the queue metadata to reach - // eventual consistency. + // A list of attributes for which to retrieve information. + // + // The AttributeNames parameter is optional, but if you don't specify values for + // this parameter, the request returns empty results. + // + // In the future, new attributes might be added. If you write code that calls this + // action, we recommend that you structure your code so that it can handle new + // attributes gracefully. + // + // The following attributes are supported: + // + // The ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed , ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible , + // and ApproximateNumberOfMessages metrics may not achieve consistency until at + // least 1 minute after the producers stop sending messages. This period is + // required for the queue metadata to reach eventual consistency. + // // - All – Returns all values. + // // - ApproximateNumberOfMessages – Returns the approximate number of messages // available for retrieval from the queue. + // // - ApproximateNumberOfMessagesDelayed – Returns the approximate number of // messages in the queue that are delayed and not available for reading // immediately. This can happen when the queue is configured as a delay queue or // when a message has been sent with a delay parameter. + // // - ApproximateNumberOfMessagesNotVisible – Returns the approximate number of // messages that are in flight. Messages are considered to be in flight if they // have been sent to a client but have not yet been deleted or have not yet reached // the end of their visibility window. - // - CreatedTimestamp – Returns the time when the queue was created in seconds ( - // epoch time (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time) ). + // + // - CreatedTimestamp – Returns the time when the queue was created in seconds ([epoch time] + // ). + // // - DelaySeconds – Returns the default delay on the queue in seconds. + // // - LastModifiedTimestamp – Returns the time when the queue was last changed in - // seconds ( epoch time (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time) ). + // seconds ([epoch time] ). + // // - MaximumMessageSize – Returns the limit of how many bytes a message can // contain before Amazon SQS rejects it. + // // - MessageRetentionPeriod – Returns the length of time, in seconds, for which // Amazon SQS retains a message. When you change a queue's attributes, the change // can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes to propagate throughout the @@ -71,83 +90,119 @@ type GetQueueAttributesInput struct { // take up to 15 minutes and will impact existing messages in the queue potentially // causing them to be expired and deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is // reduced below the age of existing messages. + // // - Policy – Returns the policy of the queue. + // // - QueueArn – Returns the Amazon resource name (ARN) of the queue. + // // - ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – Returns the length of time, in seconds, for // which the ReceiveMessage action waits for a message to arrive. + // // - VisibilityTimeout – Returns the visibility timeout for the queue. For more - // information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. - // The following attributes apply only to dead-letter queues: (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) + // information about the visibility timeout, see [Visibility Timeout]in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [dead-letter queues:] + // // - RedrivePolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the dead-letter // queue functionality of the source queue as a JSON object. The parameters are as // follows: + // // - deadLetterTargetArn – The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter // queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is // exceeded. + // // - maxReceiveCount – The number of times a message is delivered to the source // queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. Default: 10. When the // ReceiveCount for a message exceeds the maxReceiveCount for a queue, Amazon SQS // moves the message to the dead-letter-queue. + // // - RedriveAllowPolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the // permissions for the dead-letter queue redrive permission and which source queues // can specify dead-letter queues as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows: + // // - redrivePermission – The permission type that defines which source queues can // specify the current queue as the dead-letter queue. Valid values are: + // // - allowAll – (Default) Any source queues in this Amazon Web Services account // in the same Region can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - denyAll – No source queues can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - byQueue – Only queues specified by the sourceQueueArns parameter can specify // this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - sourceQueueArns – The Amazon Resource Names (ARN)s of the source queues that // can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue and redrive messages. You can // specify this parameter only when the redrivePermission parameter is set to // byQueue . You can specify up to 10 source queue ARNs. To allow more than 10 // source queues to specify dead-letter queues, set the redrivePermission // parameter to allowAll . + // // The dead-letter queue of a FIFO queue must also be a FIFO queue. Similarly, the - // dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue. The - // following attributes apply only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html) - // : + // dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [server-side-encryption]: + // // - KmsMasterKeyId – Returns the ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer - // master key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see - // Key Terms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms) - // . + // master key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see [Key Terms]. + // // - KmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds – Returns the length of time, in seconds, for // which Amazon SQS can reuse a data key to encrypt or decrypt messages before - // calling KMS again. For more information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse - // Period Work? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work) - // . + // calling KMS again. For more information, see [How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?]. + // // - SqsManagedSseEnabled – Returns information about whether the queue is using // SSE-SQS encryption using SQS owned encryption keys. Only one server-side - // encryption option is supported per queue (for example, SSE-KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html) - // or SSE-SQS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html) - // ). - // The following attributes apply only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html) - // : + // encryption option is supported per queue (for example, [SSE-KMS]or [SSE-SQS]). + // + // The following attributes apply only to [FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues]: + // // - FifoQueue – Returns information about whether the queue is FIFO. For more - // information, see FIFO queue logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-understanding-logic.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. To determine whether a queue is FIFO (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html) - // , you can check whether QueueName ends with the .fifo suffix. + // information, see [FIFO queue logic]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // To determine whether a queue is [FIFO], you can check whether QueueName ends with the + // .fifo suffix. + // // - ContentBasedDeduplication – Returns whether content-based deduplication is - // enabled for the queue. For more information, see Exactly-once processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. - // The following attributes apply only to high throughput for FIFO queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/high-throughput-fifo.html) - // : + // enabled for the queue. For more information, see [Exactly-once processing]in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [high throughput for FIFO queues]: + // // - DeduplicationScope – Specifies whether message deduplication occurs at the // message group or queue level. Valid values are messageGroup and queue . + // // - FifoThroughputLimit – Specifies whether the FIFO queue throughput quota // applies to the entire queue or per message group. Valid values are perQueue // and perMessageGroupId . The perMessageGroupId value is allowed only when the // value for DeduplicationScope is messageGroup . + // // To enable high throughput for FIFO queues, do the following: + // // - Set DeduplicationScope to messageGroup . + // // - Set FifoThroughputLimit to perMessageGroupId . + // // If you set these attributes to anything other than the values shown for // enabling high throughput, normal throughput is in effect and deduplication - // occurs as specified. For information on throughput quotas, see Quotas related - // to messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/quotas-messages.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // occurs as specified. + // + // For information on throughput quotas, see [Quotas related to messages] in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [SSE-KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html + // [epoch time]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time + // [How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work + // [SSE-SQS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html + // [high throughput for FIFO queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/high-throughput-fifo.html + // [dead-letter queues:]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html + // [Exactly-once processing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html + // [FIFO]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html + // [Quotas related to messages]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/quotas-messages.html + // [Visibility Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html + // [Key Terms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms + // [server-side-encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html + // [FIFO queue logic]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-understanding-logic.html + // [FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html AttributeNames []types.QueueAttributeName noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueUrl.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueUrl.go index 5e89c73b06228..e2151d3d6f9b7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueUrl.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_GetQueueUrl.go @@ -10,12 +10,15 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns the URL of an existing Amazon SQS queue. To access a queue that belongs -// to another AWS account, use the QueueOwnerAWSAccountId parameter to specify the -// account ID of the queue's owner. The queue's owner must grant you permission to -// access the queue. For more information about shared queue access, see -// AddPermission or see Allow Developers to Write Messages to a Shared Queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-writing-an-sqs-policy.html#write-messages-to-shared-queue) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// Returns the URL of an existing Amazon SQS queue. +// +// To access a queue that belongs to another AWS account, use the +// QueueOwnerAWSAccountId parameter to specify the account ID of the queue's owner. +// The queue's owner must grant you permission to access the queue. For more +// information about shared queue access, see AddPermissionor see [Allow Developers to Write Messages to a Shared Queue] in the Amazon SQS Developer +// Guide. +// +// [Allow Developers to Write Messages to a Shared Queue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-writing-an-sqs-policy.html#write-messages-to-shared-queue func (c *Client) GetQueueUrl(ctx context.Context, params *GetQueueUrlInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetQueueUrlOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetQueueUrlInput{} @@ -34,8 +37,9 @@ func (c *Client) GetQueueUrl(ctx context.Context, params *GetQueueUrlInput, optF type GetQueueUrlInput struct { // The name of the queue whose URL must be fetched. Maximum 80 characters. Valid - // values: alphanumeric characters, hyphens ( - ), and underscores ( _ ). Queue - // URLs and names are case-sensitive. + // values: alphanumeric characters, hyphens ( - ), and underscores ( _ ). + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueName *string @@ -46,8 +50,9 @@ type GetQueueUrlInput struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// For more information, see Interpreting Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-api-responses.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// For more information, see [Interpreting Responses] in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [Interpreting Responses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-api-responses.html type GetQueueUrlOutput struct { // The URL of the queue. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListDeadLetterSourceQueues.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListDeadLetterSourceQueues.go index c877ac29dc522..e90edca438f66 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListDeadLetterSourceQueues.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListDeadLetterSourceQueues.go @@ -11,16 +11,20 @@ import ( ) // Returns a list of your queues that have the RedrivePolicy queue attribute -// configured with a dead-letter queue. The ListDeadLetterSourceQueues methods -// supports pagination. Set parameter MaxResults in the request to specify the -// maximum number of results to be returned in the response. If you do not set -// MaxResults , the response includes a maximum of 1,000 results. If you set -// MaxResults and there are additional results to display, the response includes a -// value for NextToken . Use NextToken as a parameter in your next request to -// ListDeadLetterSourceQueues to receive the next page of results. For more -// information about using dead-letter queues, see Using Amazon SQS Dead-Letter -// Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// configured with a dead-letter queue. +// +// The ListDeadLetterSourceQueues methods supports pagination. Set parameter +// MaxResults in the request to specify the maximum number of results to be +// returned in the response. If you do not set MaxResults , the response includes a +// maximum of 1,000 results. If you set MaxResults and there are additional +// results to display, the response includes a value for NextToken . Use NextToken +// as a parameter in your next request to ListDeadLetterSourceQueues to receive +// the next page of results. +// +// For more information about using dead-letter queues, see [Using Amazon SQS Dead-Letter Queues] in the Amazon SQS +// Developer Guide. +// +// [Using Amazon SQS Dead-Letter Queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html func (c *Client) ListDeadLetterSourceQueues(ctx context.Context, params *ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesInput{} @@ -38,7 +42,9 @@ func (c *Client) ListDeadLetterSourceQueues(ctx context.Context, params *ListDea type ListDeadLetterSourceQueuesInput struct { - // The URL of a dead-letter queue. Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of a dead-letter queue. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListMessageMoveTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListMessageMoveTasks.go index 6187d4070a3bc..5f1608ea0f8c5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListMessageMoveTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListMessageMoveTasks.go @@ -13,14 +13,16 @@ import ( // Gets the most recent message movement tasks (up to 10) under a specific source // queue. -// - This action is currently limited to supporting message redrive from -// dead-letter queues (DLQs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) -// only. In this context, the source queue is the dead-letter queue (DLQ), while -// the destination queue can be the original source queue (from which the messages -// were driven to the dead-letter-queue), or a custom destination queue. -// - Currently, only standard queues are supported. +// +// - This action is currently limited to supporting message redrive from [dead-letter queues (DLQs)]only. +// In this context, the source queue is the dead-letter queue (DLQ), while the +// destination queue can be the original source queue (from which the messages were +// driven to the dead-letter-queue), or a custom destination queue. +// // - Only one active message movement task is supported per queue at any given // time. +// +// [dead-letter queues (DLQs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html func (c *Client) ListMessageMoveTasks(ctx context.Context, params *ListMessageMoveTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMessageMoveTasksOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListMessageMoveTasksInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueueTags.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueueTags.go index 226fb297dd489..aaaa51a732697 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueueTags.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueueTags.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // List all cost allocation tags added to the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an -// overview, see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Cross-account permissions don't apply to this -// action. For more information, see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and -// a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) +// overview, see [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) ListQueueTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListQueueTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListQueueTagsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListQueueTagsInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueues.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueues.go index 5f580999a2e8c..8ad852a2bc327 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueues.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ListQueues.go @@ -13,15 +13,19 @@ import ( // Returns a list of your queues in the current region. The response includes a // maximum of 1,000 results. If you specify a value for the optional // QueueNamePrefix parameter, only queues with a name that begins with the -// specified value are returned. The listQueues methods supports pagination. Set -// parameter MaxResults in the request to specify the maximum number of results to -// be returned in the response. If you do not set MaxResults , the response -// includes a maximum of 1,000 results. If you set MaxResults and there are -// additional results to display, the response includes a value for NextToken . Use -// NextToken as a parameter in your next request to listQueues to receive the next -// page of results. Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more -// information, see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) +// specified value are returned. +// +// The listQueues methods supports pagination. Set parameter MaxResults in the +// request to specify the maximum number of results to be returned in the response. +// If you do not set MaxResults , the response includes a maximum of 1,000 results. +// If you set MaxResults and there are additional results to display, the response +// includes a value for NextToken . Use NextToken as a parameter in your next +// request to listQueues to receive the next page of results. +// +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) ListQueues(ctx context.Context, params *ListQueuesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListQueuesInput{} @@ -47,8 +51,9 @@ type ListQueuesInput struct { NextToken *string // A string to use for filtering the list results. Only those queues whose name - // begins with the specified string are returned. Queue URLs and names are - // case-sensitive. + // begins with the specified string are returned. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. QueueNamePrefix *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_PurgeQueue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_PurgeQueue.go index aafbf9456041c..cce93f42c404d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_PurgeQueue.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_PurgeQueue.go @@ -11,12 +11,19 @@ import ( ) // Deletes available messages in a queue (including in-flight messages) specified -// by the QueueURL parameter. When you use the PurgeQueue action, you can't -// retrieve any messages deleted from a queue. The message deletion process takes -// up to 60 seconds. We recommend waiting for 60 seconds regardless of your queue's -// size. Messages sent to the queue before you call PurgeQueue might be received -// but are deleted within the next minute. Messages sent to the queue after you -// call PurgeQueue might be deleted while the queue is being purged. +// by the QueueURL parameter. +// +// When you use the PurgeQueue action, you can't retrieve any messages deleted +// from a queue. +// +// The message deletion process takes up to 60 seconds. We recommend waiting for +// 60 seconds regardless of your queue's size. +// +// Messages sent to the queue before you call PurgeQueue might be received but are +// deleted within the next minute. +// +// Messages sent to the queue after you call PurgeQueue might be deleted while the +// queue is being purged. func (c *Client) PurgeQueue(ctx context.Context, params *PurgeQueueInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PurgeQueueOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PurgeQueueInput{} @@ -34,8 +41,9 @@ func (c *Client) PurgeQueue(ctx context.Context, params *PurgeQueueInput, optFns type PurgeQueueInput struct { - // The URL of the queue from which the PurgeQueue action deletes messages. Queue - // URLs and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the queue from which the PurgeQueue action deletes messages. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ReceiveMessage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ReceiveMessage.go index 6c27d6a7c18b2..503ba0e87f3a3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ReceiveMessage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_ReceiveMessage.go @@ -12,37 +12,53 @@ import ( ) // Retrieves one or more messages (up to 10), from the specified queue. Using the -// WaitTimeSeconds parameter enables long-poll support. For more information, see -// Amazon SQS Long Polling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-long-polling.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Short poll is the default behavior where a -// weighted random set of machines is sampled on a ReceiveMessage call. Thus, only -// the messages on the sampled machines are returned. If the number of messages in -// the queue is small (fewer than 1,000), you most likely get fewer messages than -// you requested per ReceiveMessage call. If the number of messages in the queue -// is extremely small, you might not receive any messages in a particular -// ReceiveMessage response. If this happens, repeat the request. For each message -// returned, the response includes the following: +// WaitTimeSeconds parameter enables long-poll support. For more information, see [Amazon SQS Long Polling] +// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// Short poll is the default behavior where a weighted random set of machines is +// sampled on a ReceiveMessage call. Thus, only the messages on the sampled +// machines are returned. If the number of messages in the queue is small (fewer +// than 1,000), you most likely get fewer messages than you requested per +// ReceiveMessage call. If the number of messages in the queue is extremely small, +// you might not receive any messages in a particular ReceiveMessage response. If +// this happens, repeat the request. +// +// For each message returned, the response includes the following: +// // - The message body. -// - An MD5 digest of the message body. For information about MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) -// . +// +// - An MD5 digest of the message body. For information about MD5, see [RFC1321]. +// // - The MessageId you received when you sent the message to the queue. +// // - The receipt handle. +// // - The message attributes. +// // - An MD5 digest of the message attributes. // // The receipt handle is the identifier you must provide when deleting the -// message. For more information, see Queue and Message Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-message-identifiers.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. You can provide the VisibilityTimeout -// parameter in your request. The parameter is applied to the messages that Amazon -// SQS returns in the response. If you don't include the parameter, the overall -// visibility timeout for the queue is used for the returned messages. For more -// information, see Visibility Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. A message that isn't deleted or a message -// whose visibility isn't extended before the visibility timeout expires counts as -// a failed receive. Depending on the configuration of the queue, the message might -// be sent to the dead-letter queue. In the future, new attributes might be added. -// If you write code that calls this action, we recommend that you structure your -// code so that it can handle new attributes gracefully. +// message. For more information, see [Queue and Message Identifiers]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// You can provide the VisibilityTimeout parameter in your request. The parameter +// is applied to the messages that Amazon SQS returns in the response. If you don't +// include the parameter, the overall visibility timeout for the queue is used for +// the returned messages. For more information, see [Visibility Timeout]in the Amazon SQS Developer +// Guide. +// +// A message that isn't deleted or a message whose visibility isn't extended +// before the visibility timeout expires counts as a failed receive. Depending on +// the configuration of the queue, the message might be sent to the dead-letter +// queue. +// +// In the future, new attributes might be added. If you write code that calls this +// action, we recommend that you structure your code so that it can handle new +// attributes gracefully. +// +// [Queue and Message Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-message-identifiers.html +// [Visibility Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html +// [Amazon SQS Long Polling]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-long-polling.html +// [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt func (c *Client) ReceiveMessage(ctx context.Context, params *ReceiveMessageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ReceiveMessageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ReceiveMessageInput{} @@ -60,38 +76,57 @@ func (c *Client) ReceiveMessage(ctx context.Context, params *ReceiveMessageInput type ReceiveMessageInput struct { - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are received. Queue URLs - // and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which messages are received. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string + // This parameter has been deprecated but will be supported for backward + // compatibility. To provide attribute names, you are encouraged to use + // MessageSystemAttributeNames . + // // A list of attributes that need to be returned along with each message. These // attributes include: + // // - All – Returns all values. + // // - ApproximateFirstReceiveTimestamp – Returns the time the message was first - // received from the queue ( epoch time (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time) - // in milliseconds). + // received from the queue ([epoch time] in milliseconds). + // // - ApproximateReceiveCount – Returns the number of times a message has been // received across all queues but not deleted. + // // - AWSTraceHeader – Returns the X-Ray trace header string. + // // - SenderId + // // - For a user, returns the user ID, for example ABCDEFGHI1JKLMNOPQ23R . + // // - For an IAM role, returns the IAM role ID, for example // ABCDE1F2GH3I4JK5LMNOP:i-a123b456 . - // - SentTimestamp – Returns the time the message was sent to the queue ( epoch - // time (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time) in milliseconds). + // + // - SentTimestamp – Returns the time the message was sent to the queue ([epoch time] in + // milliseconds). + // // - SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned // encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue - // (for example, SSE-KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html) - // or SSE-SQS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html) - // ). + // (for example, [SSE-KMS]or [SSE-SQS]). + // // - MessageDeduplicationId – Returns the value provided by the producer that - // calls the SendMessage action. - // - MessageGroupId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the - // SendMessage action. Messages with the same MessageGroupId are returned in - // sequence. + // calls the SendMessageaction. + // + // - MessageGroupId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the SendMessage + // action. Messages with the same MessageGroupId are returned in sequence. + // // - SequenceNumber – Returns the value provided by Amazon SQS. + // + // [SSE-KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html + // [epoch time]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time + // [SSE-SQS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html + // + // Deprecated: AttributeNames has been replaced by MessageSystemAttributeNames AttributeNames []types.QueueAttributeName // The maximum number of messages to return. Amazon SQS never returns more @@ -100,61 +135,119 @@ type ReceiveMessageInput struct { MaxNumberOfMessages int32 // The name of the message attribute, where N is the index. + // // - The name can contain alphanumeric characters and the underscore ( _ ), // hyphen ( - ), and period ( . ). + // // - The name is case-sensitive and must be unique among all attribute names for // the message. + // // - The name must not start with AWS-reserved prefixes such as AWS. or Amazon. // (or any casing variants). + // // - The name must not start or end with a period ( . ), and it should not have // periods in succession ( .. ). + // // - The name can be up to 256 characters long. + // // When using ReceiveMessage , you can send a list of attribute names to receive, // or you can return all of the attributes by specifying All or .* in your // request. You can also use all message attributes starting with a prefix, for // example bar.* . MessageAttributeNames []string - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The token used - // for deduplication of ReceiveMessage calls. If a networking issue occurs after a - // ReceiveMessage action, and instead of a response you receive a generic error, it - // is possible to retry the same action with an identical ReceiveRequestAttemptId - // to retrieve the same set of messages, even if their visibility timeout has not - // yet expired. + // A list of attributes that need to be returned along with each message. These + // attributes include: + // + // - All – Returns all values. + // + // - ApproximateFirstReceiveTimestamp – Returns the time the message was first + // received from the queue ([epoch time] in milliseconds). + // + // - ApproximateReceiveCount – Returns the number of times a message has been + // received across all queues but not deleted. + // + // - AWSTraceHeader – Returns the X-Ray trace header string. + // + // - SenderId + // + // - For a user, returns the user ID, for example ABCDEFGHI1JKLMNOPQ23R . + // + // - For an IAM role, returns the IAM role ID, for example + // ABCDE1F2GH3I4JK5LMNOP:i-a123b456 . + // + // - SentTimestamp – Returns the time the message was sent to the queue ([epoch time] in + // milliseconds). + // + // - SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned + // encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue + // (for example, [SSE-KMS]or [SSE-SQS]). + // + // - MessageDeduplicationId – Returns the value provided by the producer that + // calls the SendMessageaction. + // + // - MessageGroupId – Returns the value provided by the producer that calls the SendMessage + // action. Messages with the same MessageGroupId are returned in sequence. + // + // - SequenceNumber – Returns the value provided by Amazon SQS. + // + // [SSE-KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html + // [epoch time]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time + // [SSE-SQS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html + MessageSystemAttributeNames []types.MessageSystemAttributeName + + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The token used for deduplication of ReceiveMessage calls. If a networking issue + // occurs after a ReceiveMessage action, and instead of a response you receive a + // generic error, it is possible to retry the same action with an identical + // ReceiveRequestAttemptId to retrieve the same set of messages, even if their + // visibility timeout has not yet expired. + // // - You can use ReceiveRequestAttemptId only for 5 minutes after a // ReceiveMessage action. + // // - When you set FifoQueue , a caller of the ReceiveMessage action can provide a // ReceiveRequestAttemptId explicitly. - // - If a caller of the ReceiveMessage action doesn't provide a - // ReceiveRequestAttemptId , Amazon SQS generates a ReceiveRequestAttemptId . + // // - It is possible to retry the ReceiveMessage action with the same // ReceiveRequestAttemptId if none of the messages have been modified (deleted or // had their visibility changes). + // // - During a visibility timeout, subsequent calls with the same // ReceiveRequestAttemptId return the same messages and receipt handles. If a // retry occurs within the deduplication interval, it resets the visibility - // timeout. For more information, see Visibility Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. If a caller of the ReceiveMessage action - // still processes messages when the visibility timeout expires and messages become - // visible, another worker consuming from the same queue can receive the same - // messages and therefore process duplicates. Also, if a consumer whose message - // processing time is longer than the visibility timeout tries to delete the - // processed messages, the action fails with an error. To mitigate this effect, - // ensure that your application observes a safe threshold before the visibility - // timeout expires and extend the visibility timeout as necessary. + // timeout. For more information, see [Visibility Timeout]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // If a caller of the ReceiveMessage action still processes messages when the + // visibility timeout expires and messages become visible, another worker consuming + // from the same queue can receive the same messages and therefore process + // duplicates. Also, if a consumer whose message processing time is longer than the + // visibility timeout tries to delete the processed messages, the action fails with + // an error. + // + // To mitigate this effect, ensure that your application observes a safe threshold + // before the visibility timeout expires and extend the visibility timeout as + // necessary. + // // - While messages with a particular MessageGroupId are invisible, no more // messages belonging to the same MessageGroupId are returned until the // visibility timeout expires. You can still receive messages with another // MessageGroupId as long as it is also visible. + // // - If a caller of ReceiveMessage can't track the ReceiveRequestAttemptId , no // retries work until the original visibility timeout expires. As a result, delays // might occur but the messages in the queue remain in a strict order. + // // The maximum length of ReceiveRequestAttemptId is 128 characters. // ReceiveRequestAttemptId can contain alphanumeric characters ( a-z , A-Z , 0-9 ) - // and punctuation ( !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ ). For best practices of - // using ReceiveRequestAttemptId , see Using the ReceiveRequestAttemptId Request - // Parameter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-receiverequestattemptid-request-parameter.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // and punctuation ( !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ ). + // + // For best practices of using ReceiveRequestAttemptId , see [Using the ReceiveRequestAttemptId Request Parameter] in the Amazon SQS + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Using the ReceiveRequestAttemptId Request Parameter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-receiverequestattemptid-request-parameter.html + // [Visibility Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html ReceiveRequestAttemptId *string // The duration (in seconds) that the received messages are hidden from subsequent @@ -164,12 +257,15 @@ type ReceiveMessageInput struct { // The duration (in seconds) for which the call waits for a message to arrive in // the queue before returning. If a message is available, the call returns sooner // than WaitTimeSeconds . If no messages are available and the wait time expires, - // the call returns successfully with an empty list of messages. To avoid HTTP - // errors, ensure that the HTTP response timeout for ReceiveMessage requests is - // longer than the WaitTimeSeconds parameter. For example, with the Java SDK, you - // can set HTTP transport settings using the NettyNioAsyncHttpClient (https://sdk.amazonaws.com/java/api/latest/software/amazon/awssdk/http/nio/netty/NettyNioAsyncHttpClient.html) - // for asynchronous clients, or the ApacheHttpClient (https://sdk.amazonaws.com/java/api/latest/software/amazon/awssdk/http/apache/ApacheHttpClient.html) - // for synchronous clients. + // the call does not return a message list. + // + // To avoid HTTP errors, ensure that the HTTP response timeout for ReceiveMessage + // requests is longer than the WaitTimeSeconds parameter. For example, with the + // Java SDK, you can set HTTP transport settings using the [NettyNioAsyncHttpClient]for asynchronous + // clients, or the [ApacheHttpClient]for synchronous clients. + // + // [NettyNioAsyncHttpClient]: https://sdk.amazonaws.com/java/api/latest/software/amazon/awssdk/http/nio/netty/NettyNioAsyncHttpClient.html + // [ApacheHttpClient]: https://sdk.amazonaws.com/java/api/latest/software/amazon/awssdk/http/apache/ApacheHttpClient.html WaitTimeSeconds int32 noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_RemovePermission.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_RemovePermission.go index 8bf0fe6a7ef2b..b8d55c2dd29dc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_RemovePermission.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_RemovePermission.go @@ -12,13 +12,17 @@ import ( // Revokes any permissions in the queue policy that matches the specified Label // parameter. +// // - Only the owner of a queue can remove permissions from it. +// // - Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, -// see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// // - To remove the ability to change queue permissions, you must deny permission // to the AddPermission , RemovePermission , and SetQueueAttributes actions in // your IAM policy. +// +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) RemovePermission(ctx context.Context, params *RemovePermissionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemovePermissionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &RemovePermissionInput{} @@ -37,13 +41,14 @@ func (c *Client) RemovePermission(ctx context.Context, params *RemovePermissionI type RemovePermissionInput struct { // The identification of the permission to remove. This is the label added using - // the AddPermission action. + // the AddPermissionaction. // // This member is required. Label *string - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which permissions are removed. Queue URLs - // and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue from which permissions are removed. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessage.go index 4dffc5017d49a..3ef3b1669ecd7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessage.go @@ -11,11 +11,17 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Delivers a message to the specified queue. A message can include only XML, -// JSON, and unformatted text. The following Unicode characters are allowed: #x9 | -// #xA | #xD | #x20 to #xD7FF | #xE000 to #xFFFD | #x10000 to #x10FFFF Any -// characters not included in this list will be rejected. For more information, see -// the W3C specification for characters (http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets) . +// Delivers a message to the specified queue. +// +// A message can include only XML, JSON, and unformatted text. The following +// Unicode characters are allowed: +// +// #x9 | #xA | #xD | #x20 to #xD7FF | #xE000 to #xFFFD | #x10000 to #x10FFFF +// +// Any characters not included in this list will be rejected. For more +// information, see the [W3C specification for characters]. +// +// [W3C specification for characters]: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets func (c *Client) SendMessage(ctx context.Context, params *SendMessageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SendMessageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SendMessageInput{} @@ -34,96 +40,132 @@ func (c *Client) SendMessage(ctx context.Context, params *SendMessageInput, optF type SendMessageInput struct { // The message to send. The minimum size is one character. The maximum size is 256 - // KiB. A message can include only XML, JSON, and unformatted text. The following - // Unicode characters are allowed: #x9 | #xA | #xD | #x20 to #xD7FF | #xE000 to - // #xFFFD | #x10000 to #x10FFFF Any characters not included in this list will be - // rejected. For more information, see the W3C specification for characters (http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets) - // . + // KiB. + // + // A message can include only XML, JSON, and unformatted text. The following + // Unicode characters are allowed: + // + // #x9 | #xA | #xD | #x20 to #xD7FF | #xE000 to #xFFFD | #x10000 to #x10FFFF + // + // Any characters not included in this list will be rejected. For more + // information, see the [W3C specification for characters]. + // + // [W3C specification for characters]: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets // // This member is required. MessageBody *string - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which a message is sent. Queue URLs and - // names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which a message is sent. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string - // The length of time, in seconds, for which to delay a specific message. Valid + // The length of time, in seconds, for which to delay a specific message. Valid // values: 0 to 900. Maximum: 15 minutes. Messages with a positive DelaySeconds // value become available for processing after the delay period is finished. If you - // don't specify a value, the default value for the queue applies. When you set - // FifoQueue , you can't set DelaySeconds per message. You can set this parameter - // only on a queue level. + // don't specify a value, the default value for the queue applies. + // + // When you set FifoQueue , you can't set DelaySeconds per message. You can set + // this parameter only on a queue level. DelaySeconds int32 // Each message attribute consists of a Name , Type , and Value . For more - // information, see Amazon SQS message attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // information, see [Amazon SQS message attributes]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon SQS message attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes MessageAttributes map[string]types.MessageAttributeValue - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The token used - // for deduplication of sent messages. If a message with a particular - // MessageDeduplicationId is sent successfully, any messages sent with the same - // MessageDeduplicationId are accepted successfully but aren't delivered during the - // 5-minute deduplication interval. For more information, see Exactly-once - // processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The token used for deduplication of sent messages. If a message with a + // particular MessageDeduplicationId is sent successfully, any messages sent with + // the same MessageDeduplicationId are accepted successfully but aren't delivered + // during the 5-minute deduplication interval. For more information, see [Exactly-once processing]in the + // Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // // - Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId , + // // - You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly. + // // - If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable // ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to // generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the // attributes of the message). + // // - If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have // ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error. + // // - If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId // overrides the generated one. + // // - When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content // sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one // copy of the message is delivered. + // // - If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then // another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one // generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId , the two messages are treated // as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered. + // // The MessageDeduplicationId is available to the consumer of the message (this - // can be useful for troubleshooting delivery issues). If a message is sent - // successfully but the acknowledgement is lost and the message is resent with the - // same MessageDeduplicationId after the deduplication interval, Amazon SQS can't - // detect duplicate messages. Amazon SQS continues to keep track of the message - // deduplication ID even after the message is received and deleted. The maximum - // length of MessageDeduplicationId is 128 characters. MessageDeduplicationId can - // contain alphanumeric characters ( a-z , A-Z , 0-9 ) and punctuation ( - // !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ ). For best practices of using - // MessageDeduplicationId , see Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagededuplicationid-property.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // can be useful for troubleshooting delivery issues). + // + // If a message is sent successfully but the acknowledgement is lost and the + // message is resent with the same MessageDeduplicationId after the deduplication + // interval, Amazon SQS can't detect duplicate messages. + // + // Amazon SQS continues to keep track of the message deduplication ID even after + // the message is received and deleted. + // + // The maximum length of MessageDeduplicationId is 128 characters. + // MessageDeduplicationId can contain alphanumeric characters ( a-z , A-Z , 0-9 ) + // and punctuation ( !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ ). + // + // For best practices of using MessageDeduplicationId , see [Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property] in the Amazon SQS + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagededuplicationid-property.html + // [Exactly-once processing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html MessageDeduplicationId *string - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The tag that - // specifies that a message belongs to a specific message group. Messages that - // belong to the same message group are processed in a FIFO manner (however, - // messages in different message groups might be processed out of order). To - // interleave multiple ordered streams within a single queue, use MessageGroupId + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The tag that specifies that a message belongs to a specific message group. + // Messages that belong to the same message group are processed in a FIFO manner + // (however, messages in different message groups might be processed out of order). + // To interleave multiple ordered streams within a single queue, use MessageGroupId // values (for example, session data for multiple users). In this scenario, // multiple consumers can process the queue, but the session data of each user is // processed in a FIFO fashion. + // // - You must associate a non-empty MessageGroupId with a message. If you don't // provide a MessageGroupId , the action fails. + // // - ReceiveMessage might return messages with multiple MessageGroupId values. // For each MessageGroupId , the messages are sorted by time sent. The caller // can't specify a MessageGroupId . - // The length of MessageGroupId is 128 characters. Valid values: alphanumeric - // characters and punctuation (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~) . For best - // practices of using MessageGroupId , see Using the MessageGroupId Property (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagegroupid-property.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. MessageGroupId is required for FIFO queues. - // You can't use it for Standard queues. + // + // The maximum length of MessageGroupId is 128 characters. Valid values: + // alphanumeric characters and punctuation (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~) . + // + // For best practices of using MessageGroupId , see [Using the MessageGroupId Property] in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // MessageGroupId is required for FIFO queues. You can't use it for Standard + // queues. + // + // [Using the MessageGroupId Property]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagegroupid-property.html MessageGroupId *string // The message system attribute to send. Each message system attribute consists of // a Name , Type , and Value . + // // - Currently, the only supported message system attribute is AWSTraceHeader . // Its type must be String and its value must be a correctly formatted X-Ray // trace header string. + // // - The size of a message system attribute doesn't count towards the total size // of a message. MessageSystemAttributes map[string]types.MessageSystemAttributeValue @@ -137,13 +179,17 @@ type SendMessageOutput struct { // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message attribute string. You can use this // attribute to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. Amazon SQS // URL-decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For information about - // MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) . + // MD5, see [RFC1321]. + // + // [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt MD5OfMessageAttributes *string // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message body string. You can use this // attribute to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. Amazon SQS // URL-decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For information about - // MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) . + // MD5, see [RFC1321]. + // + // [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt MD5OfMessageBody *string // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message system attribute string. You can @@ -152,14 +198,17 @@ type SendMessageOutput struct { MD5OfMessageSystemAttributes *string // An attribute containing the MessageId of the message sent to the queue. For - // more information, see Queue and Message Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-message-identifiers.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // more information, see [Queue and Message Identifiers]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [Queue and Message Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-message-identifiers.html MessageId *string - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The large, - // non-consecutive number that Amazon SQS assigns to each message. The length of - // SequenceNumber is 128 bits. SequenceNumber continues to increase for a - // particular MessageGroupId . + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The large, non-consecutive number that Amazon SQS assigns to each message. + // + // The length of SequenceNumber is 128 bits. SequenceNumber continues to increase + // for a particular MessageGroupId . SequenceNumber *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessageBatch.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessageBatch.go index 3323bfe091140..6cd3311910c96 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessageBatch.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SendMessageBatch.go @@ -13,20 +13,30 @@ import ( // You can use SendMessageBatch to send up to 10 messages to the specified queue // by assigning either identical or different values to each message (or by not -// assigning values at all). This is a batch version of SendMessage . For a FIFO -// queue, multiple messages within a single batch are enqueued in the order they -// are sent. The result of sending each message is reported individually in the -// response. Because the batch request can result in a combination of successful -// and unsuccessful actions, you should check for batch errors even when the call -// returns an HTTP status code of 200 . The maximum allowed individual message size -// and the maximum total payload size (the sum of the individual lengths of all of -// the batched messages) are both 256 KiB (262,144 bytes). A message can include -// only XML, JSON, and unformatted text. The following Unicode characters are -// allowed: #x9 | #xA | #xD | #x20 to #xD7FF | #xE000 to #xFFFD | #x10000 to -// #x10FFFF Any characters not included in this list will be rejected. For more -// information, see the W3C specification for characters (http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets) -// . If you don't specify the DelaySeconds parameter for an entry, Amazon SQS uses +// assigning values at all). This is a batch version of SendMessage. For a FIFO queue, +// multiple messages within a single batch are enqueued in the order they are sent. +// +// The result of sending each message is reported individually in the response. +// Because the batch request can result in a combination of successful and +// unsuccessful actions, you should check for batch errors even when the call +// returns an HTTP status code of 200 . +// +// The maximum allowed individual message size and the maximum total payload size +// (the sum of the individual lengths of all of the batched messages) are both 256 +// KiB (262,144 bytes). +// +// A message can include only XML, JSON, and unformatted text. The following +// Unicode characters are allowed: +// +// #x9 | #xA | #xD | #x20 to #xD7FF | #xE000 to #xFFFD | #x10000 to #x10FFFF +// +// Any characters not included in this list will be rejected. For more +// information, see the [W3C specification for characters]. +// +// If you don't specify the DelaySeconds parameter for an entry, Amazon SQS uses // the default value for the queue. +// +// [W3C specification for characters]: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets func (c *Client) SendMessageBatch(ctx context.Context, params *SendMessageBatchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SendMessageBatchOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SendMessageBatchInput{} @@ -49,8 +59,9 @@ type SendMessageBatchInput struct { // This member is required. Entries []types.SendMessageBatchRequestEntry - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which batched messages are sent. Queue URLs - // and names are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue to which batched messages are sent. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string @@ -58,13 +69,11 @@ type SendMessageBatchInput struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// For each message in the batch, the response contains a -// SendMessageBatchResultEntry tag if the message succeeds or a -// BatchResultErrorEntry tag if the message fails. +// For each message in the batch, the response contains a SendMessageBatchResultEntry tag if the message +// succeeds or a BatchResultErrorEntrytag if the message fails. type SendMessageBatchOutput struct { - // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items with error details about each message - // that can't be enqueued. + // A list of BatchResultErrorEntry items with error details about each message that can't be enqueued. // // This member is required. Failed []types.BatchResultErrorEntry diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SetQueueAttributes.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SetQueueAttributes.go index 7700ca729ec1d..fa3afb42dfc53 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SetQueueAttributes.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_SetQueueAttributes.go @@ -10,22 +10,26 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Sets the value of one or more queue attributes. When you change a queue's -// attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the attributes to -// propagate throughout the Amazon SQS system. Changes made to the +// Sets the value of one or more queue attributes, like a policy. When you change +// a queue's attributes, the change can take up to 60 seconds for most of the +// attributes to propagate throughout the Amazon SQS system. Changes made to the // MessageRetentionPeriod attribute can take up to 15 minutes and will impact // existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and // deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing // messages. +// // - In the future, new attributes might be added. If you write code that calls // this action, we recommend that you structure your code so that it can handle new // attributes gracefully. +// // - Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, -// see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// // - To remove the ability to change queue permissions, you must deny permission // to the AddPermission , RemovePermission , and SetQueueAttributes actions in // your IAM policy. +// +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) SetQueueAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *SetQueueAttributesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetQueueAttributesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &SetQueueAttributesInput{} @@ -43,15 +47,19 @@ func (c *Client) SetQueueAttributes(ctx context.Context, params *SetQueueAttribu type SetQueueAttributesInput struct { - // A map of attributes to set. The following lists the names, descriptions, and - // values of the special request parameters that the SetQueueAttributes action - // uses: + // A map of attributes to set. + // + // The following lists the names, descriptions, and values of the special request + // parameters that the SetQueueAttributes action uses: + // // - DelaySeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which the delivery of all // messages in the queue is delayed. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 900 (15 // minutes). Default: 0. + // // - MaximumMessageSize – The limit of how many bytes a message can contain // before Amazon SQS rejects it. Valid values: An integer from 1,024 bytes (1 KiB) // up to 262,144 bytes (256 KiB). Default: 262,144 (256 KiB). + // // - MessageRetentionPeriod – The length of time, in seconds, for which Amazon // SQS retains a message. Valid values: An integer representing seconds, from 60 (1 // minute) to 1,209,600 (14 days). Default: 345,600 (4 days). When you change a @@ -61,111 +69,151 @@ type SetQueueAttributesInput struct { // existing messages in the queue potentially causing them to be expired and // deleted if the MessageRetentionPeriod is reduced below the age of existing // messages. + // // - Policy – The queue's policy. A valid Amazon Web Services policy. For more - // information about policy structure, see Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PoliciesOverview.html) - // in the Identity and Access Management User Guide. - // - ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which a - // ReceiveMessage action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: An integer - // from 0 to 20 (seconds). Default: 0. + // information about policy structure, see [Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM Policies]in the Identity and Access Management + // User Guide. + // + // - ReceiveMessageWaitTimeSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which a ReceiveMessage + // action waits for a message to arrive. Valid values: An integer from 0 to 20 + // (seconds). Default: 0. + // // - VisibilityTimeout – The visibility timeout for the queue, in seconds. Valid // values: An integer from 0 to 43,200 (12 hours). Default: 30. For more - // information about the visibility timeout, see Visibility Timeout (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. - // The following attributes apply only to dead-letter queues: (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) + // information about the visibility timeout, see [Visibility Timeout]in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [dead-letter queues:] + // // - RedrivePolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the dead-letter // queue functionality of the source queue as a JSON object. The parameters are as // follows: + // // - deadLetterTargetArn – The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dead-letter // queue to which Amazon SQS moves messages after the value of maxReceiveCount is // exceeded. + // // - maxReceiveCount – The number of times a message is delivered to the source // queue before being moved to the dead-letter queue. Default: 10. When the // ReceiveCount for a message exceeds the maxReceiveCount for a queue, Amazon SQS // moves the message to the dead-letter-queue. + // // - RedriveAllowPolicy – The string that includes the parameters for the // permissions for the dead-letter queue redrive permission and which source queues // can specify dead-letter queues as a JSON object. The parameters are as follows: + // // - redrivePermission – The permission type that defines which source queues can // specify the current queue as the dead-letter queue. Valid values are: + // // - allowAll – (Default) Any source queues in this Amazon Web Services account // in the same Region can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - denyAll – No source queues can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - byQueue – Only queues specified by the sourceQueueArns parameter can specify // this queue as the dead-letter queue. + // // - sourceQueueArns – The Amazon Resource Names (ARN)s of the source queues that // can specify this queue as the dead-letter queue and redrive messages. You can // specify this parameter only when the redrivePermission parameter is set to // byQueue . You can specify up to 10 source queue ARNs. To allow more than 10 // source queues to specify dead-letter queues, set the redrivePermission // parameter to allowAll . + // // The dead-letter queue of a FIFO queue must also be a FIFO queue. Similarly, the - // dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue. The - // following attributes apply only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html) - // : + // dead-letter queue of a standard queue must also be a standard queue. + // + // The following attributes apply only to [server-side-encryption]: + // // - KmsMasterKeyId – The ID of an Amazon Web Services managed customer master - // key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms) - // . While the alias of the AWS-managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always - // alias/aws/sqs , the alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be alias/MyAlias - // . For more examples, see KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters) - // in the Key Management Service API Reference. + // key (CMK) for Amazon SQS or a custom CMK. For more information, see [Key Terms]. While + // the alias of the AWS-managed CMK for Amazon SQS is always alias/aws/sqs , the + // alias of a custom CMK can, for example, be alias/MyAlias . For more examples, + // see [KeyId]in the Key Management Service API Reference. + // // - KmsDataKeyReusePeriodSeconds – The length of time, in seconds, for which - // Amazon SQS can reuse a data key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys) - // to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS again. An integer representing - // seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 seconds (24 hours). Default: - // 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides better security but results in - // more calls to KMS which might incur charges after Free Tier. For more - // information, see How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work) - // . + // Amazon SQS can reuse a [data key]to encrypt or decrypt messages before calling KMS + // again. An integer representing seconds, between 60 seconds (1 minute) and 86,400 + // seconds (24 hours). Default: 300 (5 minutes). A shorter time period provides + // better security but results in more calls to KMS which might incur charges after + // Free Tier. For more information, see [How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?]. + // // - SqsManagedSseEnabled – Enables server-side queue encryption using SQS owned // encryption keys. Only one server-side encryption option is supported per queue - // (for example, SSE-KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html) - // or SSE-SQS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html) - // ). - // The following attribute applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html) - // : + // (for example, [SSE-KMS]or [SSE-SQS]). + // + // The following attribute applies only to [FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues]: + // // - ContentBasedDeduplication – Enables content-based deduplication. For more - // information, see Exactly-once processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Note the following: + // information, see [Exactly-once processing]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Note the following: + // // - Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId . + // // - You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly. + // // - If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable // ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to // generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the // attributes of the message). + // // - If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have // ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error. + // // - If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId // overrides the generated one. + // // - When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content // sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one // copy of the message is delivered. + // // - If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then // another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one // generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId , the two messages are treated // as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered. - // The following attributes apply only to high throughput for FIFO queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/high-throughput-fifo.html) - // : + // + // The following attributes apply only to [high throughput for FIFO queues]: + // // - DeduplicationScope – Specifies whether message deduplication occurs at the // message group or queue level. Valid values are messageGroup and queue . + // // - FifoThroughputLimit – Specifies whether the FIFO queue throughput quota // applies to the entire queue or per message group. Valid values are perQueue // and perMessageGroupId . The perMessageGroupId value is allowed only when the // value for DeduplicationScope is messageGroup . + // // To enable high throughput for FIFO queues, do the following: + // // - Set DeduplicationScope to messageGroup . + // // - Set FifoThroughputLimit to perMessageGroupId . + // // If you set these attributes to anything other than the values shown for // enabling high throughput, normal throughput is in effect and deduplication - // occurs as specified. For information on throughput quotas, see Quotas related - // to messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/quotas-messages.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // occurs as specified. + // + // For information on throughput quotas, see [Quotas related to messages] in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [SSE-KMS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sse-existing-queue.html + // [data key]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys + // [How Does the Data Key Reuse Period Work?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-how-does-the-data-key-reuse-period-work + // [SSE-SQS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-configure-sqs-sse-queue.html + // [high throughput for FIFO queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/high-throughput-fifo.html + // [Overview of Amazon Web Services IAM Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PoliciesOverview.html + // [dead-letter queues:]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html + // [Exactly-once processing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html + // [KeyId]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters + // [Quotas related to messages]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/quotas-messages.html + // [Visibility Timeout]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-visibility-timeout.html + // [Key Terms]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html#sqs-sse-key-terms + // [server-side-encryption]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-server-side-encryption.html + // [FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues.html // // This member is required. Attributes map[string]string - // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose attributes are set. Queue URLs and names - // are case-sensitive. + // The URL of the Amazon SQS queue whose attributes are set. + // + // Queue URLs and names are case-sensitive. // // This member is required. QueueUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_StartMessageMoveTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_StartMessageMoveTask.go index 9acd845740a6c..b4ec61437a228 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_StartMessageMoveTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_StartMessageMoveTask.go @@ -12,18 +12,21 @@ import ( // Starts an asynchronous task to move messages from a specified source queue to a // specified destination queue. +// // - This action is currently limited to supporting message redrive from queues -// that are configured as dead-letter queues (DLQs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) -// of other Amazon SQS queues only. Non-SQS queue sources of dead-letter queues, -// such as Lambda or Amazon SNS topics, are currently not supported. +// that are configured as [dead-letter queues (DLQs)]of other Amazon SQS queues only. Non-SQS queue sources +// of dead-letter queues, such as Lambda or Amazon SNS topics, are currently not +// supported. +// // - In dead-letter queues redrive context, the StartMessageMoveTask the source // queue is the DLQ, while the destination queue can be the original source queue // (from which the messages were driven to the dead-letter-queue), or a custom // destination queue. -// - Currently, only standard queues support redrive. FIFO queues don't support -// redrive. +// // - Only one active message movement task is supported per queue at any given // time. +// +// [dead-letter queues (DLQs)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html func (c *Client) StartMessageMoveTask(ctx context.Context, params *StartMessageMoveTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartMessageMoveTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &StartMessageMoveTaskInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_TagQueue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_TagQueue.go index 3f07bf4b07c79..351a0a1992cd0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_TagQueue.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_TagQueue.go @@ -11,21 +11,28 @@ import ( ) // Add cost allocation tags to the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an overview, -// see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. When you use queue tags, keep the following -// guidelines in mind: +// see [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// When you use queue tags, keep the following guidelines in mind: +// // - Adding more than 50 tags to a queue isn't recommended. +// // - Tags don't have any semantic meaning. Amazon SQS interprets tags as // character strings. +// // - Tags are case-sensitive. +// // - A new tag with a key identical to that of an existing tag overwrites the // existing tag. // -// For a full list of tag restrictions, see Quotas related to queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-limits.html#limits-queues) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Cross-account permissions don't apply to this -// action. For more information, see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and -// a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) +// For a full list of tag restrictions, see [Quotas related to queues] in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html +// [Quotas related to queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-limits.html#limits-queues +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) TagQueue(ctx context.Context, params *TagQueueInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagQueueOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &TagQueueInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_UntagQueue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_UntagQueue.go index 563d8ac898ddd..71f6f9fc1f149 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_UntagQueue.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/api_op_UntagQueue.go @@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ import ( ) // Remove cost allocation tags from the specified Amazon SQS queue. For an -// overview, see Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. Cross-account permissions don't apply to this -// action. For more information, see Grant cross-account permissions to a role and -// a username (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name) +// overview, see [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// Cross-account permissions don't apply to this action. For more information, see [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username] // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. +// +// [Tagging Your Amazon SQS Queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-queue-tags.html +// [Grant cross-account permissions to a role and a username]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-customer-managed-policy-examples.html#grant-cross-account-permissions-to-role-and-user-name func (c *Client) UntagQueue(ctx context.Context, params *UntagQueueInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagQueueOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UntagQueueInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/doc.go index e3bfe76da32c8..a6517de380a85 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/doc.go @@ -3,25 +3,48 @@ // Package sqs provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon // Simple Queue Service. // -// Welcome to the Amazon SQS API Reference. Amazon SQS is a reliable, -// highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as they travel between -// applications or microservices. Amazon SQS moves data between distributed -// application components and helps you decouple these components. For information -// on the permissions you need to use this API, see Identity and access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-authentication-and-access-control.html) -// in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. You can use Amazon Web Services SDKs (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/#sdk) -// to access Amazon SQS using your favorite programming language. The SDKs perform -// tasks such as the following automatically: +// Welcome to the Amazon SQS API Reference. +// +// Amazon SQS is a reliable, highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as +// they travel between applications or microservices. Amazon SQS moves data between +// distributed application components and helps you decouple these components. +// +// For information on the permissions you need to use this API, see [Identity and access management] in the Amazon +// SQS Developer Guide. +// +// You can use [Amazon Web Services SDKs] to access Amazon SQS using your favorite programming language. The +// SDKs perform tasks such as the following automatically: +// // - Cryptographically sign your service requests +// // - Retry requests +// // - Handle error responses // -// Additional information -// - Amazon SQS Product Page (http://aws.amazon.com/sqs/) +// # Additional information +// +// [Amazon SQS Product Page] +// // - Amazon SQS Developer Guide -// - Making API Requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-making-api-requests.html) -// - Amazon SQS Message Attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes) -// - Amazon SQS Dead-Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html) -// - Amazon SQS in the Command Line Interface (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/sqs/index.html) +// +// [Making API Requests] +// +// [Amazon SQS Message Attributes] +// +// [Amazon SQS Dead-Letter Queues] +// +// [Amazon SQS in the Command Line Interface] +// // - Amazon Web Services General Reference -// - Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sqs_region) +// +// [Regions and Endpoints] +// +// [Identity and access management]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-authentication-and-access-control.html +// [Amazon SQS Product Page]: http://aws.amazon.com/sqs/ +// [Regions and Endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sqs_region +// [Amazon SQS Dead-Letter Queues]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-dead-letter-queues.html +// [Amazon Web Services SDKs]: http://aws.amazon.com/tools/#sdk +// [Making API Requests]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-making-api-requests.html +// [Amazon SQS Message Attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes +// [Amazon SQS in the Command Line Interface]: http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/sqs/index.html package sqs diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/go_module_metadata.go index f071426de7a8e..353b2516b190e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package sqs // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.31.4" +const goModuleVersion = "1.32.0" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/options.go index ce3b7c08a4f60..69d7573fdba08 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/options.go @@ -54,8 +54,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -74,17 +76,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -101,8 +106,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -147,6 +153,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/serializers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/serializers.go index ddac08da6a579..d93605345ee03 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/serializers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/serializers.go @@ -1466,6 +1466,17 @@ func awsAwsjson10_serializeDocumentMessageBodySystemAttributeMap(v map[string]ty return nil } +func awsAwsjson10_serializeDocumentMessageSystemAttributeList(v []types.MessageSystemAttributeName, value smithyjson.Value) error { + array := value.Array() + defer array.Close() + + for i := range v { + av := array.Value() + av.String(string(v[i])) + } + return nil +} + func awsAwsjson10_serializeDocumentMessageSystemAttributeValue(v *types.MessageSystemAttributeValue, value smithyjson.Value) error { object := value.Object() defer object.Close() @@ -1907,6 +1918,13 @@ func awsAwsjson10_serializeOpDocumentReceiveMessageInput(v *ReceiveMessageInput, } } + if v.MessageSystemAttributeNames != nil { + ok := object.Key("MessageSystemAttributeNames") + if err := awsAwsjson10_serializeDocumentMessageSystemAttributeList(v.MessageSystemAttributeNames, ok); err != nil { + return err + } + } + if v.QueueUrl != nil { ok := object.Key("QueueUrl") ok.String(*v.QueueUrl) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/enums.go index dbdc81c1e2eb2..230b83627f5db 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/enums.go @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ type MessageSystemAttributeName string // Enum values for MessageSystemAttributeName const ( + MessageSystemAttributeNameAll MessageSystemAttributeName = "All" MessageSystemAttributeNameSenderId MessageSystemAttributeName = "SenderId" MessageSystemAttributeNameSentTimestamp MessageSystemAttributeName = "SentTimestamp" MessageSystemAttributeNameApproximateReceiveCount MessageSystemAttributeName = "ApproximateReceiveCount" @@ -19,9 +20,11 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MessageSystemAttributeName. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MessageSystemAttributeName) Values() []MessageSystemAttributeName { return []MessageSystemAttributeName{ + "All", "SenderId", "SentTimestamp", "ApproximateReceiveCount", @@ -43,8 +46,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MessageSystemAttributeNameForSends. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MessageSystemAttributeNameForSends) Values() []MessageSystemAttributeNameForSends { return []MessageSystemAttributeNameForSends{ "AWSTraceHeader", @@ -80,8 +84,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for QueueAttributeName. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (QueueAttributeName) Values() []QueueAttributeName { return []QueueAttributeName{ "All", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/errors.go index 436fae9cd0f78..7bbe0e5a8781b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/errors.go @@ -320,7 +320,9 @@ func (e *KmsDisabled) ErrorCode() string { func (e *KmsDisabled) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was rejected for one of the following reasons: +// // - The KeyUsage value of the KMS key is incompatible with the API operation. +// // - The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation // is incompatible with the type of key material in the KMS key (KeySpec). type KmsInvalidKeyUsage struct { @@ -646,10 +648,13 @@ func (e *ReceiptHandleIsInvalid) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ReceiptHandleIsInvalid) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The request was denied due to request throttling. +// // - The rate of requests per second exceeds the Amazon Web Services KMS request // quota for an account and Region. +// // - A burst or sustained high rate of requests to change the state of the same // KMS key. This condition is often known as a "hot key." +// // - Requests for operations on KMS keys in a Amazon Web Services CloudHSM key // store might be throttled at a lower-than-expected rate when the Amazon Web // Services CloudHSM cluster associated with the Amazon Web Services CloudHSM key diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/types.go index 7bda19bc0506d..5dade2c0d71bb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types/types.go @@ -31,14 +31,15 @@ type BatchResultErrorEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Encloses a receipt handle and an entry ID for each message in -// ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch . +// Encloses a receipt handle and an entry ID for each message in ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch. type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequestEntry struct { - // An identifier for this particular receipt handle used to communicate the - // result. The Id s of a batch request need to be unique within a request. This - // identifier can have up to 80 characters. The following characters are accepted: - // alphanumeric characters, hyphens(-), and underscores (_). + // An identifier for this particular receipt handle used to communicate the result. + // + // The Id s of a batch request need to be unique within a request. + // + // This identifier can have up to 80 characters. The following characters are + // accepted: alphanumeric characters, hyphens(-), and underscores (_). // // This member is required. Id *string @@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchRequestEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Encloses the Id of an entry in ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch . +// Encloses the Id of an entry in ChangeMessageVisibilityBatch. type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry struct { // Represents a message whose visibility timeout has been changed successfully. @@ -69,9 +70,12 @@ type ChangeMessageVisibilityBatchResultEntry struct { type DeleteMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { // The identifier for this particular receipt handle. This is used to communicate - // the result. The Id s of a batch request need to be unique within a request. This - // identifier can have up to 80 characters. The following characters are accepted: - // alphanumeric characters, hyphens(-), and underscores (_). + // the result. + // + // The Id s of a batch request need to be unique within a request. + // + // This identifier can have up to 80 characters. The following characters are + // accepted: alphanumeric characters, hyphens(-), and underscores (_). // // This member is required. Id *string @@ -84,7 +88,7 @@ type DeleteMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Encloses the Id of an entry in DeleteMessageBatch . +// Encloses the Id of an entry in DeleteMessageBatch. type DeleteMessageBatchResultEntry struct { // Represents a successfully deleted message. @@ -102,7 +106,8 @@ type ListMessageMoveTasksResultEntry struct { ApproximateNumberOfMessagesMoved int64 // The number of messages to be moved from the source queue. This number is - // obtained at the time of starting the message movement task. + // obtained at the time of starting the message movement task and is only included + // after the message movement task is selected to start. ApproximateNumberOfMessagesToMove *int64 // The ARN of the destination queue if it has been specified in the @@ -140,18 +145,27 @@ type ListMessageMoveTasksResultEntry struct { // An Amazon SQS message. type Message struct { - // A map of the attributes requested in ReceiveMessage to their respective values. - // Supported attributes: + // A map of the attributes requested in ReceiveMessage to their respective values. Supported + // attributes: + // // - ApproximateReceiveCount + // // - ApproximateFirstReceiveTimestamp + // // - MessageDeduplicationId + // // - MessageGroupId + // // - SenderId + // // - SentTimestamp + // // - SequenceNumber + // // ApproximateFirstReceiveTimestamp and SentTimestamp are each returned as an - // integer representing the epoch time (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time) in - // milliseconds. + // integer representing the [epoch time]in milliseconds. + // + // [epoch time]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time Attributes map[string]string // The message's contents (not URL-encoded). @@ -163,12 +177,15 @@ type Message struct { // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message attribute string. You can use this // attribute to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. Amazon SQS // URL-decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For information about - // MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) . + // MD5, see [RFC1321]. + // + // [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt MD5OfMessageAttributes *string // Each message attribute consists of a Name , Type , and Value . For more - // information, see Amazon SQS message attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // information, see [Amazon SQS message attributes]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon SQS message attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes MessageAttributes map[string]MessageAttributeValue // A unique identifier for the message. A MessageId is considered unique across all @@ -185,16 +202,20 @@ type Message struct { // The user-specified message attribute value. For string data types, the Value // attribute has the same restrictions on the content as the message body. For more -// information, see SendMessage . Name , type , value and the message body must -// not be empty or null. All parts of the message attribute, including Name , Type -// , and Value , are part of the message size restriction (256 KiB or 262,144 -// bytes). +// information, see SendMessage. +// +// Name , type , value and the message body must not be empty or null. All parts +// of the message attribute, including Name , Type , and Value , are part of the +// message size restriction (256 KiB or 262,144 bytes). type MessageAttributeValue struct { // Amazon SQS supports the following logical data types: String , Number , and - // Binary . For the Number data type, you must use StringValue . You can also - // append custom labels. For more information, see Amazon SQS Message Attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // Binary . For the Number data type, you must use StringValue . + // + // You can also append custom labels. For more information, see [Amazon SQS Message Attributes] in the Amazon SQS + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon SQS Message Attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes // // This member is required. DataType *string @@ -209,9 +230,9 @@ type MessageAttributeValue struct { // Not implemented. Reserved for future use. StringListValues []string - // Strings are Unicode with UTF-8 binary encoding. For a list of code values, see - // ASCII Printable Characters (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#ASCII_printable_characters) - // . + // Strings are Unicode with UTF-8 binary encoding. For a list of code values, see [ASCII Printable Characters]. + // + // [ASCII Printable Characters]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#ASCII_printable_characters StringValue *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -219,14 +240,18 @@ type MessageAttributeValue struct { // The user-specified message system attribute value. For string data types, the // Value attribute has the same restrictions on the content as the message body. -// For more information, see SendMessage . Name , type , value and the message -// body must not be empty or null. +// For more information, see SendMessage. +// +// Name , type , value and the message body must not be empty or null. type MessageSystemAttributeValue struct { // Amazon SQS supports the following logical data types: String , Number , and - // Binary . For the Number data type, you must use StringValue . You can also - // append custom labels. For more information, see Amazon SQS Message Attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // Binary . For the Number data type, you must use StringValue . + // + // You can also append custom labels. For more information, see [Amazon SQS Message Attributes] in the Amazon SQS + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon SQS Message Attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes // // This member is required. DataType *string @@ -241,9 +266,9 @@ type MessageSystemAttributeValue struct { // Not implemented. Reserved for future use. StringListValues []string - // Strings are Unicode with UTF-8 binary encoding. For a list of code values, see - // ASCII Printable Characters (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#ASCII_printable_characters) - // . + // Strings are Unicode with UTF-8 binary encoding. For a list of code values, see [ASCII Printable Characters]. + // + // [ASCII Printable Characters]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#ASCII_printable_characters StringValue *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -252,10 +277,12 @@ type MessageSystemAttributeValue struct { // Contains the details of a single Amazon SQS message along with an Id . type SendMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { - // An identifier for a message in this batch used to communicate the result. The Id - // s of a batch request need to be unique within a request. This identifier can - // have up to 80 characters. The following characters are accepted: alphanumeric - // characters, hyphens(-), and underscores (_). + // An identifier for a message in this batch used to communicate the result. + // + // The Id s of a batch request need to be unique within a request. + // + // This identifier can have up to 80 characters. The following characters are + // accepted: alphanumeric characters, hyphens(-), and underscores (_). // // This member is required. Id *string @@ -268,78 +295,107 @@ type SendMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { // The length of time, in seconds, for which a specific message is delayed. Valid // values: 0 to 900. Maximum: 15 minutes. Messages with a positive DelaySeconds // value become available for processing after the delay period is finished. If you - // don't specify a value, the default value for the queue is applied. When you set - // FifoQueue , you can't set DelaySeconds per message. You can set this parameter - // only on a queue level. + // don't specify a value, the default value for the queue is applied. + // + // When you set FifoQueue , you can't set DelaySeconds per message. You can set + // this parameter only on a queue level. DelaySeconds int32 // Each message attribute consists of a Name , Type , and Value . For more - // information, see Amazon SQS message attributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // information, see [Amazon SQS message attributes]in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // + // [Amazon SQS message attributes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/sqs-message-metadata.html#sqs-message-attributes MessageAttributes map[string]MessageAttributeValue - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The token used - // for deduplication of messages within a 5-minute minimum deduplication interval. - // If a message with a particular MessageDeduplicationId is sent successfully, - // subsequent messages with the same MessageDeduplicationId are accepted - // successfully but aren't delivered. For more information, see Exactly-once - // processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The token used for deduplication of messages within a 5-minute minimum + // deduplication interval. If a message with a particular MessageDeduplicationId + // is sent successfully, subsequent messages with the same MessageDeduplicationId + // are accepted successfully but aren't delivered. For more information, see [Exactly-once processing]in + // the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // // - Every message must have a unique MessageDeduplicationId , + // // - You may provide a MessageDeduplicationId explicitly. + // // - If you aren't able to provide a MessageDeduplicationId and you enable // ContentBasedDeduplication for your queue, Amazon SQS uses a SHA-256 hash to // generate the MessageDeduplicationId using the body of the message (but not the // attributes of the message). + // // - If you don't provide a MessageDeduplicationId and the queue doesn't have // ContentBasedDeduplication set, the action fails with an error. + // // - If the queue has ContentBasedDeduplication set, your MessageDeduplicationId // overrides the generated one. + // // - When ContentBasedDeduplication is in effect, messages with identical content // sent within the deduplication interval are treated as duplicates and only one // copy of the message is delivered. + // // - If you send one message with ContentBasedDeduplication enabled and then // another message with a MessageDeduplicationId that is the same as the one // generated for the first MessageDeduplicationId , the two messages are treated // as duplicates and only one copy of the message is delivered. + // // The MessageDeduplicationId is available to the consumer of the message (this - // can be useful for troubleshooting delivery issues). If a message is sent - // successfully but the acknowledgement is lost and the message is resent with the - // same MessageDeduplicationId after the deduplication interval, Amazon SQS can't - // detect duplicate messages. Amazon SQS continues to keep track of the message - // deduplication ID even after the message is received and deleted. The length of - // MessageDeduplicationId is 128 characters. MessageDeduplicationId can contain - // alphanumeric characters ( a-z , A-Z , 0-9 ) and punctuation ( - // !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ ). For best practices of using - // MessageDeduplicationId , see Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagededuplicationid-property.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. + // can be useful for troubleshooting delivery issues). + // + // If a message is sent successfully but the acknowledgement is lost and the + // message is resent with the same MessageDeduplicationId after the deduplication + // interval, Amazon SQS can't detect duplicate messages. + // + // Amazon SQS continues to keep track of the message deduplication ID even after + // the message is received and deleted. + // + // The length of MessageDeduplicationId is 128 characters. MessageDeduplicationId + // can contain alphanumeric characters ( a-z , A-Z , 0-9 ) and punctuation ( + // !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~ ). + // + // For best practices of using MessageDeduplicationId , see [Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property] in the Amazon SQS + // Developer Guide. + // + // [Using the MessageDeduplicationId Property]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagededuplicationid-property.html + // [Exactly-once processing]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/FIFO-queues-exactly-once-processing.html MessageDeduplicationId *string - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The tag that - // specifies that a message belongs to a specific message group. Messages that - // belong to the same message group are processed in a FIFO manner (however, - // messages in different message groups might be processed out of order). To - // interleave multiple ordered streams within a single queue, use MessageGroupId + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The tag that specifies that a message belongs to a specific message group. + // Messages that belong to the same message group are processed in a FIFO manner + // (however, messages in different message groups might be processed out of order). + // To interleave multiple ordered streams within a single queue, use MessageGroupId // values (for example, session data for multiple users). In this scenario, // multiple consumers can process the queue, but the session data of each user is // processed in a FIFO fashion. + // // - You must associate a non-empty MessageGroupId with a message. If you don't // provide a MessageGroupId , the action fails. + // // - ReceiveMessage might return messages with multiple MessageGroupId values. // For each MessageGroupId , the messages are sorted by time sent. The caller // can't specify a MessageGroupId . + // // The length of MessageGroupId is 128 characters. Valid values: alphanumeric - // characters and punctuation (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~) . For best - // practices of using MessageGroupId , see Using the MessageGroupId Property (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagegroupid-property.html) - // in the Amazon SQS Developer Guide. MessageGroupId is required for FIFO queues. - // You can't use it for Standard queues. + // characters and punctuation (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~) . + // + // For best practices of using MessageGroupId , see [Using the MessageGroupId Property] in the Amazon SQS Developer + // Guide. + // + // MessageGroupId is required for FIFO queues. You can't use it for Standard + // queues. + // + // [Using the MessageGroupId Property]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSSimpleQueueService/latest/SQSDeveloperGuide/using-messagegroupid-property.html MessageGroupId *string // The message system attribute to send Each message system attribute consists of // a Name , Type , and Value . + // // - Currently, the only supported message system attribute is AWSTraceHeader . // Its type must be String and its value must be a correctly formatted X-Ray // trace header string. + // // - The size of a message system attribute doesn't count towards the total size // of a message. MessageSystemAttributes map[string]MessageSystemAttributeValue @@ -347,7 +403,7 @@ type SendMessageBatchRequestEntry struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Encloses a MessageId for a successfully-enqueued message in a SendMessageBatch . +// Encloses a MessageId for a successfully-enqueued message in a SendMessageBatch. type SendMessageBatchResultEntry struct { // An identifier for the message in this batch. @@ -358,7 +414,9 @@ type SendMessageBatchResultEntry struct { // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message body string. You can use this // attribute to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. Amazon SQS // URL-decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For information about - // MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) . + // MD5, see [RFC1321]. + // + // [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt // // This member is required. MD5OfMessageBody *string @@ -371,19 +429,25 @@ type SendMessageBatchResultEntry struct { // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message attribute string. You can use this // attribute to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. Amazon SQS // URL-decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For information about - // MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) . + // MD5, see [RFC1321]. + // + // [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt MD5OfMessageAttributes *string // An MD5 digest of the non-URL-encoded message system attribute string. You can // use this attribute to verify that Amazon SQS received the message correctly. // Amazon SQS URL-decodes the message before creating the MD5 digest. For - // information about MD5, see RFC1321 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt) . + // information about MD5, see [RFC1321]. + // + // [RFC1321]: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt MD5OfMessageSystemAttributes *string - // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. The large, - // non-consecutive number that Amazon SQS assigns to each message. The length of - // SequenceNumber is 128 bits. As SequenceNumber continues to increase for a - // particular MessageGroupId . + // This parameter applies only to FIFO (first-in-first-out) queues. + // + // The large, non-consecutive number that Amazon SQS assigns to each message. + // + // The length of SequenceNumber is 128 bits. As SequenceNumber continues to + // increase for a particular MessageGroupId . SequenceNumber *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/CHANGELOG.md index ebb8728df3122..83ebafae35cc8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.50.1 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.50.0 (2024-04-24) * **Feature**: Add SSM DescribeInstanceProperties API to public AWS SDK. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AddTagsToResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AddTagsToResource.go index b9359d505b0ef..3736335d997bd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AddTagsToResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AddTagsToResource.go @@ -19,22 +19,32 @@ import ( // value, both of which you define. For example, you could define a set of tags for // your account's managed nodes that helps you track each node's owner and stack // level. For example: +// // - Key=Owner,Value=DbAdmin +// // - Key=Owner,Value=SysAdmin +// // - Key=Owner,Value=Dev +// // - Key=Stack,Value=Production +// // - Key=Stack,Value=Pre-Production +// // - Key=Stack,Value=Test // // Most resources can have a maximum of 50 tags. Automations can have a maximum of -// 5 tags. We recommend that you devise a set of tag keys that meets your needs for -// each resource type. Using a consistent set of tag keys makes it easier for you -// to manage your resources. You can search and filter the resources based on the -// tags you add. Tags don't have any semantic meaning to and are interpreted -// strictly as a string of characters. For more information about using tags with -// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, see Tag your Amazon EC2 -// resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// 5 tags. +// +// We recommend that you devise a set of tag keys that meets your needs for each +// resource type. Using a consistent set of tag keys makes it easier for you to +// manage your resources. You can search and filter the resources based on the tags +// you add. Tags don't have any semantic meaning to and are interpreted strictly as +// a string of characters. +// +// For more information about using tags with Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon +// EC2) instances, see [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// [Tag your Amazon EC2 resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html func (c *Client) AddTagsToResource(ctx context.Context, params *AddTagsToResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} @@ -52,34 +62,47 @@ func (c *Client) AddTagsToResource(ctx context.Context, params *AddTagsToResourc type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { - // The resource ID you want to tag. Use the ID of the resource. Here are some - // examples: MaintenanceWindow : mw-012345abcde PatchBaseline : pb-012345abcde - // Automation : example-c160-4567-8519-012345abcde OpsMetadata object: ResourceID - // for tagging is created from the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the object. - // Specifically, ResourceID is created from the strings that come after the word - // opsmetadata in the ARN. For example, an OpsMetadata object with an ARN of + // The resource ID you want to tag. + // + // Use the ID of the resource. Here are some examples: + // + // MaintenanceWindow : mw-012345abcde + // + // PatchBaseline : pb-012345abcde + // + // Automation : example-c160-4567-8519-012345abcde + // + // OpsMetadata object: ResourceID for tagging is created from the Amazon Resource + // Name (ARN) for the object. Specifically, ResourceID is created from the strings + // that come after the word opsmetadata in the ARN. For example, an OpsMetadata + // object with an ARN of // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:1234567890:opsmetadata/aws/ssm/MyGroup/appmanager has a // ResourceID of either aws/ssm/MyGroup/appmanager or /aws/ssm/MyGroup/appmanager . + // // For the Document and Parameter values, use the name of the resource. If you're // tagging a shared document, you must use the full ARN of the document. - // ManagedInstance : mi-012345abcde The ManagedInstance type for this API - // operation is only for on-premises managed nodes. You must specify the name of - // the managed node in the following format: mi-ID_number . For example, - // mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f . + // + // ManagedInstance : mi-012345abcde + // + // The ManagedInstance type for this API operation is only for on-premises managed + // nodes. You must specify the name of the managed node in the following format: + // mi-ID_number . For example, mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f . // // This member is required. ResourceId *string - // Specifies the type of resource you are tagging. The ManagedInstance type for - // this API operation is for on-premises managed nodes. You must specify the name - // of the managed node in the following format: mi-ID_number . For example, - // mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f . + // Specifies the type of resource you are tagging. + // + // The ManagedInstance type for this API operation is for on-premises managed + // nodes. You must specify the name of the managed node in the following format: + // mi-ID_number . For example, mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f . // // This member is required. ResourceType types.ResourceTypeForTagging - // One or more tags. The value parameter is required. Don't enter personally - // identifiable information in this field. + // One or more tags. The value parameter is required. + // + // Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field. // // This member is required. Tags []types.Tag diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AssociateOpsItemRelatedItem.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AssociateOpsItemRelatedItem.go index f35a5a6e362e0..b317755068dc5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AssociateOpsItemRelatedItem.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_AssociateOpsItemRelatedItem.go @@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ type AssociateOpsItemRelatedItemInput struct { OpsItemId *string // The type of resource that you want to associate with an OpsItem. OpsCenter - // supports the following types: AWS::SSMIncidents::IncidentRecord : an Incident - // Manager incident. AWS::SSM::Document : a Systems Manager (SSM) document. + // supports the following types: + // + // AWS::SSMIncidents::IncidentRecord : an Incident Manager incident. + // + // AWS::SSM::Document : a Systems Manager (SSM) document. // // This member is required. ResourceType *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateActivation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateActivation.go index bce2357a77304..792e57b085bbe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateActivation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateActivation.go @@ -18,11 +18,14 @@ import ( // it possible to manage them using Systems Manager capabilities. You use the // activation code and ID when installing SSM Agent on machines in your hybrid // environment. For more information about requirements for managing on-premises -// machines using Systems Manager, see Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems -// Manager for hybrid and multicloud environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Amazon Elastic Compute -// Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, edge devices, and on-premises servers and VMs that -// are configured for Systems Manager are all called managed nodes. +// machines using Systems Manager, see [Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager for hybrid and multicloud environments]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager +// User Guide. +// +// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, edge devices, and +// on-premises servers and VMs that are configured for Systems Manager are all +// called managed nodes. +// +// [Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager for hybrid and multicloud environments]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances.html func (c *Client) CreateActivation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateActivationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateActivationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateActivationInput{} @@ -43,22 +46,28 @@ type CreateActivationInput struct { // The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to // assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions // for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com - // . For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and - // multicloud environment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. You can't specify an IAM - // service-linked role for this parameter. You must create a unique role. + // . For more information, see [Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud environment]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User + // Guide. + // + // You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must + // create a unique role. + // + // [Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud environment]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html // // This member is required. IamRole *string // The name of the registered, managed node as it will appear in the Amazon Web // Services Systems Manager console or when you use the Amazon Web Services command - // line tools to list Systems Manager resources. Don't enter personally - // identifiable information in this field. + // line tools to list Systems Manager resources. + // + // Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field. DefaultInstanceName *string // A user-defined description of the resource that you want to register with - // Systems Manager. Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field. + // Systems Manager. + // + // Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field. Description *string // The date by which this activation request should expire, in timestamp format, @@ -79,18 +88,23 @@ type CreateActivationInput struct { // example, you might want to tag an activation to identify which servers or // virtual machines (VMs) in your on-premises environment you intend to activate. // In this case, you could specify the following key-value pairs: + // // - Key=OS,Value=Windows + // // - Key=Environment,Value=Production + // // When you install SSM Agent on your on-premises servers and VMs, you specify an // activation ID and code. When you specify the activation ID and code, tags // assigned to the activation are automatically applied to the on-premises servers - // or VMs. You can't add tags to or delete tags from an existing activation. You - // can tag your on-premises servers, edge devices, and VMs after they connect to - // Systems Manager for the first time and are assigned a managed node ID. This - // means they are listed in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager console with an - // ID that is prefixed with "mi-". For information about how to add tags to your - // managed nodes, see AddTagsToResource . For information about how to remove tags - // from your managed nodes, see RemoveTagsFromResource . + // or VMs. + // + // You can't add tags to or delete tags from an existing activation. You can tag + // your on-premises servers, edge devices, and VMs after they connect to Systems + // Manager for the first time and are assigned a managed node ID. This means they + // are listed in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager console with an ID that is + // prefixed with "mi-". For information about how to add tags to your managed + // nodes, see AddTagsToResource. For information about how to remove tags from your managed nodes, + // see RemoveTagsFromResource. Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociation.go index 7bd236d2796f5..f4128785f102a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociation.go @@ -41,15 +41,24 @@ func (c *Client) CreateAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAssociatio type CreateAssociationInput struct { // The name of the SSM Command document or Automation runbook that contains the - // configuration information for the managed node. You can specify Amazon Web - // Services-predefined documents, documents you created, or a document that is - // shared with you from another Amazon Web Services account. For Systems Manager - // documents (SSM documents) that are shared with you from other Amazon Web - // Services accounts, you must specify the complete SSM document ARN, in the - // following format: arn:partition:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name - // For example: arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document For - // Amazon Web Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in your - // account, you only need to specify the document name. For example, + // configuration information for the managed node. + // + // You can specify Amazon Web Services-predefined documents, documents you + // created, or a document that is shared with you from another Amazon Web Services + // account. + // + // For Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that are shared with you from + // other Amazon Web Services accounts, you must specify the complete SSM document + // ARN, in the following format: + // + // arn:partition:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name + // + // For example: + // + // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document + // + // For Amazon Web Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in + // your account, you only need to specify the document name. For example, // AWS-ApplyPatchBaseline or My-Document . // // This member is required. @@ -76,54 +85,63 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Change Calendar type documents // you want to gate your associations under. The associations only run when that - // change calendar is open. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems - // Manager Change Calendar (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar) - // . + // change calendar is open. For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar CalendarNames []string // The severity level to assign to the association. ComplianceSeverity types.AssociationComplianceSeverity // The document version you want to associate with the targets. Can be a specific - // version or the default version. State Manager doesn't support running - // associations that use a new version of a document if that document is shared - // from another account. State Manager always runs the default version of a - // document if shared from another account, even though the Systems Manager console - // shows that a new version was processed. If you want to run an association using - // a new version of a document shared form another account, you must set the - // document version to default . + // version or the default version. + // + // State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new version of a + // document if that document is shared from another account. State Manager always + // runs the default version of a document if shared from another account, even + // though the Systems Manager console shows that a new version was processed. If + // you want to run an association using a new version of a document shared form + // another account, you must set the document version to default . DocumentVersion *string // The number of hours the association can run before it is canceled. Duration // applies to associations that are currently running, and any pending and in // progress commands on all targets. If a target was taken offline for the // association to run, it is made available again immediately, without a reboot. + // // The Duration parameter applies only when both these conditions are true: + // // - The association for which you specify a duration is cancelable according to // the parameters of the SSM command document or Automation runbook associated with // this execution. - // - The command specifies the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_CreateAssociation.html#systemsmanager-CreateAssociation-request-ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval) - // parameter, which means that the association doesn't run immediately after it is - // created, but only according to the specified schedule. + // + // - The command specifies the [ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval]parameter, which means that the association + // doesn't run immediately after it is created, but only according to the specified + // schedule. + // + // [ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_CreateAssociation.html#systemsmanager-CreateAssociation-request-ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval Duration *int32 - // The managed node ID. InstanceId has been deprecated. To specify a managed node - // ID for an association, use the Targets parameter. Requests that include the - // parameter InstanceID with Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that use - // schema version 2.0 or later will fail. In addition, if you use the parameter - // InstanceId , you can't use the parameters AssociationName , DocumentVersion , - // MaxErrors , MaxConcurrency , OutputLocation , or ScheduleExpression . To use - // these parameters, you must use the Targets parameter. + // The managed node ID. + // + // InstanceId has been deprecated. To specify a managed node ID for an + // association, use the Targets parameter. Requests that include the parameter + // InstanceID with Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that use schema + // version 2.0 or later will fail. In addition, if you use the parameter InstanceId + // , you can't use the parameters AssociationName , DocumentVersion , MaxErrors , + // MaxConcurrency , OutputLocation , or ScheduleExpression . To use these + // parameters, you must use the Targets parameter. InstanceId *string // The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. // You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for // example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the - // association at the same time. If a new managed node starts and attempts to run - // an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, - // the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new - // managed node will process its association within the limit specified for - // MaxConcurrency . + // association at the same time. + // + // If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems + // Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to + // run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its + // association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency . MaxConcurrency *string // The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests @@ -133,11 +151,12 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending // requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 // managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the - // request when the sixth error is received. Executions that are already running an - // association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of - // these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be - // more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that - // executions proceed one at a time. + // request when the sixth error is received. + // + // Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached + // are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you + // need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set + // MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time. MaxErrors *string // An Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket where you want to store the @@ -154,21 +173,26 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // example, if you specified a cron schedule of cron(0 0 ? * THU#2 *) , you could // specify an offset of 3 to run the association each Sunday after the second // Thursday of the month. For more information about cron schedules for - // associations, see Reference: Cron and rate expressions for Systems Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/reference-cron-and-rate-expressions.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. To use offsets, you must - // specify the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval parameter. This option tells the system not - // to run an association immediately after you create it. + // associations, see [Reference: Cron and rate expressions for Systems Manager]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // To use offsets, you must specify the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval parameter. This + // option tells the system not to run an association immediately after you create + // it. + // + // [Reference: Cron and rate expressions for Systems Manager]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/reference-cron-and-rate-expressions.html ScheduleOffset *int32 // The mode for generating association compliance. You can specify AUTO or MANUAL . // In AUTO mode, the system uses the status of the association execution to // determine the compliance status. If the association execution runs successfully, // then the association is COMPLIANT . If the association execution doesn't run - // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . In MANUAL mode, you must - // specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API + // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . + // + // In MANUAL mode, you must specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API // operation. In this case, compliance data isn't managed by State Manager. It is - // managed by your direct call to the PutComplianceItems API operation. By - // default, all associations use AUTO mode. + // managed by your direct call to the PutComplianceItemsAPI operation. + // + // By default, all associations use AUTO mode. SyncCompliance types.AssociationSyncCompliance // Adds or overwrites one or more tags for a State Manager association. Tags are @@ -191,9 +215,10 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // Amazon Web Services resource groups, all managed nodes in an Amazon Web Services // account, or individual managed node IDs. You can target all managed nodes in an // Amazon Web Services account by specifying the InstanceIds key with a value of * - // . For more information about choosing targets for an association, see About - // targets and rate controls in State Manager associations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-state-manager-targets-and-rate-controls.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // . For more information about choosing targets for an association, see [About targets and rate controls in State Manager associations]in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About targets and rate controls in State Manager associations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-state-manager-targets-and-rate-controls.html Targets []types.Target noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociationBatch.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociationBatch.go index 0b698b18ca371..6c166fbb7e7ac 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociationBatch.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateAssociationBatch.go @@ -12,12 +12,14 @@ import ( ) // Associates the specified Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM -// document) with the specified managed nodes or targets. When you associate a -// document with one or more managed nodes using IDs or tags, Amazon Web Services -// Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) running on the managed node processes the -// document and configures the node as specified. If you associate a document with -// a managed node that already has an associated document, the system returns the -// AssociationAlreadyExists exception. +// document) with the specified managed nodes or targets. +// +// When you associate a document with one or more managed nodes using IDs or tags, +// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) running on the managed +// node processes the document and configures the node as specified. +// +// If you associate a document with a managed node that already has an associated +// document, the system returns the AssociationAlreadyExists exception. func (c *Client) CreateAssociationBatch(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAssociationBatchInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAssociationBatchOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateAssociationBatchInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateDocument.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateDocument.go index 52b4fe48e8636..76d9b3b1fa8e6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateDocument.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateDocument.go @@ -14,8 +14,10 @@ import ( // Creates a Amazon Web Services Systems Manager (SSM document). An SSM document // defines the actions that Systems Manager performs on your managed nodes. For // more information about SSM documents, including information about supported -// schemas, features, and syntax, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-ssm-docs.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// schemas, features, and syntax, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Documents]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager +// User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Documents]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-ssm-docs.html func (c *Client) CreateDocument(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDocumentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDocumentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateDocumentInput{} @@ -37,23 +39,38 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { // document must not exceed 64KB. This quota also includes the content specified // for input parameters at runtime. We recommend storing the contents for your new // document in an external JSON or YAML file and referencing the file in a command. + // // For examples, see the following topics in the Amazon Web Services Systems // Manager User Guide. - // - Create an SSM document (console) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-console) - // - Create an SSM document (command line) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-document-cli) - // - Create an SSM document (API) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-document-api) + // + // [Create an SSM document (console)] + // + // [Create an SSM document (command line)] + // + // [Create an SSM document (API)] + // + // [Create an SSM document (console)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-console + // [Create an SSM document (command line)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-document-cli + // [Create an SSM document (API)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-document-api // // This member is required. Content *string - // A name for the SSM document. You can't use the following strings as document - // name prefixes. These are reserved by Amazon Web Services for use as document - // name prefixes: + // A name for the SSM document. + // + // You can't use the following strings as document name prefixes. These are + // reserved by Amazon Web Services for use as document name prefixes: + // // - aws + // // - amazon + // // - amzn + // // - AWSEC2 + // // - AWSConfigRemediation + // // - AWSSupport // // This member is required. @@ -64,15 +81,17 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { // An optional field where you can specify a friendly name for the SSM document. // This value can differ for each version of the document. You can update this - // value at a later time using the UpdateDocument operation. + // value at a later time using the UpdateDocumentoperation. DisplayName *string // Specify the document format for the request. The document format can be JSON, // YAML, or TEXT. JSON is the default format. DocumentFormat types.DocumentFormat - // The type of document to create. The DeploymentStrategy document type is an - // internal-use-only document type reserved for AppConfig. + // The type of document to create. + // + // The DeploymentStrategy document type is an internal-use-only document type + // reserved for AppConfig. DocumentType types.DocumentType // A list of SSM documents required by a document. This parameter is used @@ -80,8 +99,9 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { // SSM document, the user must also specify a required document for validation // purposes. In this case, an ApplicationConfiguration document requires an // ApplicationConfigurationSchema document for validation purposes. For more - // information, see What is AppConfig? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/latest/userguide/what-is-appconfig.html) - // in the AppConfig User Guide. + // information, see [What is AppConfig?]in the AppConfig User Guide. + // + // [What is AppConfig?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/latest/userguide/what-is-appconfig.html Requires []types.DocumentRequires // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize @@ -89,8 +109,11 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { // example, you might want to tag an SSM document to identify the types of targets // or the environment where it will run. In this case, you could specify the // following key-value pairs: + // // - Key=OS,Value=Windows + // // - Key=Environment,Value=Production + // // To add tags to an existing SSM document, use the AddTagsToResource operation. Tags []types.Tag @@ -98,9 +121,10 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { // For example, to run a document on EC2 instances, specify the following value: // /AWS::EC2::Instance . If you specify a value of '/' the document can run on all // types of resources. If you don't specify a value, the document can't run on any - // resources. For a list of valid resource types, see Amazon Web Services resource - // and property types reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) - // in the CloudFormation User Guide. + // resources. For a list of valid resource types, see [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference]in the CloudFormation User + // Guide. + // + // [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html TargetType *string // An optional field specifying the version of the artifact you are creating with diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateMaintenanceWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateMaintenanceWindow.go index 35d92c6f155f8..c020351fbf77d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateMaintenanceWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateMaintenanceWindow.go @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a new maintenance window. The value you specify for Duration determines -// the specific end time for the maintenance window based on the time it begins. No -// maintenance window tasks are permitted to start after the resulting endtime -// minus the number of hours you specify for Cutoff . For example, if the -// maintenance window starts at 3 PM, the duration is three hours, and the value -// you specify for Cutoff is one hour, no maintenance window tasks can start after -// 5 PM. +// Creates a new maintenance window. +// +// The value you specify for Duration determines the specific end time for the +// maintenance window based on the time it begins. No maintenance window tasks are +// permitted to start after the resulting endtime minus the number of hours you +// specify for Cutoff . For example, if the maintenance window starts at 3 PM, the +// duration is three hours, and the value you specify for Cutoff is one hour, no +// maintenance window tasks can start after 5 PM. func (c *Client) CreateMaintenanceWindow(ctx context.Context, params *CreateMaintenanceWindowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateMaintenanceWindowOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateMaintenanceWindowInput{} @@ -38,9 +39,10 @@ type CreateMaintenanceWindowInput struct { // Enables a maintenance window task to run on managed nodes, even if you haven't // registered those nodes as targets. If enabled, then you must specify the // unregistered managed nodes (by node ID) when you register a task with the - // maintenance window. If you don't enable this option, then you must specify - // previously-registered targets when you register a task with the maintenance - // window. + // maintenance window. + // + // If you don't enable this option, then you must specify previously-registered + // targets when you register a task with the maintenance window. // // This member is required. AllowUnassociatedTargets bool @@ -79,23 +81,31 @@ type CreateMaintenanceWindowInput struct { EndDate *string // The number of days to wait after the date and time specified by a cron - // expression before running the maintenance window. For example, the following - // cron expression schedules a maintenance window to run on the third Tuesday of - // every month at 11:30 PM. cron(30 23 ? * TUE#3 *) If the schedule offset is 2 , - // the maintenance window won't run until two days later. + // expression before running the maintenance window. + // + // For example, the following cron expression schedules a maintenance window to + // run on the third Tuesday of every month at 11:30 PM. + // + // cron(30 23 ? * TUE#3 *) + // + // If the schedule offset is 2 , the maintenance window won't run until two days + // later. ScheduleOffset *int32 // The time zone that the scheduled maintenance window executions are based on, in // Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) format. For example: - // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the - // Time Zone Database (https://www.iana.org/time-zones) on the IANA website. + // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the [Time Zone Database]on + // the IANA website. + // + // [Time Zone Database]: https://www.iana.org/time-zones ScheduleTimezone *string // The date and time, in ISO-8601 Extended format, for when you want the // maintenance window to become active. StartDate allows you to delay activation - // of the maintenance window until the specified future date. When using a rate - // schedule, if you provide a start date that occurs in the past, the current date - // and time are used as the start date. + // of the maintenance window until the specified future date. + // + // When using a rate schedule, if you provide a start date that occurs in the + // past, the current date and time are used as the start date. StartDate *string // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize @@ -103,11 +113,14 @@ type CreateMaintenanceWindowInput struct { // example, you might want to tag a maintenance window to identify the type of // tasks it will run, the types of targets, and the environment it will run in. In // this case, you could specify the following key-value pairs: + // // - Key=TaskType,Value=AgentUpdate + // // - Key=OS,Value=Windows + // // - Key=Environment,Value=Production - // To add tags to an existing maintenance window, use the AddTagsToResource - // operation. + // + // To add tags to an existing maintenance window, use the AddTagsToResource operation. Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsItem.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsItem.go index 0e14797ffefc3..d060f169373d6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsItem.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsItem.go @@ -13,14 +13,16 @@ import ( ) // Creates a new OpsItem. You must have permission in Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) to create a new OpsItem. For more information, see Set up -// OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Operations engineers and -// IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, -// investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and -// health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon -// Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// Management (IAM) to create a new OpsItem. For more information, see [Set up OpsCenter]in the +// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues +// impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For +// more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html +// [Set up OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html func (c *Client) CreateOpsItem(ctx context.Context, params *CreateOpsItemInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateOpsItemOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateOpsItemInput{} @@ -39,14 +41,17 @@ func (c *Client) CreateOpsItem(ctx context.Context, params *CreateOpsItemInput, type CreateOpsItemInput struct { // User-defined text that contains information about the OpsItem, in Markdown - // format. Provide enough information so that users viewing this OpsItem for the - // first time understand the issue. + // format. + // + // Provide enough information so that users viewing this OpsItem for the first + // time understand the issue. // // This member is required. Description *string - // The origin of the OpsItem, such as Amazon EC2 or Systems Manager. The source - // name can't contain the following strings: aws , amazon , and amzn . + // The origin of the OpsItem, such as Amazon EC2 or Systems Manager. + // + // The source name can't contain the following strings: aws , amazon , and amzn . // // This member is required. Source *string @@ -59,8 +64,10 @@ type CreateOpsItemInput struct { // The target Amazon Web Services account where you want to create an OpsItem. To // make this call, your account must be configured to work with OpsItems across - // accounts. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // accounts. For more information, see [Set up OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // [Set up OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html AccountId *string // The time a runbook workflow ended. Currently reported only for the OpsItem type @@ -82,29 +89,43 @@ type CreateOpsItemInput struct { // the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license // keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data // as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value - // has a maximum size of 20 KB. Operational data keys can't begin with the - // following: amazon , aws , amzn , ssm , /amazon , /aws , /amzn , /ssm . You can - // choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you can - // restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to the - // OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API operation) can - // view and search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is - // only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the - // GetOpsItem API operation). Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to - // specify a related resource in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in - // OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view - // Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these keys, see Create - // OpsItems manually (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // has a maximum size of 20 KB. + // + // Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon , aws , amzn , ssm + // , /amazon , /aws , /amzn , /ssm . + // + // You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you + // can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to + // the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItemsAPI operation) can view and + // search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only + // viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItemAPI + // operation). + // + // Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in + // the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an + // Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example + // commands that use these keys, see [Create OpsItems manually]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // [Create OpsItems manually]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html OperationalData map[string]types.OpsItemDataValue // The type of OpsItem to create. Systems Manager supports the following types of // OpsItems: - // - /aws/issue This type of OpsItem is used for default OpsItems created by - // OpsCenter. - // - /aws/changerequest This type of OpsItem is used by Change Manager for - // reviewing and approving or rejecting change requests. - // - /aws/insight This type of OpsItem is used by OpsCenter for aggregating and - // reporting on duplicate OpsItems. + // + // - /aws/issue + // + // This type of OpsItem is used for default OpsItems created by OpsCenter. + // + // - /aws/changerequest + // + // This type of OpsItem is used by Change Manager for reviewing and approving or + // rejecting change requests. + // + // - /aws/insight + // + // This type of OpsItem is used by OpsCenter for aggregating and reporting on + // duplicate OpsItems. OpsItemType *string // The time specified in a change request for a runbook workflow to end. Currently @@ -126,11 +147,15 @@ type CreateOpsItemInput struct { // Specify a severity to assign to an OpsItem. Severity *string - // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags use a key-value pair. For - // example: Key=Department,Value=Finance To add tags to a new OpsItem, a user must - // have IAM permissions for both the ssm:CreateOpsItems operation and the - // ssm:AddTagsToResource operation. To add tags to an existing OpsItem, use the - // AddTagsToResource operation. + // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. + // + // Tags use a key-value pair. For example: + // + // Key=Department,Value=Finance + // + // To add tags to a new OpsItem, a user must have IAM permissions for both the + // ssm:CreateOpsItems operation and the ssm:AddTagsToResource operation. To add + // tags to an existing OpsItem, use the AddTagsToResourceoperation. Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsMetadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsMetadata.go index c251c01d59d48..b06d8418e6e19 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsMetadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateOpsMetadata.go @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ type CreateOpsMetadataInput struct { // might want to tag an OpsMetadata object to identify an environment or target // Amazon Web Services Region. In this case, you could specify the following // key-value pairs: + // // - Key=Environment,Value=Production + // // - Key=Region,Value=us-east-2 Tags []types.Tag diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreatePatchBaseline.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreatePatchBaseline.go index 18a5fa8a39c74..872645f877d79 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreatePatchBaseline.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreatePatchBaseline.go @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Creates a patch baseline. For information about valid key-value pairs in -// PatchFilters for each supported operating system type, see PatchFilter . +// Creates a patch baseline. +// +// For information about valid key-value pairs in PatchFilters for each supported +// operating system type, see PatchFilter. func (c *Client) CreatePatchBaseline(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePatchBaselineInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePatchBaselineOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreatePatchBaselineInput{} @@ -38,10 +40,12 @@ type CreatePatchBaselineInput struct { // A set of rules used to include patches in the baseline. ApprovalRules *types.PatchRuleGroup - // A list of explicitly approved patches for the baseline. For information about - // accepted formats for lists of approved patches and rejected patches, see About - // package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // A list of explicitly approved patches for the baseline. + // + // For information about accepted formats for lists of approved patches and + // rejected patches, see [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html ApprovedPatches []string // Defines the compliance level for approved patches. When an approved patch is @@ -67,18 +71,22 @@ type CreatePatchBaselineInput struct { // is WINDOWS . OperatingSystem types.OperatingSystem - // A list of explicitly rejected patches for the baseline. For information about - // accepted formats for lists of approved patches and rejected patches, see About - // package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // A list of explicitly rejected patches for the baseline. + // + // For information about accepted formats for lists of approved patches and + // rejected patches, see [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html RejectedPatches []string // The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages // list. + // // - ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY : A package in the Rejected patches list is installed // only if it is a dependency of another package. It is considered compliant with // the patch baseline, and its status is reported as InstalledOther . This is the // default action if no option is specified. + // // - BLOCK: Packages in the Rejected patches list, and packages that include // them as dependencies, aren't installed by Patch Manager under any circumstances. // If a package was installed before it was added to the Rejected patches list, or @@ -96,8 +104,11 @@ type CreatePatchBaselineInput struct { // example, you might want to tag a patch baseline to identify the severity level // of patches it specifies and the operating system family it applies to. In this // case, you could specify the following key-value pairs: + // // - Key=PatchSeverity,Value=Critical + // // - Key=OS,Value=Windows + // // To add tags to an existing patch baseline, use the AddTagsToResource operation. Tags []types.Tag diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateResourceDataSync.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateResourceDataSync.go index 5d31533c94697..9cffb5238c472 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateResourceDataSync.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_CreateResourceDataSync.go @@ -13,26 +13,32 @@ import ( // A resource data sync helps you view data from multiple sources in a single // location. Amazon Web Services Systems Manager offers two types of resource data -// sync: SyncToDestination and SyncFromSource . You can configure Systems Manager -// Inventory to use the SyncToDestination type to synchronize Inventory data from -// multiple Amazon Web Services Regions to a single Amazon Simple Storage Service -// (Amazon S3) bucket. For more information, see Configuring resource data sync -// for Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-datasync.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. You can configure Systems -// Manager Explorer to use the SyncFromSource type to synchronize operational work -// items (OpsItems) and operational data (OpsData) from multiple Amazon Web -// Services Regions to a single Amazon S3 bucket. This type can synchronize -// OpsItems and OpsData from multiple Amazon Web Services accounts and Amazon Web -// Services Regions or EntireOrganization by using Organizations. For more -// information, see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from -// multiple accounts and Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. A resource data sync is -// an asynchronous operation that returns immediately. After a successful initial -// sync is completed, the system continuously syncs data. To check the status of a -// sync, use the ListResourceDataSync . By default, data isn't encrypted in Amazon -// S3. We strongly recommend that you enable encryption in Amazon S3 to ensure -// secure data storage. We also recommend that you secure access to the Amazon S3 -// bucket by creating a restrictive bucket policy. +// sync: SyncToDestination and SyncFromSource . +// +// You can configure Systems Manager Inventory to use the SyncToDestination type +// to synchronize Inventory data from multiple Amazon Web Services Regions to a +// single Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket. For more information, +// see [Configuring resource data sync for Inventory]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// You can configure Systems Manager Explorer to use the SyncFromSource type to +// synchronize operational work items (OpsItems) and operational data (OpsData) +// from multiple Amazon Web Services Regions to a single Amazon S3 bucket. This +// type can synchronize OpsItems and OpsData from multiple Amazon Web Services +// accounts and Amazon Web Services Regions or EntireOrganization by using +// Organizations. For more information, see [Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions]in the Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager User Guide. +// +// A resource data sync is an asynchronous operation that returns immediately. +// After a successful initial sync is completed, the system continuously syncs +// data. To check the status of a sync, use the ListResourceDataSync. +// +// By default, data isn't encrypted in Amazon S3. We strongly recommend that you +// enable encryption in Amazon S3 to ensure secure data storage. We also recommend +// that you secure access to the Amazon S3 bucket by creating a restrictive bucket +// policy. +// +// [Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html +// [Configuring resource data sync for Inventory]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-datasync.html func (c *Client) CreateResourceDataSync(ctx context.Context, params *CreateResourceDataSyncInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateResourceDataSyncOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &CreateResourceDataSyncInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteAssociation.go index f14c23b1f7765..43b96363dbc88 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteAssociation.go @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ import ( // Disassociates the specified Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM // document) from the specified managed node. If you created the association by // using the Targets parameter, then you must delete the association by using the -// association ID. When you disassociate a document from a managed node, it doesn't -// change the configuration of the node. To change the configuration state of a -// managed node after you disassociate a document, you must create a new document -// with the desired configuration and associate it with the node. +// association ID. +// +// When you disassociate a document from a managed node, it doesn't change the +// configuration of the node. To change the configuration state of a managed node +// after you disassociate a document, you must create a new document with the +// desired configuration and associate it with the node. func (c *Client) DeleteAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAssociationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteAssociationInput{} @@ -37,13 +39,15 @@ type DeleteAssociationInput struct { // The association ID that you want to delete. AssociationId *string - // The managed node ID. InstanceId has been deprecated. To specify a managed node - // ID for an association, use the Targets parameter. Requests that include the - // parameter InstanceID with Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that use - // schema version 2.0 or later will fail. In addition, if you use the parameter - // InstanceId , you can't use the parameters AssociationName , DocumentVersion , - // MaxErrors , MaxConcurrency , OutputLocation , or ScheduleExpression . To use - // these parameters, you must use the Targets parameter. + // The managed node ID. + // + // InstanceId has been deprecated. To specify a managed node ID for an + // association, use the Targets parameter. Requests that include the parameter + // InstanceID with Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that use schema + // version 2.0 or later will fail. In addition, if you use the parameter InstanceId + // , you can't use the parameters AssociationName , DocumentVersion , MaxErrors , + // MaxConcurrency , OutputLocation , or ScheduleExpression . To use these + // parameters, you must use the Targets parameter. InstanceId *string // The name of the SSM document. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteDocument.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteDocument.go index e1c9eddb03f92..24d424dafd02c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteDocument.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteDocument.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( ) // Deletes the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document) and all -// managed node associations to the document. Before you delete the document, we -// recommend that you use DeleteAssociation to disassociate all managed nodes that -// are associated with the document. +// managed node associations to the document. +// +// Before you delete the document, we recommend that you use DeleteAssociation to disassociate all +// managed nodes that are associated with the document. func (c *Client) DeleteDocument(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDocumentInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDocumentOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteDocumentInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteInventory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteInventory.go index 34738162e7950..1b35f6d89354a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteInventory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteInventory.go @@ -50,11 +50,14 @@ type DeleteInventoryInput struct { // Use the SchemaDeleteOption to delete a custom inventory type (schema). If you // don't choose this option, the system only deletes existing inventory data // associated with the custom inventory type. Choose one of the following options: + // // DisableSchema: If you choose this option, the system ignores all inventory data // for the specified version, and any earlier versions. To enable this schema // again, you must call the PutInventory operation for a version greater than the - // disabled version. DeleteSchema: This option deletes the specified custom type - // from the Inventory service. You can recreate the schema later, if you want. + // disabled version. + // + // DeleteSchema: This option deletes the specified custom type from the Inventory + // service. You can recreate the schema later, if you want. SchemaDeleteOption types.InventorySchemaDeleteOption noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -68,9 +71,10 @@ type DeleteInventoryOutput struct { // begin other operations. DeletionId *string - // A summary of the delete operation. For more information about this summary, see - // Understanding the delete inventory summary (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-custom.html#sysman-inventory-delete-summary) + // A summary of the delete operation. For more information about this summary, see [Understanding the delete inventory summary] // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Understanding the delete inventory summary]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-custom.html#sysman-inventory-delete-summary DeletionSummary *types.InventoryDeletionSummary // The name of the inventory data type specified in the request. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteOpsItem.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteOpsItem.go index 8e2cde2a18346..288e8faa9a9da 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteOpsItem.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteOpsItem.go @@ -11,23 +11,29 @@ import ( ) // Delete an OpsItem. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management -// (IAM) to delete an OpsItem. Note the following important information about this -// operation. +// (IAM) to delete an OpsItem. +// +// Note the following important information about this operation. +// // - Deleting an OpsItem is irreversible. You can't restore a deleted OpsItem. +// // - This operation uses an eventual consistency model, which means the system // can take a few minutes to complete this operation. If you delete an OpsItem and -// immediately call, for example, GetOpsItem , the deleted OpsItem might still -// appear in the response. +// immediately call, for example, GetOpsItem, the deleted OpsItem might still appear in +// the response. +// // - This operation is idempotent. The system doesn't throw an exception if you // repeatedly call this operation for the same OpsItem. If the first call is // successful, all additional calls return the same successful response as the // first call. +// // - This operation doesn't support cross-account calls. A delegated // administrator or management account can't delete OpsItems in other accounts, // even if OpsCenter has been set up for cross-account administration. For more -// information about cross-account administration, see Setting up OpsCenter to -// centrally manage OpsItems across accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setting-up-cross-account.html) -// in the Systems Manager User Guide. +// information about cross-account administration, see [Setting up OpsCenter to centrally manage OpsItems across accounts]in the Systems Manager +// User Guide. +// +// [Setting up OpsCenter to centrally manage OpsItems across accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setting-up-cross-account.html func (c *Client) DeleteOpsItem(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteOpsItemInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteOpsItemOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteOpsItemInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameter.go index 6b60183c428a8..46a9fd2d433e2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameter.go @@ -29,8 +29,10 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteParameter(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteParameterInp type DeleteParameterInput struct { - // The name of the parameter to delete. You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name - // (ARN) for a parameter, only the parameter name itself. + // The name of the parameter to delete. + // + // You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the + // parameter name itself. // // This member is required. Name *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameters.go index c1ff3ceac0606..6340743861050 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteParameters.go @@ -30,8 +30,10 @@ func (c *Client) DeleteParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteParametersI type DeleteParametersInput struct { // The names of the parameters to delete. After deleting a parameter, wait for at - // least 30 seconds to create a parameter with the same name. You can't enter the - // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the parameter name itself. + // least 30 seconds to create a parameter with the same name. + // + // You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the + // parameter name itself. // // This member is required. Names []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteResourcePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteResourcePolicy.go index 6ea0cd9ba83bf..71e824e6bf1f9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteResourcePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DeleteResourcePolicy.go @@ -14,13 +14,17 @@ import ( // define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that can // manage your Systems Manager resources. The following resources support Systems // Manager resource policies. +// // - OpsItemGroup - The resource policy for OpsItemGroup enables Amazon Web // Services accounts to view and interact with OpsCenter operational work items // (OpsItems). +// // - Parameter - The resource policy is used to share a parameter with other // accounts using Resource Access Manager (RAM). For more information about -// cross-account sharing of parameters, see Working with shared parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// cross-account sharing of parameters, see [Working with shared parameters]in the Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager User Guide. +// +// [Working with shared parameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html func (c *Client) DeleteResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DeleteResourcePolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociation.go index 55a1216a23b5f..99da5b5fa3351 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociation.go @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ type DescribeAssociationInput struct { // Specify the association version to retrieve. To view the latest version, either // specify $LATEST for this parameter, or omit this parameter. To view a list of - // all associations for a managed node, use ListAssociations . To get a list of - // versions for a specific association, use ListAssociationVersions . + // all associations for a managed node, use ListAssociations. To get a list of versions for a + // specific association, use ListAssociationVersions. AssociationVersion *string // The managed node ID. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutionTargets.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutionTargets.go index 3d9d2ed07ab1e..03880079753d5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutionTargets.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutionTargets.go @@ -41,7 +41,12 @@ type DescribeAssociationExecutionTargetsInput struct { ExecutionId *string // Filters for the request. You can specify the following filters and values. - // Status (EQUAL) ResourceId (EQUAL) ResourceType (EQUAL) + // + // Status (EQUAL) + // + // ResourceId (EQUAL) + // + // ResourceType (EQUAL) Filters []types.AssociationExecutionTargetsFilter // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutions.go index 4f33c080a28a1..58d37d425f5f7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAssociationExecutions.go @@ -35,7 +35,12 @@ type DescribeAssociationExecutionsInput struct { AssociationId *string // Filters for the request. You can specify the following filters and values. - // ExecutionId (EQUAL) Status (EQUAL) CreatedTime (EQUAL, GREATER_THAN, LESS_THAN) + // + // ExecutionId (EQUAL) + // + // Status (EQUAL) + // + // CreatedTime (EQUAL, GREATER_THAN, LESS_THAN) Filters []types.AssociationExecutionFilter // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAvailablePatches.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAvailablePatches.go index 95036eaceee8e..d6a2ca6aed3f2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAvailablePatches.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeAvailablePatches.go @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists all patches eligible to be included in a patch baseline. Currently, -// DescribeAvailablePatches supports only the Amazon Linux 1, Amazon Linux 2, and -// Windows Server operating systems. +// Lists all patches eligible to be included in a patch baseline. +// +// Currently, DescribeAvailablePatches supports only the Amazon Linux 1, Amazon +// Linux 2, and Windows Server operating systems. func (c *Client) DescribeAvailablePatches(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeAvailablePatchesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeAvailablePatchesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeAvailablePatchesInput{} @@ -31,35 +32,94 @@ func (c *Client) DescribeAvailablePatches(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeA type DescribeAvailablePatchesInput struct { - // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. Windows - // Server Supported keys for Windows Server managed node patches include the - // following: - // - PATCH_SET Sample values: OS | APPLICATION - // - PRODUCT Sample values: WindowsServer2012 | Office 2010 | - // MicrosoftDefenderAntivirus - // - PRODUCT_FAMILY Sample values: Windows | Office - // - MSRC_SEVERITY Sample values: ServicePacks | Important | Moderate - // - CLASSIFICATION Sample values: ServicePacks | SecurityUpdates | - // DefinitionUpdates - // - PATCH_ID Sample values: KB123456 | KB4516046 - // Linux When specifying filters for Linux patches, you must specify a key-pair - // for PRODUCT . For example, using the Command Line Interface (CLI), the following - // command fails: aws ssm describe-available-patches --filters - // Key=CVE_ID,Values=CVE-2018-3615 However, the following command succeeds: aws - // ssm describe-available-patches --filters Key=PRODUCT,Values=AmazonLinux2018.03 - // Key=CVE_ID,Values=CVE-2018-3615 Supported keys for Linux managed node patches - // include the following: - // - PRODUCT Sample values: AmazonLinux2018.03 | AmazonLinux2.0 - // - NAME Sample values: kernel-headers | samba-python | php - // - SEVERITY Sample values: Critical | Important | Medium | Low - // - EPOCH Sample values: 0 | 1 - // - VERSION Sample values: 78.6.1 | 4.10.16 - // - RELEASE Sample values: 9.56.amzn1 | 1.amzn2 - // - ARCH Sample values: i686 | x86_64 - // - REPOSITORY Sample values: Core | Updates - // - ADVISORY_ID Sample values: ALAS-2018-1058 | ALAS2-2021-1594 - // - CVE_ID Sample values: CVE-2018-3615 | CVE-2020-1472 - // - BUGZILLA_ID Sample values: 1463241 + // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. + // + // Windows Server + // + // Supported keys for Windows Server managed node patches include the following: + // + // - PATCH_SET + // + // Sample values: OS | APPLICATION + // + // - PRODUCT + // + // Sample values: WindowsServer2012 | Office 2010 | MicrosoftDefenderAntivirus + // + // - PRODUCT_FAMILY + // + // Sample values: Windows | Office + // + // - MSRC_SEVERITY + // + // Sample values: ServicePacks | Important | Moderate + // + // - CLASSIFICATION + // + // Sample values: ServicePacks | SecurityUpdates | DefinitionUpdates + // + // - PATCH_ID + // + // Sample values: KB123456 | KB4516046 + // + // Linux + // + // When specifying filters for Linux patches, you must specify a key-pair for + // PRODUCT . For example, using the Command Line Interface (CLI), the following + // command fails: + // + // aws ssm describe-available-patches --filters Key=CVE_ID,Values=CVE-2018-3615 + // + // However, the following command succeeds: + // + // aws ssm describe-available-patches --filters + // Key=PRODUCT,Values=AmazonLinux2018.03 Key=CVE_ID,Values=CVE-2018-3615 + // + // Supported keys for Linux managed node patches include the following: + // + // - PRODUCT + // + // Sample values: AmazonLinux2018.03 | AmazonLinux2.0 + // + // - NAME + // + // Sample values: kernel-headers | samba-python | php + // + // - SEVERITY + // + // Sample values: Critical | Important | Medium | Low + // + // - EPOCH + // + // Sample values: 0 | 1 + // + // - VERSION + // + // Sample values: 78.6.1 | 4.10.16 + // + // - RELEASE + // + // Sample values: 9.56.amzn1 | 1.amzn2 + // + // - ARCH + // + // Sample values: i686 | x86_64 + // + // - REPOSITORY + // + // Sample values: Core | Updates + // + // - ADVISORY_ID + // + // Sample values: ALAS-2018-1058 | ALAS2-2021-1594 + // + // - CVE_ID + // + // Sample values: CVE-2018-3615 | CVE-2020-1472 + // + // - BUGZILLA_ID + // + // Sample values: 1463241 Filters []types.PatchOrchestratorFilter // The maximum number of patches to return (per page). diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstanceInformation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstanceInformation.go index 1628eea6b37d5..072e2d695b69d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstanceInformation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstanceInformation.go @@ -14,13 +14,16 @@ import ( // Provides information about one or more of your managed nodes, including the // operating system platform, SSM Agent version, association status, and IP // address. This operation does not return information for nodes that are either -// Stopped or Terminated. If you specify one or more node IDs, the operation -// returns information for those managed nodes. If you don't specify node IDs, it -// returns information for all your managed nodes. If you specify a node ID that -// isn't valid or a node that you don't own, you receive an error. The IamRole -// field returned for this API operation is the Identity and Access Management -// (IAM) role assigned to on-premises managed nodes. This operation does not return -// the IAM role for EC2 instances. +// Stopped or Terminated. +// +// If you specify one or more node IDs, the operation returns information for +// those managed nodes. If you don't specify node IDs, it returns information for +// all your managed nodes. If you specify a node ID that isn't valid or a node that +// you don't own, you receive an error. +// +// The IamRole field returned for this API operation is the Identity and Access +// Management (IAM) role assigned to on-premises managed nodes. This operation does +// not return the IAM role for EC2 instances. func (c *Client) DescribeInstanceInformation(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeInstanceInformationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeInstanceInformationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeInstanceInformationInput{} @@ -46,8 +49,10 @@ type DescribeInstanceInformationInput struct { // This is a legacy method. We recommend that you don't use this method. Instead, // use the Filters data type. Filters enables you to return node information by - // filtering based on tags applied to managed nodes. Attempting to use - // InstanceInformationFilterList and Filters leads to an exception error. + // filtering based on tags applied to managed nodes. + // + // Attempting to use InstanceInformationFilterList and Filters leads to an + // exception error. InstanceInformationFilterList []types.InstanceInformationFilter // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup.go index 70ec951ef515d..b88d9c18c1297 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup.go @@ -37,8 +37,11 @@ type DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroupInput struct { PatchGroup *string // Each entry in the array is a structure containing: + // // - Key (string between 1 and 200 characters) + // // - Values (array containing a single string) + // // - Type (string "Equal", "NotEqual", "LessThan", "GreaterThan") Filters []types.InstancePatchStateFilter diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatches.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatches.go index 74cad63579a46..143b2a14dbce5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatches.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeInstancePatches.go @@ -35,14 +35,30 @@ type DescribeInstancePatchesInput struct { // This member is required. InstanceId *string - // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. Supported - // keys for DescribeInstancePatches include the following: - // - Classification Sample values: Security | SecurityUpdates - // - KBId Sample values: KB4480056 | java-1.7.0-openjdk.x86_64 - // - Severity Sample values: Important | Medium | Low - // - State Sample values: Installed | InstalledOther | InstalledPendingReboot For - // lists of all State values, see Understanding patch compliance state values (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-compliance-states.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. + // + // Supported keys for DescribeInstancePatches include the following: + // + // - Classification + // + // Sample values: Security | SecurityUpdates + // + // - KBId + // + // Sample values: KB4480056 | java-1.7.0-openjdk.x86_64 + // + // - Severity + // + // Sample values: Important | Medium | Low + // + // - State + // + // Sample values: Installed | InstalledOther | InstalledPendingReboot + // + // For lists of all State values, see [Understanding patch compliance state values]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // [Understanding patch compliance state values]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-compliance-states.html Filters []types.PatchOrchestratorFilter // The maximum number of patches to return (per page). @@ -62,12 +78,19 @@ type DescribeInstancePatchesOutput struct { NextToken *string // Each entry in the array is a structure containing: + // // - Title (string) + // // - KBId (string) + // // - Classification (string) + // // - Severity (string) + // // - State (string, such as "INSTALLED" or "FAILED") + // // - InstalledTime (DateTime) + // // - InstalledBy (string) Patches []types.PatchComplianceData diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions.go index 6badfbe331ed8..659015a66bc04 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions.go @@ -37,8 +37,10 @@ type DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutionsInput struct { WindowId *string // Each entry in the array is a structure containing: + // // - Key. A string between 1 and 128 characters. Supported keys include // ExecutedBefore and ExecutedAfter . + // // - Values. An array of strings, each between 1 and 256 characters. Supported // values are date/time strings in a valid ISO 8601 date/time format, such as // 2021-11-04T05:00:00Z . diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks.go index b4b36a177bd93..c04f57101ae49 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks.go @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Lists the tasks in a maintenance window. For maintenance window tasks without a -// specified target, you can't supply values for --max-errors and --max-concurrency -// . Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 , which may be reported -// in the response to this command. These values don't affect the running of your -// task and can be ignored. +// Lists the tasks in a maintenance window. +// +// For maintenance window tasks without a specified target, you can't supply +// values for --max-errors and --max-concurrency . Instead, the system inserts a +// placeholder value of 1 , which may be reported in the response to this command. +// These values don't affect the running of your task and can be ignored. func (c *Client) DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasksInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasksOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasksInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeOpsItems.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeOpsItems.go index f23b6a9c8913c..9ebbb0b4fb22e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeOpsItems.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeOpsItems.go @@ -12,14 +12,16 @@ import ( ) // Query a set of OpsItems. You must have permission in Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) to query a list of OpsItems. For more information, see Set up -// OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Operations engineers and -// IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, -// investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and -// health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon -// Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// Management (IAM) to query a list of OpsItems. For more information, see [Set up OpsCenter]in the +// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues +// impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For +// more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html +// [Set up OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html func (c *Client) DescribeOpsItems(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeOpsItemsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeOpsItemsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeOpsItemsInput{} @@ -45,25 +47,70 @@ type DescribeOpsItemsInput struct { NextToken *string // One or more filters to limit the response. - // - Key: CreatedTime Operations: GreaterThan, LessThan - // - Key: LastModifiedBy Operations: Contains, Equals - // - Key: LastModifiedTime Operations: GreaterThan, LessThan - // - Key: Priority Operations: Equals - // - Key: Source Operations: Contains, Equals - // - Key: Status Operations: Equals - // - Key: Title* Operations: Equals,Contains - // - Key: OperationalData** Operations: Equals - // - Key: OperationalDataKey Operations: Equals - // - Key: OperationalDataValue Operations: Equals, Contains - // - Key: OpsItemId Operations: Equals - // - Key: ResourceId Operations: Contains - // - Key: AutomationId Operations: Equals - // - Key: AccountId Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: CreatedTime + // + // Operations: GreaterThan, LessThan + // + // - Key: LastModifiedBy + // + // Operations: Contains, Equals + // + // - Key: LastModifiedTime + // + // Operations: GreaterThan, LessThan + // + // - Key: Priority + // + // Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: Source + // + // Operations: Contains, Equals + // + // - Key: Status + // + // Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: Title* + // + // Operations: Equals,Contains + // + // - Key: OperationalData** + // + // Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: OperationalDataKey + // + // Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: OperationalDataValue + // + // Operations: Equals, Contains + // + // - Key: OpsItemId + // + // Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: ResourceId + // + // Operations: Contains + // + // - Key: AutomationId + // + // Operations: Equals + // + // - Key: AccountId + // + // Operations: Equals + // // *The Equals operator for Title matches the first 100 characters. If you specify // more than 100 characters, they system returns an error that the filter value - // exceeds the length limit. **If you filter the response by using the - // OperationalData operator, specify a key-value pair by using the following JSON - // format: {"key":"key_name","value":"a_value"} + // exceeds the length limit. + // + // **If you filter the response by using the OperationalData operator, specify a + // key-value pair by using the following JSON format: + // {"key":"key_name","value":"a_value"} OpsItemFilters []types.OpsItemFilter noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeParameters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeParameters.go index ca23fe16d1d35..884320480e5e1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeParameters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribeParameters.go @@ -12,17 +12,22 @@ import ( ) // Lists the parameters in your Amazon Web Services account or the parameters -// shared with you when you enable the Shared (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeParameters.html#systemsmanager-DescribeParameters-request-Shared) -// option. Request results are returned on a best-effort basis. If you specify -// MaxResults in the request, the response includes information up to the limit -// specified. The number of items returned, however, can be between zero and the -// value of MaxResults . If the service reaches an internal limit while processing -// the results, it stops the operation and returns the matching values up to that -// point and a NextToken . You can specify the NextToken in a subsequent call to -// get the next set of results. If you change the KMS key alias for the KMS key -// used to encrypt a parameter, then you must also update the key alias the -// parameter uses to reference KMS. Otherwise, DescribeParameters retrieves -// whatever the original key alias was referencing. +// shared with you when you enable the [Shared]option. +// +// Request results are returned on a best-effort basis. If you specify MaxResults +// in the request, the response includes information up to the limit specified. The +// number of items returned, however, can be between zero and the value of +// MaxResults . If the service reaches an internal limit while processing the +// results, it stops the operation and returns the matching values up to that point +// and a NextToken . You can specify the NextToken in a subsequent call to get the +// next set of results. +// +// If you change the KMS key alias for the KMS key used to encrypt a parameter, +// then you must also update the key alias the parameter uses to reference KMS. +// Otherwise, DescribeParameters retrieves whatever the original key alias was +// referencing. +// +// [Shared]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeParameters.html#systemsmanager-DescribeParameters-request-Shared func (c *Client) DescribeParameters(ctx context.Context, params *DescribeParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribeParametersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribeParametersInput{} @@ -54,15 +59,19 @@ type DescribeParametersInput struct { // Filters to limit the request results. ParameterFilters []types.ParameterStringFilter - // Lists parameters that are shared with you. By default when using this option, - // the command returns parameters that have been shared using a standard Resource - // Access Manager Resource Share. In order for a parameter that was shared using - // the PutResourcePolicy command to be returned, the associated RAM Resource Share - // Created From Policy must have been promoted to a standard Resource Share using - // the RAM PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ram/latest/APIReference/API_PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.html) - // API operation. For more information about sharing parameters, see Working with - // shared parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Lists parameters that are shared with you. + // + // By default when using this option, the command returns parameters that have + // been shared using a standard Resource Access Manager Resource Share. In order + // for a parameter that was shared using the PutResourcePolicycommand to be returned, the + // associated RAM Resource Share Created From Policy must have been promoted to a + // standard Resource Share using the RAM [PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy]API operation. + // + // For more information about sharing parameters, see [Working with shared parameters] in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ram/latest/APIReference/API_PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.html + // [Working with shared parameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html Shared *bool noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchBaselines.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchBaselines.go index 3742eaab0d4f9..a39df48df5ed2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchBaselines.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchBaselines.go @@ -29,11 +29,21 @@ func (c *Client) DescribePatchBaselines(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePat type DescribePatchBaselinesInput struct { - // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. Supported - // keys for DescribePatchBaselines include the following: - // - NAME_PREFIX Sample values: AWS- | My- - // - OWNER Sample values: AWS | Self - // - OPERATING_SYSTEM Sample values: AMAZON_LINUX | SUSE | WINDOWS + // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. + // + // Supported keys for DescribePatchBaselines include the following: + // + // - NAME_PREFIX + // + // Sample values: AWS- | My- + // + // - OWNER + // + // Sample values: AWS | Self + // + // - OPERATING_SYSTEM + // + // Sample values: AMAZON_LINUX | SUSE | WINDOWS Filters []types.PatchOrchestratorFilter // The maximum number of patch baselines to return (per page). diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroupState.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroupState.go index 5c340afffb919..848d09e0ea534 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroupState.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroupState.go @@ -67,8 +67,9 @@ type DescribePatchGroupStateOutput struct { // The number of managed nodes with patches installed that are specified in a // RejectedPatches list. Patches with a status of INSTALLED_REJECTED were - // typically installed before they were added to a RejectedPatches list. If - // ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY is the specified option for RejectedPatchesAction , the + // typically installed before they were added to a RejectedPatches list. + // + // If ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY is the specified option for RejectedPatchesAction , the // value of InstancesWithInstalledRejectedPatches will always be 0 (zero). InstancesWithInstalledRejectedPatches *int32 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroups.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroups.go index fb0157ff55919..bee43b5e6af64 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroups.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchGroups.go @@ -29,10 +29,17 @@ func (c *Client) DescribePatchGroups(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePatchG type DescribePatchGroupsInput struct { - // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. Supported - // keys for DescribePatchGroups include the following: - // - NAME_PREFIX Sample values: AWS- | My- . - // - OPERATING_SYSTEM Sample values: AMAZON_LINUX | SUSE | WINDOWS + // Each element in the array is a structure containing a key-value pair. + // + // Supported keys for DescribePatchGroups include the following: + // + // - NAME_PREFIX + // + // Sample values: AWS- | My- . + // + // - OPERATING_SYSTEM + // + // Sample values: AMAZON_LINUX | SUSE | WINDOWS Filters []types.PatchOrchestratorFilter // The maximum number of patch groups to return (per page). @@ -48,8 +55,10 @@ type DescribePatchGroupsInput struct { type DescribePatchGroupsOutput struct { // Each entry in the array contains: + // // - PatchGroup : string (between 1 and 256 characters. Regex: // ^([\p{L}\p{Z}\p{N}_.:/=+\-@]*)$) + // // - PatchBaselineIdentity : A PatchBaselineIdentity element. Mappings []types.PatchGroupPatchBaselineMapping diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchProperties.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchProperties.go index 6071e9e79cb35..56135595a41f5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchProperties.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_DescribePatchProperties.go @@ -14,17 +14,31 @@ import ( // Lists the properties of available patches organized by product, product family, // classification, severity, and other properties of available patches. You can use // the reported properties in the filters you specify in requests for operations -// such as CreatePatchBaseline , UpdatePatchBaseline , DescribeAvailablePatches , -// and DescribePatchBaselines . The following section lists the properties that can -// be used in filters for each major operating system type: AMAZON_LINUX Valid -// properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY AMAZON_LINUX_2 Valid -// properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY CENTOS Valid properties: PRODUCT -// | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY DEBIAN Valid properties: PRODUCT | PRIORITY MACOS -// Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION ORACLE_LINUX Valid properties: -// PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY REDHAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX Valid properties: -// PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY SUSE Valid properties: PRODUCT | -// CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY UBUNTU Valid properties: PRODUCT | PRIORITY WINDOWS -// Valid properties: PRODUCT | PRODUCT_FAMILY | CLASSIFICATION | MSRC_SEVERITY +// such as CreatePatchBaseline, UpdatePatchBaseline, DescribeAvailablePatches, and DescribePatchBaselines. +// +// The following section lists the properties that can be used in filters for each +// major operating system type: +// +// AMAZON_LINUX Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY +// +// AMAZON_LINUX_2 Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY +// +// CENTOS Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY +// +// DEBIAN Valid properties: PRODUCT | PRIORITY +// +// MACOS Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION +// +// ORACLE_LINUX Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY +// +// REDHAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY +// +// SUSE Valid properties: PRODUCT | CLASSIFICATION | SEVERITY +// +// UBUNTU Valid properties: PRODUCT | PRIORITY +// +// WINDOWS Valid properties: PRODUCT | PRODUCT_FAMILY | CLASSIFICATION | +// MSRC_SEVERITY func (c *Client) DescribePatchProperties(ctx context.Context, params *DescribePatchPropertiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DescribePatchPropertiesOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DescribePatchPropertiesInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCalendarState.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCalendarState.go index fd0823b6f3345..d2848ffe47fae 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCalendarState.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCalendarState.go @@ -16,13 +16,16 @@ import ( // returns the state of the calendar at that specific time, and returns the next // time that the change calendar state will transition. If you don't specify a // time, GetCalendarState uses the current time. Change Calendar entries have two -// possible states: OPEN or CLOSED . If you specify more than one calendar in a -// request, the command returns the status of OPEN only if all calendars in the -// request are open. If one or more calendars in the request are closed, the status -// returned is CLOSED . For more information about Change Calendar, a capability of -// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager -// Change Calendar (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// possible states: OPEN or CLOSED . +// +// If you specify more than one calendar in a request, the command returns the +// status of OPEN only if all calendars in the request are open. If one or more +// calendars in the request are closed, the status returned is CLOSED . +// +// For more information about Change Calendar, a capability of Amazon Web Services +// Systems Manager, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar.html func (c *Client) GetCalendarState(ctx context.Context, params *GetCalendarStateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCalendarStateOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetCalendarStateInput{} @@ -48,8 +51,10 @@ type GetCalendarStateInput struct { CalendarNames []string // (Optional) The specific time for which you want to get calendar state - // information, in ISO 8601 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format. If - // you don't specify a value or AtTime , the current time is used. + // information, in [ISO 8601]format. If you don't specify a value or AtTime , the current + // time is used. + // + // [ISO 8601]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 AtTime *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -57,15 +62,17 @@ type GetCalendarStateInput struct { type GetCalendarStateOutput struct { - // The time, as an ISO 8601 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) string, that - // you specified in your command. If you don't specify a time, GetCalendarState - // uses the current time. + // The time, as an [ISO 8601] string, that you specified in your command. If you don't + // specify a time, GetCalendarState uses the current time. + // + // [ISO 8601]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 AtTime *string - // The time, as an ISO 8601 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) string, that - // the calendar state will change. If the current calendar state is OPEN , - // NextTransitionTime indicates when the calendar state changes to CLOSED , and - // vice-versa. + // The time, as an [ISO 8601] string, that the calendar state will change. If the current + // calendar state is OPEN , NextTransitionTime indicates when the calendar state + // changes to CLOSED , and vice-versa. + // + // [ISO 8601]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 NextTransitionTime *string // The state of the calendar. An OPEN calendar indicates that actions are allowed diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCommandInvocation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCommandInvocation.go index 0a3bf7a20126b..438b4b8a35682 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCommandInvocation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetCommandInvocation.go @@ -17,10 +17,11 @@ import ( ) // Returns detailed information about command execution for an invocation or -// plugin. GetCommandInvocation only gives the execution status of a plugin in a -// document. To get the command execution status on a specific managed node, use -// ListCommandInvocations . To get the command execution status across managed -// nodes, use ListCommands . +// plugin. +// +// GetCommandInvocation only gives the execution status of a plugin in a document. +// To get the command execution status on a specific managed node, use ListCommandInvocations. To get +// the command execution status across managed nodes, use ListCommands. func (c *Client) GetCommandInvocation(ctx context.Context, params *GetCommandInvocationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCommandInvocationOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetCommandInvocationInput{} @@ -55,9 +56,10 @@ type GetCommandInvocationInput struct { // contains only one step, you can omit the name and details for that step. If the // document contains more than one step, you must specify the name of the step for // which you want to view details. Be sure to specify the name of the step, not the - // name of a plugin like aws:RunShellScript . To find the PluginName , check the - // document content and find the name of the step you want details for. - // Alternatively, use ListCommandInvocations with the CommandId and Details + // name of a plugin like aws:RunShellScript . + // + // To find the PluginName , check the document content and find the name of the + // step you want details for. Alternatively, use ListCommandInvocationswith the CommandId and Details // parameters. The PluginName is the Name attribute of the CommandPlugin object in // the CommandPlugins list. PluginName *string @@ -89,15 +91,19 @@ type GetCommandInvocationOutput struct { // The date and time the plugin finished running. Date and time are written in ISO // 8601 format. For example, June 7, 2017 is represented as 2017-06-7. The // following sample Amazon Web Services CLI command uses the InvokedAfter filter. - // aws ssm list-commands --filters key=InvokedAfter,value=2017-06-07T00:00:00Z If - // the plugin hasn't started to run, the string is empty. + // + // aws ssm list-commands --filters key=InvokedAfter,value=2017-06-07T00:00:00Z + // + // If the plugin hasn't started to run, the string is empty. ExecutionEndDateTime *string // The date and time the plugin started running. Date and time are written in ISO // 8601 format. For example, June 7, 2017 is represented as 2017-06-7. The // following sample Amazon Web Services CLI command uses the InvokedBefore filter. - // aws ssm list-commands --filters key=InvokedBefore,value=2017-06-07T00:00:00Z If - // the plugin hasn't started to run, the string is empty. + // + // aws ssm list-commands --filters key=InvokedBefore,value=2017-06-07T00:00:00Z + // + // If the plugin hasn't started to run, the string is empty. ExecutionStartDateTime *string // The ID of the managed node targeted by the command. A managed node can be an @@ -140,40 +146,51 @@ type GetCommandInvocationOutput struct { // A detailed status of the command execution for an invocation. StatusDetails // includes more information than Status because it includes states resulting from // error and concurrency control parameters. StatusDetails can show different - // results than Status . For more information about these statuses, see - // Understanding command statuses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one - // of the following values: + // results than Status . For more information about these statuses, see [Understanding command statuses] in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one of the + // following values: + // // - Pending: The command hasn't been sent to the managed node. + // // - In Progress: The command has been sent to the managed node but hasn't // reached a terminal state. + // // - Delayed: The system attempted to send the command to the target, but the // target wasn't available. The managed node might not be available because of // network issues, because the node was stopped, or for similar reasons. The system // will try to send the command again. + // // - Success: The command or plugin ran successfully. This is a terminal state. + // // - Delivery Timed Out: The command wasn't delivered to the managed node before // the delivery timeout expired. Delivery timeouts don't count against the parent // command's MaxErrors limit, but they do contribute to whether the parent // command status is Success or Incomplete. This is a terminal state. + // // - Execution Timed Out: The command started to run on the managed node, but // the execution wasn't complete before the timeout expired. Execution timeouts // count against the MaxErrors limit of the parent command. This is a terminal // state. + // // - Failed: The command wasn't run successfully on the managed node. For a // plugin, this indicates that the result code wasn't zero. For a command // invocation, this indicates that the result code for one or more plugins wasn't // zero. Invocation failures count against the MaxErrors limit of the parent // command. This is a terminal state. + // // - Cancelled: The command was terminated before it was completed. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Undeliverable: The command can't be delivered to the managed node. The node // might not exist or might not be responding. Undeliverable invocations don't // count against the parent command's MaxErrors limit and don't contribute to // whether the parent command status is Success or Incomplete. This is a terminal // state. + // // - Terminated: The parent command exceeded its MaxErrors limit and subsequent // command invocations were canceled by the system. This is a terminal state. + // + // [Understanding command statuses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html StatusDetails *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. @@ -301,12 +318,13 @@ type CommandExecutedWaiterOptions struct { // Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined // waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is - // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By - // default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be - // used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter - // state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case - // of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while - // in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. + // used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. + // + // By default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can + // thus be used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled + // waiter state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. + // In case of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil + // error, while in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error. Retryable func(context.Context, *GetCommandInvocationInput, *GetCommandInvocationOutput, error) (bool, error) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDefaultPatchBaseline.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDefaultPatchBaseline.go index 0a242dc023fda..57ce367dc449b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDefaultPatchBaseline.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDefaultPatchBaseline.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( // Retrieves the default patch baseline. Amazon Web Services Systems Manager // supports creating multiple default patch baselines. For example, you can create -// a default patch baseline for each operating system. If you don't specify an -// operating system value, the default patch baseline for Windows is returned. +// a default patch baseline for each operating system. +// +// If you don't specify an operating system value, the default patch baseline for +// Windows is returned. func (c *Client) GetDefaultPatchBaseline(ctx context.Context, params *GetDefaultPatchBaselineInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDefaultPatchBaselineOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetDefaultPatchBaselineInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance.go index d9146c4bb72d2..78d4b208e7ab2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance.go @@ -13,13 +13,15 @@ import ( // Retrieves the current snapshot for the patch baseline the managed node uses. // This API is primarily used by the AWS-RunPatchBaseline Systems Manager document -// (SSM document). If you run the command locally, such as with the Command Line -// Interface (CLI), the system attempts to use your local Amazon Web Services -// credentials and the operation fails. To avoid this, you can run the command in -// the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager console. Use Run Command, a capability -// of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, with an SSM document that enables you to -// target a managed node with a script or command. For example, run the command -// using the AWS-RunShellScript document or the AWS-RunPowerShellScript document. +// (SSM document). +// +// If you run the command locally, such as with the Command Line Interface (CLI), +// the system attempts to use your local Amazon Web Services credentials and the +// operation fails. To avoid this, you can run the command in the Amazon Web +// Services Systems Manager console. Use Run Command, a capability of Amazon Web +// Services Systems Manager, with an SSM document that enables you to target a +// managed node with a script or command. For example, run the command using the +// AWS-RunShellScript document or the AWS-RunPowerShellScript document. func (c *Client) GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance(ctx context.Context, params *GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstanceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstanceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstanceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDocument.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDocument.go index 11f920c3ed524..9cad3e6244cba 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDocument.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetDocument.go @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ type GetDocumentOutput struct { CreatedDate *time.Time // The friendly name of the SSM document. This value can differ for each version - // of the document. If you want to update this value, see UpdateDocument . + // of the document. If you want to update this value, see UpdateDocument. DisplayName *string // The document format, either JSON or YAML. @@ -86,10 +86,13 @@ type GetDocumentOutput struct { // The current review status of a new custom Systems Manager document (SSM // document) created by a member of your organization, or of the latest version of - // an existing SSM document. Only one version of an SSM document can be in the - // APPROVED state at a time. When a new version is approved, the status of the - // previous version changes to REJECTED. Only one version of an SSM document can be - // in review, or PENDING, at a time. + // an existing SSM document. + // + // Only one version of an SSM document can be in the APPROVED state at a time. + // When a new version is approved, the status of the previous version changes to + // REJECTED. + // + // Only one version of an SSM document can be in review, or PENDING, at a time. ReviewStatus types.ReviewStatus // The status of the SSM document, such as Creating , Active , Updating , Failed , diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetInventory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetInventory.go index 25f94410396cc..92db61b132183 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetInventory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetInventory.go @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ type GetInventoryInput struct { type GetInventoryOutput struct { - // Collection of inventory entities such as a collection of managed node inventory. + // Collection of inventory entities such as a collection of managed node + // inventory. Entities []types.InventoryResultEntity // The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindow.go index ca7d3c9a51a9e..38c149dea5ef3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindow.go @@ -83,8 +83,10 @@ type GetMaintenanceWindowOutput struct { // The time zone that the scheduled maintenance window executions are based on, in // Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) format. For example: - // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the - // Time Zone Database (https://www.iana.org/time-zones) on the IANA website. + // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the [Time Zone Database]on + // the IANA website. + // + // [Time Zone Database]: https://www.iana.org/time-zones ScheduleTimezone *string // The date and time, in ISO-8601 Extended format, for when the maintenance window diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTask.go index da11c872869ab..8d8cad606ef44 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTask.go @@ -83,13 +83,17 @@ type GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskOutput struct { // retrieved. TaskExecutionId *string - // The parameters passed to the task when it was run. TaskParameters has been - // deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when it runs, instead use - // the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For - // information about how Systems Manager handles these options for the supported - // maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The parameters passed to the task when it was run. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. + // // The map has the following format: + // // - Key : string, between 1 and 255 characters + // // - Value : an array of strings, each between 1 and 255 characters TaskParameters []map[string]types.MaintenanceWindowTaskParameterValueExpression diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowTask.go index 68ba769138bae..bf274e4b11b24 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetMaintenanceWindowTask.go @@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves the details of a maintenance window task. For maintenance window -// tasks without a specified target, you can't supply values for --max-errors and -// --max-concurrency . Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 , which -// may be reported in the response to this command. These values don't affect the -// running of your task and can be ignored. To retrieve a list of tasks in a -// maintenance window, instead use the DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks command. +// Retrieves the details of a maintenance window task. +// +// For maintenance window tasks without a specified target, you can't supply +// values for --max-errors and --max-concurrency . Instead, the system inserts a +// placeholder value of 1 , which may be reported in the response to this command. +// These values don't affect the running of your task and can be ignored. +// +// To retrieve a list of tasks in a maintenance window, instead use the DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks command. func (c *Client) GetMaintenanceWindowTask(ctx context.Context, params *GetMaintenanceWindowTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMaintenanceWindowTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetMaintenanceWindowTaskInput{} @@ -65,26 +67,29 @@ type GetMaintenanceWindowTaskOutput struct { Description *string // The location in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) where the task - // results are logged. LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon - // Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the - // OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters - // structure. For information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles - // these options for the supported maintenance window task types, see - // MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // results are logged. + // + // LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service + // (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and + // OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For + // information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options + // for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. LoggingInfo *types.LoggingInfo - // The maximum number of targets allowed to run this task in parallel. For - // maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a value - // for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 , which - // may be reported in the response to this command. This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task and can be ignored. + // The maximum number of targets allowed to run this task in parallel. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 , + // which may be reported in the response to this command. This value doesn't affect + // the running of your task and can be ignored. MaxConcurrency *string - // The maximum number of errors allowed before the task stops being scheduled. For - // maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a value - // for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 , which - // may be reported in the response to this command. This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task and can be ignored. + // The maximum number of errors allowed before the task stops being scheduled. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 , + // which may be reported in the response to this command. This value doesn't affect + // the running of your task and can be ignored. MaxErrors *string // The retrieved task name. @@ -111,11 +116,12 @@ type GetMaintenanceWindowTaskOutput struct { // The parameters to pass to the task when it runs. TaskInvocationParameters *types.MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters - // The parameters to pass to the task when it runs. TaskParameters has been - // deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when it runs, instead use - // the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For - // information about how Systems Manager handles these options for the supported - // maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The parameters to pass to the task when it runs. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. TaskParameters map[string]types.MaintenanceWindowTaskParameterValueExpression // The type of task to run. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetOpsItem.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetOpsItem.go index 7cb8f33d29395..ecc86cddcc4b7 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetOpsItem.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetOpsItem.go @@ -13,13 +13,15 @@ import ( // Get information about an OpsItem by using the ID. You must have permission in // Identity and Access Management (IAM) to view information about an OpsItem. For -// more information, see Set up OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Operations engineers and -// IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, -// investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and -// health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon -// Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// more information, see [Set up OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues +// impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For +// more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html +// [Set up OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html func (c *Client) GetOpsItem(ctx context.Context, params *GetOpsItemInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetOpsItemOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetOpsItemInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameter.go index 6355c801092a0..5f594a809687b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameter.go @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Get information about a single parameter by specifying the parameter name. To -// get information about more than one parameter at a time, use the GetParameters -// operation. +// Get information about a single parameter by specifying the parameter name. +// +// To get information about more than one parameter at a time, use the GetParameters operation. func (c *Client) GetParameter(ctx context.Context, params *GetParameterInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetParameterOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetParameterInput{} @@ -33,10 +33,14 @@ type GetParameterInput struct { // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the parameter that you want to query. // For parameters shared with you from another account, you must use the full ARN. + // // To query by parameter label, use "Name": "name:label" . To query by parameter - // version, use "Name": "name:version" . For more information about shared - // parameters, see Working with shared parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sharing.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // version, use "Name": "name:version" . + // + // For more information about shared parameters, see [Working with shared parameters] in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Working with shared parameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sharing.html // // This member is required. Name *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameterHistory.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameterHistory.go index 8c64cdd7b5c6b..97c56161a7647 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameterHistory.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameterHistory.go @@ -11,10 +11,12 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Retrieves the history of all changes to a parameter. If you change the KMS key -// alias for the KMS key used to encrypt a parameter, then you must also update the -// key alias the parameter uses to reference KMS. Otherwise, GetParameterHistory -// retrieves whatever the original key alias was referencing. +// Retrieves the history of all changes to a parameter. +// +// If you change the KMS key alias for the KMS key used to encrypt a parameter, +// then you must also update the key alias the parameter uses to reference KMS. +// Otherwise, GetParameterHistory retrieves whatever the original key alias was +// referencing. func (c *Client) GetParameterHistory(ctx context.Context, params *GetParameterHistoryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetParameterHistoryOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetParameterHistoryInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameters.go index d8178aadbc166..6ac8527f92e75 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameters.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParameters.go @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ import ( ) // Get information about one or more parameters by specifying multiple parameter -// names. To get information about a single parameter, you can use the GetParameter -// operation instead. +// names. +// +// To get information about a single parameter, you can use the GetParameter operation instead. func (c *Client) GetParameters(ctx context.Context, params *GetParametersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetParametersOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetParametersInput{} @@ -33,11 +34,18 @@ type GetParametersInput struct { // The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the parameters that you want to // query. For parameters shared with you from another account, you must use the - // full ARNs. To query by parameter label, use "Name": "name:label" . To query by - // parameter version, use "Name": "name:version" . The results for GetParameters - // requests are listed in alphabetical order in query responses. For information - // about shared parameters, see Working with shared parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // full ARNs. + // + // To query by parameter label, use "Name": "name:label" . To query by parameter + // version, use "Name": "name:version" . + // + // The results for GetParameters requests are listed in alphabetical order in + // query responses. + // + // For information about shared parameters, see [Working with shared parameters] in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Working with shared parameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html // // This member is required. Names []string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParametersByPath.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParametersByPath.go index 5ebac52898957..73e11ae6e4e79 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParametersByPath.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetParametersByPath.go @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ import ( ) // Retrieve information about one or more parameters in a specific hierarchy. +// // Request results are returned on a best-effort basis. If you specify MaxResults // in the request, the response includes information up to the limit specified. The // number of items returned, however, can be between zero and the value of @@ -52,18 +53,22 @@ type GetParametersByPathInput struct { // A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results. NextToken *string - // Filters to limit the request results. The following Key values are supported - // for GetParametersByPath : Type , KeyId , and Label . The following Key values - // aren't supported for GetParametersByPath : tag , DataType , Name , Path , and - // Tier . + // Filters to limit the request results. + // + // The following Key values are supported for GetParametersByPath : Type , KeyId , + // and Label . + // + // The following Key values aren't supported for GetParametersByPath : tag , + // DataType , Name , Path , and Tier . ParameterFilters []types.ParameterStringFilter - // Retrieve all parameters within a hierarchy. If a user has access to a path, - // then the user can access all levels of that path. For example, if a user has - // permission to access path /a , then the user can also access /a/b . Even if a - // user has explicitly been denied access in IAM for parameter /a/b , they can - // still call the GetParametersByPath API operation recursively for /a and view - // /a/b . + // Retrieve all parameters within a hierarchy. + // + // If a user has access to a path, then the user can access all levels of that + // path. For example, if a user has permission to access path /a , then the user + // can also access /a/b . Even if a user has explicitly been denied access in IAM + // for parameter /a/b , they can still call the GetParametersByPath API operation + // recursively for /a and view /a/b . Recursive *bool // Retrieve all parameters in a hierarchy with their value decrypted. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetPatchBaseline.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetPatchBaseline.go index fef6fcf7f8fa2..1f8b7bd7df16d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetPatchBaseline.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetPatchBaseline.go @@ -30,10 +30,11 @@ func (c *Client) GetPatchBaseline(ctx context.Context, params *GetPatchBaselineI type GetPatchBaselineInput struct { - // The ID of the patch baseline to retrieve. To retrieve information about an - // Amazon Web Services managed patch baseline, specify the full Amazon Resource - // Name (ARN) of the baseline. For example, for the baseline - // AWS-AmazonLinuxDefaultPatchBaseline , specify + // The ID of the patch baseline to retrieve. + // + // To retrieve information about an Amazon Web Services managed patch baseline, + // specify the full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the baseline. For example, for + // the baseline AWS-AmazonLinuxDefaultPatchBaseline , specify // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:733109147000:patchbaseline/pb-0e392de35e7c563b7 instead of // pb-0e392de35e7c563b7 . // diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetServiceSetting.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetServiceSetting.go index f56183193c837..c16bcf0ab46cc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetServiceSetting.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_GetServiceSetting.go @@ -17,14 +17,16 @@ import ( // account based on feature or service usage, then the Amazon Web Services service // team might create a default setting of false . This means the user can't use // this feature unless they change the setting to true and intentionally opt in -// for a paid feature. Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon -// Web Services services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't -// create a new SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the -// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the -// UpdateServiceSetting API operation to change the default setting. Or use the -// ResetServiceSetting to change the value back to the original value defined by -// the Amazon Web Services service team. Query the current service setting for the -// Amazon Web Services account. +// for a paid feature. +// +// Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon Web Services +// services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't create a new +// SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the +// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the UpdateServiceSetting API operation to +// change the default setting. Or use the ResetServiceSettingto change the value back to the original +// value defined by the Amazon Web Services service team. +// +// Query the current service setting for the Amazon Web Services account. func (c *Client) GetServiceSetting(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceSettingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceSettingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetServiceSettingInput{} @@ -45,13 +47,21 @@ type GetServiceSettingInput struct { // The ID of the service setting to get. The setting ID can be one of the // following. + // // - /ssm/managed-instance/default-ec2-instance-management-role + // // - /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-destination + // // - /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-group-name + // // - /ssm/documents/console/public-sharing-permission + // // - /ssm/managed-instance/activation-tier + // // - /ssm/opsinsights/opscenter + // // - /ssm/parameter-store/default-parameter-tier + // // - /ssm/parameter-store/high-throughput-enabled // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_LabelParameterVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_LabelParameterVersion.go index 60969ad0e4bd6..7dcb257ea2c0b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_LabelParameterVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_LabelParameterVersion.go @@ -14,19 +14,29 @@ import ( // of a parameter. When you modify a parameter, Amazon Web Services Systems Manager // automatically saves a new version and increments the version number by one. A // label can help you remember the purpose of a parameter when there are multiple -// versions. Parameter labels have the following requirements and restrictions. +// versions. +// +// Parameter labels have the following requirements and restrictions. +// // - A version of a parameter can have a maximum of 10 labels. +// // - You can't attach the same label to different versions of the same // parameter. For example, if version 1 has the label Production, then you can't // attach Production to version 2. +// // - You can move a label from one version of a parameter to another. +// // - You can't create a label when you create a new parameter. You must attach a // label to a specific version of a parameter. +// // - If you no longer want to use a parameter label, then you can either delete // it or move it to a different version of a parameter. +// // - A label can have a maximum of 100 characters. +// // - Labels can contain letters (case sensitive), numbers, periods (.), hyphens // (-), or underscores (_). +// // - Labels can't begin with a number, " aws " or " ssm " (not case sensitive). // If a label fails to meet these requirements, then the label isn't associated // with a parameter and the system displays it in the list of InvalidLabels. @@ -52,9 +62,10 @@ type LabelParameterVersionInput struct { // This member is required. Labels []string - // The parameter name on which you want to attach one or more labels. You can't - // enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the parameter name - // itself. + // The parameter name on which you want to attach one or more labels. + // + // You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the + // parameter name itself. // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -70,8 +81,9 @@ type LabelParameterVersionInput struct { type LabelParameterVersionOutput struct { // The label doesn't meet the requirements. For information about parameter label - // requirements, see Working with parameter labels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // requirements, see [Working with parameter labels]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Working with parameter labels]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html InvalidLabels []string // The version of the parameter that has been labeled. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListAssociations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListAssociations.go index 02a5a8a958b58..960fcc9040ed2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListAssociations.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListAssociations.go @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ func (c *Client) ListAssociations(ctx context.Context, params *ListAssociationsI type ListAssociationsInput struct { // One or more filters. Use a filter to return a more specific list of results. + // // Filtering associations using the InstanceID attribute only returns legacy // associations created using the InstanceID attribute. Associations targeting the // managed node that are part of the Target Attributes ResourceGroup or Tags diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListCommands.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListCommands.go index 643b23fe24311..7e1c8059879e0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListCommands.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListCommands.go @@ -36,9 +36,10 @@ type ListCommandsInput struct { // results. Filters []types.CommandFilter - // (Optional) Lists commands issued against this managed node ID. You can't - // specify a managed node ID in the same command that you specify Status = Pending - // . This is because the command hasn't reached the managed node yet. + // (Optional) Lists commands issued against this managed node ID. + // + // You can't specify a managed node ID in the same command that you specify Status + // = Pending . This is because the command hasn't reached the managed node yet. InstanceId *string // (Optional) The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListDocuments.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListDocuments.go index 68ccaea1a45d0..a5aba3f611a54 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListDocuments.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListDocuments.go @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ type ListDocumentsInput struct { // tags that have been applied to a document. Other valid keys include Owner , Name // , PlatformTypes , DocumentType , and TargetType . For example, to return // documents you own use Key=Owner,Values=Self . To specify a custom key-value - // pair, use the format Key=tag:tagName,Values=valueName . This API operation only - // supports filtering documents by using a single tag key and one or more tag - // values. For example: Key=tag:tagName,Values=valueName1,valueName2 + // pair, use the format Key=tag:tagName,Values=valueName . + // + // This API operation only supports filtering documents by using a single tag key + // and one or more tag values. For example: + // Key=tag:tagName,Values=valueName1,valueName2 Filters []types.DocumentKeyValuesFilter // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListResourceDataSync.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListResourceDataSync.go index 04e81ba136843..c42c761be06c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListResourceDataSync.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListResourceDataSync.go @@ -13,13 +13,14 @@ import ( // Lists your resource data sync configurations. Includes information about the // last time a sync attempted to start, the last sync status, and the last time a -// sync successfully completed. The number of sync configurations might be too -// large to return using a single call to ListResourceDataSync . You can limit the -// number of sync configurations returned by using the MaxResults parameter. To -// determine whether there are more sync configurations to list, check the value of -// NextToken in the output. If there are more sync configurations to list, you can -// request them by specifying the NextToken returned in the call to the parameter -// of a subsequent call. +// sync successfully completed. +// +// The number of sync configurations might be too large to return using a single +// call to ListResourceDataSync . You can limit the number of sync configurations +// returned by using the MaxResults parameter. To determine whether there are more +// sync configurations to list, check the value of NextToken in the output. If +// there are more sync configurations to list, you can request them by specifying +// the NextToken returned in the call to the parameter of a subsequent call. func (c *Client) ListResourceDataSync(ctx context.Context, params *ListResourceDataSyncInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListResourceDataSyncOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListResourceDataSyncInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go index 6fb1a50702451..6e9cf4ce9d898 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ListTagsForResource.go @@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns a list of the tags assigned to the specified resource. For information -// about the ID format for each supported resource type, see AddTagsToResource . +// Returns a list of the tags assigned to the specified resource. +// +// For information about the ID format for each supported resource type, see AddTagsToResource. func (c *Client) ListTagsForResource(ctx context.Context, params *ListTagsForResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutComplianceItems.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutComplianceItems.go index 5c147823b53cd..d6f204f8727c6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutComplianceItems.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutComplianceItems.go @@ -15,24 +15,41 @@ import ( // resource. This operation lets you register custom compliance details with a // resource. This call overwrites existing compliance information on the resource, // so you must provide a full list of compliance items each time that you send the -// request. ComplianceType can be one of the following: +// request. +// +// ComplianceType can be one of the following: +// // - ExecutionId: The execution ID when the patch, association, or custom // compliance item was applied. +// // - ExecutionType: Specify patch, association, or Custom: string . +// // - ExecutionTime. The time the patch, association, or custom compliance item // was applied to the managed node. +// // - Id: The patch, association, or custom compliance ID. +// // - Title: A title. +// // - Status: The status of the compliance item. For example, approved for // patches, or Failed for associations. +// // - Severity: A patch severity. For example, Critical . +// // - DocumentName: An SSM document name. For example, AWS-RunPatchBaseline . +// // - DocumentVersion: An SSM document version number. For example, 4. +// // - Classification: A patch classification. For example, security updates . +// // - PatchBaselineId: A patch baseline ID. +// // - PatchSeverity: A patch severity. For example, Critical . +// // - PatchState: A patch state. For example, InstancesWithFailedPatches . +// // - PatchGroup: The name of a patch group. +// // - InstalledTime: The time the association, patch, or custom compliance item // was applied to the resource. Specify the time by using the following format: // yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z' @@ -92,10 +109,13 @@ type PutComplianceItemsInput struct { // The mode for uploading compliance items. You can specify COMPLETE or PARTIAL . // In COMPLETE mode, the system overwrites all existing compliance information for // the resource. You must provide a full list of compliance items each time you - // send the request. In PARTIAL mode, the system overwrites compliance information - // for a specific association. The association must be configured with - // SyncCompliance set to MANUAL . By default, all requests use COMPLETE mode. This - // attribute is only valid for association compliance. + // send the request. + // + // In PARTIAL mode, the system overwrites compliance information for a specific + // association. The association must be configured with SyncCompliance set to + // MANUAL . By default, all requests use COMPLETE mode. + // + // This attribute is only valid for association compliance. UploadType types.ComplianceUploadType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutParameter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutParameter.go index 18142b0387a61..9d7fdaf39391a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutParameter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutParameter.go @@ -30,35 +30,51 @@ func (c *Client) PutParameter(ctx context.Context, params *PutParameterInput, op type PutParameterInput struct { // The fully qualified name of the parameter that you want to add to the system. + // // You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the - // parameter name itself. The fully qualified name includes the complete hierarchy - // of the parameter path and name. For parameters in a hierarchy, you must include - // a leading forward slash character (/) when you create or reference a parameter. - // For example: /Dev/DBServer/MySQL/db-string13 Naming Constraints: + // parameter name itself. + // + // The fully qualified name includes the complete hierarchy of the parameter path + // and name. For parameters in a hierarchy, you must include a leading forward + // slash character (/) when you create or reference a parameter. For example: + // /Dev/DBServer/MySQL/db-string13 + // + // Naming Constraints: + // // - Parameter names are case sensitive. + // // - A parameter name must be unique within an Amazon Web Services Region + // // - A parameter name can't be prefixed with " aws " or " ssm " // (case-insensitive). + // // - Parameter names can include only the following symbols and letters: - // a-zA-Z0-9_.- In addition, the slash character ( / ) is used to delineate - // hierarchies in parameter names. For example: - // /Dev/Production/East/Project-ABC/MyParameter + // a-zA-Z0-9_.- + // + // In addition, the slash character ( / ) is used to delineate hierarchies in + // parameter names. For example: /Dev/Production/East/Project-ABC/MyParameter + // // - A parameter name can't include spaces. + // // - Parameter hierarchies are limited to a maximum depth of fifteen levels. - // For additional information about valid values for parameter names, see Creating - // Systems Manager parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-su-create.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. The maximum length - // constraint of 2048 characters listed below includes 1037 characters reserved for - // internal use by Systems Manager. The maximum length for a parameter name that - // you create is 1011 characters. This includes the characters in the ARN that - // precede the name you specify, such as + // + // For additional information about valid values for parameter names, see [Creating Systems Manager parameters] in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // The maximum length constraint of 2048 characters listed below includes 1037 + // characters reserved for internal use by Systems Manager. The maximum length for + // a parameter name that you create is 1011 characters. This includes the + // characters in the ARN that precede the name you specify, such as // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:111122223333:parameter/ . // + // [Creating Systems Manager parameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-su-create.html + // // This member is required. Name *string // The parameter value that you want to add to the system. Standard parameters // have a value limit of 4 KB. Advanced parameters have a value limit of 8 KB. + // // Parameters can't be referenced or nested in the values of other parameters. You // can't include {{}} or {{ssm:parameter-name}} in a parameter value. // @@ -71,39 +87,50 @@ type PutParameterInput struct { AllowedPattern *string // The data type for a String parameter. Supported data types include plain text - // and Amazon Machine Image (AMI) IDs. The following data type values are - // supported. + // and Amazon Machine Image (AMI) IDs. + // + // The following data type values are supported. + // // - text + // // - aws:ec2:image + // // - aws:ssm:integration + // // When you create a String parameter and specify aws:ec2:image , Amazon Web // Services Systems Manager validates the parameter value is in the required // format, such as ami-12345abcdeEXAMPLE , and that the specified AMI is available - // in your Amazon Web Services account. If the action is successful, the service - // sends back an HTTP 200 response which indicates a successful PutParameter call - // for all cases except for data type aws:ec2:image . If you call PutParameter - // with aws:ec2:image data type, a successful HTTP 200 response does not guarantee - // that your parameter was successfully created or updated. The aws:ec2:image - // value is validated asynchronously, and the PutParameter call returns before the - // validation is complete. If you submit an invalid AMI value, the PutParameter - // operation will return success, but the asynchronous validation will fail and the - // parameter will not be created or updated. To monitor whether your aws:ec2:image - // parameters are created successfully, see Setting up notifications or trigger - // actions based on Parameter Store events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-cwe.html) - // . For more information about AMI format validation , see Native parameter - // support for Amazon Machine Image IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-ec2-aliases.html) - // . + // in your Amazon Web Services account. + // + // If the action is successful, the service sends back an HTTP 200 response which + // indicates a successful PutParameter call for all cases except for data type + // aws:ec2:image . If you call PutParameter with aws:ec2:image data type, a + // successful HTTP 200 response does not guarantee that your parameter was + // successfully created or updated. The aws:ec2:image value is validated + // asynchronously, and the PutParameter call returns before the validation is + // complete. If you submit an invalid AMI value, the PutParameter operation will + // return success, but the asynchronous validation will fail and the parameter will + // not be created or updated. To monitor whether your aws:ec2:image parameters are + // created successfully, see [Setting up notifications or trigger actions based on Parameter Store events]. For more information about AMI format validation , + // see [Native parameter support for Amazon Machine Image IDs]. + // + // [Setting up notifications or trigger actions based on Parameter Store events]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-cwe.html + // [Native parameter support for Amazon Machine Image IDs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-ec2-aliases.html DataType *string // Information about the parameter that you want to add to the system. Optional - // but recommended. Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field. + // but recommended. + // + // Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field. Description *string // The Key Management Service (KMS) ID that you want to use to encrypt a // parameter. Use a custom key for better security. Required for parameters that - // use the SecureString data type. If you don't specify a key ID, the system uses - // the default key associated with your Amazon Web Services account which is not as - // secure as using a custom key. + // use the SecureString data type. + // + // If you don't specify a key ID, the system uses the default key associated with + // your Amazon Web Services account which is not as secure as using a custom key. + // // - To use a custom KMS key, choose the SecureString data type with the Key ID // parameter. KeyId *string @@ -113,21 +140,28 @@ type PutParameterInput struct { // One or more policies to apply to a parameter. This operation takes a JSON // array. Parameter Store, a capability of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager - // supports the following policy types: Expiration: This policy deletes the - // parameter after it expires. When you create the policy, you specify the - // expiration date. You can update the expiration date and time by updating the - // policy. Updating the parameter doesn't affect the expiration date and time. When - // the expiration time is reached, Parameter Store deletes the parameter. + // supports the following policy types: + // + // Expiration: This policy deletes the parameter after it expires. When you create + // the policy, you specify the expiration date. You can update the expiration date + // and time by updating the policy. Updating the parameter doesn't affect the + // expiration date and time. When the expiration time is reached, Parameter Store + // deletes the parameter. + // // ExpirationNotification: This policy initiates an event in Amazon CloudWatch // Events that notifies you about the expiration. By using this policy, you can // receive notification before or after the expiration time is reached, in units of - // days or hours. NoChangeNotification: This policy initiates a CloudWatch Events - // event if a parameter hasn't been modified for a specified period of time. This - // policy type is useful when, for example, a secret needs to be changed within a - // period of time, but it hasn't been changed. All existing policies are preserved - // until you send new policies or an empty policy. For more information about - // parameter policies, see Assigning parameter policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-policies.html) - // . + // days or hours. + // + // NoChangeNotification: This policy initiates a CloudWatch Events event if a + // parameter hasn't been modified for a specified period of time. This policy type + // is useful when, for example, a secret needs to be changed within a period of + // time, but it hasn't been changed. + // + // All existing policies are preserved until you send new policies or an empty + // policy. For more information about parameter policies, see [Assigning parameter policies]. + // + // [Assigning parameter policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-policies.html Policies *string // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize @@ -136,66 +170,93 @@ type PutParameterInput struct { // of resource to which it applies, the environment, or the type of configuration // data referenced by the parameter. In this case, you could specify the following // key-value pairs: + // // - Key=Resource,Value=S3bucket + // // - Key=OS,Value=Windows + // // - Key=ParameterType,Value=LicenseKey - // To add tags to an existing Systems Manager parameter, use the AddTagsToResource - // operation. + // + // To add tags to an existing Systems Manager parameter, use the AddTagsToResource operation. Tags []types.Tag - // The parameter tier to assign to a parameter. Parameter Store offers a standard - // tier and an advanced tier for parameters. Standard parameters have a content - // size limit of 4 KB and can't be configured to use parameter policies. You can - // create a maximum of 10,000 standard parameters for each Region in an Amazon Web - // Services account. Standard parameters are offered at no additional cost. + // The parameter tier to assign to a parameter. + // + // Parameter Store offers a standard tier and an advanced tier for parameters. + // Standard parameters have a content size limit of 4 KB and can't be configured to + // use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 10,000 standard parameters + // for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Standard parameters are + // offered at no additional cost. + // // Advanced parameters have a content size limit of 8 KB and can be configured to // use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 100,000 advanced parameters // for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Advanced parameters incur a - // charge. For more information, see Managing parameter tiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. You can change a standard - // parameter to an advanced parameter any time. But you can't revert an advanced - // parameter to a standard parameter. Reverting an advanced parameter to a standard - // parameter would result in data loss because the system would truncate the size - // of the parameter from 8 KB to 4 KB. Reverting would also remove any policies - // attached to the parameter. Lastly, advanced parameters use a different form of - // encryption than standard parameters. If you no longer need an advanced - // parameter, or if you no longer want to incur charges for an advanced parameter, - // you must delete it and recreate it as a new standard parameter. Using the - // Default Tier Configuration In PutParameter requests, you can specify the tier - // to create the parameter in. Whenever you specify a tier in the request, - // Parameter Store creates or updates the parameter according to that request. - // However, if you don't specify a tier in a request, Parameter Store assigns the - // tier based on the current Parameter Store default tier configuration. The - // default tier when you begin using Parameter Store is the standard-parameter + // charge. For more information, see [Managing parameter tiers]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // You can change a standard parameter to an advanced parameter any time. But you + // can't revert an advanced parameter to a standard parameter. Reverting an + // advanced parameter to a standard parameter would result in data loss because the + // system would truncate the size of the parameter from 8 KB to 4 KB. Reverting + // would also remove any policies attached to the parameter. Lastly, advanced + // parameters use a different form of encryption than standard parameters. + // + // If you no longer need an advanced parameter, or if you no longer want to incur + // charges for an advanced parameter, you must delete it and recreate it as a new + // standard parameter. + // + // Using the Default Tier Configuration + // + // In PutParameter requests, you can specify the tier to create the parameter in. + // Whenever you specify a tier in the request, Parameter Store creates or updates + // the parameter according to that request. However, if you don't specify a tier in + // a request, Parameter Store assigns the tier based on the current Parameter Store + // default tier configuration. + // + // The default tier when you begin using Parameter Store is the standard-parameter // tier. If you use the advanced-parameter tier, you can specify one of the // following as the default: + // // - Advanced: With this option, Parameter Store evaluates all requests as // advanced parameters. + // // - Intelligent-Tiering: With this option, Parameter Store evaluates each - // request to determine if the parameter is standard or advanced. If the request - // doesn't include any options that require an advanced parameter, the parameter is - // created in the standard-parameter tier. If one or more options requiring an - // advanced parameter are included in the request, Parameter Store create a - // parameter in the advanced-parameter tier. This approach helps control your - // parameter-related costs by always creating standard parameters unless an - // advanced parameter is necessary. + // request to determine if the parameter is standard or advanced. + // + // If the request doesn't include any options that require an advanced parameter, + // the parameter is created in the standard-parameter tier. If one or more options + // requiring an advanced parameter are included in the request, Parameter Store + // create a parameter in the advanced-parameter tier. + // + // This approach helps control your parameter-related costs by always creating + // standard parameters unless an advanced parameter is necessary. + // // Options that require an advanced parameter include the following: + // // - The content size of the parameter is more than 4 KB. + // // - The parameter uses a parameter policy. + // // - More than 10,000 parameters already exist in your Amazon Web Services // account in the current Amazon Web Services Region. - // For more information about configuring the default tier option, see Specifying - // a default parameter tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#ps-default-tier) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // For more information about configuring the default tier option, see [Specifying a default parameter tier] in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Specifying a default parameter tier]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#ps-default-tier + // [Managing parameter tiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html Tier types.ParameterTier - // The type of parameter that you want to add to the system. SecureString isn't - // currently supported for CloudFormation templates. Items in a StringList must be - // separated by a comma (,). You can't use other punctuation or special character - // to escape items in the list. If you have a parameter value that requires a - // comma, then use the String data type. Specifying a parameter type isn't - // required when updating a parameter. You must specify a parameter type when - // creating a parameter. + // The type of parameter that you want to add to the system. + // + // SecureString isn't currently supported for CloudFormation templates. + // + // Items in a StringList must be separated by a comma (,). You can't use other + // punctuation or special character to escape items in the list. If you have a + // parameter value that requires a comma, then use the String data type. + // + // Specifying a parameter type isn't required when updating a parameter. You must + // specify a parameter type when creating a parameter. Type types.ParameterType noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutResourcePolicy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutResourcePolicy.go index f1b1807158b3a..d8eab0100f1c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutResourcePolicy.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_PutResourcePolicy.go @@ -14,30 +14,44 @@ import ( // you to define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that // can manage your Systems Manager resources. The following resources support // Systems Manager resource policies. +// // - OpsItemGroup - The resource policy for OpsItemGroup enables Amazon Web // Services accounts to view and interact with OpsCenter operational work items // (OpsItems). +// // - Parameter - The resource policy is used to share a parameter with other -// accounts using Resource Access Manager (RAM). To share a parameter, it must be -// in the advanced parameter tier. For information about parameter tiers, see -// Managing parameter tiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html) -// . For information about changing an existing standard parameter to an advanced -// parameter, see Changing a standard parameter to an advanced parameter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#parameter-store-advanced-parameters-enabling) -// . To share a SecureString parameter, it must be encrypted with a customer -// managed key, and you must share the key separately through Key Management -// Service. Amazon Web Services managed keys cannot be shared. Parameters encrypted -// with the default Amazon Web Services managed key can be updated to use a -// customer managed key instead. For KMS key definitions, see KMS concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html) -// in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. While you can share a parameter -// using the Systems Manager PutResourcePolicy operation, we recommend using -// Resource Access Manager (RAM) instead. This is because using PutResourcePolicy -// requires the extra step of promoting the parameter to a standard RAM Resource -// Share using the RAM PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ram/latest/APIReference/API_PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.html) -// API operation. Otherwise, the parameter won't be returned by the Systems Manager -// DescribeParameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeParameters.html) -// API operation using the --shared option. For more information, see Sharing a -// parameter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html#share) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide +// accounts using Resource Access Manager (RAM). +// +// To share a parameter, it must be in the advanced parameter tier. For +// +// information about parameter tiers, see [Managing parameter tiers]. For information about changing an +// existing standard parameter to an advanced parameter, see [Changing a standard parameter to an advanced parameter]. +// +// To share a SecureString parameter, it must be encrypted with a customer managed +// +// key, and you must share the key separately through Key Management Service. +// Amazon Web Services managed keys cannot be shared. Parameters encrypted with the +// default Amazon Web Services managed key can be updated to use a customer managed +// key instead. For KMS key definitions, see [KMS concepts]in the Key Management Service +// Developer Guide. +// +// While you can share a parameter using the Systems Manager PutResourcePolicy +// +// operation, we recommend using Resource Access Manager (RAM) instead. This is +// because using PutResourcePolicy requires the extra step of promoting the +// parameter to a standard RAM Resource Share using the RAM [PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy]API operation. +// Otherwise, the parameter won't be returned by the Systems Manager [DescribeParameters]API +// operation using the --shared option. +// +// For more information, see [Sharing a parameter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide +// +// [Sharing a parameter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html#share +// +// [Managing parameter tiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html +// [Changing a standard parameter to an advanced parameter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#parameter-store-advanced-parameters-enabling +// [PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ram/latest/APIReference/API_PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.html +// [KMS concepts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html +// [DescribeParameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeParameters.html func (c *Client) PutResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &PutResourcePolicyInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline.go index 67535a2b8f6cd..d696265941234 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline.go @@ -10,10 +10,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Defines the default patch baseline for the relevant operating system. To reset -// the Amazon Web Services-predefined patch baseline as the default, specify the -// full patch baseline Amazon Resource Name (ARN) as the baseline ID value. For -// example, for CentOS, specify +// Defines the default patch baseline for the relevant operating system. +// +// To reset the Amazon Web Services-predefined patch baseline as the default, +// specify the full patch baseline Amazon Resource Name (ARN) as the baseline ID +// value. For example, for CentOS, specify // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:733109147000:patchbaseline/pb-0574b43a65ea646ed instead of // pb-0574b43a65ea646ed . func (c *Client) RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterDefaultPatchBaselineInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterDefaultPatchBaselineOutput, error) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow.go index 17966e8358cdd..1d5e52b70b507 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow.go @@ -35,23 +35,45 @@ type RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindowInput struct { ResourceType types.MaintenanceWindowResourceType // The targets to register with the maintenance window. In other words, the - // managed nodes to run commands on when the maintenance window runs. If a single - // maintenance window task is registered with multiple targets, its task - // invocations occur sequentially and not in parallel. If your task must run on - // multiple targets at the same time, register a task for each target individually - // and assign each task the same priority level. You can specify targets using - // managed node IDs, resource group names, or tags that have been applied to - // managed nodes. Example 1: Specify managed node IDs Key=InstanceIds,Values=,, - // Example 2: Use tag key-pairs applied to managed nodes Key=tag:,Values=, Example - // 3: Use tag-keys applied to managed nodes Key=tag-key,Values=, Example 4: Use - // resource group names Key=resource-groups:Name,Values= Example 5: Use filters - // for resource group types Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=, For - // Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters , specify resource types in the + // managed nodes to run commands on when the maintenance window runs. + // + // If a single maintenance window task is registered with multiple targets, its + // task invocations occur sequentially and not in parallel. If your task must run + // on multiple targets at the same time, register a task for each target + // individually and assign each task the same priority level. + // + // You can specify targets using managed node IDs, resource group names, or tags + // that have been applied to managed nodes. + // + // Example 1: Specify managed node IDs + // + // Key=InstanceIds,Values=,, + // + // Example 2: Use tag key-pairs applied to managed nodes + // + // Key=tag:,Values=, + // + // Example 3: Use tag-keys applied to managed nodes + // + // Key=tag-key,Values=, + // + // Example 4: Use resource group names + // + // Key=resource-groups:Name,Values= + // + // Example 5: Use filters for resource group types + // + // Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=, + // + // For Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters , specify resource types in the // following format - // Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=AWS::EC2::INSTANCE,AWS::EC2::VPC + // + // Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=AWS::EC2::INSTANCE,AWS::EC2::VPC + // // For more information about these examples formats, including the best use case - // for each one, see Examples: Register targets with a maintenance window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/mw-cli-tutorial-targets-examples.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // for each one, see [Examples: Register targets with a maintenance window]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Examples: Register targets with a maintenance window]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/mw-cli-tutorial-targets-examples.html // // This member is required. Targets []types.Target diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.go index c528f1d171ef0..1916950cdab9c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.go @@ -52,47 +52,61 @@ type RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowInput struct { // Indicates whether tasks should continue to run after the cutoff time specified // in the maintenance windows is reached. + // // - CONTINUE_TASK : When the cutoff time is reached, any tasks that are running // continue. The default value. + // // - CANCEL_TASK : + // // - For Automation, Lambda, Step Functions tasks: When the cutoff time is // reached, any task invocations that are already running continue, but no new task // invocations are started. - // - For Run Command tasks: When the cutoff time is reached, the system sends a - // CancelCommand operation that attempts to cancel the command associated with - // the task. However, there is no guarantee that the command will be terminated and - // the underlying process stopped. The status for tasks that are not completed - // is TIMED_OUT . + // + // - For Run Command tasks: When the cutoff time is reached, the system sends a CancelCommand + // operation that attempts to cancel the command associated with the task. However, + // there is no guarantee that the command will be terminated and the underlying + // process stopped. + // + // The status for tasks that are not completed is TIMED_OUT . CutoffBehavior types.MaintenanceWindowTaskCutoffBehavior // An optional description for the task. Description *string // A structure containing information about an Amazon Simple Storage Service - // (Amazon S3) bucket to write managed node-level logs to. LoggingInfo has been - // deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to - // contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options - // in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web - // Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance - // window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // (Amazon S3) bucket to write managed node-level logs to. + // + // LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service + // (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and + // OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For + // information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options + // for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. LoggingInfo *types.LoggingInfo - // The maximum number of targets this task can be run for, in parallel. Although - // this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only when you - // are registering or updating a targetless task (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // You must provide a value in all other cases. For maintenance window tasks - // without a target specified, you can't supply a value for this option. Instead, - // the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task. + // The maximum number of targets this task can be run for, in parallel. + // + // Although this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only + // when you are registering or updating a [targetless task]You must provide a value in all other + // cases. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . + // This value doesn't affect the running of your task. + // + // [targetless task]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html MaxConcurrency *string // The maximum number of errors allowed before this task stops being scheduled. + // // Although this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only - // when you are registering or updating a targetless task (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // You must provide a value in all other cases. For maintenance window tasks - // without a target specified, you can't supply a value for this option. Instead, - // the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task. + // when you are registering or updating a [targetless task]You must provide a value in all other + // cases. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . + // This value doesn't affect the running of your task. + // + // [targetless task]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html MaxErrors *string // An optional name for the task. @@ -108,35 +122,45 @@ type RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowInput struct { // specify a service role ARN, Systems Manager uses a service-linked role in your // account. If no appropriate service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in // your account, it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow . + // // However, for an improved security posture, we strongly recommend creating a // custom policy and custom service role for running your maintenance window tasks. // The policy can be crafted to provide only the permissions needed for your - // particular maintenance window tasks. For more information, see Setting up - // maintenance windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-maintenance-permissions.html) - // in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // particular maintenance window tasks. For more information, see [Setting up maintenance windows]in the in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Setting up maintenance windows]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-maintenance-permissions.html ServiceRoleArn *string - // The targets (either managed nodes or maintenance window targets). One or more - // targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type tasks. - // Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window task - // types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about - // running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window - // tasks without targets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Specify managed nodes - // using the following format: Key=InstanceIds,Values=, Specify maintenance window - // targets using the following format: Key=WindowTargetIds,Values=, + // The targets (either managed nodes or maintenance window targets). + // + // One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type + // tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window + // task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about + // running tasks that don't specify targets, see [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // Specify managed nodes using the following format: + // + // Key=InstanceIds,Values=, + // + // Specify maintenance window targets using the following format: + // + // Key=WindowTargetIds,Values=, + // + // [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html Targets []types.Target // The parameters that the task should use during execution. Populate only the // fields that match the task type. All other fields should be empty. TaskInvocationParameters *types.MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters - // The parameters that should be passed to the task when it is run. TaskParameters - // has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when it runs, - // instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. - // For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for the - // supported maintenance window task types, see - // MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The parameters that should be passed to the task when it is run. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. TaskParameters map[string]types.MaintenanceWindowTaskParameterValueExpression noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RemoveTagsFromResource.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RemoveTagsFromResource.go index 479215e893fb2..7dc11ddd57e63 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RemoveTagsFromResource.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_RemoveTagsFromResource.go @@ -30,26 +30,36 @@ func (c *Client) RemoveTagsFromResource(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveTagsF type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { // The ID of the resource from which you want to remove tags. For example: - // ManagedInstance: mi-012345abcde MaintenanceWindow: mw-012345abcde Automation : - // example-c160-4567-8519-012345abcde PatchBaseline: pb-012345abcde OpsMetadata - // object: ResourceID for tagging is created from the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) - // for the object. Specifically, ResourceID is created from the strings that come - // after the word opsmetadata in the ARN. For example, an OpsMetadata object with - // an ARN of + // + // ManagedInstance: mi-012345abcde + // + // MaintenanceWindow: mw-012345abcde + // + // Automation : example-c160-4567-8519-012345abcde + // + // PatchBaseline: pb-012345abcde + // + // OpsMetadata object: ResourceID for tagging is created from the Amazon Resource + // Name (ARN) for the object. Specifically, ResourceID is created from the strings + // that come after the word opsmetadata in the ARN. For example, an OpsMetadata + // object with an ARN of // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:1234567890:opsmetadata/aws/ssm/MyGroup/appmanager has a // ResourceID of either aws/ssm/MyGroup/appmanager or /aws/ssm/MyGroup/appmanager . - // For the Document and Parameter values, use the name of the resource. The - // ManagedInstance type for this API operation is only for on-premises managed + // + // For the Document and Parameter values, use the name of the resource. + // + // The ManagedInstance type for this API operation is only for on-premises managed // nodes. Specify the name of the managed node in the following format: // mi-ID_number. For example, mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f. // // This member is required. ResourceId *string - // The type of resource from which you want to remove a tag. The ManagedInstance - // type for this API operation is only for on-premises managed nodes. Specify the - // name of the managed node in the following format: mi-ID_number . For example, - // mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f . + // The type of resource from which you want to remove a tag. + // + // The ManagedInstance type for this API operation is only for on-premises managed + // nodes. Specify the name of the managed node in the following format: + // mi-ID_number . For example, mi-1a2b3c4d5e6f . // // This member is required. ResourceType types.ResourceTypeForTagging diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResetServiceSetting.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResetServiceSetting.go index 48cad2abaeabf..838b32424d7ad 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResetServiceSetting.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResetServiceSetting.go @@ -17,14 +17,16 @@ import ( // account based on feature or service usage, then the Amazon Web Services service // team might create a default setting of "false". This means the user can't use // this feature unless they change the setting to "true" and intentionally opt in -// for a paid feature. Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon -// Web Services services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't -// create a new SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the -// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the GetServiceSetting -// API operation to view the current value. Use the UpdateServiceSetting API -// operation to change the default setting. Reset the service setting for the -// account to the default value as provisioned by the Amazon Web Services service -// team. +// for a paid feature. +// +// Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon Web Services +// services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't create a new +// SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the +// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the GetServiceSetting API operation to +// view the current value. Use the UpdateServiceSettingAPI operation to change the default setting. +// +// Reset the service setting for the account to the default value as provisioned +// by the Amazon Web Services service team. func (c *Client) ResetServiceSetting(ctx context.Context, params *ResetServiceSettingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetServiceSettingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResetServiceSettingInput{} @@ -45,13 +47,21 @@ type ResetServiceSettingInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service setting to reset. The setting ID // can be one of the following. + // // - /ssm/managed-instance/default-ec2-instance-management-role + // // - /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-destination + // // - /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-group-name + // // - /ssm/documents/console/public-sharing-permission + // // - /ssm/managed-instance/activation-tier + // // - /ssm/opsinsights/opscenter + // // - /ssm/parameter-store/default-parameter-tier + // // - /ssm/parameter-store/high-throughput-enabled // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResumeSession.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResumeSession.go index 8a534e53e5a68..3a01890776876 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResumeSession.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_ResumeSession.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( // Reconnects a session to a managed node after it has been disconnected. // Connections can be resumed for disconnected sessions, but not terminated -// sessions. This command is primarily for use by client machines to automatically -// reconnect during intermittent network issues. It isn't intended for any other -// use. +// sessions. +// +// This command is primarily for use by client machines to automatically reconnect +// during intermittent network issues. It isn't intended for any other use. func (c *Client) ResumeSession(ctx context.Context, params *ResumeSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResumeSessionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ResumeSessionInput{} @@ -48,12 +49,17 @@ type ResumeSessionOutput struct { // A URL back to SSM Agent on the managed node that the Session Manager client // uses to send commands and receive output from the managed node. Format: // wss://ssmmessages.region.amazonaws.com/v1/data-channel/session-id?stream=(input|output) - // . region represents the Region identifier for an Amazon Web Services Region + // . + // + // region represents the Region identifier for an Amazon Web Services Region // supported by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, such as us-east-2 for the US // East (Ohio) Region. For a list of supported region values, see the Region column - // in Systems Manager service endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#ssm_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. session-id represents the ID of a - // Session Manager session, such as 1a2b3c4dEXAMPLE . + // in [Systems Manager service endpoints]in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // session-id represents the ID of a Session Manager session, such as + // 1a2b3c4dEXAMPLE . + // + // [Systems Manager service endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#ssm_region StreamUrl *string // An encrypted token value containing session and caller information. Used to diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendAutomationSignal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendAutomationSignal.go index a389f7c7c937a..3ef3c5bb17d97 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendAutomationSignal.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendAutomationSignal.go @@ -42,13 +42,22 @@ type SendAutomationSignalInput struct { SignalType types.SignalType // The data sent with the signal. The data schema depends on the type of signal - // used in the request. For Approve and Reject signal types, the payload is an - // optional comment that you can send with the signal type. For example: - // Comment="Looks good" For StartStep and Resume signal types, you must send the - // name of the Automation step to start or resume as the payload. For example: - // StepName="step1" For the StopStep signal type, you must send the step execution - // ID as the payload. For example: - // StepExecutionId="97fff367-fc5a-4299-aed8-0123456789ab" + // used in the request. + // + // For Approve and Reject signal types, the payload is an optional comment that + // you can send with the signal type. For example: + // + // Comment="Looks good" + // + // For StartStep and Resume signal types, you must send the name of the Automation + // step to start or resume as the payload. For example: + // + // StepName="step1" + // + // For the StopStep signal type, you must send the step execution ID as the + // payload. For example: + // + // StepExecutionId="97fff367-fc5a-4299-aed8-0123456789ab" Payload map[string][]string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendCommand.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendCommand.go index 01a6221852ab8..72dbf40c9bc30 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendCommand.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_SendCommand.go @@ -32,11 +32,13 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { // The name of the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document) to // run. This can be a public document or a custom document. To run a shared // document belonging to another account, specify the document Amazon Resource Name - // (ARN). For more information about how to use shared documents, see Sharing SSM - // documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ssm-using-shared.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. If you specify a document - // name or ARN that hasn't been shared with your account, you receive an - // InvalidDocument error. + // (ARN). For more information about how to use shared documents, see [Sharing SSM documents]in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // If you specify a document name or ARN that hasn't been shared with your + // account, you receive an InvalidDocument error. + // + // [Sharing SSM documents]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ssm-using-shared.html // // This member is required. DocumentName *string @@ -54,44 +56,59 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { Comment *string // The Sha256 or Sha1 hash created by the system when the document was created. + // // Sha1 hashes have been deprecated. DocumentHash *string - // Sha256 or Sha1. Sha1 hashes have been deprecated. + // Sha256 or Sha1. + // + // Sha1 hashes have been deprecated. DocumentHashType types.DocumentHashType // The SSM document version to use in the request. You can specify $DEFAULT, // $LATEST, or a specific version number. If you run commands by using the Command // Line Interface (Amazon Web Services CLI), then you must escape the first two // options by using a backslash. If you specify a version number, then you don't - // need to use the backslash. For example: --document-version "\$DEFAULT" - // --document-version "\$LATEST" --document-version "3" + // need to use the backslash. For example: + // + // --document-version "\$DEFAULT" + // + // --document-version "\$LATEST" + // + // --document-version "3" DocumentVersion *string // The IDs of the managed nodes where the command should run. Specifying managed // node IDs is most useful when you are targeting a limited number of managed - // nodes, though you can specify up to 50 IDs. To target a larger number of managed - // nodes, or if you prefer not to list individual node IDs, we recommend using the - // Targets option instead. Using Targets , which accepts tag key-value pairs to - // identify the managed nodes to send commands to, you can a send command to tens, - // hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once. For more information about how to use - // targets, see Run commands at scale (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // nodes, though you can specify up to 50 IDs. + // + // To target a larger number of managed nodes, or if you prefer not to list + // individual node IDs, we recommend using the Targets option instead. Using + // Targets , which accepts tag key-value pairs to identify the managed nodes to + // send commands to, you can a send command to tens, hundreds, or thousands of + // nodes at once. + // + // For more information about how to use targets, see [Run commands at scale] in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Run commands at scale]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html InstanceIds []string // (Optional) The maximum number of managed nodes that are allowed to run the // command at the same time. You can specify a number such as 10 or a percentage // such as 10%. The default value is 50 . For more information about how to use - // MaxConcurrency , see Using concurrency controls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-velocity) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // MaxConcurrency , see [Using concurrency controls] in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Using concurrency controls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-velocity MaxConcurrency *string // The maximum number of errors allowed without the command failing. When the // command fails one more time beyond the value of MaxErrors , the systems stops // sending the command to additional targets. You can specify a number like 10 or a // percentage like 10%. The default value is 0 . For more information about how to - // use MaxErrors , see Using error controls (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-maxerrors) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // use MaxErrors , see [Using error controls] in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Using error controls]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-maxerrors MaxErrors *string // Configurations for sending notifications. @@ -114,20 +131,28 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { // The ARN of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) service role to use to // publish Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for Run - // Command commands. This role must provide the sns:Publish permission for your - // notification topic. For information about creating and using this service role, - // see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Command commands. + // + // This role must provide the sns:Publish permission for your notification topic. + // For information about creating and using this service role, see [Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications]in the Amazon + // Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html ServiceRoleArn *string // An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a Key,Value // combination that you specify. Specifying targets is most useful when you want to // send a command to a large number of managed nodes at once. Using Targets , which // accepts tag key-value pairs to identify managed nodes, you can send a command to - // tens, hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once. To send a command to a smaller - // number of managed nodes, you can use the InstanceIds option instead. For more - // information about how to use targets, see Run commands at scale (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // tens, hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once. + // + // To send a command to a smaller number of managed nodes, you can use the + // InstanceIds option instead. + // + // For more information about how to use targets, see [Run commands at scale] in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Run commands at scale]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html Targets []types.Target // If this time is reached and the command hasn't already started running, it diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartAutomationExecution.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartAutomationExecution.go index 1de608636d2eb..772c23c79f620 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartAutomationExecution.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartAutomationExecution.go @@ -31,9 +31,10 @@ type StartAutomationExecutionInput struct { // The name of the SSM document to run. This can be a public document or a custom // document. To run a shared document belonging to another account, specify the - // document ARN. For more information about how to use shared documents, see - // Sharing SSM documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-ssm-sharing.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // document ARN. For more information about how to use shared documents, see [Sharing SSM documents]in + // the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Sharing SSM documents]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-ssm-sharing.html // // This member is required. DocumentName *string @@ -61,10 +62,12 @@ type StartAutomationExecutionInput struct { // automation on additional targets after the first error result is returned. If // you run an automation on 50 resources and set max-errors to 10%, then the system // stops running the automation on additional targets when the sixth error is - // received. Executions that are already running an automation when max-errors is - // reached are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. - // If you need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed - // executions, set max-concurrency to 1 so the executions proceed one at a time. + // received. + // + // Executions that are already running an automation when max-errors is reached + // are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you + // need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set + // max-concurrency to 1 so the executions proceed one at a time. MaxErrors *string // The execution mode of the automation. Valid modes include the following: Auto @@ -80,17 +83,21 @@ type StartAutomationExecutionInput struct { // different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment. For example, you // might want to tag an automation to identify an environment or operating system. // In this case, you could specify the following key-value pairs: + // // - Key=environment,Value=test + // // - Key=OS,Value=Windows + // // To add tags to an existing automation, use the AddTagsToResource operation. Tags []types.Tag // A location is a combination of Amazon Web Services Regions and/or Amazon Web // Services accounts where you want to run the automation. Use this operation to // start an automation in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and multiple Amazon - // Web Services accounts. For more information, see Running Automation workflows - // in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web Services accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-automation-multiple-accounts-and-regions.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Web Services accounts. For more information, see [Running Automation workflows in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web Services accounts]in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Running Automation workflows in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web Services accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-automation-multiple-accounts-and-regions.html TargetLocations []types.TargetLocation // A key-value mapping of document parameters to target resources. Both Targets diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartChangeRequestExecution.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartChangeRequestExecution.go index a9a7715b7f591..b75a7cd0081d0 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartChangeRequestExecution.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartChangeRequestExecution.go @@ -38,20 +38,25 @@ type StartChangeRequestExecutionInput struct { DocumentName *string // Information about the Automation runbooks that are run during the runbook - // workflow. The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run - // until all required approvals for the change request have been received. + // workflow. + // + // The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run until all + // required approvals for the change request have been received. // // This member is required. Runbooks []types.Runbook // Indicates whether the change request can be approved automatically without the - // need for manual approvals. If AutoApprovable is enabled in a change template, - // then setting AutoApprove to true in StartChangeRequestExecution creates a - // change request that bypasses approver review. Change Calendar restrictions are - // not bypassed in this scenario. If the state of an associated calendar is CLOSED - // , change freeze approvers must still grant permission for this change request to - // run. If they don't, the change won't be processed until the calendar state is - // again OPEN . + // need for manual approvals. + // + // If AutoApprovable is enabled in a change template, then setting AutoApprove to + // true in StartChangeRequestExecution creates a change request that bypasses + // approver review. + // + // Change Calendar restrictions are not bypassed in this scenario. If the state of + // an associated calendar is CLOSED , change freeze approvers must still grant + // permission for this change request to run. If they don't, the change won't be + // processed until the calendar state is again OPEN . AutoApprove bool // User-provided details about the change. If no details are provided, content @@ -79,8 +84,10 @@ type StartChangeRequestExecutionInput struct { ScheduledEndTime *time.Time // The date and time specified in the change request to run the Automation - // runbooks. The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run - // until all required approvals for the change request have been received. + // runbooks. + // + // The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run until all + // required approvals for the change request have been received. ScheduledTime *time.Time // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. You can specify a maximum of @@ -89,7 +96,9 @@ type StartChangeRequestExecutionInput struct { // might want to tag a change request to identify an environment or target Amazon // Web Services Region. In this case, you could specify the following key-value // pairs: + // // - Key=Environment,Value=Production + // // - Key=Region,Value=us-east-2 Tags []types.Tag diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartSession.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartSession.go index b4b6e65be552a..97b0abe38d5f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartSession.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_StartSession.go @@ -12,14 +12,18 @@ import ( // Initiates a connection to a target (for example, a managed node) for a Session // Manager session. Returns a URL and token that can be used to open a WebSocket -// connection for sending input and receiving outputs. Amazon Web Services CLI -// usage: start-session is an interactive command that requires the Session -// Manager plugin to be installed on the client machine making the call. For -// information, see Install the Session Manager plugin for the Amazon Web Services -// CLI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/session-manager-working-with-install-plugin.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Amazon Web Services Tools -// for PowerShell usage: Start-SSMSession isn't currently supported by Amazon Web -// Services Tools for PowerShell on Windows local machines. +// connection for sending input and receiving outputs. +// +// Amazon Web Services CLI usage: start-session is an interactive command that +// requires the Session Manager plugin to be installed on the client machine making +// the call. For information, see [Install the Session Manager plugin for the Amazon Web Services CLI]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User +// Guide. +// +// Amazon Web Services Tools for PowerShell usage: Start-SSMSession isn't +// currently supported by Amazon Web Services Tools for PowerShell on Windows local +// machines. +// +// [Install the Session Manager plugin for the Amazon Web Services CLI]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/session-manager-working-with-install-plugin.html func (c *Client) StartSession(ctx context.Context, params *StartSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartSessionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &StartSessionInput{} @@ -44,11 +48,12 @@ type StartSessionInput struct { // The name of the SSM document you want to use to define the type of session, // input parameters, or preferences for the session. For example, - // SSM-SessionManagerRunShell . You can call the GetDocument API to verify the - // document exists before attempting to start a session. If no document name is - // provided, a shell to the managed node is launched by default. For more - // information, see Start a session (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/session-manager-working-with-sessions-start.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // SSM-SessionManagerRunShell . You can call the GetDocument API to verify the document + // exists before attempting to start a session. If no document name is provided, a + // shell to the managed node is launched by default. For more information, see [Start a session]in + // the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Start a session]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/session-manager-working-with-sessions-start.html DocumentName *string // The values you want to specify for the parameters defined in the Session @@ -71,12 +76,16 @@ type StartSessionOutput struct { // A URL back to SSM Agent on the managed node that the Session Manager client // uses to send commands and receive output from the node. Format: // wss://ssmmessages.region.amazonaws.com/v1/data-channel/session-id?stream=(input|output) + // // region represents the Region identifier for an Amazon Web Services Region // supported by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, such as us-east-2 for the US // East (Ohio) Region. For a list of supported region values, see the Region column - // in Systems Manager service endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#ssm_region) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. session-id represents the ID of a - // Session Manager session, such as 1a2b3c4dEXAMPLE . + // in [Systems Manager service endpoints]in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // session-id represents the ID of a Session Manager session, such as + // 1a2b3c4dEXAMPLE . + // + // [Systems Manager service endpoints]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#ssm_region StreamUrl *string // An encrypted token value containing session and caller information. This token diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UnlabelParameterVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UnlabelParameterVersion.go index 12c7c6f0c33e6..0e90e58dcec66 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UnlabelParameterVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UnlabelParameterVersion.go @@ -33,9 +33,10 @@ type UnlabelParameterVersionInput struct { // This member is required. Labels []string - // The name of the parameter from which you want to delete one or more labels. You - // can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the parameter - // name itself. + // The name of the parameter from which you want to delete one or more labels. + // + // You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the + // parameter name itself. // // This member is required. Name *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociation.go index 0ff8a988dd548..2d15edf1dabd6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociation.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociation.go @@ -18,15 +18,17 @@ import ( // values for those parameters. This is by design. You must specify all optional // parameters in the call, even if you are not changing the parameters. This // includes the Name parameter. Before calling this API action, we recommend that -// you call the DescribeAssociation API operation and make a note of all optional -// parameters required for your UpdateAssociation call. In order to call this API -// operation, a user, group, or role must be granted permission to call the -// DescribeAssociation API operation. If you don't have permission to call +// you call the DescribeAssociationAPI operation and make a note of all optional parameters required +// for your UpdateAssociation call. +// +// In order to call this API operation, a user, group, or role must be granted +// permission to call the DescribeAssociationAPI operation. If you don't have permission to call // DescribeAssociation , then you receive the following error: An error occurred // (AccessDeniedException) when calling the UpdateAssociation operation: User: -// isn't authorized to perform: ssm:DescribeAssociation on resource: When you -// update an association, the association immediately runs against the specified -// targets. You can add the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval parameter to run the +// isn't authorized to perform: ssm:DescribeAssociation on resource: +// +// When you update an association, the association immediately runs against the +// specified targets. You can add the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval parameter to run the // association during the next schedule run. func (c *Client) UpdateAssociation(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAssociationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAssociationOutput, error) { if params == nil { @@ -57,19 +59,22 @@ type UpdateAssociationInput struct { // By default, when you update an association, the system runs it immediately // after it is updated and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify // this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you update - // it. This parameter isn't supported for rate expressions. If you chose this - // option when you created an association and later you edit that association or - // you make changes to the SSM document on which that association is based (by - // using the Documents page in the console), State Manager applies the association - // at the next specified cron interval. For example, if you chose the Latest - // version of an SSM document when you created an association and you edit the - // association by choosing a different document version on the Documents page, - // State Manager applies the association at the next specified cron interval if you - // previously selected this option. If this option wasn't selected, State Manager - // immediately runs the association. You can reset this option. To do so, specify - // the no-apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter when you update the association - // from the command line. This parameter forces the association to run immediately - // after updating it and according to the interval specified. + // it. This parameter isn't supported for rate expressions. + // + // If you chose this option when you created an association and later you edit + // that association or you make changes to the SSM document on which that + // association is based (by using the Documents page in the console), State Manager + // applies the association at the next specified cron interval. For example, if you + // chose the Latest version of an SSM document when you created an association and + // you edit the association by choosing a different document version on the + // Documents page, State Manager applies the association at the next specified cron + // interval if you previously selected this option. If this option wasn't selected, + // State Manager immediately runs the association. + // + // You can reset this option. To do so, specify the no-apply-only-at-cron-interval + // parameter when you update the association from the command line. This parameter + // forces the association to run immediately after updating it and according to the + // interval specified. ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval bool // The name of the association that you want to update. @@ -88,44 +93,51 @@ type UpdateAssociationInput struct { // The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Change Calendar type documents // you want to gate your associations under. The associations only run when that - // change calendar is open. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems - // Manager Change Calendar (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar) - // . + // change calendar is open. For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar CalendarNames []string // The severity level to assign to the association. ComplianceSeverity types.AssociationComplianceSeverity - // The document version you want update for the association. State Manager doesn't - // support running associations that use a new version of a document if that - // document is shared from another account. State Manager always runs the default - // version of a document if shared from another account, even though the Systems - // Manager console shows that a new version was processed. If you want to run an - // association using a new version of a document shared form another account, you - // must set the document version to default . + // The document version you want update for the association. + // + // State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new version of a + // document if that document is shared from another account. State Manager always + // runs the default version of a document if shared from another account, even + // though the Systems Manager console shows that a new version was processed. If + // you want to run an association using a new version of a document shared form + // another account, you must set the document version to default . DocumentVersion *string // The number of hours the association can run before it is canceled. Duration // applies to associations that are currently running, and any pending and in // progress commands on all targets. If a target was taken offline for the // association to run, it is made available again immediately, without a reboot. + // // The Duration parameter applies only when both these conditions are true: + // // - The association for which you specify a duration is cancelable according to // the parameters of the SSM command document or Automation runbook associated with // this execution. - // - The command specifies the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAssociation.html#systemsmanager-UpdateAssociation-request-ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval) - // parameter, which means that the association doesn't run immediately after it is - // updated, but only according to the specified schedule. + // + // - The command specifies the [ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval]parameter, which means that the association + // doesn't run immediately after it is updated, but only according to the specified + // schedule. + // + // [ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_UpdateAssociation.html#systemsmanager-UpdateAssociation-request-ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval Duration *int32 // The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. // You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for // example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the - // association at the same time. If a new managed node starts and attempts to run - // an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, - // the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new - // managed node will process its association within the limit specified for - // MaxConcurrency . + // association at the same time. + // + // If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems + // Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to + // run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its + // association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency . MaxConcurrency *string // The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests @@ -135,24 +147,33 @@ type UpdateAssociationInput struct { // fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending // requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 // managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the - // request when the sixth error is received. Executions that are already running an - // association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of - // these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be - // more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that - // executions proceed one at a time. + // request when the sixth error is received. + // + // Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached + // are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you + // need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set + // MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time. MaxErrors *string // The name of the SSM Command document or Automation runbook that contains the - // configuration information for the managed node. You can specify Amazon Web - // Services-predefined documents, documents you created, or a document that is - // shared with you from another account. For Systems Manager document (SSM - // document) that are shared with you from other Amazon Web Services accounts, you - // must specify the complete SSM document ARN, in the following format: - // arn:aws:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name For example: - // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document For Amazon Web - // Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in your account, you - // only need to specify the document name. For example, AWS-ApplyPatchBaseline or - // My-Document . + // configuration information for the managed node. + // + // You can specify Amazon Web Services-predefined documents, documents you + // created, or a document that is shared with you from another account. + // + // For Systems Manager document (SSM document) that are shared with you from other + // Amazon Web Services accounts, you must specify the complete SSM document ARN, in + // the following format: + // + // arn:aws:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name + // + // For example: + // + // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document + // + // For Amazon Web Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in + // your account, you only need to specify the document name. For example, + // AWS-ApplyPatchBaseline or My-Document . Name *string // An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request. @@ -170,22 +191,27 @@ type UpdateAssociationInput struct { // example, if you specified a cron schedule of cron(0 0 ? * THU#2 *) , you could // specify an offset of 3 to run the association each Sunday after the second // Thursday of the month. For more information about cron schedules for - // associations, see Reference: Cron and rate expressions for Systems Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/reference-cron-and-rate-expressions.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. To use offsets, you must - // specify the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval parameter. This option tells the system not - // to run an association immediately after you create it. + // associations, see [Reference: Cron and rate expressions for Systems Manager]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // To use offsets, you must specify the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval parameter. This + // option tells the system not to run an association immediately after you create + // it. + // + // [Reference: Cron and rate expressions for Systems Manager]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/reference-cron-and-rate-expressions.html ScheduleOffset *int32 // The mode for generating association compliance. You can specify AUTO or MANUAL . // In AUTO mode, the system uses the status of the association execution to // determine the compliance status. If the association execution runs successfully, // then the association is COMPLIANT . If the association execution doesn't run - // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . In MANUAL mode, you must - // specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API + // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . + // + // In MANUAL mode, you must specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API // operation. In this case, compliance data isn't managed by State Manager, a // capability of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager. It is managed by your direct - // call to the PutComplianceItems API operation. By default, all associations use - // AUTO mode. + // call to the PutComplianceItemsAPI operation. + // + // By default, all associations use AUTO mode. SyncCompliance types.AssociationSyncCompliance // A location is a combination of Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociationStatus.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociationStatus.go index 4afd097061c80..c4c1ecceb24b2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociationStatus.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateAssociationStatus.go @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ import ( ) // Updates the status of the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM -// document) associated with the specified managed node. UpdateAssociationStatus -// is primarily used by the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) -// to report status updates about your associations and is only used for -// associations created with the InstanceId legacy parameter. +// document) associated with the specified managed node. +// +// UpdateAssociationStatus is primarily used by the Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager Agent (SSM Agent) to report status updates about your associations and +// is only used for associations created with the InstanceId legacy parameter. func (c *Client) UpdateAssociationStatus(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAssociationStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAssociationStatusOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateAssociationStatusInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocument.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocument.go index f208b4e2b8863..967795999907a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocument.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocument.go @@ -54,9 +54,10 @@ type UpdateDocumentInput struct { // The version of the document that you want to update. Currently, Systems Manager // supports updating only the latest version of the document. You can specify the - // version number of the latest version or use the $LATEST variable. If you change - // a document version for a State Manager association, Systems Manager immediately - // runs the association unless you previously specifed the + // version number of the latest version or use the $LATEST variable. + // + // If you change a document version for a State Manager association, Systems + // Manager immediately runs the association unless you previously specifed the // apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter. DocumentVersion *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocumentDefaultVersion.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocumentDefaultVersion.go index 615a90522735c..9e5fb78040b1a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocumentDefaultVersion.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateDocumentDefaultVersion.go @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Set the default version of a document. If you change a document version for a -// State Manager association, Systems Manager immediately runs the association -// unless you previously specifed the apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter. +// Set the default version of a document. +// +// If you change a document version for a State Manager association, Systems +// Manager immediately runs the association unless you previously specifed the +// apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter. func (c *Client) UpdateDocumentDefaultVersion(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateDocumentDefaultVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateDocumentDefaultVersionOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateDocumentDefaultVersionInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindow.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindow.go index 98d6af463d82c..5c55927c4903d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindow.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindow.go @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ import ( ) // Updates an existing maintenance window. Only specified parameters are modified. +// // The value you specify for Duration determines the specific end time for the // maintenance window based on the time it begins. No maintenance window tasks are // permitted to start after the resulting endtime minus the number of hours you @@ -64,32 +65,39 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowInput struct { // The name of the maintenance window. Name *string - // If True , then all fields that are required by the CreateMaintenanceWindow - // operation are also required for this API request. Optional fields that aren't - // specified are set to null. + // If True , then all fields that are required by the CreateMaintenanceWindow operation are also required + // for this API request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. Replace *bool // The schedule of the maintenance window in the form of a cron or rate expression. Schedule *string // The number of days to wait after the date and time specified by a cron - // expression before running the maintenance window. For example, the following - // cron expression schedules a maintenance window to run the third Tuesday of every - // month at 11:30 PM. cron(30 23 ? * TUE#3 *) If the schedule offset is 2 , the - // maintenance window won't run until two days later. + // expression before running the maintenance window. + // + // For example, the following cron expression schedules a maintenance window to + // run the third Tuesday of every month at 11:30 PM. + // + // cron(30 23 ? * TUE#3 *) + // + // If the schedule offset is 2 , the maintenance window won't run until two days + // later. ScheduleOffset *int32 // The time zone that the scheduled maintenance window executions are based on, in // Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) format. For example: - // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the - // Time Zone Database (https://www.iana.org/time-zones) on the IANA website. + // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the [Time Zone Database]on + // the IANA website. + // + // [Time Zone Database]: https://www.iana.org/time-zones ScheduleTimezone *string // The date and time, in ISO-8601 Extended format, for when you want the // maintenance window to become active. StartDate allows you to delay activation - // of the maintenance window until the specified future date. When using a rate - // schedule, if you provide a start date that occurs in the past, the current date - // and time are used as the start date. + // of the maintenance window until the specified future date. + // + // When using a rate schedule, if you provide a start date that occurs in the + // past, the current date and time are used as the start date. StartDate *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -131,8 +139,10 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowOutput struct { // The time zone that the scheduled maintenance window executions are based on, in // Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) format. For example: - // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the - // Time Zone Database (https://www.iana.org/time-zones) on the IANA website. + // "America/Los_Angeles", "UTC", or "Asia/Seoul". For more information, see the [Time Zone Database]on + // the IANA website. + // + // [Time Zone Database]: https://www.iana.org/time-zones ScheduleTimezone *string // The date and time, in ISO-8601 Extended format, for when the maintenance window diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget.go index a9db3c3ea8605..c9eed72b0ce43 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget.go @@ -13,13 +13,19 @@ import ( // Modifies the target of an existing maintenance window. You can change the // following: +// // - Name +// // - Description +// // - Owner +// // - IDs for an ID target +// // - Tags for a Tag target +// // - From any supported tag type to another. The three supported tag types are -// ID target, Tag target, and resource group. For more information, see Target . +// ID target, Tag target, and resource group. For more information, see Target. // // If a parameter is null, then the corresponding field isn't modified. func (c *Client) UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateMaintenanceWindowTargetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateMaintenanceWindowTargetOutput, error) { @@ -59,9 +65,8 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTargetInput struct { // events raised while running tasks for these targets in this maintenance window. OwnerInformation *string - // If True , then all fields that are required by the - // RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow operation are also required for this API - // request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. + // If True , then all fields that are required by the RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow operation are also required + // for this API request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. Replace *bool // The targets to add or replace. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask.go index 764d88425e437..f830b67cc07e8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask.go @@ -13,32 +13,41 @@ import ( // Modifies a task assigned to a maintenance window. You can't change the task // type, but you can change the following values: +// // - TaskARN . For example, you can change a RUN_COMMAND task from // AWS-RunPowerShellScript to AWS-RunShellScript . +// // - ServiceRoleArn +// // - TaskInvocationParameters +// // - Priority +// // - MaxConcurrency +// // - MaxErrors // // One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type // tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window // task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about -// running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window -// tasks without targets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. If the value for a -// parameter in UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask is null, then the corresponding field -// isn't modified. If you set Replace to true, then all fields required by the -// RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow operation are required for this request. -// Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. When you update a -// maintenance window task that has options specified in TaskInvocationParameters , -// you must provide again all the TaskInvocationParameters values that you want to -// retain. The values you don't specify again are removed. For example, suppose -// that when you registered a Run Command task, you specified -// TaskInvocationParameters values for Comment , NotificationConfig , and -// OutputS3BucketName . If you update the maintenance window task and specify only -// a different OutputS3BucketName value, the values for Comment and -// NotificationConfig are removed. +// running tasks that don't specify targets, see [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]in the Amazon Web Services +// Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// If the value for a parameter in UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask is null, then the +// corresponding field isn't modified. If you set Replace to true, then all fields +// required by the RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowoperation are required for this request. Optional fields that +// aren't specified are set to null. +// +// When you update a maintenance window task that has options specified in +// TaskInvocationParameters , you must provide again all the +// TaskInvocationParameters values that you want to retain. The values you don't +// specify again are removed. For example, suppose that when you registered a Run +// Command task, you specified TaskInvocationParameters values for Comment , +// NotificationConfig , and OutputS3BucketName . If you update the maintenance +// window task and specify only a different OutputS3BucketName value, the values +// for Comment and NotificationConfig are removed. +// +// [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html func (c *Client) UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput{} @@ -71,48 +80,62 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput struct { // Indicates whether tasks should continue to run after the cutoff time specified // in the maintenance windows is reached. + // // - CONTINUE_TASK : When the cutoff time is reached, any tasks that are running // continue. The default value. + // // - CANCEL_TASK : + // // - For Automation, Lambda, Step Functions tasks: When the cutoff time is // reached, any task invocations that are already running continue, but no new task // invocations are started. - // - For Run Command tasks: When the cutoff time is reached, the system sends a - // CancelCommand operation that attempts to cancel the command associated with - // the task. However, there is no guarantee that the command will be terminated and - // the underlying process stopped. The status for tasks that are not completed - // is TIMED_OUT . + // + // - For Run Command tasks: When the cutoff time is reached, the system sends a CancelCommand + // operation that attempts to cancel the command associated with the task. However, + // there is no guarantee that the command will be terminated and the underlying + // process stopped. + // + // The status for tasks that are not completed is TIMED_OUT . CutoffBehavior types.MaintenanceWindowTaskCutoffBehavior // The new task description to specify. Description *string - // The new logging location in Amazon S3 to specify. LoggingInfo has been - // deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to - // contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options - // in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web - // Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance - // window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The new logging location in Amazon S3 to specify. + // + // LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service + // (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and + // OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For + // information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options + // for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. LoggingInfo *types.LoggingInfo // The new MaxConcurrency value you want to specify. MaxConcurrency is the number - // of targets that are allowed to run this task, in parallel. Although this element - // is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only when you are - // registering or updating a targetless task (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // You must provide a value in all other cases. For maintenance window tasks - // without a target specified, you can't supply a value for this option. Instead, - // the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task. + // of targets that are allowed to run this task, in parallel. + // + // Although this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only + // when you are registering or updating a [targetless task]You must provide a value in all other + // cases. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . + // This value doesn't affect the running of your task. + // + // [targetless task]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html MaxConcurrency *string // The new MaxErrors value to specify. MaxErrors is the maximum number of errors - // that are allowed before the task stops being scheduled. Although this element is - // listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only when you are registering - // or updating a targetless task (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // You must provide a value in all other cases. For maintenance window tasks - // without a target specified, you can't supply a value for this option. Instead, - // the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task. + // that are allowed before the task stops being scheduled. + // + // Although this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only + // when you are registering or updating a [targetless task]You must provide a value in all other + // cases. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . + // This value doesn't affect the running of your task. + // + // [targetless task]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html MaxErrors *string // The new task name to specify. @@ -122,9 +145,8 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput struct { // priority. Tasks that have the same priority are scheduled in parallel. Priority *int32 - // If True, then all fields that are required by the - // RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow operation are also required for this API - // request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. + // If True, then all fields that are required by the RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow operation are also required + // for this API request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. Replace *bool // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role for Amazon Web Services @@ -132,31 +154,36 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput struct { // specify a service role ARN, Systems Manager uses a service-linked role in your // account. If no appropriate service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in // your account, it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow . + // // However, for an improved security posture, we strongly recommend creating a // custom policy and custom service role for running your maintenance window tasks. // The policy can be crafted to provide only the permissions needed for your - // particular maintenance window tasks. For more information, see Setting up - // maintenance windows (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-maintenance-permissions.html) - // in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // particular maintenance window tasks. For more information, see [Setting up maintenance windows]in the in the + // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Setting up maintenance windows]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-maintenance-permissions.html ServiceRoleArn *string // The targets (either managed nodes or tags) to modify. Managed nodes are // specified using the format Key=instanceids,Values=instanceID_1,instanceID_2 . - // Tags are specified using the format Key=tag_name,Values=tag_value . One or more - // targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type tasks. - // Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window task - // types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about - // running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window - // tasks without targets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Tags are specified using the format Key=tag_name,Values=tag_value . + // + // One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type + // tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window + // task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about + // running tasks that don't specify targets, see [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html Targets []types.Target // The task ARN to modify. TaskArn *string // The parameters that the task should use during execution. Populate only the - // fields that match the task type. All other fields should be empty. When you - // update a maintenance window task that has options specified in + // fields that match the task type. All other fields should be empty. + // + // When you update a maintenance window task that has options specified in // TaskInvocationParameters , you must provide again all the // TaskInvocationParameters values that you want to retain. The values you don't // specify again are removed. For example, suppose that when you registered a Run @@ -166,13 +193,18 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput struct { // for Comment and NotificationConfig are removed. TaskInvocationParameters *types.MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters - // The parameters to modify. TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify - // parameters to pass to a task when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in - // the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Systems - // Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance window task types, - // see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . The map has the following - // format: Key: string, between 1 and 255 characters Value: an array of strings, - // each string is between 1 and 255 characters + // The parameters to modify. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. + // + // The map has the following format: + // + // Key: string, between 1 and 255 characters + // + // Value: an array of strings, each string is between 1 and 255 characters TaskParameters map[string]types.MaintenanceWindowTaskParameterValueExpression noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -191,12 +223,13 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskOutput struct { // The updated task description. Description *string - // The updated logging information in Amazon S3. LoggingInfo has been deprecated. - // To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, - // instead use the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the - // TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web - // Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance - // window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The updated logging information in Amazon S3. + // + // LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service + // (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and + // OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For + // information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options + // for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. LoggingInfo *types.LoggingInfo // The updated MaxConcurrency value. @@ -225,11 +258,12 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskOutput struct { // The updated parameter values. TaskInvocationParameters *types.MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters - // The updated parameter values. TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify - // parameters to pass to a task when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in - // the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Systems - // Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance window task types, - // see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The updated parameter values. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. TaskParameters map[string]types.MaintenanceWindowTaskParameterValueExpression // The ID of the maintenance window that was updated. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateManagedInstanceRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateManagedInstanceRole.go index db27b3dcea19f..b6566abf1bc7e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateManagedInstanceRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateManagedInstanceRole.go @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ import ( // Changes the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is assigned to the // on-premises server, edge device, or virtual machines (VM). IAM roles are first // assigned to these hybrid nodes during the activation process. For more -// information, see CreateActivation . +// information, see CreateActivation. func (c *Client) UpdateManagedInstanceRole(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateManagedInstanceRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateManagedInstanceRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateManagedInstanceRoleInput{} @@ -34,10 +34,13 @@ type UpdateManagedInstanceRoleInput struct { // The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to // assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions // for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com - // . For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and - // multicloud environment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. You can't specify an IAM - // service-linked role for this parameter. You must create a unique role. + // . For more information, see [Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud environment]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User + // Guide. + // + // You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must + // create a unique role. + // + // [Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud environment]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html // // This member is required. IamRole *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateOpsItem.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateOpsItem.go index 4c985ea3c9797..b65f279a3d641 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateOpsItem.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateOpsItem.go @@ -13,14 +13,16 @@ import ( ) // Edit or change an OpsItem. You must have permission in Identity and Access -// Management (IAM) to update an OpsItem. For more information, see Set up -// OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Operations engineers and -// IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, -// investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and -// health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon -// Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// Management (IAM) to update an OpsItem. For more information, see [Set up OpsCenter]in the Amazon +// Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems +// Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues +// impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For +// more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html +// [Set up OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-setup.html func (c *Client) UpdateOpsItem(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateOpsItemInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateOpsItemOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateOpsItemInput{} @@ -63,23 +65,31 @@ type UpdateOpsItemInput struct { Notifications []types.OpsItemNotification // Add new keys or edit existing key-value pairs of the OperationalData map in the - // OpsItem object. Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference - // details about the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error - // strings, license keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter - // operational data as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 - // characters. The value has a maximum size of 20 KB. Operational data keys can't - // begin with the following: amazon , aws , amzn , ssm , /amazon , /aws , /amzn , - // /ssm . You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account - // or you can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with - // access to the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API - // operation) can view and search on the specified data. Operational data that - // isn't searchable is only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as - // provided by the GetOpsItem API operation). Use the /aws/resources key in - // OperationalData to specify a related resource in the request. Use the - // /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with - // the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these - // keys, see Creating OpsItems manually (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // OpsItem object. + // + // Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference details about + // the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license + // keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data + // as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value + // has a maximum size of 20 KB. + // + // Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon , aws , amzn , ssm + // , /amazon , /aws , /amzn , /ssm . + // + // You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you + // can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to + // the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItemsAPI operation) can view and + // search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only + // viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItemAPI + // operation). + // + // Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in + // the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an + // Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example + // commands that use these keys, see [Creating OpsItems manually]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // [Creating OpsItems manually]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html OperationalData map[string]types.OpsItemDataValue // Keys that you want to remove from the OperationalData map. @@ -108,8 +118,9 @@ type UpdateOpsItemInput struct { Severity *string // The OpsItem status. Status can be Open , In Progress , or Resolved . For more - // information, see Editing OpsItem details (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-working-with-OpsItems-editing-details.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // information, see [Editing OpsItem details]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Editing OpsItem details]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-working-with-OpsItems-editing-details.html Status types.OpsItemStatus // A short heading that describes the nature of the OpsItem and the impacted diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdatePatchBaseline.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdatePatchBaseline.go index 86da96ed11cfb..e2fe0ac4fb4f2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdatePatchBaseline.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdatePatchBaseline.go @@ -13,8 +13,10 @@ import ( ) // Modifies an existing patch baseline. Fields not specified in the request are -// left unchanged. For information about valid key-value pairs in PatchFilters for -// each supported operating system type, see PatchFilter . +// left unchanged. +// +// For information about valid key-value pairs in PatchFilters for each supported +// operating system type, see PatchFilter. func (c *Client) UpdatePatchBaseline(ctx context.Context, params *UpdatePatchBaselineInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdatePatchBaselineOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdatePatchBaselineInput{} @@ -40,10 +42,12 @@ type UpdatePatchBaselineInput struct { // A set of rules used to include patches in the baseline. ApprovalRules *types.PatchRuleGroup - // A list of explicitly approved patches for the baseline. For information about - // accepted formats for lists of approved patches and rejected patches, see About - // package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // A list of explicitly approved patches for the baseline. + // + // For information about accepted formats for lists of approved patches and + // rejected patches, see [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html ApprovedPatches []string // Assigns a new compliance severity level to an existing patch baseline. @@ -63,18 +67,22 @@ type UpdatePatchBaselineInput struct { // The name of the patch baseline. Name *string - // A list of explicitly rejected patches for the baseline. For information about - // accepted formats for lists of approved patches and rejected patches, see About - // package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // A list of explicitly rejected patches for the baseline. + // + // For information about accepted formats for lists of approved patches and + // rejected patches, see [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html RejectedPatches []string // The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages // list. + // // - ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY : A package in the Rejected patches list is installed // only if it is a dependency of another package. It is considered compliant with // the patch baseline, and its status is reported as InstalledOther . This is the // default action if no option is specified. + // // - BLOCK: Packages in the Rejected patches list, and packages that include // them as dependencies, aren't installed by Patch Manager under any circumstances. // If a package was installed before it was added to the Rejected patches list, or @@ -82,9 +90,8 @@ type UpdatePatchBaselineInput struct { // with the patch baseline and its status is reported as InstalledRejected. RejectedPatchesAction types.PatchAction - // If True, then all fields that are required by the CreatePatchBaseline operation - // are also required for this API request. Optional fields that aren't specified - // are set to null. + // If True, then all fields that are required by the CreatePatchBaseline operation are also required + // for this API request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null. Replace *bool // Information about the patches to use to update the managed nodes, including diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateResourceDataSync.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateResourceDataSync.go index 51cd80d95928d..995aa8f07396e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateResourceDataSync.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateResourceDataSync.go @@ -16,8 +16,9 @@ import ( // create a sync in the us-east-2 (Ohio) Region and you choose the Include only // the current account option, you can't edit that sync later and choose the // Include all accounts from my Organizations configuration option. Instead, you -// must delete the first resource data sync, and create a new one. This API -// operation only supports a resource data sync that was created with a +// must delete the first resource data sync, and create a new one. +// +// This API operation only supports a resource data sync that was created with a // SyncFromSource SyncType . func (c *Client) UpdateResourceDataSync(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput, error) { if params == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateServiceSetting.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateServiceSetting.go index 5e344ddc12443..ef802804a20fc 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateServiceSetting.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/api_op_UpdateServiceSetting.go @@ -16,13 +16,16 @@ import ( // account based on feature or service usage, then the Amazon Web Services service // team might create a default setting of "false". This means the user can't use // this feature unless they change the setting to "true" and intentionally opt in -// for a paid feature. Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon -// Web Services services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't -// create a new SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the -// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the GetServiceSetting -// API operation to view the current value. Or, use the ResetServiceSetting to -// change the value back to the original value defined by the Amazon Web Services -// service team. Update the service setting for the account. +// for a paid feature. +// +// Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon Web Services +// services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't create a new +// SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the +// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the GetServiceSetting API operation to +// view the current value. Or, use the ResetServiceSettingto change the value back to the original +// value defined by the Amazon Web Services service team. +// +// Update the service setting for the account. func (c *Client) UpdateServiceSetting(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateServiceSettingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateServiceSettingOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &UpdateServiceSettingInput{} @@ -44,14 +47,23 @@ type UpdateServiceSettingInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service setting to update. For example, // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-1:111122223333:servicesetting/ssm/parameter-store/high-throughput-enabled // . The setting ID can be one of the following. + // // - /ssm/managed-instance/default-ec2-instance-management-role + // // - /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-destination + // // - /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-group-name + // // - /ssm/documents/console/public-sharing-permission + // // - /ssm/managed-instance/activation-tier + // // - /ssm/opsinsights/opscenter + // // - /ssm/parameter-store/default-parameter-tier + // // - /ssm/parameter-store/high-throughput-enabled + // // Permissions to update the // /ssm/managed-instance/default-ec2-instance-management-role setting should only // be provided to administrators. Implement least privilege access when allowing @@ -62,17 +74,25 @@ type UpdateServiceSettingInput struct { // The new value to specify for the service setting. The following list specifies // the available values for each setting. + // // - For /ssm/managed-instance/default-ec2-instance-management-role , enter the // name of an IAM role. + // // - For /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-destination , enter CloudWatch . + // // - For /ssm/automation/customer-script-log-group-name , enter the name of an // Amazon CloudWatch Logs log group. + // // - For /ssm/documents/console/public-sharing-permission , enter Enable or // Disable . + // // - For /ssm/managed-instance/activation-tier , enter standard or advanced . + // // - For /ssm/opsinsights/opscenter , enter Enabled or Disabled . + // // - For /ssm/parameter-store/default-parameter-tier , enter Standard , Advanced // , or Intelligent-Tiering + // // - For /ssm/parameter-store/high-throughput-enabled , enter true or false . // // This member is required. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/doc.go index e546b70849f29..02f238c371fce 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/doc.go @@ -6,23 +6,29 @@ // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager is the operations hub for your Amazon Web // Services applications and resources and a secure end-to-end management solution // for hybrid cloud environments that enables safe and secure operations at scale. -// This reference is intended to be used with the Amazon Web Services Systems -// Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/) -// . To get started, see Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-setting-up.html) -// . Related resources +// +// This reference is intended to be used with the [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide]. To get started, see [Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager]. +// +// Related resources +// // - For information about each of the capabilities that comprise Systems -// Manager, see Systems Manager capabilities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/what-is-systems-manager.html#systems-manager-capabilities) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// Manager, see [Systems Manager capabilities]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// // - For details about predefined runbooks for Automation, a capability of -// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, see the Systems Manager Automation -// runbook reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager-automation-runbooks/latest/userguide/automation-runbook-reference.html) -// . -// - For information about AppConfig, a capability of Systems Manager, see the -// AppConfig User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/latest/userguide/) -// and the AppConfig API Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/2019-10-09/APIReference/) -// . +// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, see the [Systems Manager Automation runbook reference]. +// +// - For information about AppConfig, a capability of Systems Manager, see the [AppConfig User Guide] +// and the [AppConfig API Reference]. +// // - For information about Incident Manager, a capability of Systems Manager, -// see the Systems Manager Incident Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/incident-manager/latest/userguide/) -// and the Systems Manager Incident Manager API Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/incident-manager/latest/APIReference/) -// . +// see the [Systems Manager Incident Manager User Guide]and the [Systems Manager Incident Manager API Reference]. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ +// [AppConfig User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/latest/userguide/ +// [Systems Manager Automation runbook reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager-automation-runbooks/latest/userguide/automation-runbook-reference.html +// [AppConfig API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/appconfig/2019-10-09/APIReference/ +// [Systems Manager Incident Manager API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/incident-manager/latest/APIReference/ +// [Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-setting-up.html +// [Systems Manager Incident Manager User Guide]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/incident-manager/latest/userguide/ +// [Systems Manager capabilities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/what-is-systems-manager.html#systems-manager-capabilities package ssm diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/go_module_metadata.go index dee51ceaacfbe..df6f16e967e41 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package ssm // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.50.0" +const goModuleVersion = "1.50.1" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/options.go index 197dfd32601dc..2ee31aad6666e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -74,17 +76,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -101,8 +106,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -147,6 +153,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/enums.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/enums.go index 5b42c1e18f303..50f8617609774 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/enums.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/enums.go @@ -15,8 +15,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AssociationComplianceSeverity. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationComplianceSeverity) Values() []AssociationComplianceSeverity { return []AssociationComplianceSeverity{ "CRITICAL", @@ -38,8 +39,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AssociationExecutionFilterKey. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationExecutionFilterKey) Values() []AssociationExecutionFilterKey { return []AssociationExecutionFilterKey{ "ExecutionId", @@ -59,8 +61,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AssociationExecutionTargetsFilterKey. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationExecutionTargetsFilterKey) Values() []AssociationExecutionTargetsFilterKey { return []AssociationExecutionTargetsFilterKey{ "Status", @@ -84,8 +87,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AssociationFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationFilterKey) Values() []AssociationFilterKey { return []AssociationFilterKey{ "InstanceId", @@ -110,8 +114,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AssociationFilterOperatorType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationFilterOperatorType) Values() []AssociationFilterOperatorType { return []AssociationFilterOperatorType{ "EQUAL", @@ -130,8 +135,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AssociationStatusName. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationStatusName) Values() []AssociationStatusName { return []AssociationStatusName{ "Pending", @@ -150,6 +156,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AssociationSyncCompliance. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AssociationSyncCompliance) Values() []AssociationSyncCompliance { return []AssociationSyncCompliance{ @@ -166,8 +173,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AttachmentHashType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AttachmentHashType) Values() []AttachmentHashType { return []AttachmentHashType{ "Sha256", @@ -184,8 +192,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AttachmentsSourceKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AttachmentsSourceKey) Values() []AttachmentsSourceKey { return []AttachmentsSourceKey{ "SourceUrl", @@ -214,8 +223,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AutomationExecutionFilterKey. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutomationExecutionFilterKey) Values() []AutomationExecutionFilterKey { return []AutomationExecutionFilterKey{ "DocumentNamePrefix", @@ -260,6 +270,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for AutomationExecutionStatus. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutomationExecutionStatus) Values() []AutomationExecutionStatus { return []AutomationExecutionStatus{ @@ -293,8 +304,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AutomationSubtype. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutomationSubtype) Values() []AutomationSubtype { return []AutomationSubtype{ "ChangeRequest", @@ -310,8 +322,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for AutomationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (AutomationType) Values() []AutomationType { return []AutomationType{ "CrossAccount", @@ -328,8 +341,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CalendarState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CalendarState) Values() []CalendarState { return []CalendarState{ "OPEN", @@ -349,8 +363,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CommandFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CommandFilterKey) Values() []CommandFilterKey { return []CommandFilterKey{ "InvokedAfter", @@ -376,8 +391,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CommandInvocationStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CommandInvocationStatus) Values() []CommandInvocationStatus { return []CommandInvocationStatus{ "Pending", @@ -404,8 +420,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CommandPluginStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CommandPluginStatus) Values() []CommandPluginStatus { return []CommandPluginStatus{ "Pending", @@ -431,8 +448,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for CommandStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (CommandStatus) Values() []CommandStatus { return []CommandStatus{ "Pending", @@ -458,6 +476,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ComplianceQueryOperatorType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ComplianceQueryOperatorType) Values() []ComplianceQueryOperatorType { return []ComplianceQueryOperatorType{ @@ -482,8 +501,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ComplianceSeverity. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ComplianceSeverity) Values() []ComplianceSeverity { return []ComplianceSeverity{ "CRITICAL", @@ -504,8 +524,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ComplianceStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ComplianceStatus) Values() []ComplianceStatus { return []ComplianceStatus{ "COMPLIANT", @@ -522,8 +543,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ComplianceUploadType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ComplianceUploadType) Values() []ComplianceUploadType { return []ComplianceUploadType{ "COMPLETE", @@ -540,8 +562,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ConnectionStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ConnectionStatus) Values() []ConnectionStatus { return []ConnectionStatus{ "connected", @@ -560,8 +583,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DescribeActivationsFilterKeys. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DescribeActivationsFilterKeys) Values() []DescribeActivationsFilterKeys { return []DescribeActivationsFilterKeys{ "ActivationIds", @@ -581,8 +605,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentFilterKey) Values() []DocumentFilterKey { return []DocumentFilterKey{ "Name", @@ -602,8 +627,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentFormat. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentFormat) Values() []DocumentFormat { return []DocumentFormat{ "YAML", @@ -621,8 +647,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentHashType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentHashType) Values() []DocumentHashType { return []DocumentHashType{ "Sha256", @@ -638,8 +665,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentMetadataEnum. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentMetadataEnum) Values() []DocumentMetadataEnum { return []DocumentMetadataEnum{ "DocumentReviews", @@ -655,8 +683,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentParameterType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentParameterType) Values() []DocumentParameterType { return []DocumentParameterType{ "String", @@ -672,8 +701,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentPermissionType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentPermissionType) Values() []DocumentPermissionType { return []DocumentPermissionType{ "Share", @@ -691,8 +721,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentReviewAction. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentReviewAction) Values() []DocumentReviewAction { return []DocumentReviewAction{ "SendForReview", @@ -711,6 +742,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for DocumentReviewCommentType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentReviewCommentType) Values() []DocumentReviewCommentType { return []DocumentReviewCommentType{ @@ -730,8 +762,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentStatus) Values() []DocumentStatus { return []DocumentStatus{ "Creating", @@ -764,8 +797,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for DocumentType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (DocumentType) Values() []DocumentType { return []DocumentType{ "Command", @@ -795,8 +829,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExecutionMode. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExecutionMode) Values() []ExecutionMode { return []ExecutionMode{ "Auto", @@ -813,8 +848,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ExternalAlarmState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ExternalAlarmState) Values() []ExternalAlarmState { return []ExternalAlarmState{ "UNKNOWN", @@ -832,8 +868,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for Fault. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (Fault) Values() []Fault { return []Fault{ "Client", @@ -858,8 +895,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstanceInformationFilterKey. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstanceInformationFilterKey) Values() []InstanceInformationFilterKey { return []InstanceInformationFilterKey{ "InstanceIds", @@ -885,8 +923,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstancePatchStateOperatorType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstancePatchStateOperatorType) Values() []InstancePatchStateOperatorType { return []InstancePatchStateOperatorType{ "Equal", @@ -913,6 +952,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstancePropertyFilterKey. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstancePropertyFilterKey) Values() []InstancePropertyFilterKey { return []InstancePropertyFilterKey{ @@ -941,8 +981,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InstancePropertyFilterOperator. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InstancePropertyFilterOperator) Values() []InstancePropertyFilterOperator { return []InstancePropertyFilterOperator{ "Equal", @@ -963,6 +1004,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InventoryAttributeDataType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryAttributeDataType) Values() []InventoryAttributeDataType { return []InventoryAttributeDataType{ @@ -980,8 +1022,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for InventoryDeletionStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryDeletionStatus) Values() []InventoryDeletionStatus { return []InventoryDeletionStatus{ "InProgress", @@ -1003,6 +1046,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InventoryQueryOperatorType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventoryQueryOperatorType) Values() []InventoryQueryOperatorType { return []InventoryQueryOperatorType{ @@ -1025,6 +1069,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for InventorySchemaDeleteOption. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (InventorySchemaDeleteOption) Values() []InventorySchemaDeleteOption { return []InventorySchemaDeleteOption{ @@ -1044,6 +1089,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for LastResourceDataSyncStatus. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (LastResourceDataSyncStatus) Values() []LastResourceDataSyncStatus { return []LastResourceDataSyncStatus{ @@ -1069,8 +1115,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MaintenanceWindowExecutionStatus. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MaintenanceWindowExecutionStatus) Values() []MaintenanceWindowExecutionStatus { return []MaintenanceWindowExecutionStatus{ "PENDING", @@ -1094,8 +1141,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MaintenanceWindowResourceType. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MaintenanceWindowResourceType) Values() []MaintenanceWindowResourceType { return []MaintenanceWindowResourceType{ "INSTANCE", @@ -1113,8 +1161,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MaintenanceWindowTaskCutoffBehavior. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MaintenanceWindowTaskCutoffBehavior) Values() []MaintenanceWindowTaskCutoffBehavior { return []MaintenanceWindowTaskCutoffBehavior{ "CONTINUE_TASK", @@ -1134,6 +1183,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for MaintenanceWindowTaskType. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (MaintenanceWindowTaskType) Values() []MaintenanceWindowTaskType { return []MaintenanceWindowTaskType{ @@ -1157,8 +1207,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NotificationEvent. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NotificationEvent) Values() []NotificationEvent { return []NotificationEvent{ "All", @@ -1179,8 +1230,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for NotificationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (NotificationType) Values() []NotificationType { return []NotificationType{ "Command", @@ -1210,8 +1262,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OperatingSystem. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OperatingSystem) Values() []OperatingSystem { return []OperatingSystem{ "WINDOWS", @@ -1245,8 +1298,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OpsFilterOperatorType. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsFilterOperatorType) Values() []OpsFilterOperatorType { return []OpsFilterOperatorType{ "Equal", @@ -1267,8 +1321,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OpsItemDataType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemDataType) Values() []OpsItemDataType { return []OpsItemDataType{ "SearchableString", @@ -1284,8 +1339,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OpsItemEventFilterKey. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemEventFilterKey) Values() []OpsItemEventFilterKey { return []OpsItemEventFilterKey{ "OpsItemId", @@ -1301,6 +1357,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for OpsItemEventFilterOperator. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemEventFilterOperator) Values() []OpsItemEventFilterOperator { return []OpsItemEventFilterOperator{ @@ -1343,8 +1400,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OpsItemFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemFilterKey) Values() []OpsItemFilterKey { return []OpsItemFilterKey{ "Status", @@ -1389,8 +1447,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OpsItemFilterOperator. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemFilterOperator) Values() []OpsItemFilterOperator { return []OpsItemFilterOperator{ "Equal", @@ -1411,8 +1470,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterKey. Note that // this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterKey) Values() []OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterKey { return []OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterKey{ "ResourceType", @@ -1430,8 +1490,9 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterOperator. Note // that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the -// client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across -// updates. +// client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterOperator) Values() []OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterOperator { return []OpsItemRelatedItemsFilterOperator{ "Equal", @@ -1464,8 +1525,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for OpsItemStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (OpsItemStatus) Values() []OpsItemStatus { return []OpsItemStatus{ "Open", @@ -1500,8 +1562,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ParametersFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ParametersFilterKey) Values() []ParametersFilterKey { return []ParametersFilterKey{ "Name", @@ -1520,8 +1583,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ParameterTier. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ParameterTier) Values() []ParameterTier { return []ParameterTier{ "Standard", @@ -1540,8 +1604,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ParameterType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ParameterType) Values() []ParameterType { return []ParameterType{ "String", @@ -1559,8 +1624,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchAction. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchAction) Values() []PatchAction { return []PatchAction{ "ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY", @@ -1583,6 +1649,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for PatchComplianceDataState. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchComplianceDataState) Values() []PatchComplianceDataState { return []PatchComplianceDataState{ @@ -1609,8 +1676,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchComplianceLevel. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchComplianceLevel) Values() []PatchComplianceLevel { return []PatchComplianceLevel{ "CRITICAL", @@ -1633,8 +1701,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchDeploymentStatus. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchDeploymentStatus) Values() []PatchDeploymentStatus { return []PatchDeploymentStatus{ "APPROVED", @@ -1670,8 +1739,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchFilterKey) Values() []PatchFilterKey { return []PatchFilterKey{ "ARCH", @@ -1705,8 +1775,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchOperationType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchOperationType) Values() []PatchOperationType { return []PatchOperationType{ "Scan", @@ -1727,8 +1798,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchProperty. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchProperty) Values() []PatchProperty { return []PatchProperty{ "PRODUCT", @@ -1749,8 +1821,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PatchSet. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PatchSet) Values() []PatchSet { return []PatchSet{ "OS", @@ -1768,8 +1841,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PingStatus. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PingStatus) Values() []PingStatus { return []PingStatus{ "Online", @@ -1788,8 +1862,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for PlatformType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (PlatformType) Values() []PlatformType { return []PlatformType{ "Windows", @@ -1807,8 +1882,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for RebootOption. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (RebootOption) Values() []RebootOption { return []RebootOption{ "RebootIfNeeded", @@ -1825,6 +1901,7 @@ const ( // Values returns all known values for ResourceDataSyncS3Format. Note that this // can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// // The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResourceDataSyncS3Format) Values() []ResourceDataSyncS3Format { return []ResourceDataSyncS3Format{ @@ -1841,8 +1918,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ResourceType. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResourceType) Values() []ResourceType { return []ResourceType{ "ManagedInstance", @@ -1866,8 +1944,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ResourceTypeForTagging. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ResourceTypeForTagging) Values() []ResourceTypeForTagging { return []ResourceTypeForTagging{ "Document", @@ -1893,8 +1972,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for ReviewStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (ReviewStatus) Values() []ReviewStatus { return []ReviewStatus{ "APPROVED", @@ -1917,8 +1997,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SessionFilterKey. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SessionFilterKey) Values() []SessionFilterKey { return []SessionFilterKey{ "InvokedAfter", @@ -1939,8 +2020,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SessionState. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SessionState) Values() []SessionState { return []SessionState{ "Active", @@ -1961,8 +2043,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SessionStatus. Note that this can be -// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SessionStatus) Values() []SessionStatus { return []SessionStatus{ "Connected", @@ -1986,8 +2069,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SignalType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SignalType) Values() []SignalType { return []SignalType{ "Approve", @@ -2008,8 +2092,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for SourceType. Note that this can be expanded -// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of -// this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (SourceType) Values() []SourceType { return []SourceType{ "AWS::EC2::Instance", @@ -2034,8 +2119,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StepExecutionFilterKey. Note that this can -// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The -// ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StepExecutionFilterKey) Values() []StepExecutionFilterKey { return []StepExecutionFilterKey{ "StartTimeBefore", @@ -2059,8 +2145,9 @@ const ( ) // Values returns all known values for StopType. Note that this can be expanded in -// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this -// slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. +// the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. +// +// The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates. func (StopType) Values() []StopType { return []StopType{ "Complete", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/errors.go index f290d40085479..f7d8d80fa09c8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/errors.go @@ -474,10 +474,12 @@ func (e *DocumentLimitExceeded) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.F // The document can't be shared with more Amazon Web Services accounts. You can // specify a maximum of 20 accounts per API operation to share a private document. +// // By default, you can share a private document with a maximum of 1,000 accounts -// and publicly share up to five documents. If you need to increase the quota for -// privately or publicly shared Systems Manager documents, contact Amazon Web -// Services Support. +// and publicly share up to five documents. +// +// If you need to increase the quota for privately or publicly shared Systems +// Manager documents, contact Amazon Web Services Support. type DocumentPermissionLimit struct { Message *string @@ -531,9 +533,12 @@ func (e *DocumentVersionLimitExceeded) ErrorCode() string { func (e *DocumentVersionLimitExceeded) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // Error returned when the ID specified for a resource, such as a maintenance -// window or patch baseline, doesn't exist. For information about resource quotas -// in Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, see Systems Manager service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#limits_ssm) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// window or patch baseline, doesn't exist. +// +// For information about resource quotas in Amazon Web Services Systems Manager, +// see [Systems Manager service quotas]in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// +// [Systems Manager service quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#limits_ssm type DoesNotExistException struct { Message *string @@ -666,9 +671,10 @@ func (e *FeatureNotAvailableException) ErrorCode() string { } func (e *FeatureNotAvailableException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } -// A hierarchy can have a maximum of 15 levels. For more information, see -// Requirements and constraints for parameter names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-parameter-name-constraints.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// A hierarchy can have a maximum of 15 levels. For more information, see [Requirements and constraints for parameter names] in the +// Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Requirements and constraints for parameter names]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-parameter-name-constraints.html type HierarchyLevelLimitExceededException struct { Message *string @@ -1398,11 +1404,15 @@ func (e *InvalidFilterValue) ErrorCode() string { func (e *InvalidFilterValue) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The following problems can cause this exception: +// // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. +// // - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. Verify // that SSM Agent is running. +// // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. +// // - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running , Pending // , Stopped , and Stopping . Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated . type InvalidInstanceId struct { @@ -1970,9 +1980,10 @@ func (e *InvalidResultAttributeException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { retur // The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified // an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For -// information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, see -// Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html) +// information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, see [Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications] // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html type InvalidRole struct { Message *string @@ -2743,18 +2754,22 @@ func (e *ParameterLimitExceeded) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy. // After this number of versions has been created, Parameter Store deletes the // oldest version when a new one is created. However, if the oldest version has a // label attached to it, Parameter Store won't delete the version and instead -// presents this error message: An error occurred -// (ParameterMaxVersionLimitExceeded) when calling the PutParameter operation: You -// attempted to create a new version of parameter-name by calling the PutParameter -// API with the overwrite flag. Version version-number, the oldest version, can't -// be deleted because it has a label associated with it. Move the label to another -// version of the parameter, and try again. This safeguard is to prevent parameter -// versions with mission critical labels assigned to them from being deleted. To -// continue creating new parameters, first move the label from the oldest version -// of the parameter to a newer one for use in your operations. For information -// about moving parameter labels, see Move a parameter label (console) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html#sysman-paramstore-labels-console-move) -// or Move a parameter label (CLI) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html#sysman-paramstore-labels-cli-move) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// presents this error message: +// +// An error occurred (ParameterMaxVersionLimitExceeded) when calling the +// PutParameter operation: You attempted to create a new version of parameter-name +// by calling the PutParameter API with the overwrite flag. Version version-number, +// the oldest version, can't be deleted because it has a label associated with it. +// Move the label to another version of the parameter, and try again. +// +// This safeguard is to prevent parameter versions with mission critical labels +// assigned to them from being deleted. To continue creating new parameters, first +// move the label from the oldest version of the parameter to a newer one for use +// in your operations. For information about moving parameter labels, see [Move a parameter label (console)]or [Move a parameter label (CLI)] in +// the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Move a parameter label (CLI)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html#sysman-paramstore-labels-cli-move +// [Move a parameter label (console)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html#sysman-paramstore-labels-console-move type ParameterMaxVersionLimitExceeded struct { Message *string @@ -3084,10 +3099,12 @@ func (e *ResourceInUseException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *ResourceInUseException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // Error returned when the caller has exceeded the default resource quotas. For -// example, too many maintenance windows or patch baselines have been created. For -// information about resource quotas in Systems Manager, see Systems Manager -// service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#limits_ssm) -// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. +// example, too many maintenance windows or patch baselines have been created. +// +// For information about resource quotas in Systems Manager, see [Systems Manager service quotas] in the Amazon +// Web Services General Reference. +// +// [Systems Manager service quotas]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/ssm.html#limits_ssm type ResourceLimitExceededException struct { Message *string @@ -3198,9 +3215,9 @@ func (e *ResourcePolicyInvalidParameterException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault return smithy.FaultClient } -// The PutResourcePolicy API action enforces two limits. A policy can't be greater -// than 1024 bytes in size. And only one policy can be attached to OpsItemGroup . -// Verify these limits and try again. +// The PutResourcePolicy API action enforces two limits. A policy can't be greater than 1024 bytes +// in size. And only one policy can be attached to OpsItemGroup . Verify these +// limits and try again. type ResourcePolicyLimitExceededException struct { Message *string @@ -3366,11 +3383,11 @@ func (e *TargetInUseException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *TargetInUseException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The specified target managed node for the session isn't fully configured for -// use with Session Manager. For more information, see Getting started with -// Session Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/session-manager-getting-started.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. This error is also -// returned if you attempt to start a session on a managed node that is located in -// a different account or Region +// use with Session Manager. For more information, see [Getting started with Session Manager]in the Amazon Web Services +// Systems Manager User Guide. This error is also returned if you attempt to start +// a session on a managed node that is located in a different account or Region +// +// [Getting started with Session Manager]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/session-manager-getting-started.html type TargetNotConnected struct { Message *string @@ -3504,8 +3521,9 @@ func (e *UnsupportedCalendarException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return s // Patching for applications released by Microsoft is only available on EC2 // instances and advanced instances. To patch applications released by Microsoft on // on-premises servers and VMs, you must enable advanced instances. For more -// information, see Turning on the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// information, see [Turning on the advanced-instances tier]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Turning on the advanced-instances tier]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html type UnsupportedFeatureRequiredException struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/types.go index d0ea4da9473f7..4bc962a92fe63 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types/types.go @@ -123,12 +123,14 @@ type Association struct { // The version of the document used in the association. If you change a document // version for a State Manager association, Systems Manager immediately runs the // association unless you previously specifed the apply-only-at-cron-interval - // parameter. State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new - // version of a document if that document is shared from another account. State - // Manager always runs the default version of a document if shared from another - // account, even though the Systems Manager console shows that a new version was - // processed. If you want to run an association using a new version of a document - // shared form another account, you must set the document version to default . + // parameter. + // + // State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new version of a + // document if that document is shared from another account. State Manager always + // runs the default version of a document if shared from another account, even + // though the Systems Manager console shows that a new version was processed. If + // you want to run an association using a new version of a document shared form + // another account, you must set the document version to default . DocumentVersion *string // The number of hours that an association can run on specified targets. After the @@ -197,9 +199,9 @@ type AssociationDescription struct { // The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Change Calendar type documents // your associations are gated under. The associations only run when that change - // calendar is open. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager - // Change Calendar (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar) - // . + // calendar is open. For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar CalendarNames []string // The severity level that is assigned to the association. @@ -231,11 +233,12 @@ type AssociationDescription struct { // The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. // You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for // example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the - // association at the same time. If a new managed node starts and attempts to run - // an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, - // the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new - // managed node will process its association within the limit specified for - // MaxConcurrency . + // association at the same time. + // + // If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems + // Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to + // run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its + // association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency . MaxConcurrency *string // The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests @@ -245,11 +248,12 @@ type AssociationDescription struct { // fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending // requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 // managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the - // request when the sixth error is received. Executions that are already running an - // association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of - // these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be - // more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that - // executions proceed one at a time. + // request when the sixth error is received. + // + // Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached + // are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you + // need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set + // MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time. MaxErrors *string // The name of the SSM document. @@ -277,12 +281,14 @@ type AssociationDescription struct { // In AUTO mode, the system uses the status of the association execution to // determine the compliance status. If the association execution runs successfully, // then the association is COMPLIANT . If the association execution doesn't run - // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . In MANUAL mode, you must - // specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API + // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . + // + // In MANUAL mode, you must specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API // operation. In this case, compliance data isn't managed by State Manager, a // capability of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager. It is managed by your direct - // call to the PutComplianceItems API operation. By default, all associations use - // AUTO mode. + // call to the PutComplianceItemsAPI operation. + // + // By default, all associations use AUTO mode. SyncCompliance AssociationSyncCompliance // The combination of Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web Services accounts @@ -412,7 +418,9 @@ type AssociationExecutionTargetsFilter struct { // Describes a filter. type AssociationFilter struct { - // The name of the filter. InstanceId has been deprecated. + // The name of the filter. + // + // InstanceId has been deprecated. // // This member is required. Key AssociationFilterKey @@ -487,9 +495,9 @@ type AssociationVersionInfo struct { // The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Change Calendar type documents // your associations are gated under. The associations for this version only run - // when that Change Calendar is open. For more information, see Amazon Web - // Services Systems Manager Change Calendar (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar) - // . + // when that Change Calendar is open. For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar CalendarNames []string // The severity level that is assigned to the association. @@ -510,11 +518,12 @@ type AssociationVersionInfo struct { // The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. // You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for // example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the - // association at the same time. If a new managed node starts and attempts to run - // an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, - // the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new - // managed node will process its association within the limit specified for - // MaxConcurrency . + // association at the same time. + // + // If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems + // Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to + // run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its + // association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency . MaxConcurrency *string // The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests @@ -524,11 +533,12 @@ type AssociationVersionInfo struct { // fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending // requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 // managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the - // request when the sixth error is received. Executions that are already running an - // association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of - // these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be - // more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that - // executions proceed one at a time. + // request when the sixth error is received. + // + // Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached + // are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you + // need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set + // MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time. MaxErrors *string // The name specified when the association was created. @@ -552,12 +562,14 @@ type AssociationVersionInfo struct { // In AUTO mode, the system uses the status of the association execution to // determine the compliance status. If the association execution runs successfully, // then the association is COMPLIANT . If the association execution doesn't run - // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . In MANUAL mode, you must - // specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API + // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . + // + // In MANUAL mode, you must specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API // operation. In this case, compliance data isn't managed by State Manager, a // capability of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager. It is managed by your direct - // call to the PutComplianceItems API operation. By default, all associations use - // AUTO mode. + // call to the PutComplianceItemsAPI operation. + // + // By default, all associations use AUTO mode. SyncCompliance AssociationSyncCompliance // The combination of Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web Services accounts @@ -620,16 +632,26 @@ type AttachmentsSource struct { // The value of a key-value pair that identifies the location of an attachment to // a document. The format for Value depends on the type of key you specify. + // // - For the key SourceUrl, the value is an S3 bucket location. For example: - // "Values": [ "s3://doc-example-bucket/my-folder" ] + // + // "Values": [ "s3://doc-example-bucket/my-folder" ] + // // - For the key S3FileUrl, the value is a file in an S3 bucket. For example: - // "Values": [ "s3://doc-example-bucket/my-folder/my-file.py" ] + // + // "Values": [ "s3://doc-example-bucket/my-folder/my-file.py" ] + // // - For the key AttachmentReference, the value is constructed from the name of // another SSM document in your account, a version number of that document, and a // file attached to that document version that you want to reuse. For example: - // "Values": [ "MyOtherDocument/3/my-other-file.py" ] However, if the SSM - // document is shared with you from another account, the full SSM document ARN must - // be specified instead of the document name only. For example: "Values": [ + // + // "Values": [ "MyOtherDocument/3/my-other-file.py" ] + // + // However, if the SSM document is shared with you from another account, the full + // SSM document ARN must be specified instead of the document name only. For + // example: + // + // "Values": [ // "arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:111122223333:document/OtherAccountDocument/3/their-file.py" // ] Values []string @@ -701,8 +723,7 @@ type AutomationExecution struct { // The list of execution outputs as defined in the Automation runbook. Outputs map[string][]string - // The key-value map of execution parameters, which were supplied when calling - // StartAutomationExecution . + // The key-value map of execution parameters, which were supplied when calling StartAutomationExecution. Parameters map[string][]string // The AutomationExecutionId of the parent automation. @@ -717,8 +738,10 @@ type AutomationExecution struct { ResolvedTargets *ResolvedTargets // Information about the Automation runbooks that are run as part of a runbook - // workflow. The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run - // until all required approvals for the change request have been received. + // workflow. + // + // The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run until all + // required approvals for the change request have been received. Runbooks []Runbook // The date and time the Automation operation is scheduled to start. @@ -795,12 +818,12 @@ type AutomationExecutionMetadata struct { // ChangeRequest . AutomationSubtype AutomationSubtype - // Use this filter with DescribeAutomationExecutions . Specify either Local or - // CrossAccount. CrossAccount is an Automation that runs in multiple Amazon Web - // Services Regions and Amazon Web Services accounts. For more information, see - // Running Automation workflows in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and - // accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-automation-multiple-accounts-and-regions.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Use this filter with DescribeAutomationExecutions. Specify either Local or CrossAccount. CrossAccount is an + // Automation that runs in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web + // Services accounts. For more information, see [Running Automation workflows in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts]in the Amazon Web Services Systems + // Manager User Guide. + // + // [Running Automation workflows in multiple Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-automation-multiple-accounts-and-regions.html AutomationType AutomationType // The name of the Change Manager change request. @@ -857,9 +880,10 @@ type AutomationExecutionMetadata struct { ResolvedTargets *ResolvedTargets // Information about the Automation runbooks that are run during a runbook - // workflow in Change Manager. The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook - // workflow can't run until all required approvals for the change request have been - // received. + // workflow in Change Manager. + // + // The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run until all + // required approvals for the change request have been received. Runbooks []Runbook // The date and time the Automation operation is scheduled to start. @@ -889,10 +913,12 @@ type BaselineOverride struct { // A set of rules defining the approval rules for a patch baseline. ApprovalRules *PatchRuleGroup - // A list of explicitly approved patches for the baseline. For information about - // accepted formats for lists of approved patches and rejected patches, see About - // package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // A list of explicitly approved patches for the baseline. + // + // For information about accepted formats for lists of approved patches and + // rejected patches, see [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html ApprovedPatches []string // Defines the compliance level for approved patches. When an approved patch is @@ -911,10 +937,12 @@ type BaselineOverride struct { // The operating system rule used by the patch baseline override. OperatingSystem OperatingSystem - // A list of explicitly rejected patches for the baseline. For information about - // accepted formats for lists of approved patches and rejected patches, see About - // package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // A list of explicitly rejected patches for the baseline. + // + // For information about accepted formats for lists of approved patches and + // rejected patches, see [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [About package name formats for approved and rejected patch lists]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-approved-rejected-package-name-formats.html RejectedPatches []string // The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages @@ -936,7 +964,9 @@ type CloudWatchOutputConfig struct { // The name of the CloudWatch Logs log group where you want to send command // output. If you don't specify a group name, Amazon Web Services Systems Manager // automatically creates a log group for you. The log group uses the following - // naming format: aws/ssm/SystemsManagerDocumentName + // naming format: + // + // aws/ssm/SystemsManagerDocumentName CloudWatchLogGroupName *string // Enables Systems Manager to send command output to CloudWatch Logs. @@ -982,8 +1012,9 @@ type Command struct { // If a command expires, it changes status to DeliveryTimedOut for all invocations // that have the status InProgress , Pending , or Delayed . ExpiresAfter is // calculated based on the total timeout for the overall command. For more - // information, see Understanding command timeout values (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html?icmpid=docs_ec2_console#monitor-about-status-timeouts) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // information, see [Understanding command timeout values]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Understanding command timeout values]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html?icmpid=docs_ec2_console#monitor-about-status-timeouts ExpiresAfter *time.Time // The managed node IDs against which this command was requested. @@ -992,17 +1023,19 @@ type Command struct { // The maximum number of managed nodes that are allowed to run the command at the // same time. You can specify a number of managed nodes, such as 10, or a // percentage of nodes, such as 10%. The default value is 50. For more information - // about how to use MaxConcurrency , see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run - // Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // about how to use MaxConcurrency , see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run Command] in the Amazon Web Services Systems + // Manager User Guide. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run Command]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html MaxConcurrency *string // The maximum number of errors allowed before the system stops sending the // command to additional targets. You can specify a number of errors, such as 10, // or a percentage or errors, such as 10%. The default value is 0 . For more - // information about how to use MaxErrors , see Amazon Web Services Systems - // Manager Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // information about how to use MaxErrors , see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run Command] in the Amazon Web Services + // Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run Command]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html MaxErrors *string // Configurations for sending notifications about command status changes. @@ -1038,31 +1071,42 @@ type Command struct { // A detailed status of the command execution. StatusDetails includes more // information than Status because it includes states resulting from error and // concurrency control parameters. StatusDetails can show different results than - // Status. For more information about these statuses, see Understanding command - // statuses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one - // of the following values: + // Status. For more information about these statuses, see [Understanding command statuses]in the Amazon Web + // Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one of the following + // values: + // // - Pending: The command hasn't been sent to any managed nodes. + // // - In Progress: The command has been sent to at least one managed node but // hasn't reached a final state on all managed nodes. + // // - Success: The command successfully ran on all invocations. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Delivery Timed Out: The value of MaxErrors or more command invocations // shows a status of Delivery Timed Out. This is a terminal state. + // // - Execution Timed Out: The value of MaxErrors or more command invocations // shows a status of Execution Timed Out. This is a terminal state. + // // - Failed: The value of MaxErrors or more command invocations shows a status // of Failed. This is a terminal state. + // // - Incomplete: The command was attempted on all managed nodes and one or more // invocations doesn't have a value of Success but not enough invocations failed // for the status to be Failed. This is a terminal state. + // // - Cancelled: The command was terminated before it was completed. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Rate Exceeded: The number of managed nodes targeted by the command exceeded // the account limit for pending invocations. The system has canceled the command // before running it on any managed node. This is a terminal state. + // // - Delayed: The system attempted to send the command to the managed node but // wasn't successful. The system retries again. + // + // [Understanding command statuses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html StatusDetails *string // The number of targets for the command. @@ -1082,60 +1126,98 @@ type Command struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Describes a command filter. A managed node ID can't be specified when a command -// status is Pending because the command hasn't run on the node yet. +// Describes a command filter. +// +// A managed node ID can't be specified when a command status is Pending because +// the command hasn't run on the node yet. type CommandFilter struct { - // The name of the filter. The ExecutionStage filter can't be used with the - // ListCommandInvocations operation, only with ListCommands . + // The name of the filter. + // + // The ExecutionStage filter can't be used with the ListCommandInvocations + // operation, only with ListCommands . // // This member is required. Key CommandFilterKey // The filter value. Valid values for each filter key are as follows: + // // - InvokedAfter: Specify a timestamp to limit your results. For example, // specify 2021-07-07T00:00:00Z to see a list of command executions occurring // July 7, 2021, and later. + // // - InvokedBefore: Specify a timestamp to limit your results. For example, // specify 2021-07-07T00:00:00Z to see a list of command executions from before // July 7, 2021. + // // - Status: Specify a valid command status to see a list of all command - // executions with that status. The status choices depend on the API you call. The - // status values you can specify for ListCommands are: + // executions with that status. The status choices depend on the API you call. + // + // The status values you can specify for ListCommands are: + // // - Pending + // // - InProgress + // // - Success + // // - Cancelled + // // - Failed + // // - TimedOut (this includes both Delivery and Execution time outs) + // // - AccessDenied + // // - DeliveryTimedOut + // // - ExecutionTimedOut + // // - Incomplete + // // - NoInstancesInTag - // - LimitExceeded The status values you can specify for ListCommandInvocations - // are: + // + // - LimitExceeded + // + // The status values you can specify for ListCommandInvocations are: + // // - Pending + // // - InProgress + // // - Delayed + // // - Success + // // - Cancelled + // // - Failed + // // - TimedOut (this includes both Delivery and Execution time outs) + // // - AccessDenied + // // - DeliveryTimedOut + // // - ExecutionTimedOut + // // - Undeliverable + // // - InvalidPlatform + // // - Terminated + // // - DocumentName: Specify name of the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager // document (SSM document) for which you want to see command execution results. For // example, specify AWS-RunPatchBaseline to see command executions that used this // SSM document to perform security patching operations on managed nodes. + // // - ExecutionStage: Specify one of the following values ( ListCommands // operations only): + // // - Executing : Returns a list of command executions that are currently still // running. + // // - Complete : Returns a list of command executions that have already completed. // // This member is required. @@ -1210,41 +1292,52 @@ type CommandInvocation struct { // node targeted by the command). StatusDetails includes more information than // Status because it includes states resulting from error and concurrency control // parameters. StatusDetails can show different results than Status. For more - // information about these statuses, see Understanding command statuses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one - // of the following values: + // information about these statuses, see [Understanding command statuses]in the Amazon Web Services Systems + // Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one of the following values: + // // - Pending: The command hasn't been sent to the managed node. + // // - In Progress: The command has been sent to the managed node but hasn't // reached a terminal state. + // // - Success: The execution of the command or plugin was successfully completed. // This is a terminal state. + // // - Delivery Timed Out: The command wasn't delivered to the managed node before // the delivery timeout expired. Delivery timeouts don't count against the parent // command's MaxErrors limit, but they do contribute to whether the parent // command status is Success or Incomplete. This is a terminal state. + // // - Execution Timed Out: Command execution started on the managed node, but the // execution wasn't complete before the execution timeout expired. Execution // timeouts count against the MaxErrors limit of the parent command. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Failed: The command wasn't successful on the managed node. For a plugin, // this indicates that the result code wasn't zero. For a command invocation, this // indicates that the result code for one or more plugins wasn't zero. Invocation // failures count against the MaxErrors limit of the parent command. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Cancelled: The command was terminated before it was completed. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Undeliverable: The command can't be delivered to the managed node. The // managed node might not exist or might not be responding. Undeliverable // invocations don't count against the parent command's MaxErrors limit and don't // contribute to whether the parent command status is Success or Incomplete. This // is a terminal state. + // // - Terminated: The parent command exceeded its MaxErrors limit and subsequent // command invocations were canceled by the system. This is a terminal state. + // // - Delayed: The system attempted to send the command to the managed node but // wasn't successful. The system retries again. + // + // [Understanding command statuses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html StatusDetails *string - // Gets the trace output sent by the agent. + // Gets the trace output sent by the agent. TraceOutput *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1264,21 +1357,31 @@ type CommandPlugin struct { // The S3 bucket where the responses to the command executions should be stored. // This was requested when issuing the command. For example, in the following // response: - // doc-example-bucket/ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix/i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE/awsrunShellScript + // + // doc-example-bucket/ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix/i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE/awsrunShellScript + // // doc-example-bucket is the name of the S3 bucket; + // // ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix is the name of the S3 prefix; - // i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE is the managed node ID; awsrunShellScript is the name of - // the plugin. + // + // i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE is the managed node ID; + // + // awsrunShellScript is the name of the plugin. OutputS3BucketName *string // The S3 directory path inside the bucket where the responses to the command // executions should be stored. This was requested when issuing the command. For // example, in the following response: - // doc-example-bucket/ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix/i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE/awsrunShellScript + // + // doc-example-bucket/ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix/i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE/awsrunShellScript + // // doc-example-bucket is the name of the S3 bucket; + // // ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix is the name of the S3 prefix; - // i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE is the managed node ID; awsrunShellScript is the name of - // the plugin. + // + // i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE is the managed node ID; + // + // awsrunShellScript is the name of the plugin. OutputS3KeyPrefix *string // (Deprecated) You can no longer specify this parameter. The system ignores it. @@ -1310,37 +1413,47 @@ type CommandPlugin struct { // A detailed status of the plugin execution. StatusDetails includes more // information than Status because it includes states resulting from error and // concurrency control parameters. StatusDetails can show different results than - // Status. For more information about these statuses, see Understanding command - // statuses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one - // of the following values: + // Status. For more information about these statuses, see [Understanding command statuses]in the Amazon Web + // Services Systems Manager User Guide. StatusDetails can be one of the following + // values: + // // - Pending: The command hasn't been sent to the managed node. + // // - In Progress: The command has been sent to the managed node but hasn't // reached a terminal state. + // // - Success: The execution of the command or plugin was successfully completed. // This is a terminal state. + // // - Delivery Timed Out: The command wasn't delivered to the managed node before // the delivery timeout expired. Delivery timeouts don't count against the parent // command's MaxErrors limit, but they do contribute to whether the parent // command status is Success or Incomplete. This is a terminal state. + // // - Execution Timed Out: Command execution started on the managed node, but the // execution wasn't complete before the execution timeout expired. Execution // timeouts count against the MaxErrors limit of the parent command. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Failed: The command wasn't successful on the managed node. For a plugin, // this indicates that the result code wasn't zero. For a command invocation, this // indicates that the result code for one or more plugins wasn't zero. Invocation // failures count against the MaxErrors limit of the parent command. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Cancelled: The command was terminated before it was completed. This is a // terminal state. + // // - Undeliverable: The command can't be delivered to the managed node. The // managed node might not exist, or it might not be responding. Undeliverable // invocations don't count against the parent command's MaxErrors limit, and they // don't contribute to whether the parent command status is Success or Incomplete. // This is a terminal state. + // // - Terminated: The parent command exceeded its MaxErrors limit and subsequent // command invocations were canceled by the system. This is a terminal state. + // + // [Understanding command statuses]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitor-commands.html StatusDetails *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -1489,16 +1602,24 @@ type CompliantSummary struct { type CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry struct { // The name of the SSM document that contains the configuration information for - // the managed node. You can specify Command or Automation runbooks. You can - // specify Amazon Web Services-predefined documents, documents you created, or a - // document that is shared with you from another account. For SSM documents that - // are shared with you from other Amazon Web Services accounts, you must specify - // the complete SSM document ARN, in the following format: - // arn:aws:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name For example: - // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document For Amazon Web - // Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in your account, you - // only need to specify the document name. For example, AWS-ApplyPatchBaseline or - // My-Document . + // the managed node. You can specify Command or Automation runbooks. + // + // You can specify Amazon Web Services-predefined documents, documents you + // created, or a document that is shared with you from another account. + // + // For SSM documents that are shared with you from other Amazon Web Services + // accounts, you must specify the complete SSM document ARN, in the following + // format: + // + // arn:aws:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name + // + // For example: + // + // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document + // + // For Amazon Web Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in + // your account, you only need to specify the document name. For example, + // AWS-ApplyPatchBaseline or My-Document . // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -1523,9 +1644,9 @@ type CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry struct { // The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Change Calendar type documents // your associations are gated under. The associations only run when that Change - // Calendar is open. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager - // Change Calendar (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar) - // . + // Calendar is open. For more information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]. + // + // [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Change Calendar]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-change-calendar CalendarNames []string // The severity level to assign to the association. @@ -1538,32 +1659,40 @@ type CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry struct { // applies to associations that are currently running, and any pending and in // progress commands on all targets. If a target was taken offline for the // association to run, it is made available again immediately, without a reboot. + // // The Duration parameter applies only when both these conditions are true: + // // - The association for which you specify a duration is cancelable according to // the parameters of the SSM command document or Automation runbook associated with // this execution. - // - The command specifies the ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry.html#systemsmanager-Type-CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry-ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval) - // parameter, which means that the association doesn't run immediately after it is - // created, but only according to the specified schedule. + // + // - The command specifies the [ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval]parameter, which means that the association + // doesn't run immediately after it is created, but only according to the specified + // schedule. + // + // [ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/APIReference/API_CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry.html#systemsmanager-Type-CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry-ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval Duration *int32 - // The managed node ID. InstanceId has been deprecated. To specify a managed node - // ID for an association, use the Targets parameter. Requests that include the - // parameter InstanceID with Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that use - // schema version 2.0 or later will fail. In addition, if you use the parameter - // InstanceId , you can't use the parameters AssociationName , DocumentVersion , - // MaxErrors , MaxConcurrency , OutputLocation , or ScheduleExpression . To use - // these parameters, you must use the Targets parameter. + // The managed node ID. + // + // InstanceId has been deprecated. To specify a managed node ID for an + // association, use the Targets parameter. Requests that include the parameter + // InstanceID with Systems Manager documents (SSM documents) that use schema + // version 2.0 or later will fail. In addition, if you use the parameter InstanceId + // , you can't use the parameters AssociationName , DocumentVersion , MaxErrors , + // MaxConcurrency , OutputLocation , or ScheduleExpression . To use these + // parameters, you must use the Targets parameter. InstanceId *string // The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. // You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for // example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the - // association at the same time. If a new managed node starts and attempts to run - // an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, - // the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new - // managed node will process its association within the limit specified for - // MaxConcurrency . + // association at the same time. + // + // If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems + // Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to + // run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its + // association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency . MaxConcurrency *string // The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests @@ -1573,11 +1702,12 @@ type CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry struct { // fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending // requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 // managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the - // request when the sixth error is received. Executions that are already running an - // association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of - // these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be - // more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that - // executions proceed one at a time. + // request when the sixth error is received. + // + // Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached + // are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you + // need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set + // MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time. MaxErrors *string // An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request. @@ -1596,12 +1726,14 @@ type CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry struct { // In AUTO mode, the system uses the status of the association execution to // determine the compliance status. If the association execution runs successfully, // then the association is COMPLIANT . If the association execution doesn't run - // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . In MANUAL mode, you must - // specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API + // successfully, the association is NON-COMPLIANT . + // + // In MANUAL mode, you must specify the AssociationId as a parameter for the PutComplianceItems API // operation. In this case, compliance data isn't managed by State Manager, a // capability of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager. It is managed by your direct - // call to the PutComplianceItems API operation. By default, all associations use - // AUTO mode. + // call to the PutComplianceItemsAPI operation. + // + // By default, all associations use AUTO mode. SyncCompliance AssociationSyncCompliance // Use this action to create an association in multiple Regions and multiple @@ -1674,7 +1806,7 @@ type DocumentDescription struct { Description *string // The friendly name of the SSM document. This value can differ for each version - // of the document. If you want to update this value, see UpdateDocument . + // of the document. If you want to update this value, see UpdateDocument. DisplayName *string // The document format, either JSON or YAML. @@ -1687,11 +1819,13 @@ type DocumentDescription struct { DocumentVersion *string // The Sha256 or Sha1 hash created by the system when the document was created. + // // Sha1 hashes have been deprecated. Hash *string - // The hash type of the document. Valid values include Sha256 or Sha1 . Sha1 hashes - // have been deprecated. + // The hash type of the document. Valid values include Sha256 or Sha1 . + // + // Sha1 hashes have been deprecated. HashType DocumentHashType // The latest version of the document. @@ -1742,9 +1876,10 @@ type DocumentDescription struct { Tags []Tag // The target type which defines the kinds of resources the document can run on. - // For example, /AWS::EC2::Instance . For a list of valid resource types, see - // Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) - // in the CloudFormation User Guide. + // For example, /AWS::EC2::Instance . For a list of valid resource types, see [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference] in + // the CloudFormation User Guide. + // + // [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html TargetType *string // The version of the artifact associated with the document. @@ -1753,7 +1888,7 @@ type DocumentDescription struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// This data type is deprecated. Instead, use DocumentKeyValuesFilter . +// This data type is deprecated. Instead, use DocumentKeyValuesFilter. type DocumentFilter struct { // The name of the filter. @@ -1780,7 +1915,7 @@ type DocumentIdentifier struct { // An optional field where you can specify a friendly name for the SSM document. // This value can differ for each version of the document. If you want to update - // this value, see UpdateDocument . + // this value, see UpdateDocument. DisplayName *string // The document format, either JSON or YAML. @@ -1816,9 +1951,10 @@ type DocumentIdentifier struct { Tags []Tag // The target type which defines the kinds of resources the document can run on. - // For example, /AWS::EC2::Instance . For a list of valid resource types, see - // Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) - // in the CloudFormation User Guide. + // For example, /AWS::EC2::Instance . For a list of valid resource types, see [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference] in + // the CloudFormation User Guide. + // + // [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html TargetType *string // An optional field specifying the version of the artifact associated with the @@ -1830,46 +1966,76 @@ type DocumentIdentifier struct { } // One or more filters. Use a filter to return a more specific list of documents. -// For keys, you can specify one or more tags that have been applied to a document. +// +// For keys, you can specify one or more tags that have been applied to a +// document. +// // You can also use Amazon Web Services-provided keys, some of which have specific // allowed values. These keys and their associated values are as follows: +// // DocumentType +// // - ApplicationConfiguration +// // - ApplicationConfigurationSchema +// // - Automation +// // - ChangeCalendar +// // - Command +// // - Package +// // - Policy +// // - Session // // Owner Note that only one Owner can be specified in a request. For example: // Key=Owner,Values=Self . +// // - Amazon +// // - Private +// // - Public +// // - Self +// // - ThirdParty // // PlatformTypes +// // - Linux +// // - Windows // // Name is another Amazon Web Services-provided key. If you use Name as a key, you // can use a name prefix to return a list of documents. For example, in the Amazon // Web Services CLI, to return a list of all documents that begin with Te , run the -// following command: aws ssm list-documents --filters Key=Name,Values=Te You can -// also use the TargetType Amazon Web Services-provided key. For a list of valid -// resource type values that can be used with this key, see Amazon Web Services -// resource and property types reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html) -// in the CloudFormation User Guide. If you specify more than two keys, only -// documents that are identified by all the tags are returned in the results. If -// you specify more than two values for a key, documents that are identified by any -// of the values are returned in the results. To specify a custom key-value pair, -// use the format Key=tag:tagName,Values=valueName . For example, if you created a -// key called region and are using the Amazon Web Services CLI to call the -// list-documents command: aws ssm list-documents --filters -// Key=tag:region,Values=east,west Key=Owner,Values=Self +// following command: +// +// aws ssm list-documents --filters Key=Name,Values=Te +// +// You can also use the TargetType Amazon Web Services-provided key. For a list of +// valid resource type values that can be used with this key, see [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference]in the +// CloudFormation User Guide. +// +// If you specify more than two keys, only documents that are identified by all +// the tags are returned in the results. If you specify more than two values for a +// key, documents that are identified by any of the values are returned in the +// results. +// +// To specify a custom key-value pair, use the format +// Key=tag:tagName,Values=valueName . +// +// For example, if you created a key called region and are using the Amazon Web +// Services CLI to call the list-documents command: +// +// aws ssm list-documents --filters Key=tag:region,Values=east,west +// Key=Owner,Values=Self +// +// [Amazon Web Services resource and property types reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-template-resource-type-ref.html type DocumentKeyValuesFilter struct { // The name of the filter key. @@ -1959,9 +2125,11 @@ type DocumentReviewerResponseSource struct { CreateTime *time.Time // The current review status of a new custom SSM document created by a member of - // your organization, or of the latest version of an existing SSM document. Only - // one version of a document can be in the APPROVED state at a time. When a new - // version is approved, the status of the previous version changes to REJECTED. + // your organization, or of the latest version of an existing SSM document. + // + // Only one version of a document can be in the APPROVED state at a time. When a + // new version is approved, the status of the previous version changes to REJECTED. + // // Only one version of a document can be in review, or PENDING, at a time. ReviewStatus ReviewStatus @@ -1997,7 +2165,7 @@ type DocumentVersionInfo struct { CreatedDate *time.Time // The friendly name of the SSM document. This value can differ for each version - // of the document. If you want to update this value, see UpdateDocument . + // of the document. If you want to update this value, see UpdateDocument. DisplayName *string // The document format, either JSON or YAML. @@ -2142,10 +2310,12 @@ type InstanceAssociation struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request. For the -// minimal permissions required to enable Amazon S3 output for an association, see -// Create an association (console) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/state-manager-associations-creating.html#state-manager-associations-console) -// in the Systems Manager User Guide. +// An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request. +// +// For the minimal permissions required to enable Amazon S3 output for an +// association, see [Create an association (console)]in the Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Create an association (console)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/state-manager-associations-creating.html#state-manager-associations-console type InstanceAssociationOutputLocation struct { // An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request. @@ -2231,9 +2401,11 @@ type InstanceInformation struct { // Systems Manager managed node. This call doesn't return the IAM role for Amazon // Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances. To retrieve the IAM role for an // EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances operation. For information, - // see DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or describe-instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-instances.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services CLI Command Reference. + // see [DescribeInstances]in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or [describe-instances] in the Amazon Web Services CLI Command + // Reference. + // + // [DescribeInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html + // [describe-instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-instances.html IamRole *string // The managed node ID. @@ -2256,19 +2428,22 @@ type InstanceInformation struct { // The name assigned to an on-premises server, edge device, or virtual machine // (VM) when it is activated as a Systems Manager managed node. The name is - // specified as the DefaultInstanceName property using the CreateActivation - // command. It is applied to the managed node by specifying the Activation Code and - // Activation ID when you install SSM Agent on the node, as explained in Install - // SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Linux) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-linux.html) - // and Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Windows) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-win.html) - // . To retrieve the Name tag of an EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 - // DescribeInstances operation. For information, see DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or describe-instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-instances.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services CLI Command Reference. + // specified as the DefaultInstanceName property using the CreateActivation command. It is applied + // to the managed node by specifying the Activation Code and Activation ID when you + // install SSM Agent on the node, as explained in [Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Linux)]and [Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Windows)]. To retrieve the Name tag + // of an EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances operation. For + // information, see [DescribeInstances]in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or [describe-instances] in the Amazon Web Services + // CLI Command Reference. + // + // [Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Windows)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-win.html + // [Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Linux)]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-linux.html + // [DescribeInstances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html + // [describe-instances]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-instances.html Name *string - // Connection status of SSM Agent. The status Inactive has been deprecated and is - // no longer in use. + // Connection status of SSM Agent. + // + // The status Inactive has been deprecated and is no longer in use. PingStatus PingStatus // The name of the operating system platform running on your managed node. @@ -2299,10 +2474,10 @@ type InstanceInformation struct { } // Describes a filter for a specific list of managed nodes. You can filter node -// information by using tags. You specify tags by using a key-value mapping. Use -// this operation instead of the -// DescribeInstanceInformationRequest$InstanceInformationFilterList method. The -// InstanceInformationFilterList method is a legacy method and doesn't support tags. +// information by using tags. You specify tags by using a key-value mapping. +// +// Use this operation instead of the DescribeInstanceInformationRequest$InstanceInformationFilterList method. The InstanceInformationFilterList +// method is a legacy method and doesn't support tags. type InstanceInformationFilter struct { // The name of the filter. @@ -2321,18 +2496,24 @@ type InstanceInformationFilter struct { // The filters to describe or get information about your managed nodes. type InstanceInformationStringFilter struct { - // The filter key name to describe your managed nodes. Valid filter key values: - // ActivationIds | AgentVersion | AssociationStatus | IamRole | InstanceIds | - // PingStatus | PlatformTypes | ResourceType | SourceIds | SourceTypes | "tag-key" - // | "tag: {keyname} - // - Valid values for the AssociationStatus filter key: Success | Pending | - // Failed + // The filter key name to describe your managed nodes. + // + // Valid filter key values: ActivationIds | AgentVersion | AssociationStatus | + // IamRole | InstanceIds | PingStatus | PlatformTypes | ResourceType | SourceIds | + // SourceTypes | "tag-key" | "tag: {keyname} + // + // - Valid values for the AssociationStatus filter key: Success | Pending | Failed + // // - Valid values for the PingStatus filter key: Online | ConnectionLost | // Inactive (deprecated) + // // - Valid values for the PlatformType filter key: Windows | Linux | MacOS + // // - Valid values for the ResourceType filter key: EC2Instance | ManagedInstance + // // - Valid values for the SourceType filter key: AWS::EC2::Instance | // AWS::SSM::ManagedInstance | AWS::IoT::Thing + // // - Valid tag examples: Key=tag-key,Values=Purpose | Key=tag:Purpose,Values=Test // . // @@ -2365,7 +2546,9 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { InstanceId *string // The type of patching operation that was performed: or + // // - SCAN assesses the patch compliance state. + // // - INSTALL installs missing patches. // // This member is required. @@ -2401,9 +2584,13 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // a list of patches to be installed. This patch installation list, which you // maintain in an S3 bucket in YAML format and specify in the SSM document // AWS-RunPatchBaseline , overrides the patches specified by the default patch - // baseline. For more information about the InstallOverrideList parameter, see - // About the AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-about-aws-runpatchbaseline.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // baseline. + // + // For more information about the InstallOverrideList parameter, see [About the AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document] + // AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // [About the AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-about-aws-runpatchbaseline.html InstallOverrideList *string // The number of patches from the patch baseline that are installed on the managed @@ -2420,8 +2607,9 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // The number of patches installed on a managed node that are specified in a // RejectedPatches list. Patches with a status of InstalledRejected were typically - // installed before they were added to a RejectedPatches list. If - // ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY is the specified option for RejectedPatchesAction , the + // installed before they were added to a RejectedPatches list. + // + // If ALLOW_AS_DEPENDENCY is the specified option for RejectedPatchesAction , the // value of InstalledRejectedCount will always be 0 (zero). InstalledRejectedCount *int32 @@ -2448,12 +2636,15 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // of the service. OwnerInformation *string - // Indicates the reboot option specified in the patch baseline. Reboot options - // apply to Install operations only. Reboots aren't attempted for Patch Manager - // Scan operations. + // Indicates the reboot option specified in the patch baseline. + // + // Reboot options apply to Install operations only. Reboots aren't attempted for + // Patch Manager Scan operations. + // // - RebootIfNeeded : Patch Manager tries to reboot the managed node if it // installed any patches, or if any patches are detected with a status of // InstalledPendingReboot . + // // - NoReboot : Patch Manager attempts to install missing packages without trying // to reboot the system. Patches installed with this option are assigned a status // of InstalledPendingReboot . These patches might not be in effect until a @@ -2478,23 +2669,34 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Defines a filter used in DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup to scope down -// the information returned by the API. Example: To filter for all managed nodes in -// a patch group having more than three patches with a FailedCount status, use the -// following for the filter: +// Defines a filter used in DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup to scope down the information returned by the API. +// +// Example: To filter for all managed nodes in a patch group having more than +// three patches with a FailedCount status, use the following for the filter: +// // - Value for Key : FailedCount +// // - Value for Type : GreaterThan +// // - Value for Values : 3 type InstancePatchStateFilter struct { // The key for the filter. Supported values include the following: + // // - InstalledCount + // // - InstalledOtherCount + // // - InstalledPendingRebootCount + // // - InstalledRejectedCount + // // - MissingCount + // // - FailedCount + // // - UnreportedNotApplicableCount + // // - NotApplicableCount // // This member is required. @@ -2666,8 +2868,9 @@ type InventoryDeletionStatusItem struct { DeletionStartTime *time.Time // Information about the delete operation. For more information about this - // summary, see Understanding the delete inventory summary (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-custom.html#sysman-inventory-delete) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // summary, see [Understanding the delete inventory summary]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Understanding the delete inventory summary]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-custom.html#sysman-inventory-delete DeletionSummary *InventoryDeletionSummary // The status of the operation. Possible values are InProgress and Complete. @@ -2732,9 +2935,12 @@ type InventoryFilter struct { // This member is required. Values []string - // The type of filter. The Exists filter must be used with aggregators. For more - // information, see Aggregating inventory data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-aggregate.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // The type of filter. + // + // The Exists filter must be used with aggregators. For more information, see [Aggregating inventory data] in + // the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Aggregating inventory data]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-aggregate.html Type InventoryQueryOperatorType noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -2888,12 +3094,13 @@ type InventoryResultItem struct { } // Information about an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to write -// managed node-level logs to. LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an -// Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use -// the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the -// TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web -// Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance -// window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . +// managed node-level logs to. +// +// LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service +// (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and +// OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For +// information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options +// for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. type LoggingInfo struct { // The name of an S3 bucket where execution logs are stored. @@ -2918,20 +3125,23 @@ type MaintenanceWindowAutomationParameters struct { // The version of an Automation runbook to use during task execution. DocumentVersion *string - // The parameters for the AUTOMATION task. For information about specifying and - // updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and - // UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask . LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an - // Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use - // the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the - // TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web - // Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance - // window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . - // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when - // it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // The parameters for the AUTOMATION task. + // + // For information about specifying and updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask. + // + // LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service + // (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and + // OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For + // information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options + // for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for - // the supported maintenance window task types, see - // MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . For AUTOMATION task types, Amazon - // Web Services Systems Manager ignores any values specified for these parameters. + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. + // + // For AUTOMATION task types, Amazon Web Services Systems Manager ignores any + // values specified for these parameters. Parameters map[string][]string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -3050,12 +3260,18 @@ type MaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskInvocationIdentity struct { // Filter used in the request. Supported filter keys depend on the API operation // that includes the filter. API operations that use MaintenanceWindowFilter> // include the following: -// - DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions -// - DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskInvocations -// - DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutionTasks -// - DescribeMaintenanceWindows -// - DescribeMaintenanceWindowTargets -// - DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks +// +// # DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutions +// +// # DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskInvocations +// +// # DescribeMaintenanceWindowExecutionTasks +// +// # DescribeMaintenanceWindows +// +// # DescribeMaintenanceWindowTargets +// +// DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks type MaintenanceWindowFilter struct { // The name of the filter. @@ -3127,20 +3343,23 @@ type MaintenanceWindowIdentityForTarget struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The parameters for a LAMBDA task type. For information about specifying and -// updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and -// UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask . LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an -// Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use -// the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the -// TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web -// Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance -// window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . -// TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when -// it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters +// The parameters for a LAMBDA task type. +// +// For information about specifying and updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask. +// +// LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service +// (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and +// OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For +// information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options +// for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. +// +// TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task +// when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for -// the supported maintenance window task types, see -// MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . For Lambda tasks, Systems Manager -// ignores any values specified for TaskParameters and LoggingInfo. +// the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. +// +// For Lambda tasks, Systems Manager ignores any values specified for +// TaskParameters and LoggingInfo. type MaintenanceWindowLambdaParameters struct { // Pass client-specific information to the Lambda function that you are invoking. @@ -3161,21 +3380,23 @@ type MaintenanceWindowLambdaParameters struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The parameters for a RUN_COMMAND task type. For information about specifying -// and updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and -// UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask . LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an -// Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use -// the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the -// TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web -// Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance -// window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . -// TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when -// it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters +// The parameters for a RUN_COMMAND task type. +// +// For information about specifying and updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask. +// +// LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service +// (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and +// OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For +// information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options +// for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. +// +// TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task +// when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for -// the supported maintenance window task types, see -// MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . For RUN_COMMAND tasks, Systems -// Manager uses specified values for TaskParameters and LoggingInfo only if no -// values are specified for TaskInvocationParameters . +// the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. +// +// For RUN_COMMAND tasks, Systems Manager uses specified values for TaskParameters +// and LoggingInfo only if no values are specified for TaskInvocationParameters . type MaintenanceWindowRunCommandParameters struct { // Configuration options for sending command output to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. @@ -3196,7 +3417,9 @@ type MaintenanceWindowRunCommandParameters struct { // number. If you run commands by using the Amazon Web Services CLI, then you must // escape the first two options by using a backslash. If you specify a version // number, then you don't need to use the backslash. For example: - // --document-version "\$DEFAULT" + // + // --document-version "\$DEFAULT" + // // --document-version "\$LATEST" // // --document-version "3" @@ -3227,20 +3450,23 @@ type MaintenanceWindowRunCommandParameters struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The parameters for a STEP_FUNCTIONS task. For information about specifying and -// updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and -// UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask . LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an -// Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use -// the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the -// TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how Amazon Web -// Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported maintenance -// window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . -// TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when -// it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters +// The parameters for a STEP_FUNCTIONS task. +// +// For information about specifying and updating task parameters, see RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow and UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask. +// +// LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service +// (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and +// OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For +// information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options +// for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. +// +// TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task +// when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for -// the supported maintenance window task types, see -// MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . For Step Functions tasks, Systems -// Manager ignores any values specified for TaskParameters and LoggingInfo . +// the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. +// +// For Step Functions tasks, Systems Manager ignores any values specified for +// TaskParameters and LoggingInfo . type MaintenanceWindowStepFunctionsParameters struct { // The inputs for the STEP_FUNCTIONS task. @@ -3269,9 +3495,15 @@ type MaintenanceWindowTarget struct { // The type of target that is being registered with the maintenance window. ResourceType MaintenanceWindowResourceType - // The targets, either managed nodes or tags. Specify managed nodes using the - // following format: Key=instanceids,Values=, Tags are specified using the - // following format: Key=,Values= . + // The targets, either managed nodes or tags. + // + // Specify managed nodes using the following format: + // + // Key=instanceids,Values=, + // + // Tags are specified using the following format: + // + // Key=,Values= . Targets []Target // The ID of the maintenance window to register the target with. @@ -3296,30 +3528,39 @@ type MaintenanceWindowTask struct { // A description of the task. Description *string - // Information about an S3 bucket to write task-level logs to. LoggingInfo has - // been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket - // to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and OutputS3KeyPrefix - // options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For information about how - // Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options for the supported - // maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // Information about an S3 bucket to write task-level logs to. + // + // LoggingInfo has been deprecated. To specify an Amazon Simple Storage Service + // (Amazon S3) bucket to contain logs, instead use the OutputS3BucketName and + // OutputS3KeyPrefix options in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. For + // information about how Amazon Web Services Systems Manager handles these options + // for the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. LoggingInfo *LoggingInfo - // The maximum number of targets this task can be run for, in parallel. Although - // this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only when you - // are registering or updating a targetless task (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // You must provide a value in all other cases. For maintenance window tasks - // without a target specified, you can't supply a value for this option. Instead, - // the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task. + // The maximum number of targets this task can be run for, in parallel. + // + // Although this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only + // when you are registering or updating a [targetless task]You must provide a value in all other + // cases. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . + // This value doesn't affect the running of your task. + // + // [targetless task]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html MaxConcurrency *string // The maximum number of errors allowed before this task stops being scheduled. + // // Although this element is listed as "Required: No", a value can be omitted only - // when you are registering or updating a targetless task (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) - // You must provide a value in all other cases. For maintenance window tasks - // without a target specified, you can't supply a value for this option. Instead, - // the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . This value doesn't affect the - // running of your task. + // when you are registering or updating a [targetless task]You must provide a value in all other + // cases. + // + // For maintenance window tasks without a target specified, you can't supply a + // value for this option. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1 . + // This value doesn't affect the running of your task. + // + // [targetless task]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html MaxErrors *string // The task name. @@ -3345,12 +3586,12 @@ type MaintenanceWindowTask struct { // tasks, it's the state machine ARN. TaskArn *string - // The parameters that should be passed to the task when it is run. TaskParameters - // has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task when it runs, - // instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters structure. - // For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for the - // supported maintenance window task types, see - // MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters . + // The parameters that should be passed to the task when it is run. + // + // TaskParameters has been deprecated. To specify parameters to pass to a task + // when it runs, instead use the Parameters option in the TaskInvocationParameters + // structure. For information about how Systems Manager handles these options for + // the supported maintenance window task types, see MaintenanceWindowTaskInvocationParameters. TaskParameters map[string]MaintenanceWindowTaskParameterValueExpression // The type of task. @@ -3424,13 +3665,15 @@ type NotificationConfig struct { NotificationArn *string // The different events for which you can receive notifications. To learn more - // about these events, see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon - // SNS notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // about these events, see [Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html NotificationEvents []NotificationEvent // The type of notification. + // // - Command : Receive notification when the status of a command changes. + // // - Invocation : For commands sent to multiple managed nodes, receive // notification on a per-node basis when the status of a command changes. NotificationType NotificationType @@ -3516,15 +3759,17 @@ type OpsFilter struct { // EventBridge processes an event from any Amazon Web Services service that // publishes events. Configuring Amazon CloudWatch alarms and EventBridge events to // automatically create OpsItems allows you to quickly diagnose and remediate -// issues with Amazon Web Services resources from a single console. To help you -// diagnose issues, each OpsItem includes contextually relevant information such as -// the name and ID of the Amazon Web Services resource that generated the OpsItem, -// alarm or event details, alarm history, and an alarm timeline graph. For the -// Amazon Web Services resource, OpsCenter aggregates information from Config, -// CloudTrail logs, and EventBridge, so you don't have to navigate across multiple -// console pages during your investigation. For more information, see Amazon Web -// Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// issues with Amazon Web Services resources from a single console. +// +// To help you diagnose issues, each OpsItem includes contextually relevant +// information such as the name and ID of the Amazon Web Services resource that +// generated the OpsItem, alarm or event details, alarm history, and an alarm +// timeline graph. For the Amazon Web Services resource, OpsCenter aggregates +// information from Config, CloudTrail logs, and EventBridge, so you don't have to +// navigate across multiple console pages during your investigation. For more +// information, see [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// [Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html type OpsItem struct { // The time a runbook workflow ended. Currently reported only for the OpsItem type @@ -3562,19 +3807,25 @@ type OpsItem struct { // the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license // keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data // as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value - // has a maximum size of 20 KB. Operational data keys can't begin with the - // following: amazon , aws , amzn , ssm , /amazon , /aws , /amzn , /ssm . You can - // choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you can - // restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to the - // OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API operation) can - // view and search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is - // only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the - // GetOpsItem API operation). Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to - // specify a related resource in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in - // OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view - // Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these keys, see Creating - // OpsItems manually (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // has a maximum size of 20 KB. + // + // Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon , aws , amzn , ssm + // , /amazon , /aws , /amzn , /ssm . + // + // You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you + // can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to + // the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItemsAPI operation) can view and + // search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only + // viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItemAPI + // operation). + // + // Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in + // the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an + // Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example + // commands that use these keys, see [Creating OpsItems manually]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // User Guide. + // + // [Creating OpsItems manually]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html OperationalData map[string]OpsItemDataValue // The OpsItem Amazon Resource Name (ARN). @@ -3584,12 +3835,20 @@ type OpsItem struct { OpsItemId *string // The type of OpsItem. Systems Manager supports the following types of OpsItems: - // - /aws/issue This type of OpsItem is used for default OpsItems created by - // OpsCenter. - // - /aws/changerequest This type of OpsItem is used by Change Manager for - // reviewing and approving or rejecting change requests. - // - /aws/insight This type of OpsItem is used by OpsCenter for aggregating and - // reporting on duplicate OpsItems. + // + // - /aws/issue + // + // This type of OpsItem is used for default OpsItems created by OpsCenter. + // + // - /aws/changerequest + // + // This type of OpsItem is used by Change Manager for reviewing and approving or + // rejecting change requests. + // + // - /aws/insight + // + // This type of OpsItem is used by OpsCenter for aggregating and reporting on + // duplicate OpsItems. OpsItemType *string // The time specified in a change request for a runbook workflow to end. Currently @@ -3616,8 +3875,9 @@ type OpsItem struct { Source *string // The OpsItem status. Status can be Open , In Progress , or Resolved . For more - // information, see Editing OpsItem details (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-working-with-OpsItems-editing-details.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // information, see [Editing OpsItem details]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Editing OpsItem details]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-working-with-OpsItems-editing-details.html Status OpsItemStatus // A short heading that describes the nature of the OpsItem and the impacted @@ -3824,12 +4084,20 @@ type OpsItemSummary struct { OpsItemId *string // The type of OpsItem. Systems Manager supports the following types of OpsItems: - // - /aws/issue This type of OpsItem is used for default OpsItems created by - // OpsCenter. - // - /aws/changerequest This type of OpsItem is used by Change Manager for - // reviewing and approving or rejecting change requests. - // - /aws/insight This type of OpsItem is used by OpsCenter for aggregating and - // reporting on duplicate OpsItems. + // + // - /aws/issue + // + // This type of OpsItem is used for default OpsItems created by OpsCenter. + // + // - /aws/changerequest + // + // This type of OpsItem is used by Change Manager for reviewing and approving or + // rejecting change requests. + // + // - /aws/insight + // + // This type of OpsItem is used by OpsCenter for aggregating and reporting on + // duplicate OpsItems. OpsItemType *string // The time specified in a change request for a runbook workflow to end. Currently @@ -3939,7 +4207,10 @@ type Parameter struct { Name *string // Either the version number or the label used to retrieve the parameter value. - // Specify selectors by using one of the following formats: parameter_name:version + // Specify selectors by using one of the following formats: + // + // parameter_name:version + // // parameter_name:label Selector *string @@ -3948,12 +4219,16 @@ type Parameter struct { SourceResult *string // The type of parameter. Valid values include the following: String , StringList , - // and SecureString . If type is StringList , the system returns a comma-separated - // string with no spaces between commas in the Value field. + // and SecureString . + // + // If type is StringList , the system returns a comma-separated string with no + // spaces between commas in the Value field. Type ParameterType - // The parameter value. If type is StringList , the system returns a - // comma-separated string with no spaces between commas in the Value field. + // The parameter value. + // + // If type is StringList , the system returns a comma-separated string with no + // spaces between commas in the Value field. Value *string // The parameter version. @@ -3965,7 +4240,9 @@ type Parameter struct { // Information about parameter usage. type ParameterHistory struct { - // Parameter names can include the following letters and symbols. a-zA-Z0-9_.- + // Parameter names can include the following letters and symbols. + // + // a-zA-Z0-9_.- AllowedPattern *string // The data type of the parameter, such as text or aws:ec2:image . The default is @@ -3992,9 +4269,11 @@ type ParameterHistory struct { // The name of the parameter. Name *string - // Information about the policies assigned to a parameter. Assigning parameter - // policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-policies.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // Information about the policies assigned to a parameter. + // + // [Assigning parameter policies]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Assigning parameter policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-policies.html Policies []ParameterInlinePolicy // The parameter tier. @@ -4040,6 +4319,7 @@ type ParameterMetadata struct { ARN *string // A parameter name can include only the following letters and symbols. + // // a-zA-Z0-9_.- AllowedPattern *string @@ -4080,7 +4360,7 @@ type ParameterMetadata struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// This data type is deprecated. Instead, use ParameterStringFilter . +// This data type is deprecated. Instead, use ParameterStringFilter. type ParametersFilter struct { // The name of the filter. @@ -4099,25 +4379,31 @@ type ParametersFilter struct { // One or more filters. Use a filter to return a more specific list of results. type ParameterStringFilter struct { - // The name of the filter. The ParameterStringFilter object is used by the - // DescribeParameters and GetParametersByPath API operations. However, not all of - // the pattern values listed for Key can be used with both operations. For - // DescribeParameters , all of the listed patterns are valid except Label . For - // GetParametersByPath , the following patterns listed for Key aren't valid: tag , - // DataType , Name , Path , and Tier . For examples of Amazon Web Services CLI - // commands demonstrating valid parameter filter constructions, see Searching for - // Systems Manager parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-search.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // The name of the filter. + // + // The ParameterStringFilter object is used by the DescribeParameters and GetParametersByPath API operations. However, + // not all of the pattern values listed for Key can be used with both operations. + // + // For DescribeParameters , all of the listed patterns are valid except Label . + // + // For GetParametersByPath , the following patterns listed for Key aren't valid: + // tag , DataType , Name , Path , and Tier . + // + // For examples of Amazon Web Services CLI commands demonstrating valid parameter + // filter constructions, see [Searching for Systems Manager parameters]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Searching for Systems Manager parameters]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-search.html // // This member is required. Key *string - // For all filters used with DescribeParameters , valid options include Equals and - // BeginsWith . The Name filter additionally supports the Contains option. - // (Exception: For filters using the key Path , valid options include Recursive - // and OneLevel .) For filters used with GetParametersByPath , valid options - // include Equals and BeginsWith . (Exception: For filters using Label as the Key - // name, the only valid option is Equals .) + // For all filters used with DescribeParameters, valid options include Equals and BeginsWith . The + // Name filter additionally supports the Contains option. (Exception: For filters + // using the key Path , valid options include Recursive and OneLevel .) + // + // For filters used with GetParametersByPath, valid options include Equals and BeginsWith . + // (Exception: For filters using Label as the Key name, the only valid option is + // Equals .) Option *string // The value you want to search for. @@ -4181,8 +4467,9 @@ type Patch struct { // , the epoch value is 20180914-2 . Applies to Linux-based managed nodes only. Epoch int32 - // The ID of the patch. Applies to Windows patches only. This ID isn't the same as - // the Microsoft Knowledge Base ID. + // The ID of the patch. Applies to Windows patches only. + // + // This ID isn't the same as the Microsoft Knowledge Base ID. Id *string // The Microsoft Knowledge Base ID of the patch. Applies to Windows patches only. @@ -4290,9 +4577,12 @@ type PatchComplianceData struct { // This member is required. Severity *string - // The state of the patch on the managed node, such as INSTALLED or FAILED. For - // descriptions of each patch state, see About patch compliance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-compliance-about.html#sysman-compliance-monitor-patch) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // The state of the patch on the managed node, such as INSTALLED or FAILED. + // + // For descriptions of each patch state, see [About patch compliance] in the Amazon Web Services Systems + // Manager User Guide. + // + // [About patch compliance]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-compliance-about.html#sysman-compliance-monitor-patch // // This member is required. State PatchComplianceDataState @@ -4303,35 +4593,44 @@ type PatchComplianceData struct { Title *string // The IDs of one or more Common Vulnerabilities and Exposure (CVE) issues that - // are resolved by the patch. Currently, CVE ID values are reported only for - // patches with a status of Missing or Failed . + // are resolved by the patch. + // + // Currently, CVE ID values are reported only for patches with a status of Missing + // or Failed . CVEIds *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Defines which patches should be included in a patch baseline. A patch filter -// consists of a key and a set of values. The filter key is a patch property. For -// example, the available filter keys for WINDOWS are PATCH_SET , PRODUCT , -// PRODUCT_FAMILY , CLASSIFICATION , and MSRC_SEVERITY . The filter values define a -// matching criterion for the patch property indicated by the key. For example, if -// the filter key is PRODUCT and the filter values are ["Office 2013", "Office -// 2016"] , then the filter accepts all patches where product name is either -// "Office 2013" or "Office 2016". The filter values can be exact values for the -// patch property given as a key, or a wildcard (*), which matches all values. You -// can view lists of valid values for the patch properties by running the +// Defines which patches should be included in a patch baseline. +// +// A patch filter consists of a key and a set of values. The filter key is a patch +// property. For example, the available filter keys for WINDOWS are PATCH_SET , +// PRODUCT , PRODUCT_FAMILY , CLASSIFICATION , and MSRC_SEVERITY . +// +// The filter values define a matching criterion for the patch property indicated +// by the key. For example, if the filter key is PRODUCT and the filter values are +// ["Office 2013", "Office 2016"] , then the filter accepts all patches where +// product name is either "Office 2013" or "Office 2016". The filter values can be +// exact values for the patch property given as a key, or a wildcard (*), which +// matches all values. +// +// You can view lists of valid values for the patch properties by running the // DescribePatchProperties command. For information about which patch properties -// can be used with each major operating system, see DescribePatchProperties . +// can be used with each major operating system, see DescribePatchProperties. type PatchFilter struct { - // The key for the filter. Run the DescribePatchProperties command to view lists - // of valid keys for each operating system type. + // The key for the filter. + // + // Run the DescribePatchProperties command to view lists of valid keys for each operating system type. // // This member is required. Key PatchFilterKey - // The value for the filter key. Run the DescribePatchProperties command to view - // lists of valid values for each key based on operating system type. + // The value for the filter key. + // + // Run the DescribePatchProperties command to view lists of valid values for each key based on operating + // system type. // // This member is required. Values []string @@ -4366,10 +4665,14 @@ type PatchGroupPatchBaselineMapping struct { // Defines a filter used in Patch Manager APIs. Supported filter keys depend on // the API operation that includes the filter. Patch Manager API operations that // use PatchOrchestratorFilter include the following: -// - DescribeAvailablePatches -// - DescribeInstancePatches -// - DescribePatchBaselines -// - DescribePatchGroups +// +// # DescribeAvailablePatches +// +// # DescribeInstancePatches +// +// # DescribePatchBaselines +// +// DescribePatchGroups type PatchOrchestratorFilter struct { // The key for the filter. @@ -4397,8 +4700,9 @@ type PatchRule struct { // The cutoff date for auto approval of released patches. Any patches released on // or before this date are installed automatically. Not supported on Debian Server - // or Ubuntu Server. Enter dates in the format YYYY-MM-DD . For example, 2021-12-31 - // . + // or Ubuntu Server. + // + // Enter dates in the format YYYY-MM-DD . For example, 2021-12-31 . ApproveUntilDate *string // A compliance severity level for all approved patches in a patch baseline. @@ -4428,13 +4732,20 @@ type PatchRuleGroup struct { // only. type PatchSource struct { - // The value of the yum repo configuration. For example: [main] + // The value of the yum repo configuration. For example: + // + // [main] + // // name=MyCustomRepository // // baseurl=https://my-custom-repository - // enabled=1 For information about other options available for your yum repository - // configuration, see dnf.conf(5) (https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/dnf.conf.5.html) - // . + // + // enabled=1 + // + // For information about other options available for your yum repository + // configuration, see [dnf.conf(5)]. + // + // [dnf.conf(5)]: https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/dnf.conf.5.html // // This member is required. Configuration *string @@ -4446,7 +4757,7 @@ type PatchSource struct { // The specific operating system versions a patch repository applies to, such as // "Ubuntu16.04", "AmazonLinux2016.09", "RedhatEnterpriseLinux7.2" or "Suse12.7". - // For lists of supported product values, see PatchFilter . + // For lists of supported product values, see PatchFilter. // // This member is required. Products []string @@ -4709,9 +5020,9 @@ type ResourceDataSyncSource struct { // options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in the // selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts in // your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, - // see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts - // and Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // see [Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html EnableAllOpsDataSources bool // Whether to automatically synchronize and aggregate data from new Amazon Web @@ -4722,12 +5033,19 @@ type ResourceDataSyncSource struct { } // The data type name for including resource data sync state. There are four sync -// states: OrganizationNotExists (Your organization doesn't exist) NoPermissions -// (The system can't locate the service-linked role. This role is automatically -// created when a user creates a resource data sync in Amazon Web Services Systems -// Manager Explorer.) InvalidOrganizationalUnit (You specified or selected an -// invalid unit in the resource data sync configuration.) TrustedAccessDisabled -// (You disabled Systems Manager access in the organization in Organizations.) +// states: +// +// OrganizationNotExists (Your organization doesn't exist) +// +// NoPermissions (The system can't locate the service-linked role. This role is +// automatically created when a user creates a resource data sync in Amazon Web +// Services Systems Manager Explorer.) +// +// InvalidOrganizationalUnit (You specified or selected an invalid unit in the +// resource data sync configuration.) +// +// TrustedAccessDisabled (You disabled Systems Manager access in the organization +// in Organizations.) type ResourceDataSyncSourceWithState struct { // The field name in SyncSource for the ResourceDataSyncAwsOrganizationsSource @@ -4738,9 +5056,9 @@ type ResourceDataSyncSourceWithState struct { // options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in the // selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts in // your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, - // see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts - // and Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // see [Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions]in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // + // [Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html EnableAllOpsDataSources bool // Whether to automatically synchronize and aggregate data from new Amazon Web @@ -4756,12 +5074,18 @@ type ResourceDataSyncSourceWithState struct { SourceType *string // The data type name for including resource data sync state. There are four sync - // states: OrganizationNotExists : Your organization doesn't exist. NoPermissions : - // The system can't locate the service-linked role. This role is automatically - // created when a user creates a resource data sync in Explorer. + // states: + // + // OrganizationNotExists : Your organization doesn't exist. + // + // NoPermissions : The system can't locate the service-linked role. This role is + // automatically created when a user creates a resource data sync in Explorer. + // // InvalidOrganizationalUnit : You specified or selected an invalid unit in the - // resource data sync configuration. TrustedAccessDisabled : You disabled Systems - // Manager access in the organization in Organizations. + // resource data sync configuration. + // + // TrustedAccessDisabled : You disabled Systems Manager access in the organization + // in Organizations. State *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -4795,8 +5119,10 @@ type ReviewInformation struct { } // Information about an Automation runbook used in a runbook workflow in Change -// Manager. The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run -// until all required approvals for the change request have been received. +// Manager. +// +// The Automation runbooks specified for the runbook workflow can't run until all +// required approvals for the change request have been received. type Runbook struct { // The name of the Automation runbook used in a runbook workflow. @@ -4881,19 +5207,22 @@ type ScheduledWindowExecution struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// The service setting data structure. ServiceSetting is an account-level setting -// for an Amazon Web Services service. This setting defines how a user interacts -// with or uses a service or a feature of a service. For example, if an Amazon Web -// Services service charges money to the account based on feature or service usage, -// then the Amazon Web Services service team might create a default setting of -// "false". This means the user can't use this feature unless they change the -// setting to "true" and intentionally opt in for a paid feature. Services map a -// SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon Web Services services teams define -// the default value for a SettingId . You can't create a new SettingId , but you -// can overwrite the default value if you have the ssm:UpdateServiceSetting -// permission for the setting. Use the UpdateServiceSetting API operation to -// change the default setting. Or, use the ResetServiceSetting to change the value -// back to the original value defined by the Amazon Web Services service team. +// The service setting data structure. +// +// ServiceSetting is an account-level setting for an Amazon Web Services service. +// This setting defines how a user interacts with or uses a service or a feature of +// a service. For example, if an Amazon Web Services service charges money to the +// account based on feature or service usage, then the Amazon Web Services service +// team might create a default setting of "false". This means the user can't use +// this feature unless they change the setting to "true" and intentionally opt in +// for a paid feature. +// +// Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. Amazon Web Services +// services teams define the default value for a SettingId . You can't create a new +// SettingId , but you can overwrite the default value if you have the +// ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the UpdateServiceSetting API operation to +// change the default setting. Or, use the ResetServiceSettingto change the value back to the +// original value defined by the Amazon Web Services service team. type ServiceSetting struct { // The ARN of the service setting. @@ -4914,10 +5243,13 @@ type ServiceSetting struct { // The status of the service setting. The value can be Default, Customized or // PendingUpdate. + // // - Default: The current setting uses a default value provisioned by the Amazon // Web Services service team. + // // - Customized: The current setting use a custom value specified by the // customer. + // // - PendingUpdate: The current setting uses a default or custom value, but a // setting change request is pending approval. Status *string @@ -4974,23 +5306,35 @@ type SessionFilter struct { Key SessionFilterKey // The filter value. Valid values for each filter key are as follows: + // // - InvokedAfter: Specify a timestamp to limit your results. For example, // specify 2018-08-29T00:00:00Z to see sessions that started August 29, 2018, and // later. + // // - InvokedBefore: Specify a timestamp to limit your results. For example, // specify 2018-08-29T00:00:00Z to see sessions that started before August 29, // 2018. + // // - Target: Specify a managed node to which session connections have been made. + // // - Owner: Specify an Amazon Web Services user to see a list of sessions // started by that user. + // // - Status: Specify a valid session status to see a list of all sessions with // that status. Status values you can specify include: + // // - Connected + // // - Connecting + // // - Disconnected + // // - Terminated + // // - Terminating + // // - Failed + // // - SessionId: Specify a session ID to return details about the session. // // This member is required. @@ -5172,40 +5516,63 @@ type Tag struct { } // An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a key-value pair -// that you specify. One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window -// Run Command-type tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other -// maintenance window task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more -// information about running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering -// maintenance window tasks without targets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Supported formats include -// the following. For all Systems Manager capabilities: +// that you specify. +// +// One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type +// tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window +// task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about +// running tasks that don't specify targets, see [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]in the Amazon Web Services +// Systems Manager User Guide. +// +// Supported formats include the following. +// +// For all Systems Manager capabilities: +// // - Key=tag-key,Values=tag-value-1,tag-value-2 // // For Automation and Change Manager: +// // - Key=tag:tag-key,Values=tag-value +// // - Key=ResourceGroup,Values=resource-group-name +// // - Key=ParameterValues,Values=value-1,value-2,value-3 +// // - To target all instances in the Amazon Web Services Region: +// // - Key=AWS::EC2::Instance,Values=* +// // - Key=InstanceIds,Values=* // // For Run Command and Maintenance Windows: +// // - Key=InstanceIds,Values=instance-id-1,instance-id-2,instance-id-3 +// // - Key=tag:tag-key,Values=tag-value-1,tag-value-2 +// // - Key=resource-groups:Name,Values=resource-group-name +// // - Additionally, Maintenance Windows support targeting resource types: +// // - // Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=resource-type-1,resource-type-2 // // For State Manager: +// // - Key=InstanceIds,Values=instance-id-1,instance-id-2,instance-id-3 +// // - Key=tag:tag-key,Values=tag-value-1,tag-value-2 +// // - To target all instances in the Amazon Web Services Region: +// // - Key=InstanceIds,Values=* // // For more information about how to send commands that target managed nodes using -// Key,Value parameters, see Targeting multiple managed nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-targeting) -// in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. +// Key,Value parameters, see [Targeting multiple managed nodes] in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User +// Guide. +// +// [Targeting multiple managed nodes]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-targeting +// [Registering maintenance window tasks without targets]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/maintenance-windows-targetless-tasks.html type Target struct { // User-defined criteria for sending commands that target managed nodes that meet @@ -5214,9 +5581,10 @@ type Target struct { // User-defined criteria that maps to Key . For example, if you specified // tag:ServerRole , you could specify value:WebServer to run a command on - // instances that include EC2 tags of ServerRole,WebServer . Depending on the type - // of target, the maximum number of values for a key might be lower than the global - // maximum of 50. + // instances that include EC2 tags of ServerRole,WebServer . + // + // Depending on the type of target, the maximum number of values for a key might + // be lower than the global maximum of 50. Values []string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/CHANGELOG.md index 4a3e25ac1f188..1f03ead93d2af 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.20.6 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.20.5 (2024-04-05) * No change notes available for this release. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_GetRoleCredentials.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_GetRoleCredentials.go index 4b21e8b00a9f4..44ad9ff1d23ab 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_GetRoleCredentials.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_GetRoleCredentials.go @@ -30,9 +30,10 @@ func (c *Client) GetRoleCredentials(ctx context.Context, params *GetRoleCredenti type GetRoleCredentialsInput struct { - // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see - // CreateToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html) - // in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see [CreateToken] in the + // IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // + // [CreateToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html // // This member is required. AccessToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccountRoles.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccountRoles.go index e44da697c5520..5861c9bbccbb2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccountRoles.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccountRoles.go @@ -29,9 +29,10 @@ func (c *Client) ListAccountRoles(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccountRolesI type ListAccountRolesInput struct { - // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see - // CreateToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html) - // in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see [CreateToken] in the + // IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // + // [CreateToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html // // This member is required. AccessToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccounts.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccounts.go index 2d7add067fa0e..7f2b239787911 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccounts.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_ListAccounts.go @@ -12,9 +12,10 @@ import ( ) // Lists all AWS accounts assigned to the user. These AWS accounts are assigned by -// the administrator of the account. For more information, see Assign User Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/useraccess.html#assignusers) -// in the IAM Identity Center User Guide. This operation returns a paginated -// response. +// the administrator of the account. For more information, see [Assign User Access]in the IAM Identity +// Center User Guide. This operation returns a paginated response. +// +// [Assign User Access]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/useraccess.html#assignusers func (c *Client) ListAccounts(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccountsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccountsOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &ListAccountsInput{} @@ -32,9 +33,10 @@ func (c *Client) ListAccounts(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccountsInput, op type ListAccountsInput struct { - // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see - // CreateToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html) - // in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see [CreateToken] in the + // IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // + // [CreateToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html // // This member is required. AccessToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_Logout.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_Logout.go index 3ee682d19e08b..65f582a874742 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_Logout.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/api_op_Logout.go @@ -12,16 +12,20 @@ import ( // Removes the locally stored SSO tokens from the client-side cache and sends an // API call to the IAM Identity Center service to invalidate the corresponding -// server-side IAM Identity Center sign in session. If a user uses IAM Identity -// Center to access the AWS CLI, the user’s IAM Identity Center sign in session is -// used to obtain an IAM session, as specified in the corresponding IAM Identity -// Center permission set. More specifically, IAM Identity Center assumes an IAM -// role in the target account on behalf of the user, and the corresponding -// temporary AWS credentials are returned to the client. After user logout, any -// existing IAM role sessions that were created by using IAM Identity Center -// permission sets continue based on the duration configured in the permission set. -// For more information, see User authentications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/authconcept.html) -// in the IAM Identity Center User Guide. +// server-side IAM Identity Center sign in session. +// +// If a user uses IAM Identity Center to access the AWS CLI, the user’s IAM +// Identity Center sign in session is used to obtain an IAM session, as specified +// in the corresponding IAM Identity Center permission set. More specifically, IAM +// Identity Center assumes an IAM role in the target account on behalf of the user, +// and the corresponding temporary AWS credentials are returned to the client. +// +// After user logout, any existing IAM role sessions that were created by using +// IAM Identity Center permission sets continue based on the duration configured in +// the permission set. For more information, see [User authentications]in the IAM Identity Center User +// Guide. +// +// [User authentications]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/authconcept.html func (c *Client) Logout(ctx context.Context, params *LogoutInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*LogoutOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &LogoutInput{} @@ -39,9 +43,10 @@ func (c *Client) Logout(ctx context.Context, params *LogoutInput, optFns ...func type LogoutInput struct { - // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see - // CreateToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html) - // in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see [CreateToken] in the + // IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide. + // + // [CreateToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/API_CreateToken.html // // This member is required. AccessToken *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/doc.go index 59456d5dc270e..7f6e429fda8a2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/doc.go @@ -6,16 +6,22 @@ // AWS IAM Identity Center (successor to AWS Single Sign-On) Portal is a web // service that makes it easy for you to assign user access to IAM Identity Center // resources such as the AWS access portal. Users can get AWS account applications -// and roles assigned to them and get federated into the application. Although AWS -// Single Sign-On was renamed, the sso and identitystore API namespaces will -// continue to retain their original name for backward compatibility purposes. For -// more information, see IAM Identity Center rename (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/what-is.html#renamed) -// . This reference guide describes the IAM Identity Center Portal operations that +// and roles assigned to them and get federated into the application. +// +// Although AWS Single Sign-On was renamed, the sso and identitystore API +// namespaces will continue to retain their original name for backward +// compatibility purposes. For more information, see [IAM Identity Center rename]. +// +// This reference guide describes the IAM Identity Center Portal operations that // you can call programatically and includes detailed information on data types and -// errors. AWS provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various +// errors. +// +// AWS provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various // programming languages and platforms, such as Java, Ruby, .Net, iOS, or Android. // The SDKs provide a convenient way to create programmatic access to IAM Identity // Center and other AWS services. For more information about the AWS SDKs, -// including how to download and install them, see Tools for Amazon Web Services (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/) -// . +// including how to download and install them, see [Tools for Amazon Web Services]. +// +// [Tools for Amazon Web Services]: http://aws.amazon.com/tools/ +// [IAM Identity Center rename]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/what-is.html#renamed package sso diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/go_module_metadata.go index 44379817e8510..41c5f1540147e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package sso // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.20.5" +const goModuleVersion = "1.20.6" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/options.go index 5dee7e53f47ef..3561c44308628 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/types/types.go index 8dc02296b11fb..07ac468e3184e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/types/types.go @@ -25,22 +25,24 @@ type AccountInfo struct { type RoleCredentials struct { // The identifier used for the temporary security credentials. For more - // information, see Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS - // Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_use-resources.html) - // in the AWS IAM User Guide. + // information, see [Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources]in the AWS IAM User Guide. + // + // [Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_use-resources.html AccessKeyId *string // The date on which temporary security credentials expire. Expiration int64 - // The key that is used to sign the request. For more information, see Using - // Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_use-resources.html) - // in the AWS IAM User Guide. + // The key that is used to sign the request. For more information, see [Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources] in the AWS + // IAM User Guide. + // + // [Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_use-resources.html SecretAccessKey *string - // The token used for temporary credentials. For more information, see Using - // Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_use-resources.html) - // in the AWS IAM User Guide. + // The token used for temporary credentials. For more information, see [Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources] in the AWS + // IAM User Guide. + // + // [Using Temporary Security Credentials to Request Access to AWS Resources]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_use-resources.html SessionToken *string noSmithyDocumentSerde diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/CHANGELOG.md index 053f180bf68af..05ad36f9dd272 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.23.5 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.23.4 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateToken.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateToken.go index 63f1eeb131231..40d44ebd86e61 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateToken.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateToken.go @@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ func (c *Client) CreateToken(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTokenInput, optF type CreateTokenInput struct { // The unique identifier string for the client or application. This value comes - // from the result of the RegisterClient API. + // from the result of the RegisterClientAPI. // // This member is required. ClientId *string // A secret string generated for the client. This value should come from the - // persisted result of the RegisterClient API. + // persisted result of the RegisterClientAPI. // // This member is required. ClientSecret *string // Supports the following OAuth grant types: Device Code and Refresh Token. // Specify either of the following values, depending on the grant type that you - // want: * Device Code - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:device_code * Refresh - // Token - refresh_token For information about how to obtain the device code, see - // the StartDeviceAuthorization topic. + // want: + // + // * Device Code - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:device_code + // + // * Refresh Token - refresh_token + // + // For information about how to obtain the device code, see the StartDeviceAuthorization topic. // // This member is required. GrantType *string // Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. The // short-term code is used to identify this authorization request. This grant type - // is currently unsupported for the CreateToken API. + // is currently unsupported for the CreateTokenAPI. Code *string // Used only when calling this API for the Device Code grant type. This short-term // code is used to identify this authorization request. This comes from the result - // of the StartDeviceAuthorization API. + // of the StartDeviceAuthorizationAPI. DeviceCode *string // Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. This @@ -69,16 +73,18 @@ type CreateTokenInput struct { // Used only when calling this API for the Refresh Token grant type. This token is // used to refresh short-term tokens, such as the access token, that might expire. + // // For more information about the features and limitations of the current IAM // Identity Center OIDC implementation, see Considerations for Using this Guide in - // the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html) - // . + // the [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]. + // + // [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html RefreshToken *string // The list of scopes for which authorization is requested. The access token that // is issued is limited to the scopes that are granted. If this value is not // specified, IAM Identity Center authorizes all scopes that are configured for the - // client during the call to RegisterClient . + // client during the call to RegisterClient. Scope []string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -94,18 +100,22 @@ type CreateTokenOutput struct { // The idToken is not implemented or supported. For more information about the // features and limitations of the current IAM Identity Center OIDC implementation, - // see Considerations for Using this Guide in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API - // Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html) - // . A JSON Web Token (JWT) that identifies who is associated with the issued - // access token. + // see Considerations for Using this Guide in the [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]. + // + // A JSON Web Token (JWT) that identifies who is associated with the issued access + // token. + // + // [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html IdToken *string // A token that, if present, can be used to refresh a previously issued access - // token that might have expired. For more information about the features and - // limitations of the current IAM Identity Center OIDC implementation, see - // Considerations for Using this Guide in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API - // Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html) - // . + // token that might have expired. + // + // For more information about the features and limitations of the current IAM + // Identity Center OIDC implementation, see Considerations for Using this Guide in + // the [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]. + // + // [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html RefreshToken *string // Used to notify the client that the returned token is an access token. The diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateTokenWithIAM.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateTokenWithIAM.go index 63409538940ea..df87ed5a5e224 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateTokenWithIAM.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_CreateTokenWithIAM.go @@ -39,10 +39,15 @@ type CreateTokenWithIAMInput struct { // Supports the following OAuth grant types: Authorization Code, Refresh Token, // JWT Bearer, and Token Exchange. Specify one of the following values, depending - // on the grant type that you want: * Authorization Code - authorization_code * - // Refresh Token - refresh_token * JWT Bearer - - // urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:jwt-bearer * Token Exchange - - // urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange + // on the grant type that you want: + // + // * Authorization Code - authorization_code + // + // * Refresh Token - refresh_token + // + // * JWT Bearer - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:jwt-bearer + // + // * Token Exchange - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange // // This member is required. GrantType *string @@ -66,16 +71,21 @@ type CreateTokenWithIAMInput struct { // Used only when calling this API for the Refresh Token grant type. This token is // used to refresh short-term tokens, such as the access token, that might expire. + // // For more information about the features and limitations of the current IAM // Identity Center OIDC implementation, see Considerations for Using this Guide in - // the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html) - // . + // the [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]. + // + // [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html RefreshToken *string // Used only when calling this API for the Token Exchange grant type. This value // specifies the type of token that the requester can receive. The following values - // are supported: * Access Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token * - // Refresh Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:refresh_token + // are supported: + // + // * Access Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token + // + // * Refresh Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:refresh_token RequestedTokenType *string // The list of scopes for which authorization is requested. The access token that @@ -94,8 +104,9 @@ type CreateTokenWithIAMInput struct { // Used only when calling this API for the Token Exchange grant type. This value // specifies the type of token that is passed as the subject of the exchange. The - // following value is supported: * Access Token - - // urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token + // following value is supported: + // + // * Access Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token SubjectTokenType *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -114,17 +125,21 @@ type CreateTokenWithIAMOutput struct { IdToken *string // Indicates the type of tokens that are issued by IAM Identity Center. The - // following values are supported: * Access Token - - // urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token * Refresh Token - - // urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:refresh_token + // following values are supported: + // + // * Access Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token + // + // * Refresh Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:refresh_token IssuedTokenType *string // A token that, if present, can be used to refresh a previously issued access - // token that might have expired. For more information about the features and - // limitations of the current IAM Identity Center OIDC implementation, see - // Considerations for Using this Guide in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API - // Reference (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html) - // . + // token that might have expired. + // + // For more information about the features and limitations of the current IAM + // Identity Center OIDC implementation, see Considerations for Using this Guide in + // the [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]. + // + // [IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/OIDCAPIReference/Welcome.html RefreshToken *string // The list of scopes for which authorization is granted. The access token that is diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_StartDeviceAuthorization.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_StartDeviceAuthorization.go index c568805b22663..0b727e38b96db 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_StartDeviceAuthorization.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/api_op_StartDeviceAuthorization.go @@ -30,22 +30,23 @@ func (c *Client) StartDeviceAuthorization(ctx context.Context, params *StartDevi type StartDeviceAuthorizationInput struct { // The unique identifier string for the client that is registered with IAM - // Identity Center. This value should come from the persisted result of the - // RegisterClient API operation. + // Identity Center. This value should come from the persisted result of the RegisterClientAPI + // operation. // // This member is required. ClientId *string // A secret string that is generated for the client. This value should come from - // the persisted result of the RegisterClient API operation. + // the persisted result of the RegisterClientAPI operation. // // This member is required. ClientSecret *string - // The URL for the Amazon Web Services access portal. For more information, see - // Using the Amazon Web Services access portal (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/using-the-portal.html) + // The URL for the Amazon Web Services access portal. For more information, see [Using the Amazon Web Services access portal] // in the IAM Identity Center User Guide. // + // [Using the Amazon Web Services access portal]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/using-the-portal.html + // // This member is required. StartUrl *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/doc.go index 53cd4f55a03d0..1d258e5677b89 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/doc.go @@ -6,33 +6,41 @@ // IAM Identity Center OpenID Connect (OIDC) is a web service that enables a // client (such as CLI or a native application) to register with IAM Identity // Center. The service also enables the client to fetch the user’s access token -// upon successful authentication and authorization with IAM Identity Center. IAM -// Identity Center uses the sso and identitystore API namespaces. Considerations -// for Using This Guide Before you begin using this guide, we recommend that you -// first review the following important information about how the IAM Identity -// Center OIDC service works. +// upon successful authentication and authorization with IAM Identity Center. +// +// IAM Identity Center uses the sso and identitystore API namespaces. +// +// # Considerations for Using This Guide +// +// Before you begin using this guide, we recommend that you first review the +// following important information about how the IAM Identity Center OIDC service +// works. +// // - The IAM Identity Center OIDC service currently implements only the portions -// of the OAuth 2.0 Device Authorization Grant standard ( -// https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8628 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8628) ) -// that are necessary to enable single sign-on authentication with the CLI. +// of the OAuth 2.0 Device Authorization Grant standard ([https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8628] ) that are necessary to +// enable single sign-on authentication with the CLI. +// // - With older versions of the CLI, the service only emits OIDC access tokens, // so to obtain a new token, users must explicitly re-authenticate. To access the // OIDC flow that supports token refresh and doesn’t require re-authentication, // update to the latest CLI version (1.27.10 for CLI V1 and 2.9.0 for CLI V2) with // support for OIDC token refresh and configurable IAM Identity Center session -// durations. For more information, see Configure Amazon Web Services access -// portal session duration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/configure-user-session.html) -// . +// durations. For more information, see [Configure Amazon Web Services access portal session duration]. +// // - The access tokens provided by this service grant access to all Amazon Web // Services account entitlements assigned to an IAM Identity Center user, not just // a particular application. +// // - The documentation in this guide does not describe the mechanism to convert // the access token into Amazon Web Services Auth (“sigv4”) credentials for use // with IAM-protected Amazon Web Services service endpoints. For more information, -// see GetRoleCredentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/PortalAPIReference/API_GetRoleCredentials.html) -// in the IAM Identity Center Portal API Reference Guide. +// see [GetRoleCredentials]in the IAM Identity Center Portal API Reference Guide. +// +// For general information about IAM Identity Center, see [What is IAM Identity Center?] in the IAM Identity +// Center User Guide. // -// For general information about IAM Identity Center, see What is IAM Identity -// Center? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/what-is.html) -// in the IAM Identity Center User Guide. +// [Configure Amazon Web Services access portal session duration]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/configure-user-session.html +// [GetRoleCredentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/PortalAPIReference/API_GetRoleCredentials.html +// [https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8628]: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8628 +// [What is IAM Identity Center?]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/singlesignon/latest/userguide/what-is.html package ssooidc diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/go_module_metadata.go index cbc7e8415f939..391d4e694f8fe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package ssooidc // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.23.4" +const goModuleVersion = "1.23.5" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/options.go index b964e7e109015..69ded47c74c70 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/types/errors.go index 86b62049fd909..54faa9c52fdf3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/types/errors.go @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (e *InvalidClientMetadataException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *InvalidClientMetadataException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // Indicates that a request contains an invalid grant. This can occur if a client -// makes a CreateToken request with an invalid grant type. +// makes a CreateTokenrequest with an invalid grant type. type InvalidGrantException struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/CHANGELOG.md index 2fd5d5a649b29..9d324f2f93589 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +# v1.28.7 (2024-05-08) + +* **Bug Fix**: GoDoc improvement + # v1.28.6 (2024-03-29) * **Dependency Update**: Updated to the latest SDK module versions diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRole.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRole.go index e0e2c9c2e8db7..936f917bfd2ec 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRole.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRole.go @@ -16,69 +16,99 @@ import ( // Amazon Web Services resources. These temporary credentials consist of an access // key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Typically, you use AssumeRole // within your account or for cross-account access. For a comparison of AssumeRole -// with other API operations that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting -// Temporary Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) -// and Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) -// in the IAM User Guide. Permissions The temporary security credentials created by -// AssumeRole can be used to make API calls to any Amazon Web Services service -// with the following exception: You cannot call the Amazon Web Services STS -// GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations. (Optional) You can pass -// inline or managed session policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an -// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon -// Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. The plaintext that you -// use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. -// Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The -// resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's -// identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary -// credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in -// the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more -// permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is -// being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// in the IAM User Guide. When you create a role, you create two policies: a role -// trust policy that specifies who can assume the role, and a permissions policy -// that specifies what can be done with the role. You specify the trusted principal -// that is allowed to assume the role in the role trust policy. To assume a role -// from a different account, your Amazon Web Services account must be trusted by -// the role. The trust relationship is defined in the role's trust policy when the -// role is created. That trust policy states which accounts are allowed to delegate -// that access to users in the account. A user who wants to access a role in a -// different account must also have permissions that are delegated from the account -// administrator. The administrator must attach a policy that allows the user to -// call AssumeRole for the ARN of the role in the other account. To allow a user -// to assume a role in the same account, you can do either of the following: +// with other API operations that produce temporary credentials, see [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]and [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations] in the +// IAM User Guide. +// +// # Permissions +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole can be used to make +// API calls to any Amazon Web Services service with the following exception: You +// cannot call the Amazon Web Services STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken +// API operations. +// +// (Optional) You can pass inline or managed [session policies] to this operation. You can pass a +// single JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also +// specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed +// session policies. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session +// policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. Passing policies to this operation +// returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the +// intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You +// can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API +// calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use +// session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the +// identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, +// see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// When you create a role, you create two policies: a role trust policy that +// specifies who can assume the role, and a permissions policy that specifies what +// can be done with the role. You specify the trusted principal that is allowed to +// assume the role in the role trust policy. +// +// To assume a role from a different account, your Amazon Web Services account +// must be trusted by the role. The trust relationship is defined in the role's +// trust policy when the role is created. That trust policy states which accounts +// are allowed to delegate that access to users in the account. +// +// A user who wants to access a role in a different account must also have +// permissions that are delegated from the account administrator. The administrator +// must attach a policy that allows the user to call AssumeRole for the ARN of the +// role in the other account. +// +// To allow a user to assume a role in the same account, you can do either of the +// following: +// // - Attach a policy to the user that allows the user to call AssumeRole (as long // as the role's trust policy trusts the account). +// // - Add the user as a principal directly in the role's trust policy. // // You can do either because the role’s trust policy acts as an IAM resource-based // policy. When a resource-based policy grants access to a principal in the same // account, no additional identity-based policy is required. For more information -// about trust policies and resource-based policies, see IAM Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Tags (Optional) You can pass tag key-value pairs to your -// session. These tags are called session tags. For more information about session -// tags, see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary -// to pass session tags. The administrator can also create granular permissions to -// allow you to pass only specific session tags. For more information, see -// Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive -// tags persist during role chaining. For more information, see Chaining Roles -// with Session Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining) -// in the IAM User Guide. Using MFA with AssumeRole (Optional) You can include -// multi-factor authentication (MFA) information when you call AssumeRole . This is -// useful for cross-account scenarios to ensure that the user that assumes the role -// has been authenticated with an Amazon Web Services MFA device. In that scenario, -// the trust policy of the role being assumed includes a condition that tests for -// MFA authentication. If the caller does not include valid MFA information, the -// request to assume the role is denied. The condition in a trust policy that tests -// for MFA authentication might look like the following example. "Condition": -// {"Bool": {"aws:MultiFactorAuthPresent": true}} For more information, see -// Configuring MFA-Protected API Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/MFAProtectedAPI.html) -// in the IAM User Guide guide. To use MFA with AssumeRole , you pass values for -// the SerialNumber and TokenCode parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies -// the user's hardware or virtual MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based -// one-time password (TOTP) that the MFA device produces. +// about trust policies and resource-based policies, see [IAM Policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # Tags +// +// (Optional) You can pass tag key-value pairs to your session. These tags are +// called session tags. For more information about session tags, see [Passing Session Tags in STS]in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session tags. +// The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you to pass only +// specific session tags. For more information, see [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive tags persist during role +// chaining. For more information, see [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # Using MFA with AssumeRole +// +// (Optional) You can include multi-factor authentication (MFA) information when +// you call AssumeRole . This is useful for cross-account scenarios to ensure that +// the user that assumes the role has been authenticated with an Amazon Web +// Services MFA device. In that scenario, the trust policy of the role being +// assumed includes a condition that tests for MFA authentication. If the caller +// does not include valid MFA information, the request to assume the role is +// denied. The condition in a trust policy that tests for MFA authentication might +// look like the following example. +// +// "Condition": {"Bool": {"aws:MultiFactorAuthPresent": true}} +// +// For more information, see [Configuring MFA-Protected API Access] in the IAM User Guide guide. +// +// To use MFA with AssumeRole , you pass values for the SerialNumber and TokenCode +// parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies the user's hardware or virtual +// MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based one-time password (TOTP) that the +// MFA device produces. +// +// [Configuring MFA-Protected API Access]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/MFAProtectedAPI.html +// [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Passing Session Tags in STS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html +// [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining +// [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison +// [session policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [IAM Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html +// [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html +// [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html func (c *Client) AssumeRole(ctx context.Context, params *AssumeRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssumeRoleInput{} @@ -101,17 +131,19 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct { // This member is required. RoleArn *string - // An identifier for the assumed role session. Use the role session name to - // uniquely identify a session when the same role is assumed by different - // principals or for different reasons. In cross-account scenarios, the role - // session name is visible to, and can be logged by the account that owns the role. - // The role session name is also used in the ARN of the assumed role principal. - // This means that subsequent cross-account API requests that use the temporary - // security credentials will expose the role session name to the external account - // in their CloudTrail logs. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string - // of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with - // no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@- + // An identifier for the assumed role session. + // + // Use the role session name to uniquely identify a session when the same role is + // assumed by different principals or for different reasons. In cross-account + // scenarios, the role session name is visible to, and can be logged by the account + // that owns the role. The role session name is also used in the ARN of the assumed + // role principal. This means that subsequent cross-account API requests that use + // the temporary security credentials will expose the role session name to the + // external account in their CloudTrail logs. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- // // This member is required. RoleSessionName *string @@ -122,23 +154,27 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct { // hours. If you specify a value higher than this setting or the administrator // setting (whichever is lower), the operation fails. For example, if you specify a // session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session - // duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. Role chaining limits your Amazon Web - // Services CLI or Amazon Web Services API role session to a maximum of one hour. - // When you use the AssumeRole API operation to assume a role, you can specify the - // duration of your role session with the DurationSeconds parameter. You can - // specify a parameter value of up to 43200 seconds (12 hours), depending on the - // maximum session duration setting for your role. However, if you assume a role - // using role chaining and provide a DurationSeconds parameter value greater than - // one hour, the operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum value for your - // role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) - // in the IAM User Guide. By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. The - // DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console session - // that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to the - // federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration + // duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. + // + // Role chaining limits your Amazon Web Services CLI or Amazon Web Services API + // role session to a maximum of one hour. When you use the AssumeRole API + // operation to assume a role, you can specify the duration of your role session + // with the DurationSeconds parameter. You can specify a parameter value of up to + // 43200 seconds (12 hours), depending on the maximum session duration setting for + // your role. However, if you assume a role using role chaining and provide a + // DurationSeconds parameter value greater than one hour, the operation fails. To + // learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. + // + // The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console + // session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to + // the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration // parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more - // information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the - // Amazon Web Services Management Console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // information, see [Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session + // [Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html DurationSeconds *int32 // A unique identifier that might be required when you assume a role in another @@ -149,63 +185,79 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct { // the administrator of the trusting account might send an external ID to the // administrator of the trusted account. That way, only someone with the ID can // assume the role, rather than everyone in the account. For more information about - // the external ID, see How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your - // Amazon Web Services Resources to a Third Party (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-user_externalid.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of - // characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@:/- + // the external ID, see [How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your Amazon Web Services Resources to a Third Party]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // + // [How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your Amazon Web Services Resources to a Third Party]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-user_externalid.html ExternalId *string // An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy. + // // This parameter is optional. Passing policies to this operation returns new // temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection // of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the // role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to // access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session // policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based - // policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed - // session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can - // be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid - // character list (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), - // linefeed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. An Amazon Web - // Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy - // ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. - // Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other - // requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how - // close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit. + // policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't + // exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character + // from the space character to the end of the valid character list (\u0020 through + // \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), and carriage + // return (\u000D) characters. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session Policy *string // The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to // use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as - // the role. This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy - // ARNs. However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session - // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see - // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. An Amazon Web Services conversion - // compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session - // tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can - // fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The - // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies - // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit. Passing policies to this - // operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions - // are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session - // policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web - // Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You - // cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the - // identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, - // see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // the role. + // + // This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. + // However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies + // can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The + // resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's + // identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary + // credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in + // the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more + // permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is + // being assumed. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html PolicyArns []types.PolicyDescriptorType // A list of previously acquired trusted context assertions in the format of a // JSON array. The trusted context assertion is signed and encrypted by Amazon Web - // Services STS. The following is an example of a ProvidedContext value that - // includes a single trusted context assertion and the ARN of the context provider - // from which the trusted context assertion was generated. - // [{"ProviderArn":"arn:aws:iam::aws:contextProvider/IdentityCenter","ContextAssertion":"trusted-context-assertion"}] + // Services STS. + // + // The following is an example of a ProvidedContext value that includes a single + // trusted context assertion and the ARN of the context provider from which the + // trusted context assertion was generated. + // + // [{"ProviderArn":"arn:aws:iam::aws:contextProvider/IdentityCenter","ContextAssertion":"trusted-context-assertion"}] ProvidedContexts []types.ProvidedContext // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user @@ -213,79 +265,97 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct { // the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication. // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as // GAHT12345678 ) or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as - // arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user ). The regex used to validate this parameter - // is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric - // characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the - // following characters: =,.@- + // arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user ). + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- SerialNumber *string // The source identity specified by the principal that is calling the AssumeRole - // operation. You can require users to specify a source identity when they assume a - // role. You do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust - // policy. You can use source identity information in CloudTrail logs to determine - // who took actions with a role. You can use the aws:SourceIdentity condition key - // to further control access to Amazon Web Services resources based on the value of - // source identity. For more information about using source identity, see Monitor - // and control actions taken with assumed roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of - // characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@-. You cannot use a value that begins with the text aws: . This prefix is - // reserved for Amazon Web Services internal use. + // operation. + // + // You can require users to specify a source identity when they assume a role. You + // do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust policy. + // You can use source identity information in CloudTrail logs to determine who took + // actions with a role. You can use the aws:SourceIdentity condition key to + // further control access to Amazon Web Services resources based on the value of + // source identity. For more information about using source identity, see [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]in the + // IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-. You cannot use a + // value that begins with the text aws: . This prefix is reserved for Amazon Web + // Services internal use. + // + // [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html SourceIdentity *string // A list of session tags that you want to pass. Each session tag consists of a - // key name and an associated value. For more information about session tags, see - // Tagging Amazon Web Services STS Sessions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session - // tags. The plaintext session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters, and the values - // can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS - // Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) - // in the IAM User Guide. An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed - // inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed - // binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit - // even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize - // response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for - // your request are to the upper size limit. You can pass a session tag with the - // same key as a tag that is already attached to the role. When you do, session - // tags override a role tag with the same key. Tag key–value pairs are not case - // sensitive, but case is preserved. This means that you cannot have separate - // Department and department tag keys. Assume that the role has the Department = - // Marketing tag and you pass the department = engineering session tag. Department - // and department are not saved as separate tags, and the session tag passed in - // the request takes precedence over the role tag. Additionally, if you used - // temporary credentials to perform this operation, the new session inherits any - // transitive session tags from the calling session. If you pass a session tag with - // the same key as an inherited tag, the operation fails. To view the inherited - // tags for a session, see the CloudTrail logs. For more information, see Viewing - // Session Tags in CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_ctlogs) + // key name and an associated value. For more information about session tags, see [Tagging Amazon Web Services STS Sessions] // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext + // session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters, and the values can’t exceed 256 + // characters. For these and additional limits, see [IAM and STS Character Limits]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is already attached + // to the role. When you do, session tags override a role tag with the same key. + // + // Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This means + // that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume that + // the role has the Department = Marketing tag and you pass the department = + // engineering session tag. Department and department are not saved as separate + // tags, and the session tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role + // tag. + // + // Additionally, if you used temporary credentials to perform this operation, the + // new session inherits any transitive session tags from the calling session. If + // you pass a session tag with the same key as an inherited tag, the operation + // fails. To view the inherited tags for a session, see the CloudTrail logs. For + // more information, see [Viewing Session Tags in CloudTrail]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Tagging Amazon Web Services STS Sessions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html + // [IAM and STS Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length + // [Viewing Session Tags in CloudTrail]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_ctlogs Tags []types.Tag // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being // assumed requires MFA. (In other words, if the policy includes a condition that // tests for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode // value is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" - // error. The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a - // sequence of six numeric digits. + // error. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. TokenCode *string // A list of keys for session tags that you want to set as transitive. If you set // a tag key as transitive, the corresponding key and value passes to subsequent - // sessions in a role chain. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session - // Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. When you set session tags as - // transitive, the session policy and session tags packed binary limit is not - // affected. If you choose not to specify a transitive tag key, then no tags are - // passed from this session to any subsequent sessions. + // sessions in a role chain. For more information, see [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. When you set session tags as transitive, the + // session policy and session tags packed binary limit is not affected. + // + // If you choose not to specify a transitive tag key, then no tags are passed from + // this session to any subsequent sessions. + // + // [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining TransitiveTagKeys []string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary -// Amazon Web Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web Services -// requests. +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary Amazon Web +// Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web Services requests. type AssumeRoleOutput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers @@ -296,9 +366,10 @@ type AssumeRoleOutput struct { AssumedRoleUser *types.AssumedRoleUser // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret - // access key, and a security (or session) token. The size of the security token - // that STS API operations return is not fixed. We strongly recommend that you make - // no assumptions about the maximum size. + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // The size of the security token that STS API operations return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. Credentials *types.Credentials // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies and @@ -308,17 +379,21 @@ type AssumeRoleOutput struct { PackedPolicySize *int32 // The source identity specified by the principal that is calling the AssumeRole - // operation. You can require users to specify a source identity when they assume a - // role. You do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust - // policy. You can use source identity information in CloudTrail logs to determine - // who took actions with a role. You can use the aws:SourceIdentity condition key - // to further control access to Amazon Web Services resources based on the value of - // source identity. For more information about using source identity, see Monitor - // and control actions taken with assumed roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of - // characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@- + // operation. + // + // You can require users to specify a source identity when they assume a role. You + // do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust policy. + // You can use source identity information in CloudTrail logs to determine who took + // actions with a role. You can use the aws:SourceIdentity condition key to + // further control access to Amazon Web Services resources based on the value of + // source identity. For more information about using source identity, see [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]in the + // IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html SourceIdentity *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithSAML.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithSAML.go index 2a57b72ac99f0..f88ab4a22b4a6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithSAML.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithSAML.go @@ -16,92 +16,132 @@ import ( // mechanism for tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based // Amazon Web Services access without user-specific credentials or configuration. // For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithSAML with the other API operations that -// produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) -// and Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) -// in the IAM User Guide. The temporary security credentials returned by this -// operation consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security -// token. Applications can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls -// to Amazon Web Services services. Session Duration By default, the temporary -// security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML last for one hour. However, -// you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter to specify the duration of -// your session. Your role session lasts for the duration that you specify, or -// until the time specified in the SAML authentication response's -// SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. You can provide a -// DurationSeconds value from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session -// duration setting for the role. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 -// hours. To learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see View the -// Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) -// in the IAM User Guide. The maximum session duration limit applies when you use -// the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI commands. However the -// limit does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For -// more information, see Using IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Role chaining (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-role-chaining) -// limits your CLI or Amazon Web Services API role session to a maximum of one +// produce temporary credentials, see [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]and [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this operation consist of an +// access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use +// these temporary security credentials to sign calls to Amazon Web Services +// services. +// +// # Session Duration +// +// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML +// last for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter +// to specify the duration of your session. Your role session lasts for the +// duration that you specify, or until the time specified in the SAML +// authentication response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. You +// can provide a DurationSeconds value from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the +// maximum session duration setting for the role. This setting can have a value +// from 1 hour to 12 hours. To learn how to view the maximum value for your role, +// see [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]in the IAM User Guide. The maximum session duration limit applies when you +// use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI commands. However +// the limit does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. +// For more information, see [Using IAM Roles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Role chaining]limits your CLI or Amazon Web Services API role session to a maximum of one // hour. When you use the AssumeRole API operation to assume a role, you can // specify the duration of your role session with the DurationSeconds parameter. // You can specify a parameter value of up to 43200 seconds (12 hours), depending // on the maximum session duration setting for your role. However, if you assume a // role using role chaining and provide a DurationSeconds parameter value greater -// than one hour, the operation fails. Permissions The temporary security -// credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used to make API calls to any -// Amazon Web Services service with the following exception: you cannot call the -// STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations. (Optional) You can -// pass inline or managed session policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an -// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon -// Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. The plaintext that you -// use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. -// Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The -// resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's -// identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary -// credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in -// the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more -// permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is -// being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// in the IAM User Guide. Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of -// Amazon Web Services security credentials. The identity of the caller is -// validated by using keys in the metadata document that is uploaded for the SAML -// provider entity for your identity provider. Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can -// result in an entry in your CloudTrail logs. The entry includes the value in the -// NameID element of the SAML assertion. We recommend that you use a NameIDType -// that is not associated with any personally identifiable information (PII). For -// example, you could instead use the persistent identifier ( -// urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent ). Tags (Optional) You can -// configure your IdP to pass attributes into your SAML assertion as session tags. -// Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more -// information about session tags, see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext session -// tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. -// For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) -// in the IAM User Guide. An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed -// inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed -// binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit -// even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize -// response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for -// your request are to the upper size limit. You can pass a session tag with the -// same key as a tag that is attached to the role. When you do, session tags -// override the role's tags with the same key. An administrator must grant you the -// permissions necessary to pass session tags. The administrator can also create -// granular permissions to allow you to pass only specific session tags. For more -// information, see Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive -// tags persist during role chaining. For more information, see Chaining Roles -// with Session Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining) -// in the IAM User Guide. SAML Configuration Before your application can call -// AssumeRoleWithSAML , you must configure your SAML identity provider (IdP) to -// issue the claims required by Amazon Web Services. Additionally, you must use -// Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider entity in your -// Amazon Web Services account that represents your identity provider. You must -// also create an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy. +// than one hour, the operation fails. +// +// # Permissions +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used to +// make API calls to any Amazon Web Services service with the following exception: +// you cannot call the STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations. +// +// (Optional) You can pass inline or managed [session policies] to this operation. You can pass a +// single JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also +// specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed +// session policies. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session +// policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. Passing policies to this operation +// returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the +// intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You +// can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API +// calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use +// session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the +// identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, +// see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of Amazon Web Services +// security credentials. The identity of the caller is validated by using keys in +// the metadata document that is uploaded for the SAML provider entity for your +// identity provider. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can result in an entry in your CloudTrail logs. The +// entry includes the value in the NameID element of the SAML assertion. We +// recommend that you use a NameIDType that is not associated with any personally +// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the +// persistent identifier ( urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent ). +// +// # Tags +// +// (Optional) You can configure your IdP to pass attributes into your SAML +// assertion as session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an +// associated value. For more information about session tags, see [Passing Session Tags in STS]in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext session tag keys can’t exceed +// 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and +// additional limits, see [IAM and STS Character Limits]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, +// managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a +// separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext +// meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates +// by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper +// size limit. +// +// You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is attached to the +// role. When you do, session tags override the role's tags with the same key. +// +// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session tags. +// The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you to pass only +// specific session tags. For more information, see [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive tags persist during role +// chaining. For more information, see [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # SAML Configuration +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML , you must configure your +// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by Amazon Web +// Services. Additionally, you must use Identity and Access Management (IAM) to +// create a SAML provider entity in your Amazon Web Services account that +// represents your identity provider. You must also create an IAM role that +// specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy. +// // For more information, see the following resources: -// - About SAML 2.0-based Federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. -// - Creating SAML Identity Providers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. -// - Configuring a Relying Party and Claims (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml_relying-party.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. -// - Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [About SAML 2.0-based Federation] +// - in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Creating SAML Identity Providers] +// - in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Configuring a Relying Party and Claims] +// - in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation] +// - in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session +// [Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html +// [IAM and STS Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length +// [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison +// [Creating SAML Identity Providers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml.html +// [session policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html +// [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html +// [Configuring a Relying Party and Claims]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml_relying-party.html +// [Role chaining]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-role-chaining +// [Using IAM Roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html +// [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Passing Session Tags in STS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html +// [About SAML 2.0-based Federation]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html +// [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining func (c *Client) AssumeRoleWithSAML(ctx context.Context, params *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput{} @@ -130,9 +170,11 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { // This member is required. RoleArn *string - // The base64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP. For more - // information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The base64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP. + // + // For more information, see [Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims] in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html // // This member is required. SAMLAssertion *string @@ -146,92 +188,114 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { // than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you specify a session // duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session duration to // 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum value for your - // role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) - // in the IAM User Guide. By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. The - // DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console session - // that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to the - // federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration + // role, see [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. + // + // The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console + // session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to + // the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration // parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more - // information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the - // Amazon Web Services Management Console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // information, see [Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session + // [Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html DurationSeconds *int32 // An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy. + // // This parameter is optional. Passing policies to this operation returns new // temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection // of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the // role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to // access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session // policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based - // policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed - // session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can - // be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid - // character list (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), - // linefeed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. An Amazon Web - // Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy - // ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. - // Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other - // requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how - // close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit. + // policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't + // exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character + // from the space character to the end of the valid character list (\u0020 through + // \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), and carriage + // return (\u000D) characters. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session Policy *string // The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to // use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as - // the role. This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy - // ARNs. However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session - // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see - // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. An Amazon Web Services conversion - // compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session - // tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can - // fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The - // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies - // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit. Passing policies to this - // operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions - // are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session - // policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web - // Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You - // cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the - // identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, - // see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // the role. + // + // This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. + // However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies + // can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The + // resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's + // identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary + // credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in + // the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more + // permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is + // being assumed. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html PolicyArns []types.PolicyDescriptorType noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithSAML request, including -// temporary Amazon Web Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web -// Services requests. +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithSAML request, including temporary Amazon Web +// Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web Services requests. type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct { // The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation // returns. AssumedRoleUser *types.AssumedRoleUser - // The value of the Recipient attribute of the SubjectConfirmationData element of + // The value of the Recipient attribute of the SubjectConfirmationData element of // the SAML assertion. Audience *string // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret - // access key, and a security (or session) token. The size of the security token - // that STS API operations return is not fixed. We strongly recommend that you make - // no assumptions about the maximum size. + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // The size of the security token that STS API operations return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. Credentials *types.Credentials // The value of the Issuer element of the SAML assertion. Issuer *string // A hash value based on the concatenation of the following: + // // - The Issuer response value. + // // - The Amazon Web Services account ID. + // // - The friendly name (the last part of the ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM. + // // The combination of NameQualifier and Subject can be used to uniquely identify a - // user. The following pseudocode shows how the hash value is calculated: BASE64 ( - // SHA1 ( "https://example.com/saml" + "123456789012" + "/MySAMLIdP" ) ) + // user. + // + // The following pseudocode shows how the hash value is calculated: + // + // BASE64 ( SHA1 ( "https://example.com/saml" + "123456789012" + "/MySAMLIdP" ) ) NameQualifier *string // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies and @@ -240,31 +304,36 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct { // allowed space. PackedPolicySize *int32 - // The value in the SourceIdentity attribute in the SAML assertion. You can - // require users to set a source identity value when they assume a role. You do - // this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust policy. That - // way, actions that are taken with the role are associated with that user. After - // the source identity is set, the value cannot be changed. It is present in the - // request for all actions that are taken by the role and persists across chained - // role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts#iam-term-role-chaining) - // sessions. You can configure your SAML identity provider to use an attribute - // associated with your users, like user name or email, as the source identity when - // calling AssumeRoleWithSAML . You do this by adding an attribute to the SAML - // assertion. For more information about using source identity, see Monitor and - // control actions taken with assumed roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of - // characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@- + // The value in the SourceIdentity attribute in the SAML assertion. + // + // You can require users to set a source identity value when they assume a role. + // You do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust + // policy. That way, actions that are taken with the role are associated with that + // user. After the source identity is set, the value cannot be changed. It is + // present in the request for all actions that are taken by the role and persists + // across [chained role]sessions. You can configure your SAML identity provider to use an + // attribute associated with your users, like user name or email, as the source + // identity when calling AssumeRoleWithSAML . You do this by adding an attribute to + // the SAML assertion. For more information about using source identity, see [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // [chained role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts#iam-term-role-chaining + // [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html SourceIdentity *string // The value of the NameID element in the Subject element of the SAML assertion. Subject *string - // The format of the name ID, as defined by the Format attribute in the NameID + // The format of the name ID, as defined by the Format attribute in the NameID // element of the SAML assertion. Typical examples of the format are transient or - // persistent . If the format includes the prefix - // urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format , that prefix is removed. For example, + // persistent . + // + // If the format includes the prefix urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format , + // that prefix is removed. For example, // urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient is returned as transient . // If the format includes any other prefix, the format is returned with no // modifications. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.go index 98108ce6af081..6c8cf43e53449 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.go @@ -14,105 +14,143 @@ import ( // Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been // authenticated in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider. // Example providers include the OAuth 2.0 providers Login with Amazon and -// Facebook, or any OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider such as Google or -// Amazon Cognito federated identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-identity.html) -// . For mobile applications, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito. You can use -// Amazon Cognito with the Amazon Web Services SDK for iOS Developer Guide (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) -// and the Amazon Web Services SDK for Android Developer Guide (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/) -// to uniquely identify a user. You can also supply the user with a consistent -// identity throughout the lifetime of an application. To learn more about Amazon -// Cognito, see Amazon Cognito identity pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-identity.html) -// in Amazon Cognito Developer Guide. Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity does not -// require the use of Amazon Web Services security credentials. Therefore, you can -// distribute an application (for example, on mobile devices) that requests -// temporary security credentials without including long-term Amazon Web Services -// credentials in the application. You also don't need to deploy server-based proxy -// services that use long-term Amazon Web Services credentials. Instead, the -// identity of the caller is validated by using a token from the web identity -// provider. For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the other API -// operations that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary -// Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) -// and Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) -// in the IAM User Guide. The temporary security credentials returned by this API -// consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. -// Applications can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls to -// Amazon Web Services service API operations. Session Duration By default, the -// temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity last for -// one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter to -// specify the duration of your session. You can provide a value from 900 seconds -// (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. This -// setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. To learn how to view the -// maximum value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for -// a Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) -// in the IAM User Guide. The maximum session duration limit applies when you use -// the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI commands. However the -// limit does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For -// more information, see Using IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Permissions The temporary security credentials created by -// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can be used to make API calls to any Amazon Web -// Services service with the following exception: you cannot call the STS -// GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations. (Optional) You can pass -// inline or managed session policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an -// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon -// Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. The plaintext that you -// use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. -// Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The -// resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's -// identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary -// credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in -// the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more -// permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is -// being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// in the IAM User Guide. Tags (Optional) You can configure your IdP to pass -// attributes into your web identity token as session tags. Each session tag -// consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about -// session tags, see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext session -// tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. -// For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) -// in the IAM User Guide. An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed -// inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed -// binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit -// even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize -// response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for -// your request are to the upper size limit. You can pass a session tag with the -// same key as a tag that is attached to the role. When you do, the session tag -// overrides the role tag with the same key. An administrator must grant you the -// permissions necessary to pass session tags. The administrator can also create -// granular permissions to allow you to pass only specific session tags. For more -// information, see Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive -// tags persist during role chaining. For more information, see Chaining Roles -// with Session Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining) -// in the IAM User Guide. Identities Before your application can call -// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity , you must have an identity token from a supported -// identity provider and create a role that the application can assume. The role -// that your application assumes must trust the identity provider that is -// associated with the identity token. In other words, the identity provider must -// be specified in the role's trust policy. Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can -// result in an entry in your CloudTrail logs. The entry includes the Subject (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#Claims) -// of the provided web identity token. We recommend that you avoid using any -// personally identifiable information (PII) in this field. For example, you could -// instead use a GUID or a pairwise identifier, as suggested in the OIDC -// specification (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#SubjectIDTypes) -// . For more information about how to use web identity federation and the +// Facebook, or any OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider such as Google or [Amazon Cognito federated identities]. +// +// For mobile applications, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito. You can use +// Amazon Cognito with the [Amazon Web Services SDK for iOS Developer Guide]and the [Amazon Web Services SDK for Android Developer Guide] to uniquely identify a user. You can also +// supply the user with a consistent identity throughout the lifetime of an +// application. +// +// To learn more about Amazon Cognito, see [Amazon Cognito identity pools] in Amazon Cognito Developer Guide. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity does not require the use of Amazon Web +// Services security credentials. Therefore, you can distribute an application (for +// example, on mobile devices) that requests temporary security credentials without +// including long-term Amazon Web Services credentials in the application. You also +// don't need to deploy server-based proxy services that use long-term Amazon Web +// Services credentials. Instead, the identity of the caller is validated by using +// a token from the web identity provider. For a comparison of +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the other API operations that produce temporary +// credentials, see [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]and [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this API consist of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use these +// temporary security credentials to sign calls to Amazon Web Services service API +// operations. +// +// # Session Duration +// +// By default, the temporary security credentials created by +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity last for one hour. However, you can use the optional +// DurationSeconds parameter to specify the duration of your session. You can +// provide a value from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration +// setting for the role. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. To +// learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]in the IAM User Guide. +// The maximum session duration limit applies when you use the AssumeRole* API +// operations or the assume-role* CLI commands. However the limit does not apply +// when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see +// [Using IAM Roles]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # Permissions +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can be +// used to make API calls to any Amazon Web Services service with the following +// exception: you cannot call the STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API +// operations. +// +// (Optional) You can pass inline or managed [session policies] to this operation. You can pass a +// single JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also +// specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed +// session policies. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session +// policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. Passing policies to this operation +// returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the +// intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You +// can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API +// calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use +// session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the +// identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, +// see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # Tags +// +// (Optional) You can configure your IdP to pass attributes into your web identity +// token as session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated +// value. For more information about session tags, see [Passing Session Tags in STS]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext session tag keys can’t exceed +// 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and +// additional limits, see [IAM and STS Character Limits]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, +// managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a +// separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext +// meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates +// by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper +// size limit. +// +// You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is attached to the +// role. When you do, the session tag overrides the role tag with the same key. +// +// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session tags. +// The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you to pass only +// specific session tags. For more information, see [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive tags persist during role +// chaining. For more information, see [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # Identities +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity , you must have an +// identity token from a supported identity provider and create a role that the +// application can assume. The role that your application assumes must trust the +// identity provider that is associated with the identity token. In other words, +// the identity provider must be specified in the role's trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can result in an entry in your CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the [Subject]of the provided web identity token. We recommend +// that you avoid using any personally identifiable information (PII) in this +// field. For example, you could instead use a GUID or a pairwise identifier, as [suggested in the OIDC specification]. +// +// For more information about how to use web identity federation and the // AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API, see the following resources: -// - Using Web Identity Federation API Operations for Mobile Apps (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc_manual.html) -// and Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity) -// . -// - Web Identity Federation Playground (https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/the-aws-web-identity-federation-playground/) -// . Walk through the process of authenticating through Login with Amazon, +// +// [Using Web Identity Federation API Operations for Mobile Apps] +// - and [Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider]. +// +// [Web Identity Federation Playground] +// - . Walk through the process of authenticating through Login with Amazon, // Facebook, or Google, getting temporary security credentials, and then using // those credentials to make a request to Amazon Web Services. -// - Amazon Web Services SDK for iOS Developer Guide (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) -// and Amazon Web Services SDK for Android Developer Guide (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/) -// . These toolkits contain sample apps that show how to invoke the identity -// providers. The toolkits then show how to use the information from these +// +// [Amazon Web Services SDK for iOS Developer Guide] +// - and [Amazon Web Services SDK for Android Developer Guide]. These toolkits contain sample apps that show how to invoke the +// identity providers. The toolkits then show how to use the information from these // providers to get and use temporary security credentials. -// - Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/web-identity-federation-with-mobile-applications) -// . This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of how to -// use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon S3. +// +// [Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications] +// - . This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of +// how to use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon S3. +// +// [Amazon Web Services SDK for iOS Developer Guide]: http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/ +// [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session +// [Web Identity Federation Playground]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/the-aws-web-identity-federation-playground/ +// [Amazon Web Services SDK for Android Developer Guide]: http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/ +// [IAM and STS Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length +// [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison +// [session policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html +// [Subject]: http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#Claims +// [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html +// [Amazon Cognito identity pools]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-identity.html +// [Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity +// [Using IAM Roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html +// [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Amazon Cognito federated identities]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/cognito-identity.html +// [Passing Session Tags in STS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html +// [Chaining Roles with Session Tags]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining +// [Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications]: http://aws.amazon.com/articles/web-identity-federation-with-mobile-applications +// [Using Web Identity Federation API Operations for Mobile Apps]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc_manual.html +// [suggested in the OIDC specification]: http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#SubjectIDTypes func (c *Client) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity(ctx context.Context, params *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput{} @@ -139,10 +177,11 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { // identifier that is associated with the user who is using your application. That // way, the temporary security credentials that your application will use are // associated with that user. This session name is included as part of the ARN and - // assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element. The regex used to - // validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and - // lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- // // This member is required. RoleSessionName *string @@ -162,73 +201,90 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { // higher than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you specify a // session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session // duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum - // value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) - // in the IAM User Guide. By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. The - // DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console session - // that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to the - // federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration + // value for your role, see [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. + // + // The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console + // session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to + // the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration // parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more - // information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the - // Amazon Web Services Management Console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // information, see [Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session + // [Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html DurationSeconds *int32 // An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy. + // // This parameter is optional. Passing policies to this operation returns new // temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection // of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the // role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to // access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session // policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based - // policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session - // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed - // session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can - // be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid - // character list (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), - // linefeed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D) characters. An Amazon Web - // Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy - // ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. - // Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other - // requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how - // close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit. + // policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM + // User Guide. + // + // The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't + // exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character + // from the space character to the end of the valid character list (\u0020 through + // \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), and carriage + // return (\u000D) characters. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session Policy *string // The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to // use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as - // the role. This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy - // ARNs. However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session - // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see - // Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. An Amazon Web Services conversion - // compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session - // tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can - // fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The - // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies - // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit. Passing policies to this - // operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions - // are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session - // policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web - // Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You - // cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the - // identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, - // see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // the role. + // + // This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. + // However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies + // can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]in the + // Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The + // resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's + // identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary + // credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in + // the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more + // permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is + // being assumed. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html PolicyArns []types.PolicyDescriptorType // The fully qualified host component of the domain name of the OAuth 2.0 identity // provider. Do not specify this value for an OpenID Connect identity provider. + // // Currently www.amazon.com and graph.facebook.com are the only supported identity // providers for OAuth 2.0 access tokens. Do not include URL schemes and port - // numbers. Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens. + // numbers. + // + // Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens. ProviderId *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request, -// including temporary Amazon Web Services credentials that can be used to make -// Amazon Web Services requests. +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request, including temporary Amazon Web +// Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web Services requests. type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers @@ -244,9 +300,10 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct { Audience *string // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret - // access key, and a security token. The size of the security token that STS API - // operations return is not fixed. We strongly recommend that you make no - // assumptions about the maximum size. + // access key, and a security token. + // + // The size of the security token that STS API operations return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. Credentials *types.Credentials // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies and @@ -255,30 +312,34 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct { // allowed space. PackedPolicySize *int32 - // The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect + // The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect // ID tokens, this contains the value of the iss field. For OAuth 2.0 access // tokens, this contains the value of the ProviderId parameter that was passed in // the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request. Provider *string // The value of the source identity that is returned in the JSON web token (JWT) - // from the identity provider. You can require users to set a source identity value - // when they assume a role. You do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition - // key in a role trust policy. That way, actions that are taken with the role are - // associated with that user. After the source identity is set, the value cannot be - // changed. It is present in the request for all actions that are taken by the role - // and persists across chained role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts#iam-term-role-chaining) - // sessions. You can configure your identity provider to use an attribute + // from the identity provider. + // + // You can require users to set a source identity value when they assume a role. + // You do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust + // policy. That way, actions that are taken with the role are associated with that + // user. After the source identity is set, the value cannot be changed. It is + // present in the request for all actions that are taken by the role and persists + // across [chained role]sessions. You can configure your identity provider to use an attribute // associated with your users, like user name or email, as the source identity when // calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity . You do this by adding a claim to the JSON - // web token. To learn more about OIDC tokens and claims, see Using Tokens with - // User Pools (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/amazon-cognito-user-pools-using-tokens-with-identity-providers.html) - // in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide. For more information about using source - // identity, see Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of - // characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@- + // web token. To learn more about OIDC tokens and claims, see [Using Tokens with User Pools]in the Amazon + // Cognito Developer Guide. For more information about using source identity, see [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles] + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // [chained role]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts#iam-term-role-chaining + // [Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_monitor.html + // [Using Tokens with User Pools]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cognito/latest/developerguide/amazon-cognito-user-pools-using-tokens-with-identity-providers.html SourceIdentity *string // The unique user identifier that is returned by the identity provider. This diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_DecodeAuthorizationMessage.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_DecodeAuthorizationMessage.go index b4ad54ab2faf1..186a8cb583873 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_DecodeAuthorizationMessage.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_DecodeAuthorizationMessage.go @@ -11,28 +11,39 @@ import ( ) // Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request from -// an encoded message returned in response to an Amazon Web Services request. For -// example, if a user is not authorized to perform an operation that he or she has -// requested, the request returns a Client.UnauthorizedOperation response (an HTTP -// 403 response). Some Amazon Web Services operations additionally return an -// encoded message that can provide details about this authorization failure. Only -// certain Amazon Web Services operations return an encoded authorization message. -// The documentation for an individual operation indicates whether that operation -// returns an encoded message in addition to returning an HTTP code. The message is -// encoded because the details of the authorization status can contain privileged -// information that the user who requested the operation should not see. To decode -// an authorization status message, a user must be granted permissions through an -// IAM policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html) -// to request the DecodeAuthorizationMessage ( sts:DecodeAuthorizationMessage ) -// action. The decoded message includes the following type of information: +// an encoded message returned in response to an Amazon Web Services request. +// +// For example, if a user is not authorized to perform an operation that he or she +// has requested, the request returns a Client.UnauthorizedOperation response (an +// HTTP 403 response). Some Amazon Web Services operations additionally return an +// encoded message that can provide details about this authorization failure. +// +// Only certain Amazon Web Services operations return an encoded authorization +// message. The documentation for an individual operation indicates whether that +// operation returns an encoded message in addition to returning an HTTP code. +// +// The message is encoded because the details of the authorization status can +// contain privileged information that the user who requested the operation should +// not see. To decode an authorization status message, a user must be granted +// permissions through an IAM [policy]to request the DecodeAuthorizationMessage ( +// sts:DecodeAuthorizationMessage ) action. +// +// The decoded message includes the following type of information: +// // - Whether the request was denied due to an explicit deny or due to the -// absence of an explicit allow. For more information, see Determining Whether a -// Request is Allowed or Denied (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-denyallow) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// absence of an explicit allow. For more information, see [Determining Whether a Request is Allowed or Denied]in the IAM User +// Guide. +// // - The principal who made the request. +// // - The requested action. +// // - The requested resource. +// // - The values of condition keys in the context of the user's request. +// +// [Determining Whether a Request is Allowed or Denied]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-denyallow +// [policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html func (c *Client) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(ctx context.Context, params *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetAccessKeyInfo.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetAccessKeyInfo.go index 1f7cbcc2bbbdd..b6eb6401af061 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetAccessKeyInfo.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetAccessKeyInfo.go @@ -10,23 +10,31 @@ import ( smithyhttp "github.com/aws/smithy-go/transport/http" ) -// Returns the account identifier for the specified access key ID. Access keys -// consist of two parts: an access key ID (for example, AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE ) and -// a secret access key (for example, wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY ). -// For more information about access keys, see Managing Access Keys for IAM Users (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_access-keys.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. When you pass an access key ID to this operation, it -// returns the ID of the Amazon Web Services account to which the keys belong. -// Access key IDs beginning with AKIA are long-term credentials for an IAM user or -// the Amazon Web Services account root user. Access key IDs beginning with ASIA -// are temporary credentials that are created using STS operations. If the account -// in the response belongs to you, you can sign in as the root user and review your -// root user access keys. Then, you can pull a credentials report (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html) -// to learn which IAM user owns the keys. To learn who requested the temporary -// credentials for an ASIA access key, view the STS events in your CloudTrail logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. This operation does not indicate the state of the access -// key. The key might be active, inactive, or deleted. Active keys might not have -// permissions to perform an operation. Providing a deleted access key might return -// an error that the key doesn't exist. +// Returns the account identifier for the specified access key ID. +// +// Access keys consist of two parts: an access key ID (for example, +// AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE ) and a secret access key (for example, +// wJalrXUtnFEMI/K7MDENG/bPxRfiCYEXAMPLEKEY ). For more information about access +// keys, see [Managing Access Keys for IAM Users]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// When you pass an access key ID to this operation, it returns the ID of the +// Amazon Web Services account to which the keys belong. Access key IDs beginning +// with AKIA are long-term credentials for an IAM user or the Amazon Web Services +// account root user. Access key IDs beginning with ASIA are temporary credentials +// that are created using STS operations. If the account in the response belongs to +// you, you can sign in as the root user and review your root user access keys. +// Then, you can pull a [credentials report]to learn which IAM user owns the keys. To learn who +// requested the temporary credentials for an ASIA access key, view the STS events +// in your [CloudTrail logs]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// This operation does not indicate the state of the access key. The key might be +// active, inactive, or deleted. Active keys might not have permissions to perform +// an operation. Providing a deleted access key might return an error that the key +// doesn't exist. +// +// [credentials report]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html +// [CloudTrail logs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html +// [Managing Access Keys for IAM Users]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_access-keys.html func (c *Client) GetAccessKeyInfo(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccessKeyInfoInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccessKeyInfoOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetAccessKeyInfoInput{} @@ -44,9 +52,10 @@ func (c *Client) GetAccessKeyInfo(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccessKeyInfoI type GetAccessKeyInfoInput struct { - // The identifier of an access key. This parameter allows (through its regex - // pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper- or lowercase - // letter or digit. + // The identifier of an access key. + // + // This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that + // can consist of any upper- or lowercase letter or digit. // // This member is required. AccessKeyId *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetCallerIdentity.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetCallerIdentity.go index acb7ede44fd30..ed4c82832a316 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetCallerIdentity.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetCallerIdentity.go @@ -12,13 +12,15 @@ import ( ) // Returns details about the IAM user or role whose credentials are used to call -// the operation. No permissions are required to perform this operation. If an -// administrator attaches a policy to your identity that explicitly denies access -// to the sts:GetCallerIdentity action, you can still perform this operation. -// Permissions are not required because the same information is returned when -// access is denied. To view an example response, see I Am Not Authorized to -// Perform: iam:DeleteVirtualMFADevice (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_access-denied-delete-mfa) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// the operation. +// +// No permissions are required to perform this operation. If an administrator +// attaches a policy to your identity that explicitly denies access to the +// sts:GetCallerIdentity action, you can still perform this operation. Permissions +// are not required because the same information is returned when access is denied. +// To view an example response, see [I Am Not Authorized to Perform: iam:DeleteVirtualMFADevice]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [I Am Not Authorized to Perform: iam:DeleteVirtualMFADevice]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_access-denied-delete-mfa func (c *Client) GetCallerIdentity(ctx context.Context, params *GetCallerIdentityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetCallerIdentityInput{} @@ -38,8 +40,8 @@ type GetCallerIdentityInput struct { noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful GetCallerIdentity request, including -// information about the entity making the request. +// Contains the response to a successful GetCallerIdentity request, including information about the +// entity making the request. type GetCallerIdentityOutput struct { // The Amazon Web Services account ID number of the account that owns or contains @@ -51,8 +53,10 @@ type GetCallerIdentityOutput struct { // The unique identifier of the calling entity. The exact value depends on the // type of entity that is making the call. The values returned are those listed in - // the aws:userid column in the Principal table (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_variables.html#principaltable) - // found on the Policy Variables reference page in the IAM User Guide. + // the aws:userid column in the [Principal table]found on the Policy Variables reference page in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // [Principal table]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_variables.html#principaltable UserId *string // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetFederationToken.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetFederationToken.go index 3679618cb5a67..37bde0cce6b0f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetFederationToken.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetFederationToken.go @@ -14,74 +14,100 @@ import ( // Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access key // ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a user. A typical use is in a // proxy application that gets temporary security credentials on behalf of -// distributed applications inside a corporate network. You must call the -// GetFederationToken operation using the long-term security credentials of an IAM -// user. As a result, this call is appropriate in contexts where those credentials -// can be safeguarded, usually in a server-based application. For a comparison of -// GetFederationToken with the other API operations that produce temporary -// credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) -// and Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) -// in the IAM User Guide. Although it is possible to call GetFederationToken using -// the security credentials of an Amazon Web Services account root user rather than -// an IAM user that you create for the purpose of a proxy application, we do not -// recommend it. For more information, see Safeguard your root user credentials -// and don't use them for everyday tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#lock-away-credentials) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can create a mobile-based or browser-based app that -// can authenticate users using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, -// Facebook, Google, or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider. In this -// case, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) -// or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity . For more information, see Federation Through a -// Web-based Identity Provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity) -// in the IAM User Guide. Session duration The temporary credentials are valid for -// the specified duration, from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129,600 -// seconds (36 hours). The default session duration is 43,200 seconds (12 hours). -// Temporary credentials obtained by using the root user credentials have a maximum -// duration of 3,600 seconds (1 hour). Permissions You can use the temporary -// credentials created by GetFederationToken in any Amazon Web Services service -// with the following exceptions: +// distributed applications inside a corporate network. +// +// You must call the GetFederationToken operation using the long-term security +// credentials of an IAM user. As a result, this call is appropriate in contexts +// where those credentials can be safeguarded, usually in a server-based +// application. For a comparison of GetFederationToken with the other API +// operations that produce temporary credentials, see [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]and [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Although it is possible to call GetFederationToken using the security +// credentials of an Amazon Web Services account root user rather than an IAM user +// that you create for the purpose of a proxy application, we do not recommend it. +// For more information, see [Safeguard your root user credentials and don't use them for everyday tasks]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You can create a mobile-based or browser-based app that can authenticate users +// using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or an +// OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider. In this case, we recommend that you +// use [Amazon Cognito]or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity . For more information, see [Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// # Session duration +// +// The temporary credentials are valid for the specified duration, from 900 +// seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129,600 seconds (36 hours). The default +// session duration is 43,200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials obtained by +// using the root user credentials have a maximum duration of 3,600 seconds (1 +// hour). +// +// # Permissions +// +// You can use the temporary credentials created by GetFederationToken in any +// Amazon Web Services service with the following exceptions: +// // - You cannot call any IAM operations using the CLI or the Amazon Web Services // API. This limitation does not apply to console sessions. +// // - You cannot call any STS operations except GetCallerIdentity . // -// You can use temporary credentials for single sign-on (SSO) to the console. You -// must pass an inline or managed session policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an -// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon -// Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. The plaintext that you -// use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. +// You can use temporary credentials for single sign-on (SSO) to the console. +// +// You must pass an inline or managed [session policy] to this operation. You can pass a single +// JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also specify up +// to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session +// policies. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session +// policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. +// // Though the session policy parameters are optional, if you do not pass a policy, // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. When you pass // session policies, the session permissions are the intersection of the IAM user // policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives you a way to further // restrict the permissions for a federated user. You cannot use session policies // to grant more permissions than those that are defined in the permissions policy -// of the IAM user. For more information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) -// in the IAM User Guide. For information about using GetFederationToken to create -// temporary security credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation Through a -// Custom Identity Broker (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken) -// . You can use the credentials to access a resource that has a resource-based +// of the IAM user. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM User Guide. For +// information about using GetFederationToken to create temporary security +// credentials, see [GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity Broker]. +// +// You can use the credentials to access a resource that has a resource-based // policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user session in the // Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions allowed by the // policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the permissions granted by -// the session policies. Tags (Optional) You can pass tag key-value pairs to your -// session. These are called session tags. For more information about session tags, -// see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You can create a mobile-based or browser-based app that -// can authenticate users using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, -// Facebook, Google, or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider. In this -// case, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) -// or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity . For more information, see Federation Through a -// Web-based Identity Provider (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity) -// in the IAM User Guide. An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary -// to pass session tags. The administrator can also create granular permissions to -// allow you to pass only specific session tags. For more information, see -// Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is -// preserved. This means that you cannot have separate Department and department -// tag keys. Assume that the user that you are federating has the Department = -// Marketing tag and you pass the department = engineering session tag. Department -// and department are not saved as separate tags, and the session tag passed in -// the request takes precedence over the user tag. +// the session policies. +// +// # Tags +// +// (Optional) You can pass tag key-value pairs to your session. These are called +// session tags. For more information about session tags, see [Passing Session Tags in STS]in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// You can create a mobile-based or browser-based app that can authenticate users +// using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or an +// OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider. In this case, we recommend that you +// use [Amazon Cognito]or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity . For more information, see [Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider] in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session tags. +// The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you to pass only +// specific session tags. For more information, see [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This means +// that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume that +// the user that you are federating has the Department = Marketing tag and you +// pass the department = engineering session tag. Department and department are +// not saved as separate tags, and the session tag passed in the request takes +// precedence over the user tag. +// +// [Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity +// [session policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Amazon Cognito]: http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/ +// [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session +// [Passing Session Tags in STS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html +// [GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity Broker]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken +// [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison +// [Safeguard your root user credentials and don't use them for everyday tasks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#lock-away-credentials +// [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html +// [Tutorial: Using Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html func (c *Client) GetFederationToken(ctx context.Context, params *GetFederationTokenInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetFederationTokenInput{} @@ -102,10 +128,11 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct { // The name of the federated user. The name is used as an identifier for the // temporary security credentials (such as Bob ). For example, you can reference // the federated user name in a resource-based policy, such as in an Amazon S3 - // bucket policy. The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of - // characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no - // spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: - // =,.@- + // bucket policy. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- // // This member is required. Name *string @@ -119,99 +146,127 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct { DurationSeconds *int32 // An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy. - // You must pass an inline or managed session policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an - // inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon - // Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. This parameter is - // optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies, then the resulting - // federated user session has no permissions. When you pass session policies, the - // session permissions are the intersection of the IAM user policies and the - // session policies that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the - // permissions for a federated user. You cannot use session policies to grant more - // permissions than those that are defined in the permissions policy of the IAM - // user. For more information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. The resulting credentials can be used to access a - // resource that has a resource-based policy. If that policy specifically - // references the federated user session in the Principal element of the policy, - // the session has the permissions allowed by the policy. These permissions are - // granted in addition to the permissions that are granted by the session policies. + // + // You must pass an inline or managed [session policy] to this operation. You can pass a single + // JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also specify up + // to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session + // policies. + // + // This parameter is optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies, + // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. + // + // When you pass session policies, the session permissions are the intersection of + // the IAM user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives you a + // way to further restrict the permissions for a federated user. You cannot use + // session policies to grant more permissions than those that are defined in the + // permissions policy of the IAM user. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // The resulting credentials can be used to access a resource that has a + // resource-based policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user + // session in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions + // allowed by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the + // permissions that are granted by the session policies. + // // The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't // exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character // from the space character to the end of the valid character list (\u0020 through // \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), and carriage - // return (\u000D) characters. An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the - // passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a - // packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this - // limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize - // response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for - // your request are to the upper size limit. + // return (\u000D) characters. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // [session policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session Policy *string // The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to // use as a managed session policy. The policies must exist in the same account as - // the IAM user that is requesting federated access. You must pass an inline or - // managed session policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an - // inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon - // Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. The plaintext that you - // use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. - // You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. For more information about ARNs, - // see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. This parameter is optional. - // However, if you do not pass any session policies, then the resulting federated - // user session has no permissions. When you pass session policies, the session - // permissions are the intersection of the IAM user policies and the session - // policies that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions - // for a federated user. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions - // than those that are defined in the permissions policy of the IAM user. For more - // information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session) - // in the IAM User Guide. The resulting credentials can be used to access a - // resource that has a resource-based policy. If that policy specifically - // references the federated user session in the Principal element of the policy, - // the session has the permissions allowed by the policy. These permissions are - // granted in addition to the permissions that are granted by the session policies. + // the IAM user that is requesting federated access. + // + // You must pass an inline or managed [session policy] to this operation. You can pass a single + // JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also specify up + // to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session + // policies. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session + // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. You can provide up to 10 managed policy + // ARNs. For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]in the Amazon Web Services General + // Reference. + // + // This parameter is optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies, + // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. + // + // When you pass session policies, the session permissions are the intersection of + // the IAM user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives you a + // way to further restrict the permissions for a federated user. You cannot use + // session policies to grant more permissions than those that are defined in the + // permissions policy of the IAM user. For more information, see [Session Policies]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // The resulting credentials can be used to access a resource that has a + // resource-based policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user + // session in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions + // allowed by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the + // permissions that are granted by the session policies. + // // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper // size limit. + // + // [session policy]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session + // [Session Policies]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html PolicyArns []types.PolicyDescriptorType // A list of session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an - // associated value. For more information about session tags, see Passing Session - // Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session - // tags. The plaintext session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters and the values - // can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS - // Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) - // in the IAM User Guide. An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed - // inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed - // binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit - // even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize - // response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for - // your request are to the upper size limit. You can pass a session tag with the - // same key as a tag that is already attached to the user you are federating. When - // you do, session tags override a user tag with the same key. Tag key–value pairs - // are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This means that you cannot have - // separate Department and department tag keys. Assume that the role has the - // Department = Marketing tag and you pass the department = engineering session - // tag. Department and department are not saved as separate tags, and the session - // tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role tag. + // associated value. For more information about session tags, see [Passing Session Tags in STS]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext + // session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 + // characters. For these and additional limits, see [IAM and STS Character Limits]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, + // managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a + // separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext + // meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates + // by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper + // size limit. + // + // You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is already attached + // to the user you are federating. When you do, session tags override a user tag + // with the same key. + // + // Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This means + // that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume that + // the role has the Department = Marketing tag and you pass the department = + // engineering session tag. Department and department are not saved as separate + // tags, and the session tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role + // tag. + // + // [Passing Session Tags in STS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html + // [IAM and STS Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length Tags []types.Tag noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including -// temporary Amazon Web Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web -// Services requests. +// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including temporary Amazon Web +// Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web Services requests. type GetFederationTokenOutput struct { // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret - // access key, and a security (or session) token. The size of the security token - // that STS API operations return is not fixed. We strongly recommend that you make - // no assumptions about the maximum size. + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // The size of the security token that STS API operations return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. Credentials *types.Credentials // Identifiers for the federated user associated with the credentials (such as diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetSessionToken.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetSessionToken.go index 751fb147d4b08..097ccd84480a4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetSessionToken.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/api_op_GetSessionToken.go @@ -15,43 +15,58 @@ import ( // IAM user. The credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and // a security token. Typically, you use GetSessionToken if you want to use MFA to // protect programmatic calls to specific Amazon Web Services API operations like -// Amazon EC2 StopInstances . MFA-enabled IAM users must call GetSessionToken and -// submit an MFA code that is associated with their MFA device. Using the temporary -// security credentials that the call returns, IAM users can then make programmatic -// calls to API operations that require MFA authentication. An incorrect MFA code -// causes the API to return an access denied error. For a comparison of -// GetSessionToken with the other API operations that produce temporary -// credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) -// and Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) -// in the IAM User Guide. No permissions are required for users to perform this -// operation. The purpose of the sts:GetSessionToken operation is to authenticate -// the user using MFA. You cannot use policies to control authentication -// operations. For more information, see Permissions for GetSessionToken (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getsessiontoken.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. Session Duration The GetSessionToken operation must be -// called by using the long-term Amazon Web Services security credentials of an IAM -// user. Credentials that are created by IAM users are valid for the duration that -// you specify. This duration can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a -// maximum of 129,600 seconds (36 hours), with a default of 43,200 seconds (12 -// hours). Credentials based on account credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 -// minutes) up to 3,600 seconds (1 hour), with a default of 1 hour. Permissions The -// temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used to make -// API calls to any Amazon Web Services service with the following exceptions: +// Amazon EC2 StopInstances . +// +// MFA-enabled IAM users must call GetSessionToken and submit an MFA code that is +// associated with their MFA device. Using the temporary security credentials that +// the call returns, IAM users can then make programmatic calls to API operations +// that require MFA authentication. An incorrect MFA code causes the API to return +// an access denied error. For a comparison of GetSessionToken with the other API +// operations that produce temporary credentials, see [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]and [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations] in the IAM User Guide. +// +// No permissions are required for users to perform this operation. The purpose of +// the sts:GetSessionToken operation is to authenticate the user using MFA. You +// cannot use policies to control authentication operations. For more information, +// see [Permissions for GetSessionToken]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// # Session Duration +// +// The GetSessionToken operation must be called by using the long-term Amazon Web +// Services security credentials of an IAM user. Credentials that are created by +// IAM users are valid for the duration that you specify. This duration can range +// from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129,600 seconds (36 hours), +// with a default of 43,200 seconds (12 hours). Credentials based on account +// credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to 3,600 seconds (1 +// hour), with a default of 1 hour. +// +// # Permissions +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used to +// make API calls to any Amazon Web Services service with the following exceptions: +// // - You cannot call any IAM API operations unless MFA authentication // information is included in the request. +// // - You cannot call any STS API except AssumeRole or GetCallerIdentity . // // The credentials that GetSessionToken returns are based on permissions // associated with the IAM user whose credentials were used to call the operation. -// The temporary credentials have the same permissions as the IAM user. Although it -// is possible to call GetSessionToken using the security credentials of an Amazon -// Web Services account root user rather than an IAM user, we do not recommend it. -// If GetSessionToken is called using root user credentials, the temporary -// credentials have root user permissions. For more information, see Safeguard -// your root user credentials and don't use them for everyday tasks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#lock-away-credentials) -// in the IAM User Guide For more information about using GetSessionToken to -// create temporary credentials, see Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted -// Environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// The temporary credentials have the same permissions as the IAM user. +// +// Although it is possible to call GetSessionToken using the security credentials +// of an Amazon Web Services account root user rather than an IAM user, we do not +// recommend it. If GetSessionToken is called using root user credentials, the +// temporary credentials have root user permissions. For more information, see [Safeguard your root user credentials and don't use them for everyday tasks]in +// the IAM User Guide +// +// For more information about using GetSessionToken to create temporary +// credentials, see [Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Permissions for GetSessionToken]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getsessiontoken.html +// [Comparing the Amazon Web Services STS API operations]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison +// [Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken +// [Safeguard your root user credentials and don't use them for everyday tasks]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#lock-away-credentials +// [Requesting Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html func (c *Client) GetSessionToken(ctx context.Context, params *GetSessionTokenInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { if params == nil { params = &GetSessionTokenInput{} @@ -83,10 +98,11 @@ type GetSessionTokenInput struct { // number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678 ) or an Amazon Resource Name // (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user ). You // can find the device for an IAM user by going to the Amazon Web Services - // Management Console and viewing the user's security credentials. The regex used - // to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and - // lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include - // underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + // Management Console and viewing the user's security credentials. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also + // include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/- SerialNumber *string // The value provided by the MFA device, if MFA is required. If any policy @@ -94,22 +110,24 @@ type GetSessionTokenInput struct { // authentication is required, the user must provide a code when requesting a set // of temporary security credentials. A user who fails to provide the code receives // an "access denied" response when requesting resources that require MFA - // authentication. The format for this parameter, as described by its regex - // pattern, is a sequence of six numeric digits. + // authentication. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. TokenCode *string noSmithyDocumentSerde } -// Contains the response to a successful GetSessionToken request, including -// temporary Amazon Web Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web -// Services requests. +// Contains the response to a successful GetSessionToken request, including temporary Amazon Web +// Services credentials that can be used to make Amazon Web Services requests. type GetSessionTokenOutput struct { // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret - // access key, and a security (or session) token. The size of the security token - // that STS API operations return is not fixed. We strongly recommend that you make - // no assumptions about the maximum size. + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // The size of the security token that STS API operations return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. Credentials *types.Credentials // Metadata pertaining to the operation's result. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/doc.go index d963fd8d19ac2..cbb19c7f66866 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/doc.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/doc.go @@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ // Package sts provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS // Security Token Service. // -// Security Token Service Security Token Service (STS) enables you to request -// temporary, limited-privilege credentials for users. This guide provides -// descriptions of the STS API. For more information about using this service, see -// Temporary Security Credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html) -// . +// # Security Token Service +// +// Security Token Service (STS) enables you to request temporary, +// limited-privilege credentials for users. This guide provides descriptions of the +// STS API. For more information about using this service, see [Temporary Security Credentials]. +// +// [Temporary Security Credentials]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html package sts diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/go_module_metadata.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/go_module_metadata.go index 6e0f31d271c31..c042a7167dc1f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/go_module_metadata.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/go_module_metadata.go @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ package sts // goModuleVersion is the tagged release for this module -const goModuleVersion = "1.28.6" +const goModuleVersion = "1.28.7" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/options.go index 5c1be79f8c074..bb291161aa9f1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/options.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/options.go @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ type Options struct { // Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a // value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related // service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and - // BaseEndpoint. To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom - // endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead. + // BaseEndpoint. + // + // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set + // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. EndpointResolver EndpointResolver // Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be @@ -70,17 +72,20 @@ type Options struct { // RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call // an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and // will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify - // per operation call's retry max attempts. If specified in an operation call's - // functional options with a value that is different than the constructed client's - // Options, the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific - // RetryMaxAttempts value. + // per operation call's retry max attempts. + // + // If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is + // different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be + // wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value. RetryMaxAttempts int // RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if - // Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this - // member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will - // be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // Retryer option is not also specified. + // + // When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer + // Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. RetryMode aws.RetryMode // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable @@ -97,8 +102,9 @@ type Options struct { // The initial DefaultsMode used when the client options were constructed. If the // DefaultsMode was set to aws.DefaultsModeAuto this will store what the resolved - // value was at that point in time. Currently does not support per operation call - // overrides, may in the future. + // value was at that point in time. + // + // Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future. resolvedDefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode // The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP @@ -143,6 +149,7 @@ func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options) { // Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for // this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service // features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint. +// // To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set // the client option BaseEndpoint instead. func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/errors.go index 097875b279b35..9573a4b6461f3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/errors.go @@ -65,9 +65,10 @@ func (e *IDPCommunicationErrorException) ErrorCode() string { func (e *IDPCommunicationErrorException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return smithy.FaultClient } // The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might be -// because the claim is invalid. If this error is returned for the -// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it can also mean that the claim has expired -// or has been explicitly revoked. +// because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it can +// also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. type IDPRejectedClaimException struct { Message *string @@ -183,11 +184,13 @@ func (e *MalformedPolicyDocumentException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { retu // compresses the session policy document, session policy ARNs, and session tags // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. The error message // indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags are to the upper size -// limit. For more information, see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. You could receive this error even though you meet other -// defined session policy and session tag limits. For more information, see IAM -// and STS Entity Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// limit. For more information, see [Passing Session Tags in STS]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// You could receive this error even though you meet other defined session policy +// and session tag limits. For more information, see [IAM and STS Entity Character Limits]in the IAM User Guide. +// +// [Passing Session Tags in STS]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html +// [IAM and STS Entity Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length type PackedPolicyTooLargeException struct { Message *string @@ -215,9 +218,10 @@ func (e *PackedPolicyTooLargeException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault { return // STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being // asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM -// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating -// and Deactivating Amazon Web Services STS in an Amazon Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see [Activating and Deactivating Amazon Web Services STS in an Amazon Web Services Region]in the IAM +// User Guide. +// +// [Activating and Deactivating Amazon Web Services STS in an Amazon Web Services Region]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html type RegionDisabledException struct { Message *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/types.go index e3701d11d1539..dff7a3c2e769b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/types.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/types/types.go @@ -11,10 +11,11 @@ import ( // returns. type AssumedRoleUser struct { - // The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the - // AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in - // policies, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the AssumeRole + // action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see [IAM Identifiers]in + // the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string @@ -61,8 +62,9 @@ type FederatedUser struct { // The ARN that specifies the federated user that is associated with the // credentials. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, - // see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // see [IAM Identifiers]in the IAM User Guide. + // + // [IAM Identifiers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html // // This member is required. Arn *string @@ -81,9 +83,10 @@ type FederatedUser struct { type PolicyDescriptorType struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM managed policy to use as a session - // policy for the role. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names - // (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // policy for the role. For more information about ARNs, see [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]in the Amazon Web + // Services General Reference. + // + // [Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html Arn *string noSmithyDocumentSerde @@ -107,23 +110,30 @@ type ProvidedContext struct { // You can pass custom key-value pair attributes when you assume a role or // federate a user. These are called session tags. You can then use the session -// tags to control access to resources. For more information, see Tagging Amazon -// Web Services STS Sessions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html) -// in the IAM User Guide. +// tags to control access to resources. For more information, see [Tagging Amazon Web Services STS Sessions]in the IAM User +// Guide. +// +// [Tagging Amazon Web Services STS Sessions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html type Tag struct { - // The key for a session tag. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text - // session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters. For these and additional limits, - // see IAM and STS Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The key for a session tag. + // + // You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text session tag keys can’t + // exceed 128 characters. For these and additional limits, see [IAM and STS Character Limits]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM and STS Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length // // This member is required. Key *string - // The value for a session tag. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text - // session tag values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, - // see IAM and STS Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length) - // in the IAM User Guide. + // The value for a session tag. + // + // You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text session tag values can’t + // exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see [IAM and STS Character Limits]in the IAM User + // Guide. + // + // [IAM and STS Character Limits]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length // // This member is required. Value *string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/CHANGELOG.md b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/CHANGELOG.md index d1051832c7b93..e1fb20fe7df0a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,5 +1,15 @@ # Change Log +## [v1.115.0] - 2024-05-08 + +- #688 - @asaha2 - load balancers: support glb active-passive fail-over settings, currently in closed beta + +## [v1.114.0] - 2024-04-12 + +- #686 - @greeshmapill - APPS-8386: Add comments to mark deprecation of unused instance size fields +- #685 - @jcodybaker - APPS-8711: container termination controls +- #682 - @dependabot[bot] - Bump golang.org/x/net from 0.17.0 to 0.23.0 + ## [v1.113.0] - 2024-04-12 - #679 - @bhardwajRahul - Enable ui_connection parameter for Opensearch diff --git a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps.gen.go b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps.gen.go index c037559d4fc70..f734ab0221c89 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps.gen.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps.gen.go @@ -388,6 +388,7 @@ type AppJobSpec struct { Alerts []*AppAlertSpec `json:"alerts,omitempty"` // A list of configured log forwarding destinations. LogDestinations []*AppLogDestinationSpec `json:"log_destinations,omitempty"` + Termination *AppJobSpecTermination `json:"termination,omitempty"` } // AppJobSpecKind - UNSPECIFIED: Default job type, will auto-complete to POST_DEPLOY kind. - PRE_DEPLOY: Indicates a job that runs before an app deployment. - POST_DEPLOY: Indicates a job that runs after an app deployment. - FAILED_DEPLOY: Indicates a job that runs after a component fails to deploy. @@ -401,6 +402,12 @@ const ( AppJobSpecKind_FailedDeploy AppJobSpecKind = "FAILED_DEPLOY" ) +// AppJobSpecTermination struct for AppJobSpecTermination +type AppJobSpecTermination struct { + // The number of seconds to wait between sending a TERM signal to a container and issuing a KILL which causes immediate shutdown. Default: 120, Minimum 1, Maximum 600. + GracePeriodSeconds int32 `json:"grace_period_seconds,omitempty"` +} + // AppLogDestinationSpec struct for AppLogDestinationSpec type AppLogDestinationSpec struct { // Name of the log destination. @@ -484,22 +491,23 @@ type AppServiceSpec struct { // A list of configured alerts which apply to the component. Alerts []*AppAlertSpec `json:"alerts,omitempty"` // A list of configured log forwarding destinations. - LogDestinations []*AppLogDestinationSpec `json:"log_destinations,omitempty"` + LogDestinations []*AppLogDestinationSpec `json:"log_destinations,omitempty"` + Termination *AppServiceSpecTermination `json:"termination,omitempty"` } // AppServiceSpecHealthCheck struct for AppServiceSpecHealthCheck type AppServiceSpecHealthCheck struct { // Deprecated. Use http_path instead. Path string `json:"path,omitempty"` - // The number of seconds to wait before beginning health checks. Default: 0 seconds; start health checks as soon as the service starts. + // The number of seconds to wait before beginning health checks. Default: 0 seconds, Minimum 0, Maximum 3600. InitialDelaySeconds int32 `json:"initial_delay_seconds,omitempty"` - // The number of seconds to wait between health checks. Default: 10 seconds. + // The number of seconds to wait between health checks. Default: 10 seconds, Minimum 1, Maximum 300. PeriodSeconds int32 `json:"period_seconds,omitempty"` - // The number of seconds after which the check times out. Default: 1 second. + // The number of seconds after which the check times out. Default: 1 second, Minimum 1, Maximum 120. TimeoutSeconds int32 `json:"timeout_seconds,omitempty"` - // The number of successful health checks before considered healthy. Default: 1. + // The number of successful health checks before considered healthy. Default: 1, Minimum 1, Maximum 50. SuccessThreshold int32 `json:"success_threshold,omitempty"` - // The number of failed health checks before considered unhealthy. Default: 9. + // The number of failed health checks before considered unhealthy. Default: 9, Minimum 1, Maximum 50. FailureThreshold int32 `json:"failure_threshold,omitempty"` // The route path used for the HTTP health check ping. If not set, the HTTP health check will be disabled and a TCP health check used instead. HTTPPath string `json:"http_path,omitempty"` @@ -507,6 +515,14 @@ type AppServiceSpecHealthCheck struct { Port int64 `json:"port,omitempty"` } +// AppServiceSpecTermination struct for AppServiceSpecTermination +type AppServiceSpecTermination struct { + // The number of seconds to wait between selecting a container instance for termination and issuing the TERM signal. Selecting a container instance for termination begins an asynchronous drain of new requests on upstream load-balancers. Default: 15 seconds, Minimum 1, Maximum 110. + DrainSeconds int32 `json:"drain_seconds,omitempty"` + // The number of seconds to wait between sending a TERM signal to a container and issuing a KILL which causes immediate shutdown. Default: 120, Minimum 1, Maximum 600. + GracePeriodSeconds int32 `json:"grace_period_seconds,omitempty"` +} + // AppSpec The desired configuration of an application. type AppSpec struct { // The name of the app. Must be unique across all apps in the same account. @@ -601,7 +617,14 @@ type AppWorkerSpec struct { // A list of configured alerts which apply to the component. Alerts []*AppAlertSpec `json:"alerts,omitempty"` // A list of configured log forwarding destinations. - LogDestinations []*AppLogDestinationSpec `json:"log_destinations,omitempty"` + LogDestinations []*AppLogDestinationSpec `json:"log_destinations,omitempty"` + Termination *AppWorkerSpecTermination `json:"termination,omitempty"` +} + +// AppWorkerSpecTermination struct for AppWorkerSpecTermination +type AppWorkerSpecTermination struct { + // The number of seconds to wait between sending a TERM signal to a container and issuing a KILL which causes immediate shutdown. Default: 120, Minimum 1, Maximum 600. + GracePeriodSeconds int32 `json:"grace_period_seconds,omitempty"` } // Buildpack struct for Buildpack @@ -1109,16 +1132,18 @@ const ( // AppInstanceSize struct for AppInstanceSize type AppInstanceSize struct { - Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - Slug string `json:"slug,omitempty"` - CPUType AppInstanceSizeCPUType `json:"cpu_type,omitempty"` - CPUs string `json:"cpus,omitempty"` - MemoryBytes string `json:"memory_bytes,omitempty"` - USDPerMonth string `json:"usd_per_month,omitempty"` - USDPerSecond string `json:"usd_per_second,omitempty"` - TierSlug string `json:"tier_slug,omitempty"` - TierUpgradeTo string `json:"tier_upgrade_to,omitempty"` - TierDowngradeTo string `json:"tier_downgrade_to,omitempty"` + Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` + Slug string `json:"slug,omitempty"` + CPUType AppInstanceSizeCPUType `json:"cpu_type,omitempty"` + CPUs string `json:"cpus,omitempty"` + MemoryBytes string `json:"memory_bytes,omitempty"` + USDPerMonth string `json:"usd_per_month,omitempty"` + USDPerSecond string `json:"usd_per_second,omitempty"` + TierSlug string `json:"tier_slug,omitempty"` + // (Deprecated) The slug of the corresponding upgradable instance size on the higher tier. + TierUpgradeTo string `json:"tier_upgrade_to,omitempty"` + // (Deprecated) The slug of the corresponding downgradable instance size on the lower tier. + TierDowngradeTo string `json:"tier_downgrade_to,omitempty"` // Indicates if the tier instance size can enable autoscaling. Scalable bool `json:"scalable,omitempty"` FeaturePreview bool `json:"feature_preview,omitempty"` @@ -1168,9 +1193,9 @@ type AppProposeResponse struct { Spec *AppSpec `json:"spec,omitempty"` // The monthly cost of the proposed app in USD. AppCost float32 `json:"app_cost,omitempty"` - // The monthly cost of the proposed app in USD using the next pricing plan tier. For example, if you propose an app that uses the Basic tier, the `app_tier_upgrade_cost` field displays the monthly cost of the app if it were to use the Professional tier. If the proposed app already uses the most expensive tier, the field is empty. + // (Deprecated) The monthly cost of the proposed app in USD using the next pricing plan tier. For example, if you propose an app that uses the Basic tier, the `app_tier_upgrade_cost` field displays the monthly cost of the app if it were to use the Professional tier. If the proposed app already uses the most expensive tier, the field is empty. AppTierUpgradeCost float32 `json:"app_tier_upgrade_cost,omitempty"` - // The monthly cost of the proposed app in USD using the previous pricing plan tier. For example, if you propose an app that uses the Professional tier, the `app_tier_downgrade_cost` field displays the monthly cost of the app if it were to use the Basic tier. If the proposed app already uses the lest expensive tier, the field is empty. + // (Deprecated) The monthly cost of the proposed app in USD using the previous pricing plan tier. For example, if you propose an app that uses the Professional tier, the `app_tier_downgrade_cost` field displays the monthly cost of the app if it were to use the Basic tier. If the proposed app already uses the lest expensive tier, the field is empty. AppTierDowngradeCost float32 `json:"app_tier_downgrade_cost,omitempty"` // The number of existing starter tier apps the account has. ExistingStarterApps string `json:"existing_starter_apps,omitempty"` diff --git a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps_accessors.go b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps_accessors.go index 0d655d84aab8c..734c27ea9a64e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps_accessors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/apps_accessors.go @@ -1261,6 +1261,22 @@ func (a *AppJobSpec) GetSourceDir() string { return a.SourceDir } +// GetTermination returns the Termination field. +func (a *AppJobSpec) GetTermination() *AppJobSpecTermination { + if a == nil { + return nil + } + return a.Termination +} + +// GetGracePeriodSeconds returns the GracePeriodSeconds field. +func (a *AppJobSpecTermination) GetGracePeriodSeconds() int32 { + if a == nil { + return 0 + } + return a.GracePeriodSeconds +} + // GetDatadog returns the Datadog field. func (a *AppLogDestinationSpec) GetDatadog() *AppLogDestinationSpecDataDog { if a == nil { @@ -1725,6 +1741,14 @@ func (a *AppServiceSpec) GetSourceDir() string { return a.SourceDir } +// GetTermination returns the Termination field. +func (a *AppServiceSpec) GetTermination() *AppServiceSpecTermination { + if a == nil { + return nil + } + return a.Termination +} + // GetFailureThreshold returns the FailureThreshold field. func (a *AppServiceSpecHealthCheck) GetFailureThreshold() int32 { if a == nil { @@ -1789,6 +1813,22 @@ func (a *AppServiceSpecHealthCheck) GetTimeoutSeconds() int32 { return a.TimeoutSeconds } +// GetDrainSeconds returns the DrainSeconds field. +func (a *AppServiceSpecTermination) GetDrainSeconds() int32 { + if a == nil { + return 0 + } + return a.DrainSeconds +} + +// GetGracePeriodSeconds returns the GracePeriodSeconds field. +func (a *AppServiceSpecTermination) GetGracePeriodSeconds() int32 { + if a == nil { + return 0 + } + return a.GracePeriodSeconds +} + // GetAlerts returns the Alerts field. func (a *AppSpec) GetAlerts() []*AppAlertSpec { if a == nil { @@ -2237,6 +2277,22 @@ func (a *AppWorkerSpec) GetSourceDir() string { return a.SourceDir } +// GetTermination returns the Termination field. +func (a *AppWorkerSpec) GetTermination() *AppWorkerSpecTermination { + if a == nil { + return nil + } + return a.Termination +} + +// GetGracePeriodSeconds returns the GracePeriodSeconds field. +func (a *AppWorkerSpecTermination) GetGracePeriodSeconds() int32 { + if a == nil { + return 0 + } + return a.GracePeriodSeconds +} + // GetDescription returns the Description field. func (b *Buildpack) GetDescription() []string { if b == nil { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/godo.go b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/godo.go index d71e719330c06..0713df51b656f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/godo.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/godo.go @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ import ( ) const ( - libraryVersion = "1.113.0" + libraryVersion = "1.115.0" defaultBaseURL = "https://api.digitalocean.com/" userAgent = "godo/" + libraryVersion mediaType = "application/json" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/load_balancers.go b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/load_balancers.go index a044adaeba1cd..3967905309037 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/load_balancers.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/digitalocean/godo/load_balancers.go @@ -290,6 +290,10 @@ type GLBSettings struct { TargetPort uint32 `json:"target_port"` // CDNSettings is the CDN configurations CDN *CDNSettings `json:"cdn"` + // RegionPriorities embeds regional priority information for regional active-passive failover policy + RegionPriorities map[string]uint32 `json:"region_priorities,omitempty"` + // FailoverThreshold embeds failover threshold percentage for regional active-passive failover policy + FailoverThreshold uint32 `json:"failover_threshold,omitempty"` } // String creates a human-readable description of a GLBSettings @@ -299,8 +303,10 @@ func (s GLBSettings) String() string { func (s GLBSettings) deepCopy() *GLBSettings { settings := &GLBSettings{ - TargetProtocol: s.TargetProtocol, - TargetPort: s.TargetPort, + TargetProtocol: s.TargetProtocol, + TargetPort: s.TargetPort, + RegionPriorities: s.RegionPriorities, + FailoverThreshold: s.FailoverThreshold, } if s.CDN != nil { settings.CDN = &CDNSettings{IsEnabled: s.CDN.IsEnabled} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/.release-please-manifest.json b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/.release-please-manifest.json index feb372228b4e6..d51736e7e3645 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/.release-please-manifest.json +++ b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/.release-please-manifest.json @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ { - "v2": "2.12.3" + "v2": "2.12.4" } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/CHANGES.md b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/CHANGES.md index 0d019d97fd384..7e36eb48ff816 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/CHANGES.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/CHANGES.md @@ -1,5 +1,12 @@ # Changelog +## [2.12.4](https://github.com/googleapis/gax-go/compare/v2.12.3...v2.12.4) (2024-05-03) + + +### Bug Fixes + +* provide unmarshal options for streams ([#343](https://github.com/googleapis/gax-go/issues/343)) ([ddf9a90](https://github.com/googleapis/gax-go/commit/ddf9a90bf180295d49875e15cb80b2136a49dbaf)) + ## [2.12.3](https://github.com/googleapis/gax-go/compare/v2.12.2...v2.12.3) (2024-03-14) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/internal/version.go b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/internal/version.go index 90348f303dfeb..3006ad7bd91f3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/internal/version.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/internal/version.go @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ package internal // Version is the current tagged release of the library. -const Version = "2.12.3" +const Version = "2.12.4" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/proto_json_stream.go b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/proto_json_stream.go index cc4486eb9e5f0..9b690d40c4609 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/proto_json_stream.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/proto_json_stream.go @@ -111,7 +111,8 @@ func (s *ProtoJSONStream) Recv() (proto.Message, error) { // Initialize a new instance of the protobuf message to unmarshal the // raw data into. m := s.typ.New().Interface() - err := protojson.Unmarshal(raw, m) + unm := protojson.UnmarshalOptions{AllowPartial: true, DiscardUnknown: true} + err := unm.Unmarshal(raw, m) return m, err } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action.go index 7100cf7792f10..9b5d65e1890de 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action.go @@ -120,173 +120,6 @@ func (c *ActionClient) AllWithOpts(ctx context.Context, opts ActionListOpts) ([] return c.action.All(ctx, opts) } -// WatchOverallProgress watches several actions' progress until they complete -// with success or error. This watching happens in a goroutine and updates are -// provided through the two returned channels: -// -// - The first channel receives percentage updates of the progress, based on -// the number of completed versus total watched actions. The return value -// is an int between 0 and 100. -// - The second channel returned receives errors for actions that did not -// complete successfully, as well as any errors that happened while -// querying the API. -// -// By default, the method keeps watching until all actions have finished -// processing. If you want to be able to cancel the method or configure a -// timeout, use the [context.Context]. Once the method has stopped watching, -// both returned channels are closed. -// -// WatchOverallProgress uses the [WithPollBackoffFunc] of the [Client] to wait -// until sending the next request. -func (c *ActionClient) WatchOverallProgress(ctx context.Context, actions []*Action) (<-chan int, <-chan error) { - errCh := make(chan error, len(actions)) - progressCh := make(chan int) - - go func() { - defer close(errCh) - defer close(progressCh) - - completedIDs := make([]int, 0, len(actions)) - watchIDs := make(map[int]struct{}, len(actions)) - - for _, action := range actions { - watchIDs[action.ID] = struct{}{} - } - - retries := 0 - previousProgress := 0 - - for { - select { - case <-ctx.Done(): - errCh <- ctx.Err() - return - case <-time.After(c.action.client.pollBackoffFunc(retries)): - retries++ - } - - opts := ActionListOpts{} - for watchID := range watchIDs { - opts.ID = append(opts.ID, watchID) - } - - as, err := c.AllWithOpts(ctx, opts) - if err != nil { - errCh <- err - return - } - if len(as) == 0 { - // No actions returned for the provided IDs, they do not exist in the API. - // We need to catch and fail early for this, otherwise the loop will continue - // indefinitely. - errCh <- fmt.Errorf("failed to wait for actions: remaining actions (%v) are not returned from API", opts.ID) - return - } - - progress := 0 - for _, a := range as { - switch a.Status { - case ActionStatusRunning: - progress += a.Progress - case ActionStatusSuccess: - delete(watchIDs, a.ID) - completedIDs = append(completedIDs, a.ID) - case ActionStatusError: - delete(watchIDs, a.ID) - completedIDs = append(completedIDs, a.ID) - errCh <- fmt.Errorf("action %d failed: %w", a.ID, a.Error()) - } - } - - progress += len(completedIDs) * 100 - if progress != 0 && progress != previousProgress { - sendProgress(progressCh, progress/len(actions)) - previousProgress = progress - } - - if len(watchIDs) == 0 { - return - } - } - }() - - return progressCh, errCh -} - -// WatchProgress watches one action's progress until it completes with success -// or error. This watching happens in a goroutine and updates are provided -// through the two returned channels: -// -// - The first channel receives percentage updates of the progress, based on -// the progress percentage indicated by the API. The return value is an int -// between 0 and 100. -// - The second channel receives any errors that happened while querying the -// API, as well as the error of the action if it did not complete -// successfully, or nil if it did. -// -// By default, the method keeps watching until the action has finished -// processing. If you want to be able to cancel the method or configure a -// timeout, use the [context.Context]. Once the method has stopped watching, -// both returned channels are closed. -// -// WatchProgress uses the [WithPollBackoffFunc] of the [Client] to wait until -// sending the next request. -func (c *ActionClient) WatchProgress(ctx context.Context, action *Action) (<-chan int, <-chan error) { - errCh := make(chan error, 1) - progressCh := make(chan int) - - go func() { - defer close(errCh) - defer close(progressCh) - - retries := 0 - - for { - select { - case <-ctx.Done(): - errCh <- ctx.Err() - return - case <-time.After(c.action.client.pollBackoffFunc(retries)): - retries++ - } - - a, _, err := c.GetByID(ctx, action.ID) - if err != nil { - errCh <- err - return - } - if a == nil { - errCh <- fmt.Errorf("failed to wait for action %d: action not returned from API", action.ID) - return - } - - switch a.Status { - case ActionStatusRunning: - sendProgress(progressCh, a.Progress) - case ActionStatusSuccess: - sendProgress(progressCh, 100) - errCh <- nil - return - case ActionStatusError: - errCh <- a.Error() - return - } - } - }() - - return progressCh, errCh -} - -// sendProgress allows the user to only read from the error channel and ignore any progress updates. -func sendProgress(progressCh chan int, p int) { - select { - case progressCh <- p: - break - default: - break - } -} - // ResourceActionClient is a client for the actions API exposed by the resource. type ResourceActionClient struct { resource string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_waiter.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_waiter.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..b14815e76347c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_waiter.go @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +package hcloud + +import ( + "context" + "fmt" + "maps" + "slices" + "time" +) + +type ActionWaiter interface { + WaitForFunc(ctx context.Context, handleUpdate func(update *Action) error, actions ...*Action) error + WaitFor(ctx context.Context, actions ...*Action) error +} + +var _ ActionWaiter = (*ActionClient)(nil) + +// WaitForFunc waits until all actions are completed by polling the API at the interval +// defined by [WithPollBackoffFunc]. An action is considered as complete when its status is +// either [ActionStatusSuccess] or [ActionStatusError]. +// +// The handleUpdate callback is called every time an action is updated. +func (c *ActionClient) WaitForFunc(ctx context.Context, handleUpdate func(update *Action) error, actions ...*Action) error { + running := make(map[int]struct{}, len(actions)) + for _, action := range actions { + if action.Status == ActionStatusRunning { + running[action.ID] = struct{}{} + } else if handleUpdate != nil { + // We filter out already completed actions from the API polling loop; while + // this isn't a real update, the caller should be notified about the new + // state. + if err := handleUpdate(action); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + + retries := 0 + for { + if len(running) == 0 { + break + } + + select { + case <-ctx.Done(): + return ctx.Err() + case <-time.After(c.action.client.pollBackoffFunc(retries)): + retries++ + } + + opts := ActionListOpts{ + Sort: []string{"status", "id"}, + ID: make([]int, 0, len(running)), + } + for actionID := range running { + opts.ID = append(opts.ID, actionID) + } + slices.Sort(opts.ID) + + updates, err := c.AllWithOpts(ctx, opts) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if len(updates) != len(running) { + // Some actions may not exist in the API, also fail early to prevent an + // infinite loop when updates == 0. + + notFound := maps.Clone(running) + for _, update := range updates { + delete(notFound, update.ID) + } + notFoundIDs := make([]int, 0, len(notFound)) + for unknownID := range notFound { + notFoundIDs = append(notFoundIDs, unknownID) + } + + return fmt.Errorf("actions not found: %v", notFoundIDs) + } + + for _, update := range updates { + if update.Status != ActionStatusRunning { + delete(running, update.ID) + } + + if handleUpdate != nil { + if err := handleUpdate(update); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + } + + return nil +} + +// WaitFor waits until all actions succeed by polling the API at the interval defined by +// [WithPollBackoffFunc]. An action is considered as succeeded when its status is either +// [ActionStatusSuccess]. +// +// If a single action fails, the function will stop waiting and the error set in the +// action will be returned as an [ActionError]. +// +// For more flexibility, see the [ActionClient.WaitForFunc] function. +func (c *ActionClient) WaitFor(ctx context.Context, actions ...*Action) error { + return c.WaitForFunc( + ctx, + func(update *Action) error { + if update.Status == ActionStatusError { + return update.Error() + } + return nil + }, + actions..., + ) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_watch.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_watch.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..12bda18e40941 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/action_watch.go @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +package hcloud + +import ( + "context" + "fmt" +) + +// WatchOverallProgress watches several actions' progress until they complete +// with success or error. This watching happens in a goroutine and updates are +// provided through the two returned channels: +// +// - The first channel receives percentage updates of the progress, based on +// the number of completed versus total watched actions. The return value +// is an int between 0 and 100. +// - The second channel returned receives errors for actions that did not +// complete successfully, as well as any errors that happened while +// querying the API. +// +// By default, the method keeps watching until all actions have finished +// processing. If you want to be able to cancel the method or configure a +// timeout, use the [context.Context]. Once the method has stopped watching, +// both returned channels are closed. +// +// WatchOverallProgress uses the [WithPollBackoffFunc] of the [Client] to wait +// until sending the next request. +// +// Deprecated: WatchOverallProgress is deprecated, use [WaitForFunc] instead. +func (c *ActionClient) WatchOverallProgress(ctx context.Context, actions []*Action) (<-chan int, <-chan error) { + errCh := make(chan error, len(actions)) + progressCh := make(chan int) + + go func() { + defer close(errCh) + defer close(progressCh) + + previousGlobalProgress := 0 + progressByAction := make(map[int]int, len(actions)) + err := c.WaitForFunc(ctx, func(update *Action) error { + switch update.Status { + case ActionStatusRunning: + progressByAction[update.ID] = update.Progress + case ActionStatusSuccess: + progressByAction[update.ID] = 100 + case ActionStatusError: + progressByAction[update.ID] = 100 + errCh <- fmt.Errorf("action %d failed: %w", update.ID, update.Error()) + } + + // Compute global progress + progressSum := 0 + for _, value := range progressByAction { + progressSum += value + } + globalProgress := progressSum / len(actions) + + // Only send progress when it changed + if globalProgress != 0 && globalProgress != previousGlobalProgress { + sendProgress(progressCh, globalProgress) + previousGlobalProgress = globalProgress + } + + return nil + }, actions...) + + if err != nil { + errCh <- err + } + }() + + return progressCh, errCh +} + +// WatchProgress watches one action's progress until it completes with success +// or error. This watching happens in a goroutine and updates are provided +// through the two returned channels: +// +// - The first channel receives percentage updates of the progress, based on +// the progress percentage indicated by the API. The return value is an int +// between 0 and 100. +// - The second channel receives any errors that happened while querying the +// API, as well as the error of the action if it did not complete +// successfully, or nil if it did. +// +// By default, the method keeps watching until the action has finished +// processing. If you want to be able to cancel the method or configure a +// timeout, use the [context.Context]. Once the method has stopped watching, +// both returned channels are closed. +// +// WatchProgress uses the [WithPollBackoffFunc] of the [Client] to wait until +// sending the next request. +// +// Deprecated: WatchProgress is deprecated, use [WaitForFunc] instead. +func (c *ActionClient) WatchProgress(ctx context.Context, action *Action) (<-chan int, <-chan error) { + errCh := make(chan error, 1) + progressCh := make(chan int) + + go func() { + defer close(errCh) + defer close(progressCh) + + err := c.WaitForFunc(ctx, func(update *Action) error { + switch update.Status { + case ActionStatusRunning: + sendProgress(progressCh, update.Progress) + case ActionStatusSuccess: + sendProgress(progressCh, 100) + case ActionStatusError: + // Do not wrap the action error + return update.Error() + } + + return nil + }, action) + + if err != nil { + errCh <- err + } + }() + + return progressCh, errCh +} + +// sendProgress allows the user to only read from the error channel and ignore any progress updates. +func sendProgress(progressCh chan int, p int) { + select { + case progressCh <- p: + break + default: + break + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/client.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/client.go index 570066ac04d2c..5558e3c6304fa 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/client.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/client.go @@ -377,6 +377,10 @@ func errorFromResponse(resp *Response, body []byte) error { return hcErr } +const ( + headerCorrelationID = "X-Correlation-Id" +) + // Response represents a response from the API. It embeds http.Response. type Response struct { *http.Response @@ -410,6 +414,12 @@ func (r *Response) readMeta(body []byte) error { return nil } +// internalCorrelationID returns the unique ID of the request as set by the API. This ID can help with support requests, +// as it allows the people working on identify this request in particular. +func (r *Response) internalCorrelationID() string { + return r.Header.Get(headerCorrelationID) +} + // Meta represents meta information included in an API response. type Meta struct { Pagination *Pagination diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/error.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/error.go index 2b5c4930806d9..371a92e31edbe 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/error.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/error.go @@ -100,6 +100,13 @@ type Error struct { } func (e Error) Error() string { + if resp := e.Response(); resp != nil { + correlationID := resp.internalCorrelationID() + if correlationID != "" { + // For easier debugging, the error string contains the Correlation ID of the response. + return fmt.Sprintf("%s (%s, %s)", e.Message, e.Code, correlationID) + } + } return fmt.Sprintf("%s (%s)", e.Message, e.Code) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/hcloud.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/hcloud.go index 5c1e18484c9bb..dca63fecfaeab 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/hcloud.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/hcloud.go @@ -2,4 +2,4 @@ package hcloud // Version is the library's version following Semantic Versioning. -const Version = "1.54.1" // x-release-please-version +const Version = "1.55.0" // x-release-please-version diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/schema.go b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/schema.go index 9b4bdf21e4caf..097f431e8d070 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/schema.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/schema.go @@ -973,6 +973,7 @@ func loadBalancerCreateOptsToSchema(opts LoadBalancerCreateOpts) schema.LoadBala TLS: service.HealthCheck.HTTP.TLS, } if service.HealthCheck.HTTP.StatusCodes != nil { + //nolint:gosec schemaHealthCheckHTTP.StatusCodes = &service.HealthCheck.HTTP.StatusCodes } schemaHealthCheck.HTTP = schemaHealthCheckHTTP diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/client_auth.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/client_auth.go index 34bf089d0bb7e..9486c598623a3 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/client_auth.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/client_auth.go @@ -404,10 +404,10 @@ func validateKey(key PublicKey, algo string, user string, c packetConn) (bool, e return false, err } - return confirmKeyAck(key, algo, c) + return confirmKeyAck(key, c) } -func confirmKeyAck(key PublicKey, algo string, c packetConn) (bool, error) { +func confirmKeyAck(key PublicKey, c packetConn) (bool, error) { pubKey := key.Marshal() for { @@ -425,7 +425,15 @@ func confirmKeyAck(key PublicKey, algo string, c packetConn) (bool, error) { if err := Unmarshal(packet, &msg); err != nil { return false, err } - if msg.Algo != algo || !bytes.Equal(msg.PubKey, pubKey) { + // According to RFC 4252 Section 7 the algorithm in + // SSH_MSG_USERAUTH_PK_OK should match that of the request but some + // servers send the key type instead. OpenSSH allows any algorithm + // that matches the public key, so we do the same. + // https://github.com/openssh/openssh-portable/blob/86bdd385/sshconnect2.c#L709 + if !contains(algorithmsForKeyFormat(key.Type()), msg.Algo) { + return false, nil + } + if !bytes.Equal(msg.PubKey, pubKey) { return false, nil } return true, nil diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doc.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doc.go index 2466ae3d9a5d8..3a7e5ab1765be 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doc.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/html/doc.go @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ tokenization, and tokenization and tree construction stages of the WHATWG HTML parsing specification respectively. While the tokenizer parses and normalizes individual HTML tokens, only the parser constructs the DOM tree from the tokenized HTML, as described in the tree construction stage of the -specification, dynamically modifying or extending the docuemnt's DOM tree. +specification, dynamically modifying or extending the document's DOM tree. If your use case requires semantically well-formed HTML documents, as defined by the WHATWG specification, the parser should be used rather than the tokenizer. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http/httpguts/httplex.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http/httpguts/httplex.go index 6e071e8524328..9b4de94019b42 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http/httpguts/httplex.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http/httpguts/httplex.go @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ import ( "golang.org/x/net/idna" ) -var isTokenTable = [127]bool{ +var isTokenTable = [256]bool{ '!': true, '#': true, '$': true, @@ -93,12 +93,7 @@ var isTokenTable = [127]bool{ } func IsTokenRune(r rune) bool { - i := int(r) - return i < len(isTokenTable) && isTokenTable[i] -} - -func isNotToken(r rune) bool { - return !IsTokenRune(r) + return r < utf8.RuneSelf && isTokenTable[byte(r)] } // HeaderValuesContainsToken reports whether any string in values @@ -202,8 +197,8 @@ func ValidHeaderFieldName(v string) bool { if len(v) == 0 { return false } - for _, r := range v { - if !IsTokenRune(r) { + for i := 0; i < len(v); i++ { + if !isTokenTable[v[i]] { return false } } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/frame.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/frame.go index 43557ab7e9779..105c3b279c0f4 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/frame.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/frame.go @@ -490,6 +490,9 @@ func terminalReadFrameError(err error) bool { // returned error is ErrFrameTooLarge. Other errors may be of type // ConnectionError, StreamError, or anything else from the underlying // reader. +// +// If ReadFrame returns an error and a non-nil Frame, the Frame's StreamID +// indicates the stream responsible for the error. func (fr *Framer) ReadFrame() (Frame, error) { fr.errDetail = nil if fr.lastFrame != nil { @@ -1521,7 +1524,7 @@ func (fr *Framer) maxHeaderStringLen() int { // readMetaFrame returns 0 or more CONTINUATION frames from fr and // merge them into the provided hf and returns a MetaHeadersFrame // with the decoded hpack values. -func (fr *Framer) readMetaFrame(hf *HeadersFrame) (*MetaHeadersFrame, error) { +func (fr *Framer) readMetaFrame(hf *HeadersFrame) (Frame, error) { if fr.AllowIllegalReads { return nil, errors.New("illegal use of AllowIllegalReads with ReadMetaHeaders") } @@ -1592,7 +1595,7 @@ func (fr *Framer) readMetaFrame(hf *HeadersFrame) (*MetaHeadersFrame, error) { } // It would be nice to send a RST_STREAM before sending the GOAWAY, // but the structure of the server's frame writer makes this difficult. - return nil, ConnectionError(ErrCodeProtocol) + return mh, ConnectionError(ErrCodeProtocol) } // Also close the connection after any CONTINUATION frame following an @@ -1604,11 +1607,11 @@ func (fr *Framer) readMetaFrame(hf *HeadersFrame) (*MetaHeadersFrame, error) { } // It would be nice to send a RST_STREAM before sending the GOAWAY, // but the structure of the server's frame writer makes this difficult. - return nil, ConnectionError(ErrCodeProtocol) + return mh, ConnectionError(ErrCodeProtocol) } if _, err := hdec.Write(frag); err != nil { - return nil, ConnectionError(ErrCodeCompression) + return mh, ConnectionError(ErrCodeCompression) } if hc.HeadersEnded() { @@ -1625,7 +1628,7 @@ func (fr *Framer) readMetaFrame(hf *HeadersFrame) (*MetaHeadersFrame, error) { mh.HeadersFrame.invalidate() if err := hdec.Close(); err != nil { - return nil, ConnectionError(ErrCodeCompression) + return mh, ConnectionError(ErrCodeCompression) } if invalid != nil { fr.errDetail = invalid diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go index ce2e8b40eee68..c5d08108137f7 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go @@ -732,11 +732,7 @@ func isClosedConnError(err error) bool { return false } - // TODO: remove this string search and be more like the Windows - // case below. That might involve modifying the standard library - // to return better error types. - str := err.Error() - if strings.Contains(str, "use of closed network connection") { + if errors.Is(err, net.ErrClosed) { return true } @@ -1482,6 +1478,11 @@ func (sc *serverConn) processFrameFromReader(res readFrameResult) bool { sc.goAway(ErrCodeFlowControl) return true case ConnectionError: + if res.f != nil { + if id := res.f.Header().StreamID; id > sc.maxClientStreamID { + sc.maxClientStreamID = id + } + } sc.logf("http2: server connection error from %v: %v", sc.conn.RemoteAddr(), ev) sc.goAway(ErrCode(ev)) return true // goAway will handle shutdown diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/transport.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/transport.go index ce375c8c75354..2fa49490c9db6 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/transport.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/transport.go @@ -936,7 +936,20 @@ func (cc *ClientConn) setGoAway(f *GoAwayFrame) { } last := f.LastStreamID for streamID, cs := range cc.streams { - if streamID > last { + if streamID <= last { + // The server's GOAWAY indicates that it received this stream. + // It will either finish processing it, or close the connection + // without doing so. Either way, leave the stream alone for now. + continue + } + if streamID == 1 && cc.goAway.ErrCode != ErrCodeNo { + // Don't retry the first stream on a connection if we get a non-NO error. + // If the server is sending an error on a new connection, + // retrying the request on a new one probably isn't going to work. + cs.abortStreamLocked(fmt.Errorf("http2: Transport received GOAWAY from server ErrCode:%v", cc.goAway.ErrCode)) + } else { + // Aborting the stream with errClentConnGotGoAway indicates that + // the request should be retried on a new connection. cs.abortStreamLocked(errClientConnGotGoAway) } } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go index 90a2c3d6dcb1a..09f6a49b80a7e 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/oauth2/oauth2.go @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ func ReuseTokenSource(t *Token, src TokenSource) TokenSource { } } -// ReuseTokenSource returns a TokenSource that acts in the same manner as the +// ReuseTokenSourceWithExpiry returns a TokenSource that acts in the same manner as the // TokenSource returned by ReuseTokenSource, except the expiry buffer is // configurable. The expiration time of a token is calculated as // t.Expiry.Add(-earlyExpiry). diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu.go index 4756ad5f79519..8fa707aa4ba9c 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu.go @@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ var ARM64 struct { HasASIMDDP bool // Advanced SIMD double precision instruction set HasSHA512 bool // SHA512 hardware implementation HasSVE bool // Scalable Vector Extensions + HasSVE2 bool // Scalable Vector Extensions 2 HasASIMDFHM bool // Advanced SIMD multiplication FP16 to FP32 _ CacheLinePad } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.go index f3eb993bf24b6..0e27a21e1f82c 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.go @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ func initOptions() { {Name: "sm3", Feature: &ARM64.HasSM3}, {Name: "sm4", Feature: &ARM64.HasSM4}, {Name: "sve", Feature: &ARM64.HasSVE}, + {Name: "sve2", Feature: &ARM64.HasSVE2}, {Name: "crc32", Feature: &ARM64.HasCRC32}, {Name: "atomics", Feature: &ARM64.HasATOMICS}, {Name: "asimdhp", Feature: &ARM64.HasASIMDHP}, @@ -164,6 +165,15 @@ func parseARM64SystemRegisters(isar0, isar1, pfr0 uint64) { switch extractBits(pfr0, 32, 35) { case 1: ARM64.HasSVE = true + + parseARM64SVERegister(getzfr0()) + } +} + +func parseARM64SVERegister(zfr0 uint64) { + switch extractBits(zfr0, 0, 3) { + case 1: + ARM64.HasSVE2 = true } } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.s b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.s index fcb9a3888205b..22cc99844a756 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.s +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_arm64.s @@ -29,3 +29,11 @@ TEXT ·getpfr0(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-8 WORD $0xd5380400 MOVD R0, ret+0(FP) RET + +// func getzfr0() uint64 +TEXT ·getzfr0(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-8 + // get SVE Feature Register 0 into x0 + // mrs x0, ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1 = d5380480 + WORD $0xd5380480 + MOVD R0, ret+0(FP) + RET diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_gc_arm64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_gc_arm64.go index a8acd3e3285d8..6ac6e1efb2087 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_gc_arm64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_gc_arm64.go @@ -9,3 +9,4 @@ package cpu func getisar0() uint64 func getisar1() uint64 func getpfr0() uint64 +func getzfr0() uint64 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_linux_arm64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_linux_arm64.go index a968b80fa6abc..3d386d0fc2186 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_linux_arm64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/cpu/cpu_linux_arm64.go @@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ const ( hwcap_SHA512 = 1 << 21 hwcap_SVE = 1 << 22 hwcap_ASIMDFHM = 1 << 23 + + hwcap2_SVE2 = 1 << 1 ) // linuxKernelCanEmulateCPUID reports whether we're running @@ -104,6 +106,9 @@ func doinit() { ARM64.HasSHA512 = isSet(hwCap, hwcap_SHA512) ARM64.HasSVE = isSet(hwCap, hwcap_SVE) ARM64.HasASIMDFHM = isSet(hwCap, hwcap_ASIMDFHM) + + // HWCAP2 feature bits + ARM64.HasSVE2 = isSet(hwCap2, hwcap2_SVE2) } func isSet(hwc uint, value uint) bool { diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/asm_zos_s390x.s b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/asm_zos_s390x.s index 2f67ba86d5746..813dfad7d2646 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/asm_zos_s390x.s +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/asm_zos_s390x.s @@ -9,9 +9,11 @@ #define PSALAA 1208(R0) #define GTAB64(x) 80(x) #define LCA64(x) 88(x) +#define SAVSTACK_ASYNC(x) 336(x) // in the LCA #define CAA(x) 8(x) -#define EDCHPXV(x) 1016(x) // in the CAA -#define SAVSTACK_ASYNC(x) 336(x) // in the LCA +#define CEECAATHDID(x) 976(x) // in the CAA +#define EDCHPXV(x) 1016(x) // in the CAA +#define GOCB(x) 1104(x) // in the CAA // SS_*, where x=SAVSTACK_ASYNC #define SS_LE(x) 0(x) @@ -19,405 +21,362 @@ #define SS_ERRNO(x) 16(x) #define SS_ERRNOJR(x) 20(x) -#define LE_CALL BYTE $0x0D; BYTE $0x76; // BL R7, R6 +// Function Descriptor Offsets +#define __errno 0x156*16 +#define __err2ad 0x16C*16 -TEXT ·clearErrno(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-0 - BL addrerrno<>(SB) - MOVD $0, 0(R3) +// Call Instructions +#define LE_CALL BYTE $0x0D; BYTE $0x76 // BL R7, R6 +#define SVC_LOAD BYTE $0x0A; BYTE $0x08 // SVC 08 LOAD +#define SVC_DELETE BYTE $0x0A; BYTE $0x09 // SVC 09 DELETE + +DATA zosLibVec<>(SB)/8, $0 +GLOBL zosLibVec<>(SB), NOPTR, $8 + +TEXT ·initZosLibVec(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-0 + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVD CAA(R8), R8 + MOVD EDCHPXV(R8), R8 + MOVD R8, zosLibVec<>(SB) + RET + +TEXT ·GetZosLibVec(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-0 + MOVD zosLibVec<>(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·clearErrno(SB), NOSPLIT, $0-0 + BL addrerrno<>(SB) + MOVD $0, 0(R3) RET // Returns the address of errno in R3. -TEXT addrerrno<>(SB),NOSPLIT|NOFRAME,$0-0 +TEXT addrerrno<>(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-0 // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 // Get __errno FuncDesc. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - ADD $(0x156*16), R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 + MOVD CAA(R8), R9 + MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 + ADD $(__errno), R9 + LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 // Switch to saved LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) + MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 + MOVD 0(R9), R4 + MOVD $0, 0(R9) // Call __errno function. LE_CALL NOPH // Switch back to Go stack. - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. + XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. + MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. RET -TEXT ·syscall_syscall(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-56 - BL runtime·entersyscall(SB) - MOVD a1+8(FP), R1 - MOVD a2+16(FP), R2 - MOVD a3+24(FP), R3 +// func svcCall(fnptr unsafe.Pointer, argv *unsafe.Pointer, dsa *uint64) +TEXT ·svcCall(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 + BL runtime·save_g(SB) // Save g and stack pointer + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 + MOVD R15, 0(R9) - // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVD argv+8(FP), R1 // Move function arguments into registers + MOVD dsa+16(FP), g + MOVD fnptr+0(FP), R15 - // Get function. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - MOVD trap+0(FP), R5 - SLD $4, R5 - ADD R5, R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 + BYTE $0x0D // Branch to function + BYTE $0xEF - // Restore LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) + BL runtime·load_g(SB) // Restore g and stack pointer + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 + MOVD 0(R9), R15 - // Call function. - LE_CALL - NOPH - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. - - MOVD R3, r1+32(FP) - MOVD R0, r2+40(FP) - MOVD R0, err+48(FP) - MOVW R3, R4 - CMP R4, $-1 - BNE done - BL addrerrno<>(SB) - MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 - MOVD R3, err+48(FP) -done: - BL runtime·exitsyscall(SB) RET -TEXT ·syscall_rawsyscall(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-56 - MOVD a1+8(FP), R1 - MOVD a2+16(FP), R2 - MOVD a3+24(FP), R3 - - // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - - // Get function. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - MOVD trap+0(FP), R5 - SLD $4, R5 - ADD R5, R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 +// func svcLoad(name *byte) unsafe.Pointer +TEXT ·svcLoad(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 + MOVD R15, R2 // Save go stack pointer + MOVD name+0(FP), R0 // Move SVC args into registers + MOVD $0x80000000, R1 + MOVD $0, R15 + SVC_LOAD + MOVW R15, R3 // Save return code from SVC + MOVD R2, R15 // Restore go stack pointer + CMP R3, $0 // Check SVC return code + BNE error + + MOVD $-2, R3 // Reset last bit of entry point to zero + AND R0, R3 + MOVD R3, ret+8(FP) // Return entry point returned by SVC + CMP R0, R3 // Check if last bit of entry point was set + BNE done + + MOVD R15, R2 // Save go stack pointer + MOVD $0, R15 // Move SVC args into registers (entry point still in r0 from SVC 08) + SVC_DELETE + MOVD R2, R15 // Restore go stack pointer - // Restore LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) +error: + MOVD $0, ret+8(FP) // Return 0 on failure - // Call function. - LE_CALL - NOPH - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. - - MOVD R3, r1+32(FP) - MOVD R0, r2+40(FP) - MOVD R0, err+48(FP) - MOVW R3, R4 - CMP R4, $-1 - BNE done - BL addrerrno<>(SB) - MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 - MOVD R3, err+48(FP) done: + XOR R0, R0 // Reset r0 to 0 RET -TEXT ·syscall_syscall6(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-80 - BL runtime·entersyscall(SB) - MOVD a1+8(FP), R1 - MOVD a2+16(FP), R2 - MOVD a3+24(FP), R3 +// func svcUnload(name *byte, fnptr unsafe.Pointer) int64 +TEXT ·svcUnload(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 + MOVD R15, R2 // Save go stack pointer + MOVD name+0(FP), R0 // Move SVC args into registers + MOVD fnptr+8(FP), R15 + SVC_DELETE + XOR R0, R0 // Reset r0 to 0 + MOVD R15, R1 // Save SVC return code + MOVD R2, R15 // Restore go stack pointer + MOVD R1, ret+16(FP) // Return SVC return code + RET +// func gettid() uint64 +TEXT ·gettid(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - // Get function. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - MOVD trap+0(FP), R5 - SLD $4, R5 - ADD R5, R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 + // Get CEECAATHDID + MOVD CAA(R8), R9 + MOVD CEECAATHDID(R9), R9 + MOVD R9, ret+0(FP) - // Restore LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) - - // Fill in parameter list. - MOVD a4+32(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+24)(R4) - MOVD a5+40(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+32)(R4) - MOVD a6+48(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+40)(R4) - - // Call function. - LE_CALL - NOPH - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. - - MOVD R3, r1+56(FP) - MOVD R0, r2+64(FP) - MOVD R0, err+72(FP) - MOVW R3, R4 - CMP R4, $-1 - BNE done - BL addrerrno<>(SB) - MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 - MOVD R3, err+72(FP) -done: - BL runtime·exitsyscall(SB) RET -TEXT ·syscall_rawsyscall6(SB),NOSPLIT,$0-80 - MOVD a1+8(FP), R1 - MOVD a2+16(FP), R2 - MOVD a3+24(FP), R3 - - // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - - // Get function. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - MOVD trap+0(FP), R5 - SLD $4, R5 - ADD R5, R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 +// +// Call LE function, if the return is -1 +// errno and errno2 is retrieved +// +TEXT ·CallLeFuncWithErr(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVD CAA(R8), R9 + MOVD g, GOCB(R9) // Restore LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) - - // Fill in parameter list. - MOVD a4+32(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+24)(R4) - MOVD a5+40(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+32)(R4) - MOVD a6+48(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+40)(R4) - - // Call function. - LE_CALL + MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 // R9-> LE stack frame saving address + MOVD 0(R9), R4 // R4-> restore previously saved stack frame pointer + + MOVD parms_base+8(FP), R7 // R7 -> argument array + MOVD parms_len+16(FP), R8 // R8 number of arguments + + // arg 1 ---> R1 + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + SUB $1, R8 + MOVD 0(R7), R1 + + // arg 2 ---> R2 + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + SUB $1, R8 + ADD $8, R7 + MOVD 0(R7), R2 + + // arg 3 --> R3 + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + SUB $1, R8 + ADD $8, R7 + MOVD 0(R7), R3 + + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + MOVD $2176+16, R6 // starting LE stack address-8 to store 4th argument + +repeat: + ADD $8, R7 + MOVD 0(R7), R0 // advance arg pointer by 8 byte + ADD $8, R6 // advance LE argument address by 8 byte + MOVD R0, (R4)(R6*1) // copy argument from go-slice to le-frame + SUB $1, R8 + CMP R8, $0 + BNE repeat + +docall: + MOVD funcdesc+0(FP), R8 // R8-> function descriptor + LMG 0(R8), R5, R6 + MOVD $0, 0(R9) // R9 address of SAVSTACK_ASYNC + LE_CALL // balr R7, R6 (return #1) + NOPH + MOVD R3, ret+32(FP) + CMP R3, $-1 // compare result to -1 + BNE done + + // retrieve errno and errno2 + MOVD zosLibVec<>(SB), R8 + ADD $(__errno), R8 + LMG 0(R8), R5, R6 + LE_CALL // balr R7, R6 __errno (return #3) NOPH - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. - - MOVD R3, r1+56(FP) - MOVD R0, r2+64(FP) - MOVD R0, err+72(FP) - MOVW R3, R4 - CMP R4, $-1 - BNE done - BL ·rrno<>(SB) - MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 - MOVD R3, err+72(FP) + MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 + MOVD R3, err+48(FP) + MOVD zosLibVec<>(SB), R8 + ADD $(__err2ad), R8 + LMG 0(R8), R5, R6 + LE_CALL // balr R7, R6 __err2ad (return #2) + NOPH + MOVW (R3), R2 // retrieve errno2 + MOVD R2, errno2+40(FP) // store in return area + done: + MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. RET -TEXT ·syscall_syscall9(SB),NOSPLIT,$0 - BL runtime·entersyscall(SB) - MOVD a1+8(FP), R1 - MOVD a2+16(FP), R2 - MOVD a3+24(FP), R3 - - // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - - // Get function. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - MOVD trap+0(FP), R5 - SLD $4, R5 - ADD R5, R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 +// +// Call LE function, if the return is 0 +// errno and errno2 is retrieved +// +TEXT ·CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 + MOVW PSALAA, R8 + MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 + MOVD CAA(R8), R9 + MOVD g, GOCB(R9) // Restore LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) - - // Fill in parameter list. - MOVD a4+32(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+24)(R4) - MOVD a5+40(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+32)(R4) - MOVD a6+48(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+40)(R4) - MOVD a7+56(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+48)(R4) - MOVD a8+64(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+56)(R4) - MOVD a9+72(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+64)(R4) - - // Call function. - LE_CALL + MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 // R9-> LE stack frame saving address + MOVD 0(R9), R4 // R4-> restore previously saved stack frame pointer + + MOVD parms_base+8(FP), R7 // R7 -> argument array + MOVD parms_len+16(FP), R8 // R8 number of arguments + + // arg 1 ---> R1 + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + SUB $1, R8 + MOVD 0(R7), R1 + + // arg 2 ---> R2 + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + SUB $1, R8 + ADD $8, R7 + MOVD 0(R7), R2 + + // arg 3 --> R3 + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + SUB $1, R8 + ADD $8, R7 + MOVD 0(R7), R3 + + CMP R8, $0 + BEQ docall + MOVD $2176+16, R6 // starting LE stack address-8 to store 4th argument + +repeat: + ADD $8, R7 + MOVD 0(R7), R0 // advance arg pointer by 8 byte + ADD $8, R6 // advance LE argument address by 8 byte + MOVD R0, (R4)(R6*1) // copy argument from go-slice to le-frame + SUB $1, R8 + CMP R8, $0 + BNE repeat + +docall: + MOVD funcdesc+0(FP), R8 // R8-> function descriptor + LMG 0(R8), R5, R6 + MOVD $0, 0(R9) // R9 address of SAVSTACK_ASYNC + LE_CALL // balr R7, R6 (return #1) NOPH - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. - - MOVD R3, r1+80(FP) - MOVD R0, r2+88(FP) - MOVD R0, err+96(FP) - MOVW R3, R4 - CMP R4, $-1 - BNE done - BL addrerrno<>(SB) - MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 - MOVD R3, err+96(FP) -done: - BL runtime·exitsyscall(SB) - RET - -TEXT ·syscall_rawsyscall9(SB),NOSPLIT,$0 - MOVD a1+8(FP), R1 - MOVD a2+16(FP), R2 - MOVD a3+24(FP), R3 - - // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - - // Get function. - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD EDCHPXV(R9), R9 - MOVD trap+0(FP), R5 - SLD $4, R5 - ADD R5, R9 - LMG 0(R9), R5, R6 - - // Restore LE stack. - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R4 - MOVD $0, 0(R9) - - // Fill in parameter list. - MOVD a4+32(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+24)(R4) - MOVD a5+40(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+32)(R4) - MOVD a6+48(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+40)(R4) - MOVD a7+56(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+48)(R4) - MOVD a8+64(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+56)(R4) - MOVD a9+72(FP), R12 - MOVD R12, (2176+64)(R4) - - // Call function. - LE_CALL + MOVD R3, ret+32(FP) + CMP R3, $0 // compare result to 0 + BNE done + + // retrieve errno and errno2 + MOVD zosLibVec<>(SB), R8 + ADD $(__errno), R8 + LMG 0(R8), R5, R6 + LE_CALL // balr R7, R6 __errno (return #3) NOPH - XOR R0, R0 // Restore R0 to $0. - MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. - - MOVD R3, r1+80(FP) - MOVD R0, r2+88(FP) - MOVD R0, err+96(FP) - MOVW R3, R4 - CMP R4, $-1 - BNE done - BL addrerrno<>(SB) - MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 - MOVD R3, err+96(FP) -done: - RET - -// func svcCall(fnptr unsafe.Pointer, argv *unsafe.Pointer, dsa *uint64) -TEXT ·svcCall(SB),NOSPLIT,$0 - BL runtime·save_g(SB) // Save g and stack pointer - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD R15, 0(R9) - - MOVD argv+8(FP), R1 // Move function arguments into registers - MOVD dsa+16(FP), g - MOVD fnptr+0(FP), R15 - - BYTE $0x0D // Branch to function - BYTE $0xEF - - BL runtime·load_g(SB) // Restore g and stack pointer - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - MOVD SAVSTACK_ASYNC(R8), R9 - MOVD 0(R9), R15 - - RET - -// func svcLoad(name *byte) unsafe.Pointer -TEXT ·svcLoad(SB),NOSPLIT,$0 - MOVD R15, R2 // Save go stack pointer - MOVD name+0(FP), R0 // Move SVC args into registers - MOVD $0x80000000, R1 - MOVD $0, R15 - BYTE $0x0A // SVC 08 LOAD - BYTE $0x08 - MOVW R15, R3 // Save return code from SVC - MOVD R2, R15 // Restore go stack pointer - CMP R3, $0 // Check SVC return code - BNE error - - MOVD $-2, R3 // Reset last bit of entry point to zero - AND R0, R3 - MOVD R3, addr+8(FP) // Return entry point returned by SVC - CMP R0, R3 // Check if last bit of entry point was set - BNE done - - MOVD R15, R2 // Save go stack pointer - MOVD $0, R15 // Move SVC args into registers (entry point still in r0 from SVC 08) - BYTE $0x0A // SVC 09 DELETE - BYTE $0x09 - MOVD R2, R15 // Restore go stack pointer + MOVWZ 0(R3), R3 + MOVD R3, err+48(FP) + MOVD zosLibVec<>(SB), R8 + ADD $(__err2ad), R8 + LMG 0(R8), R5, R6 + LE_CALL // balr R7, R6 __err2ad (return #2) + NOPH + MOVW (R3), R2 // retrieve errno2 + MOVD R2, errno2+40(FP) // store in return area + XOR R2, R2 + MOVWZ R2, (R3) // clear errno2 -error: - MOVD $0, addr+8(FP) // Return 0 on failure done: - XOR R0, R0 // Reset r0 to 0 + MOVD R4, 0(R9) // Save stack pointer. RET -// func svcUnload(name *byte, fnptr unsafe.Pointer) int64 -TEXT ·svcUnload(SB),NOSPLIT,$0 - MOVD R15, R2 // Save go stack pointer - MOVD name+0(FP), R0 // Move SVC args into registers - MOVD addr+8(FP), R15 - BYTE $0x0A // SVC 09 - BYTE $0x09 - XOR R0, R0 // Reset r0 to 0 - MOVD R15, R1 // Save SVC return code - MOVD R2, R15 // Restore go stack pointer - MOVD R1, rc+0(FP) // Return SVC return code +// +// function to test if a pointer can be safely dereferenced (content read) +// return 0 for succces +// +TEXT ·ptrtest(SB), NOSPLIT, $0-16 + MOVD arg+0(FP), R10 // test pointer in R10 + + // set up R2 to point to CEECAADMC + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x20; BYTE $0x04; BYTE $0xB8; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x17 // llgt 2,1208 + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x17; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x22 // llgtr 2,2 + BYTE $0xA5; BYTE $0x26; BYTE $0x7F; BYTE $0xFF // nilh 2,32767 + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x58; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // lg 2,88(2) + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x08; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // lg 2,8(2) + BYTE $0x41; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x03; BYTE $0x68 // la 2,872(2) + + // set up R5 to point to the "shunt" path which set 1 to R3 (failure) + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x82; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x33 // xgr 3,3 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x55; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // bras 5,lbl1 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x39; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x01 // lghi 3,1 + + // if r3 is not zero (failed) then branch to finish + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x02; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x33 // lbl1 ltgr 3,3 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x74; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x08 // brc b'0111',lbl2 + + // stomic store shunt address in R5 into CEECAADMC + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x52; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x24 // stg 5,0(2) + + // now try reading from the test pointer in R10, if it fails it branches to the "lghi" instruction above + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x9A; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // lg 9,0(10) + + // finish here, restore 0 into CEECAADMC + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x82; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x99 // lbl2 xgr 9,9 + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x92; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x24 // stg 9,0(2) + MOVD R3, ret+8(FP) // result in R3 RET -// func gettid() uint64 -TEXT ·gettid(SB), NOSPLIT, $0 - // Get library control area (LCA). - MOVW PSALAA, R8 - MOVD LCA64(R8), R8 - - // Get CEECAATHDID - MOVD CAA(R8), R9 - MOVD 0x3D0(R9), R9 - MOVD R9, ret+0(FP) - +// +// function to test if a untptr can be loaded from a pointer +// return 1: the 8-byte content +// 2: 0 for success, 1 for failure +// +// func safeload(ptr uintptr) ( value uintptr, error uintptr) +TEXT ·safeload(SB), NOSPLIT, $0-24 + MOVD ptr+0(FP), R10 // test pointer in R10 + MOVD $0x0, R6 + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x20; BYTE $0x04; BYTE $0xB8; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x17 // llgt 2,1208 + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x17; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x22 // llgtr 2,2 + BYTE $0xA5; BYTE $0x26; BYTE $0x7F; BYTE $0xFF // nilh 2,32767 + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x58; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // lg 2,88(2) + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x08; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // lg 2,8(2) + BYTE $0x41; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x03; BYTE $0x68 // la 2,872(2) + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x82; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x33 // xgr 3,3 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x55; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // bras 5,lbl1 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x39; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x01 // lghi 3,1 + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x02; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x33 // lbl1 ltgr 3,3 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x74; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x08 // brc b'0111',lbl2 + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x52; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x24 // stg 5,0(2) + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x6A; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x04 // lg 6,0(10) + BYTE $0xB9; BYTE $0x82; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x99 // lbl2 xgr 9,9 + BYTE $0xE3; BYTE $0x92; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x24 // stg 9,0(2) + MOVD R6, value+8(FP) // result in R6 + MOVD R3, error+16(FP) // error in R3 RET diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..39d647d863a06 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.go @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +// Copyright 2024 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +//go:build zos + +package unix + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "unsafe" +) + +//go:noescape +func bpxcall(plist []unsafe.Pointer, bpx_offset int64) + +//go:noescape +func A2e([]byte) + +//go:noescape +func E2a([]byte) + +const ( + BPX4STA = 192 // stat + BPX4FST = 104 // fstat + BPX4LST = 132 // lstat + BPX4OPN = 156 // open + BPX4CLO = 72 // close + BPX4CHR = 500 // chattr + BPX4FCR = 504 // fchattr + BPX4LCR = 1180 // lchattr + BPX4CTW = 492 // cond_timed_wait + BPX4GTH = 1056 // __getthent + BPX4PTQ = 412 // pthread_quiesc + BPX4PTR = 320 // ptrace +) + +const ( + //options + //byte1 + BPX_OPNFHIGH = 0x80 + //byte2 + BPX_OPNFEXEC = 0x80 + //byte3 + BPX_O_NOLARGEFILE = 0x08 + BPX_O_LARGEFILE = 0x04 + BPX_O_ASYNCSIG = 0x02 + BPX_O_SYNC = 0x01 + //byte4 + BPX_O_CREXCL = 0xc0 + BPX_O_CREAT = 0x80 + BPX_O_EXCL = 0x40 + BPX_O_NOCTTY = 0x20 + BPX_O_TRUNC = 0x10 + BPX_O_APPEND = 0x08 + BPX_O_NONBLOCK = 0x04 + BPX_FNDELAY = 0x04 + BPX_O_RDWR = 0x03 + BPX_O_RDONLY = 0x02 + BPX_O_WRONLY = 0x01 + BPX_O_ACCMODE = 0x03 + BPX_O_GETFL = 0x0f + + //mode + // byte1 (file type) + BPX_FT_DIR = 1 + BPX_FT_CHARSPEC = 2 + BPX_FT_REGFILE = 3 + BPX_FT_FIFO = 4 + BPX_FT_SYMLINK = 5 + BPX_FT_SOCKET = 6 + //byte3 + BPX_S_ISUID = 0x08 + BPX_S_ISGID = 0x04 + BPX_S_ISVTX = 0x02 + BPX_S_IRWXU1 = 0x01 + BPX_S_IRUSR = 0x01 + //byte4 + BPX_S_IRWXU2 = 0xc0 + BPX_S_IWUSR = 0x80 + BPX_S_IXUSR = 0x40 + BPX_S_IRWXG = 0x38 + BPX_S_IRGRP = 0x20 + BPX_S_IWGRP = 0x10 + BPX_S_IXGRP = 0x08 + BPX_S_IRWXOX = 0x07 + BPX_S_IROTH = 0x04 + BPX_S_IWOTH = 0x02 + BPX_S_IXOTH = 0x01 + + CW_INTRPT = 1 + CW_CONDVAR = 32 + CW_TIMEOUT = 64 + + PGTHA_NEXT = 2 + PGTHA_CURRENT = 1 + PGTHA_FIRST = 0 + PGTHA_LAST = 3 + PGTHA_PROCESS = 0x80 + PGTHA_CONTTY = 0x40 + PGTHA_PATH = 0x20 + PGTHA_COMMAND = 0x10 + PGTHA_FILEDATA = 0x08 + PGTHA_THREAD = 0x04 + PGTHA_PTAG = 0x02 + PGTHA_COMMANDLONG = 0x01 + PGTHA_THREADFAST = 0x80 + PGTHA_FILEPATH = 0x40 + PGTHA_THDSIGMASK = 0x20 + // thread quiece mode + QUIESCE_TERM int32 = 1 + QUIESCE_FORCE int32 = 2 + QUIESCE_QUERY int32 = 3 + QUIESCE_FREEZE int32 = 4 + QUIESCE_UNFREEZE int32 = 5 + FREEZE_THIS_THREAD int32 = 6 + FREEZE_EXIT int32 = 8 + QUIESCE_SRB int32 = 9 +) + +type Pgtha struct { + Pid uint32 // 0 + Tid0 uint32 // 4 + Tid1 uint32 + Accesspid byte // C + Accesstid byte // D + Accessasid uint16 // E + Loginname [8]byte // 10 + Flag1 byte // 18 + Flag1b2 byte // 19 +} + +type Bpxystat_t struct { // DSECT BPXYSTAT + St_id [4]uint8 // 0 + St_length uint16 // 0x4 + St_version uint16 // 0x6 + St_mode uint32 // 0x8 + St_ino uint32 // 0xc + St_dev uint32 // 0x10 + St_nlink uint32 // 0x14 + St_uid uint32 // 0x18 + St_gid uint32 // 0x1c + St_size uint64 // 0x20 + St_atime uint32 // 0x28 + St_mtime uint32 // 0x2c + St_ctime uint32 // 0x30 + St_rdev uint32 // 0x34 + St_auditoraudit uint32 // 0x38 + St_useraudit uint32 // 0x3c + St_blksize uint32 // 0x40 + St_createtime uint32 // 0x44 + St_auditid [4]uint32 // 0x48 + St_res01 uint32 // 0x58 + Ft_ccsid uint16 // 0x5c + Ft_flags uint16 // 0x5e + St_res01a [2]uint32 // 0x60 + St_res02 uint32 // 0x68 + St_blocks uint32 // 0x6c + St_opaque [3]uint8 // 0x70 + St_visible uint8 // 0x73 + St_reftime uint32 // 0x74 + St_fid uint64 // 0x78 + St_filefmt uint8 // 0x80 + St_fspflag2 uint8 // 0x81 + St_res03 [2]uint8 // 0x82 + St_ctimemsec uint32 // 0x84 + St_seclabel [8]uint8 // 0x88 + St_res04 [4]uint8 // 0x90 + // end of version 1 + _ uint32 // 0x94 + St_atime64 uint64 // 0x98 + St_mtime64 uint64 // 0xa0 + St_ctime64 uint64 // 0xa8 + St_createtime64 uint64 // 0xb0 + St_reftime64 uint64 // 0xb8 + _ uint64 // 0xc0 + St_res05 [16]uint8 // 0xc8 + // end of version 2 +} + +type BpxFilestatus struct { + Oflag1 byte + Oflag2 byte + Oflag3 byte + Oflag4 byte +} + +type BpxMode struct { + Ftype byte + Mode1 byte + Mode2 byte + Mode3 byte +} + +// Thr attribute structure for extended attributes +type Bpxyatt_t struct { // DSECT BPXYATT + Att_id [4]uint8 + Att_version uint16 + Att_res01 [2]uint8 + Att_setflags1 uint8 + Att_setflags2 uint8 + Att_setflags3 uint8 + Att_setflags4 uint8 + Att_mode uint32 + Att_uid uint32 + Att_gid uint32 + Att_opaquemask [3]uint8 + Att_visblmaskres uint8 + Att_opaque [3]uint8 + Att_visibleres uint8 + Att_size_h uint32 + Att_size_l uint32 + Att_atime uint32 + Att_mtime uint32 + Att_auditoraudit uint32 + Att_useraudit uint32 + Att_ctime uint32 + Att_reftime uint32 + // end of version 1 + Att_filefmt uint8 + Att_res02 [3]uint8 + Att_filetag uint32 + Att_res03 [8]uint8 + // end of version 2 + Att_atime64 uint64 + Att_mtime64 uint64 + Att_ctime64 uint64 + Att_reftime64 uint64 + Att_seclabel [8]uint8 + Att_ver3res02 [8]uint8 + // end of version 3 +} + +func BpxOpen(name string, options *BpxFilestatus, mode *BpxMode) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + if len(name) < 1024 { + var namebuf [1024]byte + sz := int32(copy(namebuf[:], name)) + A2e(namebuf[:sz]) + var parms [7]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&sz) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&namebuf[0]) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(options) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(mode) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4OPN) + return rv, rc, rn + } + return -1, -1, -1 +} + +func BpxClose(fd int32) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + var parms [4]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&fd) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4CLO) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +func BpxFileFStat(fd int32, st *Bpxystat_t) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + st.St_id = [4]uint8{0xe2, 0xe3, 0xc1, 0xe3} + st.St_version = 2 + stat_sz := uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*st)) + var parms [6]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&fd) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&stat_sz) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(st) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4FST) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +func BpxFileStat(name string, st *Bpxystat_t) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + if len(name) < 1024 { + var namebuf [1024]byte + sz := int32(copy(namebuf[:], name)) + A2e(namebuf[:sz]) + st.St_id = [4]uint8{0xe2, 0xe3, 0xc1, 0xe3} + st.St_version = 2 + stat_sz := uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*st)) + var parms [7]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&sz) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&namebuf[0]) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&stat_sz) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(st) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4STA) + return rv, rc, rn + } + return -1, -1, -1 +} + +func BpxFileLStat(name string, st *Bpxystat_t) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + if len(name) < 1024 { + var namebuf [1024]byte + sz := int32(copy(namebuf[:], name)) + A2e(namebuf[:sz]) + st.St_id = [4]uint8{0xe2, 0xe3, 0xc1, 0xe3} + st.St_version = 2 + stat_sz := uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*st)) + var parms [7]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&sz) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&namebuf[0]) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&stat_sz) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(st) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4LST) + return rv, rc, rn + } + return -1, -1, -1 +} + +func BpxChattr(path string, attr *Bpxyatt_t) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + if len(path) >= 1024 { + return -1, -1, -1 + } + var namebuf [1024]byte + sz := int32(copy(namebuf[:], path)) + A2e(namebuf[:sz]) + attr_sz := uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*attr)) + var parms [7]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&sz) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&namebuf[0]) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&attr_sz) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(attr) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4CHR) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +func BpxLchattr(path string, attr *Bpxyatt_t) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + if len(path) >= 1024 { + return -1, -1, -1 + } + var namebuf [1024]byte + sz := int32(copy(namebuf[:], path)) + A2e(namebuf[:sz]) + attr_sz := uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*attr)) + var parms [7]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&sz) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&namebuf[0]) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&attr_sz) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(attr) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4LCR) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +func BpxFchattr(fd int32, attr *Bpxyatt_t) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + attr_sz := uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*attr)) + var parms [6]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&fd) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&attr_sz) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(attr) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4FCR) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +func BpxCondTimedWait(sec uint32, nsec uint32, events uint32, secrem *uint32, nsecrem *uint32) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + var parms [8]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&sec) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&nsec) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&events) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(secrem) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(nsecrem) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[7] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4CTW) + return rv, rc, rn +} +func BpxGetthent(in *Pgtha, outlen *uint32, out unsafe.Pointer) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + var parms [7]unsafe.Pointer + inlen := uint32(26) // nothing else will work. Go says Pgtha is 28-byte because of alignment, but Pgtha is "packed" and must be 26-byte + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&inlen) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&in) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(outlen) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(&out) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4GTH) + return rv, rc, rn +} +func ZosJobname() (jobname string, err error) { + var pgtha Pgtha + pgtha.Pid = uint32(Getpid()) + pgtha.Accesspid = PGTHA_CURRENT + pgtha.Flag1 = PGTHA_PROCESS + var out [256]byte + var outlen uint32 + outlen = 256 + rv, rc, rn := BpxGetthent(&pgtha, &outlen, unsafe.Pointer(&out[0])) + if rv == 0 { + gthc := []byte{0x87, 0xa3, 0x88, 0x83} // 'gthc' in ebcdic + ix := bytes.Index(out[:], gthc) + if ix == -1 { + err = fmt.Errorf("BPX4GTH: gthc return data not found") + return + } + jn := out[ix+80 : ix+88] // we didn't declare Pgthc, but jobname is 8-byte at offset 80 + E2a(jn) + jobname = string(bytes.TrimRight(jn, " ")) + + } else { + err = fmt.Errorf("BPX4GTH: rc=%d errno=%d reason=code=0x%x", rv, rc, rn) + } + return +} +func Bpx4ptq(code int32, data string) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + var userdata [8]byte + var parms [5]unsafe.Pointer + copy(userdata[:], data+" ") + A2e(userdata[:]) + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&code) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&userdata[0]) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4PTQ) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +const ( + PT_TRACE_ME = 0 // Debug this process + PT_READ_I = 1 // Read a full word + PT_READ_D = 2 // Read a full word + PT_READ_U = 3 // Read control info + PT_WRITE_I = 4 //Write a full word + PT_WRITE_D = 5 //Write a full word + PT_CONTINUE = 7 //Continue the process + PT_KILL = 8 //Terminate the process + PT_READ_GPR = 11 // Read GPR, CR, PSW + PT_READ_FPR = 12 // Read FPR + PT_READ_VR = 13 // Read VR + PT_WRITE_GPR = 14 // Write GPR, CR, PSW + PT_WRITE_FPR = 15 // Write FPR + PT_WRITE_VR = 16 // Write VR + PT_READ_BLOCK = 17 // Read storage + PT_WRITE_BLOCK = 19 // Write storage + PT_READ_GPRH = 20 // Read GPRH + PT_WRITE_GPRH = 21 // Write GPRH + PT_REGHSET = 22 // Read all GPRHs + PT_ATTACH = 30 // Attach to a process + PT_DETACH = 31 // Detach from a process + PT_REGSET = 32 // Read all GPRs + PT_REATTACH = 33 // Reattach to a process + PT_LDINFO = 34 // Read loader info + PT_MULTI = 35 // Multi process mode + PT_LD64INFO = 36 // RMODE64 Info Area + PT_BLOCKREQ = 40 // Block request + PT_THREAD_INFO = 60 // Read thread info + PT_THREAD_MODIFY = 61 + PT_THREAD_READ_FOCUS = 62 + PT_THREAD_WRITE_FOCUS = 63 + PT_THREAD_HOLD = 64 + PT_THREAD_SIGNAL = 65 + PT_EXPLAIN = 66 + PT_EVENTS = 67 + PT_THREAD_INFO_EXTENDED = 68 + PT_REATTACH2 = 71 + PT_CAPTURE = 72 + PT_UNCAPTURE = 73 + PT_GET_THREAD_TCB = 74 + PT_GET_ALET = 75 + PT_SWAPIN = 76 + PT_EXTENDED_EVENT = 98 + PT_RECOVER = 99 // Debug a program check + PT_GPR0 = 0 // General purpose register 0 + PT_GPR1 = 1 // General purpose register 1 + PT_GPR2 = 2 // General purpose register 2 + PT_GPR3 = 3 // General purpose register 3 + PT_GPR4 = 4 // General purpose register 4 + PT_GPR5 = 5 // General purpose register 5 + PT_GPR6 = 6 // General purpose register 6 + PT_GPR7 = 7 // General purpose register 7 + PT_GPR8 = 8 // General purpose register 8 + PT_GPR9 = 9 // General purpose register 9 + PT_GPR10 = 10 // General purpose register 10 + PT_GPR11 = 11 // General purpose register 11 + PT_GPR12 = 12 // General purpose register 12 + PT_GPR13 = 13 // General purpose register 13 + PT_GPR14 = 14 // General purpose register 14 + PT_GPR15 = 15 // General purpose register 15 + PT_FPR0 = 16 // Floating point register 0 + PT_FPR1 = 17 // Floating point register 1 + PT_FPR2 = 18 // Floating point register 2 + PT_FPR3 = 19 // Floating point register 3 + PT_FPR4 = 20 // Floating point register 4 + PT_FPR5 = 21 // Floating point register 5 + PT_FPR6 = 22 // Floating point register 6 + PT_FPR7 = 23 // Floating point register 7 + PT_FPR8 = 24 // Floating point register 8 + PT_FPR9 = 25 // Floating point register 9 + PT_FPR10 = 26 // Floating point register 10 + PT_FPR11 = 27 // Floating point register 11 + PT_FPR12 = 28 // Floating point register 12 + PT_FPR13 = 29 // Floating point register 13 + PT_FPR14 = 30 // Floating point register 14 + PT_FPR15 = 31 // Floating point register 15 + PT_FPC = 32 // Floating point control register + PT_PSW = 40 // PSW + PT_PSW0 = 40 // Left half of the PSW + PT_PSW1 = 41 // Right half of the PSW + PT_CR0 = 42 // Control register 0 + PT_CR1 = 43 // Control register 1 + PT_CR2 = 44 // Control register 2 + PT_CR3 = 45 // Control register 3 + PT_CR4 = 46 // Control register 4 + PT_CR5 = 47 // Control register 5 + PT_CR6 = 48 // Control register 6 + PT_CR7 = 49 // Control register 7 + PT_CR8 = 50 // Control register 8 + PT_CR9 = 51 // Control register 9 + PT_CR10 = 52 // Control register 10 + PT_CR11 = 53 // Control register 11 + PT_CR12 = 54 // Control register 12 + PT_CR13 = 55 // Control register 13 + PT_CR14 = 56 // Control register 14 + PT_CR15 = 57 // Control register 15 + PT_GPRH0 = 58 // GP High register 0 + PT_GPRH1 = 59 // GP High register 1 + PT_GPRH2 = 60 // GP High register 2 + PT_GPRH3 = 61 // GP High register 3 + PT_GPRH4 = 62 // GP High register 4 + PT_GPRH5 = 63 // GP High register 5 + PT_GPRH6 = 64 // GP High register 6 + PT_GPRH7 = 65 // GP High register 7 + PT_GPRH8 = 66 // GP High register 8 + PT_GPRH9 = 67 // GP High register 9 + PT_GPRH10 = 68 // GP High register 10 + PT_GPRH11 = 69 // GP High register 11 + PT_GPRH12 = 70 // GP High register 12 + PT_GPRH13 = 71 // GP High register 13 + PT_GPRH14 = 72 // GP High register 14 + PT_GPRH15 = 73 // GP High register 15 + PT_VR0 = 74 // Vector register 0 + PT_VR1 = 75 // Vector register 1 + PT_VR2 = 76 // Vector register 2 + PT_VR3 = 77 // Vector register 3 + PT_VR4 = 78 // Vector register 4 + PT_VR5 = 79 // Vector register 5 + PT_VR6 = 80 // Vector register 6 + PT_VR7 = 81 // Vector register 7 + PT_VR8 = 82 // Vector register 8 + PT_VR9 = 83 // Vector register 9 + PT_VR10 = 84 // Vector register 10 + PT_VR11 = 85 // Vector register 11 + PT_VR12 = 86 // Vector register 12 + PT_VR13 = 87 // Vector register 13 + PT_VR14 = 88 // Vector register 14 + PT_VR15 = 89 // Vector register 15 + PT_VR16 = 90 // Vector register 16 + PT_VR17 = 91 // Vector register 17 + PT_VR18 = 92 // Vector register 18 + PT_VR19 = 93 // Vector register 19 + PT_VR20 = 94 // Vector register 20 + PT_VR21 = 95 // Vector register 21 + PT_VR22 = 96 // Vector register 22 + PT_VR23 = 97 // Vector register 23 + PT_VR24 = 98 // Vector register 24 + PT_VR25 = 99 // Vector register 25 + PT_VR26 = 100 // Vector register 26 + PT_VR27 = 101 // Vector register 27 + PT_VR28 = 102 // Vector register 28 + PT_VR29 = 103 // Vector register 29 + PT_VR30 = 104 // Vector register 30 + PT_VR31 = 105 // Vector register 31 + PT_PSWG = 106 // PSWG + PT_PSWG0 = 106 // Bytes 0-3 + PT_PSWG1 = 107 // Bytes 4-7 + PT_PSWG2 = 108 // Bytes 8-11 (IA high word) + PT_PSWG3 = 109 // Bytes 12-15 (IA low word) +) + +func Bpx4ptr(request int32, pid int32, addr unsafe.Pointer, data unsafe.Pointer, buffer unsafe.Pointer) (rv int32, rc int32, rn int32) { + var parms [8]unsafe.Pointer + parms[0] = unsafe.Pointer(&request) + parms[1] = unsafe.Pointer(&pid) + parms[2] = unsafe.Pointer(&addr) + parms[3] = unsafe.Pointer(&data) + parms[4] = unsafe.Pointer(&buffer) + parms[5] = unsafe.Pointer(&rv) + parms[6] = unsafe.Pointer(&rc) + parms[7] = unsafe.Pointer(&rn) + bpxcall(parms[:], BPX4PTR) + return rv, rc, rn +} + +func copyU8(val uint8, dest []uint8) int { + if len(dest) < 1 { + return 0 + } + dest[0] = val + return 1 +} + +func copyU8Arr(src, dest []uint8) int { + if len(dest) < len(src) { + return 0 + } + for i, v := range src { + dest[i] = v + } + return len(src) +} + +func copyU16(val uint16, dest []uint16) int { + if len(dest) < 1 { + return 0 + } + dest[0] = val + return 1 +} + +func copyU32(val uint32, dest []uint32) int { + if len(dest) < 1 { + return 0 + } + dest[0] = val + return 1 +} + +func copyU32Arr(src, dest []uint32) int { + if len(dest) < len(src) { + return 0 + } + for i, v := range src { + dest[i] = v + } + return len(src) +} + +func copyU64(val uint64, dest []uint64) int { + if len(dest) < 1 { + return 0 + } + dest[0] = val + return 1 +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.s b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..4bd4a179821bd --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/bpxsvc_zos.s @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +// Copyright 2024 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +#include "go_asm.h" +#include "textflag.h" + +// function to call USS assembly language services +// +// doc: https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/en/SSLTBW_3.1.0/com.ibm.zos.v3r1.bpxb100/bit64env.htm +// +// arg1 unsafe.Pointer array that ressembles an OS PLIST +// +// arg2 function offset as in +// doc: https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/en/SSLTBW_3.1.0/com.ibm.zos.v3r1.bpxb100/bpx2cr_List_of_offsets.htm +// +// func bpxcall(plist []unsafe.Pointer, bpx_offset int64) + +TEXT ·bpxcall(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0 + MOVD plist_base+0(FP), R1 // r1 points to plist + MOVD bpx_offset+24(FP), R2 // r2 offset to BPX vector table + MOVD R14, R7 // save r14 + MOVD R15, R8 // save r15 + MOVWZ 16(R0), R9 + MOVWZ 544(R9), R9 + MOVWZ 24(R9), R9 // call vector in r9 + ADD R2, R9 // add offset to vector table + MOVWZ (R9), R9 // r9 points to entry point + BYTE $0x0D // BL R14,R9 --> basr r14,r9 + BYTE $0xE9 // clobbers 0,1,14,15 + MOVD R8, R15 // restore 15 + JMP R7 // return via saved return address + +// func A2e(arr [] byte) +// code page conversion from 819 to 1047 +TEXT ·A2e(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0 + MOVD arg_base+0(FP), R2 // pointer to arry of characters + MOVD arg_len+8(FP), R3 // count + XOR R0, R0 + XOR R1, R1 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x15; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x82 // BRAS 1,(2+(256/2)) + + // ASCII -> EBCDIC conversion table: + BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x01; BYTE $0x02; BYTE $0x03 + BYTE $0x37; BYTE $0x2d; BYTE $0x2e; BYTE $0x2f + BYTE $0x16; BYTE $0x05; BYTE $0x15; BYTE $0x0b + BYTE $0x0c; BYTE $0x0d; BYTE $0x0e; BYTE $0x0f + BYTE $0x10; BYTE $0x11; BYTE $0x12; BYTE $0x13 + BYTE $0x3c; BYTE $0x3d; BYTE $0x32; BYTE $0x26 + BYTE $0x18; BYTE $0x19; BYTE $0x3f; BYTE $0x27 + BYTE $0x1c; BYTE $0x1d; BYTE $0x1e; BYTE $0x1f + BYTE $0x40; BYTE $0x5a; BYTE $0x7f; BYTE $0x7b + BYTE $0x5b; BYTE $0x6c; BYTE $0x50; BYTE $0x7d + BYTE $0x4d; BYTE $0x5d; BYTE $0x5c; BYTE $0x4e + BYTE $0x6b; BYTE $0x60; BYTE $0x4b; BYTE $0x61 + BYTE $0xf0; BYTE $0xf1; BYTE $0xf2; BYTE $0xf3 + BYTE $0xf4; BYTE $0xf5; BYTE $0xf6; BYTE $0xf7 + BYTE $0xf8; BYTE $0xf9; BYTE $0x7a; BYTE $0x5e + BYTE $0x4c; BYTE $0x7e; BYTE $0x6e; BYTE $0x6f + BYTE $0x7c; BYTE $0xc1; BYTE $0xc2; BYTE $0xc3 + BYTE $0xc4; BYTE $0xc5; BYTE $0xc6; BYTE $0xc7 + BYTE $0xc8; BYTE $0xc9; BYTE $0xd1; BYTE $0xd2 + BYTE $0xd3; BYTE $0xd4; BYTE $0xd5; BYTE $0xd6 + BYTE $0xd7; BYTE $0xd8; BYTE $0xd9; BYTE $0xe2 + BYTE $0xe3; BYTE $0xe4; BYTE $0xe5; BYTE $0xe6 + BYTE $0xe7; BYTE $0xe8; BYTE $0xe9; BYTE $0xad + BYTE $0xe0; BYTE $0xbd; BYTE $0x5f; BYTE $0x6d + BYTE $0x79; BYTE $0x81; BYTE $0x82; BYTE $0x83 + BYTE $0x84; BYTE $0x85; BYTE $0x86; BYTE $0x87 + BYTE $0x88; BYTE $0x89; BYTE $0x91; BYTE $0x92 + BYTE $0x93; BYTE $0x94; BYTE $0x95; BYTE $0x96 + BYTE $0x97; BYTE $0x98; BYTE $0x99; BYTE $0xa2 + BYTE $0xa3; BYTE $0xa4; BYTE $0xa5; BYTE $0xa6 + BYTE $0xa7; BYTE $0xa8; BYTE $0xa9; BYTE $0xc0 + BYTE $0x4f; BYTE $0xd0; BYTE $0xa1; BYTE $0x07 + BYTE $0x20; BYTE $0x21; BYTE $0x22; BYTE $0x23 + BYTE $0x24; BYTE $0x25; BYTE $0x06; BYTE $0x17 + BYTE $0x28; BYTE $0x29; BYTE $0x2a; BYTE $0x2b + BYTE $0x2c; BYTE $0x09; BYTE $0x0a; BYTE $0x1b + BYTE $0x30; BYTE $0x31; BYTE $0x1a; BYTE $0x33 + BYTE $0x34; BYTE $0x35; BYTE $0x36; BYTE $0x08 + BYTE $0x38; BYTE $0x39; BYTE $0x3a; BYTE $0x3b + BYTE $0x04; BYTE $0x14; BYTE $0x3e; BYTE $0xff + BYTE $0x41; BYTE $0xaa; BYTE $0x4a; BYTE $0xb1 + BYTE $0x9f; BYTE $0xb2; BYTE $0x6a; BYTE $0xb5 + BYTE $0xbb; BYTE $0xb4; BYTE $0x9a; BYTE $0x8a + BYTE $0xb0; BYTE $0xca; BYTE $0xaf; BYTE $0xbc + BYTE $0x90; BYTE $0x8f; BYTE $0xea; BYTE $0xfa + BYTE $0xbe; BYTE $0xa0; BYTE $0xb6; BYTE $0xb3 + BYTE $0x9d; BYTE $0xda; BYTE $0x9b; BYTE $0x8b + BYTE $0xb7; BYTE $0xb8; BYTE $0xb9; BYTE $0xab + BYTE $0x64; BYTE $0x65; BYTE $0x62; BYTE $0x66 + BYTE $0x63; BYTE $0x67; BYTE $0x9e; BYTE $0x68 + BYTE $0x74; BYTE $0x71; BYTE $0x72; BYTE $0x73 + BYTE $0x78; BYTE $0x75; BYTE $0x76; BYTE $0x77 + BYTE $0xac; BYTE $0x69; BYTE $0xed; BYTE $0xee + BYTE $0xeb; BYTE $0xef; BYTE $0xec; BYTE $0xbf + BYTE $0x80; BYTE $0xfd; BYTE $0xfe; BYTE $0xfb + BYTE $0xfc; BYTE $0xba; BYTE $0xae; BYTE $0x59 + BYTE $0x44; BYTE $0x45; BYTE $0x42; BYTE $0x46 + BYTE $0x43; BYTE $0x47; BYTE $0x9c; BYTE $0x48 + BYTE $0x54; BYTE $0x51; BYTE $0x52; BYTE $0x53 + BYTE $0x58; BYTE $0x55; BYTE $0x56; BYTE $0x57 + BYTE $0x8c; BYTE $0x49; BYTE $0xcd; BYTE $0xce + BYTE $0xcb; BYTE $0xcf; BYTE $0xcc; BYTE $0xe1 + BYTE $0x70; BYTE $0xdd; BYTE $0xde; BYTE $0xdb + BYTE $0xdc; BYTE $0x8d; BYTE $0x8e; BYTE $0xdf + +retry: + WORD $0xB9931022 // TROO 2,2,b'0001' + BVS retry + RET + +// func e2a(arr [] byte) +// code page conversion from 1047 to 819 +TEXT ·E2a(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0 + MOVD arg_base+0(FP), R2 // pointer to arry of characters + MOVD arg_len+8(FP), R3 // count + XOR R0, R0 + XOR R1, R1 + BYTE $0xA7; BYTE $0x15; BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x82 // BRAS 1,(2+(256/2)) + + // EBCDIC -> ASCII conversion table: + BYTE $0x00; BYTE $0x01; BYTE $0x02; BYTE $0x03 + BYTE $0x9c; BYTE $0x09; BYTE $0x86; BYTE $0x7f + BYTE $0x97; BYTE $0x8d; BYTE $0x8e; BYTE $0x0b + BYTE $0x0c; BYTE $0x0d; BYTE $0x0e; BYTE $0x0f + BYTE $0x10; BYTE $0x11; BYTE $0x12; BYTE $0x13 + BYTE $0x9d; BYTE $0x0a; BYTE $0x08; BYTE $0x87 + BYTE $0x18; BYTE $0x19; BYTE $0x92; BYTE $0x8f + BYTE $0x1c; BYTE $0x1d; BYTE $0x1e; BYTE $0x1f + BYTE $0x80; BYTE $0x81; BYTE $0x82; BYTE $0x83 + BYTE $0x84; BYTE $0x85; BYTE $0x17; BYTE $0x1b + BYTE $0x88; BYTE $0x89; BYTE $0x8a; BYTE $0x8b + BYTE $0x8c; BYTE $0x05; BYTE $0x06; BYTE $0x07 + BYTE $0x90; BYTE $0x91; BYTE $0x16; BYTE $0x93 + BYTE $0x94; BYTE $0x95; BYTE $0x96; BYTE $0x04 + BYTE $0x98; BYTE $0x99; BYTE $0x9a; BYTE $0x9b + BYTE $0x14; BYTE $0x15; BYTE $0x9e; BYTE $0x1a + BYTE $0x20; BYTE $0xa0; BYTE $0xe2; BYTE $0xe4 + BYTE $0xe0; BYTE $0xe1; BYTE $0xe3; BYTE $0xe5 + BYTE $0xe7; BYTE $0xf1; BYTE $0xa2; BYTE $0x2e + BYTE $0x3c; BYTE $0x28; BYTE $0x2b; BYTE $0x7c + BYTE $0x26; BYTE $0xe9; BYTE $0xea; BYTE $0xeb + BYTE $0xe8; BYTE $0xed; BYTE $0xee; BYTE $0xef + BYTE $0xec; BYTE $0xdf; BYTE $0x21; BYTE $0x24 + BYTE $0x2a; BYTE $0x29; BYTE $0x3b; BYTE $0x5e + BYTE $0x2d; BYTE $0x2f; BYTE $0xc2; BYTE $0xc4 + BYTE $0xc0; BYTE $0xc1; BYTE $0xc3; BYTE $0xc5 + BYTE $0xc7; BYTE $0xd1; BYTE $0xa6; BYTE $0x2c + BYTE $0x25; BYTE $0x5f; BYTE $0x3e; BYTE $0x3f + BYTE $0xf8; BYTE $0xc9; BYTE $0xca; BYTE $0xcb + BYTE $0xc8; BYTE $0xcd; BYTE $0xce; BYTE $0xcf + BYTE $0xcc; BYTE $0x60; BYTE $0x3a; BYTE $0x23 + BYTE $0x40; BYTE $0x27; BYTE $0x3d; BYTE $0x22 + BYTE $0xd8; BYTE $0x61; BYTE $0x62; BYTE $0x63 + BYTE $0x64; BYTE $0x65; BYTE $0x66; BYTE $0x67 + BYTE $0x68; BYTE $0x69; BYTE $0xab; BYTE $0xbb + BYTE $0xf0; BYTE $0xfd; BYTE $0xfe; BYTE $0xb1 + BYTE $0xb0; BYTE $0x6a; BYTE $0x6b; BYTE $0x6c + BYTE $0x6d; BYTE $0x6e; BYTE $0x6f; BYTE $0x70 + BYTE $0x71; BYTE $0x72; BYTE $0xaa; BYTE $0xba + BYTE $0xe6; BYTE $0xb8; BYTE $0xc6; BYTE $0xa4 + BYTE $0xb5; BYTE $0x7e; BYTE $0x73; BYTE $0x74 + BYTE $0x75; BYTE $0x76; BYTE $0x77; BYTE $0x78 + BYTE $0x79; BYTE $0x7a; BYTE $0xa1; BYTE $0xbf + BYTE $0xd0; BYTE $0x5b; BYTE $0xde; BYTE $0xae + BYTE $0xac; BYTE $0xa3; BYTE $0xa5; BYTE $0xb7 + BYTE $0xa9; BYTE $0xa7; BYTE $0xb6; BYTE $0xbc + BYTE $0xbd; BYTE $0xbe; BYTE $0xdd; BYTE $0xa8 + BYTE $0xaf; BYTE $0x5d; BYTE $0xb4; BYTE $0xd7 + BYTE $0x7b; BYTE $0x41; BYTE $0x42; BYTE $0x43 + BYTE $0x44; BYTE $0x45; BYTE $0x46; BYTE $0x47 + BYTE $0x48; BYTE $0x49; BYTE $0xad; BYTE $0xf4 + BYTE $0xf6; BYTE $0xf2; BYTE $0xf3; BYTE $0xf5 + BYTE $0x7d; BYTE $0x4a; BYTE $0x4b; BYTE $0x4c + BYTE $0x4d; BYTE $0x4e; BYTE $0x4f; BYTE $0x50 + BYTE $0x51; BYTE $0x52; BYTE $0xb9; BYTE $0xfb + BYTE $0xfc; BYTE $0xf9; BYTE $0xfa; BYTE $0xff + BYTE $0x5c; BYTE $0xf7; BYTE $0x53; BYTE $0x54 + BYTE $0x55; BYTE $0x56; BYTE $0x57; BYTE $0x58 + BYTE $0x59; BYTE $0x5a; BYTE $0xb2; BYTE $0xd4 + BYTE $0xd6; BYTE $0xd2; BYTE $0xd3; BYTE $0xd5 + BYTE $0x30; BYTE $0x31; BYTE $0x32; BYTE $0x33 + BYTE $0x34; BYTE $0x35; BYTE $0x36; BYTE $0x37 + BYTE $0x38; BYTE $0x39; BYTE $0xb3; BYTE $0xdb + BYTE $0xdc; BYTE $0xd9; BYTE $0xda; BYTE $0x9f + +retry: + WORD $0xB9931022 // TROO 2,2,b'0001' + BVS retry + RET diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/epoll_zos.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/epoll_zos.go deleted file mode 100644 index 7753fddea8174..0000000000000 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/epoll_zos.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright 2020 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. -// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style -// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. - -//go:build zos && s390x - -package unix - -import ( - "sync" -) - -// This file simulates epoll on z/OS using poll. - -// Analogous to epoll_event on Linux. -// TODO(neeilan): Pad is because the Linux kernel expects a 96-bit struct. We never pass this to the kernel; remove? -type EpollEvent struct { - Events uint32 - Fd int32 - Pad int32 -} - -const ( - EPOLLERR = 0x8 - EPOLLHUP = 0x10 - EPOLLIN = 0x1 - EPOLLMSG = 0x400 - EPOLLOUT = 0x4 - EPOLLPRI = 0x2 - EPOLLRDBAND = 0x80 - EPOLLRDNORM = 0x40 - EPOLLWRBAND = 0x200 - EPOLLWRNORM = 0x100 - EPOLL_CTL_ADD = 0x1 - EPOLL_CTL_DEL = 0x2 - EPOLL_CTL_MOD = 0x3 - // The following constants are part of the epoll API, but represent - // currently unsupported functionality on z/OS. - // EPOLL_CLOEXEC = 0x80000 - // EPOLLET = 0x80000000 - // EPOLLONESHOT = 0x40000000 - // EPOLLRDHUP = 0x2000 // Typically used with edge-triggered notis - // EPOLLEXCLUSIVE = 0x10000000 // Exclusive wake-up mode - // EPOLLWAKEUP = 0x20000000 // Relies on Linux's BLOCK_SUSPEND capability -) - -// TODO(neeilan): We can eliminate these epToPoll / pToEpoll calls by using identical mask values for POLL/EPOLL -// constants where possible The lower 16 bits of epoll events (uint32) can fit any system poll event (int16). - -// epToPollEvt converts epoll event field to poll equivalent. -// In epoll, Events is a 32-bit field, while poll uses 16 bits. -func epToPollEvt(events uint32) int16 { - var ep2p = map[uint32]int16{ - EPOLLIN: POLLIN, - EPOLLOUT: POLLOUT, - EPOLLHUP: POLLHUP, - EPOLLPRI: POLLPRI, - EPOLLERR: POLLERR, - } - - var pollEvts int16 = 0 - for epEvt, pEvt := range ep2p { - if (events & epEvt) != 0 { - pollEvts |= pEvt - } - } - - return pollEvts -} - -// pToEpollEvt converts 16 bit poll event bitfields to 32-bit epoll event fields. -func pToEpollEvt(revents int16) uint32 { - var p2ep = map[int16]uint32{ - POLLIN: EPOLLIN, - POLLOUT: EPOLLOUT, - POLLHUP: EPOLLHUP, - POLLPRI: EPOLLPRI, - POLLERR: EPOLLERR, - } - - var epollEvts uint32 = 0 - for pEvt, epEvt := range p2ep { - if (revents & pEvt) != 0 { - epollEvts |= epEvt - } - } - - return epollEvts -} - -// Per-process epoll implementation. -type epollImpl struct { - mu sync.Mutex - epfd2ep map[int]*eventPoll - nextEpfd int -} - -// eventPoll holds a set of file descriptors being watched by the process. A process can have multiple epoll instances. -// On Linux, this is an in-kernel data structure accessed through a fd. -type eventPoll struct { - mu sync.Mutex - fds map[int]*EpollEvent -} - -// epoll impl for this process. -var impl epollImpl = epollImpl{ - epfd2ep: make(map[int]*eventPoll), - nextEpfd: 0, -} - -func (e *epollImpl) epollcreate(size int) (epfd int, err error) { - e.mu.Lock() - defer e.mu.Unlock() - epfd = e.nextEpfd - e.nextEpfd++ - - e.epfd2ep[epfd] = &eventPoll{ - fds: make(map[int]*EpollEvent), - } - return epfd, nil -} - -func (e *epollImpl) epollcreate1(flag int) (fd int, err error) { - return e.epollcreate(4) -} - -func (e *epollImpl) epollctl(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error) { - e.mu.Lock() - defer e.mu.Unlock() - - ep, ok := e.epfd2ep[epfd] - if !ok { - - return EBADF - } - - switch op { - case EPOLL_CTL_ADD: - // TODO(neeilan): When we make epfds and fds disjoint, detect epoll - // loops here (instances watching each other) and return ELOOP. - if _, ok := ep.fds[fd]; ok { - return EEXIST - } - ep.fds[fd] = event - case EPOLL_CTL_MOD: - if _, ok := ep.fds[fd]; !ok { - return ENOENT - } - ep.fds[fd] = event - case EPOLL_CTL_DEL: - if _, ok := ep.fds[fd]; !ok { - return ENOENT - } - delete(ep.fds, fd) - - } - return nil -} - -// Must be called while holding ep.mu -func (ep *eventPoll) getFds() []int { - fds := make([]int, len(ep.fds)) - for fd := range ep.fds { - fds = append(fds, fd) - } - return fds -} - -func (e *epollImpl) epollwait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error) { - e.mu.Lock() // in [rare] case of concurrent epollcreate + epollwait - ep, ok := e.epfd2ep[epfd] - - if !ok { - e.mu.Unlock() - return 0, EBADF - } - - pollfds := make([]PollFd, 4) - for fd, epollevt := range ep.fds { - pollfds = append(pollfds, PollFd{Fd: int32(fd), Events: epToPollEvt(epollevt.Events)}) - } - e.mu.Unlock() - - n, err = Poll(pollfds, msec) - if err != nil { - return n, err - } - - i := 0 - for _, pFd := range pollfds { - if pFd.Revents != 0 { - events[i] = EpollEvent{Fd: pFd.Fd, Events: pToEpollEvt(pFd.Revents)} - i++ - } - - if i == n { - break - } - } - - return n, nil -} - -func EpollCreate(size int) (fd int, err error) { - return impl.epollcreate(size) -} - -func EpollCreate1(flag int) (fd int, err error) { - return impl.epollcreate1(flag) -} - -func EpollCtl(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error) { - return impl.epollctl(epfd, op, fd, event) -} - -// Because EpollWait mutates events, the caller is expected to coordinate -// concurrent access if calling with the same epfd from multiple goroutines. -func EpollWait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error) { - return impl.epollwait(epfd, events, msec) -} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/fstatfs_zos.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/fstatfs_zos.go deleted file mode 100644 index c8bde601e7723..0000000000000 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/fstatfs_zos.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright 2020 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. -// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style -// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. - -//go:build zos && s390x - -package unix - -import ( - "unsafe" -) - -// This file simulates fstatfs on z/OS using fstatvfs and w_getmntent. - -func Fstatfs(fd int, stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - var stat_v Statvfs_t - err = Fstatvfs(fd, &stat_v) - if err == nil { - // populate stat - stat.Type = 0 - stat.Bsize = stat_v.Bsize - stat.Blocks = stat_v.Blocks - stat.Bfree = stat_v.Bfree - stat.Bavail = stat_v.Bavail - stat.Files = stat_v.Files - stat.Ffree = stat_v.Ffree - stat.Fsid = stat_v.Fsid - stat.Namelen = stat_v.Namemax - stat.Frsize = stat_v.Frsize - stat.Flags = stat_v.Flag - for passn := 0; passn < 5; passn++ { - switch passn { - case 0: - err = tryGetmntent64(stat) - break - case 1: - err = tryGetmntent128(stat) - break - case 2: - err = tryGetmntent256(stat) - break - case 3: - err = tryGetmntent512(stat) - break - case 4: - err = tryGetmntent1024(stat) - break - default: - break - } - //proceed to return if: err is nil (found), err is nonnil but not ERANGE (another error occurred) - if err == nil || err != nil && err != ERANGE { - break - } - } - } - return err -} - -func tryGetmntent64(stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - var mnt_ent_buffer struct { - header W_Mnth - filesys_info [64]W_Mntent - } - var buffer_size int = int(unsafe.Sizeof(mnt_ent_buffer)) - fs_count, err := W_Getmntent((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&mnt_ent_buffer)), buffer_size) - if err != nil { - return err - } - err = ERANGE //return ERANGE if no match is found in this batch - for i := 0; i < fs_count; i++ { - if stat.Fsid == uint64(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Dev) { - stat.Type = uint32(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Fstname[0]) - err = nil - break - } - } - return err -} - -func tryGetmntent128(stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - var mnt_ent_buffer struct { - header W_Mnth - filesys_info [128]W_Mntent - } - var buffer_size int = int(unsafe.Sizeof(mnt_ent_buffer)) - fs_count, err := W_Getmntent((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&mnt_ent_buffer)), buffer_size) - if err != nil { - return err - } - err = ERANGE //return ERANGE if no match is found in this batch - for i := 0; i < fs_count; i++ { - if stat.Fsid == uint64(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Dev) { - stat.Type = uint32(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Fstname[0]) - err = nil - break - } - } - return err -} - -func tryGetmntent256(stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - var mnt_ent_buffer struct { - header W_Mnth - filesys_info [256]W_Mntent - } - var buffer_size int = int(unsafe.Sizeof(mnt_ent_buffer)) - fs_count, err := W_Getmntent((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&mnt_ent_buffer)), buffer_size) - if err != nil { - return err - } - err = ERANGE //return ERANGE if no match is found in this batch - for i := 0; i < fs_count; i++ { - if stat.Fsid == uint64(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Dev) { - stat.Type = uint32(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Fstname[0]) - err = nil - break - } - } - return err -} - -func tryGetmntent512(stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - var mnt_ent_buffer struct { - header W_Mnth - filesys_info [512]W_Mntent - } - var buffer_size int = int(unsafe.Sizeof(mnt_ent_buffer)) - fs_count, err := W_Getmntent((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&mnt_ent_buffer)), buffer_size) - if err != nil { - return err - } - err = ERANGE //return ERANGE if no match is found in this batch - for i := 0; i < fs_count; i++ { - if stat.Fsid == uint64(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Dev) { - stat.Type = uint32(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Fstname[0]) - err = nil - break - } - } - return err -} - -func tryGetmntent1024(stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - var mnt_ent_buffer struct { - header W_Mnth - filesys_info [1024]W_Mntent - } - var buffer_size int = int(unsafe.Sizeof(mnt_ent_buffer)) - fs_count, err := W_Getmntent((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&mnt_ent_buffer)), buffer_size) - if err != nil { - return err - } - err = ERANGE //return ERANGE if no match is found in this batch - for i := 0; i < fs_count; i++ { - if stat.Fsid == uint64(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Dev) { - stat.Type = uint32(mnt_ent_buffer.filesys_info[i].Fstname[0]) - err = nil - break - } - } - return err -} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/pagesize_unix.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/pagesize_unix.go index 4d0a3430edc5e..0482408d7c6c1 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/pagesize_unix.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/pagesize_unix.go @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ // Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style // license that can be found in the LICENSE file. -//go:build aix || darwin || dragonfly || freebsd || linux || netbsd || openbsd || solaris +//go:build aix || darwin || dragonfly || freebsd || linux || netbsd || openbsd || solaris || zos // For Unix, get the pagesize from the runtime. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/readdirent_getdirentries.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/readdirent_getdirentries.go index 130398b6b767e..b903c00604b99 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/readdirent_getdirentries.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/readdirent_getdirentries.go @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ // Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style // license that can be found in the LICENSE file. -//go:build darwin +//go:build darwin || zos package unix diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sockcmsg_zos.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sockcmsg_zos.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..3e53dbc0286d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sockcmsg_zos.go @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +// Copyright 2024 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Socket control messages + +package unix + +import "unsafe" + +// UnixCredentials encodes credentials into a socket control message +// for sending to another process. This can be used for +// authentication. +func UnixCredentials(ucred *Ucred) []byte { + b := make([]byte, CmsgSpace(SizeofUcred)) + h := (*Cmsghdr)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) + h.Level = SOL_SOCKET + h.Type = SCM_CREDENTIALS + h.SetLen(CmsgLen(SizeofUcred)) + *(*Ucred)(h.data(0)) = *ucred + return b +} + +// ParseUnixCredentials decodes a socket control message that contains +// credentials in a Ucred structure. To receive such a message, the +// SO_PASSCRED option must be enabled on the socket. +func ParseUnixCredentials(m *SocketControlMessage) (*Ucred, error) { + if m.Header.Level != SOL_SOCKET { + return nil, EINVAL + } + if m.Header.Type != SCM_CREDENTIALS { + return nil, EINVAL + } + ucred := *(*Ucred)(unsafe.Pointer(&m.Data[0])) + return &ucred, nil +} + +// PktInfo4 encodes Inet4Pktinfo into a socket control message of type IP_PKTINFO. +func PktInfo4(info *Inet4Pktinfo) []byte { + b := make([]byte, CmsgSpace(SizeofInet4Pktinfo)) + h := (*Cmsghdr)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) + h.Level = SOL_IP + h.Type = IP_PKTINFO + h.SetLen(CmsgLen(SizeofInet4Pktinfo)) + *(*Inet4Pktinfo)(h.data(0)) = *info + return b +} + +// PktInfo6 encodes Inet6Pktinfo into a socket control message of type IPV6_PKTINFO. +func PktInfo6(info *Inet6Pktinfo) []byte { + b := make([]byte, CmsgSpace(SizeofInet6Pktinfo)) + h := (*Cmsghdr)(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])) + h.Level = SOL_IPV6 + h.Type = IPV6_PKTINFO + h.SetLen(CmsgLen(SizeofInet6Pktinfo)) + *(*Inet6Pktinfo)(h.data(0)) = *info + return b +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/symaddr_zos_s390x.s b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/symaddr_zos_s390x.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..3c4f33cb6a802 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/symaddr_zos_s390x.s @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +// Copyright 2024 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +//go:build zos && s390x && gc + +#include "textflag.h" + +// provide the address of function variable to be fixed up. + +TEXT ·getPipe2Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Pipe2(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_FlockAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Flock(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_GetxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Getxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_NanosleepAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Nanosleep(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_SetxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Setxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_Wait4Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Wait4(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_MountAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Mount(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_UnmountAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Unmount(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_UtimesNanoAtAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·UtimesNanoAt(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_UtimesNanoAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·UtimesNano(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_MkfifoatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Mkfifoat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_ChtagAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Chtag(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +TEXT ·get_ReadlinkatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Readlinkat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/syscall_zos_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/syscall_zos_s390x.go index 27c41b6f0a13b..312ae6ac1d21a 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/syscall_zos_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/syscall_zos_s390x.go @@ -4,11 +4,21 @@ //go:build zos && s390x +// Many of the following syscalls are not available on all versions of z/OS. +// Some missing calls have legacy implementations/simulations but others +// will be missing completely. To achieve consistent failing behaviour on +// legacy systems, we first test the function pointer via a safeloading +// mechanism to see if the function exists on a given system. Then execution +// is branched to either continue the function call, or return an error. + package unix import ( "bytes" "fmt" + "os" + "reflect" + "regexp" "runtime" "sort" "strings" @@ -17,17 +27,205 @@ import ( "unsafe" ) +//go:noescape +func initZosLibVec() + +//go:noescape +func GetZosLibVec() uintptr + +func init() { + initZosLibVec() + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_____GETENV_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&([]byte("__ZOS_XSYSTRACE\x00"))[0]))) + if r0 != 0 { + n, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___ATOI_A<<4, r0) + ZosTraceLevel = int(n) + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_____GETENV_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&([]byte("__ZOS_XSYSTRACEFD\x00"))[0]))) + if r0 != 0 { + fd, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___ATOI_A<<4, r0) + f := os.NewFile(fd, "zostracefile") + if f != nil { + ZosTracefile = f + } + } + + } +} + +//go:noescape +func CallLeFuncWithErr(funcdesc uintptr, parms ...uintptr) (ret, errno2 uintptr, err Errno) + +//go:noescape +func CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(funcdesc uintptr, parms ...uintptr) (ret, errno2 uintptr, err Errno) + +// ------------------------------- +// pointer validity test +// good pointer returns 0 +// bad pointer returns 1 +// +//go:nosplit +func ptrtest(uintptr) uint64 + +// Load memory at ptr location with error handling if the location is invalid +// +//go:noescape +func safeload(ptr uintptr) (value uintptr, error uintptr) + const ( - O_CLOEXEC = 0 // Dummy value (not supported). - AF_LOCAL = AF_UNIX // AF_LOCAL is an alias for AF_UNIX + entrypointLocationOffset = 8 // From function descriptor + + xplinkEyecatcher = 0x00c300c500c500f1 // ".C.E.E.1" + eyecatcherOffset = 16 // From function entrypoint (negative) + ppa1LocationOffset = 8 // From function entrypoint (negative) + + nameLenOffset = 0x14 // From PPA1 start + nameOffset = 0x16 // From PPA1 start ) -func syscall_syscall(trap, a1, a2, a3 uintptr) (r1, r2 uintptr, err Errno) -func syscall_rawsyscall(trap, a1, a2, a3 uintptr) (r1, r2 uintptr, err Errno) -func syscall_syscall6(trap, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6 uintptr) (r1, r2 uintptr, err Errno) -func syscall_rawsyscall6(trap, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6 uintptr) (r1, r2 uintptr, err Errno) -func syscall_syscall9(trap, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9 uintptr) (r1, r2 uintptr, err Errno) -func syscall_rawsyscall9(trap, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9 uintptr) (r1, r2 uintptr, err Errno) +func getPpaOffset(funcptr uintptr) int64 { + entrypoint, err := safeload(funcptr + entrypointLocationOffset) + if err != 0 { + return -1 + } + + // XPLink functions have ".C.E.E.1" as the first 8 bytes (EBCDIC) + val, err := safeload(entrypoint - eyecatcherOffset) + if err != 0 { + return -1 + } + if val != xplinkEyecatcher { + return -1 + } + + ppaoff, err := safeload(entrypoint - ppa1LocationOffset) + if err != 0 { + return -1 + } + + ppaoff >>= 32 + return int64(ppaoff) +} + +//------------------------------- +// function descriptor pointer validity test +// good pointer returns 0 +// bad pointer returns 1 + +// TODO: currently mksyscall_zos_s390x.go generate empty string for funcName +// have correct funcName pass to the funcptrtest function +func funcptrtest(funcptr uintptr, funcName string) uint64 { + entrypoint, err := safeload(funcptr + entrypointLocationOffset) + if err != 0 { + return 1 + } + + ppaoff := getPpaOffset(funcptr) + if ppaoff == -1 { + return 1 + } + + // PPA1 offset value is from the start of the entire function block, not the entrypoint + ppa1 := (entrypoint - eyecatcherOffset) + uintptr(ppaoff) + + nameLen, err := safeload(ppa1 + nameLenOffset) + if err != 0 { + return 1 + } + + nameLen >>= 48 + if nameLen > 128 { + return 1 + } + + // no function name input to argument end here + if funcName == "" { + return 0 + } + + var funcname [128]byte + for i := 0; i < int(nameLen); i += 8 { + v, err := safeload(ppa1 + nameOffset + uintptr(i)) + if err != 0 { + return 1 + } + funcname[i] = byte(v >> 56) + funcname[i+1] = byte(v >> 48) + funcname[i+2] = byte(v >> 40) + funcname[i+3] = byte(v >> 32) + funcname[i+4] = byte(v >> 24) + funcname[i+5] = byte(v >> 16) + funcname[i+6] = byte(v >> 8) + funcname[i+7] = byte(v) + } + + runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___E2A_L<<4, // __e2a_l + []uintptr{uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&funcname[0])), nameLen}) + + name := string(funcname[:nameLen]) + if name != funcName { + return 1 + } + + return 0 +} + +// For detection of capabilities on a system. +// Is function descriptor f a valid function? +func isValidLeFunc(f uintptr) error { + ret := funcptrtest(f, "") + if ret != 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("Bad pointer, not an LE function ") + } + return nil +} + +// Retrieve function name from descriptor +func getLeFuncName(f uintptr) (string, error) { + // assume it has been checked, only check ppa1 validity here + entry := ((*[2]uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(f)))[1] + preamp := ((*[4]uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(entry - eyecatcherOffset))) + + offsetPpa1 := preamp[2] + if offsetPpa1 > 0x0ffff { + return "", fmt.Errorf("PPA1 offset seems too big 0x%x\n", offsetPpa1) + } + + ppa1 := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(preamp)) + uintptr(offsetPpa1) + res := ptrtest(ppa1) + if res != 0 { + return "", fmt.Errorf("PPA1 address not valid") + } + + size := *(*uint16)(unsafe.Pointer(ppa1 + nameLenOffset)) + if size > 128 { + return "", fmt.Errorf("Function name seems too long, length=%d\n", size) + } + + var name [128]byte + funcname := (*[128]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(ppa1 + nameOffset)) + copy(name[0:size], funcname[0:size]) + + runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___E2A_L<<4, // __e2a_l + []uintptr{uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&name[0])), uintptr(size)}) + + return string(name[:size]), nil +} + +// Check z/OS version +func zosLeVersion() (version, release uint32) { + p1 := (*(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(1208)))) >> 32 + p1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(p1 + 88))) + p1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(p1 + 8))) + p1 = *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(p1 + 984))) + vrm := *(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(p1 + 80)) + version = (vrm & 0x00ff0000) >> 16 + release = (vrm & 0x0000ff00) >> 8 + return +} + +// returns a zos C FILE * for stdio fd 0, 1, 2 +func ZosStdioFilep(fd int32) uintptr { + return uintptr(*(*uint64)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(*(*uint64)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(*(*uint64)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(uint64(*(*uint32)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(1208)))) + 80))) + uint64((fd+2)<<3)))))))) +} func copyStat(stat *Stat_t, statLE *Stat_LE_t) { stat.Dev = uint64(statLE.Dev) @@ -65,6 +263,21 @@ func (d *Dirent) NameString() string { } } +func DecodeData(dest []byte, sz int, val uint64) { + for i := 0; i < sz; i++ { + dest[sz-1-i] = byte((val >> (uint64(i * 8))) & 0xff) + } +} + +func EncodeData(data []byte) uint64 { + var value uint64 + sz := len(data) + for i := 0; i < sz; i++ { + value |= uint64(data[i]) << uint64(((sz - i - 1) * 8)) + } + return value +} + func (sa *SockaddrInet4) sockaddr() (unsafe.Pointer, _Socklen, error) { if sa.Port < 0 || sa.Port > 0xFFFF { return nil, 0, EINVAL @@ -74,7 +287,9 @@ func (sa *SockaddrInet4) sockaddr() (unsafe.Pointer, _Socklen, error) { p := (*[2]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&sa.raw.Port)) p[0] = byte(sa.Port >> 8) p[1] = byte(sa.Port) - sa.raw.Addr = sa.Addr + for i := 0; i < len(sa.Addr); i++ { + sa.raw.Addr[i] = sa.Addr[i] + } return unsafe.Pointer(&sa.raw), _Socklen(sa.raw.Len), nil } @@ -88,7 +303,9 @@ func (sa *SockaddrInet6) sockaddr() (unsafe.Pointer, _Socklen, error) { p[0] = byte(sa.Port >> 8) p[1] = byte(sa.Port) sa.raw.Scope_id = sa.ZoneId - sa.raw.Addr = sa.Addr + for i := 0; i < len(sa.Addr); i++ { + sa.raw.Addr[i] = sa.Addr[i] + } return unsafe.Pointer(&sa.raw), _Socklen(sa.raw.Len), nil } @@ -146,7 +363,9 @@ func anyToSockaddr(_ int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny) (Sockaddr, error) { sa := new(SockaddrInet4) p := (*[2]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&pp.Port)) sa.Port = int(p[0])<<8 + int(p[1]) - sa.Addr = pp.Addr + for i := 0; i < len(sa.Addr); i++ { + sa.Addr[i] = pp.Addr[i] + } return sa, nil case AF_INET6: @@ -155,7 +374,9 @@ func anyToSockaddr(_ int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny) (Sockaddr, error) { p := (*[2]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&pp.Port)) sa.Port = int(p[0])<<8 + int(p[1]) sa.ZoneId = pp.Scope_id - sa.Addr = pp.Addr + for i := 0; i < len(sa.Addr); i++ { + sa.Addr[i] = pp.Addr[i] + } return sa, nil } return nil, EAFNOSUPPORT @@ -177,6 +398,43 @@ func Accept(fd int) (nfd int, sa Sockaddr, err error) { return } +func Accept4(fd int, flags int) (nfd int, sa Sockaddr, err error) { + var rsa RawSockaddrAny + var len _Socklen = SizeofSockaddrAny + nfd, err = accept4(fd, &rsa, &len, flags) + if err != nil { + return + } + if len > SizeofSockaddrAny { + panic("RawSockaddrAny too small") + } + // TODO(neeilan): Remove 0 in call + sa, err = anyToSockaddr(0, &rsa) + if err != nil { + Close(nfd) + nfd = 0 + } + return +} + +func Ctermid() (tty string, err error) { + var termdev [1025]byte + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, err2, err1 := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CTERMID_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&termdev[0]))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 == 0 { + return "", fmt.Errorf("%s (errno2=0x%x)\n", err1.Error(), err2) + } + s := string(termdev[:]) + idx := strings.Index(s, string(rune(0))) + if idx == -1 { + tty = s + } else { + tty = s[:idx] + } + return +} + func (iov *Iovec) SetLen(length int) { iov.Len = uint64(length) } @@ -190,10 +448,16 @@ func (cmsg *Cmsghdr) SetLen(length int) { } //sys fcntl(fd int, cmd int, arg int) (val int, err error) +//sys Flistxattr(fd int, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) = SYS___FLISTXATTR_A +//sys Fremovexattr(fd int, attr string) (err error) = SYS___FREMOVEXATTR_A //sys read(fd int, p []byte) (n int, err error) //sys write(fd int, p []byte) (n int, err error) +//sys Fgetxattr(fd int, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) = SYS___FGETXATTR_A +//sys Fsetxattr(fd int, attr string, data []byte, flag int) (err error) = SYS___FSETXATTR_A + //sys accept(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (fd int, err error) = SYS___ACCEPT_A +//sys accept4(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen, flags int) (fd int, err error) = SYS___ACCEPT4_A //sys bind(s int, addr unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) = SYS___BIND_A //sys connect(s int, addr unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) = SYS___CONNECT_A //sysnb getgroups(n int, list *_Gid_t) (nn int, err error) @@ -204,6 +468,7 @@ func (cmsg *Cmsghdr) SetLen(length int) { //sysnb socketpair(domain int, typ int, proto int, fd *[2]int32) (err error) //sysnb getpeername(fd int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (err error) = SYS___GETPEERNAME_A //sysnb getsockname(fd int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (err error) = SYS___GETSOCKNAME_A +//sys Removexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) = SYS___REMOVEXATTR_A //sys recvfrom(fd int, p []byte, flags int, from *RawSockaddrAny, fromlen *_Socklen) (n int, err error) = SYS___RECVFROM_A //sys sendto(s int, buf []byte, flags int, to unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) = SYS___SENDTO_A //sys recvmsg(s int, msg *Msghdr, flags int) (n int, err error) = SYS___RECVMSG_A @@ -212,6 +477,10 @@ func (cmsg *Cmsghdr) SetLen(length int) { //sys munmap(addr uintptr, length uintptr) (err error) = SYS_MUNMAP //sys ioctl(fd int, req int, arg uintptr) (err error) = SYS_IOCTL //sys ioctlPtr(fd int, req int, arg unsafe.Pointer) (err error) = SYS_IOCTL +//sys shmat(id int, addr uintptr, flag int) (ret uintptr, err error) = SYS_SHMAT +//sys shmctl(id int, cmd int, buf *SysvShmDesc) (result int, err error) = SYS_SHMCTL64 +//sys shmdt(addr uintptr) (err error) = SYS_SHMDT +//sys shmget(key int, size int, flag int) (id int, err error) = SYS_SHMGET //sys Access(path string, mode uint32) (err error) = SYS___ACCESS_A //sys Chdir(path string) (err error) = SYS___CHDIR_A @@ -220,14 +489,31 @@ func (cmsg *Cmsghdr) SetLen(length int) { //sys Creat(path string, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) = SYS___CREAT_A //sys Dup(oldfd int) (fd int, err error) //sys Dup2(oldfd int, newfd int) (err error) +//sys Dup3(oldfd int, newfd int, flags int) (err error) = SYS_DUP3 +//sys Dirfd(dirp uintptr) (fd int, err error) = SYS_DIRFD +//sys EpollCreate(size int) (fd int, err error) = SYS_EPOLL_CREATE +//sys EpollCreate1(flags int) (fd int, err error) = SYS_EPOLL_CREATE1 +//sys EpollCtl(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error) = SYS_EPOLL_CTL +//sys EpollPwait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int, sigmask *int) (n int, err error) = SYS_EPOLL_PWAIT +//sys EpollWait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error) = SYS_EPOLL_WAIT //sys Errno2() (er2 int) = SYS___ERRNO2 -//sys Err2ad() (eadd *int) = SYS___ERR2AD +//sys Eventfd(initval uint, flags int) (fd int, err error) = SYS_EVENTFD //sys Exit(code int) +//sys Faccessat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) = SYS___FACCESSAT_A + +func Faccessat2(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { + return Faccessat(dirfd, path, mode, flags) +} + //sys Fchdir(fd int) (err error) //sys Fchmod(fd int, mode uint32) (err error) +//sys Fchmodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) = SYS___FCHMODAT_A //sys Fchown(fd int, uid int, gid int) (err error) +//sys Fchownat(fd int, path string, uid int, gid int, flags int) (err error) = SYS___FCHOWNAT_A //sys FcntlInt(fd uintptr, cmd int, arg int) (retval int, err error) = SYS_FCNTL +//sys Fdatasync(fd int) (err error) = SYS_FDATASYNC //sys fstat(fd int, stat *Stat_LE_t) (err error) +//sys fstatat(dirfd int, path string, stat *Stat_LE_t, flags int) (err error) = SYS___FSTATAT_A func Fstat(fd int, stat *Stat_t) (err error) { var statLE Stat_LE_t @@ -236,28 +522,208 @@ func Fstat(fd int, stat *Stat_t) (err error) { return } +func Fstatat(dirfd int, path string, stat *Stat_t, flags int) (err error) { + var statLE Stat_LE_t + err = fstatat(dirfd, path, &statLE, flags) + copyStat(stat, &statLE) + return +} + +func impl_Getxattr(path string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p2 unsafe.Pointer + if len(dest) > 0 { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&dest[0]) + } else { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___GETXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(_p2), uintptr(len(dest))) + sz = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_GetxattrAddr() *(func(path string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error)) + +var Getxattr = enter_Getxattr + +func enter_Getxattr(path string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + funcref := get_GetxattrAddr() + if validGetxattr() { + *funcref = impl_Getxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Getxattr + } + return (*funcref)(path, attr, dest) +} + +func error_Getxattr(path string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + return -1, ENOSYS +} + +func validGetxattr() bool { + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___GETXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + if name, err := getLeFuncName(GetZosLibVec() + SYS___GETXATTR_A<<4); err == nil { + return name == "__getxattr_a" + } + } + return false +} + +//sys Lgetxattr(link string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) = SYS___LGETXATTR_A +//sys Lsetxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) = SYS___LSETXATTR_A + +func impl_Setxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p2 unsafe.Pointer + if len(data) > 0 { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&data[0]) + } else { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SETXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(_p2), uintptr(len(data)), uintptr(flags)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_SetxattrAddr() *(func(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error)) + +var Setxattr = enter_Setxattr + +func enter_Setxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_SetxattrAddr() + if validSetxattr() { + *funcref = impl_Setxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Setxattr + } + return (*funcref)(path, attr, data, flags) +} + +func error_Setxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) { + return ENOSYS +} + +func validSetxattr() bool { + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SETXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + if name, err := getLeFuncName(GetZosLibVec() + SYS___SETXATTR_A<<4); err == nil { + return name == "__setxattr_a" + } + } + return false +} + +//sys Fstatfs(fd int, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) = SYS_FSTATFS //sys Fstatvfs(fd int, stat *Statvfs_t) (err error) = SYS_FSTATVFS //sys Fsync(fd int) (err error) +//sys Futimes(fd int, tv []Timeval) (err error) = SYS_FUTIMES +//sys Futimesat(dirfd int, path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) = SYS___FUTIMESAT_A //sys Ftruncate(fd int, length int64) (err error) -//sys Getpagesize() (pgsize int) = SYS_GETPAGESIZE +//sys Getrandom(buf []byte, flags int) (n int, err error) = SYS_GETRANDOM +//sys InotifyInit() (fd int, err error) = SYS_INOTIFY_INIT +//sys InotifyInit1(flags int) (fd int, err error) = SYS_INOTIFY_INIT1 +//sys InotifyAddWatch(fd int, pathname string, mask uint32) (watchdesc int, err error) = SYS___INOTIFY_ADD_WATCH_A +//sys InotifyRmWatch(fd int, watchdesc uint32) (success int, err error) = SYS_INOTIFY_RM_WATCH +//sys Listxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) = SYS___LISTXATTR_A +//sys Llistxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) = SYS___LLISTXATTR_A +//sys Lremovexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) = SYS___LREMOVEXATTR_A +//sys Lutimes(path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) = SYS___LUTIMES_A //sys Mprotect(b []byte, prot int) (err error) = SYS_MPROTECT //sys Msync(b []byte, flags int) (err error) = SYS_MSYNC +//sys Console2(cmsg *ConsMsg2, modstr *byte, concmd *uint32) (err error) = SYS___CONSOLE2 + +// Pipe2 begin + +//go:nosplit +func getPipe2Addr() *(func([]int, int) error) + +var Pipe2 = pipe2Enter + +func pipe2Enter(p []int, flags int) (err error) { + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PIPE2<<4, "") == 0 { + *getPipe2Addr() = pipe2Impl + } else { + *getPipe2Addr() = pipe2Error + } + return (*getPipe2Addr())(p, flags) +} + +func pipe2Impl(p []int, flags int) (err error) { + var pp [2]_C_int + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PIPE2<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&pp[0])), uintptr(flags)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } else { + p[0] = int(pp[0]) + p[1] = int(pp[1]) + } + return +} +func pipe2Error(p []int, flags int) (err error) { + return fmt.Errorf("Pipe2 is not available on this system") +} + +// Pipe2 end + //sys Poll(fds []PollFd, timeout int) (n int, err error) = SYS_POLL + +func Readdir(dir uintptr) (dirent *Dirent, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___READDIR_A<<4, uintptr(dir)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + dirent = (*Dirent)(unsafe.Pointer(r0)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//sys Readdir_r(dirp uintptr, entry *direntLE, result **direntLE) (err error) = SYS___READDIR_R_A +//sys Statfs(path string, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) = SYS___STATFS_A +//sys Syncfs(fd int) (err error) = SYS_SYNCFS //sys Times(tms *Tms) (ticks uintptr, err error) = SYS_TIMES //sys W_Getmntent(buff *byte, size int) (lastsys int, err error) = SYS_W_GETMNTENT //sys W_Getmntent_A(buff *byte, size int) (lastsys int, err error) = SYS___W_GETMNTENT_A //sys mount_LE(path string, filesystem string, fstype string, mtm uint32, parmlen int32, parm string) (err error) = SYS___MOUNT_A -//sys unmount(filesystem string, mtm int) (err error) = SYS___UMOUNT_A +//sys unmount_LE(filesystem string, mtm int) (err error) = SYS___UMOUNT_A //sys Chroot(path string) (err error) = SYS___CHROOT_A //sys Select(nmsgsfds int, r *FdSet, w *FdSet, e *FdSet, timeout *Timeval) (ret int, err error) = SYS_SELECT -//sysnb Uname(buf *Utsname) (err error) = SYS___UNAME_A +//sysnb Uname(buf *Utsname) (err error) = SYS_____OSNAME_A +//sys Unshare(flags int) (err error) = SYS_UNSHARE func Ptsname(fd int) (name string, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___PTSNAME_A, uintptr(fd), 0, 0) - name = u2s(unsafe.Pointer(r0)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___PTSNAME_A<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 == 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } else { + name = u2s(unsafe.Pointer(r0)) } return } @@ -272,13 +738,19 @@ func u2s(cstr unsafe.Pointer) string { } func Close(fd int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_CLOSE, uintptr(fd), 0, 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_CLOSE<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() for i := 0; e1 == EAGAIN && i < 10; i++ { - _, _, _ = syscall_syscall(SYS_USLEEP, uintptr(10), 0, 0) - _, _, e1 = syscall_syscall(SYS_CLOSE, uintptr(fd), 0, 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_USLEEP<<4, uintptr(10)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 = CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_CLOSE<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() } - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if r0 != 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -288,9 +760,15 @@ func Madvise(b []byte, advice int) (err error) { return } +func Mmap(fd int, offset int64, length int, prot int, flags int) (data []byte, err error) { + return mapper.Mmap(fd, offset, length, prot, flags) +} + +func Munmap(b []byte) (err error) { + return mapper.Munmap(b) +} + //sys Gethostname(buf []byte) (err error) = SYS___GETHOSTNAME_A -//sysnb Getegid() (egid int) -//sysnb Geteuid() (uid int) //sysnb Getgid() (gid int) //sysnb Getpid() (pid int) //sysnb Getpgid(pid int) (pgid int, err error) = SYS_GETPGID @@ -317,11 +795,14 @@ func Getrusage(who int, rusage *Rusage) (err error) { return } +//sys Getegid() (egid int) = SYS_GETEGID +//sys Geteuid() (euid int) = SYS_GETEUID //sysnb Getsid(pid int) (sid int, err error) = SYS_GETSID //sysnb Getuid() (uid int) //sysnb Kill(pid int, sig Signal) (err error) //sys Lchown(path string, uid int, gid int) (err error) = SYS___LCHOWN_A //sys Link(path string, link string) (err error) = SYS___LINK_A +//sys Linkat(oldDirFd int, oldPath string, newDirFd int, newPath string, flags int) (err error) = SYS___LINKAT_A //sys Listen(s int, n int) (err error) //sys lstat(path string, stat *Stat_LE_t) (err error) = SYS___LSTAT_A @@ -332,15 +813,150 @@ func Lstat(path string, stat *Stat_t) (err error) { return } +// for checking symlinks begins with $VERSION/ $SYSNAME/ $SYSSYMR/ $SYSSYMA/ +func isSpecialPath(path []byte) (v bool) { + var special = [4][8]byte{ + [8]byte{'V', 'E', 'R', 'S', 'I', 'O', 'N', '/'}, + [8]byte{'S', 'Y', 'S', 'N', 'A', 'M', 'E', '/'}, + [8]byte{'S', 'Y', 'S', 'S', 'Y', 'M', 'R', '/'}, + [8]byte{'S', 'Y', 'S', 'S', 'Y', 'M', 'A', '/'}} + + var i, j int + for i = 0; i < len(special); i++ { + for j = 0; j < len(special[i]); j++ { + if path[j] != special[i][j] { + break + } + } + if j == len(special[i]) { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +func realpath(srcpath string, abspath []byte) (pathlen int, errno int) { + var source [1024]byte + copy(source[:], srcpath) + source[len(srcpath)] = 0 + ret := runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___REALPATH_A<<4, //__realpath_a() + []uintptr{uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&source[0])), + uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&abspath[0]))}) + if ret != 0 { + index := bytes.IndexByte(abspath[:], byte(0)) + if index != -1 { + return index, 0 + } + } else { + errptr := (*int)(unsafe.Pointer(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___ERRNO<<4, []uintptr{}))) //__errno() + return 0, *errptr + } + return 0, 245 // EBADDATA 245 +} + +func Readlink(path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(buf) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + n = int(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___READLINK_A<<4, + []uintptr{uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(buf))})) + runtime.KeepAlive(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)) + if n == -1 { + value := *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___ERRNO<<4, []uintptr{}))) + err = errnoErr(Errno(value)) + } else { + if buf[0] == '$' { + if isSpecialPath(buf[1:9]) { + cnt, err1 := realpath(path, buf) + if err1 == 0 { + n = cnt + } + } + } + } + return +} + +func impl_Readlinkat(dirfd int, path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(buf) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___READLINKAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(buf))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + n = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + return n, err + } else { + if buf[0] == '$' { + if isSpecialPath(buf[1:9]) { + cnt, err1 := realpath(path, buf) + if err1 == 0 { + n = cnt + } + } + } + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_ReadlinkatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error)) + +var Readlinkat = enter_Readlinkat + +func enter_Readlinkat(dirfd int, path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error) { + funcref := get_ReadlinkatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___READLINKAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Readlinkat + } else { + *funcref = error_Readlinkat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, buf) +} + +func error_Readlinkat(dirfd int, path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error) { + n = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + //sys Mkdir(path string, mode uint32) (err error) = SYS___MKDIR_A +//sys Mkdirat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) = SYS___MKDIRAT_A //sys Mkfifo(path string, mode uint32) (err error) = SYS___MKFIFO_A //sys Mknod(path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) = SYS___MKNOD_A +//sys Mknodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) = SYS___MKNODAT_A +//sys PivotRoot(newroot string, oldroot string) (err error) = SYS___PIVOT_ROOT_A //sys Pread(fd int, p []byte, offset int64) (n int, err error) //sys Pwrite(fd int, p []byte, offset int64) (n int, err error) -//sys Readlink(path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error) = SYS___READLINK_A +//sys Prctl(option int, arg2 uintptr, arg3 uintptr, arg4 uintptr, arg5 uintptr) (err error) = SYS___PRCTL_A +//sysnb Prlimit(pid int, resource int, newlimit *Rlimit, old *Rlimit) (err error) = SYS_PRLIMIT //sys Rename(from string, to string) (err error) = SYS___RENAME_A +//sys Renameat(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string) (err error) = SYS___RENAMEAT_A +//sys Renameat2(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string, flags uint) (err error) = SYS___RENAMEAT2_A //sys Rmdir(path string) (err error) = SYS___RMDIR_A //sys Seek(fd int, offset int64, whence int) (off int64, err error) = SYS_LSEEK +//sys Setegid(egid int) (err error) = SYS_SETEGID +//sys Seteuid(euid int) (err error) = SYS_SETEUID +//sys Sethostname(p []byte) (err error) = SYS___SETHOSTNAME_A +//sys Setns(fd int, nstype int) (err error) = SYS_SETNS //sys Setpriority(which int, who int, prio int) (err error) //sysnb Setpgid(pid int, pgid int) (err error) = SYS_SETPGID //sysnb Setrlimit(resource int, lim *Rlimit) (err error) @@ -360,32 +976,57 @@ func Stat(path string, sta *Stat_t) (err error) { } //sys Symlink(path string, link string) (err error) = SYS___SYMLINK_A +//sys Symlinkat(oldPath string, dirfd int, newPath string) (err error) = SYS___SYMLINKAT_A //sys Sync() = SYS_SYNC //sys Truncate(path string, length int64) (err error) = SYS___TRUNCATE_A //sys Tcgetattr(fildes int, termptr *Termios) (err error) = SYS_TCGETATTR //sys Tcsetattr(fildes int, when int, termptr *Termios) (err error) = SYS_TCSETATTR //sys Umask(mask int) (oldmask int) //sys Unlink(path string) (err error) = SYS___UNLINK_A +//sys Unlinkat(dirfd int, path string, flags int) (err error) = SYS___UNLINKAT_A //sys Utime(path string, utim *Utimbuf) (err error) = SYS___UTIME_A //sys open(path string, mode int, perm uint32) (fd int, err error) = SYS___OPEN_A func Open(path string, mode int, perm uint32) (fd int, err error) { + if mode&O_ACCMODE == 0 { + mode |= O_RDONLY + } return open(path, mode, perm) } -func Mkfifoat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { - wd, err := Getwd() - if err != nil { - return err +//sys openat(dirfd int, path string, flags int, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) = SYS___OPENAT_A + +func Openat(dirfd int, path string, flags int, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) { + if flags&O_ACCMODE == 0 { + flags |= O_RDONLY } + return openat(dirfd, path, flags, mode) +} - if err := Fchdir(dirfd); err != nil { - return err +//sys openat2(dirfd int, path string, open_how *OpenHow, size int) (fd int, err error) = SYS___OPENAT2_A + +func Openat2(dirfd int, path string, how *OpenHow) (fd int, err error) { + if how.Flags&O_ACCMODE == 0 { + how.Flags |= O_RDONLY } - defer Chdir(wd) + return openat2(dirfd, path, how, SizeofOpenHow) +} - return Mkfifo(path, mode) +func ZosFdToPath(dirfd int) (path string, err error) { + var buffer [1024]byte + runtime.EnterSyscall() + ret, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_W_IOCTL<<4, uintptr(dirfd), 17, 1024, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0]))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if ret == 0 { + zb := bytes.IndexByte(buffer[:], 0) + if zb == -1 { + zb = len(buffer) + } + CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___E2A_L<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0])), uintptr(zb)) + return string(buffer[:zb]), nil + } + return "", errnoErr2(e1, e2) } //sys remove(path string) (err error) @@ -403,10 +1044,12 @@ func Getcwd(buf []byte) (n int, err error) { } else { p = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - _, _, e := syscall_syscall(SYS___GETCWD_A, uintptr(p), uintptr(len(buf)), 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___GETCWD_A<<4, uintptr(p), uintptr(len(buf))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = clen(buf) + 1 - if e != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e) + if r0 == 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -520,9 +1163,41 @@ func (w WaitStatus) StopSignal() Signal { func (w WaitStatus) TrapCause() int { return -1 } +//sys waitid(idType int, id int, info *Siginfo, options int) (err error) + +func Waitid(idType int, id int, info *Siginfo, options int, rusage *Rusage) (err error) { + return waitid(idType, id, info, options) +} + //sys waitpid(pid int, wstatus *_C_int, options int) (wpid int, err error) -func Wait4(pid int, wstatus *WaitStatus, options int, rusage *Rusage) (wpid int, err error) { +func impl_Wait4(pid int, wstatus *WaitStatus, options int, rusage *Rusage) (wpid int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_WAIT4<<4, uintptr(pid), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(wstatus)), uintptr(options), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rusage))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + wpid = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_Wait4Addr() *(func(pid int, wstatus *WaitStatus, options int, rusage *Rusage) (wpid int, err error)) + +var Wait4 = enter_Wait4 + +func enter_Wait4(pid int, wstatus *WaitStatus, options int, rusage *Rusage) (wpid int, err error) { + funcref := get_Wait4Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_WAIT4<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Wait4 + } else { + *funcref = legacyWait4 + } + return (*funcref)(pid, wstatus, options, rusage) +} + +func legacyWait4(pid int, wstatus *WaitStatus, options int, rusage *Rusage) (wpid int, err error) { // TODO(mundaym): z/OS doesn't have wait4. I don't think getrusage does what we want. // At the moment rusage will not be touched. var status _C_int @@ -571,23 +1246,62 @@ func Pipe(p []int) (err error) { } var pp [2]_C_int err = pipe(&pp) - if err == nil { - p[0] = int(pp[0]) - p[1] = int(pp[1]) - } + p[0] = int(pp[0]) + p[1] = int(pp[1]) return } //sys utimes(path string, timeval *[2]Timeval) (err error) = SYS___UTIMES_A func Utimes(path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + if tv == nil { + return utimes(path, nil) + } if len(tv) != 2 { return EINVAL } return utimes(path, (*[2]Timeval)(unsafe.Pointer(&tv[0]))) } -func UtimesNano(path string, ts []Timespec) error { +//sys utimensat(dirfd int, path string, ts *[2]Timespec, flags int) (err error) = SYS___UTIMENSAT_A + +func validUtimensat() bool { + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UTIMENSAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + if name, err := getLeFuncName(GetZosLibVec() + SYS___UTIMENSAT_A<<4); err == nil { + return name == "__utimensat_a" + } + } + return false +} + +// Begin UtimesNano + +//go:nosplit +func get_UtimesNanoAddr() *(func(path string, ts []Timespec) (err error)) + +var UtimesNano = enter_UtimesNano + +func enter_UtimesNano(path string, ts []Timespec) (err error) { + funcref := get_UtimesNanoAddr() + if validUtimensat() { + *funcref = utimesNanoImpl + } else { + *funcref = legacyUtimesNano + } + return (*funcref)(path, ts) +} + +func utimesNanoImpl(path string, ts []Timespec) (err error) { + if ts == nil { + return utimensat(AT_FDCWD, path, nil, 0) + } + if len(ts) != 2 { + return EINVAL + } + return utimensat(AT_FDCWD, path, (*[2]Timespec)(unsafe.Pointer(&ts[0])), 0) +} + +func legacyUtimesNano(path string, ts []Timespec) (err error) { if len(ts) != 2 { return EINVAL } @@ -600,6 +1314,70 @@ func UtimesNano(path string, ts []Timespec) error { return utimes(path, (*[2]Timeval)(unsafe.Pointer(&tv[0]))) } +// End UtimesNano + +// Begin UtimesNanoAt + +//go:nosplit +func get_UtimesNanoAtAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, ts []Timespec, flags int) (err error)) + +var UtimesNanoAt = enter_UtimesNanoAt + +func enter_UtimesNanoAt(dirfd int, path string, ts []Timespec, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_UtimesNanoAtAddr() + if validUtimensat() { + *funcref = utimesNanoAtImpl + } else { + *funcref = legacyUtimesNanoAt + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, ts, flags) +} + +func utimesNanoAtImpl(dirfd int, path string, ts []Timespec, flags int) (err error) { + if ts == nil { + return utimensat(dirfd, path, nil, flags) + } + if len(ts) != 2 { + return EINVAL + } + return utimensat(dirfd, path, (*[2]Timespec)(unsafe.Pointer(&ts[0])), flags) +} + +func legacyUtimesNanoAt(dirfd int, path string, ts []Timespec, flags int) (err error) { + if path[0] != '/' { + dirPath, err := ZosFdToPath(dirfd) + if err != nil { + return err + } + path = dirPath + "/" + path + } + if flags == AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW { + if len(ts) != 2 { + return EINVAL + } + + if ts[0].Nsec >= 5e8 { + ts[0].Sec++ + } + ts[0].Nsec = 0 + if ts[1].Nsec >= 5e8 { + ts[1].Sec++ + } + ts[1].Nsec = 0 + + // Not as efficient as it could be because Timespec and + // Timeval have different types in the different OSes + tv := []Timeval{ + NsecToTimeval(TimespecToNsec(ts[0])), + NsecToTimeval(TimespecToNsec(ts[1])), + } + return Lutimes(path, tv) + } + return UtimesNano(path, ts) +} + +// End UtimesNanoAt + func Getsockname(fd int) (sa Sockaddr, err error) { var rsa RawSockaddrAny var len _Socklen = SizeofSockaddrAny @@ -1191,62 +1969,41 @@ func Opendir(name string) (uintptr, error) { if err != nil { return 0, err } - dir, _, e := syscall_syscall(SYS___OPENDIR_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(p)), 0, 0) - runtime.KeepAlive(unsafe.Pointer(p)) - if e != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e) - } - return dir, err -} - -// clearsyscall.Errno resets the errno value to 0. -func clearErrno() - -func Readdir(dir uintptr) (*Dirent, error) { - var ent Dirent - var res uintptr - // __readdir_r_a returns errno at the end of the directory stream, rather than 0. - // Therefore to avoid false positives we clear errno before calling it. - - // TODO(neeilan): Commented this out to get sys/unix compiling on z/OS. Uncomment and fix. Error: "undefined: clearsyscall" - //clearsyscall.Errno() // TODO(mundaym): check pre-emption rules. - - e, _, _ := syscall_syscall(SYS___READDIR_R_A, dir, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&ent)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&res))) - var err error - if e != 0 { - err = errnoErr(Errno(e)) - } - if res == 0 { - return nil, err - } - return &ent, err -} - -func readdir_r(dirp uintptr, entry *direntLE, result **direntLE) (err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___READDIR_R_A, dirp, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(entry)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(result))) - if int64(r0) == -1 { - err = errnoErr(Errno(e1)) + err = nil + runtime.EnterSyscall() + dir, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithPtrReturn(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___OPENDIR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(p))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + runtime.KeepAlive(unsafe.Pointer(p)) + if dir == 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } - return + return dir, err } +// clearsyscall.Errno resets the errno value to 0. +func clearErrno() + func Closedir(dir uintptr) error { - _, _, e := syscall_syscall(SYS_CLOSEDIR, dir, 0, 0) - if e != 0 { - return errnoErr(e) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_CLOSEDIR<<4, dir) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 != 0 { + return errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return nil } func Seekdir(dir uintptr, pos int) { - _, _, _ = syscall_syscall(SYS_SEEKDIR, dir, uintptr(pos), 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SEEKDIR<<4, dir, uintptr(pos)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() } func Telldir(dir uintptr) (int, error) { - p, _, e := syscall_syscall(SYS_TELLDIR, dir, 0, 0) + p, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_TELLDIR<<4, dir) pos := int(p) - if pos == -1 { - return pos, errnoErr(e) + if int64(p) == -1 { + return pos, errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return pos, nil } @@ -1261,19 +2018,55 @@ func FcntlFlock(fd uintptr, cmd int, lk *Flock_t) error { *(*int64)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[4])) = lk.Start *(*int64)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[12])) = lk.Len *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[20])) = lk.Pid - _, _, errno := syscall_syscall(SYS_FCNTL, fd, uintptr(cmd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&flock))) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FCNTL<<4, fd, uintptr(cmd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&flock))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() lk.Type = *(*int16)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[0])) lk.Whence = *(*int16)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[2])) lk.Start = *(*int64)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[4])) lk.Len = *(*int64)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[12])) lk.Pid = *(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(&flock[20])) - if errno == 0 { + if r0 == 0 { return nil } - return errno + return errnoErr2(e1, e2) +} + +func impl_Flock(fd int, how int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FLOCK<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(how)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FlockAddr() *(func(fd int, how int) (err error)) + +var Flock = enter_Flock + +func validFlock(fp uintptr) bool { + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FLOCK<<4, "") == 0 { + if name, err := getLeFuncName(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_FLOCK<<4); err == nil { + return name == "flock" + } + } + return false +} + +func enter_Flock(fd int, how int) (err error) { + funcref := get_FlockAddr() + if validFlock(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_FLOCK<<4) { + *funcref = impl_Flock + } else { + *funcref = legacyFlock + } + return (*funcref)(fd, how) } -func Flock(fd int, how int) error { +func legacyFlock(fd int, how int) error { var flock_type int16 var fcntl_cmd int @@ -1307,41 +2100,51 @@ func Flock(fd int, how int) error { } func Mlock(b []byte) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MLOCKALL, _BPX_NONSWAP, 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MLOCKALL<<4, _BPX_NONSWAP) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 != 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } func Mlock2(b []byte, flags int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MLOCKALL, _BPX_NONSWAP, 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MLOCKALL<<4, _BPX_NONSWAP) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 != 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } func Mlockall(flags int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MLOCKALL, _BPX_NONSWAP, 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MLOCKALL<<4, _BPX_NONSWAP) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 != 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } func Munlock(b []byte) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MLOCKALL, _BPX_SWAP, 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MLOCKALL<<4, _BPX_SWAP) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 != 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } func Munlockall() (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MLOCKALL, _BPX_SWAP, 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MLOCKALL<<4, _BPX_SWAP) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if r0 != 0 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1372,15 +2175,104 @@ func ClockGettime(clockid int32, ts *Timespec) error { return nil } -func Statfs(path string, stat *Statfs_t) (err error) { - fd, err := open(path, O_RDONLY, 0) - defer Close(fd) - if err != nil { - return err +// Chtag + +//go:nosplit +func get_ChtagAddr() *(func(path string, ccsid uint64, textbit uint64) error) + +var Chtag = enter_Chtag + +func enter_Chtag(path string, ccsid uint64, textbit uint64) error { + funcref := get_ChtagAddr() + if validSetxattr() { + *funcref = impl_Chtag + } else { + *funcref = legacy_Chtag + } + return (*funcref)(path, ccsid, textbit) +} + +func legacy_Chtag(path string, ccsid uint64, textbit uint64) error { + tag := ccsid<<16 | textbit<<15 + var tag_buff [8]byte + DecodeData(tag_buff[:], 8, tag) + return Setxattr(path, "filetag", tag_buff[:], XATTR_REPLACE) +} + +func impl_Chtag(path string, ccsid uint64, textbit uint64) error { + tag := ccsid<<16 | textbit<<15 + var tag_buff [4]byte + DecodeData(tag_buff[:], 4, tag) + return Setxattr(path, "system.filetag", tag_buff[:], XATTR_REPLACE) +} + +// End of Chtag + +// Nanosleep + +//go:nosplit +func get_NanosleepAddr() *(func(time *Timespec, leftover *Timespec) error) + +var Nanosleep = enter_Nanosleep + +func enter_Nanosleep(time *Timespec, leftover *Timespec) error { + funcref := get_NanosleepAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_NANOSLEEP<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Nanosleep + } else { + *funcref = legacyNanosleep + } + return (*funcref)(time, leftover) +} + +func impl_Nanosleep(time *Timespec, leftover *Timespec) error { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_NANOSLEEP<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(time)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(leftover))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + return errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return nil +} + +func legacyNanosleep(time *Timespec, leftover *Timespec) error { + t0 := runtime.Nanotime1() + var secrem uint32 + var nsecrem uint32 + total := time.Sec*1000000000 + time.Nsec + elapsed := runtime.Nanotime1() - t0 + var rv int32 + var rc int32 + var err error + // repeatedly sleep for 1 second until less than 1 second left + for total-elapsed > 1000000000 { + rv, rc, _ = BpxCondTimedWait(uint32(1), uint32(0), uint32(CW_CONDVAR), &secrem, &nsecrem) + if rv != 0 && rc != 112 { // 112 is EAGAIN + if leftover != nil && rc == 120 { // 120 is EINTR + leftover.Sec = int64(secrem) + leftover.Nsec = int64(nsecrem) + } + err = Errno(rc) + return err + } + elapsed = runtime.Nanotime1() - t0 + } + // sleep the remainder + if total > elapsed { + rv, rc, _ = BpxCondTimedWait(uint32(0), uint32(total-elapsed), uint32(CW_CONDVAR), &secrem, &nsecrem) + } + if leftover != nil && rc == 120 { + leftover.Sec = int64(secrem) + leftover.Nsec = int64(nsecrem) } - return Fstatfs(fd, stat) + if rv != 0 && rc != 112 { + err = Errno(rc) + } + return err } +// End of Nanosleep + var ( Stdin = 0 Stdout = 1 @@ -1395,6 +2287,9 @@ var ( errENOENT error = syscall.ENOENT ) +var ZosTraceLevel int +var ZosTracefile *os.File + var ( signalNameMapOnce sync.Once signalNameMap map[string]syscall.Signal @@ -1416,6 +2311,56 @@ func errnoErr(e Errno) error { return e } +var reg *regexp.Regexp + +// enhanced with zos specific errno2 +func errnoErr2(e Errno, e2 uintptr) error { + switch e { + case 0: + return nil + case EAGAIN: + return errEAGAIN + /* + Allow the retrieval of errno2 for EINVAL and ENOENT on zos + case EINVAL: + return errEINVAL + case ENOENT: + return errENOENT + */ + } + if ZosTraceLevel > 0 { + var name string + if reg == nil { + reg = regexp.MustCompile("(^unix\\.[^/]+$|.*\\/unix\\.[^/]+$)") + } + i := 1 + pc, file, line, ok := runtime.Caller(i) + if ok { + name = runtime.FuncForPC(pc).Name() + } + for ok && reg.MatchString(runtime.FuncForPC(pc).Name()) { + i += 1 + pc, file, line, ok = runtime.Caller(i) + } + if ok { + if ZosTracefile == nil { + ZosConsolePrintf("From %s:%d\n", file, line) + ZosConsolePrintf("%s: %s (errno2=0x%x)\n", name, e.Error(), e2) + } else { + fmt.Fprintf(ZosTracefile, "From %s:%d\n", file, line) + fmt.Fprintf(ZosTracefile, "%s: %s (errno2=0x%x)\n", name, e.Error(), e2) + } + } else { + if ZosTracefile == nil { + ZosConsolePrintf("%s (errno2=0x%x)\n", e.Error(), e2) + } else { + fmt.Fprintf(ZosTracefile, "%s (errno2=0x%x)\n", e.Error(), e2) + } + } + } + return e +} + // ErrnoName returns the error name for error number e. func ErrnoName(e Errno) string { i := sort.Search(len(errorList), func(i int) bool { @@ -1474,6 +2419,9 @@ func (m *mmapper) Mmap(fd int, offset int64, length int, prot int, flags int) (d return nil, EINVAL } + // Set __MAP_64 by default + flags |= __MAP_64 + // Map the requested memory. addr, errno := m.mmap(0, uintptr(length), prot, flags, fd, offset) if errno != nil { @@ -1520,14 +2468,6 @@ func (m *mmapper) Munmap(data []byte) (err error) { return nil } -func Mmap(fd int, offset int64, length int, prot int, flags int) (data []byte, err error) { - return mapper.Mmap(fd, offset, length, prot, flags) -} - -func Munmap(b []byte) (err error) { - return mapper.Munmap(b) -} - func Read(fd int, p []byte) (n int, err error) { n, err = read(fd, p) if raceenabled { @@ -1786,83 +2726,170 @@ func Exec(argv0 string, argv []string, envv []string) error { return syscall.Exec(argv0, argv, envv) } -func Mount(source string, target string, fstype string, flags uintptr, data string) (err error) { +func Getag(path string) (ccsid uint16, flag uint16, err error) { + var val [8]byte + sz, err := Getxattr(path, "ccsid", val[:]) + if err != nil { + return + } + ccsid = uint16(EncodeData(val[0:sz])) + sz, err = Getxattr(path, "flags", val[:]) + if err != nil { + return + } + flag = uint16(EncodeData(val[0:sz]) >> 15) + return +} + +// Mount begin +func impl_Mount(source string, target string, fstype string, flags uintptr, data string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(source) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(target) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p2 *byte + _p2, err = BytePtrFromString(fstype) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p3 *byte + _p3, err = BytePtrFromString(data) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MOUNT1_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p2)), uintptr(flags), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p3))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_MountAddr() *(func(source string, target string, fstype string, flags uintptr, data string) (err error)) + +var Mount = enter_Mount + +func enter_Mount(source string, target string, fstype string, flags uintptr, data string) (err error) { + funcref := get_MountAddr() + if validMount() { + *funcref = impl_Mount + } else { + *funcref = legacyMount + } + return (*funcref)(source, target, fstype, flags, data) +} + +func legacyMount(source string, target string, fstype string, flags uintptr, data string) (err error) { if needspace := 8 - len(fstype); needspace <= 0 { - fstype = fstype[:8] + fstype = fstype[0:8] } else { - fstype += " "[:needspace] + fstype += " "[0:needspace] } return mount_LE(target, source, fstype, uint32(flags), int32(len(data)), data) } -func Unmount(name string, mtm int) (err error) { +func validMount() bool { + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MOUNT1_A<<4, "") == 0 { + if name, err := getLeFuncName(GetZosLibVec() + SYS___MOUNT1_A<<4); err == nil { + return name == "__mount1_a" + } + } + return false +} + +// Mount end + +// Unmount begin +func impl_Unmount(target string, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(target) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UMOUNT2_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_UnmountAddr() *(func(target string, flags int) (err error)) + +var Unmount = enter_Unmount + +func enter_Unmount(target string, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_UnmountAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UMOUNT2_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Unmount + } else { + *funcref = legacyUnmount + } + return (*funcref)(target, flags) +} + +func legacyUnmount(name string, mtm int) (err error) { // mountpoint is always a full path and starts with a '/' // check if input string is not a mountpoint but a filesystem name if name[0] != '/' { - return unmount(name, mtm) + return unmount_LE(name, mtm) } // treat name as mountpoint b2s := func(arr []byte) string { - nulli := bytes.IndexByte(arr, 0) - if nulli == -1 { - return string(arr) - } else { - return string(arr[:nulli]) + var str string + for i := 0; i < len(arr); i++ { + if arr[i] == 0 { + str = string(arr[:i]) + break + } } + return str } var buffer struct { header W_Mnth fsinfo [64]W_Mntent } - fsCount, err := W_Getmntent_A((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer)), int(unsafe.Sizeof(buffer))) - if err != nil { - return err - } - if fsCount == 0 { - return EINVAL - } - for i := 0; i < fsCount; i++ { - if b2s(buffer.fsinfo[i].Mountpoint[:]) == name { - err = unmount(b2s(buffer.fsinfo[i].Fsname[:]), mtm) - break + fs_count, err := W_Getmntent_A((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer)), int(unsafe.Sizeof(buffer))) + if err == nil { + err = EINVAL + for i := 0; i < fs_count; i++ { + if b2s(buffer.fsinfo[i].Mountpoint[:]) == name { + err = unmount_LE(b2s(buffer.fsinfo[i].Fsname[:]), mtm) + break + } } + } else if fs_count == 0 { + err = EINVAL } return err } -func fdToPath(dirfd int) (path string, err error) { - var buffer [1024]byte - // w_ctrl() - ret := runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS_W_IOCTL<<4, - []uintptr{uintptr(dirfd), 17, 1024, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0]))}) - if ret == 0 { - zb := bytes.IndexByte(buffer[:], 0) - if zb == -1 { - zb = len(buffer) - } - // __e2a_l() - runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___E2A_L<<4, - []uintptr{uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0])), uintptr(zb)}) - return string(buffer[:zb]), nil - } - // __errno() - errno := int(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___ERRNO<<4, - []uintptr{})))) - // __errno2() - errno2 := int(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___ERRNO2<<4, - []uintptr{})) - // strerror_r() - ret = runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS_STRERROR_R<<4, - []uintptr{uintptr(errno), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0])), 1024}) - if ret == 0 { - zb := bytes.IndexByte(buffer[:], 0) - if zb == -1 { - zb = len(buffer) - } - return "", fmt.Errorf("%s (errno2=0x%x)", buffer[:zb], errno2) - } else { - return "", fmt.Errorf("fdToPath errno %d (errno2=0x%x)", errno, errno2) +// Unmount end + +func direntIno(buf []byte) (uint64, bool) { + return readInt(buf, unsafe.Offsetof(Dirent{}.Ino), unsafe.Sizeof(Dirent{}.Ino)) +} + +func direntReclen(buf []byte) (uint64, bool) { + return readInt(buf, unsafe.Offsetof(Dirent{}.Reclen), unsafe.Sizeof(Dirent{}.Reclen)) +} + +func direntNamlen(buf []byte) (uint64, bool) { + reclen, ok := direntReclen(buf) + if !ok { + return 0, false } + return reclen - uint64(unsafe.Offsetof(Dirent{}.Name)), true } func direntLeToDirentUnix(dirent *direntLE, dir uintptr, path string) (Dirent, error) { @@ -1904,7 +2931,7 @@ func Getdirentries(fd int, buf []byte, basep *uintptr) (n int, err error) { } // Get path from fd to avoid unavailable call (fdopendir) - path, err := fdToPath(fd) + path, err := ZosFdToPath(fd) if err != nil { return 0, err } @@ -1918,7 +2945,7 @@ func Getdirentries(fd int, buf []byte, basep *uintptr) (n int, err error) { for { var entryLE direntLE var entrypLE *direntLE - e := readdir_r(d, &entryLE, &entrypLE) + e := Readdir_r(d, &entryLE, &entrypLE) if e != nil { return n, e } @@ -1964,23 +2991,127 @@ func Getdirentries(fd int, buf []byte, basep *uintptr) (n int, err error) { return n, nil } -func ReadDirent(fd int, buf []byte) (n int, err error) { - var base = (*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(new(uint64))) - return Getdirentries(fd, buf, base) +func Err2ad() (eadd *int) { + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS___ERR2AD<<4) + eadd = (*int)(unsafe.Pointer(r0)) + return } -func direntIno(buf []byte) (uint64, bool) { - return readInt(buf, unsafe.Offsetof(Dirent{}.Ino), unsafe.Sizeof(Dirent{}.Ino)) +func ZosConsolePrintf(format string, v ...interface{}) (int, error) { + type __cmsg struct { + _ uint16 + _ [2]uint8 + __msg_length uint32 + __msg uintptr + _ [4]uint8 + } + msg := fmt.Sprintf(format, v...) + strptr := unsafe.Pointer((*reflect.StringHeader)(unsafe.Pointer(&msg)).Data) + len := (*reflect.StringHeader)(unsafe.Pointer(&msg)).Len + cmsg := __cmsg{__msg_length: uint32(len), __msg: uintptr(strptr)} + cmd := uint32(0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + rc, err2, err1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_____CONSOLE_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&cmsg)), 0, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&cmd))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if rc != 0 { + return 0, fmt.Errorf("%s (errno2=0x%x)\n", err1.Error(), err2) + } + return 0, nil +} +func ZosStringToEbcdicBytes(str string, nullterm bool) (ebcdicBytes []byte) { + if nullterm { + ebcdicBytes = []byte(str + "\x00") + } else { + ebcdicBytes = []byte(str) + } + A2e(ebcdicBytes) + return +} +func ZosEbcdicBytesToString(b []byte, trimRight bool) (str string) { + res := make([]byte, len(b)) + copy(res, b) + E2a(res) + if trimRight { + str = string(bytes.TrimRight(res, " \x00")) + } else { + str = string(res) + } + return } -func direntReclen(buf []byte) (uint64, bool) { - return readInt(buf, unsafe.Offsetof(Dirent{}.Reclen), unsafe.Sizeof(Dirent{}.Reclen)) +func fdToPath(dirfd int) (path string, err error) { + var buffer [1024]byte + // w_ctrl() + ret := runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS_W_IOCTL<<4, + []uintptr{uintptr(dirfd), 17, 1024, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0]))}) + if ret == 0 { + zb := bytes.IndexByte(buffer[:], 0) + if zb == -1 { + zb = len(buffer) + } + // __e2a_l() + runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___E2A_L<<4, + []uintptr{uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0])), uintptr(zb)}) + return string(buffer[:zb]), nil + } + // __errno() + errno := int(*(*int32)(unsafe.Pointer(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___ERRNO<<4, + []uintptr{})))) + // __errno2() + errno2 := int(runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS___ERRNO2<<4, + []uintptr{})) + // strerror_r() + ret = runtime.CallLeFuncByPtr(runtime.XplinkLibvec+SYS_STRERROR_R<<4, + []uintptr{uintptr(errno), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buffer[0])), 1024}) + if ret == 0 { + zb := bytes.IndexByte(buffer[:], 0) + if zb == -1 { + zb = len(buffer) + } + return "", fmt.Errorf("%s (errno2=0x%x)", buffer[:zb], errno2) + } else { + return "", fmt.Errorf("fdToPath errno %d (errno2=0x%x)", errno, errno2) + } } -func direntNamlen(buf []byte) (uint64, bool) { - reclen, ok := direntReclen(buf) - if !ok { - return 0, false +func impl_Mkfifoat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return } - return reclen - uint64(unsafe.Offsetof(Dirent{}.Name)), true + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKFIFOAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_MkfifoatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error)) + +var Mkfifoat = enter_Mkfifoat + +func enter_Mkfifoat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + funcref := get_MkfifoatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKFIFOAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Mkfifoat + } else { + *funcref = legacy_Mkfifoat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, mode) +} + +func legacy_Mkfifoat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + dirname, err := ZosFdToPath(dirfd) + if err != nil { + return err + } + return Mkfifo(dirname+"/"+path, mode) } + +//sys Posix_openpt(oflag int) (fd int, err error) = SYS_POSIX_OPENPT +//sys Grantpt(fildes int) (rc int, err error) = SYS_GRANTPT +//sys Unlockpt(fildes int) (rc int, err error) = SYS_UNLOCKPT diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix.go index 79a84f18b46d9..672d6b0a8805d 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix.go @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ // Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style // license that can be found in the LICENSE file. -//go:build (darwin && !ios) || linux +//go:build (darwin && !ios) || linux || zos package unix diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix_other.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix_other.go index 9eb0db664cbf8..8b7977a28c065 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix_other.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/sysvshm_unix_other.go @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ // Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style // license that can be found in the LICENSE file. -//go:build darwin && !ios +//go:build (darwin && !ios) || zos package unix diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_linux.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_linux.go index 36bf8399f4fa9..93a38a97d9ca4 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_linux.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_linux.go @@ -491,6 +491,7 @@ const ( BPF_F_REPLACE = 0x4 BPF_F_SLEEPABLE = 0x10 BPF_F_STRICT_ALIGNMENT = 0x1 + BPF_F_TEST_REG_INVARIANTS = 0x80 BPF_F_TEST_RND_HI32 = 0x4 BPF_F_TEST_RUN_ON_CPU = 0x1 BPF_F_TEST_STATE_FREQ = 0x8 @@ -1697,6 +1698,7 @@ const ( KEXEC_ARCH_S390 = 0x160000 KEXEC_ARCH_SH = 0x2a0000 KEXEC_ARCH_X86_64 = 0x3e0000 + KEXEC_FILE_DEBUG = 0x8 KEXEC_FILE_NO_INITRAMFS = 0x4 KEXEC_FILE_ON_CRASH = 0x2 KEXEC_FILE_UNLOAD = 0x1 @@ -1898,6 +1900,7 @@ const ( MNT_DETACH = 0x2 MNT_EXPIRE = 0x4 MNT_FORCE = 0x1 + MNT_ID_REQ_SIZE_VER0 = 0x18 MODULE_INIT_COMPRESSED_FILE = 0x4 MODULE_INIT_IGNORE_MODVERSIONS = 0x1 MODULE_INIT_IGNORE_VERMAGIC = 0x2 @@ -2302,6 +2305,7 @@ const ( PERF_AUX_FLAG_PARTIAL = 0x4 PERF_AUX_FLAG_PMU_FORMAT_TYPE_MASK = 0xff00 PERF_AUX_FLAG_TRUNCATED = 0x1 + PERF_BRANCH_ENTRY_INFO_BITS_MAX = 0x21 PERF_BR_ARM64_DEBUG_DATA = 0x7 PERF_BR_ARM64_DEBUG_EXIT = 0x5 PERF_BR_ARM64_DEBUG_HALT = 0x4 @@ -3168,6 +3172,7 @@ const ( STATX_GID = 0x10 STATX_INO = 0x100 STATX_MNT_ID = 0x1000 + STATX_MNT_ID_UNIQUE = 0x4000 STATX_MODE = 0x2 STATX_MTIME = 0x40 STATX_NLINK = 0x4 @@ -3562,12 +3567,16 @@ const ( XDP_RX_RING = 0x2 XDP_SHARED_UMEM = 0x1 XDP_STATISTICS = 0x7 + XDP_TXMD_FLAGS_CHECKSUM = 0x2 + XDP_TXMD_FLAGS_TIMESTAMP = 0x1 + XDP_TX_METADATA = 0x2 XDP_TX_RING = 0x3 XDP_UMEM_COMPLETION_RING = 0x6 XDP_UMEM_FILL_RING = 0x5 XDP_UMEM_PGOFF_COMPLETION_RING = 0x180000000 XDP_UMEM_PGOFF_FILL_RING = 0x100000000 XDP_UMEM_REG = 0x4 + XDP_UMEM_TX_SW_CSUM = 0x2 XDP_UMEM_UNALIGNED_CHUNK_FLAG = 0x1 XDP_USE_NEED_WAKEUP = 0x8 XDP_USE_SG = 0x10 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_zos_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_zos_s390x.go index 4dfd2e051d357..da08b2ab3d939 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_zos_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_zos_s390x.go @@ -10,41 +10,99 @@ package unix const ( - BRKINT = 0x0001 - CLOCK_MONOTONIC = 0x1 - CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID = 0x2 - CLOCK_REALTIME = 0x0 - CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID = 0x3 - CS8 = 0x0030 - CSIZE = 0x0030 - ECHO = 0x00000008 - ECHONL = 0x00000001 - FD_CLOEXEC = 0x01 - FD_CLOFORK = 0x02 - FNDELAY = 0x04 - F_CLOSFD = 9 - F_CONTROL_CVT = 13 - F_DUPFD = 0 - F_DUPFD2 = 8 - F_GETFD = 1 - F_GETFL = 259 - F_GETLK = 5 - F_GETOWN = 10 - F_OK = 0x0 - F_RDLCK = 1 - F_SETFD = 2 - F_SETFL = 4 - F_SETLK = 6 - F_SETLKW = 7 - F_SETOWN = 11 - F_SETTAG = 12 - F_UNLCK = 3 - F_WRLCK = 2 - FSTYPE_ZFS = 0xe9 //"Z" - FSTYPE_HFS = 0xc8 //"H" - FSTYPE_NFS = 0xd5 //"N" - FSTYPE_TFS = 0xe3 //"T" - FSTYPE_AUTOMOUNT = 0xc1 //"A" + BRKINT = 0x0001 + CLOCAL = 0x1 + CLOCK_MONOTONIC = 0x1 + CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID = 0x2 + CLOCK_REALTIME = 0x0 + CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID = 0x3 + CLONE_NEWIPC = 0x08000000 + CLONE_NEWNET = 0x40000000 + CLONE_NEWNS = 0x00020000 + CLONE_NEWPID = 0x20000000 + CLONE_NEWUTS = 0x04000000 + CLONE_PARENT = 0x00008000 + CS8 = 0x0030 + CSIZE = 0x0030 + ECHO = 0x00000008 + ECHONL = 0x00000001 + EFD_SEMAPHORE = 0x00002000 + EFD_CLOEXEC = 0x00001000 + EFD_NONBLOCK = 0x00000004 + EPOLL_CLOEXEC = 0x00001000 + EPOLL_CTL_ADD = 0 + EPOLL_CTL_MOD = 1 + EPOLL_CTL_DEL = 2 + EPOLLRDNORM = 0x0001 + EPOLLRDBAND = 0x0002 + EPOLLIN = 0x0003 + EPOLLOUT = 0x0004 + EPOLLWRBAND = 0x0008 + EPOLLPRI = 0x0010 + EPOLLERR = 0x0020 + EPOLLHUP = 0x0040 + EPOLLEXCLUSIVE = 0x20000000 + EPOLLONESHOT = 0x40000000 + FD_CLOEXEC = 0x01 + FD_CLOFORK = 0x02 + FD_SETSIZE = 0x800 + FNDELAY = 0x04 + F_CLOSFD = 9 + F_CONTROL_CVT = 13 + F_DUPFD = 0 + F_DUPFD2 = 8 + F_GETFD = 1 + F_GETFL = 259 + F_GETLK = 5 + F_GETOWN = 10 + F_OK = 0x0 + F_RDLCK = 1 + F_SETFD = 2 + F_SETFL = 4 + F_SETLK = 6 + F_SETLKW = 7 + F_SETOWN = 11 + F_SETTAG = 12 + F_UNLCK = 3 + F_WRLCK = 2 + FSTYPE_ZFS = 0xe9 //"Z" + FSTYPE_HFS = 0xc8 //"H" + FSTYPE_NFS = 0xd5 //"N" + FSTYPE_TFS = 0xe3 //"T" + FSTYPE_AUTOMOUNT = 0xc1 //"A" + GRND_NONBLOCK = 1 + GRND_RANDOM = 2 + HUPCL = 0x0100 // Hang up on last close + IN_CLOEXEC = 0x00001000 + IN_NONBLOCK = 0x00000004 + IN_ACCESS = 0x00000001 + IN_MODIFY = 0x00000002 + IN_ATTRIB = 0x00000004 + IN_CLOSE_WRITE = 0x00000008 + IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE = 0x00000010 + IN_OPEN = 0x00000020 + IN_MOVED_FROM = 0x00000040 + IN_MOVED_TO = 0x00000080 + IN_CREATE = 0x00000100 + IN_DELETE = 0x00000200 + IN_DELETE_SELF = 0x00000400 + IN_MOVE_SELF = 0x00000800 + IN_UNMOUNT = 0x00002000 + IN_Q_OVERFLOW = 0x00004000 + IN_IGNORED = 0x00008000 + IN_CLOSE = (IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE) + IN_MOVE = (IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO) + IN_ALL_EVENTS = (IN_ACCESS | IN_MODIFY | IN_ATTRIB | + IN_CLOSE | IN_OPEN | IN_MOVE | + IN_CREATE | IN_DELETE | IN_DELETE_SELF | + IN_MOVE_SELF) + IN_ONLYDIR = 0x01000000 + IN_DONT_FOLLOW = 0x02000000 + IN_EXCL_UNLINK = 0x04000000 + IN_MASK_CREATE = 0x10000000 + IN_MASK_ADD = 0x20000000 + IN_ISDIR = 0x40000000 + IN_ONESHOT = 0x80000000 IP6F_MORE_FRAG = 0x0001 IP6F_OFF_MASK = 0xfff8 IP6F_RESERVED_MASK = 0x0006 @@ -152,10 +210,18 @@ const ( IP_PKTINFO = 101 IP_RECVPKTINFO = 102 IP_TOS = 2 - IP_TTL = 3 + IP_TTL = 14 IP_UNBLOCK_SOURCE = 11 + ICMP6_FILTER = 1 + MCAST_INCLUDE = 0 + MCAST_EXCLUDE = 1 + MCAST_JOIN_GROUP = 40 + MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP = 41 + MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP = 42 + MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP = 43 + MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE = 44 + MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE = 46 ICANON = 0x0010 - ICMP6_FILTER = 0x26 ICRNL = 0x0002 IEXTEN = 0x0020 IGNBRK = 0x0004 @@ -165,10 +231,10 @@ const ( ISTRIP = 0x0080 IXON = 0x0200 IXOFF = 0x0100 - LOCK_SH = 0x1 // Not exist on zOS - LOCK_EX = 0x2 // Not exist on zOS - LOCK_NB = 0x4 // Not exist on zOS - LOCK_UN = 0x8 // Not exist on zOS + LOCK_SH = 0x1 + LOCK_EX = 0x2 + LOCK_NB = 0x4 + LOCK_UN = 0x8 POLLIN = 0x0003 POLLOUT = 0x0004 POLLPRI = 0x0010 @@ -182,15 +248,29 @@ const ( MAP_PRIVATE = 0x1 // changes are private MAP_SHARED = 0x2 // changes are shared MAP_FIXED = 0x4 // place exactly - MCAST_JOIN_GROUP = 40 - MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP = 41 - MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP = 42 - MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP = 43 - MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE = 44 - MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE = 45 + __MAP_MEGA = 0x8 + __MAP_64 = 0x10 + MAP_ANON = 0x20 + MAP_ANONYMOUS = 0x20 MS_SYNC = 0x1 // msync - synchronous writes MS_ASYNC = 0x2 // asynchronous writes MS_INVALIDATE = 0x4 // invalidate mappings + MS_BIND = 0x00001000 + MS_MOVE = 0x00002000 + MS_NOSUID = 0x00000002 + MS_PRIVATE = 0x00040000 + MS_REC = 0x00004000 + MS_REMOUNT = 0x00008000 + MS_RDONLY = 0x00000001 + MS_UNBINDABLE = 0x00020000 + MNT_DETACH = 0x00000004 + ZOSDSFS_SUPER_MAGIC = 0x44534653 // zOS DSFS + NFS_SUPER_MAGIC = 0x6969 // NFS + NSFS_MAGIC = 0x6e736673 // PROCNS + PROC_SUPER_MAGIC = 0x9fa0 // proc FS + ZOSTFS_SUPER_MAGIC = 0x544653 // zOS TFS + ZOSUFS_SUPER_MAGIC = 0x554653 // zOS UFS + ZOSZFS_SUPER_MAGIC = 0x5A4653 // zOS ZFS MTM_RDONLY = 0x80000000 MTM_RDWR = 0x40000000 MTM_UMOUNT = 0x10000000 @@ -205,13 +285,20 @@ const ( MTM_REMOUNT = 0x00000100 MTM_NOSECURITY = 0x00000080 NFDBITS = 0x20 + ONLRET = 0x0020 // NL performs CR function O_ACCMODE = 0x03 O_APPEND = 0x08 O_ASYNCSIG = 0x0200 O_CREAT = 0x80 + O_DIRECT = 0x00002000 + O_NOFOLLOW = 0x00004000 + O_DIRECTORY = 0x00008000 + O_PATH = 0x00080000 + O_CLOEXEC = 0x00001000 O_EXCL = 0x40 O_GETFL = 0x0F O_LARGEFILE = 0x0400 + O_NDELAY = 0x4 O_NONBLOCK = 0x04 O_RDONLY = 0x02 O_RDWR = 0x03 @@ -248,6 +335,7 @@ const ( AF_IUCV = 17 AF_LAT = 14 AF_LINK = 18 + AF_LOCAL = AF_UNIX // AF_LOCAL is an alias for AF_UNIX AF_MAX = 30 AF_NBS = 7 AF_NDD = 23 @@ -285,15 +373,33 @@ const ( RLIMIT_AS = 5 RLIMIT_NOFILE = 6 RLIMIT_MEMLIMIT = 7 + RLIMIT_MEMLOCK = 0x8 RLIM_INFINITY = 2147483647 + SCHED_FIFO = 0x2 + SCM_CREDENTIALS = 0x2 SCM_RIGHTS = 0x01 SF_CLOSE = 0x00000002 SF_REUSE = 0x00000001 + SHM_RND = 0x2 + SHM_RDONLY = 0x1 + SHMLBA = 0x1000 + IPC_STAT = 0x3 + IPC_SET = 0x2 + IPC_RMID = 0x1 + IPC_PRIVATE = 0x0 + IPC_CREAT = 0x1000000 + __IPC_MEGA = 0x4000000 + __IPC_SHAREAS = 0x20000000 + __IPC_BELOWBAR = 0x10000000 + IPC_EXCL = 0x2000000 + __IPC_GIGA = 0x8000000 SHUT_RD = 0 SHUT_RDWR = 2 SHUT_WR = 1 + SOCK_CLOEXEC = 0x00001000 SOCK_CONN_DGRAM = 6 SOCK_DGRAM = 2 + SOCK_NONBLOCK = 0x800 SOCK_RAW = 3 SOCK_RDM = 4 SOCK_SEQPACKET = 5 @@ -378,8 +484,6 @@ const ( S_IFMST = 0x00FF0000 TCP_KEEPALIVE = 0x8 TCP_NODELAY = 0x1 - TCP_INFO = 0xb - TCP_USER_TIMEOUT = 0x1 TIOCGWINSZ = 0x4008a368 TIOCSWINSZ = 0x8008a367 TIOCSBRK = 0x2000a77b @@ -427,7 +531,10 @@ const ( VSUSP = 9 VTIME = 10 WCONTINUED = 0x4 + WEXITED = 0x8 WNOHANG = 0x1 + WNOWAIT = 0x20 + WSTOPPED = 0x10 WUNTRACED = 0x2 _BPX_SWAP = 1 _BPX_NONSWAP = 2 @@ -452,8 +559,28 @@ const ( MADV_FREE = 15 // for Linux compatibility -- no zos semantics MADV_WIPEONFORK = 16 // for Linux compatibility -- no zos semantics MADV_KEEPONFORK = 17 // for Linux compatibility -- no zos semantics - AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW = 1 // for Unix compatibility -- no zos semantics - AT_FDCWD = 2 // for Unix compatibility -- no zos semantics + AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW = 0x400 + AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW = 0x100 + XATTR_CREATE = 0x1 + XATTR_REPLACE = 0x2 + P_PID = 0 + P_PGID = 1 + P_ALL = 2 + PR_SET_NAME = 15 + PR_GET_NAME = 16 + PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS = 38 + PR_GET_NO_NEW_PRIVS = 39 + PR_SET_DUMPABLE = 4 + PR_GET_DUMPABLE = 3 + PR_SET_PDEATHSIG = 1 + PR_GET_PDEATHSIG = 2 + PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER = 36 + PR_GET_CHILD_SUBREAPER = 37 + AT_FDCWD = -100 + AT_EACCESS = 0x200 + AT_EMPTY_PATH = 0x1000 + AT_REMOVEDIR = 0x200 + RENAME_NOREPLACE = 1 << 0 ) const ( @@ -476,6 +603,7 @@ const ( EMLINK = Errno(125) ENAMETOOLONG = Errno(126) ENFILE = Errno(127) + ENOATTR = Errno(265) ENODEV = Errno(128) ENOENT = Errno(129) ENOEXEC = Errno(130) @@ -700,7 +828,7 @@ var errorList = [...]struct { {145, "EDC5145I", "The parameter list is too long, or the message to receive was too large for the buffer."}, {146, "EDC5146I", "Too many levels of symbolic links."}, {147, "EDC5147I", "Illegal byte sequence."}, - {148, "", ""}, + {148, "EDC5148I", "The named attribute or data not available."}, {149, "EDC5149I", "Value Overflow Error."}, {150, "EDC5150I", "UNIX System Services is not active."}, {151, "EDC5151I", "Dynamic allocation error."}, @@ -743,6 +871,7 @@ var errorList = [...]struct { {259, "EDC5259I", "A CUN_RS_NO_CONVERSION error was issued by Unicode Services."}, {260, "EDC5260I", "A CUN_RS_TABLE_NOT_ALIGNED error was issued by Unicode Services."}, {262, "EDC5262I", "An iconv() function encountered an unexpected error while using Unicode Services."}, + {265, "EDC5265I", "The named attribute not available."}, {1000, "EDC8000I", "A bad socket-call constant was found in the IUCV header."}, {1001, "EDC8001I", "An error was found in the IUCV header."}, {1002, "EDC8002I", "A socket descriptor is out of range."}, diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000..b77ff5db90d51 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +// go run mksyscall_zos_s390x.go -o_sysnum zsysnum_zos_s390x.go -o_syscall zsyscall_zos_s390x.go -i_syscall syscall_zos_s390x.go -o_asm zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s +// Code generated by the command above; see README.md. DO NOT EDIT. + +//go:build zos && s390x +#include "textflag.h" + +// provide the address of function variable to be fixed up. + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FlistxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Flistxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FremovexattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fremovexattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FgetxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fgetxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FsetxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fsetxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_accept4Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·accept4(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_RemovexattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Removexattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_Dup3Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Dup3(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_DirfdAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Dirfd(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_EpollCreateAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·EpollCreate(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_EpollCreate1Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·EpollCreate1(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_EpollCtlAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·EpollCtl(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_EpollPwaitAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·EpollPwait(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_EpollWaitAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·EpollWait(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_EventfdAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Eventfd(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FaccessatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Faccessat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FchmodatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fchmodat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FchownatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fchownat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FdatasyncAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fdatasync(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_fstatatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·fstatat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_LgetxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Lgetxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_LsetxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Lsetxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FstatfsAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Fstatfs(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FutimesAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Futimes(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_FutimesatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Futimesat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_GetrandomAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Getrandom(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_InotifyInitAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·InotifyInit(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_InotifyInit1Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·InotifyInit1(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_InotifyAddWatchAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·InotifyAddWatch(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_InotifyRmWatchAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·InotifyRmWatch(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_ListxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Listxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_LlistxattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Llistxattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_LremovexattrAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Lremovexattr(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_LutimesAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Lutimes(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_StatfsAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Statfs(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_SyncfsAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Syncfs(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_UnshareAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Unshare(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_LinkatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Linkat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_MkdiratAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Mkdirat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_MknodatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Mknodat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_PivotRootAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·PivotRoot(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_PrctlAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Prctl(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_PrlimitAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Prlimit(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_RenameatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Renameat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_Renameat2Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Renameat2(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_SethostnameAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Sethostname(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_SetnsAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Setns(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_SymlinkatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Symlinkat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_UnlinkatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·Unlinkat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_openatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·openat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_openat2Addr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·openat2(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +TEXT ·get_utimensatAddr(SB), NOSPLIT|NOFRAME, $0-8 + MOVD $·utimensat(SB), R8 + MOVD R8, ret+0(FP) + RET diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsyscall_zos_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsyscall_zos_s390x.go index 94f0112383196..7ccf66b7ee0d6 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsyscall_zos_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsyscall_zos_s390x.go @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// go run mksyscall.go -tags zos,s390x syscall_zos_s390x.go +// go run mksyscall_zos_s390x.go -o_sysnum zsysnum_zos_s390x.go -o_syscall zsyscall_zos_s390x.go -i_syscall syscall_zos_s390x.go -o_asm zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s // Code generated by the command above; see README.md. DO NOT EDIT. //go:build zos && s390x @@ -6,17 +6,100 @@ package unix import ( + "runtime" + "syscall" "unsafe" ) +var _ syscall.Errno + // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func fcntl(fd int, cmd int, arg int) (val int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FCNTL, uintptr(fd), uintptr(cmd), uintptr(arg)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FCNTL<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(cmd), uintptr(arg)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() val = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Flistxattr(fd int, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(dest) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&dest[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FLISTXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(dest))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + sz = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FlistxattrAddr() *(func(fd int, dest []byte) (sz int, err error)) + +var Flistxattr = enter_Flistxattr + +func enter_Flistxattr(fd int, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + funcref := get_FlistxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FLISTXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Flistxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Flistxattr + } + return (*funcref)(fd, dest) +} + +func error_Flistxattr(fd int, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + sz = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Fremovexattr(fd int, attr string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FREMOVEXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FremovexattrAddr() *(func(fd int, attr string) (err error)) + +var Fremovexattr = enter_Fremovexattr + +func enter_Fremovexattr(fd int, attr string) (err error) { + funcref := get_FremovexattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FREMOVEXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fremovexattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Fremovexattr } + return (*funcref)(fd, attr) +} + +func error_Fremovexattr(fd int, attr string) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } @@ -29,10 +112,12 @@ func read(fd int, p []byte) (n int, err error) { } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_READ, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p))) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_READ<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -46,31 +131,159 @@ func write(fd int, p []byte) (n int, err error) { } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_WRITE, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p))) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_WRITE<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Fgetxattr(fd int, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(dest) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&dest[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FGETXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(dest))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + sz = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FgetxattrAddr() *(func(fd int, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error)) + +var Fgetxattr = enter_Fgetxattr + +func enter_Fgetxattr(fd int, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + funcref := get_FgetxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FGETXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fgetxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Fgetxattr + } + return (*funcref)(fd, attr, dest) +} + +func error_Fgetxattr(fd int, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + sz = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Fsetxattr(fd int, attr string, data []byte, flag int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(data) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&data[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FSETXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(data)), uintptr(flag)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FsetxattrAddr() *(func(fd int, attr string, data []byte, flag int) (err error)) + +var Fsetxattr = enter_Fsetxattr + +func enter_Fsetxattr(fd int, attr string, data []byte, flag int) (err error) { + funcref := get_FsetxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FSETXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fsetxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Fsetxattr } + return (*funcref)(fd, attr, data, flag) +} + +func error_Fsetxattr(fd int, attr string, data []byte, flag int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func accept(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (fd int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___ACCEPT_A, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen))) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___ACCEPT_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_accept4(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen, flags int) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___ACCEPT4_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() fd = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_accept4Addr() *(func(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen, flags int) (fd int, err error)) + +var accept4 = enter_accept4 + +func enter_accept4(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen, flags int) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_accept4Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___ACCEPT4_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_accept4 + } else { + *funcref = error_accept4 } + return (*funcref)(s, rsa, addrlen, flags) +} + +func error_accept4(s int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen, flags int) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func bind(s int, addr unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___BIND_A, uintptr(s), uintptr(addr), uintptr(addrlen)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___BIND_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(addr), uintptr(addrlen)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -78,9 +291,11 @@ func bind(s int, addr unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func connect(s int, addr unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___CONNECT_A, uintptr(s), uintptr(addr), uintptr(addrlen)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CONNECT_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(addr), uintptr(addrlen)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -88,10 +303,10 @@ func connect(s int, addr unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func getgroups(n int, list *_Gid_t) (nn int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETGROUPS, uintptr(n), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(list)), 0) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETGROUPS<<4, uintptr(n), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(list))) nn = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -99,9 +314,9 @@ func getgroups(n int, list *_Gid_t) (nn int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func setgroups(n int, list *_Gid_t) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SETGROUPS, uintptr(n), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(list)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETGROUPS<<4, uintptr(n), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(list))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -109,9 +324,11 @@ func setgroups(n int, list *_Gid_t) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func getsockopt(s int, level int, name int, val unsafe.Pointer, vallen *_Socklen) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS_GETSOCKOPT, uintptr(s), uintptr(level), uintptr(name), uintptr(val), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(vallen)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETSOCKOPT<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(level), uintptr(name), uintptr(val), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(vallen))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -119,9 +336,11 @@ func getsockopt(s int, level int, name int, val unsafe.Pointer, vallen *_Socklen // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func setsockopt(s int, level int, name int, val unsafe.Pointer, vallen uintptr) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS_SETSOCKOPT, uintptr(s), uintptr(level), uintptr(name), uintptr(val), uintptr(vallen), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETSOCKOPT<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(level), uintptr(name), uintptr(val), uintptr(vallen)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -129,10 +348,10 @@ func setsockopt(s int, level int, name int, val unsafe.Pointer, vallen uintptr) // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func socket(domain int, typ int, proto int) (fd int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SOCKET, uintptr(domain), uintptr(typ), uintptr(proto)) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SOCKET<<4, uintptr(domain), uintptr(typ), uintptr(proto)) fd = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -140,9 +359,9 @@ func socket(domain int, typ int, proto int) (fd int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func socketpair(domain int, typ int, proto int, fd *[2]int32) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall6(SYS_SOCKETPAIR, uintptr(domain), uintptr(typ), uintptr(proto), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(fd)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SOCKETPAIR<<4, uintptr(domain), uintptr(typ), uintptr(proto), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(fd))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -150,9 +369,9 @@ func socketpair(domain int, typ int, proto int, fd *[2]int32) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func getpeername(fd int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS___GETPEERNAME_A, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen))) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___GETPEERNAME_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -160,10 +379,52 @@ func getpeername(fd int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func getsockname(fd int, rsa *RawSockaddrAny, addrlen *_Socklen) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS___GETSOCKNAME_A, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen))) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___GETSOCKNAME_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rsa)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(addrlen))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Removexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___REMOVEXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_RemovexattrAddr() *(func(path string, attr string) (err error)) + +var Removexattr = enter_Removexattr + +func enter_Removexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) { + funcref := get_RemovexattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___REMOVEXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Removexattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Removexattr } + return (*funcref)(path, attr) +} + +func error_Removexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } @@ -176,10 +437,12 @@ func recvfrom(fd int, p []byte, flags int, from *RawSockaddrAny, fromlen *_Sockl } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS___RECVFROM_A, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p)), uintptr(flags), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(from)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(fromlen))) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RECVFROM_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p)), uintptr(flags), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(from)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(fromlen))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -193,9 +456,11 @@ func sendto(s int, buf []byte, flags int, to unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) ( } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS___SENDTO_A, uintptr(s), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(buf)), uintptr(flags), uintptr(to), uintptr(addrlen)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SENDTO_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(buf)), uintptr(flags), uintptr(to), uintptr(addrlen)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -203,10 +468,12 @@ func sendto(s int, buf []byte, flags int, to unsafe.Pointer, addrlen _Socklen) ( // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func recvmsg(s int, msg *Msghdr, flags int) (n int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___RECVMSG_A, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(msg)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RECVMSG_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(msg)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -214,10 +481,12 @@ func recvmsg(s int, msg *Msghdr, flags int) (n int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func sendmsg(s int, msg *Msghdr, flags int) (n int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___SENDMSG_A, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(msg)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SENDMSG_A<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(msg)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -225,10 +494,12 @@ func sendmsg(s int, msg *Msghdr, flags int) (n int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func mmap(addr uintptr, length uintptr, prot int, flag int, fd int, pos int64) (ret uintptr, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS_MMAP, uintptr(addr), uintptr(length), uintptr(prot), uintptr(flag), uintptr(fd), uintptr(pos)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_MMAP<<4, uintptr(addr), uintptr(length), uintptr(prot), uintptr(flag), uintptr(fd), uintptr(pos)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() ret = uintptr(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -236,9 +507,11 @@ func mmap(addr uintptr, length uintptr, prot int, flag int, fd int, pos int64) ( // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func munmap(addr uintptr, length uintptr) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_MUNMAP, uintptr(addr), uintptr(length), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_MUNMAP<<4, uintptr(addr), uintptr(length)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -246,9 +519,11 @@ func munmap(addr uintptr, length uintptr) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func ioctl(fd int, req int, arg uintptr) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_IOCTL, uintptr(fd), uintptr(req), uintptr(arg)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_IOCTL<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(req), uintptr(arg)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -256,9 +531,62 @@ func ioctl(fd int, req int, arg uintptr) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func ioctlPtr(fd int, req int, arg unsafe.Pointer) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_IOCTL, uintptr(fd), uintptr(req), uintptr(arg)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_IOCTL<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(req), uintptr(arg)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func shmat(id int, addr uintptr, flag int) (ret uintptr, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SHMAT<<4, uintptr(id), uintptr(addr), uintptr(flag)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + ret = uintptr(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func shmctl(id int, cmd int, buf *SysvShmDesc) (result int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SHMCTL64<<4, uintptr(id), uintptr(cmd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buf))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + result = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func shmdt(addr uintptr) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SHMDT<<4, uintptr(addr)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func shmget(key int, size int, flag int) (id int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SHMGET<<4, uintptr(key), uintptr(size), uintptr(flag)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + id = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -271,9 +599,11 @@ func Access(path string, mode uint32) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___ACCESS_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___ACCESS_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -286,9 +616,11 @@ func Chdir(path string) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___CHDIR_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CHDIR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -301,9 +633,11 @@ func Chown(path string, uid int, gid int) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___CHOWN_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CHOWN_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -316,9 +650,11 @@ func Chmod(path string, mode uint32) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___CHMOD_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CHMOD_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -331,10 +667,12 @@ func Creat(path string, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) { if err != nil { return } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___CREAT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CREAT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() fd = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -342,10 +680,12 @@ func Creat(path string, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Dup(oldfd int) (fd int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_DUP, uintptr(oldfd), 0, 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_DUP<<4, uintptr(oldfd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() fd = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -353,617 +693,2216 @@ func Dup(oldfd int) (fd int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Dup2(oldfd int, newfd int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_DUP2, uintptr(oldfd), uintptr(newfd), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_DUP2<<4, uintptr(oldfd), uintptr(newfd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Errno2() (er2 int) { - uer2, _, _ := syscall_syscall(SYS___ERRNO2, 0, 0, 0) - er2 = int(uer2) +func impl_Dup3(oldfd int, newfd int, flags int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_DUP3<<4, uintptr(oldfd), uintptr(newfd), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_Dup3Addr() *(func(oldfd int, newfd int, flags int) (err error)) -func Err2ad() (eadd *int) { - ueadd, _, _ := syscall_syscall(SYS___ERR2AD, 0, 0, 0) - eadd = (*int)(unsafe.Pointer(ueadd)) - return -} +var Dup3 = enter_Dup3 -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +func enter_Dup3(oldfd int, newfd int, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_Dup3Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_DUP3<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Dup3 + } else { + *funcref = error_Dup3 + } + return (*funcref)(oldfd, newfd, flags) +} -func Exit(code int) { - syscall_syscall(SYS_EXIT, uintptr(code), 0, 0) +func error_Dup3(oldfd int, newfd int, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Fchdir(fd int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FCHDIR, uintptr(fd), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_Dirfd(dirp uintptr) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_DIRFD<<4, uintptr(dirp)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_DirfdAddr() *(func(dirp uintptr) (fd int, err error)) -func Fchmod(fd int, mode uint32) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FCHMOD, uintptr(fd), uintptr(mode), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var Dirfd = enter_Dirfd + +func enter_Dirfd(dirp uintptr) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_DirfdAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_DIRFD<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Dirfd + } else { + *funcref = error_Dirfd } + return (*funcref)(dirp) +} + +func error_Dirfd(dirp uintptr) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Fchown(fd int, uid int, gid int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FCHOWN, uintptr(fd), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_EpollCreate(size int) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_CREATE<<4, uintptr(size)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_EpollCreateAddr() *(func(size int) (fd int, err error)) -func FcntlInt(fd uintptr, cmd int, arg int) (retval int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FCNTL, uintptr(fd), uintptr(cmd), uintptr(arg)) - retval = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var EpollCreate = enter_EpollCreate + +func enter_EpollCreate(size int) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_EpollCreateAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_CREATE<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_EpollCreate + } else { + *funcref = error_EpollCreate } + return (*funcref)(size) +} + +func error_EpollCreate(size int) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func fstat(fd int, stat *Stat_LE_t) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FSTAT, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_EpollCreate1(flags int) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_CREATE1<<4, uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_EpollCreate1Addr() *(func(flags int) (fd int, err error)) -func Fstatvfs(fd int, stat *Statvfs_t) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FSTATVFS, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var EpollCreate1 = enter_EpollCreate1 + +func enter_EpollCreate1(flags int) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_EpollCreate1Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_CREATE1<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_EpollCreate1 + } else { + *funcref = error_EpollCreate1 } + return (*funcref)(flags) +} + +func error_EpollCreate1(flags int) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Fsync(fd int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FSYNC, uintptr(fd), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_EpollCtl(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_CTL<<4, uintptr(epfd), uintptr(op), uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(event))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_EpollCtlAddr() *(func(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error)) -func Ftruncate(fd int, length int64) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_FTRUNCATE, uintptr(fd), uintptr(length), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var EpollCtl = enter_EpollCtl + +func enter_EpollCtl(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error) { + funcref := get_EpollCtlAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_CTL<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_EpollCtl + } else { + *funcref = error_EpollCtl } - return + return (*funcref)(epfd, op, fd, event) } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT - -func Getpagesize() (pgsize int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_syscall(SYS_GETPAGESIZE, 0, 0, 0) - pgsize = int(r0) +func error_EpollCtl(epfd int, op int, fd int, event *EpollEvent) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Mprotect(b []byte, prot int) (err error) { +func impl_EpollPwait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int, sigmask *int) (n int, err error) { var _p0 unsafe.Pointer - if len(b) > 0 { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]) + if len(events) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&events[0]) } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_MPROTECT, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(b)), uintptr(prot)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_PWAIT<<4, uintptr(epfd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(events)), uintptr(msec), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(sigmask))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + n = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_EpollPwaitAddr() *(func(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int, sigmask *int) (n int, err error)) -func Msync(b []byte, flags int) (err error) { - var _p0 unsafe.Pointer - if len(b) > 0 { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]) +var EpollPwait = enter_EpollPwait + +func enter_EpollPwait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int, sigmask *int) (n int, err error) { + funcref := get_EpollPwaitAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_PWAIT<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_EpollPwait } else { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) - } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_MSYNC, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(b)), uintptr(flags)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + *funcref = error_EpollPwait } + return (*funcref)(epfd, events, msec, sigmask) +} + +func error_EpollPwait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int, sigmask *int) (n int, err error) { + n = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Poll(fds []PollFd, timeout int) (n int, err error) { +func impl_EpollWait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error) { var _p0 unsafe.Pointer - if len(fds) > 0 { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&fds[0]) + if len(events) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&events[0]) } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_POLL, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(fds)), uintptr(timeout)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_WAIT<<4, uintptr(epfd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(events)), uintptr(msec)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_EpollWaitAddr() *(func(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error)) -func Times(tms *Tms) (ticks uintptr, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_TIMES, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(tms)), 0, 0) - ticks = uintptr(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var EpollWait = enter_EpollWait + +func enter_EpollWait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error) { + funcref := get_EpollWaitAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EPOLL_WAIT<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_EpollWait + } else { + *funcref = error_EpollWait } + return (*funcref)(epfd, events, msec) +} + +func error_EpollWait(epfd int, events []EpollEvent, msec int) (n int, err error) { + n = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func W_Getmntent(buff *byte, size int) (lastsys int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_W_GETMNTENT, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buff)), uintptr(size), 0) - lastsys = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) - } +func Errno2() (er2 int) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS___ERRNO2<<4) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + er2 = int(r0) return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func W_Getmntent_A(buff *byte, size int) (lastsys int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___W_GETMNTENT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buff)), uintptr(size), 0) - lastsys = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_Eventfd(initval uint, flags int) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EVENTFD<<4, uintptr(initval), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } +//go:nosplit +func get_EventfdAddr() *(func(initval uint, flags int) (fd int, err error)) + +var Eventfd = enter_Eventfd + +func enter_Eventfd(initval uint, flags int) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_EventfdAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EVENTFD<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Eventfd + } else { + *funcref = error_Eventfd + } + return (*funcref)(initval, flags) +} + +func error_Eventfd(initval uint, flags int) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func mount_LE(path string, filesystem string, fstype string, mtm uint32, parmlen int32, parm string) (err error) { +func Exit(code int) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_EXIT<<4, uintptr(code)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Faccessat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { var _p0 *byte _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) if err != nil { return } - var _p1 *byte - _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(filesystem) - if err != nil { - return - } - var _p2 *byte - _p2, err = BytePtrFromString(fstype) - if err != nil { - return - } - var _p3 *byte - _p3, err = BytePtrFromString(parm) - if err != nil { - return - } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS___MOUNT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p2)), uintptr(mtm), uintptr(parmlen), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p3))) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FACCESSAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_FaccessatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error)) -func unmount(filesystem string, mtm int) (err error) { +var Faccessat = enter_Faccessat + +func enter_Faccessat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_FaccessatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FACCESSAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Faccessat + } else { + *funcref = error_Faccessat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, mode, flags) +} + +func error_Faccessat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Fchdir(fd int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FCHDIR<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Fchmod(fd int, mode uint32) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FCHMOD<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Fchmodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(filesystem) + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___UMOUNT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mtm), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FCHMODAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FchmodatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error)) + +var Fchmodat = enter_Fchmodat + +func enter_Fchmodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_FchmodatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FCHMODAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fchmodat + } else { + *funcref = error_Fchmodat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, mode, flags) +} + +func error_Fchmodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Fchown(fd int, uid int, gid int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FCHOWN<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Chroot(path string) (err error) { +func impl_Fchownat(fd int, path string, uid int, gid int, flags int) (err error) { var _p0 *byte _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___CHROOT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FCHOWNAT_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FchownatAddr() *(func(fd int, path string, uid int, gid int, flags int) (err error)) + +var Fchownat = enter_Fchownat + +func enter_Fchownat(fd int, path string, uid int, gid int, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_FchownatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FCHOWNAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fchownat + } else { + *funcref = error_Fchownat } + return (*funcref)(fd, path, uid, gid, flags) +} + +func error_Fchownat(fd int, path string, uid int, gid int, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Uname(buf *Utsname) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS___UNAME_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buf)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func FcntlInt(fd uintptr, cmd int, arg int) (retval int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FCNTL<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(cmd), uintptr(arg)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + retval = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Gethostname(buf []byte) (err error) { +func impl_Fdatasync(fd int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FDATASYNC<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FdatasyncAddr() *(func(fd int) (err error)) + +var Fdatasync = enter_Fdatasync + +func enter_Fdatasync(fd int) (err error) { + funcref := get_FdatasyncAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FDATASYNC<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fdatasync + } else { + *funcref = error_Fdatasync + } + return (*funcref)(fd) +} + +func error_Fdatasync(fd int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func fstat(fd int, stat *Stat_LE_t) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FSTAT<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_fstatat(dirfd int, path string, stat *Stat_LE_t, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FSTATAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_fstatatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, stat *Stat_LE_t, flags int) (err error)) + +var fstatat = enter_fstatat + +func enter_fstatat(dirfd int, path string, stat *Stat_LE_t, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_fstatatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FSTATAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_fstatat + } else { + *funcref = error_fstatat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, stat, flags) +} + +func error_fstatat(dirfd int, path string, stat *Stat_LE_t, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Lgetxattr(link string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(link) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p2 unsafe.Pointer + if len(dest) > 0 { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&dest[0]) + } else { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LGETXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(_p2), uintptr(len(dest))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + sz = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_LgetxattrAddr() *(func(link string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error)) + +var Lgetxattr = enter_Lgetxattr + +func enter_Lgetxattr(link string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + funcref := get_LgetxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LGETXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Lgetxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Lgetxattr + } + return (*funcref)(link, attr, dest) +} + +func error_Lgetxattr(link string, attr string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + sz = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Lsetxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p2 unsafe.Pointer + if len(data) > 0 { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&data[0]) + } else { + _p2 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LSETXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(_p2), uintptr(len(data)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_LsetxattrAddr() *(func(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error)) + +var Lsetxattr = enter_Lsetxattr + +func enter_Lsetxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_LsetxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LSETXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Lsetxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Lsetxattr + } + return (*funcref)(path, attr, data, flags) +} + +func error_Lsetxattr(path string, attr string, data []byte, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Fstatfs(fd int, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FSTATFS<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buf))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FstatfsAddr() *(func(fd int, buf *Statfs_t) (err error)) + +var Fstatfs = enter_Fstatfs + +func enter_Fstatfs(fd int, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) { + funcref := get_FstatfsAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FSTATFS<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Fstatfs + } else { + *funcref = error_Fstatfs + } + return (*funcref)(fd, buf) +} + +func error_Fstatfs(fd int, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Fstatvfs(fd int, stat *Statvfs_t) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FSTATVFS<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Fsync(fd int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FSYNC<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Futimes(fd int, tv []Timeval) (err error) { var _p0 unsafe.Pointer - if len(buf) > 0 { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]) + if len(tv) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&tv[0]) } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___GETHOSTNAME_A, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(buf)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FUTIMES<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(tv))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_FutimesAddr() *(func(fd int, tv []Timeval) (err error)) -func Getegid() (egid int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETEGID, 0, 0, 0) - egid = int(r0) +var Futimes = enter_Futimes + +func enter_Futimes(fd int, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + funcref := get_FutimesAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FUTIMES<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Futimes + } else { + *funcref = error_Futimes + } + return (*funcref)(fd, tv) +} + +func error_Futimes(fd int, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Geteuid() (uid int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETEUID, 0, 0, 0) - uid = int(r0) +func impl_Futimesat(dirfd int, path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(tv) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&tv[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FUTIMESAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(tv))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_FutimesatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, tv []Timeval) (err error)) + +var Futimesat = enter_Futimesat + +func enter_Futimesat(dirfd int, path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + funcref := get_FutimesatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___FUTIMESAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Futimesat + } else { + *funcref = error_Futimesat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, tv) +} + +func error_Futimesat(dirfd int, path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getgid() (gid int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETGID, 0, 0, 0) - gid = int(r0) +func Ftruncate(fd int, length int64) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_FTRUNCATE<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(length)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getpid() (pid int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETPID, 0, 0, 0) - pid = int(r0) +func impl_Getrandom(buf []byte, flags int) (n int, err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(buf) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETRANDOM<<4, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(buf)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + n = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_GetrandomAddr() *(func(buf []byte, flags int) (n int, err error)) + +var Getrandom = enter_Getrandom + +func enter_Getrandom(buf []byte, flags int) (n int, err error) { + funcref := get_GetrandomAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETRANDOM<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Getrandom + } else { + *funcref = error_Getrandom + } + return (*funcref)(buf, flags) +} + +func error_Getrandom(buf []byte, flags int) (n int, err error) { + n = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getpgid(pid int) (pgid int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETPGID, uintptr(pid), 0, 0) - pgid = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_InotifyInit() (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_INOTIFY_INIT<<4) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_InotifyInitAddr() *(func() (fd int, err error)) + +var InotifyInit = enter_InotifyInit + +func enter_InotifyInit() (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_InotifyInitAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_INOTIFY_INIT<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_InotifyInit + } else { + *funcref = error_InotifyInit } + return (*funcref)() +} + +func error_InotifyInit() (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getppid() (pid int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETPPID, 0, 0, 0) - pid = int(r0) +func impl_InotifyInit1(flags int) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_INOTIFY_INIT1<<4, uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_InotifyInit1Addr() *(func(flags int) (fd int, err error)) + +var InotifyInit1 = enter_InotifyInit1 + +func enter_InotifyInit1(flags int) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_InotifyInit1Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_INOTIFY_INIT1<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_InotifyInit1 + } else { + *funcref = error_InotifyInit1 + } + return (*funcref)(flags) +} + +func error_InotifyInit1(flags int) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_InotifyAddWatch(fd int, pathname string, mask uint32) (watchdesc int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(pathname) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___INOTIFY_ADD_WATCH_A<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mask)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + watchdesc = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_InotifyAddWatchAddr() *(func(fd int, pathname string, mask uint32) (watchdesc int, err error)) + +var InotifyAddWatch = enter_InotifyAddWatch + +func enter_InotifyAddWatch(fd int, pathname string, mask uint32) (watchdesc int, err error) { + funcref := get_InotifyAddWatchAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___INOTIFY_ADD_WATCH_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_InotifyAddWatch + } else { + *funcref = error_InotifyAddWatch + } + return (*funcref)(fd, pathname, mask) +} + +func error_InotifyAddWatch(fd int, pathname string, mask uint32) (watchdesc int, err error) { + watchdesc = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_InotifyRmWatch(fd int, watchdesc uint32) (success int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_INOTIFY_RM_WATCH<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(watchdesc)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + success = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_InotifyRmWatchAddr() *(func(fd int, watchdesc uint32) (success int, err error)) + +var InotifyRmWatch = enter_InotifyRmWatch + +func enter_InotifyRmWatch(fd int, watchdesc uint32) (success int, err error) { + funcref := get_InotifyRmWatchAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_INOTIFY_RM_WATCH<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_InotifyRmWatch + } else { + *funcref = error_InotifyRmWatch + } + return (*funcref)(fd, watchdesc) +} + +func error_InotifyRmWatch(fd int, watchdesc uint32) (success int, err error) { + success = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Listxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(dest) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&dest[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LISTXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(dest))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + sz = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_ListxattrAddr() *(func(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error)) + +var Listxattr = enter_Listxattr + +func enter_Listxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + funcref := get_ListxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LISTXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Listxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Listxattr + } + return (*funcref)(path, dest) +} + +func error_Listxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + sz = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Llistxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(dest) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&dest[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LLISTXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(dest))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + sz = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_LlistxattrAddr() *(func(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error)) + +var Llistxattr = enter_Llistxattr + +func enter_Llistxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + funcref := get_LlistxattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LLISTXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Llistxattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Llistxattr + } + return (*funcref)(path, dest) +} + +func error_Llistxattr(path string, dest []byte) (sz int, err error) { + sz = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Lremovexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(attr) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LREMOVEXATTR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_LremovexattrAddr() *(func(path string, attr string) (err error)) + +var Lremovexattr = enter_Lremovexattr + +func enter_Lremovexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) { + funcref := get_LremovexattrAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LREMOVEXATTR_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Lremovexattr + } else { + *funcref = error_Lremovexattr + } + return (*funcref)(path, attr) +} + +func error_Lremovexattr(path string, attr string) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Lutimes(path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 unsafe.Pointer + if len(tv) > 0 { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&tv[0]) + } else { + _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LUTIMES_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(tv))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_LutimesAddr() *(func(path string, tv []Timeval) (err error)) + +var Lutimes = enter_Lutimes + +func enter_Lutimes(path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + funcref := get_LutimesAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LUTIMES_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Lutimes + } else { + *funcref = error_Lutimes + } + return (*funcref)(path, tv) +} + +func error_Lutimes(path string, tv []Timeval) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Mprotect(b []byte, prot int) (err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(b) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_MPROTECT<<4, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(b)), uintptr(prot)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Msync(b []byte, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(b) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&b[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_MSYNC<<4, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(b)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Console2(cmsg *ConsMsg2, modstr *byte, concmd *uint32) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CONSOLE2<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cmsg)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(modstr)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(concmd))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Poll(fds []PollFd, timeout int) (n int, err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(fds) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&fds[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_POLL<<4, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(fds)), uintptr(timeout)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + n = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Readdir_r(dirp uintptr, entry *direntLE, result **direntLE) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___READDIR_R_A<<4, uintptr(dirp), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(entry)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(result))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Statfs(path string, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___STATFS_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buf))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_StatfsAddr() *(func(path string, buf *Statfs_t) (err error)) + +var Statfs = enter_Statfs + +func enter_Statfs(path string, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) { + funcref := get_StatfsAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___STATFS_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Statfs + } else { + *funcref = error_Statfs + } + return (*funcref)(path, buf) +} + +func error_Statfs(path string, buf *Statfs_t) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Syncfs(fd int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SYNCFS<<4, uintptr(fd)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_SyncfsAddr() *(func(fd int) (err error)) + +var Syncfs = enter_Syncfs + +func enter_Syncfs(fd int) (err error) { + funcref := get_SyncfsAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SYNCFS<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Syncfs + } else { + *funcref = error_Syncfs + } + return (*funcref)(fd) +} + +func error_Syncfs(fd int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Times(tms *Tms) (ticks uintptr, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_TIMES<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(tms))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + ticks = uintptr(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func W_Getmntent(buff *byte, size int) (lastsys int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_W_GETMNTENT<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buff)), uintptr(size)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + lastsys = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func W_Getmntent_A(buff *byte, size int) (lastsys int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___W_GETMNTENT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buff)), uintptr(size)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + lastsys = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func mount_LE(path string, filesystem string, fstype string, mtm uint32, parmlen int32, parm string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(filesystem) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p2 *byte + _p2, err = BytePtrFromString(fstype) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p3 *byte + _p3, err = BytePtrFromString(parm) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MOUNT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p2)), uintptr(mtm), uintptr(parmlen), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p3))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func unmount_LE(filesystem string, mtm int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(filesystem) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UMOUNT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mtm)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Chroot(path string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___CHROOT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Select(nmsgsfds int, r *FdSet, w *FdSet, e *FdSet, timeout *Timeval) (ret int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SELECT<<4, uintptr(nmsgsfds), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(r)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(w)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(e)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(timeout))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + ret = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Uname(buf *Utsname) (err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_____OSNAME_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(buf))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Unshare(flags int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_UNSHARE<<4, uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_UnshareAddr() *(func(flags int) (err error)) + +var Unshare = enter_Unshare + +func enter_Unshare(flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_UnshareAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_UNSHARE<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Unshare + } else { + *funcref = error_Unshare + } + return (*funcref)(flags) +} + +func error_Unshare(flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Gethostname(buf []byte) (err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(buf) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___GETHOSTNAME_A<<4, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(buf))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getgid() (gid int) { + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_GETGID<<4) + gid = int(r0) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getpid() (pid int) { + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_GETPID<<4) + pid = int(r0) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getpgid(pid int) (pgid int, err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETPGID<<4, uintptr(pid)) + pgid = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getppid() (pid int) { + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_GETPPID<<4) + pid = int(r0) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getpriority(which int, who int) (prio int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETPRIORITY<<4, uintptr(which), uintptr(who)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + prio = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getrlimit(resource int, rlim *Rlimit) (err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETRLIMIT<<4, uintptr(resource), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rlim))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func getrusage(who int, rusage *rusage_zos) (err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETRUSAGE<<4, uintptr(who), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rusage))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getegid() (egid int) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_GETEGID<<4) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + egid = int(r0) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Geteuid() (euid int) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_GETEUID<<4) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + euid = int(r0) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getsid(pid int) (sid int, err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETSID<<4, uintptr(pid)) + sid = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Getuid() (uid int) { + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_GETUID<<4) + uid = int(r0) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Kill(pid int, sig Signal) (err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_KILL<<4, uintptr(pid), uintptr(sig)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Lchown(path string, uid int, gid int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LCHOWN_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Link(path string, link string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(link) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LINK_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Linkat(oldDirFd int, oldPath string, newDirFd int, newPath string, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(oldPath) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(newPath) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LINKAT_A<<4, uintptr(oldDirFd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(newDirFd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_LinkatAddr() *(func(oldDirFd int, oldPath string, newDirFd int, newPath string, flags int) (err error)) + +var Linkat = enter_Linkat + +func enter_Linkat(oldDirFd int, oldPath string, newDirFd int, newPath string, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_LinkatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LINKAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Linkat + } else { + *funcref = error_Linkat + } + return (*funcref)(oldDirFd, oldPath, newDirFd, newPath, flags) +} + +func error_Linkat(oldDirFd int, oldPath string, newDirFd int, newPath string, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Listen(s int, n int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_LISTEN<<4, uintptr(s), uintptr(n)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func lstat(path string, stat *Stat_LE_t) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___LSTAT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Mkdir(path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKDIR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Mkdirat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKDIRAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_MkdiratAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error)) + +var Mkdirat = enter_Mkdirat + +func enter_Mkdirat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + funcref := get_MkdiratAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKDIRAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Mkdirat + } else { + *funcref = error_Mkdirat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, mode) +} + +func error_Mkdirat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Mkfifo(path string, mode uint32) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKFIFO_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Mknod(path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKNOD_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(dev)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Mknodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKNODAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(dev)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_MknodatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error)) + +var Mknodat = enter_Mknodat + +func enter_Mknodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) { + funcref := get_MknodatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___MKNODAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Mknodat + } else { + *funcref = error_Mknodat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, mode, dev) +} + +func error_Mknodat(dirfd int, path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_PivotRoot(newroot string, oldroot string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(newroot) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(oldroot) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___PIVOT_ROOT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_PivotRootAddr() *(func(newroot string, oldroot string) (err error)) + +var PivotRoot = enter_PivotRoot + +func enter_PivotRoot(newroot string, oldroot string) (err error) { + funcref := get_PivotRootAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___PIVOT_ROOT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_PivotRoot + } else { + *funcref = error_PivotRoot + } + return (*funcref)(newroot, oldroot) +} + +func error_PivotRoot(newroot string, oldroot string) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Pread(fd int, p []byte, offset int64) (n int, err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(p) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&p[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PREAD<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p)), uintptr(offset)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + n = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getpriority(which int, who int) (prio int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_GETPRIORITY, uintptr(which), uintptr(who), 0) - prio = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func Pwrite(fd int, p []byte, offset int64) (n int, err error) { + var _p0 unsafe.Pointer + if len(p) > 0 { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&p[0]) + } else { + _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PWRITE<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p)), uintptr(offset)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + n = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getrlimit(resource int, rlim *Rlimit) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETRLIMIT, uintptr(resource), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rlim)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_Prctl(option int, arg2 uintptr, arg3 uintptr, arg4 uintptr, arg5 uintptr) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___PRCTL_A<<4, uintptr(option), uintptr(arg2), uintptr(arg3), uintptr(arg4), uintptr(arg5)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_PrctlAddr() *(func(option int, arg2 uintptr, arg3 uintptr, arg4 uintptr, arg5 uintptr) (err error)) -func getrusage(who int, rusage *rusage_zos) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETRUSAGE, uintptr(who), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(rusage)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var Prctl = enter_Prctl + +func enter_Prctl(option int, arg2 uintptr, arg3 uintptr, arg4 uintptr, arg5 uintptr) (err error) { + funcref := get_PrctlAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___PRCTL_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Prctl + } else { + *funcref = error_Prctl } - return + return (*funcref)(option, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT - -func Getsid(pid int) (sid int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETSID, uintptr(pid), 0, 0) - sid = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) - } +func error_Prctl(option int, arg2 uintptr, arg3 uintptr, arg4 uintptr, arg5 uintptr) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Getuid() (uid int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETUID, 0, 0, 0) - uid = int(r0) +func impl_Prlimit(pid int, resource int, newlimit *Rlimit, old *Rlimit) (err error) { + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PRLIMIT<<4, uintptr(pid), uintptr(resource), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(newlimit)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(old))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_PrlimitAddr() *(func(pid int, resource int, newlimit *Rlimit, old *Rlimit) (err error)) -func Kill(pid int, sig Signal) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_KILL, uintptr(pid), uintptr(sig), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var Prlimit = enter_Prlimit + +func enter_Prlimit(pid int, resource int, newlimit *Rlimit, old *Rlimit) (err error) { + funcref := get_PrlimitAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PRLIMIT<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Prlimit + } else { + *funcref = error_Prlimit } + return (*funcref)(pid, resource, newlimit, old) +} + +func error_Prlimit(pid int, resource int, newlimit *Rlimit, old *Rlimit) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Lchown(path string, uid int, gid int) (err error) { +func Rename(from string, to string) (err error) { var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(from) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(to) if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___LCHOWN_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(uid), uintptr(gid)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RENAME_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Link(path string, link string) (err error) { +func impl_Renameat(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string) (err error) { var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(oldpath) if err != nil { return } var _p1 *byte - _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(link) + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(newpath) if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___LINK_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RENAMEAT_A<<4, uintptr(olddirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(newdirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_RenameatAddr() *(func(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string) (err error)) -func Listen(s int, n int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_LISTEN, uintptr(s), uintptr(n), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var Renameat = enter_Renameat + +func enter_Renameat(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string) (err error) { + funcref := get_RenameatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RENAMEAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Renameat + } else { + *funcref = error_Renameat } + return (*funcref)(olddirfd, oldpath, newdirfd, newpath) +} + +func error_Renameat(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func lstat(path string, stat *Stat_LE_t) (err error) { +func impl_Renameat2(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string, flags uint) (err error) { var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(oldpath) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(newpath) if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___LSTAT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(stat)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RENAMEAT2_A<<4, uintptr(olddirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(newdirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_Renameat2Addr() *(func(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string, flags uint) (err error)) -func Mkdir(path string, mode uint32) (err error) { - var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) - if err != nil { - return - } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MKDIR_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var Renameat2 = enter_Renameat2 + +func enter_Renameat2(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string, flags uint) (err error) { + funcref := get_Renameat2Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RENAMEAT2_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Renameat2 + } else { + *funcref = error_Renameat2 } + return (*funcref)(olddirfd, oldpath, newdirfd, newpath, flags) +} + +func error_Renameat2(olddirfd int, oldpath string, newdirfd int, newpath string, flags uint) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Mkfifo(path string, mode uint32) (err error) { +func Rmdir(path string) (err error) { var _p0 *byte _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MKFIFO_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___RMDIR_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Mknod(path string, mode uint32, dev int) (err error) { - var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) - if err != nil { - return - } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___MKNOD_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(dev)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func Seek(fd int, offset int64, whence int) (off int64, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_LSEEK<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(offset), uintptr(whence)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + off = int64(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Pread(fd int, p []byte, offset int64) (n int, err error) { - var _p0 unsafe.Pointer - if len(p) > 0 { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&p[0]) - } else { - _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) +func Setegid(egid int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETEGID<<4, uintptr(egid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS_PREAD, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p)), uintptr(offset), 0, 0) - n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Seteuid(euid int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETEUID<<4, uintptr(euid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Pwrite(fd int, p []byte, offset int64) (n int, err error) { +func impl_Sethostname(p []byte) (err error) { var _p0 unsafe.Pointer if len(p) > 0 { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&p[0]) } else { _p0 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS_PWRITE, uintptr(fd), uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p)), uintptr(offset), 0, 0) - n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SETHOSTNAME_A<<4, uintptr(_p0), uintptr(len(p))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_SethostnameAddr() *(func(p []byte) (err error)) -func Readlink(path string, buf []byte) (n int, err error) { - var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) - if err != nil { - return - } - var _p1 unsafe.Pointer - if len(buf) > 0 { - _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0]) +var Sethostname = enter_Sethostname + +func enter_Sethostname(p []byte) (err error) { + funcref := get_SethostnameAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SETHOSTNAME_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Sethostname } else { - _p1 = unsafe.Pointer(&_zero) + *funcref = error_Sethostname } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___READLINK_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(_p1), uintptr(len(buf))) - n = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) - } - return + return (*funcref)(p) } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT - -func Rename(from string, to string) (err error) { - var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(from) - if err != nil { - return - } - var _p1 *byte - _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(to) - if err != nil { - return - } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___RENAME_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) - } +func error_Sethostname(p []byte) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Rmdir(path string) (err error) { - var _p0 *byte - _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) - if err != nil { - return - } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___RMDIR_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_Setns(fd int, nstype int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETNS<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(nstype)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } -// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT +//go:nosplit +func get_SetnsAddr() *(func(fd int, nstype int) (err error)) -func Seek(fd int, offset int64, whence int) (off int64, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_LSEEK, uintptr(fd), uintptr(offset), uintptr(whence)) - off = int64(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +var Setns = enter_Setns + +func enter_Setns(fd int, nstype int) (err error) { + funcref := get_SetnsAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETNS<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Setns + } else { + *funcref = error_Setns } + return (*funcref)(fd, nstype) +} + +func error_Setns(fd int, nstype int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setpriority(which int, who int, prio int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_SETPRIORITY, uintptr(which), uintptr(who), uintptr(prio)) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETPRIORITY<<4, uintptr(which), uintptr(who), uintptr(prio)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -971,9 +2910,9 @@ func Setpriority(which int, who int, prio int) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setpgid(pid int, pgid int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SETPGID, uintptr(pid), uintptr(pgid), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETPGID<<4, uintptr(pid), uintptr(pgid)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -981,9 +2920,9 @@ func Setpgid(pid int, pgid int) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setrlimit(resource int, lim *Rlimit) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SETRLIMIT, uintptr(resource), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(lim)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETRLIMIT<<4, uintptr(resource), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(lim))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -991,9 +2930,9 @@ func Setrlimit(resource int, lim *Rlimit) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setregid(rgid int, egid int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SETREGID, uintptr(rgid), uintptr(egid), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETREGID<<4, uintptr(rgid), uintptr(egid)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1001,9 +2940,9 @@ func Setregid(rgid int, egid int) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setreuid(ruid int, euid int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SETREUID, uintptr(ruid), uintptr(euid), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETREUID<<4, uintptr(ruid), uintptr(euid)) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1011,10 +2950,10 @@ func Setreuid(ruid int, euid int) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setsid() (pid int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_SETSID, 0, 0, 0) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_SETSID<<4) pid = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1022,9 +2961,11 @@ func Setsid() (pid int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setuid(uid int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_SETUID, uintptr(uid), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETUID<<4, uintptr(uid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1032,9 +2973,11 @@ func Setuid(uid int) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Setgid(uid int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_SETGID, uintptr(uid), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SETGID<<4, uintptr(uid)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1042,9 +2985,11 @@ func Setgid(uid int) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Shutdown(fd int, how int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_SHUTDOWN, uintptr(fd), uintptr(how), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_SHUTDOWN<<4, uintptr(fd), uintptr(how)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1057,9 +3002,11 @@ func stat(path string, statLE *Stat_LE_t) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___STAT_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(statLE)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___STAT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(statLE))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1077,17 +3024,63 @@ func Symlink(path string, link string) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___SYMLINK_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SYMLINK_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Symlinkat(oldPath string, dirfd int, newPath string) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(oldPath) + if err != nil { + return + } + var _p1 *byte + _p1, err = BytePtrFromString(newPath) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SYMLINKAT_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p1))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } +//go:nosplit +func get_SymlinkatAddr() *(func(oldPath string, dirfd int, newPath string) (err error)) + +var Symlinkat = enter_Symlinkat + +func enter_Symlinkat(oldPath string, dirfd int, newPath string) (err error) { + funcref := get_SymlinkatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___SYMLINKAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Symlinkat + } else { + *funcref = error_Symlinkat + } + return (*funcref)(oldPath, dirfd, newPath) +} + +func error_Symlinkat(oldPath string, dirfd int, newPath string) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Sync() { - syscall_syscall(SYS_SYNC, 0, 0, 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec() + SYS_SYNC<<4) + runtime.ExitSyscall() return } @@ -1099,9 +3092,11 @@ func Truncate(path string, length int64) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___TRUNCATE_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(length), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___TRUNCATE_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(length)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1109,9 +3104,11 @@ func Truncate(path string, length int64) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Tcgetattr(fildes int, termptr *Termios) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_TCGETATTR, uintptr(fildes), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(termptr)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_TCGETATTR<<4, uintptr(fildes), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(termptr))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1119,9 +3116,11 @@ func Tcgetattr(fildes int, termptr *Termios) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Tcsetattr(fildes int, when int, termptr *Termios) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_TCSETATTR, uintptr(fildes), uintptr(when), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(termptr))) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_TCSETATTR<<4, uintptr(fildes), uintptr(when), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(termptr))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1129,7 +3128,9 @@ func Tcsetattr(fildes int, when int, termptr *Termios) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func Umask(mask int) (oldmask int) { - r0, _, _ := syscall_syscall(SYS_UMASK, uintptr(mask), 0, 0) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, _, _ := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_UMASK<<4, uintptr(mask)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() oldmask = int(r0) return } @@ -1142,10 +3143,49 @@ func Unlink(path string) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___UNLINK_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UNLINK_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_Unlinkat(dirfd int, path string, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UNLINKAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_UnlinkatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, flags int) (err error)) + +var Unlinkat = enter_Unlinkat + +func enter_Unlinkat(dirfd int, path string, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_UnlinkatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UNLINKAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_Unlinkat + } else { + *funcref = error_Unlinkat } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, flags) +} + +func error_Unlinkat(dirfd int, path string, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS return } @@ -1157,9 +3197,11 @@ func Utime(path string, utim *Utimbuf) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___UTIME_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(utim)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UTIME_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(utim))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1172,11 +3214,91 @@ func open(path string, mode int, perm uint32) (fd int, err error) { if err != nil { return } - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___OPEN_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(perm)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___OPEN_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(mode), uintptr(perm)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_openat(dirfd int, path string, flags int, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___OPENAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(flags), uintptr(mode)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_openatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, flags int, mode uint32) (fd int, err error)) + +var openat = enter_openat + +func enter_openat(dirfd int, path string, flags int, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_openatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___OPENAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_openat + } else { + *funcref = error_openat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, flags, mode) +} + +func error_openat(dirfd int, path string, flags int, mode uint32) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func impl_openat2(dirfd int, path string, open_how *OpenHow, size int) (fd int, err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___OPENAT2_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(open_how)), uintptr(size)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() fd = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_openat2Addr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, open_how *OpenHow, size int) (fd int, err error)) + +var openat2 = enter_openat2 + +func enter_openat2(dirfd int, path string, open_how *OpenHow, size int) (fd int, err error) { + funcref := get_openat2Addr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___OPENAT2_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_openat2 + } else { + *funcref = error_openat2 } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, open_how, size) +} + +func error_openat2(dirfd int, path string, open_how *OpenHow, size int) (fd int, err error) { + fd = -1 + err = ENOSYS return } @@ -1188,9 +3310,23 @@ func remove(path string) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_REMOVE, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_REMOVE<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func waitid(idType int, id int, info *Siginfo, options int) (err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_WAITID<<4, uintptr(idType), uintptr(id), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(info)), uintptr(options)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1198,10 +3334,12 @@ func remove(path string) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func waitpid(pid int, wstatus *_C_int, options int) (wpid int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS_WAITPID, uintptr(pid), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(wstatus)), uintptr(options)) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_WAITPID<<4, uintptr(pid), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(wstatus)), uintptr(options)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() wpid = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1209,9 +3347,9 @@ func waitpid(pid int, wstatus *_C_int, options int) (wpid int, err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func gettimeofday(tv *timeval_zos) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(tv)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(tv))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1219,9 +3357,9 @@ func gettimeofday(tv *timeval_zos) (err error) { // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT func pipe(p *[2]_C_int) (err error) { - _, _, e1 := syscall_rawsyscall(SYS_PIPE, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(p)), 0, 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_PIPE<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(p))) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } @@ -1234,20 +3372,87 @@ func utimes(path string, timeval *[2]Timeval) (err error) { if err != nil { return } - _, _, e1 := syscall_syscall(SYS___UTIMES_A, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(timeval)), 0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UTIMES_A<<4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(timeval))) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } // THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT -func Select(nmsgsfds int, r *FdSet, w *FdSet, e *FdSet, timeout *Timeval) (ret int, err error) { - r0, _, e1 := syscall_syscall6(SYS_SELECT, uintptr(nmsgsfds), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(r)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(w)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(e)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(timeout)), 0) - ret = int(r0) - if e1 != 0 { - err = errnoErr(e1) +func impl_utimensat(dirfd int, path string, ts *[2]Timespec, flags int) (err error) { + var _p0 *byte + _p0, err = BytePtrFromString(path) + if err != nil { + return + } + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UTIMENSAT_A<<4, uintptr(dirfd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(_p0)), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(ts)), uintptr(flags)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +//go:nosplit +func get_utimensatAddr() *(func(dirfd int, path string, ts *[2]Timespec, flags int) (err error)) + +var utimensat = enter_utimensat + +func enter_utimensat(dirfd int, path string, ts *[2]Timespec, flags int) (err error) { + funcref := get_utimensatAddr() + if funcptrtest(GetZosLibVec()+SYS___UTIMENSAT_A<<4, "") == 0 { + *funcref = impl_utimensat + } else { + *funcref = error_utimensat + } + return (*funcref)(dirfd, path, ts, flags) +} + +func error_utimensat(dirfd int, path string, ts *[2]Timespec, flags int) (err error) { + err = ENOSYS + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Posix_openpt(oflag int) (fd int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_POSIX_OPENPT<<4, uintptr(oflag)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + fd = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Grantpt(fildes int) (rc int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_GRANTPT<<4, uintptr(fildes)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + rc = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) + } + return +} + +// THIS FILE IS GENERATED BY THE COMMAND AT THE TOP; DO NOT EDIT + +func Unlockpt(fildes int) (rc int, err error) { + runtime.EnterSyscall() + r0, e2, e1 := CallLeFuncWithErr(GetZosLibVec()+SYS_UNLOCKPT<<4, uintptr(fildes)) + runtime.ExitSyscall() + rc = int(r0) + if int64(r0) == -1 { + err = errnoErr2(e1, e2) } return } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_386.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_386.go index 0cc3ce496e229..53aef5dc58df2 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_386.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_386.go @@ -452,4 +452,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_amd64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_amd64.go index 856d92d69ef91..71d524763d343 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_amd64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_amd64.go @@ -374,4 +374,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm.go index 8d467094cf57a..c747706131cbb 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm.go @@ -416,4 +416,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm64.go index edc173244d0d8..f96e214f6d408 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_arm64.go @@ -319,4 +319,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_loong64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_loong64.go index 445eba2061554..28425346cf180 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_loong64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_loong64.go @@ -313,4 +313,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips.go index adba01bca7015..d0953018dae08 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips.go @@ -436,4 +436,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 4454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 4455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 4456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 4457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 4458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 4459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 4460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 4461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64.go index 014c4e9c7a75b..295c7f4b81849 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64.go @@ -366,4 +366,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 5454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 5455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 5456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 5457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 5458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 5459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 5460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 5461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64le.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64le.go index ccc97d74d05dd..d1a9eaca7a418 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64le.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mips64le.go @@ -366,4 +366,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 5454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 5455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 5456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 5457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 5458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 5459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 5460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 5461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mipsle.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mipsle.go index ec2b64a95d743..bec157c39fd0f 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mipsle.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_mipsle.go @@ -436,4 +436,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 4454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 4455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 4456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 4457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 4458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 4459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 4460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 4461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc.go index 21a839e338b30..7ee7bdc435cf8 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc.go @@ -443,4 +443,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64.go index c11121ec3b4dd..fad1f25b449d6 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64.go @@ -415,4 +415,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64le.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64le.go index 909b631fcb45a..7d3e16357d61f 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64le.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_ppc64le.go @@ -415,4 +415,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_riscv64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_riscv64.go index e49bed16ea6b6..0ed53ad9f7e9b 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_riscv64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_riscv64.go @@ -320,4 +320,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_s390x.go index 66017d2d32b35..2fba04ad50062 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_s390x.go @@ -381,4 +381,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_sparc64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_sparc64.go index 47bab18dcedb1..621d00d741bf6 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_sparc64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_linux_sparc64.go @@ -394,4 +394,9 @@ const ( SYS_FUTEX_WAKE = 454 SYS_FUTEX_WAIT = 455 SYS_FUTEX_REQUEUE = 456 + SYS_STATMOUNT = 457 + SYS_LISTMOUNT = 458 + SYS_LSM_GET_SELF_ATTR = 459 + SYS_LSM_SET_SELF_ATTR = 460 + SYS_LSM_LIST_MODULES = 461 ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_zos_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_zos_s390x.go index b2e308581990a..5e8c263ca9c6f 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_zos_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zsysnum_zos_s390x.go @@ -1,2669 +1,2852 @@ -// Copyright 2020 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. -// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style -// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. +// go run mksyscall_zos_s390x.go -o_sysnum zsysnum_zos_s390x.go -o_syscall zsyscall_zos_s390x.go -i_syscall syscall_zos_s390x.go -o_asm zsymaddr_zos_s390x.s +// Code generated by the command above; see README.md. DO NOT EDIT. //go:build zos && s390x package unix -// TODO: auto-generate. - const ( - SYS_ACOSD128 = 0xB80 - SYS_ACOSD32 = 0xB7E - SYS_ACOSD64 = 0xB7F - SYS_ACOSHD128 = 0xB83 - SYS_ACOSHD32 = 0xB81 - SYS_ACOSHD64 = 0xB82 - SYS_AIO_FSYNC = 0xC69 - SYS_ASCTIME = 0x0AE - SYS_ASCTIME64 = 0xCD7 - SYS_ASCTIME64_R = 0xCD8 - SYS_ASIND128 = 0xB86 - SYS_ASIND32 = 0xB84 - SYS_ASIND64 = 0xB85 - SYS_ASINHD128 = 0xB89 - SYS_ASINHD32 = 0xB87 - SYS_ASINHD64 = 0xB88 - SYS_ATAN2D128 = 0xB8F - SYS_ATAN2D32 = 0xB8D - SYS_ATAN2D64 = 0xB8E - SYS_ATAND128 = 0xB8C - SYS_ATAND32 = 0xB8A - SYS_ATAND64 = 0xB8B - SYS_ATANHD128 = 0xB92 - SYS_ATANHD32 = 0xB90 - SYS_ATANHD64 = 0xB91 - SYS_BIND2ADDRSEL = 0xD59 - SYS_C16RTOMB = 0xD40 - SYS_C32RTOMB = 0xD41 - SYS_CBRTD128 = 0xB95 - SYS_CBRTD32 = 0xB93 - SYS_CBRTD64 = 0xB94 - SYS_CEILD128 = 0xB98 - SYS_CEILD32 = 0xB96 - SYS_CEILD64 = 0xB97 - SYS_CLEARENV = 0x0C9 - SYS_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED = 0xCA1 - SYS_CLOCK = 0x0AA - SYS_CLOGL = 0xA00 - SYS_CLRMEMF = 0x0BD - SYS_CONJ = 0xA03 - SYS_CONJF = 0xA06 - SYS_CONJL = 0xA09 - SYS_COPYSIGND128 = 0xB9E - SYS_COPYSIGND32 = 0xB9C - SYS_COPYSIGND64 = 0xB9D - SYS_COSD128 = 0xBA1 - SYS_COSD32 = 0xB9F - SYS_COSD64 = 0xBA0 - SYS_COSHD128 = 0xBA4 - SYS_COSHD32 = 0xBA2 - SYS_COSHD64 = 0xBA3 - SYS_CPOW = 0xA0C - SYS_CPOWF = 0xA0F - SYS_CPOWL = 0xA12 - SYS_CPROJ = 0xA15 - SYS_CPROJF = 0xA18 - SYS_CPROJL = 0xA1B - SYS_CREAL = 0xA1E - SYS_CREALF = 0xA21 - SYS_CREALL = 0xA24 - SYS_CSIN = 0xA27 - SYS_CSINF = 0xA2A - SYS_CSINH = 0xA30 - SYS_CSINHF = 0xA33 - SYS_CSINHL = 0xA36 - SYS_CSINL = 0xA2D - SYS_CSNAP = 0x0C5 - SYS_CSQRT = 0xA39 - SYS_CSQRTF = 0xA3C - SYS_CSQRTL = 0xA3F - SYS_CTAN = 0xA42 - SYS_CTANF = 0xA45 - SYS_CTANH = 0xA4B - SYS_CTANHF = 0xA4E - SYS_CTANHL = 0xA51 - SYS_CTANL = 0xA48 - SYS_CTIME = 0x0AB - SYS_CTIME64 = 0xCD9 - SYS_CTIME64_R = 0xCDA - SYS_CTRACE = 0x0C6 - SYS_DIFFTIME = 0x0A7 - SYS_DIFFTIME64 = 0xCDB - SYS_DLADDR = 0xC82 - SYS_DYNALLOC = 0x0C3 - SYS_DYNFREE = 0x0C2 - SYS_ERFCD128 = 0xBAA - SYS_ERFCD32 = 0xBA8 - SYS_ERFCD64 = 0xBA9 - SYS_ERFD128 = 0xBA7 - SYS_ERFD32 = 0xBA5 - SYS_ERFD64 = 0xBA6 - SYS_EXP2D128 = 0xBB0 - SYS_EXP2D32 = 0xBAE - SYS_EXP2D64 = 0xBAF - SYS_EXPD128 = 0xBAD - SYS_EXPD32 = 0xBAB - SYS_EXPD64 = 0xBAC - SYS_EXPM1D128 = 0xBB3 - SYS_EXPM1D32 = 0xBB1 - SYS_EXPM1D64 = 0xBB2 - SYS_FABSD128 = 0xBB6 - SYS_FABSD32 = 0xBB4 - SYS_FABSD64 = 0xBB5 - SYS_FDELREC_UNLOCKED = 0xCA2 - SYS_FDIMD128 = 0xBB9 - SYS_FDIMD32 = 0xBB7 - SYS_FDIMD64 = 0xBB8 - SYS_FDOPEN_UNLOCKED = 0xCFC - SYS_FECLEAREXCEPT = 0xAEA - SYS_FEGETENV = 0xAEB - SYS_FEGETEXCEPTFLAG = 0xAEC - SYS_FEGETROUND = 0xAED - SYS_FEHOLDEXCEPT = 0xAEE - SYS_FEOF_UNLOCKED = 0xCA3 - SYS_FERAISEEXCEPT = 0xAEF - SYS_FERROR_UNLOCKED = 0xCA4 - SYS_FESETENV = 0xAF0 - SYS_FESETEXCEPTFLAG = 0xAF1 - SYS_FESETROUND = 0xAF2 - SYS_FETCHEP = 0x0BF - SYS_FETESTEXCEPT = 0xAF3 - SYS_FEUPDATEENV = 0xAF4 - SYS_FE_DEC_GETROUND = 0xBBA - SYS_FE_DEC_SETROUND = 0xBBB - SYS_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED = 0xCA5 - SYS_FGETC_UNLOCKED = 0xC80 - SYS_FGETPOS64 = 0xCEE - SYS_FGETPOS64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF4 - SYS_FGETPOS_UNLOCKED = 0xCA6 - SYS_FGETS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7C - SYS_FGETWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCA7 - SYS_FGETWS_UNLOCKED = 0xCA8 - SYS_FILENO_UNLOCKED = 0xCA9 - SYS_FLDATA = 0x0C1 - SYS_FLDATA_UNLOCKED = 0xCAA - SYS_FLOCATE_UNLOCKED = 0xCAB - SYS_FLOORD128 = 0xBBE - SYS_FLOORD32 = 0xBBC - SYS_FLOORD64 = 0xBBD - SYS_FMA = 0xA63 - SYS_FMAD128 = 0xBC1 - SYS_FMAD32 = 0xBBF - SYS_FMAD64 = 0xBC0 - SYS_FMAF = 0xA66 - SYS_FMAL = 0xA69 - SYS_FMAX = 0xA6C - SYS_FMAXD128 = 0xBC4 - SYS_FMAXD32 = 0xBC2 - SYS_FMAXD64 = 0xBC3 - SYS_FMAXF = 0xA6F - SYS_FMAXL = 0xA72 - SYS_FMIN = 0xA75 - SYS_FMIND128 = 0xBC7 - SYS_FMIND32 = 0xBC5 - SYS_FMIND64 = 0xBC6 - SYS_FMINF = 0xA78 - SYS_FMINL = 0xA7B - SYS_FMODD128 = 0xBCA - SYS_FMODD32 = 0xBC8 - SYS_FMODD64 = 0xBC9 - SYS_FOPEN64 = 0xD49 - SYS_FOPEN64_UNLOCKED = 0xD4A - SYS_FOPEN_UNLOCKED = 0xCFA - SYS_FPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCAC - SYS_FPUTC_UNLOCKED = 0xC81 - SYS_FPUTS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7E - SYS_FPUTWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCAD - SYS_FPUTWS_UNLOCKED = 0xCAE - SYS_FREAD_NOUPDATE = 0xCEC - SYS_FREAD_NOUPDATE_UNLOCKED = 0xCED - SYS_FREAD_UNLOCKED = 0xC7B - SYS_FREEIFADDRS = 0xCE6 - SYS_FREOPEN64 = 0xD4B - SYS_FREOPEN64_UNLOCKED = 0xD4C - SYS_FREOPEN_UNLOCKED = 0xCFB - SYS_FREXPD128 = 0xBCE - SYS_FREXPD32 = 0xBCC - SYS_FREXPD64 = 0xBCD - SYS_FSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCAF - SYS_FSEEK64 = 0xCEF - SYS_FSEEK64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF5 - SYS_FSEEKO64 = 0xCF0 - SYS_FSEEKO64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF6 - SYS_FSEEKO_UNLOCKED = 0xCB1 - SYS_FSEEK_UNLOCKED = 0xCB0 - SYS_FSETPOS64 = 0xCF1 - SYS_FSETPOS64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF7 - SYS_FSETPOS_UNLOCKED = 0xCB3 - SYS_FTELL64 = 0xCF2 - SYS_FTELL64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF8 - SYS_FTELLO64 = 0xCF3 - SYS_FTELLO64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF9 - SYS_FTELLO_UNLOCKED = 0xCB5 - SYS_FTELL_UNLOCKED = 0xCB4 - SYS_FUPDATE = 0x0B5 - SYS_FUPDATE_UNLOCKED = 0xCB7 - SYS_FWIDE_UNLOCKED = 0xCB8 - SYS_FWPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCB9 - SYS_FWRITE_UNLOCKED = 0xC7A - SYS_FWSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCBA - SYS_GETDATE64 = 0xD4F - SYS_GETIFADDRS = 0xCE7 - SYS_GETIPV4SOURCEFILTER = 0xC77 - SYS_GETSOURCEFILTER = 0xC79 - SYS_GETSYNTX = 0x0FD - SYS_GETS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7D - SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY64 = 0xD50 - SYS_GETWCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0xCBC - SYS_GETWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCBB - SYS_GMTIME = 0x0B0 - SYS_GMTIME64 = 0xCDC - SYS_GMTIME64_R = 0xCDD - SYS_HYPOTD128 = 0xBD1 - SYS_HYPOTD32 = 0xBCF - SYS_HYPOTD64 = 0xBD0 - SYS_ILOGBD128 = 0xBD4 - SYS_ILOGBD32 = 0xBD2 - SYS_ILOGBD64 = 0xBD3 - SYS_ILOGBF = 0xA7E - SYS_ILOGBL = 0xA81 - SYS_INET6_IS_SRCADDR = 0xD5A - SYS_ISBLANK = 0x0FE - SYS_ISWALNUM = 0x0FF - SYS_LDEXPD128 = 0xBD7 - SYS_LDEXPD32 = 0xBD5 - SYS_LDEXPD64 = 0xBD6 - SYS_LGAMMAD128 = 0xBDA - SYS_LGAMMAD32 = 0xBD8 - SYS_LGAMMAD64 = 0xBD9 - SYS_LIO_LISTIO = 0xC6A - SYS_LLRINT = 0xA84 - SYS_LLRINTD128 = 0xBDD - SYS_LLRINTD32 = 0xBDB - SYS_LLRINTD64 = 0xBDC - SYS_LLRINTF = 0xA87 - SYS_LLRINTL = 0xA8A - SYS_LLROUND = 0xA8D - SYS_LLROUNDD128 = 0xBE0 - SYS_LLROUNDD32 = 0xBDE - SYS_LLROUNDD64 = 0xBDF - SYS_LLROUNDF = 0xA90 - SYS_LLROUNDL = 0xA93 - SYS_LOCALTIM = 0x0B1 - SYS_LOCALTIME = 0x0B1 - SYS_LOCALTIME64 = 0xCDE - SYS_LOCALTIME64_R = 0xCDF - SYS_LOG10D128 = 0xBE6 - SYS_LOG10D32 = 0xBE4 - SYS_LOG10D64 = 0xBE5 - SYS_LOG1PD128 = 0xBE9 - SYS_LOG1PD32 = 0xBE7 - SYS_LOG1PD64 = 0xBE8 - SYS_LOG2D128 = 0xBEC - SYS_LOG2D32 = 0xBEA - SYS_LOG2D64 = 0xBEB - SYS_LOGBD128 = 0xBEF - SYS_LOGBD32 = 0xBED - SYS_LOGBD64 = 0xBEE - SYS_LOGBF = 0xA96 - SYS_LOGBL = 0xA99 - SYS_LOGD128 = 0xBE3 - SYS_LOGD32 = 0xBE1 - SYS_LOGD64 = 0xBE2 - SYS_LRINT = 0xA9C - SYS_LRINTD128 = 0xBF2 - SYS_LRINTD32 = 0xBF0 - SYS_LRINTD64 = 0xBF1 - SYS_LRINTF = 0xA9F - SYS_LRINTL = 0xAA2 - SYS_LROUNDD128 = 0xBF5 - SYS_LROUNDD32 = 0xBF3 - SYS_LROUNDD64 = 0xBF4 - SYS_LROUNDL = 0xAA5 - SYS_MBLEN = 0x0AF - SYS_MBRTOC16 = 0xD42 - SYS_MBRTOC32 = 0xD43 - SYS_MEMSET = 0x0A3 - SYS_MKTIME = 0x0AC - SYS_MKTIME64 = 0xCE0 - SYS_MODFD128 = 0xBF8 - SYS_MODFD32 = 0xBF6 - SYS_MODFD64 = 0xBF7 - SYS_NAN = 0xAA8 - SYS_NAND128 = 0xBFB - SYS_NAND32 = 0xBF9 - SYS_NAND64 = 0xBFA - SYS_NANF = 0xAAA - SYS_NANL = 0xAAC - SYS_NEARBYINT = 0xAAE - SYS_NEARBYINTD128 = 0xBFE - SYS_NEARBYINTD32 = 0xBFC - SYS_NEARBYINTD64 = 0xBFD - SYS_NEARBYINTF = 0xAB1 - SYS_NEARBYINTL = 0xAB4 - SYS_NEXTAFTERD128 = 0xC01 - SYS_NEXTAFTERD32 = 0xBFF - SYS_NEXTAFTERD64 = 0xC00 - SYS_NEXTAFTERF = 0xAB7 - SYS_NEXTAFTERL = 0xABA - SYS_NEXTTOWARD = 0xABD - SYS_NEXTTOWARDD128 = 0xC04 - SYS_NEXTTOWARDD32 = 0xC02 - SYS_NEXTTOWARDD64 = 0xC03 - SYS_NEXTTOWARDF = 0xAC0 - SYS_NEXTTOWARDL = 0xAC3 - SYS_NL_LANGINFO = 0x0FC - SYS_PERROR_UNLOCKED = 0xCBD - SYS_POSIX_FALLOCATE = 0xCE8 - SYS_POSIX_MEMALIGN = 0xCE9 - SYS_POSIX_OPENPT = 0xC66 - SYS_POWD128 = 0xC07 - SYS_POWD32 = 0xC05 - SYS_POWD64 = 0xC06 - SYS_PRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCBE - SYS_PSELECT = 0xC67 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACK = 0xB3E - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACK = 0xB3F - SYS_PTHREAD_SECURITY_APPLID_NP = 0xCE4 - SYS_PUTS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7F - SYS_PUTWCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0xCC0 - SYS_PUTWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCBF - SYS_QUANTEXPD128 = 0xD46 - SYS_QUANTEXPD32 = 0xD44 - SYS_QUANTEXPD64 = 0xD45 - SYS_QUANTIZED128 = 0xC0A - SYS_QUANTIZED32 = 0xC08 - SYS_QUANTIZED64 = 0xC09 - SYS_REMAINDERD128 = 0xC0D - SYS_REMAINDERD32 = 0xC0B - SYS_REMAINDERD64 = 0xC0C - SYS_RESIZE_ALLOC = 0xCEB - SYS_REWIND_UNLOCKED = 0xCC1 - SYS_RINTD128 = 0xC13 - SYS_RINTD32 = 0xC11 - SYS_RINTD64 = 0xC12 - SYS_RINTF = 0xACB - SYS_RINTL = 0xACD - SYS_ROUND = 0xACF - SYS_ROUNDD128 = 0xC16 - SYS_ROUNDD32 = 0xC14 - SYS_ROUNDD64 = 0xC15 - SYS_ROUNDF = 0xAD2 - SYS_ROUNDL = 0xAD5 - SYS_SAMEQUANTUMD128 = 0xC19 - SYS_SAMEQUANTUMD32 = 0xC17 - SYS_SAMEQUANTUMD64 = 0xC18 - SYS_SCALBLN = 0xAD8 - SYS_SCALBLND128 = 0xC1C - SYS_SCALBLND32 = 0xC1A - SYS_SCALBLND64 = 0xC1B - SYS_SCALBLNF = 0xADB - SYS_SCALBLNL = 0xADE - SYS_SCALBND128 = 0xC1F - SYS_SCALBND32 = 0xC1D - SYS_SCALBND64 = 0xC1E - SYS_SCALBNF = 0xAE3 - SYS_SCALBNL = 0xAE6 - SYS_SCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC2 - SYS_SCHED_YIELD = 0xB32 - SYS_SETENV = 0x0C8 - SYS_SETIPV4SOURCEFILTER = 0xC76 - SYS_SETSOURCEFILTER = 0xC78 - SYS_SHM_OPEN = 0xC8C - SYS_SHM_UNLINK = 0xC8D - SYS_SIND128 = 0xC22 - SYS_SIND32 = 0xC20 - SYS_SIND64 = 0xC21 - SYS_SINHD128 = 0xC25 - SYS_SINHD32 = 0xC23 - SYS_SINHD64 = 0xC24 - SYS_SIZEOF_ALLOC = 0xCEA - SYS_SOCKATMARK = 0xC68 - SYS_SQRTD128 = 0xC28 - SYS_SQRTD32 = 0xC26 - SYS_SQRTD64 = 0xC27 - SYS_STRCHR = 0x0A0 - SYS_STRCSPN = 0x0A1 - SYS_STRERROR = 0x0A8 - SYS_STRERROR_R = 0xB33 - SYS_STRFTIME = 0x0B2 - SYS_STRLEN = 0x0A9 - SYS_STRPBRK = 0x0A2 - SYS_STRSPN = 0x0A4 - SYS_STRSTR = 0x0A5 - SYS_STRTOD128 = 0xC2B - SYS_STRTOD32 = 0xC29 - SYS_STRTOD64 = 0xC2A - SYS_STRTOK = 0x0A6 - SYS_TAND128 = 0xC2E - SYS_TAND32 = 0xC2C - SYS_TAND64 = 0xC2D - SYS_TANHD128 = 0xC31 - SYS_TANHD32 = 0xC2F - SYS_TANHD64 = 0xC30 - SYS_TGAMMAD128 = 0xC34 - SYS_TGAMMAD32 = 0xC32 - SYS_TGAMMAD64 = 0xC33 - SYS_TIME = 0x0AD - SYS_TIME64 = 0xCE1 - SYS_TMPFILE64 = 0xD4D - SYS_TMPFILE64_UNLOCKED = 0xD4E - SYS_TMPFILE_UNLOCKED = 0xCFD - SYS_TRUNCD128 = 0xC40 - SYS_TRUNCD32 = 0xC3E - SYS_TRUNCD64 = 0xC3F - SYS_UNGETC_UNLOCKED = 0xCC3 - SYS_UNGETWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCC4 - SYS_UNSETENV = 0xB34 - SYS_VFPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC5 - SYS_VFSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC7 - SYS_VFWPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC9 - SYS_VFWSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCCB - SYS_VPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCCD - SYS_VSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCCF - SYS_VWPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD1 - SYS_VWSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD3 - SYS_WCSTOD128 = 0xC43 - SYS_WCSTOD32 = 0xC41 - SYS_WCSTOD64 = 0xC42 - SYS_WPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD5 - SYS_WSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD6 - SYS__FLUSHLBF = 0xD68 - SYS__FLUSHLBF_UNLOCKED = 0xD6F - SYS___ACOSHF_H = 0xA54 - SYS___ACOSHL_H = 0xA55 - SYS___ASINHF_H = 0xA56 - SYS___ASINHL_H = 0xA57 - SYS___ATANPID128 = 0xC6D - SYS___ATANPID32 = 0xC6B - SYS___ATANPID64 = 0xC6C - SYS___CBRTF_H = 0xA58 - SYS___CBRTL_H = 0xA59 - SYS___CDUMP = 0x0C4 - SYS___CLASS = 0xAFA - SYS___CLASS2 = 0xB99 - SYS___CLASS2D128 = 0xC99 - SYS___CLASS2D32 = 0xC97 - SYS___CLASS2D64 = 0xC98 - SYS___CLASS2F = 0xC91 - SYS___CLASS2F_B = 0xC93 - SYS___CLASS2F_H = 0xC94 - SYS___CLASS2L = 0xC92 - SYS___CLASS2L_B = 0xC95 - SYS___CLASS2L_H = 0xC96 - SYS___CLASS2_B = 0xB9A - SYS___CLASS2_H = 0xB9B - SYS___CLASS_B = 0xAFB - SYS___CLASS_H = 0xAFC - SYS___CLOGL_B = 0xA01 - SYS___CLOGL_H = 0xA02 - SYS___CLRENV = 0x0C9 - SYS___CLRMF = 0x0BD - SYS___CODEPAGE_INFO = 0xC64 - SYS___CONJF_B = 0xA07 - SYS___CONJF_H = 0xA08 - SYS___CONJL_B = 0xA0A - SYS___CONJL_H = 0xA0B - SYS___CONJ_B = 0xA04 - SYS___CONJ_H = 0xA05 - SYS___COPYSIGN_B = 0xA5A - SYS___COPYSIGN_H = 0xAF5 - SYS___COSPID128 = 0xC70 - SYS___COSPID32 = 0xC6E - SYS___COSPID64 = 0xC6F - SYS___CPOWF_B = 0xA10 - SYS___CPOWF_H = 0xA11 - SYS___CPOWL_B = 0xA13 - SYS___CPOWL_H = 0xA14 - SYS___CPOW_B = 0xA0D - SYS___CPOW_H = 0xA0E - SYS___CPROJF_B = 0xA19 - SYS___CPROJF_H = 0xA1A - SYS___CPROJL_B = 0xA1C - SYS___CPROJL_H = 0xA1D - SYS___CPROJ_B = 0xA16 - SYS___CPROJ_H = 0xA17 - SYS___CREALF_B = 0xA22 - SYS___CREALF_H = 0xA23 - SYS___CREALL_B = 0xA25 - SYS___CREALL_H = 0xA26 - SYS___CREAL_B = 0xA1F - SYS___CREAL_H = 0xA20 - SYS___CSINF_B = 0xA2B - SYS___CSINF_H = 0xA2C - SYS___CSINHF_B = 0xA34 - SYS___CSINHF_H = 0xA35 - SYS___CSINHL_B = 0xA37 - SYS___CSINHL_H = 0xA38 - SYS___CSINH_B = 0xA31 - SYS___CSINH_H = 0xA32 - SYS___CSINL_B = 0xA2E - SYS___CSINL_H = 0xA2F - SYS___CSIN_B = 0xA28 - SYS___CSIN_H = 0xA29 - SYS___CSNAP = 0x0C5 - SYS___CSQRTF_B = 0xA3D - SYS___CSQRTF_H = 0xA3E - SYS___CSQRTL_B = 0xA40 - SYS___CSQRTL_H = 0xA41 - SYS___CSQRT_B = 0xA3A - SYS___CSQRT_H = 0xA3B - SYS___CTANF_B = 0xA46 - SYS___CTANF_H = 0xA47 - SYS___CTANHF_B = 0xA4F - SYS___CTANHF_H = 0xA50 - SYS___CTANHL_B = 0xA52 - SYS___CTANHL_H = 0xA53 - SYS___CTANH_B = 0xA4C - SYS___CTANH_H = 0xA4D - SYS___CTANL_B = 0xA49 - SYS___CTANL_H = 0xA4A - SYS___CTAN_B = 0xA43 - SYS___CTAN_H = 0xA44 - SYS___CTEST = 0x0C7 - SYS___CTRACE = 0x0C6 - SYS___D1TOP = 0xC9B - SYS___D2TOP = 0xC9C - SYS___D4TOP = 0xC9D - SYS___DYNALL = 0x0C3 - SYS___DYNFRE = 0x0C2 - SYS___EXP2F_H = 0xA5E - SYS___EXP2L_H = 0xA5F - SYS___EXP2_H = 0xA5D - SYS___EXPM1F_H = 0xA5B - SYS___EXPM1L_H = 0xA5C - SYS___FBUFSIZE = 0xD60 - SYS___FLBF = 0xD62 - SYS___FLDATA = 0x0C1 - SYS___FMAF_B = 0xA67 - SYS___FMAF_H = 0xA68 - SYS___FMAL_B = 0xA6A - SYS___FMAL_H = 0xA6B - SYS___FMAXF_B = 0xA70 - SYS___FMAXF_H = 0xA71 - SYS___FMAXL_B = 0xA73 - SYS___FMAXL_H = 0xA74 - SYS___FMAX_B = 0xA6D - SYS___FMAX_H = 0xA6E - SYS___FMA_B = 0xA64 - SYS___FMA_H = 0xA65 - SYS___FMINF_B = 0xA79 - SYS___FMINF_H = 0xA7A - SYS___FMINL_B = 0xA7C - SYS___FMINL_H = 0xA7D - SYS___FMIN_B = 0xA76 - SYS___FMIN_H = 0xA77 - SYS___FPENDING = 0xD61 - SYS___FPENDING_UNLOCKED = 0xD6C - SYS___FPURGE = 0xD69 - SYS___FPURGE_UNLOCKED = 0xD70 - SYS___FP_CAST_D = 0xBCB - SYS___FREADABLE = 0xD63 - SYS___FREADAHEAD = 0xD6A - SYS___FREADAHEAD_UNLOCKED = 0xD71 - SYS___FREADING = 0xD65 - SYS___FREADING_UNLOCKED = 0xD6D - SYS___FSEEK2 = 0xB3C - SYS___FSETERR = 0xD6B - SYS___FSETLOCKING = 0xD67 - SYS___FTCHEP = 0x0BF - SYS___FTELL2 = 0xB3B - SYS___FUPDT = 0x0B5 - SYS___FWRITABLE = 0xD64 - SYS___FWRITING = 0xD66 - SYS___FWRITING_UNLOCKED = 0xD6E - SYS___GETCB = 0x0B4 - SYS___GETGRGID1 = 0xD5B - SYS___GETGRNAM1 = 0xD5C - SYS___GETTHENT = 0xCE5 - SYS___GETTOD = 0xD3E - SYS___HYPOTF_H = 0xAF6 - SYS___HYPOTL_H = 0xAF7 - SYS___ILOGBF_B = 0xA7F - SYS___ILOGBF_H = 0xA80 - SYS___ILOGBL_B = 0xA82 - SYS___ILOGBL_H = 0xA83 - SYS___ISBLANK_A = 0xB2E - SYS___ISBLNK = 0x0FE - SYS___ISWBLANK_A = 0xB2F - SYS___LE_CEEGTJS = 0xD72 - SYS___LE_TRACEBACK = 0xB7A - SYS___LGAMMAL_H = 0xA62 - SYS___LGAMMA_B_C99 = 0xB39 - SYS___LGAMMA_H_C99 = 0xB38 - SYS___LGAMMA_R_C99 = 0xB3A - SYS___LLRINTF_B = 0xA88 - SYS___LLRINTF_H = 0xA89 - SYS___LLRINTL_B = 0xA8B - SYS___LLRINTL_H = 0xA8C - SYS___LLRINT_B = 0xA85 - SYS___LLRINT_H = 0xA86 - SYS___LLROUNDF_B = 0xA91 - SYS___LLROUNDF_H = 0xA92 - SYS___LLROUNDL_B = 0xA94 - SYS___LLROUNDL_H = 0xA95 - SYS___LLROUND_B = 0xA8E - SYS___LLROUND_H = 0xA8F - SYS___LOCALE_CTL = 0xD47 - SYS___LOG1PF_H = 0xA60 - SYS___LOG1PL_H = 0xA61 - SYS___LOGBF_B = 0xA97 - SYS___LOGBF_H = 0xA98 - SYS___LOGBL_B = 0xA9A - SYS___LOGBL_H = 0xA9B - SYS___LOGIN_APPLID = 0xCE2 - SYS___LRINTF_B = 0xAA0 - SYS___LRINTF_H = 0xAA1 - SYS___LRINTL_B = 0xAA3 - SYS___LRINTL_H = 0xAA4 - SYS___LRINT_B = 0xA9D - SYS___LRINT_H = 0xA9E - SYS___LROUNDF_FIXUP = 0xB31 - SYS___LROUNDL_B = 0xAA6 - SYS___LROUNDL_H = 0xAA7 - SYS___LROUND_FIXUP = 0xB30 - SYS___MOSERVICES = 0xD3D - SYS___MUST_STAY_CLEAN = 0xB7C - SYS___NANF_B = 0xAAB - SYS___NANL_B = 0xAAD - SYS___NAN_B = 0xAA9 - SYS___NEARBYINTF_B = 0xAB2 - SYS___NEARBYINTF_H = 0xAB3 - SYS___NEARBYINTL_B = 0xAB5 - SYS___NEARBYINTL_H = 0xAB6 - SYS___NEARBYINT_B = 0xAAF - SYS___NEARBYINT_H = 0xAB0 - SYS___NEXTAFTERF_B = 0xAB8 - SYS___NEXTAFTERF_H = 0xAB9 - SYS___NEXTAFTERL_B = 0xABB - SYS___NEXTAFTERL_H = 0xABC - SYS___NEXTTOWARDF_B = 0xAC1 - SYS___NEXTTOWARDF_H = 0xAC2 - SYS___NEXTTOWARDL_B = 0xAC4 - SYS___NEXTTOWARDL_H = 0xAC5 - SYS___NEXTTOWARD_B = 0xABE - SYS___NEXTTOWARD_H = 0xABF - SYS___O_ENV = 0xB7D - SYS___PASSWD_APPLID = 0xCE3 - SYS___PTOD1 = 0xC9E - SYS___PTOD2 = 0xC9F - SYS___PTOD4 = 0xCA0 - SYS___REGCOMP_STD = 0x0EA - SYS___REMAINDERF_H = 0xAC6 - SYS___REMAINDERL_H = 0xAC7 - SYS___REMQUOD128 = 0xC10 - SYS___REMQUOD32 = 0xC0E - SYS___REMQUOD64 = 0xC0F - SYS___REMQUOF_H = 0xAC9 - SYS___REMQUOL_H = 0xACA - SYS___REMQUO_H = 0xAC8 - SYS___RINTF_B = 0xACC - SYS___RINTL_B = 0xACE - SYS___ROUNDF_B = 0xAD3 - SYS___ROUNDF_H = 0xAD4 - SYS___ROUNDL_B = 0xAD6 - SYS___ROUNDL_H = 0xAD7 - SYS___ROUND_B = 0xAD0 - SYS___ROUND_H = 0xAD1 - SYS___SCALBLNF_B = 0xADC - SYS___SCALBLNF_H = 0xADD - SYS___SCALBLNL_B = 0xADF - SYS___SCALBLNL_H = 0xAE0 - SYS___SCALBLN_B = 0xAD9 - SYS___SCALBLN_H = 0xADA - SYS___SCALBNF_B = 0xAE4 - SYS___SCALBNF_H = 0xAE5 - SYS___SCALBNL_B = 0xAE7 - SYS___SCALBNL_H = 0xAE8 - SYS___SCALBN_B = 0xAE1 - SYS___SCALBN_H = 0xAE2 - SYS___SETENV = 0x0C8 - SYS___SINPID128 = 0xC73 - SYS___SINPID32 = 0xC71 - SYS___SINPID64 = 0xC72 - SYS___SMF_RECORD2 = 0xD48 - SYS___STATIC_REINIT = 0xB3D - SYS___TGAMMAF_H_C99 = 0xB79 - SYS___TGAMMAL_H = 0xAE9 - SYS___TGAMMA_H_C99 = 0xB78 - SYS___TOCSNAME2 = 0xC9A - SYS_CEIL = 0x01F - SYS_CHAUDIT = 0x1E0 - SYS_EXP = 0x01A - SYS_FCHAUDIT = 0x1E1 - SYS_FREXP = 0x01D - SYS_GETGROUPSBYNAME = 0x1E2 - SYS_GETPWUID = 0x1A0 - SYS_GETUID = 0x1A1 - SYS_ISATTY = 0x1A3 - SYS_KILL = 0x1A4 - SYS_LDEXP = 0x01E - SYS_LINK = 0x1A5 - SYS_LOG10 = 0x01C - SYS_LSEEK = 0x1A6 - SYS_LSTAT = 0x1A7 - SYS_MKDIR = 0x1A8 - SYS_MKFIFO = 0x1A9 - SYS_MKNOD = 0x1AA - SYS_MODF = 0x01B - SYS_MOUNT = 0x1AB - SYS_OPEN = 0x1AC - SYS_OPENDIR = 0x1AD - SYS_PATHCONF = 0x1AE - SYS_PAUSE = 0x1AF - SYS_PIPE = 0x1B0 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY = 0x1E7 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE = 0x1EB - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE = 0x1E9 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETWEIGHT_NP = 0x1ED - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT = 0x1E6 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE = 0x1EA - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE = 0x1E8 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETWEIGHT_NP = 0x1EC - SYS_PTHREAD_CANCEL = 0x1EE - SYS_PTHREAD_CLEANUP_POP = 0x1F0 - SYS_PTHREAD_CLEANUP_PUSH = 0x1EF - SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY = 0x1F2 - SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT = 0x1F1 - SYS_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST = 0x1F6 - SYS_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY = 0x1F4 - SYS_PTHREAD_COND_INIT = 0x1F3 - SYS_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL = 0x1F5 - SYS_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT = 0x1F8 - SYS_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT = 0x1F7 - SYS_PTHREAD_CREATE = 0x1F9 - SYS_PTHREAD_DETACH = 0x1FA - SYS_PTHREAD_EQUAL = 0x1FB - SYS_PTHREAD_EXIT = 0x1E4 - SYS_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC = 0x1FC - SYS_PTHREAD_JOIN = 0x1FD - SYS_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE = 0x1FE - SYS_PTHREAD_KILL = 0x1E5 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT = 0x1FF - SYS_READ = 0x1B2 - SYS_READDIR = 0x1B3 - SYS_READLINK = 0x1B4 - SYS_REWINDDIR = 0x1B5 - SYS_RMDIR = 0x1B6 - SYS_SETEGID = 0x1B7 - SYS_SETEUID = 0x1B8 - SYS_SETGID = 0x1B9 - SYS_SETPGID = 0x1BA - SYS_SETSID = 0x1BB - SYS_SETUID = 0x1BC - SYS_SIGACTION = 0x1BD - SYS_SIGADDSET = 0x1BE - SYS_SIGDELSET = 0x1BF - SYS_SIGEMPTYSET = 0x1C0 - SYS_SIGFILLSET = 0x1C1 - SYS_SIGISMEMBER = 0x1C2 - SYS_SIGLONGJMP = 0x1C3 - SYS_SIGPENDING = 0x1C4 - SYS_SIGPROCMASK = 0x1C5 - SYS_SIGSETJMP = 0x1C6 - SYS_SIGSUSPEND = 0x1C7 - SYS_SIGWAIT = 0x1E3 - SYS_SLEEP = 0x1C8 - SYS_STAT = 0x1C9 - SYS_SYMLINK = 0x1CB - SYS_SYSCONF = 0x1CC - SYS_TCDRAIN = 0x1CD - SYS_TCFLOW = 0x1CE - SYS_TCFLUSH = 0x1CF - SYS_TCGETATTR = 0x1D0 - SYS_TCGETPGRP = 0x1D1 - SYS_TCSENDBREAK = 0x1D2 - SYS_TCSETATTR = 0x1D3 - SYS_TCSETPGRP = 0x1D4 - SYS_TIMES = 0x1D5 - SYS_TTYNAME = 0x1D6 - SYS_TZSET = 0x1D7 - SYS_UMASK = 0x1D8 - SYS_UMOUNT = 0x1D9 - SYS_UNAME = 0x1DA - SYS_UNLINK = 0x1DB - SYS_UTIME = 0x1DC - SYS_WAIT = 0x1DD - SYS_WAITPID = 0x1DE - SYS_WRITE = 0x1DF - SYS_W_GETPSENT = 0x1B1 - SYS_W_IOCTL = 0x1A2 - SYS_W_STATFS = 0x1CA - SYS_A64L = 0x2EF - SYS_BCMP = 0x2B9 - SYS_BCOPY = 0x2BA - SYS_BZERO = 0x2BB - SYS_CATCLOSE = 0x2B6 - SYS_CATGETS = 0x2B7 - SYS_CATOPEN = 0x2B8 - SYS_CRYPT = 0x2AC - SYS_DBM_CLEARERR = 0x2F7 - SYS_DBM_CLOSE = 0x2F8 - SYS_DBM_DELETE = 0x2F9 - SYS_DBM_ERROR = 0x2FA - SYS_DBM_FETCH = 0x2FB - SYS_DBM_FIRSTKEY = 0x2FC - SYS_DBM_NEXTKEY = 0x2FD - SYS_DBM_OPEN = 0x2FE - SYS_DBM_STORE = 0x2FF - SYS_DRAND48 = 0x2B2 - SYS_ENCRYPT = 0x2AD - SYS_ENDUTXENT = 0x2E1 - SYS_ERAND48 = 0x2B3 - SYS_ERF = 0x02C - SYS_ERFC = 0x02D - SYS_FCHDIR = 0x2D9 - SYS_FFS = 0x2BC - SYS_FMTMSG = 0x2E5 - SYS_FSTATVFS = 0x2B4 - SYS_FTIME = 0x2F5 - SYS_GAMMA = 0x02E - SYS_GETDATE = 0x2A6 - SYS_GETPAGESIZE = 0x2D8 - SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY = 0x2F6 - SYS_GETUTXENT = 0x2E0 - SYS_GETUTXID = 0x2E2 - SYS_GETUTXLINE = 0x2E3 - SYS_HCREATE = 0x2C6 - SYS_HDESTROY = 0x2C7 - SYS_HSEARCH = 0x2C8 - SYS_HYPOT = 0x02B - SYS_INDEX = 0x2BD - SYS_INITSTATE = 0x2C2 - SYS_INSQUE = 0x2CF - SYS_ISASCII = 0x2ED - SYS_JRAND48 = 0x2E6 - SYS_L64A = 0x2F0 - SYS_LCONG48 = 0x2EA - SYS_LFIND = 0x2C9 - SYS_LRAND48 = 0x2E7 - SYS_LSEARCH = 0x2CA - SYS_MEMCCPY = 0x2D4 - SYS_MRAND48 = 0x2E8 - SYS_NRAND48 = 0x2E9 - SYS_PCLOSE = 0x2D2 - SYS_POPEN = 0x2D1 - SYS_PUTUTXLINE = 0x2E4 - SYS_RANDOM = 0x2C4 - SYS_REMQUE = 0x2D0 - SYS_RINDEX = 0x2BE - SYS_SEED48 = 0x2EC - SYS_SETKEY = 0x2AE - SYS_SETSTATE = 0x2C3 - SYS_SETUTXENT = 0x2DF - SYS_SRAND48 = 0x2EB - SYS_SRANDOM = 0x2C5 - SYS_STATVFS = 0x2B5 - SYS_STRCASECMP = 0x2BF - SYS_STRDUP = 0x2C0 - SYS_STRNCASECMP = 0x2C1 - SYS_SWAB = 0x2D3 - SYS_TDELETE = 0x2CB - SYS_TFIND = 0x2CC - SYS_TOASCII = 0x2EE - SYS_TSEARCH = 0x2CD - SYS_TWALK = 0x2CE - SYS_UALARM = 0x2F1 - SYS_USLEEP = 0x2F2 - SYS_WAIT3 = 0x2A7 - SYS_WAITID = 0x2A8 - SYS_Y1 = 0x02A - SYS___ATOE = 0x2DB - SYS___ATOE_L = 0x2DC - SYS___CATTRM = 0x2A9 - SYS___CNVBLK = 0x2AF - SYS___CRYTRM = 0x2B0 - SYS___DLGHT = 0x2A1 - SYS___ECRTRM = 0x2B1 - SYS___ETOA = 0x2DD - SYS___ETOA_L = 0x2DE - SYS___GDTRM = 0x2AA - SYS___OCLCK = 0x2DA - SYS___OPARGF = 0x2A2 - SYS___OPERRF = 0x2A5 - SYS___OPINDF = 0x2A4 - SYS___OPOPTF = 0x2A3 - SYS___RNDTRM = 0x2AB - SYS___SRCTRM = 0x2F4 - SYS___TZONE = 0x2A0 - SYS___UTXTRM = 0x2F3 - SYS_ASIN = 0x03E - SYS_ISXDIGIT = 0x03B - SYS_SETLOCAL = 0x03A - SYS_SETLOCALE = 0x03A - SYS_SIN = 0x03F - SYS_TOLOWER = 0x03C - SYS_TOUPPER = 0x03D - SYS_ACCEPT_AND_RECV = 0x4F7 - SYS_ATOL = 0x04E - SYS_CHECKSCH = 0x4BC - SYS_CHECKSCHENV = 0x4BC - SYS_CLEARERR = 0x04C - SYS_CONNECTS = 0x4B5 - SYS_CONNECTSERVER = 0x4B5 - SYS_CONNECTW = 0x4B4 - SYS_CONNECTWORKMGR = 0x4B4 - SYS_CONTINUE = 0x4B3 - SYS_CONTINUEWORKUNIT = 0x4B3 - SYS_COPYSIGN = 0x4C2 - SYS_CREATEWO = 0x4B2 - SYS_CREATEWORKUNIT = 0x4B2 - SYS_DELETEWO = 0x4B9 - SYS_DELETEWORKUNIT = 0x4B9 - SYS_DISCONNE = 0x4B6 - SYS_DISCONNECTSERVER = 0x4B6 - SYS_FEOF = 0x04D - SYS_FERROR = 0x04A - SYS_FINITE = 0x4C8 - SYS_GAMMA_R = 0x4E2 - SYS_JOINWORK = 0x4B7 - SYS_JOINWORKUNIT = 0x4B7 - SYS_LEAVEWOR = 0x4B8 - SYS_LEAVEWORKUNIT = 0x4B8 - SYS_LGAMMA_R = 0x4EB - SYS_MATHERR = 0x4D0 - SYS_PERROR = 0x04F - SYS_QUERYMET = 0x4BA - SYS_QUERYMETRICS = 0x4BA - SYS_QUERYSCH = 0x4BB - SYS_QUERYSCHENV = 0x4BB - SYS_REWIND = 0x04B - SYS_SCALBN = 0x4D4 - SYS_SIGNIFIC = 0x4D5 - SYS_SIGNIFICAND = 0x4D5 - SYS___ACOSH_B = 0x4DA - SYS___ACOS_B = 0x4D9 - SYS___ASINH_B = 0x4BE - SYS___ASIN_B = 0x4DB - SYS___ATAN2_B = 0x4DC - SYS___ATANH_B = 0x4DD - SYS___ATAN_B = 0x4BF - SYS___CBRT_B = 0x4C0 - SYS___CEIL_B = 0x4C1 - SYS___COSH_B = 0x4DE - SYS___COS_B = 0x4C3 - SYS___DGHT = 0x4A8 - SYS___ENVN = 0x4B0 - SYS___ERFC_B = 0x4C5 - SYS___ERF_B = 0x4C4 - SYS___EXPM1_B = 0x4C6 - SYS___EXP_B = 0x4DF - SYS___FABS_B = 0x4C7 - SYS___FLOOR_B = 0x4C9 - SYS___FMOD_B = 0x4E0 - SYS___FP_SETMODE = 0x4F8 - SYS___FREXP_B = 0x4CA - SYS___GAMMA_B = 0x4E1 - SYS___GDRR = 0x4A1 - SYS___HRRNO = 0x4A2 - SYS___HYPOT_B = 0x4E3 - SYS___ILOGB_B = 0x4CB - SYS___ISNAN_B = 0x4CC - SYS___J0_B = 0x4E4 - SYS___J1_B = 0x4E6 - SYS___JN_B = 0x4E8 - SYS___LDEXP_B = 0x4CD - SYS___LGAMMA_B = 0x4EA - SYS___LOG10_B = 0x4ED - SYS___LOG1P_B = 0x4CE - SYS___LOGB_B = 0x4CF - SYS___LOGIN = 0x4F5 - SYS___LOG_B = 0x4EC - SYS___MLOCKALL = 0x4B1 - SYS___MODF_B = 0x4D1 - SYS___NEXTAFTER_B = 0x4D2 - SYS___OPENDIR2 = 0x4F3 - SYS___OPEN_STAT = 0x4F6 - SYS___OPND = 0x4A5 - SYS___OPPT = 0x4A6 - SYS___OPRG = 0x4A3 - SYS___OPRR = 0x4A4 - SYS___PID_AFFINITY = 0x4BD - SYS___POW_B = 0x4EE - SYS___READDIR2 = 0x4F4 - SYS___REMAINDER_B = 0x4EF - SYS___RINT_B = 0x4D3 - SYS___SCALB_B = 0x4F0 - SYS___SIGACTIONSET = 0x4FB - SYS___SIGGM = 0x4A7 - SYS___SINH_B = 0x4F1 - SYS___SIN_B = 0x4D6 - SYS___SQRT_B = 0x4F2 - SYS___TANH_B = 0x4D8 - SYS___TAN_B = 0x4D7 - SYS___TRRNO = 0x4AF - SYS___TZNE = 0x4A9 - SYS___TZZN = 0x4AA - SYS___UCREATE = 0x4FC - SYS___UFREE = 0x4FE - SYS___UHEAPREPORT = 0x4FF - SYS___UMALLOC = 0x4FD - SYS___Y0_B = 0x4E5 - SYS___Y1_B = 0x4E7 - SYS___YN_B = 0x4E9 - SYS_ABORT = 0x05C - SYS_ASCTIME_R = 0x5E0 - SYS_ATEXIT = 0x05D - SYS_CONNECTE = 0x5AE - SYS_CONNECTEXPORTIMPORT = 0x5AE - SYS_CTIME_R = 0x5E1 - SYS_DN_COMP = 0x5DF - SYS_DN_EXPAND = 0x5DD - SYS_DN_SKIPNAME = 0x5DE - SYS_EXIT = 0x05A - SYS_EXPORTWO = 0x5A1 - SYS_EXPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A1 - SYS_EXTRACTW = 0x5A5 - SYS_EXTRACTWORKUNIT = 0x5A5 - SYS_FSEEKO = 0x5C9 - SYS_FTELLO = 0x5C8 - SYS_GETGRGID_R = 0x5E7 - SYS_GETGRNAM_R = 0x5E8 - SYS_GETLOGIN_R = 0x5E9 - SYS_GETPWNAM_R = 0x5EA - SYS_GETPWUID_R = 0x5EB - SYS_GMTIME_R = 0x5E2 - SYS_IMPORTWO = 0x5A3 - SYS_IMPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A3 - SYS_INET_NTOP = 0x5D3 - SYS_INET_PTON = 0x5D4 - SYS_LLABS = 0x5CE - SYS_LLDIV = 0x5CB - SYS_LOCALTIME_R = 0x5E3 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATFORK = 0x5ED - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE_U98 = 0x5FB - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE = 0x5EE - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM = 0x5F9 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKADDR = 0x5EF - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE_U98 = 0x5FC - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE = 0x5F0 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM = 0x5FA - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKADDR = 0x5F1 - SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_GETPSHARED = 0x5F2 - SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETPSHARED = 0x5F3 - SYS_PTHREAD_DETACH_U98 = 0x5FD - SYS_PTHREAD_GETCONCURRENCY = 0x5F4 - SYS_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC_U98 = 0x5FE - SYS_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE = 0x5F5 - SYS_PTHREAD_SETCANCELSTATE = 0x5FF - SYS_PTHREAD_SETCONCURRENCY = 0x5F6 - SYS_PTHREAD_SIGMASK = 0x5F7 - SYS_QUERYENC = 0x5AD - SYS_QUERYWORKUNITCLASSIFICATION = 0x5AD - SYS_RAISE = 0x05E - SYS_RAND_R = 0x5E4 - SYS_READDIR_R = 0x5E6 - SYS_REALLOC = 0x05B - SYS_RES_INIT = 0x5D8 - SYS_RES_MKQUERY = 0x5D7 - SYS_RES_QUERY = 0x5D9 - SYS_RES_QUERYDOMAIN = 0x5DC - SYS_RES_SEARCH = 0x5DA - SYS_RES_SEND = 0x5DB - SYS_SETJMP = 0x05F - SYS_SIGQUEUE = 0x5A9 - SYS_STRTOK_R = 0x5E5 - SYS_STRTOLL = 0x5B0 - SYS_STRTOULL = 0x5B1 - SYS_TTYNAME_R = 0x5EC - SYS_UNDOEXPO = 0x5A2 - SYS_UNDOEXPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A2 - SYS_UNDOIMPO = 0x5A4 - SYS_UNDOIMPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A4 - SYS_WCSTOLL = 0x5CC - SYS_WCSTOULL = 0x5CD - SYS___ABORT = 0x05C - SYS___CONSOLE2 = 0x5D2 - SYS___CPL = 0x5A6 - SYS___DISCARDDATA = 0x5F8 - SYS___DSA_PREV = 0x5B2 - SYS___EP_FIND = 0x5B3 - SYS___FP_SWAPMODE = 0x5AF - SYS___GETUSERID = 0x5AB - SYS___GET_CPUID = 0x5B9 - SYS___GET_SYSTEM_SETTINGS = 0x5BA - SYS___IPDOMAINNAME = 0x5AC - SYS___MAP_INIT = 0x5A7 - SYS___MAP_SERVICE = 0x5A8 - SYS___MOUNT = 0x5AA - SYS___MSGRCV_TIMED = 0x5B7 - SYS___RES = 0x5D6 - SYS___SEMOP_TIMED = 0x5B8 - SYS___SERVER_THREADS_QUERY = 0x5B4 - SYS_FPRINTF = 0x06D - SYS_FSCANF = 0x06A - SYS_PRINTF = 0x06F - SYS_SETBUF = 0x06B - SYS_SETVBUF = 0x06C - SYS_SSCANF = 0x06E - SYS___CATGETS_A = 0x6C0 - SYS___CHAUDIT_A = 0x6F4 - SYS___CHMOD_A = 0x6E8 - SYS___COLLATE_INIT_A = 0x6AC - SYS___CREAT_A = 0x6F6 - SYS___CTYPE_INIT_A = 0x6AF - SYS___DLLLOAD_A = 0x6DF - SYS___DLLQUERYFN_A = 0x6E0 - SYS___DLLQUERYVAR_A = 0x6E1 - SYS___E2A_L = 0x6E3 - SYS___EXECLE_A = 0x6A0 - SYS___EXECLP_A = 0x6A4 - SYS___EXECVE_A = 0x6C1 - SYS___EXECVP_A = 0x6C2 - SYS___EXECV_A = 0x6B1 - SYS___FPRINTF_A = 0x6FA - SYS___GETADDRINFO_A = 0x6BF - SYS___GETNAMEINFO_A = 0x6C4 - SYS___GET_WCTYPE_STD_A = 0x6AE - SYS___ICONV_OPEN_A = 0x6DE - SYS___IF_INDEXTONAME_A = 0x6DC - SYS___IF_NAMETOINDEX_A = 0x6DB - SYS___ISWCTYPE_A = 0x6B0 - SYS___IS_WCTYPE_STD_A = 0x6B2 - SYS___LOCALECONV_A = 0x6B8 - SYS___LOCALECONV_STD_A = 0x6B9 - SYS___LOCALE_INIT_A = 0x6B7 - SYS___LSTAT_A = 0x6EE - SYS___LSTAT_O_A = 0x6EF - SYS___MKDIR_A = 0x6E9 - SYS___MKFIFO_A = 0x6EC - SYS___MKNOD_A = 0x6F0 - SYS___MONETARY_INIT_A = 0x6BC - SYS___MOUNT_A = 0x6F1 - SYS___NL_CSINFO_A = 0x6D6 - SYS___NL_LANGINFO_A = 0x6BA - SYS___NL_LNAGINFO_STD_A = 0x6BB - SYS___NL_MONINFO_A = 0x6D7 - SYS___NL_NUMINFO_A = 0x6D8 - SYS___NL_RESPINFO_A = 0x6D9 - SYS___NL_TIMINFO_A = 0x6DA - SYS___NUMERIC_INIT_A = 0x6C6 - SYS___OPEN_A = 0x6F7 - SYS___PRINTF_A = 0x6DD - SYS___RESP_INIT_A = 0x6C7 - SYS___RPMATCH_A = 0x6C8 - SYS___RPMATCH_C_A = 0x6C9 - SYS___RPMATCH_STD_A = 0x6CA - SYS___SETLOCALE_A = 0x6F9 - SYS___SPAWNP_A = 0x6C5 - SYS___SPAWN_A = 0x6C3 - SYS___SPRINTF_A = 0x6FB - SYS___STAT_A = 0x6EA - SYS___STAT_O_A = 0x6EB - SYS___STRCOLL_STD_A = 0x6A1 - SYS___STRFMON_A = 0x6BD - SYS___STRFMON_STD_A = 0x6BE - SYS___STRFTIME_A = 0x6CC - SYS___STRFTIME_STD_A = 0x6CD - SYS___STRPTIME_A = 0x6CE - SYS___STRPTIME_STD_A = 0x6CF - SYS___STRXFRM_A = 0x6A2 - SYS___STRXFRM_C_A = 0x6A3 - SYS___STRXFRM_STD_A = 0x6A5 - SYS___SYNTAX_INIT_A = 0x6D4 - SYS___TIME_INIT_A = 0x6CB - SYS___TOD_INIT_A = 0x6D5 - SYS___TOWLOWER_A = 0x6B3 - SYS___TOWLOWER_STD_A = 0x6B4 - SYS___TOWUPPER_A = 0x6B5 - SYS___TOWUPPER_STD_A = 0x6B6 - SYS___UMOUNT_A = 0x6F2 - SYS___VFPRINTF_A = 0x6FC - SYS___VPRINTF_A = 0x6FD - SYS___VSPRINTF_A = 0x6FE - SYS___VSWPRINTF_A = 0x6FF - SYS___WCSCOLL_A = 0x6A6 - SYS___WCSCOLL_C_A = 0x6A7 - SYS___WCSCOLL_STD_A = 0x6A8 - SYS___WCSFTIME_A = 0x6D0 - SYS___WCSFTIME_STD_A = 0x6D1 - SYS___WCSXFRM_A = 0x6A9 - SYS___WCSXFRM_C_A = 0x6AA - SYS___WCSXFRM_STD_A = 0x6AB - SYS___WCTYPE_A = 0x6AD - SYS___W_GETMNTENT_A = 0x6F5 - SYS_____CCSIDTYPE_A = 0x6E6 - SYS_____CHATTR_A = 0x6E2 - SYS_____CSNAMETYPE_A = 0x6E7 - SYS_____OPEN_STAT_A = 0x6ED - SYS_____SPAWN2_A = 0x6D2 - SYS_____SPAWNP2_A = 0x6D3 - SYS_____TOCCSID_A = 0x6E4 - SYS_____TOCSNAME_A = 0x6E5 - SYS_ACL_FREE = 0x7FF - SYS_ACL_INIT = 0x7FE - SYS_FWIDE = 0x7DF - SYS_FWPRINTF = 0x7D1 - SYS_FWRITE = 0x07E - SYS_FWSCANF = 0x7D5 - SYS_GETCHAR = 0x07B - SYS_GETS = 0x07C - SYS_M_CREATE_LAYOUT = 0x7C9 - SYS_M_DESTROY_LAYOUT = 0x7CA - SYS_M_GETVALUES_LAYOUT = 0x7CB - SYS_M_SETVALUES_LAYOUT = 0x7CC - SYS_M_TRANSFORM_LAYOUT = 0x7CD - SYS_M_WTRANSFORM_LAYOUT = 0x7CE - SYS_PREAD = 0x7C7 - SYS_PUTC = 0x07D - SYS_PUTCHAR = 0x07A - SYS_PUTS = 0x07F - SYS_PWRITE = 0x7C8 - SYS_TOWCTRAN = 0x7D8 - SYS_TOWCTRANS = 0x7D8 - SYS_UNATEXIT = 0x7B5 - SYS_VFWPRINT = 0x7D3 - SYS_VFWPRINTF = 0x7D3 - SYS_VWPRINTF = 0x7D4 - SYS_WCTRANS = 0x7D7 - SYS_WPRINTF = 0x7D2 - SYS_WSCANF = 0x7D6 - SYS___ASCTIME_R_A = 0x7A1 - SYS___BASENAME_A = 0x7DC - SYS___BTOWC_A = 0x7E4 - SYS___CDUMP_A = 0x7B7 - SYS___CEE3DMP_A = 0x7B6 - SYS___CEILF_H = 0x7F4 - SYS___CEILL_H = 0x7F5 - SYS___CEIL_H = 0x7EA - SYS___CRYPT_A = 0x7BE - SYS___CSNAP_A = 0x7B8 - SYS___CTEST_A = 0x7B9 - SYS___CTIME_R_A = 0x7A2 - SYS___CTRACE_A = 0x7BA - SYS___DBM_OPEN_A = 0x7E6 - SYS___DIRNAME_A = 0x7DD - SYS___FABSF_H = 0x7FA - SYS___FABSL_H = 0x7FB - SYS___FABS_H = 0x7ED - SYS___FGETWC_A = 0x7AA - SYS___FGETWS_A = 0x7AD - SYS___FLOORF_H = 0x7F6 - SYS___FLOORL_H = 0x7F7 - SYS___FLOOR_H = 0x7EB - SYS___FPUTWC_A = 0x7A5 - SYS___FPUTWS_A = 0x7A8 - SYS___GETTIMEOFDAY_A = 0x7AE - SYS___GETWCHAR_A = 0x7AC - SYS___GETWC_A = 0x7AB - SYS___GLOB_A = 0x7DE - SYS___GMTIME_A = 0x7AF - SYS___GMTIME_R_A = 0x7B0 - SYS___INET_PTON_A = 0x7BC - SYS___J0_H = 0x7EE - SYS___J1_H = 0x7EF - SYS___JN_H = 0x7F0 - SYS___LOCALTIME_A = 0x7B1 - SYS___LOCALTIME_R_A = 0x7B2 - SYS___MALLOC24 = 0x7FC - SYS___MALLOC31 = 0x7FD - SYS___MKTIME_A = 0x7B3 - SYS___MODFF_H = 0x7F8 - SYS___MODFL_H = 0x7F9 - SYS___MODF_H = 0x7EC - SYS___OPENDIR_A = 0x7C2 - SYS___OSNAME = 0x7E0 - SYS___PUTWCHAR_A = 0x7A7 - SYS___PUTWC_A = 0x7A6 - SYS___READDIR_A = 0x7C3 - SYS___STRTOLL_A = 0x7A3 - SYS___STRTOULL_A = 0x7A4 - SYS___SYSLOG_A = 0x7BD - SYS___TZZNA = 0x7B4 - SYS___UNGETWC_A = 0x7A9 - SYS___UTIME_A = 0x7A0 - SYS___VFPRINTF2_A = 0x7E7 - SYS___VPRINTF2_A = 0x7E8 - SYS___VSPRINTF2_A = 0x7E9 - SYS___VSWPRNTF2_A = 0x7BB - SYS___WCSTOD_A = 0x7D9 - SYS___WCSTOL_A = 0x7DA - SYS___WCSTOUL_A = 0x7DB - SYS___WCTOB_A = 0x7E5 - SYS___Y0_H = 0x7F1 - SYS___Y1_H = 0x7F2 - SYS___YN_H = 0x7F3 - SYS_____OPENDIR2_A = 0x7BF - SYS_____OSNAME_A = 0x7E1 - SYS_____READDIR2_A = 0x7C0 - SYS_DLCLOSE = 0x8DF - SYS_DLERROR = 0x8E0 - SYS_DLOPEN = 0x8DD - SYS_DLSYM = 0x8DE - SYS_FLOCKFILE = 0x8D3 - SYS_FTRYLOCKFILE = 0x8D4 - SYS_FUNLOCKFILE = 0x8D5 - SYS_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0x8D7 - SYS_GETC_UNLOCKED = 0x8D6 - SYS_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0x8D9 - SYS_PUTC_UNLOCKED = 0x8D8 - SYS_SNPRINTF = 0x8DA - SYS_VSNPRINTF = 0x8DB - SYS_WCSCSPN = 0x08B - SYS_WCSLEN = 0x08C - SYS_WCSNCAT = 0x08D - SYS_WCSNCMP = 0x08A - SYS_WCSNCPY = 0x08F - SYS_WCSSPN = 0x08E - SYS___ABSF_H = 0x8E7 - SYS___ABSL_H = 0x8E8 - SYS___ABS_H = 0x8E6 - SYS___ACOSF_H = 0x8EA - SYS___ACOSH_H = 0x8EC - SYS___ACOSL_H = 0x8EB - SYS___ACOS_H = 0x8E9 - SYS___ASINF_H = 0x8EE - SYS___ASINH_H = 0x8F0 - SYS___ASINL_H = 0x8EF - SYS___ASIN_H = 0x8ED - SYS___ATAN2F_H = 0x8F8 - SYS___ATAN2L_H = 0x8F9 - SYS___ATAN2_H = 0x8F7 - SYS___ATANF_H = 0x8F2 - SYS___ATANHF_H = 0x8F5 - SYS___ATANHL_H = 0x8F6 - SYS___ATANH_H = 0x8F4 - SYS___ATANL_H = 0x8F3 - SYS___ATAN_H = 0x8F1 - SYS___CBRT_H = 0x8FA - SYS___COPYSIGNF_H = 0x8FB - SYS___COPYSIGNL_H = 0x8FC - SYS___COSF_H = 0x8FE - SYS___COSL_H = 0x8FF - SYS___COS_H = 0x8FD - SYS___DLERROR_A = 0x8D2 - SYS___DLOPEN_A = 0x8D0 - SYS___DLSYM_A = 0x8D1 - SYS___GETUTXENT_A = 0x8C6 - SYS___GETUTXID_A = 0x8C7 - SYS___GETUTXLINE_A = 0x8C8 - SYS___ITOA = 0x8AA - SYS___ITOA_A = 0x8B0 - SYS___LE_CONDITION_TOKEN_BUILD = 0x8A5 - SYS___LE_MSG_ADD_INSERT = 0x8A6 - SYS___LE_MSG_GET = 0x8A7 - SYS___LE_MSG_GET_AND_WRITE = 0x8A8 - SYS___LE_MSG_WRITE = 0x8A9 - SYS___LLTOA = 0x8AE - SYS___LLTOA_A = 0x8B4 - SYS___LTOA = 0x8AC - SYS___LTOA_A = 0x8B2 - SYS___PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED_A = 0x8CC - SYS___PUTC_UNLOCKED_A = 0x8CB - SYS___PUTUTXLINE_A = 0x8C9 - SYS___RESET_EXCEPTION_HANDLER = 0x8E3 - SYS___REXEC_A = 0x8C4 - SYS___REXEC_AF_A = 0x8C5 - SYS___SET_EXCEPTION_HANDLER = 0x8E2 - SYS___SNPRINTF_A = 0x8CD - SYS___SUPERKILL = 0x8A4 - SYS___TCGETATTR_A = 0x8A1 - SYS___TCSETATTR_A = 0x8A2 - SYS___ULLTOA = 0x8AF - SYS___ULLTOA_A = 0x8B5 - SYS___ULTOA = 0x8AD - SYS___ULTOA_A = 0x8B3 - SYS___UTOA = 0x8AB - SYS___UTOA_A = 0x8B1 - SYS___VHM_EVENT = 0x8E4 - SYS___VSNPRINTF_A = 0x8CE - SYS_____GETENV_A = 0x8C3 - SYS_____UTMPXNAME_A = 0x8CA - SYS_CACOSH = 0x9A0 - SYS_CACOSHF = 0x9A3 - SYS_CACOSHL = 0x9A6 - SYS_CARG = 0x9A9 - SYS_CARGF = 0x9AC - SYS_CARGL = 0x9AF - SYS_CASIN = 0x9B2 - SYS_CASINF = 0x9B5 - SYS_CASINH = 0x9BB - SYS_CASINHF = 0x9BE - SYS_CASINHL = 0x9C1 - SYS_CASINL = 0x9B8 - SYS_CATAN = 0x9C4 - SYS_CATANF = 0x9C7 - SYS_CATANH = 0x9CD - SYS_CATANHF = 0x9D0 - SYS_CATANHL = 0x9D3 - SYS_CATANL = 0x9CA - SYS_CCOS = 0x9D6 - SYS_CCOSF = 0x9D9 - SYS_CCOSH = 0x9DF - SYS_CCOSHF = 0x9E2 - SYS_CCOSHL = 0x9E5 - SYS_CCOSL = 0x9DC - SYS_CEXP = 0x9E8 - SYS_CEXPF = 0x9EB - SYS_CEXPL = 0x9EE - SYS_CIMAG = 0x9F1 - SYS_CIMAGF = 0x9F4 - SYS_CIMAGL = 0x9F7 - SYS_CLOGF = 0x9FD - SYS_MEMCHR = 0x09B - SYS_MEMCMP = 0x09A - SYS_STRCOLL = 0x09C - SYS_STRNCMP = 0x09D - SYS_STRRCHR = 0x09F - SYS_STRXFRM = 0x09E - SYS___CACOSHF_B = 0x9A4 - SYS___CACOSHF_H = 0x9A5 - SYS___CACOSHL_B = 0x9A7 - SYS___CACOSHL_H = 0x9A8 - SYS___CACOSH_B = 0x9A1 - SYS___CACOSH_H = 0x9A2 - SYS___CARGF_B = 0x9AD - SYS___CARGF_H = 0x9AE - SYS___CARGL_B = 0x9B0 - SYS___CARGL_H = 0x9B1 - SYS___CARG_B = 0x9AA - SYS___CARG_H = 0x9AB - SYS___CASINF_B = 0x9B6 - SYS___CASINF_H = 0x9B7 - SYS___CASINHF_B = 0x9BF - SYS___CASINHF_H = 0x9C0 - SYS___CASINHL_B = 0x9C2 - SYS___CASINHL_H = 0x9C3 - SYS___CASINH_B = 0x9BC - SYS___CASINH_H = 0x9BD - SYS___CASINL_B = 0x9B9 - SYS___CASINL_H = 0x9BA - SYS___CASIN_B = 0x9B3 - SYS___CASIN_H = 0x9B4 - SYS___CATANF_B = 0x9C8 - SYS___CATANF_H = 0x9C9 - SYS___CATANHF_B = 0x9D1 - SYS___CATANHF_H = 0x9D2 - SYS___CATANHL_B = 0x9D4 - SYS___CATANHL_H = 0x9D5 - SYS___CATANH_B = 0x9CE - SYS___CATANH_H = 0x9CF - SYS___CATANL_B = 0x9CB - SYS___CATANL_H = 0x9CC - SYS___CATAN_B = 0x9C5 - SYS___CATAN_H = 0x9C6 - SYS___CCOSF_B = 0x9DA - SYS___CCOSF_H = 0x9DB - SYS___CCOSHF_B = 0x9E3 - SYS___CCOSHF_H = 0x9E4 - SYS___CCOSHL_B = 0x9E6 - SYS___CCOSHL_H = 0x9E7 - SYS___CCOSH_B = 0x9E0 - SYS___CCOSH_H = 0x9E1 - SYS___CCOSL_B = 0x9DD - SYS___CCOSL_H = 0x9DE - SYS___CCOS_B = 0x9D7 - SYS___CCOS_H = 0x9D8 - SYS___CEXPF_B = 0x9EC - SYS___CEXPF_H = 0x9ED - SYS___CEXPL_B = 0x9EF - SYS___CEXPL_H = 0x9F0 - SYS___CEXP_B = 0x9E9 - SYS___CEXP_H = 0x9EA - SYS___CIMAGF_B = 0x9F5 - SYS___CIMAGF_H = 0x9F6 - SYS___CIMAGL_B = 0x9F8 - SYS___CIMAGL_H = 0x9F9 - SYS___CIMAG_B = 0x9F2 - SYS___CIMAG_H = 0x9F3 - SYS___CLOG = 0x9FA - SYS___CLOGF_B = 0x9FE - SYS___CLOGF_H = 0x9FF - SYS___CLOG_B = 0x9FB - SYS___CLOG_H = 0x9FC - SYS_ISWCTYPE = 0x10C - SYS_ISWXDIGI = 0x10A - SYS_ISWXDIGIT = 0x10A - SYS_MBSINIT = 0x10F - SYS_TOWLOWER = 0x10D - SYS_TOWUPPER = 0x10E - SYS_WCTYPE = 0x10B - SYS_WCSSTR = 0x11B - SYS___RPMTCH = 0x11A - SYS_WCSTOD = 0x12E - SYS_WCSTOK = 0x12C - SYS_WCSTOL = 0x12D - SYS_WCSTOUL = 0x12F - SYS_FGETWC = 0x13C - SYS_FGETWS = 0x13D - SYS_FPUTWC = 0x13E - SYS_FPUTWS = 0x13F - SYS_REGERROR = 0x13B - SYS_REGFREE = 0x13A - SYS_COLLEQUIV = 0x14F - SYS_COLLTOSTR = 0x14E - SYS_ISMCCOLLEL = 0x14C - SYS_STRTOCOLL = 0x14D - SYS_DLLFREE = 0x16F - SYS_DLLQUERYFN = 0x16D - SYS_DLLQUERYVAR = 0x16E - SYS_GETMCCOLL = 0x16A - SYS_GETWMCCOLL = 0x16B - SYS___ERR2AD = 0x16C - SYS_CFSETOSPEED = 0x17A - SYS_CHDIR = 0x17B - SYS_CHMOD = 0x17C - SYS_CHOWN = 0x17D - SYS_CLOSE = 0x17E - SYS_CLOSEDIR = 0x17F - SYS_LOG = 0x017 - SYS_COSH = 0x018 - SYS_FCHMOD = 0x18A - SYS_FCHOWN = 0x18B - SYS_FCNTL = 0x18C - SYS_FILENO = 0x18D - SYS_FORK = 0x18E - SYS_FPATHCONF = 0x18F - SYS_GETLOGIN = 0x19A - SYS_GETPGRP = 0x19C - SYS_GETPID = 0x19D - SYS_GETPPID = 0x19E - SYS_GETPWNAM = 0x19F - SYS_TANH = 0x019 - SYS_W_GETMNTENT = 0x19B - SYS_POW = 0x020 - SYS_PTHREAD_SELF = 0x20A - SYS_PTHREAD_SETINTR = 0x20B - SYS_PTHREAD_SETINTRTYPE = 0x20C - SYS_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC = 0x20D - SYS_PTHREAD_TESTINTR = 0x20E - SYS_PTHREAD_YIELD = 0x20F - SYS_SQRT = 0x021 - SYS_FLOOR = 0x022 - SYS_J1 = 0x023 - SYS_WCSPBRK = 0x23F - SYS_BSEARCH = 0x24C - SYS_FABS = 0x024 - SYS_GETENV = 0x24A - SYS_LDIV = 0x24D - SYS_SYSTEM = 0x24B - SYS_FMOD = 0x025 - SYS___RETHROW = 0x25F - SYS___THROW = 0x25E - SYS_J0 = 0x026 - SYS_PUTENV = 0x26A - SYS___GETENV = 0x26F - SYS_SEMCTL = 0x27A - SYS_SEMGET = 0x27B - SYS_SEMOP = 0x27C - SYS_SHMAT = 0x27D - SYS_SHMCTL = 0x27E - SYS_SHMDT = 0x27F - SYS_YN = 0x027 - SYS_JN = 0x028 - SYS_SIGALTSTACK = 0x28A - SYS_SIGHOLD = 0x28B - SYS_SIGIGNORE = 0x28C - SYS_SIGINTERRUPT = 0x28D - SYS_SIGPAUSE = 0x28E - SYS_SIGRELSE = 0x28F - SYS_GETOPT = 0x29A - SYS_GETSUBOPT = 0x29D - SYS_LCHOWN = 0x29B - SYS_SETPGRP = 0x29E - SYS_TRUNCATE = 0x29C - SYS_Y0 = 0x029 - SYS___GDERR = 0x29F - SYS_ISALPHA = 0x030 - SYS_VFORK = 0x30F - SYS__LONGJMP = 0x30D - SYS__SETJMP = 0x30E - SYS_GLOB = 0x31A - SYS_GLOBFREE = 0x31B - SYS_ISALNUM = 0x031 - SYS_PUTW = 0x31C - SYS_SEEKDIR = 0x31D - SYS_TELLDIR = 0x31E - SYS_TEMPNAM = 0x31F - SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY_R = 0x32E - SYS_ISLOWER = 0x032 - SYS_LGAMMA = 0x32C - SYS_REMAINDER = 0x32A - SYS_SCALB = 0x32B - SYS_SYNC = 0x32F - SYS_TTYSLOT = 0x32D - SYS_ENDPROTOENT = 0x33A - SYS_ENDSERVENT = 0x33B - SYS_GETHOSTBYADDR = 0x33D - SYS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R = 0x33C - SYS_GETHOSTBYNAME = 0x33F - SYS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R = 0x33E - SYS_ISCNTRL = 0x033 - SYS_GETSERVBYNAME = 0x34A - SYS_GETSERVBYPORT = 0x34B - SYS_GETSERVENT = 0x34C - SYS_GETSOCKNAME = 0x34D - SYS_GETSOCKOPT = 0x34E - SYS_INET_ADDR = 0x34F - SYS_ISDIGIT = 0x034 - SYS_ISGRAPH = 0x035 - SYS_SELECT = 0x35B - SYS_SELECTEX = 0x35C - SYS_SEND = 0x35D - SYS_SENDTO = 0x35F - SYS_CHROOT = 0x36A - SYS_ISNAN = 0x36D - SYS_ISUPPER = 0x036 - SYS_ULIMIT = 0x36C - SYS_UTIMES = 0x36E - SYS_W_STATVFS = 0x36B - SYS___H_ERRNO = 0x36F - SYS_GRANTPT = 0x37A - SYS_ISPRINT = 0x037 - SYS_TCGETSID = 0x37C - SYS_UNLOCKPT = 0x37B - SYS___TCGETCP = 0x37D - SYS___TCSETCP = 0x37E - SYS___TCSETTABLES = 0x37F - SYS_ISPUNCT = 0x038 - SYS_NLIST = 0x38C - SYS___IPDBCS = 0x38D - SYS___IPDSPX = 0x38E - SYS___IPMSGC = 0x38F - SYS___STHOSTENT = 0x38B - SYS___STSERVENT = 0x38A - SYS_ISSPACE = 0x039 - SYS_COS = 0x040 - SYS_T_ALLOC = 0x40A - SYS_T_BIND = 0x40B - SYS_T_CLOSE = 0x40C - SYS_T_CONNECT = 0x40D - SYS_T_ERROR = 0x40E - SYS_T_FREE = 0x40F - SYS_TAN = 0x041 - SYS_T_RCVREL = 0x41A - SYS_T_RCVUDATA = 0x41B - SYS_T_RCVUDERR = 0x41C - SYS_T_SND = 0x41D - SYS_T_SNDDIS = 0x41E - SYS_T_SNDREL = 0x41F - SYS_GETPMSG = 0x42A - SYS_ISASTREAM = 0x42B - SYS_PUTMSG = 0x42C - SYS_PUTPMSG = 0x42D - SYS_SINH = 0x042 - SYS___ISPOSIXON = 0x42E - SYS___OPENMVSREL = 0x42F - SYS_ACOS = 0x043 - SYS_ATAN = 0x044 - SYS_ATAN2 = 0x045 - SYS_FTELL = 0x046 - SYS_FGETPOS = 0x047 - SYS_SOCK_DEBUG = 0x47A - SYS_SOCK_DO_TESTSTOR = 0x47D - SYS_TAKESOCKET = 0x47E - SYS___SERVER_INIT = 0x47F - SYS_FSEEK = 0x048 - SYS___IPHOST = 0x48B - SYS___IPNODE = 0x48C - SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY_CREATE = 0x48D - SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY_DESTROY = 0x48E - SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY_RESET = 0x48F - SYS___SMF_RECORD = 0x48A - SYS_FSETPOS = 0x049 - SYS___FNWSA = 0x49B - SYS___SPAWN2 = 0x49D - SYS___SPAWNP2 = 0x49E - SYS_ATOF = 0x050 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETPSHARED = 0x50A - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETPSHARED = 0x50B - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY = 0x50C - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT = 0x50D - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK = 0x50E - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK = 0x50F - SYS_ATOI = 0x051 - SYS___FP_CLASS = 0x51D - SYS___FP_CLR_FLAG = 0x51A - SYS___FP_FINITE = 0x51E - SYS___FP_ISNAN = 0x51F - SYS___FP_RAISE_XCP = 0x51C - SYS___FP_READ_FLAG = 0x51B - SYS_RAND = 0x052 - SYS_SIGTIMEDWAIT = 0x52D - SYS_SIGWAITINFO = 0x52E - SYS___CHKBFP = 0x52F - SYS___FPC_RS = 0x52C - SYS___FPC_RW = 0x52A - SYS___FPC_SM = 0x52B - SYS_STRTOD = 0x053 - SYS_STRTOL = 0x054 - SYS_STRTOUL = 0x055 - SYS_MALLOC = 0x056 - SYS_SRAND = 0x057 - SYS_CALLOC = 0x058 - SYS_FREE = 0x059 - SYS___OSENV = 0x59F - SYS___W_PIOCTL = 0x59E - SYS_LONGJMP = 0x060 - SYS___FLOORF_B = 0x60A - SYS___FLOORL_B = 0x60B - SYS___FREXPF_B = 0x60C - SYS___FREXPL_B = 0x60D - SYS___LDEXPF_B = 0x60E - SYS___LDEXPL_B = 0x60F - SYS_SIGNAL = 0x061 - SYS___ATAN2F_B = 0x61A - SYS___ATAN2L_B = 0x61B - SYS___COSHF_B = 0x61C - SYS___COSHL_B = 0x61D - SYS___EXPF_B = 0x61E - SYS___EXPL_B = 0x61F - SYS_TMPNAM = 0x062 - SYS___ABSF_B = 0x62A - SYS___ABSL_B = 0x62C - SYS___ABS_B = 0x62B - SYS___FMODF_B = 0x62D - SYS___FMODL_B = 0x62E - SYS___MODFF_B = 0x62F - SYS_ATANL = 0x63A - SYS_CEILF = 0x63B - SYS_CEILL = 0x63C - SYS_COSF = 0x63D - SYS_COSHF = 0x63F - SYS_COSL = 0x63E - SYS_REMOVE = 0x063 - SYS_POWL = 0x64A - SYS_RENAME = 0x064 - SYS_SINF = 0x64B - SYS_SINHF = 0x64F - SYS_SINL = 0x64C - SYS_SQRTF = 0x64D - SYS_SQRTL = 0x64E - SYS_BTOWC = 0x65F - SYS_FREXPL = 0x65A - SYS_LDEXPF = 0x65B - SYS_LDEXPL = 0x65C - SYS_MODFF = 0x65D - SYS_MODFL = 0x65E - SYS_TMPFILE = 0x065 - SYS_FREOPEN = 0x066 - SYS___CHARMAP_INIT_A = 0x66E - SYS___GETHOSTBYADDR_R_A = 0x66C - SYS___GETHOSTBYNAME_A = 0x66A - SYS___GETHOSTBYNAME_R_A = 0x66D - SYS___MBLEN_A = 0x66F - SYS___RES_INIT_A = 0x66B - SYS_FCLOSE = 0x067 - SYS___GETGRGID_R_A = 0x67D - SYS___WCSTOMBS_A = 0x67A - SYS___WCSTOMBS_STD_A = 0x67B - SYS___WCSWIDTH_A = 0x67C - SYS___WCSWIDTH_ASIA = 0x67F - SYS___WCSWIDTH_STD_A = 0x67E - SYS_FFLUSH = 0x068 - SYS___GETLOGIN_R_A = 0x68E - SYS___GETPWNAM_R_A = 0x68C - SYS___GETPWUID_R_A = 0x68D - SYS___TTYNAME_R_A = 0x68F - SYS___WCWIDTH_ASIA = 0x68B - SYS___WCWIDTH_STD_A = 0x68A - SYS_FOPEN = 0x069 - SYS___REGEXEC_A = 0x69A - SYS___REGEXEC_STD_A = 0x69B - SYS___REGFREE_A = 0x69C - SYS___REGFREE_STD_A = 0x69D - SYS___STRCOLL_A = 0x69E - SYS___STRCOLL_C_A = 0x69F - SYS_SCANF = 0x070 - SYS___A64L_A = 0x70C - SYS___ECVT_A = 0x70D - SYS___FCVT_A = 0x70E - SYS___GCVT_A = 0x70F - SYS___STRTOUL_A = 0x70A - SYS_____AE_CORRESTBL_QUERY_A = 0x70B - SYS_SPRINTF = 0x071 - SYS___ACCESS_A = 0x71F - SYS___CATOPEN_A = 0x71E - SYS___GETOPT_A = 0x71D - SYS___REALPATH_A = 0x71A - SYS___SETENV_A = 0x71B - SYS___SYSTEM_A = 0x71C - SYS_FGETC = 0x072 - SYS___GAI_STRERROR_A = 0x72F - SYS___RMDIR_A = 0x72A - SYS___STATVFS_A = 0x72B - SYS___SYMLINK_A = 0x72C - SYS___TRUNCATE_A = 0x72D - SYS___UNLINK_A = 0x72E - SYS_VFPRINTF = 0x073 - SYS___ISSPACE_A = 0x73A - SYS___ISUPPER_A = 0x73B - SYS___ISWALNUM_A = 0x73F - SYS___ISXDIGIT_A = 0x73C - SYS___TOLOWER_A = 0x73D - SYS___TOUPPER_A = 0x73E - SYS_VPRINTF = 0x074 - SYS___CONFSTR_A = 0x74B - SYS___FDOPEN_A = 0x74E - SYS___FLDATA_A = 0x74F - SYS___FTOK_A = 0x74C - SYS___ISWXDIGIT_A = 0x74A - SYS___MKTEMP_A = 0x74D - SYS_VSPRINTF = 0x075 - SYS___GETGRGID_A = 0x75A - SYS___GETGRNAM_A = 0x75B - SYS___GETGROUPSBYNAME_A = 0x75C - SYS___GETHOSTENT_A = 0x75D - SYS___GETHOSTNAME_A = 0x75E - SYS___GETLOGIN_A = 0x75F - SYS_GETC = 0x076 - SYS___CREATEWORKUNIT_A = 0x76A - SYS___CTERMID_A = 0x76B - SYS___FMTMSG_A = 0x76C - SYS___INITGROUPS_A = 0x76D - SYS___MSGRCV_A = 0x76F - SYS_____LOGIN_A = 0x76E - SYS_FGETS = 0x077 - SYS___STRCASECMP_A = 0x77B - SYS___STRNCASECMP_A = 0x77C - SYS___TTYNAME_A = 0x77D - SYS___UNAME_A = 0x77E - SYS___UTIMES_A = 0x77F - SYS_____SERVER_PWU_A = 0x77A - SYS_FPUTC = 0x078 - SYS___CREAT_O_A = 0x78E - SYS___ENVNA = 0x78F - SYS___FREAD_A = 0x78A - SYS___FWRITE_A = 0x78B - SYS___ISASCII = 0x78D - SYS___OPEN_O_A = 0x78C - SYS_FPUTS = 0x079 - SYS___ASCTIME_A = 0x79C - SYS___CTIME_A = 0x79D - SYS___GETDATE_A = 0x79E - SYS___GETSERVBYPORT_A = 0x79A - SYS___GETSERVENT_A = 0x79B - SYS___TZSET_A = 0x79F - SYS_ACL_FROM_TEXT = 0x80C - SYS_ACL_SET_FD = 0x80A - SYS_ACL_SET_FILE = 0x80B - SYS_ACL_SORT = 0x80E - SYS_ACL_TO_TEXT = 0x80D - SYS_UNGETC = 0x080 - SYS___SHUTDOWN_REGISTRATION = 0x80F - SYS_FREAD = 0x081 - SYS_FREEADDRINFO = 0x81A - SYS_GAI_STRERROR = 0x81B - SYS_REXEC_AF = 0x81C - SYS___DYNALLOC_A = 0x81F - SYS___POE = 0x81D - SYS_WCSTOMBS = 0x082 - SYS___INET_ADDR_A = 0x82F - SYS___NLIST_A = 0x82A - SYS_____TCGETCP_A = 0x82B - SYS_____TCSETCP_A = 0x82C - SYS_____W_PIOCTL_A = 0x82E - SYS_MBTOWC = 0x083 - SYS___CABEND = 0x83D - SYS___LE_CIB_GET = 0x83E - SYS___RECVMSG_A = 0x83B - SYS___SENDMSG_A = 0x83A - SYS___SET_LAA_FOR_JIT = 0x83F - SYS_____LCHATTR_A = 0x83C - SYS_WCTOMB = 0x084 - SYS___CBRTL_B = 0x84A - SYS___COPYSIGNF_B = 0x84B - SYS___COPYSIGNL_B = 0x84C - SYS___COTANF_B = 0x84D - SYS___COTANL_B = 0x84F - SYS___COTAN_B = 0x84E - SYS_MBSTOWCS = 0x085 - SYS___LOG1PL_B = 0x85A - SYS___LOG2F_B = 0x85B - SYS___LOG2L_B = 0x85D - SYS___LOG2_B = 0x85C - SYS___REMAINDERF_B = 0x85E - SYS___REMAINDERL_B = 0x85F - SYS_ACOSHF = 0x86E - SYS_ACOSHL = 0x86F - SYS_WCSCPY = 0x086 - SYS___ERFCF_B = 0x86D - SYS___ERFF_B = 0x86C - SYS___LROUNDF_B = 0x86A - SYS___LROUND_B = 0x86B - SYS_COTANL = 0x87A - SYS_EXP2F = 0x87B - SYS_EXP2L = 0x87C - SYS_EXPM1F = 0x87D - SYS_EXPM1L = 0x87E - SYS_FDIMF = 0x87F - SYS_WCSCAT = 0x087 - SYS___COTANL = 0x87A - SYS_REMAINDERF = 0x88A - SYS_REMAINDERL = 0x88B - SYS_REMAINDF = 0x88A - SYS_REMAINDL = 0x88B - SYS_REMQUO = 0x88D - SYS_REMQUOF = 0x88C - SYS_REMQUOL = 0x88E - SYS_TGAMMAF = 0x88F - SYS_WCSCHR = 0x088 - SYS_ERFCF = 0x89B - SYS_ERFCL = 0x89C - SYS_ERFL = 0x89A - SYS_EXP2 = 0x89E - SYS_WCSCMP = 0x089 - SYS___EXP2_B = 0x89D - SYS___FAR_JUMP = 0x89F - SYS_ABS = 0x090 - SYS___ERFCL_H = 0x90A - SYS___EXPF_H = 0x90C - SYS___EXPL_H = 0x90D - SYS___EXPM1_H = 0x90E - SYS___EXP_H = 0x90B - SYS___FDIM_H = 0x90F - SYS_DIV = 0x091 - SYS___LOG2F_H = 0x91F - SYS___LOG2_H = 0x91E - SYS___LOGB_H = 0x91D - SYS___LOGF_H = 0x91B - SYS___LOGL_H = 0x91C - SYS___LOG_H = 0x91A - SYS_LABS = 0x092 - SYS___POWL_H = 0x92A - SYS___REMAINDER_H = 0x92B - SYS___RINT_H = 0x92C - SYS___SCALB_H = 0x92D - SYS___SINF_H = 0x92F - SYS___SIN_H = 0x92E - SYS_STRNCPY = 0x093 - SYS___TANHF_H = 0x93B - SYS___TANHL_H = 0x93C - SYS___TANH_H = 0x93A - SYS___TGAMMAF_H = 0x93E - SYS___TGAMMA_H = 0x93D - SYS___TRUNC_H = 0x93F - SYS_MEMCPY = 0x094 - SYS_VFWSCANF = 0x94A - SYS_VSWSCANF = 0x94E - SYS_VWSCANF = 0x94C - SYS_INET6_RTH_ADD = 0x95D - SYS_INET6_RTH_INIT = 0x95C - SYS_INET6_RTH_REVERSE = 0x95E - SYS_INET6_RTH_SEGMENTS = 0x95F - SYS_INET6_RTH_SPACE = 0x95B - SYS_MEMMOVE = 0x095 - SYS_WCSTOLD = 0x95A - SYS_STRCPY = 0x096 - SYS_STRCMP = 0x097 - SYS_CABS = 0x98E - SYS_STRCAT = 0x098 - SYS___CABS_B = 0x98F - SYS___POW_II = 0x98A - SYS___POW_II_B = 0x98B - SYS___POW_II_H = 0x98C - SYS_CACOSF = 0x99A - SYS_CACOSL = 0x99D - SYS_STRNCAT = 0x099 - SYS___CACOSF_B = 0x99B - SYS___CACOSF_H = 0x99C - SYS___CACOSL_B = 0x99E - SYS___CACOSL_H = 0x99F - SYS_ISWALPHA = 0x100 - SYS_ISWBLANK = 0x101 - SYS___ISWBLK = 0x101 - SYS_ISWCNTRL = 0x102 - SYS_ISWDIGIT = 0x103 - SYS_ISWGRAPH = 0x104 - SYS_ISWLOWER = 0x105 - SYS_ISWPRINT = 0x106 - SYS_ISWPUNCT = 0x107 - SYS_ISWSPACE = 0x108 - SYS_ISWUPPER = 0x109 - SYS_WCTOB = 0x110 - SYS_MBRLEN = 0x111 - SYS_MBRTOWC = 0x112 - SYS_MBSRTOWC = 0x113 - SYS_MBSRTOWCS = 0x113 - SYS_WCRTOMB = 0x114 - SYS_WCSRTOMB = 0x115 - SYS_WCSRTOMBS = 0x115 - SYS___CSID = 0x116 - SYS___WCSID = 0x117 - SYS_STRPTIME = 0x118 - SYS___STRPTM = 0x118 - SYS_STRFMON = 0x119 - SYS_WCSCOLL = 0x130 - SYS_WCSXFRM = 0x131 - SYS_WCSWIDTH = 0x132 - SYS_WCWIDTH = 0x133 - SYS_WCSFTIME = 0x134 - SYS_SWPRINTF = 0x135 - SYS_VSWPRINT = 0x136 - SYS_VSWPRINTF = 0x136 - SYS_SWSCANF = 0x137 - SYS_REGCOMP = 0x138 - SYS_REGEXEC = 0x139 - SYS_GETWC = 0x140 - SYS_GETWCHAR = 0x141 - SYS_PUTWC = 0x142 - SYS_PUTWCHAR = 0x143 - SYS_UNGETWC = 0x144 - SYS_ICONV_OPEN = 0x145 - SYS_ICONV = 0x146 - SYS_ICONV_CLOSE = 0x147 - SYS_COLLRANGE = 0x150 - SYS_CCLASS = 0x151 - SYS_COLLORDER = 0x152 - SYS___DEMANGLE = 0x154 - SYS_FDOPEN = 0x155 - SYS___ERRNO = 0x156 - SYS___ERRNO2 = 0x157 - SYS___TERROR = 0x158 - SYS_MAXCOLL = 0x169 - SYS_DLLLOAD = 0x170 - SYS__EXIT = 0x174 - SYS_ACCESS = 0x175 - SYS_ALARM = 0x176 - SYS_CFGETISPEED = 0x177 - SYS_CFGETOSPEED = 0x178 - SYS_CFSETISPEED = 0x179 - SYS_CREAT = 0x180 - SYS_CTERMID = 0x181 - SYS_DUP = 0x182 - SYS_DUP2 = 0x183 - SYS_EXECL = 0x184 - SYS_EXECLE = 0x185 - SYS_EXECLP = 0x186 - SYS_EXECV = 0x187 - SYS_EXECVE = 0x188 - SYS_EXECVP = 0x189 - SYS_FSTAT = 0x190 - SYS_FSYNC = 0x191 - SYS_FTRUNCATE = 0x192 - SYS_GETCWD = 0x193 - SYS_GETEGID = 0x194 - SYS_GETEUID = 0x195 - SYS_GETGID = 0x196 - SYS_GETGRGID = 0x197 - SYS_GETGRNAM = 0x198 - SYS_GETGROUPS = 0x199 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY = 0x200 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETKIND_NP = 0x201 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETKIND_NP = 0x202 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT = 0x203 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY = 0x204 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK = 0x205 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK = 0x206 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK = 0x207 - SYS_PTHREAD_ONCE = 0x209 - SYS_TW_OPEN = 0x210 - SYS_TW_FCNTL = 0x211 - SYS_PTHREAD_JOIN_D4_NP = 0x212 - SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETKIND_NP = 0x213 - SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_GETKIND_NP = 0x214 - SYS_EXTLINK_NP = 0x215 - SYS___PASSWD = 0x216 - SYS_SETGROUPS = 0x217 - SYS_INITGROUPS = 0x218 - SYS_WCSRCHR = 0x240 - SYS_SVC99 = 0x241 - SYS___SVC99 = 0x241 - SYS_WCSWCS = 0x242 - SYS_LOCALECO = 0x243 - SYS_LOCALECONV = 0x243 - SYS___LIBREL = 0x244 - SYS_RELEASE = 0x245 - SYS___RLSE = 0x245 - SYS_FLOCATE = 0x246 - SYS___FLOCT = 0x246 - SYS_FDELREC = 0x247 - SYS___FDLREC = 0x247 - SYS_FETCH = 0x248 - SYS___FETCH = 0x248 - SYS_QSORT = 0x249 - SYS___CLEANUPCATCH = 0x260 - SYS___CATCHMATCH = 0x261 - SYS___CLEAN2UPCATCH = 0x262 - SYS_GETPRIORITY = 0x270 - SYS_NICE = 0x271 - SYS_SETPRIORITY = 0x272 - SYS_GETITIMER = 0x273 - SYS_SETITIMER = 0x274 - SYS_MSGCTL = 0x275 - SYS_MSGGET = 0x276 - SYS_MSGRCV = 0x277 - SYS_MSGSND = 0x278 - SYS_MSGXRCV = 0x279 - SYS___MSGXR = 0x279 - SYS_SHMGET = 0x280 - SYS___GETIPC = 0x281 - SYS_SETGRENT = 0x282 - SYS_GETGRENT = 0x283 - SYS_ENDGRENT = 0x284 - SYS_SETPWENT = 0x285 - SYS_GETPWENT = 0x286 - SYS_ENDPWENT = 0x287 - SYS_BSD_SIGNAL = 0x288 - SYS_KILLPG = 0x289 - SYS_SIGSET = 0x290 - SYS_SIGSTACK = 0x291 - SYS_GETRLIMIT = 0x292 - SYS_SETRLIMIT = 0x293 - SYS_GETRUSAGE = 0x294 - SYS_MMAP = 0x295 - SYS_MPROTECT = 0x296 - SYS_MSYNC = 0x297 - SYS_MUNMAP = 0x298 - SYS_CONFSTR = 0x299 - SYS___NDMTRM = 0x300 - SYS_FTOK = 0x301 - SYS_BASENAME = 0x302 - SYS_DIRNAME = 0x303 - SYS_GETDTABLESIZE = 0x304 - SYS_MKSTEMP = 0x305 - SYS_MKTEMP = 0x306 - SYS_NFTW = 0x307 - SYS_GETWD = 0x308 - SYS_LOCKF = 0x309 - SYS_WORDEXP = 0x310 - SYS_WORDFREE = 0x311 - SYS_GETPGID = 0x312 - SYS_GETSID = 0x313 - SYS___UTMPXNAME = 0x314 - SYS_CUSERID = 0x315 - SYS_GETPASS = 0x316 - SYS_FNMATCH = 0x317 - SYS_FTW = 0x318 - SYS_GETW = 0x319 - SYS_ACOSH = 0x320 - SYS_ASINH = 0x321 - SYS_ATANH = 0x322 - SYS_CBRT = 0x323 - SYS_EXPM1 = 0x324 - SYS_ILOGB = 0x325 - SYS_LOGB = 0x326 - SYS_LOG1P = 0x327 - SYS_NEXTAFTER = 0x328 - SYS_RINT = 0x329 - SYS_SPAWN = 0x330 - SYS_SPAWNP = 0x331 - SYS_GETLOGIN_UU = 0x332 - SYS_ECVT = 0x333 - SYS_FCVT = 0x334 - SYS_GCVT = 0x335 - SYS_ACCEPT = 0x336 - SYS_BIND = 0x337 - SYS_CONNECT = 0x338 - SYS_ENDHOSTENT = 0x339 - SYS_GETHOSTENT = 0x340 - SYS_GETHOSTID = 0x341 - SYS_GETHOSTNAME = 0x342 - SYS_GETNETBYADDR = 0x343 - SYS_GETNETBYNAME = 0x344 - SYS_GETNETENT = 0x345 - SYS_GETPEERNAME = 0x346 - SYS_GETPROTOBYNAME = 0x347 - SYS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER = 0x348 - SYS_GETPROTOENT = 0x349 - SYS_INET_LNAOF = 0x350 - SYS_INET_MAKEADDR = 0x351 - SYS_INET_NETOF = 0x352 - SYS_INET_NETWORK = 0x353 - SYS_INET_NTOA = 0x354 - SYS_IOCTL = 0x355 - SYS_LISTEN = 0x356 - SYS_READV = 0x357 - SYS_RECV = 0x358 - SYS_RECVFROM = 0x359 - SYS_SETHOSTENT = 0x360 - SYS_SETNETENT = 0x361 - SYS_SETPEER = 0x362 - SYS_SETPROTOENT = 0x363 - SYS_SETSERVENT = 0x364 - SYS_SETSOCKOPT = 0x365 - SYS_SHUTDOWN = 0x366 - SYS_SOCKET = 0x367 - SYS_SOCKETPAIR = 0x368 - SYS_WRITEV = 0x369 - SYS_ENDNETENT = 0x370 - SYS_CLOSELOG = 0x371 - SYS_OPENLOG = 0x372 - SYS_SETLOGMASK = 0x373 - SYS_SYSLOG = 0x374 - SYS_PTSNAME = 0x375 - SYS_SETREUID = 0x376 - SYS_SETREGID = 0x377 - SYS_REALPATH = 0x378 - SYS___SIGNGAM = 0x379 - SYS_POLL = 0x380 - SYS_REXEC = 0x381 - SYS___ISASCII2 = 0x382 - SYS___TOASCII2 = 0x383 - SYS_CHPRIORITY = 0x384 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSYNCTYPE_NP = 0x385 - SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSYNCTYPE_NP = 0x386 - SYS_PTHREAD_SET_LIMIT_NP = 0x387 - SYS___STNETENT = 0x388 - SYS___STPROTOENT = 0x389 - SYS___SELECT1 = 0x390 - SYS_PTHREAD_SECURITY_NP = 0x391 - SYS___CHECK_RESOURCE_AUTH_NP = 0x392 - SYS___CONVERT_ID_NP = 0x393 - SYS___OPENVMREL = 0x394 - SYS_WMEMCHR = 0x395 - SYS_WMEMCMP = 0x396 - SYS_WMEMCPY = 0x397 - SYS_WMEMMOVE = 0x398 - SYS_WMEMSET = 0x399 - SYS___FPUTWC = 0x400 - SYS___PUTWC = 0x401 - SYS___PWCHAR = 0x402 - SYS___WCSFTM = 0x403 - SYS___WCSTOK = 0x404 - SYS___WCWDTH = 0x405 - SYS_T_ACCEPT = 0x409 - SYS_T_GETINFO = 0x410 - SYS_T_GETPROTADDR = 0x411 - SYS_T_GETSTATE = 0x412 - SYS_T_LISTEN = 0x413 - SYS_T_LOOK = 0x414 - SYS_T_OPEN = 0x415 - SYS_T_OPTMGMT = 0x416 - SYS_T_RCV = 0x417 - SYS_T_RCVCONNECT = 0x418 - SYS_T_RCVDIS = 0x419 - SYS_T_SNDUDATA = 0x420 - SYS_T_STRERROR = 0x421 - SYS_T_SYNC = 0x422 - SYS_T_UNBIND = 0x423 - SYS___T_ERRNO = 0x424 - SYS___RECVMSG2 = 0x425 - SYS___SENDMSG2 = 0x426 - SYS_FATTACH = 0x427 - SYS_FDETACH = 0x428 - SYS_GETMSG = 0x429 - SYS_GETCONTEXT = 0x430 - SYS_SETCONTEXT = 0x431 - SYS_MAKECONTEXT = 0x432 - SYS_SWAPCONTEXT = 0x433 - SYS_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC_D8_NP = 0x434 - SYS_GETCLIENTID = 0x470 - SYS___GETCLIENTID = 0x471 - SYS_GETSTABLESIZE = 0x472 - SYS_GETIBMOPT = 0x473 - SYS_GETIBMSOCKOPT = 0x474 - SYS_GIVESOCKET = 0x475 - SYS_IBMSFLUSH = 0x476 - SYS_MAXDESC = 0x477 - SYS_SETIBMOPT = 0x478 - SYS_SETIBMSOCKOPT = 0x479 - SYS___SERVER_PWU = 0x480 - SYS_PTHREAD_TAG_NP = 0x481 - SYS___CONSOLE = 0x482 - SYS___WSINIT = 0x483 - SYS___IPTCPN = 0x489 - SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY = 0x490 - SYS___HEAPRPT = 0x496 - SYS___ISBFP = 0x500 - SYS___FP_CAST = 0x501 - SYS___CERTIFICATE = 0x502 - SYS_SEND_FILE = 0x503 - SYS_AIO_CANCEL = 0x504 - SYS_AIO_ERROR = 0x505 - SYS_AIO_READ = 0x506 - SYS_AIO_RETURN = 0x507 - SYS_AIO_SUSPEND = 0x508 - SYS_AIO_WRITE = 0x509 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK = 0x510 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK = 0x511 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK = 0x512 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_GETPSHARED = 0x513 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_SETPSHARED = 0x514 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT = 0x515 - SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY = 0x516 - SYS___CTTBL = 0x517 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE = 0x518 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE = 0x519 - SYS___FP_UNORDERED = 0x520 - SYS___FP_READ_RND = 0x521 - SYS___FP_READ_RND_B = 0x522 - SYS___FP_SWAP_RND = 0x523 - SYS___FP_SWAP_RND_B = 0x524 - SYS___FP_LEVEL = 0x525 - SYS___FP_BTOH = 0x526 - SYS___FP_HTOB = 0x527 - SYS___FPC_RD = 0x528 - SYS___FPC_WR = 0x529 - SYS_PTHREAD_SETCANCELTYPE = 0x600 - SYS_PTHREAD_TESTCANCEL = 0x601 - SYS___ATANF_B = 0x602 - SYS___ATANL_B = 0x603 - SYS___CEILF_B = 0x604 - SYS___CEILL_B = 0x605 - SYS___COSF_B = 0x606 - SYS___COSL_B = 0x607 - SYS___FABSF_B = 0x608 - SYS___FABSL_B = 0x609 - SYS___SINF_B = 0x610 - SYS___SINL_B = 0x611 - SYS___TANF_B = 0x612 - SYS___TANL_B = 0x613 - SYS___TANHF_B = 0x614 - SYS___TANHL_B = 0x615 - SYS___ACOSF_B = 0x616 - SYS___ACOSL_B = 0x617 - SYS___ASINF_B = 0x618 - SYS___ASINL_B = 0x619 - SYS___LOGF_B = 0x620 - SYS___LOGL_B = 0x621 - SYS___LOG10F_B = 0x622 - SYS___LOG10L_B = 0x623 - SYS___POWF_B = 0x624 - SYS___POWL_B = 0x625 - SYS___SINHF_B = 0x626 - SYS___SINHL_B = 0x627 - SYS___SQRTF_B = 0x628 - SYS___SQRTL_B = 0x629 - SYS___MODFL_B = 0x630 - SYS_ABSF = 0x631 - SYS_ABSL = 0x632 - SYS_ACOSF = 0x633 - SYS_ACOSL = 0x634 - SYS_ASINF = 0x635 - SYS_ASINL = 0x636 - SYS_ATAN2F = 0x637 - SYS_ATAN2L = 0x638 - SYS_ATANF = 0x639 - SYS_COSHL = 0x640 - SYS_EXPF = 0x641 - SYS_EXPL = 0x642 - SYS_TANHF = 0x643 - SYS_TANHL = 0x644 - SYS_LOG10F = 0x645 - SYS_LOG10L = 0x646 - SYS_LOGF = 0x647 - SYS_LOGL = 0x648 - SYS_POWF = 0x649 - SYS_SINHL = 0x650 - SYS_TANF = 0x651 - SYS_TANL = 0x652 - SYS_FABSF = 0x653 - SYS_FABSL = 0x654 - SYS_FLOORF = 0x655 - SYS_FLOORL = 0x656 - SYS_FMODF = 0x657 - SYS_FMODL = 0x658 - SYS_FREXPF = 0x659 - SYS___CHATTR = 0x660 - SYS___FCHATTR = 0x661 - SYS___TOCCSID = 0x662 - SYS___CSNAMETYPE = 0x663 - SYS___TOCSNAME = 0x664 - SYS___CCSIDTYPE = 0x665 - SYS___AE_CORRESTBL_QUERY = 0x666 - SYS___AE_AUTOCONVERT_STATE = 0x667 - SYS_DN_FIND = 0x668 - SYS___GETHOSTBYADDR_A = 0x669 - SYS___MBLEN_SB_A = 0x670 - SYS___MBLEN_STD_A = 0x671 - SYS___MBLEN_UTF = 0x672 - SYS___MBSTOWCS_A = 0x673 - SYS___MBSTOWCS_STD_A = 0x674 - SYS___MBTOWC_A = 0x675 - SYS___MBTOWC_ISO1 = 0x676 - SYS___MBTOWC_SBCS = 0x677 - SYS___MBTOWC_MBCS = 0x678 - SYS___MBTOWC_UTF = 0x679 - SYS___CSID_A = 0x680 - SYS___CSID_STD_A = 0x681 - SYS___WCSID_A = 0x682 - SYS___WCSID_STD_A = 0x683 - SYS___WCTOMB_A = 0x684 - SYS___WCTOMB_ISO1 = 0x685 - SYS___WCTOMB_STD_A = 0x686 - SYS___WCTOMB_UTF = 0x687 - SYS___WCWIDTH_A = 0x688 - SYS___GETGRNAM_R_A = 0x689 - SYS___READDIR_R_A = 0x690 - SYS___E2A_S = 0x691 - SYS___FNMATCH_A = 0x692 - SYS___FNMATCH_C_A = 0x693 - SYS___EXECL_A = 0x694 - SYS___FNMATCH_STD_A = 0x695 - SYS___REGCOMP_A = 0x696 - SYS___REGCOMP_STD_A = 0x697 - SYS___REGERROR_A = 0x698 - SYS___REGERROR_STD_A = 0x699 - SYS___SWPRINTF_A = 0x700 - SYS___FSCANF_A = 0x701 - SYS___SCANF_A = 0x702 - SYS___SSCANF_A = 0x703 - SYS___SWSCANF_A = 0x704 - SYS___ATOF_A = 0x705 - SYS___ATOI_A = 0x706 - SYS___ATOL_A = 0x707 - SYS___STRTOD_A = 0x708 - SYS___STRTOL_A = 0x709 - SYS___L64A_A = 0x710 - SYS___STRERROR_A = 0x711 - SYS___PERROR_A = 0x712 - SYS___FETCH_A = 0x713 - SYS___GETENV_A = 0x714 - SYS___MKSTEMP_A = 0x717 - SYS___PTSNAME_A = 0x718 - SYS___PUTENV_A = 0x719 - SYS___CHDIR_A = 0x720 - SYS___CHOWN_A = 0x721 - SYS___CHROOT_A = 0x722 - SYS___GETCWD_A = 0x723 - SYS___GETWD_A = 0x724 - SYS___LCHOWN_A = 0x725 - SYS___LINK_A = 0x726 - SYS___PATHCONF_A = 0x727 - SYS___IF_NAMEINDEX_A = 0x728 - SYS___READLINK_A = 0x729 - SYS___EXTLINK_NP_A = 0x730 - SYS___ISALNUM_A = 0x731 - SYS___ISALPHA_A = 0x732 - SYS___A2E_S = 0x733 - SYS___ISCNTRL_A = 0x734 - SYS___ISDIGIT_A = 0x735 - SYS___ISGRAPH_A = 0x736 - SYS___ISLOWER_A = 0x737 - SYS___ISPRINT_A = 0x738 - SYS___ISPUNCT_A = 0x739 - SYS___ISWALPHA_A = 0x740 - SYS___A2E_L = 0x741 - SYS___ISWCNTRL_A = 0x742 - SYS___ISWDIGIT_A = 0x743 - SYS___ISWGRAPH_A = 0x744 - SYS___ISWLOWER_A = 0x745 - SYS___ISWPRINT_A = 0x746 - SYS___ISWPUNCT_A = 0x747 - SYS___ISWSPACE_A = 0x748 - SYS___ISWUPPER_A = 0x749 - SYS___REMOVE_A = 0x750 - SYS___RENAME_A = 0x751 - SYS___TMPNAM_A = 0x752 - SYS___FOPEN_A = 0x753 - SYS___FREOPEN_A = 0x754 - SYS___CUSERID_A = 0x755 - SYS___POPEN_A = 0x756 - SYS___TEMPNAM_A = 0x757 - SYS___FTW_A = 0x758 - SYS___GETGRENT_A = 0x759 - SYS___INET_NTOP_A = 0x760 - SYS___GETPASS_A = 0x761 - SYS___GETPWENT_A = 0x762 - SYS___GETPWNAM_A = 0x763 - SYS___GETPWUID_A = 0x764 - SYS_____CHECK_RESOURCE_AUTH_NP_A = 0x765 - SYS___CHECKSCHENV_A = 0x766 - SYS___CONNECTSERVER_A = 0x767 - SYS___CONNECTWORKMGR_A = 0x768 - SYS_____CONSOLE_A = 0x769 - SYS___MSGSND_A = 0x770 - SYS___MSGXRCV_A = 0x771 - SYS___NFTW_A = 0x772 - SYS_____PASSWD_A = 0x773 - SYS___PTHREAD_SECURITY_NP_A = 0x774 - SYS___QUERYMETRICS_A = 0x775 - SYS___QUERYSCHENV = 0x776 - SYS___READV_A = 0x777 - SYS_____SERVER_CLASSIFY_A = 0x778 - SYS_____SERVER_INIT_A = 0x779 - SYS___W_GETPSENT_A = 0x780 - SYS___WRITEV_A = 0x781 - SYS___W_STATFS_A = 0x782 - SYS___W_STATVFS_A = 0x783 - SYS___FPUTC_A = 0x784 - SYS___PUTCHAR_A = 0x785 - SYS___PUTS_A = 0x786 - SYS___FGETS_A = 0x787 - SYS___GETS_A = 0x788 - SYS___FPUTS_A = 0x789 - SYS___PUTC_A = 0x790 - SYS___AE_THREAD_SETMODE = 0x791 - SYS___AE_THREAD_SWAPMODE = 0x792 - SYS___GETNETBYADDR_A = 0x793 - SYS___GETNETBYNAME_A = 0x794 - SYS___GETNETENT_A = 0x795 - SYS___GETPROTOBYNAME_A = 0x796 - SYS___GETPROTOBYNUMBER_A = 0x797 - SYS___GETPROTOENT_A = 0x798 - SYS___GETSERVBYNAME_A = 0x799 - SYS_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY = 0x800 - SYS_ACL_GET_ENTRY = 0x801 - SYS_ACL_VALID = 0x802 - SYS_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY = 0x803 - SYS_ACL_DELETE_ENTRY = 0x804 - SYS_ACL_UPDATE_ENTRY = 0x805 - SYS_ACL_DELETE_FD = 0x806 - SYS_ACL_DELETE_FILE = 0x807 - SYS_ACL_GET_FD = 0x808 - SYS_ACL_GET_FILE = 0x809 - SYS___ERFL_B = 0x810 - SYS___ERFCL_B = 0x811 - SYS___LGAMMAL_B = 0x812 - SYS___SETHOOKEVENTS = 0x813 - SYS_IF_NAMETOINDEX = 0x814 - SYS_IF_INDEXTONAME = 0x815 - SYS_IF_NAMEINDEX = 0x816 - SYS_IF_FREENAMEINDEX = 0x817 - SYS_GETADDRINFO = 0x818 - SYS_GETNAMEINFO = 0x819 - SYS___DYNFREE_A = 0x820 - SYS___RES_QUERY_A = 0x821 - SYS___RES_SEARCH_A = 0x822 - SYS___RES_QUERYDOMAIN_A = 0x823 - SYS___RES_MKQUERY_A = 0x824 - SYS___RES_SEND_A = 0x825 - SYS___DN_EXPAND_A = 0x826 - SYS___DN_SKIPNAME_A = 0x827 - SYS___DN_COMP_A = 0x828 - SYS___DN_FIND_A = 0x829 - SYS___INET_NTOA_A = 0x830 - SYS___INET_NETWORK_A = 0x831 - SYS___ACCEPT_A = 0x832 - SYS___ACCEPT_AND_RECV_A = 0x833 - SYS___BIND_A = 0x834 - SYS___CONNECT_A = 0x835 - SYS___GETPEERNAME_A = 0x836 - SYS___GETSOCKNAME_A = 0x837 - SYS___RECVFROM_A = 0x838 - SYS___SENDTO_A = 0x839 - SYS___LCHATTR = 0x840 - SYS___WRITEDOWN = 0x841 - SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT2 = 0x842 - SYS___ACOSHF_B = 0x843 - SYS___ACOSHL_B = 0x844 - SYS___ASINHF_B = 0x845 - SYS___ASINHL_B = 0x846 - SYS___ATANHF_B = 0x847 - SYS___ATANHL_B = 0x848 - SYS___CBRTF_B = 0x849 - SYS___EXP2F_B = 0x850 - SYS___EXP2L_B = 0x851 - SYS___EXPM1F_B = 0x852 - SYS___EXPM1L_B = 0x853 - SYS___FDIMF_B = 0x854 - SYS___FDIM_B = 0x855 - SYS___FDIML_B = 0x856 - SYS___HYPOTF_B = 0x857 - SYS___HYPOTL_B = 0x858 - SYS___LOG1PF_B = 0x859 - SYS___REMQUOF_B = 0x860 - SYS___REMQUO_B = 0x861 - SYS___REMQUOL_B = 0x862 - SYS___TGAMMAF_B = 0x863 - SYS___TGAMMA_B = 0x864 - SYS___TGAMMAL_B = 0x865 - SYS___TRUNCF_B = 0x866 - SYS___TRUNC_B = 0x867 - SYS___TRUNCL_B = 0x868 - SYS___LGAMMAF_B = 0x869 - SYS_ASINHF = 0x870 - SYS_ASINHL = 0x871 - SYS_ATANHF = 0x872 - SYS_ATANHL = 0x873 - SYS_CBRTF = 0x874 - SYS_CBRTL = 0x875 - SYS_COPYSIGNF = 0x876 - SYS_CPYSIGNF = 0x876 - SYS_COPYSIGNL = 0x877 - SYS_CPYSIGNL = 0x877 - SYS_COTANF = 0x878 - SYS___COTANF = 0x878 - SYS_COTAN = 0x879 - SYS___COTAN = 0x879 - SYS_FDIM = 0x881 - SYS_FDIML = 0x882 - SYS_HYPOTF = 0x883 - SYS_HYPOTL = 0x884 - SYS_LOG1PF = 0x885 - SYS_LOG1PL = 0x886 - SYS_LOG2F = 0x887 - SYS_LOG2 = 0x888 - SYS_LOG2L = 0x889 - SYS_TGAMMA = 0x890 - SYS_TGAMMAL = 0x891 - SYS_TRUNCF = 0x892 - SYS_TRUNC = 0x893 - SYS_TRUNCL = 0x894 - SYS_LGAMMAF = 0x895 - SYS_LGAMMAL = 0x896 - SYS_LROUNDF = 0x897 - SYS_LROUND = 0x898 - SYS_ERFF = 0x899 - SYS___COSHF_H = 0x900 - SYS___COSHL_H = 0x901 - SYS___COTAN_H = 0x902 - SYS___COTANF_H = 0x903 - SYS___COTANL_H = 0x904 - SYS___ERF_H = 0x905 - SYS___ERFF_H = 0x906 - SYS___ERFL_H = 0x907 - SYS___ERFC_H = 0x908 - SYS___ERFCF_H = 0x909 - SYS___FDIMF_H = 0x910 - SYS___FDIML_H = 0x911 - SYS___FMOD_H = 0x912 - SYS___FMODF_H = 0x913 - SYS___FMODL_H = 0x914 - SYS___GAMMA_H = 0x915 - SYS___HYPOT_H = 0x916 - SYS___ILOGB_H = 0x917 - SYS___LGAMMA_H = 0x918 - SYS___LGAMMAF_H = 0x919 - SYS___LOG2L_H = 0x920 - SYS___LOG1P_H = 0x921 - SYS___LOG10_H = 0x922 - SYS___LOG10F_H = 0x923 - SYS___LOG10L_H = 0x924 - SYS___LROUND_H = 0x925 - SYS___LROUNDF_H = 0x926 - SYS___NEXTAFTER_H = 0x927 - SYS___POW_H = 0x928 - SYS___POWF_H = 0x929 - SYS___SINL_H = 0x930 - SYS___SINH_H = 0x931 - SYS___SINHF_H = 0x932 - SYS___SINHL_H = 0x933 - SYS___SQRT_H = 0x934 - SYS___SQRTF_H = 0x935 - SYS___SQRTL_H = 0x936 - SYS___TAN_H = 0x937 - SYS___TANF_H = 0x938 - SYS___TANL_H = 0x939 - SYS___TRUNCF_H = 0x940 - SYS___TRUNCL_H = 0x941 - SYS___COSH_H = 0x942 - SYS___LE_DEBUG_SET_RESUME_MCH = 0x943 - SYS_VFSCANF = 0x944 - SYS_VSCANF = 0x946 - SYS_VSSCANF = 0x948 - SYS_IMAXABS = 0x950 - SYS_IMAXDIV = 0x951 - SYS_STRTOIMAX = 0x952 - SYS_STRTOUMAX = 0x953 - SYS_WCSTOIMAX = 0x954 - SYS_WCSTOUMAX = 0x955 - SYS_ATOLL = 0x956 - SYS_STRTOF = 0x957 - SYS_STRTOLD = 0x958 - SYS_WCSTOF = 0x959 - SYS_INET6_RTH_GETADDR = 0x960 - SYS_INET6_OPT_INIT = 0x961 - SYS_INET6_OPT_APPEND = 0x962 - SYS_INET6_OPT_FINISH = 0x963 - SYS_INET6_OPT_SET_VAL = 0x964 - SYS_INET6_OPT_NEXT = 0x965 - SYS_INET6_OPT_FIND = 0x966 - SYS_INET6_OPT_GET_VAL = 0x967 - SYS___POW_I = 0x987 - SYS___POW_I_B = 0x988 - SYS___POW_I_H = 0x989 - SYS___CABS_H = 0x990 - SYS_CABSF = 0x991 - SYS___CABSF_B = 0x992 - SYS___CABSF_H = 0x993 - SYS_CABSL = 0x994 - SYS___CABSL_B = 0x995 - SYS___CABSL_H = 0x996 - SYS_CACOS = 0x997 - SYS___CACOS_B = 0x998 - SYS___CACOS_H = 0x999 + SYS_LOG = 0x17 // 23 + SYS_COSH = 0x18 // 24 + SYS_TANH = 0x19 // 25 + SYS_EXP = 0x1A // 26 + SYS_MODF = 0x1B // 27 + SYS_LOG10 = 0x1C // 28 + SYS_FREXP = 0x1D // 29 + SYS_LDEXP = 0x1E // 30 + SYS_CEIL = 0x1F // 31 + SYS_POW = 0x20 // 32 + SYS_SQRT = 0x21 // 33 + SYS_FLOOR = 0x22 // 34 + SYS_J1 = 0x23 // 35 + SYS_FABS = 0x24 // 36 + SYS_FMOD = 0x25 // 37 + SYS_J0 = 0x26 // 38 + SYS_YN = 0x27 // 39 + SYS_JN = 0x28 // 40 + SYS_Y0 = 0x29 // 41 + SYS_Y1 = 0x2A // 42 + SYS_HYPOT = 0x2B // 43 + SYS_ERF = 0x2C // 44 + SYS_ERFC = 0x2D // 45 + SYS_GAMMA = 0x2E // 46 + SYS_ISALPHA = 0x30 // 48 + SYS_ISALNUM = 0x31 // 49 + SYS_ISLOWER = 0x32 // 50 + SYS_ISCNTRL = 0x33 // 51 + SYS_ISDIGIT = 0x34 // 52 + SYS_ISGRAPH = 0x35 // 53 + SYS_ISUPPER = 0x36 // 54 + SYS_ISPRINT = 0x37 // 55 + SYS_ISPUNCT = 0x38 // 56 + SYS_ISSPACE = 0x39 // 57 + SYS_SETLOCAL = 0x3A // 58 + SYS_SETLOCALE = 0x3A // 58 + SYS_ISXDIGIT = 0x3B // 59 + SYS_TOLOWER = 0x3C // 60 + SYS_TOUPPER = 0x3D // 61 + SYS_ASIN = 0x3E // 62 + SYS_SIN = 0x3F // 63 + SYS_COS = 0x40 // 64 + SYS_TAN = 0x41 // 65 + SYS_SINH = 0x42 // 66 + SYS_ACOS = 0x43 // 67 + SYS_ATAN = 0x44 // 68 + SYS_ATAN2 = 0x45 // 69 + SYS_FTELL = 0x46 // 70 + SYS_FGETPOS = 0x47 // 71 + SYS_FSEEK = 0x48 // 72 + SYS_FSETPOS = 0x49 // 73 + SYS_FERROR = 0x4A // 74 + SYS_REWIND = 0x4B // 75 + SYS_CLEARERR = 0x4C // 76 + SYS_FEOF = 0x4D // 77 + SYS_ATOL = 0x4E // 78 + SYS_PERROR = 0x4F // 79 + SYS_ATOF = 0x50 // 80 + SYS_ATOI = 0x51 // 81 + SYS_RAND = 0x52 // 82 + SYS_STRTOD = 0x53 // 83 + SYS_STRTOL = 0x54 // 84 + SYS_STRTOUL = 0x55 // 85 + SYS_MALLOC = 0x56 // 86 + SYS_SRAND = 0x57 // 87 + SYS_CALLOC = 0x58 // 88 + SYS_FREE = 0x59 // 89 + SYS_EXIT = 0x5A // 90 + SYS_REALLOC = 0x5B // 91 + SYS_ABORT = 0x5C // 92 + SYS___ABORT = 0x5C // 92 + SYS_ATEXIT = 0x5D // 93 + SYS_RAISE = 0x5E // 94 + SYS_SETJMP = 0x5F // 95 + SYS_LONGJMP = 0x60 // 96 + SYS_SIGNAL = 0x61 // 97 + SYS_TMPNAM = 0x62 // 98 + SYS_REMOVE = 0x63 // 99 + SYS_RENAME = 0x64 // 100 + SYS_TMPFILE = 0x65 // 101 + SYS_FREOPEN = 0x66 // 102 + SYS_FCLOSE = 0x67 // 103 + SYS_FFLUSH = 0x68 // 104 + SYS_FOPEN = 0x69 // 105 + SYS_FSCANF = 0x6A // 106 + SYS_SETBUF = 0x6B // 107 + SYS_SETVBUF = 0x6C // 108 + SYS_FPRINTF = 0x6D // 109 + SYS_SSCANF = 0x6E // 110 + SYS_PRINTF = 0x6F // 111 + SYS_SCANF = 0x70 // 112 + SYS_SPRINTF = 0x71 // 113 + SYS_FGETC = 0x72 // 114 + SYS_VFPRINTF = 0x73 // 115 + SYS_VPRINTF = 0x74 // 116 + SYS_VSPRINTF = 0x75 // 117 + SYS_GETC = 0x76 // 118 + SYS_FGETS = 0x77 // 119 + SYS_FPUTC = 0x78 // 120 + SYS_FPUTS = 0x79 // 121 + SYS_PUTCHAR = 0x7A // 122 + SYS_GETCHAR = 0x7B // 123 + SYS_GETS = 0x7C // 124 + SYS_PUTC = 0x7D // 125 + SYS_FWRITE = 0x7E // 126 + SYS_PUTS = 0x7F // 127 + SYS_UNGETC = 0x80 // 128 + SYS_FREAD = 0x81 // 129 + SYS_WCSTOMBS = 0x82 // 130 + SYS_MBTOWC = 0x83 // 131 + SYS_WCTOMB = 0x84 // 132 + SYS_MBSTOWCS = 0x85 // 133 + SYS_WCSCPY = 0x86 // 134 + SYS_WCSCAT = 0x87 // 135 + SYS_WCSCHR = 0x88 // 136 + SYS_WCSCMP = 0x89 // 137 + SYS_WCSNCMP = 0x8A // 138 + SYS_WCSCSPN = 0x8B // 139 + SYS_WCSLEN = 0x8C // 140 + SYS_WCSNCAT = 0x8D // 141 + SYS_WCSSPN = 0x8E // 142 + SYS_WCSNCPY = 0x8F // 143 + SYS_ABS = 0x90 // 144 + SYS_DIV = 0x91 // 145 + SYS_LABS = 0x92 // 146 + SYS_STRNCPY = 0x93 // 147 + SYS_MEMCPY = 0x94 // 148 + SYS_MEMMOVE = 0x95 // 149 + SYS_STRCPY = 0x96 // 150 + SYS_STRCMP = 0x97 // 151 + SYS_STRCAT = 0x98 // 152 + SYS_STRNCAT = 0x99 // 153 + SYS_MEMCMP = 0x9A // 154 + SYS_MEMCHR = 0x9B // 155 + SYS_STRCOLL = 0x9C // 156 + SYS_STRNCMP = 0x9D // 157 + SYS_STRXFRM = 0x9E // 158 + SYS_STRRCHR = 0x9F // 159 + SYS_STRCHR = 0xA0 // 160 + SYS_STRCSPN = 0xA1 // 161 + SYS_STRPBRK = 0xA2 // 162 + SYS_MEMSET = 0xA3 // 163 + SYS_STRSPN = 0xA4 // 164 + SYS_STRSTR = 0xA5 // 165 + SYS_STRTOK = 0xA6 // 166 + SYS_DIFFTIME = 0xA7 // 167 + SYS_STRERROR = 0xA8 // 168 + SYS_STRLEN = 0xA9 // 169 + SYS_CLOCK = 0xAA // 170 + SYS_CTIME = 0xAB // 171 + SYS_MKTIME = 0xAC // 172 + SYS_TIME = 0xAD // 173 + SYS_ASCTIME = 0xAE // 174 + SYS_MBLEN = 0xAF // 175 + SYS_GMTIME = 0xB0 // 176 + SYS_LOCALTIM = 0xB1 // 177 + SYS_LOCALTIME = 0xB1 // 177 + SYS_STRFTIME = 0xB2 // 178 + SYS___GETCB = 0xB4 // 180 + SYS_FUPDATE = 0xB5 // 181 + SYS___FUPDT = 0xB5 // 181 + SYS_CLRMEMF = 0xBD // 189 + SYS___CLRMF = 0xBD // 189 + SYS_FETCHEP = 0xBF // 191 + SYS___FTCHEP = 0xBF // 191 + SYS_FLDATA = 0xC1 // 193 + SYS___FLDATA = 0xC1 // 193 + SYS_DYNFREE = 0xC2 // 194 + SYS___DYNFRE = 0xC2 // 194 + SYS_DYNALLOC = 0xC3 // 195 + SYS___DYNALL = 0xC3 // 195 + SYS___CDUMP = 0xC4 // 196 + SYS_CSNAP = 0xC5 // 197 + SYS___CSNAP = 0xC5 // 197 + SYS_CTRACE = 0xC6 // 198 + SYS___CTRACE = 0xC6 // 198 + SYS___CTEST = 0xC7 // 199 + SYS_SETENV = 0xC8 // 200 + SYS___SETENV = 0xC8 // 200 + SYS_CLEARENV = 0xC9 // 201 + SYS___CLRENV = 0xC9 // 201 + SYS___REGCOMP_STD = 0xEA // 234 + SYS_NL_LANGINFO = 0xFC // 252 + SYS_GETSYNTX = 0xFD // 253 + SYS_ISBLANK = 0xFE // 254 + SYS___ISBLNK = 0xFE // 254 + SYS_ISWALNUM = 0xFF // 255 + SYS_ISWALPHA = 0x100 // 256 + SYS_ISWBLANK = 0x101 // 257 + SYS___ISWBLK = 0x101 // 257 + SYS_ISWCNTRL = 0x102 // 258 + SYS_ISWDIGIT = 0x103 // 259 + SYS_ISWGRAPH = 0x104 // 260 + SYS_ISWLOWER = 0x105 // 261 + SYS_ISWPRINT = 0x106 // 262 + SYS_ISWPUNCT = 0x107 // 263 + SYS_ISWSPACE = 0x108 // 264 + SYS_ISWUPPER = 0x109 // 265 + SYS_ISWXDIGI = 0x10A // 266 + SYS_ISWXDIGIT = 0x10A // 266 + SYS_WCTYPE = 0x10B // 267 + SYS_ISWCTYPE = 0x10C // 268 + SYS_TOWLOWER = 0x10D // 269 + SYS_TOWUPPER = 0x10E // 270 + SYS_MBSINIT = 0x10F // 271 + SYS_WCTOB = 0x110 // 272 + SYS_MBRLEN = 0x111 // 273 + SYS_MBRTOWC = 0x112 // 274 + SYS_MBSRTOWC = 0x113 // 275 + SYS_MBSRTOWCS = 0x113 // 275 + SYS_WCRTOMB = 0x114 // 276 + SYS_WCSRTOMB = 0x115 // 277 + SYS_WCSRTOMBS = 0x115 // 277 + SYS___CSID = 0x116 // 278 + SYS___WCSID = 0x117 // 279 + SYS_STRPTIME = 0x118 // 280 + SYS___STRPTM = 0x118 // 280 + SYS_STRFMON = 0x119 // 281 + SYS___RPMTCH = 0x11A // 282 + SYS_WCSSTR = 0x11B // 283 + SYS_WCSTOK = 0x12C // 300 + SYS_WCSTOL = 0x12D // 301 + SYS_WCSTOD = 0x12E // 302 + SYS_WCSTOUL = 0x12F // 303 + SYS_WCSCOLL = 0x130 // 304 + SYS_WCSXFRM = 0x131 // 305 + SYS_WCSWIDTH = 0x132 // 306 + SYS_WCWIDTH = 0x133 // 307 + SYS_WCSFTIME = 0x134 // 308 + SYS_SWPRINTF = 0x135 // 309 + SYS_VSWPRINT = 0x136 // 310 + SYS_VSWPRINTF = 0x136 // 310 + SYS_SWSCANF = 0x137 // 311 + SYS_REGCOMP = 0x138 // 312 + SYS_REGEXEC = 0x139 // 313 + SYS_REGFREE = 0x13A // 314 + SYS_REGERROR = 0x13B // 315 + SYS_FGETWC = 0x13C // 316 + SYS_FGETWS = 0x13D // 317 + SYS_FPUTWC = 0x13E // 318 + SYS_FPUTWS = 0x13F // 319 + SYS_GETWC = 0x140 // 320 + SYS_GETWCHAR = 0x141 // 321 + SYS_PUTWC = 0x142 // 322 + SYS_PUTWCHAR = 0x143 // 323 + SYS_UNGETWC = 0x144 // 324 + SYS_ICONV_OPEN = 0x145 // 325 + SYS_ICONV = 0x146 // 326 + SYS_ICONV_CLOSE = 0x147 // 327 + SYS_ISMCCOLLEL = 0x14C // 332 + SYS_STRTOCOLL = 0x14D // 333 + SYS_COLLTOSTR = 0x14E // 334 + SYS_COLLEQUIV = 0x14F // 335 + SYS_COLLRANGE = 0x150 // 336 + SYS_CCLASS = 0x151 // 337 + SYS_COLLORDER = 0x152 // 338 + SYS___DEMANGLE = 0x154 // 340 + SYS_FDOPEN = 0x155 // 341 + SYS___ERRNO = 0x156 // 342 + SYS___ERRNO2 = 0x157 // 343 + SYS___TERROR = 0x158 // 344 + SYS_MAXCOLL = 0x169 // 361 + SYS_GETMCCOLL = 0x16A // 362 + SYS_GETWMCCOLL = 0x16B // 363 + SYS___ERR2AD = 0x16C // 364 + SYS_DLLQUERYFN = 0x16D // 365 + SYS_DLLQUERYVAR = 0x16E // 366 + SYS_DLLFREE = 0x16F // 367 + SYS_DLLLOAD = 0x170 // 368 + SYS__EXIT = 0x174 // 372 + SYS_ACCESS = 0x175 // 373 + SYS_ALARM = 0x176 // 374 + SYS_CFGETISPEED = 0x177 // 375 + SYS_CFGETOSPEED = 0x178 // 376 + SYS_CFSETISPEED = 0x179 // 377 + SYS_CFSETOSPEED = 0x17A // 378 + SYS_CHDIR = 0x17B // 379 + SYS_CHMOD = 0x17C // 380 + SYS_CHOWN = 0x17D // 381 + SYS_CLOSE = 0x17E // 382 + SYS_CLOSEDIR = 0x17F // 383 + SYS_CREAT = 0x180 // 384 + SYS_CTERMID = 0x181 // 385 + SYS_DUP = 0x182 // 386 + SYS_DUP2 = 0x183 // 387 + SYS_EXECL = 0x184 // 388 + SYS_EXECLE = 0x185 // 389 + SYS_EXECLP = 0x186 // 390 + SYS_EXECV = 0x187 // 391 + SYS_EXECVE = 0x188 // 392 + SYS_EXECVP = 0x189 // 393 + SYS_FCHMOD = 0x18A // 394 + SYS_FCHOWN = 0x18B // 395 + SYS_FCNTL = 0x18C // 396 + SYS_FILENO = 0x18D // 397 + SYS_FORK = 0x18E // 398 + SYS_FPATHCONF = 0x18F // 399 + SYS_FSTAT = 0x190 // 400 + SYS_FSYNC = 0x191 // 401 + SYS_FTRUNCATE = 0x192 // 402 + SYS_GETCWD = 0x193 // 403 + SYS_GETEGID = 0x194 // 404 + SYS_GETEUID = 0x195 // 405 + SYS_GETGID = 0x196 // 406 + SYS_GETGRGID = 0x197 // 407 + SYS_GETGRNAM = 0x198 // 408 + SYS_GETGROUPS = 0x199 // 409 + SYS_GETLOGIN = 0x19A // 410 + SYS_W_GETMNTENT = 0x19B // 411 + SYS_GETPGRP = 0x19C // 412 + SYS_GETPID = 0x19D // 413 + SYS_GETPPID = 0x19E // 414 + SYS_GETPWNAM = 0x19F // 415 + SYS_GETPWUID = 0x1A0 // 416 + SYS_GETUID = 0x1A1 // 417 + SYS_W_IOCTL = 0x1A2 // 418 + SYS_ISATTY = 0x1A3 // 419 + SYS_KILL = 0x1A4 // 420 + SYS_LINK = 0x1A5 // 421 + SYS_LSEEK = 0x1A6 // 422 + SYS_LSTAT = 0x1A7 // 423 + SYS_MKDIR = 0x1A8 // 424 + SYS_MKFIFO = 0x1A9 // 425 + SYS_MKNOD = 0x1AA // 426 + SYS_MOUNT = 0x1AB // 427 + SYS_OPEN = 0x1AC // 428 + SYS_OPENDIR = 0x1AD // 429 + SYS_PATHCONF = 0x1AE // 430 + SYS_PAUSE = 0x1AF // 431 + SYS_PIPE = 0x1B0 // 432 + SYS_W_GETPSENT = 0x1B1 // 433 + SYS_READ = 0x1B2 // 434 + SYS_READDIR = 0x1B3 // 435 + SYS_READLINK = 0x1B4 // 436 + SYS_REWINDDIR = 0x1B5 // 437 + SYS_RMDIR = 0x1B6 // 438 + SYS_SETEGID = 0x1B7 // 439 + SYS_SETEUID = 0x1B8 // 440 + SYS_SETGID = 0x1B9 // 441 + SYS_SETPGID = 0x1BA // 442 + SYS_SETSID = 0x1BB // 443 + SYS_SETUID = 0x1BC // 444 + SYS_SIGACTION = 0x1BD // 445 + SYS_SIGADDSET = 0x1BE // 446 + SYS_SIGDELSET = 0x1BF // 447 + SYS_SIGEMPTYSET = 0x1C0 // 448 + SYS_SIGFILLSET = 0x1C1 // 449 + SYS_SIGISMEMBER = 0x1C2 // 450 + SYS_SIGLONGJMP = 0x1C3 // 451 + SYS_SIGPENDING = 0x1C4 // 452 + SYS_SIGPROCMASK = 0x1C5 // 453 + SYS_SIGSETJMP = 0x1C6 // 454 + SYS_SIGSUSPEND = 0x1C7 // 455 + SYS_SLEEP = 0x1C8 // 456 + SYS_STAT = 0x1C9 // 457 + SYS_W_STATFS = 0x1CA // 458 + SYS_SYMLINK = 0x1CB // 459 + SYS_SYSCONF = 0x1CC // 460 + SYS_TCDRAIN = 0x1CD // 461 + SYS_TCFLOW = 0x1CE // 462 + SYS_TCFLUSH = 0x1CF // 463 + SYS_TCGETATTR = 0x1D0 // 464 + SYS_TCGETPGRP = 0x1D1 // 465 + SYS_TCSENDBREAK = 0x1D2 // 466 + SYS_TCSETATTR = 0x1D3 // 467 + SYS_TCSETPGRP = 0x1D4 // 468 + SYS_TIMES = 0x1D5 // 469 + SYS_TTYNAME = 0x1D6 // 470 + SYS_TZSET = 0x1D7 // 471 + SYS_UMASK = 0x1D8 // 472 + SYS_UMOUNT = 0x1D9 // 473 + SYS_UNAME = 0x1DA // 474 + SYS_UNLINK = 0x1DB // 475 + SYS_UTIME = 0x1DC // 476 + SYS_WAIT = 0x1DD // 477 + SYS_WAITPID = 0x1DE // 478 + SYS_WRITE = 0x1DF // 479 + SYS_CHAUDIT = 0x1E0 // 480 + SYS_FCHAUDIT = 0x1E1 // 481 + SYS_GETGROUPSBYNAME = 0x1E2 // 482 + SYS_SIGWAIT = 0x1E3 // 483 + SYS_PTHREAD_EXIT = 0x1E4 // 484 + SYS_PTHREAD_KILL = 0x1E5 // 485 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT = 0x1E6 // 486 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY = 0x1E7 // 487 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE = 0x1E8 // 488 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE = 0x1E9 // 489 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE = 0x1EA // 490 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE = 0x1EB // 491 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETWEIGHT_NP = 0x1EC // 492 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETWEIGHT_NP = 0x1ED // 493 + SYS_PTHREAD_CANCEL = 0x1EE // 494 + SYS_PTHREAD_CLEANUP_PUSH = 0x1EF // 495 + SYS_PTHREAD_CLEANUP_POP = 0x1F0 // 496 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT = 0x1F1 // 497 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DESTROY = 0x1F2 // 498 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_INIT = 0x1F3 // 499 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY = 0x1F4 // 500 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL = 0x1F5 // 501 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST = 0x1F6 // 502 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_WAIT = 0x1F7 // 503 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT = 0x1F8 // 504 + SYS_PTHREAD_CREATE = 0x1F9 // 505 + SYS_PTHREAD_DETACH = 0x1FA // 506 + SYS_PTHREAD_EQUAL = 0x1FB // 507 + SYS_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC = 0x1FC // 508 + SYS_PTHREAD_JOIN = 0x1FD // 509 + SYS_PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE = 0x1FE // 510 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT = 0x1FF // 511 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY = 0x200 // 512 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETKIND_NP = 0x201 // 513 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETKIND_NP = 0x202 // 514 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT = 0x203 // 515 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY = 0x204 // 516 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK = 0x205 // 517 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK = 0x206 // 518 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK = 0x207 // 519 + SYS_PTHREAD_ONCE = 0x209 // 521 + SYS_PTHREAD_SELF = 0x20A // 522 + SYS_PTHREAD_SETINTR = 0x20B // 523 + SYS_PTHREAD_SETINTRTYPE = 0x20C // 524 + SYS_PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC = 0x20D // 525 + SYS_PTHREAD_TESTINTR = 0x20E // 526 + SYS_PTHREAD_YIELD = 0x20F // 527 + SYS_TW_OPEN = 0x210 // 528 + SYS_TW_FCNTL = 0x211 // 529 + SYS_PTHREAD_JOIN_D4_NP = 0x212 // 530 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETKIND_NP = 0x213 // 531 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_GETKIND_NP = 0x214 // 532 + SYS_EXTLINK_NP = 0x215 // 533 + SYS___PASSWD = 0x216 // 534 + SYS_SETGROUPS = 0x217 // 535 + SYS_INITGROUPS = 0x218 // 536 + SYS_WCSPBRK = 0x23F // 575 + SYS_WCSRCHR = 0x240 // 576 + SYS_SVC99 = 0x241 // 577 + SYS___SVC99 = 0x241 // 577 + SYS_WCSWCS = 0x242 // 578 + SYS_LOCALECO = 0x243 // 579 + SYS_LOCALECONV = 0x243 // 579 + SYS___LIBREL = 0x244 // 580 + SYS_RELEASE = 0x245 // 581 + SYS___RLSE = 0x245 // 581 + SYS_FLOCATE = 0x246 // 582 + SYS___FLOCT = 0x246 // 582 + SYS_FDELREC = 0x247 // 583 + SYS___FDLREC = 0x247 // 583 + SYS_FETCH = 0x248 // 584 + SYS___FETCH = 0x248 // 584 + SYS_QSORT = 0x249 // 585 + SYS_GETENV = 0x24A // 586 + SYS_SYSTEM = 0x24B // 587 + SYS_BSEARCH = 0x24C // 588 + SYS_LDIV = 0x24D // 589 + SYS___THROW = 0x25E // 606 + SYS___RETHROW = 0x25F // 607 + SYS___CLEANUPCATCH = 0x260 // 608 + SYS___CATCHMATCH = 0x261 // 609 + SYS___CLEAN2UPCATCH = 0x262 // 610 + SYS_PUTENV = 0x26A // 618 + SYS___GETENV = 0x26F // 623 + SYS_GETPRIORITY = 0x270 // 624 + SYS_NICE = 0x271 // 625 + SYS_SETPRIORITY = 0x272 // 626 + SYS_GETITIMER = 0x273 // 627 + SYS_SETITIMER = 0x274 // 628 + SYS_MSGCTL = 0x275 // 629 + SYS_MSGGET = 0x276 // 630 + SYS_MSGRCV = 0x277 // 631 + SYS_MSGSND = 0x278 // 632 + SYS_MSGXRCV = 0x279 // 633 + SYS___MSGXR = 0x279 // 633 + SYS_SEMCTL = 0x27A // 634 + SYS_SEMGET = 0x27B // 635 + SYS_SEMOP = 0x27C // 636 + SYS_SHMAT = 0x27D // 637 + SYS_SHMCTL = 0x27E // 638 + SYS_SHMDT = 0x27F // 639 + SYS_SHMGET = 0x280 // 640 + SYS___GETIPC = 0x281 // 641 + SYS_SETGRENT = 0x282 // 642 + SYS_GETGRENT = 0x283 // 643 + SYS_ENDGRENT = 0x284 // 644 + SYS_SETPWENT = 0x285 // 645 + SYS_GETPWENT = 0x286 // 646 + SYS_ENDPWENT = 0x287 // 647 + SYS_BSD_SIGNAL = 0x288 // 648 + SYS_KILLPG = 0x289 // 649 + SYS_SIGALTSTACK = 0x28A // 650 + SYS_SIGHOLD = 0x28B // 651 + SYS_SIGIGNORE = 0x28C // 652 + SYS_SIGINTERRUPT = 0x28D // 653 + SYS_SIGPAUSE = 0x28E // 654 + SYS_SIGRELSE = 0x28F // 655 + SYS_SIGSET = 0x290 // 656 + SYS_SIGSTACK = 0x291 // 657 + SYS_GETRLIMIT = 0x292 // 658 + SYS_SETRLIMIT = 0x293 // 659 + SYS_GETRUSAGE = 0x294 // 660 + SYS_MMAP = 0x295 // 661 + SYS_MPROTECT = 0x296 // 662 + SYS_MSYNC = 0x297 // 663 + SYS_MUNMAP = 0x298 // 664 + SYS_CONFSTR = 0x299 // 665 + SYS_GETOPT = 0x29A // 666 + SYS_LCHOWN = 0x29B // 667 + SYS_TRUNCATE = 0x29C // 668 + SYS_GETSUBOPT = 0x29D // 669 + SYS_SETPGRP = 0x29E // 670 + SYS___GDERR = 0x29F // 671 + SYS___TZONE = 0x2A0 // 672 + SYS___DLGHT = 0x2A1 // 673 + SYS___OPARGF = 0x2A2 // 674 + SYS___OPOPTF = 0x2A3 // 675 + SYS___OPINDF = 0x2A4 // 676 + SYS___OPERRF = 0x2A5 // 677 + SYS_GETDATE = 0x2A6 // 678 + SYS_WAIT3 = 0x2A7 // 679 + SYS_WAITID = 0x2A8 // 680 + SYS___CATTRM = 0x2A9 // 681 + SYS___GDTRM = 0x2AA // 682 + SYS___RNDTRM = 0x2AB // 683 + SYS_CRYPT = 0x2AC // 684 + SYS_ENCRYPT = 0x2AD // 685 + SYS_SETKEY = 0x2AE // 686 + SYS___CNVBLK = 0x2AF // 687 + SYS___CRYTRM = 0x2B0 // 688 + SYS___ECRTRM = 0x2B1 // 689 + SYS_DRAND48 = 0x2B2 // 690 + SYS_ERAND48 = 0x2B3 // 691 + SYS_FSTATVFS = 0x2B4 // 692 + SYS_STATVFS = 0x2B5 // 693 + SYS_CATCLOSE = 0x2B6 // 694 + SYS_CATGETS = 0x2B7 // 695 + SYS_CATOPEN = 0x2B8 // 696 + SYS_BCMP = 0x2B9 // 697 + SYS_BCOPY = 0x2BA // 698 + SYS_BZERO = 0x2BB // 699 + SYS_FFS = 0x2BC // 700 + SYS_INDEX = 0x2BD // 701 + SYS_RINDEX = 0x2BE // 702 + SYS_STRCASECMP = 0x2BF // 703 + SYS_STRDUP = 0x2C0 // 704 + SYS_STRNCASECMP = 0x2C1 // 705 + SYS_INITSTATE = 0x2C2 // 706 + SYS_SETSTATE = 0x2C3 // 707 + SYS_RANDOM = 0x2C4 // 708 + SYS_SRANDOM = 0x2C5 // 709 + SYS_HCREATE = 0x2C6 // 710 + SYS_HDESTROY = 0x2C7 // 711 + SYS_HSEARCH = 0x2C8 // 712 + SYS_LFIND = 0x2C9 // 713 + SYS_LSEARCH = 0x2CA // 714 + SYS_TDELETE = 0x2CB // 715 + SYS_TFIND = 0x2CC // 716 + SYS_TSEARCH = 0x2CD // 717 + SYS_TWALK = 0x2CE // 718 + SYS_INSQUE = 0x2CF // 719 + SYS_REMQUE = 0x2D0 // 720 + SYS_POPEN = 0x2D1 // 721 + SYS_PCLOSE = 0x2D2 // 722 + SYS_SWAB = 0x2D3 // 723 + SYS_MEMCCPY = 0x2D4 // 724 + SYS_GETPAGESIZE = 0x2D8 // 728 + SYS_FCHDIR = 0x2D9 // 729 + SYS___OCLCK = 0x2DA // 730 + SYS___ATOE = 0x2DB // 731 + SYS___ATOE_L = 0x2DC // 732 + SYS___ETOA = 0x2DD // 733 + SYS___ETOA_L = 0x2DE // 734 + SYS_SETUTXENT = 0x2DF // 735 + SYS_GETUTXENT = 0x2E0 // 736 + SYS_ENDUTXENT = 0x2E1 // 737 + SYS_GETUTXID = 0x2E2 // 738 + SYS_GETUTXLINE = 0x2E3 // 739 + SYS_PUTUTXLINE = 0x2E4 // 740 + SYS_FMTMSG = 0x2E5 // 741 + SYS_JRAND48 = 0x2E6 // 742 + SYS_LRAND48 = 0x2E7 // 743 + SYS_MRAND48 = 0x2E8 // 744 + SYS_NRAND48 = 0x2E9 // 745 + SYS_LCONG48 = 0x2EA // 746 + SYS_SRAND48 = 0x2EB // 747 + SYS_SEED48 = 0x2EC // 748 + SYS_ISASCII = 0x2ED // 749 + SYS_TOASCII = 0x2EE // 750 + SYS_A64L = 0x2EF // 751 + SYS_L64A = 0x2F0 // 752 + SYS_UALARM = 0x2F1 // 753 + SYS_USLEEP = 0x2F2 // 754 + SYS___UTXTRM = 0x2F3 // 755 + SYS___SRCTRM = 0x2F4 // 756 + SYS_FTIME = 0x2F5 // 757 + SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY = 0x2F6 // 758 + SYS_DBM_CLEARERR = 0x2F7 // 759 + SYS_DBM_CLOSE = 0x2F8 // 760 + SYS_DBM_DELETE = 0x2F9 // 761 + SYS_DBM_ERROR = 0x2FA // 762 + SYS_DBM_FETCH = 0x2FB // 763 + SYS_DBM_FIRSTKEY = 0x2FC // 764 + SYS_DBM_NEXTKEY = 0x2FD // 765 + SYS_DBM_OPEN = 0x2FE // 766 + SYS_DBM_STORE = 0x2FF // 767 + SYS___NDMTRM = 0x300 // 768 + SYS_FTOK = 0x301 // 769 + SYS_BASENAME = 0x302 // 770 + SYS_DIRNAME = 0x303 // 771 + SYS_GETDTABLESIZE = 0x304 // 772 + SYS_MKSTEMP = 0x305 // 773 + SYS_MKTEMP = 0x306 // 774 + SYS_NFTW = 0x307 // 775 + SYS_GETWD = 0x308 // 776 + SYS_LOCKF = 0x309 // 777 + SYS__LONGJMP = 0x30D // 781 + SYS__SETJMP = 0x30E // 782 + SYS_VFORK = 0x30F // 783 + SYS_WORDEXP = 0x310 // 784 + SYS_WORDFREE = 0x311 // 785 + SYS_GETPGID = 0x312 // 786 + SYS_GETSID = 0x313 // 787 + SYS___UTMPXNAME = 0x314 // 788 + SYS_CUSERID = 0x315 // 789 + SYS_GETPASS = 0x316 // 790 + SYS_FNMATCH = 0x317 // 791 + SYS_FTW = 0x318 // 792 + SYS_GETW = 0x319 // 793 + SYS_GLOB = 0x31A // 794 + SYS_GLOBFREE = 0x31B // 795 + SYS_PUTW = 0x31C // 796 + SYS_SEEKDIR = 0x31D // 797 + SYS_TELLDIR = 0x31E // 798 + SYS_TEMPNAM = 0x31F // 799 + SYS_ACOSH = 0x320 // 800 + SYS_ASINH = 0x321 // 801 + SYS_ATANH = 0x322 // 802 + SYS_CBRT = 0x323 // 803 + SYS_EXPM1 = 0x324 // 804 + SYS_ILOGB = 0x325 // 805 + SYS_LOGB = 0x326 // 806 + SYS_LOG1P = 0x327 // 807 + SYS_NEXTAFTER = 0x328 // 808 + SYS_RINT = 0x329 // 809 + SYS_REMAINDER = 0x32A // 810 + SYS_SCALB = 0x32B // 811 + SYS_LGAMMA = 0x32C // 812 + SYS_TTYSLOT = 0x32D // 813 + SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY_R = 0x32E // 814 + SYS_SYNC = 0x32F // 815 + SYS_SPAWN = 0x330 // 816 + SYS_SPAWNP = 0x331 // 817 + SYS_GETLOGIN_UU = 0x332 // 818 + SYS_ECVT = 0x333 // 819 + SYS_FCVT = 0x334 // 820 + SYS_GCVT = 0x335 // 821 + SYS_ACCEPT = 0x336 // 822 + SYS_BIND = 0x337 // 823 + SYS_CONNECT = 0x338 // 824 + SYS_ENDHOSTENT = 0x339 // 825 + SYS_ENDPROTOENT = 0x33A // 826 + SYS_ENDSERVENT = 0x33B // 827 + SYS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R = 0x33C // 828 + SYS_GETHOSTBYADDR = 0x33D // 829 + SYS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R = 0x33E // 830 + SYS_GETHOSTBYNAME = 0x33F // 831 + SYS_GETHOSTENT = 0x340 // 832 + SYS_GETHOSTID = 0x341 // 833 + SYS_GETHOSTNAME = 0x342 // 834 + SYS_GETNETBYADDR = 0x343 // 835 + SYS_GETNETBYNAME = 0x344 // 836 + SYS_GETNETENT = 0x345 // 837 + SYS_GETPEERNAME = 0x346 // 838 + SYS_GETPROTOBYNAME = 0x347 // 839 + SYS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER = 0x348 // 840 + SYS_GETPROTOENT = 0x349 // 841 + SYS_GETSERVBYNAME = 0x34A // 842 + SYS_GETSERVBYPORT = 0x34B // 843 + SYS_GETSERVENT = 0x34C // 844 + SYS_GETSOCKNAME = 0x34D // 845 + SYS_GETSOCKOPT = 0x34E // 846 + SYS_INET_ADDR = 0x34F // 847 + SYS_INET_LNAOF = 0x350 // 848 + SYS_INET_MAKEADDR = 0x351 // 849 + SYS_INET_NETOF = 0x352 // 850 + SYS_INET_NETWORK = 0x353 // 851 + SYS_INET_NTOA = 0x354 // 852 + SYS_IOCTL = 0x355 // 853 + SYS_LISTEN = 0x356 // 854 + SYS_READV = 0x357 // 855 + SYS_RECV = 0x358 // 856 + SYS_RECVFROM = 0x359 // 857 + SYS_SELECT = 0x35B // 859 + SYS_SELECTEX = 0x35C // 860 + SYS_SEND = 0x35D // 861 + SYS_SENDTO = 0x35F // 863 + SYS_SETHOSTENT = 0x360 // 864 + SYS_SETNETENT = 0x361 // 865 + SYS_SETPEER = 0x362 // 866 + SYS_SETPROTOENT = 0x363 // 867 + SYS_SETSERVENT = 0x364 // 868 + SYS_SETSOCKOPT = 0x365 // 869 + SYS_SHUTDOWN = 0x366 // 870 + SYS_SOCKET = 0x367 // 871 + SYS_SOCKETPAIR = 0x368 // 872 + SYS_WRITEV = 0x369 // 873 + SYS_CHROOT = 0x36A // 874 + SYS_W_STATVFS = 0x36B // 875 + SYS_ULIMIT = 0x36C // 876 + SYS_ISNAN = 0x36D // 877 + SYS_UTIMES = 0x36E // 878 + SYS___H_ERRNO = 0x36F // 879 + SYS_ENDNETENT = 0x370 // 880 + SYS_CLOSELOG = 0x371 // 881 + SYS_OPENLOG = 0x372 // 882 + SYS_SETLOGMASK = 0x373 // 883 + SYS_SYSLOG = 0x374 // 884 + SYS_PTSNAME = 0x375 // 885 + SYS_SETREUID = 0x376 // 886 + SYS_SETREGID = 0x377 // 887 + SYS_REALPATH = 0x378 // 888 + SYS___SIGNGAM = 0x379 // 889 + SYS_GRANTPT = 0x37A // 890 + SYS_UNLOCKPT = 0x37B // 891 + SYS_TCGETSID = 0x37C // 892 + SYS___TCGETCP = 0x37D // 893 + SYS___TCSETCP = 0x37E // 894 + SYS___TCSETTABLES = 0x37F // 895 + SYS_POLL = 0x380 // 896 + SYS_REXEC = 0x381 // 897 + SYS___ISASCII2 = 0x382 // 898 + SYS___TOASCII2 = 0x383 // 899 + SYS_CHPRIORITY = 0x384 // 900 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSYNCTYPE_NP = 0x385 // 901 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSYNCTYPE_NP = 0x386 // 902 + SYS_PTHREAD_SET_LIMIT_NP = 0x387 // 903 + SYS___STNETENT = 0x388 // 904 + SYS___STPROTOENT = 0x389 // 905 + SYS___STSERVENT = 0x38A // 906 + SYS___STHOSTENT = 0x38B // 907 + SYS_NLIST = 0x38C // 908 + SYS___IPDBCS = 0x38D // 909 + SYS___IPDSPX = 0x38E // 910 + SYS___IPMSGC = 0x38F // 911 + SYS___SELECT1 = 0x390 // 912 + SYS_PTHREAD_SECURITY_NP = 0x391 // 913 + SYS___CHECK_RESOURCE_AUTH_NP = 0x392 // 914 + SYS___CONVERT_ID_NP = 0x393 // 915 + SYS___OPENVMREL = 0x394 // 916 + SYS_WMEMCHR = 0x395 // 917 + SYS_WMEMCMP = 0x396 // 918 + SYS_WMEMCPY = 0x397 // 919 + SYS_WMEMMOVE = 0x398 // 920 + SYS_WMEMSET = 0x399 // 921 + SYS___FPUTWC = 0x400 // 1024 + SYS___PUTWC = 0x401 // 1025 + SYS___PWCHAR = 0x402 // 1026 + SYS___WCSFTM = 0x403 // 1027 + SYS___WCSTOK = 0x404 // 1028 + SYS___WCWDTH = 0x405 // 1029 + SYS_T_ACCEPT = 0x409 // 1033 + SYS_T_ALLOC = 0x40A // 1034 + SYS_T_BIND = 0x40B // 1035 + SYS_T_CLOSE = 0x40C // 1036 + SYS_T_CONNECT = 0x40D // 1037 + SYS_T_ERROR = 0x40E // 1038 + SYS_T_FREE = 0x40F // 1039 + SYS_T_GETINFO = 0x410 // 1040 + SYS_T_GETPROTADDR = 0x411 // 1041 + SYS_T_GETSTATE = 0x412 // 1042 + SYS_T_LISTEN = 0x413 // 1043 + SYS_T_LOOK = 0x414 // 1044 + SYS_T_OPEN = 0x415 // 1045 + SYS_T_OPTMGMT = 0x416 // 1046 + SYS_T_RCV = 0x417 // 1047 + SYS_T_RCVCONNECT = 0x418 // 1048 + SYS_T_RCVDIS = 0x419 // 1049 + SYS_T_RCVREL = 0x41A // 1050 + SYS_T_RCVUDATA = 0x41B // 1051 + SYS_T_RCVUDERR = 0x41C // 1052 + SYS_T_SND = 0x41D // 1053 + SYS_T_SNDDIS = 0x41E // 1054 + SYS_T_SNDREL = 0x41F // 1055 + SYS_T_SNDUDATA = 0x420 // 1056 + SYS_T_STRERROR = 0x421 // 1057 + SYS_T_SYNC = 0x422 // 1058 + SYS_T_UNBIND = 0x423 // 1059 + SYS___T_ERRNO = 0x424 // 1060 + SYS___RECVMSG2 = 0x425 // 1061 + SYS___SENDMSG2 = 0x426 // 1062 + SYS_FATTACH = 0x427 // 1063 + SYS_FDETACH = 0x428 // 1064 + SYS_GETMSG = 0x429 // 1065 + SYS_GETPMSG = 0x42A // 1066 + SYS_ISASTREAM = 0x42B // 1067 + SYS_PUTMSG = 0x42C // 1068 + SYS_PUTPMSG = 0x42D // 1069 + SYS___ISPOSIXON = 0x42E // 1070 + SYS___OPENMVSREL = 0x42F // 1071 + SYS_GETCONTEXT = 0x430 // 1072 + SYS_SETCONTEXT = 0x431 // 1073 + SYS_MAKECONTEXT = 0x432 // 1074 + SYS_SWAPCONTEXT = 0x433 // 1075 + SYS_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC_D8_NP = 0x434 // 1076 + SYS_GETCLIENTID = 0x470 // 1136 + SYS___GETCLIENTID = 0x471 // 1137 + SYS_GETSTABLESIZE = 0x472 // 1138 + SYS_GETIBMOPT = 0x473 // 1139 + SYS_GETIBMSOCKOPT = 0x474 // 1140 + SYS_GIVESOCKET = 0x475 // 1141 + SYS_IBMSFLUSH = 0x476 // 1142 + SYS_MAXDESC = 0x477 // 1143 + SYS_SETIBMOPT = 0x478 // 1144 + SYS_SETIBMSOCKOPT = 0x479 // 1145 + SYS_SOCK_DEBUG = 0x47A // 1146 + SYS_SOCK_DO_TESTSTOR = 0x47D // 1149 + SYS_TAKESOCKET = 0x47E // 1150 + SYS___SERVER_INIT = 0x47F // 1151 + SYS___SERVER_PWU = 0x480 // 1152 + SYS_PTHREAD_TAG_NP = 0x481 // 1153 + SYS___CONSOLE = 0x482 // 1154 + SYS___WSINIT = 0x483 // 1155 + SYS___IPTCPN = 0x489 // 1161 + SYS___SMF_RECORD = 0x48A // 1162 + SYS___IPHOST = 0x48B // 1163 + SYS___IPNODE = 0x48C // 1164 + SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY_CREATE = 0x48D // 1165 + SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY_DESTROY = 0x48E // 1166 + SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY_RESET = 0x48F // 1167 + SYS___SERVER_CLASSIFY = 0x490 // 1168 + SYS___HEAPRPT = 0x496 // 1174 + SYS___FNWSA = 0x49B // 1179 + SYS___SPAWN2 = 0x49D // 1181 + SYS___SPAWNP2 = 0x49E // 1182 + SYS___GDRR = 0x4A1 // 1185 + SYS___HRRNO = 0x4A2 // 1186 + SYS___OPRG = 0x4A3 // 1187 + SYS___OPRR = 0x4A4 // 1188 + SYS___OPND = 0x4A5 // 1189 + SYS___OPPT = 0x4A6 // 1190 + SYS___SIGGM = 0x4A7 // 1191 + SYS___DGHT = 0x4A8 // 1192 + SYS___TZNE = 0x4A9 // 1193 + SYS___TZZN = 0x4AA // 1194 + SYS___TRRNO = 0x4AF // 1199 + SYS___ENVN = 0x4B0 // 1200 + SYS___MLOCKALL = 0x4B1 // 1201 + SYS_CREATEWO = 0x4B2 // 1202 + SYS_CREATEWORKUNIT = 0x4B2 // 1202 + SYS_CONTINUE = 0x4B3 // 1203 + SYS_CONTINUEWORKUNIT = 0x4B3 // 1203 + SYS_CONNECTW = 0x4B4 // 1204 + SYS_CONNECTWORKMGR = 0x4B4 // 1204 + SYS_CONNECTS = 0x4B5 // 1205 + SYS_CONNECTSERVER = 0x4B5 // 1205 + SYS_DISCONNE = 0x4B6 // 1206 + SYS_DISCONNECTSERVER = 0x4B6 // 1206 + SYS_JOINWORK = 0x4B7 // 1207 + SYS_JOINWORKUNIT = 0x4B7 // 1207 + SYS_LEAVEWOR = 0x4B8 // 1208 + SYS_LEAVEWORKUNIT = 0x4B8 // 1208 + SYS_DELETEWO = 0x4B9 // 1209 + SYS_DELETEWORKUNIT = 0x4B9 // 1209 + SYS_QUERYMET = 0x4BA // 1210 + SYS_QUERYMETRICS = 0x4BA // 1210 + SYS_QUERYSCH = 0x4BB // 1211 + SYS_QUERYSCHENV = 0x4BB // 1211 + SYS_CHECKSCH = 0x4BC // 1212 + SYS_CHECKSCHENV = 0x4BC // 1212 + SYS___PID_AFFINITY = 0x4BD // 1213 + SYS___ASINH_B = 0x4BE // 1214 + SYS___ATAN_B = 0x4BF // 1215 + SYS___CBRT_B = 0x4C0 // 1216 + SYS___CEIL_B = 0x4C1 // 1217 + SYS_COPYSIGN = 0x4C2 // 1218 + SYS___COS_B = 0x4C3 // 1219 + SYS___ERF_B = 0x4C4 // 1220 + SYS___ERFC_B = 0x4C5 // 1221 + SYS___EXPM1_B = 0x4C6 // 1222 + SYS___FABS_B = 0x4C7 // 1223 + SYS_FINITE = 0x4C8 // 1224 + SYS___FLOOR_B = 0x4C9 // 1225 + SYS___FREXP_B = 0x4CA // 1226 + SYS___ILOGB_B = 0x4CB // 1227 + SYS___ISNAN_B = 0x4CC // 1228 + SYS___LDEXP_B = 0x4CD // 1229 + SYS___LOG1P_B = 0x4CE // 1230 + SYS___LOGB_B = 0x4CF // 1231 + SYS_MATHERR = 0x4D0 // 1232 + SYS___MODF_B = 0x4D1 // 1233 + SYS___NEXTAFTER_B = 0x4D2 // 1234 + SYS___RINT_B = 0x4D3 // 1235 + SYS_SCALBN = 0x4D4 // 1236 + SYS_SIGNIFIC = 0x4D5 // 1237 + SYS_SIGNIFICAND = 0x4D5 // 1237 + SYS___SIN_B = 0x4D6 // 1238 + SYS___TAN_B = 0x4D7 // 1239 + SYS___TANH_B = 0x4D8 // 1240 + SYS___ACOS_B = 0x4D9 // 1241 + SYS___ACOSH_B = 0x4DA // 1242 + SYS___ASIN_B = 0x4DB // 1243 + SYS___ATAN2_B = 0x4DC // 1244 + SYS___ATANH_B = 0x4DD // 1245 + SYS___COSH_B = 0x4DE // 1246 + SYS___EXP_B = 0x4DF // 1247 + SYS___FMOD_B = 0x4E0 // 1248 + SYS___GAMMA_B = 0x4E1 // 1249 + SYS_GAMMA_R = 0x4E2 // 1250 + SYS___HYPOT_B = 0x4E3 // 1251 + SYS___J0_B = 0x4E4 // 1252 + SYS___Y0_B = 0x4E5 // 1253 + SYS___J1_B = 0x4E6 // 1254 + SYS___Y1_B = 0x4E7 // 1255 + SYS___JN_B = 0x4E8 // 1256 + SYS___YN_B = 0x4E9 // 1257 + SYS___LGAMMA_B = 0x4EA // 1258 + SYS_LGAMMA_R = 0x4EB // 1259 + SYS___LOG_B = 0x4EC // 1260 + SYS___LOG10_B = 0x4ED // 1261 + SYS___POW_B = 0x4EE // 1262 + SYS___REMAINDER_B = 0x4EF // 1263 + SYS___SCALB_B = 0x4F0 // 1264 + SYS___SINH_B = 0x4F1 // 1265 + SYS___SQRT_B = 0x4F2 // 1266 + SYS___OPENDIR2 = 0x4F3 // 1267 + SYS___READDIR2 = 0x4F4 // 1268 + SYS___LOGIN = 0x4F5 // 1269 + SYS___OPEN_STAT = 0x4F6 // 1270 + SYS_ACCEPT_AND_RECV = 0x4F7 // 1271 + SYS___FP_SETMODE = 0x4F8 // 1272 + SYS___SIGACTIONSET = 0x4FB // 1275 + SYS___UCREATE = 0x4FC // 1276 + SYS___UMALLOC = 0x4FD // 1277 + SYS___UFREE = 0x4FE // 1278 + SYS___UHEAPREPORT = 0x4FF // 1279 + SYS___ISBFP = 0x500 // 1280 + SYS___FP_CAST = 0x501 // 1281 + SYS___CERTIFICATE = 0x502 // 1282 + SYS_SEND_FILE = 0x503 // 1283 + SYS_AIO_CANCEL = 0x504 // 1284 + SYS_AIO_ERROR = 0x505 // 1285 + SYS_AIO_READ = 0x506 // 1286 + SYS_AIO_RETURN = 0x507 // 1287 + SYS_AIO_SUSPEND = 0x508 // 1288 + SYS_AIO_WRITE = 0x509 // 1289 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETPSHARED = 0x50A // 1290 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETPSHARED = 0x50B // 1291 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DESTROY = 0x50C // 1292 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT = 0x50D // 1293 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK = 0x50E // 1294 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYRDLOCK = 0x50F // 1295 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_TRYWRLOCK = 0x510 // 1296 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_UNLOCK = 0x511 // 1297 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRLOCK = 0x512 // 1298 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_GETPSHARED = 0x513 // 1299 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_SETPSHARED = 0x514 // 1300 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_INIT = 0x515 // 1301 + SYS_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_DESTROY = 0x516 // 1302 + SYS___CTTBL = 0x517 // 1303 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE = 0x518 // 1304 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETTYPE = 0x519 // 1305 + SYS___FP_CLR_FLAG = 0x51A // 1306 + SYS___FP_READ_FLAG = 0x51B // 1307 + SYS___FP_RAISE_XCP = 0x51C // 1308 + SYS___FP_CLASS = 0x51D // 1309 + SYS___FP_FINITE = 0x51E // 1310 + SYS___FP_ISNAN = 0x51F // 1311 + SYS___FP_UNORDERED = 0x520 // 1312 + SYS___FP_READ_RND = 0x521 // 1313 + SYS___FP_READ_RND_B = 0x522 // 1314 + SYS___FP_SWAP_RND = 0x523 // 1315 + SYS___FP_SWAP_RND_B = 0x524 // 1316 + SYS___FP_LEVEL = 0x525 // 1317 + SYS___FP_BTOH = 0x526 // 1318 + SYS___FP_HTOB = 0x527 // 1319 + SYS___FPC_RD = 0x528 // 1320 + SYS___FPC_WR = 0x529 // 1321 + SYS___FPC_RW = 0x52A // 1322 + SYS___FPC_SM = 0x52B // 1323 + SYS___FPC_RS = 0x52C // 1324 + SYS_SIGTIMEDWAIT = 0x52D // 1325 + SYS_SIGWAITINFO = 0x52E // 1326 + SYS___CHKBFP = 0x52F // 1327 + SYS___W_PIOCTL = 0x59E // 1438 + SYS___OSENV = 0x59F // 1439 + SYS_EXPORTWO = 0x5A1 // 1441 + SYS_EXPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A1 // 1441 + SYS_UNDOEXPO = 0x5A2 // 1442 + SYS_UNDOEXPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A2 // 1442 + SYS_IMPORTWO = 0x5A3 // 1443 + SYS_IMPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A3 // 1443 + SYS_UNDOIMPO = 0x5A4 // 1444 + SYS_UNDOIMPORTWORKUNIT = 0x5A4 // 1444 + SYS_EXTRACTW = 0x5A5 // 1445 + SYS_EXTRACTWORKUNIT = 0x5A5 // 1445 + SYS___CPL = 0x5A6 // 1446 + SYS___MAP_INIT = 0x5A7 // 1447 + SYS___MAP_SERVICE = 0x5A8 // 1448 + SYS_SIGQUEUE = 0x5A9 // 1449 + SYS___MOUNT = 0x5AA // 1450 + SYS___GETUSERID = 0x5AB // 1451 + SYS___IPDOMAINNAME = 0x5AC // 1452 + SYS_QUERYENC = 0x5AD // 1453 + SYS_QUERYWORKUNITCLASSIFICATION = 0x5AD // 1453 + SYS_CONNECTE = 0x5AE // 1454 + SYS_CONNECTEXPORTIMPORT = 0x5AE // 1454 + SYS___FP_SWAPMODE = 0x5AF // 1455 + SYS_STRTOLL = 0x5B0 // 1456 + SYS_STRTOULL = 0x5B1 // 1457 + SYS___DSA_PREV = 0x5B2 // 1458 + SYS___EP_FIND = 0x5B3 // 1459 + SYS___SERVER_THREADS_QUERY = 0x5B4 // 1460 + SYS___MSGRCV_TIMED = 0x5B7 // 1463 + SYS___SEMOP_TIMED = 0x5B8 // 1464 + SYS___GET_CPUID = 0x5B9 // 1465 + SYS___GET_SYSTEM_SETTINGS = 0x5BA // 1466 + SYS_FTELLO = 0x5C8 // 1480 + SYS_FSEEKO = 0x5C9 // 1481 + SYS_LLDIV = 0x5CB // 1483 + SYS_WCSTOLL = 0x5CC // 1484 + SYS_WCSTOULL = 0x5CD // 1485 + SYS_LLABS = 0x5CE // 1486 + SYS___CONSOLE2 = 0x5D2 // 1490 + SYS_INET_NTOP = 0x5D3 // 1491 + SYS_INET_PTON = 0x5D4 // 1492 + SYS___RES = 0x5D6 // 1494 + SYS_RES_MKQUERY = 0x5D7 // 1495 + SYS_RES_INIT = 0x5D8 // 1496 + SYS_RES_QUERY = 0x5D9 // 1497 + SYS_RES_SEARCH = 0x5DA // 1498 + SYS_RES_SEND = 0x5DB // 1499 + SYS_RES_QUERYDOMAIN = 0x5DC // 1500 + SYS_DN_EXPAND = 0x5DD // 1501 + SYS_DN_SKIPNAME = 0x5DE // 1502 + SYS_DN_COMP = 0x5DF // 1503 + SYS_ASCTIME_R = 0x5E0 // 1504 + SYS_CTIME_R = 0x5E1 // 1505 + SYS_GMTIME_R = 0x5E2 // 1506 + SYS_LOCALTIME_R = 0x5E3 // 1507 + SYS_RAND_R = 0x5E4 // 1508 + SYS_STRTOK_R = 0x5E5 // 1509 + SYS_READDIR_R = 0x5E6 // 1510 + SYS_GETGRGID_R = 0x5E7 // 1511 + SYS_GETGRNAM_R = 0x5E8 // 1512 + SYS_GETLOGIN_R = 0x5E9 // 1513 + SYS_GETPWNAM_R = 0x5EA // 1514 + SYS_GETPWUID_R = 0x5EB // 1515 + SYS_TTYNAME_R = 0x5EC // 1516 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATFORK = 0x5ED // 1517 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE = 0x5EE // 1518 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKADDR = 0x5EF // 1519 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE = 0x5F0 // 1520 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKADDR = 0x5F1 // 1521 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_GETPSHARED = 0x5F2 // 1522 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETPSHARED = 0x5F3 // 1523 + SYS_PTHREAD_GETCONCURRENCY = 0x5F4 // 1524 + SYS_PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE = 0x5F5 // 1525 + SYS_PTHREAD_SETCONCURRENCY = 0x5F6 // 1526 + SYS_PTHREAD_SIGMASK = 0x5F7 // 1527 + SYS___DISCARDDATA = 0x5F8 // 1528 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM = 0x5F9 // 1529 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM = 0x5FA // 1530 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACHSTATE_U98 = 0x5FB // 1531 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE_U98 = 0x5FC // 1532 + SYS_PTHREAD_DETACH_U98 = 0x5FD // 1533 + SYS_PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC_U98 = 0x5FE // 1534 + SYS_PTHREAD_SETCANCELSTATE = 0x5FF // 1535 + SYS_PTHREAD_SETCANCELTYPE = 0x600 // 1536 + SYS_PTHREAD_TESTCANCEL = 0x601 // 1537 + SYS___ATANF_B = 0x602 // 1538 + SYS___ATANL_B = 0x603 // 1539 + SYS___CEILF_B = 0x604 // 1540 + SYS___CEILL_B = 0x605 // 1541 + SYS___COSF_B = 0x606 // 1542 + SYS___COSL_B = 0x607 // 1543 + SYS___FABSF_B = 0x608 // 1544 + SYS___FABSL_B = 0x609 // 1545 + SYS___FLOORF_B = 0x60A // 1546 + SYS___FLOORL_B = 0x60B // 1547 + SYS___FREXPF_B = 0x60C // 1548 + SYS___FREXPL_B = 0x60D // 1549 + SYS___LDEXPF_B = 0x60E // 1550 + SYS___LDEXPL_B = 0x60F // 1551 + SYS___SINF_B = 0x610 // 1552 + SYS___SINL_B = 0x611 // 1553 + SYS___TANF_B = 0x612 // 1554 + SYS___TANL_B = 0x613 // 1555 + SYS___TANHF_B = 0x614 // 1556 + SYS___TANHL_B = 0x615 // 1557 + SYS___ACOSF_B = 0x616 // 1558 + SYS___ACOSL_B = 0x617 // 1559 + SYS___ASINF_B = 0x618 // 1560 + SYS___ASINL_B = 0x619 // 1561 + SYS___ATAN2F_B = 0x61A // 1562 + SYS___ATAN2L_B = 0x61B // 1563 + SYS___COSHF_B = 0x61C // 1564 + SYS___COSHL_B = 0x61D // 1565 + SYS___EXPF_B = 0x61E // 1566 + SYS___EXPL_B = 0x61F // 1567 + SYS___LOGF_B = 0x620 // 1568 + SYS___LOGL_B = 0x621 // 1569 + SYS___LOG10F_B = 0x622 // 1570 + SYS___LOG10L_B = 0x623 // 1571 + SYS___POWF_B = 0x624 // 1572 + SYS___POWL_B = 0x625 // 1573 + SYS___SINHF_B = 0x626 // 1574 + SYS___SINHL_B = 0x627 // 1575 + SYS___SQRTF_B = 0x628 // 1576 + SYS___SQRTL_B = 0x629 // 1577 + SYS___ABSF_B = 0x62A // 1578 + SYS___ABS_B = 0x62B // 1579 + SYS___ABSL_B = 0x62C // 1580 + SYS___FMODF_B = 0x62D // 1581 + SYS___FMODL_B = 0x62E // 1582 + SYS___MODFF_B = 0x62F // 1583 + SYS___MODFL_B = 0x630 // 1584 + SYS_ABSF = 0x631 // 1585 + SYS_ABSL = 0x632 // 1586 + SYS_ACOSF = 0x633 // 1587 + SYS_ACOSL = 0x634 // 1588 + SYS_ASINF = 0x635 // 1589 + SYS_ASINL = 0x636 // 1590 + SYS_ATAN2F = 0x637 // 1591 + SYS_ATAN2L = 0x638 // 1592 + SYS_ATANF = 0x639 // 1593 + SYS_ATANL = 0x63A // 1594 + SYS_CEILF = 0x63B // 1595 + SYS_CEILL = 0x63C // 1596 + SYS_COSF = 0x63D // 1597 + SYS_COSL = 0x63E // 1598 + SYS_COSHF = 0x63F // 1599 + SYS_COSHL = 0x640 // 1600 + SYS_EXPF = 0x641 // 1601 + SYS_EXPL = 0x642 // 1602 + SYS_TANHF = 0x643 // 1603 + SYS_TANHL = 0x644 // 1604 + SYS_LOG10F = 0x645 // 1605 + SYS_LOG10L = 0x646 // 1606 + SYS_LOGF = 0x647 // 1607 + SYS_LOGL = 0x648 // 1608 + SYS_POWF = 0x649 // 1609 + SYS_POWL = 0x64A // 1610 + SYS_SINF = 0x64B // 1611 + SYS_SINL = 0x64C // 1612 + SYS_SQRTF = 0x64D // 1613 + SYS_SQRTL = 0x64E // 1614 + SYS_SINHF = 0x64F // 1615 + SYS_SINHL = 0x650 // 1616 + SYS_TANF = 0x651 // 1617 + SYS_TANL = 0x652 // 1618 + SYS_FABSF = 0x653 // 1619 + SYS_FABSL = 0x654 // 1620 + SYS_FLOORF = 0x655 // 1621 + SYS_FLOORL = 0x656 // 1622 + SYS_FMODF = 0x657 // 1623 + SYS_FMODL = 0x658 // 1624 + SYS_FREXPF = 0x659 // 1625 + SYS_FREXPL = 0x65A // 1626 + SYS_LDEXPF = 0x65B // 1627 + SYS_LDEXPL = 0x65C // 1628 + SYS_MODFF = 0x65D // 1629 + SYS_MODFL = 0x65E // 1630 + SYS_BTOWC = 0x65F // 1631 + SYS___CHATTR = 0x660 // 1632 + SYS___FCHATTR = 0x661 // 1633 + SYS___TOCCSID = 0x662 // 1634 + SYS___CSNAMETYPE = 0x663 // 1635 + SYS___TOCSNAME = 0x664 // 1636 + SYS___CCSIDTYPE = 0x665 // 1637 + SYS___AE_CORRESTBL_QUERY = 0x666 // 1638 + SYS___AE_AUTOCONVERT_STATE = 0x667 // 1639 + SYS_DN_FIND = 0x668 // 1640 + SYS___GETHOSTBYADDR_A = 0x669 // 1641 + SYS___GETHOSTBYNAME_A = 0x66A // 1642 + SYS___RES_INIT_A = 0x66B // 1643 + SYS___GETHOSTBYADDR_R_A = 0x66C // 1644 + SYS___GETHOSTBYNAME_R_A = 0x66D // 1645 + SYS___CHARMAP_INIT_A = 0x66E // 1646 + SYS___MBLEN_A = 0x66F // 1647 + SYS___MBLEN_SB_A = 0x670 // 1648 + SYS___MBLEN_STD_A = 0x671 // 1649 + SYS___MBLEN_UTF = 0x672 // 1650 + SYS___MBSTOWCS_A = 0x673 // 1651 + SYS___MBSTOWCS_STD_A = 0x674 // 1652 + SYS___MBTOWC_A = 0x675 // 1653 + SYS___MBTOWC_ISO1 = 0x676 // 1654 + SYS___MBTOWC_SBCS = 0x677 // 1655 + SYS___MBTOWC_MBCS = 0x678 // 1656 + SYS___MBTOWC_UTF = 0x679 // 1657 + SYS___WCSTOMBS_A = 0x67A // 1658 + SYS___WCSTOMBS_STD_A = 0x67B // 1659 + SYS___WCSWIDTH_A = 0x67C // 1660 + SYS___GETGRGID_R_A = 0x67D // 1661 + SYS___WCSWIDTH_STD_A = 0x67E // 1662 + SYS___WCSWIDTH_ASIA = 0x67F // 1663 + SYS___CSID_A = 0x680 // 1664 + SYS___CSID_STD_A = 0x681 // 1665 + SYS___WCSID_A = 0x682 // 1666 + SYS___WCSID_STD_A = 0x683 // 1667 + SYS___WCTOMB_A = 0x684 // 1668 + SYS___WCTOMB_ISO1 = 0x685 // 1669 + SYS___WCTOMB_STD_A = 0x686 // 1670 + SYS___WCTOMB_UTF = 0x687 // 1671 + SYS___WCWIDTH_A = 0x688 // 1672 + SYS___GETGRNAM_R_A = 0x689 // 1673 + SYS___WCWIDTH_STD_A = 0x68A // 1674 + SYS___WCWIDTH_ASIA = 0x68B // 1675 + SYS___GETPWNAM_R_A = 0x68C // 1676 + SYS___GETPWUID_R_A = 0x68D // 1677 + SYS___GETLOGIN_R_A = 0x68E // 1678 + SYS___TTYNAME_R_A = 0x68F // 1679 + SYS___READDIR_R_A = 0x690 // 1680 + SYS___E2A_S = 0x691 // 1681 + SYS___FNMATCH_A = 0x692 // 1682 + SYS___FNMATCH_C_A = 0x693 // 1683 + SYS___EXECL_A = 0x694 // 1684 + SYS___FNMATCH_STD_A = 0x695 // 1685 + SYS___REGCOMP_A = 0x696 // 1686 + SYS___REGCOMP_STD_A = 0x697 // 1687 + SYS___REGERROR_A = 0x698 // 1688 + SYS___REGERROR_STD_A = 0x699 // 1689 + SYS___REGEXEC_A = 0x69A // 1690 + SYS___REGEXEC_STD_A = 0x69B // 1691 + SYS___REGFREE_A = 0x69C // 1692 + SYS___REGFREE_STD_A = 0x69D // 1693 + SYS___STRCOLL_A = 0x69E // 1694 + SYS___STRCOLL_C_A = 0x69F // 1695 + SYS___EXECLE_A = 0x6A0 // 1696 + SYS___STRCOLL_STD_A = 0x6A1 // 1697 + SYS___STRXFRM_A = 0x6A2 // 1698 + SYS___STRXFRM_C_A = 0x6A3 // 1699 + SYS___EXECLP_A = 0x6A4 // 1700 + SYS___STRXFRM_STD_A = 0x6A5 // 1701 + SYS___WCSCOLL_A = 0x6A6 // 1702 + SYS___WCSCOLL_C_A = 0x6A7 // 1703 + SYS___WCSCOLL_STD_A = 0x6A8 // 1704 + SYS___WCSXFRM_A = 0x6A9 // 1705 + SYS___WCSXFRM_C_A = 0x6AA // 1706 + SYS___WCSXFRM_STD_A = 0x6AB // 1707 + SYS___COLLATE_INIT_A = 0x6AC // 1708 + SYS___WCTYPE_A = 0x6AD // 1709 + SYS___GET_WCTYPE_STD_A = 0x6AE // 1710 + SYS___CTYPE_INIT_A = 0x6AF // 1711 + SYS___ISWCTYPE_A = 0x6B0 // 1712 + SYS___EXECV_A = 0x6B1 // 1713 + SYS___IS_WCTYPE_STD_A = 0x6B2 // 1714 + SYS___TOWLOWER_A = 0x6B3 // 1715 + SYS___TOWLOWER_STD_A = 0x6B4 // 1716 + SYS___TOWUPPER_A = 0x6B5 // 1717 + SYS___TOWUPPER_STD_A = 0x6B6 // 1718 + SYS___LOCALE_INIT_A = 0x6B7 // 1719 + SYS___LOCALECONV_A = 0x6B8 // 1720 + SYS___LOCALECONV_STD_A = 0x6B9 // 1721 + SYS___NL_LANGINFO_A = 0x6BA // 1722 + SYS___NL_LNAGINFO_STD_A = 0x6BB // 1723 + SYS___MONETARY_INIT_A = 0x6BC // 1724 + SYS___STRFMON_A = 0x6BD // 1725 + SYS___STRFMON_STD_A = 0x6BE // 1726 + SYS___GETADDRINFO_A = 0x6BF // 1727 + SYS___CATGETS_A = 0x6C0 // 1728 + SYS___EXECVE_A = 0x6C1 // 1729 + SYS___EXECVP_A = 0x6C2 // 1730 + SYS___SPAWN_A = 0x6C3 // 1731 + SYS___GETNAMEINFO_A = 0x6C4 // 1732 + SYS___SPAWNP_A = 0x6C5 // 1733 + SYS___NUMERIC_INIT_A = 0x6C6 // 1734 + SYS___RESP_INIT_A = 0x6C7 // 1735 + SYS___RPMATCH_A = 0x6C8 // 1736 + SYS___RPMATCH_C_A = 0x6C9 // 1737 + SYS___RPMATCH_STD_A = 0x6CA // 1738 + SYS___TIME_INIT_A = 0x6CB // 1739 + SYS___STRFTIME_A = 0x6CC // 1740 + SYS___STRFTIME_STD_A = 0x6CD // 1741 + SYS___STRPTIME_A = 0x6CE // 1742 + SYS___STRPTIME_STD_A = 0x6CF // 1743 + SYS___WCSFTIME_A = 0x6D0 // 1744 + SYS___WCSFTIME_STD_A = 0x6D1 // 1745 + SYS_____SPAWN2_A = 0x6D2 // 1746 + SYS_____SPAWNP2_A = 0x6D3 // 1747 + SYS___SYNTAX_INIT_A = 0x6D4 // 1748 + SYS___TOD_INIT_A = 0x6D5 // 1749 + SYS___NL_CSINFO_A = 0x6D6 // 1750 + SYS___NL_MONINFO_A = 0x6D7 // 1751 + SYS___NL_NUMINFO_A = 0x6D8 // 1752 + SYS___NL_RESPINFO_A = 0x6D9 // 1753 + SYS___NL_TIMINFO_A = 0x6DA // 1754 + SYS___IF_NAMETOINDEX_A = 0x6DB // 1755 + SYS___IF_INDEXTONAME_A = 0x6DC // 1756 + SYS___PRINTF_A = 0x6DD // 1757 + SYS___ICONV_OPEN_A = 0x6DE // 1758 + SYS___DLLLOAD_A = 0x6DF // 1759 + SYS___DLLQUERYFN_A = 0x6E0 // 1760 + SYS___DLLQUERYVAR_A = 0x6E1 // 1761 + SYS_____CHATTR_A = 0x6E2 // 1762 + SYS___E2A_L = 0x6E3 // 1763 + SYS_____TOCCSID_A = 0x6E4 // 1764 + SYS_____TOCSNAME_A = 0x6E5 // 1765 + SYS_____CCSIDTYPE_A = 0x6E6 // 1766 + SYS_____CSNAMETYPE_A = 0x6E7 // 1767 + SYS___CHMOD_A = 0x6E8 // 1768 + SYS___MKDIR_A = 0x6E9 // 1769 + SYS___STAT_A = 0x6EA // 1770 + SYS___STAT_O_A = 0x6EB // 1771 + SYS___MKFIFO_A = 0x6EC // 1772 + SYS_____OPEN_STAT_A = 0x6ED // 1773 + SYS___LSTAT_A = 0x6EE // 1774 + SYS___LSTAT_O_A = 0x6EF // 1775 + SYS___MKNOD_A = 0x6F0 // 1776 + SYS___MOUNT_A = 0x6F1 // 1777 + SYS___UMOUNT_A = 0x6F2 // 1778 + SYS___CHAUDIT_A = 0x6F4 // 1780 + SYS___W_GETMNTENT_A = 0x6F5 // 1781 + SYS___CREAT_A = 0x6F6 // 1782 + SYS___OPEN_A = 0x6F7 // 1783 + SYS___SETLOCALE_A = 0x6F9 // 1785 + SYS___FPRINTF_A = 0x6FA // 1786 + SYS___SPRINTF_A = 0x6FB // 1787 + SYS___VFPRINTF_A = 0x6FC // 1788 + SYS___VPRINTF_A = 0x6FD // 1789 + SYS___VSPRINTF_A = 0x6FE // 1790 + SYS___VSWPRINTF_A = 0x6FF // 1791 + SYS___SWPRINTF_A = 0x700 // 1792 + SYS___FSCANF_A = 0x701 // 1793 + SYS___SCANF_A = 0x702 // 1794 + SYS___SSCANF_A = 0x703 // 1795 + SYS___SWSCANF_A = 0x704 // 1796 + SYS___ATOF_A = 0x705 // 1797 + SYS___ATOI_A = 0x706 // 1798 + SYS___ATOL_A = 0x707 // 1799 + SYS___STRTOD_A = 0x708 // 1800 + SYS___STRTOL_A = 0x709 // 1801 + SYS___STRTOUL_A = 0x70A // 1802 + SYS_____AE_CORRESTBL_QUERY_A = 0x70B // 1803 + SYS___A64L_A = 0x70C // 1804 + SYS___ECVT_A = 0x70D // 1805 + SYS___FCVT_A = 0x70E // 1806 + SYS___GCVT_A = 0x70F // 1807 + SYS___L64A_A = 0x710 // 1808 + SYS___STRERROR_A = 0x711 // 1809 + SYS___PERROR_A = 0x712 // 1810 + SYS___FETCH_A = 0x713 // 1811 + SYS___GETENV_A = 0x714 // 1812 + SYS___MKSTEMP_A = 0x717 // 1815 + SYS___PTSNAME_A = 0x718 // 1816 + SYS___PUTENV_A = 0x719 // 1817 + SYS___REALPATH_A = 0x71A // 1818 + SYS___SETENV_A = 0x71B // 1819 + SYS___SYSTEM_A = 0x71C // 1820 + SYS___GETOPT_A = 0x71D // 1821 + SYS___CATOPEN_A = 0x71E // 1822 + SYS___ACCESS_A = 0x71F // 1823 + SYS___CHDIR_A = 0x720 // 1824 + SYS___CHOWN_A = 0x721 // 1825 + SYS___CHROOT_A = 0x722 // 1826 + SYS___GETCWD_A = 0x723 // 1827 + SYS___GETWD_A = 0x724 // 1828 + SYS___LCHOWN_A = 0x725 // 1829 + SYS___LINK_A = 0x726 // 1830 + SYS___PATHCONF_A = 0x727 // 1831 + SYS___IF_NAMEINDEX_A = 0x728 // 1832 + SYS___READLINK_A = 0x729 // 1833 + SYS___RMDIR_A = 0x72A // 1834 + SYS___STATVFS_A = 0x72B // 1835 + SYS___SYMLINK_A = 0x72C // 1836 + SYS___TRUNCATE_A = 0x72D // 1837 + SYS___UNLINK_A = 0x72E // 1838 + SYS___GAI_STRERROR_A = 0x72F // 1839 + SYS___EXTLINK_NP_A = 0x730 // 1840 + SYS___ISALNUM_A = 0x731 // 1841 + SYS___ISALPHA_A = 0x732 // 1842 + SYS___A2E_S = 0x733 // 1843 + SYS___ISCNTRL_A = 0x734 // 1844 + SYS___ISDIGIT_A = 0x735 // 1845 + SYS___ISGRAPH_A = 0x736 // 1846 + SYS___ISLOWER_A = 0x737 // 1847 + SYS___ISPRINT_A = 0x738 // 1848 + SYS___ISPUNCT_A = 0x739 // 1849 + SYS___ISSPACE_A = 0x73A // 1850 + SYS___ISUPPER_A = 0x73B // 1851 + SYS___ISXDIGIT_A = 0x73C // 1852 + SYS___TOLOWER_A = 0x73D // 1853 + SYS___TOUPPER_A = 0x73E // 1854 + SYS___ISWALNUM_A = 0x73F // 1855 + SYS___ISWALPHA_A = 0x740 // 1856 + SYS___A2E_L = 0x741 // 1857 + SYS___ISWCNTRL_A = 0x742 // 1858 + SYS___ISWDIGIT_A = 0x743 // 1859 + SYS___ISWGRAPH_A = 0x744 // 1860 + SYS___ISWLOWER_A = 0x745 // 1861 + SYS___ISWPRINT_A = 0x746 // 1862 + SYS___ISWPUNCT_A = 0x747 // 1863 + SYS___ISWSPACE_A = 0x748 // 1864 + SYS___ISWUPPER_A = 0x749 // 1865 + SYS___ISWXDIGIT_A = 0x74A // 1866 + SYS___CONFSTR_A = 0x74B // 1867 + SYS___FTOK_A = 0x74C // 1868 + SYS___MKTEMP_A = 0x74D // 1869 + SYS___FDOPEN_A = 0x74E // 1870 + SYS___FLDATA_A = 0x74F // 1871 + SYS___REMOVE_A = 0x750 // 1872 + SYS___RENAME_A = 0x751 // 1873 + SYS___TMPNAM_A = 0x752 // 1874 + SYS___FOPEN_A = 0x753 // 1875 + SYS___FREOPEN_A = 0x754 // 1876 + SYS___CUSERID_A = 0x755 // 1877 + SYS___POPEN_A = 0x756 // 1878 + SYS___TEMPNAM_A = 0x757 // 1879 + SYS___FTW_A = 0x758 // 1880 + SYS___GETGRENT_A = 0x759 // 1881 + SYS___GETGRGID_A = 0x75A // 1882 + SYS___GETGRNAM_A = 0x75B // 1883 + SYS___GETGROUPSBYNAME_A = 0x75C // 1884 + SYS___GETHOSTENT_A = 0x75D // 1885 + SYS___GETHOSTNAME_A = 0x75E // 1886 + SYS___GETLOGIN_A = 0x75F // 1887 + SYS___INET_NTOP_A = 0x760 // 1888 + SYS___GETPASS_A = 0x761 // 1889 + SYS___GETPWENT_A = 0x762 // 1890 + SYS___GETPWNAM_A = 0x763 // 1891 + SYS___GETPWUID_A = 0x764 // 1892 + SYS_____CHECK_RESOURCE_AUTH_NP_A = 0x765 // 1893 + SYS___CHECKSCHENV_A = 0x766 // 1894 + SYS___CONNECTSERVER_A = 0x767 // 1895 + SYS___CONNECTWORKMGR_A = 0x768 // 1896 + SYS_____CONSOLE_A = 0x769 // 1897 + SYS___CREATEWORKUNIT_A = 0x76A // 1898 + SYS___CTERMID_A = 0x76B // 1899 + SYS___FMTMSG_A = 0x76C // 1900 + SYS___INITGROUPS_A = 0x76D // 1901 + SYS_____LOGIN_A = 0x76E // 1902 + SYS___MSGRCV_A = 0x76F // 1903 + SYS___MSGSND_A = 0x770 // 1904 + SYS___MSGXRCV_A = 0x771 // 1905 + SYS___NFTW_A = 0x772 // 1906 + SYS_____PASSWD_A = 0x773 // 1907 + SYS___PTHREAD_SECURITY_NP_A = 0x774 // 1908 + SYS___QUERYMETRICS_A = 0x775 // 1909 + SYS___QUERYSCHENV = 0x776 // 1910 + SYS___READV_A = 0x777 // 1911 + SYS_____SERVER_CLASSIFY_A = 0x778 // 1912 + SYS_____SERVER_INIT_A = 0x779 // 1913 + SYS_____SERVER_PWU_A = 0x77A // 1914 + SYS___STRCASECMP_A = 0x77B // 1915 + SYS___STRNCASECMP_A = 0x77C // 1916 + SYS___TTYNAME_A = 0x77D // 1917 + SYS___UNAME_A = 0x77E // 1918 + SYS___UTIMES_A = 0x77F // 1919 + SYS___W_GETPSENT_A = 0x780 // 1920 + SYS___WRITEV_A = 0x781 // 1921 + SYS___W_STATFS_A = 0x782 // 1922 + SYS___W_STATVFS_A = 0x783 // 1923 + SYS___FPUTC_A = 0x784 // 1924 + SYS___PUTCHAR_A = 0x785 // 1925 + SYS___PUTS_A = 0x786 // 1926 + SYS___FGETS_A = 0x787 // 1927 + SYS___GETS_A = 0x788 // 1928 + SYS___FPUTS_A = 0x789 // 1929 + SYS___FREAD_A = 0x78A // 1930 + SYS___FWRITE_A = 0x78B // 1931 + SYS___OPEN_O_A = 0x78C // 1932 + SYS___ISASCII = 0x78D // 1933 + SYS___CREAT_O_A = 0x78E // 1934 + SYS___ENVNA = 0x78F // 1935 + SYS___PUTC_A = 0x790 // 1936 + SYS___AE_THREAD_SETMODE = 0x791 // 1937 + SYS___AE_THREAD_SWAPMODE = 0x792 // 1938 + SYS___GETNETBYADDR_A = 0x793 // 1939 + SYS___GETNETBYNAME_A = 0x794 // 1940 + SYS___GETNETENT_A = 0x795 // 1941 + SYS___GETPROTOBYNAME_A = 0x796 // 1942 + SYS___GETPROTOBYNUMBER_A = 0x797 // 1943 + SYS___GETPROTOENT_A = 0x798 // 1944 + SYS___GETSERVBYNAME_A = 0x799 // 1945 + SYS___GETSERVBYPORT_A = 0x79A // 1946 + SYS___GETSERVENT_A = 0x79B // 1947 + SYS___ASCTIME_A = 0x79C // 1948 + SYS___CTIME_A = 0x79D // 1949 + SYS___GETDATE_A = 0x79E // 1950 + SYS___TZSET_A = 0x79F // 1951 + SYS___UTIME_A = 0x7A0 // 1952 + SYS___ASCTIME_R_A = 0x7A1 // 1953 + SYS___CTIME_R_A = 0x7A2 // 1954 + SYS___STRTOLL_A = 0x7A3 // 1955 + SYS___STRTOULL_A = 0x7A4 // 1956 + SYS___FPUTWC_A = 0x7A5 // 1957 + SYS___PUTWC_A = 0x7A6 // 1958 + SYS___PUTWCHAR_A = 0x7A7 // 1959 + SYS___FPUTWS_A = 0x7A8 // 1960 + SYS___UNGETWC_A = 0x7A9 // 1961 + SYS___FGETWC_A = 0x7AA // 1962 + SYS___GETWC_A = 0x7AB // 1963 + SYS___GETWCHAR_A = 0x7AC // 1964 + SYS___FGETWS_A = 0x7AD // 1965 + SYS___GETTIMEOFDAY_A = 0x7AE // 1966 + SYS___GMTIME_A = 0x7AF // 1967 + SYS___GMTIME_R_A = 0x7B0 // 1968 + SYS___LOCALTIME_A = 0x7B1 // 1969 + SYS___LOCALTIME_R_A = 0x7B2 // 1970 + SYS___MKTIME_A = 0x7B3 // 1971 + SYS___TZZNA = 0x7B4 // 1972 + SYS_UNATEXIT = 0x7B5 // 1973 + SYS___CEE3DMP_A = 0x7B6 // 1974 + SYS___CDUMP_A = 0x7B7 // 1975 + SYS___CSNAP_A = 0x7B8 // 1976 + SYS___CTEST_A = 0x7B9 // 1977 + SYS___CTRACE_A = 0x7BA // 1978 + SYS___VSWPRNTF2_A = 0x7BB // 1979 + SYS___INET_PTON_A = 0x7BC // 1980 + SYS___SYSLOG_A = 0x7BD // 1981 + SYS___CRYPT_A = 0x7BE // 1982 + SYS_____OPENDIR2_A = 0x7BF // 1983 + SYS_____READDIR2_A = 0x7C0 // 1984 + SYS___OPENDIR_A = 0x7C2 // 1986 + SYS___READDIR_A = 0x7C3 // 1987 + SYS_PREAD = 0x7C7 // 1991 + SYS_PWRITE = 0x7C8 // 1992 + SYS_M_CREATE_LAYOUT = 0x7C9 // 1993 + SYS_M_DESTROY_LAYOUT = 0x7CA // 1994 + SYS_M_GETVALUES_LAYOUT = 0x7CB // 1995 + SYS_M_SETVALUES_LAYOUT = 0x7CC // 1996 + SYS_M_TRANSFORM_LAYOUT = 0x7CD // 1997 + SYS_M_WTRANSFORM_LAYOUT = 0x7CE // 1998 + SYS_FWPRINTF = 0x7D1 // 2001 + SYS_WPRINTF = 0x7D2 // 2002 + SYS_VFWPRINT = 0x7D3 // 2003 + SYS_VFWPRINTF = 0x7D3 // 2003 + SYS_VWPRINTF = 0x7D4 // 2004 + SYS_FWSCANF = 0x7D5 // 2005 + SYS_WSCANF = 0x7D6 // 2006 + SYS_WCTRANS = 0x7D7 // 2007 + SYS_TOWCTRAN = 0x7D8 // 2008 + SYS_TOWCTRANS = 0x7D8 // 2008 + SYS___WCSTOD_A = 0x7D9 // 2009 + SYS___WCSTOL_A = 0x7DA // 2010 + SYS___WCSTOUL_A = 0x7DB // 2011 + SYS___BASENAME_A = 0x7DC // 2012 + SYS___DIRNAME_A = 0x7DD // 2013 + SYS___GLOB_A = 0x7DE // 2014 + SYS_FWIDE = 0x7DF // 2015 + SYS___OSNAME = 0x7E0 // 2016 + SYS_____OSNAME_A = 0x7E1 // 2017 + SYS___BTOWC_A = 0x7E4 // 2020 + SYS___WCTOB_A = 0x7E5 // 2021 + SYS___DBM_OPEN_A = 0x7E6 // 2022 + SYS___VFPRINTF2_A = 0x7E7 // 2023 + SYS___VPRINTF2_A = 0x7E8 // 2024 + SYS___VSPRINTF2_A = 0x7E9 // 2025 + SYS___CEIL_H = 0x7EA // 2026 + SYS___FLOOR_H = 0x7EB // 2027 + SYS___MODF_H = 0x7EC // 2028 + SYS___FABS_H = 0x7ED // 2029 + SYS___J0_H = 0x7EE // 2030 + SYS___J1_H = 0x7EF // 2031 + SYS___JN_H = 0x7F0 // 2032 + SYS___Y0_H = 0x7F1 // 2033 + SYS___Y1_H = 0x7F2 // 2034 + SYS___YN_H = 0x7F3 // 2035 + SYS___CEILF_H = 0x7F4 // 2036 + SYS___CEILL_H = 0x7F5 // 2037 + SYS___FLOORF_H = 0x7F6 // 2038 + SYS___FLOORL_H = 0x7F7 // 2039 + SYS___MODFF_H = 0x7F8 // 2040 + SYS___MODFL_H = 0x7F9 // 2041 + SYS___FABSF_H = 0x7FA // 2042 + SYS___FABSL_H = 0x7FB // 2043 + SYS___MALLOC24 = 0x7FC // 2044 + SYS___MALLOC31 = 0x7FD // 2045 + SYS_ACL_INIT = 0x7FE // 2046 + SYS_ACL_FREE = 0x7FF // 2047 + SYS_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY = 0x800 // 2048 + SYS_ACL_GET_ENTRY = 0x801 // 2049 + SYS_ACL_VALID = 0x802 // 2050 + SYS_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY = 0x803 // 2051 + SYS_ACL_DELETE_ENTRY = 0x804 // 2052 + SYS_ACL_UPDATE_ENTRY = 0x805 // 2053 + SYS_ACL_DELETE_FD = 0x806 // 2054 + SYS_ACL_DELETE_FILE = 0x807 // 2055 + SYS_ACL_GET_FD = 0x808 // 2056 + SYS_ACL_GET_FILE = 0x809 // 2057 + SYS_ACL_SET_FD = 0x80A // 2058 + SYS_ACL_SET_FILE = 0x80B // 2059 + SYS_ACL_FROM_TEXT = 0x80C // 2060 + SYS_ACL_TO_TEXT = 0x80D // 2061 + SYS_ACL_SORT = 0x80E // 2062 + SYS___SHUTDOWN_REGISTRATION = 0x80F // 2063 + SYS___ERFL_B = 0x810 // 2064 + SYS___ERFCL_B = 0x811 // 2065 + SYS___LGAMMAL_B = 0x812 // 2066 + SYS___SETHOOKEVENTS = 0x813 // 2067 + SYS_IF_NAMETOINDEX = 0x814 // 2068 + SYS_IF_INDEXTONAME = 0x815 // 2069 + SYS_IF_NAMEINDEX = 0x816 // 2070 + SYS_IF_FREENAMEINDEX = 0x817 // 2071 + SYS_GETADDRINFO = 0x818 // 2072 + SYS_GETNAMEINFO = 0x819 // 2073 + SYS_FREEADDRINFO = 0x81A // 2074 + SYS_GAI_STRERROR = 0x81B // 2075 + SYS_REXEC_AF = 0x81C // 2076 + SYS___POE = 0x81D // 2077 + SYS___DYNALLOC_A = 0x81F // 2079 + SYS___DYNFREE_A = 0x820 // 2080 + SYS___RES_QUERY_A = 0x821 // 2081 + SYS___RES_SEARCH_A = 0x822 // 2082 + SYS___RES_QUERYDOMAIN_A = 0x823 // 2083 + SYS___RES_MKQUERY_A = 0x824 // 2084 + SYS___RES_SEND_A = 0x825 // 2085 + SYS___DN_EXPAND_A = 0x826 // 2086 + SYS___DN_SKIPNAME_A = 0x827 // 2087 + SYS___DN_COMP_A = 0x828 // 2088 + SYS___DN_FIND_A = 0x829 // 2089 + SYS___NLIST_A = 0x82A // 2090 + SYS_____TCGETCP_A = 0x82B // 2091 + SYS_____TCSETCP_A = 0x82C // 2092 + SYS_____W_PIOCTL_A = 0x82E // 2094 + SYS___INET_ADDR_A = 0x82F // 2095 + SYS___INET_NTOA_A = 0x830 // 2096 + SYS___INET_NETWORK_A = 0x831 // 2097 + SYS___ACCEPT_A = 0x832 // 2098 + SYS___ACCEPT_AND_RECV_A = 0x833 // 2099 + SYS___BIND_A = 0x834 // 2100 + SYS___CONNECT_A = 0x835 // 2101 + SYS___GETPEERNAME_A = 0x836 // 2102 + SYS___GETSOCKNAME_A = 0x837 // 2103 + SYS___RECVFROM_A = 0x838 // 2104 + SYS___SENDTO_A = 0x839 // 2105 + SYS___SENDMSG_A = 0x83A // 2106 + SYS___RECVMSG_A = 0x83B // 2107 + SYS_____LCHATTR_A = 0x83C // 2108 + SYS___CABEND = 0x83D // 2109 + SYS___LE_CIB_GET = 0x83E // 2110 + SYS___SET_LAA_FOR_JIT = 0x83F // 2111 + SYS___LCHATTR = 0x840 // 2112 + SYS___WRITEDOWN = 0x841 // 2113 + SYS_PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT2 = 0x842 // 2114 + SYS___ACOSHF_B = 0x843 // 2115 + SYS___ACOSHL_B = 0x844 // 2116 + SYS___ASINHF_B = 0x845 // 2117 + SYS___ASINHL_B = 0x846 // 2118 + SYS___ATANHF_B = 0x847 // 2119 + SYS___ATANHL_B = 0x848 // 2120 + SYS___CBRTF_B = 0x849 // 2121 + SYS___CBRTL_B = 0x84A // 2122 + SYS___COPYSIGNF_B = 0x84B // 2123 + SYS___COPYSIGNL_B = 0x84C // 2124 + SYS___COTANF_B = 0x84D // 2125 + SYS___COTAN_B = 0x84E // 2126 + SYS___COTANL_B = 0x84F // 2127 + SYS___EXP2F_B = 0x850 // 2128 + SYS___EXP2L_B = 0x851 // 2129 + SYS___EXPM1F_B = 0x852 // 2130 + SYS___EXPM1L_B = 0x853 // 2131 + SYS___FDIMF_B = 0x854 // 2132 + SYS___FDIM_B = 0x855 // 2133 + SYS___FDIML_B = 0x856 // 2134 + SYS___HYPOTF_B = 0x857 // 2135 + SYS___HYPOTL_B = 0x858 // 2136 + SYS___LOG1PF_B = 0x859 // 2137 + SYS___LOG1PL_B = 0x85A // 2138 + SYS___LOG2F_B = 0x85B // 2139 + SYS___LOG2_B = 0x85C // 2140 + SYS___LOG2L_B = 0x85D // 2141 + SYS___REMAINDERF_B = 0x85E // 2142 + SYS___REMAINDERL_B = 0x85F // 2143 + SYS___REMQUOF_B = 0x860 // 2144 + SYS___REMQUO_B = 0x861 // 2145 + SYS___REMQUOL_B = 0x862 // 2146 + SYS___TGAMMAF_B = 0x863 // 2147 + SYS___TGAMMA_B = 0x864 // 2148 + SYS___TGAMMAL_B = 0x865 // 2149 + SYS___TRUNCF_B = 0x866 // 2150 + SYS___TRUNC_B = 0x867 // 2151 + SYS___TRUNCL_B = 0x868 // 2152 + SYS___LGAMMAF_B = 0x869 // 2153 + SYS___LROUNDF_B = 0x86A // 2154 + SYS___LROUND_B = 0x86B // 2155 + SYS___ERFF_B = 0x86C // 2156 + SYS___ERFCF_B = 0x86D // 2157 + SYS_ACOSHF = 0x86E // 2158 + SYS_ACOSHL = 0x86F // 2159 + SYS_ASINHF = 0x870 // 2160 + SYS_ASINHL = 0x871 // 2161 + SYS_ATANHF = 0x872 // 2162 + SYS_ATANHL = 0x873 // 2163 + SYS_CBRTF = 0x874 // 2164 + SYS_CBRTL = 0x875 // 2165 + SYS_COPYSIGNF = 0x876 // 2166 + SYS_CPYSIGNF = 0x876 // 2166 + SYS_COPYSIGNL = 0x877 // 2167 + SYS_CPYSIGNL = 0x877 // 2167 + SYS_COTANF = 0x878 // 2168 + SYS___COTANF = 0x878 // 2168 + SYS_COTAN = 0x879 // 2169 + SYS___COTAN = 0x879 // 2169 + SYS_COTANL = 0x87A // 2170 + SYS___COTANL = 0x87A // 2170 + SYS_EXP2F = 0x87B // 2171 + SYS_EXP2L = 0x87C // 2172 + SYS_EXPM1F = 0x87D // 2173 + SYS_EXPM1L = 0x87E // 2174 + SYS_FDIMF = 0x87F // 2175 + SYS_FDIM = 0x881 // 2177 + SYS_FDIML = 0x882 // 2178 + SYS_HYPOTF = 0x883 // 2179 + SYS_HYPOTL = 0x884 // 2180 + SYS_LOG1PF = 0x885 // 2181 + SYS_LOG1PL = 0x886 // 2182 + SYS_LOG2F = 0x887 // 2183 + SYS_LOG2 = 0x888 // 2184 + SYS_LOG2L = 0x889 // 2185 + SYS_REMAINDERF = 0x88A // 2186 + SYS_REMAINDF = 0x88A // 2186 + SYS_REMAINDERL = 0x88B // 2187 + SYS_REMAINDL = 0x88B // 2187 + SYS_REMQUOF = 0x88C // 2188 + SYS_REMQUO = 0x88D // 2189 + SYS_REMQUOL = 0x88E // 2190 + SYS_TGAMMAF = 0x88F // 2191 + SYS_TGAMMA = 0x890 // 2192 + SYS_TGAMMAL = 0x891 // 2193 + SYS_TRUNCF = 0x892 // 2194 + SYS_TRUNC = 0x893 // 2195 + SYS_TRUNCL = 0x894 // 2196 + SYS_LGAMMAF = 0x895 // 2197 + SYS_LGAMMAL = 0x896 // 2198 + SYS_LROUNDF = 0x897 // 2199 + SYS_LROUND = 0x898 // 2200 + SYS_ERFF = 0x899 // 2201 + SYS_ERFL = 0x89A // 2202 + SYS_ERFCF = 0x89B // 2203 + SYS_ERFCL = 0x89C // 2204 + SYS___EXP2_B = 0x89D // 2205 + SYS_EXP2 = 0x89E // 2206 + SYS___FAR_JUMP = 0x89F // 2207 + SYS___TCGETATTR_A = 0x8A1 // 2209 + SYS___TCSETATTR_A = 0x8A2 // 2210 + SYS___SUPERKILL = 0x8A4 // 2212 + SYS___LE_CONDITION_TOKEN_BUILD = 0x8A5 // 2213 + SYS___LE_MSG_ADD_INSERT = 0x8A6 // 2214 + SYS___LE_MSG_GET = 0x8A7 // 2215 + SYS___LE_MSG_GET_AND_WRITE = 0x8A8 // 2216 + SYS___LE_MSG_WRITE = 0x8A9 // 2217 + SYS___ITOA = 0x8AA // 2218 + SYS___UTOA = 0x8AB // 2219 + SYS___LTOA = 0x8AC // 2220 + SYS___ULTOA = 0x8AD // 2221 + SYS___LLTOA = 0x8AE // 2222 + SYS___ULLTOA = 0x8AF // 2223 + SYS___ITOA_A = 0x8B0 // 2224 + SYS___UTOA_A = 0x8B1 // 2225 + SYS___LTOA_A = 0x8B2 // 2226 + SYS___ULTOA_A = 0x8B3 // 2227 + SYS___LLTOA_A = 0x8B4 // 2228 + SYS___ULLTOA_A = 0x8B5 // 2229 + SYS_____GETENV_A = 0x8C3 // 2243 + SYS___REXEC_A = 0x8C4 // 2244 + SYS___REXEC_AF_A = 0x8C5 // 2245 + SYS___GETUTXENT_A = 0x8C6 // 2246 + SYS___GETUTXID_A = 0x8C7 // 2247 + SYS___GETUTXLINE_A = 0x8C8 // 2248 + SYS___PUTUTXLINE_A = 0x8C9 // 2249 + SYS_____UTMPXNAME_A = 0x8CA // 2250 + SYS___PUTC_UNLOCKED_A = 0x8CB // 2251 + SYS___PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED_A = 0x8CC // 2252 + SYS___SNPRINTF_A = 0x8CD // 2253 + SYS___VSNPRINTF_A = 0x8CE // 2254 + SYS___DLOPEN_A = 0x8D0 // 2256 + SYS___DLSYM_A = 0x8D1 // 2257 + SYS___DLERROR_A = 0x8D2 // 2258 + SYS_FLOCKFILE = 0x8D3 // 2259 + SYS_FTRYLOCKFILE = 0x8D4 // 2260 + SYS_FUNLOCKFILE = 0x8D5 // 2261 + SYS_GETC_UNLOCKED = 0x8D6 // 2262 + SYS_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0x8D7 // 2263 + SYS_PUTC_UNLOCKED = 0x8D8 // 2264 + SYS_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0x8D9 // 2265 + SYS_SNPRINTF = 0x8DA // 2266 + SYS_VSNPRINTF = 0x8DB // 2267 + SYS_DLOPEN = 0x8DD // 2269 + SYS_DLSYM = 0x8DE // 2270 + SYS_DLCLOSE = 0x8DF // 2271 + SYS_DLERROR = 0x8E0 // 2272 + SYS___SET_EXCEPTION_HANDLER = 0x8E2 // 2274 + SYS___RESET_EXCEPTION_HANDLER = 0x8E3 // 2275 + SYS___VHM_EVENT = 0x8E4 // 2276 + SYS___ABS_H = 0x8E6 // 2278 + SYS___ABSF_H = 0x8E7 // 2279 + SYS___ABSL_H = 0x8E8 // 2280 + SYS___ACOS_H = 0x8E9 // 2281 + SYS___ACOSF_H = 0x8EA // 2282 + SYS___ACOSL_H = 0x8EB // 2283 + SYS___ACOSH_H = 0x8EC // 2284 + SYS___ASIN_H = 0x8ED // 2285 + SYS___ASINF_H = 0x8EE // 2286 + SYS___ASINL_H = 0x8EF // 2287 + SYS___ASINH_H = 0x8F0 // 2288 + SYS___ATAN_H = 0x8F1 // 2289 + SYS___ATANF_H = 0x8F2 // 2290 + SYS___ATANL_H = 0x8F3 // 2291 + SYS___ATANH_H = 0x8F4 // 2292 + SYS___ATANHF_H = 0x8F5 // 2293 + SYS___ATANHL_H = 0x8F6 // 2294 + SYS___ATAN2_H = 0x8F7 // 2295 + SYS___ATAN2F_H = 0x8F8 // 2296 + SYS___ATAN2L_H = 0x8F9 // 2297 + SYS___CBRT_H = 0x8FA // 2298 + SYS___COPYSIGNF_H = 0x8FB // 2299 + SYS___COPYSIGNL_H = 0x8FC // 2300 + SYS___COS_H = 0x8FD // 2301 + SYS___COSF_H = 0x8FE // 2302 + SYS___COSL_H = 0x8FF // 2303 + SYS___COSHF_H = 0x900 // 2304 + SYS___COSHL_H = 0x901 // 2305 + SYS___COTAN_H = 0x902 // 2306 + SYS___COTANF_H = 0x903 // 2307 + SYS___COTANL_H = 0x904 // 2308 + SYS___ERF_H = 0x905 // 2309 + SYS___ERFF_H = 0x906 // 2310 + SYS___ERFL_H = 0x907 // 2311 + SYS___ERFC_H = 0x908 // 2312 + SYS___ERFCF_H = 0x909 // 2313 + SYS___ERFCL_H = 0x90A // 2314 + SYS___EXP_H = 0x90B // 2315 + SYS___EXPF_H = 0x90C // 2316 + SYS___EXPL_H = 0x90D // 2317 + SYS___EXPM1_H = 0x90E // 2318 + SYS___FDIM_H = 0x90F // 2319 + SYS___FDIMF_H = 0x910 // 2320 + SYS___FDIML_H = 0x911 // 2321 + SYS___FMOD_H = 0x912 // 2322 + SYS___FMODF_H = 0x913 // 2323 + SYS___FMODL_H = 0x914 // 2324 + SYS___GAMMA_H = 0x915 // 2325 + SYS___HYPOT_H = 0x916 // 2326 + SYS___ILOGB_H = 0x917 // 2327 + SYS___LGAMMA_H = 0x918 // 2328 + SYS___LGAMMAF_H = 0x919 // 2329 + SYS___LOG_H = 0x91A // 2330 + SYS___LOGF_H = 0x91B // 2331 + SYS___LOGL_H = 0x91C // 2332 + SYS___LOGB_H = 0x91D // 2333 + SYS___LOG2_H = 0x91E // 2334 + SYS___LOG2F_H = 0x91F // 2335 + SYS___LOG2L_H = 0x920 // 2336 + SYS___LOG1P_H = 0x921 // 2337 + SYS___LOG10_H = 0x922 // 2338 + SYS___LOG10F_H = 0x923 // 2339 + SYS___LOG10L_H = 0x924 // 2340 + SYS___LROUND_H = 0x925 // 2341 + SYS___LROUNDF_H = 0x926 // 2342 + SYS___NEXTAFTER_H = 0x927 // 2343 + SYS___POW_H = 0x928 // 2344 + SYS___POWF_H = 0x929 // 2345 + SYS___POWL_H = 0x92A // 2346 + SYS___REMAINDER_H = 0x92B // 2347 + SYS___RINT_H = 0x92C // 2348 + SYS___SCALB_H = 0x92D // 2349 + SYS___SIN_H = 0x92E // 2350 + SYS___SINF_H = 0x92F // 2351 + SYS___SINL_H = 0x930 // 2352 + SYS___SINH_H = 0x931 // 2353 + SYS___SINHF_H = 0x932 // 2354 + SYS___SINHL_H = 0x933 // 2355 + SYS___SQRT_H = 0x934 // 2356 + SYS___SQRTF_H = 0x935 // 2357 + SYS___SQRTL_H = 0x936 // 2358 + SYS___TAN_H = 0x937 // 2359 + SYS___TANF_H = 0x938 // 2360 + SYS___TANL_H = 0x939 // 2361 + SYS___TANH_H = 0x93A // 2362 + SYS___TANHF_H = 0x93B // 2363 + SYS___TANHL_H = 0x93C // 2364 + SYS___TGAMMA_H = 0x93D // 2365 + SYS___TGAMMAF_H = 0x93E // 2366 + SYS___TRUNC_H = 0x93F // 2367 + SYS___TRUNCF_H = 0x940 // 2368 + SYS___TRUNCL_H = 0x941 // 2369 + SYS___COSH_H = 0x942 // 2370 + SYS___LE_DEBUG_SET_RESUME_MCH = 0x943 // 2371 + SYS_VFSCANF = 0x944 // 2372 + SYS_VSCANF = 0x946 // 2374 + SYS_VSSCANF = 0x948 // 2376 + SYS_VFWSCANF = 0x94A // 2378 + SYS_VWSCANF = 0x94C // 2380 + SYS_VSWSCANF = 0x94E // 2382 + SYS_IMAXABS = 0x950 // 2384 + SYS_IMAXDIV = 0x951 // 2385 + SYS_STRTOIMAX = 0x952 // 2386 + SYS_STRTOUMAX = 0x953 // 2387 + SYS_WCSTOIMAX = 0x954 // 2388 + SYS_WCSTOUMAX = 0x955 // 2389 + SYS_ATOLL = 0x956 // 2390 + SYS_STRTOF = 0x957 // 2391 + SYS_STRTOLD = 0x958 // 2392 + SYS_WCSTOF = 0x959 // 2393 + SYS_WCSTOLD = 0x95A // 2394 + SYS_INET6_RTH_SPACE = 0x95B // 2395 + SYS_INET6_RTH_INIT = 0x95C // 2396 + SYS_INET6_RTH_ADD = 0x95D // 2397 + SYS_INET6_RTH_REVERSE = 0x95E // 2398 + SYS_INET6_RTH_SEGMENTS = 0x95F // 2399 + SYS_INET6_RTH_GETADDR = 0x960 // 2400 + SYS_INET6_OPT_INIT = 0x961 // 2401 + SYS_INET6_OPT_APPEND = 0x962 // 2402 + SYS_INET6_OPT_FINISH = 0x963 // 2403 + SYS_INET6_OPT_SET_VAL = 0x964 // 2404 + SYS_INET6_OPT_NEXT = 0x965 // 2405 + SYS_INET6_OPT_FIND = 0x966 // 2406 + SYS_INET6_OPT_GET_VAL = 0x967 // 2407 + SYS___POW_I = 0x987 // 2439 + SYS___POW_I_B = 0x988 // 2440 + SYS___POW_I_H = 0x989 // 2441 + SYS___POW_II = 0x98A // 2442 + SYS___POW_II_B = 0x98B // 2443 + SYS___POW_II_H = 0x98C // 2444 + SYS_CABS = 0x98E // 2446 + SYS___CABS_B = 0x98F // 2447 + SYS___CABS_H = 0x990 // 2448 + SYS_CABSF = 0x991 // 2449 + SYS___CABSF_B = 0x992 // 2450 + SYS___CABSF_H = 0x993 // 2451 + SYS_CABSL = 0x994 // 2452 + SYS___CABSL_B = 0x995 // 2453 + SYS___CABSL_H = 0x996 // 2454 + SYS_CACOS = 0x997 // 2455 + SYS___CACOS_B = 0x998 // 2456 + SYS___CACOS_H = 0x999 // 2457 + SYS_CACOSF = 0x99A // 2458 + SYS___CACOSF_B = 0x99B // 2459 + SYS___CACOSF_H = 0x99C // 2460 + SYS_CACOSL = 0x99D // 2461 + SYS___CACOSL_B = 0x99E // 2462 + SYS___CACOSL_H = 0x99F // 2463 + SYS_CACOSH = 0x9A0 // 2464 + SYS___CACOSH_B = 0x9A1 // 2465 + SYS___CACOSH_H = 0x9A2 // 2466 + SYS_CACOSHF = 0x9A3 // 2467 + SYS___CACOSHF_B = 0x9A4 // 2468 + SYS___CACOSHF_H = 0x9A5 // 2469 + SYS_CACOSHL = 0x9A6 // 2470 + SYS___CACOSHL_B = 0x9A7 // 2471 + SYS___CACOSHL_H = 0x9A8 // 2472 + SYS_CARG = 0x9A9 // 2473 + SYS___CARG_B = 0x9AA // 2474 + SYS___CARG_H = 0x9AB // 2475 + SYS_CARGF = 0x9AC // 2476 + SYS___CARGF_B = 0x9AD // 2477 + SYS___CARGF_H = 0x9AE // 2478 + SYS_CARGL = 0x9AF // 2479 + SYS___CARGL_B = 0x9B0 // 2480 + SYS___CARGL_H = 0x9B1 // 2481 + SYS_CASIN = 0x9B2 // 2482 + SYS___CASIN_B = 0x9B3 // 2483 + SYS___CASIN_H = 0x9B4 // 2484 + SYS_CASINF = 0x9B5 // 2485 + SYS___CASINF_B = 0x9B6 // 2486 + SYS___CASINF_H = 0x9B7 // 2487 + SYS_CASINL = 0x9B8 // 2488 + SYS___CASINL_B = 0x9B9 // 2489 + SYS___CASINL_H = 0x9BA // 2490 + SYS_CASINH = 0x9BB // 2491 + SYS___CASINH_B = 0x9BC // 2492 + SYS___CASINH_H = 0x9BD // 2493 + SYS_CASINHF = 0x9BE // 2494 + SYS___CASINHF_B = 0x9BF // 2495 + SYS___CASINHF_H = 0x9C0 // 2496 + SYS_CASINHL = 0x9C1 // 2497 + SYS___CASINHL_B = 0x9C2 // 2498 + SYS___CASINHL_H = 0x9C3 // 2499 + SYS_CATAN = 0x9C4 // 2500 + SYS___CATAN_B = 0x9C5 // 2501 + SYS___CATAN_H = 0x9C6 // 2502 + SYS_CATANF = 0x9C7 // 2503 + SYS___CATANF_B = 0x9C8 // 2504 + SYS___CATANF_H = 0x9C9 // 2505 + SYS_CATANL = 0x9CA // 2506 + SYS___CATANL_B = 0x9CB // 2507 + SYS___CATANL_H = 0x9CC // 2508 + SYS_CATANH = 0x9CD // 2509 + SYS___CATANH_B = 0x9CE // 2510 + SYS___CATANH_H = 0x9CF // 2511 + SYS_CATANHF = 0x9D0 // 2512 + SYS___CATANHF_B = 0x9D1 // 2513 + SYS___CATANHF_H = 0x9D2 // 2514 + SYS_CATANHL = 0x9D3 // 2515 + SYS___CATANHL_B = 0x9D4 // 2516 + SYS___CATANHL_H = 0x9D5 // 2517 + SYS_CCOS = 0x9D6 // 2518 + SYS___CCOS_B = 0x9D7 // 2519 + SYS___CCOS_H = 0x9D8 // 2520 + SYS_CCOSF = 0x9D9 // 2521 + SYS___CCOSF_B = 0x9DA // 2522 + SYS___CCOSF_H = 0x9DB // 2523 + SYS_CCOSL = 0x9DC // 2524 + SYS___CCOSL_B = 0x9DD // 2525 + SYS___CCOSL_H = 0x9DE // 2526 + SYS_CCOSH = 0x9DF // 2527 + SYS___CCOSH_B = 0x9E0 // 2528 + SYS___CCOSH_H = 0x9E1 // 2529 + SYS_CCOSHF = 0x9E2 // 2530 + SYS___CCOSHF_B = 0x9E3 // 2531 + SYS___CCOSHF_H = 0x9E4 // 2532 + SYS_CCOSHL = 0x9E5 // 2533 + SYS___CCOSHL_B = 0x9E6 // 2534 + SYS___CCOSHL_H = 0x9E7 // 2535 + SYS_CEXP = 0x9E8 // 2536 + SYS___CEXP_B = 0x9E9 // 2537 + SYS___CEXP_H = 0x9EA // 2538 + SYS_CEXPF = 0x9EB // 2539 + SYS___CEXPF_B = 0x9EC // 2540 + SYS___CEXPF_H = 0x9ED // 2541 + SYS_CEXPL = 0x9EE // 2542 + SYS___CEXPL_B = 0x9EF // 2543 + SYS___CEXPL_H = 0x9F0 // 2544 + SYS_CIMAG = 0x9F1 // 2545 + SYS___CIMAG_B = 0x9F2 // 2546 + SYS___CIMAG_H = 0x9F3 // 2547 + SYS_CIMAGF = 0x9F4 // 2548 + SYS___CIMAGF_B = 0x9F5 // 2549 + SYS___CIMAGF_H = 0x9F6 // 2550 + SYS_CIMAGL = 0x9F7 // 2551 + SYS___CIMAGL_B = 0x9F8 // 2552 + SYS___CIMAGL_H = 0x9F9 // 2553 + SYS___CLOG = 0x9FA // 2554 + SYS___CLOG_B = 0x9FB // 2555 + SYS___CLOG_H = 0x9FC // 2556 + SYS_CLOGF = 0x9FD // 2557 + SYS___CLOGF_B = 0x9FE // 2558 + SYS___CLOGF_H = 0x9FF // 2559 + SYS_CLOGL = 0xA00 // 2560 + SYS___CLOGL_B = 0xA01 // 2561 + SYS___CLOGL_H = 0xA02 // 2562 + SYS_CONJ = 0xA03 // 2563 + SYS___CONJ_B = 0xA04 // 2564 + SYS___CONJ_H = 0xA05 // 2565 + SYS_CONJF = 0xA06 // 2566 + SYS___CONJF_B = 0xA07 // 2567 + SYS___CONJF_H = 0xA08 // 2568 + SYS_CONJL = 0xA09 // 2569 + SYS___CONJL_B = 0xA0A // 2570 + SYS___CONJL_H = 0xA0B // 2571 + SYS_CPOW = 0xA0C // 2572 + SYS___CPOW_B = 0xA0D // 2573 + SYS___CPOW_H = 0xA0E // 2574 + SYS_CPOWF = 0xA0F // 2575 + SYS___CPOWF_B = 0xA10 // 2576 + SYS___CPOWF_H = 0xA11 // 2577 + SYS_CPOWL = 0xA12 // 2578 + SYS___CPOWL_B = 0xA13 // 2579 + SYS___CPOWL_H = 0xA14 // 2580 + SYS_CPROJ = 0xA15 // 2581 + SYS___CPROJ_B = 0xA16 // 2582 + SYS___CPROJ_H = 0xA17 // 2583 + SYS_CPROJF = 0xA18 // 2584 + SYS___CPROJF_B = 0xA19 // 2585 + SYS___CPROJF_H = 0xA1A // 2586 + SYS_CPROJL = 0xA1B // 2587 + SYS___CPROJL_B = 0xA1C // 2588 + SYS___CPROJL_H = 0xA1D // 2589 + SYS_CREAL = 0xA1E // 2590 + SYS___CREAL_B = 0xA1F // 2591 + SYS___CREAL_H = 0xA20 // 2592 + SYS_CREALF = 0xA21 // 2593 + SYS___CREALF_B = 0xA22 // 2594 + SYS___CREALF_H = 0xA23 // 2595 + SYS_CREALL = 0xA24 // 2596 + SYS___CREALL_B = 0xA25 // 2597 + SYS___CREALL_H = 0xA26 // 2598 + SYS_CSIN = 0xA27 // 2599 + SYS___CSIN_B = 0xA28 // 2600 + SYS___CSIN_H = 0xA29 // 2601 + SYS_CSINF = 0xA2A // 2602 + SYS___CSINF_B = 0xA2B // 2603 + SYS___CSINF_H = 0xA2C // 2604 + SYS_CSINL = 0xA2D // 2605 + SYS___CSINL_B = 0xA2E // 2606 + SYS___CSINL_H = 0xA2F // 2607 + SYS_CSINH = 0xA30 // 2608 + SYS___CSINH_B = 0xA31 // 2609 + SYS___CSINH_H = 0xA32 // 2610 + SYS_CSINHF = 0xA33 // 2611 + SYS___CSINHF_B = 0xA34 // 2612 + SYS___CSINHF_H = 0xA35 // 2613 + SYS_CSINHL = 0xA36 // 2614 + SYS___CSINHL_B = 0xA37 // 2615 + SYS___CSINHL_H = 0xA38 // 2616 + SYS_CSQRT = 0xA39 // 2617 + SYS___CSQRT_B = 0xA3A // 2618 + SYS___CSQRT_H = 0xA3B // 2619 + SYS_CSQRTF = 0xA3C // 2620 + SYS___CSQRTF_B = 0xA3D // 2621 + SYS___CSQRTF_H = 0xA3E // 2622 + SYS_CSQRTL = 0xA3F // 2623 + SYS___CSQRTL_B = 0xA40 // 2624 + SYS___CSQRTL_H = 0xA41 // 2625 + SYS_CTAN = 0xA42 // 2626 + SYS___CTAN_B = 0xA43 // 2627 + SYS___CTAN_H = 0xA44 // 2628 + SYS_CTANF = 0xA45 // 2629 + SYS___CTANF_B = 0xA46 // 2630 + SYS___CTANF_H = 0xA47 // 2631 + SYS_CTANL = 0xA48 // 2632 + SYS___CTANL_B = 0xA49 // 2633 + SYS___CTANL_H = 0xA4A // 2634 + SYS_CTANH = 0xA4B // 2635 + SYS___CTANH_B = 0xA4C // 2636 + SYS___CTANH_H = 0xA4D // 2637 + SYS_CTANHF = 0xA4E // 2638 + SYS___CTANHF_B = 0xA4F // 2639 + SYS___CTANHF_H = 0xA50 // 2640 + SYS_CTANHL = 0xA51 // 2641 + SYS___CTANHL_B = 0xA52 // 2642 + SYS___CTANHL_H = 0xA53 // 2643 + SYS___ACOSHF_H = 0xA54 // 2644 + SYS___ACOSHL_H = 0xA55 // 2645 + SYS___ASINHF_H = 0xA56 // 2646 + SYS___ASINHL_H = 0xA57 // 2647 + SYS___CBRTF_H = 0xA58 // 2648 + SYS___CBRTL_H = 0xA59 // 2649 + SYS___COPYSIGN_B = 0xA5A // 2650 + SYS___EXPM1F_H = 0xA5B // 2651 + SYS___EXPM1L_H = 0xA5C // 2652 + SYS___EXP2_H = 0xA5D // 2653 + SYS___EXP2F_H = 0xA5E // 2654 + SYS___EXP2L_H = 0xA5F // 2655 + SYS___LOG1PF_H = 0xA60 // 2656 + SYS___LOG1PL_H = 0xA61 // 2657 + SYS___LGAMMAL_H = 0xA62 // 2658 + SYS_FMA = 0xA63 // 2659 + SYS___FMA_B = 0xA64 // 2660 + SYS___FMA_H = 0xA65 // 2661 + SYS_FMAF = 0xA66 // 2662 + SYS___FMAF_B = 0xA67 // 2663 + SYS___FMAF_H = 0xA68 // 2664 + SYS_FMAL = 0xA69 // 2665 + SYS___FMAL_B = 0xA6A // 2666 + SYS___FMAL_H = 0xA6B // 2667 + SYS_FMAX = 0xA6C // 2668 + SYS___FMAX_B = 0xA6D // 2669 + SYS___FMAX_H = 0xA6E // 2670 + SYS_FMAXF = 0xA6F // 2671 + SYS___FMAXF_B = 0xA70 // 2672 + SYS___FMAXF_H = 0xA71 // 2673 + SYS_FMAXL = 0xA72 // 2674 + SYS___FMAXL_B = 0xA73 // 2675 + SYS___FMAXL_H = 0xA74 // 2676 + SYS_FMIN = 0xA75 // 2677 + SYS___FMIN_B = 0xA76 // 2678 + SYS___FMIN_H = 0xA77 // 2679 + SYS_FMINF = 0xA78 // 2680 + SYS___FMINF_B = 0xA79 // 2681 + SYS___FMINF_H = 0xA7A // 2682 + SYS_FMINL = 0xA7B // 2683 + SYS___FMINL_B = 0xA7C // 2684 + SYS___FMINL_H = 0xA7D // 2685 + SYS_ILOGBF = 0xA7E // 2686 + SYS___ILOGBF_B = 0xA7F // 2687 + SYS___ILOGBF_H = 0xA80 // 2688 + SYS_ILOGBL = 0xA81 // 2689 + SYS___ILOGBL_B = 0xA82 // 2690 + SYS___ILOGBL_H = 0xA83 // 2691 + SYS_LLRINT = 0xA84 // 2692 + SYS___LLRINT_B = 0xA85 // 2693 + SYS___LLRINT_H = 0xA86 // 2694 + SYS_LLRINTF = 0xA87 // 2695 + SYS___LLRINTF_B = 0xA88 // 2696 + SYS___LLRINTF_H = 0xA89 // 2697 + SYS_LLRINTL = 0xA8A // 2698 + SYS___LLRINTL_B = 0xA8B // 2699 + SYS___LLRINTL_H = 0xA8C // 2700 + SYS_LLROUND = 0xA8D // 2701 + SYS___LLROUND_B = 0xA8E // 2702 + SYS___LLROUND_H = 0xA8F // 2703 + SYS_LLROUNDF = 0xA90 // 2704 + SYS___LLROUNDF_B = 0xA91 // 2705 + SYS___LLROUNDF_H = 0xA92 // 2706 + SYS_LLROUNDL = 0xA93 // 2707 + SYS___LLROUNDL_B = 0xA94 // 2708 + SYS___LLROUNDL_H = 0xA95 // 2709 + SYS_LOGBF = 0xA96 // 2710 + SYS___LOGBF_B = 0xA97 // 2711 + SYS___LOGBF_H = 0xA98 // 2712 + SYS_LOGBL = 0xA99 // 2713 + SYS___LOGBL_B = 0xA9A // 2714 + SYS___LOGBL_H = 0xA9B // 2715 + SYS_LRINT = 0xA9C // 2716 + SYS___LRINT_B = 0xA9D // 2717 + SYS___LRINT_H = 0xA9E // 2718 + SYS_LRINTF = 0xA9F // 2719 + SYS___LRINTF_B = 0xAA0 // 2720 + SYS___LRINTF_H = 0xAA1 // 2721 + SYS_LRINTL = 0xAA2 // 2722 + SYS___LRINTL_B = 0xAA3 // 2723 + SYS___LRINTL_H = 0xAA4 // 2724 + SYS_LROUNDL = 0xAA5 // 2725 + SYS___LROUNDL_B = 0xAA6 // 2726 + SYS___LROUNDL_H = 0xAA7 // 2727 + SYS_NAN = 0xAA8 // 2728 + SYS___NAN_B = 0xAA9 // 2729 + SYS_NANF = 0xAAA // 2730 + SYS___NANF_B = 0xAAB // 2731 + SYS_NANL = 0xAAC // 2732 + SYS___NANL_B = 0xAAD // 2733 + SYS_NEARBYINT = 0xAAE // 2734 + SYS___NEARBYINT_B = 0xAAF // 2735 + SYS___NEARBYINT_H = 0xAB0 // 2736 + SYS_NEARBYINTF = 0xAB1 // 2737 + SYS___NEARBYINTF_B = 0xAB2 // 2738 + SYS___NEARBYINTF_H = 0xAB3 // 2739 + SYS_NEARBYINTL = 0xAB4 // 2740 + SYS___NEARBYINTL_B = 0xAB5 // 2741 + SYS___NEARBYINTL_H = 0xAB6 // 2742 + SYS_NEXTAFTERF = 0xAB7 // 2743 + SYS___NEXTAFTERF_B = 0xAB8 // 2744 + SYS___NEXTAFTERF_H = 0xAB9 // 2745 + SYS_NEXTAFTERL = 0xABA // 2746 + SYS___NEXTAFTERL_B = 0xABB // 2747 + SYS___NEXTAFTERL_H = 0xABC // 2748 + SYS_NEXTTOWARD = 0xABD // 2749 + SYS___NEXTTOWARD_B = 0xABE // 2750 + SYS___NEXTTOWARD_H = 0xABF // 2751 + SYS_NEXTTOWARDF = 0xAC0 // 2752 + SYS___NEXTTOWARDF_B = 0xAC1 // 2753 + SYS___NEXTTOWARDF_H = 0xAC2 // 2754 + SYS_NEXTTOWARDL = 0xAC3 // 2755 + SYS___NEXTTOWARDL_B = 0xAC4 // 2756 + SYS___NEXTTOWARDL_H = 0xAC5 // 2757 + SYS___REMAINDERF_H = 0xAC6 // 2758 + SYS___REMAINDERL_H = 0xAC7 // 2759 + SYS___REMQUO_H = 0xAC8 // 2760 + SYS___REMQUOF_H = 0xAC9 // 2761 + SYS___REMQUOL_H = 0xACA // 2762 + SYS_RINTF = 0xACB // 2763 + SYS___RINTF_B = 0xACC // 2764 + SYS_RINTL = 0xACD // 2765 + SYS___RINTL_B = 0xACE // 2766 + SYS_ROUND = 0xACF // 2767 + SYS___ROUND_B = 0xAD0 // 2768 + SYS___ROUND_H = 0xAD1 // 2769 + SYS_ROUNDF = 0xAD2 // 2770 + SYS___ROUNDF_B = 0xAD3 // 2771 + SYS___ROUNDF_H = 0xAD4 // 2772 + SYS_ROUNDL = 0xAD5 // 2773 + SYS___ROUNDL_B = 0xAD6 // 2774 + SYS___ROUNDL_H = 0xAD7 // 2775 + SYS_SCALBLN = 0xAD8 // 2776 + SYS___SCALBLN_B = 0xAD9 // 2777 + SYS___SCALBLN_H = 0xADA // 2778 + SYS_SCALBLNF = 0xADB // 2779 + SYS___SCALBLNF_B = 0xADC // 2780 + SYS___SCALBLNF_H = 0xADD // 2781 + SYS_SCALBLNL = 0xADE // 2782 + SYS___SCALBLNL_B = 0xADF // 2783 + SYS___SCALBLNL_H = 0xAE0 // 2784 + SYS___SCALBN_B = 0xAE1 // 2785 + SYS___SCALBN_H = 0xAE2 // 2786 + SYS_SCALBNF = 0xAE3 // 2787 + SYS___SCALBNF_B = 0xAE4 // 2788 + SYS___SCALBNF_H = 0xAE5 // 2789 + SYS_SCALBNL = 0xAE6 // 2790 + SYS___SCALBNL_B = 0xAE7 // 2791 + SYS___SCALBNL_H = 0xAE8 // 2792 + SYS___TGAMMAL_H = 0xAE9 // 2793 + SYS_FECLEAREXCEPT = 0xAEA // 2794 + SYS_FEGETENV = 0xAEB // 2795 + SYS_FEGETEXCEPTFLAG = 0xAEC // 2796 + SYS_FEGETROUND = 0xAED // 2797 + SYS_FEHOLDEXCEPT = 0xAEE // 2798 + SYS_FERAISEEXCEPT = 0xAEF // 2799 + SYS_FESETENV = 0xAF0 // 2800 + SYS_FESETEXCEPTFLAG = 0xAF1 // 2801 + SYS_FESETROUND = 0xAF2 // 2802 + SYS_FETESTEXCEPT = 0xAF3 // 2803 + SYS_FEUPDATEENV = 0xAF4 // 2804 + SYS___COPYSIGN_H = 0xAF5 // 2805 + SYS___HYPOTF_H = 0xAF6 // 2806 + SYS___HYPOTL_H = 0xAF7 // 2807 + SYS___CLASS = 0xAFA // 2810 + SYS___CLASS_B = 0xAFB // 2811 + SYS___CLASS_H = 0xAFC // 2812 + SYS___ISBLANK_A = 0xB2E // 2862 + SYS___ISWBLANK_A = 0xB2F // 2863 + SYS___LROUND_FIXUP = 0xB30 // 2864 + SYS___LROUNDF_FIXUP = 0xB31 // 2865 + SYS_SCHED_YIELD = 0xB32 // 2866 + SYS_STRERROR_R = 0xB33 // 2867 + SYS_UNSETENV = 0xB34 // 2868 + SYS___LGAMMA_H_C99 = 0xB38 // 2872 + SYS___LGAMMA_B_C99 = 0xB39 // 2873 + SYS___LGAMMA_R_C99 = 0xB3A // 2874 + SYS___FTELL2 = 0xB3B // 2875 + SYS___FSEEK2 = 0xB3C // 2876 + SYS___STATIC_REINIT = 0xB3D // 2877 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACK = 0xB3E // 2878 + SYS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACK = 0xB3F // 2879 + SYS___TGAMMA_H_C99 = 0xB78 // 2936 + SYS___TGAMMAF_H_C99 = 0xB79 // 2937 + SYS___LE_TRACEBACK = 0xB7A // 2938 + SYS___MUST_STAY_CLEAN = 0xB7C // 2940 + SYS___O_ENV = 0xB7D // 2941 + SYS_ACOSD32 = 0xB7E // 2942 + SYS_ACOSD64 = 0xB7F // 2943 + SYS_ACOSD128 = 0xB80 // 2944 + SYS_ACOSHD32 = 0xB81 // 2945 + SYS_ACOSHD64 = 0xB82 // 2946 + SYS_ACOSHD128 = 0xB83 // 2947 + SYS_ASIND32 = 0xB84 // 2948 + SYS_ASIND64 = 0xB85 // 2949 + SYS_ASIND128 = 0xB86 // 2950 + SYS_ASINHD32 = 0xB87 // 2951 + SYS_ASINHD64 = 0xB88 // 2952 + SYS_ASINHD128 = 0xB89 // 2953 + SYS_ATAND32 = 0xB8A // 2954 + SYS_ATAND64 = 0xB8B // 2955 + SYS_ATAND128 = 0xB8C // 2956 + SYS_ATAN2D32 = 0xB8D // 2957 + SYS_ATAN2D64 = 0xB8E // 2958 + SYS_ATAN2D128 = 0xB8F // 2959 + SYS_ATANHD32 = 0xB90 // 2960 + SYS_ATANHD64 = 0xB91 // 2961 + SYS_ATANHD128 = 0xB92 // 2962 + SYS_CBRTD32 = 0xB93 // 2963 + SYS_CBRTD64 = 0xB94 // 2964 + SYS_CBRTD128 = 0xB95 // 2965 + SYS_CEILD32 = 0xB96 // 2966 + SYS_CEILD64 = 0xB97 // 2967 + SYS_CEILD128 = 0xB98 // 2968 + SYS___CLASS2 = 0xB99 // 2969 + SYS___CLASS2_B = 0xB9A // 2970 + SYS___CLASS2_H = 0xB9B // 2971 + SYS_COPYSIGND32 = 0xB9C // 2972 + SYS_COPYSIGND64 = 0xB9D // 2973 + SYS_COPYSIGND128 = 0xB9E // 2974 + SYS_COSD32 = 0xB9F // 2975 + SYS_COSD64 = 0xBA0 // 2976 + SYS_COSD128 = 0xBA1 // 2977 + SYS_COSHD32 = 0xBA2 // 2978 + SYS_COSHD64 = 0xBA3 // 2979 + SYS_COSHD128 = 0xBA4 // 2980 + SYS_ERFD32 = 0xBA5 // 2981 + SYS_ERFD64 = 0xBA6 // 2982 + SYS_ERFD128 = 0xBA7 // 2983 + SYS_ERFCD32 = 0xBA8 // 2984 + SYS_ERFCD64 = 0xBA9 // 2985 + SYS_ERFCD128 = 0xBAA // 2986 + SYS_EXPD32 = 0xBAB // 2987 + SYS_EXPD64 = 0xBAC // 2988 + SYS_EXPD128 = 0xBAD // 2989 + SYS_EXP2D32 = 0xBAE // 2990 + SYS_EXP2D64 = 0xBAF // 2991 + SYS_EXP2D128 = 0xBB0 // 2992 + SYS_EXPM1D32 = 0xBB1 // 2993 + SYS_EXPM1D64 = 0xBB2 // 2994 + SYS_EXPM1D128 = 0xBB3 // 2995 + SYS_FABSD32 = 0xBB4 // 2996 + SYS_FABSD64 = 0xBB5 // 2997 + SYS_FABSD128 = 0xBB6 // 2998 + SYS_FDIMD32 = 0xBB7 // 2999 + SYS_FDIMD64 = 0xBB8 // 3000 + SYS_FDIMD128 = 0xBB9 // 3001 + SYS_FE_DEC_GETROUND = 0xBBA // 3002 + SYS_FE_DEC_SETROUND = 0xBBB // 3003 + SYS_FLOORD32 = 0xBBC // 3004 + SYS_FLOORD64 = 0xBBD // 3005 + SYS_FLOORD128 = 0xBBE // 3006 + SYS_FMAD32 = 0xBBF // 3007 + SYS_FMAD64 = 0xBC0 // 3008 + SYS_FMAD128 = 0xBC1 // 3009 + SYS_FMAXD32 = 0xBC2 // 3010 + SYS_FMAXD64 = 0xBC3 // 3011 + SYS_FMAXD128 = 0xBC4 // 3012 + SYS_FMIND32 = 0xBC5 // 3013 + SYS_FMIND64 = 0xBC6 // 3014 + SYS_FMIND128 = 0xBC7 // 3015 + SYS_FMODD32 = 0xBC8 // 3016 + SYS_FMODD64 = 0xBC9 // 3017 + SYS_FMODD128 = 0xBCA // 3018 + SYS___FP_CAST_D = 0xBCB // 3019 + SYS_FREXPD32 = 0xBCC // 3020 + SYS_FREXPD64 = 0xBCD // 3021 + SYS_FREXPD128 = 0xBCE // 3022 + SYS_HYPOTD32 = 0xBCF // 3023 + SYS_HYPOTD64 = 0xBD0 // 3024 + SYS_HYPOTD128 = 0xBD1 // 3025 + SYS_ILOGBD32 = 0xBD2 // 3026 + SYS_ILOGBD64 = 0xBD3 // 3027 + SYS_ILOGBD128 = 0xBD4 // 3028 + SYS_LDEXPD32 = 0xBD5 // 3029 + SYS_LDEXPD64 = 0xBD6 // 3030 + SYS_LDEXPD128 = 0xBD7 // 3031 + SYS_LGAMMAD32 = 0xBD8 // 3032 + SYS_LGAMMAD64 = 0xBD9 // 3033 + SYS_LGAMMAD128 = 0xBDA // 3034 + SYS_LLRINTD32 = 0xBDB // 3035 + SYS_LLRINTD64 = 0xBDC // 3036 + SYS_LLRINTD128 = 0xBDD // 3037 + SYS_LLROUNDD32 = 0xBDE // 3038 + SYS_LLROUNDD64 = 0xBDF // 3039 + SYS_LLROUNDD128 = 0xBE0 // 3040 + SYS_LOGD32 = 0xBE1 // 3041 + SYS_LOGD64 = 0xBE2 // 3042 + SYS_LOGD128 = 0xBE3 // 3043 + SYS_LOG10D32 = 0xBE4 // 3044 + SYS_LOG10D64 = 0xBE5 // 3045 + SYS_LOG10D128 = 0xBE6 // 3046 + SYS_LOG1PD32 = 0xBE7 // 3047 + SYS_LOG1PD64 = 0xBE8 // 3048 + SYS_LOG1PD128 = 0xBE9 // 3049 + SYS_LOG2D32 = 0xBEA // 3050 + SYS_LOG2D64 = 0xBEB // 3051 + SYS_LOG2D128 = 0xBEC // 3052 + SYS_LOGBD32 = 0xBED // 3053 + SYS_LOGBD64 = 0xBEE // 3054 + SYS_LOGBD128 = 0xBEF // 3055 + SYS_LRINTD32 = 0xBF0 // 3056 + SYS_LRINTD64 = 0xBF1 // 3057 + SYS_LRINTD128 = 0xBF2 // 3058 + SYS_LROUNDD32 = 0xBF3 // 3059 + SYS_LROUNDD64 = 0xBF4 // 3060 + SYS_LROUNDD128 = 0xBF5 // 3061 + SYS_MODFD32 = 0xBF6 // 3062 + SYS_MODFD64 = 0xBF7 // 3063 + SYS_MODFD128 = 0xBF8 // 3064 + SYS_NAND32 = 0xBF9 // 3065 + SYS_NAND64 = 0xBFA // 3066 + SYS_NAND128 = 0xBFB // 3067 + SYS_NEARBYINTD32 = 0xBFC // 3068 + SYS_NEARBYINTD64 = 0xBFD // 3069 + SYS_NEARBYINTD128 = 0xBFE // 3070 + SYS_NEXTAFTERD32 = 0xBFF // 3071 + SYS_NEXTAFTERD64 = 0xC00 // 3072 + SYS_NEXTAFTERD128 = 0xC01 // 3073 + SYS_NEXTTOWARDD32 = 0xC02 // 3074 + SYS_NEXTTOWARDD64 = 0xC03 // 3075 + SYS_NEXTTOWARDD128 = 0xC04 // 3076 + SYS_POWD32 = 0xC05 // 3077 + SYS_POWD64 = 0xC06 // 3078 + SYS_POWD128 = 0xC07 // 3079 + SYS_QUANTIZED32 = 0xC08 // 3080 + SYS_QUANTIZED64 = 0xC09 // 3081 + SYS_QUANTIZED128 = 0xC0A // 3082 + SYS_REMAINDERD32 = 0xC0B // 3083 + SYS_REMAINDERD64 = 0xC0C // 3084 + SYS_REMAINDERD128 = 0xC0D // 3085 + SYS___REMQUOD32 = 0xC0E // 3086 + SYS___REMQUOD64 = 0xC0F // 3087 + SYS___REMQUOD128 = 0xC10 // 3088 + SYS_RINTD32 = 0xC11 // 3089 + SYS_RINTD64 = 0xC12 // 3090 + SYS_RINTD128 = 0xC13 // 3091 + SYS_ROUNDD32 = 0xC14 // 3092 + SYS_ROUNDD64 = 0xC15 // 3093 + SYS_ROUNDD128 = 0xC16 // 3094 + SYS_SAMEQUANTUMD32 = 0xC17 // 3095 + SYS_SAMEQUANTUMD64 = 0xC18 // 3096 + SYS_SAMEQUANTUMD128 = 0xC19 // 3097 + SYS_SCALBLND32 = 0xC1A // 3098 + SYS_SCALBLND64 = 0xC1B // 3099 + SYS_SCALBLND128 = 0xC1C // 3100 + SYS_SCALBND32 = 0xC1D // 3101 + SYS_SCALBND64 = 0xC1E // 3102 + SYS_SCALBND128 = 0xC1F // 3103 + SYS_SIND32 = 0xC20 // 3104 + SYS_SIND64 = 0xC21 // 3105 + SYS_SIND128 = 0xC22 // 3106 + SYS_SINHD32 = 0xC23 // 3107 + SYS_SINHD64 = 0xC24 // 3108 + SYS_SINHD128 = 0xC25 // 3109 + SYS_SQRTD32 = 0xC26 // 3110 + SYS_SQRTD64 = 0xC27 // 3111 + SYS_SQRTD128 = 0xC28 // 3112 + SYS_STRTOD32 = 0xC29 // 3113 + SYS_STRTOD64 = 0xC2A // 3114 + SYS_STRTOD128 = 0xC2B // 3115 + SYS_TAND32 = 0xC2C // 3116 + SYS_TAND64 = 0xC2D // 3117 + SYS_TAND128 = 0xC2E // 3118 + SYS_TANHD32 = 0xC2F // 3119 + SYS_TANHD64 = 0xC30 // 3120 + SYS_TANHD128 = 0xC31 // 3121 + SYS_TGAMMAD32 = 0xC32 // 3122 + SYS_TGAMMAD64 = 0xC33 // 3123 + SYS_TGAMMAD128 = 0xC34 // 3124 + SYS_TRUNCD32 = 0xC3E // 3134 + SYS_TRUNCD64 = 0xC3F // 3135 + SYS_TRUNCD128 = 0xC40 // 3136 + SYS_WCSTOD32 = 0xC41 // 3137 + SYS_WCSTOD64 = 0xC42 // 3138 + SYS_WCSTOD128 = 0xC43 // 3139 + SYS___CODEPAGE_INFO = 0xC64 // 3172 + SYS_POSIX_OPENPT = 0xC66 // 3174 + SYS_PSELECT = 0xC67 // 3175 + SYS_SOCKATMARK = 0xC68 // 3176 + SYS_AIO_FSYNC = 0xC69 // 3177 + SYS_LIO_LISTIO = 0xC6A // 3178 + SYS___ATANPID32 = 0xC6B // 3179 + SYS___ATANPID64 = 0xC6C // 3180 + SYS___ATANPID128 = 0xC6D // 3181 + SYS___COSPID32 = 0xC6E // 3182 + SYS___COSPID64 = 0xC6F // 3183 + SYS___COSPID128 = 0xC70 // 3184 + SYS___SINPID32 = 0xC71 // 3185 + SYS___SINPID64 = 0xC72 // 3186 + SYS___SINPID128 = 0xC73 // 3187 + SYS_SETIPV4SOURCEFILTER = 0xC76 // 3190 + SYS_GETIPV4SOURCEFILTER = 0xC77 // 3191 + SYS_SETSOURCEFILTER = 0xC78 // 3192 + SYS_GETSOURCEFILTER = 0xC79 // 3193 + SYS_FWRITE_UNLOCKED = 0xC7A // 3194 + SYS_FREAD_UNLOCKED = 0xC7B // 3195 + SYS_FGETS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7C // 3196 + SYS_GETS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7D // 3197 + SYS_FPUTS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7E // 3198 + SYS_PUTS_UNLOCKED = 0xC7F // 3199 + SYS_FGETC_UNLOCKED = 0xC80 // 3200 + SYS_FPUTC_UNLOCKED = 0xC81 // 3201 + SYS_DLADDR = 0xC82 // 3202 + SYS_SHM_OPEN = 0xC8C // 3212 + SYS_SHM_UNLINK = 0xC8D // 3213 + SYS___CLASS2F = 0xC91 // 3217 + SYS___CLASS2L = 0xC92 // 3218 + SYS___CLASS2F_B = 0xC93 // 3219 + SYS___CLASS2F_H = 0xC94 // 3220 + SYS___CLASS2L_B = 0xC95 // 3221 + SYS___CLASS2L_H = 0xC96 // 3222 + SYS___CLASS2D32 = 0xC97 // 3223 + SYS___CLASS2D64 = 0xC98 // 3224 + SYS___CLASS2D128 = 0xC99 // 3225 + SYS___TOCSNAME2 = 0xC9A // 3226 + SYS___D1TOP = 0xC9B // 3227 + SYS___D2TOP = 0xC9C // 3228 + SYS___D4TOP = 0xC9D // 3229 + SYS___PTOD1 = 0xC9E // 3230 + SYS___PTOD2 = 0xC9F // 3231 + SYS___PTOD4 = 0xCA0 // 3232 + SYS_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED = 0xCA1 // 3233 + SYS_FDELREC_UNLOCKED = 0xCA2 // 3234 + SYS_FEOF_UNLOCKED = 0xCA3 // 3235 + SYS_FERROR_UNLOCKED = 0xCA4 // 3236 + SYS_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED = 0xCA5 // 3237 + SYS_FGETPOS_UNLOCKED = 0xCA6 // 3238 + SYS_FGETWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCA7 // 3239 + SYS_FGETWS_UNLOCKED = 0xCA8 // 3240 + SYS_FILENO_UNLOCKED = 0xCA9 // 3241 + SYS_FLDATA_UNLOCKED = 0xCAA // 3242 + SYS_FLOCATE_UNLOCKED = 0xCAB // 3243 + SYS_FPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCAC // 3244 + SYS_FPUTWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCAD // 3245 + SYS_FPUTWS_UNLOCKED = 0xCAE // 3246 + SYS_FSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCAF // 3247 + SYS_FSEEK_UNLOCKED = 0xCB0 // 3248 + SYS_FSEEKO_UNLOCKED = 0xCB1 // 3249 + SYS_FSETPOS_UNLOCKED = 0xCB3 // 3251 + SYS_FTELL_UNLOCKED = 0xCB4 // 3252 + SYS_FTELLO_UNLOCKED = 0xCB5 // 3253 + SYS_FUPDATE_UNLOCKED = 0xCB7 // 3255 + SYS_FWIDE_UNLOCKED = 0xCB8 // 3256 + SYS_FWPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCB9 // 3257 + SYS_FWSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCBA // 3258 + SYS_GETWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCBB // 3259 + SYS_GETWCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0xCBC // 3260 + SYS_PERROR_UNLOCKED = 0xCBD // 3261 + SYS_PRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCBE // 3262 + SYS_PUTWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCBF // 3263 + SYS_PUTWCHAR_UNLOCKED = 0xCC0 // 3264 + SYS_REWIND_UNLOCKED = 0xCC1 // 3265 + SYS_SCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC2 // 3266 + SYS_UNGETC_UNLOCKED = 0xCC3 // 3267 + SYS_UNGETWC_UNLOCKED = 0xCC4 // 3268 + SYS_VFPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC5 // 3269 + SYS_VFSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC7 // 3271 + SYS_VFWPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCC9 // 3273 + SYS_VFWSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCCB // 3275 + SYS_VPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCCD // 3277 + SYS_VSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCCF // 3279 + SYS_VWPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD1 // 3281 + SYS_VWSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD3 // 3283 + SYS_WPRINTF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD5 // 3285 + SYS_WSCANF_UNLOCKED = 0xCD6 // 3286 + SYS_ASCTIME64 = 0xCD7 // 3287 + SYS_ASCTIME64_R = 0xCD8 // 3288 + SYS_CTIME64 = 0xCD9 // 3289 + SYS_CTIME64_R = 0xCDA // 3290 + SYS_DIFFTIME64 = 0xCDB // 3291 + SYS_GMTIME64 = 0xCDC // 3292 + SYS_GMTIME64_R = 0xCDD // 3293 + SYS_LOCALTIME64 = 0xCDE // 3294 + SYS_LOCALTIME64_R = 0xCDF // 3295 + SYS_MKTIME64 = 0xCE0 // 3296 + SYS_TIME64 = 0xCE1 // 3297 + SYS___LOGIN_APPLID = 0xCE2 // 3298 + SYS___PASSWD_APPLID = 0xCE3 // 3299 + SYS_PTHREAD_SECURITY_APPLID_NP = 0xCE4 // 3300 + SYS___GETTHENT = 0xCE5 // 3301 + SYS_FREEIFADDRS = 0xCE6 // 3302 + SYS_GETIFADDRS = 0xCE7 // 3303 + SYS_POSIX_FALLOCATE = 0xCE8 // 3304 + SYS_POSIX_MEMALIGN = 0xCE9 // 3305 + SYS_SIZEOF_ALLOC = 0xCEA // 3306 + SYS_RESIZE_ALLOC = 0xCEB // 3307 + SYS_FREAD_NOUPDATE = 0xCEC // 3308 + SYS_FREAD_NOUPDATE_UNLOCKED = 0xCED // 3309 + SYS_FGETPOS64 = 0xCEE // 3310 + SYS_FSEEK64 = 0xCEF // 3311 + SYS_FSEEKO64 = 0xCF0 // 3312 + SYS_FSETPOS64 = 0xCF1 // 3313 + SYS_FTELL64 = 0xCF2 // 3314 + SYS_FTELLO64 = 0xCF3 // 3315 + SYS_FGETPOS64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF4 // 3316 + SYS_FSEEK64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF5 // 3317 + SYS_FSEEKO64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF6 // 3318 + SYS_FSETPOS64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF7 // 3319 + SYS_FTELL64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF8 // 3320 + SYS_FTELLO64_UNLOCKED = 0xCF9 // 3321 + SYS_FOPEN_UNLOCKED = 0xCFA // 3322 + SYS_FREOPEN_UNLOCKED = 0xCFB // 3323 + SYS_FDOPEN_UNLOCKED = 0xCFC // 3324 + SYS_TMPFILE_UNLOCKED = 0xCFD // 3325 + SYS___MOSERVICES = 0xD3D // 3389 + SYS___GETTOD = 0xD3E // 3390 + SYS_C16RTOMB = 0xD40 // 3392 + SYS_C32RTOMB = 0xD41 // 3393 + SYS_MBRTOC16 = 0xD42 // 3394 + SYS_MBRTOC32 = 0xD43 // 3395 + SYS_QUANTEXPD32 = 0xD44 // 3396 + SYS_QUANTEXPD64 = 0xD45 // 3397 + SYS_QUANTEXPD128 = 0xD46 // 3398 + SYS___LOCALE_CTL = 0xD47 // 3399 + SYS___SMF_RECORD2 = 0xD48 // 3400 + SYS_FOPEN64 = 0xD49 // 3401 + SYS_FOPEN64_UNLOCKED = 0xD4A // 3402 + SYS_FREOPEN64 = 0xD4B // 3403 + SYS_FREOPEN64_UNLOCKED = 0xD4C // 3404 + SYS_TMPFILE64 = 0xD4D // 3405 + SYS_TMPFILE64_UNLOCKED = 0xD4E // 3406 + SYS_GETDATE64 = 0xD4F // 3407 + SYS_GETTIMEOFDAY64 = 0xD50 // 3408 + SYS_BIND2ADDRSEL = 0xD59 // 3417 + SYS_INET6_IS_SRCADDR = 0xD5A // 3418 + SYS___GETGRGID1 = 0xD5B // 3419 + SYS___GETGRNAM1 = 0xD5C // 3420 + SYS___FBUFSIZE = 0xD60 // 3424 + SYS___FPENDING = 0xD61 // 3425 + SYS___FLBF = 0xD62 // 3426 + SYS___FREADABLE = 0xD63 // 3427 + SYS___FWRITABLE = 0xD64 // 3428 + SYS___FREADING = 0xD65 // 3429 + SYS___FWRITING = 0xD66 // 3430 + SYS___FSETLOCKING = 0xD67 // 3431 + SYS__FLUSHLBF = 0xD68 // 3432 + SYS___FPURGE = 0xD69 // 3433 + SYS___FREADAHEAD = 0xD6A // 3434 + SYS___FSETERR = 0xD6B // 3435 + SYS___FPENDING_UNLOCKED = 0xD6C // 3436 + SYS___FREADING_UNLOCKED = 0xD6D // 3437 + SYS___FWRITING_UNLOCKED = 0xD6E // 3438 + SYS__FLUSHLBF_UNLOCKED = 0xD6F // 3439 + SYS___FPURGE_UNLOCKED = 0xD70 // 3440 + SYS___FREADAHEAD_UNLOCKED = 0xD71 // 3441 + SYS___LE_CEEGTJS = 0xD72 // 3442 + SYS___LE_RECORD_DUMP = 0xD73 // 3443 + SYS_FSTAT64 = 0xD74 // 3444 + SYS_LSTAT64 = 0xD75 // 3445 + SYS_STAT64 = 0xD76 // 3446 + SYS___READDIR2_64 = 0xD77 // 3447 + SYS___OPEN_STAT64 = 0xD78 // 3448 + SYS_FTW64 = 0xD79 // 3449 + SYS_NFTW64 = 0xD7A // 3450 + SYS_UTIME64 = 0xD7B // 3451 + SYS_UTIMES64 = 0xD7C // 3452 + SYS___GETIPC64 = 0xD7D // 3453 + SYS_MSGCTL64 = 0xD7E // 3454 + SYS_SEMCTL64 = 0xD7F // 3455 + SYS_SHMCTL64 = 0xD80 // 3456 + SYS_MSGXRCV64 = 0xD81 // 3457 + SYS___MGXR64 = 0xD81 // 3457 + SYS_W_GETPSENT64 = 0xD82 // 3458 + SYS_PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT64 = 0xD83 // 3459 + SYS_FTIME64 = 0xD85 // 3461 + SYS_GETUTXENT64 = 0xD86 // 3462 + SYS_GETUTXID64 = 0xD87 // 3463 + SYS_GETUTXLINE64 = 0xD88 // 3464 + SYS_PUTUTXLINE64 = 0xD89 // 3465 + SYS_NEWLOCALE = 0xD8A // 3466 + SYS_FREELOCALE = 0xD8B // 3467 + SYS_USELOCALE = 0xD8C // 3468 + SYS_DUPLOCALE = 0xD8D // 3469 + SYS___CHATTR64 = 0xD9C // 3484 + SYS___LCHATTR64 = 0xD9D // 3485 + SYS___FCHATTR64 = 0xD9E // 3486 + SYS_____CHATTR64_A = 0xD9F // 3487 + SYS_____LCHATTR64_A = 0xDA0 // 3488 + SYS___LE_CEEUSGD = 0xDA1 // 3489 + SYS___LE_IFAM_CON = 0xDA2 // 3490 + SYS___LE_IFAM_DSC = 0xDA3 // 3491 + SYS___LE_IFAM_GET = 0xDA4 // 3492 + SYS___LE_IFAM_QRY = 0xDA5 // 3493 + SYS_ALIGNED_ALLOC = 0xDA6 // 3494 + SYS_ACCEPT4 = 0xDA7 // 3495 + SYS___ACCEPT4_A = 0xDA8 // 3496 + SYS_COPYFILERANGE = 0xDA9 // 3497 + SYS_GETLINE = 0xDAA // 3498 + SYS___GETLINE_A = 0xDAB // 3499 + SYS_DIRFD = 0xDAC // 3500 + SYS_CLOCK_GETTIME = 0xDAD // 3501 + SYS_DUP3 = 0xDAE // 3502 + SYS_EPOLL_CREATE = 0xDAF // 3503 + SYS_EPOLL_CREATE1 = 0xDB0 // 3504 + SYS_EPOLL_CTL = 0xDB1 // 3505 + SYS_EPOLL_WAIT = 0xDB2 // 3506 + SYS_EPOLL_PWAIT = 0xDB3 // 3507 + SYS_EVENTFD = 0xDB4 // 3508 + SYS_STATFS = 0xDB5 // 3509 + SYS___STATFS_A = 0xDB6 // 3510 + SYS_FSTATFS = 0xDB7 // 3511 + SYS_INOTIFY_INIT = 0xDB8 // 3512 + SYS_INOTIFY_INIT1 = 0xDB9 // 3513 + SYS_INOTIFY_ADD_WATCH = 0xDBA // 3514 + SYS___INOTIFY_ADD_WATCH_A = 0xDBB // 3515 + SYS_INOTIFY_RM_WATCH = 0xDBC // 3516 + SYS_PIPE2 = 0xDBD // 3517 + SYS_PIVOT_ROOT = 0xDBE // 3518 + SYS___PIVOT_ROOT_A = 0xDBF // 3519 + SYS_PRCTL = 0xDC0 // 3520 + SYS_PRLIMIT = 0xDC1 // 3521 + SYS_SETHOSTNAME = 0xDC2 // 3522 + SYS___SETHOSTNAME_A = 0xDC3 // 3523 + SYS_SETRESUID = 0xDC4 // 3524 + SYS_SETRESGID = 0xDC5 // 3525 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_GETCLOCK = 0xDC6 // 3526 + SYS_FLOCK = 0xDC7 // 3527 + SYS_FGETXATTR = 0xDC8 // 3528 + SYS___FGETXATTR_A = 0xDC9 // 3529 + SYS_FLISTXATTR = 0xDCA // 3530 + SYS___FLISTXATTR_A = 0xDCB // 3531 + SYS_FREMOVEXATTR = 0xDCC // 3532 + SYS___FREMOVEXATTR_A = 0xDCD // 3533 + SYS_FSETXATTR = 0xDCE // 3534 + SYS___FSETXATTR_A = 0xDCF // 3535 + SYS_GETXATTR = 0xDD0 // 3536 + SYS___GETXATTR_A = 0xDD1 // 3537 + SYS_LGETXATTR = 0xDD2 // 3538 + SYS___LGETXATTR_A = 0xDD3 // 3539 + SYS_LISTXATTR = 0xDD4 // 3540 + SYS___LISTXATTR_A = 0xDD5 // 3541 + SYS_LLISTXATTR = 0xDD6 // 3542 + SYS___LLISTXATTR_A = 0xDD7 // 3543 + SYS_LREMOVEXATTR = 0xDD8 // 3544 + SYS___LREMOVEXATTR_A = 0xDD9 // 3545 + SYS_LSETXATTR = 0xDDA // 3546 + SYS___LSETXATTR_A = 0xDDB // 3547 + SYS_REMOVEXATTR = 0xDDC // 3548 + SYS___REMOVEXATTR_A = 0xDDD // 3549 + SYS_SETXATTR = 0xDDE // 3550 + SYS___SETXATTR_A = 0xDDF // 3551 + SYS_FDATASYNC = 0xDE0 // 3552 + SYS_SYNCFS = 0xDE1 // 3553 + SYS_FUTIMES = 0xDE2 // 3554 + SYS_FUTIMESAT = 0xDE3 // 3555 + SYS___FUTIMESAT_A = 0xDE4 // 3556 + SYS_LUTIMES = 0xDE5 // 3557 + SYS___LUTIMES_A = 0xDE6 // 3558 + SYS_INET_ATON = 0xDE7 // 3559 + SYS_GETRANDOM = 0xDE8 // 3560 + SYS_GETTID = 0xDE9 // 3561 + SYS_MEMFD_CREATE = 0xDEA // 3562 + SYS___MEMFD_CREATE_A = 0xDEB // 3563 + SYS_FACCESSAT = 0xDEC // 3564 + SYS___FACCESSAT_A = 0xDED // 3565 + SYS_FCHMODAT = 0xDEE // 3566 + SYS___FCHMODAT_A = 0xDEF // 3567 + SYS_FCHOWNAT = 0xDF0 // 3568 + SYS___FCHOWNAT_A = 0xDF1 // 3569 + SYS_FSTATAT = 0xDF2 // 3570 + SYS___FSTATAT_A = 0xDF3 // 3571 + SYS_LINKAT = 0xDF4 // 3572 + SYS___LINKAT_A = 0xDF5 // 3573 + SYS_MKDIRAT = 0xDF6 // 3574 + SYS___MKDIRAT_A = 0xDF7 // 3575 + SYS_MKFIFOAT = 0xDF8 // 3576 + SYS___MKFIFOAT_A = 0xDF9 // 3577 + SYS_MKNODAT = 0xDFA // 3578 + SYS___MKNODAT_A = 0xDFB // 3579 + SYS_OPENAT = 0xDFC // 3580 + SYS___OPENAT_A = 0xDFD // 3581 + SYS_READLINKAT = 0xDFE // 3582 + SYS___READLINKAT_A = 0xDFF // 3583 + SYS_RENAMEAT = 0xE00 // 3584 + SYS___RENAMEAT_A = 0xE01 // 3585 + SYS_RENAMEAT2 = 0xE02 // 3586 + SYS___RENAMEAT2_A = 0xE03 // 3587 + SYS_SYMLINKAT = 0xE04 // 3588 + SYS___SYMLINKAT_A = 0xE05 // 3589 + SYS_UNLINKAT = 0xE06 // 3590 + SYS___UNLINKAT_A = 0xE07 // 3591 + SYS_SYSINFO = 0xE08 // 3592 + SYS_WAIT4 = 0xE0A // 3594 + SYS_CLONE = 0xE0B // 3595 + SYS_UNSHARE = 0xE0C // 3596 + SYS_SETNS = 0xE0D // 3597 + SYS_CAPGET = 0xE0E // 3598 + SYS_CAPSET = 0xE0F // 3599 + SYS_STRCHRNUL = 0xE10 // 3600 + SYS_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETCLOCK = 0xE12 // 3602 + SYS_OPEN_BY_HANDLE_AT = 0xE13 // 3603 + SYS___OPEN_BY_HANDLE_AT_A = 0xE14 // 3604 + SYS___INET_ATON_A = 0xE15 // 3605 + SYS_MOUNT1 = 0xE16 // 3606 + SYS___MOUNT1_A = 0xE17 // 3607 + SYS_UMOUNT1 = 0xE18 // 3608 + SYS___UMOUNT1_A = 0xE19 // 3609 + SYS_UMOUNT2 = 0xE1A // 3610 + SYS___UMOUNT2_A = 0xE1B // 3611 + SYS___PRCTL_A = 0xE1C // 3612 + SYS_LOCALTIME_R2 = 0xE1D // 3613 + SYS___LOCALTIME_R2_A = 0xE1E // 3614 + SYS_OPENAT2 = 0xE1F // 3615 + SYS___OPENAT2_A = 0xE20 // 3616 + SYS___LE_CEEMICT = 0xE21 // 3617 + SYS_GETENTROPY = 0xE22 // 3618 + SYS_NANOSLEEP = 0xE23 // 3619 + SYS_UTIMENSAT = 0xE24 // 3620 + SYS___UTIMENSAT_A = 0xE25 // 3621 + SYS_ASPRINTF = 0xE26 // 3622 + SYS___ASPRINTF_A = 0xE27 // 3623 + SYS_VASPRINTF = 0xE28 // 3624 + SYS___VASPRINTF_A = 0xE29 // 3625 + SYS_DPRINTF = 0xE2A // 3626 + SYS___DPRINTF_A = 0xE2B // 3627 + SYS_GETOPT_LONG = 0xE2C // 3628 + SYS___GETOPT_LONG_A = 0xE2D // 3629 + SYS_PSIGNAL = 0xE2E // 3630 + SYS___PSIGNAL_A = 0xE2F // 3631 + SYS_PSIGNAL_UNLOCKED = 0xE30 // 3632 + SYS___PSIGNAL_UNLOCKED_A = 0xE31 // 3633 + SYS_FSTATAT_O = 0xE32 // 3634 + SYS___FSTATAT_O_A = 0xE33 // 3635 + SYS_FSTATAT64 = 0xE34 // 3636 + SYS___FSTATAT64_A = 0xE35 // 3637 + SYS___CHATTRAT = 0xE36 // 3638 + SYS_____CHATTRAT_A = 0xE37 // 3639 + SYS___CHATTRAT64 = 0xE38 // 3640 + SYS_____CHATTRAT64_A = 0xE39 // 3641 + SYS_MADVISE = 0xE3A // 3642 + SYS___AUTHENTICATE = 0xE3B // 3643 + ) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux.go index eff6bcdef814e..0036746ea197e 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux.go @@ -1178,7 +1178,8 @@ const ( PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_TYPE_SAVE_SHIFT = 0x10 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HW_INDEX_SHIFT = 0x11 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_PRIV_SAVE_SHIFT = 0x12 - PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX_SHIFT = 0x13 + PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_COUNTERS = 0x80000 + PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX_SHIFT = 0x14 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_USER = 0x1 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_KERNEL = 0x2 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HV = 0x4 @@ -1198,7 +1199,7 @@ const ( PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_TYPE_SAVE = 0x10000 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_HW_INDEX = 0x20000 PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_PRIV_SAVE = 0x40000 - PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX = 0x80000 + PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_MAX = 0x100000 PERF_BR_UNKNOWN = 0x0 PERF_BR_COND = 0x1 PERF_BR_UNCOND = 0x2 @@ -2481,6 +2482,15 @@ type XDPMmapOffsets struct { Cr XDPRingOffset } +type XDPUmemReg struct { + Addr uint64 + Len uint64 + Chunk_size uint32 + Headroom uint32 + Flags uint32 + Tx_metadata_len uint32 +} + type XDPStatistics struct { Rx_dropped uint64 Rx_invalid_descs uint64 @@ -2935,7 +2945,7 @@ const ( BPF_TCP_LISTEN = 0xa BPF_TCP_CLOSING = 0xb BPF_TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV = 0xc - BPF_TCP_MAX_STATES = 0xd + BPF_TCP_MAX_STATES = 0xe TCP_BPF_IW = 0x3e9 TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP = 0x3ea TCP_BPF_DELACK_MAX = 0x3eb @@ -3211,7 +3221,7 @@ const ( DEVLINK_CMD_LINECARD_NEW = 0x50 DEVLINK_CMD_LINECARD_DEL = 0x51 DEVLINK_CMD_SELFTESTS_GET = 0x52 - DEVLINK_CMD_MAX = 0x53 + DEVLINK_CMD_MAX = 0x54 DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_NOTSET = 0x0 DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_AUTO = 0x1 DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_ETH = 0x2 @@ -4595,7 +4605,7 @@ const ( NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT = 0xc8 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK = 0xd7 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA = 0xca - NL80211_ATTR_MAX = 0x146 + NL80211_ATTR_MAX = 0x149 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION = 0xb4 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS = 0xce NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS = 0x85 @@ -4861,7 +4871,7 @@ const ( NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET = 0x14 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS = 0x6 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME = 0xf - NL80211_BSS_MAX = 0x16 + NL80211_BSS_MAX = 0x18 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR = 0x16 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID = 0x15 NL80211_BSS_PAD = 0x10 @@ -4965,7 +4975,7 @@ const ( NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS = 0x2c NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH = 0x45 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB = 0x6d - NL80211_CMD_MAX = 0x9a + NL80211_CMD_MAX = 0x9b NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE = 0x29 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA = 0x97 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH = 0x78 @@ -5199,7 +5209,7 @@ const ( NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT = 0xf NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY = 0xe NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT = 0xf - NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = 0x1c + NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = 0x1f NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER = 0x6 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ = 0x11 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ = 0xc diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_386.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_386.go index 438a30affadcb..fd402da43fce1 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_386.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_386.go @@ -477,14 +477,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_amd64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_amd64.go index adceca3553b6e..eb7a5e1864ada 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_amd64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_amd64.go @@ -492,15 +492,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm.go index eeaa00a37d69f..d78ac108b6c26 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm.go @@ -470,15 +470,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]uint8 Driver_name [64]uint8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm64.go index 6739aa91d4e27..cd06d47f1f7c7 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_arm64.go @@ -471,15 +471,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_loong64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_loong64.go index 9920ef6317d03..2f28fe26c1a53 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_loong64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_loong64.go @@ -472,15 +472,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips.go index 2923b799a48c9..71d6cac2f1aab 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips.go @@ -476,15 +476,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go index ce2750ee415d3..8596d45356387 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go @@ -474,15 +474,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go index 3038811d70bb9..cd60ea18662bf 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go @@ -474,15 +474,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mipsle.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mipsle.go index efc6fed18c1fa..b0ae420c489d6 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mipsle.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mipsle.go @@ -476,15 +476,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc.go index 9a654b75a90fd..8359728759bcf 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc.go @@ -482,15 +482,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]uint8 Driver_name [64]uint8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64.go index 40d358e33e315..69eb6a5c6892f 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64.go @@ -481,15 +481,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]uint8 Driver_name [64]uint8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64le.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64le.go index 148c6ceb869c0..5f583cb62bf30 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64le.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_ppc64le.go @@ -481,15 +481,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]uint8 Driver_name [64]uint8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_riscv64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_riscv64.go index 72ba81543ef72..15adc04142f2b 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_riscv64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_riscv64.go @@ -499,15 +499,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]uint8 Driver_name [64]uint8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_s390x.go index 71e765508e26c..cf3ce90037704 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_s390x.go @@ -495,15 +495,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x1269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_sparc64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_sparc64.go index 4abbdb9de9328..590b56739c5b3 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_sparc64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_sparc64.go @@ -476,15 +476,6 @@ const ( BLKPG = 0x20001269 ) -type XDPUmemReg struct { - Addr uint64 - Len uint64 - Size uint32 - Headroom uint32 - Flags uint32 - _ [4]byte -} - type CryptoUserAlg struct { Name [64]int8 Driver_name [64]int8 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_zos_s390x.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_zos_s390x.go index 54f31be637372..d9a13af4684b0 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_zos_s390x.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_zos_s390x.go @@ -25,10 +25,13 @@ const ( SizeofIPv6Mreq = 20 SizeofICMPv6Filter = 32 SizeofIPv6MTUInfo = 32 + SizeofInet4Pktinfo = 8 + SizeofInet6Pktinfo = 20 SizeofLinger = 8 SizeofSockaddrInet4 = 16 SizeofSockaddrInet6 = 28 SizeofTCPInfo = 0x68 + SizeofUcred = 12 ) type ( @@ -69,12 +72,17 @@ type Utimbuf struct { } type Utsname struct { - Sysname [65]byte - Nodename [65]byte - Release [65]byte - Version [65]byte - Machine [65]byte - Domainname [65]byte + Sysname [16]byte + Nodename [32]byte + Release [8]byte + Version [8]byte + Machine [16]byte +} + +type Ucred struct { + Pid int32 + Uid uint32 + Gid uint32 } type RawSockaddrInet4 struct { @@ -325,7 +333,7 @@ type Statvfs_t struct { } type Statfs_t struct { - Type uint32 + Type uint64 Bsize uint64 Blocks uint64 Bfree uint64 @@ -336,6 +344,7 @@ type Statfs_t struct { Namelen uint64 Frsize uint64 Flags uint64 + _ [4]uint64 } type direntLE struct { @@ -412,3 +421,126 @@ type W_Mntent struct { Quiesceowner [8]byte _ [38]byte } + +type EpollEvent struct { + Events uint32 + _ int32 + Fd int32 + Pad int32 +} + +type InotifyEvent struct { + Wd int32 + Mask uint32 + Cookie uint32 + Len uint32 + Name string +} + +const ( + SizeofInotifyEvent = 0x10 +) + +type ConsMsg2 struct { + Cm2Format uint16 + Cm2R1 uint16 + Cm2Msglength uint32 + Cm2Msg *byte + Cm2R2 [4]byte + Cm2R3 [4]byte + Cm2Routcde *uint32 + Cm2Descr *uint32 + Cm2Msgflag uint32 + Cm2Token uint32 + Cm2Msgid *uint32 + Cm2R4 [4]byte + Cm2DomToken uint32 + Cm2DomMsgid *uint32 + Cm2ModCartptr *byte + Cm2ModConsidptr *byte + Cm2MsgCart [8]byte + Cm2MsgConsid [4]byte + Cm2R5 [12]byte +} + +const ( + CC_modify = 1 + CC_stop = 2 + CONSOLE_FORMAT_2 = 2 + CONSOLE_FORMAT_3 = 3 + CONSOLE_HRDCPY = 0x80000000 +) + +type OpenHow struct { + Flags uint64 + Mode uint64 + Resolve uint64 +} + +const SizeofOpenHow = 0x18 + +const ( + RESOLVE_CACHED = 0x20 + RESOLVE_BENEATH = 0x8 + RESOLVE_IN_ROOT = 0x10 + RESOLVE_NO_MAGICLINKS = 0x2 + RESOLVE_NO_SYMLINKS = 0x4 + RESOLVE_NO_XDEV = 0x1 +) + +type Siginfo struct { + Signo int32 + Errno int32 + Code int32 + Pid int32 + Uid uint32 + _ [44]byte +} + +type SysvIpcPerm struct { + Uid uint32 + Gid uint32 + Cuid uint32 + Cgid uint32 + Mode int32 +} + +type SysvShmDesc struct { + Perm SysvIpcPerm + _ [4]byte + Lpid int32 + Cpid int32 + Nattch uint32 + _ [4]byte + _ [4]byte + _ [4]byte + _ int32 + _ uint8 + _ uint8 + _ uint16 + _ *byte + Segsz uint64 + Atime Time_t + Dtime Time_t + Ctime Time_t +} + +type SysvShmDesc64 struct { + Perm SysvIpcPerm + _ [4]byte + Lpid int32 + Cpid int32 + Nattch uint32 + _ [4]byte + _ [4]byte + _ [4]byte + _ int32 + _ byte + _ uint8 + _ uint16 + _ *byte + Segsz uint64 + Atime int64 + Dtime int64 + Ctime int64 +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/aliases.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/aliases.go index ce2d713d62e46..16f90560a23ab 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/aliases.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/aliases.go @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ // Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style // license that can be found in the LICENSE file. -//go:build windows && go1.9 +//go:build windows package windows diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/empty.s b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/empty.s deleted file mode 100644 index ba64caca5d358..0000000000000 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/windows/empty.s +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright 2019 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. -// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style -// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. - -//go:build !go1.12 - -// This file is here to allow bodyless functions with go:linkname for Go 1.11 -// and earlier (see https://golang.org/issue/23311). diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/packages.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/packages.go index 865d90597a94c..3ea1b3fa46d0a 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/packages.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/packages.go @@ -129,9 +129,8 @@ type Config struct { Mode LoadMode // Context specifies the context for the load operation. - // If the context is cancelled, the loader may stop early - // and return an ErrCancelled error. - // If Context is nil, the load cannot be cancelled. + // Cancelling the context may cause [Load] to abort and + // return an error. Context context.Context // Logf is the logger for the config. @@ -214,8 +213,8 @@ type Config struct { // Config specifies loading options; // nil behaves the same as an empty Config. // -// Load returns an error if any of the patterns was invalid -// as defined by the underlying build system. +// If any of the patterns was invalid as defined by the +// underlying build system, Load returns an error. // It may return an empty list of packages without an error, // for instance for an empty expansion of a valid wildcard. // Errors associated with a particular package are recorded in the @@ -428,6 +427,10 @@ type Package struct { // The NeedTypes LoadMode bit sets this field for packages matching the // patterns; type information for dependencies may be missing or incomplete, // unless NeedDeps and NeedImports are also set. + // + // Each call to [Load] returns a consistent set of type + // symbols, as defined by the comment at [types.Identical]. + // Avoid mixing type information from two or more calls to [Load]. Types *types.Package // Fset provides position information for Types, TypesInfo, and Syntax. @@ -854,6 +857,12 @@ func (ld *loader) refine(response *DriverResponse) ([]*Package, error) { wg.Wait() } + // If the context is done, return its error and + // throw out [likely] incomplete packages. + if err := ld.Context.Err(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + result := make([]*Package, len(initial)) for i, lpkg := range initial { result[i] = lpkg.Package @@ -949,6 +958,14 @@ func (ld *loader) loadPackage(lpkg *loaderPackage) { lpkg.Types = types.NewPackage(lpkg.PkgPath, lpkg.Name) lpkg.Fset = ld.Fset + // Start shutting down if the context is done and do not load + // source or export data files. + // Packages that import this one will have ld.Context.Err() != nil. + // ld.Context.Err() will be returned later by refine. + if ld.Context.Err() != nil { + return + } + // Subtle: we populate all Types fields with an empty Package // before loading export data so that export data processing // never has to create a types.Package for an indirect dependency, @@ -1068,6 +1085,13 @@ func (ld *loader) loadPackage(lpkg *loaderPackage) { return } + // Start shutting down if the context is done and do not type check. + // Packages that import this one will have ld.Context.Err() != nil. + // ld.Context.Err() will be returned later by refine. + if ld.Context.Err() != nil { + return + } + lpkg.TypesInfo = &types.Info{ Types: make(map[ast.Expr]types.TypeAndValue), Defs: make(map[*ast.Ident]types.Object), @@ -1245,11 +1269,6 @@ func (ld *loader) parseFiles(filenames []string) ([]*ast.File, []error) { parsed := make([]*ast.File, n) errors := make([]error, n) for i, file := range filenames { - if ld.Config.Context.Err() != nil { - parsed[i] = nil - errors[i] = ld.Config.Context.Err() - continue - } wg.Add(1) go func(i int, filename string) { parsed[i], errors[i] = ld.parseFile(filename) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases.go index f89112c8ee573..c24c2eee457f2 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases.go @@ -16,10 +16,14 @@ import ( // NewAlias creates a new TypeName in Package pkg that // is an alias for the type rhs. // -// When GoVersion>=1.22 and GODEBUG=gotypesalias=1, -// the Type() of the return value is a *types.Alias. -func NewAlias(pos token.Pos, pkg *types.Package, name string, rhs types.Type) *types.TypeName { - if enabled() { +// The enabled parameter determines whether the resulting [TypeName]'s +// type is an [types.Alias]. Its value must be the result of a call to +// [Enabled], which computes the effective value of +// GODEBUG=gotypesalias=... by invoking the type checker. The Enabled +// function is expensive and should be called once per task (e.g. +// package import), not once per call to NewAlias. +func NewAlias(enabled bool, pos token.Pos, pkg *types.Package, name string, rhs types.Type) *types.TypeName { + if enabled { tname := types.NewTypeName(pos, pkg, name, nil) newAlias(tname, rhs) return tname diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go121.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go121.go index 1872b56ff8fc2..c027b9f315f68 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go121.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go121.go @@ -15,16 +15,17 @@ import ( // It will never be created by go/types. type Alias struct{} -func (*Alias) String() string { panic("unreachable") } - +func (*Alias) String() string { panic("unreachable") } func (*Alias) Underlying() types.Type { panic("unreachable") } - -func (*Alias) Obj() *types.TypeName { panic("unreachable") } +func (*Alias) Obj() *types.TypeName { panic("unreachable") } +func Rhs(alias *Alias) types.Type { panic("unreachable") } // Unalias returns the type t for go <=1.21. func Unalias(t types.Type) types.Type { return t } -// Always false for go <=1.21. Ignores GODEBUG. -func enabled() bool { return false } - func newAlias(name *types.TypeName, rhs types.Type) *Alias { panic("unreachable") } + +// Enabled reports whether [NewAlias] should create [types.Alias] types. +// +// Before go1.22, this function always returns false. +func Enabled() bool { return false } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go122.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go122.go index 8b92116284d0b..b32995484190a 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go122.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases/aliases_go122.go @@ -12,14 +12,22 @@ import ( "go/parser" "go/token" "go/types" - "os" - "strings" - "sync" ) // Alias is an alias of types.Alias. type Alias = types.Alias +// Rhs returns the type on the right-hand side of the alias declaration. +func Rhs(alias *Alias) types.Type { + if alias, ok := any(alias).(interface{ Rhs() types.Type }); ok { + return alias.Rhs() // go1.23+ + } + + // go1.22's Alias didn't have the Rhs method, + // so Unalias is the best we can do. + return Unalias(alias) +} + // Unalias is a wrapper of types.Unalias. func Unalias(t types.Type) types.Type { return types.Unalias(t) } @@ -33,40 +41,23 @@ func newAlias(tname *types.TypeName, rhs types.Type) *Alias { return a } -// enabled returns true when types.Aliases are enabled. -func enabled() bool { - // Use the gotypesalias value in GODEBUG if set. - godebug := os.Getenv("GODEBUG") - value := -1 // last set value. - for _, f := range strings.Split(godebug, ",") { - switch f { - case "gotypesalias=1": - value = 1 - case "gotypesalias=0": - value = 0 - } - } - switch value { - case 0: - return false - case 1: - return true - default: - return aliasesDefault() - } -} - -// aliasesDefault reports if aliases are enabled by default. -func aliasesDefault() bool { - // Dynamically check if Aliases will be produced from go/types. - aliasesDefaultOnce.Do(func() { - fset := token.NewFileSet() - f, _ := parser.ParseFile(fset, "a.go", "package p; type A = int", 0) - pkg, _ := new(types.Config).Check("p", fset, []*ast.File{f}, nil) - _, gotypesaliasDefault = pkg.Scope().Lookup("A").Type().(*types.Alias) - }) - return gotypesaliasDefault +// Enabled reports whether [NewAlias] should create [types.Alias] types. +// +// This function is expensive! Call it sparingly. +func Enabled() bool { + // The only reliable way to compute the answer is to invoke go/types. + // We don't parse the GODEBUG environment variable, because + // (a) it's tricky to do so in a manner that is consistent + // with the godebug package; in particular, a simple + // substring check is not good enough. The value is a + // rightmost-wins list of options. But more importantly: + // (b) it is impossible to detect changes to the effective + // setting caused by os.Setenv("GODEBUG"), as happens in + // many tests. Therefore any attempt to cache the result + // is just incorrect. + fset := token.NewFileSet() + f, _ := parser.ParseFile(fset, "a.go", "package p; type A = int", 0) + pkg, _ := new(types.Config).Check("p", fset, []*ast.File{f}, nil) + _, enabled := pkg.Scope().Lookup("A").Type().(*types.Alias) + return enabled } - -var gotypesaliasDefault bool -var aliasesDefaultOnce sync.Once diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/tag/tag.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/tag/tag.go deleted file mode 100644 index 581b26c2041fe..0000000000000 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/tag/tag.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -// Copyright 2019 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. -// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style -// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. - -// Package tag provides the labels used for telemetry throughout gopls. -package tag - -import ( - "golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/keys" -) - -var ( - // create the label keys we use - Method = keys.NewString("method", "") - StatusCode = keys.NewString("status.code", "") - StatusMessage = keys.NewString("status.message", "") - RPCID = keys.NewString("id", "") - RPCDirection = keys.NewString("direction", "") - File = keys.NewString("file", "") - Directory = keys.New("directory", "") - URI = keys.New("URI", "") - Package = keys.NewString("package", "") // sorted comma-separated list of Package IDs - PackagePath = keys.NewString("package_path", "") - Query = keys.New("query", "") - Snapshot = keys.NewUInt64("snapshot", "") - Operation = keys.NewString("operation", "") - - Position = keys.New("position", "") - Category = keys.NewString("category", "") - PackageCount = keys.NewInt("packages", "") - Files = keys.New("files", "") - Port = keys.NewInt("port", "") - Type = keys.New("type", "") - HoverKind = keys.NewString("hoverkind", "") - - NewServer = keys.NewString("new_server", "A new server was added") - EndServer = keys.NewString("end_server", "A server was shut down") - - ServerID = keys.NewString("server", "The server ID an event is related to") - Logfile = keys.NewString("logfile", "") - DebugAddress = keys.NewString("debug_address", "") - GoplsPath = keys.NewString("gopls_path", "") - ClientID = keys.NewString("client_id", "") - - Level = keys.NewInt("level", "The logging level") -) - -var ( - // create the stats we measure - Started = keys.NewInt64("started", "Count of started RPCs.") - ReceivedBytes = keys.NewInt64("received_bytes", "Bytes received.") //, unit.Bytes) - SentBytes = keys.NewInt64("sent_bytes", "Bytes sent.") //, unit.Bytes) - Latency = keys.NewFloat64("latency_ms", "Elapsed time in milliseconds") //, unit.Milliseconds) -) - -const ( - Inbound = "in" - Outbound = "out" -) diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iexport.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iexport.go index 683bd7395a6b7..deeb67f315af8 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iexport.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iexport.go @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ import ( "sort" "strconv" "strings" - "unsafe" "golang.org/x/tools/go/types/objectpath" "golang.org/x/tools/internal/aliases" @@ -529,7 +528,7 @@ func (p *iexporter) doDecl(obj types.Object) { if alias, ok := t.(*aliases.Alias); ok { // Preserve materialized aliases, // even of non-exported types. - t = aliasRHS(alias) + t = aliases.Rhs(alias) } w.typ(t, obj.Pkg()) break @@ -1331,19 +1330,3 @@ func (e internalError) Error() string { return "gcimporter: " + string(e) } func internalErrorf(format string, args ...interface{}) error { return internalError(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...)) } - -// aliasRHS removes exactly one Alias constructor. -func aliasRHS(alias *aliases.Alias) types.Type { - // TODO(adonovan): if proposal #66559 is accepted, this will - // become Alias.RHS(alias). In the meantime, we must punch - // through the drywall. - type go123Alias struct { - _ *types.TypeName - _ *types.TypeParamList - RHS types.Type - _ types.Type - } - var raw *go123Alias - *(**aliases.Alias)(unsafe.Pointer(&raw)) = alias - return raw.RHS -} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iimport.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iimport.go index 2732121b5efa4..136aa03653cce 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iimport.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/iimport.go @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ func iimportCommon(fset *token.FileSet, getPackages GetPackagesFunc, data []byte p := iimporter{ version: int(version), ipath: path, + aliases: aliases.Enabled(), shallow: shallow, reportf: reportf, @@ -369,6 +370,7 @@ type iimporter struct { version int ipath string + aliases bool shallow bool reportf ReportFunc // if non-nil, used to report bugs @@ -567,7 +569,7 @@ func (r *importReader) obj(name string) { // tparams := r.tparamList() // alias.SetTypeParams(tparams) // } - r.declare(aliases.NewAlias(pos, r.currPkg, name, typ)) + r.declare(aliases.NewAlias(r.p.aliases, pos, r.currPkg, name, typ)) case constTag: typ, val := r.value() diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/ureader_yes.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/ureader_yes.go index b3be452ae8a46..2c0770688771a 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/ureader_yes.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter/ureader_yes.go @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ type pkgReader struct { ctxt *types.Context imports map[string]*types.Package // previously imported packages, indexed by path + aliases bool // create types.Alias nodes // lazily initialized arrays corresponding to the unified IR // PosBase, Pkg, and Type sections, respectively. @@ -99,6 +100,7 @@ func readUnifiedPackage(fset *token.FileSet, ctxt *types.Context, imports map[st ctxt: ctxt, imports: imports, + aliases: aliases.Enabled(), posBases: make([]string, input.NumElems(pkgbits.RelocPosBase)), pkgs: make([]*types.Package, input.NumElems(pkgbits.RelocPkg)), @@ -524,7 +526,7 @@ func (pr *pkgReader) objIdx(idx pkgbits.Index) (*types.Package, string) { case pkgbits.ObjAlias: pos := r.pos() typ := r.typ() - declare(aliases.NewAlias(pos, objPkg, objName, typ)) + declare(aliases.NewAlias(r.p.aliases, pos, objPkg, objName, typ)) case pkgbits.ObjConst: pos := r.pos() diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/invoke.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/invoke.go index f7de3c8283b2c..eb7a8282f9e7d 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/invoke.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/invoke.go @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ import ( "golang.org/x/tools/internal/event" "golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/keys" "golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/label" - "golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/tag" ) // An Runner will run go command invocations and serialize @@ -55,11 +54,14 @@ func (runner *Runner) initialize() { // 1.14: go: updating go.mod: existing contents have changed since last read var modConcurrencyError = regexp.MustCompile(`go:.*go.mod.*contents have changed`) -// verb is an event label for the go command verb. -var verb = keys.NewString("verb", "go command verb") +// event keys for go command invocations +var ( + verb = keys.NewString("verb", "go command verb") + directory = keys.NewString("directory", "") +) func invLabels(inv Invocation) []label.Label { - return []label.Label{verb.Of(inv.Verb), tag.Directory.Of(inv.WorkingDir)} + return []label.Label{verb.Of(inv.Verb), directory.Of(inv.WorkingDir)} } // Run is a convenience wrapper around RunRaw. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/vendor.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/vendor.go index 2d3d408c0bed3..e38d1fb48888c 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/vendor.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand/vendor.go @@ -107,3 +107,57 @@ func getMainModuleAnd114(ctx context.Context, inv Invocation, r *Runner) (*Modul } return mod, lines[4] == "go1.14", nil } + +// WorkspaceVendorEnabled reports whether workspace vendoring is enabled. It takes a *Runner to execute Go commands +// with the supplied context.Context and Invocation. The Invocation can contain pre-defined fields, +// of which only Verb and Args are modified to run the appropriate Go command. +// Inspired by setDefaultBuildMod in modload/init.go +func WorkspaceVendorEnabled(ctx context.Context, inv Invocation, r *Runner) (bool, []*ModuleJSON, error) { + inv.Verb = "env" + inv.Args = []string{"GOWORK"} + stdout, err := r.Run(ctx, inv) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + goWork := string(bytes.TrimSpace(stdout.Bytes())) + if fi, err := os.Stat(filepath.Join(filepath.Dir(goWork), "vendor")); err == nil && fi.IsDir() { + mainMods, err := getWorkspaceMainModules(ctx, inv, r) + if err != nil { + return false, nil, err + } + return true, mainMods, nil + } + return false, nil, nil +} + +// getWorkspaceMainModules gets the main modules' information. +// This is the information needed to figure out if vendoring should be enabled. +func getWorkspaceMainModules(ctx context.Context, inv Invocation, r *Runner) ([]*ModuleJSON, error) { + const format = `{{.Path}} +{{.Dir}} +{{.GoMod}} +{{.GoVersion}} +` + inv.Verb = "list" + inv.Args = []string{"-m", "-f", format} + stdout, err := r.Run(ctx, inv) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + lines := strings.Split(strings.TrimSuffix(stdout.String(), "\n"), "\n") + if len(lines) < 4 { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected stdout: %q", stdout.String()) + } + mods := make([]*ModuleJSON, 0, len(lines)/4) + for i := 0; i < len(lines); i += 4 { + mods = append(mods, &ModuleJSON{ + Path: lines[i], + Dir: lines[i+1], + GoMod: lines[i+2], + GoVersion: lines[i+3], + Main: true, + }) + } + return mods, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/fix.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/fix.go index 55980327616e5..93d49a6efd0cd 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/fix.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/fix.go @@ -301,6 +301,20 @@ func (p *pass) loadPackageNames(imports []*ImportInfo) error { return nil } +// if there is a trailing major version, remove it +func withoutVersion(nm string) string { + if v := path.Base(nm); len(v) > 0 && v[0] == 'v' { + if _, err := strconv.Atoi(v[1:]); err == nil { + // this is, for instance, called with rand/v2 and returns rand + if len(v) < len(nm) { + xnm := nm[:len(nm)-len(v)-1] + return path.Base(xnm) + } + } + } + return nm +} + // importIdentifier returns the identifier that imp will introduce. It will // guess if the package name has not been loaded, e.g. because the source // is not available. @@ -310,7 +324,7 @@ func (p *pass) importIdentifier(imp *ImportInfo) string { } known := p.knownPackages[imp.ImportPath] if known != nil && known.name != "" { - return known.name + return withoutVersion(known.name) } return ImportPathToAssumedName(imp.ImportPath) } @@ -1059,6 +1073,18 @@ func addStdlibCandidates(pass *pass, refs references) error { if err != nil { return err } + localbase := func(nm string) string { + ans := path.Base(nm) + if ans[0] == 'v' { + // this is called, for instance, with math/rand/v2 and returns rand/v2 + if _, err := strconv.Atoi(ans[1:]); err == nil { + ix := strings.LastIndex(nm, ans) + more := path.Base(nm[:ix]) + ans = path.Join(more, ans) + } + } + return ans + } add := func(pkg string) { // Prevent self-imports. if path.Base(pkg) == pass.f.Name.Name && filepath.Join(goenv["GOROOT"], "src", pkg) == pass.srcDir { @@ -1067,13 +1093,17 @@ func addStdlibCandidates(pass *pass, refs references) error { exports := symbolNameSet(stdlib.PackageSymbols[pkg]) pass.addCandidate( &ImportInfo{ImportPath: pkg}, - &packageInfo{name: path.Base(pkg), exports: exports}) + &packageInfo{name: localbase(pkg), exports: exports}) } for left := range refs { if left == "rand" { - // Make sure we try crypto/rand before math/rand. + // Make sure we try crypto/rand before any version of math/rand as both have Int() + // and our policy is to recommend crypto add("crypto/rand") - add("math/rand") + // if the user's no later than go1.21, this should be "math/rand" + // but we have no way of figuring out what the user is using + // TODO: investigate using the toolchain version to disambiguate in the stdlib + add("math/rand/v2") continue } for importPath := range stdlib.PackageSymbols { diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/mod.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/mod.go index 21ef938978e1c..82fe644a189b4 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/mod.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports/mod.go @@ -112,11 +112,11 @@ func newModuleResolver(e *ProcessEnv, moduleCacheCache *DirInfoCache) (*ModuleRe } vendorEnabled := false - var mainModVendor *gocommand.ModuleJSON + var mainModVendor *gocommand.ModuleJSON // for module vendoring + var mainModsVendor []*gocommand.ModuleJSON // for workspace vendoring - // Module vendor directories are ignored in workspace mode: - // https://go.googlesource.com/proposal/+/master/design/45713-workspace.md - if len(r.env.Env["GOWORK"]) == 0 { + goWork := r.env.Env["GOWORK"] + if len(goWork) == 0 { // TODO(rfindley): VendorEnabled runs the go command to get GOFLAGS, but // they should be available from the ProcessEnv. Can we avoid the redundant // invocation? @@ -124,18 +124,35 @@ func newModuleResolver(e *ProcessEnv, moduleCacheCache *DirInfoCache) (*ModuleRe if err != nil { return nil, err } + } else { + vendorEnabled, mainModsVendor, err = gocommand.WorkspaceVendorEnabled(context.Background(), inv, r.env.GocmdRunner) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } } - if mainModVendor != nil && vendorEnabled { - // Vendor mode is on, so all the non-Main modules are irrelevant, - // and we need to search /vendor for everything. - r.mains = []*gocommand.ModuleJSON{mainModVendor} - r.dummyVendorMod = &gocommand.ModuleJSON{ - Path: "", - Dir: filepath.Join(mainModVendor.Dir, "vendor"), + if vendorEnabled { + if mainModVendor != nil { + // Module vendor mode is on, so all the non-Main modules are irrelevant, + // and we need to search /vendor for everything. + r.mains = []*gocommand.ModuleJSON{mainModVendor} + r.dummyVendorMod = &gocommand.ModuleJSON{ + Path: "", + Dir: filepath.Join(mainModVendor.Dir, "vendor"), + } + r.modsByModPath = []*gocommand.ModuleJSON{mainModVendor, r.dummyVendorMod} + r.modsByDir = []*gocommand.ModuleJSON{mainModVendor, r.dummyVendorMod} + } else { + // Workspace vendor mode is on, so all the non-Main modules are irrelevant, + // and we need to search /vendor for everything. + r.mains = mainModsVendor + r.dummyVendorMod = &gocommand.ModuleJSON{ + Path: "", + Dir: filepath.Join(filepath.Dir(goWork), "vendor"), + } + r.modsByModPath = append(append([]*gocommand.ModuleJSON{}, mainModsVendor...), r.dummyVendorMod) + r.modsByDir = append(append([]*gocommand.ModuleJSON{}, mainModsVendor...), r.dummyVendorMod) } - r.modsByModPath = []*gocommand.ModuleJSON{mainModVendor, r.dummyVendorMod} - r.modsByDir = []*gocommand.ModuleJSON{mainModVendor, r.dummyVendorMod} } else { // Vendor mode is off, so run go list -m ... to find everything. err := r.initAllMods() @@ -166,8 +183,9 @@ func newModuleResolver(e *ProcessEnv, moduleCacheCache *DirInfoCache) (*ModuleRe return count(j) < count(i) // descending order }) - r.roots = []gopathwalk.Root{ - {Path: filepath.Join(goenv["GOROOT"], "/src"), Type: gopathwalk.RootGOROOT}, + r.roots = []gopathwalk.Root{} + if goenv["GOROOT"] != "" { // "" happens in tests + r.roots = append(r.roots, gopathwalk.Root{Path: filepath.Join(goenv["GOROOT"], "/src"), Type: gopathwalk.RootGOROOT}) } r.mainByDir = make(map[string]*gocommand.ModuleJSON) for _, main := range r.mains { diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/pkgbits/decoder.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/pkgbits/decoder.go index b92e8e6eb3299..2acd85851e362 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/pkgbits/decoder.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/pkgbits/decoder.go @@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ type PkgDecoder struct { // version is the file format version. version uint32 + // aliases determines whether types.Aliases should be created + aliases bool + // sync indicates whether the file uses sync markers. sync bool @@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ func (pr *PkgDecoder) SyncMarkers() bool { return pr.sync } func NewPkgDecoder(pkgPath, input string) PkgDecoder { pr := PkgDecoder{ pkgPath: pkgPath, + //aliases: aliases.Enabled(), } // TODO(mdempsky): Implement direct indexing of input string to diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/typesinternal/errorcode.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/typesinternal/errorcode.go index e0c27ed251c98..834e05381ceaa 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/typesinternal/errorcode.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/internal/typesinternal/errorcode.go @@ -1449,10 +1449,10 @@ const ( NotAGenericType // WrongTypeArgCount occurs when a type or function is instantiated with an - // incorrent number of type arguments, including when a generic type or + // incorrect number of type arguments, including when a generic type or // function is used without instantiation. // - // Errors inolving failed type inference are assigned other error codes. + // Errors involving failed type inference are assigned other error codes. // // Example: // type T[p any] int diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/cloudresourcemanager/v1/cloudresourcemanager-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/cloudresourcemanager/v1/cloudresourcemanager-gen.go index 2f1360553928e..d4cd7a1ba9ca8 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/cloudresourcemanager/v1/cloudresourcemanager-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/cloudresourcemanager/v1/cloudresourcemanager-gen.go @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://cloudresourcemanager.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://cloudresourcemanager.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -121,7 +120,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-api.json b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-api.json index e24dc31bae63d..651291dd6a7bf 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-api.json +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-api.json @@ -44423,7 +44423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240421", + "revision": "20240430", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -45010,7 +45010,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "publicPtrDomainName": { - "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", + "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be created for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", "type": "string" }, "securityPolicy": { @@ -55559,7 +55559,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -55626,7 +55626,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -55693,7 +55693,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -55786,7 +55786,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceRegions": { - "description": "The list of cloud regions from which health checks are performed. If any regions are specified, then exactly 3 regions should be specified. The region names must be valid names of GCP regions. This can only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, then there are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported and what other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC protocols are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The proxyHeader field for HTTP, HTTPS, and TCP is not supported. - The checkIntervalSec field must be at least 30. - The health check cannot be used with BackendService nor with managed instance group auto-healing. ", + "description": "The list of cloud regions from which health checks are performed. If any regions are specified, then exactly 3 regions should be specified. The region names must be valid names of Google Cloud regions. This can only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, then there are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported and what other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC protocols are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The proxyHeader field for HTTP, HTTPS, and TCP is not supported. - The checkIntervalSec field must be at least 30. - The health check cannot be used with BackendService nor with managed instance group auto-healing. ", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -77957,6 +77957,7 @@ "TPU_LITE_PODSLICE_V5", "TPU_PODSLICE_V4", "URL_MAPS", + "VARIABLE_IPV6_PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES", "VPN_GATEWAYS", "VPN_TUNNELS", "XPN_SERVICE_PROJECTS" @@ -78130,6 +78131,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -84788,6 +84790,26 @@ "terminationTime": { "description": "Specifies the timestamp, when the instance will be terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination action will be performed at the termination time.", "type": "string" + }, + "windowsLicenseOptimizationMode": { + "description": "Represents the Windows Server License Optimization Mode of the VM. If unspecified, the default mode is `OFF`.", + "enum": [ + "AUTO", + "BALANCED", + "COST_OPTIMIZED", + "OFF", + "PERFORMANCE", + "UNSPECIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "\"Automatically maximize savings and minimize performance impact by matching license optimization mode to current CPU utilization.", + "Significant license cost savings via moderate throttles (40% baseline, 10 minute maximum burst at full utilization).", + "Maximum license cost savings via restrictive throttles (20% baseline, 3.75 minute maximum burst at full utilization).", + "No license cost savings with maximum CPU performance.", + "Moderate license cost savings via least restrictive throttles (60% baseline, 22.5 minute maximum burst at full utilization).", + "Unspecified license optimization mode defaults to `OFF`." + ], + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -85290,6 +85312,11 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "type": "string" }, + "shortName": { + "description": "User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is CLOUD_ARMOR. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", + "type": "string" + }, "type": { "description": "The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. - CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK: Cloud Armor network policies can be configured to filter packets targeting network load balancing resources such as backend services, target pools, target instances, and instances with external IPs. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time.", "enum": [ @@ -85525,6 +85552,20 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.", "type": "string" }, + "excludedFolders": { + "description": "A list of folders to exclude from the security policy.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "excludedProjects": { + "description": "A list of projects to exclude from the security policy.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "name": { "description": "The name for an association.", "type": "string" @@ -85532,6 +85573,10 @@ "securityPolicyId": { "description": "[Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.", "type": "string" + }, + "shortName": { + "description": "[Output Only] The short name of the security policy of the association.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -88130,7 +88175,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" }, - "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", + "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket locations. Only one location can be specified.", "type": "object" }, "policy": { @@ -88143,7 +88188,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", - "Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", + "Store snapshot in the nearest multi region Cloud Storage bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", "Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", "" ], @@ -88157,7 +88202,7 @@ "id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", "properties": { "name": { - "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", + "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets. Only one location can be specified.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-gen.go index 79fedf3452c49..809c52574fcc0 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha/compute-gen.go @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ const apiVersion = "alpha" const basePath = "https://compute.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/" const basePathTemplate = "https://compute.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/compute/alpha/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://compute.mtls.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err @@ -2098,7 +2096,7 @@ type AccessConfig struct { // PublicPtrDomainName: The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can // set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. // If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will - // be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + // be created for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. PublicPtrDomainName string `json:"publicPtrDomainName,omitempty"` // SecurityPolicy: [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy // associated with this access config. @@ -14607,7 +14605,7 @@ type HTTP2HealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The - // default value is /. + // default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -14697,7 +14695,7 @@ type HTTPHealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default - // value is /. + // value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -14786,7 +14784,7 @@ type HTTPSHealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default - // value is /. + // value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -14880,11 +14878,11 @@ type HealthCheck struct { SelfLinkWithId string `json:"selfLinkWithId,omitempty"` // SourceRegions: The list of cloud regions from which health checks are // performed. If any regions are specified, then exactly 3 regions should be - // specified. The region names must be valid names of GCP regions. This can - // only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, then there - // are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported and what - // other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC protocols - // are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The + // specified. The region names must be valid names of Google Cloud regions. + // This can only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, + // then there are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported + // and what other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC + // protocols are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The // proxyHeader field for HTTP, HTTPS, and TCP is not supported. - The // checkIntervalSec field must be at least 30. - The health check cannot be // used with BackendService nor with managed instance group auto-healing. @@ -39341,6 +39339,7 @@ type Quota struct { // "TPU_LITE_PODSLICE_V5" // "TPU_PODSLICE_V4" // "URL_MAPS" + // "VARIABLE_IPV6_PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES" // "VPN_GATEWAYS" // "VPN_TUNNELS" // "XPN_SERVICE_PROJECTS" @@ -46564,6 +46563,21 @@ type Scheduling struct { // terminated, in RFC3339 text format. If specified, the instance termination // action will be performed at the termination time. TerminationTime string `json:"terminationTime,omitempty"` + // WindowsLicenseOptimizationMode: Represents the Windows Server License + // Optimization Mode of the VM. If unspecified, the default mode is `OFF`. + // + // Possible values: + // "AUTO" - "Automatically maximize savings and minimize performance impact + // by matching license optimization mode to current CPU utilization. + // "BALANCED" - Significant license cost savings via moderate throttles (40% + // baseline, 10 minute maximum burst at full utilization). + // "COST_OPTIMIZED" - Maximum license cost savings via restrictive throttles + // (20% baseline, 3.75 minute maximum burst at full utilization). + // "OFF" - No license cost savings with maximum CPU performance. + // "PERFORMANCE" - Moderate license cost savings via least restrictive + // throttles (60% baseline, 22.5 minute maximum burst at full utilization). + // "UNSPECIFIED" - Unspecified license optimization mode defaults to `OFF`. + WindowsLicenseOptimizationMode string `json:"windowsLicenseOptimizationMode,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "AutomaticRestart") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See @@ -47137,6 +47151,16 @@ type SecurityPolicy struct { // SelfLinkWithId: [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the // resource id. SelfLinkWithId string `json:"selfLinkWithId,omitempty"` + // ShortName: User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name + // should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is + // created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is CLOUD_ARMOR. + // The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with + // https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 + // characters long and match the regular expression + // `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a + // lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase + // letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + ShortName string `json:"shortName,omitempty"` // Type: The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - // CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to // filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter @@ -47449,10 +47473,17 @@ type SecurityPolicyAssociation struct { // DisplayName: [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the // association. DisplayName string `json:"displayName,omitempty"` + // ExcludedFolders: A list of folders to exclude from the security policy. + ExcludedFolders []string `json:"excludedFolders,omitempty"` + // ExcludedProjects: A list of projects to exclude from the security policy. + ExcludedProjects []string `json:"excludedProjects,omitempty"` // Name: The name for an association. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // SecurityPolicyId: [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association. SecurityPolicyId string `json:"securityPolicyId,omitempty"` + // ShortName: [Output Only] The short name of the security policy of the + // association. + ShortName string `json:"shortName,omitempty"` // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` @@ -50477,16 +50508,17 @@ func (s *SnapshotSettingsAccessLocationAccessLocationPreference) MarshalJSON() ( type SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings struct { // Locations: When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored - // in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations. + // in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket + // locations. Only one location can be specified. Locations map[string]SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference `json:"locations,omitempty"` // Policy: The chosen location policy. // // Possible values: // "LOCAL_REGION" - Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating // disk. No additional parameters are needed. - // "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION" - Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS - // bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are - // needed. + // "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION" - Store snapshot in the nearest multi region Cloud + // Storage bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters + // are needed. // "SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS" - Store snapshot in the specific locations, as // specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under // the `locations` field. @@ -50513,7 +50545,8 @@ func (s *SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) // SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference: A // structure for specifying storage locations. type SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference struct { - // Name: Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets. + // Name: Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets. + // Only one location can be specified. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Name") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-api.json b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-api.json index 452c37a625c6e..6c530915c43c9 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-api.json +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-api.json @@ -41579,7 +41579,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240421", + "revision": "20240430", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -42156,7 +42156,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "publicPtrDomainName": { - "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", + "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be created for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", "type": "string" }, "securityPolicy": { @@ -46588,6 +46588,7 @@ "enum": [ "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED", "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3", + "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3_MEGA", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C2D", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3", @@ -46623,6 +46624,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -52042,7 +52044,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -52095,7 +52097,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -52148,7 +52150,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -52220,7 +52222,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceRegions": { - "description": "The list of cloud regions from which health checks are performed. If any regions are specified, then exactly 3 regions should be specified. The region names must be valid names of GCP regions. This can only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, then there are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported and what other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC protocols are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The proxyHeader field for HTTP, HTTPS, and TCP is not supported. - The checkIntervalSec field must be at least 30. - The health check cannot be used with BackendService nor with managed instance group auto-healing. ", + "description": "The list of cloud regions from which health checks are performed. If any regions are specified, then exactly 3 regions should be specified. The region names must be valid names of Google Cloud regions. This can only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, then there are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported and what other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC protocols are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The proxyHeader field for HTTP, HTTPS, and TCP is not supported. - The checkIntervalSec field must be at least 30. - The health check cannot be used with BackendService nor with managed instance group auto-healing. ", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -71429,6 +71431,7 @@ "TPU_LITE_PODSLICE_V5", "TPU_PODSLICE_V4", "URL_MAPS", + "VARIABLE_IPV6_PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES", "VPN_GATEWAYS", "VPN_TUNNELS", "XPN_SERVICE_PROJECTS" @@ -71597,6 +71600,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -78168,6 +78172,11 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "type": "string" }, + "shortName": { + "description": "User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is CLOUD_ARMOR. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", + "type": "string" + }, "type": { "description": "The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. - CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE: Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (Cloud Storage). They filter requests before the request is served from Google's cache. - CLOUD_ARMOR_INTERNAL_SERVICE: Cloud Armor internal service policies can be configured to filter HTTP requests targeting services managed by Traffic Director in a service mesh. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. - CLOUD_ARMOR_NETWORK: Cloud Armor network policies can be configured to filter packets targeting network load balancing resources such as backend services, target pools, target instances, and instances with external IPs. They filter requests before the request is served from the application. This field can be set only at resource creation time.", "enum": [ @@ -78401,6 +78410,20 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the association.", "type": "string" }, + "excludedFolders": { + "description": "A list of folders to exclude from the security policy.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "excludedProjects": { + "description": "A list of projects to exclude from the security policy.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "name": { "description": "The name for an association.", "type": "string" @@ -78408,6 +78431,10 @@ "securityPolicyId": { "description": "[Output Only] The security policy ID of the association.", "type": "string" + }, + "shortName": { + "description": "[Output Only] The short name of the security policy of the association.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -80611,7 +80638,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" }, - "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", + "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket locations. Only one location can be specified.", "type": "object" }, "policy": { @@ -80624,7 +80651,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", - "Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", + "Store snapshot in the nearest multi region Cloud Storage bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", "Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", "" ], @@ -80638,7 +80665,7 @@ "id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", "properties": { "name": { - "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", + "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets. Only one location can be specified.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-gen.go index 0a3d12e76a8ca..a9b22c2525292 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.beta/compute-gen.go @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ const apiVersion = "beta" const basePath = "https://compute.googleapis.com/compute/beta/" const basePathTemplate = "https://compute.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/compute/beta/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://compute.mtls.googleapis.com/compute/beta/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err @@ -2019,7 +2017,7 @@ type AccessConfig struct { // PublicPtrDomainName: The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can // set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. // If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will - // be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + // be created for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. PublicPtrDomainName string `json:"publicPtrDomainName,omitempty"` // SecurityPolicy: [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy // associated with this access config. @@ -7383,6 +7381,7 @@ type Commitment struct { // Possible values: // "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED" // "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3" + // "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3_MEGA" // "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED" // "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C2D" // "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3" @@ -13619,7 +13618,7 @@ type HTTP2HealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The - // default value is /. + // default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -13696,7 +13695,7 @@ type HTTPHealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default - // value is /. + // value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -13772,7 +13771,7 @@ type HTTPSHealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default - // value is /. + // value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -13849,11 +13848,11 @@ type HealthCheck struct { SelfLink string `json:"selfLink,omitempty"` // SourceRegions: The list of cloud regions from which health checks are // performed. If any regions are specified, then exactly 3 regions should be - // specified. The region names must be valid names of GCP regions. This can - // only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, then there - // are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported and what - // other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC protocols - // are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The + // specified. The region names must be valid names of Google Cloud regions. + // This can only be set for global health check. If this list is non-empty, + // then there are restrictions on what other health check fields are supported + // and what other resources can use this health check: - SSL, HTTP2, and GRPC + // protocols are not supported. - The TCP request field is not supported. - The // proxyHeader field for HTTP, HTTPS, and TCP is not supported. - The // checkIntervalSec field must be at least 30. - The health check cannot be // used with BackendService nor with managed instance group auto-healing. @@ -35395,6 +35394,7 @@ type Quota struct { // "TPU_LITE_PODSLICE_V5" // "TPU_PODSLICE_V4" // "URL_MAPS" + // "VARIABLE_IPV6_PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES" // "VPN_GATEWAYS" // "VPN_TUNNELS" // "XPN_SERVICE_PROJECTS" @@ -42559,6 +42559,16 @@ type SecurityPolicy struct { // SelfLinkWithId: [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the // resource id. SelfLinkWithId string `json:"selfLinkWithId,omitempty"` + // ShortName: User-provided name of the organization security policy. The name + // should be unique in the organization in which the security policy is + // created. This should only be used when SecurityPolicyType is CLOUD_ARMOR. + // The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with + // https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 + // characters long and match the regular expression + // `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a + // lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase + // letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + ShortName string `json:"shortName,omitempty"` // Type: The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. - // CLOUD_ARMOR: Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to // filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter @@ -42870,10 +42880,17 @@ type SecurityPolicyAssociation struct { // DisplayName: [Output Only] The display name of the security policy of the // association. DisplayName string `json:"displayName,omitempty"` + // ExcludedFolders: A list of folders to exclude from the security policy. + ExcludedFolders []string `json:"excludedFolders,omitempty"` + // ExcludedProjects: A list of projects to exclude from the security policy. + ExcludedProjects []string `json:"excludedProjects,omitempty"` // Name: The name for an association. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // SecurityPolicyId: [Output Only] The security policy ID of the association. SecurityPolicyId string `json:"securityPolicyId,omitempty"` + // ShortName: [Output Only] The short name of the security policy of the + // association. + ShortName string `json:"shortName,omitempty"` // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` @@ -45429,16 +45446,17 @@ func (s *SnapshotSettings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { type SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings struct { // Locations: When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored - // in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations. + // in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket + // locations. Only one location can be specified. Locations map[string]SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference `json:"locations,omitempty"` // Policy: The chosen location policy. // // Possible values: // "LOCAL_REGION" - Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating // disk. No additional parameters are needed. - // "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION" - Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS - // bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are - // needed. + // "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION" - Store snapshot in the nearest multi region Cloud + // Storage bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters + // are needed. // "SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS" - Store snapshot in the specific locations, as // specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under // the `locations` field. @@ -45465,7 +45483,8 @@ func (s *SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) // SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference: A // structure for specifying storage locations. type SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference struct { - // Name: Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets. + // Name: Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets. + // Only one location can be specified. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Name") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-api.json b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-api.json index bdbee91f7dbcc..73c60a07bcb7a 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-api.json +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-api.json @@ -37421,7 +37421,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240421", + "revision": "20240430", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -37998,7 +37998,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "publicPtrDomainName": { - "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", + "description": "The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be created for first IP in associated external IPv6 range.", "type": "string" }, "securityPolicy": { @@ -42244,6 +42244,7 @@ "enum": [ "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED", "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3", + "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3_MEGA", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C2D", "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3", @@ -42279,6 +42280,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -46828,7 +46830,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -46881,7 +46883,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -46934,7 +46936,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestPath": { - "description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /.", + "description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986.", "type": "string" }, "response": { @@ -65518,6 +65520,7 @@ "TPU_LITE_PODSLICE_V5", "TPU_PODSLICE_V4", "URL_MAPS", + "VARIABLE_IPV6_PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES", "VPN_GATEWAYS", "VPN_TUNNELS", "XPN_SERVICE_PROJECTS" @@ -65685,6 +65688,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -73743,7 +73747,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference" }, - "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations.", + "description": "When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket locations. Only one location can be specified.", "type": "object" }, "policy": { @@ -73756,7 +73760,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", - "Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", + "Store snapshot in the nearest multi region Cloud Storage bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are needed.", "Store snapshot in the specific locations, as specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under the `locations` field.", "" ], @@ -73770,7 +73774,7 @@ "id": "SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference", "properties": { "name": { - "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets.", + "description": "Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets. Only one location can be specified.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-gen.go index 7772cec99e449..a9a05148d5391 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/compute/v1/compute-gen.go @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://compute.googleapis.com/compute/v1/" const basePathTemplate = "https://compute.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/compute/v1/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://compute.mtls.googleapis.com/compute/v1/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -138,7 +137,6 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err @@ -1995,7 +1993,7 @@ type AccessConfig struct { // PublicPtrDomainName: The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can // set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. // If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will - // be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + // be created for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. PublicPtrDomainName string `json:"publicPtrDomainName,omitempty"` // SecurityPolicy: [Output Only] The resource URL for the security policy // associated with this access config. @@ -7127,6 +7125,7 @@ type Commitment struct { // Possible values: // "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED" // "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3" + // "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED_A3_MEGA" // "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED" // "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C2D" // "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED_C3" @@ -12416,7 +12415,7 @@ type HTTP2HealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The - // default value is /. + // default value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -12493,7 +12492,7 @@ type HTTPHealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default - // value is /. + // value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -12569,7 +12568,7 @@ type HTTPSHealthCheck struct { // "PROXY_V1" ProxyHeader string `json:"proxyHeader,omitempty"` // RequestPath: The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default - // value is /. + // value is /. Must comply with RFC3986. RequestPath string `json:"requestPath,omitempty"` // Response: Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the // required HTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to @@ -33251,6 +33250,7 @@ type Quota struct { // "TPU_LITE_PODSLICE_V5" // "TPU_PODSLICE_V4" // "URL_MAPS" + // "VARIABLE_IPV6_PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES" // "VPN_GATEWAYS" // "VPN_TUNNELS" // "XPN_SERVICE_PROJECTS" @@ -42177,16 +42177,17 @@ func (s *SnapshotSettings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { type SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings struct { // Locations: When the policy is SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS, snapshots will be stored - // in the locations listed in this field. Keys are GCS bucket locations. + // in the locations listed in this field. Keys are Cloud Storage bucket + // locations. Only one location can be specified. Locations map[string]SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference `json:"locations,omitempty"` // Policy: The chosen location policy. // // Possible values: // "LOCAL_REGION" - Store snapshot in the same region as with the originating // disk. No additional parameters are needed. - // "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION" - Store snapshot to the nearest multi region GCS - // bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters are - // needed. + // "NEAREST_MULTI_REGION" - Store snapshot in the nearest multi region Cloud + // Storage bucket, relative to the originating disk. No additional parameters + // are needed. // "SPECIFIC_LOCATIONS" - Store snapshot in the specific locations, as // specified by the user. The list of regions to store must be defined under // the `locations` field. @@ -42213,7 +42214,8 @@ func (s *SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) // SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference: A // structure for specifying storage locations. type SnapshotSettingsStorageLocationSettingsStorageLocationPreference struct { - // Name: Name of the location. It should be one of the GCS buckets. + // Name: Name of the location. It should be one of the Cloud Storage buckets. + // Only one location can be specified. Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Name") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/container/v1/container-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/container/v1/container-gen.go index f1e7f3026a269..2d2f3226bd793 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/container/v1/container-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/container/v1/container-gen.go @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://container.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://container.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://container.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/dns/v1/dns-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/dns/v1/dns-gen.go index 48b0d213f9bbb..6a0d78a20092b 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/dns/v1/dns-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/dns/v1/dns-gen.go @@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://dns.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://dns.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://dns.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -129,7 +128,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-api.json b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-api.json index 6a52bc09ad3da..231021059ca23 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-api.json +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-api.json @@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240418", + "revision": "20240502", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { @@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "disableReason": { - "description": "optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled.", + "description": "Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason describing why it was disabled.", "enum": [ "SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEY_DISABLE_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", "SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEY_DISABLE_REASON_USER_INITIATED", @@ -4718,6 +4718,7 @@ "Google detected this Service Account external key's private key data as exposed, typically in a public repository on GitHub or similar.", "This service account external key was detected as compromised and used by an attacker." ], + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "disabled": { @@ -4725,10 +4726,11 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "extendedStatus": { - "description": "Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status.", + "description": "Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the extended_status.", "items": { "$ref": "ExtendedStatus" }, + "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "keyAlgorithm": { diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-gen.go index 6d7275c9e20e8..40b1634f66d98 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/iam/v1/iam-gen.go @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://iam.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://iam.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://iam.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err @@ -2790,8 +2789,8 @@ type ServiceAccountKey struct { // Description: Optional. A user provided description of this service account // key. Description string `json:"description,omitempty"` - // DisableReason: optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a DisableReason - // describing why it was disabled. + // DisableReason: Output only. optional. If the key is disabled, it may have a + // DisableReason describing why it was disabled. // // Possible values: // "SERVICE_ACCOUNT_KEY_DISABLE_REASON_UNSPECIFIED" - Unspecified disable @@ -2805,10 +2804,10 @@ type ServiceAccountKey struct { DisableReason string `json:"disableReason,omitempty"` // Disabled: The key status. Disabled bool `json:"disabled,omitempty"` - // ExtendedStatus: Extended Status provides permanent information about a - // service account key. For example, if this key was detected as exposed or - // compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the key in the - // extended_status. + // ExtendedStatus: Output only. Extended Status provides permanent information + // about a service account key. For example, if this key was detected as + // exposed or compromised, that information will remain for the lifetime of the + // key in the extended_status. ExtendedStatus []*ExtendedStatus `json:"extendedStatus,omitempty"` // KeyAlgorithm: Specifies the algorithm (and possibly key size) for the key. // diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/params.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/params.go index 3f4074c8190f3..6a5326c089346 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/params.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport/params.go @@ -58,10 +58,15 @@ func SetOptions(u URLParams, opts ...googleapi.CallOption) { } } -// SetHeaders sets common headers for all requests. -func SetHeaders(userAgent, contentType string, userHeaders http.Header) http.Header { +// SetHeaders sets common headers for all requests. The keyvals header pairs +// should have a corresponding value for every key provided. If there is an odd +// number of keyvals this method will panic. +func SetHeaders(userAgent, contentType string, userHeaders http.Header, keyvals ...string) http.Header { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/"+GoVersion()+" gdcl/"+internal.Version) + for i := 0; i < len(keyvals); i = i + 2 { + reqHeaders.Set(keyvals[i], keyvals[i+1]) + } reqHeaders.Set("User-Agent", userAgent) if contentType != "" { reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", contentType) diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/version.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/version.go index 6a47694eae2bc..f1792faf32d6c 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/version.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package internal // Version is the current tagged release of the library. -const Version = "0.177.0" +const Version = "0.179.0" diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1/networkservices-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1/networkservices-gen.go index 6f200f3c054b5..e8ee7ea79dd3d 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1/networkservices-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1/networkservices-gen.go @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://networkservices.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://networkservices.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1beta1/networkservices-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1beta1/networkservices-gen.go index 0bee1a48a28b7..d45585c4c8147 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1beta1/networkservices-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/networkservices/v1beta1/networkservices-gen.go @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1beta1" const basePath = "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://networkservices.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://networkservices.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-gen.go index d9ee3900fe01d..556764b83632b 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/oauth2/v2/oauth2-gen.go @@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ const apiName = "oauth2" const apiVersion = "v2" const basePath = "https://www.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://www.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append([]option.ClientOption{scopesOption}, opts...) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go index 70a7458e3f470..6a5db35fadb8b 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go @@ -100,7 +100,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://storage.googleapis.com/storage/v1/" const basePathTemplate = "https://storage.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/storage/v1/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://storage.mtls.googleapis.com/storage/v1/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -134,7 +133,6 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/tpu/v1/tpu-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/tpu/v1/tpu-gen.go index 3cb723e98e751..32a24ad72e857 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/tpu/v1/tpu-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/tpu/v1/tpu-gen.go @@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ const apiVersion = "v1" const basePath = "https://tpu.googleapis.com/" const basePathTemplate = "https://tpu.UNIVERSE_DOMAIN/" const mtlsBasePath = "https://tpu.mtls.googleapis.com/" -const defaultUniverseDomain = "googleapis.com" // OAuth2 scopes used by this API. const ( @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ func NewService(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Service, err opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpoint(basePath)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultEndpointTemplate(basePathTemplate)) opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultMTLSEndpoint(mtlsBasePath)) - opts = append(opts, internaloption.WithDefaultUniverseDomain(defaultUniverseDomain)) + opts = append(opts, internaloption.EnableNewAuthLibrary()) client, endpoint, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, err diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/editiondefaults/editions_defaults.binpb b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/editiondefaults/editions_defaults.binpb index f691305eb4f73440cd48caba949023eab52ef304..ff6a38360add36f53d48bb0863b701696e0d7b2d 100644 GIT binary patch literal 93 zcmd;*mUzal#C*w)K}(Q>QGiK;Nr72|(SYfa9TNv5m$bxlxFnMRqXeS@6Ht;7B*_4j Ve8H{+(u69m1u{(G8N0>{b^xZ!4_5#H literal 78 zcmd-Q6B6WL6kw8IQef6#G+?@9$Hc)X@r<1dB+ewjD8Z<}1Qcfki8Dw%hln$xi@#u3 Kc*d^rf*k;APzzxI diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/desc_list_gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/desc_list_gen.go index 30db19fdc75a1..f4107c05f4ee6 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/desc_list_gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/desc_list_gen.go @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ package filedesc import ( "fmt" + "strings" "sync" "google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/descfmt" @@ -198,6 +199,16 @@ func (p *Fields) lazyInit() *Fields { if _, ok := p.byText[d.TextName()]; !ok { p.byText[d.TextName()] = d } + if isGroupLike(d) { + lowerJSONName := strings.ToLower(d.JSONName()) + if _, ok := p.byJSON[lowerJSONName]; !ok { + p.byJSON[lowerJSONName] = d + } + lowerTextName := strings.ToLower(d.TextName()) + if _, ok := p.byText[lowerTextName]; !ok { + p.byText[lowerTextName] = d + } + } if _, ok := p.byNum[d.Number()]; !ok { p.byNum[d.Number()] = d } diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/editions.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/editions.go index d1e16a26d5bb7..11f5f356b660b 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/editions.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/filedesc/editions.go @@ -108,7 +108,9 @@ func unmarshalEditionDefault(b []byte) { v, m := protowire.ConsumeBytes(b) b = b[m:] switch num { - case genid.FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Features_field_number: + case genid.FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_FixedFeatures_field_number: + fs = unmarshalFeatureSet(v, fs) + case genid.FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_OverridableFeatures_field_number: fs = unmarshalFeatureSet(v, fs) } } diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/genid/descriptor_gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/genid/descriptor_gen.go index 40272c893f700..1447a11987bc8 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/genid/descriptor_gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/genid/descriptor_gen.go @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ const ( // Enum values for google.protobuf.Edition. const ( Edition_EDITION_UNKNOWN_enum_value = 0 + Edition_EDITION_LEGACY_enum_value = 900 Edition_EDITION_PROTO2_enum_value = 998 Edition_EDITION_PROTO3_enum_value = 999 Edition_EDITION_2023_enum_value = 1000 @@ -653,6 +654,7 @@ const ( FieldOptions_Targets_field_name protoreflect.Name = "targets" FieldOptions_EditionDefaults_field_name protoreflect.Name = "edition_defaults" FieldOptions_Features_field_name protoreflect.Name = "features" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_field_name protoreflect.Name = "feature_support" FieldOptions_UninterpretedOption_field_name protoreflect.Name = "uninterpreted_option" FieldOptions_Ctype_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.ctype" @@ -667,6 +669,7 @@ const ( FieldOptions_Targets_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.targets" FieldOptions_EditionDefaults_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.edition_defaults" FieldOptions_Features_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.features" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.feature_support" FieldOptions_UninterpretedOption_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.uninterpreted_option" ) @@ -684,6 +687,7 @@ const ( FieldOptions_Targets_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 19 FieldOptions_EditionDefaults_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 20 FieldOptions_Features_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 21 + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 22 FieldOptions_UninterpretedOption_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 999 ) @@ -767,6 +771,33 @@ const ( FieldOptions_EditionDefault_Value_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 2 ) +// Names for google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport. +const ( + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_message_name protoreflect.Name = "FeatureSupport" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_message_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport" +) + +// Field names for google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport. +const ( + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionIntroduced_field_name protoreflect.Name = "edition_introduced" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionDeprecated_field_name protoreflect.Name = "edition_deprecated" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_DeprecationWarning_field_name protoreflect.Name = "deprecation_warning" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionRemoved_field_name protoreflect.Name = "edition_removed" + + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionIntroduced_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.edition_introduced" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionDeprecated_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.edition_deprecated" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_DeprecationWarning_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.deprecation_warning" + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionRemoved_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.edition_removed" +) + +// Field numbers for google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport. +const ( + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionIntroduced_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 1 + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionDeprecated_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 2 + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_DeprecationWarning_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 3 + FieldOptions_FeatureSupport_EditionRemoved_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 4 +) + // Names for google.protobuf.OneofOptions. const ( OneofOptions_message_name protoreflect.Name = "OneofOptions" @@ -1110,17 +1141,20 @@ const ( // Field names for google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault. const ( - FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Edition_field_name protoreflect.Name = "edition" - FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Features_field_name protoreflect.Name = "features" + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Edition_field_name protoreflect.Name = "edition" + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_OverridableFeatures_field_name protoreflect.Name = "overridable_features" + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_FixedFeatures_field_name protoreflect.Name = "fixed_features" - FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Edition_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.edition" - FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Features_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.features" + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Edition_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.edition" + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_OverridableFeatures_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.overridable_features" + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_FixedFeatures_field_fullname protoreflect.FullName = "google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.fixed_features" ) // Field numbers for google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault. const ( - FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Edition_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 3 - FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Features_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 2 + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_Edition_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 3 + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_OverridableFeatures_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 4 + FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault_FixedFeatures_field_number protoreflect.FieldNumber = 5 ) // Names for google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo. diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/version/version.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/version/version.go index fc6bfc3960b7b..a3cba50802258 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/version/version.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/internal/version/version.go @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ import ( const ( Major = 1 Minor = 34 - Patch = 0 + Patch = 1 PreRelease = "" ) diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protodesc/editions.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protodesc/editions.go index f6a1fec6e4e55..804830eda36f3 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protodesc/editions.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protodesc/editions.go @@ -62,18 +62,20 @@ func getFeatureSetFor(ed filedesc.Edition) *descriptorpb.FeatureSet { fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "internal error: unsupported edition %v (did you forget to update the embedded defaults (i.e. the bootstrap descriptor proto)?)\n", edpb) os.Exit(1) } - fs := defaults.GetDefaults()[0].GetFeatures() + fsed := defaults.GetDefaults()[0] // Using a linear search for now. // Editions are guaranteed to be sorted and thus we could use a binary search. // Given that there are only a handful of editions (with one more per year) // there is not much reason to use a binary search. for _, def := range defaults.GetDefaults() { if def.GetEdition() <= edpb { - fs = def.GetFeatures() + fsed = def } else { break } } + fs := proto.Clone(fsed.GetFixedFeatures()).(*descriptorpb.FeatureSet) + proto.Merge(fs, fsed.GetOverridableFeatures()) defaultsCache[ed] = fs return fs } diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protoreflect/source_gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protoreflect/source_gen.go index 7dcc2ff09e99d..00102d3117810 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protoreflect/source_gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/reflect/protoreflect/source_gen.go @@ -373,6 +373,8 @@ func (p *SourcePath) appendFieldOptions(b []byte) []byte { b = p.appendRepeatedField(b, "edition_defaults", (*SourcePath).appendFieldOptions_EditionDefault) case 21: b = p.appendSingularField(b, "features", (*SourcePath).appendFeatureSet) + case 22: + b = p.appendSingularField(b, "feature_support", (*SourcePath).appendFieldOptions_FeatureSupport) case 999: b = p.appendRepeatedField(b, "uninterpreted_option", (*SourcePath).appendUninterpretedOption) } @@ -519,6 +521,23 @@ func (p *SourcePath) appendFieldOptions_EditionDefault(b []byte) []byte { return b } +func (p *SourcePath) appendFieldOptions_FeatureSupport(b []byte) []byte { + if len(*p) == 0 { + return b + } + switch (*p)[0] { + case 1: + b = p.appendSingularField(b, "edition_introduced", nil) + case 2: + b = p.appendSingularField(b, "edition_deprecated", nil) + case 3: + b = p.appendSingularField(b, "deprecation_warning", nil) + case 4: + b = p.appendSingularField(b, "edition_removed", nil) + } + return b +} + func (p *SourcePath) appendUninterpretedOption_NamePart(b []byte) []byte { if len(*p) == 0 { return b diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/descriptorpb/descriptor.pb.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/descriptorpb/descriptor.pb.go index 78624cf60b35f..10c9030eb030d 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/descriptorpb/descriptor.pb.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/descriptorpb/descriptor.pb.go @@ -54,6 +54,9 @@ type Edition int32 const ( // A placeholder for an unknown edition value. Edition_EDITION_UNKNOWN Edition = 0 + // A placeholder edition for specifying default behaviors *before* a feature + // was first introduced. This is effectively an "infinite past". + Edition_EDITION_LEGACY Edition = 900 // Legacy syntax "editions". These pre-date editions, but behave much like // distinct editions. These can't be used to specify the edition of proto // files, but feature definitions must supply proto2/proto3 defaults for @@ -82,6 +85,7 @@ const ( var ( Edition_name = map[int32]string{ 0: "EDITION_UNKNOWN", + 900: "EDITION_LEGACY", 998: "EDITION_PROTO2", 999: "EDITION_PROTO3", 1000: "EDITION_2023", @@ -95,6 +99,7 @@ var ( } Edition_value = map[string]int32{ "EDITION_UNKNOWN": 0, + "EDITION_LEGACY": 900, "EDITION_PROTO2": 998, "EDITION_PROTO3": 999, "EDITION_2023": 1000, @@ -2177,12 +2182,16 @@ type FileOptions struct { // // Deprecated: Marked as deprecated in google/protobuf/descriptor.proto. JavaGenerateEqualsAndHash *bool `protobuf:"varint,20,opt,name=java_generate_equals_and_hash,json=javaGenerateEqualsAndHash" json:"java_generate_equals_and_hash,omitempty"` - // If set true, then the Java2 code generator will generate code that - // throws an exception whenever an attempt is made to assign a non-UTF-8 - // byte sequence to a string field. - // Message reflection will do the same. - // However, an extension field still accepts non-UTF-8 byte sequences. - // This option has no effect on when used with the lite runtime. + // A proto2 file can set this to true to opt in to UTF-8 checking for Java, + // which will throw an exception if invalid UTF-8 is parsed from the wire or + // assigned to a string field. + // + // TODO: clarify exactly what kinds of field types this option + // applies to, and update these docs accordingly. + // + // Proto3 files already perform these checks. Setting the option explicitly to + // false has no effect: it cannot be used to opt proto3 files out of UTF-8 + // checks. JavaStringCheckUtf8 *bool `protobuf:"varint,27,opt,name=java_string_check_utf8,json=javaStringCheckUtf8,def=0" json:"java_string_check_utf8,omitempty"` OptimizeFor *FileOptions_OptimizeMode `protobuf:"varint,9,opt,name=optimize_for,json=optimizeFor,enum=google.protobuf.FileOptions_OptimizeMode,def=1" json:"optimize_for,omitempty"` // Sets the Go package where structs generated from this .proto will be @@ -2679,7 +2688,8 @@ type FieldOptions struct { Targets []FieldOptions_OptionTargetType `protobuf:"varint,19,rep,name=targets,enum=google.protobuf.FieldOptions_OptionTargetType" json:"targets,omitempty"` EditionDefaults []*FieldOptions_EditionDefault `protobuf:"bytes,20,rep,name=edition_defaults,json=editionDefaults" json:"edition_defaults,omitempty"` // Any features defined in the specific edition. - Features *FeatureSet `protobuf:"bytes,21,opt,name=features" json:"features,omitempty"` + Features *FeatureSet `protobuf:"bytes,21,opt,name=features" json:"features,omitempty"` + FeatureSupport *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport `protobuf:"bytes,22,opt,name=feature_support,json=featureSupport" json:"feature_support,omitempty"` // The parser stores options it doesn't recognize here. See above. UninterpretedOption []*UninterpretedOption `protobuf:"bytes,999,rep,name=uninterpreted_option,json=uninterpretedOption" json:"uninterpreted_option,omitempty"` } @@ -2811,6 +2821,13 @@ func (x *FieldOptions) GetFeatures() *FeatureSet { return nil } +func (x *FieldOptions) GetFeatureSupport() *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport { + if x != nil { + return x.FeatureSupport + } + return nil +} + func (x *FieldOptions) GetUninterpretedOption() []*UninterpretedOption { if x != nil { return x.UninterpretedOption @@ -3968,6 +3985,88 @@ func (x *FieldOptions_EditionDefault) GetValue() string { return "" } +// Information about the support window of a feature. +type FieldOptions_FeatureSupport struct { + state protoimpl.MessageState + sizeCache protoimpl.SizeCache + unknownFields protoimpl.UnknownFields + + // The edition that this feature was first available in. In editions + // earlier than this one, the default assigned to EDITION_LEGACY will be + // used, and proto files will not be able to override it. + EditionIntroduced *Edition `protobuf:"varint,1,opt,name=edition_introduced,json=editionIntroduced,enum=google.protobuf.Edition" json:"edition_introduced,omitempty"` + // The edition this feature becomes deprecated in. Using this after this + // edition may trigger warnings. + EditionDeprecated *Edition `protobuf:"varint,2,opt,name=edition_deprecated,json=editionDeprecated,enum=google.protobuf.Edition" json:"edition_deprecated,omitempty"` + // The deprecation warning text if this feature is used after the edition it + // was marked deprecated in. + DeprecationWarning *string `protobuf:"bytes,3,opt,name=deprecation_warning,json=deprecationWarning" json:"deprecation_warning,omitempty"` + // The edition this feature is no longer available in. In editions after + // this one, the last default assigned will be used, and proto files will + // not be able to override it. + EditionRemoved *Edition `protobuf:"varint,4,opt,name=edition_removed,json=editionRemoved,enum=google.protobuf.Edition" json:"edition_removed,omitempty"` +} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) Reset() { + *x = FieldOptions_FeatureSupport{} + if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled { + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[28] + ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) + ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi) + } +} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) String() string { + return protoimpl.X.MessageStringOf(x) +} + +func (*FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) ProtoMessage() {} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) ProtoReflect() protoreflect.Message { + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[28] + if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled && x != nil { + ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) + if ms.LoadMessageInfo() == nil { + ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi) + } + return ms + } + return mi.MessageOf(x) +} + +// Deprecated: Use FieldOptions_FeatureSupport.ProtoReflect.Descriptor instead. +func (*FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) Descriptor() ([]byte, []int) { + return file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_rawDescGZIP(), []int{12, 1} +} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) GetEditionIntroduced() Edition { + if x != nil && x.EditionIntroduced != nil { + return *x.EditionIntroduced + } + return Edition_EDITION_UNKNOWN +} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) GetEditionDeprecated() Edition { + if x != nil && x.EditionDeprecated != nil { + return *x.EditionDeprecated + } + return Edition_EDITION_UNKNOWN +} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) GetDeprecationWarning() string { + if x != nil && x.DeprecationWarning != nil { + return *x.DeprecationWarning + } + return "" +} + +func (x *FieldOptions_FeatureSupport) GetEditionRemoved() Edition { + if x != nil && x.EditionRemoved != nil { + return *x.EditionRemoved + } + return Edition_EDITION_UNKNOWN +} + // The name of the uninterpreted option. Each string represents a segment in // a dot-separated name. is_extension is true iff a segment represents an // extension (denoted with parentheses in options specs in .proto files). @@ -3985,7 +4084,7 @@ type UninterpretedOption_NamePart struct { func (x *UninterpretedOption_NamePart) Reset() { *x = UninterpretedOption_NamePart{} if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[28] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[29] ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi) } @@ -3998,7 +4097,7 @@ func (x *UninterpretedOption_NamePart) String() string { func (*UninterpretedOption_NamePart) ProtoMessage() {} func (x *UninterpretedOption_NamePart) ProtoReflect() protoreflect.Message { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[28] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[29] if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled && x != nil { ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) if ms.LoadMessageInfo() == nil { @@ -4037,14 +4136,17 @@ type FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault struct { sizeCache protoimpl.SizeCache unknownFields protoimpl.UnknownFields - Edition *Edition `protobuf:"varint,3,opt,name=edition,enum=google.protobuf.Edition" json:"edition,omitempty"` - Features *FeatureSet `protobuf:"bytes,2,opt,name=features" json:"features,omitempty"` + Edition *Edition `protobuf:"varint,3,opt,name=edition,enum=google.protobuf.Edition" json:"edition,omitempty"` + // Defaults of features that can be overridden in this edition. + OverridableFeatures *FeatureSet `protobuf:"bytes,4,opt,name=overridable_features,json=overridableFeatures" json:"overridable_features,omitempty"` + // Defaults of features that can't be overridden in this edition. + FixedFeatures *FeatureSet `protobuf:"bytes,5,opt,name=fixed_features,json=fixedFeatures" json:"fixed_features,omitempty"` } func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) Reset() { *x = FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault{} if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[29] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[30] ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi) } @@ -4057,7 +4159,7 @@ func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) String() string { func (*FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) ProtoMessage() {} func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) ProtoReflect() protoreflect.Message { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[29] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[30] if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled && x != nil { ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) if ms.LoadMessageInfo() == nil { @@ -4080,9 +4182,16 @@ func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) GetEdition() Edition { return Edition_EDITION_UNKNOWN } -func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) GetFeatures() *FeatureSet { +func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) GetOverridableFeatures() *FeatureSet { if x != nil { - return x.Features + return x.OverridableFeatures + } + return nil +} + +func (x *FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault) GetFixedFeatures() *FeatureSet { + if x != nil { + return x.FixedFeatures } return nil } @@ -4188,7 +4297,7 @@ type SourceCodeInfo_Location struct { func (x *SourceCodeInfo_Location) Reset() { *x = SourceCodeInfo_Location{} if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[30] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[31] ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi) } @@ -4201,7 +4310,7 @@ func (x *SourceCodeInfo_Location) String() string { func (*SourceCodeInfo_Location) ProtoMessage() {} func (x *SourceCodeInfo_Location) ProtoReflect() protoreflect.Message { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[30] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[31] if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled && x != nil { ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) if ms.LoadMessageInfo() == nil { @@ -4275,7 +4384,7 @@ type GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation struct { func (x *GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation) Reset() { *x = GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation{} if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[31] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[32] ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) ms.StoreMessageInfo(mi) } @@ -4288,7 +4397,7 @@ func (x *GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation) String() string { func (*GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation) ProtoMessage() {} func (x *GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation) ProtoReflect() protoreflect.Message { - mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[31] + mi := &file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[32] if protoimpl.UnsafeEnabled && x != nil { ms := protoimpl.X.MessageStateOf(protoimpl.Pointer(x)) if ms.LoadMessageInfo() == nil { @@ -4702,7 +4811,7 @@ var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_rawDesc = []byte{ 0x72, 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x2a, 0x09, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x10, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x80, 0x02, 0x4a, 0x04, 0x08, 0x04, 0x10, 0x05, 0x4a, 0x04, 0x08, 0x05, 0x10, 0x06, 0x4a, 0x04, 0x08, 0x06, 0x10, 0x07, 0x4a, 0x04, 0x08, 0x08, 0x10, 0x09, 0x4a, 0x04, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x22, 0xad, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x22, 0x9d, 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x73, 0x12, 0x41, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x63, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x23, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, @@ -4743,18 +4852,41 @@ var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_rawDesc = []byte{ 0x12, 0x37, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x18, 0x15, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x1b, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x52, - 0x08, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x12, 0x58, 0x0a, 0x14, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x69, - 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x6f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, - 0x6e, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x24, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, - 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x55, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x74, - 0x65, 0x72, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x13, - 0x75, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, - 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0x5a, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, - 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x12, 0x32, 0x0a, 0x07, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, - 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, - 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, - 0x52, 0x07, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x14, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x76, 0x61, 0x6c, - 0x75, 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x05, 0x76, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x75, 0x65, 0x22, + 0x08, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x12, 0x55, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, + 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x5f, 0x73, 0x75, 0x70, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x74, 0x18, 0x16, 0x20, 0x01, + 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x2c, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, + 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, + 0x73, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x75, 0x70, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x74, + 0x52, 0x0e, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x75, 0x70, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x74, + 0x12, 0x58, 0x0a, 0x14, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, + 0x64, 0x5f, 0x6f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, + 0x24, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, + 0x66, 0x2e, 0x55, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x4f, + 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x13, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x65, 0x72, 0x70, 0x72, + 0x65, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x4f, 0x70, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0x5a, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x64, + 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x12, 0x32, 0x0a, 0x07, + 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, + 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, + 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x07, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, + 0x12, 0x14, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x76, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x75, 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, + 0x05, 0x76, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x75, 0x65, 0x1a, 0x96, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, + 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x75, 0x70, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x74, 0x12, 0x47, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, + 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x63, 0x65, 0x64, 0x18, + 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, + 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, + 0x11, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x75, 0x63, + 0x65, 0x64, 0x12, 0x47, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x64, 0x65, + 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, + 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, + 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x11, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, + 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x12, 0x2f, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x64, + 0x65, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x77, 0x61, 0x72, 0x6e, 0x69, + 0x6e, 0x67, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x12, 0x64, 0x65, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x63, + 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x57, 0x61, 0x72, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x41, 0x0a, 0x0f, + 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x72, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x65, 0x64, 0x18, + 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, + 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, + 0x0e, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x65, 0x64, 0x22, 0x2f, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x43, 0x54, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x53, 0x54, 0x52, 0x49, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x08, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x43, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x44, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x53, 0x54, 0x52, 0x49, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x49, 0x45, 0x43, 0x45, 0x10, 0x02, @@ -4898,177 +5030,187 @@ var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_rawDesc = []byte{ 0x6e, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x5f, 0x70, 0x61, 0x72, 0x74, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x02, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x08, 0x6e, 0x61, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x50, 0x61, 0x72, 0x74, 0x12, 0x21, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x69, 0x73, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x78, 0x74, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x73, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x02, 0x28, 0x08, 0x52, - 0x0b, 0x69, 0x73, 0x45, 0x78, 0x74, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x73, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x22, 0x8c, 0x0a, 0x0a, - 0x0a, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x12, 0x8b, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x0e, + 0x0b, 0x69, 0x73, 0x45, 0x78, 0x74, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x73, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x22, 0xb9, 0x0a, 0x0a, + 0x0a, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x12, 0x91, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x66, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x65, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x29, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x50, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x65, 0x42, - 0x39, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0d, 0x12, 0x08, 0x45, + 0x3f, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0d, 0x12, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0d, 0x12, 0x08, 0x49, 0x4d, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0d, 0x12, 0x08, 0x45, - 0x58, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x18, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x52, 0x0d, 0x66, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, - 0x64, 0x50, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x65, 0x12, 0x66, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x75, - 0x6d, 0x5f, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x24, 0x2e, 0x67, - 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, - 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x54, 0x79, - 0x70, 0x65, 0x42, 0x23, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x06, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0b, - 0x12, 0x06, 0x43, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x53, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x09, 0x12, 0x04, - 0x4f, 0x50, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x52, 0x08, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x54, 0x79, 0x70, - 0x65, 0x12, 0x92, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x72, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x66, - 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, - 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, - 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, - 0x2e, 0x52, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x45, 0x6e, - 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x42, 0x27, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, - 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0d, 0x12, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, 0x50, 0x41, 0x4e, 0x44, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe6, - 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0b, 0x12, 0x06, 0x50, 0x41, 0x43, 0x4b, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x52, - 0x15, 0x72, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x45, 0x6e, - 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x78, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x75, 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, 0x5f, 0x76, - 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, - 0x2a, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, - 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x55, 0x74, 0x66, - 0x38, 0x56, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x42, 0x23, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, - 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x09, 0x12, 0x04, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x45, 0x18, - 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0b, 0x12, 0x06, 0x56, 0x45, 0x52, 0x49, 0x46, 0x59, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, - 0x52, 0x0e, 0x75, 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, 0x56, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, - 0x12, 0x78, 0x0a, 0x10, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, - 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x18, 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x2b, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, - 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, - 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x4d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x45, - 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x42, 0x20, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, - 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x14, 0x12, 0x0f, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x54, 0x48, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, - 0x45, 0x46, 0x49, 0x58, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0x52, 0x0f, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, - 0x67, 0x65, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x7c, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x6a, 0x73, - 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x18, 0x06, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, - 0x26, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, - 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x4a, 0x73, 0x6f, - 0x6e, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x42, 0x33, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x03, 0x98, - 0x01, 0x06, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x17, 0x12, 0x12, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x47, 0x41, 0x43, 0x59, - 0x5f, 0x42, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x46, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x54, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, - 0x01, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x05, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x52, 0x0a, 0x6a, 0x73, - 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x22, 0x5c, 0x0a, 0x0d, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, - 0x64, 0x50, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x65, 0x12, 0x1a, 0x0a, 0x16, 0x46, 0x49, 0x45, - 0x4c, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x45, 0x53, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x45, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, - 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0c, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, - 0x54, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0c, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x49, 0x4d, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x10, - 0x02, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x47, 0x41, 0x43, 0x59, 0x5f, 0x52, 0x45, 0x51, 0x55, - 0x49, 0x52, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x03, 0x22, 0x37, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x54, 0x79, - 0x70, 0x65, 0x12, 0x15, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x55, 0x4d, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x59, 0x50, 0x45, 0x5f, - 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x08, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x4f, 0x50, 0x45, - 0x4e, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x43, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x53, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x02, 0x22, - 0x56, 0x0a, 0x15, 0x52, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, - 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x23, 0x0a, 0x1f, 0x52, 0x45, 0x50, 0x45, - 0x41, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x46, 0x49, 0x45, 0x4c, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x4f, 0x44, - 0x49, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, - 0x06, 0x50, 0x41, 0x43, 0x4b, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0c, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, 0x50, - 0x41, 0x4e, 0x44, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x02, 0x22, 0x43, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x55, 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, 0x56, - 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x1b, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x55, 0x54, 0x46, - 0x38, 0x5f, 0x56, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x44, 0x41, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, - 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x56, 0x45, 0x52, 0x49, 0x46, 0x59, - 0x10, 0x02, 0x12, 0x08, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x45, 0x10, 0x03, 0x22, 0x53, 0x0a, 0x0f, - 0x4d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, - 0x1c, 0x0a, 0x18, 0x4d, 0x45, 0x53, 0x53, 0x41, 0x47, 0x45, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x4f, 0x44, - 0x49, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, - 0x0f, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x54, 0x48, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x45, 0x46, 0x49, 0x58, 0x45, 0x44, - 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x44, 0x45, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x4d, 0x49, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, - 0x02, 0x22, 0x48, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x4a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x12, - 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x4a, 0x53, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x4d, 0x41, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x55, - 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4f, - 0x57, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x47, 0x41, 0x43, 0x59, 0x5f, 0x42, 0x45, - 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x46, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x54, 0x10, 0x02, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, - 0x10, 0xe9, 0x07, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xe9, 0x07, 0x10, 0xea, 0x07, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xea, 0x07, - 0x10, 0xeb, 0x07, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0x8b, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x90, 0x4e, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0x90, 0x4e, - 0x10, 0x91, 0x4e, 0x4a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x10, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x22, 0xfe, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x12, - 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, - 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x58, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x01, - 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x3c, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, - 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, - 0x74, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, - 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, - 0x6c, 0x74, 0x52, 0x08, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x41, 0x0a, 0x0f, - 0x6d, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, - 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, + 0x58, 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x18, 0xe8, 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, 0x03, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, + 0x52, 0x0d, 0x66, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x50, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x65, 0x12, + 0x6c, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x5f, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, + 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x24, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, + 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, + 0x45, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x54, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x42, 0x29, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x06, + 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0b, 0x12, 0x06, 0x43, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x53, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe6, + 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x09, 0x12, 0x04, 0x4f, 0x50, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, 0x03, + 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x52, 0x08, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x54, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x12, 0x98, 0x01, + 0x0a, 0x17, 0x72, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, + 0x5f, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, + 0x31, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, + 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x52, 0x65, 0x70, + 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, + 0x6e, 0x67, 0x42, 0x2d, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0d, + 0x12, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, 0x50, 0x41, 0x4e, 0x44, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0b, + 0x12, 0x06, 0x50, 0x41, 0x43, 0x4b, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, 0x03, 0x08, 0xe8, + 0x07, 0x52, 0x15, 0x72, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, + 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x7e, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x75, 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, + 0x5f, 0x76, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, + 0x0e, 0x32, 0x2a, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, + 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x55, + 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, 0x56, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x42, 0x29, 0x88, + 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x09, 0x12, 0x04, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x4e, + 0x45, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0b, 0x12, 0x06, 0x56, 0x45, 0x52, 0x49, 0x46, 0x59, 0x18, + 0xe7, 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, 0x03, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x52, 0x0e, 0x75, 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, 0x56, 0x61, + 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x7e, 0x0a, 0x10, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, + 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x18, 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, + 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x2b, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, + 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, + 0x4d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x42, + 0x26, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x04, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x14, 0x12, 0x0f, 0x4c, + 0x45, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x54, 0x48, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x45, 0x46, 0x49, 0x58, 0x45, 0x44, 0x18, 0xe6, + 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, 0x03, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x52, 0x0f, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, + 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x82, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x6a, 0x73, 0x6f, + 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x18, 0x06, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x26, + 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, + 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x2e, 0x4a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x6e, + 0x46, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x42, 0x39, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x03, 0x98, 0x01, + 0x06, 0x98, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x17, 0x12, 0x12, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x47, 0x41, 0x43, 0x59, 0x5f, + 0x42, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x46, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x54, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, + 0x0a, 0x12, 0x05, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, 0x03, 0x08, 0xe8, + 0x07, 0x52, 0x0a, 0x6a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x46, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x22, 0x5c, 0x0a, + 0x0d, 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x50, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x65, 0x12, 0x1a, + 0x0a, 0x16, 0x46, 0x49, 0x45, 0x4c, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x45, 0x53, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x45, + 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0c, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, + 0x50, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0c, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x49, 0x4d, 0x50, 0x4c, + 0x49, 0x43, 0x49, 0x54, 0x10, 0x02, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x47, 0x41, 0x43, 0x59, + 0x5f, 0x52, 0x45, 0x51, 0x55, 0x49, 0x52, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x03, 0x22, 0x37, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x45, + 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x54, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x12, 0x15, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x55, 0x4d, 0x5f, + 0x54, 0x59, 0x50, 0x45, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x08, + 0x0a, 0x04, 0x4f, 0x50, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x43, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x53, + 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x02, 0x22, 0x56, 0x0a, 0x15, 0x52, 0x65, 0x70, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, + 0x46, 0x69, 0x65, 0x6c, 0x64, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x23, 0x0a, + 0x1f, 0x52, 0x45, 0x50, 0x45, 0x41, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x5f, 0x46, 0x49, 0x45, 0x4c, 0x44, 0x5f, + 0x45, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x4f, 0x44, 0x49, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, + 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x50, 0x41, 0x43, 0x4b, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0c, + 0x0a, 0x08, 0x45, 0x58, 0x50, 0x41, 0x4e, 0x44, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x02, 0x22, 0x43, 0x0a, 0x0e, + 0x55, 0x74, 0x66, 0x38, 0x56, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x1b, + 0x0a, 0x17, 0x55, 0x54, 0x46, 0x38, 0x5f, 0x56, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x44, 0x41, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, + 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x06, 0x56, + 0x45, 0x52, 0x49, 0x46, 0x59, 0x10, 0x02, 0x12, 0x08, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x45, 0x10, + 0x03, 0x22, 0x53, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x4d, 0x65, 0x73, 0x73, 0x61, 0x67, 0x65, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x63, 0x6f, + 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x12, 0x1c, 0x0a, 0x18, 0x4d, 0x45, 0x53, 0x53, 0x41, 0x47, 0x45, 0x5f, + 0x45, 0x4e, 0x43, 0x4f, 0x44, 0x49, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, + 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x4e, 0x47, 0x54, 0x48, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x45, + 0x46, 0x49, 0x58, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x0d, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x44, 0x45, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x4d, + 0x49, 0x54, 0x45, 0x44, 0x10, 0x02, 0x22, 0x48, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x4a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x46, 0x6f, + 0x72, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x74, 0x12, 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x4a, 0x53, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x52, + 0x4d, 0x41, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x09, 0x0a, + 0x05, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x4c, 0x45, 0x47, 0x41, + 0x43, 0x59, 0x5f, 0x42, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x45, 0x46, 0x46, 0x4f, 0x52, 0x54, 0x10, 0x02, + 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x10, 0xe9, 0x07, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xe9, 0x07, 0x10, 0xea, 0x07, + 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xea, 0x07, 0x10, 0xeb, 0x07, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0x86, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x87, 0x4e, + 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0x8b, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x90, 0x4e, 0x2a, 0x06, 0x08, 0x90, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x91, 0x4e, + 0x4a, 0x06, 0x08, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x10, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x22, 0xd9, 0x03, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, + 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, + 0x58, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, + 0x0b, 0x32, 0x3c, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, + 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x44, 0x65, + 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, + 0x74, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x52, + 0x08, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x41, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x6d, 0x69, 0x6e, + 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, + 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, + 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x0e, 0x6d, 0x69, + 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x41, 0x0a, 0x0f, + 0x6d, 0x61, 0x78, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, + 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, - 0x0e, 0x6d, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, - 0x41, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x78, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, - 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, - 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, - 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x0e, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x78, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, - 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0x87, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x18, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, - 0x74, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x12, - 0x32, 0x0a, 0x07, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, - 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, - 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x07, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, - 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x37, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x18, - 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x1b, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, - 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, - 0x65, 0x74, 0x52, 0x08, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x22, 0xa7, 0x02, 0x0a, - 0x0e, 0x53, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x12, - 0x44, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, - 0x0b, 0x32, 0x28, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, - 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x53, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, - 0x66, 0x6f, 0x2e, 0x4c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x08, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x63, - 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0xce, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x4c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, - 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, 0x74, 0x68, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x05, - 0x42, 0x02, 0x10, 0x01, 0x52, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, 0x74, 0x68, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x73, 0x70, - 0x61, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x05, 0x42, 0x02, 0x10, 0x01, 0x52, 0x04, 0x73, 0x70, - 0x61, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x29, 0x0a, 0x10, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x5f, 0x63, 0x6f, - 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x0f, 0x6c, 0x65, - 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x2b, 0x0a, - 0x11, 0x74, 0x72, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x5f, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, - 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x10, 0x74, 0x72, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x69, - 0x6e, 0x67, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x3a, 0x0a, 0x19, 0x6c, 0x65, - 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x5f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x74, 0x61, 0x63, 0x68, 0x65, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x63, - 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x06, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x17, 0x6c, - 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x44, 0x65, 0x74, 0x61, 0x63, 0x68, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, - 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x22, 0xd0, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x47, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, - 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x4d, 0x0a, 0x0a, - 0x61, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, - 0x32, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, - 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x47, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, - 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x2e, 0x41, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, - 0x0a, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0xeb, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x0a, - 0x41, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, - 0x74, 0x68, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x05, 0x42, 0x02, 0x10, 0x01, 0x52, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, - 0x74, 0x68, 0x12, 0x1f, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x69, 0x6c, - 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x0a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x46, - 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x12, 0x14, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x62, 0x65, 0x67, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, - 0x28, 0x05, 0x52, 0x05, 0x62, 0x65, 0x67, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x03, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x64, - 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x05, 0x52, 0x03, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x12, 0x52, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x73, - 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x18, 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x36, 0x2e, + 0x0e, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x78, 0x69, 0x6d, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, + 0xe2, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x18, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x45, 0x64, + 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x44, 0x65, 0x66, 0x61, 0x75, 0x6c, 0x74, 0x12, 0x32, 0x0a, 0x07, + 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x18, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, - 0x47, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, - 0x6f, 0x2e, 0x41, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x2e, 0x53, 0x65, 0x6d, - 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x52, 0x08, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x22, - 0x28, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x53, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x12, 0x08, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x4e, - 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x45, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x07, 0x0a, 0x03, 0x53, 0x45, 0x54, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x09, - 0x0a, 0x05, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x41, 0x53, 0x10, 0x02, 0x2a, 0x92, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x07, 0x45, 0x64, - 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0f, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, - 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x44, - 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x4f, 0x54, 0x4f, 0x32, 0x10, 0xe6, 0x07, 0x12, - 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x4f, 0x54, 0x4f, - 0x33, 0x10, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x12, 0x11, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, - 0x32, 0x30, 0x32, 0x33, 0x10, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x12, 0x11, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, - 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x32, 0x30, 0x32, 0x34, 0x10, 0xe9, 0x07, 0x12, 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x45, 0x44, - 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x31, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, - 0x59, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x32, - 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x02, 0x12, 0x1d, 0x0a, 0x17, - 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x37, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, - 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x9d, 0x8d, 0x06, 0x12, 0x1d, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x45, - 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x38, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, - 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x9e, 0x8d, 0x06, 0x12, 0x1d, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x45, 0x44, - 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, - 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x9f, 0x8d, 0x06, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, - 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x4d, 0x41, 0x58, 0x10, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x42, 0x7e, - 0x0a, 0x13, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, - 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x42, 0x10, 0x44, 0x65, 0x73, 0x63, 0x72, 0x69, 0x70, 0x74, 0x6f, - 0x72, 0x50, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x73, 0x48, 0x01, 0x5a, 0x2d, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, - 0x65, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x2e, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x67, 0x2f, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, - 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x73, 0x2f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x73, 0x63, - 0x72, 0x69, 0x70, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x62, 0xf8, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x02, 0x03, 0x47, 0x50, - 0x42, 0xaa, 0x02, 0x1a, 0x47, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x50, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, - 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x52, 0x65, 0x66, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x63, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, + 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x07, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, + 0x12, 0x4e, 0x0a, 0x14, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x65, 0x72, 0x72, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x62, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x5f, + 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x1b, + 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, + 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x52, 0x13, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x65, + 0x72, 0x72, 0x69, 0x64, 0x61, 0x62, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, + 0x12, 0x42, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x66, 0x69, 0x78, 0x65, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, + 0x65, 0x73, 0x18, 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x1b, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, + 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, + 0x72, 0x65, 0x53, 0x65, 0x74, 0x52, 0x0d, 0x66, 0x69, 0x78, 0x65, 0x64, 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, + 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x22, 0xa7, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x53, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x43, + 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x44, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, + 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x28, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, + 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x53, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, + 0x63, 0x65, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x2e, 0x4c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, + 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x08, 0x6c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0xce, 0x01, + 0x0a, 0x08, 0x4c, 0x6f, 0x63, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, + 0x74, 0x68, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x05, 0x42, 0x02, 0x10, 0x01, 0x52, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, + 0x74, 0x68, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x73, 0x70, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x05, + 0x42, 0x02, 0x10, 0x01, 0x52, 0x04, 0x73, 0x70, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x29, 0x0a, 0x10, 0x6c, 0x65, + 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x5f, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x03, + 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x0f, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6d, + 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x2b, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x74, 0x72, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x6e, + 0x67, 0x5f, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, + 0x52, 0x10, 0x74, 0x72, 0x61, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, + 0x74, 0x73, 0x12, 0x3a, 0x0a, 0x19, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x5f, 0x64, 0x65, + 0x74, 0x61, 0x63, 0x68, 0x65, 0x64, 0x5f, 0x63, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x18, + 0x06, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, 0x17, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x61, 0x64, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x44, 0x65, + 0x74, 0x61, 0x63, 0x68, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x6d, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x73, 0x22, 0xd0, + 0x02, 0x0a, 0x11, 0x47, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, + 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x4d, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, + 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x0b, 0x32, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, + 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x47, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, + 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x2e, 0x41, 0x6e, 0x6e, + 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x52, 0x0a, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, + 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x1a, 0xeb, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x41, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, 0x74, 0x69, + 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x16, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, 0x74, 0x68, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x03, 0x28, 0x05, + 0x42, 0x02, 0x10, 0x01, 0x52, 0x04, 0x70, 0x61, 0x74, 0x68, 0x12, 0x1f, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x73, 0x6f, + 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x18, 0x02, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x09, 0x52, + 0x0a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x75, 0x72, 0x63, 0x65, 0x46, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x12, 0x14, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x62, + 0x65, 0x67, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x18, 0x03, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x05, 0x52, 0x05, 0x62, 0x65, 0x67, 0x69, + 0x6e, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0a, 0x03, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x18, 0x04, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x05, 0x52, 0x03, + 0x65, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x12, 0x52, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x73, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x18, + 0x05, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x0e, 0x32, 0x36, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, + 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x47, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x65, 0x72, 0x61, 0x74, 0x65, + 0x64, 0x43, 0x6f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x49, 0x6e, 0x66, 0x6f, 0x2e, 0x41, 0x6e, 0x6e, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x61, + 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x2e, 0x53, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x52, 0x08, 0x73, + 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x22, 0x28, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x53, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x6e, + 0x74, 0x69, 0x63, 0x12, 0x08, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x45, 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x07, 0x0a, + 0x03, 0x53, 0x45, 0x54, 0x10, 0x01, 0x12, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x05, 0x41, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x41, 0x53, 0x10, + 0x02, 0x2a, 0xa7, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x07, 0x45, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, + 0x0f, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x55, 0x4e, 0x4b, 0x4e, 0x4f, 0x57, 0x4e, + 0x10, 0x00, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x4c, 0x45, + 0x47, 0x41, 0x43, 0x59, 0x10, 0x84, 0x07, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, + 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x4f, 0x54, 0x4f, 0x32, 0x10, 0xe6, 0x07, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0e, + 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x50, 0x52, 0x4f, 0x54, 0x4f, 0x33, 0x10, 0xe7, + 0x07, 0x12, 0x11, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x32, 0x30, 0x32, + 0x33, 0x10, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x12, 0x11, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, + 0x32, 0x30, 0x32, 0x34, 0x10, 0xe9, 0x07, 0x12, 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, + 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x31, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x01, + 0x12, 0x17, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x32, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, + 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x02, 0x12, 0x1d, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, + 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x37, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, + 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x9d, 0x8d, 0x06, 0x12, 0x1d, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, + 0x49, 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x38, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, + 0x4e, 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x9e, 0x8d, 0x06, 0x12, 0x1d, 0x0a, 0x17, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, + 0x4f, 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x39, 0x5f, 0x54, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x5f, 0x4f, 0x4e, + 0x4c, 0x59, 0x10, 0x9f, 0x8d, 0x06, 0x12, 0x13, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x45, 0x44, 0x49, 0x54, 0x49, 0x4f, + 0x4e, 0x5f, 0x4d, 0x41, 0x58, 0x10, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x42, 0x7e, 0x0a, 0x13, 0x63, + 0x6f, 0x6d, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, + 0x75, 0x66, 0x42, 0x10, 0x44, 0x65, 0x73, 0x63, 0x72, 0x69, 0x70, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x50, 0x72, + 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x73, 0x48, 0x01, 0x5a, 0x2d, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x67, + 0x6f, 0x6c, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x67, 0x2e, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x67, 0x2f, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, + 0x75, 0x66, 0x2f, 0x74, 0x79, 0x70, 0x65, 0x73, 0x2f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x73, 0x63, 0x72, 0x69, 0x70, + 0x74, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x70, 0x62, 0xf8, 0x01, 0x01, 0xa2, 0x02, 0x03, 0x47, 0x50, 0x42, 0xaa, 0x02, + 0x1a, 0x47, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x50, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, + 0x2e, 0x52, 0x65, 0x66, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x63, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, } var ( @@ -5084,7 +5226,7 @@ func file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_rawDescGZIP() []byte { } var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_enumTypes = make([]protoimpl.EnumInfo, 17) -var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes = make([]protoimpl.MessageInfo, 32) +var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes = make([]protoimpl.MessageInfo, 33) var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_goTypes = []interface{}{ (Edition)(0), // 0: google.protobuf.Edition (ExtensionRangeOptions_VerificationState)(0), // 1: google.protobuf.ExtensionRangeOptions.VerificationState @@ -5131,10 +5273,11 @@ var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_goTypes = []interface{}{ (*ExtensionRangeOptions_Declaration)(nil), // 42: google.protobuf.ExtensionRangeOptions.Declaration (*EnumDescriptorProto_EnumReservedRange)(nil), // 43: google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto.EnumReservedRange (*FieldOptions_EditionDefault)(nil), // 44: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.EditionDefault - (*UninterpretedOption_NamePart)(nil), // 45: google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart - (*FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault)(nil), // 46: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault - (*SourceCodeInfo_Location)(nil), // 47: google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location - (*GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation)(nil), // 48: google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation + (*FieldOptions_FeatureSupport)(nil), // 45: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport + (*UninterpretedOption_NamePart)(nil), // 46: google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart + (*FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault)(nil), // 47: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault + (*SourceCodeInfo_Location)(nil), // 48: google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location + (*GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation)(nil), // 49: google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation } var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_depIdxs = []int32{ 18, // 0: google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet.file:type_name -> google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto @@ -5179,40 +5322,45 @@ var file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_depIdxs = []int32{ 8, // 39: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.targets:type_name -> google.protobuf.FieldOptions.OptionTargetType 44, // 40: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.edition_defaults:type_name -> google.protobuf.FieldOptions.EditionDefault 36, // 41: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 35, // 42: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption - 36, // 43: google.protobuf.OneofOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 35, // 44: google.protobuf.OneofOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption - 36, // 45: google.protobuf.EnumOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 35, // 46: google.protobuf.EnumOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption - 36, // 47: google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 35, // 48: google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption - 36, // 49: google.protobuf.ServiceOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 35, // 50: google.protobuf.ServiceOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption - 9, // 51: google.protobuf.MethodOptions.idempotency_level:type_name -> google.protobuf.MethodOptions.IdempotencyLevel - 36, // 52: google.protobuf.MethodOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 35, // 53: google.protobuf.MethodOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption - 45, // 54: google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.name:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart - 10, // 55: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.field_presence:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.FieldPresence - 11, // 56: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.enum_type:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.EnumType - 12, // 57: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.repeated_field_encoding:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.RepeatedFieldEncoding - 13, // 58: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.utf8_validation:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.Utf8Validation - 14, // 59: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.message_encoding:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.MessageEncoding - 15, // 60: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.json_format:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.JsonFormat - 46, // 61: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.defaults:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault - 0, // 62: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.minimum_edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition - 0, // 63: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.maximum_edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition - 47, // 64: google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.location:type_name -> google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location - 48, // 65: google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.annotation:type_name -> google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation - 20, // 66: google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange.options:type_name -> google.protobuf.ExtensionRangeOptions - 0, // 67: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.EditionDefault.edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition - 0, // 68: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition - 36, // 69: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet - 16, // 70: google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation.semantic:type_name -> google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation.Semantic - 71, // [71:71] is the sub-list for method output_type - 71, // [71:71] is the sub-list for method input_type - 71, // [71:71] is the sub-list for extension type_name - 71, // [71:71] is the sub-list for extension extendee - 0, // [0:71] is the sub-list for field type_name + 45, // 42: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.feature_support:type_name -> google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport + 35, // 43: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption + 36, // 44: google.protobuf.OneofOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 35, // 45: google.protobuf.OneofOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption + 36, // 46: google.protobuf.EnumOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 35, // 47: google.protobuf.EnumOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption + 36, // 48: google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 35, // 49: google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption + 36, // 50: google.protobuf.ServiceOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 35, // 51: google.protobuf.ServiceOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption + 9, // 52: google.protobuf.MethodOptions.idempotency_level:type_name -> google.protobuf.MethodOptions.IdempotencyLevel + 36, // 53: google.protobuf.MethodOptions.features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 35, // 54: google.protobuf.MethodOptions.uninterpreted_option:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption + 46, // 55: google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.name:type_name -> google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart + 10, // 56: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.field_presence:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.FieldPresence + 11, // 57: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.enum_type:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.EnumType + 12, // 58: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.repeated_field_encoding:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.RepeatedFieldEncoding + 13, // 59: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.utf8_validation:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.Utf8Validation + 14, // 60: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.message_encoding:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.MessageEncoding + 15, // 61: google.protobuf.FeatureSet.json_format:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet.JsonFormat + 47, // 62: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.defaults:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault + 0, // 63: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.minimum_edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 0, // 64: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.maximum_edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 48, // 65: google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.location:type_name -> google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location + 49, // 66: google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.annotation:type_name -> google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation + 20, // 67: google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange.options:type_name -> google.protobuf.ExtensionRangeOptions + 0, // 68: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.EditionDefault.edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 0, // 69: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.edition_introduced:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 0, // 70: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.edition_deprecated:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 0, // 71: google.protobuf.FieldOptions.FeatureSupport.edition_removed:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 0, // 72: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.edition:type_name -> google.protobuf.Edition + 36, // 73: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.overridable_features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 36, // 74: google.protobuf.FeatureSetDefaults.FeatureSetEditionDefault.fixed_features:type_name -> google.protobuf.FeatureSet + 16, // 75: google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation.semantic:type_name -> google.protobuf.GeneratedCodeInfo.Annotation.Semantic + 76, // [76:76] is the sub-list for method output_type + 76, // [76:76] is the sub-list for method input_type + 76, // [76:76] is the sub-list for extension type_name + 76, // [76:76] is the sub-list for extension extendee + 0, // [0:76] is the sub-list for field type_name } func init() { file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_init() } @@ -5578,7 +5726,7 @@ func file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_init() { } } file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[28].Exporter = func(v interface{}, i int) interface{} { - switch v := v.(*UninterpretedOption_NamePart); i { + switch v := v.(*FieldOptions_FeatureSupport); i { case 0: return &v.state case 1: @@ -5590,7 +5738,7 @@ func file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_init() { } } file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[29].Exporter = func(v interface{}, i int) interface{} { - switch v := v.(*FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault); i { + switch v := v.(*UninterpretedOption_NamePart); i { case 0: return &v.state case 1: @@ -5602,7 +5750,7 @@ func file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_init() { } } file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[30].Exporter = func(v interface{}, i int) interface{} { - switch v := v.(*SourceCodeInfo_Location); i { + switch v := v.(*FeatureSetDefaults_FeatureSetEditionDefault); i { case 0: return &v.state case 1: @@ -5614,6 +5762,18 @@ func file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_init() { } } file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[31].Exporter = func(v interface{}, i int) interface{} { + switch v := v.(*SourceCodeInfo_Location); i { + case 0: + return &v.state + case 1: + return &v.sizeCache + case 2: + return &v.unknownFields + default: + return nil + } + } + file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_msgTypes[32].Exporter = func(v interface{}, i int) interface{} { switch v := v.(*GeneratedCodeInfo_Annotation); i { case 0: return &v.state @@ -5632,7 +5792,7 @@ func file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_init() { GoPackagePath: reflect.TypeOf(x{}).PkgPath(), RawDescriptor: file_google_protobuf_descriptor_proto_rawDesc, NumEnums: 17, - NumMessages: 32, + NumMessages: 33, NumExtensions: 0, NumServices: 0, }, diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/gofeaturespb/go_features.pb.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/gofeaturespb/go_features.pb.go index 9f046f97908df..b0df3fb334097 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/gofeaturespb/go_features.pb.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/protobuf/types/gofeaturespb/go_features.pb.go @@ -90,12 +90,18 @@ var file_google_protobuf_go_features_proto_rawDesc = []byte{ 0x66, 0x2f, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x02, 0x70, 0x62, 0x1a, 0x20, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2f, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2f, 0x64, 0x65, 0x73, 0x63, 0x72, 0x69, 0x70, - 0x74, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x22, 0x6a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x47, 0x6f, 0x46, - 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x12, 0x5c, 0x0a, 0x1a, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x67, 0x61, 0x63, - 0x79, 0x5f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x73, 0x68, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x5f, 0x6a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x6e, - 0x5f, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x08, 0x42, 0x1f, 0x88, 0x01, 0x01, - 0x98, 0x01, 0x06, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x09, 0x12, 0x04, 0x74, 0x72, 0x75, 0x65, 0x18, 0xe6, 0x07, 0xa2, - 0x01, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x05, 0x66, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x65, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0x52, 0x17, 0x6c, 0x65, + 0x74, 0x6f, 0x72, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x22, 0xc9, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x47, 0x6f, + 0x46, 0x65, 0x61, 0x74, 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x73, 0x12, 0xba, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x1a, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x67, + 0x61, 0x63, 0x79, 0x5f, 0x75, 0x6e, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x73, 0x68, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x5f, 0x6a, 0x73, + 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x5f, 0x65, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x18, 0x01, 0x20, 0x01, 0x28, 0x08, 0x42, 0x7d, 0x88, + 0x01, 0x01, 0x98, 0x01, 0x06, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x09, 0x12, 0x04, 0x74, 0x72, 0x75, 0x65, 0x18, 0x84, + 0x07, 0xa2, 0x01, 0x0a, 0x12, 0x05, 0x66, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x73, 0x65, 0x18, 0xe7, 0x07, 0xb2, 0x01, + 0x5b, 0x08, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x10, 0xe8, 0x07, 0x1a, 0x53, 0x54, 0x68, 0x65, 0x20, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x67, + 0x61, 0x63, 0x79, 0x20, 0x55, 0x6e, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x73, 0x68, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x4a, 0x53, 0x4f, + 0x4e, 0x20, 0x41, 0x50, 0x49, 0x20, 0x69, 0x73, 0x20, 0x64, 0x65, 0x70, 0x72, 0x65, 0x63, 0x61, + 0x74, 0x65, 0x64, 0x20, 0x61, 0x6e, 0x64, 0x20, 0x77, 0x69, 0x6c, 0x6c, 0x20, 0x62, 0x65, 0x20, + 0x72, 0x65, 0x6d, 0x6f, 0x76, 0x65, 0x64, 0x20, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x20, 0x61, 0x20, 0x66, 0x75, 0x74, + 0x75, 0x72, 0x65, 0x20, 0x65, 0x64, 0x69, 0x74, 0x69, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x2e, 0x52, 0x17, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x67, 0x61, 0x63, 0x79, 0x55, 0x6e, 0x6d, 0x61, 0x72, 0x73, 0x68, 0x61, 0x6c, 0x4a, 0x73, 0x6f, 0x6e, 0x45, 0x6e, 0x75, 0x6d, 0x3a, 0x3c, 0x0a, 0x02, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x12, 0x1b, 0x2e, 0x67, 0x6f, 0x6f, 0x67, 0x6c, 0x65, 0x2e, 0x70, 0x72, 0x6f, 0x74, 0x6f, 0x62, 0x75, 0x66, 0x2e, 0x46, 0x65, diff --git a/vendor/modules.txt b/vendor/modules.txt index d73be01a1f996..307820abdb44d 100644 --- a/vendor/modules.txt +++ b/vendor/modules.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.3.0 +# cloud.google.com/go/auth v0.4.1 ## explicit; go 1.19 cloud.google.com/go/auth cloud.google.com/go/auth/credentials @@ -239,10 +239,10 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/timeconv ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/aws/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.11 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config v1.27.12 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/config -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.11 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials v1.17.12 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/credentials/ec2rolecreds @@ -269,33 +269,33 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/ini github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a/internal/crypto github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/internal/v4a/internal/v4 -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.5 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling v1.40.6 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/autoscaling/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.160.0 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 v1.161.0 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ec2/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.4 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing v1.24.5 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancing/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.5 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 v1.30.6 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/elasticloadbalancingv2/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.4 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge v1.30.5 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/internal/customizations github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/eventbridge/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.0 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam v1.32.1 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/iam/internal/endpoints @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/presigned-url github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared/arn github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/internal/s3shared/config -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.0 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms v1.31.1 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/internal/endpoints @@ -324,40 +324,40 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/kms/types github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/pricing github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/pricing/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/pricing/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.4 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 v1.40.5 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/internal/customizations github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/route53/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.1 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 v1.53.2 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/internal/arn github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/internal/customizations github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/s3/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.31.4 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs v1.32.0 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sqs/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.0 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm v1.50.1 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssm/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.5 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso v1.20.6 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sso/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.4 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc v1.23.5 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/internal/endpoints github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/ssooidc/types -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.6 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts v1.28.7 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/sts/internal/endpoints @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ github.com/cpuguy83/go-md2man/v2/md2man # github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.2-0.20180830191138-d8f796af33cc ## explicit github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew -# github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.113.0 +# github.com/digitalocean/godo v1.115.0 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/digitalocean/godo github.com/digitalocean/godo/metrics @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ github.com/google/uuid ## explicit; go 1.19 github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy/client github.com/googleapis/enterprise-certificate-proxy/client/util -# github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.3 +# github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.12.4 ## explicit; go 1.19 github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2/apierror @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token # github.com/hashicorp/memberlist v0.3.1 ## explicit; go 1.12 github.com/hashicorp/memberlist -# github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.54.1 -## explicit; go 1.19 +# github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go v1.55.0 +## explicit; go 1.21 github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/internal/instrumentation github.com/hetznercloud/hcloud-go/hcloud/metadata @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ github.com/pkg/sftp/internal/encoding/ssh/filexfer # github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.1-0.20181226105442-5d4384ee4fb2 ## explicit github.com/pmezard/go-difflib/difflib -# github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.0 +# github.com/prometheus/client_golang v1.19.1 ## explicit; go 1.20 github.com/prometheus/client_golang/prometheus github.com/prometheus/client_golang/prometheus/collectors @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ go.starlark.net/syntax # go.uber.org/multierr v1.11.0 ## explicit; go 1.19 go.uber.org/multierr -# golang.org/x/crypto v0.22.0 +# golang.org/x/crypto v0.23.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/crypto/bcrypt golang.org/x/crypto/blake2b @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ golang.org/x/crypto/scrypt golang.org/x/crypto/ssh golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/agent golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/internal/bcrypt_pbkdf -# golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240416160154-fe59bbe5cc7f +# golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20240506185415-9bf2ced13842 ## explicit; go 1.20 golang.org/x/exp/constraints golang.org/x/exp/maps @@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ golang.org/x/exp/slog/internal/buffer golang.org/x/mod/internal/lazyregexp golang.org/x/mod/module golang.org/x/mod/semver -# golang.org/x/net v0.24.0 +# golang.org/x/net v0.25.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/net/bpf golang.org/x/net/html @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ golang.org/x/net/ipv6 golang.org/x/net/proxy golang.org/x/net/trace golang.org/x/net/websocket -# golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.19.0 +# golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.20.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/oauth2 golang.org/x/oauth2/authhandler @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ golang.org/x/oauth2/jwt ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/sync/errgroup golang.org/x/sync/semaphore -# golang.org/x/sys v0.19.0 +# golang.org/x/sys v0.20.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/sys/cpu golang.org/x/sys/execabs @@ -1295,10 +1295,10 @@ golang.org/x/sys/unix golang.org/x/sys/windows golang.org/x/sys/windows/registry golang.org/x/sys/windows/svc/eventlog -# golang.org/x/term v0.19.0 +# golang.org/x/term v0.20.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/term -# golang.org/x/text v0.14.0 +# golang.org/x/text v0.15.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/text/encoding golang.org/x/text/encoding/internal @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ golang.org/x/text/unicode/norm # golang.org/x/time v0.5.0 ## explicit; go 1.18 golang.org/x/time/rate -# golang.org/x/tools v0.20.0 +# golang.org/x/tools v0.21.0 ## explicit; go 1.19 golang.org/x/tools/go/ast/astutil golang.org/x/tools/go/gcexportdata @@ -1326,7 +1326,6 @@ golang.org/x/tools/internal/event golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/core golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/keys golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/label -golang.org/x/tools/internal/event/tag golang.org/x/tools/internal/gcimporter golang.org/x/tools/internal/gocommand golang.org/x/tools/internal/gopathwalk @@ -1340,7 +1339,7 @@ golang.org/x/tools/internal/versions # gomodules.xyz/jsonpatch/v2 v2.4.0 ## explicit; go 1.20 gomodules.xyz/jsonpatch/v2 -# google.golang.org/api v0.177.0 +# google.golang.org/api v0.179.0 ## explicit; go 1.19 google.golang.org/api/cloudresourcemanager/v1 google.golang.org/api/compute/v0.alpha @@ -1365,7 +1364,7 @@ google.golang.org/api/storage/v1 google.golang.org/api/tpu/v1 google.golang.org/api/transport/http google.golang.org/api/transport/http/internal/propagation -# google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240314234333-6e1732d8331c +# google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api v0.0.0-20240415180920-8c6c420018be ## explicit; go 1.19 google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api/httpbody # google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc v0.0.0-20240429193739-8cf5692501f6 @@ -1427,7 +1426,7 @@ google.golang.org/grpc/serviceconfig google.golang.org/grpc/stats google.golang.org/grpc/status google.golang.org/grpc/tap -# google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.0 +# google.golang.org/protobuf v1.34.1 ## explicit; go 1.17 google.golang.org/protobuf/encoding/protodelim google.golang.org/protobuf/encoding/protojson @@ -2099,7 +2098,7 @@ oras.land/oras-go/pkg/registry/remote/auth oras.land/oras-go/pkg/registry/remote/internal/errutil oras.land/oras-go/pkg/registry/remote/internal/syncutil oras.land/oras-go/pkg/target -# sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.1 +# sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime v0.18.2 ## explicit; go 1.22.0 sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/builder diff --git a/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/internal.go b/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/internal.go index 862d3bc8ca81a..2ce02b105c517 100644 --- a/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/internal.go +++ b/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/internal.go @@ -179,6 +179,24 @@ func (cm *controllerManager) add(r Runnable) error { return cm.runnables.Add(r) } +// AddMetricsServerExtraHandler adds extra handler served on path to the http server that serves metrics. +func (cm *controllerManager) AddMetricsServerExtraHandler(path string, handler http.Handler) error { + cm.Lock() + defer cm.Unlock() + if cm.started { + return fmt.Errorf("unable to add new metrics handler because metrics endpoint has already been created") + } + if cm.metricsServer == nil { + cm.GetLogger().Info("warn: metrics server is currently disabled, registering extra handler %q will be ignored", path) + return nil + } + if err := cm.metricsServer.AddExtraHandler(path, handler); err != nil { + return err + } + cm.logger.V(2).Info("Registering metrics http server extra handler", "path", path) + return nil +} + // AddHealthzCheck allows you to add Healthz checker. func (cm *controllerManager) AddHealthzCheck(name string, check healthz.Checker) error { cm.Lock() diff --git a/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/manager.go b/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/manager.go index 7b1bc605b1be2..3166f4818fbe1 100644 --- a/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/manager.go +++ b/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/manager/manager.go @@ -64,6 +64,15 @@ type Manager interface { // election was configured. Elected() <-chan struct{} + // AddMetricsServerExtraHandler adds an extra handler served on path to the http server that serves metrics. + // Might be useful to register some diagnostic endpoints e.g. pprof. + // + // Note that these endpoints are meant to be sensitive and shouldn't be exposed publicly. + // + // If the simple path -> handler mapping offered here is not enough, + // a new http server/listener should be added as Runnable to the manager via Add method. + AddMetricsServerExtraHandler(path string, handler http.Handler) error + // AddHealthzCheck allows you to add Healthz checker AddHealthzCheck(name string, check healthz.Checker) error diff --git a/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/metrics/server/server.go b/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/metrics/server/server.go index 934189664e9b9..5eb0c62a72394 100644 --- a/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/metrics/server/server.go +++ b/vendor/sigs.k8s.io/controller-runtime/pkg/metrics/server/server.go @@ -46,6 +46,9 @@ var DefaultBindAddress = ":8080" // Server is a server that serves metrics. type Server interface { + // AddExtraHandler adds extra handler served on path to the http server that serves metrics. + AddExtraHandler(path string, handler http.Handler) error + // NeedLeaderElection implements the LeaderElectionRunnable interface, which indicates // the metrics server doesn't need leader election. NeedLeaderElection() bool @@ -182,6 +185,23 @@ func (*defaultServer) NeedLeaderElection() bool { return false } +// AddExtraHandler adds extra handler served on path to the http server that serves metrics. +func (s *defaultServer) AddExtraHandler(path string, handler http.Handler) error { + s.mu.Lock() + defer s.mu.Unlock() + if s.options.ExtraHandlers == nil { + s.options.ExtraHandlers = make(map[string]http.Handler) + } + if path == defaultMetricsEndpoint { + return fmt.Errorf("overriding builtin %s endpoint is not allowed", defaultMetricsEndpoint) + } + if _, found := s.options.ExtraHandlers[path]; found { + return fmt.Errorf("can't register extra handler by duplicate path %q on metrics http server", path) + } + s.options.ExtraHandlers[path] = handler + return nil +} + // Start runs the server. // It will install the metrics related resources depend on the server configuration. func (s *defaultServer) Start(ctx context.Context) error {